Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 2, 2008

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Ryerson Inc.

Subsidiary Guarantors Listed on Schedule A Hereto

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

 

Delaware   5051   36-3425828

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

2621 West 15 th Place

Chicago, IL 60608

(773) 762-2121

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Barbara Rohde

Counsel

Ryerson Inc.

2621

West 15th Place

Chicago, IL 60608

(773) 762-2121

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copy to:

Cristopher Greer, Esq.

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York,

New York 10019

(212) 728-8000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable following the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

                    Large accelerated filer   ¨            Accelerated filer   ¨
                    Non-accelerated filer   x  (do not check if a smaller reporting company)            Smaller reporting company   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class Of

Securities to Be Registered

   Amount to be
Registered
  

Proposed Maximum

Offering Price

per Unit(1)

     Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price
   Amount of
Registration
Fee(1)

Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014

   $ 141,500,000    100 %    $ 141,500,000    $ 5,560.95

12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015

   $ 425,000,000    100 %    $ 425,000,000    $ 16,702.50

Guarantees (2)

     N/A    N/A        N/A      N/A
   $ 566,500,000    100 %    $ 566,500,000    $ 22,263.45

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee under Rule 457(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(2) Pursuant to Rule 457(n) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, no separate fee is payable for the guarantees.

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Schedule A

 

Exact Name of Registrant as
Specified in its Charter

  

State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization

   I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number
   Address, including Zip
Code and Telephone
Number, including Area
Code, of Principal
Executive Offices

Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc.

   Delaware    36-1717960    2621 W. 15 th Place,
Chicago, IL 60608

RCJV Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware    36-4380909    2621 W. 15 th Place,
Chicago, IL 60608

RdM Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware    36-4380911    2621 W. 15 th Place,
Chicago, IL 60608

Ryerson (China) Limited

   Delaware    36-4017772    455 85 th Ave. NW,
Minneapolis, MN
55433

Ryerson Americas, Inc.

   Delaware    41-1975046    2621 W. 15 th Place,
Chicago, IL 60608

Ryerson International Material Management Services, Inc.

   Delaware    36-3973018    2621 W. 15 th Place,
Chicago, IL 60608

Ryerson International Trading, Inc.

   Delaware    36-3932806    2621 W. 15 th Place,
Chicago, IL 60608

Ryerson International, Inc.

   Delaware    36-3932805    2621 W. 15 th Place,
Chicago, IL 60608

Ryerson Pan-Pacific LLC

   Delaware    61-1513046    2621 W. 15 th Place,
Chicago, IL 60608

Ryerson Procurement Corporation

   Delaware    36-4380907    2621 W. 15 th Place,
Chicago, IL 60608

J.M. Tull Metals Company, Inc.

   Delaware       2621 W. 15 th Place,
Chicago, IL 60608

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated             , 2008.

PROSPECTUS

LOGO

Ryerson Inc.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

Up to $141,500,000 aggregate principal amount of its Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014 registered under the Securities Act of 1933 for any and all outstanding Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014

and

Up to $425,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 registered under the Securities Act of 1933 for any and all outstanding 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015

 

   

We are offering to exchange new registered floating rate senior secured notes due 2014, which we refer to herein as the “floating rate exchange notes,” for all of our outstanding unregistered Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014, which we refer to herein also as the “initial floating rate notes,” and new registered 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015, which we refer to herein as the “fixed rate exchange notes” (and, collectively with the floating rate exchange notes, the “exchange notes”) for all of our outstanding unregistered 12% senior secured notes due 2015, which we refer to herein also as the “initial fixed rate notes” (and, collectively with the initial floating rate notes, the “initial notes.”) On October 19, 2007, we completed an offering of $150 million aggregate principal amount of the initial floating rate notes and $425 million aggregate principal amount of the initial fixed rate notes. We refer herein to the exchange notes and the initial notes, collectively, as the “notes.”

 

   

The exchange offer expires at         p.m., New York City time, on                    , 2008, unless extended.

 

   

The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions that we may waive.

 

   

All outstanding initial notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer will be exchanged for the exchange notes.

 

   

Tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time before         p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer.

 

   

The exchange of initial notes for exchange notes should not be a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

   

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

 

   

The terms of the exchange notes to be issued are substantially identical to the terms of the initial notes, except that the exchange notes will not have transfer restrictions and you will not have registration rights.

 

   

If you fail to tender your initial notes, you will continue to hold unregistered securities and it may be difficult for you to transfer them.

 

   

There is no established trading market for the exchange notes, and we do not intend to apply for listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or market quotation system.

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 18 for a discussion of matters you should consider before you participate in the exchange offer.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

The date of this Prospectus is             , 2008.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   1

RISK FACTORS

   18

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

   31

USE OF PROCEEDS

   33

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

   34

CAPITALIZATION

   43

PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

   44

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

   49

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   51

BUSINESS

   71

MANAGEMENT

   83

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

   85

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   94

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER

   95

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

   96

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES

   98

BOOK ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

   157

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

   159

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

   163

LEGAL MATTERS

   163

EXPERTS

   163

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

   164

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   F-1

 

 

This prospectus incorporates important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this prospectus. We will provide this information to you at no charge upon written or oral request directed to Counsel, Ryerson Inc., 2621 West 15th Place, Chicago, Illinois 60608 (telephone number (773) 762-2121). In order to ensure timely delivery of this information, any request should be made by             , 2008, five business days prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer.

No dealer, salesperson or other individual has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations not contained in this prospectus in connection with the exchange offer. If given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implications that there has not been any change in the facts set forth in this prospectus or in our affairs since the date hereof.

 

i


Table of Contents

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. The letter of transmittal accompanying this prospectus states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of the exchange notes received in exchange for original notes where such original notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resales. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

ii


Table of Contents

NOTICE TO INVESTORS

This prospectus contains summaries of the terms of certain agreements that we believe to be accurate in all material respects. However, we refer you to the actual agreements for complete information relating to those agreements. All summaries of such agreements contained in this prospectus are qualified in their entirety by this reference. To the extent that any such agreement is attached as an exhibit to this registration statement, we will make a copy of such agreement available to you upon request.

The notes will be available in book-entry form only. The notes exchanged pursuant to this prospectus will be issued in the form of one or more global certificates, which will be deposited with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, and registered in its name or in the name of Cede & Co., its nominee. Beneficial interests in the global certificates will be shown on, and transfer of the global certificates will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its participants. After the initial issuance of the global certificates, notes in certificated form will be issued in exchange for global certificates only in the limited circumstances set forth in the indenture governing the notes, or the indenture. See “Book-Entry, Delivery and Form.”

NOTICE TO NEW HAMPSHIRE RESIDENTS

NEITHER THE FACT THAT A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN APPLICATION FOR A LICENSE HAS BEEN FILED UNDER CHAPTER 421-B OF THE NEW HAMPSHIRE REVISED STATUTES ANNOTATED, 1955, AS AMENDED, WITH THE STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE NOR THE FACT THAT A SECURITY IS EFFECTIVELY REGISTERED OR A PERSON IS LICENSED IN THE STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE CONSTITUTES A FINDING BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE THAT ANY DOCUMENT FILED UNDER RSA 421-B IS TRUE, COMPLETE AND NOT MISLEADING. NEITHER ANY SUCH FACT NOR THE FACT THAT AN EXEMPTION OR EXCEPTION IS AVAILABLE FOR A SECURITY OR A TRANSACTION MEANS THAT THE SECRETARY OF STATE HAS PASSED IN ANY WAY UPON THE MERITS OR QUALIFICATIONS OF, OR RECOMMENDED OR GIVEN APPROVAL TO, ANY PERSON, SECURITY OR TRANSACTION. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE, OR CAUSE TO BE MADE, TO ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER, CUSTOMER OR CLIENT ANY REPRESENTATION INCONSISTENT WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information and statistics regarding the steel processing industry and our market share in the sectors in which we compete. We obtained this information and these statistics from sources other than us, such as Purchasing Magazine , which we have supplemented where necessary with information from publicly available sources, discussions with our customers and our own internal estimates. We have used these sources and estimates and believe them to be reliable.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The rules of the SEC require affiliates whose securities constitute a substantial portion of the collateral for any class of securities registered or being registered to file financial statements of the affiliate as of and for the same dates as if the affiliate were a registrant. As such, the Company is required to file the financial statements of certain subsidiaries whose stock is pledged as collateral for the notes. The Company is presently preparing these financial statements, and expects to include them in a pre-effective amendment to this registration statement. These financial statements will be audited for each of the years 2005-2007, and unaudited for interim periods.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus carefully before making an investment decision, especially the risks of investing in our notes discussed under “Risk Factors.” Unless expressly stated otherwise or unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and “Ryerson” refer to Ryerson Inc. and its subsidiaries. The term “Platinum” refers to Platinum Equity Capital Partners and certain of its affiliates.

Our Company

We are a leading North American processor and distributor of metals measured in terms of sales, with operations in the United States and Canada and joint ventures in Mexico, India and China. We distribute and process various kinds of metals, including stainless and carbon steel and aluminum products. We are among the largest purchasers of metals in North America. In 2007, we purchased approximately 2.6 million tons of materials from many suppliers, including mills throughout the world. We currently operate more than 100 service centers across the United States and Canada and 9 facilities in high-growth international markets through our joint ventures. For the three months ended March 31, 2008, our net sales were approximately $1.4 billion.

Our service centers are strategically located to process and deliver the volumes of metal our customers demand. Due to our scale, we are able to process and distribute standardized products in large volumes while maintaining low operating costs. Our distribution capabilities include a fleet of tractors and trailers that are owned, leased or dedicated by third party carriers. With these capabilities, we are able to efficiently meet our customers’ just-in-time delivery demands.

We carry a full line of products in carbon steel, stainless steel, alloy steels and aluminum, and a limited line of nickel and red metals. These materials are inventoried in a number of shapes, including coils, sheets, rounds, hexagons, square and flat bars, plates, structurals and tubing. More than one-half of the materials we sell are processed. We use processing and fabricating techniques such as sawing, slitting, blanking, cutting to length, leveling, flame cutting, laser cutting, edge trimming, edge rolling, polishing and shearing to process materials to specified thickness, length, width, shape and surface quality pursuant to specific customer orders. We also use third-party fabricators to outsource certain processes that we are not able to perform internally (painting, pickling, forming and drilling) to enhance our value-added services.

We serve more than 40,000 customers across a wide range of end markets. In 2007, no single customer accounted for more than 5% of our sales and our top 10 customers accounted for less than 15% of our sales. Our customer base ranges in size from large, national, original equipment manufacturers to local, independently owned fabricators and machine shops. Our geographic network and customization capabilities allow us to serve large, national manufacturing companies in North America by providing a consistent standard of products and services across multiple locations. Many of our facilities possess processing capabilities, which allow us to provide customized products and solutions to local customers on a smaller scale while maintaining just-in-time deliveries to our customers.

As part of securing customer orders, we also provide technical services to our customers to assure a cost effective material application while maintaining or improving the customers’ product quality. We have designed our services to reduce our customers’ costs by minimizing their investment in inventory and improving their production efficiency.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Industry Overview

According to Purchasing Magazine , the U.S. and Canadian metals distribution industry generated $143 billion in 2007 net sales. The end-markets for metals service centers are highly diverse and include machinery, manufacturing, construction and transportation.

Metals service centers serve as key intermediaries between metal producers and end users of metal products. Metal producers offer commodity products and typically sell metals in the form of standard-sized coils, sheets, plates, structurals, bars and tubes. Producers prefer large order quantities, longer lead times and limited inventory in order to maximize capacity utilization. End users of metal products seek to purchase metals with customized specifications, including value-added processing. End market customers look for “one-stop” suppliers that can offer processing services along with lower order volumes, shorter lead times, and more reliable delivery. As an intermediary, metals service centers aggregate end-users’ demand, purchase metal in bulk to take advantage of economies of scale and then process and sell metal that meets specific customer requirements.

The metals service center industry is comprised of many companies, the majority of which have limited product lines and inventories, with customers located in a specific geographic area. The industry is highly fragmented with almost 3,500 participants, consisting of a large number of small companies and a few relatively large companies. According to Purchasing Magazine , the top 20 companies represented approximately 32% of industry sales in 2007. In general, competition is based on quality, service, price and geographic proximity.

The metals service center industry typically experiences cash flow trends that are counter-cyclical to the revenue and volume growth of the industry. Companies that participate in the industry have assets that are composed primarily of working capital. During an industry downturn, companies generally reduce working capital investments and generate cash as inventory and accounts receivable balances decline. As a result, operating cash flow and liquidity tend to increase during a downturn, which typically facilitates industry participants’ ability to cover fixed costs and repay outstanding debt.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we are well-positioned as a result of numerous competitive strengths outlined below.

Leading Market Position with a Broad Geographic Footprint.

We are a leading North American processor and distributor of metals measured in terms of sales. For the three months ended March 31, 2008, we generated approximately $1.4 billion in net sales. During the three months ended March 31, 2008, approximately 55% of our sales were from stainless steel and aluminum products, for which we believe we are the largest North American distributor. We also have a strong position in carbon plate, bar and tubing products, and we maintain a strong presence in carbon flat roll and fabrication services throughout the United States. We have a broad geographic presence with more than 100 metals service centers in the United States and Canada. Our service centers are strategically situated close to customer locations, allowing us to provide timely delivery while minimizing delivery costs. Our widespread network of locations allows us to target national customers that currently buy metals from a variety of suppliers in different locations. Our ability to transfer inventory among our facilities better enables us to timely and profitably source specialized items at regional locations throughout our network than if we were required to maintain inventory of all products at each location. We also have an international presence through our joint ventures in Mexico, India and China.

Strong Relationships with Suppliers.

We are among the largest purchasers of metals in North America. We continue to align ourselves with high quality suppliers and aim to take advantage of low-cost purchasing opportunities abroad. We have consolidated our purchases among fewer suppliers. During 2007, our top 25 suppliers represented approximately 80% of our

 

 

2


Table of Contents

purchase dollars, yet no single supplier accounted for more than 18% of our purchase dollars. We believe that we are frequently one of the largest customers of our suppliers and that concentrating our orders among fewer suppliers is an effective method for obtaining favorable prices. We also have developed supplier-quality programs that provide us access to high quality metals, timely delivery and new product and service ideas from many of our suppliers. We believe our size, diverse product offerings and financial position provide us with an advantage in forming relationships with global suppliers. Suppliers worldwide are consolidating and large, geographically diversified customers, such as Ryerson, are desirable partners for these larger suppliers.

A Broad and Diverse Customer Base.

We serve more than 40,000 customers that operate across a diverse range of industries, including fabricated metal products, industrial machinery, commercial transportation, electrical equipment and appliances, and building and construction. Approximately 1,500 of our customers operate in multiple locations and have ongoing orders with us. Our relationships with these customers provide us with stable demand and the ability to better manage profitability. During 2007, no single customer accounted for more than 5% of our sales. We believe that by having a broad customer base, we are better protected from regional and industry-specific downturns.

Diverse Product and Service Offerings across Various Metals.

We carry a full line of carbon steel, stainless steel, alloy steels and aluminum products and a limited line of nickel and red metals. We have shifted our product mix in favor of stainless steel and aluminum products, which generate higher gross profit dollars per ton and have more favorable growth characteristics than carbon products. In addition, we provide a broad range of processing and fabrication services such as sawing, slitting, blanking, cutting to length, leveling, flame cutting, laser cutting, edge trimming, edge rolling, polishing and shearing to process materials to specified thickness, length, width, shape and surface quality pursuant to specific customer orders. We also currently supply value-added components to many original equipment manufacturers.

Depth of Our Experienced Management Team.

Our team of seven executive managers has extensive industry experience, as well as functional expertise. Our executive managers have an average of more than 15 years of experience in the metals or service center industries. We benefit from an additional six regional presidents and 58 service center general managers. This team has demonstrated its ability to manage Ryerson through past market downturns and has a successful track record of delivering operational improvements.

Our Strategy

Our management believes our success is predicated on the following:

Increase Operating Efficiencies.

We are committed to increasing efficiency through continuous process improvements and cost reductions.

 

   

Transition from Central Management Structure : We are transitioning certain corporate functions from our Chicago headquarters to six regional field offices, which we expect to complete during the third quarter of 2008. Decentralization will improve our customer responsiveness by moving key transactional support functions such as procurement, credit and operations support closer to our field operations. Additionally, this decentralization has facilitated a significant reduction in total corporate overhead by eliminating or downsizing duplicative or extraneous layers of management.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
   

Chicago Service Center Closure : We are closing our Chicago service center which we believe will generate significant cost savings. We believe many of the customer accounts served from the Chicago service center can be more efficiently served from existing nearby Ryerson service centers located in Illinois, Indiana, Wisconsin, Iowa and Missouri. We expect to complete this project by March 2009.

 

   

Initiatives to Improve Service Centers : We have ongoing performance evaluations of each of our service centers. These initiatives have focused on benchmarking individual service center performance in terms of pricing, margin management, operating expenses and asset efficiency. As a result of these initiatives, we have announced plans to consolidate five additional plants, as well as increase our focus on the most profitable products and customer relationships. We believe we will further enhance profitability in 2008 as we identify and implement additional operating improvements.

 

   

Information Technology Systems Consolidation : We are completing the conversion of all of our service centers in each geographic region in which we operate to the same information technology platform. Currently, operations in the northeastern, midwestern and western United States utilize SAP; in the southern United States facilities operate on a single legacy system, while the Canadian operations operate on a separate legacy system. The conversions are scheduled to be completed by the end of 2008, with the majority of the total funding for the project having already been spent. Benefits include providing a seamless link with customers and suppliers, more detailed and timely decision-making information, increased sharing of inventory and pricing information among service centers and large cost reductions.

 

   

Improved Inventory Management : We have focused on process improvements in inventory management that we believe will result in improved annualized inventory turns. Specifically, we have moved our supply chain management activities from a highly centralized structure to a regional structure, which will transfer certain decision making processes to managers involved in day-to-day operations.

Expand Our Product and Service Offerings.

We are expanding revenue opportunities through downstream integration and conversion of commodity business into non-commodity, value-added fabrication. In 2007, we generated over $375 million of revenue from our fabrication operations. We currently have strong relationships with many customers for whom we handle early stage fabrication processes and we have established a group of experienced managers dedicated to expanding this business.

Achieve Organic Growth.

To achieve organic sales growth, we are focusing on increasing our sales to existing customers and increasing sales of inventory through marketing efforts. Our global account sales program, which targets those customers that are considering consolidating suppliers, currently accounts for approximately 20% of annual sales and provides opportunity to increase sales to existing customers and attract new customers. This integrated national footprint represents a competitive advantage that allows us to reach large, multi-location customers in North America and globally through a single point of accountability.

In addition, we have renewed our focus on increasing sales to transactional customers. In order to execute this strategy, we are improving our inventory profile by region, improving customer responsiveness and enhancing delivery capability. We believe the regional structure will facilitate quicker decision making to allow us to react more quickly to rapid changes in market conditions that drive the transactional business.

Pursue Opportunistic Acquisitions.

The metals service center industry is highly fragmented with almost 3,500 participants with the top 20 companies representing approximately 32% of industry sales in 2007. We believe our significant national

 

 

4


Table of Contents

presence provides a strong platform to capitalize on this fragmentation through acquisitions. Industry consolidation provides various opportunities for value creation including increased economies of scale, entry into new markets, cross-selling opportunities and enhanced distribution capability. We have a proven track record of acquisitions in which we have realized these benefits, focusing on retaining customers and key employees and capturing integration value. We continually evaluate potential acquisitions of service center companies, including joint venture opportunities, to complement our existing customer base and product offerings.

The Transactions

The “Transactions” consist of: (i) our issuing the initial notes; (ii) consummating the merger and equity contribution by Platinum; (iii) entering into our new asset-based revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”); (iv) repaying and terminating of our then outstanding five-year $750 million revolving credit facility and five-year $450 million securitization facility; (v) repurchasing $145.9 million of our then outstanding $150 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding 8 1/4 % Senior Notes due 2011 (the “2011 Notes”) and paying related tender offer costs; and (vi) repurchasing all of our then outstanding $175 million of aggregate principal amount of outstanding 3.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024 (the “2024 Notes”) and paying related conversion premiums.

Merger and Equity Contribution

On October 19, 2007, Rhombus Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”) merged with and into Ryerson Inc. which became a wholly owned subsidiary of Rhombus Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Parent”). The merger was consummated for a cash purchase price of $1,065 million, plus the assumption of $653 million of debt. As the surviving corporation, Ryerson Inc. assumed by operation of law all rights and obligations under the initial notes issued by Merger Sub. The business of Ryerson, after giving effect to the merger, is the same as the business of Ryerson before the merger. Parent and Merger Sub were formed by Platinum solely for the purpose of entering into the merger agreement and completing the merger (the “merger”). Platinum owns approximately 99% of the capital stock of Parent.

To finance a portion of the merger, Platinum made an investment in Parent of approximately $500 million, which was contributed as equity to Merger Sub (the “Equity Contribution”).

Credit Facility

Concurrent with the consummation of the merger and the issuance of the initial notes, we entered into the Credit Facility that provides up to $1.35 billion of revolving loans, subject to borrowing base limitations. As of March 31, 2008, our total debt outstanding under the Credit Facility was $635 million.

Initial Notes

On October 19, 2007, concurrent with the consummation of the merger we completed an offering of $150 million aggregate principal amount of the initial floating rate notes and $425 million aggregate principal amount of the initial fixed rate notes. The initial notes were offered and sold to (a) “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) and (b) outside the United States to non-U.S. persons in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. In connection with the offering, we agreed to offer to exchange the initial notes for a new issue of substantially identical debt securities registered under the Securities Act.

We have repurchased a portion of our initial floating rate notes. As of the date of this prospectus, $141.5 million aggregate principal amount of the initial floating rate notes are outstanding.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

The proceeds from the issuance of the initial notes, the initial borrowings under the Credit Facility and the Equity Contribution from Platinum were used to: (i) finance the merger; (ii) refinance our indebtedness as discussed above; and (iii) pay other costs and expenses related to the Transactions.

Platinum

Platinum is a global acquisition firm headquartered in Los Angeles with principal offices in Boston, New York and London. Since its founding in 1995, Platinum has acquired more than 80 businesses in a broad range of markets, including telecommunications and information technology to logistics, chemical and industrial manufacturing, distribution, maintenance and service. Platinum’s current portfolio includes 22 businesses with operations generating revenue in more than 140 countries worldwide. The firm has a diversified capital base that includes the assets of its portfolio companies, which generated approximately $8 billion in revenue in 2007. Platinum’s M&A&O ® approach to investing focuses on acquiring businesses that need operational support to realize their full potential and can benefit from Platinum’s expertise in transition, integration and operations.

Corporate Information

On January 1, 2006, we changed our name from Ryerson Tull, Inc. to Ryerson Inc. We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 2621 West 15th Place, Chicago, Illinois 60608. Our telephone number is (773) 762-2121. Our website is located at www.ryerson.com. Our website and information contained on our website are not part of this prospectus. Upon consummation of the merger, we delisted our shares of common stock from the New York State Exchange.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Summary of the Exchange Offer

On October 19, 2007, we completed an offering of $150 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014 and $425 million aggregate principal amount of 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In connection with the offering of the initial notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchaser of the initial notes. In the registration rights agreement, we agreed to offer our new exchange notes, which will be registered under the Securities Act, in exchange for the initial notes. The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement. We also agreed to deliver this prospectus to the holders of the initial notes. You should read the discussions under the headings “Summary—Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Notes” and “Description of the Exchange Notes” for information regarding the exchange notes.

 

The Exchange Offer

This is an offer to exchange $1,000 in principal amount of the exchange notes for each $1,000 in principal amount of initial notes. The exchange notes are substantially identical to the initial notes, except that the exchange notes generally will be freely transferable. Based upon interpretations by the staff of the SEC set forth in no actions letters issued to unrelated third parties, we believe that you can transfer the exchange notes without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act if you:

 

   

acquire the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business;

 

   

are not and do not intend to become engaged in a distribution of the exchange notes;

 

   

are not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of ours;

 

   

are not a broker-dealer (within the meaning of the Securities Act) that acquired the original notes from us or our affiliates; and

 

   

are not a broker-dealer (within the meaning of the Securities Act) that acquired the original notes in a transaction as part of its market-making or other trading activities.

If any of these conditions are not satisfied and you transfer any exchange note without delivering a proper prospectus or without qualifying for a registration exemption, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. See “The Exchange Offer—Purpose of the Exchange Offer.”

 

Registration Rights Agreement

Under the registration rights agreement, we have agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to be filed and declared effective by the dates listed under “The Exchange Offer.” We may be required to provide a registration statement to effect resales of the notes. If we are not in compliance with our obligations under the registration rights agreement, additional interest will accrue on the initial notes in addition to the interest that otherwise is due on the initial notes. If the exchange offer is completed on the terms and within the time period contemplated by

 

 

7


Table of Contents
 

this prospectus, no additional interest will be payable on the initial notes. The exchange notes will not contain any provisions regarding the payment of liquidated damages. See “The Exchange Offer—Additional Interest.”

 

Minimum Condition

The exchange offer is not conditioned on any minimum aggregate principal amount of initial notes being tendered in the exchange offer.

 

Expiration Date

The exchange offer will expire at          p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2008, unless we extend it.

 

Exchange Date

We will accept initial notes for exchange at the time when all conditions of the exchange offer are satisfied or waived. We will deliver the exchange notes promptly after we accept the initial notes.

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Our obligation to complete the exchange offer is subject to certain conditions. See “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” We reserve the right to terminate or amend the exchange offer at any time prior to the expiration date upon the occurrence of certain specified events.

 

Withdrawal Rights

You may withdraw the tender of your initial notes at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer on the expiration date. Any initial note not accepted for any reason will be returned to you without expense as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes

See “The Exchange Offer—How to Tender.”

 

United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

The exchange of the initial notes for the exchange notes should not be a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and holders should not recognize any taxable gain or loss as a result of such exchange.

 

Effect on Holders of Initial Notes

If the exchange offer is completed on the terms and within the period contemplated by this prospectus, holders of initial notes will have no further registration or other rights under the registration rights agreement, except under limited circumstances. See “The Exchange Offer—Other.”

Holders of initial notes who do not tender their initial notes will continue to hold those initial notes. All untendered, and tendered but unaccepted initial notes, will continue to be subject to the transfer restrictions provided for in the initial notes and the indenture . To the extent that initial notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market, if any, for the initial notes could be adversely affected. See “Risk Factors—Risks Associated with the Exchange Offer—You may not be able to sell your initial

 

 

8


Table of Contents
 

notes if you do not exchange them for registered exchange notes in the exchange offer,” “—Your ability to sell your initial notes may be significantly more limited and the price at which you may be able to sell your initial notes may be significantly lower if you do not exchange them for registered exchange notes in the exchange offer” and “The Exchange Offer—Other.”

 

Appraisal Rights

Holders of initial notes do not have appraisal or dissenters’ rights under applicable law or the Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, by and among Merger Sub (merged with and into Ryerson Inc.), as issuer, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (the “Indenture”). See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

 

Exchange Agent

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the trustee (the “Trustee”) under the Indenture, is serving as the exchange agent in connection with this exchange offer.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Notes

 

Issuer

Ryerson Inc.

 

Exchange Notes

$141,500,000 aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014.

$425,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015.

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

 

Maturity

The floating rate exchange notes will mature on November 1, 2014.

The fixed rate exchange notes will mature on November 1, 2015.

 

Interest

The floating rate exchange notes will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 7.375%, with interest on the floating rate exchange notes resetting quarterly. The fixed rate exchange notes will bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum.

We will pay interest on the floating rate exchange notes quarterly, in cash in arrears, on February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1 of each year. We will pay interest on the fixed rate exchange notes semi-annually, in cash in arrears, on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing May 1, 2008.

 

Guarantors

The exchange notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by certain of our existing and future subsidiaries (including those existing future and domestic subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or guarantee our obligations under the Credit Facility). Each guarantee will rank:

 

   

senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the guarantor;

 

   

equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness of the guarantor;

 

   

effectively subordinated in right of payment to indebtedness under the Credit Facility to the extent of the collateral securing such indebtedness on a first-priority basis; and

 

   

effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any subsidiary of a guarantor that is not also a guarantor of the exchange notes.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Ranking

The exchange notes and guarantees will constitute our senior debt. They will rank:

 

   

equally in right of payment with all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future senior debt;

 

   

senior in right of payment to all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future subordinated debt;

 

   

effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of our and our guarantors’ indebtedness and obligations that are secured by first-priority liens under the Credit Facility to the extent of the value of the assets subject to such first-priority liens; and

 

   

structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and obligations of any non-guarantor subsidiaries.

As of March 31, 2008, we had approximately $1,211 million of senior debt outstanding (including the initial notes). In addition, we had approximately $479 million of availability under the Credit Facility, all of which is secured by a first-priority lien on certain assets.

 

Security

The exchange notes and guarantees of the exchange notes will be secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all of our and our guarantors’ present and future assets located in the United States (other than receivables and inventory and related general intangibles, certain other assets and proceeds thereof) including equipment, owned real property interests valued at $1 million or more and all present and future shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each of our and each guarantor’s directly owned domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the present and future shares of capital stock or other equity interests, of each of our and each guarantor’s directly owned foreign restricted subsidiaries, in each case subject to certain exceptions and customary permitted liens.

In addition, the exchange notes and guarantees of the exchange notes will be secured by a second-priority lien on all of our and our guarantors’ present and future assets that secure our obligations under the Credit Facility, including receivables and inventory and related general intangibles, certain other assets and proceeds thereof. This second-priority lien is subject to a first-priority lien securing the Credit Facility and other customary liens permitted under

such facility, until such facility and obligations are paid in full. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—Other secured indebtedness, including indebtedness under our Credit Facility, which is secured by an interest in receivables and inventory and related general intangibles, certain other assets and proceeds thereof, are senior to the notes to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness on a first-priority basis.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

The value of collateral at any time will depend on market and other economic conditions, including the availability of suitable buyers for the collateral. The liens on the collateral may be released without the consent of the holders of notes if collateral is disposed of in a transaction that complies with the indenture and security documents, including in accordance with the provisions of an intercreditor agreement to be entered into relating to the collateral securing the Credit Facility on a first-priority basis. In the event of a liquidation of the collateral, the proceeds may not be sufficient to satisfy the obligations under the notes and any other indebtedness secured on a senior or pari passu basis. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—The value of the collateral securing the notes may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations under the notes.”

You should read “Description of the Exchange Notes—Security and —Intercreditor Agreement” for a more complete description of the security granted to the holders of the notes.

 

Optional Redemption

The floating rate exchange notes and the fixed rate exchange notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2009 and 2011, respectively, at the redemption prices specified under “Description of the Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption.” In addition, we may redeem up to 35% of each of the outstanding floating rate exchange notes and the fixed rate exchange notes before November 1, 2009 and 2010, respectively, with the net cash proceeds from certain equity offerings at a price equal to 112% of the principal amount of the fixed rate exchange notes and, in the case of the floating rate exchange notes, 100% of the principal amount thereof plus a premium equal to the interest rate in effect on the floating rate exchange notes on the date on which notice of redemption is given, in each case plus accrued but unpaid interest. We may also redeem some or all of the floating rate exchange notes and the fixed rate exchange notes before November 1, 2009 and 2011, respectively at a redemption price of 100%, of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, plus a “make-whole” premium.

 

Change of Control

If we experience certain kinds of change of control, we must offer to purchase the notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. For more details, you should read “Description of the Exchange Notes—Change of Control.”

 

Mandatory Offer to Repurchase Following Certain Asset Sales

We may be required to make an offer to purchase the notes upon the sale of certain assets.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Certain Covenants

The indenture contains covenants that limit, among other things, our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

pay dividends on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock;

 

   

make certain investments or other restricted payments;

 

   

create liens or use assets as security in other transactions;

 

   

enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

   

merge, consolidate or transfer or dispose of substantially all of our assets; and

 

   

engage in transactions with affiliates.

For additional information about the exchange notes, see the section of the prospectus entitled

“Description of the Exchange Notes.”

 

 

13


Table of Contents

Regulatory Approvals

Other than the federal securities laws, there are no federal or state regulatory requirements that we must comply with and there are no approvals that we must obtain in connection with the exchange offer.

 

 

Participating in the exchange offer involves certain risks. You should carefully consider the information under “Risk Factors” and all other information in this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer.

 

 

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following table presents summary historical financial data of Ryerson . Our summary historical consolidated statements of operations data of our Predecessor for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for the period from January 1, 2007 through October 19, 2007 and of Ryerson as Successor for the period from October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and the summary historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus .

Our summary historical consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and the summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2007 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, include in the opinion of management, all adjustments consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

You should read the summary financial and other data set forth below along with the sections in this prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

15


Table of Contents
    Predecessor           Successor           Predecessor           Successor  
    Year Ended
December 31,

2005
    Year Ended
December 31,

2006
    Period from
January 1 to
October 19,

2007
          Period from
October 20 to
December 31,

2007
          Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2007
          Three
Months
Ended

March 31,
2008
 
                (in millions)                          

Statements of Operations Data:

                       

Net sales

  $ 5,780.5     $ 5,908.9     $ 5,035.6         $ 966.3         $ 1,663.2         $ 1,370.3  

Cost of materials sold

    4,893.5       5,050.9       4,307.1           829.1           1,407.4           1,176.4  
                                                           

Gross profit (1)

    887.0       858.0       728.5           137.2           255.8           193.9  

Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative

    677.7       691.2       569.5           126.9           184.5           151.0  

Restructuring and plant closure costs

    4.0       4.5       5.1                     1.7            

Pension curtailment gain

    (21.0 )                                          

Gain on sale of assets

    (6.6 )     (21.6 )     (7.2 )                              
                                                           

Operating profit

    232.9       183.9       161.1           10.3           69.6           42.9  

Other income and (expense), net

    3.7       1.0       (1.0 )         2.4           0.1           2.6  

Interest and other expense on debt

    (76.0 )     (70.7 )     (55.1 )         (30.8 )         (24.5 )         (31.2 )
                                                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    160.6       114.2       105.0           (18.1 )         45.2           14.3  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    62.5       42.4       36.9           (6.9 )         17.1           5.1  
                                                           

Net income (loss)

  $ 98.1     $ 71.8     $ 68.1         $ (11.2 )       $ 28.1         $ 9.2  
                                                           
     

Other Financial Data :

                       

Cash flows provided by (used in) operations

  $ 321.5     $ (261.0 )  

$

564.0

 

      $ 54.1         $ 137.7         $ (9.6 )

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities

    (418.1 )     (16.7 )     (24.0 )         (1,069.6 )         (10.7 )         (1.1 )

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

    105.6       305.4    

 

(565.6

)

        1,021.2           (144.9 )         14.9  

Capital expenditures

    32.6       35.7       51.6           9.1           11.6           6.0  

Depreciation and amortization

    39.2       40.0       32.5           7.3           10.1           8.3  

EBITDA (2)

    275.8       224.9       192.3           20.0           79.8           53.8  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3)

    2.8 x     2.3 x     2.7 x         (4)         2.6 x         1.4 x
     

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

                       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 27.4     $ 55.1           $ 35.2         $ 37.2         $ 39.4  

Restricted cash

    0.6       0.1             4.5                     5.6  

Inventory

    834.3       1,128.6             1,069.7           878.6           1,061.4  

Working capital

    778.4       1,420.1             1,235.7           1,173.3           1,256.6  

Property, plant and equipment, net

    398.4       401.1             587.0           402.8           577.9  

Total assets

    2,151.0       2,537.3             2,576.5           2,458.4           2,679.2  

Long-term debt, including current maturities (5)

    877.2       1,206.5             1,228.8           1,045.2           1,210.6  

Stockholders’ equity

    547.8       648.7             499.2           690.3           501.6  

 

 

(1)   The year ended December 31, 2005 includes a $9.6 million, or $5.8 million after-tax, charge from a change in method of applying Last in-First out (“LIFO”) and a LIFO liquidation gain of $13.1 million, or $7.9 million after-tax. The three months ended March 31, 2007 includes a LIFO liquidation gain of $18.3 million, or $11.1 million after-tax. The period from January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 includes a LIFO liquidation gain of $69.5 million, or $42.3 million after-tax.

 

 

16


Table of Contents
(2)   EBITDA for the periods presented below represents net income before interest and other expense on debt, provision (benefit) for income taxes, depreciation and amortization. We believe that EBITDA provides additional information for determining our performance. EBITDA does not represent, and should not be used as a substitute for, net income or cash flows from operations as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and EBITDA is not necessarily an indication of whether cash flow will be sufficient to fund our cash requirements. Our definition of EBITDA may differ from that of other companies. See below for a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA.

 

     Predecessor    Successor      Predecessor    Successor
     Year Ended
December 31,

2005
   Year Ended
December 31,

2006
   Period from
January 1 to
October 19,

2007
   Period from
October 20 to
December 31,

2007
     Three Months
Ended

March 31,
2007
   Three Months
Ended

March 31,
2008
                      (in millions)              

Net income

   $ 98.1    $ 71.8    $ 68.1    $ (11.2 )    $ 28.1    $ 9.2

Interest and other expense on debt

     76.0      70.7      55.1      30.8        24.5      31.2

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     62.5      42.4      36.9      (6.9 )      17.1      5.1

Depreciation and amortization

     39.2      40.0      32.5      7.3        10.1      8.3
                                           

EBITDA

   $ 275.8    $ 224.9    $ 192.3    $ 20.0      $ 79.8    $ 53.8
                                           
(3)   For purposes of calculating ratio of earnings to fixed charges, “earnings” consist of income from continuing operations before income taxes and before income or loss from equity investees and “fixed charges” consist of interest expense and the interest component of rent expense.
(4)   Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $19.0 million in the period from October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007.
(5)   Since March 31, 2008 Ryerson has repurchased $5.0 million principal amount of the initial floating rate notes. As of the date of this prospectus, $566.5 million aggregate principal amount of the initial notes were outstanding. As of May 31, 2008, the balance outstanding under the Credit Facility was $694.9 million.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Before investing in the notes, you should carefully consider the risks described below and other information contained in this prospectus. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, may also impair our business operations. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur. If they do occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of the notes could decline, and you might lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to the Notes

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which could adversely affect our financial position and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.

We currently have, and following this exchange offer will continue to have, a substantial amount of indebtedness. As of March 31, 2008, our total indebtedness was approximately $1,211 million. We may also incur additional indebtedness in the future. As of March 31, 2008, we had approximately $479 million of unused capacity under our Credit Facility. Our substantial indebtedness may:

 

   

make it difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations, including making scheduled principal and interest payments on the notes and our other indebtedness;

 

   

limit our ability to borrow additional funds for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate and other purposes;

 

   

limit our ability to use our cash flow or obtain additional financing for future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate purposes;

 

   

require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make debt service payments;

 

   

limit our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business and industry;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our less leveraged competitors; and

 

   

increase our vulnerability to the impact of adverse economic and industry conditions.

Other secured indebtedness, including indebtedness under our Credit Facility, which is secured by an interest in receivables and inventory and related general intangibles, certain other assets and proceeds thereof, are senior to the notes to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness on a first-priority basis.

Obligations under the Credit Facility are secured by a first-priority lien in the receivables and inventory and related general intangibles, certain other assets and proceeds thereof of certain of our subsidiaries. The notes and the related guarantees are secured by a second-priority lien in the collateral securing indebtedness under our Credit Facility. Any rights to payment and claims by the holders of the notes are, therefore, fully subordinated to any rights to payment or claims by our creditors under our Credit Facility with respect to distributions of such collateral. Only when our obligations under the Credit Facility are satisfied in full will the proceeds of certain assets including receivables and inventory and related general intangibles, certain other assets and proceeds thereof to be available, subject to other permitted liens, to satisfy obligations under the notes and guarantees. Consequently, the notes and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to our Credit Facility to the extent of the value of the assets securing our Credit Facility on a first-priority basis. In addition, the indenture permits us to incur additional indebtedness secured by a lien that ranks equally with the notes. Any such indebtedness may further limit the recovery from the realization of the value of such collateral available to satisfy holders of the notes.

 

18


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2008, we had approximately $1,211 million of senior secured indebtedness. We had an additional approximately $479 million available under our Credit Facility, pursuant to borrowing base limitations, at that date.

The value of the collateral securing the notes may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations under the notes.

Obligations under the notes are secured by a first-priority lien in substantially all of our and our guarantors’ present and future assets located in the United States (other than receivables and inventory and related general intangibles, certain other assets and proceeds thereof), including equipment, owned real property interests valued at $1 million or more and all present and future shares of capital stock or other equity interests of our and each guarantor’s directly owned domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the present and future shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each of our and our guarantors’ directly owned foreign restricted subsidiaries, in each case subject to certain exceptions and customary permitted liens. The value of the collateral at any time will depend on market and other economic conditions, including the availability of suitable buyers for the collateral. By its nature, some or all of the collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. The value of the assets pledged as collateral for the notes could be impaired in the future as a result of changing economic conditions, competition or other future trends. In the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, no assurance can be given that the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of the collateral will be sufficient to pay our obligations under the notes, in full or at all, after first satisfying our obligations in full under first-priority claims. There also can be no assurance that the collateral will be saleable and, even if saleable, the timing of its liquidation would be uncertain. In addition, with respect to certain of our owned real property, we may not obtain title insurance or legal opinions with respect to the mortgages securing the notes offered hereby. To the extent that liens, rights or easements granted to third parties encumber assets located on property owned by us, such third parties have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the property subject to such liens that could adversely affect the value of the collateral and the ability of the collateral agent to foreclose on the collateral. In addition, we may not have liens perfected on all of the collateral securing the notes prior to the closing of this offering. Accordingly, there may not be sufficient collateral to pay all or any of the amounts due on the notes. Any claim for the difference between the amount, if any, realized by holders of the notes from the sale of the collateral securing the notes and the obligations under the notes will rank equally in right of payment with all of our other unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness and other obligations, including trade payables.

With respect to some of the collateral, the collateral agent’s security interest and ability to foreclose will also be limited by the need to meet certain requirements, such as obtaining third party consents and making additional filings. If we are unable to obtain these consents or make these filings, the security interests may be invalid and the holders will not be entitled to the collateral or any recovery with respect thereto. We cannot assure you that any such required consents can be obtained on a timely basis or at all. These requirements may limit the number of potential bidders for certain collateral in any foreclosure and may delay any sale, either of which events may have an adverse effect on the sale price of the collateral. Therefore, the practical value of realizing on the collateral may, without the appropriate consents and filings, be limited.

The terms of the notes permit, without the consent of holders of notes, various releases of the collateral securing the notes and subsidiary guarantees, that could be adverse to holders of notes.

The lenders under our Credit Facility will, at all times prior to the termination of the Credit Facility, control all remedies or other actions related to the accounts receivable and inventory and other collateral securing our Credit Facility on a first-priority basis. In addition, if the lenders under our Credit Facility release the liens securing the obligations thereunder, then, under the terms of the indenture governing the notes, the holders of the notes will be deemed to have given approval for the release of the second-priority liens on such assets securing the notes, subject to certain limitations. All accounts receivable and inventory used, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in accordance with the terms of the Credit Facility will automatically be released from the lien securing the notes. Accordingly, any such sale, transfer or disposition in a transaction that does not violate the

 

19


Table of Contents

asset disposition covenant in the indenture governing the notes may result in a release of the lien securing the notes. Accordingly, substantial collateral may be released automatically without consent of the holders of the notes or the trustee under the indenture governing the notes. In addition, if the lenders under the Credit Facility release any of the guarantors securing the obligations under the Credit Facility, then the holders of the notes will be deemed to have given approval for such release of any such subsidiary guarantor from its obligations under the guarantee, subject to certain limitations.

Rights of holders of notes in the collateral may be adversely affected by the failure to perfect liens on certain collateral acquired in the future.

Applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest or lien can only be perfected at the time such property and rights are acquired and identified. There can be no assurance that the trustee or the collateral agent will monitor, or that we will inform the trustee or the collateral agent of, the future acquisition of property and rights that constitute collateral, and that the necessary action will be taken to properly perfect the lien on such after-acquired collateral. The collateral agent for the notes has no obligation to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute collateral or the perfection of any security interests therein. Such failure may result in the loss of the practical benefits of the liens thereon or of the priority of the liens securing the notes.

Pledges of equity interests of certain of our foreign subsidiaries may not constitute collateral for the repayment of the notes until such pledges are perfected pursuant to foreign law pledge documents.

Part of the security for the repayment of the notes consists of a pledge of 65% of the equity interests of foreign subsidiaries owned by us or our domestic subsidiaries. Although such pledges of equity interests will be granted under United States security documents, it may be necessary or desirable to perfect such pledges under foreign law pledge documents. We will agree to use reasonable efforts to provide such foreign law pledge documents as soon as reasonably practicable after the issuance of the notes. However, we cannot assure you that our efforts will be successful and that all such pledges will be effected and perfected under applicable foreign laws. Unless and until such pledges of equity interests are properly perfected, they may not constitute collateral for the repayment of the notes.

The right to receive payments on the notes and the guarantees will be subordinated to the liabilities of non-guarantor subsidiaries.

The notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes. While the indenture governing the notes limits the indebtedness and activities of these non-guarantor subsidiaries, holders of indebtedness of, and trade creditors of, non-guarantor subsidiaries, including lenders under bank financing agreements, are entitled to payments of their claims from the assets of such subsidiaries before those assets are made available for distribution to any guarantor, as direct or indirect shareholder. While the Canadian subsidiaries have agreed under the indenture not to pledge or encumber their assets without equally and ratably securing the notes, they will not guarantee the notes. The non-guarantor subsidiaries represented, 11% of our net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2008. In addition, these non-guarantor subsidiaries represented, respectively, 12% and 7% of our assets and liabilities, as of March 31, 2008.

Accordingly, in the event that any of the non-guarantor subsidiaries or joint venture entities become insolvent, liquidates or otherwise reorganizes:

 

   

the creditors of the guarantors (including the holders of the notes) will have no right to proceed against such subsidiary assets; and

 

   

the creditors of such non-guarantor subsidiary, including trade creditors, will generally be entitled to payment in full from the sale or other disposal of assets of such subsidiary, as direct or indirect shareholder, will be entitled to receive any distributions from such subsidiary.

 

20


Table of Contents

Rights of holders of notes in the collateral may be adversely affected by bankruptcy proceedings.

The right of the collateral agent for the notes to repossess and dispose of the collateral securing the notes upon acceleration is likely to be significantly impaired by federal bankruptcy law if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced by or against us prior to or possibly even after the collateral agent has repossessed and disposed of the collateral. Under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor, such as the collateral agent for the notes, is prohibited from repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from a debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, bankruptcy law permits the debtor to continue to retain and to use collateral, and the proceeds, products, rents, or profits of the collateral, even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to circumstances, but it is intended in general to protect the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the collateral and may include cash payments or the granting of additional security, if and at such time as the court in its discretion determines, for any diminution in the value of the collateral as a result of the stay of repossession or disposition or any use of the collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. In view of the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the collateral agent would repossess or dispose of the collateral, or whether or to what extent holders of the notes would be compensated for any delay in payment of loss of value of the collateral through the requirements of “adequate protection.” Furthermore, in the event the bankruptcy court determines that the value of the collateral is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the notes, the holders of the notes would have “undersecured claims” as to the difference. Federal bankruptcy laws do not permit the payment or accrual of interest, costs, and attorneys’ fees for “undersecured claims” during the debtor’s bankruptcy case.

Despite our and our subsidiaries’ current level of indebtedness, we may still be able to incur substantially more indebtedness. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of our Credit Facility and the indenture governing the notes restrict but do not prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so. If we incur any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the notes and the guarantees, the holders of that indebtedness will be entitled to share ratably with the holders of the notes and the guarantees in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of us. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid to you. If new indebtedness is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries now face could intensify.

The covenants in our Credit Facility and the indenture governing the notes impose, and covenants contained in agreements governing indebtedness we incur in the future may impose, restrictions that may limit our operating and financial flexibility.

Our Credit Facility and the indenture governing the notes contain a number of significant restrictions and covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional debt;

 

   

pay dividends on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock;

 

   

make certain investments or other restricted payments;

 

   

create liens or use assets as security in other transactions;

 

   

merge, consolidate or transfer or dispose of substantially all of our assets; and

 

   

engage in transactions with affiliates.

 

21


Table of Contents

Additionally, our future indebtedness may contain covenants more restrictive in certain respects than the restrictions contained in our Credit Facility and the indenture governing the notes. Operating results below current levels or other adverse factors, including a significant increase in interest rates, could result in our being unable to comply with financial covenants that are contained in our Credit Facility or that may be contained in any future indebtedness. If our indebtedness is in default for any reason, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, complying with these covenants may also cause us to take actions that are not favorable to holders of the notes and may make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy and compete against companies that are not subject to such restrictions.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service our indebtedness obligations, including our obligations under the notes.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes, will depend on our financial and operating performance, which may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter, and is subject to prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will continue to generate sufficient cash flow or that we will be able to borrow funds in amounts sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness, or to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements. If we are not able to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or to borrow sufficient funds to service our indebtedness, we may be required to sell assets, seek additional capital, reduce capital expenditures, restructure or refinance all or a portion of our existing indebtedness, including the notes. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.

We may be unable to purchase the notes upon a change of control.

Upon a change of control, we may be required to offer to purchase all of the notes then outstanding for cash at the prices listed in the section “Description of the Exchange Notes” under the heading “Change of Control.” If a change of control were to occur, we may not have sufficient funds to pay the change of control purchase price and we may be required to secure third-party financing to do so. However, we may not be able to obtain such financing on commercially reasonable terms, on terms acceptable to us or at all. Our Credit Facility contains and future indebtedness may also contain restrictions on our ability to repurchase the notes upon certain events, including transactions that could constitute a change of control under the indenture. Our failure to repurchase the notes upon a change of control would constitute an event of default under the indenture and would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

The change of control provision in the indenture may not protect you in the event we consummate a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization, restructuring, merger or other similar transaction, unless such transaction constitutes a change of control under the indenture. Such a transaction may not involve a change in voting power or beneficial ownership or, even if it does, may not involve a change of the magnitude required under the definition of change of control triggering event in the indenture to trigger our obligation to repurchase the notes. Except as described above, the indenture does not contain provisions that permit the holders of the notes to require us to repurchase or redeem the notes in an event of a recapitalization or similar transaction.

If the guarantees of the notes and the liens that secure these guarantees are held to be invalid or unenforceable or are limited by fraudulent conveyance or other laws, the notes would be unsecured with respect to the assets of and structurally subordinated to the debt of our subsidiaries.

Our principal assets are the equity interests we hold in our operating subsidiaries. As a result, we are dependent upon dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, including the payment of principal of and interest on our outstanding debt. Our subsidiaries are legally distinct from us and have no obligation to pay amounts due on our debt or to make funds available to us for such payment. Accordingly, our debt that is not guaranteed by our subsidiaries is structurally subordinated to the debt and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

 

22


Table of Contents

Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, the guarantees of the notes by our guarantors could be voided, or claims in respect of the guarantees could be subordinated to all other indebtedness of any guarantor, if, among other things, any guarantor received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for issuing its guarantee, and, at the time thereof:

 

   

was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of issuing its guarantee;

 

   

was engaged or about to engage in a business or a transaction for which its remaining assets available to carry on its business constituted unreasonably small capital;

 

   

intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay the debts as they mature; or

 

   

was a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed against it if, in either case, after final judgment, the judgment is unsatisfied.

In addition, any payment by us or any guarantor could be voided and required to be returned to us or such guarantor, or to a fund for the benefit of its creditors or the notes or the applicable guarantee could be subordinated to our other indebtedness or such other indebtedness of any guarantor. Any guarantee could also be subject to a claim that, since the guarantee was incurred for our benefit, and only indirectly for the benefit of the guarantor, the obligations of the guarantor were incurred for less than fair consideration. A court could thus void the obligations under such guarantee, subordinate the guarantee obligations to the applicable guarantor’s other indebtedness or take other action detrimental to the holders of the notes.

The measures of insolvency for the purposes of fraudulent transfer laws vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if, at the time it incurred the indebtedness:

 

   

the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of its assets;

 

   

the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

   

it could not pay its debts as they become due.

We cannot be sure as to what standard a court would apply in making these determinations or that a court would reach the same conclusions with regard to these issues. In the event that a court declares these guarantees or liens to be void, or in the event that the guarantees or liens must be limited or voided in accordance with their terms, any claim you may make against us for amounts payable on the notes would be effectively subordinated to the obligations of our subsidiaries, including trade payables and other liabilities that constitute indebtedness. The notes would be effectively subordinated to our secured debt and the liabilities of our subsidiaries, and if a default occurs, we may not have sufficient funds to satisfy our obligations under the notes.

An active trading market for the exchange notes may not develop.

The exchange notes are a new issue of securities and they have no existing trading market. We do not intend to list the exchange notes on any national securities exchange or to seek admission of the exchange notes for trading in the NASDAQ National Market System. However, it is expected that the exchange notes will be eligible for trading in The PORTAL® Market of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Accordingly, a liquid market may not develop for the exchange notes, you may not be able to sell your exchange notes at a particular time and the prices you receive when you sell the exchange notes may not be favorable.

 

23


Table of Contents

Risks Associated with the Exchange Offer

You may not be able to sell your initial notes if you do not exchange them for registered exchange notes in the exchange offer.

If you do not exchange your initial notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, your initial notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer as stated in the legends on the initial notes. In general, you may not offer, sell or otherwise transfer the initial notes in the United States unless they are:

 

   

registered under the Securities Act;

 

   

offered or sold under an exemption from the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; or

 

   

offered or sold in a transaction not subject to the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

Currently, we do not anticipate that we will register the initial notes under the Securities Act. Except for limited instances involving the initial purchaser or holders of initial notes who are not eligible to participate in the exchange offer or who receive freely transferable exchange notes in the exchange offer, we will not be under any obligation to register the initial notes under the Securities Act under the registration rights agreement or otherwise. Also, if the exchange offer is completed on the terms and within the time period contemplated by this prospectus, additional interest will not be payable on your initial notes.

Your ability to sell your initial notes may be significantly more limited and the price at which you may be able to sell your initial notes may be significantly lower if you do not exchange them for registered exchange notes in the exchange offer.

To the extent that initial notes are exchanged in the exchange offer, the trading market for the initial notes that remain outstanding may be significantly more limited. As a result, the liquidity of the initial notes not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer could be adversely affected. The extent of the market for initial notes will depend upon a number of factors, including the number of holders of initial notes remaining outstanding and the interest of securities firms in maintaining a market in the initial notes. An issue of securities with a similar outstanding market value available for trading, which is called the “float,” may command a lower price than would be comparable to an issue of securities with a greater float. As a result, the market price for initial notes that are not exchanged in the exchange offer may be affected adversely to the extent that initial notes exchanged in the exchange offer reduce the float. The reduced float also may make the trading price of the initial notes that are not exchanged more volatile.

There are state securities law restrictions on the resale of the exchange notes.

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, the exchange notes may not be offered or resold by any holder, unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in such jurisdictions or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and the requirements of such exemption have been satisfied. Currently, we do not intend to register or qualify the resale of the exchange notes in any such jurisdictions. However, generally an exemption is available for sales to registered broker-dealers and certain institutional buyers. Other exemptions under applicable state securities laws also may be available.

Some holders who exchange their initial notes may be deemed to be underwriters.

If you exchange your initial notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

 

24


Table of Contents

We will not accept your initial notes for exchange if you fail to follow the exchange offer procedures and, as a result, your initial notes will continue to be subject to existing transfer restrictions and you may not be able to sell your initial notes.

We will issue exchange notes as part of the exchange offer only after a timely receipt of your initial notes, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents. Therefore, if you want to tender your initial notes, please allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. If we do not receive your initial notes, letter of transmittal and other required documents by the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will not accept your initial notes for exchange. We are under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the tenders of initial notes for exchange. If there are defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of initial notes, we will not accept your initial notes for exchange. See “The Exchange Offer.”

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Company

We service industries that are highly cyclical, and any downturn in our customers’ industries could reduce our sales and profitability.

Many of our products are sold to industries that experience significant fluctuations in demand based on economic conditions, energy prices, seasonality, consumer demand and other factors beyond our control . These industries include manufacturing, electrical products and transportation . Any decrease in demand within one or more of these industries may be significant and may last for a lengthy period of time . Any significant slowdown in one or more of these industries could have an adverse effect on the demand for metals, resulting in lower prices for metals, which would reduce our profitability . We may have difficulty increasing or maintaining our level of sales or profitability if we are not able to divert sales of our products to customers in other industries when one or more of our customers’ industries experiences a decline . We do not expect the cyclical nature of our industry to change.

The metals distribution business is very competitive and increased competition could reduce our gross margins and net income.

The principal markets that we serve are highly competitive . The metals distribution industry is fragmented and competitive, consisting of a large number of small companies and a few relatively large companies . Competition is based principally on price, service, quality, production capabilities, inventory availability and timely delivery . Competition in the various markets in which we participate comes from companies of various sizes, some of which have greater financial resources than we have and some of which have more established brand names in the local markets served by us . Increased competition could force us to lower our prices or to offer increased services at a higher cost, which could reduce our profitability.

The price volatility inherent in the metals markets could lead to significant losses for metals service centers, particularly during periods of rapid price decline, and periods of rapid price increases could impact our profitability if we are unable to fully pass through those price increases to our customers.

Metals prices are volatile due to a number of factors, including but not limited to, general economic conditions, production levels, significant excess capacity in times of reduced demand, fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, foreign and domestic competition, and the effect of rapidly changing nickel surcharges on stainless steel.

We maintain substantial inventories of metals in order to meet the just-in-time delivery requirements of our customers . Rapid increases in metals prices require us to raise our selling prices; however, we may be unable to fully pass through those price increases to our customers or we may raise the prices to a level that is not competitive in the market place, resulting in lower demand . Metals market price decreases usually require that we lower our selling prices to market prices . A reduction in our selling prices could result in lower profit margins or, in some cases, losses, which would reduce our profitability.

 

25


Table of Contents

Because of this volatility, working capital management, and in particular, inventory management, is a key profitability driver in the metals service center industry . We may not be successful in managing inventory in the future.

We may not be able to successfully consummate and complete the integration of future acquisitions, and if we are unable to do so, we may be unable to increase our growth rates.

In addition to the merger, we have grown through a combination of internal expansion, acquisitions and joint ventures . We intend to continue to grow through selective acquisitions, but we may not be able to identify appropriate acquisition candidates, obtain financing on satisfactory terms, consummate acquisitions or integrate acquired businesses effectively and profitably into our existing operations. Restrictions contained in the agreements governing the notes, our Credit Facility or our other existing or future debt may also inhibit our ability to make certain investments, including acquisitions and participations in joint ventures.

Our future success will depend on our ability to complete the integration of these future acquisitions successfully into our operations . After any acquisition, customers may choose to diversify their supply chains to reduce reliance on a single supplier for a portion of their metals needs . We may not be able to retain all of our and an acquisition’s customers, which may adversely affect our business and sales . Integrating acquisitions, particularly large acquisitions, requires us to enhance our operational and financial systems and employ additional qualified personnel, management and financial resources, and may adversely affect our business by diverting management away from day-to-day operations . Further, failure to successfully integrate acquisitions may adversely affect our profitability by creating significant operating inefficiencies that could increase our operating expenses as a percentage of sales and reduce our operating income . In addition, we may not realize expected cost savings from acquisitions, which may also adversely affect our profitability.

We may not be able to retain or expand our customer base if the North American manufacturing industry continues to erode through moving offshore or through acquisition and merger or consolidation activity in our customers’ industries.

Our customer base primarily includes manufacturing and industrial firms . Some of our customers operate in industries that are undergoing consolidation through acquisition and merger activity; some are considering or have considered relocating production operations overseas or outsourcing particular functions overseas; and some customers have closed as they were unable to compete successfully with overseas competitors . Our facilities are predominately located in the United States and Canada . To the extent that our customers cease U.S . operations, relocate or move operations overseas to regions in which we do not have a presence, we could lose their business. Acquirers of manufacturing and industrial firms may have suppliers of choice that do not include us, which could impact our customer base and market share.

Operating results may fluctuate depending on the season.

A portion of our customers experience seasonal slowdowns. Our sales in the months of July, November and December traditionally have been lower than in other months because of a reduced number of shipping days and holiday or vacation closures for some customers. Consequently, our sales in the first two quarters of the year are usually higher than in the third and fourth quarters.

Damage to our information technology infrastructure could harm our business.

The unavailability of any of our computer-based systems for any significant period of time could have a material adverse effect on our operations. In particular, our ability to manage inventory levels successfully largely depends on the efficient operation of our computer hardware and software systems. We use management information systems to track inventory information at individual facilities, communicate customer information and aggregate daily sales, margin and promotional information. Difficulties associated with upgrades, installations of major software or hardware, and integration with new systems could have a material adverse

 

26


Table of Contents

effect on results of operations. We will be required to expend substantial resources to integrate our information systems with the systems of companies we have acquired. The integration of these systems may disrupt our business or lead to operating inefficiencies. In addition, these systems are vulnerable to, among other things, damage or interruption from fire, flood, tornado and other natural disasters, power loss, computer system and network failures, operator negligence, physical and electronic loss of data, or security breaches and computer viruses.

Any significant work stoppages can harm our business.

As of December 31, 2007, we employed approximately 5,100 persons, of which approximately 2,450 were office employees and approximately 2,650 were plant employees . Fifty-two percent of our plant employees were members of various unions, including the United Steel Workers of America and the International Brotherhood of Teamsters unions . Our relationship with the various unions generally has been good . There have been two work stoppages at Integris Metals’ facilities over the last five years (but prior to Ryerson’s acquisition of Integris Metals): a strike by the members of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters Local #221, covering 69 individuals, which occurred at the Minneapolis (Integris) facility in June 2003 and lasted less than one month; and a strike by the members of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters Local #938, covering 81 individuals, at the Toronto (Integris) facility, which began on July 6, 2004, and ended when a settlement was reached on October 31, 2004 . During 2006, the agreement with the joint United Steelworkers and Teamsters unions representing approximately 540 employees at 3 Chicago area facilities expired January 31, 2006 . The membership of the joint union representing the Chicago-area employees initiated a week-long strike on March 6, 2006 . On July 9, 2006, the joint United Steelworkers and Teamster unions representing the Chicago-area employees ratified a three-year collective bargaining agreement, through March 31, 2009 . In addition, the United Steelworkers Union, representing approximately 230 employees at six other facilities, ratified a new three-year contract effective August 1, 2006 through July 31, 2009.

In 2007, we reached agreement on the renewal of 10 collective bargaining agreements covering 374 employees. An additional six contracts covering 94 employees expire in 2008. Through May 31, one contract covering 13 employees has been renewed. We may not be able to negotiate extensions of these agreements or new agreements prior to their expiration date. As a result, we may experience additional labor disruptions in the future. A widespread work stoppage could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows if it were to last for a significant period of time.

Certain employee retirement benefit plans are underfunded and the actual cost of those benefits could exceed current estimates, which would require us to fund the shortfall.

As of December 31, 2007, our pension plan had an unfunded liability of $96 million . Our actual costs for benefits required to be paid may exceed those projected and future actuarial assessments of the extent of those

costs may exceed the current assessment . Under those circumstances, the adjustments required to be made to our recorded liability for these benefits could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition and cash payments to fund these plans could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows . We may be required to make substantial future contributions to improve the plan’s funded status, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Future funding for postretirement employee benefits other than pensions also may require substantial payments from current cash flow.

We provide postretirement life insurance and medical benefits to approximately half of our employees . We paid approximately $13 million in postretirement benefits in 2007 and recorded an expense of approximately $13 million in our financial statements . Our unfunded postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2007 was $225 million.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our obligations from such postretirement benefits could increase significantly if health care costs increase at a faster pace than those assumed by management. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Estimates—Pension and postretirement benefit plan assumptions” for further discussion of these assumptions. An increase of 1% in the health care cost trend rate (for U.S. plans—8.5% for participants less than 65 years old and 10% for participants greater than 65 years old in 2007, grading down to 5% in 2012; for Canadian plans—12% in 2007, grading down to 6% in 2013) would have increased our postretirement health expense by approximately $0.6 million.

Any prolonged disruption of our processing centers could harm our business.

We have dedicated processing centers that permit us to produce standardized products in large volumes while maintaining low operating costs . Any prolonged disruption in the operations of any of these facilities, whether due to labor or technical difficulties, destruction or damage to any of the facilities or otherwise, could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

If we are unable to retain and attract management and key personnel, it may adversely affect our business.

We believe that our success is due, in part, to our experienced management team. Losing the services of one or more members of our management team could adversely affect our business and possibly prevent us from improving our operational, financial and information management systems and controls. In the future, we may need to retain and hire additional qualified sales, marketing, administrative, operating and technical personnel, and to train and manage new personnel. Our ability to implement our business plan is dependent on our ability to retain and hire a large number of qualified employees each year. If we are unable to hire sufficient qualified personnel, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our existing international joint ventures or potential additional joint ventures, may cause us to incur costs and risks that may distract management from effectively operating our North American business, and such joint ventures may not be profitable.

We maintain joint venture operations in Mexico, India and China. International operations are subject to certain risks inherent in conducting business in foreign countries, including price controls, exchange controls, limitations on participation in local enterprises, nationalization, expropriation and other governmental action, and changes in currency exchange rates. While we believe that our joint venture arrangements with local partners provide us with experienced business partners in foreign countries, events or issues, including disagreements with joint venture partners, may occur that require attention of our senior executives and may result in expenses or losses that erode the profitability of the joint ventures or cause our capital investments in our joint ventures to be unprofitable.

Lead time and the cost of our products could increase if we were to lose one of our primary suppliers.

If, for any reason, our primary suppliers of aluminum, carbon steel, stainless steel or other metals should curtail or discontinue their delivery of such metals in the quantities needed and at prices that are competitive, our business could suffer . The number of available suppliers could be reduced by factors such as industry consolidation and bankruptcies affecting steel and metal producers . Our top 25 suppliers accounted for 80% of our 2007 purchases . We could be significantly and adversely affected if delivery were disrupted from a major supplier . If, in the future, we were unable to obtain sufficient amounts of the necessary metals at competitive prices and on a timely basis from our traditional suppliers, we may not be able to obtain such metals from alternative sources at competitive prices to meet our delivery schedules, which could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profitability.

We could incur substantial costs in order to comply with, or to address any violations under, environmental laws that could significantly increase our operating expenses and reduce our operating income.

Our operations are subject to various environmental statutes and regulations, including laws and regulations governing materials we use . In addition, certain of our operations are subject to federal, state and local

 

28


Table of Contents

environmental laws and regulations that impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the air and water and establish standards for the treatment, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes and remediation of contaminated soil, surface waters and groundwater. Failure to maintain or achieve compliance with these laws and regulations or with the permits required for our operations could result in substantial operating costs and capital expenditures, in addition to fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third party claims for property damage or personal injury, cleanup costs or temporary or permanent discontinuance of operations . Certain of our facilities are located in industrial areas, have a history of heavy industrial use and have been in operation for many years and, over time, we and other predecessor operators of these facilities have generated, used, handled and disposed of hazardous and other regulated wastes . Environmental liabilities could exist, including cleanup obligations at these facilities or at off-site locations where materials from our operations were disposed of, which could result in future expenditures that cannot be currently quantified and which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

We may face product liability claims that are costly and create adverse publicity.

If any of the products that we sell cause harm to any of our customers, we could be exposed to product liability lawsuits . If we were found liable under product liability claims, we could be required to pay substantial monetary damages . Further, even if we successfully defended ourself against this type of claim, we could be forced to spend a substantial amount of money in litigation expenses, our management could be required to spend valuable time in the defense against these claims and our reputation could suffer, any of which could harm our business.

Substantially all of our capital stock is indirectly owned by a single investor group and its interests as an equity holder may conflict with those of a creditor.

We are a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent which is controlled by Platinum. As a result, Platinum controls all matters submitted for approval to Parent. These matters include the election of all of the members of our board of directors, amendments to our organizational documents, or the approval of any mergers, tender offers, sales of assets or other major corporate transactions.

The interests of Platinum may not in all cases be aligned with interests of noteholders. For example, Platinum could cause us to make acquisitions that increase the amount of the indebtedness that is secured or senior to the notes or to sell revenue-generating assets, impairing our ability to make payments under the notes. Additionally, Platinum is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Accordingly, Platinum may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, Platinum may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its equity investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to noteholders.

Our risk management strategies may result in losses.

From time to time, we may use fixed-price and/or fixed-volume supplier contracts to offset contracts with customers . Additionally, we may use foreign exchange contracts and interest rate swaps to hedge Canadian dollar and floating rate debt exposures . These risk management strategies pose certain risks, including the risk that losses on a hedge position may exceed the amount invested in such instruments . Moreover, a party in a hedging transaction may be unavailable or unwilling to settle our obligations, which could cause us to suffer corresponding losses . A hedging instrument may not be effective in eliminating all of the risks inherent in any particular position . Our profitability may be adversely affected during any period as a result of use of such instruments.

 

29


Table of Contents

We may be adversely affected by currency fluctuations in the U.S. dollar versus the Canadian dollar.

We have significant operations in Canada which incur the majority of their metal supply costs in U.S. dollars but earn the majority of their sales in Canadian dollars . We may from time to time experience losses when the value of the U.S. dollar strengthens against the Canadian dollar, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations . In addition, we will be subject to translation risk when we consolidate our Canadian subsidiaries’ net assets into our balance sheet . Fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar versus the Canadian dollar could reduce the value of these assets as reported in our financial statements, which could, as a result, reduce our stockholder’s equity.

 

30


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “estimates,” “will,” “should,” “plans” or “anticipates” or the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology, or by discussions of strategy. Readers are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and may involve significant risks and uncertainties, and that actual results may vary materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors. Among the factors that significantly impact the metals distribution industry and our business are:

 

   

cyclicality of our business, due to the cyclical nature of our customers’ businesses;

 

   

remaining competitive and maintaining market share in the highly fragmented metals distribution industry, in which price is a competitive tool and in which customers who purchase commodity products are often able to source metals from a variety of sources;

 

   

managing the costs of purchased metals relative to the price at which we sell our products during periods of rapid price escalation, when we may not be able to pass through pricing increases fully to our customers quickly enough to maintain desirable gross margins, or during periods of generally declining prices, when our customers may demand that price decreases be passed fully on to them more quickly than we are able to obtain similar discounts from our suppliers;

 

   

the failure to effectively integrate newly acquired operations;

 

   

our customer base, which, unlike many of our competitors, contains a substantial percentage of large customers, so that the potential loss of one or more large customers could negatively impact tonnage sold and our profitability;

 

   

fluctuating operating costs depending on seasonality;

 

   

potential damage to our information technology infrastructure;

 

   

work stoppages;

 

   

certain employee retirement benefit plans that are underfunded and the actual costs could exceed current estimates;

 

   

future funding for postretirement employee benefits may require substantial payments from current cash flow;

 

   

prolonged disruption of our processing centers;

 

   

ability to retain and attract management and key personnel;

 

   

ability of management to focus on North American operations and joint ventures;

 

   

termination of supplier arrangements;

 

   

the incurrence of substantial costs or liabilities to comply with, or as a result of violations of, environmental laws;

 

   

a risk of product liability claims;

 

   

our indirect ownership by a single investor group, whose interests as equity holders may conflict with yours as a creditor;

 

   

our risk management strategies may result in losses;

 

   

currency fluctuations in the U.S. dollar versus the Canadian dollar;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

management of inventory and other costs and expenses;

 

   

consolidation in the metals producer industry, from which we purchase products, which could limit our ability to effectively negotiate and manage costs of inventory or cause material shortages, either of which would impact profitability.

These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements should, therefore, be considered in light of various factors, including those set forth in this prospectus under “Risk Factors” and the caption “Industry and Operating Trends” included in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we caution you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they were made. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

32


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes in the exchange offer. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the original notes tendered in exchange for the exchange notes. Accordingly, the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any change in our indebtedness.

 

33


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

On October 19, 2007, we sold the initial notes in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, the initial notes may not be reoffered, resold or otherwise transferred in the United States, unless so registered or unless an exemption from the Securities Act registration requirements is available. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement entered into with the initial purchasers of the initial notes, we and the guarantors agreed, for the benefit of holders of the initial notes, to use our commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

   

no later than 270 days after the original issue date of the initial notes, or July 15, 2008, file a registration statement with the SEC with respect to a registered offer to exchange the initial notes for exchange notes that will be issued under the same indenture, in the same aggregate principal amount as and with terms that are substantially identical in all material respects to the original notes, except that they will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions and cause such registration statement to become effective at the earliest practicable time;

 

   

have the exchange offer registration statement remain effective under the Securities Act until the earlier of 180 days after the effective date of the exchange offer registration statement and the date on which broker-dealers that receive exchange notes for their own account in exchange for initial notes, where such initial notes were acquired by such broker-dealers as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, which broker-dealers we refer to herein as the “Participating Broker-Dealers”, are no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities; and

 

   

complete the exchange offer no later than November 12, 2008.

For each initial note tendered to us pursuant to the exchange offer, we will issue to the holder of such initial note an exchange note having a principal amount at maturity equal to that of the surrendered initial note. Interest on each exchange note will accrue:

 

  (1) from the later of:

 

   

the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the note surrendered in exchange therefore; or

 

   

if the note is surrendered for exchange on a date in a period which includes the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment date; or

 

  (2) if no interest has been paid on such note, from the original issue date.

Under existing SEC interpretations, contained in several no-action letters to third parties, the exchange notes (and the related guarantees) will be freely transferable by holders (other than affiliates of the issuer) after the exchange offer free of any covenant regarding registration under the Securities Act; provided, however, that each holder that wishes to exchange its initial notes for exchange notes will be required to represent:

 

   

that any exchange notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business;

 

   

that at the time of the commencement and consummation of the exchange offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the exchange notes in violation of the Securities Act;

 

   

that it is not our “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act);

 

   

if such holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of exchange notes; and

 

   

if such holder is a broker-dealer, or a Participating Broker-Dealer, that will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

 

34


Table of Contents

The SEC has taken the position that Participating Broker-Dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the exchange notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the exchange notes) with the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement.

Under the registration rights agreement, we have agreed to furnish upon written request, during the period required by the Securities Act, a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act for use by Participating Broker-Dealers for use in connection with any resale of exchange notes.

Shelf Registration Statement

In the event that:

 

  (1) changes in applicable law or SEC policy do not permit us to effect the exchange offer;

 

  (2) for any reason the exchange offer is not completed on or prior to November 12, 2008; or

(3) with respect to any holder of initial notes, (i) such holder is prohibited by applicable law or SEC policy from participating in the exchange offer, (ii) such holder may not sell the exchange notes acquired by it in the exchange offer without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement is not appropriate for such resales by such holder or (iii) such holder is a broker-dealer and holds initial notes acquired directly from us or one of our affiliates, upon such holder’s request, which must be delivered no later than the 20 th day following consummation of the exchange offer;

then in each case, we will, at our sole expense, (a) as soon as practicable, but, in no event later than the later of (x) July 15, 2008 and (y) 90 days after such filing obligation arises (or if such 90 th day is not a business day, the next succeeding business day), file a shelf registration statement covering resales of the initial notes (the “Shelf Registration Statement”), (b) use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration to be declared effective by the SEC on or before the 180 th day after such filing obligation arises (or if such 180 th day is not a business day, the next succeeding business day) and (c) keep effective the Shelf Registration Statement until the earlier of two years after the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or such time as all of the applicable notes have been sold thereunder.

We will, in the event a Shelf Registration Statement is filed, among other things, provide to each holder for whom such Shelf Registration Statement was filed copies of the prospectus which is a part of the Shelf Registration Statement, notify each such holder when the Shelf Registration Statement has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the initial notes. A holder selling such initial notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement generally would be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement that are applicable to such holder (including certain indemnification obligations).

Additional Interest

If we fail to meet the obligations listed above, then additional interest (the “Additional Interest”), shall become payable in respect of the exchange notes as follows:

 

 

(1)

if (A) neither the exchange offer registration statement nor the Shelf Registration Statement is filed with the SEC on or before July 15, 2008, in the case of the exchange offer registration statement, or the later of July 15, 2008 and 90 days after such filing obligation arises (or if such 90 th day is not a business day, the next succeeding business day), in the case of the Shelf Registration Statement, (B) the Shelf Registration has not been declared effective by the SEC on or before the 180 th day after such filing obligation arises (or if such 180 th day is not a business day, the next succeeding business day), (C) the exchange offer has not been completed on or before November 12, 2008 or (D) the exchange offer registration statement or the Shelf Registration Statement is filed and declared effective by the

 

35


Table of Contents
 

SEC and thereafter ceases to be effective or fails to be usable for its intended purpose during the periods required under the registration rights agreement without being succeeded immediately by a post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement that cures such failure and that is itself immediately declared effective (a “Registration Default”), then during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default, Additional Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum, such Additional Interest increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, but in no event shall such Additional Interest exceed 1.00% per annum. Any amounts of Additional Interest that have accrued as described above will be payable in cash on the same original interest payment dates as the notes.

Expiration Date; Extensions; Termination; Amendments

The exchange offer expires on the expiration date. The expiration date is             p.m., New York City time, on             , 2008, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the period during which the exchange offer is open, in which event the expiration date is the latest time and date on which the exchange offer, as so extended by us, expires. We reserve the right to extend the exchange offer at any time and from time to time prior to the expiration date by giving written notice to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the exchange agent, and by timely public announcement communicated in accordance with applicable law or regulation. During any extension of the exchange offer, all initial notes previously tendered pursuant to the exchange offer and not validly withdrawn will remain subject to the exchange offer.

The exchange date will occur promptly after the expiration date. We expressly reserve the right to:

 

   

terminate the exchange offer and not accept for exchange any original notes for any reason, including if any of the events set forth below under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” shall have occurred and shall not have been waived by us; and

 

   

amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner, whether before or after any tender of the original notes.

If any such termination or amendment occurs, we will notify the exchange agent in writing and either will issue a press release or will give written notice to the holders of the initial notes as promptly as practicable. Unless we terminate the exchange offer prior to             p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date, we will exchange the exchange notes for the initial notes on the exchange date.

If we waive any material condition to the exchange offer, or amend the exchange offer in any material respect, and if at the time that notice of such waiver or amendment is first published, sent or given to holders of initial notes in the manner specified above, the exchange offer is scheduled to expire at any time earlier than the expiration of a period ending on the fifth business day from, and including, the date that such notice is first so published, sent or given, then the exchange offer will be extended until the expiration of such five business day period.

This prospectus and the related letters of transmittal and other relevant materials will be mailed by us to record holders of initial notes and will be furnished to brokers, banks and similar persons whose names, or the names of whose nominees, appear on the lists of holders for subsequent transmittal to beneficial owners of original notes.

Each Participating Broker-Dealer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Terms of the Exchange Offer

We are offering, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, to exchange $1,000 in principal amount of exchange notes for each $1,000 in

 

36


Table of Contents

principal amount of outstanding initial notes, provided that no notes of $2,000 or less shall be accepted in part. We will accept for exchange any and all initial notes that are validly tendered on or before             p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Tenders of the initial notes may be withdrawn at any time before             p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of original notes being tendered for exchange. However, the exchange offer is subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement and the satisfaction of the conditions described under “—Conditions of the Exchange Offer.” Initial notes may be tendered only in multiples of $1,000, provided that no notes of $2,000 or less shall be accepted in part. Holders of initial notes may tender less than the aggregate principal amount represented by their initial notes if they appropriately indicate this fact on the letter of transmittal accompanying the tendered initial notes or indicate this fact pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below.

As of the date of this prospectus, $141.5 million in aggregate principal amount of the initial floating rate notes are outstanding and $425 million in aggregate principal amount of the initial fixed rate notes are outstanding. Solely for reasons of administration, we have fixed the close of business on             as the record date for purposes of determining the persons to whom this prospectus and the letter of transmittal will be mailed initially. Only a holder of the initial notes, or the holder’s legal representative or attorney-in-fact, whose ownership is reflected in the records of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as registrar, or whose initial notes are held of record by the depositary, may participate in the exchange offer. There will be no fixed record date for determining the eligible holders of the initial notes who are entitled to participate in the exchange offer. We believe that, as of the date of this prospectus, no holder of notes is our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered initial notes when, as and if we give oral or written notice of our acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders of initial notes and for purposes of receiving the exchange notes from us. If any tendered initial notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender or otherwise, certificates for the unaccepted initial notes will be returned, without expense, to the tendering holder as promptly as practicable after the expiration date.

Holders of initial notes do not have appraisal or dissenters’ rights under applicable law or the indenture as a result of the exchange offer. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, including Rule 14e-1.

Holders who tender their initial notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, provided that the instructions in the letter of transmittal are followed, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of initial notes under the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than transfer taxes in some circumstances, in connection with the exchange offer. See “—Solicitation of Tenders; Expenses” for more information about the costs of the exchange offer.

We do not make any recommendation to holders of initial notes as to whether to tender any of their initial notes under the exchange offer. In addition, no one has been authorized to make any recommendation. Holders of initial notes must make their own decision whether to participate in the exchange offer and, if the holder chooses to participate in the exchange offer, the aggregate principal amount of initial notes to tender, after reading carefully this prospectus and the letter of transmittal and consulting with their advisors, if any, based on their own financial position and requirements.

How to Tender

The tender to us of initial notes by you pursuant to one of the procedures set forth below will constitute an agreement between you and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the applicable letter of transmittal.

 

37


Table of Contents

General Procedures . A holder of an initial note may tender the same by (i) properly completing and signing the applicable letter of transmittal or a facsimile thereof (all references in this prospectus to the letter of transmittal shall be deemed to include a facsimile thereof) and delivering the same, together with the certificate or certificates representing the initial notes being tendered and any required signature guarantees (or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer, which we refer to herein as a Book-Entry Confirmation, pursuant to the procedure described below), to the exchange agent at its address set forth on the inside back cover of this prospectus on or prior to the expiration date or (ii) complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

If tendered initial notes are registered in the name of the signer of the letter of transmittal and the exchange notes to be issued in exchange therefore are to be issued (and any untendered initial notes are to be reissued) in the name of the registered holder, the signature of such signer need not be guaranteed. In any other case, the tendered initial notes must be endorsed or accompanied by written instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to us and duly executed by the registered holder and the signature on the endorsement or instrument of transfer must be guaranteed by a firm, which we refer to herein as an Eligible Institution, that is a member of a recognized signature guarantee medallion program, which we refer to herein as an Eligible Program, within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act. If the exchange notes and/or initial notes not exchanged are to be delivered to an address other than that of the registered holder appearing on the note register for the initial notes, the signature on the letter of transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

Any beneficial owner whose initial notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender initial notes should contact such holder promptly and instruct such holder to tender initial notes on such beneficial owner’s behalf. If such beneficial owner wishes to tender such initial notes himself, such beneficial owner must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering such initial notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the initial notes in such beneficial owner’s name or follow the procedures described in the immediately preceding paragraph. The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time.

Book-Entry Transfer . The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the initial notes at The Depository Trust Company, which we refer to herein as the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, for purposes of the exchange offer within two business days after receipt of this prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility’s systems may make book-entry deliver of initial notes by causing the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to transfer such initial notes into the exchange agent’s account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility in accordance with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility’s procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of initial notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, the letter of transmittal, with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must, in any case, be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address specified on the inside back cover page of this prospectus on or prior to the expiration date or the guaranteed delivery procedures described below must be complied with.

The method of delivery of initial notes and all other documents is at your election and risk. If sent by mail, we recommend that you use registered mail, return receipt requested, obtain proper insurance, and complete the mailing sufficiently in advance of the expiration date to permit delivery to the exchange agent on or before the expiration date.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures . If a holder desires to accept the exchange offer and time will not permit a letter of transmittal or initial notes to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date, a tender may be effected if the exchange agent has received at its office listed on the inside back cover of this prospectus on or prior to the expiration date a letter or facsimile transmission from an Eligible Institution setting forth the name and address of the tendering holder, the names in which the initial notes are registered, the principal amount of the initial notes and, if possible, the certificate numbers of the initial notes to be tendered, and stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three business days after the date of execution of such

 

38


Table of Contents

letter or facsimile transmission by the Eligible Institution, the original notes, in proper form for transfer, will be delivered by such Eligible Institution together with a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (and any other required documents). Unless initial notes being tendered by the above-described method (or a timely Book-Entry Confirmation) are deposited with the exchange agent within the time period set forth above (accompanied or preceded by a properly completed letter of transmittal and any other required documents), we may, at our option, reject the tender. Copies of a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery that may be used by Eligible Institutions for the purposes described in this paragraph are being delivered with this prospectus and the related letter of transmittal.

A tender will be deemed to have been received as of the date when the tendering holder’s properly completed and duly signed letter of transmittal accompanied by the initial notes (or a timely Book-Entry Confirmation) is received by the exchange agent. Issuances of exchange notes in exchange for initial notes tendered pursuant to a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or letter or facsimile transmission to similar effect (as provided above) by an Eligible Institution will be made only against deposit of the letter of transmittal (and any other required documents) and the tendered initial notes (or a timely Book-Entry Confirmation).

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for exchange of any tender of initial notes will be determined by us and our determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any or all tenders not in proper form or the acceptances for exchange of which may, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any of the conditions of the exchange offer or any defect or irregularities in tenders of any particular holder whether or not similar defects or irregularities are waived in the case of other holders. None of us, the exchange agent or any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in tenders or shall incur any liability for failure to give any such notification. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer (including the letters of transmittal and the instructions thereto) will be final and binding.

Terms and Conditions of the Letters of Transmittal

The letters of transmittal contain, among other things, the following terms and conditions, which are part of the exchange offer.

The party tendering initial notes for exchange, whom we refer to herein as the “Transferor”, exchanges, assigns and transfers the initial notes to us and irrevocably constitutes and appoints the exchange agent as the Transferor’s agent and attorney-in-fact to cause the initial notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged. The Transferor represents and warrants that it has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the initial notes and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, we will acquire good and unencumbered title to the tendered initial notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim. The Transferor also warrants that it will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by us to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of tendered initial notes. The Transferor further agrees that acceptance of any tendered initial notes by us and the issuance of exchange notes in exchange therefore shall constitute performance in full by us of our obligations under the registration rights agreement and that we shall have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder (except in certain limited circumstances). All authority conferred by the Transferor will survive the death or incapacity of the Transferor and every obligation of the Transferor shall be binding upon the heirs, legal representatives, successors, assigns, executors and administrators of such Transferor.

Withdrawal Rights

Initial notes tendered pursuant to the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration date. For a withdrawal to be effective, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be timely received by the exchange agent at its address set forth on the inside back cover of this prospectus. Any such notice of withdrawal must specify the person named in the letter of transmittal as having tendered the initial notes to be withdrawn, the certificate numbers of the initial notes to be withdrawn, the principal amount of initial notes

 

39


Table of Contents

to be withdrawn (which must be an authorized denomination), a statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such initial notes exchanged, and the name of the registered holder of such initial notes, and must be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by evidence satisfactory to us that the person withdrawing the tender has succeeded to the beneficial ownership of the initial notes being withdrawn. The exchange agent will return the properly withdrawn initial notes promptly following receipt of notice of withdrawal. All questions as to the validity of notices of withdrawals, including time of receipt, will be determined by us, and our determination will be final and binding on all parties.

Acceptance of Initial Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, the acceptance for exchange of initial notes validly tendered and not withdrawn and the issuance of the exchange notes will be made on the exchange date. For the purposes of the exchange offer, we shall be deemed to have accepted for exchange validly tendered initial notes when, as and if we have given written notice thereof to the exchange agent.

The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders of initial notes for the purposes of receiving exchange notes from us and causing the initial notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, delivery of exchange notes to be issued in exchange for accepted initial notes will be made by the exchange agent promptly after acceptance of the tendered initial notes. Initial notes not accepted for exchange by us will be returned without expense to the tendering holders (or in the case of initial notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the procedures described above, such non-exchanged initial notes will be credited to an account maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility) promptly following the expiration date or, if we terminate the exchange offer prior to the expiration date, promptly after the exchange offer is so terminated.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

We are not required to accept or exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any outstanding initial notes. We may terminate or extend the exchange offer by oral or written notice to the exchange agent and by timely public announcement communicated in accordance with applicable law or regulation, if:

 

   

any federal law, statute, rule, regulation or interpretation of the staff of the SEC has been proposed, adopted or enacted that, in our judgment, might impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer or otherwise make it inadvisable to proceed with the exchange offer;

 

   

an action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency that, in our judgment might impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer or otherwise make it inadvisable to proceed with the exchange offer;

 

   

there has occurred a material adverse development in any existing action or proceeding that might impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer or otherwise make it inadvisable to proceed with the exchange offer;

 

   

any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part or the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939;

 

   

there is a change in the current interpretation by the staff of the SEC which permits holders who have made the required representations to us to resell, offer for resale, or otherwise transfer exchange notes issued in the exchange offer without registration of the exchange notes and delivery of a prospectus; or

 

   

a material adverse change shall have occurred in our business, condition, operations or prospects.

The foregoing conditions are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by us with respect to all or any portion of the exchange offer regardless of the circumstances (including any action or inaction by us) giving rise to such condition or may be waived by us in whole or in part at any time or from time to time in our sole discretion. The

 

40


Table of Contents

failure by us at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights will not be deemed a waiver of any such right, and each right will be deemed an ongoing right that may be asserted at any time or from time to time. In addition, we have reserved the right, notwithstanding the satisfaction of each of the foregoing conditions, to terminate or amend the exchange offer.

Any determination by us concerning the fulfillment or non-fulfillment of any conditions will be final and binding upon all parties.

Exchange Agent

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. Letters of transmittal must be addressed to the exchange agent at its address set forth on the inside back cover page of this prospectus. Delivery to an address other than the one set forth herein, or transmissions of instructions via a facsimile number other than the one set forth herein, will not constitute a valid delivery.

Solicitation of Tenders; Expenses

We have not retained any dealer-manager or similar agent in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others for soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith. We also will pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding tenders for their customers. The expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer, including the fees and expenses of the exchange agent and printing, accounting and legal fees, will be paid by us.

No dealer, salesperson or other individual has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations not contained in this prospectus in connection with the exchange offer. If given or made, you must not rely on such information or representations as having been authorized by us. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any exchange made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in our affairs since the respective dates as of which information is given herein.

The exchange offer is not being made to (nor will tenders be accepted from or on behalf of) holders of initial notes in any jurisdiction in which the making of the exchange offer or the acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction. However, at our discretion, we may take such action as we may deem necessary to make the exchange offer in any such jurisdiction and extend the exchange offer to holders of initial notes in such jurisdiction. In any jurisdiction the securities laws or blue sky laws of which require the exchange offer to be made by a licensed broker or dealer, the exchange offer is being made on behalf of us by one or more registered brokers or dealers that are licensed under the laws of such jurisdiction.

Appraisal Rights

You will not have appraisal rights in connection with the exchange offer.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

The exchange of initial notes for exchange notes should not be a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and holders should not recognize any taxable gain or loss or any interest income as a result of such exchange. See “Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Regulatory Approvals

Other than the federal securities laws, there are no federal or state regulatory requirements that we must comply with and there are no approvals that we must obtain in connection with the exchange offer.

 

41


Table of Contents

Accounting Treatment

The exchange notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the initial notes. Accordingly, we will recognize no gain or loss for accounting purposes in connection with the exchange offer. The expense of the exchange offer will be expensed over the term of the exchange notes.

Other

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary and you should consider carefully whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decisions on what action to take.

As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all validly tendered initial notes pursuant to the terms of the exchange offer, we will have fulfilled a covenant contained in the terms of the initial notes and the registration rights agreement. Holders of the initial notes who do not tender their initial notes in the exchange offer will continue to hold such initial notes and will be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable thereto under the indenture, except for any terms of the registration rights agreement, which by its terms, terminate or cease to have further effect as a result of the making of this exchange offer. See “Description of the Exchange Notes.” All untendered initial notes will continue to be subject to the restriction on transfer set forth in the indenture. To the extent that initial notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market, if any, for the initial notes not tendered and accepted in the exchange offer could be adversely affected. See “Risk Factors—Risks Associated with the Exchange Offer—Your ability to sell your initial notes may be significantly more limited and the price at which you may be able to sell your initial notes may be significantly lower if you do not exchange them for registered exchange notes in the exchange offer.”

We may in the future seek to acquire untendered initial notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plan to acquire any initial notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer.

 

42


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of March 31, 2008.

You should read this table together with the information contained in “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related included elsewhere in this prospectus. All dollar amounts in the table are in millions.

 

     As of
March 31,
2008
     (unaudited)

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 39.4
      

Debt:

  

Credit Facility(2)

     635.0

12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015

     425.0

Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014(3)

     146.5

 1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2011

     4.1
      

Total Debt

     1,210.6

Total stockholder’s equity

     501.6
      

Total capitalization

   $ 1,712.2
      

 

(1)   As of May 31, 2008, our cash and cash equivalents was approximately $60.6 million.
(2)   As of May 31, 2008, the balance outstanding under the Credit Facility was approximately $694.9 million.
(3)   Since March 31, 2008, we have repurchased a portion of the initial floating rate notes. As of the date of this prospectus, $141.5 million aggregate principal amount were outstanding.

 

43


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following pro forma condensed consolidated financial information of Ryerson has been derived by the application of pro forma adjustments to our historical consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2008. The pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations data give effect to the Transactions as if such Transactions had been consummated on January 1, 2007, the first day of the most recently completed fiscal year . The pro forma condensed consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2007 was derived from the historical financial data of Ryerson by taking the historical consolidated financial data for the period from January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007, adding the historical condensed consolidated financial data for the period from October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007, and then applying pro forma adjustments to give effect to the Transactions.

The pro forma condensed consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2007 and three months ended March 31, 2007 and 2008 is presented because we believe it is meaningful information for an investor in the notes. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is presented for informational purposes only. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information does not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial condition would have been had the Transactions actually occurred on January 1, 2007 and they do not purport to project our results of operations or financial condition for any future period or as of any future date. All pro forma adjustments and their underlying assumptions are described more fully in the notes to our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements. We cannot assure you that the assumptions used in the preparation of the pro forma condensed consolidated financial information will prove to be correct. You should read the pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements together with “Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Data,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Other Indebtedness—Credit Facility” and the consolidated historical financial statements of Ryerson and the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The Transactions have been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141 “Business Combinations.” The total cost of the Transactions will be allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values as of October 19, 2007. The final purchase price allocation is dependent on, among other things, the finalization of asset and liability valuations. Any final adjustment will change the allocations of purchase price, which could affect the fair value assigned to the assets and liabilities and could result in a change to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements, including a change of goodwill.

 

44


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

Combined Year Ended December 31, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Predecessor      Successor     Transactions
Adjustments
    Pro forma  
   January 1 to
October 19,
2007
     October 20 to
December 31,
2007
     

Net sales

   $ 5,035.6      $ 966.3     $ —       $ 6,001.9  

Cost of materials sold

     4,307.1        829.1       (5.8 )(a)     5,130.4  
                                 

Gross profit

     728.5        137.2       5.8       871.5  

Warehouse, delivery, selling, general and administrative

     569.5        126.9       (118.9 )(a)(b)     577.5  

Restructuring and plant closure costs

     5.1        —         —         5.1  

Gain on sale of assets

     (7.2 )      —         —         (7.2 )
                                 

Operating profit

     161.1        10.3       124.7       296.1  

Other expense:

           

Other income and expense, net

     (1.0 )      2.4       —         1.4  

Interest and other expense on debt

     (55.1 )      (30.8 )     (57.7 )(c)     (143.6 )
                                 

Income before income taxes

     105.0        (18.1 )     67.0       153.9  

Provision for income taxes

     36.9        (6.9 )     24.9 (d)     54.9  
                                 

Net income

   $ 68.1      $ (11.2 )   $ 42.1     $ 99.0  
                                 

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

Three Months Ended March 31, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Predecessor     Transactions
Adjustments
    Pro forma  
   Three Months
Ended March 31,
2007
     

Net sales

   $ 1,663.2     $ —       $ 1,663.2  

Cost of materials sold

     1,407.4       (1.8 )(a)     1,405.6  
                        

Gross profit

     255.8       1.8       257.6  

Warehouse, delivery, selling, general and administrative

     184.5       (35.6 )(a)(b)     148.9  

Restructuring and plant closure costs

     1.7       —         1.7  
                        

Operating profit

     69.6       37.4       107.0  

Other expense:

      

Other income and expense, net

     0.1       —         0.1  

Interest and other expense on debt

     (24.5 )     (13.9 )(c)     (38.4 )
                        

Income before income taxes

     45.2       23.5       68.7  

Provision for income taxes

     17.1       8.7 (d)     25.8  
                        

Net income

   $ 28.1     $ 14.8     $ 42.9  
                        

 

45


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

Three Months Ended March 31, 2008

(in millions)

 

     Successor     Transactions
Adjustments
    Pro forma  
   Three Months
Ended March 31,
2008
     

Net sales

   $ 1,370.3     $ —       $ 1,370.3  

Cost of materials sold

     1,176.4       —         1,176.4  
                        

Gross profit

     193.9       —         193.9  

Warehouse, delivery, selling, general and administrative

     151.0       (10.4 )(b)     140.6  
                        

Operating profit

     42.9       10.4       53.3  

Other expense:

      

Other income and expense, net

     2.6       —         2.6  

Interest and other expense on debt

     (31.2 )     —         (31.2 )
                        

Income before income taxes

     14.3       10.4       24.7  

Provision for income taxes

     5.1       3.9 (d)     9.0  
                        

Net income

   $ 9.2     $ 6.5     $ 15.7  
                        

 

46


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations (all dollar amounts in millions)

 

(a) Represents the change in depreciation and amortization resulting from purchase accounting adjustments, assuming the merger occurred on January 1, 2007. The depreciation expense is calculated on a straight line basis over the estimated average useful lives.

 

     Estimated Average
Useful Life

Buildings

   45.0

Leasehold improvements

   10.0

Machinery and equipment

   14.5

Furniture and fixtures

   10.0

Computers, software & office equipment

   5.0

Transportation equipment

   6.0

Trademarks

   15.0

Customer relationships.

   5.0
     January 1 to
October 19,
2007
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
2007
 

Pro forma depreciation and amortization

   $ 21.7     $ 6.8  

Historical depreciation and amortization

     32.5       10.1  
                

Pro forma adjustment

   $ (10.8 )   $ (3.3 )
                

Allocation of adjustment:

    

Cost of materials sold

   $ (5.8 )   $ (1.8 )

Warehouse, delivery, selling, general and administrative

     (5.0 )     (1.5 )
                

Pro forma adjustment

   $ (10.8 )   $ (3.3 )
                

 

(b) Includes adjustments for merger related fees and actions that have been or will be carried out upon completion of the merger:

 

     Twelve
Months Ended
December 31,
2007
   Three Months Ended March 31,
              2007                    2008        

Effect of new compensation arrangements for senior officers(i)

   $ 24.5    $ 12.1    $ —  

Public company expenses(ii)

     2.6      0.7      —  

Merger related fees(iii)

     7.8      1.0      —  

Involuntary employee terminations(iv)

     77.8      20.0      10.2

Exited facility savings(v)

     1.2      0.3      0.2
                    
   $ 113.9    $ 34.1    $ 10.4
                    

 

(i) Our historical equity-based compensations were terminated upon the consummation of the merger and is expected to be replaced with a liquidity event based bonus plan. The new plan is currently expected to provide for bonuses of up to 5% of the value of dividend, asset sale or stock sale proceeds received by Platinum once certain shareholder return thresholds are met. The right to receive bonuses under the plan will vest over a period of five years.
(ii) Reflects the elimination of board of directors, investor relations and excess directors and officers insurance costs.
(iii) Includes legal, professional and investment banking fees incurred in connection with the merger and comprehensive sales process.
(iv)

Represents the cost savings associated with 1,154 employees associated with exit plans in connection with the merger, net of 138 newly created positions. These terminations include the elimination of certain

 

47


Table of Contents
 

management positions and the reduction of administrative functions such as information technology, human resources, marketing, finance and legal.

(v) Represents the elimination of leased facility costs for seven locations that we are exiting.

 

(c) Reflects the increased interest expense as a result of our new capital structure and refinancing of our existing debt. In determining these amounts, we used an assumed weighted average interest rate on the notes and borrowings under the Credit Facility as of December 31, 2007.

 

     Amount    January 1 to
October 19,
2007
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
2007
 

Credit Facility and notes

   $ 1,210.6    $ 108.2     $ 37.0  

Deferred financing costs

        4.6       1.4  
                   

Pro forma interest expense

      $ 112.8     $ 38.4  

Elimination of historical interest expense

        (55.1 )     (24.5 )
                   

Pro forma adjustment

      $ 57.7     $ 13.9  
                   

 

     A hypothetical 0.125% increase in the interest rate would increase the pro forma interest expense under our Credit Facility and the notes by approximately $2.0 million per annum.

 

(d) Reflects a 37.1% statutory tax rate on a pro forma basis.

 

48


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial information of Ryerson. Our selected historical consolidated statements of operations data of our predecessor for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for the period from January 1, 2007 through October 19, 2007 and of Ryerson as successor for the period from October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and the summary historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated statements of operations data of our predecessor for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the summary historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 were derived from the audited financial statements and related notes thereto of the predecessor, which are not included in this prospectus.

Our selected historical consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008 and the selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2008 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, include in the opinion of management, all adjustments consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations, financial position and cash flows. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year.

The information presented below should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Predecessor           Successor           Predecessor           Successor  
    Year Ended
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Period from
January 1 to
October 19,
2007
          Period from
October 20 to
December 31,
2007
          Three
Months
Ended
March 31
2007
          Three
Months
Ended
March
31, 2008
 
                      (in millions)                                          

Statements of Operations Data:

                           

Net sales

  $ 2,189.4     $ 3,302.0     $ 5,780.5     $ 5,908.9     $ 5,035.6         $ 966.3         $ 1,663.2         $ 1,370.3  

Cost of materials sold

    1,830.4       2,810.8       4,893.5       5,050.9       4,307.1           829.1           1,407.4           1,176.4  
                                                                           

Gross profit(1)

    359.0       491.2       887.0       858.0       728.5           137.2           255.8           193.9  

Warehousing, selling, general and administrative

    349.4       393.5       677.7       691.2       569.5           126.9           184.5           151.0  

Restructuring and plant closure costs

    6.2       3.6       4.0       4.5       5.1           —             1.7           —    

Pension curtailment gain

    —         —         (21.0 )     —         —             —             —             —    

Gain on sale of assets

    —         (5.6 )     (6.6 )     (21.6 )     (7.2 )         —             —             —    
                                                                           

Operating profit

    3.4       99.7       232.9       183.9       161.1           10.3           69.6           42.9  

Other income and (expense), net

    0.1       0.3       3.7       1.0       (1.0 )         2.4           0.1           2.6  

Interest and other expense on debt(2)

    (18.8 )     (24.0 )     (76.0 )     (70.7 )     (55.1 )         (30.8 )         (24.5 )         (31.2 )
                                                                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (15.3 )     76.0       160.6       114.2       105.0           (18.1 )         45.2           14.3  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes(3)

    (1.7 )     27.0       62.5       42.4       36.9           (6.9 )         17.1           5.1  
                                                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    (13.6 )     49.0       98.1       71.8       68.1           (11.2 )         28.1           9.2  

Discounted operations, net of income tax

    —         7.0       —         —         —             —             —             —    
                                                                           

Net income (loss)

  $ (13.6 )   $ 56.0     $ 98.1     $ 71.8     $ 68.1         $ (11.2 )       $ 28.1         $ 9.2  
                                                                           

 

49


Table of Contents
    Predecessor           Successor           Predecessor           Successor  
    Year Ended
December 31,
2003
    Year Ended
December 31,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Period from
January 1 to
October 19,
2007
          Period from
October 20 to
December 31,
2007
          Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2007
          Three
Months
Ended
March
31, 2008
 
                      (in millions)                                      

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

                           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 13.7     $ 18.4     $ 27.4     $ 55.1           $ 35.2         $ 37.2         $ 39.4  

Restricted cash

    1.1       0.8       0.6       0.1             4.5                     5.6  

Working capital

    505.1       778.9       778.4       1,420.1             1,235.7           1,173.3           1,256.6  

Property, plant and equipment, net

    225.0       239.3       398.4       401.1             587.0           402.8           577.9  

Total assets

    1,119.3       1,540.8       2,151.0       2,537.3             2,576.5           2,458.4           2,679.2  

Long-term debt, including current maturities (4)

    266.3       526.2       877.2       1,206.5             1,228.8           1,045.2           1,210.6  

Stockholders’ equity

    386.6       439.6       547.8       648.7             499.2           690.3           501.6  
     

Other Financial Data :

                           

Cash flows provided by (used in) operations

  $ (12.6 )   $ (170.0 )   $ 321.5     $ (261.0 )   $ 564.0         $ 54.1         $ 137.7         $ (9.6 )

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities

    (17.8 )     (57.1 )     (418.1 )     (16.7 )     (24.0 )         (1,069.6 )         (10.7 )         (1.1 )

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

    31.5       231.8       105.6       305.4       (565.6 )         1,021.2           (144.9 )         14.9  

Capital expenditures

    19.4       32.6       32.6       35.7       51.6           9.1           11.6           6.0  

Depreciation and amortization

    23.9       21.1       39.2       40.0       32.5           7.3           10.1           8.3  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (5)

    (6)     3.5 x     2.8 x     2.3 x     2.7 x         (6)         2.6 x         1.4 x

 

(1)   The year ended December 31, 2005 includes a $9.6 million, or $5.8 million after-tax, charge from a change in method of applying LIFO and a LIFO liquidation gain of $13.1 million, or $7.9 million after-tax. The three months ended March 31, 2007 includes a LIFO liquidation gain of $18.3 million, or $11.1 million after-tax. The period from January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 includes a LIFO liquidation gain of $69.5 million, or $42.3 million after-tax.
(2) The period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2007 includes a $2.9 million write off of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the 2024 Notes that was classified as short term debt and $2.7 million write off of debt issuance costs associated with our prior credit facility upon entering into an amended revolving credit facility relating to that facility during the first quarter of 2007.
(3) The year ended December 31, 2003 includes a valuation allowance of $4.5 million against certain state deferred tax assets. The period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 includes a $3.9 million income tax benefit as a result of a favorable settlement from an Internal Revenue Service examination.
(4)   Since March 31, 2008, we have repurchased $5.0 million of the initial floating rate notes. As of the date of this prospectus, $566.5 million aggregate principal amount of the initial notes were outstanding. As of May 31, 2008, the balance outstanding under the Credit Facility was $694.9 million.
(5)   For purposes of calculating ratio of earnings to fixed charges, “earnings” consist of income from continuing operations before income taxes and before income or loss from equity investees and “fixed charges” consist of interest expense and the interest component of rent expense.
(6)   Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $16.5 million in 2003 and $19.0 million in the period from October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007.

 

50


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section contains statements that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. See the section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements”. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.

Overview

Business

We conduct materials distribution operations in the United States through our wholly-owned direct subsidiary Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. (“JT Ryerson”), and our wholly-owned indirect subsidiaries and in Canada through our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary Ryerson Canada, Inc., a Canadian corporation (“Ryerson Canada”).

On October 19, 2007, the merger of Merger Sub, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Platinum, with and into Ryerson Inc., was consummated in accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 24, 2007, by and among Ryerson Inc., Ryerson Intermediate and Merger Sub. Ryerson was acquired for a cash purchase price of $1,065 million, plus the assumption of $653 million of debt. Upon the closing of the merger, Ryerson Inc. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent. Substantially all of the capital stock of Parent is owned by affiliates of Platinum.

Ryerson’s operating subsidiary Lancaster Steel Service Company, Inc., a New York corporation (“Lancaster Steel”), was merged into JT Ryerson effective July 1, 2007. Effective January 1, 2007, Ryerson’s operating subsidiaries Integris Metals Ltd., a Canadian federal corporation, and Ryerson Canada, Inc., an Ontario corporation, were amalgamated as Ryerson Canada, Inc. Effective January 1, 2006, Ryerson’s operating subsidiaries J. M. Tull Metals Company, Inc., J&F and Integris Metals and its U.S. subsidiaries merged into JT Ryerson.

In addition to our United States and Canadian operations, we conduct materials distribution operations in Mexico through Coryer, S.A. de C.V. (“Coryer”), a joint venture with G. Collado S.A. de C.V.; in India through Tata Ryerson Limited, a joint venture with the Tata Iron & Steel Corporation, an integrated steel manufacturer in India; and in China through VSC-Ryerson China Limited, a joint venture with Van Shung Chong Holdings Limited (“VSC”), a Hong Kong Stock Exchange listed company.

On January 4, 2005, we acquired all of the capital stock of Integris Metals for a cash purchase price of $410 million, plus assumption of approximately $234 million of Integris Metals’ debt. Prior to the acquisition, Integris Metals was the fourth largest metals service center in North America with leading market positions in aluminum and stainless steel and we were a general line materials (primarily metals) distributor and processor, offering a broad line of sheet, bar, tube and plate products in carbon steel and stainless steel and, to a lesser extent, aluminum. The Integris Metals acquisition substantially increased our size.

Effective October 4, 2006, JT Ryerson acquired Lancaster Steel.

Industry and Operating Trends

We purchase large quantities of metal products from primary producers and sell these materials in smaller quantities to a wide variety of metals-consuming industries. More than one-half of the metals products sold are processed by us by burning, sawing, slitting, blanking, cutting to length or other techniques. We sell our products and services to many industries, including machinery manufacturers, fabricated metal products, electrical machinery, transportation equipment, construction, wholesale distributors, and metals mills and foundries. Revenue is recognized upon delivery of product to customers. The timing of shipment is substantially the same as the timing of delivery to customers given the proximity of our distribution sites to our customers.

 

51


Table of Contents

Sales, gross profit and operating expense control are the principal factors that impact our profitability:

Sales . Our sales volume and pricing is driven by market demand, which is largely determined by overall industrial production and conditions in specific industries in which our customers operate. Increases in sales volume generally enable us both to improve purchasing leverage with suppliers, as we buy larger quantities of metals inventories, and to reduce operating expenses per ton sold. Sales prices are also primarily driven by market factors such as overall demand and availability of product. Our net sales include revenue from product sales, net of returns, allowances, customer discounts and incentives.

Gross profit . Gross profit is the difference between net sales and the cost of materials sold. Cost of materials sold includes metal purchase and in-bound freight costs, third-party processing costs and direct and indirect internal processing costs. Our sales prices to our customers are subject to market competition. Achieving acceptable levels of gross profit is dependent on our acquiring metals at competitive prices, our ability to manage the impact of changing prices and efficiently managing our internal and external processing costs.

Operating expenses . Optimizing business processes and asset utilization to lower fixed expenses such as employee, facility and truck fleet costs which cannot be rapidly reduced in times of declining volume, and maintaining low fixed cost structure in times of increasing sales volume, have a significant impact on our profitability. Operating expenses include costs related to warehousing and distributing our products as well as selling, general and administrative expenses.

The metals service center industry is generally considered cyclical with periods of strong demand and higher prices followed by periods of weaker demand and lower prices due to the cyclical nature of the industries in which the largest consumers of metals operate. However, domestic metals prices are volatile and remain difficult to predict due to its commodity nature and the extent which prices are affected by interest rates, foreign exchange rates, energy prices, international supply/demand imbalances, surcharges and other factors.

Platinum Acquisition

On October 19, 2007, the merger of Merger Sub with and into Ryerson Inc., was consummated in accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 24, 2007, by and among Ryerson Inc., Parent and Merger Sub. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, each outstanding share of Ryerson Inc. common stock and Series A $2.40 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock was converted into the right to receive $34.50 in cash. Ryerson was acquired for a cash purchase price of $1,065 million, plus the assumption of $653 million of debt. Upon the closing of the merger, Ryerson Inc. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent. Platinum owns approximately 99% of the capital stock of Parent.

On October 19, 2007, Merger Sub issued $150 million aggregate principal amount of initial floating rate notes and $425 million aggregate principal amount of initial fixed rate notes. Merger Sub was formed solely for the purpose of merging with and into Ryerson Inc. Ryerson Inc. is the surviving corporation of the merger and assumed the obligations of Merger Sub. Also, on October 19, 2007, Merger Sub entered into the five-year, $1.35 billion Credit Facility with a maturity date of October 18, 2012. In addition to the new debt, Merger Sub received the $500 million Equity Contribution.

The proceeds from the issuance of the initial notes, the initial borrowings under the Credit Facility and the Equity Contribution were used to (i) finance the merger; (ii) repay and terminate our then outstanding five-year $750 million revolving credit facility and five-year $450 million securitization facility; (iii) repurchase $145.9 million of our then outstanding $150 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding 2011 Notes and pay related tender offer costs; (iv) repurchase all of our then outstanding $175 million of 2024 Notes and pay related conversion premiums; and (v) pay other costs and expenses related to the Transactions.

 

52


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2007 (Predecessor) with Three Months Ended March 31, 2008 (Successor)

We believe that the comparison of our first quarter 2008 Successor period to our first quarter 2007 Predecessor period financial results is the most meaningful way to comment on our results of operations. However, Predecessor and Successor results are not directly comparable on a period-to-period basis due to the new basis of accounting established at the date of the merger. The Predecessor and Successor periods do not include any pro forma assumptions or adjustments and are not necessarily indicative of results of any other period.

For the first quarter of 2008, we reported consolidated net income of $9.2 million, as compared with net income of $28.1 million, in the first quarter of 2007.

Included in the first quarter 2007 results is a pretax charge of $2.9 million or $1.7 million after-tax, to write off the unamortized debt issuance costs of the $175 million aggregate principal amount of 2024 Notes that was classified as short term debt as of March 31, 2007. The first quarter of 2007 results also included a pretax charge of $2.7 million or $1.7 million after-tax, for fees associated with our prior credit facility upon entering into the Credit Facility. The first quarter of 2007 also includes a pretax restructuring charge of $1.7 million or $1.0 million after-tax.

The following table shows our percentage of sales revenue by major product lines for the first three months of 2007 and 2008:

 

     Predecessor     Successor  

Product Line

   Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2007
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2008
 

Stainless and aluminum

   57 %   55 %

Carbon flat rolled

   21     23  

Bars, tubing and structurals

   9     9  

Fabrication and carbon plate

   8     10  

Other

   5     3  
            

Total

   100 %   100 %
            

Net Sales

Revenue for the first quarter of 2008 decreased 17.6% to $1,370.3 million from the same period a year-ago. Average selling price decreased 2.4%, against the price levels in the first quarter of 2007, primarily due to lower stainless steel prices partially offset by higher carbon steel prices. Volume for the first quarter of 2008 decreased 15.6% from the first quarter of 2007. The decrease in volume reflects significant weakness in the manufacturing sector of the economy compared to the first quarter of 2007.

Gross Profit

Gross profit decreased by $61.9 million to $193.9 million in the first quarter of 2008. Gross profit per ton of $276 in the first quarter of 2008 decreased from $307 per ton in the first quarter of 2007 primarily due to the effects of an inventory LIFO liquidation gain during the first quarter of 2007. Gross profit as a percent of sales of 14.2 percent in the first quarter of 2008 decreased from 15.4% in the first quarter of 2007 as a result of the LIFO liquidation gain. The significant inventory reduction during the first quarter of 2007 resulted in liquidation of LIFO inventory quantities carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years as compared with the cost of 2007 purchases. The LIFO liquidation gain was approximately $18 million in the first quarter of 2007.

 

53


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses decreased by $35.2 million to $151.0 million in the first quarter of 2008 from $186.2 million a year-ago. The decrease was primarily due to the elimination of stock compensation expense of $12.1 million, lower wages and salaries of $7.8 million, lower plant operating expenses of $7.0 million, lower benefit expenses of $7.0 million and reduced incentive expenses of about $3.7 million. On a per ton basis, first quarter 2008 operating expenses decreased to $215 per ton from $224 per ton in the first quarter of 2007.

Operating Profit

For the quarter, we reported an operating profit of $42.9 million, or $61 per ton, compared to an operating profit of $69.6 million, or $83 per ton, in the year-ago period, as a result of the factors discussed above.

Interest and Other Expense on Debt

Interest and other expense on debt increased to $31.2 million from $24.5 million in the first quarter of 2007, primarily due to higher interest rates on debt issued as a result of the merger as compared to debt outstanding under our pre-Merger borrowing arrangements and also due to higher average debt levels in the first quarter of 2008. During the first quarter of 2007, interest and other expense on debt included a $2.9 million write off of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the 2024 Notes and a $2.7 million write off of debt issuance cost associated with amendments to Ryerson’s prior credit facility.

Provision for Income Taxes

In the first quarter of 2008, we recorded income tax expense of $5.1 million compared to a $17.1 million income tax expense in the first quarter of 2007. The effective tax rate was 35.7% in the first quarter of 2008 and 37.8% in the first quarter of 2007. The reduction in effective tax rate during the first quarter of 2008 was primarily due to favorable settlement of a state income tax examination during the first quarter of 2008.

 

    Predecessor     Successor  
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    % of
Net
Sales
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    % of
Net
Sales
    January 1
to
October 19,

2007
    % of
Net
Sales
    October 20 to
December 31,
2007
    % of
Net
Sales
 
                                             (dollars in millions)              

Net sales

  $ 5,780.5     100     $ 5,908.9     100     $ 5,035.6     100        $ 966.3     100  

Gross profit

    887.0     15.3       858.0     14.5       728.5     14.5       137.2     14.2  

Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative expenses

    677.7     11.7       691.2     11.7       569.5     11.3       126.9     13.1  

Restructuring charges

    4.0     0.1       4.5     0.1       5.1     0.1       —       0.0  

Other gains

    (27.6 )   (0.5 )     (21.6 )   (0.4 )     (7.2 )   (0.1 )     —       0.0  

Operating profit

    232.9     4.0       183.9     3.1       161.1     3.2       10.3     1.1  

Other expenses

    (72.3 )   (1.2 )     (69.7 )   (1.2 )     (56.1 )   (1.0 )     (28.4 )   (3.0 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    62.5     1.1       42.4     0.7       36.9     0.7       (6.9 )   (0.7 )

Net income (loss)

  $ 98.1     1.7     $ 71.8     1.2     $ 68.1     1.4     $ (11.2 )   (1.2 )

Comparison of 2006 with the Periods from January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 and October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007

Net Sales

Net sales were $5.0 billion in the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 and $1.0 billion in the period from October 20 to December 31, 2007 as compared to $5.9 billion in the year 2006.

Tons sold per ship day were 12,305 in the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 and were 10,836 in the period from October 20 to December 31, 2007 as compared to 13,117 in 2006. Volume decreased in both periods

 

54


Table of Contents

of 2007 due to a decline in aluminum flat roll driven by the weak transportation market and a decline in stainless steel driven by extreme price volatility as well as general economic weakness in the manufacturing sector during the second half of 2007. The period from October 19 to December 31, 2007 was also negatively impacted by seasonally lower demand in November and December.

Revenue per ship day was $24.4 million in the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 and was $21.0 million in the period from October 20 to December 31, 2007 as compared to $23.5 million in 2006. The average selling price per ton increased in 2007 primarily as a result of significantly higher stainless steel prices in the marketplace, with higher nickel surcharges being the largest factor. The decline in revenue per ship day in the period from October 19 to December 31, 2007 was due to seasonally lower demand in November and December as well as general economic weakness in the manufacturing sector during the second half of 2007.

Gross Profit

Gross profit—the difference between net sales and the cost of materials sold—as a percentage of sales was unchanged at 14.5% in the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 compared to the year 2006. The significant inventory reduction during the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 resulted in a liquidation of LIFO inventory quantities carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years as compared with the cost of 2007 purchases. The LIFO liquidation gain for the period January 1 to October 19, 2007 was $69 million. Gross profit as a percentage of sales was 14.2 % in the period from October 20 to December 31, 2007. Gross profit as a percentage of sales was unfavorably impacted in both historical 2007 periods by competitive pricing pressure and the effect of higher stainless steel surcharges, which are frequently passed through to customers without mark-up.

Expenses

Operating expenses as a percentage of sales decreased slightly to 11.3% in the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 from 11.4% in the year 2006. Operating expenses in the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 were unfavorably impacted by increased expenses related to the stock-based compensation, primarily as a result of the significant increase in the market price of our common stock, and higher legal and consulting expenses offset by decreased delivery expenses, lower wages and lower cost of operating supplies. Operating expenses as a percentage of sales in the period from October 20 to December 31, 2007 increased to 13.1% primarily due to lower revenue per ship day discussed above.

Operating Profit

As a result of the factors above, operating profit was $161.1 million in period from January 1 to October 19, 2007, representing 3.2% of sales, and $10.3 million in the period from October 20 to December 31, 2007, representing 1.1% of sales, compared to an operating profit of $114.2 million, or 3.1% of sales, in 2006.

Other Expenses

Other expenses, primarily interest and financing costs, decreased to $56.1 million in the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 and to $28.4 million in the period from October 20 to December 31, 2007 from $69.7 million in 2006. Other expense per day was $0.2 million in both the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 and in the year 2006 and was $0.4 million in the period from October 20 to December 31, 2007. The higher other expense per day in the October 20 to December 31, 2007 period was primarily due to higher interest rates on the initial floating rate notes and the initial fixed rate notes as compared to the 2011 Notes, 2024 Notes, prior credit facility and securitization facility and higher average borrowings. Interest and other expense on debt included a $2.9 million write off of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the 2024 Notes that was classified as short term debt as a condition for conversion was met and a $2.7 million write off of debt issuance cost associated with our prior credit facility upon entering into an amended revolving credit facility in the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007. The period from October 20 to December 31, 2007 included a $4.7 million write off of unused bridge loan fees related to the merger.

 

55


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

Income tax expense of $36.9 million was recorded in the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 and a tax benefit of $6.9 million was recorded in the period from October 20 to December 31, 2007 compared to tax expense of $42.4 million in 2006. The effective tax rate was 35.1% in the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 and 38.1 percent in the period from October 20 to December 31, 2007 compared to 37.1% in 2006. The lower effective tax rate in the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 resulted primarily from a $3.9 million income tax benefit during the period as a result of a favorable settlement from an IRS examination.

Comparison of 2005 with 2006

Net Sales

Net sales of $5.9 billion in 2006 increased 2% from $5.8 billion in 2005 as a result of a 9% increase in average selling price partially offset by a 6% decrease in tons shipped. The decrease in volume was largely due to the sale of certain assets of our U.S. oil and gas tubular alloy and bar alloy business in the first quarter of 2006 and the loss of two large accounts in the first quarter of 2006. The average selling price per ton increased in 2006 primarily as a result of significantly higher aluminum and stainless steel prices in the marketplace, with higher surcharges being the largest factor. Carbon steel prices also rose but at a slower rate. There was not a significant change in product mix.

Gross Profit

Gross profit—the difference between net sales and the cost of materials sold—decreased $29.0 million, or 3%, to $858.0 million in 2006 from $887.0 million in 2005. Gross profit was unfavorably impacted by an approximately $190 million LIFO charge reflecting the significant run-up in stainless steel and aluminum material costs during 2006. Gross profit as a percentage of sales decreased to 14.5% from 15.3% a year ago, largely due to the significant increase in nickel surcharges on stainless steel, which are generally passed through to customers without markup. Gross profit per ton increased to $261 in 2006 from $254 in 2005.

Expenses

Total 2006 operating expenses increased by $20.0 million to $674.1 million from $654.1 million in 2005.

 

   

Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative expenses in 2006 increased $13.5 million to $691.2 million from $677.7 million in 2005. The increase was primarily due to increased expenses related to the SAP implementation ($8.5 million), higher employee costs ($7.1 million), higher energy-related costs ($2.9 million) and the operating expenses of Lancaster Steel acquired in October, 2006 ($2.5 million), offset by an $8.0 million decrease in operating expense due to the sale of the oil and gas business assets in March, 2006.

 

   

Included in 2006 total operating expenses are restructuring and plant closure costs of $4.5 million and a gain of $21.6 million from sale of the oil and gas business assets. 2005 total operating expenses included restructuring and plant closure costs of $4.0 million, a $21.0 million pension curtailment gain and a $6.6 million gain on sale of assets.

Total operating expenses per ton were $205 in 2006 and $187 in 2005. Operating expenses represent 11.4% and 11.3% of sales in 2006 and 2005, respectively. The average number of employees decreased 2.0% in 2006 to 5,701 from 5,819 in 2005.

Operating Profit

Operating profit was $183.9 million in 2006, representing 3.1% of sales, compared to an operating profit of $232.9 million, or 4.0% of sales, in 2005. The decrease in 2006 operating profit resulted from the lower level of gross profit generated and higher operating expenses in 2006, as discussed above.

 

56


Table of Contents

Other Expenses

Other expenses, primarily interest and financing costs, decreased to $69.7 million in 2006 from $72.3 million in 2005 primarily due to lower average borrowings of approximately $130 million on Ryerson’s prior credit facility partially offset by slightly higher borrowing rates in 2006.

Provision for Income Taxes

In 2006, we recorded income tax expense of $42.4 million compared to $62.5 million in 2005. The effective tax rate was 37.1% in 2006 compared to 38.9% in 2005. In 2005, we recorded a $2.1 million income tax benefit as a result of a favorable settlement from an IRS examination and a $2.2 million income tax expense related to estimated tax exposures. The lower effective tax rate in 2006 resulted from a higher proportion of income taxed at lower-than-U.S foreign income tax rates.

Supplemental Information—Pro forma Comparisons

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Pro forma Results—Non-GAAP

The following tables present our pro forma combined consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007. For purposes of arriving at the results for the year ended December 31, 2007, we combined the results of our Successor period of October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007, the results of our Predecessor period of January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 and made pro forma adjustments as if the merger had occurred January 1, 2007.

 

    Predecessor            Successor     Pro forma
adjustments
    Combined
Predecessor/
Successor

Non-GAAP(1)
 
    January 1 to
October 19,
2007
           October 20 to
December 31,

2007
      Pro forma
Year Ended

December 31,
2007
 
                 (in millions)              

Net sales

  $ 5,035.6          $ 966.3     $ —       $ 6,001.9  

Cost of materials sold

    4,307.1            829.1       (5.8 )     5,130.4  
                                    

Gross profit

    728.5            137.2       5.8       871.5  

Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative

    569.5            126.9       (118.9 )     577.5  

Restructuring and plant closure costs

    5.1            —         —         5.1  

Gain on sale of assets

    (7.2 )          —         —         (7.2 )
                                    

Operating profit

    161.1            10.3       124.7       296.1  

Other expense:

            

Other income and (expense), net

    (1.0 )          2.4       —         1.4  

Interest and other expense on debt

    (55.1 )          (30.8 )     (57.7 )     (143.6 )
                                    

Income (loss) before income taxes

    105.0            (18.1 )     67.0       153.9  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    36.9            (6.9 )     24.9       54.9  
                                    

Net income (loss)

  $ 68.1          $ (11.2 )   $ 42.1     $ 99.0  
                                    

 

(1) GAAP does not allow for such combination of Predecessor and Successor financial results and this approach yields results that are not comparable on a period-to-period basis due to the new basis of accounting established at the date of the merger. We believe the pro forma combined results provide the most meaningful way to comment on our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the same period in the prior year because discussion of the partial year predecessor and successor periods compared to the year ended December 31, 2006 would not be meaningful. The pro forma combined Successor and Predecessor periods are not necessarily indicative of results of any other period.

 

57


Table of Contents
     Predecessor     Combined
Predecessor/
Successor
Non-GAAP
 
     Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Pro forma
Year Ended

December 31,
2007
 
           (in millions)        

Net sales

   $ 5,780.5     $ 5,908.9     $ 6,001.9  

Gross profit

     887.0       858.0       871.5  

Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative expenses

     677.7       691.2       577.5  

Restructuring charges

     4.0       4.5       5.1  

Other gains

     (27.6 )     (21.6 )     (7.2 )

Operating profit

     232.9       183.9       296.1  

Other expenses

     (72.3 )     (69.7 )     (142.2 )

Provision for income taxes

     62.5       42.4       54.9  

Net income

   $ 98.1     $ 71.8     $ 99.0  

Comparison of actual 2006 with Pro forma 2007

Net Sales

Pro forma net sales of $6.0 billion in 2007 increased 2% from $5.9 billion in 2006 as a result of a 10% increase in average selling price partially offset by an 8% decrease in tons shipped. The decrease in volume was largely due to the general economic weakness in the manufacturing sector during the second half of 2007. Volume also decreased due to a decline in aluminum flat roll driven by the weak transportation market and a decline in stainless steel driven by extreme price volatility. The average selling price per ton increased in 2007 primarily as a result of significantly higher stainless steel prices in the marketplace, with higher nickel surcharges being the largest factor.

Gross Profit

Gross profit—the difference between net sales and the cost of materials sold—increased $13.5 million, or about 2%, to $871.5 million in 2007 on a pro forma basis from $858.0 million in 2006. The significant inventory reduction during the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 resulted in a liquidation of LIFO inventory quantities carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years as compared with the cost of 2007 purchases. The LIFO liquidation gain for the period January 1 to October 19, 2007 was $69 million. Gross profit per ton of $287 in pro forma 2007 increased from $261 per ton in 2006 primarily due to the LIFO liquidation gain. Gross profit as a percentage of sales was unchanged from 14.5% a year ago.

Expenses

Total pro forma 2007 operating expenses decreased by $98.5 million to $575.6 million from $674.1 million in 2006.

 

   

Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative expenses in pro forma 2007 decreased $113.7 million to $577.5 million from $691.2 million in 2006. The decrease was primarily due to pro forma cost savings related to planned employee terminations ($77.8 million) , lower pro forma depreciation expense ($10.8 million), decreased delivery expenses ($9.8 million), lower cost of operating supplies (8.3 million) and the pro forma elimination of stock-based compensation plans ($7.8 million) offset by higher credit loss expense ($4.3 million).

 

   

Included in pro forma 2007 total operating expenses are restructuring and plant closure costs of $5.1 million and a gain of $7.2 million from sale of assets. Included in 2006 total operating expenses are restructuring and plant closure costs of $4.5 million and a gain of $21.6 million from sale of the oil and gas business assets.

 

58


Table of Contents

Total operating expenses per ton were $190 in pro forma 2007 and $205 in 2006. Operating expenses represent 9.6% and 11.4% of sales in pro forma 2007 and 2006, respectively. The average number of employees decreased 5.5% in 2007 to 5,387 from 5,701 in 2006.

Operating Profit

Pro forma operating profit was $296.1 million in 2007, representing 4.9% of sales, compared to an operating profit of $183.9 million, or 3.1% of sales, in 2006. The increase in pro forma 2007 operating profit resulted primarily from pro forma cost savings in 2007, as discussed above.

Other Expenses

Other expenses, primarily interest and financing costs, increased to $142.2 million in pro forma 2007 from $69.7 million in 2006, primarily due to higher interest rates on the initial floating rate notes and the initial fixed rate notes as compared to the 2011 Notes, 2024 Notes, our prior credit facility and securitization facility and higher pro forma average borrowings. Interest and other expense on debt in pro forma 2007 included a $2.9 million write off of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the 2024 Notes that was classified as short term debt as a condition for conversion was met, a $2.7 million write off of debt issuance cost associated with our prior credit facility upon entering into an amended revolving credit facility and a $4.7 million write off of unused bridge loan fees related to the merger.

Provision for Income Taxes

In pro forma 2007, we recorded income tax expense of $54.9 million compared to $42.4 million in 2006. The effective tax rate was 35.7% in 2007 compared to 37.1% in 2006. The lower effective tax rate in pro forma 2007 resulted primarily from a $3.9 million income tax benefit during the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 as a result of a favorable settlement from an IRS examination.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations and borrowing availability under the Credit Facility. Our principal source of operating cash is from the sale of metals and other materials. Our principal uses of cash are for payments associated with the procurement and processing of metals and other materials inventories, costs incurred for the warehousing and delivery of inventories and the selling and administrative costs of the business, for capital expenditures and interest costs.

On October 19, 2007, the merger of Merger Sub with and into Ryerson Inc. was consummated. Ryerson was acquired for a cash purchase price of $1,065 million, plus the assumption of $653 million of debt.

In connection with the merger, we refinanced our capital and debt structure. On October 19, 2007, Merger Sub issued the Ryerson Notes. Also, on October 19, 2007, Merger Sub entered into the Credit Facility with a maturity date of October 18, 2012. Merger Sub was formed solely for the purpose of merging with and into Ryerson Inc. Ryerson Inc. is the surviving corporation of the merger and assumed the obligations of Merger Sub. In addition to the new debt, Merger Sub received a $500 million capital contribution from Parent.

The proceeds from the issuance of the initial notes, the initial borrowings under the Credit Facility and the capital contribution were used to (i) finance the merger; (ii) repay and terminate our then outstanding five-year $750 million revolving credit facility and five-year $450 million securitization facility; (iii) repurchase $145.9 million of our then outstanding $150 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding 2011 Notes and pay related tender offer costs; (iv) repurchase all of our then outstanding $175 million of 2024 Notes and pay related conversion premiums; and (v) pay other costs and expenses related to the Transactions.

 

59


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our cash flows:

 

    Predecessor           Successor           Predecessor           Successor  
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Period From
January 1 to
October 19,
2007
          Period From
October 20 to
December 31,
2007
          Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2007
          Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2008
 
    (in millions)                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 321.5     $ (261.0 )   $ 564.0         $ 54.1        

$

137.7

 

      $ (9.6 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (418.1 )     (16.7 )     (24.0 )         (1,069.6 )         (10.7 )         (1.1 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    105.6       305.4       (565.6 )         1,021.2           (144.9 )         14.9  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 9.0     $ 27.7     $ (25.6 )       $ 5.7         $ (17.9 )       $ 4.2  

We had cash and cash equivalents at March 31, 2008 of $39.4 million, compared to $35.2 million at December 31, 2007. At March 31, 2008, we had $1,210.6 million total debt outstanding, a debt-to-capitalization ratio of 71% and $479 million available under the Credit Facility.

We had cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2007 of $35.2 million, compared to $55.1 million at December 31, 2006 and $27.4 million at December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2007, we had $1,229 million of total debt outstanding, a debt-to-capitalization ratio of 71% and $392 million available under the Credit Facility. We had $1,207 million and $877.2 million of total debt outstanding, a debt-to-capitalization ratio of 65% and 62% and $188 million and $575 million available under our prior revolving credit facility at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Net cash used in operating activities was $9.6 million in the three-month period ended March 31, 2008, primarily due to an increase in receivables of $118.7 million and a decrease in accrued liabilities of $19.7 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $112.7 million and net income of $9.2 million. Accounts receivable was higher at March 31, 2008 as compared to December 31, 2007, reflecting higher average selling prices and tonnage volume in the first quarter of 2008 versus the fourth quarter of 2007.

During the periods from October 20 to December 31, 2007, from January 1 to October 19, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was $54.1 million, $564.0 million, ($261.0) million and $321.5 million, respectively. Net income (loss) was ($11.2) million, $68.1 million, $71.8 million and $98.1 million for the periods from October 20 to December 31, 2007, from January 1 to October 19, 2007, the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Cash provided by operating activities of $54.1 million during the periods from October 20 to December 31, 2007 primarily resulted from lower receivables of $126.9 million at December 31, 2007 due to lower sales volume at the end of the year compared to sales prior to October 19, 2007. Cash provided by operating activities of $564.0 million during the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 was primarily due to a reduction in inventory of $488.6 million at October 19, 2007 compared to the ending inventory balance of $1,128.6 million at December 31, 2006, which resulted from managements efforts to lower on hand inventory and increase inventory turns. Cash used in operating activities of $261.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2006 was primarily due to an increase in inventory of $287.7 million at December 31, 2006 compared to the ending inventory balance at December 31, 2005, which resulted from an increase in the amount of material on hand and higher average metal costs. Cash provided by operating activities of $321.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2005 was primarily due to net income of $98.1 million in 2005, a $177.0 million reduction of inventories and a $98.4 million reduction in receivables.

 

60


Table of Contents

Capital expenditures during the three-month period ended March 31, 2008 totaled $6.0 million compared to $11.6 million for the three-month period ended March 31, 2007. We sold property, plant and equipment generating cash proceeds of $6.0 million and $0.9 million during the three-month periods ended March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively.

Net cash used in investing activities for the periods from October 20 to December 31, 2007, from January 1 to October 19, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $1,069.6 million, $24.0 million, $16.7 million and $418.1 million, respectively. Cash used for the merger among Merger Sub and Ryerson Inc., net of cash acquired, was $1,065.4 million during the period from October 20 to December 31, 2007. We also acquired, net of cash, Lancaster Steel for $17.6 million and Integris Metals for $410.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. We contributed $28.3 million to form VSC-Ryerson China Limited, a joint venture with VSC in China during the year ended December 31, 2006. Capital expenditures for the periods from October 20 to December 31, 2007, from January 1 to October 19, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 were $9.1 million, $51.6 million, $35.7 million and $32.6 million, respectively. In 2006, we sold certain assets related to our U.S. oil and gas tubular alloy and bar alloy business generating cash proceeds of $54.3 million. We sold plant, property and equipment generating cash proceeds of $4.4 million, $32.8 million, $11.2 million and $25.3 million during the periods from October 20 to December 31, 2007, from January 1 to October 19, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Net cash provided by financing activities in the first three months of 2008 was $14.9 million, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $144.9 million during the first three months of 2007. Net cash provided by financing activities in the first three months of 2008 was primarily related to an increase in net book overdrafts of $29.8 million. Net cash outflow from financing activities in the first three months of 2007 was primarily related to lower credit and securitization facility borrowings due to reduction in inventory levels.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $1,021.2 million for the period from October 20 to December 31, 2007, primarily from the issuance of the initial notes of $575.0 million (see discussion under “Total Debt” caption), net proceeds from the Credit Facility of $620.2 million and a $500.0 million Equity Contribution from Platinum, partially offset by the repayment and retirement of $648.8 million of debt assumed in the merger. Net cash used in financing activities for the period January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 was $565.6 million primarily due to a reduction in net borrowings under our prior credit facility, primarily related to lower working capital needs. Net cash provided by financing activities during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $305.4 million and $105.6 million, respectively, as a result of net borrowings under our prior credit facility. During the period January 1 to October 19, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 we received $3.0 million, $10.7 million and $3.8 million of proceeds on the exercise of common stock options, respectively.

We paid a dividend to Parent of $25 million on April 2, 2008.

We believe that cash flow from operations and proceeds from the Credit Facility will provide sufficient funds to meet our contractual obligations and operating requirements in the normal course.

Total Debt

Total debt outstanding as of March 31, 2008 consisted of the following amounts: $635.0 million borrowing under the Credit Facility, $425.0 million under the initial floating rate notes, $146.5 million under the initial fixed rate notes, and $4.1 million under the 2011 Notes. Availability at March 31, 2008 under the Credit Facility was $479 million, compared to the availability of $392 million under the Credit Facility at December 31, 2007. Since March 31, 2008, we have repurchased $5.0 million principal amount of the initial floating rate notes. As of May 31, 2008, $141.5 million aggregate principal amount of the initial floating rate notes were outstanding. As a result of the merger on October 19, 2007, we refinanced our debt structure. The debt outstanding prior to the merger was substantially repurchased and retired. See “Note 2: Business Combination” for further details.

 

61


Table of Contents

Credit Facility

On October 19, 2007, Merger Sub entered into a five-year, $1.35 billion revolving credit facility agreement with a maturity date of October 18, 2012. Initial proceeds from the Credit Facility were used to finance the merger and pay merger related transaction costs.

At December 31, 2007, we had $649.7 million of outstanding borrowings, $31 million of letters of credit issued and $392 million available under the $1.35 billion Credit Facility compared to $188 million available under our prior $1.1 billion revolving credit agreement at December 31, 2006. The weighted average interest rate on the borrowings under the Credit Facility was 6.5% at December 31, 2007.

Amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the base rate (Bank of America’s prime rate) or a LIBOR rate or, for our Canadian subsidiary which is a borrower, a rate determined by reference to the Canadian base rate (Bank of America-Canada Branch’s “Base Rate” for loans in U.S. Dollars in Canada) or the BA rate (average annual rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances) or a LIBOR rate and the Canadian prime rate (Bank of America-Canada Branch’s “Prime Rate”). The spread over the base rate and Canadian prime rate is between 0.25% and 1.00% and the spread over LIBOR and for the bankers’ acceptances is between 1.25% and 2.00%, depending on the amount available to be borrowed. Overdue amounts and all amounts owed during the existence of a default bear interest at 2% above the rate otherwise applicable thereto.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by first-priority liens on all inventory, accounts receivable (excluding U.S. receivables), lockbox accounts and related assets (the “Credit Agreement Collateral”) of Ryerson Inc., other borrowers and certain other of our U.S. subsidiaries.

The Credit Facility contains covenants that, among other things, restrict us and our subsidiaries with respect to the incurrence of debt, the creation of liens, transactions with affiliates, mergers and consolidations, sales of assets and acquisitions. The Credit Facility also requires that, if availability under the Credit Facility declines to a certain level, we maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio as of the end of each fiscal quarter and includes defaults upon (among other things) the occurrence of a change of control.

The lenders under the Credit Facility have the ability to reject a borrowing request if there has occurred any event, circumstance or development that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on us. If we, any of the other borrowers or any significant subsidiary of the other borrowers becomes insolvent or commences bankruptcy proceedings, all amounts borrowed under the Credit Facility will become immediately due and payable.

Initial Notes

On October 19, 2007, we completed an offering of $150 million of initial floating rate notes and $425 million aggregate principal amount of initial fixed rate notes. The initial floating rate notes bear interest at a rate, reset quarterly, of LIBOR plus 7.375% per annum. The initial fixed rate notes bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum. The initial notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by certain of our subsidiaries (including those existing future and domestic subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or guarantee obligations under the Credit Facility).

The notes and guarantees are secured by first priority liens on substantially all assets of Ryerson that do not constitute Credit Facility Collateral and by second priority liens on all Credit Agreement Collateral.

The notes contain customary covenants that, among other things, limit, subject to certain exceptions, our ability, and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries, to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock, make investments, sell assets, engage in acquisitions, mergers or consolidations or create liens or use assets as security in other transactions.

 

62


Table of Contents

The initial floating rate notes and the initial fixed rate notes will be redeemable by us in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2009 and 2011, respectively, at specified redemption prices. Additionally, prior to November 1, 2009 and 2010, we may redeem up to 35% of the outstanding initial floating rate notes or initial fixed rate notes, respectively, with the net proceeds of specified equity offerings at specified redemption prices. If a change of control occurs, we must offer to purchase the notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

In connection with the offering, we agreed to offer to exchange the initial notes for a new issue of substantially identical debt securities registered under the Securities Act. If we fail to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement, we will be required to pay additional interest to holders of the initial notes under certain circumstances.

Proceeds from the issuance of the notes were used to repay the outstanding borrowings and accrued interest under our prior credit facility and securitization facility, repurchase the 2011 Notes and 2024 Notes, finance the merger and pay other merger related costs.

Prior Credit Facility

On January 26, 2007, we entered into an amendment and restatement of our existing $1.1 billion revolving credit facility that would have expired on January 4, 2011. This transaction resulted in a 5-year, $750 million revolving credit facility. During the first quarter of 2007, $2.7 million of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the credit facility was written off upon entering into the amendment and restatement. The prior credit facility was repaid and terminated in connection with the merger (see “Note 2: Business Combination” in the consolidated financial statements) on October 19, 2007. The weighted average interest rate on the borrowings under Ryerson’s prior revolving credit facility agreement was 6.9% at December 31, 2006.

Securitization Facility

On January 26, 2007, Ryerson Funding LLC, a wholly-owned special purpose subsidiary of JT Ryerson entered into a 5-year, $450 million revolving securitization facility. The securitization facility was repaid and terminated in connection with the merger (see “Note 2: Business Combination” in the consolidated financial statements) on October 19, 2007.

$175 Million 3.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024

As a result of the merger (see “Note 2: Business Combination” in the consolidated financial statements), $175 million principal of the 2024 Notes were repurchased and retired between October 20, 2007 and December 31, 2007. During the first quarter of 2007, $2.9 million of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the 2024 Notes was written off as a consequence of such notes becoming convertible and being classified as short term debt.

$150 Million 8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2011

As a result of the merger (see “Note 2: Business Combination” in the consolidated financial statements), $145.9 million principal of the 2011 Notes were repurchased between October 20, 2007 and December 31, 2007 with $4.1 million outstanding at December 31, 2007. The 2011 Notes pay interest semi-annually and mature on December 15, 2011.

The 2011 Notes contained covenants, substantially all of which were removed pursuant to an amendment of the 2011 Notes as a result of the tender offer to repurchase the notes upon the merger.

 

63


Table of Contents

Pension Funding

We made contributions of $0.3 million during the period from October 20 to December 31, 2007, $12.4 million during the period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 and $18.8 million in 2006 to improve the Company’s pension plans funded status, respectively. We made no contributions in the first quarter of 2008. At December 31, 2007, as reflected in “Note 9: Retirement Benefits” in the consolidated financial statements, pension liabilities exceeded plan assets by $96 million. We anticipate that we will have a minimum required pension contribution of approximately $13 million under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) in 2008. Future contribution requirements depend on the investment returns on plan assets, the impact of discount rates on pension liabilities, and changes in regulatory requirements. We are unable to determine the amount or timing of any such contributions required by ERISA or whether any such contributions would have a material adverse effect on our financial position or cash flows. We believe that cash flow from operations and the Credit Facility described above will provide sufficient funds when we make a contribution in 2008.

Income Tax Payments

We paid income taxes of $2.8 million for the period of October 20 to December 31, 2007, $58.7 million for the period January 1 to October 19, 2007, and $53.7 million for the year 2006. We paid income taxes of approximately $4.0 million in the first quarter of 2008 and may be required to pay additional amounts thereafter in 2008 depending upon our profitability.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business with customers, vendors and others, we have entered into off-balance sheet arrangements, such as letters of credit, which totaled $31 million as of December 31, 2007. We have also guaranteed the borrowings of Coryer under Coryer’s credit facility. At December 31, 2007, the amount of the guaranty was $3.2 million. Additionally, other than normal course long-term operating leases included in the following Contractual Obligations table, we do not have any material off-balance sheet financing arrangements. None of these off-balance sheet arrangements are likely to have a material effect on our current or future financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

Contractual Obligations

The following table presents our contractual obligations at March 31, 2008:

 

     Payments Due by Period

Contractual Obligations(1)

   Total    Less than
1 year
   1 – 3
years
   4 – 5
years
   After 5
years
     (in millions)

Ryerson Inc. Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014

   $ 147    $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 147

Ryerson Inc. 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015

     425      —        —        —        425

Ryerson Inc. 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2011

     4      —        —        4      —  

Ryerson Credit Facility

     635      —        —        635      —  

Interest on the initial floating rate notes, the initial fixed rate notes, 2011 Notes and Credit Facility(2)

     615      94      189      176      156

Purchase Obligations(3)

     223      223      —        —        —  

Operating leases

     93      26      29      16      22
                                  

Total

   $ 2,142    $ 343    $ 218    $ 831    $ 750
                                  

 

(1) The contractual obligations disclosed above do not include our potential future pension funding obligations (see previous discussion under “Pension Funding” caption)

 

64


Table of Contents
(2)   Interest payment related to the Ryerson Credit Facility was estimated using the weighted average interest rate of all outstanding borrowings as of March 31, 2008. Interest payment related to the initial floating rate notes was estimated using the interest rate on outstanding debt as of March 31, 2008.

 

(3)   The purchase obligations with suppliers are entered into when we receive firm sales commitments with certain of our customers.

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures during 2007 and 2006 totaled $60.7 million ($51.6 million during January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 and $9.1 million during October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007) and $35.7 million, respectively. Capital expenditures were primarily for machinery and equipment and SAP implementation related costs.

We anticipate capital expenditures, excluding acquisitions, to be approximately $50 million in 2008, of which $6.0 million was spent in the first quarter, which will maintain or improve our processing capacity and upgrade our information technology capability.

In 2004, we commenced an upgrade of our systems capability through consolidating multiple information technology operating platforms onto an integrated SAP platform. In 2007, we spent $13.7 million, $5.3 million of which were capital expenditures on the platform upgrade. Through the end of 2007, we have spent $71 million, $38 million of which was capital expenditures.

Restructuring

2007

On October 19, 2007, as part of the merger of Merger Sub with and into Ryerson Inc., we recorded a liability of $110.4 million for exit costs assumed in the acquisition in addition to the $4.3 million accrued liability balance that existed at October 19, 2007. These exit costs are the result of a preliminary plan of facility consolidations and organizational restructurings. The liability consists of future cash outlays for employee-related costs, including severance for 1,148 employees and employee relocation costs, totaling $53.6 million, future cash outlays for tenancy and other costs totaling $3.2 million and non-cash costs of $57.9 million for pensions and other postretirement benefits. The December 31, 2007 accrual balance will be paid primarily in 2008.

From January 1, 2007 through October 19, 2007, we recorded a charge of $5.1 million due to workforce reductions and other tenancy obligations resulting from our ongoing integration of Integris Metals. Included in the charges were future cash outlays for employee-related costs of $3.6 million, including severance for 153 employees, and $0.2 million for future lease payments for closed facilities.

2006

In 2006, we recorded a charge of $4.0 million due to workforce reductions resulting from the integration of Integris Metals with Ryerson Inc. The charge consisted of future cash outlays of $2.8 million for employee-related costs, including severance for 170 employees, non-cash costs totaling $1.0 million for pensions and other postretirement benefits and $0.2 million for future lease payments for a closed facility. In 2006, we also recorded a charge of $0.5 million for other workforce reductions. The charge consisted of future cash outlays for employee-related costs, including severance for 16 employees.

2005

In 2005, we recorded a charge of $4.0 million due to workforce reductions resulting from the integration of Integris Metals with us. The charge consisted of costs for employees that were employed by us prior to the acquisition, including severance for 33 employees and other future cash outlays totaling $2.6 million and non-cash costs totaling $1.4 million for pensions and other post-retirement benefits.

 

65


Table of Contents

Deferred Tax Amounts

At December 31, 2007, we had a net deferred tax liabilities of $83 million comprised primarily of deferred tax liabilities of $139 million and $167 million related to fixed asset basis difference and inventory basis difference, respectively. These deferred tax liabilities were partially offset by $50 million of Alternative Minimum Tax (“AMT”) credit carryforwards, a deferred tax asset related to postretirement benefits other than pensions (FASB Statement No. 106 obligation) of $86 million, a deferred tax asset related to pension liability of $39 million and state net operating loss (“NOL”) tax credit carryforwards of $10 million, a deferred tax asset of $16 million related to restructuring and shut down reserves and deferred tax assets of $29 million related to other deductible temporary differences. We believe that it is more likely than not that we will realize all of our deferred tax assets, except for certain of our state NOL carryforwards for which a valuation allowance of $1 million has been provided as discussed below.

The AMT credit carryforwards may be used indefinitely to reduce regular federal income taxes. We believe that it is more likely than not that all of our federal tax credits and carryforwards will be realized.

At December 31, 2007, the deferred tax asset related to our postretirement benefits other than pensions was $86 million. At December 31, 2007, we also had a deferred tax asset related to our pension liability of $39 million. To the extent that future annual charges under FASB Statement No. 106 and the pension expense continue to exceed amounts deductible for tax purposes, this deferred tax asset will continue to grow. Thereafter, even if we should have a tax loss in any year in which the deductible amount would exceed the financial statement expense, the tax law provides for a 20-year carryforward period of that loss.

Ryerson had $10 million of tax effected state NOL carryforwards available at December 31, 2007. The deferred tax asset for state NOL carryforwards is reviewed for recoverability based on historical taxable income, the expected reversal of existing temporary differences, tax planning strategies, and on projections of future taxable income. A valuation allowance of $1 million has been provided for amounts that we do not expect to be able to utilize all of the specific NOLs prior to their expiration in between 2008 and 2026.

Outlook

We experienced volume weakness during the first quarter of 2008 as the manufacturing sector remained soft. We expect this economic weakness to continue for the remainder of 2008. We are hopeful that demand in 2009 will be buoyed as a result of recent economic governmental stimuli and other cyclical impetus. High inventory levels at the Company and throughout the industry that plagued most of 2007 have fully corrected, and we believe are in balance. Despite low volume demand we are experiencing high average selling prices relative to 2007 which we would expect to continue for the foreseeable future. The high prices for metals are being driven, in part, by low imports, other supply constraints and high mill input costs. However, domestic metals pricing remains difficult to predict due to its commodity nature and the extent to which prices are affected by interest rates, foreign exchange rates, energy prices, international supply/demand imbalances, surcharges and other factors.

We value our inventory using the LIFO method of accounting. We have benefited from rising metal prices during the first half of 2008. However in periods of rising prices operating profit is lower under the LIFO inventory method used by us relative to other inventory accounting methods. During a period of rapidly rising prices such as the current environment, LIFO accounting will reflect higher cost of good sold compared to other accounting methods, such as First in-First Out (“FIFO”), as the most recent cost of replacing the sold inventory is the basis for calculating this period cost of goods sold. LIFO expense in the first quarter of 2008 was $19 million and is expected to substantially increase in the second quarter in conjunction with the continued rise in metals prices. Accordingly, our carrying cost of inventory is expected to be substantially lower than the recent purchase prices for our metals inventory. This difference is reflected in our LIFO reserve which is equal to the amount of LIFO expense since the acquisition.

 

66


Table of Contents

Separately, we expect to reflect further improvement in our operating cost structure as the continued implementation of the restructuring and decentralization process provides further reductions beyond the savings experienced in the first quarter of 2008.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements, and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting period. Our critical accounting policies, including the assumptions and judgments underlying them, are disclosed under the caption “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 1: Statement of Accounting and Financial Policies”. These policies have been consistently applied and address such matters as revenue recognition, depreciation methods, inventory valuation, asset impairment recognition and pension and postretirement expense. While policies associated with estimates and judgments may be affected by different assumptions or conditions, we believe that our estimates and judgments associated with the reported amounts are appropriate in the circumstances. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

We consider the policies discussed below as critical to an understanding of our financial statements, as application of these policies places the most significant demands on management’s judgment, with financial reporting results relying on estimation of matters that are uncertain.

Provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts : We perform ongoing credit evaluations of customers and set credit limits based upon review of the customers’ current credit information and payment history. We monitor customer payments and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based on historical experience and specific customer collection issues that we have identified. Estimation of such losses requires adjusting historical loss experience for current economic conditions and judgments about the probable effects of economic conditions on certain customers. We cannot guarantee that the rate of future credit losses will be similar to past experience. We consider all available information when assessing the adequacy of the provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts.

Inventory valuation : Our inventories are valued at cost, which is not in excess of market. Inventory costs reflect metal and in-bound freight purchase costs, third-party processing costs and internal direct and allocated indirect processing costs. Cost is primarily determined by the LIFO method. We regularly review inventory on hand and record provisions for obsolete and slow-moving inventory based on historical and current sales trends. Changes in product demand and our customer base may affect the value of inventory on hand which may require higher provisions for obsolete inventory.

Deferred tax asset : We record operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and the estimated effect of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts in the consolidated balance sheet. We follow detailed guidelines in each tax jurisdiction when reviewing tax assets recorded on the balance sheet and provide for valuation allowances as required. Deferred tax assets are reviewed for recoverability based on historical taxable income, the expected reversals of existing temporary differences, tax planning strategies and forecasts of future taxable income. The forecasts of future taxable income require assumptions regarding volume, selling prices, margins, expense levels and industry cyclicality. If we are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions, we will be required to record additional valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets.

Goodwill : We review the carrying value of goodwill annually utilizing a discounted cash flow model. Changes in estimates of future cash flows caused by changes in market conditions or unforeseen events could negatively affect the fair value of reporting unit fair values and result in an impairment charge. We cannot predict the occurrence of events that might adversely affect the reported value of goodwill.

 

67


Table of Contents

Pension and postretirement benefit plan assumptions : We sponsor various benefit plans covering a substantial portion of our employees for pension and postretirement medical costs. Statistical methods are used to anticipate future events when calculating expenses and liabilities related to the plans. The statistical methods include assumptions about, among other things, the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, rate of increase of health care costs and the rate of future compensation increases. Our actuarial consultants also use subjective factors such as withdrawal and mortality rates when estimating expenses and liabilities. The discount rate used for U.S. plans reflects the market rate for high-quality fixed-income investments on our annual measurement date (December 31) and is subject to change each year. The discount rate was determined by matching, on an approximate basis, the coupons and maturities for a portfolio of corporate bonds (rated Aa or better by Moody’s Investor Services or AA or better by Standard and Poor’s) to the expected plan benefit payments defined by the projected benefit obligation. The discount rates used for plans outside the U.S. are based on a combination of relevant indices regarding corporate and government securities, the duration of the liability and appropriate judgment. The assumptions used in the actuarial calculation of expenses and liabilities may differ materially from actual results due to changing market and economic conditions, higher or lower withdrawal rates or longer or shorter life spans of participants. These differences may result in a significant impact on the amount of pension or postretirement benefit expense we may record in the future.

Legal contingencies : We are involved in a number of legal and regulatory matters including those discussed in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 16: Commitments and Contingencies”. As required by SFAS No. 5, “ Accounting for Contingencies ,” we determine whether an estimated loss from a loss contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We analyze our legal matters based on available information to assess potential liability. We consult with outside counsel involved in our legal matters when analyzing potential outcomes. We cannot determine at this time whether any potential liability related to this litigation would materially affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

SFAS 157

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurement” (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. On February 12, 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” (“FSP 157-2”) which amends SFAS 157 to delay the effective date for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for those that are recognized at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. As allowed by FSP 157-2, we partially adopted SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008. Accordingly, we have followed the SFAS 157 guidance to value our financial assets and liabilities that are routinely adjusted to fair value, predominantly derivatives. The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. The remaining assets and liabilities to which the FSP 157-2 deferral relates, will be measured at fair value as applicable beginning in fiscal 2009.

SFAS 59

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “ The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities, Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 ” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. SFAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of fiscal 2008. The adoption of SFAS 159 did not have a material effect on our results of operations and financial position.

SFAS 141(R)

In December 2007, the FASB released SFAS No. 141(R), “ Business Combinations ” (“SFAS 141(R)”). SFAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the

 

68


Table of Contents

beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. SFAS 141(R) requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize the full fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction at the acquisition date; the immediate expense recognition of transaction costs; and accounting for restructuring plans separately from the business combination, among others. SFAS 141(R) fundamentally changes many aspects of existing accounting requirements for business combinations. As such, if we enter into any business combinations after the adoption of SFAS 141(R), a transaction may significantly impact our financial position and earnings, but not cash flows, compared to our recent acquisitions, accounted for under existing U.S. GAAP requirements, due to the reasons described above.

SFAS 160

In December 2007, the FASB released SFAS No. 160, “ Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51 ” (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 requires entities to report noncontrolling (minority) interests as a component of shareholders’ equity on the balance sheet; include all earnings of a consolidated subsidiary in consolidated results of operations; and treat all transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interest as equity transactions between the parties. SFAS 160 is effective for our fiscal year beginning 2009 and adoption is prospective only; however, presentation and disclosure requirements described above must be applied retrospectively. We are currently assessing the impact of SFAS 160 on our financial statements.

SFAS 161

On March 19, 2008 the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “ Disclosures About Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 161”). This statement is intended to improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. We are currently assessing the impact of SFAS 161 on our financial statements.

Other Matters

China

In 2006, we and VSC and its subsidiary, CAMP BVI, formed VSC-Ryerson China Limited to enable us, through this joint venture, to provide metals distribution services in China. We invested $28.3 million in the joint venture for a 40% equity interest. We have an option to become the majority owner of VSC-Ryerson China Limited in 2009.

Lancaster Steel

In the fourth quarter of 2006, we acquired Lancaster Steel, a metals service center company based in upstate New York, for $17.6 million plus the assumption of $15.6 million of debt.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Interest rate risk

We are exposed to market risk related to our fixed-rate and variable-rate long-term debt. Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates. Changes in interest rates may affect the market value of our fixed-rate debt. The estimated fair value of our long-term debt and the current portions thereof using quoted market prices of Company debt securities recently traded and market-based prices of similar securities for those securities not recently traded was $1,213 million at December 31, 2007 and $1,262 million at December 31, 2006, as compared with the carrying value of $1,229 million and $1,207 million at year-end 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

69


Table of Contents

We had forward agreements for $160 million notional amount of pay fixed, receive floating interest rate swaps at December 31, 2007 to effectively convert the interest rate from floating to fixed through 2009. We do not currently account for these contracts as hedges but rather mark them to market with a corresponding offset to current earnings. At December 31, 2007, these agreements had a liability value of $2.8 million.

A hypothetical 1% increase in interest rates on variable rate debt would have increased 2007 interest expense by approximately $6.4 million.

Foreign exchange rate risk

We are subject to exposure from fluctuations in foreign currencies. We use foreign currency exchange contracts to hedge our Canadian subsidiaries variability in cash flows from the forecasted payment of currencies other than the functional currency. The Canadian subsidiaries’ foreign currency contracts were principally used to purchase U.S. dollars. We had foreign currency contracts with a U.S. dollar notional amount of $30.4 million outstanding at December 31, 2007, and an asset value of $0.1 million. We do not currently account for these contracts as hedges but rather mark these contracts to market with a corresponding offset to current earnings.

Commodity price risk

Metal prices can fluctuate significantly due to several factors including changes in foreign and domestic production capacity, raw material availability, metals consumption and foreign currency rates. Declining metal prices could reduce our revenues, gross profit and net income.

From time to time, we may enter into fixed price sales contracts with our customers for certain of our inventory components. We may enter into metal commodity futures and options contracts to reduce volatility in the price of these metals. We do not currently account for these contracts as hedges, but rather mark these contracts to market with a corresponding offset to current earnings. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, there were no significant outstanding metals commodity futures or options contracts.

 

70


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a leading North American processor and distributor of metals measured in terms of sales, with operations in the United States and Canada and joint ventures in Mexico, India and China. We distribute and process various kinds of metals, including stainless and carbon steel and aluminum products. We are among the largest purchasers of metals in North America. In 2007, we purchased approximately 2.6 million tons of materials from many suppliers, including mills throughout the world. We currently operate more than 100 service centers across the United States and Canada and nine facilities in high-growth international markets through our joint ventures. For the three months ended March 31, 2008, our net sales were approximately $1.4 billion.

Our service centers are strategically located to process and deliver the volumes of metal our customers demand. Due to our scale, we are able to process and distribute standardized products in large volumes while maintaining low operating costs. Our distribution capabilities include a fleet of tractors and trailers that are owned, leased or dedicated by third party carriers. With these capabilities, we are able to efficiently meet our customers’ just-in-time delivery demands.

We carry a full line of products in carbon steel, stainless steel, alloy steels and aluminum, and a limited line of nickel and red metals. These materials are inventoried in a number of shapes, including coils, sheets, rounds, hexagons, square and flat bars, plates, structurals and tubing. More than one-half of the materials we sell are processed. We use processing and fabricating techniques such as sawing, slitting, blanking, cutting to length, leveling, flame cutting, laser cutting, edge trimming, edge rolling, polishing and shearing to process materials to specified thickness, length, width, shape and surface quality pursuant to specific customer orders. We also use third-party fabricators to outsource certain processes that we are not able to perform internally (painting, pickling, forming and drilling) to enhance our value-added services.

We serve more than 40,000 customers across a wide range of end markets. In 2007, no single customer accounted for more than 5% of our sales and our top 10 customers accounted for less than 15% of our sales. Our customer base ranges in size from large, national, original equipment manufacturers to local, independently owned fabricators and machine shops. Our geographic network and customization capabilities allow us to serve large, national manufacturing companies in North America by providing a consistent standard of products and services across multiple locations. Many of our facilities possess processing capabilities, which allow us to provide customized products and solutions to local customers on a smaller scale while maintaining just-in-time deliveries to our customers.

As part of securing customer orders, we also provide technical services to our customers to assure a cost effective material application while maintaining or improving the customers’ product quality. We have designed our services to reduce our customers’ costs by minimizing their investment in inventory and improving their production efficiency.

Industry Overview

According to Purchasing Magazine , the U.S. and Canadian metals distribution industry generated $143 billion in 2007 net sales. The end-markets for metals service centers are highly diverse and include machinery, manufacturing, construction and transportation.

Metals service centers serve as key intermediaries between metal producers and end users of metal products. Metal producers offer commodity products and typically sell metals in the form of standard-sized coils, sheets,

plates, structurals, bars and tubes. Producers prefer large order quantities, longer lead times and limited inventory in order to maximize capacity utilization. End users of metal products seek to purchase metals with customized

 

71


Table of Contents

specifications, including value-added processing. End market customers look for “one-stop” suppliers that can offer processing services along with lower order volumes, shorter lead times, and more reliable delivery. As an intermediary, metals service centers aggregate end-users’ demand, purchase metal in bulk to take advantage of economies of scale and then process and sell metal that meets specific customer requirements.

The metals service center industry is comprised of many companies, the majority of which have operations limited as to product lines and inventories, with customers located in a specific geographic area. The industry is highly fragmented with almost 3,500 participants, consisting of a large number of small companies and a few relatively large companies. According to Purchasing Magazine , the top 20 companies represented approximately 32% of industry sales in 2007. In general, competition is based on quality, service, price and geographic proximity.

The metals service center industry typically experiences cash flow trends that are counter-cyclical to the revenue and volume growth of the industry. Companies that participate in the metals service center industry have assets that are composed primarily of working capital. During an industry downturn, companies generally reduce working capital investments and generate cash as inventory and accounts receivable balances decline. As a result, operating cash flow and liquidity tend to increase during a downturn, which typically facilitates industry participants’ ability to cover fixed costs and repay debt.

The industry is divided into three major groups: general line service centers, specialized service centers, and processing centers, each of which targets different market segments. General line service centers handle a broad line of metals products and tend to concentrate on distribution rather than processing. General line service centers range in size from a single location to a nationwide network of locations. For general line service centers, individual order size in terms of dollars and tons tends to be small relative to processing centers, while the total number of orders is typically high. Specialized service centers focus their activities on a narrower range of product and service offerings than do general line companies. Such service centers provide a narrower range of services to their customers and emphasize product expertise and lower operating costs, while maintaining a moderate level of investment in processing equipment. Processing centers typically process large quantities of metals purchased from primary producers for resale to large industrial customers, such as the automotive industry. Because orders are typically large, operation of a processing center requires a significant investment in processing equipment.

We compete with many other general line service centers, specialized service centers and processing centers on a regional and local basis, some of which may have greater financial resources and flexibility than us. We also compete to a lesser extent with primary metal producers. Primary metal producers typically sell to very large customers that require regular shipments of large volumes of steel. Although these large customers sometimes use metals service centers to supply a portion of their metals needs, metals service center customers typically are consumers of smaller volumes of metals than are customers of primary steel producers. Although we purchase from foreign steelmakers, some of our competitors purchase a higher percentage of metals than us from foreign steelmakers. Such competitors may benefit from favorable exchange rates or other economic or regulatory factors that may result in a competitive advantage. This competitive advantage may be offset somewhat by higher transportation costs and less dependable delivery times associated with importing metals into the United States. Excess capacity of metals relative to demand in the industry from mid-1995 through late 2003 led to a weakening in prices. Notwithstanding brief periods of price increases, we generally reduced our prices from mid-1995 through late 2003 to remain competitive. Demand also was impacted by a cyclical downturn in the U.S. economy, impacting our business through decreasing volumes and declining prices starting in the second half of 2000 and continuing through the third quarter of 2003. Since the fourth quarter of 2003, we have experienced an increase in demand and prices for our products. In 2004, metals producers imposed material surcharges, increased prices and placed supply constraints on certain materials, due to global economic factors including increased demand from China and in the United States, decreased imports into the United States, and

consolidation in the steelmaking industry. The metals service center industry experienced a significant recovery in 2004 through 2006, due to global economic factors including increased demand from China and in the United

 

72


Table of Contents

States, decreased imports into the United States, and consolidation in the steelmaking industry, and a rebounding of the U.S. manufacturing sector, all of which combined to substantially increase metals selling prices from 2003 levels.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we are well-positioned as a result of numerous competitive strengths outlined below.

Leading Market Position with a Broad Geographic Footprint.

We are a leading North American processor and distributor of metal measured in terms of sales. For the three months ended March 31, 2008, we generated approximately $1.4 billion in net sales. During the three months ended March 31, 2008, approximately 55% of our sales were from stainless steel and aluminum products, for which we believe we are the largest North American distributor. We also have a strong position in carbon plate, bar and tubing products, and we maintain a strong presence in carbon flat roll and fabrication services throughout the United States. We have a broad geographic presence with more than 100 metals service centers in the United States and Canada. Our service centers are strategically situated close to customer locations, allowing us to provide timely delivery while minimizing delivery costs. Our widespread network of locations allows us to target national customers that currently buy metals from a variety of suppliers in different locations. Our ability to transfer inventory among our facilities better enables us to timely and profitably source specialized items at regional locations throughout our network than if we were required to maintain inventory of all products at each location. We also have an international presence through our joint ventures in Mexico, India and China.

Strong Relationships with Suppliers.

We are among the largest purchasers of metals in North America. We continue to align ourselves with high quality suppliers and aim to take advantage of low-cost purchasing opportunities abroad. We have consolidated our purchases among fewer suppliers. During 2007, our top 25 suppliers represented approximately 80% of our purchase dollars, yet no single supplier accounted for more than 18% of our purchase dollars. We believe that we are frequently one of the largest customers of our suppliers and that concentrating our orders among fewer suppliers is an effective method for obtaining favorable prices. We also have developed supplier-quality programs that provide us access to high quality metals, timely delivery and new product and service ideas from many of our suppliers. We believe our size, diverse product offerings and financial position provide us with an advantage in forming relationships with global suppliers. Suppliers worldwide are consolidating and large, geographically diversified customers, such as Ryerson, are desirable partners for these larger suppliers.

A Broad and Diverse Customer Base.

We serve more than 40,000 customers that operate across a diverse range of industries, including fabricated metal products, industrial machinery, commercial transportation, electrical equipment and appliances, and building and construction. Approximately 1,500 of our customers operate in multiple locations and have ongoing orders with us. Our relationships with these customers provide us with stable demand and the ability to better manage profitability. During 2007, no single customer accounted for more than 5% of our sales. We believe that by having a broad customer base, we are better protected from regional and industry-specific downturns.

Diverse Product and Service Offerings Across Various Metals.

We carry a full line of carbon steel, stainless steel, alloy steels and aluminum products and a limited line of nickel and red metals. We have shifted our product mix in favor of stainless steel and aluminum products, which generate higher gross profit dollars per ton and have more favorable growth characteristics than carbon products.

 

73


Table of Contents

In addition, we provide a broad range of processing and fabrication services such as sawing, slitting, blanking, cutting to length, leveling, flame cutting, laser cutting, edge trimming, edge rolling, polishing and shearing to process materials to specified thickness, length, width, shape and surface quality pursuant to specific customer orders. We also currently supply value-added components to many original equipment manufacturers.

Depth of Our Experienced Management Team.

Our team of seven executive managers has extensive industry experience, as well as functional expertise. Our executive managers have an average of more than 15 years of experience in the metals or service center industries. We benefit from an additional six regional presidents and 58 service center general managers. This team has demonstrated its ability to manage Ryerson through past market downturns and has a successful track record of delivering operational improvements.

Our Strategy

Our management believes our continued success is predicated on the following:

Increase Operating Efficiencies

We are committed to increasing efficiency through continuous process improvements and cost reductions.

 

   

Transition from Central Management Structure : We are transitioning certain corporate functions from our Chicago headquarters to six regional field offices, which we expect to complete during the third quarter of 2008. Decentralization will improve our customer responsiveness by moving key transactional support functions such as procurement, credit and operations support closer to our field operations. Additionally, this decentralization has facilitated a significant reduction in total corporate overhead by eliminating or downsizing duplicative or extraneous layers of management.

 

   

Chicago Service Center Closure : We are closing our Chicago service center which we believe will generate significant cost savings. We believe many of the customer accounts served from the Chicago service center can be more efficiently served from existing nearby Ryerson service centers located in Illinois, Indiana, Wisconsin, Iowa and Missouri. We expect to complete this project by March 2009.

 

   

Initiatives to Improve Service Centers : We have ongoing performance evaluations of each of our service centers. These initiatives have focused on benchmarking individual service center performance in terms of pricing, margin management, operating expenses and asset efficiency. As a result of these initiatives, we have announced plans to consolidate five additional plants, as well as increase our focus on the most profitable products and customer relationships. We believe we will further enhance profitability in 2008 as we identify and implement additional operating improvements.

 

   

Information Technology Systems Consolidation : We are completing the conversion of all of our service centers in each geographic region in which we operate to the same information technology platform. Currently, operations in the northeastern, midwestern and western United States utilize SAP; in the southern United States facilities operate on a single legacy system, while the Canadian operations operate on a separate legacy system. The conversions are scheduled to be completed by the end of 2008, with the majority of the total funding for the project having already been spent. Benefits include providing a seamless link with customers and suppliers, more detailed and timely decision-making information, increased sharing of inventory and pricing information among service centers and large cost reductions.

 

   

Improved Inventory Management : We have focused on process improvements in inventory management that we believe will result in improved annualized inventory turns. Specifically, we have moved our supply chain management activities from a highly centralized structure to a regional structure, which will transfer certain decision making processes to managers involved in day-to-day operations.

 

74


Table of Contents

Expand Our Product and Service Offerings.

We are expanding revenue opportunities through downstream integration and conversion of commodity business into non-commodity, value-added fabrication. In 2007, we generated over $375 million of revenue from our fabrication operations. We currently have strong relationships with many customers for whom we handle early stage fabrication processes and we have established a group of experienced managers dedicated to expanding this business.

Achieve Organic Growth.

To achieve organic sales growth, we are focusing on increasing our sales to existing customers and increasing sales of inventory through national and vertical marketing efforts. Our global account sales program, which targets those customers that are considering consolidating suppliers, currently accounts for approximately 20% of annual sales and provides opportunity to increase sales to existing customers and attract new customers. This integrated national footprint represents a competitive advantage that allows us to reach large, multi-location customers in North America and globally through a single point of accountability.

In addition, we have renewed our focus on increasing sales to transactional customers. In order to execute this strategy, we are improving our inventory profile by region, improving customer responsiveness and enhancing delivery capability. We believe the regional structure will facilitate quicker decision making to allow us to react more quickly to rapid changes in market conditions that drive the transactional business.

Pursue Opportunistic Acquisitions.

The metals service center industry is highly fragmented with almost 3,500 participants with the top 20 companies representing approximately 32% of industry sales. We believe our significant national presence provides a strong platform to capitalize on this fragmentation through acquisitions. Industry consolidation provides various opportunities for value creation including increased economies of scale, entry into new markets, cross-selling opportunities and enhanced distribution capability. We have a proven track record of acquisitions in which we have realized these benefits, focusing on retaining customers and key employees and capturing integration value. We continually evaluate potential acquisitions of service center companies, including joint venture opportunities, to complement our existing customer base and product offerings.

Products and Services

We carry a full line of carbon steel, stainless steel, alloy steels and aluminum, and a limited line of nickel and red metals. These materials are inventoried in a number of shapes, including coils, sheets, rounds, hexagons, square and flat bars, plates, structurals and tubing.

The following table shows our percentage of sales by major product lines for 2005, 2006 and 2007:

 

     Predecessor            Successor  

Product Line

   2005     2006     January 1 to
October 19, 2007
           October 20 to
December 31, 2007
 

Stainless and aluminum

   50 %   52 %   58 %        55 %

Carbon flat rolled

   26     25     24          26  

Bars, tubing and structurals

   10     9     7          8  

Fabricated and carbon plate

   9     9     7          7  

Other

   5     5     4          4  
                             

Total

   100 %   100 %   100 %        100 %
                             

 

75


Table of Contents

More than one-half of the materials sold by us are processed. We use processing and fabricating techniques such as sawing, slitting, blanking, cutting to length, leveling, flame cutting, laser cutting, edge trimming, edge rolling, polishing and shearing to process materials to specified thickness, length, width, shape and surface quality pursuant to specific customer orders. Among the most common processing techniques used by us are slitting, which involves cutting coiled metals to specified widths along the length of the coil, and leveling, which involves flattening metals and cutting them to exact lengths. We also use third-party fabricators to outsource certain processes that we are not able to perform internally (such as pickling, painting, forming and drilling) to enhance our value-added services.

The plate burning and fabrication processes are particularly important to us. These processes require sophisticated and expensive processing equipment. As a result, rather than making investments in such equipment, manufacturers have increasingly outsourced these processes to metals service centers.

As part of securing customer orders, we also provide services to our customers to assure cost effective material application while maintaining or improving the customers’ product quality.

Our services include: just-in-time inventory programs, production of kits containing multiple products for ease of assembly by the customer, consignment arrangements and the placement of our employees at a customer’s site for inventory management and production and technical assistance. We also provide special stocking programs in which products that would not otherwise be stocked by us are held in inventory to meet certain customers’ needs. These services are designed to reduce customers’ costs by minimizing their investment in inventory and improving their production efficiency.

Customers

Our customer base is diverse, numbering over 40,000. No single customer accounted for more than 5% of our sales in 2007, and the top 10 customers accounted for approximately 15% of our sales in 2007. Substantially all of our sales are attributable to our U.S. operations and substantially all of our long-lived assets are located in the United States. The only operations attributed to a foreign country relate to our subsidiaries in Canada, which comprised 8%, 9% and 10% of our sales in 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Canadian assets were 9%, 9% and 10% of consolidated assets at December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Our customer base includes most metal-consuming industries, most of which are cyclical.

Some of our largest customers have procurement programs with us, typically ranging from three months to one year in duration. Pricing for these contracts is generally based on a pricing formula rather than a fixed price for the program duration. However, certain customer contracts are at fixed prices; in order to minimize our financial exposure, we generally match these fixed-price sales programs with fixed-price supply programs. In general, sales to customers are priced at the time of sale based on prevailing market prices.

Suppliers

In 2007, we purchased approximately 2.6 million tons of materials from many suppliers, including mills located throughout the world. Our top 25 suppliers accounted for 80% of our 2007 purchase dollars.

We purchase the majority of our inventories at prevailing market prices from key suppliers with which we have established relationships to obtain improvements in price, quality, delivery and service. We are generally able to meet our materials requirements because we use many suppliers, because there is a substantial overlap of product offerings from these suppliers, and because there are a number of other suppliers able to provide identical or similar products. Because of the competitive nature of the business, when metal prices increase due to product demand, mill surcharges, supplier consolidation or other factors that in turn lead to supply constraints or longer mill lead times, we may not be able to pass our increased material costs fully to customers. In recent years and continuing in 2007, there have been significant consolidations among suppliers of carbon steel,

 

76


Table of Contents

stainless steel, and aluminum. Continued consolidation among suppliers could lead to disruptions in our ability to meet our material requirements as the sources of our products become more concentrated from fewer producers. We believe we will be able to meet our material requirements because we believe that we have good relationships with our suppliers and believe we will continue to be among the largest customers of our suppliers.

Facilities

As of March 31, 2008, our facilities are set forth below. The notes are secured by all U.S. real property interests valued at $1 million or more.

Operations in the U.S.

JT Ryerson maintains 88 operational facilities and 8 locations that are dedicated to administration services. All of our metals service center facilities are in good condition and are adequate for JT Ryerson’s existing operations. Approximately 38% of these facilities are leased. The lease terms expire at various times through 2020. Owned properties noted as vacated below have been closed and are in the process of being sold. JT Ryerson’s properties and facilities are adequate to serve its present and anticipated needs.

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to each facility as of March 31, 2008:

 

 

Location

   Own/Lease

Birmingham, AL

   Owned

Fort Smith, AR

   Owned

Hickman, AR**

   Leased

Little Rock, AR(2)

   Owned

Phoenix, AZ

   Owned

Livermore, CA

   Leased

Los Angeles, CA

   Owned

Vernon, CA

   Owned

Commerce City, CO

   Owned

Greenwood, CO*

   Leased

Wallingford, CT

   Leased

Wilmington, DE

   Owned

Jacksonville, FL

   Owned

Miami, FL

   Owned

Orlando, FL

   Owned

Orlando, FL

   Leased

Tampa Bay, FL

   Owned

Atlanta, GA

   Leased

Duluth, GA

   Owned

Lawrenceville, GA

   Leased/Vacated

Norcross, GA

   Owned

Cedar Rapids, IA

   Owned

Des Moines, IA

   Owned

Marshalltown, IA

   Owned

Boise, ID

   Leased

Elgin, IL

   Leased

Chicago, IL (Headquarters)*

   Owned

Chicago, IL (16th Street Facility)

   Owned

Chicago, IL (111th Street—RCP)***

   Owned/Vacated

Lisle, IL*

   Leased

Westmont, IL*

   Leased

Burns Harbor, IN

   Owned

Indianapolis, IN

   Owned

Wichita, KS

   Leased

Louisville, KY

   Owned

Shelbyville, KY**

   Owned

 

77


Table of Contents

Location

   Own/Lease

Shreveport, LA

   Owned

St. Rose, LA (New Orleans)

   Owned

Devens, MA

   Owned

Grand Rapids, MI

   Leased

Jenison, MI

   Owned

Lansing, MI

   Leased

Midland, MI

   Leased

Minneapolis, MN

   Owned

Plymouth, MN

   Owned

Maryland Heights, MO

   Leased

North Kansas City, MO

   Owned

St. Louis, MO(2)

   Leased

Greenwood, MS

   Leased

Jackson, MS

   Owned

Billings, MT

   Leased

Charlotte, NC

   Leased

Charlotte, NC(2)

   Owned

Charlotte, NC

   Owned/Vacated

Greensboro, NC

   Owned

Pikeville, NC

   Leased

Youngsville, NC

   Leased

Omaha, NE

   Owned

Union, NJ

   Leased/Vacated

Buffalo, NY

   Owned

Lancaster, NY

   Owned

Liverpool, NY

   Leased

New York, NY(2)*

   Leased

Cincinnati, OH

   Owned

Cleveland, OH

   Owned

Hamilton, OH*

   Leased

Tulsa, OK

   Owned

Oklahoma City, OK

   Owned

Portland, OR(2)

   Leased

Ambridge, PA**

   Owned

Fairless Hills, PA

   Leased

Pittsburgh, PA

   Owned

Pittsburgh, PA*

   Leased

Charleston, SC

   Owned

Greenville, SC

   Owned

Chattanooga, TN

   Owned

Knoxville, TN

   Leased

Loudon, TN

   Leased

Memphis, TN

   Owned

Nashville, TN

   Owned

Dallas, TX(2)

   Owned

Houston, TX

   Owned

Pounding Mill, VA

   Owned

Richmond, VA

   Owned

Marysville, WA

   Leased

Renton, WA

   Owned

Spokane, WA

   Owned

Baldwin, WI

   Leased

Green Bay, WI

   Owned

Milwaukee, WI

   Owned

 

* Office space only
** Processing centers
*** The property was sold on May 30, 2008.

 

78


Table of Contents

Operations in Canada

Ryerson Canada a wholly owned indirect Canadian subsidiary of Ryerson Inc., has 16 facilities in Canada. All of the metals service center facilities are in good condition and are adequate for Ryerson Canada’s existing and anticipated operations. Seven facilities are leased.

 

Location

   Own/Lease

Calgary, AB

   Owned

Edmonton, AB

   Owned

Edmonton, AB (Warehouse Only)

   Owned

Richmond, BC

   Owned

Richmond, BC

   Leased

Winnipeg, MB

   Owned

Winnipeg, MB

   Leased

Saint John, NB

   Owned

Brampton, ON

   Leased

Brampton, ON

   Leased/Vacated

Mississauga, ON

   Leased

Sudbury, ON

   Owned

Toronto, ON (includes Canadian Headquarters)

   Owned

Laval, QC

   Leased

Vaudreuil, QC

   Leased

Saskatoon, SK

   Owned

Coryer

Coryer, a joint venture in which we own a 49% interest, owns one operating facility in Matamoros, Mexico. Coryer’s property is adequate to serve its present and anticipated needs.

Tata Ryerson Limited

Tata Ryerson Limited, a joint venture company in which we own a 50% interest, has four metals service and processing centers in India, at Jamshedpur, Pune, Bara, and Faridabad. Tata Ryerson Limited also maintains sales offices in Chennai, Kolkata, Bangalore, Kanpur, Dehra Dun, Thane, Noida, Hyderabad, Coimbatore, Raipur, Rudrapur and Ludhiana, India. Tata Ryerson Limited’s properties are adequate to serve its present and anticipated needs.

VSC-Ryerson China Limited

VSC-Ryerson, a joint venture company in which we own a 40% interest, has 4 service and processing centers in China, at Guangzhou, Dongguan, Kunshan and Tianjin. VSC-Ryerson China Limited also maintains sales offices in Beijing, Shanghai, Wuxi and Shenzhen, China.

Sales and Marketing

We maintain our own sales force. In addition to our office sales staff, we market and sell our products through the use of our field sales force that has extensive product and customer knowledge and through a comprehensive catalog of our products. Our office and field sales staffs, which together consist of approximately 850 employees, include technical and metallurgical personnel.

A portion of our customers experience seasonal slowdowns. Our sales in the months of July, November and December traditionally have been lower than in other months because of a reduced number of shipping days and holiday or vacation closures for some customers. Consequently, our sales in the first two quarters of the year are usually higher than in the third and fourth quarters.

 

79


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

In recent years we have made capital expenditures to maintain, improve and expand processing capabilities. Additions by us to property, plant and equipment, together with retirements for the five years ended December 31, 2007, excluding the initial purchase price of acquisitions, are set forth below. The net capital change during such period aggregated a reduction of $36.7 million.

 

     Additions    Retirements
or Sale
   Net  
     (in millions)  

2007

   $ 60.7    $ 54.4    $ 6.3  

2006

     35.7      51.7      (16.0 )

2005

     32.6      53.4      (20.8 )

2004

     32.6      35.4      (2.8 )

2003

     19.4      22.8      (3.4 )

We currently anticipate capital expenditures, excluding acquisitions, of up to approximately $50 million for 2008. We expect capital expenditures will be funded from cash generated by operations.

Employees

As of December 31, 2007, we employed approximately 5,100 persons, of whom approximately 2,450 were office employees and approximately 2,650 were plant employees. Fifty-two percent of the plant employees were members of various unions, including the United Steelworkers and the Teamsters. Our relationship with the various unions generally has been good. There have been two work stoppages at Integris Metals’ facilities over the last five years (but prior to Ryerson’s acquisition of Integris Metals): a strike by the members of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters Local #221, covering 69 individuals, which occurred at the Minneapolis (Integris) facility in June 2003 and lasted less than one month; and a strike by the members of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters Local #938, covering 81 individuals, at the Toronto (Integris) facility, which began on July 6, 2004, and ended when a settlement was reached on October 31, 2004. During 2006, contracts covering 976 employees at 17 Ryerson facilities expired; the agreement with the joint United Steelworkers and Teamsters unions representing approximately 540 employees at 3 Chicago area facilities expired January 31, 2006 and other agreements with the United Steelworkers and Teamsters expired on various dates through October 31, 2006. The membership of the joint union representing the Chicago-area employees initiated a strike from March 6, 2006 to March 13, 2006. On July 9, 2006, the joint United Steelworkers and Teamster unions representing the Chicago-area employees ratified a three-year collective bargaining agreement, through March 31, 2009. In addition, the United Steelworkers Union, representing approximately 225 employees at six other facilities, ratified a new three-year contract effective August 1, 2006 through July 31, 2009. In 2007, we reached agreement on the renewal of 10 collective bargaining agreements covering 374 employees. In 2008, an additional six contracts covering 94 employees will expire. Through May 31, one contract covering 13 employees has been renewed. While management does not expect any irresolvable issues to arise in connection with the renewal of existing contracts, no assurances can be given that labor disruptions will not occur or that any of these collective bargaining agreements will be extended prior to their expiration.

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

Our operations are subject to many federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment and to workplace health and safety. In particular, our operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local requirements relating to waste disposal, air and water emissions, the handling of hazardous substances, environmental protection, remediation, workplace exposure and other matters. Our management believes that our operations are presently in substantial compliance with all such laws and does not presently anticipate that we will be required to expend any substantial amounts in the foreseeable future in order to meet present environmental, workplace health or safety requirements. We continue to analyze and implement

 

80


Table of Contents

improvements for protection of the environment and safety of our workplace. However, additional costs and liabilities may be incurred to comply with future requirements or to address newly discovered conditions, which costs and liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Some of the properties owned or leased by us are located in industrial areas or have a history of heavy industrial use. We may incur environmental liabilities with respect to these properties in the future that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. We had previously established a minor environmental accrual for one property that we acquired and operate. We have commenced the required environmental remediation and continue to monitor the results with the goal of closure. We believe that the accrual is adequate to cover the potential remediation costs for the identified environmental issues and anticipated expenditures. We do not expect any related investigation or remediation costs or any pending remedial actions or claims relating to environmental matters at properties presently used for our operations that are expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Capital and operating expenses for pollution control projects were less than $500,000 per year for the past five years. Excluding any potential additional remediation costs resulting from the environmental remediation for the properties described above, we expect spending for pollution control projects to remain at historical levels.

Our United States operations are also subject to the Department of Transportation Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations. In 2007, we operated a private trucking motor fleet for making deliveries to some of our customers. Our drivers do not carry any material quantities of hazardous materials. Our Canadian operations are subject to similar regulations.

Intellectual Property

We own several U.S. and foreign trademarks, service marks and copyrights. Certain of the trademarks are registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and, in certain circumstances, with the trademark offices of various foreign countries. We consider certain other information owned by us to be trade secrets. We protect our trade secrets by, among other things, entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees regarding such matters and implementing measures to restrict access to sensitive data and computer software source code on a need-to-know basis. We believe that these safeguards adequately protect our proprietary rights and vigorously defend these rights. While we consider all of our intellectual property rights as a whole to be important, we do not consider any single right to be essential to our operations as a whole. Our Ryerson Notes are secured by our intellectual property.

Foreign Operations

Ryerson Canada

Ryerson Canada, a wholly-owned, indirect Canadian subsidiary of Ryerson Inc., is a metals service center and processor. On January 1, 2007, it amalgamated with our wholly-owned indirect Canadian subsidiary Integris Metals. Ryerson Canada has facilities in Calgary (AB), Edmonton (AB), Richmond (BC), Winnipeg (MB), Saint John (NB), Brampton (ON), Misissauga (ON), Sudbury (ON), Toronto (ON) (includes Canadian headquarters), Windsor (ON), Laval (QC), Vaudreuil (QC) and Saskatoon (SK), Canada.

Coryer

We own a 49% interest in Coryer, a joint venture with the Grupo Collado, S.A. de C.V., a steel distributor in Mexico. Coryer conducts its business through its subsidiary Collado Ryerson, S.A. de C.V., a metals service center and processor with a processing facility at Matamoros, Mexico. The joint venture has enabled us to expand service capability in Mexico.

 

81


Table of Contents

Tata Ryerson Limited

We own a 50% interest in Tata Ryerson Limited, a joint venture with the Tata Iron & Steel Corporation, an integrated steel manufacturer in India. Tata Ryerson Limited operates metals service centers and processing facilities at Jamshedpur, Pune, Bara and Faridabad. Tata Ryerson Limited also maintains sales offices in Chennai, Kolkata, Bangalore, Kanpur, Dehra Dun, Thane, Noida, Hyderbad, Coimbatore, Raipur, Rudrapur and Ludhiana, India.

VSC-Ryerson China Limited

In 2006, Ryerson contributed $28.3 million to form VSC-Ryerson China Limited, a joint venture with VSC. Ryerson owns 40% of the venture and has an option to take a majority interest in 2009. VSC-Ryerson China Limited is based in Hong Kong. It operates processing and metal service center operations in Guangzhou, Dongguan, Kunshan and Tianjin, China, and sales offices in Beijing, Shanghai, Wuxi and Shenzhen, China.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are named as a defendant in legal actions incidental to our ordinary course of business. We do not believe that the resolution of these claims will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We maintain liability insurance coverage to assist in protecting our assets from losses arising from or related to activities associated with business operations.

On April 22, 2002, Champagne Metals, an Oklahoma metals service center that processes and sells aluminum products, sued us and other metals service centers in the United States District Court for the Western District of Oklahoma. The other defendants are Ken Mac Metals, Inc.; Samuel, Son & Co., Limited; Samuel Specialty Metals, Inc.; Metal West, L.L.C.; Integris Metals (now owned by us); and Earle M. Jorgensen Company. Champagne Metals alleges a conspiracy among the defendants to induce or coerce aluminum suppliers to refuse to designate it as a distributor in violation of federal and state antitrust laws and tortious interference with business and contractual relations. The complaint seeks damages with the exact amount to be proved at trial. Champagne Metals seeks treble damages on its antitrust claims and seeks punitive damages in addition to actual damages on its other claim. We believe that the suit is without merit, and we answered the complaint denying all claims and allegations, and filed a Motion for Summary Judgment which was granted. On September 15, 2005, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit heard oral arguments on plaintiff’s appeal of the lower court decision. On August 7, 2006, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit issued a ruling affirming in part and reversing in part the district court judgment in favor of defendants, and sent the case back to the district court for reconsideration of the summary judgment in light of guidance provided by the Tenth Circuit opinion. On November 17, 2006, the defendants filed a second Motion for Summary Judgment with the United States District Court for the Western District of Oklahoma addressing the issues raised by the Court of Appeals. On July 27, 2007, the District Court denied the defendants’ motion, but reserved its decision on the portion of the motion addressing the plaintiff’s damage claim. We continue to believe this suit is without merit and intend to vigorously defend our position in this matter. We cannot determine at this time whether any potential liability related to this litigation would materially affect our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

82


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Below is a list of the names, ages and positions as of June 1, 2008 of our directors and executive officers.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Tom Gores

   43    Director

Eva M. Kalawski

   53    Director

Robert J. Wentworth

   53    Director

Jacob Kotzubei

   39    Director

Robert Archambault

   44    Chief Executive Officer

Stephen E. Makarewicz

   61    Chief Operating Officer

Terence R. Rogers

   49    Chief Financial Officer

James M. Delaney

   51    President-Global Accounts Division

Directors

Tom Gores has been a director since October 2007. Mr. Gores is the Founder, Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer of Platinum. He serves or has served as an officer and/or director of a number of Platinum’s portfolio companies. Prior to establishing Platinum in 1995, Mr. Gores was an active investor in startup companies. Mr. Gores is involved in philanthropic activities as a member of the board of directors at both St. Joseph’s Hospital and UCLA Medical Center. Mr. Gores holds a Bachelor’s Degree from Michigan State University.

Eva M. Kalawski has been a director since October 2007. Ms. Kalawski joined Platinum in 1997, is a Partner and serves as the firm’s General Counsel and Secretary. Ms. Kalawski serves or has served as an officer and/or director of many of Platinum’s portfolio companies. Prior to joining Platinum in 1997, Ms. Kalawski was Vice President of Human Resources, General Counsel and Secretary for Pilot Software, Inc. Ms. Kalawski earned a Bachelor’s Degree in Political Science and French from Mount Holyoke College and a Juris Doctor from Georgetown University Law Center.

Robert J. Wentworth has been a director since October 2007. Mr. Wentworth joined Platinum in 1997 and is a Partner at the firm. Mr. Wentworth previously served as an officer and/or director for a number of Platinum’s portfolio companies. Prior to joining Platinum in 1997, Mr. Wentworth was President and Chief Executive Officer at Alden Electronics, Inc. where he also served as the company’s Chief Financial Officer. Previously, Mr. Wentworth served as a certified public accountant for fourteen years with Ernst & Young. Mr. Wentworth earned a Bachelor’s Degree in Accounting from Bentley College.

Jacob Kotzubei has been a director since October 2007. Mr. Kotzubei joined Platinum in 2002 and is a Partner at the firm. Mr. Kotzubei serves as an officer and/or director of a number of Platinum’s portfolio companies. Prior to joining Platinum in 2002, Mr. Kotzubei worked for 4  1 / 2 years for Goldman Sachs’ Investment Banking Division in New York City, most recently as a Vice President of the High Tech Group, and was head of the East Coast Semiconductor Group. Previously, he was an attorney at Sullivan & Cromwell LLP in New York City, specializing in mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Kotzubei received a Bachelor’s degree from Wesleyan University and holds a Juris Doctor from Columbia University School of Law where he was elected a member of the Columbia Law Review.

Executive Officers

Robert Archambault has been Chief Executive Officer since October 2007 and is also a Partner with Platinum. Mr. Archambault oversees Platinum’s M&A Operations group and evaluates prospective acquisitions by analyzing operations, strategy and overall fit within the portfolio. Prior to joining Platinum Equity in 1997 as part of the Pilot Software acquisition, Mr. Archambault held the positions of Vice President Business Development, Vice President Professional Services and Vice President Channels, Americas with Pilot, as well as technical support and finance positions with other technology companies. Mr. Archambault received a B.S. in Management from New York Maritime College.

 

83


Table of Contents

Stephen E. Makarewicz has been Chief Operating Officer since October 2007. He was President, Ryerson South, a unit of Ryerson, from June 2000 to October 2007 and President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer of J.M. Metals Company, Inc. from October 1994 until its January 1, 2006 merger with JT Ryerson. Mr. Makarewicz earned a finance degree from the University of Central Florida.

Terence R. Rogers has been Chief Financial Officer since October 2007. He was Vice President—Finance of Ryerson from September 2001 to October 2007 and Treasurer of Ryerson from February 1999 to October 2007. Mr. Rogers earned a B.S. in Accounting from Illinois State University and an M.B.A. in Finance from the University of Michigan.

James M. Delaney has been President, Customer Solutions Team and Chief Customer Officer since June 2000. He was Chief Procurement Officer from September 2001 to January 2006. Mr. Delaney earned a Bachelor’s Degree in History from Brown University and an M.B.A. from the University of Pittsburgh.

Director Independence

None of the members of our Board of Directors is currently “independent” as defined in Item 407(a) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

We do not currently have a designated compensation committee. None of our executive officers has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our Board of Directors. In 2007, Robert Archambault participated in deliberations of our board of directors concerning executive compensation.

Audit Committee

Our entire Board of Directors acts as our audit committee and oversees a broad range of issues surrounding our accounting and financial reporting processes and audits of our financial statements. Our Board of Directors (i) monitors the integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence, and the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm, (ii) assumes direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of any independent registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of performing any audit, review or attest services and for dealing directly with any such accounting firm, (iii) provides a medium for consideration of matters relating to any audit issues and (iv) will prepare the audit committee report that the rules require be included in our filings with the SEC.

Code of Ethics

Our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Ethics which contains the ethical principles by which our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and general counsel, among others, are expected to conduct themselves when carrying out their duties and responsibilities. We will provide a copy of our Code of Ethics to any person, without charge, upon request, by writing to the Compliance Officer, Ryerson Inc., 2621 West 15th Place, Chicago, Illinois 60608 (telephone number (773) 762-2121). We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our Code of Ethics by posting such information on our Website at the address and the locations specified above.

 

84


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Compensation Overview and Objectives

From and after the time when our stock ceased to be publicly-traded on October 19, 2007, compensation decisions with respect to our named executive officers have generally been based on the goal of achieving performance at levels necessary to provide meaningful returns to our primary stockholder upon an ultimate liquidity event. To this end, our post-merger compensation decisions have been primarily based on the goal of recruiting, retaining and motivating individuals who can help us meet and exceed our financial and operational goals. Our board of directors, together with our primary stockholder, is currently reevaluating our compensation policies and objectives and expects to develop a comprehensive compensation and benefit package that will reflect our commitment to reward employees for outstanding service.

Determination of Compensation

Since October 19, 2007, our board of directors, in consultation with our primary stockholder, has been responsible for establishing and making decisions with respect to our compensation and benefit plans generally, including all compensation decisions relating to our named executive officers. All compensation decisions relating to the named executive officers prior to the merger were made by our compensation committee, which was disbanded as of the effective date of the merger. As a result, this compensation discussion and analysis focuses on the compensation philosophy and decisions of our board of directors, as currently in effect. Following this exchange offer, we anticipate that the following individuals will serve as executive officers: (i) Rob Archambault, our interim Chief Executive Officer, (ii) Stephen E. Makarewicz, our President and Chief Operating Officer, (iii) Terence R. Rogers, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and (iv) James M. Delaney, our President of Global Accounts.

In determining the levels and mix of compensation, the board of directors has not generally relied on formulaic guidelines but rather seeks to maintain a flexible compensation program that allows it to adapt components and levels of compensation to motivate and reward individual executives within the context of our desire to maximize stockholder value. Subjective factors considered in compensation determinations include an executive’s skills and capabilities, contributions as a member of the executive management team, contributions to our overall performance, and whether the total compensation potential and structure is sufficient to ensure the retention of an executive when considering the compensation potential that may be available elsewhere. In making its determination, our board of directors has not previously undertaken any formal benchmarking or review any formal surveys of compensation for our competitors, although the Board has had the benefit of reviewing market data compiled by Hewitt Associates, a nationally recognized independent compensation and benefits consultant, that was prepared for the compensation committee prior to the merger.

Post-Merger Components of Compensation for 2007

From October 19, 2007 through December 31, 2007, the compensation provided to our named executive officers consisted of the same elements generally available to our non-executive employees, including base salary, annual bonus, perquisites and retirement and other benefits, each of which is described in more detail below. Although our executive officers historically participated in some form of equity-based compensation plan, all equity awards were either cancelled or cashed out in connection with the merger and all of our stock incentive plans were terminated. Our board of directors has not adopted a new stock incentive plan to date.

Following the merger, the employment of our former chief executive officer terminated and our Board appointed Rob Archambault to serve as our interim Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Archambault is a partner at Platinum and receives no compensation from us in connection with his service as our interim Chief Executive Officer. See the “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” section herein for a description of the advisory fees paid by us to Platinum.

 

85


Table of Contents

Base Salary

The base salary payable to each named executive officer (other than our interim Chief Executive Officer) is

intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities, as well as recruit top executives. In determining base salary for any particular year, the board of directors generally considers, among other factors, competitive market practice, individual performance for the prior year, the mix of fixed compensation to overall compensation, and any minimum guarantees afforded to the named executive officer pursuant to any agreement. In connection with Mr. Makarewicz’s appointment as our new President and Chief Operation Officer following the merger our board of directors increased his base salary by approximately 12%, in recognition of his increased responsibilities. Similarly, in connection with Mr. Rogers’ appointment as our new Chief Financial Officer following the merger, the board of directors increased his base salary by approximately 24%, in recognition of his increased responsibilities.

Annual Bonus

Prior to the merger, the compensation committee adopted a short-term incentive plan, the Ryerson Annual Incentive Plan, pursuant to which our key managers, including our named executive officers, were eligible to receive a performance-based cash bonus tied to our achievement of specified financial performance targets for 2007. Each participant’s threshold, target and maximum performance measures for 2007 were established by the compensation committee prior to the merger. No cash bonuses are payable unless we achieve the threshold set for it.

For 2007, the compensation committee determined that “OROOA” (adjusted operating profit divided by operating assets) should be used as the performance measure for Company and business unit financial performance. OROOA balances revenue growth with profitability, expense management and asset management. Improvements in these areas increase our value. A threshold (or minimum) OROOA was set that must have been achieved before any cash bonuses were paid; 30% of the target cash bonus was payable if the threshold OROOA was attained, 100% of target cash bonus was payable if target OROOA was attained and 200% of the target cash bonus was payable if maximum OROOA was attained.

The board of directors generally views the use of cash bonuses as an effective means to compensate our named executive officers for achieving our annual financial goals which will ultimately provide meaningful returns to our primary stockholder upon a future liquidity event. Following the merger, the Board increased Mr. Rogers’ and Mr. Makarewicz’s target bonuses to 75% and 100% of base salary, respectively, for the last two months of 2007, to reflect their increased responsibilities. The target bonuses for Messrs. Makarewicz, Rogers, and Delaney were 60%, 45% and 55% of their respective base salaries for 2007. Mr. Makarewicz’ 2007 bonus was based 66.7% on performance against the South Region OROOA target of 12.5% and 33.3% on the Chicago Division’s OROOA target of 4.5%. The South Region exceeded its established target and the Chicago Division did not attain the threshold performance level. Mr. Makarewicz received a bonus that exceeded his target bonus. Mr. Rogers’ 2007 bonus was based on the our corporate OROOA target of 9.4%. Actual performance exceeded the threshold level but fell below 9.4%; therefore, Mr. Rogers’ bonus was below his target bonus. Mr. Delaney had a portion of his bonus tied to our corporate OROOA target of 9.4% and the remainder tied to profit dollar targets for customers assigned to the Global Accounts unit. Actual performance with respect to the Global Accounts portion exceeded the established targets; therefore, Mr. Delaney’s bonus payment exceeded his target bonus amount.

Retirement Benefits

We currently sponsor both a qualified defined benefit pension plan and a nonqualified supplemental pension plan, both or which were frozen as of December 31, 1997. All decisions with respect to these pension plans were made prior to the merger.

 

86


Table of Contents

Prior to the merger, we adopted a tax-qualified employee savings and retirement plan, covering all of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers. Under the 401(k) plan, employees may elect to reduce their current compensation up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit and have the amount of such reduction contributed to the plan. From time to time, we match contributions made by our employees and make other contributions, up to certain pre-established limits. Our named executive officers participate in the 401(k) plan on the same basis as our other employees, except that the rules governing 401(k) plans with regard to highly compensated employees may limit our named executive officers from achieving the maximum amount of contributions under the plan.

Prior to the merger, we also adopted a nonqualified savings plan, which is an unfunded, nonqualified plan that allows highly compensated employees who make the maximum annual 401(k) contributions allowed by the IRS to the Ryerson Savings Plan to make additional deferrals in excess of the IRS limits. Each of the named executive officers (other than our interim Chief Executive Officer) participates in this plan on the same terms as other eligible employees.

Perquisites and Other Benefits

Prior to the merger, the compensation committee provided each of Mr. Makarewicz and Mr. Delaney with a company-leased automobile and financial planning and tax preparation services. The board of directors has decided to continue these perquisites in effect in an effort to retain the services of Messrs. Makarewicz and Delaney.

Change in Control Agreements

Prior to the merger, the compensation committee entered into change in control agreements with each of the named executive officers (other than our interim Chief Executive Officer) pursuant to which the executives will be entitled to enhanced severance benefits in the event that their employment is terminated by us without cause or for good reason prior to October 19, 2009. These agreements, by their terms, cannot be unilaterally terminated prior to October 19, 2009 and therefore continue in full force and effect. The estimates of the value of the benefits potentially payable under these agreements, are set out below under the caption “Potential Payments Upon Termination Or Change In Control.”

Employment/Severance, Non-compete and Non-solicitation Agreements

Prior to the merger, each of the named executive officers (other than our interim Chief Executive Officer) entered into employment/severance, noncompete or similar arrangements which set the executive’s title, base annual salary, cash bonus percentage and other compensation elements, and impose a post-termination confidentiality, non-compete and non-solicitation period on an executive who leaves for any reason. Additionally, each employment agreement provides for severance upon a termination by us without cause or by the named executive officer for good reason. The terms of these employment agreements may not be unilaterally amended by us and, as a result, they remain in full force and effect.

 

87


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

The following table shows compensation of our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer and two other executive officers. The table includes compensation paid by us and our subsidiaries.

2007 Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year    Salary ($)   Stock
Awards ($)
(4)
  Non Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  Change in
Pension and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($) (5)
  All other
Compensation
($) (6)
  Total
($)

Robert Archambault
Interim Chief Executive Officer (1)

  2007    0   0   0   0   0   0

Stephen E. Makarewicz
President and Chief Operating Officer (2)

  2007    341,758   170,000   188,013   34,275   40,610   774,656

Terence R. Rogers
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (3)

  2007    251,955   0   138,003   0   17,848   407,806

James M. Delaney
President—Global Accounts

  2007    278,760   0   216,950   718   41,182   537,610

 

(1) Mr. Archambault is currently a director at our primary stockholder and receives no compensation from us in connection with his service as our interim Chief Executive Officer. See the “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” section herein for a description of the advisory fees paid by us to Platinum.

 

(2) Mr. Makarewicz was appointed as our President and Chief Operating Officer as of October 19, 2007. Prior to such time, he served as our President, South Region and Vice President, Chicago Division.

 

(3) Mr. Rogers was appointed as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer as of October 19, 2007. Prior to such time, he served as our Vice President – Finance and Treasurer.

 

(4) Represents the compensation cost we recognized for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to the applicable fiscal year in accordance with FAS 123(R). For additional information on the calculation of the compensation expense including the valuation assumptions used within the option-pricing model, please refer to note 1 of our consolidated financial statements contained herein.

 

(5) Shows the aggregate change in the actuarial present value of the named executive officer’s accumulated benefit under our qualified pension plan and supplemental pension plan, from September 30, 2006 (the pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to our audited financial statements for 2006) to September 30, 2007 (the pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to our audited financial statements for 2007). We do not pay above-market or preferential earnings on compensation deferred under our nonqualified defined contribution plan, the nonqualified savings plan.

 

(6) In 2007, we contributed to our qualified savings plan $13,287, $14,056 and $14,066 for Messrs. Makarewicz, Rogers, and Delaney, respectively, and contributed $2,082 to Mr. Makarewicz’s account in our nonqualified savings plan. Also included in “All Other Compensations” is imputed income from personal use of a company-provided leased car, personal use of company-provided club memberships, restricted stock dividends and company-provided financial services.

 

88


Table of Contents

GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS

 

Name

  Plan*   Grant
Date
  Estimated Possible Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive Plan
Awards (1)
  All Other
Stock
Awards:
# of
Shares of
Stock or
Units (#)
  Grant of
Fair
Market
Value
Stock
Awards
($)
      Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
(#)
  Threshold
(#)
  Target
(#)
  Maximum
($)
   

Robert Archambault

  —     —                  

Stephen E. Makarewicz

  AIP   1/24/2007   60,085   200,282   400,565          
  2002 ISP   1/24/2007         4,500   15,000   30,000     1,110,890
  NSP (2)   2/1/2007               335.41   10,483
  NSP (2)   5/1/2007               185.79   7,497
  NSP (2)   8/1/2007               9.247   302
  2002 ISP   3/1/2007               5,000   170,000

Terence R. Rogers

  AIP   1/24/2007   32,677   108,923   217,847          
  2002 ISP   1/24/2007         2,700   9,000   18,000     619,302
  NSP (2)   2/1/2007               8.52   266
  NSP (2)   5/1/2007               15.42   622
  NSP (2)   8/1/2007               1.79   59

James M. Delaney

  AIP   1/24/2007   46,225   154,085   308,167          
  2002 ISP   1/24/2007         3,300   11,000   22,000     799,500
  NSP (2)   2/1/2007               4.77   149
  NSP (2)   5/1/2007               3.7   149
  NSP (2)   8/1/2007               4.58   150

 

* AIP = Ryerson Annual Incentive Plan; 2002 ISP = Ryerson 2002 Incentive Stock Plan (terminated in connection with the merger); NSP = Ryerson Nonqualified Savings Plan

 

(1) Represents estimated payouts of performance units granted in January 2007. These awards were terminated as of the effective time of the merger in exchange for a cash payment.

 

(2) Amounts deferred pursuant to the NSP are deemed invested in our phantom stock units, which track the value of our common stock.

Narrative Disclosure Relating to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-based Awards Table

Employment Agreement

We are currently a party to employment agreements with each of our named executive officers (other than our interim Chief Executive Officer). The severance provisions in the employment agreements have been superseded by the severance provisions contained in the change in control agreements described below. The employment agreements set a minimum base salary and target bonus for each employee, but the compensation paid to our named executive officers exceeds the minimum amounts provided in the employment agreements. The employment agreements contain customary confidentiality and invention assignment provisions and also contain customary post-termination, noncompete and nonsolicit covenants which generally run for a 24 month period following any termination.

Change in Control Agreements

Prior to the merger, we entered into change in control agreements with Messrs. Makarewicz, Rogers and Delaney. Pursuant to the change in control agreements, in the event that we terminate the executive’s employment without cause or he resigns for “good reason” (as defined in the agreements) within 24 months following a change in control (which occurred on October 19, 2007), he will be entitled to (i) a lump sum

 

89


Table of Contents

payment in an amount equal to 2 times the sum of his base salary and target bonus, (ii) a pro rata cash bonus for the year of termination, (iii) continued welfare benefits for up to 24 months following termination, (iv) an additional 2 years of age and service credit for purposes of determining eligibility for retiree health and life insurance benefits, (v) reimbursement for any legal fees and expenses incurred by the executive as result of the employment termination, (vi) up to two (2) years of financial advisory services, and (vii) certain outplacement services. The payments and benefits payable under the change in control agreements will be reduced by up to 15% to the extent necessary to avoid the excise tax imposed by under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). If such a reduction will not avoid the imposition of the excise tax, the named executive officer will be entitled to a gross-up payment to offset any excise tax imposed on the payments made in connection with the change in control. Additionally, each of Messrs. Makarewicz, Rogers and Delaney is entitled to an additional gross-up payment in the event that he becomes subject to the penalty tax imposed by Section 409A of the Code.

The change in control agreements include customary post-termination confidentiality, noncompete and nonsolicit covenants, which are substantially similar to the noncompete and nonsolicit provisions in the employment agreements described above.

Stock Incentive Plans and Awards

In connection with the merger all outstanding stock based awards were cancelled and were either paid out in cash or converted to the right to receive $34.50 per share. All of our stock incentive plans were terminated at the effective time of the merger.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-end 2007

There were no outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end 2007.

2007 Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table presents option exercises during 2007 and the aggregate dollar amount realized by the named executive officers upon the exercise of the options and the vesting of the stock.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested During Fiscal Year

 

     Option Awards (1)    Stock Awards (1)

Name

   Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise (#)
   Value Realized on
Exercise ($)
   Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting (#)
   Value Realized on
Vesting ($)

Robert Archambault

   0      0    0      0

Stephen E. Makarewicz

   99,470    $ 2,124,996    43,672    $ 1,506,722

Terence R. Rogers

   65,000    $ 1,517,632    28,072    $ 968,550

James M. Delaney

   64,693    $ 1,365,252    36,877    $ 1,272,287

 

(1) In connection with the merger all outstanding stock based awards (options and restricted shares) vested and were either paid out in cash or converted to the right to receive $34.50 per share.

 

90


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

 

Pension Benefits

Name

   Plan Name    Number of Years
Credited Service (#) (1)
   Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit ($) (2)

Robert Archambault

   —      —      —  

Stephen E. Makarewicz

   Pension Plan

Supplemental Pension Plan

   19.33

19.33

   477,293

251,334

Terence R. Rogers

   Pension Plan

Supplemental Pension Plan

   3.67

3.67

   28,555

0

James M. Delaney

   Pension Plan

Supplemental Pension Plan

   18.42

18.42

   186,166

0

 

(1) Computed as of September 30, 2007, the same pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to our audited financial statements for the last completed fiscal year.

 

(2) The actuarial present value of the named executive officer’s accumulated benefit under the relevant plan, assuming retirement at age 65 with at least 5 years of credited service, computed as of September 30, 2007, the same pension plan measurement date used for financial planning statement reporting purposes with respect to our audited financial statements for the last completed fiscal year. The valuation method and material assumptions applied in quantifying the present value of the current accrued benefits under each of the pension plan and the supplemental pension plan are: the discount rate used to value the present value of accumulated benefits is 6.50%.

Narrative Disclosure to the Pension Benefits Table

We froze benefit and service accruals under both our qualified pension plan and our nonqualified supplemental pension plan, effective as of December 31, 1997.

Qualified Pension Plan

Full pension benefits are payable to eligible employees (including our named executive officers, other than our interim Chief Executive Officer) who, as of the date of separation from employment, are (i) age 65 or older with at least 5 years of vesting service, (ii) age 55 or older with at least 10 years of vesting service, or (iii) any age with at least 30 years of vesting service. Benefits may be reduced depending on age and service when an individual retires and/or chooses to have benefit payments begin. Benefits are reduced under (ii) above if voluntary retirement commences prior to the employee reaching age 62 with at least 15 years of vesting service. Benefits are not reduced if the age and service conditions under (i) or (iii) are met.

In general, benefits for salaried employees are based on two factors: (i) years of benefit service prior to the freeze date of the pension benefit, and (ii) average monthly earnings, based on the highest 36 months of earnings during the participant’s last ten years of service prior to the freeze date of the participant’s pension benefit.

Supplemental Pension Plan

The Code imposes annual limits on contributions to and benefits payable from our qualified pension plan. Our nonqualified supplemental pension plan provided benefits to highly compensated employees (including our named executive officers, other than our interim Chief Executive Officer) in excess of the limits imposed by the Code. The supplemental pension plan payments are normally paid on a monthly basis following retirement, along with the qualified plan monthly payments, however, the supplemental pension plan does allow payment of the

 

91


Table of Contents

benefits under the supplemental plan in a lump sum at retirement, in installments, or by purchase of an annuity if the plan participant is age 55 or older, has at least 5 years of service, and earned annual compensation exceeding $200,000.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in Last Fiscal
Year ($)
   Registrant
Contributions
in Last Fiscal
Year ($)
   Aggregate
Earnings in
Last Fiscal
Year ($) (1)
   Aggregate
Balance at
Last Fiscal
Year End
($)

Robert Archambault

   0    0    0    0

Stephen E. Makarewicz

   11,675    7,412    2,222    189,796

Terence R. Rogers

   1,078    2,714    869    35,394

James M. Delaney

   2,151    7,074    2,147    131,419

 

 

(1) All account balances are deferred to a cash account which is credited with interest at the rate paid by our 401(k) savings plan’s Managed Income Portfolio Fund II fund, which in 2007 ranged from 0.33% to 0.38%, compounded monthly. Interest earned on deferred cash accounts was, for Mr. Makarewicz, $1,507, Mr. Rogers, $797, and Mr. Delaney, $1,699. Prior to October, 2007 the portion of each executive’s account balance deferred to the phantom stock unit account earned dividend equivalents paid at the same time and in the same amount as dividends paid to the holders of our common stock. In 2007, each outstanding share of common stock and each phantom stock unit earned dividends at the rate of $0.05 per share paid quarterly, or $0.15 for the year. The dollar value of dividends credited to each named executive officer’s deferred phantom stock unit account for 2007 is Mr. Makarewicz, $715; Mr. Rogers, $72: and Mr. Delaney, $448. On October 19, 2007, each phantom stock unit was converted to cash valued at $34.50 per phantom stock unit and that cash value was credited to each participant’s cash account.

Narrative Disclosure of Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

The Code imposes annual limits on employee contributions to our 401(k) savings plan. Our nonqualified savings plan is an unfunded, nonqualified plan that allows highly compensated employees who make the maximum annual 401(k) contributions to defer, on a pre-tax basis, amounts in excess of the limits applicable to deferrals under our 401(k) savings plan. Our nonqualified savings plan allows deferred amounts to be notionally invested in the Managed Income Portfolio Fund II (or any successor fund) that is available to the participants in our 401(k) savings plan. Prior to the merger, deferred amounts could also be notionally invested in our phantom stock units.

Generally, each of our named executive officers (other than our interim Chief Operating Officer) is eligible to, and participates in, our nonqualified savings plan. Our named executive officers will be entitled to the vested balance of their respective accounts when they retire or otherwise terminate employment. Participants are generally permitted to choose whether the benefits paid following their retirement will be paid in a lump sum or installments, with all amounts to be paid by the end of the calendar year in which the employee reaches age 75. For participants terminating employment for reasons other than retirement, the account balance is payable in a lump sum by no later than 60 days after the 1-year anniversary of the termination of employment.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change In Control

Pursuant to the change in control agreements that were entered into with each our named executive officers (other than our interim Chief Executive Officer) prior to the merger, the material terms of which have been summarized above in the “Narrative Disclosure Relating to the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of

 

92


Table of Contents

Plan-Based Awards Table”, upon certain terminations of employment, our named executive officers are entitled to payments of compensation and benefits. The table below reflects the amount of compensation and benefits payable to each named executive officer in the event of (i) termination for cause or without good reason (“voluntary termination”), (ii) termination other than for cause or with good reason (“involuntary termination”), and (iii) termination by reason of an executive’s death or disability. Since the merger constituted a change in control, the severance benefits payable, if any, upon a termination of employment that occurs on or prior to October 19, 2009 will be governed by the terms of the change in control agreements. The amounts shown assume that the applicable triggering event occurred on December 31, 2007, and therefore, are estimates of the amounts that would be paid to the named executive officers upon the occurrence of such triggering event.

 

Name

  Reason for
Termination
  Cash
Severance
($)
  Pro Rata
Target
Bonus ($)
  Enhanced
Retirement
Benefits ($)
  Continued
Welfare
Benefits
($)
  Outplacement
Services ($)
  280G
Gross-Up
($)
  Total ($)

Mr. Archambault

  Voluntary   0   0   0   0   0   0   0
  Involuntary   0   0   0   0   0   0   0
  Death or Disability   0   0   0   0   0   0   0

Mr. Makarewicz

  Voluntary   750,000   500,000   0   47,424   18,000   0   1,315,424
  Involuntary   0   0   0   0   0   0   0
  Death or Disability   1,438   0   0   0   0   0   1,438

Mr. Rogers

  Voluntary   600,000   300,000   0   50,964   18,000   0   968,964
  Involuntary   0   0   0   0   0   0   0
  Death or Disability   1,151   0   0   0   0   0   1,151

Mr. Delaney

  Voluntary   560,304   308,168   240,821   135,347   18,000   0   1,021,819
  Involuntary   0   0   0   0   0   0   0
  Death or Disability   1,107   0   0   0   0   0   1,107

Director Compensation

We did not pay our current directors any compensation for serving on the Board during 2007.

 

93


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

On October 19, 2007, Merger Sub merged with and into Ryerson Inc. which became a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent. The merger was consummated for a cash purchase price of $1,065 million, plus the assumption of $653 million of debt. As the surviving corporation, Ryerson Inc. assumed by operation of law all rights and obligations under the initial notes issued by Merger Sub. The business of Ryerson, after giving effect to the merger, is the same as the business of Ryerson before the merger. Parent and Merger Sub were formed by Platinum solely for the purpose of entering into the merger agreement and completing the merger.

To finance a portion of the merger, Platinum made an investment in Parent of approximately $500 million, which was contributed as equity to Merger Sub. Platinum owns approximately 99% of the capital stock of Parent.

We are party to a corporate advisory services agreement (the “Services Agreement”) with Platinum Equity Advisors, LLC (“Platinum Advisors”), an affiliate of Platinum. Under the terms of the Services Agreement, Platinum Advisors provides to us certain general business, management, administrative and financial advice. In consideration of these and other services, we pay an annual advisory fee to Platinum Advisors of no greater than $5,000,000. The Services Agreement will continue in effect until terminated by Platinum Advisors. In addition to the fees paid to Platinum pursuant to the Services Agreement, we will pay Platinum’s out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with providing management services to us.

On May 10, 20086, Platinum, through its affiliates, acquired PNA Group Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, or PNA, a leading national steel service group that distributes steel products throughout the United States. During the three months ended March 31, 2008, Ryerson’s purchases from PNA totaled $1.0 million and net sales to PNA from Ryerson were immaterial.

Policies and Procedures Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Any transaction of the Company that is required to be reported under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K is disclosed to the full board of directors and is reviewed and approved in accordance with applicable law. In addition, our indenture governing our notes contains provisions restricting our ability to enter into transactions with affiliates. Any such transaction must be made on terms no less favorable to us than it would be if we entered into a similar relationship with an unaffiliated third party. Other than the provisions in the indenture governing our notes we do not have written policies and procedures evidencing the foregoing. The entire board is responsible for overseeing the application of these polices and procedures.

 

94


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER

All of our issued and outstanding capital stock is held by Parent. Approximately 99% of Parent’s issued and outstanding 5,000,000 shares of common stock is beneficially owned by Platinum.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of Parent common stock as of July 1, 2008. None of our directors or executive officers beneficially owns any Parent common stock.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock listed as beneficially owned by them. As of July 1, 2008, there were eight registered holders of Parent common stock.

 

     Shares
Beneficially
Owned
 

Beneficial Owner

   Number    Percent  

Platinum (1)(2)

   4,950,000    99 %

 

(1) Consists of (i) 711,236.84 shares of common stock held by Platinum Equity Capital Partners, L.P., (ii) 132,868.42 shares of common stock held by Platinum Equity Capital Partners-PF, L.P., (iii) 195,394.74 shares of common stock held by Platinum Equity Capital Partners-A, L.P.; (iv) 2,214,997.05 shares of common stock held by Platinum Equity Capital Partners II, L.P.; (v) 340,269.59 shares of common stock held by Platinum Equity Capital Partners-PF II, L.P.; (vi) 365,233.36 shares of common stock held by Platinum Equity Capital Partners-A II, L.P.; and (vii) 990,000 shares of common stock held by Platinum Rhombus Principals, LLC. Platinum Equity, LLC is the beneficial owner of each of the Platinum entities listed above and Tom Gores is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Platinum Equity, LLC. Mr. Gores may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock of Parent held beneficially by Platinum Equity, LLC. Mr. Gores disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares of common stock of Parent that are held by each of the Platinum entities listed above with respect to which Mr. Gores does not have a pecuniary interest therein.

 

(2) Address is 360 North Crescent Drive, Beverly Hills, California 90210.

 

95


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

Credit Facility

General

We are a party to a five year senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility with Bank of America, N.A. that allows us to borrow up to $1,350.0 million of revolving loans, including a Canadian subfacility and a letter of credit subfacility with a maximum availability of $150.0 million.

Availability under the Credit Facility is determined by a U.S. and a Canadian borrowing base of specified percentages of our eligible inventories and accounts receivable, but in no event in excess of $1,350.0 million. All borrowings under the Credit Facility are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including absence of a default and accuracy of representations and warranties. As of March 31, 2008, we had outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility of $635.0 million.

Interest and fees

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to:

 

   

in the case of borrowings in U.S. Dollars, the applicable margin plus, at our option, either (1) a base rate determined by reference to the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. or (2) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in the currency of such borrowing for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs; or

 

   

in the case of borrowings in Canadian Dollars, the applicable margin plus, at our option, either (1) a rate determined by reference to Canadian dollar bankers’ acceptances (the “BA rate”) or (2) a Canadian prime rate.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility are based on the base rate and Canadian prime rate borrowings plus a spread or LIBOR and BA rate plus a spread. The initial applicable margin may be reduced based on excess availability.

We are also required to pay the lenders under the Credit Facility a commitment fee in respect of unused commitments ranging from 0.25% to 0.35% per annum based on the average usage of the Credit Facility over a specified measurement period. The initial commitment fee paid by us on October 19, 2007 was 1.0%. We are also required to pay customary letter of credit and agency fees.

Guarantors and Collateral

Certain of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries act as co-borrowers. Our other existing and future domestic subsidiaries guarantee the obligations under the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility is secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of our, and our current and future domestic subsidiaries’ current assets, including accounts receivable, inventory and related general intangibles and proceeds of the foregoing, and certain other assets (in each case subject to exceptions to be agreed). In addition, one of our Canadian subsidiaries acts as a borrower under the Canadian subfacility. Obligations under the Canadian subfacility of the Credit Facility are also guaranteed by, and secured by a first-priority security interest in the comparable assets of our Canadian subsidiaries. The Credit Facility is also guaranteed by Parent.

Incremental Facility Amounts

The Credit Facility also permits us to increase the aggregate amount of the Credit Facility from time to time in minimum tranches of $100,000,000 and up to a maximum aggregate amount of $400,000,000 subject to certain conditions and adjustments. The existing lenders under the Credit Facility will be entitled, but not obligated, to provide the incremental commitments.

 

96


Table of Contents

Covenants, Representations and Other Matters

The Credit Facility also includes negative covenants restricting or limiting our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to, among other things:

 

   

incur, assume or permit to exist indebtedness or guarantees;

 

   

incur liens;

 

   

make loans and investments;

 

   

enter into joint ventures;

 

   

declare dividends, make payments on or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

engage in mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations;

 

   

prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness, including the notes offered hereby;

 

   

make certain capital expenditures;

 

   

sell assets;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

alter the business that we conduct.

These negative covenants are subject to certain baskets and exceptions.

A minimum fixed charge coverage ratio will be applicable under the Credit Facility only if (i) less than the greater of (x) $125 million and (y) 10% of the borrowing base under our Credit Facility were available for at least five consecutive business days or (ii) if less than $100 million under the Credit Facility were available at any time.

The Credit Facility contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults and cross-acceleration to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, judgments, actual or asserted failure of any guaranty or security document supporting the Credit Facility in certain cases to be in full force and effect, and change of control (to be defined). If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under the Credit Facility will be entitled to take various actions, including acceleration of amounts due under the Credit Facility and all other actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

Amortization and Final Maturity

There is no scheduled amortization under the Credit Facility. The principal amount outstanding of the loans under the Credit Facility will be due and payable in full at maturity on October 19, 2012. If at any time the aggregate amount of outstanding loans, unreimbursed letter of credit drawings and undrawn letters of credit under the Credit Facility exceeds the lesser of (1) the commitment amount and (2) the borrowing base, we will be required to repay outstanding loans or cash collateralize letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to such excess, with no reduction of the commitment amount. In addition, Ryerson will be required to repay outstanding loans or cash collateralize letters of credit with the proceeds from certain assets sales, in such amount as is necessary if excess availability under the Credit Facility is less than a predetermined amount. If excess availability under the Credit Facility is less than such predetermined amount or certain events of default have occurred under the Credit Facility, we will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit with the cash we are required to deposit daily in a collection account maintained with the agent under the Credit Facility.

2011 Notes

At March 31, 2008, $4.1 million of the 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2011 remained outstanding. The 2011 Notes pay interest semi-annually and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Ryerson Procurement Corporation, on a senior unsecured basis. The 2011 Notes mature on December 15, 2011.

The 2011 Notes contained covenants, substantially all of which were removed pursuant to an amendment of the indenture governing the 2011 Notes as a result of the tender offer to repurchase the notes upon the merger.

 

97


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES

On October 19, 2007, Merger Sub issued the initial notes under the Indenture. Concurrently with the issuance of the initial notes, Merger Sub merged into Ryerson Inc., and the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub thereupon ceased, with Ryerson Inc. assuming all obligations of Merger Sub, including all obligations of Merger Sub in respect of the Notes. For purposes of this section of this prospectus, references to the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar terms shall mean Ryerson Inc., without its subsidiaries. As used in this “Description of the Exchange Notes,” except as the context otherwise requires, the term “Notes” refers to both the initial notes and the exchange notes, as well as any additional notes that the Company may issue from time to time under the Indenture. The form and terms of the exchange notes are substantially identical to the form and terms of the initial notes, except that the exchange notes:

 

   

will be registered under the Securities Act; and

 

   

will not bear any legends restricting transfer.

In connection with the offerings of the initial notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchaser of the initial notes. In the registration rights agreement, we agreed to offer our new exchange notes, which will be registered under the Securities Act in exchange for the initial notes. The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement. We also agreed to deliver this prospectus to the holders of the initial notes. See “The Exchange Offer”.

The statements under this caption relating to the Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents (as defined below) are summaries and are not a complete description thereof, and where reference is made to particular provisions, such provisions, including the definitions of certain terms, are qualified in their entirety by reference to all of the provisions of the Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents and those terms made part of the Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The definitions of certain capitalized terms used in the following summary are set forth below under “—Certain Definitions.” Unless otherwise indicated, references under this caption to Sections or Articles are references to sections and articles of the Indenture. A copy of the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement are available upon request from the Company.

General

On October 19, 2007, we completed offerings of $150 million aggregate principal amount of floating rate senior secured notes due 2014 and $425 million aggregate principal amount of 12% senior secured notes due 2015. The Company may issue additional notes that are Fixed Rate Notes or Floating Rate Notes (the “Additional Notes”) under the Indenture, subject to the limitations described below under the covenant “Limitation on Incurrence of Debt” and “Limitation on Liens” (including the “Permitted Additional Note Obligations” definition). The Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture would be treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. The Additional Notes will be secured, equally and ratably with the Notes, by the Liens on the Collateral described below under the caption “—Security.”

Fixed Rate Notes

Interest on the Fixed Rate Notes is payable at 12% per annum. Interest on the Fixed Rate Notes is payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on May 1 and November 1. The Company will make each interest payment to the Holders of record of the Fixed Rate Notes on the immediately preceding April 15 and October 15. Interest on the Fixed Rate Notes accrues from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the Issue Date with respect to the Fixed Rate Notes.

 

98


Table of Contents

Floating Rate Notes

The Floating Rate Notes bear interest at a rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 7.375%, as determined by an agent appointed by the Company to calculate LIBOR for purposes of the Indenture (the “Calculation Agent”), which shall initially be the Trustee.

Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the Indenture relating to the calculation of interest on the Floating Rate Notes.

Bloomberg Page BBAM1 ” means the display designated as “Page BBAM1” on the Bloomberg service (or any successor service or such other page as may replace Page BBAM1 on that service or any successor service).

Determination Date ” with respect to an Interest Period, will be the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of the Interest Period.

Interest Period ” means the period commencing on and including an interest payment date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include January 31, 2008.

LIBOR ,” with respect to an Interest Period, will be the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in United States dollars for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date that appears on Bloomberg Page BBAM1 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Determination Date. If Bloomberg Page BBAM1 does not include such a rate or is unavailable on a Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of four major banks in the London interbank market, as selected by the Company, to provide such bank’s offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in a Representative Amount in United States dollars for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two such offered quotations are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are so provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in New York City, as selected by the Company, to provide such bank’s rate (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such Determination Date, for loans in a Representative Amount in United States dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two such rates are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such rates. If fewer than two such rates are so provided, then LIBOR for the Interest Period will be LIBOR in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Period.

London Banking Day ” is any day in which dealings in United States dollars are transacted or, with respect to any future date, are expected to be transacted in the London interbank market.

Representative Amount ” means U.S. $1,000,000.

The amount of interest for each day that the Notes are outstanding ( the “Daily Interest Amount”) will be calculated by dividing the interest rate in effect for such day by 360 and multiplying the result by the principal amount of the Floating Rate Notes. The amount of interest to be paid on the Floating Rate Notes for each Interest Period will be calculated by adding the Daily Interest Amounts for each day in the Interest Period.

All percentages resulting from any of the above calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upwards (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)) and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards).

The interest rate on the Floating Rate Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law of general application.

 

99


Table of Contents

The Calculation Agent will, upon the request of the Holder of any Floating Rate Note, provide the interest rate then in effect with respect to the Notes. All calculations made by the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error will be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Company and the Holders of the Floating Rate Notes.

Interest is payable quarterly on each February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1. The Company will pay interest to those Persons who were holders of record on the January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 immediately preceding the applicable interest payment date. The Floating Rate Notes bear interest from the Issue Date or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid.

Terms Applicable to All Notes

Principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes is payable, and the Notes are transferable, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purposes, which, initially, will be the office of the Trustee or an agent thereof; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the Person entitled thereto as shown on the security register. The Notes will be issued only in fully registered form without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer, exchange or redemption of Notes, except in certain circumstances for any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. As described under “—Registration Rights; Additional Interest,” Additional Interest may accrue and be payable under the circumstances set forth therein. References herein to “interest” shall be deemed to include any such Additional Interest.

The principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes is payable, and the Notes are exchangeable and transferable, at office or agency of the Company maintained for such purposes, which initially is the corporate trust office of the Trustee, located at Sixth & Marquette, N9303-121, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479.

Guarantees

The Notes are guaranteed, on a full, joint and several basis, by the Guarantors pursuant to a guarantee (the “Note Guarantees”). On the Issue Date, each of our domestic subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or guarantee the Credit Agreement were Guarantors. The Note Guarantees are senior secured obligations of each Guarantor and rank equal with all existing and future senior Debt of such Guarantor and senior to all subordinated Debt of such Guarantor. The Indenture provides that the obligations of a Guarantor under its Note Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the obligations of such Guarantor under the Note Guarantee not to be deemed to constitute a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law. The Note Guarantees will be secured by Liens on the Collateral described below under “—Security.”

As of the date of the Indenture, all of our Subsidiaries were “Restricted Subsidiaries.” However, under the circumstances described below under the subheading “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries,” any of our Subsidiaries may be designated as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to many of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture and will not guarantee the Notes, Claims of creditors of non-guarantor Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, secured creditors and creditors holding debt and guarantees issued by those Subsidiaries, and claims of preferred stockholders (if any) of those subsidiaries generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of those subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of the Company, including holders of the Notes.

The Indenture provides that in the event of a sale or other transfer or disposition of all of the Capital Interests in any Guarantor to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company in compliance with the terms of the Indenture, or in the event all or substantially all the assets or Capital Interests of a Guarantor are sold or otherwise transferred, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company in compliance with the terms of the Indenture, then such Guarantor (or the Person concurrently

 

100


Table of Contents

acquiring such assets of such Guarantor) shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged of any obligations under its Note Guarantee and any liens granted thereby in support thereof, as evidenced by a supplemental indenture executed by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, without any further action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder; provided that the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying that the Net Cash Proceeds of such sale or other disposition will be applied in accordance with the “Limitation on Asset Sales” covenant.

Not all of our Subsidiaries guarantee the Notes. The Notes are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all Debt and other liabilities (including trade payables and lease obligations) of Subsidiaries that do not provide Note Guarantees. As of March 31, 2008, our Subsidiaries which are not Guarantors represented approximately 7% of our liabilities, 12% of our total assets, 11% of our net sales and 23% of our EBITDA.

Ranking

Ranking of the Notes

The Notes are senior secured obligations of the Company. As a result, the Notes rank:

 

   

equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior Debt of the Company;

 

   

senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated Debt of the Company;

 

   

effectively subordinated to secured Debt of the Company under the Credit Agreement, to the extent of the ABL Collateral securing such Debt; and

 

   

structurally junior to any Debt or Obligations of any non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.

The Notes are secured by first-priority Security Interests in the Note Collateral and second-priority Security Interests in the ABL Collateral (subject as to priority and otherwise, in each case, to certain exceptions and permitted liens). As a result, the Notes are effectively (a) junior to any Debt of the Company and the Guarantors which either is (i) secured by the ABL Liens or (ii) secured by assets which are not part of the Collateral securing the Notes, in each case, to the extent of the value of such assets and (b) equal in rank with any Permitted Additional Note Obligations. The Debt Incurred under the Credit Agreement is secured by substantially all of the Company’s and the Guarantor’s receivables and inventory and general intangibles, certain other assets and proceeds relating thereto. Accordingly, while the Notes rank equally in right of payment with the Debt Incurred under the Credit Agreement and all other liabilities not expressly subordinated by their terms to the Notes, the Notes are effectively subordinated to the Debt outstanding under the Credit Agreement, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Debt (subject to borrowing base limitations).

As of March 31, 2007, the Company and its Subsidiaries had $1,210.6 million of Debt, including approximately $635 million of secured Debt outstanding under the Credit Agreement, which is secured by the ABL Liens. In addition, the Company and its Subsidiaries had approximately $479 million of availability under the Credit Agreement, all of which is secured by the ABL Collateral.

Ranking of the Note Guarantees

Each Note Guarantee is a senior obligation of the Guarantors. As such each Note Guarantee rank:

 

   

equally in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated Debt of the Guarantors;

 

   

senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated Debt of the Guarantors, if any;

 

   

effectively junior to ABL Obligations guaranteed by the Guarantors, to the extent of the value of the Guarantors’ assets securing such ABL Obligations; and

 

   

structurally junior to any Debt or Obligations of any non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.

 

101


Table of Contents

Sinking Fund

There are no mandatory sinking fund payment obligations with respect to the Notes.

Security

The obligations of the Company with respect to the Notes, the obligations of the Guarantors under the Note Guarantees, and the performance of all other obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under or relating to the Senior Secured Note Documents are secured equally and ratably (with any other Permitted Additional Note Obligations) by (i) second-priority Security Interests in the ABL Collateral and (ii) by first-priority Security Interests in substantially all of the other assets of the Company and the Guarantors, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, the following assets (other than the Excluded Assets) (the “Notes Collateral” and, together with the ABL Collateral, the “Collateral”):

 

   

all right, title and interest of the Company and the Guarantors in and to any and all equipment, machinery, furniture, furnishings and fixtures, together with all additions, accessions, improvements, alterations, replacements and repairs thereto;

 

   

deposit accounts, other than lock-box accounts and other accounts constituting ABL Collateral, collateral accounts, securities accounts and other investment property;

 

   

the Capital Interests (including, without limitation, joint venture interests) of each of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

   

all right, title and interest, including without limitation all right, title and interests of the Company and the Guarantors, in substantially all parcels of owned real property, together with all fixtures, easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto and all other improvements, accessions, alterations, replacements and repairs thereto and all leases, rents and other income, issues or profits derived therefrom or relating thereto and fixtures located thereon;

 

   

intellectual property;

 

   

the Collateral Account and all Trust Monies;

 

   

other personal property (other than ABL Collateral);

 

   

general intangibles, including contract rights, relating to the foregoing; and

 

   

all proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing including, without limitation, proceeds of insurance, condemnation awards, tax refunds and other similar property or claims with respect to any and all of the foregoing.

Excluded Assets ” include, among other things:

 

  (i) assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries located outside the United States to the extent a lien on such assets cannot be created and perfected under United States federal law or the laws of any state;

 

  (ii) assets securing Purchase Money Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations permitted to be incurred under the Indenture to the extent such Purchase Money Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations prohibit granting a security interest in such assets;

 

  (iii) the voting capital stock of controlled foreign corporations (as defined in the Code) in excess of 65% of the voting rights of such corporations;

 

  (iv)

all of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ right, title and interest in owned real property to the extent the book value or estimated fair market value (determined in good faith by the Issuers or the Guarantors) thereof does not exceed $1.0 million; provided, however, that to the extent any owned

 

102


Table of Contents
 

interest in real property shall, after the Issue Date, have a book value or estimated fair market value in excess of $1.0 million (as determined in good faith by the Company) as a result of any improvements, accessions, alterations, replacements or repairs thereto, such owned interest shall not constitute Excluded Assets hereunder, and within a reasonable period of time following notice to the Collateral Agent, shall be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;

 

  (v) any leasehold interest in real property;

 

  (vi) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title;

 

  (vii) interests in joint ventures to the extent and for so long as the documents governing such joint venture interests prohibit the granting of a security interest therein;

 

  (viii) any collateral as to which the Collateral Agent has determined in its sole discretion that the collateral value thereof is insufficient to justify the difficulty, time, and/or expense of obtaining a perfected security interest therein; and

 

  (ix) proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing excluded assets described in clause (i) through (viii) above only to the extent such proceeds and products would constitute property or assets of the type described in clause (i) through (viii) above.

The Collateral is pledged pursuant to a security agreement by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, in its capacity as Collateral Agent (the “Security Agreement”), and one or more fee mortgages, deeds of trust or deeds to secure debt (the “Mortgages”) or other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by the Company or the applicable Guarantor to the Trustee, in its capacity as Collateral Agent, creating a Lien under the Security Documents upon property owned or to be acquired by the Company or the applicable Guarantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes (including any Permitted Additional Note Obligations) and any Additional Secured Obligations.

So long as no Event of Default and no event of default under any Additional Secured Obligations shall have occurred and be continuing, and subject to certain terms and conditions, the Company and the Guarantors are entitled to exercise any voting and other consensual rights pertaining to all Capital Interests pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement and to remain in possession and retain exclusive control over the Collateral (other than as set forth in the Security Documents), to operate the Collateral, to alter or repair the Collateral and to collect, invest and dispose of any income thereon. The Security Documents will, however, generally require the Company to maintain all cash and marketable securities in deposit accounts or securities accounts which are subject to a control agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or an event of default under any Additional Secured Obligations, to the extent permitted by law and subject to the provisions of the Security Documents:

(1) all of the rights of the Company and the Guarantors to exercise voting or other consensual rights with respect to all Capital Interests included in the Collateral shall cease, and all such rights shall become vested in the Collateral Agent, which, to the extent permitted by law, shall have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights; and

(2) the Collateral Agent may take possession of and sell the Collateral or any part thereof in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents, and, in the case of ABL Collateral, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

In the case of an Event of Default or an event of default under any Additional Secured Obligations, the Collateral Agent will only be permitted, subject to applicable law, to exercise remedies and sell the Collateral under the Security Documents (i) in the case of the Notes Collateral, at the direction of the holders of a majority of the indebtedness secured by such Security Documents and (ii) in the case of the ABL Collateral, solely in

 

103


Table of Contents

accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. See “—Intercreditor Agreement.” If such remedies are exercised by the Collateral Agent with respect to the Notes Collateral, the proceeds from the sale of the Notes Collateral will be applied first, to pay the expenses of the exercise of such remedies and fees and other amounts then payable to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee under the Indenture and the Security Documents and thereafter, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes and the Additional Secured Obligations on a pro rata basis. If remedies are exercised by the ABL Facility Collateral Agent with respect to the ABL Collateral, the proceeds from the sale of the ABL Collateral will be applied as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement. See “—Intercreditor Agreement.” The proceeds of any sale of the Collateral following an Event of Default may not be sufficient to satisfy in full our obligations under the Notes and the other indebtedness secured by the Collateral. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes.”

The Indenture and the Security Documents require that the Company and the Guarantors grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, a first-priority lien on all property acquired after the Issue Date of the kinds described above as Notes Collateral (other than Excluded Assets) and a second-priority Lien on property acquired after the Issue Date on property of the type described above as ABL Collateral. In addition, any future domestic Restricted Subsidiaries will be required to become Guarantors and similarly grant liens on their assets to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes.

Intercreditor Agreement

The Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Trustee, the Holders of Notes, and the Holders of any Additional Secured Obligations, the ABL Facility Collateral Agent, on behalf of the holders of the ABL Obligations, and the Company have entered into an intercreditor agreement (the “Intercreditor Agreement”) that sets forth the relative priority of the ABL Liens and the Note Liens, as well as certain other rights, priorities and interests of the Holders of the Notes and the holders of the ABL Obligations. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes.” Until such time as the First-Priority Liens have been satisfied in full, the Lenders will generally have the exclusive right to determine the circumstances and manner in which the ABL Collateral may be disposed of.

The Intercreditor Agreement provides, among other things, that until such time as all ABL Liens have been discharged:

(1) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, all decisions with respect to the ABL Collateral will be made by the ABL Facility Collateral Agent unless certain circumstances occur; and

(2) proceeds of the ABL Collateral (except for certain mandatory prepayments of the Notes) will be applied, first, to pay the expenses of the exercise of such remedies and fees and other amounts then payable to the ABL Facility Collateral Agent, second to the outstanding ABL Obligations, and third, any remaining ABL Collateral (including proceeds thereof) will be delivered to the Collateral Agent for application in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and the Security Documents.

The Intercreditor Agreement provides that the Trustee and the Collateral Agent will have no liability to any party to such agreement as a consequence of its performance or non-performance under the Intercreditor Agreement except for gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

Use and Release of Collateral

Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company has the right to remain in possession and retain exclusive control of the Collateral (other than any cash, securities, obligations and Cash Equivalents constituting part of the Collateral and deposited with the Trustee and other than as set forth in the Collateral Documents), to freely operate the Collateral and to collect, invest and dispose of any income thereon.

 

104


Table of Contents

Release of Collateral

The Indenture and the Security Documents provide that the Liens securing the Notes will, upon compliance with the condition that the Company or the applicable Guarantor satisfies certain conditions set forth in the Indenture and delivers to the Trustee all documents required by the Trust Indenture Act, automatically and without the need for any further action by any Person be released so long as such release is in compliance with the Trust Indenture Act:

(1) in whole or in part, as applicable, as to all or any portion of property subject to such Liens which has been taken by eminent domain, condemnation or other similar circumstances;

(2) in whole, as to all property subject to such Liens, upon:

(a) payment in full of the principal of, accrued and unpaid interest and premium on the Notes; or

(b) satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as set forth below under “—Satisfaction and Discharge”; or

(c) legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Indenture as set forth below under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance”;

(3) in part, as to any property that (a) is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Company or Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction not prohibited by the Indenture or the relevant Security Documents, at the time of such sale, transfer or disposition, to the extent of the interest sold, transferred or disposed of or (b) is owned or at any time acquired by a Guarantor that has been released from its Guarantee, concurrently with the release of such Guarantee in each case;

(4) as to property that constitutes all or substantially all of the Collateral securing the Notes, with the consent of each holder of the Notes;

(5) as to property that constitutes less than all or substantially all of the Collateral securing the Notes, with the consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes; or

(6) in part, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company and the Guarantors will not be required to comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act if they determine, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that under the terms of that section and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the Commission and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to the released Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, certain no-action letters issued by the Commission have permitted an indenture qualified under the Trust Indenture Act to contain provisions permitting the release of collateral from Liens under such indenture in the ordinary course of the Company’s business without requiring the Company to provide certificates and other documents under Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act.

If any Collateral is released in accordance with any of the Security Documents (other than as permitted by the Indenture) and if the Company or the applicable Guarantor has delivered the certificates and documents required by the Security Documents, the Trustee will determine whether it has received all documentation required by Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act (to the extent applicable) in connection with such release.

Disposition of Collateral Without Release

Notwithstanding the provisions of “Release of Collateral” above, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Company and the Guarantors may, among other things, without any release or consent by the Trustee, conduct ordinary course activities with respect to Collateral in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, including selling or otherwise disposing of, in any transaction or series of related transactions, any property subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents which has become worn out or obsolete and which either has an aggregate fair market value of $50,000 or less per

 

105


Table of Contents

transaction or series of transactions, or which is replaced by property of substantially equivalent or greater value which becomes subject to the Lien of the Security Documents; abandoning, terminating, cancelling, releasing or making alterations in or substitutions of any leases or contracts subject to the Lien of the Indenture or any of the Security Documents; surrendering or modifying any franchise, license or permit subject to the Lien of the Indenture or any of the Security Documents which it may own or under which it may be operating; altering, repairing, replacing, changing the location or position of and adding to its structures, machinery, systems, equipment, fixtures and appurtenances; demolishing, dismantling, tearing down, scrapping or abandoning any Collateral if, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, such demolition, dismantling, tearing down, scrapping or abandonment is in the best interest of the Company; granting a nonexclusive license of any intellectual property; and abandoning intellectual property which has become obsolete and not used in the business.

Use of Trust Monies

All Trust Monies (including, without limitation, all Net Cash Proceeds and Net Loss Proceeds) are held by the Trustee as a part of the Collateral securing the Notes and, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, may, subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, at the direction of the Company be applied by the Trustee from time to time to the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on any Notes at maturity or upon redemption or retirement, or to the purchase of Notes upon tender or in the open market or otherwise, in each case in compliance with the Indenture.

Certain bankruptcy limitations

The right of the Trustee to take possession and dispose of the Collateral following an Event of Default is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or against the Company or the Guarantors prior to the Trustee having taken possession and disposed of the Collateral. Under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor is prohibited from taking its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security taken from such debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor in certain circumstances to continue to retain and to use collateral owned as of the date of the bankruptcy filing (and the proceeds, products, offspring, rents or profits of such Collateral) even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments; provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection”. The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to circumstances. In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the Notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the Collateral, or whether or to what extent holders would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the Collateral through the requirement of “adequate protection”.

Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines the value of the Collateral is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Notes and any other Permitted Additional Note Obligations, the holders of the Notes and such other Permitted Additional Note Obligations would hold secured claims to the extent of the value of the Collateral, and would hold unsecured claims with respect to any shortfall. Applicable Federal bankruptcy laws do not permit the payment and/or accrual of post-petition interest, costs and attorneys’ fees during a debtor’s bankruptcy case unless the claims are oversecured or the debtor is solvent at the time of reorganization. In addition, if the Company or the Guarantors were to become the subject of a bankruptcy case, the bankruptcy court, among other things, may avoid certain prepetition transfers made by the entity that is the subject of the bankruptcy filing, including, without limitation, transfers held to be preferences or fraudulent conveyances.

 

106


Table of Contents

Optional Redemption

Fixed Rate Notes

The Fixed Rate Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to November 1, 2011, at the option of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Fixed Rate Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

In addition, the Fixed Rate Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2011, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on November 1 of the years indicated:

 

Year

   Redemption
Price
 

2011

   106.000 %

2012

   103.000 %

2013 and thereafter

   100.000 %

In addition to the optional redemption of the Fixed Rate Notes in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, prior to November 1, 2010, the Company may, with the net proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Fixed Rate Notes (including Additional Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes) at a Redemption Price equal to 112% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of Fixed Rate Notes then outstanding (including Additional Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering.

Floating Rate Notes

The Floating Rate Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to November 1, 2009, at the option of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Floating Rate Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

In addition, the Floating Rate Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2009, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on November 1 of the years indicated:

 

Year

   Redemption
Price
 

2009

   106.000 %

2010

   103.000 %

2011 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

107


Table of Contents

In addition to the optional redemption of the Floating Rate Notes in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, prior to November 1, 2009, the Company may, with the net proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Floating Rate Notes (including Additional Notes that are Floating Rate Notes) at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a premium equal to the interest rate in effect on the Floating Rate Notes on the date for which notice of redemption is given, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of Floating Rate Notes then outstanding (including Additional Notes that are Floating Rate Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption (excluding Floating Rate Notes held by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering.

Terms Applicable to All Notes

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select the Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed by lot, pro rata or by any other method the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (subject to the Depository Trust Company, Euroclear and/or Clearstream procedures as applicable).

No Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail (and, to the extent permitted by applicable procedures or regulations, electronically) at least 30 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

The Company may at any time, and from time to time, purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws.

Change of Control

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an Offer to Purchase all of the outstanding Notes at a Purchase Price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount tendered, together with accrued interest, if any, to but not including the Purchase Date. For purposes of the foregoing, an Offer to Purchase shall be deemed to have been made if (i) within 30 days following the date of the consummation of a transaction or series of transactions that constitutes a Change of Control, the Company commences an Offer to Purchase all outstanding Notes at the Purchase Price (provided that the running of such 30-day period shall be suspended, for up to a maximum of 30 days, during any period when the commencement of such Offer to Purchase is delayed or suspended by reason of any court’s or governmental authority’s review of or ruling on any materials being employed by the Company to effect such Offer to Purchase, so long as the Company has used and continues to use its commercial best efforts to make and conclude such Offer to Purchase promptly) and (ii) all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase are purchased on the terms of such Offer to Purchase.

The phrase “all or substantially all,” as used in the definition of “Change of Control,” has not been interpreted under New York law (which is the governing law of the Indenture) to represent a specific quantitative test. As a consequence, in the event the Holders of the Notes elected to exercise their rights under the Indenture and the Company elects to contest such election, there could be no assurance how a court interpreting New York law would interpret such phrase. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of Notes may require the Company to make an Offer to Purchase the Notes as described above.

 

108


Table of Contents

The provisions of the Indenture may not afford Holders protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization, restructuring, merger or similar transaction affecting either of the Company that may adversely affect Holders, if such transaction is not the type of transaction included within the definition of Change of Control. A transaction involving the management of the Company or its Affiliates, or a transaction involving a recapitalization of the Company, will result in a Change of Control only if it is the type of transaction specified in such definition. The definition of Change of Control may be amended or modified with the written consent of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes. See “—Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.”

The Company will be required to comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with any repurchase of the Notes as described above.

The Company will not be required to make an Offer to Purchase upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes such Offer to Purchase contemporaneously with or upon a Change of Control in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements of the Indenture and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Offer to Purchase or (ii) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the Indenture as described above under the caption “—Optional Redemption.”

The Company’s ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes upon a Change of Control may be limited by the Company’s then existing financial resources. Further, the agreements governing the Company’s other Debt contain, and future agreements of the Company may contain, prohibitions of certain events, including events that would constitute a Change of Control. If the exercise by the Holders of Notes of their right to require the Company to repurchase the Notes upon a Change of Control occurred at the same time as a change of control event under one or more of either of the Company’s other debt agreements, the Company’s ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes upon a repurchase may be further limited by the Company’s then existing financial resources. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes.”

In addition, an Offer to Purchase may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of launching the Offer to Purchase

Certain Covenants

Set forth below are certain covenants contained in the Indenture:

Limitation on Incurrence of Debt

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Debt (including Acquired Debt); provided, that the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Guarantor may Incur Debt (including Acquired Debt) if, immediately after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Debt and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, (a) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a pro forma basis as if any such Debt (including any other Debt being Incurred contemporaneously), and any other Debt Incurred since the beginning of the Four Quarter Period (as defined below) (provided that any Debt Incurred under the revolving portion of a credit agreement shall be calculated (x) on an annualized basis for periods prior to the one year anniversary of the Issue Date and (y) thereafter, only on such date) had been Incurred and the proceeds thereof had been applied at the beginning of the Four Quarter Period, and any other Debt repaid since the beginning of the Four Quarter Period had been repaid at the beginning of the Four Quarter Period, would be greater than (x) on or prior to November 1, 2009, 2.50:1 and (y) thereafter, 2.75:1, and (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a consequence of the Incurrence of such Debt.

 

109


Table of Contents

If, during the Four Quarter Period or subsequent thereto and prior to the date of determination, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have engaged in any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition, Investments, mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) or shall have designated any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges and Consolidated Interest Expense for the Four Quarter Period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition, Investments, mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations or designation, as the case may be, and the application of any proceeds therefrom as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition or designation had occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period.

If the Debt which is the subject of a determination under this provision is Acquired Debt, or Debt Incurred in connection with the simultaneous acquisition of any Person, business, property or assets, or Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary being designated as a Restricted Subsidiary, then such ratio shall be determined by giving effect (on a pro forma basis, as if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the Four Quarter Period) to the Incurrence of such Acquired Debt or such other Debt by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the inclusion, in Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges, of the Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of the acquired Person, business, property or assets or redesignated Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding the first paragraph above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Permitted Debt.

For purposes of determining any particular amount of Debt under this “Limitation on Incurrence of Debt” covenant, (x) Debt Incurred under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date shall initially be treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Debt,” and may not later be re-classified and (y) Guarantees or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting Debt otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be included. For purposes of determining compliance with this “Limitation on Incurrence of Debt” covenant, in the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt described above, including categories of Permitted Debt and under part (a) in the first paragraph of this “Limitation on Incurrence of Debt” covenant, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify, and from time to time may reclassify, all or any portion of such item of Debt.

The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest on Debt in the form of additional Debt or payment of dividends on Capital Interests in the forms of additional shares of Capital Interests with the same terms will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Debt or issuance of Capital Interests for purposes of this covenant.

The Company and any Guarantor will not Incur any Debt that pursuant to its terms is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Debt unless such Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Note Guarantees to the same extent; provided that Debt will not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Debt solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured to a greater or lesser extent or with greater or lower priority.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment unless, at the time of and after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment:

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or will occur as a consequence thereof;

(b) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro forma basis, the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt) pursuant to the provisions described in the first paragraph under the “Limitation on Incurrence of Debt” covenant; and

 

110


Table of Contents

(c) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro forma basis, the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments made on or after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) (vii), (viii), (x), (xi), (xiii), (xiv), (xvi) and (xvii) of the next succeeding paragraph), shall not exceed the sum (without duplication) of

(1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income (or, if Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit) of the Company accrued on a cumulative basis during the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first full fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date occurs and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of such proposed Restricted Payment, plus

(2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including the Fair Market Value of property other than cash) received by the Company subsequent to the initial issuance of the Notes either (i) as a contribution to its common equity capital or (ii) from the issuance and sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Qualified Capital Interests, including Qualified Capital Interests issued upon the conversion of Debt or Redeemable Capital Interests of the Company, and from the exercise of options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Qualified Capital Interests (other than, in each case, (x) Capital Interests or Debt sold to a Subsidiary of the Company and (y) Excluded Contributions), plus

(3) 100% of the net reduction in Investments (other than Permitted Investments), subsequent to the date of the initial issuance of the Notes, in any Person, resulting from payments of interest on Debt, dividends, repayments of loans or advances (but only to the extent such interest, dividends or repayments are not included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income), in each case to the Company or any Subsidiary from any Person, not to exceed in the case of any Person the amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may take the following actions, provided that, in the case of clauses (iv), (x), (xiii) or (xv) immediately after giving effect to such action, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing:

(i) the payment of any dividend on Capital Interests in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary within 60 days after declaration thereof if at the declaration date such payment would not have been prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this covenant;

(ii) the retirement of any Qualified Capital Interests of the Company by conversion into, or by or in exchange for, Qualified Capital Interests, or out of net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of other Qualified Capital Interests of the Company;

(iii) the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or acquisition or retirement for value of any Debt of the Company or a Guarantor that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the applicable Note Guarantee out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent issue and sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of (x) new subordinated Debt of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, Incurred in accordance with the Indenture or (y) of Qualified Capital Interests of the Company;

(iv) the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of Capital Interests in the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (or any payments to a direct or indirect parent company of the Company for the purposes of permitting any such repurchase) held by employees or former employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates) upon death, disability, retirement or termination of employment or pursuant to the terms of any agreement under which such Capital Interests were issued; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid for such purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of such Capital Interests does not exceed $1.0 million in any calendar year, provided that any unused amounts in any calendar year may be carried forward to one or more future periods; provided, further, that the aggregate amount of repurchases made pursuant to this clause (iv) may not exceed $2.0 million in any calendar year; provided, however, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds of key man life insurance

 

111


Table of Contents

policies received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (provided, however, that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by the proviso of this clause (iv) in any calendar year and, to the extent any payment described under this clause (iv) is made by delivery of Debt and not in cash, such payment shall be deemed to occur only when, and to the extent, the obligor on such Debt makes payments with respect to such Debt);

(v) repurchase of Capital Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities;

(vi) intercompany Debt, the Incurrence of which was permitted pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Debt”;

(vii) cash payment, in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for the Capital Interests of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(viii) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Redeemable Capital Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or Incurred in compliance with the covenant described above under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Debt” to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charges;

(ix) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale, the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of any subordinated Debt pursuant to provisions substantially similar to those described under “—Change of Control” and “—Limitation on Asset Sales” at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount thereof (in the case of a Change of Control) or at a percentage of the principal amount thereof not higher than the principal amount applicable to the Notes (in the case of an Asset Sale), plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that prior to or contemporaneously with such defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition, the Company has made an Offer to Purchase with respect to the Notes and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered for payment and not withdrawn in connection therewith;

(x) other Restricted Payments not in excess of $60.0 million in the aggregate;

(xi) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company required for it to pay:

(a) federal, state and local income taxes to the extent such income taxes are directly attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent directly attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that in each case, the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year if the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries had paid such taxes on a stand-alone basis;

(b) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are directly attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(c) general corporate overhead expenses (including professional and administrative expenses) and franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence to the extent such expenses are directly attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

provided, however, that the aggregate amount of any payments made pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) above shall not exceed $1.0 million in any fiscal year;

 

112


Table of Contents

(xii) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to fund the payment by any direct or indirect parent of the Company of dividends on such entity’s common stock) of up to 3.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Company from any public offering of common stock or contributed to the Company by any direct or indirect parent of the Company from any public offering of common stock

(xiii) payments pursuant to the Management Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date, not in excess of $5.0 million in the aggregate in any fiscal year and reasonable related expenses;

(xiv) Restricted Payments that are made with any Excluded Contributions:

(xv) other Restricted Payments that are made with the proceeds of Asset Sales constituting Note Collateral that is real property; provided that:

(a) the Company shall have made an Offer to Purchase to all Holders of Notes with such proceeds at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus a premium equal to one-half the interest rate then in effect on the date of such Offer to Purchase (on a pro rata basis to each series of Notes), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase;

(b) on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt) under the first paragraph of the “—Limitation on Incurrence of Debt” covenant;

(c) the aggregate amount of all such Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (xv) does not exceed $75.0 million in the aggregate since the Issue Date;

(xvi) any Restricted Payments made in connection with the consummation of the Transactions as described in this prospectus, including any payments or loans made to any direct or indirect parent to enable it to make such payments; and

(xvii) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

If the Company makes a Restricted Payment which, at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Company, would be permitted under the requirements of the Indenture, such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with the Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustment made in good faith to the Company’s financial statements affecting Consolidated Net Income.

If any Person in which an Investment is made, which Investment constitutes a Restricted Payment when made, thereafter becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the Indenture, all such Investments previously made in such Person shall no longer be counted as Restricted Payments for purposes of calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c) of the first paragraph under this “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant, in each case to the extent such Investments would otherwise be so counted.

If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers, conveys, sells, leases or otherwise disposes of an Investment in accordance with the “—Limitation on Asset Sales” covenant, which Investment was originally included in the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Restricted Payments,” the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments shall be reduced by the lesser of (i) the Net Cash Proceeds from the transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition of such Investment or (ii) the amount of the original Investment, in each case, to the extent originally included in the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Restricted Payments.”

For purposes of this covenant, if a particular Restricted Payment involves a non-cash payment, including a distribution of assets, then such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the cash portion of such Restricted Payment, if any, plus an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the non-cash portion of such Restricted Payment.

 

113


Table of Contents

By way of clarification, while payments under the Management Agreement are not prohibited by the covenant described above under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” any payments made pursuant to the Management Agreement will reduce Consolidated Net Income and thereby reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c)(1) of the first paragraph under this “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant.

Limitation on Liens

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, on or with respect to the Collateral except Permitted Collateral Liens. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, other than Permitted Liens, on or with respect to any of its property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom except the Collateral without securing the Notes and all other amounts due under the Indenture and the Security Documents (for so long as such Lien exists) equally and ratably with (or prior to) the obligation or liability secured by such Lien.

In addition, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Canadian Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, other than Permitted Liens, on or with respect to any of its property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom without securing the Notes and all other amounts due under the Indenture and the Security Documents (for so long as such Lien exists) equally and ratably with (or prior to) the obligation or liability secured by such Lien.

Limitation on Dividends and Other Payments Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, cause or suffer to exist or become effective or enter into any encumbrance or restriction (other than pursuant to the Indenture, law, rules or regulation) on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Interests owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Debt or other obligation owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to the following encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a) any encumbrance or restriction in existence on the Issue Date, including those required by the Credit Agreement and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings, in the good faith judgment of the Company, are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend or other payment restrictions than those contained in these agreements on the Issue Date or refinancings thereof;

(b) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement relating to an acquisition of property, so long as the encumbrances or restrictions in any such agreement relate solely to the property so acquired (and are not or were not created in anticipation of or in connection with the acquisition thereof);

(c) any encumbrance or restriction which exists with respect to a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges with or into a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on or after the Issue Date, which is in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, but not created in connection with or in anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, and which is not

 

114


Table of Contents

applicable to any Person or the property or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property or assets of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;

(d) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a permitted renewal, refunding, replacement, refinancing or extension of Debt issued pursuant to an agreement containing any encumbrance or restriction referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (c), so long as the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such refinancing agreement are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements governing the Debt being renewed, refunded, replaced, refinanced or extended in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company;

(e) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease, contract, or license of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or provisions in agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreement or any rights thereunder;

(f) any restriction on the sale or other disposition of assets or property securing Debt as a result of a Permitted Lien on such assets or property;

(g) any encumbrance or restriction by reason of applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(h) any encumbrance or restriction under the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

(i) any encumbrance or restriction under the sale of assets, including, without limitation, any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

(j) restrictions on cash and other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into the ordinary course of business;

(k) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into the ordinary course of business;

(l) any instrument governing Debt or Capital Interests of a Person acquired by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Debt or Capital Interests were incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case of Debt, such Debt was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred;

(m) purchase money obligations (including Capital Lease Obligations) for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on that property so acquired of the nature described in clause (iii) of the first paragraph hereof;

(n) Liens securing Debt otherwise permitted to be incurred under the Indenture, including the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “—Limitation on Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(o) customary provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements otherwise permitted by the Indenture entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements; and

(p) any Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a Receivable Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Receivable Subsidiary or the receivables and related assets described in the definition of Qualified Receivables Transaction which are subject to such Qualified Receivables Transaction.

 

115


Table of Contents

Nothing contained in this “Limitation on Dividends and Other Payments Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from (i) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted in the “Limitation on Liens” covenant or (ii) restricting the sale or other disposition of property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure Debt of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in accordance with the Indenture.

Limitation on Asset Sales

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Capital Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

(a) any liabilities, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary assignment and assumption agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability; and

(b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of their receipt to the extent of the cash received in that conversion;

(3) if such Asset Sale involves the disposition of Collateral, the Company or such Subsidiary has complied with the provisions of the Indenture and the Security Documents, including those described under “—Use and Release of Collateral”; and

(4) if such Asset Sale involves the disposition of Notes Collateral, the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be paid directly by the purchaser of the Collateral to the Collateral Agent for deposit into the Collateral Account, and, if any property other than cash or Cash Equivalents is included in such Net Cash Proceeds, such property shall be made subject to the Lien of the Indenture and the applicable Security Documents.

Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Cash Proceeds at its option:

(1) to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds constitute proceeds from the sale of ABL Collateral, to permanently repay Debt under the Credit Agreement and, if the Obligation repaid is revolving credit Debt, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Interests of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Interests, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(3) to make a capital expenditure in or that is used or useful in a Permitted Business or to make expenditures for maintenance, repair or improvement of existing properties and assets in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;

(4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; or

(5) any combination of the foregoing.

 

116


Table of Contents

Subject to the next two succeeding paragraphs, any Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph of this covenant will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, within thirty days thereof, the Company will make an Offer to Purchase to all Holders of Notes (including any Permitted Additional Note Obligations) (on a pro rata basis to each series of Notes), and to all holders of other Debt ranking pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to assets sales, equal to the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Offer to Purchase will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer to Purchase, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Permitted Additional Note Obligations) and other pari passu debt tendered into such Offer to Purchase exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes (including any Permitted Additional Note Obligations) to be purchased on a pro rata basis among each series. Upon completion of each Offer to Purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

With respect to any Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale that constitutes a sale of Collateral, the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary that owned the assets, as the case may be) may apply those Net Cash Proceeds to purchase other long-term assets that constitute Collateral and become subject to the first-priority Lien of the Indenture and the Security Documents (subject to no other Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens) or otherwise use such proceeds as provided in the second preceding paragraph. Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture. Any Net Cash Proceeds received from a sale of Collateral shall constitute Collateral under the Security Documents and the Indenture. Any Net Cash Proceeds received from a sale of Collateral shall constitute Collateral under the Security Documents and the Indenture and be deposited in the Collateral Account and released therefrom in accordance with the provisions described in “—Use and Release of Collateral.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may use up to $75.0 million of the proceeds from the sale of Notes Collateral that is real property in accordance with the provisions of clause (xv) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

Events of Loss

In the event of an Event of Loss, the Company or the affected Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, may (and to the extent required pursuant to the terms of any lease encumbered by a mortgage shall) apply the Net Loss Proceeds from such Event of Loss to the rebuilding, repair, replacement or construction of improvements to the property affected by such Event of Loss (the “Subject Property”), with no concurrent obligation to offer to purchase any of the Notes; provided, however, that the Company delivers to the Trustee within 90 days of such Event of Loss:

(1) a written opinion from a reputable contractor that the Subject Property can be rebuilt, repaired, replaced or constructed in, and operated in, substantially the same condition as it existed prior to the Event of Loss within 360 days of the Event of Loss; and

(2) an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the Company has available from Net Loss Proceeds or other sources sufficient funds to complete the rebuilding, repair, replacement or construction described in clause (1) above.

 

117


Table of Contents

Any Net Loss Proceeds that are not reinvested or not permitted to be reinvested as provided in the first sentence of this covenant will be deemed “Excess Loss Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Loss Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company will make an offer (an “Event of Loss Offer”) to all Holders to purchase or redeem the Notes with the proceeds from the Event of Loss in an amount equal to the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Loss Proceeds. The offer price in any Event of Loss Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Loss Proceeds remain after consummation of an Event of Loss Offer, the Company may use such Excess Loss Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture and the Security Documents; provided that any remaining Excess Loss Proceeds shall remain subject to the Lien of the Security Documents. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Event of Loss Offer exceeds the Excess Loss Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes tendered.

With respect to any Event of Loss pursuant to clause (iv) of the definition of “Event of Loss” that has a fair market value (or replacement cost, if greater) in excess of $20.0 million, the Company (or the affected Guarantor, as the case may be), shall be required to receive consideration (i) at least equal to the fair market value (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the assets subject to the Event of Loss and (ii) at least 85% of which is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Event of Loss Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with the Event of Loss provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under the Event of Loss provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of related transactions, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2.0 million, unless:

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Subsidiary with an unaffiliated party; and

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above; and

(iii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, the Company must obtain and deliver to the Trustee a written opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking, accounting or appraisal firm (an “Independent Financial Advisor”) stating that the transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view.

The foregoing limitation does not limit, and shall not apply to:

(1) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and Permitted Investments permitted under the Indenture;

 

118


Table of Contents

(2) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and indemnities to members of the Board of Directors of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary who are outside directors;

(3) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation and other benefits (including retirement, health, option, deferred compensation and other benefit plans) and indemnities to officers and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as determined by the Board of Directors thereof in good faith;

(4) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) the issuance of Capital Interests (other than Redeemable Capital Interests) of the Company otherwise permitted hereunder;

(6) any agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date (other than the Management Agreement) and any amendment or modification thereto so long as such amendment or modification is not more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect.

(7) transactions in which the Company delivers to the Trustee a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Company and any relevant Restricted Subsidiaries;

(8) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (8) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(9) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses in connection therewith;

(10) any contribution of capital to the Company;

(11) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of the Indenture described below under “—Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease”;

(12) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as determined in good faith by the Company, than those that could be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company;

(13) the payment to the Permitted Holders and any of their affiliates of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees pursuant to the Management Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million per year and reasonable related expenses; and

(14) transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction unless:

(i) the consideration received in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is at least equal to the fair market value of the property sold, as determined by a board resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or by an Officers’ Certificate,

 

119


Table of Contents

(ii) prior to and after giving effect to the Attributable Debt in respect of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary comply with the “Limitation on Incurrence of Debt” covenant contained herein, and

(iii) at or after such time the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary also comply with the “Limitation on Asset Sales” covenant contained herein.

Provision of Financial Information

So long as any Notes are outstanding (unless defeased in a legal defeasance), the Company will have its annual financial statements audited, and its interim financial statements reviewed, by a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants and will furnish to the Holders of Notes, all quarterly and annual financial statements in the form included in this prospectus prepared in accordance with GAAP that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company was required to file those Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountant; provided, however, that such information and such reports shall not be required to comply with any segment reporting requirements (whether pursuant to GAAP or Regulation S-X) in greater detail than is provided in this prospectus. Any reports on Form 10-Q shall be provided within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters and annual reports on Form 10-K shall be provided within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year. To the extent that the Company does not file such information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), the Company will distribute (or cause the Trustee to distribute) such information and such reports (as well as the details regarding the conference call described below) electronically to (a) any Holder of the Notes, (b) to any beneficial owner of the Notes, who provides its email address to the Company and certifies that it is a beneficial owner of Notes, (c) to any prospective investor who provides its email address to the Company and certifies that it is a Qualified Institutional Buyer (as defined in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) or (d) any securities analyst who provides their email address to the Company and certifies that they are a securities analyst. Unless the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company will also hold a quarterly conference call for the Holders of the Notes to discuss such financial information. The conference call will not be later than five business days from the time that the Company distributes the financial information as set forth above.

If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then, to the extent that any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries would (but for its or their being designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or Subsidiaries) constitute a Significant Subsidiary or Subsidiaries, the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

The Company has agreed that, for so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders of the Notes and to any prospective investor that certifies that it is a Qualified Institutional Buyer, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Following the consummation of the Exchange Offer (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), whether or not required by the Commission, the Company will file a copy of all of the information and reports that would be required by the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, they will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

120


Table of Contents

In the event that any parent of the Company becomes a Guarantor or co-obligor of the Notes, the Indenture will permit the Company to satisfy its obligations under this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that, if required by Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent and any of its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, and the other Subsidiaries of the Company on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Holders if it or any parent of the Company has filed such reports with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available. In addition, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) by the filing with the Commission of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) and/or Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act and such registration statement and/or amendments thereto are filed at times that otherwise satisfy the time requirements set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant.

Additional Note Guarantees

The Company will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries that:

(a) guarantees any Debt of the Company or any of its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(b) Incurs any Debt pursuant to the first paragraph under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Debt” or clauses (i) or (xv) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” or not permitted by the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Debt,” to guarantee the Notes.

Each Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. The Obligations of any Person that is or becomes a Guarantor after the Issue Date will be secured equally and ratably by a second-priority Security Interest in the ABL Collateral and a first-priority Security Interest in the Notes Collateral, in each case granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes. Such Guarantor will enter into a joinder agreement to the applicable Security Documents defining the terms of the security interests that secure payment and performance when due of the Notes and take all actions advisable in the opinion of the Company, as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate accompanied by an opinion of counsel to the Company to cause the ABL Liens and the Notes Liens created by the Security Agreement to be duly perfected to the extent required by such agreement in accordance with all applicable law, including the filing of financing statements in such jurisdictions as requested by the Company or the Collateral Agent.

Further Assurances

The Company will, and will cause each of its existing and future Restricted Subsidiaries to, execute and deliver such additional instruments, certificates or documents, and take all such actions as may be reasonably required from time to time in order to:

(1) carry out more effectively the purposes of the Security Documents;

(2) create, grant, perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Security Documents and the Liens created, or intended to be created, by the Security Documents; and

(3) ensure the protection and enforcement of any of the rights granted or intended to be granted to the Trustee under any other instrument executed in connection therewith.

 

121


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall only be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to create, grant, perfect, protect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any Security Document and Liens created, or intended to be created, by the Security Documents under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Upon the exercise by the Trustee or any Holder of any power, right, privilege or remedy under the Indenture or any of the Security Documents which requires any consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization of any governmental authority, the Company will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, execute and deliver all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that may be required from the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such governmental consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization.

Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company to be an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” as provided below, in which event such Subsidiary and each other Person that is then or thereafter becomes a Subsidiary of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary designated as such by the Board of Directors of the Company as set forth below where (a) neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) provides credit support for, or Guarantee of, any Debt of such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument evidencing such Debt, but excluding in the case of a Receivables Subsidiary any Standard Securitization Undertakings) or (ii) is directly or indirectly liable for any Debt of such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary (except in the case of a Receivables Subsidiary any Standard Securitization Undertakings), and (b) no default with respect to any Debt of such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary (including any right which the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against such Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any Holder of any other Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Debt or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its final scheduled maturity (except in the case of a Receivables Subsidiary any Standard Securitization Undertakings); and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Company may designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Interests of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that either:

(x) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less; or

(y) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt) pursuant to the second paragraph under the “Limitation on Incurrence of Debt” covenant, and provided further that the Company could make a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the greater of the Fair Market Value or book value of such Subsidiary pursuant to the “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant and such amount is thereafter treated as a Restricted Payment for the purpose of calculating the amount available for Restricted Payments thereunder.

An Unrestricted Subsidiary may be designated as a Restricted Subsidiary if (i) all the Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary could be Incurred under the “—Limitation on Incurrence of Debt” covenant and (ii) all the Liens on the property and assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary could be incurred pursuant to the “—Limitation on Liens” covenant.

 

122


Table of Contents

Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease

The Company will not in any transaction or series of transactions, consolidate with or merge into any other Person (other than a merger of a Restricted Subsidiary into the Company in which the Company is the continuing Person or the merger of a Restricted Subsidiary into or with another Restricted Subsidiary or another Person that as a result of such transaction becomes or merges into a Restricted Subsidiary), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis), taken as a whole, to any other Person, unless:

(i) either: (a) the Company shall be the continuing Person or (b) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged, or the Person that acquires, by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition, all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company (such Person, the “Surviving Entity”), (1) shall be a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar entity organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States, any political subdivision thereof or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (2) shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, the due and punctual payment of all amounts due in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all the Notes and the performance of the covenants and obligations of the Company under the Indenture and (3) shall expressly assume the due and punctual performance of the covenants and obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under the Security Documents; provided that at any time the Company or its successor is not a corporation, there shall be a co-issuer of the Notes that is a corporation;

(ii) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Debt Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to any such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Debt Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions) as if such transaction or series of transactions had occurred on the first day of the determination period, the Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is not continuing) could Incur $1.00 of additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt) under the first paragraph of the “—Limitation on Incurrence of Debt” covenant; and

(iv) the Company delivers, or causes to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition complies with the requirements of the Indenture;

(v) the Surviving Entity causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Surviving Entity, together with such financing statements as may be required to perfect any security interests in such Collateral which may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant states;

(vi) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Surviving Entity shall (a) continue to constitute Collateral under the Indenture and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and (c) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Collateral Liens; and

(vii) the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Surviving Entity, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, shall be treated as after-acquired property and the Surviving Entity shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Indenture.

 

123


Table of Contents

The preceding clause (iii) will not prohibit:

(a) a merger between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary that is a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company; or

(b) a merger between the Company and an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of converting the Company into a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision or state thereof;

so long as, in each case, the amount of Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

For all purposes of the Indenture and the Notes, Subsidiaries of any Surviving Entity will, upon such transaction or series of transactions, become Restricted Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries as provided pursuant to the Indenture and all Debt, and all Liens on property or assets, of the Surviving Entity and its Subsidiaries that was not Debt, or were not Liens on property or assets, of the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions shall be deemed to have been Incurred upon such transaction or series of transactions.

Upon any transaction or series of transactions that are of the type described in, and are effected in accordance with, conditions described in the immediately preceding paragraphs, the Surviving Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company, under the Indenture with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as the Company therein; and when a Surviving Person duly assumes all of the obligations and covenants of the Company pursuant to the Indenture and the Notes, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all such obligations.

Limitation on Business Activities

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business.

Limitation on Activities of JV Interest Holders

The Company will not, and will not permit RCJV Holdings, Inc., Ryerson Holdings (India) Pte Ltd. and Ryerson Pan-Pacific LLC (collectively, the “JV Interest Holders”) to engage in any activity (other than related incidental activities) other than the ownership of Coryer, S.A. de C.V., Tata Ryerson Limited and VSC-Ryerson China Limited, as applicable and such JV Interest Holders shall at all times be the sole beneficial owner and holder of such capital stock representing the interests of the joint venture.

Impairment of Security Interests

The Company and the Guarantors will not, and will not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, (i) take or omit to take any action with respect to the Collateral that could reasonably be expected to have the result of affecting or impairing the security interest in the Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or (ii) grant to any Person (other than the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any other Additional Secured Obligations) any interest whatsoever in the Collateral, in each case except as provided for in the Indenture or the Security Documents.

Events of Default

Each of the following is an “Event of Default” under the Indenture:

(1) default in the payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at its maturity (whether at Stated Maturity or upon repurchase, acceleration, optional redemption or otherwise);

 

124


Table of Contents

(2) default in the payment of any interest upon any Note when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

(3) failure to perform or comply with the Indenture provisions described under “Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease”;

(4) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), shall for any reason cease to be, or it shall be asserted by any Guarantor or the Company not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms;

(5) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company or any Guarantor in the Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with in clauses (1), (2), (3) or (4) above), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

(6) a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of Debt (other than the Notes) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having, individually or in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least $10.0 million, whether such Debt now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default or defaults shall have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt prior to its express maturity or shall constitute a failure to pay at least $10.0 million of such Debt when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto;

(7) the entry against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary of a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $10.0 million, by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which judgments remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(8) certain events in bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); or

(9) unless all of the Note Collateral has been released from the Note Liens in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, default by the Company or any Subsidiary in the performance of the Security Documents which adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Note Liens on a material portion of the Note Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, the repudiation or disaffirmation by the Company or any Subsidiary of its material obligations under the Security Documents or the determination in a judicial proceeding that the Security Documents are unenforceable or invalid against the Company or any Subsidiary party thereto for any reason with respect to a material portion of the Note Collateral (which default, repudiation, disaffirmation or determination is not rescinded, stayed, or waived by the Persons having such authority pursuant to the Security Documents) or otherwise cured within 60 days after the Company receives written notice thereof specifying such occurrence from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes Obligations and demanding that such default be remedied.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (8) above with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders); provided, however, that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture.

 

125


Table of Contents

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes solely because an Event of Default described in clause (6) above has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or waived by the holders of the relevant Debt within 20 business days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if the rescission and annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the payment of amounts due on the Notes.

If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) above occurs with respect to the Company, the principal of and any accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. For further information as to waiver of defaults, see “—Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.” The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any Default (except Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest) if the Trustee determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders to do so.

No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default and unless also the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have made written request to the Trustee, and provided indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, to institute such proceeding as Trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days. Such limitations do not apply, however, to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Note directly (as opposed to through the Trustee) for enforcement of payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of the Indenture, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.

The Company will be required to furnish to the Trustee annually a statement as to the performance of certain obligations under the Indenture and as to any default in such performance. The Company also is required to notify the Trustee if it becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Security Documents for any of the following purposes:

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company in the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Security Documents and in the Notes;

(2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company;

(3) to add additional Events of Default;

(4) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of the certificated Notes;

(5) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture by a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent;

 

126


Table of Contents

(6) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

(7) to add to the Collateral securing the Notes, to add a Guarantor or to release a Guarantor in accordance with the Indenture;

(8) to cure any ambiguity, defect, omission, mistake or inconsistency;

(9) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture, provided that such actions pursuant to this clause shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company; or

(10) to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of this “Description of Notes” to the extent that the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate stating that such text constitutes an unintended conflict with the description of the corresponding provision in this “Description of Notes”;

(11) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, as additional security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the Notes Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, in any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a Lien is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise;

(12) to provide for the release Collateral from the Lien of the Indenture and the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Indenture; or

(13) to secure any Additional Secured Obligations under the Security Documents.

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental to the Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or the Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture, including the definitions therein; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby:

(1) change the Stated Maturity of any Note or of any installment of interest on any Note, or reduce the amount payable in respect of the principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable thereon, or reduce the amount that would be due and payable on acceleration of the maturity thereof, or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the Redemption Price therefor,

(2) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or certain defaults thereunder and their consequences) provided for in the Indenture,

(3) modify the obligations of the Company to make Offers to Purchase upon a Change of Control or from the Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales if such modification was done after the occurrence of such Change of Control or such Asset Sale,

(4) subordinate, in right of payment, the Notes to any other Debt of the Company,

(5) modify any of the provisions of this paragraph or provisions relating to waiver of defaults or certain covenants, except to increase any such percentage required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, or

 

127


Table of Contents

(6) release any Guarantees required to be maintained under the Indenture (other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture).

In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of the Indenture or any Security Document that has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes or otherwise modify the Intercreditor Agreement in any manner adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes will require the consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default:

(1) in any payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes (including any Note which is required to have been purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase which has been made by the Company), or

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.

Satisfaction and Discharge of the Indenture; Defeasance

The Company and the Guarantors may terminate the obligations under the Indenture when:

(1) either: (A) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or (B) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable or (ii) will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year (a “Discharge”) under irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes, not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest to the Stated Maturity or date of redemption;

(2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and payable under the Indenture by the Company;

(3) the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under the Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be; and

(5) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, each stating that all conditions precedent under the Indenture relating to the Discharge have been complied with.

The Company may elect, at its option, to have its obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes (“defeasance”). Such defeasance means that the Company will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, except for:

(1) the rights of Holders of such Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of and any premium and interest on such Notes when payments are due,

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust,

 

128


Table of Contents

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee,

(4) the Company’s right of optional redemption, and

(5) the defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Company may elect, at its option, to have its obligations released with respect to certain covenants, including, without limitation, their obligation to make Offers to Purchase in connection with Asset Sales and any Change of Control, in the Indenture (“covenant defeasance”) and any omission to comply with such obligation shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event covenant defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy and insolvency events) described under “Events of Default” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

In order to exercise either defeasance or covenant defeasance with respect to outstanding Notes:

(1) the Company must irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefits of the Holders of such Notes: (A) money in an amount, or (B) U.S. government obligations, which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment, money in an amount or (C) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient without reinvestment, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, the entire indebtedness in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes on the Stated Maturity thereof or (if the Company has made irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) the redemption date thereof, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and such Notes;

(2) in the case of defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel stating that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable United States federal income tax law, in either case (A) or (B) to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Notes will not recognize gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, defeasance and discharge to be effected with respect to such Notes and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge were not to occur;

(3) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that the Holders of such outstanding Notes will not recognize gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and covenant defeasance to be effected with respect to such Notes and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance were not to occur;

(4) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the outstanding Notes shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such deposit after giving effect thereto (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien to secure such borrowing);

(5) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act (assuming all Notes are in default within the meaning of such Act);

(6) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or material instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound; and

 

129


Table of Contents

(7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent with respect to such defeasance or covenant defeasance have been complied with.

In the event of a defeasance or a Discharge, a Holder whose taxable year straddles the deposit of funds and the distribution in redemption to such Holder would be subject to tax on any gain (whether characterized as capital gain or market discount) in the year of deposit rather than in the year of receipt. In connection with a Discharge, in the event the Company becomes insolvent within the applicable preference period after the date of deposit, monies held for the payment of the Notes may be part of the bankruptcy estate of the Company, disbursement of such monies may be subject to the automatic stay of the bankruptcy code and monies disbursed to Holders may be subject to disgorgement in favor of the Company’s estate. Similar results may apply upon the insolvency of the Company during the applicable preference period following the deposit of monies in connection with defeasance.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the opinion of counsel required by clause (2) above with respect to a defeasance need not to be delivered if all Notes not therefore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable, or (y) will become due and payable at Stated Maturity within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

The Trustee

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, is the initial Calculation Agent, paying agent and registrar for the Notes. The Trustee from time to time may extend credit to the Company in the normal course of business. Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in the Indenture. During the continuance of an Event of Default that has not been cured or waived, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by the Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

The Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act contain certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any “conflicting interest” (as defined in the Trust Indenture Act) it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue or resign.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by the Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the Indenture, unless such Holders shall have provided to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

The Indenture provides that neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral (except for the safe custody of Collateral in its possession and the accounting for Trust Monies actually received), for the legality, effectiveness or sufficiency of any Security Document, or for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Note Lien.

 

130


Table of Contents

No Personal Liability of Stockholders, Partners, Officers or Directors

No director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator, past, present or future, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as such or in such capacity, shall have any personal liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, any Note Guarantee or the Indenture by reason of his, her or its status as such director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator.

Governing Law

The Indenture, the Notes and the Security Agreement are governed by, and will be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all such terms, as well as any capitalized term used herein for which no definition is provided.

ABL Collateral ” means:

(a) “accounts” and “payment intangibles” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC) (other than “payment intangibles” which constitute identifiable proceeds of the Notes Collateral);

(b) “inventory” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC) or documents of title for any inventory;

(c) “deposit accounts” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC) that constitute lock-box accounts and any concentration accounts related thereto (if any); provided, however, that to the extent that instruments or chattel paper constitute identifiable proceeds of the Notes Collateral or other identifiable proceeds of the Notes Collateral are deposited or held in any such deposit accounts after an Enforcement Notice, then such instruments, chattel paper or other identifiable proceeds shall be treated as Notes Collateral;

(d) “general intangibles” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC) pertaining to the other items of property included within clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition of ABL Collateral, including, without limitation, all contingent rights with respect to warranties on inventory or accounts which are not yet “payment intangibles” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC);

(e) “records” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC), “supporting obligations” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC) and related Letters of Credit, commercial tort claims or other claims and causes of action, in each case, pertaining to the other items of property included within clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition of ABL Collateral; and

(f) substitutions, replacements, accessions, products and proceeds (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit) of any or all of the foregoing, only to the extent any of the foregoing would constitute property of the type described as ABL Collateral in clauses (a) through (e) of this definition.

For the avoidance of doubt, under no circumstances shall ABL Collateral include any Excluded Assets or Notes Collateral.

ABL Facility Collateral Agent ” means Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, its successors and/or assigns in such capacity.

ABL Liens ” means all Liens in favor of the ABL Facility Collateral Agent on ABL Collateral securing the ABL Obligations.

ABL Obligations ” means the Debt and other obligations incurred under clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Debt.”

 

131


Table of Contents

Acquired Debt ” means Debt of a Person (including an Unrestricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person.

Additional Secured Obligations ” means Pari Passu Lien Obligations (of the Company or any Guarantor) permitted to be incurred under the Indenture and designated in writing by the Company as Indebtedness to be secured by a Lien on the Collateral which is permitted by the Indenture and the Security Documents; provided that the representative of such Additional Secured Obligation executes a joinder agreement to the Security Documents in the form attached thereto agreeing to be bound thereby.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest owing on the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings that correspond to the foregoing. For purposes of the “Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates” covenant, any Person directly or indirectly owning 10% or more of the outstanding Capital Interests of the Company and any Person who is a Permitted Holder will be deemed an Affiliate.

Applicable Premium ” means,

(A) with respect to any Fixed Rate Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Fixed Rate Note; and

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the Redemption Price of the Fixed Rate Note at November 1, 2011 (such Redemption Price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “—Optional Redemption”) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Fixed Rate Note through November 1, 2011 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Fixed Rate Note; and

(B) with respect to any Floating Rate Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Floating Rate Note; and

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Floating Rate Note at November 1, 2009 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “—Optional Redemption”) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Floating Rate Note through November 1, 2009 (assuming the interest rate in effect on the date on which notice of redemption was given, but excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the principal amount of such Floating Rate Note.

 

132


Table of Contents

Asset Acquisition ” means:

(a) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person, any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices.

Asset Sale ” means any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition (including, without limitation, dispositions pursuant to any consolidation or merger) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person (other than to the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any single transaction or series of transactions of:

(i) Capital Interests in another Person (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals pursuant to local law);

(ii) any other property or assets (other than in the normal course of business, including any sale or other disposition of obsolete or permanently retired equipment);

provided , however , that the term “Asset Sale” shall exclude:

(a) any asset disposition permitted by the provisions described under “Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Lease or Transfer” that constitutes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(b) any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition of property or assets, the gross proceeds of which (exclusive of indemnities) do not exceed in any one or related series of transactions $3.0 million;

(c) sales or other dispositions of cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents;

(d) sales of interests in Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(e) the sale and leaseback of any assets within 90 days of the acquisition thereof;

(f) the disposition of assets that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, are no longer used or useful in the business of such entity;

(g) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is otherwise permitted by the Indenture;

(h) any trade-in of equipment in exchange for other equipment; provided that in the good faith judgment of the Company, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives equipment having a fair market value equal to or greater than the equipment being traded in;

(i) the creation of a Lien (but not the sale or other disposition of the property subject to such Lien);

(j) leases or subleases in the ordinary course of business to third persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;

(k) any disposition by a Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Subsidiary to a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;

(l) [Reserved];

(m) dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(n) licensing of intellectual property in accordance with industry practice in the ordinary course of business;

 

133


Table of Contents

(o) any transfer of accounts receivable, or a fractional undivided interest therein, by a Receivable Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction; or

(p) sales of accounts receivable to a Receivable Subsidiary pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction for the Fair Market Value thereof; including cash in an amount at least equal to 75% of the Fair Market Value thereof (for the purposes of this clause (p), Purchase Money Notes will be deemed to be cash).

For purposes of this definition, any series of related transactions that, if effected as a single transaction, would constitute an Asset Sale, shall be deemed to be a single Asset Sale effected when the last such transaction which is a part thereof is effected.

Attributable Debt ” under the Indenture in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in such transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been or may be extended).

Average Life ” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to any Debt, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment (including any sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment requirements) of such Debt multiplied by (y) the amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments.

Board of Directors ” means (i) with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, its board of directors or any duly authorized committee thereof; (ii) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of such corporation or any duly authorized committee thereof; and (iii) with respect to any other entity, the board of directors or similar body of the general partner or managers of such entity or any duly authorized committee thereof.

Canadian Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is formed or otherwise incorporated or organized in Canada or any state or province thereof.

Capital Interests ” in any Person means any and all shares, interests (including Preferred Interests), participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person and any rights (other than Debt securities convertible into an equity interest), warrants or options to acquire an equity interest in such Person.

Capital Lease Obligations ” means any obligation under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP; and the amount of Debt represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. For purposes of “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens,” a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed secured by a Lien on the Property being leased.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the ultimate “beneficial owner” (as such term is used in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause (a) such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Interests in the Company; or

 

134


Table of Contents

(b) after the consummation of an initial public offering, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by the Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the equity holders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the Company then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors then in office; or

(c) the Company sells, conveys, transfers or leases (either in one transaction or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of its assets to, or merges or consolidates with, a Person other than (x) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (y) a Successor Entity in which a majority or more of the voting power of the Voting Interests is held by the Permitted Holders.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Collateral Account ” means the collateral account established pursuant to the Indenture and the Security Documents.

Collateral Agent ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association or other financial institution or entity which, in the determination of the Company is acceptable and may include, without limitation, an entity affiliated with the initial purchasers, any lenders or an entity affiliated with the lenders under the Credit Agreement or an affiliate thereof.

Common Interests ” of any Person means Capital Interests in such Person that do not rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to Capital Interests of any other class in such Person.

Company ” means Ryerson Inc. and any successor thereto.

Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period:

(i) the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for such period, taken as a single accounting period, of:

(a) Consolidated Net Income;

(b) Consolidated Non-cash Charges;

(c) Consolidated Interest Expense to the extent the same was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income;

(d) Consolidated Income Tax Expense (other than income tax expense (either positive or negative) attributable to extraordinary gains or losses);

(e) facility closure and severance costs and charges;

(f) impairment charges, including the write-down of Investments;

(g) restructuring expenses and charges;

(h) acquisition integration expenses and charges;

(i) systems implementation expenses related to SAP Platform;

(j) any expenses or charges related to any equity offering, Permitted Investment, recapitalization or Debt permitted to be Incurred by the Indenture (whether or not successful) or related to this offering of the Notes; and

(k) the Historical Costs and Expenses; and

 

135


Table of Contents

(ii) less non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than (a) the accrual of revenue consistent with past practice, and (b) reversals of prior accruals or reserves for cash items previously excluded in the calculation of Consolidated Non-cash Charges.

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of the aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters, treated as one period, for which financial information in respect thereof is available immediately preceding the date of the transaction (the “Transaction Date”) giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (such four full fiscal quarter period being referred to herein as the “Four Quarter Period”) to the aggregate amount of Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges” and “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect (i) to the cost of any compensation, remuneration or other benefit paid or provided to any employee, consultant, Affiliate, equity owner of the entity involved in any such Asset Acquisition to the extent such costs are eliminated or reduced (or public announcement has been made of the intent to eliminate or reduce such costs) prior to the date of such calculation and not replaced; and (ii) on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation, to any Asset Sales or other dispositions or Asset Acquisitions, investments, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence or assumption of any such Acquired Debt), investment, merger, consolidation or disposed operation occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period. For purposes of this definition, pro forma calculations shall be made in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, except that such pro forma calculations may also include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the Asset Sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition, investment, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation (as determined in accordance with GAAP) for which pro forma effect is being given that (A) have been realized or (B) for which steps have been taken or are reasonably expected to be taken within six months of the date of such transaction and are supportable and quantifiable and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and

(d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead, provided that, in either case, such adjustments are set forth in an Officers’ Certificate signed by the Company’s chief financial or similar officer that states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments and (ii) that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith belief of the Officers executing such Officers’ Certificate at the time of such execution.

Furthermore, in calculating “Consolidated Fixed Charges” for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”:

(i) interest on outstanding Debt determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Debt in effect on the Transaction Date; and

(ii) if interest on any Debt actually incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the Four Quarter Period.

If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly Guarantees Debt of a third Person, the above clause shall give effect to the incurrence of such Guaranteed Debt as if such Person or such Subsidiary had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such Guaranteed Debt.

 

136


Table of Contents

Consolidated Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for such period of:

(i) Consolidated Interest Expense; and

(ii) the product of (a) all dividends and other distributions paid or accrued during such period in respect of Redeemable Capital Interests of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Income Tax Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, (x) if such Person is not a corporation, the Permitted Tax Payments of such Person for such period or (y) if such Person is a corporation, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(i) the interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation:

(a) any amortization of debt discount;

(b) the net cost under Interest Rate Protection Obligations (including any amortization of discounts);

(c) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation;

(d) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptance financing or similar activities; and

(e) all accrued interest;

(ii) the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;

(iii) all capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; and

(iv) less interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period;

provided , however , that Consolidated Interest Expense will exclude (I) the amortization or write off of debt issuance costs and deferred financing fees, commissions, fees and expenses and (II) any expensing of interim loan commitment and other financing fees.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income, by:

(A) excluding, without duplication (i) all extraordinary gains or losses (net of fees and expense relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), income, expenses or charges;

(ii) the portion of net income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries allocable to minority interest in unconsolidated Persons or Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not actually been received by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iii) gains or losses in respect of any Asset Sales by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), on an after-tax basis;

 

137


Table of Contents

(iv) the net income (loss) from any disposed or discontinued operations or any net gains or losses on disposed or discontinued operations, on an after-tax basis;

(v) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) or such Person to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders;

(vi) any gain or loss realized as a result of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

(vii) any fees and expenses paid in connection with the issuance of the Notes;

(viii) non-cash compensation expense incurred with any issuance of equity interests to an employee of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(ix) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of Debt;

(x) any non-cash impairment charges or asset write-off or write-down resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 or Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141; and

(xi) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133; and

(B) including, without duplication, dividends from joint ventures actually received in cash by the Company.

Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles) and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charges constituting an extraordinary item or loss and excluding any such charges constituting an extraordinary item or loss or any charge which requires an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period).

Consolidated Total Debt Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Total Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of determination to (b) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges for the then most recent Four Quarter Period, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Debt and Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Hedging Obligations and any undrawn letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business).

Credit Agreement ” means the Company’s Credit Agreement, dated on or about the Issue Date, among the Company, Ryerson Canada, Inc. and the other co-borrowers and guarantors named therein and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and the other agents and lenders named therein, together with all related notes, letters of credit, collateral documents, guarantees, and any other related agreements and instruments executed and delivered in connection therewith, in each case as amended, modified, supplemented, restated, refinanced, refunded or replaced in whole or in part from time to time including by or pursuant to any agreement or instrument that extends the maturity of any Debt thereunder, or increases the amount of available borrowings thereunder (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under clause (i) or (xv) of the definition of the

 

138


Table of Contents

term “Permitted Debt”), or adds Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, in each case with respect to such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of lenders, purchasers or debt holders.

Currency Hedge Obligations ” means the obligations of a Person Incurred pursuant to any foreign currency exchange agreement, option or futures contract or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against or manage such Person’s exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on Debt permitted under the Indenture.

Debt ” means at any time (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, or non-recourse, the following: (i) all indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed or for the deferred purchase price of property, excluding any trade payables or other current liabilities incurred in the normal course of business; (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments; (iii) all obligations of such Person with respect to letters of credit (other than letters of credit that are secured by cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents), bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; (iv) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property or assets acquired by such Person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property or assets); (v) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (vi) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of Redeemable Capital Interests in such Person at the time of determination; (vii) any Swap Contracts and Currency Hedge Obligations of such Person at the time of determination; (viii) Attributable Debt with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction to which such Person is a party; and (ix) all obligations of the types referred to in clauses (i) through (viii) of this definition of another Person and all dividends and other distributions of another Person, the payment of which, in either case, (A) such Person has Guaranteed or (B) is secured by (or the holder of such Debt or the recipient of such dividends or other distributions has an existing right, whether contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon the property or other assets of such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt, dividends or other distributions. For purposes of the foregoing: (a) the maximum fixed repurchase price of any Redeemable Capital Interests that do not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital Interests as if such Redeemable Capital Interests were repurchased on any date on which Debt shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture; provided, however, that, if such Redeemable Capital Interests are not then permitted to be repurchased, the repurchase price shall be the book value of such Redeemable Capital Interests; (b) the amount outstanding at any time of any Debt issued with original issue discount is the principal amount of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP, but such Debt shall be deemed Incurred only as of the date of original issuance thereof; (c) the amount of any Debt described in clause (ix)(A) above shall be the maximum liability under any such Guarantee; (d) the amount of any Debt described in clause (ix)(B) above shall be the lesser of (I) the maximum amount of the obligations so secured and (II) the Fair Market Value of such property or other assets; and (e) interest, fees, premium, and expenses and additional payments, if any, will not constitute Debt.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, the term “Debt” will exclude (x) customary indemnification obligations and (y) post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment is otherwise contingent; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 60 days thereafter.

The amount of Debt of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligations, of any contingent obligations at such date; provided, however, that in the case of Debt sold at a discount, the amount of such Debt at any time will be the accreted value thereof at such time.

 

139


Table of Contents

Default ” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default.

Disinterested Director ” means, with respect to any proposed transaction between (i) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, and (ii) an Affiliate thereof (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, who would not be a party to, or have a financial interest in, such transaction and is not an officer, director or employee of, and does not have a financial interest in, such Affiliate. For purposes of this definition, no person would be deemed not to be a Disinterested Director solely because such person holds Capital Interests in the Company or is an employee of the Company.

Domestic Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is formed or otherwise incorporated in the United States or a State thereof or the District of Columbia or that Guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Debt of the Company.

Eligible Bank ” means a bank or trust company that (i) is organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or Canada, or any state, territory, province or possession thereof, (ii) as of the time of the making or acquisition of an Investment in such bank or trust company, has combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and (iii) the senior Debt of which is rated at least “A-2” by Moody’s or at least “A” by Standard & Poor’s.

Eligible Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following Investments: (i) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition; (ii) time deposits in and certificates of deposit of any Eligible Bank, provided that such Investments have a maturity date not more than two years after date of acquisition and that the Average Life of all such Investments is one year or less from the respective dates of acquisition; (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 180 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with any Eligible Bank; (iv) direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof, provided that such Investments mature, or are subject to tender at the option of the holder thereof, within 365 days after the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, have a rating of at least A from Standard & Poor’s or A-2 from Moody’s (or an equivalent rating by any other nationally recognized rating agency); (v) commercial paper of any Person other than an Affiliate of the Company, provided that such Investments have one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s and mature within 180 days after the date of acquisition; (vi) overnight and demand deposits in and bankers’ acceptances of any Eligible Bank and demand deposits in any bank or trust company to the extent insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation against the Bank Insurance Fund; (vii) money market funds substantially all of the assets of which comprise Investments of the types described in clauses (i) through (vi); and (viii) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above or funds equivalent to those referred to in clause (vii) above denominated in Euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tender to those referred to in such clauses and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in jurisdictions outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction, all as determined in good faith by the Company.

Enforcement Notice ” means a written notice delivered pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, at a time when an event of default under the ABL Facility or an event of default under the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, by either the Collateral Agent or the ABL Facility Collateral Agent to the other, specifying the relevant event of default.

 

140


Table of Contents

Event of Loss ” means, with respect to any property or asset (tangible or intangible, real or personal) constituting Collateral, any of the following:

(i) any loss, destruction or damage of such property or asset;

(ii) any institution of any proceeding for the condemnation or seizure of such property or asset or for the exercise of any right of eminent domain;

(iii) any actual condemnation, seizure or taking by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise of such property or asset, or confiscation of such property or asset or the requisition of the use of such property or asset; or

(iv) any settlement in lieu of clauses (ii) or (iii) above.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital (or equivalent); and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary) of Capital Interests (other than Redeemable Capital Interests or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,

in each case, designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date such capital contribution is made or such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be, which amounts shall be excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to the consideration received or paid in any transaction or series of transactions, the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the case of a transaction between the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, on the one hand, and a Receivable Subsidiary, on the other hand, if the Board of Directors determines in its sole discretion that such determination is appropriate, a determination as to Fair Market Value may be made at the commencement of the transaction and be applicable to all dealings between the Receivable Subsidiary and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary during the course of such transaction.

Four Quarter Period “ has the meaning set forth in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, as set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect as of the Issue Date.

Guarantee ” means, as applied to any Debt of another Person, (i) a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the normal course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part or all of such Debt, (ii) any direct or indirect obligation, contingent or otherwise, of a Person guaranteeing or having the effect of guaranteeing the Debt of any other Person in any manner and (iii) an agreement of a Person, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of all or any part of such Debt of another Person (and “Guaranteed” and “Guaranteeing” shall have meanings that correspond to the foregoing).

 

141


Table of Contents

Guarantor ” means any Person that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and their respective successors and assigns.

Hedging Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such person pursuant to any interest rate agreement, currency agreement or commodity agreement.

Historical Costs and Expenses ” means public company costs, merger and proxy related expenses, workers compensation reserve adjustments, legal settlements and historical costs associated with closed facilities to the extent incurred prior to the Issue Date and, in each case, on a basis consistent with the calculation of pro forma Adjusted EBITDA as set forth in this prospectus.

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in the security register.

Incur ” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Debt or other obligation on the balance sheet of such Person; provided, however, that a change in GAAP that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Debt. Debt otherwise Incurred by a Person before it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed to be Incurred at the time at which such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company. “Incurrence,” “Incurred,” “Incurrable” and “Incurring” shall have meanings that correspond to the foregoing. A Guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Debt Incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall not be a separate Incurrence of Debt. In addition, the following shall not be deemed a separate Incurrence of Debt:

(1) amortization of debt discount or accretion of principal with respect to a non-interest bearing or other discount security;

(2) the payment of regularly scheduled interest in the form of additional Debt of the same instrument or the payment of regularly scheduled dividends on Capital Interests in the form of additional Capital Interests of the same class and with the same terms;

(3) the obligation to pay a premium in respect of Debt arising in connection with the issuance of a notice of redemption or making of a mandatory offer to purchase such Debt; and

(4) unrealized losses or charges in respect of Hedging Obligations.

Initial Purchasers ” means Banc of America Securities LLC and such other initial purchasers party to the purchase agreement entered into in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes on the Issue Date and any similar purchase agreement in connection with any Permitted Additional Note Obligations.

Interest Rate Protection Agreements ” means, with respect to any Person, any arrangement with any other Person whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements.

Interest Rate Protection Obligations ” means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Protection Agreements.

Investment ” by any Person means any direct or indirect loan, advance (or other extension of credit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property or assets to another Person or any other payments for property or services for the account or use of another Person) another Person, including, without limitation, the following: (i) the purchase or acquisition of any Capital Interest or other evidence of beneficial

 

142


Table of Contents

ownership in another Person; (ii) the purchase, acquisition or Guarantee of the Debt of another Person or the issuance of a “keep-well” with respect thereto; and (iii) the purchase or acquisition of the business or assets of another Person but shall exclude: (a) accounts receivable and other extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices; (b) the acquisition of property and assets from suppliers and other vendors in the normal course of business; and (c) prepaid expenses and workers’ compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits, in the normal course of business.

Issue Date ” means October 19, 2007, the date on which the initial $425.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Fixed Rate Notes and $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Floating Rate Notes are originally issued under the Indenture.

Lien ” means, with respect to any property or other asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, easement, encumbrance, preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or other asset (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Management Agreement ” means the corporate advisory services agreement by and among the Company and the Permitted Holders as in effect on the Issue Date.

Merger ” means the merger of Ryerson Inc. and Rhombus Merger Corporation pursuant to the Merger Documents.

Merger Documents ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 24, 2007, among Ryerson Inc., Rhombus Holding Corporation and Rhombus Merger Corporation.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means, with respect to Asset Sales of any Person, cash and Eligible Cash Equivalents received, net of: (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such Person incurred in connection with such a sale, including, without limitation, all legal, accounting, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred and all federal, state, foreign and local taxes arising in connection with such an Asset Sale that are paid or required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP by such Person; (ii) all payments made by such Person on any Debt that is secured by such properties or other assets in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to such properties or other assets or that must, by the terms of such Lien or such Debt, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such transaction or by applicable law, be repaid to any other Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof) in connection with such Asset Sale; and (iii) all contractually required distributions and other payments made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person as a result of such transaction; provided, however, that: (a) in the event that any consideration for an Asset Sale (which would otherwise constitute Net Cash Proceeds) is required by (I) contract to be held in escrow pending determination of whether a purchase price adjustment will be made or (II) GAAP to be reserved against other liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, such consideration (or any portion thereof) shall become Net Cash Proceeds only at such time as it is released to such Person from escrow or otherwise; and (b) any non-cash consideration received in connection with any transaction, which is subsequently converted to cash, shall become Net Cash Proceeds only at such time as it is so converted.

Net Loss Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Guarantor in respect of any Event of Loss, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or damages awarded by any judgment, net of the direct cost in recovery of such Net Loss Proceeds (including, without limitation, legal, accounting, appraisal and insurance adjuster fees and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Debt secured by any Permitted Collateral Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Event of Loss, and any taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

 

143


Table of Contents

Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Receivable Subsidiary.”

Note Liens ” means all Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent on Collateral securing the Note Obligations, including, without limitation, any Permitted Additional Note Obligations.

Note Obligations ” means the Debt Incurred and Obligations under the Senior Secured Note Documents.

Obligations ” means any principal, premium, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Debt.

Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

“Offer to Purchase” means a written offer (the “ Offer ”) sent by the Company by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address appearing in the security register on the date of the Offer, offering to purchase up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes set forth in such Offer at the purchase price set forth in such Offer (as determined pursuant to the Indenture). Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the offer shall specify an expiration date (the “Expiration Date”) of the Offer to Purchase which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of mailing of such Offer and a settlement date (the “Purchase Date”) for purchase of Notes within five business days after the Expiration Date. The Company shall notify the Trustee at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Company’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Offer shall also state:

(1) the Section of the Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made;

(2) the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;

(3) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner by which such amount has been determined pursuant to Indenture covenants requiring the Offer to Purchase) (the “Purchase Amount”);

(4) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for each $2,000 principal amount of Notes (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) accepted for payment (as specified pursuant to the Indenture) (the “Purchase Price”);

(5) that the Holder may tender all or any portion of the Notes registered in the name of such Holder and that any portion of a Note tendered must be tendered in a minimum amount of $2,000 principal amount (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof);

(6) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, if applicable;

(7) that, unless the Company defaults in making such purchase, any Note accepted for purchase pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date, but that any Note not tendered or tendered but not purchased by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to accrue interest at the same rate;

(8) that, on the Purchase Date, the Purchase Price will become due and payable upon each Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;

 

144


Table of Contents

(9) that each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender such Note or cause such Note to be surrendered at the place or places set forth in the Offer prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date (such Note being, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing);

(10) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of Notes tendered if the Company (or its paying agent) receives, not later than the close of business on the Expiration Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes the Holder tendered, the certificate number of the Note the Holder tendered and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of his tender;

(11) that (a) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the Purchase Amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company shall purchase all such Notes and (b) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Purchase Amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company shall purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 principal amount or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof shall be purchased); and

(12) if applicable, that, in the case of any Holder whose Note is purchased only in part, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in the aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes so tendered.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by two officers of the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable.

Pari Passu Lien Obligations ” means Obligations with respect to other Debt permitted to be incurred under the Indenture which are by their terms intended to be secured equally and ratably with the Notes (including any Permitted Additional Note Obligations); provided such Lien is permitted to be incurred under the Indenture.

Pari Passu Liens ” means Liens securing Obligations ranking pari passu with the Notes which by their terms are intended to be secured equally and ratably with the Notes and are permitted pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Security Documents.

Permitted Additional Note Obligations ” means obligations under the Additional Notes secured by the Note Liens; provided that the amount of such obligations does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) an amount such that immediately after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Additional Notes and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (determined on a pro forma basis as set forth under the “Limitation on Incurrence of Debt” covenant and the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”), would be equal to or less than 3.0:1.0.

Permitted Business ” means any business similar in nature to any business conducted by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business reasonably ancillary, incidental, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the business conducted by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company;

Permitted Collateral Liens ” means:

(i) Liens securing the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date, Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to such Notes, the Guarantees relating thereto and any Obligations with respect to such Notes, Refinancing Debt and Guarantees;

 

145


Table of Contents

(ii) Pari Passu Liens securing Permitted Additional Note Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Indenture which Liens are granted pursuant to the provisions of the Security Documents;

(iii) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens specified in clause (i) or (ii) above);

(iv) Liens described in clauses (b) (which Liens shall not be Pari Passu Liens on the Notes Collateral), (c), (d), (g) (l) (but only with respect to Obligations secured by Liens described in clause (g) referred to therein), (m), (u), (x), (y) (aa) and (bb) of the definition of Permitted Liens;

(v) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other similar restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Debt and which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of the property affected thereby or materially impair the use of such property in the operation of the business of such Person;

(vi) other Liens (not securing Debt) incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or the ownership of their assets which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of the property affected thereby or materially impair the use of such property in the operation of the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(vii) Liens on the Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent relating to Collateral Agent’s administrative expenses with respect to the Collateral.

For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) Pari Passu Lien Obligations need not be Incurred solely by reference to one category of permitted Pari Passu Lien Obligations described in clauses (i) through (vii) of this definition but are permitted to be Incurred in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that an item of Pari Passu Lien Obligations (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Pari Passu Lien Obligations described in clauses (i) through (vii) above, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify (but not reclassify) such item of Pari Passu Lien Obligations (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition and will only be required to include the amount and type of such item of Pari Passu Lien Obligations in one of the above clauses and such item of Pari Passu Lien Obligations will be treated as having been Incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses.

Permitted Debt ” means

(i) Debt Incurred pursuant to any Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,400.0 million and (y) the sum of (A) 75% of the book value (calculated in accordance with GAAP) of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding LIFO reserves) and (B) 90% of the book value of the accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, determined by the book value set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date on which such Debt is Incurred for which internal financial statements are available) and, (z) minus (A) any amounts Incurred and outstanding pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction permitted under clause (xvi) below and (B) with respect to clause (x) above, any amount used to permanently repay such Obligations (or permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto) pursuant to the “Limitation on Asset Sales” covenant;

(ii) Debt outstanding under the Notes on the Issue Date (and any Exchange Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement) and contribution, indemnification and reimbursement obligations owed by the Company or any Guarantor to any of the other of them in respect of amounts paid or payable on such Notes;

(iii) Guarantees of the Notes (and any Exchange Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement);

(iv) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding at the time of the Issue Date (other than clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above);

 

146


Table of Contents

(v) Debt owed to and held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(vi) Guarantees Incurred by the Company of Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted to be incurred under the Indenture;

(vii) Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt under the Credit Agreement, provided that (a) such Debt is Permitted Debt or is otherwise Incurred in accordance with the “Limitation on Incurrence of Debt” covenant and (b) such Guarantees are subordinated to the Notes to the same extent as the Debt being guaranteed;

(viii) Debt incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, indemnity, bid, performance, warranty, release, appeal, surety and similar bonds, letters of credit for operating purposes and completion guarantees provided or incurred (including Guarantees thereof) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) Debt under Swap Contracts and Currency Hedge Obligations;

(x) Debt owed by the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that if for any reason such Debt ceases to be held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Debt shall cease to be Permitted Debt and shall be deemed Incurred as Debt of the Company for purposes of the Indenture;

(xi) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Capital Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Debt under this clause (xi), provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Debt outstanding at any time may not exceed $75.0 million in the aggregate;

(xii) Debt arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, contribution, earnout, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Capital Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted under the Indenture;

(xiii) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that:

(a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (xiii);

(xiv) Debt arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Debt is extinguished within five business days of Incurrence;

(xv) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted pursuant to this definition, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $75.0 million at any time outstanding, which Debt may be Incurred under a Credit Agreement;

(xvi) Purchase Money Notes Incurred by any Receivable Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction and Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness;

(xvii) Refinancing Debt; and

(xviii) Debt of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from customary cash management services or the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; provided, however, that such Debt is extinguished within five business days of Incurrence.

 

147


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Debt permitted under clause (i) of this definition of “Permitted Debt” shall not constitute “Refinancing Debt” under clause (xvii) of this definition of “Permitted Debt”.

Permitted Holders ” means Platinum Equity Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company or any of its Affiliates.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(a) Investments in existence on the Issue Date;

(b) Investments required pursuant to any agreement or obligation of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, in effect on the Issue Date, to make such Investments;

(c) Eligible Cash Equivalents;

(d) Investments in property and other assets, owned or used by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the normal course of business;

(e) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;

(f) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated or wound-up into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(g) Swap Contracts and Currency Hedge Obligations;

(h) non-cash consideration received in conjunction with an Asset Sale that is otherwise permitted under the “Limitation on Asset Sales” covenant;

(i) Investments received in settlement of obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and as a result of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(j) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than in an Affiliate) not otherwise permitted under this definition, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(k) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a joint venture in an aggregate amount not to exceed $75.0 million;

(l) loans and advances (including for travel and relocation) to employees in an amount not to exceed $1.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

(m) Investments the payment for which consists solely of Capital Interests of the Company;

(n) any Investment in any Person to the extent such Investment represents the non-cash portion of the consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale consummated in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Asset Sales” or any other disposition of Property not constituting an Asset Sale;

(o) any acquisition of assets or Capital Interests solely in exchange for the issuance or Capital Interest (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(p) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(q) guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) of Debt otherwise permitted by the covenant described hereunder “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Debt”; and

 

148


Table of Contents

(r) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Receivable Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivable Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, so long as any Investment in a Receivable Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an Investment in Capital Interests.

Permitted Liens ” means:

(a) Liens existing at the Issue Date;

(b) Liens that secure Obligations incurred pursuant to clause (i) or (xvi) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” (and any related Currency Hedge Obligations and Swap Contracts permitted under the agreement related thereto), provided that, in the case of clause (i), such Liens are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement;

(c) any Lien for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges or levies not then due and payable (or which, if due and payable, are being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves are being maintained, to the extent required by GAAP and such proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to any such Lien);

(d) any warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, landlord’s or other similar Liens arising by Law for sums not then due and payable (or which, if due and payable, are being contested in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained, to the extent required by GAAP and such proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to any such Lien);

(e) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other similar restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Debt and which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of the Company or materially impair the operation of the business of such Person;

(f) pledges or deposits (i) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of statutory obligations or the requirements of any official body, or (ii) to secure the performance of tenders, bids, surety or performance bonds, leases, purchase, construction, sales or servicing contracts and other similar obligations Incurred in the normal course of business consistent with industry practice; or (iii) to obtain or secure obligations with respect to letters of credit, Guarantees, bonds or other sureties or assurances given in connection with the activities described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, in each case not Incurred or made in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property or services or imposed by ERISA or the Code in connection with a “plan” (as defined in ERISA) or (iv) arising in connection with any attachment unless such Liens shall not be satisfied or discharged or stayed pending appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof or the expiration of any such stay;

(g) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (and not created or Incurred in anticipation of such transaction), provided that such Liens are not extended to the property and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property or assets acquired;

(h) Liens securing Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor owed to and held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor thereof;

(i) other Liens (not securing Debt) incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or the ownership of their assets which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of the Company or materially impair the operation of the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

149


Table of Contents

(j) [Reserved];

(k) [Reserved];

(l) Liens to secure any permitted extension, renewal, refinancing or refunding (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings), in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (g); provided that such Liens do not extend to any other property or assets and the principal amount of the obligations secured by such Liens is not increased;

(m) Liens in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(n) licenses of intellectual property granted in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Liens to secure Capital Lease Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (xi) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”; provided that such Liens do not extend to any Collateral;

(p) Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor;

(q) [Reserved];

(r) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligation in respect of banker’s acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment, or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(s) [Reserved];

(t) Liens securing Debt Incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property, plant or equipment of such Person; provided, however, that the Lien may not extend to any Collateral or other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto and any proceeds thereof), and the Debt (other than any interest thereon) secured by the Lien may not be Incurred more than 180 days after the later of the acquisition, completion of construction, repair, improvement, addition or commencement of full operation of the property subject to the Lien;

(u) Liens on property or shares of Capital Interests of another Person at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that (i) the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto) and (ii) such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Restricted Subsidiary;

(v) [Reserved];

(w) [Reserved];

(x) Liens (i) that are contractual rights of set-off (A) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Debt, (B) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations and other cash management activities incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (C) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and (ii) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (Y) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (Z) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law or pursuant to customary account agreements encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry and;

 

150


Table of Contents

(y) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (7) under the caption “Events of Default and Remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(z) Deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(aa) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business so long as such leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses are subordinate in all respects to the Liens granted and evidenced by the Security Documents and which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Debt;

(bb) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) [Reserved];

(dd) Liens on the Collateral granted under the Security Documents in favor of the Collateral Agent to secure the Notes, the Guarantees and the Permitted Additional Note Obligations;

(ee) Liens not otherwise permitted under the Indenture in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100.0 million, provided that no portion of the Liens permitted pursuant to this clause (ee) may be used to encumber (x) Collateral except as provided in the definition of “Permitted Additional Note Obligations” and (y) assets or property owned by any of the Canadian Subsidiaries; and

(ff) any extensions, substitutions, replacements or renewals of the foregoing.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Preferred Interests ,” as applied to the Capital Interests in any Person, means Capital Interests in such Person of any class or classes (however designated) that rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to shares of Common Interests in such Person.

Purchase Amount ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

Purchase Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

Purchase Money Debt ” means Debt

(i) Incurred to finance the purchase or construction (including additions and improvements thereto) of any assets (other than Capital Interests) of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(ii) that is secured by a Lien on such assets where the lender’s sole security is to the assets so purchased or constructed; and

in either case that does not exceed 100% of the cost and to the extent the purchase or construction prices for such assets are or should be included in “addition to property, plant or equipment” in accordance with GAAP.

Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of a Receivable Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which note must be repaid from cash available to the Receivable Subsidiary, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables. The repayment of a Purchase Money Note may be subordinated to the repayment of other liabilities of the Receivable Subsidiary on terms determined in good faith by the Company to be substantially consistent with market practice in connection with Qualified Receivables Transactions.

 

151


Table of Contents

Purchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

Qualified Capital Interests ” in any Person means a class of Capital Interests other than Redeemable Capital Interests.

Qualified Equity Offering ” means (i) an underwritten public equity offering of Qualified Capital Interests pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act yielding gross proceeds to either of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, of at least $25.0 million or (ii) a private equity offering of Qualified Capital Interests of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company other than (x) any such public or private sale to an entity that is an Affiliate of the Company and (y) any public offerings registered on Form S-8; provided that, in the case of an offering or sale by a direct or indirect parent company of the Company, such parent company contributes to the capital of the Company the portion of the net cash proceeds of such offering or sale necessary to pay the aggregate Redemption Price (plus accrued interest to the redemption date) of the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to the provisions described under the third paragraph of “—Optional Redemption.”

Qualified Receivables Transaction ” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers to (a) a Receivable Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivable Subsidiary), or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with an accounts receivable financing transaction; provided such transaction is on market terms as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such transaction.

Receivable Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company:

(1) that is formed solely for the purpose of, and that engages in no activities other than activities in connection with, financing accounts receivable of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) that is designated by the Board of Directors as a Receivable Subsidiary pursuant to a Board of Directors’ resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate and delivered to the Trustee;

(3) that is either (a) a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) an Unrestricted Subsidiary designated in accordance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries”;

(4) no portion of the Debt or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of which (a) is at any time Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than any Guarantee of Debt) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (b) is at any time recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any way, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (c) subjects any asset of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings (such Debt, “Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness”);

(5) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than (a) contracts, agreements, arrangements and understandings entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, (b) fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with

 

152


Table of Contents

servicing accounts receivable in connection with such a Qualified Receivables Transaction as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and (c) any Purchase Money Note issued by such Receivable Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(6) with respect to which neither the Company nor any other Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation (a) to subscribe for additional shares of Capital Interests therein or make any additional capital contribution or similar payment or transfer thereto except in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction or (b) to maintain or preserve the solvency or any balance sheet term, financial condition, level of income or results of operations thereof.

Redeemable Capital Interests ” in any Person means any equity security of such Person that by its terms (or by terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or otherwise (including the passage of time or the happening of an event), is required to be redeemed, is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof in whole or in part (including by operation of a sinking fund), or is convertible or exchangeable for Debt of such Person at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided that only the portion of such equity security which is required to be redeemed, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof before such date will be deemed to be Redeemable Capital Interests. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any equity security that would constitute Redeemable Capital Interests solely because the holders of the equity security have the right to require the Company to repurchase such equity security upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Redeemable Capital Interests if the terms of such equity security provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such equity security pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.” The amount of Redeemable Capital Interests deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of the Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Redeemable Capital Interests or portion thereof, exclusive of accrued dividends.

Redemption Price ,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to the Indenture.

Refinancing Debt ” means Debt that refunds, refinances, renews, replaces or extends any Debt permitted to be Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, whether involving the same or any other lender or creditor or group of lenders or creditors, but only to the extent that

(i) the Refinancing Debt is subordinated to the Notes to at least the same extent as the Debt being refunded, refinanced or extended, if such Debt was subordinated to the Notes,

(ii) the Refinancing Debt is scheduled to mature either (a) no earlier than the Debt being refunded, refinanced or extended or (b) at least 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes,

(iii) the Refinancing Debt has a weighted average life to maturity at the time such Refinancing Debt is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the weighted average life to maturity of the Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended,

(iv) such Refinancing Debt is in an aggregate principal amount that is less than or equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal or accreted amount (in the case of any Debt issued with original issue discount, as such) then outstanding under the Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended, (b) the amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and premiums owed, if any, not in excess of preexisting prepayment provisions on such Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended and (c) the amount of reasonable and customary fees, expenses and costs related to the Incurrence of such Refinancing Debt, and

(v) such Refinancing Debt is Incurred by the same Person (or its successor) that initially Incurred the Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended, except that the Company may Incur Refinancing Debt to refund, refinance, renew, replace or extend Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

 

153


Table of Contents

Restricted Payment ” is defined to mean any of the following:

(a) any dividend or other distribution declared and paid on the Capital Interests in the Company or on the Capital Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that are held by, or declared and paid to, any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than

(i) dividends, distributions or payments made solely in Qualified Capital Interests in the Company; and

(ii) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to other holders of Capital Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis;

(b) any payment made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to purchase, redeem, acquire or retire any Capital Interests in the Company (including the conversion into, or exchange for, Debt, of any Capital Interests) other than any such Capital Interests owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(c) any payment made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a payment made solely in Qualified Capital Interests in the Company) to redeem, repurchase, defease (including an in substance or legal defeasance) or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including pursuant to mandatory repurchase covenants), prior to any scheduled maturity, scheduled sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment, Debt of the Company or any Guarantor that is subordinate (whether pursuant to its terms or by operation of law) in right of payment to the Notes or Note Guarantees (excluding any Debt owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); except payments of principal and interest in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation or final maturity, in each case, within one year of the due date thereof;

(d) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in any Person, other than a Permitted Investment; and

(e) any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

provided , however , the transactions contemplated under the heading “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus shall not constitute “Restricted Payments.”

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that has not been designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” in accordance with the Indenture.

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means any direct or indirect arrangement pursuant to which property is sold or transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and is thereafter leased back as a capital lease by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

Security Agreement ” means the security agreement to be dated as of the Issue Date between the Collateral Agent, the Company and the Guarantors (and any representative of Additional Secured Obligations that may become a party thereto) granting, among other things, a second-priority Lien on the ABL Collateral and a first-priority Lien on the Notes Collateral subject to Permitted Collateral Liens and Permitted Liens, in each case in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the Holders of any Additional Secured Obligations, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Security Documents ” means the Security Agreement, any mortgages, the Intercreditor Agreement and all of the security agreements, pledges, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, trust deeds or other instruments evidencing or creating or purporting to create any Security Interests in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the Holders of any Additional Secured Obligations, in all or any portion of the Collateral, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

 

154


Table of Contents

Security Interests ” means the Liens on the Collateral created by the Security Documents in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes (including any Permitted Additional Note Obligations) and any Holders of any Additional Secured Obligations.

Senior Secured Note Documents ” means the Indenture, Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents.

Significant Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and Exchange Act, but shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, including Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any of the foregoing obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

Stated Maturity ,” when used with respect to (i) any Note or any installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which the principal amount of such Note or such installment of interest is due and payable and (ii) any other Debt or any installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in the instrument governing such Debt as the fixed date on which the principal of such Debt or such installment of interest is due and payable.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited or general partnership, trust, association or other business entity of which an aggregate of at least a majority of the outstanding Capital Interests therein is, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor.

Successor Entity ” means a corporation or other entity that succeeds to and continues the business of Ryerson Inc.

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, any fuel price caps and fuel price collar or floor agreements and similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect against or manage fluctuations in fuel prices and any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Total Assets ” means, at any time, the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such time, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Treasury Rate ” means with respect to the Notes, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at

 

155


Table of Contents

least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to November 1, 2009 with respect to the Floating Rate Notes and November 1, 2011 with respect to the Fixed Rate Notes, as applicable; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to November 1, 2009 with respect to the Floating Rate Notes and November 1, 2011 with respect to the Fixed Rate Notes, as applicable, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Monies ” means all cash and Cash Equivalents received by the Trustee:

(1) upon the release of Collateral from the Lien of the Indenture or the Security Documents, including all Net Cash Proceeds and Net Loss Proceeds and all moneys received in respect of the principal of all purchase money, governmental and other obligations;

(2) pursuant to the Security Documents;

(3) as proceeds of any sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Collateral by or on behalf of the Trustee or any collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation or other realization of or from all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to the Indenture or any of the Security Documents or otherwise; or

(4) for application as provided in the relevant provisions of the Indenture or any Security Document or which disposition is not otherwise specifically provided for in the Indenture or in any Security Document;

provided , however , that Trust Monies shall in no event include any property deposited with the Trustee for any redemption, legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of Notes, for the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture or to pay the purchase price of Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and shall not include any cash received or applicable by the Trustee in payment of its fees and expenses.

UCC “ means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other that the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Voting Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, securities of any class or classes of Capital Interests in such Person entitling the holders thereof generally to vote on the election of members of the Board of Directors or comparable body of such Person.

 

156


Table of Contents

BOOK ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

The exchange notes will be represented by one or more notes in registered, global form without interest coupons, each, a Global Note, and will be deposited with the Trustee as a custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), and registered in the name of a nominee of such depositary.

The Global Notes

We expect that pursuant to procedures established by DTC (i) upon the issuance of the Global Notes, DTC or its custodian will credit, on its internal system, the principal amount at maturity of the individual beneficial interests represented by such Global Notes to the respective accounts of persons who have accounts with such depositary and (ii) ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of participants) and the records of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants). Such accounts initially will be designated by or on behalf of the initial purchasers and ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC, such individuals referred to herein as the participants, or persons who hold interests through participants. Holders may hold their interests in the Global Notes directly through DTC if they are participants in such system, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such system.

So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder represented by such Global Notes for all purposes under the indenture. No beneficial owner of an interest in the Global Notes will be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with DTC’s procedures, in addition to those provided for under the Indenture with respect to the notes.

Payments of the principal of, premium (if any), interest (including Additional Interest) on, the Global Notes will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner thereof. None of us, the Trustee or any paying agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interest.

We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal, premium, if any, interest (including Additional Interest) on the Global Notes, will credit participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount at maturity of the Global Notes as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way through DTC’s same-day funds system in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same day funds. If a holder requires physical delivery of a Certificated Security for any reason, including to sell notes to persons in states which require physical delivery of the notes, or to pledge such securities, such holder must transfer its interest in a Global Note, in accordance with the normal procedures of DTC and with the procedures set forth in the indenture.

DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder (including the presentation of notes for exchange as described below) only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests in the Global Notes are credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an event of default under the indenture, DTC will exchange the Global Notes for Certificated Securities, which it will distribute to its participants and which will be legended as set forth in the section entitled “Notice to Investors.”

 

157


Table of Contents

DTC has advised us that it is:

 

   

is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;

 

   

a member of the Federal Reserve System;

 

   

a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and

 

   

a “Clearing Agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly.

Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Note among participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither the Trustee nor we will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Certificated Securities

Notes in certificated registered form shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in the Global Notes if (i) DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for the Global Notes and a successor depository is not appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days of such notice or (ii) an event of default has occurred under the indenture and is continuing and the registrar has received a request from the depository to issue notes in certificated registered form.

 

158


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to the exchange offer and purchase, ownership and disposition of the exchange notes, and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax consequences relating thereto. This discussion does not address all the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances or to holders subject to special rules, such as financial institutions, banks, partnerships and other pass-through entities, U.S. expatriates, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities, U.S. Holders (defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations and persons holding the notes as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other integrated transaction. In addition, the effect of any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws is not discussed. The discussion deals only with notes held as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

The discussion is based on the provisions of the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and procedures of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change at any time. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder of the notes.

We have not sought, nor will seek, any rulings from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of the notes or that any such position would not be sustained.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds notes, the tax treatment of its partners will generally depend upon the status of the partners and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and persons holding notes through partnerships and other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes.

Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors with regard to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to their particular situations as well as the application of any state, local, foreign or other tax laws, including gift and estate tax laws.

Exchange Offer

The exchange of original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer should not constitute a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result:

 

   

a holder of original notes should not recognize taxable gain or loss as a result of the exchange of original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer;

 

   

the holding period of the exchange notes should include the holding period of the original notes surrendered in exchange therefor; and

 

   

a holder’s adjusted tax basis in the exchange notes should be the same as such holder’s adjusted tax basis in the original notes surrendered in exchange therefor.

Tax Consequences of Holding Exchange Notes:

U.S. Holders

As used herein, “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of the notes that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual that is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof;

 

159


Table of Contents
   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source;

 

   

a trust, if a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons can control all substantial trust decisions, or, if the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, and has elected to continue to be treated as a U.S. person; or

 

   

a person whose worldwide income or gain is otherwise subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis.

Interest

A U.S. Holder must generally include interest on a note as ordinary income at the time such interest is received or accrued in accordance with such U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Market Discount

If a U.S. Holder purchases an exchange note (or purchased an original note which is exchanged for an exchange note) for an amount that is less than its stated redemption price at maturity, the amount of the difference will be treated as market discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, unless this difference is less than a specified de minimis amount.

A U.S. Holder will be required to treat any principal payment on, or any gain on the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of, a note as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount accrued on the note at the time of the payment or disposition unless this market discount has been previously included in income by the holder pursuant to an election by the holder to include market discount in income as it accrues or pursuant to an election to include in gross income all interest that accrues on any note (including stated interest, market discount and de minimis market discount, as adjusted by any amortizable bond premium) in accordance with a constant yield method based on the compounding of interest (a “constant yield election”). An election to report market discount in income as it accrues applies to all taxable debt obligations then owned and thereafter acquired by the holder and may be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. If the note is disposed of in certain nontaxable transactions, accrued market discount will be includible as ordinary income to the U.S. Holder as if such holder had sold the note in a taxable transaction at its then fair market value. In addition, unless the U.S. Holder has elected to include market discount in income as it accrues, such holder may be required to defer, until the maturity of the note or its earlier disposition (including certain nontaxable transactions), the deduction of all or a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry such note.

Bond Premium

If a U.S. Holder purchases an exchange note (or purchased an original note which is exchanged for an exchange note) for an amount that is greater than the sum of all amounts payable on the note other than stated interest, the holder will be considered to have purchased the note with amortizable bond premium. In general, amortizable bond premium with respect to any note will be equal in amount to the excess of the purchase price over the sum of all amounts payable on the note other than stated interest and the holder may elect to amortize this premium, using a constant yield method, over the remaining term of the note. A U.S. Holder may generally use the amortizable bond premium allocable to an accrual period to offset stated interest required to be included in such holder’s income with respect to the note in that accrual period. A U.S. Holder who elects to amortize bond premium must reduce his tax basis in the note by the amount of the premium amortized in any year. An election to amortize bond premium applies to all taxable debt obligations then owned and thereafter acquired by the holder and may be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. If a U.S. Holder makes a constant yield election (as described under “Market Discount” above) for a note with amortizable bond premium, such election will result in a deemed election to amortize bond premium for all of the holder’s debt instruments with amortizable bond premium and may be revoked only with the permission of the IRS with respect to debt instruments acquired after revocation.

 

160


Table of Contents

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes

A U.S. Holder will generally recognize gain or loss on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition (excluding any amounts attributable to accrued and unpaid interest, which will be treated as ordinary interest income to the extent not previously included in such U.S. Holder’s income, and accrued marked discount) and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in a note generally will be the U.S. Holder’s cost therefore, increased by any market discount previously included in income and reduced by any amortized bond premium. Such recognized gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss, and if the U.S. Holder is an individual that has held the note for more than one year, such capital gain will generally be subject to tax at long-term capital gain rates. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses may be limited.

Contingent Payments

In certain circumstances, we may be obligated to pay you amounts in excess of the stated interest and principal payable on the notes. Our obligation to make such payments may implicate the provisions of Treasury regulations relating to “contingent payment debt instruments.” We intend to take the position that the notes should not be subject to these regulations. Our position is binding on a U.S. Holder unless such holder discloses its contrary position in the manner required by applicable Treasury Regulations. Assuming such position is respected, a U.S. Holder would be required to include in income the amount of any such payments at the time such payments are received or accrued in accordance with such U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the IRS successfully challenged this position, and the notes were treated as contingent payment debt instruments because of such payments, U.S. Holders might, among other things, be required to accrue interest income at higher rates than the stated interest rates on the notes and to treat any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of a note as ordinary income rather than as capital gain. The regulations applicable to contingent payment debt instruments have not been the subject of authoritative interpretation and therefore the scope of the regulations is not certain. Purchasers of notes are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible application of the contingent payment debt instrument rules to the notes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with payments on the notes and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of the notes. A U.S. Holder will be subject to backup withholding tax on these payments if the U.S. Holder fails to provide its taxpayer identification number to the paying agent and comply with certain certification procedures or otherwise establish an exemption from backup withholding. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

Tax Consequences of Holding Exchange Notes: Non-U.S. Holders

The following discussion is limited to the U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder. For these purposes, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of a note that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is classified as a nonresident for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

a foreign corporation; or

 

   

a foreign estate or trust.

Non-U.S. Holder ” does not include a Holder who is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and who is not otherwise a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such a Holder is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale, exchange or other disposition of a note.

 

161


Table of Contents

Interest

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding below, interest paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, provided that:

 

   

such Non-U.S. Holder does not directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote;

 

   

such Non-U.S. Holder is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to us directly or constructively through stock ownership;

 

   

such Non-U.S. Holder is not a bank receiving interest on a loan entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business;

 

   

such interest is not effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the United States; and

 

   

we, or our paying agent, receive appropriate documentation establishing that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a U.S. person.

A Non-U.S. Holder that does not qualify for exemption from withholding under the preceding paragraph generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or lower applicable treaty rate) on payments of interest on the notes unless the interest is effectively connected with the conduct by a Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the United States.

If interest on the notes is effectively connected with the conduct by a Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the United States (or is attributable to such holder’s permanent establishment, in the case where a tax treaty is applicable), such interest will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis as described above in the discussion of U.S. Holders generally including the discussion of “Market Discount” and “Bond Premium” (and, with respect to corporate holders, may also be subject to a 30% branch profits tax). If interest is subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in accordance with these rules, such payments will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax so long as the Non-U.S. Holder provides the Issuer or its paying agent with the appropriate documentation (generally an IRS Form W-8ECI).

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding below, any gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on the sale, exchange or redemption of a note generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless:

 

   

such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the United States; or

 

   

the Non-U.S. Holder is subject to tax pursuant to the provisions of U.S. federal income tax law applicable to certain expatriates.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with payments on the notes. Unless the Non-U.S. Holder complies with certification procedures to establish that it is not a United States person, information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with the proceeds from a sale or other disposition and the Non-U.S. Holder may be subject to backup withholding tax on payments on the notes or on the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of the notes. The certification procedures required to claim the exemption from withholding tax on interest described above will satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax as well. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entity the Non-U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

 

162


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each Participating Broker-Dealer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Participating Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for original notes where such original notes were acquired as a result of market-marketing activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until             , 2008, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any such sale of exchange notes by Participating Broker-Dealers. Exchange notes received by Participating Broker-Dealers for their own account, pursuant to the exchange offer, may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such Participating Broker-Dealer or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any Participating Broker-Dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any Participating Broker-Dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the expiration date we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the notes) other than commissions or concessions of any Participating Broker-Dealers and will indemnify the holders of the notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the exchange notes will be passed upon for us by Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements and schedule of Ryerson Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2006, the period from January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 and the period from October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007 included in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

163


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have agreed, so long as any initial notes remain outstanding, to make available to any holder or beneficial owner of initial notes in connection with any sale thereof and to any prospective purchaser of such initial notes from such holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of the initial notes pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will become subject to the periodic reporting and to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will file information with the SEC, including annual, quarterly and current reports. You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the following address:

Public Reference Room

100 F Street, N.E.

Room 1580

Washington, D.C. 20549

Please call the SEC at 1-800-0330 for further information on the operations of the public reference rooms.

Our SEC filings are also available at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov and at our own website at http://www.ryerson.com. You may also obtain a copy of any our filings, at no cost, by writing to or telephoning us at the following address:

Ryerson Inc.

2621 West 15th Place

Chicago, IL 60608

(773) 762-2121

Attention: Counsel

 

164


Table of Contents

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page

Ryerson Inc. and Subsidiaries Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Financial Statements

  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

   F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit) for the period from October  20, 2007 to December 31, 2007 (Successor) and the period from January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 (Predecessor)

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period from October 20, 2007 to December  31, 2007 (Successor) and the period from January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 (Predecessor)

   F-5

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2007 (Successor) and 2006 (Predecessor)

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the period from October 20, 2007 to December  31, 2007 (Successor) and the period from January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 (Predecessor)

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

Financial Statement Schedule

  

II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   F-49

Ryerson Inc. and Subsidiaries Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2008 (Successor) and  2007 (Predecessor)

   F-50

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 31, 2008 (Successor) and December 31, 2007 (Successor)

   F-51

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2008 (Successor) and  2007 (Predecessor)

   F-52

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-53

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and

Stockholders of Ryerson Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ryerson Inc. and Subsidiary Companies (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2007 and its Predecessor as of December 31, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations and retained earnings (accumulated deficit), cash flows, and comprehensive income (loss) of the Company for the period from October 20, 2007 through December 31, 2007 and of the Predecessor for the period from January 1, 2007 through October 19, 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2006. Our audit also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index to the consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of management of the Company. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the 2007 and 2006 financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company at December 31, 2007 and its Predecessor at December 31, 2006, and the consolidated results of operations and retained earnings (accumulated deficit), comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows of the Company for the period from October 20, 2007 through December 31, 2007 and of the Predecessor for the period from January 1, 2007 through October 19, 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company adopted the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans , in the 2006 and 2007 Predecessor periods.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 13, 2008, except for the amounts in Note 17 as of December 31, 2006 and for the period from January 1, 2007 through October 19, 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2006 as to which the date is July 2, 2008.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors

and Shareholders of Ryerson Inc.:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005 listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Ryerson Inc. and its subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule for the year ended December 31, 2005 listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 30, 2006, except for Note 17, as to which the date is July 2, 2008

 

F-3


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND RETAINED EARNINGS (ACCUMULATED DEFICIT) (in millions)

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     October 20
to December 31,
2007
    January 1
to October 19,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
 

Net sales

   $ 966.3     $ 5,035.6     $ 5,908.9     $ 5,780.5  

Cost of materials sold

     829.1       4,307.1       5,050.9       4,893.5  
                                

Gross profit

     137.2       728.5       858.0       887.0  

Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative

     126.9       569.5       691.2       677.7  

Restructuring and plant closure costs

           5.1       4.5       4.0  

Pension curtailment gain

                       (21.0 )

Gain on sale of assets

           (7.2 )     (21.6 )     (6.6 )
                                

Operating profit

     10.3       161.1       183.9       232.9  

Other expense:

        

Other income and (expense), net

     2.4       (1.0 )     1.0       3.7  

Interest and other expense on debt

     (30.8 )     (55.1 )     (70.7 )     (76.0 )
                                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (18.1 )     105.0       114.2       160.6  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (6.9 )     36.9       42.4       62.5  
                                

Net income (loss)

     (11.2 )     68.1       71.8       98.1  

Dividends on preferred stock

           0.2       0.2       0.2  
                                

Net income (loss) applicable to common stock

   $ (11.2 )   $ 67.9     $ 71.6     $ 97.9  
                                
 

Retained earnings at beginning of period

   $     $ 534.8     $ 468.4     $ 375.5  

Adoption of SFAS 158 measurement date provision

           (2.4 )            

Adoption of FIN 48

           0.8              

Net income (loss)

     (11.2 )     68.1       71.8       98.1  

Dividends declared:

        

Common

           (2.5 )     (5.2 )     (5.0 )

Preferred

           (0.2 )     (0.2 )     (0.2 )
                                

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) at end of period

   $ (11.2 )   $ 598.6     $ 534.8     $ 468.4  
                                

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in millions)

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     October 20
to December 31,
2007
    January 1
to October 19,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

        

Net income (loss)

   $ (11.2 )   $ 68.1     $ 71.8     $ 98.1  
                                

ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE NET INCOME (LOSS) TO NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     7.3       32.5       40.0       39.2  

Stock-based compensation

           24.5       7.8       5.3  

Deferred income taxes

     5.5       30.8       (37.8 )     25.2  

Deferred employee benefit costs

     (3.8 )     (7.1 )     (5.0 )     9.7  

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     (12.2 )     (1.9 )     (5.8 )      

Restructuring and plant closure costs

           1.3       1.0       1.4  

Pension curtailment gain

                       (21.0 )

Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets

           (7.2 )     (21.6 )     (6.6 )

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:

        

Receivables

     126.9       (68.3 )     (34.6 )     98.4  

Inventories

     (4.6 )     488.6       (287.7 )     177.0  

Other assets

     6.8       8.8       4.6       (8.6 )

Accounts payable

     (28.1 )     48.9       (11.7 )     (44.0 )

Accrued liabilities

     (16.4 )     (10.5 )     (5.8 )     (15.5 )

Accrued taxes payable/receivable

     (17.0 )     (51.3 )     23.8       (39.2 )

Other items

     0.9       6.8             2.1  
                                

Net adjustments

     65.3       495.9       (332.8 )     223.4  
                                

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     54.1       564.0       (261.0 )     321.5  
                                

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

        

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (1,065.4 )           (17.6 )     (410.1 )

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

     0.5       (5.0 )            

Capital expenditures

     (9.1 )     (51.6 )     (35.7 )     (32.6 )

Investment in joint venture

           (0.2 )     (28.9 )     (0.7 )

Proceeds from sales of assets

                 54.3        

Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment

     4.4       32.8       11.2       25.3  
                                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,069.6 )     (24.0 )     (16.7 )     (418.1 )
                                

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

        

Long-term debt issued

     575.0                    

Long-term debt retired

                 (100.0 )      

Repayment of debt assumed in acquisition

     (648.8 )           (15.6 )     (234.0 )

Proceeds from credit and securitization facility borrowings

     560.0       1,195.0       1,320.0       1,535.7  

Repayment of credit and securitization facility borrowings

           (1,355.0 )     (1,185.0 )     (1,437.3 )

Net short-term proceeds/(repayments) under credit and securitization facilities

     60.2       (401.5 )     294.3       252.1  

Credit and securitization facility issuance costs

     (18.2 )     (1.8 )     (1.0 )     (10.1 )

Long-term debt issuance costs

     (17.5 )                 (0.6 )

Net increase (decrease) in book overdrafts

     (1.7 )     (3.1 )     (17.8 )     1.2  

Dividends paid

           (4.1 )     (5.4 )     (5.2 )

Capital contribution from Parent

     500.0                    

Acquisition of Treasury Stock

                 (0.6 )      

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

           3.0       10.7       3.8  

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

     12.2       1.9       5.8        
                                

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     1,021.2       (565.6 )     305.4       105.6  
                                

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     5.7       (25.6 )     27.7       9.0  

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

     29.5       55.1       27.4       18.4  
                                

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

   $ 35.2     $ 29.5     $ 55.1     $ 27.4  
                                

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES

        

Cash paid during the period for:

        

Interest

   $ 12.1     $ 49.0     $ 66.8     $ 67.0  

Income taxes, net

     2.8       58.7       53.7       82.8  

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except shares)

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     At December 31,
2007
    At December 31,
2006
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 35.2     $ 55.1  

Restricted cash (Note 14)

     4.5       0.1  

Receivables less provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts of $14.8 in 2007 and $15.4 in 2006

     601.5       643.3  

Inventories (Note 3)

     1,069.7       1,128.6  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     64.3       12.7  

Deferred income taxes (Note 11)

           33.8  
                

Total current assets

     1,775.2       1,873.6  

Investments and advances

     80.1       57.0  

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation (Note 4)

     587.0       401.1  

Deferred income taxes (Note 11)

     14.7       119.8  

Other intangibles assets (Note 13)

     14.8       7.2  

Goodwill (Note 12)

     68.5       59.7  

Deferred charges and other assets

     36.2       18.9  
                

Total assets

   $ 2,576.5     $ 2,537.3  
                

Liabilities

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 277.0     $ 255.5  

Accrued liabilities:

    

Salaries, wages and commissions

     39.5       51.7  

Income and other taxes

           19.3  

Deferred income taxes

     97.4        

Interest on debt

     18.7       8.8  

Restructuring liabilities (Note 10)

     41.8       3.5  

Other accrued liabilities

     17.8       18.3  

Short-term credit facility borrowings (Note 5)

     29.7       81.8  

Current portion of deferred employee benefits

     17.6       14.6  
                

Total current liabilities

     539.5       453.5  

Long-term debt (Note 5)

     1,199.1       1,124.7  

Taxes and other credits

     15.6       13.3  

Deferred employee benefits (Note 9)

     323.1       297.1  
                

Total current liabilities

     2,077.3       1,888.6  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)

    

Stockholders’ Equity

    

Preferred stock , $1.00 par value; authorized—none in 2007 and 15,000,000 shares in 2006; issued—none in 2007 and 79,451 shares in 2006 for all series; aggregate liquidation value of $0 in 2007 and $3.5 in 2006 (Note 6)

           0.1  

Common stock , $1.00 par value; 1,000 shares authorized; 100 shares issued in 2007; $1.00 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 50,556,350 shares issued in 2006 (Note 6)

           50.6  

Capital in excess of par value (Note 6)

     500.0       831.7  

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     (11.2 )     534.8  

Treasury stock at cost —Common Stock of none in 2007 and 24,093,615 shares in 2006 (Note 6)

           (701.1 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (Note 6)

     10.4       (67.4 )
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     499.2       648.7  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,576.5     $ 2,537.3  
                

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in millions)

 

    Successor     Predecessor
    October 20 to
December 31,
2007
    January 1 to
October 19,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005

Net income (loss)

  $ (11.2 )   $ 68.1     $ 71.8   $ 98.1

Other comprehensive income (loss):

       

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    (2.6 )     34.6       0.6     3.6

Changes in unrecognized benefit costs, net of tax provision of $8.2 from October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007, tax benefit of $4.2 from January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 and tax provision of $11.9 in 2006 and $2.9 in 2005

    13.0       (6.4 )     17.2     5.7

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments

          (1.0 )     0.1    
                           

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (0.8 )   $ 95.3     $ 89.7   $ 107.4
                           

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Statement of Accounting and Financial Policies

Business Description and Basis of Presentation. Pursuant to the Merger (see Note 2) dated October 19, 2007, Ryerson Inc. (“Ryerson”), a Delaware corporation, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rhombus Holding Corporation (“Parent”).

Ryerson conducts materials distribution operations in the United States through its wholly-owned direct subsidiary Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. (“JT Ryerson”), its wholly-owned indirect subsidiaries and in Canada through its indirect wholly-owned subsidiary Ryerson Canada, Inc., a Canadian corporation (“Ryerson Canada”). Unless the context indicates otherwise, Ryerson, JT Ryerson, and Ryerson Canada, together with their subsidiaries, are collectively referred to herein as “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company”.

Effective January 1, 2007, Ryerson’s operating subsidiaries Integris Metals Ltd., a Canadian federal corporation and Ryerson Canada, Inc., an Ontario corporation, were amalgamated as Ryerson Canada, Inc. Ryerson’s operating subsidiary Lancaster Steel Service Company, Inc., a New York corporation, was merged into JT Ryerson effective July 1, 2007.

In addition to our United States and Canadian operations, we conduct materials distribution operations in Mexico through Coryer, S.A. de C.V. (“Coryer”), a joint venture with G. Collado S.A. de C.V.; in India through Tata Ryerson Limited, a joint venture with the Tata Iron & Steel Corporation, an integrated steel manufacturer in India; and in China through VSC-Ryerson China Limited, a joint venture with Van Shung Chong Holdings Limited, a Hong Kong Stock Exchange listed company.

Due to the Merger (See Note 2), fiscal 2007 consists of two separate periods of January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 (Predecessor) and October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007 (Successor).

Principles of Consolidation . The Company consolidates entities in which it owns or controls more than 50% of the voting shares. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Additionally, variable interest entities that do not have sufficient equity investment to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated support from other parties or whose equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest for which the Company is the primary beneficiary are included in the consolidated financial statements. There were no such variable entities that were required to be consolidated as of December 31, 2007 or 2006.

Equity Investments . Investments in affiliates in which the Company’s ownership is 20% to 50% are accounted for by the equity method. Equity income is reported in “Cost of materials sold” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit). Equity income during the period from October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007, totaled $0.9 million. Equity income during the period from January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007, totaled $0.8 million and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 totaled $4.4 million and $4.0 million respectively.

Use of Estimates . The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and related notes to financial statements. Changes in such estimates may affect amounts reported in future periods.

Reclassification . Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the 2007 presentation.

Revenue Recognition . Revenue is recognized in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, “ Revenue Recognition .” Revenue is recognized upon delivery of product to customers. The timing of shipment is substantially the same as the timing of delivery to customers given the proximity of the Company’s distribution sites to its customers.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Provision for allowances, claims and doubtful account s: The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of customers and sets credit limits based upon review of the customers’ current credit information and payment history. The Company monitors customer payments and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses based on historical experience and specific customer collection issues that the Company has identified. Estimation of such losses requires adjusting historical loss experience for current economic conditions and judgments about the probable effects of economic conditions on certain customers. The Company cannot guarantee that the rate of future credit losses will be similar to past experience. The Company considers all available information when assessing the adequacy of the provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts.

Stock-Based Compensation . Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123R, “ Share-Based Payment ” (“SFAS 123R”) using the modified prospective method, in which compensation cost was recognized beginning with the effective date for (a) all share-based payments granted after the effective date and (b) all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of SFAS 123R that remained unvested on the effective date. Results for prior periods have not been restated.

As permitted under SFAS No. 123, “ Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation ” (“SFAS 123”), the Company elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”), and related interpretations in accounting for stock-based awards to employees through December 31, 2005. Accordingly, compensation cost for stock options and nonvested stock grants was measured as the excess, if any, of the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant over the exercise price and was charged to operating expense over the vesting period.

With the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company has elected to amortize stock-based compensation for awards granted on or after the adoption of SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006 on a straight-line basis over the requisite service (vesting) period for the entire award. For awards granted prior to January 1, 2006, compensation costs are amortized in a manner consistent with FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 28, “ Accounting for Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans .

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs . Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are classified in “Net Sales” in our Consolidated Statement of Operations and Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit). Shipping and handling costs, primarily distribution costs, are classified in “Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative” expenses in our Consolidated Statement of Operations and Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit). These costs totaled $19.5 million for the period October 20 to December 31, 2007, $88.4 million for the period January 1 to October 19, 2007 and $117.7 million and $116.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Benefits for Retired Employees . The estimated cost of the Company’s defined benefit pension plan and its postretirement medical benefits are determined annually after considering information provided by consulting actuaries. The cost of these benefits for retirees is accrued during their term of employment (see Note 9). Pensions are funded in accordance with the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) of 1974 into a trust established for the Ryerson Pension Plan. Costs for retired employee medical benefits are funded when claims are submitted. Certain salaried employees are covered by a defined contribution plan, for which the cost is expensed in the period earned.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “ Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS 158 ”). SFAS 158 requires an employer to recognize in its consolidated balance sheet an asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status, measure a plan’s assets and its obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year, and recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan in the year in which the changes occur. Those changes are reported in comprehensive income and as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. During 2006, we adopted SFAS 158

 

F-9


Table of Contents

and recognized the underfunded status of our plans in the consolidated balance sheet and adopted the fiscal year end measurement date provisions of SFAS 158 during the first quarter of 2007 (see Note 9).

Cash Equivalents . Cash equivalents reflected in the financial statements are highly liquid, short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less that are an integral part of the Company’s cash management portfolio. Checks issued in excess of funds on deposit at the bank represent “book” overdrafts and are reclassified to accounts payable. Amounts reclassified totaled $28.3 million and $33.1 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Inventory Valuation . Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. We use the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method for valuing our domestic inventories. We use the weighted-average cost method for valuing our foreign inventories. See Note 3.

Property, Plant and Equipment . Property, plant and equipment are depreciated, for financial reporting purposes, using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The provision for depreciation in all periods presented is based on the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

 

Land improvements

   20 years

Buildings

   45 years

Machinery and equipment

   14.5 years

Furniture and fixtures

   10 years

Transportation equipment

   6 years

Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are charged against income in the period incurred.

Goodwill . In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”), goodwill is reviewed at least annually for impairment using a two-step approach. In the first step, the Company tests for impairment of goodwill by estimating the fair values of its reporting units using the present value of future cash flows approach, subject to a comparison for reasonableness to its market capitalization at the date of valuation. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. In the second step the implied fair value of the goodwill is estimated as the fair value of the reporting unit used in the first step less the fair value of all other net tangible and intangible assets of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair market value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the carrying amount of the goodwill. In addition, goodwill of a reporting unit is tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value.

Long-lived Assets and Other Intangible Assets . Long-lived assets held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company estimates the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment is recognized. Any related impairment loss is calculated based upon comparison of the fair value to the carrying value of the asset. Separate intangible assets that have finite useful lives are amortized over their useful lives. An impaired intangible asset would be written down to fair value, using the discounted cash flow method. Other intangible assets were amortized primarily over a period of 3 to 5 years prior to October 19, 2007 and over a period of 13 years after October 20, 2007.

Deferred financing costs associated with the issuance of debt are being amortized using the effective interest method over the life of the debt (see Note 5).

Income Taxes . The Company records operating loss and tax credit carry forwards and the estimated effect of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts in the Consolidated

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet. The Company follows detailed guidelines in each tax jurisdiction when reviewing tax assets recorded on the balance sheet and provides for valuation allowances when it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realized.

Earnings Per Share Data . As the Company’s stock is not publicly traded, earnings (loss) per common share data is excluded from presentation.

Foreign Currency Translation . The Company translates assets and liabilities of its foreign subsidiaries, where the functional currency is the local currency, into U.S. dollars at the current rate of exchange on the last day of the reporting period. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average monthly exchange rates prevailing during the year.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurement” (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement does not require any new fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently assessing the impact of SFAS 157 on our financial statements, which is not expected to be material.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities, Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). This Statement permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. SFAS 159 is effective as of the beginning of fiscal 2008. The adoption of SFAS 159 did not have a material effect on our results of operations and financial position.

In December 2007, the FASB released SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141(R)”). This Statement applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. SFAS 141(R) requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize the full fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction at the acquisition date; the immediate expense recognition of transaction costs; and accounting for restructuring plans separately from the business combination among others. SFAS 141(R) fundamentally changes many aspects of existing accounting requirements for business combinations. As such, if the Company enters into any business combinations after the adoption of SFAS 141(R), a transaction may significantly impact the Company’s financial position and earnings, but not cash flows, compared to the Company’s recent acquisitions, accounted for under existing U.S. GAAP requirements, due to the reasons described above.

In December 2007, the FASB released SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”). This Statement requires entities to report noncontrolling (minority) interests as a component of stockholders’ equity on the balance sheet; include all earnings of a consolidated subsidiary in consolidated results of operations; and treat all transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interest as equity transactions between the parties. SFAS 160 is effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning 2009 and adoption is prospective only; however, presentation and disclosure requirements described above must be applied retrospectively. The Company is currently assessing the impact of SFAS 160 on our financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Note 2: Business Combination

Platinum Acquisition

On October 19, 2007, the merger of Rhombus Merger Corporation (“Merger Sub”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rhombus Holding Corporation (“Rhombus Holding”), with and into Ryerson (the “Merger”), was consummated in accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 24, 2007, by and among Ryerson, Rhombus Holding and Sub (the “Merger Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, each outstanding share of Ryerson common stock and Series A $2.40 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock was converted into the right to receive $34.50 in cash. Upon the closing of the Merger, Ryerson became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rhombus Holding. Rhombus Holding is owned by affiliates of Platinum Equity, LLC.

On October 19, 2007, the Sub issued $150 million Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due November 1, 2014 (“2014 Notes”) and $425 million 12% Senior Secured Notes due November 1, 2015 (“2015 Notes”) (together, the “2014 and 2015 Notes”). The Sub was formed solely for the purpose of merging with and into Ryerson. Ryerson is the surviving corporation of the Merger and assumed the obligations of the Sub. Also, on October 19, 2007, the Sub entered into a 5-year, $1.35 billion revolving credit facility agreement (“Ryerson Credit Facility”) with a maturity date of October 18, 2012. In addition to the new debt, the Sub received a $500 million capital contribution from the Parent. The proceeds from the issuance of the 2014 and 2015 Notes, the initial borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility and the capital contribution were used to (i) finance the Merger; (ii) repay and terminate our Amended Ryerson Credit Facility and Securitization Facility; (iii) purchase our 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2011 (“2011 Notes”) and pay related tender offer costs; (iv) purchase our 3.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024 (“2024 Notes”) and pay related conversion premiums; and (v) pay other costs and expenses related to the transactions.

The Merger has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated to the identifiable assets and liabilities based on estimated fair values at the acquisition date. The purchase price allocation remains preliminary and is subject to final appraisals and plans related to facility consolidations and organizational restructurings. Sub acquired all the capital stock of Ryerson for a cash purchase price of $1,065 million, net of cash acquired, plus the assumption of $653 million of debt. Goodwill recorded in connection with the Platinum Acquisition is not deductible for income tax purposes.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

A summary of the preliminary fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is as follows:

 

     At October 19,
2007
 
     (in millions)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 29.5    

Restricted cash

     5.0    

Accounts receivable

     729.6    

Inventories

     1,068.1    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     50.5    

Investments and advances

     79.0    

Property, plant & equipment

     589.3    

Goodwill

     68.5    

Other Intangibles

     15.0    

Other assets

     16.5    
          

Total assets acquired

       2,651.0  

Current liabilities

     (538.2 )  

Long-term debt

     (652.9 )  

Deferred employee benefits and other credits

     (365.0 )  
          

Total liabilities assumed

       (1,556.1 )
          

Net assets acquired

     $ 1,094.9  
          

The following unaudited pro forma information presents consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 as if the Merger on October 19, 2007 had occurred January 1, 2006:

 

     Pro Forma
Year Ended December 31,
         2007            2006    
     (in millions)

Net sales

   $ 6,001.9    $ 5,908.9

Net income (loss)

     63.4      63.8

Lancaster Steel Service Company, Inc.

On October 4, 2006, JT Ryerson acquired Lancaster Steel Service Company, Inc. (“Lancaster Steel”) for a cash purchase price of $18 million, plus assumption of approximately $16 million of debt. Lancaster Steel is a metal service center company based in upstate New York, which was founded in 1963 and operates from facilities in Lancaster and Liverpool, N.Y. The acquisition has been accounted for by the purchase method of accounting, and the purchase price has been allocated to the preliminary fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company paid for the acquisition with funds borrowed under its credit facility. This acquisition is not considered to be material to the Company, and, therefore, pro forma information has not been presented.

Integris Metals, Inc.

On January 4, 2005, Ryerson acquired all of the capital stock of Integris Metals, Inc., (“Integris Metals”) for a cash purchase price of $410 million, net of cash acquired, plus assumption of approximately $234 million of Integris Metals’ debt. The Company has also incurred fees of $1.2 million in connection with the acquisition. Integris Metals was the fourth largest metals service center in North America with leading market positions in aluminum and stainless steel. The Company paid for the acquisition with funds borrowed under the Amended Ryerson Credit Facility.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for Integris Metals at January 4, 2005:

 

     At January 4, 2005  
     (in millions)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1.1    

Accounts receivable

     241.5    

Inventories

     401.8    

Other current assets

     13.7    

Property, plant and equipment

     176.5    

Intangible assets

     14.7    

Goodwill

     64.8    

Other assets

     13.9    
          

Total assets acquired

       928.0  

Current liabilities

     (158.5 )  

Long-term debt

     (234.0 )  

Deferred employee benefits and other credits

     (124.3 )  
          

Total liabilities assumed

       (516.8 )
          

Net assets acquired

     $ 411.2  
          

The financial statements of the Company presented in this report include the financial results of Integris Metals since the date of acquisition, January 4, 2005. Since the difference between the reported results and pro forma results as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2005 is immaterial, no pro forma results are presented for the year ended December 31, 2005. Goodwill recorded in connection with the Integris Metals acquisition is not deductible for income tax purposes.

Note 3: Inventories

Inventories were classified on December 31 as follows:

 

     At December 31,
     Successor
2007
      Predecessor
2006
     (in millions)

In process and finished products

   $ 1,069.7       $ 1,128.6

The difference between current cost of inventory as compared to the stated LIFO value was $11 million at December 31, 2007. The difference between replacement cost of inventory as compared to the stated LIFO value was $504 million at December 31, 2006. Approximately 90% and 88% of inventories are accounted for under the LIFO method at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Non-LIFO inventories consist primarily of inventory at our foreign facilities using the weighted-average cost method.

During the period January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007, inventory quantities were reduced. This reduction resulted in a liquidation of LIFO inventory quantities carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years as compared with the cost of 2007 purchases, the effect of which decreased cost of goods sold by approximately $69 million and increased net income by approximately $42 million.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Note 4: Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:

 

     At December 31,
     Successor
2007
      Predecessor
2006
     (in millions)

Land and land improvements

   $ 144.6       $ 51.3

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     195.8         280.1

Machinery, equipment and other

     230.1         428.6

Transportation equipment

     2.0         4.1

Construction in progress

     21.6         8.8
                

Total

     594.1         772.9

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     7.1         371.8
                

Net property, plant and equipment

   $ 587.0       $ 401.1
                

Note 5: Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31:

 

     At December 31,
     Successor
2007
      Predecessor
2006
     (in millions)

Ryerson Credit Facility

   $ 649.7       $

Amended Ryerson Credit Facility

             881.5

12% Senior Notes due 2015

     425.0        

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014

     150.0        

8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2011

     4.1         150.0

3.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024

             175.0
                

Total debt

     1,228.8         1,206.5

Less:

        

Short-term credit facility borrowings

     29.7         81.8
                

Total long-term debt

   $ 1,199.1       $ 1,124.7
                

The principal payments required to be made on debt during the next five fiscal years are shown below:

 

     Amount
     (in millions)

For the year ended 12/31/08

   $

For the year ended 12/31/09

    

For the year ended 12/31/10

    

For the year ended 12/31/11

     4.1

For the year ended 12/31/12

     649.7

For the years ended thereafter

     575.0

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Ryerson Credit Facility

On October 19, 2007, the Sub entered into a 5-year, $1.35 billion revolving credit facility agreement with a maturity date of October 18, 2012. Initial proceeds from the Ryerson Credit Facility were used to finance the Merger and pay merger related transaction costs.

At December 31, 2007, the Company had $649.7 million of outstanding borrowings, $31 million of letters of credit issued and $392 million available under the $1.35 billion Ryerson Credit Facility compared to $881.5 million of outstanding borrowings, $30 million of letters of credit issued and $188 million available under the Company’s prior $1.1 billion revolving credit agreement at December 31, 2006. The weighted average interest rate on the borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility was 6.5 % at December 31, 2007.

Amounts outstanding under the Ryerson Credit Facility bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the base rate (Bank of America’s prime rate) or a LIBOR rate or, for the Company’s Canadian subsidiary which is a borrower, a rate determined by reference to the Canadian base rate (Bank of America-Canada Branch’s “Base Rate” for loans in U.S. Dollars in Canada) or the BA rate (average annual rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances) or a LIBOR rate and the Canadian prime rate (Bank of America-Canada Branch’s “Prime Rate.”). The spread over the base rate and Canadian prime rate is between 0.25% and 1.00% and the spread over the LIBOR and for the bankers’ acceptances is between 1.25% and 2.00%, depending on the amount available to be borrowed. Overdue amounts and all amounts owed during the existence of a default bear interest at 2% above the rate otherwise applicable thereto.

Borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility are secured by first-priority liens on all of the inventory, accounts receivable (excluding U.S. receivables), lockbox accounts and related assets of the Company, other subsidiary borrowers and certain other U.S. subsidiaries of the Borrower that act as guarantors.

The Ryerson Credit Facility contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to the incurrence of debt, the creation of liens, transactions with affiliates, mergers and consolidations, sales of assets and acquisitions. The Ryerson Credit Facility also requires that, if availability under the Ryerson Credit Facility declines to a certain level, the Company maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio as of the end of each fiscal quarter and includes defaults upon (among other things) the occurrence of a change of control of the Company.

The lenders under the Ryerson Credit Facility have the ability to reject a borrowing request if there has occurred any event, circumstance or development that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company. If the Company, any of the other borrowers or any significant subsidiaries of the other borrowers becomes insolvent or commences bankruptcy proceedings, all amounts borrowed under the Ryerson Credit Facility will become immediately due and payable.

2014 and 2015 Notes

On October 19, 2007, the Sub issued $150 million Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due November 1, 2014 and $425 million 12% Senior Secured Notes due November 1, 2015. The floating rate 2014 Notes bear interest at a rate, reset quarterly, of LIBOR plus 7.375% per annum. The fixed rate 2015 Notes bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum. The 2014 and 2015 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by all of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or guarantee obligations under our Ryerson Credit Facility.

The 2014 and 2015 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or guarantee our obligations under the Ryerson Credit Facility. The 2014 and 2015 Notes and guarantees are secured on a second-priority basis by a lien on the assets that secure our obligations under our new revolving Ryerson Credit Facility. The 2014 and 2015 Notes

 

F-16


Table of Contents

contain customary covenants that, among other things, limit, subject to certain exceptions, our ability, and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries, to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock, make investments, sell assets, engage in acquisitions, mergers or consolidations or create liens or use assets as security in other transactions.

The 2014 and 2015 Notes will be redeemable by the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2009 and 2011, respectively, at specified redemption prices. Additionally, on or prior to November 1, 2009 and 2010, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the outstanding 2014 and 2015 Notes, respectively, with the net proceeds of specified equity offerings at specified redemption prices. If a change of control occurs, the Company must offer to purchase the 2014 and 2015 Notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, we have agreed to file with the SEC within 270 days after the date of initial issuance of the 2014 and 2015 Notes, a registration statement with respect to an offer to exchange each of the notes for a new issue of our debt securities registered under the Securities Act, with terms substantially identical to those of the 2014 and 2015 Notes and to consummate an exchange offer after filing no later than 390 days after the date of initial issuance of 2014 and 2015 Notes. If we fail to satisfy our registration obligations under the registration rights agreement, we will be required to pay additional interest to the holders of the 2014 and 2015 Notes under certain circumstances.

Proceeds from the issuance of the 2014 and 2015 Notes were used to repay the outstanding borrowings and accrued interest under our Amended Ryerson Credit Facility and Securitization Facility, repay the 2011 Notes and 2024 Notes, finance the Merger and pay other merger related costs.

Amended Ryerson Credit Facility

On January 26, 2007, the Company entered into an amendment and restatement to its existing $1.1 billion revolving credit facility that would have expired on January 4, 2011. This transaction resulted in a 5-year, $750 million revolving credit facility (the “Amended Ryerson Credit Facility”). During the first quarter of 2007, $2.7 million of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with our prior credit facility was written off upon entering into the Amended Ryerson Credit Facility agreement. The Amended Ryerson Credit Facility was repaid and terminated in connection with the Merger (see Note 2) on October 19, 2007. The weighted average interest rate on the borrowings under the Company’s prior revolving credit facility agreement was 6.9 % at December 31, 2006.

Securitization Facility

On January 26, 2007, Ryerson Funding LLC, a wholly-owned special purpose subsidiary of JT Ryerson entered into a 5-year, $450 million revolving securitization facility (the “Securitization Facility”). The Securitization Facility was repaid and terminated in connection with the Merger (see Note 2) on October 19, 2007.

$175 Million 3.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024

As a result of the Merger (see Note 2), $175 million principal of the 2024 Notes were repurchased and retired between October 20, 2007 and December 31, 2007. During the first quarter of 2007, $2.9 million of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the 2024 Notes were written off as a consequence of the Notes becoming convertible and being classified as short-term debt.

$150 Million 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2011

As a result of the Merger (see Note 2), $145.9 million principal of the 2011 Notes were repurchased between October 20, 2007 and December 31, 2007 with $4.1 million outstanding at December 31, 2007. The 2011 Notes pay interest semi-annually and mature on December 15, 2011.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The 2011 Notes contained covenants, substantially all of which were removed pursuant to an amendment of the 2011 Notes as a result of the tender offer to repurchase the notes upon the Merger.

Note 6: Capital Stock and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

On October 19, 2007, the Merger of Sub, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rhombus Holding, with and into Ryerson, was consummated in accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 24, 2007, by and among Ryerson, Rhombus Holding and Sub. Ryerson is the surviving corporation of the merger. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, each outstanding share of Ryerson common stock and Series A $2.40 cumulative convertible preferred stock was converted into the right to receive $34.50 in cash.

In connection with the Merger, all of the Ryerson common stock, Series A $2.40 convertible preferred stock and stock owned by the Company as treasury stock was retired. On October 19, 2007, Ryerson also amended its Certificate of Incorporation and authorized 1,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share and issued 100 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had 100 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

Dividends declared for common stock was $0.10 per share for the period January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 and $0.20 per share for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005. Dividends declared for preferred stock was $1.20 per share for the period January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 and $2.40 per share for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005. Dividends were paid quarterly. No dividends were declared after October 19, 2007.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The following table details changes in capital accounts:

 

                                        Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
    Common Stock   Treasury Stock     Preferred Stock
Series A
  Capital in
Excess of
Par Value
    Foreign
Currency
Translation
  Benefit Plan
Liabilities
    Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Derivative
Instruments
 
    Shares   Dollars   Shares     Dollars     Shares     Dollars   Dollars     Dollars   Dollars     Dollars  

Predecessor

                   

Balance at January 1, 2005

  50,556   $ 50.6   (25,539 )   $ (746.2 )   80     $ 0.1   $ 857.5     $ 6.8   $ (104.6 )   $  

Acquisition of treasury stock

        (3 )                                    

Issued under stock-based compensation plans

        553       17.2               (10.5 )                

Foreign currency translation

                                  3.6            

Changes in unrecognized benefit costs (net of tax provision of $2.9)

                                      5.7        
                                                                 

Balance at December 31, 2005

  50,556     50.6   (24,989 )     (729.0 )   80       0.1     847.0       10.4     (98.9 )      

Acquisition of treasury stock

        (24 )     (0.6 )                              

Series A Conversion

        1           (1 )                          

Issued under stock-based compensation plans

        918       28.5               (15.3 )                

Foreign currency translation

                                  0.6            

Changes in unrecognized benefit costs (net of tax provision of $11.9)

                                      17.2        

Adoption of SFAS 158 (net of tax benefit of $1.5)

                                      3.2        

Unrealized gain on derivative instruments

                                            0.1  
                                                                 

Balance at December 31, 2006

  50,556     50.6   (24,094 )     (701.1 )   79       0.1     831.7       11.0     (78.5 )     0.1  

Series A Conversion

        5       0.1     (5 )         (0.1 )                

Issued under stock- based compensation plans

        211       6.4               1.0                  

Foreign currency translation

                                  34.6            

Changes in unrecognized benefit costs (net of tax benefit of $4.2)

                                      (6.4 )      

Adoption of SFAS 158 change in measurement date (net of tax provision of $6.9)

                                      10.6        

Unrealized loss on derivative instruments

                                            (1.0 )
                                                                 

Balance at October 19, 2007

  50,556   $ 50.6   (23,878 )   $ (694.6 )   74     $ 0.1   $ 832.6     $ 45.6   $ (74.3 )   $ (0.9 )
                                                                 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents
                                Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
    Common Stock   Treasury Stock   Preferred Stock
Series A
  Capital in
Excess of
Par Value
  Foreign
Currency
Translation
    Benefit Plan
Liabilities
  Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Derivative
Instruments
    Shares   Dollars   Shares   Dollars   Shares   Dollars   Dollars   Dollars     Dollars   Dollars

Successor

                   

Initial capital contribution from Parent

    $     $     $   $ 500.0   $     $   $

Foreign currency translation

                          (2.6 )        

Changes in unrecognized benefit costs (net of tax provision of $8.2)

                                13.0    
                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2007

    $     $     $   $ 500.0   $ (2.6 )   $ 13.0   $
                                                       

Note 7: Stock-Based Compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123R, using the modified prospective method, in which compensation cost was recognized beginning with the effective date for (a) all share-based payments granted after the effective date and (b) all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of SFAS 123R that remained unvested on the effective date. In accordance with the modified prospective method, results for prior periods have not been restated.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, as permitted under SFAS 123, the Company elected to follow APB 25 and related interpretations in accounting for stock-based awards to employees through December 31, 2005. Accordingly, compensation cost for stock options and nonvested stock grants was measured as the excess, if any, of the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant over the exercise price and was charged to operating expense over the vesting period. The majority of stock-based compensation expense prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R related to performance awards and nonvested stock grants. The following table illustrates stock-based compensation recognized in the statement of operations by category of award:

 

     Successor   Predecessor
     October 20
to
December 31,
2007
  January 1 to
October 19,
2007
   Year Ended
December 31,
2006
   Year Ended
December 31,
2005
     (in millions)

Stock-based compensation related to:

          

Performance awards

   $ —     $ 19.6    $ 5.5    $ 3.7

Grants of nonvested stock

     —       3.4      1.9      0.7

Stock options granted to employees and directors

     —       —        0.1      —  

Supplemental savings plan

     —       1.0      0.3      0.8

Stock appreciation rights

     —       0.5      —        0.1
                          

Stock-based compensation recognized in the statement of operations

   $ —     $ 24.5    $ 7.8    $ 5.3
                          

There were no stock-based awards issued or outstanding after October 19, 2007. The total tax benefit realized for the tax deduction for stock-based compensation was $12.2 million for the period October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007, $1.9 million for the period January 1 to October 19, 2007 and $5.7 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

With the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company elected to amortize stock-based compensation for awards granted on or after the adoption of SFAS 123R on a straight-line basis over the requisite service (vesting) period for the entire award. For awards granted prior to January 1, 2006, compensation costs are amortized in a manner consistent with FIN 28. The stock-based compensation cost that has been recognized in the statement of operations is included in the Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative line item.

Company Plans and Directors’ Compensation Plan

The Company had various equity based plans which included the 2002 Incentive Stock Plan, the 1999 Incentive Stock Plan, the 1995 Incentive Stock Plan and the Directors’ Compensation Plan (collectively, the “Corporation Equity Plans”). Effective and upon the consummation of the Merger (see Note 2) on October 19, 2007, the Corporation Equity Plans were terminated. No new equity based compensation plans were created after October 19, 2007.

Supplemental Savings Plan

The Company’s nonqualified unfunded supplemental savings plan allows highly compensated employees who make the maximum annual 401(k) contributions allowed by the Internal Revenue Code to the savings plan to make additional contributions of their base salary exceeding the IRS-allowed limits to the nonqualified supplemental savings plan and to receive the same level of benefits (including a credit for Company matching contributions) they would have received if those IRS limits did not exist. The nonqualified supplemental savings plan allows deferred amounts to be credited with interest at the rate paid by the qualified savings plan’s most restrictive fund, the Managed Income Portfolio Fund II (or successor fund), or to be accounted for as phantom stock units. The phantom stock units were classified as liability awards. Upon the consummation of the Merger (See Note 2) on October 19, 2007, $3.0 million of the phantom stock units were converted into a deferred account to be credited with interest at the rate paid by the Managed Income Portfolio Fund II.

Summary of Assumptions and Activity

Performance awards are classified as liabilities and remeasured at each reporting date until the date of settlement. A summary of the performance awards activity (representing the maximum share units that could be earned under such awards) during 2007 is presented below:

 

     Share
Units
    Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share

Performance Awards

    

Nonvested at December 31, 2006

   1,783,238     $ 20.62

Nonvested shares granted

   654,000       31.15

Vested

   (837,395 )     20.06

Forfeited or canceled

   (1,599,843 )     27.68
            

Nonvested at October 19 and December 31, 2007

       $
            

Performance awards expense was accelerated during the period ending October 19, 2007, in accordance with certain plan provision of the Merger Agreement. Effective with the Merger (See Note 2), a portion of the nonvested performance awards vested and were settled with a cash payment of $28.9 million. All remaining nonvested performance awards were canceled upon consummation of the Merger. As of December 31, 2007, there was no unrecognized compensation related to nonvested performance awards since there were no nonvested performance awards outstanding.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The fair value of each share of the Company’s nonvested restricted stock was measured on the grant date. A summary of the nonvested restricted stock activity during 2007 is presented below:

 

     Share Units     Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share

Nonvested Restricted Stock

    

Nonvested at December 31, 2006

   127,015     $ 18.46

Nonvested shares granted

   49,134       34.18

Vested

   (161,812 )     22.12

Forfeited or canceled

   (14,337 )     31.03
            

Nonvested at October 19 and December 31, 2007

       $
            

Unrecognized restricted stock expense was accelerated during the period ending October 19, 2007, in accordance with certain plan provision of the Merger Agreement. Effective with the Merger (See Note 2), all nonvested restricted stock awards vested. As of December 31, 2007, there was no unrecognized compensation related to nonvested restricted stock since there were no nonvested restricted stock awards outstanding. The fair value of shares vested during the period January 1 to October 19, 2007 was $5.6 million and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $0.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

No options were granted in 2007, 2006 or 2005. A summary of option activity during 2007 is presented below:

 

     Share
Units
    Weighted Average
Exercise Price

Options

    

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

   1,671,384     $ 13.77

Options granted

        

Exercised

   (1,663,494 )     13.74

Forfeited or canceled

   (7,890 )     21.45
            

Outstanding at October 19 and December 31, 2007

       $
            

Exercisable at October 19 and December 31, 2007

       $
            

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the period January 1 to October 19, 2007 prior to the Merger was $2.9 million and an additional $31.1 million effective with the Merger. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $14.9 million and $5.2 million, respectively. Upon the exercise of options, the Company issues common stock from its treasury shares. Cash received from option exercises during the period January 1 to October 19, 2007 was $3.0 million and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $10.7 million and $3.8 million, respectively. The tax benefit realized from stock options exercised was $12.2 million for period October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007, $1.2 million for the period January, 1 2007 to October 19, 2007 and $5.8 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Effects on Financial Statement Presentation

As a result of adopting SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006, the Company’s income before income taxes and net income was $0.1 million and $0.0 million lower in 2006 than if it had continued to account for share-based compensation under APB 25.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company reported all tax benefits resulting from stock-based compensation as operating cash flows in the statement of cash flows. As a result of adopting SFAS 123R, we have prospectively reported the excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation as financing cash flows in the statement of cash flows. The excess tax benefit reported as financing cash flows rather than operating cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $5.8 million.

If the fair-value based method prescribed by SFAS 123 had been applied in measuring employee stock compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2005, the pro-forma effect on net income would have been as follows:

 

     2005
     (in millions)

Net income applicable to common stock, as reported

   $ 97.9

Deduct: Total stock-based compensation expense determined under the fair value method for all stock option awards, net of related tax effects

     0.6
      

Pro forma net income applicable to common stock

   $ 97.3
      

Note 8: Derivatives and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Derivatives

The Company had forward agreements for $160 million notional amount of pay fixed, receive floating interest rate swaps at December 31, 2007 to effectively convert the interest rate from floating to fixed through 2009. The Company currently does not account for these contracts as hedges but rather marks them to market with a corresponding offset to current earnings. At December 31, 2007, these agreements had a liability value of $2.8 million.

The Company is subject to exposure from fluctuations in foreign currencies. Foreign currency exchange contracts are used by the Company’s Canadian subsidiaries to hedge the variability in cash flows from the forecasted payment of currencies other than the functional currency. The Canadian subsidiaries’ foreign currency contracts were principally used to purchase U.S. dollars. The Company had foreign currency contracts with a U.S. dollar notional amount of $30.4 million outstanding at December 31, 2007, and an asset value of $0.1 million. The Company currently does not account for these contracts as hedges but rather marks these contracts to market with a corresponding offset to current earnings.

From time to time, the Company may enter into fixed price sales contracts with its customers for certain of its inventory components. The Company may enter into metal commodity futures and options contracts to reduce volatility in the price of these metals. The Company currently does not account for these contracts as hedges, but rather marks these contracts to market with a corresponding offset to current earnings. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, there were no significant outstanding metals commodity futures or options contracts.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The carrying amount of cash equivalents approximates fair value because of the short maturity of those instruments.

Long-Term Debt

The estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt and the current portions thereof using quoted market prices of Company debt securities recently traded and market-based prices of similar securities for those securities not recently traded was $1,213 million at December 31, 2007 and $1,262 million at December 31, 2006, as compared with the carrying value of $1,229 million and $1,207 million at year-end 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Note 9: Retirement Benefits

The Company adopted SFAS 158, in the fourth quarter of 2006. In addition to requirements for an employer to recognize in its consolidated balance sheet an asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status and to recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan in the year in which the changes occur, SFAS 158 requires an employer to measure a plan’s assets and its obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year. The adjustment for FAS 158 upon adoption in 2006, affected our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006 as follows:

 

     Prior to SFAS 158
adoption
    Impact of SFAS 158
Adoption
    After SFAS 158
Adoption
 
     (in millions)  

Deferred income taxes

   $ 119     $ 1     $ 120  

Current portion of deferred employee benefits

           (15 )     (15 )

Deferred employee benefits

     (321 )     24       (297 )

Intangible pension asset

     7       (7 )      

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     70       (3 )     67  

Prior to amendment by SFAS 158, an employer was required to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year end statement of financial position or, if used consistently from year-to-year, as of a date not more than three months prior to that date. The Company used a September 30 measurement date when accounting for pension and other postretirement benefit plans prior to the transition to SFAS 158. SFAS 158 requires a change in measurement date to the fiscal year end, effective December 31, 2008, with early adoption permissible. The Company adopted the fiscal year end measurement date provisions of SFAS 158 during the first quarter of 2007. The change in the benefit plan’s measurement date to December 31, 2006, resulted in the following changes to our consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2007:

 

     Impact of SFAS 158
measurement date
adoption
 

Decrease in deferred income tax asset

   $ (5 )

Decrease in deferred employee benefit obligations

     14  

Decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (11 )

Decrease in retained earnings

     2  

Prior to January 1, 1998, the Company’s non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covered certain employees, retirees and their beneficiaries. Benefits provided to participants of the plan were based on pay and years of service for salaried employees and years of service and a fixed rate or a rate determined by job grade for all wage employees, including employees under collective bargaining agreements.

Effective January 1, 1998, the Company froze the benefits accrued under its defined benefit pension plan for certain salaried employees, and instituted a defined contribution plan. Effective March 31, 2000, benefits for certain salaried employees of J. M. Tull Metals Company and AFCO Metals, subsidiaries that were merged into JT Ryerson, were similarly frozen, with the employees becoming participants in the Company’s defined contribution plan. Salaried employees who vested in their benefits accrued under the defined benefit plan at December 31, 1997, and March 31, 2000, are entitled to those benefits upon retirement. Certain transition rules have been established for those salaried employees meeting specified age and service requirements. For the periods October 20 to December 31, 2007, January 1 to October 19, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, expense recognized for such defined contribution plan was $1.5 million, $9.1 million, $10.2 million and $8.9 million, respectively.

As part of the acquisition of Integris Metals on January 4, 2005, the Company assumed various defined benefit pension plan obligations and assets and post-retirement benefit obligations other than pensions for certain

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Integris Metals employees in both the U.S. and Canada. During the third quarter of 2005, the Company adopted a change to freeze the benefits accrued under the Integris Non-Union Pension Plan, a defined benefit pension plan, for certain salaried and wage employees of Integris Metals as of December 31, 2005, and instituted a defined contribution plan effective January 1, 2006. As a result of this action, the Company recognized a pension curtailment gain of $21.0 million in the third quarter of 2005 in accordance with SFAS No. 88, “ Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits.

The Company has other deferred employee benefit plans, including supplemental pension plans, the liability for which totaled $20.0 million at December 31, 2007 and $18.6 million at December 31, 2006.

Summary of Assumptions and Activity

The tables included below provide reconciliations of benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets of the Company plans as well as the funded status and components of net periodic benefit costs for each period related to each plan. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date to determine the pension and other postretirement benefit information. The Company also used a measurement date of October 19, 2007 due to the Merger. A discount rate of 5.75% was used to calculate the net periodic benefit cost for Integris Metals’ U.S. pension plans as of January 4, 2005, the date of the acquisition. The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at the end of the periods and net periodic benefit costs for the Pension Benefits for U.S. plans were as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     October 20
to December 31,
2007
    January 1
to October 19,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
 

Discount rate for calculating obligations

   6.50 %   6.20 %   5.95 %   5.70 %

Discount rate for calculating net periodic benefit cost

   6.20     5.90     5.70     6.00  

Expected rate of return on plan assets

   8.75     8.75     8.75     8.75  

Rate of compensation increase

   4.00     4.00     4.00     4.00  

The expected rate of return on U.S. plan assets is 8.75% for 2008.

The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at the end of the periods and net periodic benefit costs for the Other Postretirement Benefits, primarily health care, for U.S. plans were as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     October 20
to December 31,
2007
    January 1
to October 19,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
 

Discount rate for calculating obligations

   6.40 %   6.15 %   5.85 %   5.55 %

Discount rate for calculating net periodic benefit cost

   6.15     5.85     5.55     5.75  

Rate of compensation increase

   4.00     4.00     4.00     4.00  

The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at the end of the periods and net periodic benefit costs for the Pension Benefits for Canadian plans were as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     October 20
to December 31,
2007
    January 1
to October 19,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
 

Discount rate for calculating obligations

   5.50 %   5.75 %   5.25 %   5.25 %

Discount rate for calculating net periodic benefit cost

   5.75     5.25     5.25     5.75  

Expected rate of return on plan assets

   7.00     7.00     7.00     7.00  

Rate of compensation increase

   3.50     3.50     3.50     3.50  

The expected rate of return on Canadian plan assets is 6.5% for 2008.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at the end of the periods and net periodic benefit costs for the Other Postretirement Benefits, primarily healthcare, for Canadian plans were as follows:

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     October 20
to December 31,
2007
           January 1
to October 19,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
 

Discount rate for calculating obligations

   5.50 %        5.75 %   5.25 %   5.25 %

Discount rate for calculating net periodic benefit cost

   5.75          5.25     5.25     5.75  

Rate of compensation increase

   3.50          3.50     3.50     3.50  

 

    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
  Successor           Predecessor     Successor           Predecessor  
  October 20 to
December 31,
2007
          January 1 to
October 19,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    October 20 to
December 31,
2007
          January 1 to
October 19,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
 
                      (in millions)                    

Change in Benefit Obligation

                   

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

  $ 710         $ 672     $ 677     $ 215         $ 206     $ 226  

FAS 158 measurement date change

              5                              

Service cost

    1           4       5       1           3       4  

Interest cost

    9           32       37       3           9       12  

Plan amendments

              5                              

Actuarial (gain) loss

    (21 )         14       (4 )     (15 )         2       (23 )

Special termination benefits

    34           1             23                 1  

Plan merger (Lancaster)

              2                              

Effect of changes in exchange rates

    (1 )         9                       4        

Benefits paid (net of participant contributions and Medicare subsidy)

    (7 )         (34 )     (43 )     (2 )         (9 )     (14 )
                                                       

Benefit obligation at end of period

  $ 725         $ 710     $ 672     $ 225         $ 215     $ 206  
                                                       

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of period

  $ 719         $ 704     $ 667       N/A           N/A       N/A  
                                                       

Change in Plan Assets

                   

Plan assets at fair value at beginning of period

  $ 640         $ 581     $ 547     $         $     $  

FAS 158 measurement date change

              22                              

Actual return (loss) on plan assets

    (4 )         47       58                        

Plan merger (Lancaster)

              1                              

Employer contributions

              13       19       3           10       14  

Effect of changes in exchange rates

              10                              

Benefits paid (net of participant contributions)

    (7 )         (34 )     (43 )     (3 )         (10 )     (14 )
                                                       

Plan assets at fair value at end of period

  $ 629         $ 640     $ 581     $         $     $  
                                                       

Reconciliation of Amount Recognized

                   

Funded status

  $ (96 )       $ (70 )   $ (91 )   $ (225 )       $ (215 )   $ (206 )

Contributions paid from Oct 1 to December 31

                                          4  
                                                       

Net pension liability at the end of the period

  $ (96 )       $ (70 )   $ (91 )   $ (225 )       $ (215 )   $ (202 )
                                                       

Amounts recognized in balance sheet consist of:

                   

Current liabilities

  $         $     $     $ (17 )       $ (14 )   $ (13 )

Noncurrent liabilities

    (96 )         (70 )     (91 )     (208 )         (201 )     (189 )
                                                       

Net benefit liability at the end of the period

  $ (96 )       $ (70 )   $ (91 )   $ (225 )       $ (215 )   $ (202 )
                                                       

Canadian benefit obligations represented $54 million and $46 million of the Company’s total Pension Benefits obligations at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Canadian plan assets represented $57 million and $48 million of the Company’s total plan assets at fair value at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In addition, Canadian benefit obligations represented $22 million and $18 million of the Company’s total Other Benefits obligation at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2007 and 2006 consist of the following:

 

     Successor
December 31,
2007
    Predecessor
December 31,
2006
 
   Pension
Benefits
    Other
Benefits
    Pension
Benefits
   Other
Benefits
 
   (in millions)  

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), pre–tax, consists of

         

Net actuarial (gain) loss

   $ (7 )   $ (15 )       $ 135    $ 24  

Prior service cost (credit)

                 7      (35 )
                               

Total

   $ (7 )   $ (15 )   $ 142    $ (11 )
                               

No net actuarial gains for pension benefits and other postretirement benefits are expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year.

Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 2007 consist of the following:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other Benefits
     Successor     Predecessor     Successor     Predecessor
   October 20
to
December 31,
2007
    January 1
to
October 19,
2007
    October 20
to
December 31,
2007
    January 1
to
October 19,
2007
         (in millions)      

Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income (loss), pre–tax, consists of

        

Net actuarial loss (gain)

   $ (7 )       $ 7     $ (15 )       $ 2

Amortization of net actuarial gain

           (7 )          

Prior service cost

           5            

Amortization of prior service cost

           (1 )           4
                              

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

   $ (7 )   $ 4     $ (15 )   $ 6
                              

For measurement purposes for U.S. plans at December 31, 2007 (Successor) and October 19, 2007 (Predecessor), the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 8.5 % for participants less than 65 years old and 10 % for participants greater than 65 years old in 2007, grading down to 5 % in 2012, the level at which it is expected to remain. For measurement purposes for Canadian plans at December 31, 2007 and October 19, 2007, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 12 % per annum, grading down to 6 % in 2013, the level at which it is expected to remain. For measurement purposes for U.S. plans at December 31, 2006, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 9.25 % for participants less than 65 years old and 11 % for participants greater than 65 years old in 2006, grading down to 5 % in 2012, the level at which it is expected to remain. For measurement purposes for Canadian plans at December 31, 2006, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 12 % in 2006, grading down to 6 % in 2012, the level at which it is expected to remain. For measurement purposes for U.S. plans at September 30, 2006, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 9.25 % for participants less than 65 years old and 11 % for participants greater than 65 years old in 2006, grading down to 5 % in 2012, the level at which it is expected

 

F-27


Table of Contents

to remain. For measurement purposes for Canadian plans at September 30, 2006, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 12 % in 2006, grading down to 6 % in 2010, the level at which it is expected to remain. For measurement purposes for U.S. plans at September 30, 2005, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 10 % for participants less than 65 years old and 12 % for participants greater than 65 years old in 2005, grading down to 5 % in 2012, the level at which it is expected to remain. For measurement purposes for Canadian plans at September 30, 2005, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 9 % in 2005, grading down to 5 % in 2009, the level at which it was expected to remain.

 

    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
  Successor     Predecessor     Successor     Predecessor  
  October 20 to
December 31,
2007
    January 1
to
October 19,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    October 20 to
December 31,
2007
    January 1
to
October 19,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
 
                      (in millions)                    

Change in Benefit Obligation

               

Service cost

  $ 1     $ 4     $ 5     $ 8     $ 1     $ 3     $ 4     $ 4  

Interest cost

    9       32       37       38       3          9       12       13  

Expected return on assets

    (11 )         (40 )     (43 )     (42 )                          

Amortization of prior service cost

          1       1       1             (4 )     (6 )     3  

Recognized actuarial (gain) loss

          8       12       12             1       2       (4 )
                                                               

Net periodic benefit cost (credit)

  $ (1 )   $ 5     $ 12     $ 17     $ 4     $ 9     $ 12     $ 16  
                                                               

The assumed health care cost trend rate has an effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. For purposes of determining net periodic benefit cost for U.S plans, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 8.5 % for participants less than 65 years old and 10 % for participants greater than 65 years old for the period October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007, grading down to 5 % in 2012. For purposes of determining net periodic benefit cost for U.S plans, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 9.25 % for participants less than 65 years old and 11 % for participants greater than 65 years old for the period January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007, grading down to 5 % in 2012. For purposes of determining net periodic benefit cost for Canadian plans, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 12 % for the periods October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007, grading down to 6 % in 2013. A one-percentage-point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have the following effects:

 

     1%
increase
   1%
decrease
 
     (in millions)  

Effect on service cost plus interest cost

   $ 0.6    $ (0.5 )

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

     7.5      (6.2 )

Pension Trust Assets

The expected long-term rate of return on pension trust assets is 6.50% to 8.75% based on the historical investment returns of the trust, the forecasted returns of the asset classes and a survey of comparable pension plan sponsors.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The Company’s pension trust weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2007 and 2006, by asset category are as follows:

 

     Trust Assets at
December 31,
 
     Successor
2007
    Predecessor
2006
 

Equity securities

   62.7 %         64.5 %  

Debt securities

   24.2     22.7  

Real Estate

   8.8     8.6  

Other

   4.3     4.2  
            

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %
            

The Board of Directors has general supervisory authority over the Pension Trust Fund and approves the investment policies and plan asset target allocation. An internal management committee provides on-going oversight of plan assets in accordance with the approved policies and asset allocation ranges and has the authority to appoint and dismiss investment managers. The investment policy objectives are to maximize long-term return from a diversified pool of assets while minimizing the risk of large losses, and to maintain adequate liquidity to permit timely payment of all benefits. The policies include diversification requirements and restrictions on concentration in any one single issuer or asset class. The currently approved asset investment classes are cash; fixed income; domestic equities; international equities; real estate; private equities and hedge funds of funds. Company management allocates the plan assets among the approved investment classes and provides appropriate directions to the investment managers pursuant to such allocations. The approved target ranges and allocations as of the December 31, 2007 and 2006 measurement dates were as follows:

 

     Range     Target  

Equity securities

   30-85 %   75 %

Debt securities

   5-50     10  

Real Estate

   0-15     10  

Other

   0-15     5  
        

Total

     100 %
        

Contributions

The Company had no required ERISA contributions for 2007. The Company contributed $12.7 million to improve the funded status of the plans. At December 31, 2007, the Company anticipates that it will have a minimum required pension contribution funding of approximately $13 million in 2008.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

 

     Pension
Benefits
   Other
Benefits
     (in millions)

2008

   $ 50.0    $ 18.2

2009

     50.6      20.6

2010

     50.7      20.6

2011

     51.2      20.6

2012

     52.0      20.4

2013-2017

     271.3      98.1

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Note 10: Restructuring Charges

The following summarizes restructuring accrual activity for the periods October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007, January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:

 

     Employee
related costs
    Tenancy and
other costs
    Total
restructuring
costs
 
   (in millions)  

Predecessor

      

Balance at December 31, 2004

   $ 1.0     $ 2.5     $ 3.5  

Restructuring charges

     4.0             4.0  

Cash payments

     (2.3 )     (0.8 )     (3.1 )

Non-cash adjustments

     (1.4 )           (1.4 )

Reclassifications

     (0.1 )     0.1        
                        

Balance at December 31, 2005

     1.2       1.8       3.0  

Restructuring charges

     4.3       0.2       4.5  

Cash payments

     (2.3 )     (0.7 )     (3.0 )

Non-cash adjustments

     (1.0 )           (1.0 )
                        

Balance at December 31, 2006

     2.2       1.3       3.5  

Restructuring charges

     4.3       0.8       5.1  

Cash payments

     (2.3 )     (0.7 )     (3.0 )

Non-cash adjustments

     (0.7 )     (0.6 )     (1.3 )
                        

Balance at October 19, 2007

   $ 3.5     $ 0.8     $ 4.3  
                        
   

Successor

      

Exit plan liability assumed in acquisition

   $ 111.5     $ 3.2     $ 114.7  

Cash payments

     (14.8 )     (0.2 )     (15.0 )

Non-cash adjustments

     (57.9 )           (57.9 )
                        

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 38.8     $ 3.0     $ 41.8  
                        

2007

On October 19, 2007, as part of the Merger of Rhombus Merger Corporation with and into Ryerson (See Note 2), the Company recorded a liability of $114.7 million for exit costs assumed in the acquisition, which are the result of a preliminary plan of facility consolidations and organizational restructuring. The liability consists of future cash outlays for employee-related costs, including severance for 1,148 employees and employee relocation costs, totaling $53.6 million, future cash outlays for tenancy and other costs totaling $3.2 million and non-cash costs of $57.9 million for pensions and other postretirement benefits, which are shown as a reduction in the table above as such amounts are included in the deferred employee benefits liability at December 31, 2007. The December 31, 2007 accrual balance will be paid primarily in 2008.

From January 1, 2007 through October 19, 2007, the Company recorded a charge of $5.1 million due to workforce reductions and other tenancy obligations resulting from our integration of Integris Metals. Included in the charges were future cash outlays for employee-related costs of $3.6 million, including severance for 153 employees, non-cash costs of $0.7 million for pensions and other postretirement benefits, $0.2 million for future lease payments for closed facilities and non-cash costs of $0.6 million for impairment of leased facilities.

2006

In 2006, the Company recorded a charge of $4.0 million primarily due to workforce reductions resulting from our integration of Integris Metals with Ryerson. The charge consisted of future cash outlays of $2.8 million

 

F-30


Table of Contents

for employee-related costs, including severance for 170 employees, non-cash costs totaling $1.0 million for pensions and other postretirement benefits and $0.2 million for future lease payments for a closed facility. In 2006, the Company also recorded a charge of $0.5 million for other workforce reductions. The charge consisted of future cash outlays for employee-related costs, including severance for 16 employees.

2005

In 2005, the Company recorded a charge of $4.0 million due to workforce reductions resulting from the integration of Integris Metals with the Company. The charge consisted of costs for employees that were employed by the Company prior to the acquisition, including severance for 33 employees and other future cash outlays totaling $2.6 million and non-cash costs totaling $1.4 million for pensions and other postretirement benefits.

Note 11: Income Taxes

The elements of the provision (benefit) for income taxes were as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor
     October 20 to
December 31,
2007
    January 1 to
October 19,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
           (in millions)      

Income (loss) before income tax:

        

Federal

   $ (27.2 )       $ 77.0     $ 75.2     $ 141.5

Foreign

     9.1       28.0       39.0       19.1
                              
   $ (18.1 )   $ 105.0     $ 114.2     $ 160.6
                              

Current income taxes:

        

Federal

   $ (15.1 )   $ (4.0 )   $ 64.1     $ 24.0

Foreign

     2.6       9.6       12.1       6.4

State

     0.1       0.5       4.0       6.9
                              
     (12.4 )     6.1       80.2       37.3

Deferred income taxes

     5.5       30.8       (37.8 )     25.2
                              

Total tax provision (benefit)

   $ (6.9 )   $ 36.9     $ 42.4     $ 62.5
                              

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Income taxes differ from the amounts computed by applying the federal tax rate as follows:

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     October 20 to
December 31,
2007
    January 1 to
October 19,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
 
           (in millions)        

Federal income tax expense computed at statutory tax rate of 35%

   $ (6.3 )           $ 36.8     $ 40.0     $ 56.2  

Additional taxes or credits from:

        

State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax effect

     (0.4 )     2.7       2.1       6.9  

Non-deductible expenses

     0.3       0.8       0.7       (0.7 )

Foreign income not includable in federal taxable income

     (0.4 )     (0.3 )     (1.4 )     (1.3 )

Canadian taxes

     (0.2 )           (0.3 )     0.9  

Tax examination settlement

           (3.9 )            

Valuation allowance

           0.2              

All other, net

     0.1       0.6       1.3       0.5  
                                

Total income tax provision (benefit)

   $ (6.9 )   $ 36.9     $ 42.4     $ 62.5  
                                

The components of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities arising under SFAS No. 109, “ Accounting for Income Taxes ,” were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     Successor
2007
    Predecessor
2006
 
     (in millions)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

AMT tax credit carryforwards

   $ 50     $ 53  

Post-retirement benefits other than pensions

     86       77  

State net operating loss carryforwards

     10       8  

Bad debt allowances

     5       5  

Pension liability

     39       34  

Restructuring and shut down reserves

     16       2  

Goodwill and other intangibles

           2  

Other deductible temporary differences

     24       28  

Inventory basis differences

           17  

Less valuation allowances

     (1 )             (1 )
                
     229       225  
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Fixed asset basis difference

     139       71  

Other intangibles

     6        

Inventory basis difference

     167        
                
     312       71  
                

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ (83 )   $ 154  
                

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The Company had available at December 31, 2007, federal AMT credit carryforwards of approximately $50 million, which may be used indefinitely to reduce regular federal income taxes. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that all of its federal tax credits and carryforwards will be realized.

At December 31, 2007, the deferred tax asset related to the Company’s postretirement benefits other than pensions (SFAS No. 106) was $86 million. At December 31, 2007, the Company also had a deferred tax asset related to the Company’s pension liability of $39 million. To the extent that future annual charges under SFAS No. 106 and the pension expense continue to exceed amounts deductible for tax purposes, this deferred tax asset will continue to grow. Thereafter, even if the Company should have a tax loss in any year in which the deductible amount would exceed the financial statement expense, the tax law provides for a 20-year carryforward period for that loss.

The Company had $10 million of tax effected state NOL carryforwards available at December 31, 2007. The deferred tax asset for state NOL carryforwards is reviewed for recoverability based on historical taxable income, the expected reversal of existing temporary differences, tax planning strategies, and, most importantly, on projections of future taxable income. A valuation allowance of $1 million has been provided representing the amount that the Company does not expect to be able to utilize prior to their expiration in 2008-2026.

At December 31, 2007 the Company had approximately $80 million of undistributed foreign earnings. The Company has not recognized any U.S. tax expense on $76 million of these earnings since it intends to reinvest the earnings outside the U.S. for the foreseeable future. The Company has recognized U.S. tax expense on $4 million of these undistributed earnings that were included in the Company’s prior year U.S. taxable income under the U.S. Subpart F income rules.

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provision of FIN No. 48, “ Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes ” (“FIN 48”). As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized a $0.8 million decrease to reserves for uncertain tax positions.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     Unrecognized tax
benefits
 
     (in millions)  

Predecessor

  

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at January 1, 2007

   $ 13.9  

Gross increases—tax positions in prior periods

     0.2  

Gross decreases—tax positions in prior periods

     (2.9 )

Settlements

     (4.2 )
        

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at October 19, 2007

   $ 7.0  
        
   

Successor

  

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at October 20, 2007

   $ 7.0  

Gross increases—tax positions in prior periods

     0.1  
        

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 7.1  
        

Ryerson and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company has substantially concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 2005. Substantially all state and local income tax matters have been concluded through 1999. However, a change by a state in subsequent years would result in an insignificant change to the Company’s state tax liability. The Company has substantially concluded foreign income tax matters through 2003 for all significant foreign jurisdictions.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of January 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007, we had approximately $2.5 million and $2.1 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions, respectively. Total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would affect our effective tax rate if recognized is $4.6 million as of December 31, 2007.

Note 12: Goodwill

The following is a summary of changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2007:

 

     Unrecognized tax
benefits
 
     (in millions)  

Predecessor

  

Balance at December 31, 2005

   $ 64.8  

Goodwill allocated to disposed assets

     (2.0 )

Settlement of acquired tax liability and deferred tax assets

     (3.1 )
        

Balance at December 31, 2006

   $ 59.7  

Adjustment to deferred tax assets

     (0.5 )
        

Balance at October 19, 2007

   $ 59.2  
        
   

Successor

  

Goodwill related to the Merger (see Note 2)

   $ 68.5  
        

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 68.5  
        

In 2006, the settlement of acquired tax liabilities resulted from a favorable IRS examination of $0.8 million and an adjustment of $2.3 million of deferred tax assets related to Integris Metals. In the period January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007, an adjustment of $0.5 million to deferred tax assets related to Integris Metals was recorded. The goodwill balance of $59.2 million at October 19, 2007 was eliminated in purchase accounting. The goodwill balance of $68.5 million at December 31, 2007 resulted entirely from the Merger.

In accordance with SFAS 142, goodwill is reviewed at least annually for impairment using a two-step approach. In the first step, the Company tests for impairment of goodwill by estimating the fair values of its reporting units using the present value of future cash flows approach, subject to a comparison for reasonableness to its market capitalization at the date of valuation. Projected cash flows are discounted to present value using an estimated weighted average cost of capital, which considers both returns to equity and debt investors. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. In the second step the implied fair value of the goodwill is estimated as the fair value of the reporting unit used in the first step less the fair value of all other net tangible and intangible assets of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair market value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the carrying amount of the goodwill. The Company performs its annual impairment testing during the fourth quarter.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Note 13: Intangible Assets

The following summarizes the components of intangible assets at December 31, 2007 and 2006:

 

     Successor
December 31, 2007
    Predecessor
December 31, 2006
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
  
Accumulated
Amortization
   

Net
    Gross
Carrying
Amount
  
Accumulated
Amortization
   

Net

Amortized intangible assets

              

Customer relationships

   $ 15.0    $ (0.2 )   $ 14.8        $ 13.8    $ (7.4 )   $ 6.4

Trademarks

                      0.9      (0.1 )     0.8
                                            

Total

   $ 15.0    $ (0.2 )   $ 14.8     $ 14.7    $ (7.5 )   $ 7.2
                                            

Amortization expense related to intangible assets for the periods October 20 to December 31, 2007 was $0.2 million, January 1 to October 19, 2007 was $3.1 million and for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $3.8 million.

Other intangible assets were amortized primarily over a period of 3 to 5 years prior to October 19, 2007 and over a period of 13 years after October 20, 2007. Estimated amortization expense related to intangible assets at December 31, 2007, for each of the years in the five year period ending December 31, 2012 and thereafter is as follows:

 

     Estimated
Amortization Expense
     (in millions)

For the year ended 12/31/08

   $ 1.2

For the year ended 12/31/09

     1.2

For the year ended 12/31/10

     1.2

For the year ended 12/31/11

     1.2

For the year ended 12/31/12

     1.2

For the years ended thereafter

     8.8

Note 14: Restricted Cash

On October 19, 2007, prior to the Merger of Rhombus Merger Corporation with and into Ryerson (See Note 2), the Company deposited $5.0 million in a trust account to fund payments arising from the Merger, primarily payments to the Predecessor Board of Directors. In the fourth quarter of 2007, payments totaling $0.5 million were made from the trust account.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Note 15: Sales by Product

The Company derives substantially all of its sales from the distribution of metals. The following table shows the Company’s percentage of sales by major product line:

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     October 20 to
December 31,
2007
           January 1 to
October 19,
2007
    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
 
                  (percentage of Sales)        

Product Line

             

Stainless and aluminum

   55 %        58 %   52 %   50 %

Carbon flat rolled

   26          24     25     26  

Bars, tubing and structurals

   8          7     9     10  

Fabrication and carbon plate

   7          7     9     9  

Other

   4          4     5     5  
                             

Total

   100 %        100 %   100 %   100 %
                             

No customer accounted for more than 10 % of Company sales in the periods January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 and October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007. The top ten customers accounted for approximately 15 % of its sales in periods January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007 and October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007. A significant majority of the Company’s sales are attributable to its U.S. operations and a significant majority of its long-lived assets are located in the United States. The only operations attributed to a foreign country relate to the Company’s subsidiaries in Canada, which comprised 13 %, 10 %, 9 % and 8 % of the Company’s sales during the periods October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007, January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively; Canadian assets were 10 %, 9 % and 9 % of consolidated assets at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Note 16: Commitments and Contingencies

Other Matters

The Company is currently a defendant in antitrust litigation. The Company believes that this suit is without merit and has answered the complaint denying all claims and allegations. The trial court entered judgment on June 15, 2004 sustaining the Company’s summary judgment motion and those of the other defendants on all claims. On September 15, 2005, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit heard oral arguments on plaintiff’s appeal. On August 7, 2006, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit issued a ruling affirming in part and reversing in part the district court judgment in favor of defendants, and sent the case back to the district court for reconsideration of the summary judgment in light of guidance provided by the Tenth Circuit opinion. The Company cannot determine at this time whether any potential liability related to this litigation would materially affect its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Lease Obligations & Other

The Company has noncancellable operating leases for which future minimum rental commitments are estimated to total $90.9 million, including approximately $25.1 million in 2008, $16.4 million in 2009, $12.7 million in 2010, $10.2 million in 2011, $5.7 million in 2012 and $20.8 million thereafter.

Rental expense under operating leases totaled $6.6 million for the period October 20 to December 31, 2007, $23.4 million for the period January 1 to October 19, 2007 and $32.1 million and $30.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

To fulfill contractual requirements for certain customers in 2007, the Company has entered into certain fixed-price noncancellable contractual obligations. These purchase obligations which will all be paid in 2008 aggregated $285.8 million at December 31, 2007.

There are various claims and pending actions against the Company other than those related to the antitrust litigation. The amount of liability, if any, for those claims and actions at December 31, 2007 is not determinable but, in the opinion of management, such liability, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Note 17: Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements

On October 19, 2007, the Sub issued the 2014 and 2015 Notes. The Sub was formed solely for the purpose of merging with and into Ryerson. Ryerson is the surviving corporation of the merger and assumed the obligations of the Sub. The 2014 and 2015 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of Ryerson’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or guarantee our obligations under the Ryerson Credit Facility. Presented below is the condensed consolidating financial information of Ryerson and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 (Successor) and 2006 (Predecessor) and for the period from October 20 to December 31, 2007 (Successor) and the period from January 1 to October 31, 2007 (Predecessor) and for the years ended December 31, 2006 (Predecessor) and 2005 (Predecessor).

 

F-37


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(SUCCESSOR)

OCTOBER 20 to DECEMBER 31, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor     Non-guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

   $ —       $ 847.5     $ 121.1     $ (2.3 )   $ 966.3  

Cost of materials sold

     —         730.0       101.4       (2.3 )     829.1  
                                        

Gross profit

     —         117.5       19.7       —         137.2  

Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative expenses

     5.6       108.9       12.4       —         126.9  
                                        

Operating profit (loss)

     (5.6 )     8.6       7.3       —         10.3  

Other income and expense, net

     0.2       —         2.2       —         2.4  

Interest and other expense on debt

     (29.4 )     (1.3 )     (0.1 )     —         (30.8 )

Intercompany transactions:

          

Interest expense on intercompany loans

     (13.3 )     —         (0.1 )     13.4       —    

Interest income on intercompany loans

     —         13.4       —         (13.4 )     —    
                                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (48.1 )     20.7       9.3       —         (18.1 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (19.5 )     10.0       2.6       —         (6.9 )

Equity in (earnings) loss of subsidiaries

     (17.4 )     (5.3 )     —         22.7       —    
                                        

Net income

   $ (11.2 )   $ 16.0     $ 6.7     $ (22.7 )   $ (11.2 )
                                        

 

F-38


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(PREDECESSOR)

JANUARY 1 to OCTOBER 19, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor     Non-guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

   $ —       $ 4,546.4     $ 494.7     $ (5.5 )   $ 5,035.6  

Cost materials sold

     —         3,905.2       407.4       (5.5 )     4,307.1  
                                        

Gross profit

     —         641.2       87.3       —         728.5  

Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative

     2.6       514.4       52.5       —         569.5  

Restructuring and plant closure costs

     —         4.5       0.6       —         5.1  

Gain on the sale of assets

     —         (7.0 )     (0.2 )     —         (7.2 )
                                        

Operating profit

     (2.6 )     129.3       34.4       —         161.1  

Other income and (expense), net

     0.7       —         (1.7 )     —         (1.0 )

Interest and other expense on debt

     (24.0 )     (30.2 )     (0.9 )     —         (55.1 )

Intercompany transactions:

          

Interest expense on intercompany loans

     (69.9 )     —         (0.6 )     70.5       —    

Interest income on intercompany loans

     —         70.5       —         (70.5 )     —    
                                        

Income before income taxes

     (95.8 )     169.6       31.2       —         105.0  

Provision for income taxes

     (21.3 )     48.6       9.6       —         36.9  

Equity in earnings loss of subsidiaries

     142.6       17.7       —         (160.3 )     —    
                                        

Net income

   $ 68.1     $ 138.7     $ 21.6     $ (160.3 )   $ 68.1  
                                        

 

F-39


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(PREDECESSOR)

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor     Non-guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

   $ —       $ 5,411.0     $ 518.2     $ (20.3 )   $ 5,908.9  

Cost materials sold

     —         4,659.2       412.0       (20.3 )     5,050.9  
                                        

Gross profit

     —         751.8       106.2       —         858.0  

Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative

     2.3       623.0       65.9       —         691.2  

Restructuring and plant closure costs

     —         4.5       —         —         4.5  

Gain on the sale of assets

     —         (21.6 )     —         —         (21.6 )
                                        

Operating profit

     (2.3 )     145.9       40.3       —         183.9  

Other income and (expense), net

     0.3       0.2       0.5       —         1.0  

Interest and other expense on debt

     (31.0 )     (38.1 )     (1.6 )     —         (70.7 )

Intercompany transactions:

          

Interest expense on intercompany loans

     (66.7 )     (26.2 )     (0.7 )     93.6       —    

Interest income on intercompany loans

     2.4       91.2       —         (93.6 )     —    
                                        

Income before income taxes

     (97.3 )     173.0       38.5       —         114.2  

Provision for income taxes

     (28.6 )     58.9       12.1       —         42.4  

Equity in earnings loss of subsidiaries

     140.5       23.2       —         (163.7 )     —    
                                        

Net income

   $ 71.8     $ 137.3     $ 26.4     $ (163.7 )   $ 71.8  
                                        

 

F-40


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(PREDECESSOR)

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor     Non-guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

   $ —       $ 5,327.3     $ 457.0     $ (3.8 )   $ 5,780.5  

Cost materials sold

     —         4,518.0       379.3       (3.8 )     4,893.5  
                                        

Gross profit

     —         809.3       77.7       —         887.0  

Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative

     0.6       619.0       58.1       —         677.7  

Restructuring and plant closure costs

     —         4.0       —         —         4.0  

Pension curtailment gain

     —         (21.0 )     —         —         (21.0 )

Gain on the sale of assets

     —         (6.6 )     —         —         (6.6 )
                                        

Operating profit

     (0.6 )     213.9       19.6       —         232.9  

Other income and (expense), net

     0.6       1.6       1.5       —         3.7  

Interest and other expense on debt

     (41.4 )     (32.2 )     (2.4 )     —         (76.0 )

Intercompany transactions:

          

Interest expense on intercompany loans

     (42.7 )     (23.5 )     (0.7 )     66.9       —    

Interest income on intercompany loans

     4.3       62.5       0.1       (66.9 )     —    
                                        

Income before income taxes

     (79.8 )     222.3       18.1       —         160.6  

Provision for income taxes

     (27.0 )     83.2       6.3       —         62.5  

Equity in earnings loss of subsidiaries

     150.9       9.1       —         (160.0 )     —    
                                        

Net income

   $ 98.1     $ 148.2     $ 11.8     $ (160.0 )   $ 98.1  
                                        

 

F-41


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(SUCCESSOR)

OCTOBER 20 to DECEMBER 31, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor     Non-guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

          

Net income (loss)

   $ (11.2 )   $ 16.0     $ 6.7     $ (22.7 )   $ (11.2 )
                                        

Non-cash expenses

     (68.8 )     55.1       11.4         (2.3 )

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     (17.4 )     (5.3 )     —         22.7       —    

Changes in working capital

     (18.1 )     52.0       33.7       —         67.6  
                                        

Net adjustments

     (104.3 )     101.8       45.1       22.7       65.3  
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (115.5 )     117.8       51.8       —         54.1  
                                        

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

          

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (830.8 )     52.8       (70.9 )     (220.7 )     (1,069.6 )
                                        

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

          

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     946.4       (151.2 )     5.3       220.7       1,021.2  
                                        

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     0.1       19.4       (13.8 )     —         5.7  

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

     —         10.5       19.0       —         29.5  
                                        

Ending cash and cash equivalents

   $ 0.1     $ 29.9     $ 5.2     $ —       $ 35.2  
                                        

 

F-42


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(PREDECESSOR)

JANUARY 1 to OCTOBER 19, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor     Non-guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

          

Net income

   $ 68.1     $ 138.7     $ 21.6     $ (160.3 )   $ 68.1  
                                        

Non-cash expenses

     54.4       20.0       5.3       —         79.7  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     (142.6 )     (17.7 )     —         160.3       —    

Changes in working capital

     (101.8 )     503.2       14.8       —         416.2  
                                        

Net adjustments

     (190.0 )     505.5       20.1       160.3       495.9  
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (121.9 )     644.2       41.7       —         564.0  
                                        

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

          

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     30.8       94.2       (2.1 )     (146.9 )     (24.0 )
                                        

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

          

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     59.4       (746.1 )     (25.8 )     146.9       (565.6 )
                                        

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (31.7 )     (7.7 )     13.8       —         (25.6 )

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

     31.7       18.2       5.2       —         55.1  
                                        

Ending cash and cash equivalents

   $     $ 10.5     $ 19.0     $     $ 29.5  
                                        

 

F-43


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(PREDECESSOR)

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor     Non-guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

          

Net income

   $ 71.8     $ 137.3     $ 26.4     $ (163.7 )   $ 71.8  
                                        

Non-cash expenses

     (14.5 )     (6.6 )     (0.3 )     —         (21.4 )

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     (140.5 )     (23.2 )     —         163.7       —    

Changes in working capital

     (40.2 )     (237.1 )     (34.1 )     —         (311.4 )
                                        

Net adjustments

     (195.2 )     (266.9 )     (34.4 )     163.7       (332.8 )
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (123.4 )     (129.6 )     (8.0 )     —         (261.0 )
                                        

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

          

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     —         (279.0 )     (1.8 )     264.1       (16.7 )
                                        

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

          

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     153.6       407.3       8.6       (264.1 )     305.4  
                                        

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     30.2       (1.3 )     (1.2 )     —         27.7  

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

     1.5       19.5       6.4       —         27.4  
                                        

Ending cash and cash equivalents

   $ 31.7     $ 18.2     $ 5.2     $     $ 55.1  
                                        

 

F-44


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(PREDECESSOR)

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor     Non-guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

          

Net income

   $ 98.1     $ 148.2     $ 11.8     $ (160.0 )   $ 98.1  
                                        

Non-cash expenses

     33.6       17.3       4.4       —         55.3  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     (150.9 )     (9.1 )     —         160.0       —    

Changes in working capital

     (106.2 )     270.4       3.9       —         168.1  
                                        

Net adjustments

     (223.5 )     278.6       8.3       160.0       223.4  
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (125.4 )     426.8       20.1       —         321.5  
                                        

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

          

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (411.2 )     (533.3 )     (3.2 )     529.6       (418.1 )
                                        

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

          

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     537.5       114.0       (16.3 )     (529.6 )     105.6  
                                        

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     0.9       7.5       0.6       —         9.0  

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

     0.6       12.0       5.8       —         18.4  
                                        

Ending cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1.5     $ 19.5     $ 6.4     $ —       $ 27.4  
                                        

 

F-45


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

(SUCCESSOR)

DECEMBER 31, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Parent    Guarantor    Non-guarantor    Eliminations     Consolidated

ASSETS

             

Current Assets

   $ 287.3    $ 1,514.5    $ 199.2    $ (225.8 )   $ 1,775.2

Property, plant and equipment net of accumulated depreciation

     —        544.7      42.3      —         587.0

Other noncurrent assets

     2,146.8      889.1      50.2      (2,871.8 )     214.3
                                   

Total Assets

   $ 2,434.1    $ 2,948.3    $ 291.7    $ (3,097.6 )   $ 2,576.5
                                   

LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

             

Current liabilities

   $ 52.7    $ 629.6    $ 83.0    $ (225.8 )   $ 539.5

Noncurrent liabilities

     1,882.2      367.2      44.4      (756.0 )     1,537.8

Stockholder’s equity (deficit)

     499.2      1,951.5      164.3      (2,115.8 )     499.2
                                   

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 2,434.1    $ 2,948.3    $ 291.7    $ (3,097.6 )   $ 2,576.5
                                   

RYERSON INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

(PREDECESSOR)

DECEMBER 31, 2006

(in millions)

 

     Parent    Guarantor    Non-guarantor    Eliminations     Consolidated

ASSETS

             

Current assets

   $ 140.8    $ 1,645.9    $ 198.7    $ (111.8 )   $ 1,873.6

Property, plant and equipment net of accumulated depreciation

     —        375.5      25.6      —         401.1

Other noncurrent assets

     1,860.6      1,286.8      26.3      (2,911.1 )     262.6
                                   

Total Assets

   $ 2,001.4    $ 3,308.2    $ 250.6    $ (3,022.9 )   $ 2,537.3
                                   

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Current liabilities

   $ 15.4    $ 499.6    $ 50.3    $ (111.8 )   $ 453.5

Noncurrent liabilities

     1,337.3      1,060.9      49.9      (1,013.0 )     1,435.1

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     648.7      1,747.7      150.4      (1,898.1 )     648.7
                                   

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 2,001.4    $ 3,308.2    $ 250.6    $ (3,022.9 )   $ 2,537.3
                                   

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Note 18: Gain on Sale of Assets

During the period January 1, 2007 to October 19, 2007, we sold certain facilities and equipment and recorded a gain on sale of $7.2 million pretax, or $4.4 million after tax.

On March 13, 2006, we sold certain assets related to our U.S. oil and gas, tubular alloy and bar alloy business to Energy Alloys, LLC, a Texas limited liability company. We received approximately $50.2 million of cash proceeds and a $4 million, 3-year note in payment of the purchase price. In the first quarter of 2006, we recorded a gain on the sale of $21.0 million pretax or $12.7 million after-tax. In the second quarter of 2006, we received additional cash proceeds of $4.1 million, primarily relating to proceeds from the 3-year note and adjustments to the purchase price. We recorded an additional gain on the sale of $0.6 million pretax or $0.4 million after-tax in the second quarter of 2006 resulting from the note proceeds and purchase price adjustments.

Note 19: Other Matters

Equity Investments

Coryer . In 2003, the Company and G. Collado S.A. de C.V. formed Coryer, S.A. de C.V. (“Coryer”), a joint venture that enabled the Company to expand service capability in Mexico. The Company has a 49 % equity interest in the joint venture. Ryerson has guaranteed the borrowings of Coryer under Coryer’s credit facility. At December 31, 2007, the amount of the guaranty was $3.2 million. No amounts have been recorded in the Company’s financial statements for this guaranty.

Tata Ryerson Limited . The Company owns a 50 % interest in Tata Ryerson Limited, a joint venture with the Tata Iron & Steel Corporation, an integrated steel manufacturer in India. Tata Ryerson Limited, which was formed in 1997, is a metals service center and processor with processing facilities at Jamshedpur, Pune, Bara, Howrah, Faridabad, Raipur and Rudapur, India. In the third quarter of 2005, the Company contributed $0.7 million, which is accounted for as cash outflow from investing activities, to increase its equity investment to match contributions from the Company’s joint venture partner and maintain a 50 % ownership percentage. The impact of Tata Ryerson’s operations on the Company’s results of operations has not been material in any year held since inception.

VSC-Ryerson China Limited . In 2006, the Company contributed $28.3 million to form VSC-Ryerson China Limited, a joint venture with Van Shung Chong Holdings Limited, a Hong Kong Stock Exchange listed company. VSC-Ryerson is based in Hong Kong and it develops processing and service center operations in Guangzhou, Dongguan, Kunshan and Tianjin and sales offices in Beijing, Shanghai, Wuxi and Shenzen. The Company owns a 40 % equity interest in VSC-Ryerson China Limited. The Company financed the investment with borrowings under its credit facility. The Company has an option to become the majority owner of VSC-Ryerson China Limited in 2009.

Note 20: Related Parties

The Company pays an affiliate of Platinum Equity, LLC an annual monitoring fee of up to $5.0 million pursuant to a corporate advisory services agreement. The monitoring fee was $5.0 million in the period from October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

RYERSON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

SUMMARY BY QUARTER

(in millions)

 

     Net
Sales
   Gross
Profit
   Income (Loss)
Before
Income Taxes
    Net Income
(Loss)
 

Successor

          

October 20 to December 31, 2007(1)

   $ 966.3    $ 137.2    $ (18.1 )   $ (11.2 )
                              
   

Predecessor

          

January 1 to October 19, 2007

          

First Quarter(2)

   $ 1,663.2    $ 255.8    $ 45.2     $ 28.1  

Second Quarter(3)

     1,617.8      238.4      53.6       38.1  

Third Quarter(4)

     1,432.3      195.6      17.4       9.7  

Oct 1, 2007 to Oct 19, 2007

     322.3      38.7      (11.2 )     (7.8 )
                              

Total Period

   $ 5,035.6    $ 728.5    $ 105.0     $ 68.1  
                              

2006

          

First Quarter(5)

   $ 1,447.8    $ 222.6    $ 52.3     $ 32.4  

Second Quarter(6)

     1,508.6      232.9      37.5       22.2  

Third Quarter(7)

     1,537.7      219.4      33.7       21.6  

Fourth Quarter(8)

     1,414.8      183.1      (9.3 )     (4.4 )
                              

Year

   $ 5,908.9    $ 858.0    $ 114.2     $ 71.8  
                              

 

(1)   Included in the results for the period October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007 is a pretax charge of $4.7 million, or $2.8 million after tax, for the bridge loan fee associated with the 2014 and 2015 Notes.
(2) Included in the first quarter 2007 results is a pretax charge of $2.9 million, or $1.7 million after-tax , to write off the unamortized debt issuance costs of the 2024 Notes that was classified as short term debt as of March 31, 2007. The first quarter of 2007 results also included a pre-tax charge of $2.7 million, or $1.7 million after-tax for fees associated with our prior credit facility upon entering into an amended revolving credit facility. The first quarter of 2007 also includes a pretax restructuring charge of $1.7 million, or $1.0 million after tax.
(3) Included in the second quarter 2007 results is a pretax restructuring charge of $1.7 million, or $1.0 million after-tax. The second quarter of 2007 also includes a pretax gain of $2.2 million, or $1.3 million after tax on the sale of assets.
(4) Included in the third quarter 2007 results is a pretax restructuring charge of $1.4 million, or $0.9 million after-tax. The third quarter of 2007 also includes a pretax gain of $5.0 million, or $3.1 million after tax, on the sale of assets.
(5) Included in the first quarter 2006 results is a pretax gain on sale of assets of $21 million, or $12.7 million after-tax, from the sale of the Company’s three service centers serving the oil and gas industries.
(6) Included in the second quarter 2006 results is a pretax gain on sale of assets of $0.6 million, or $0.4 million after-tax, from the post-closing settlement on the March 2006 sale of the Company’s three service centers serving the oil and gas industries. Also included in the second quarter 2006 results is a pretax charge of $0.4 million, or $0.2 million after-tax, associated with workforce reductions.
(7) Included in the third quarter 2006 results is a pretax charge of $0.7 million, or $0.4 million after-tax, associated with workforce reductions and future lease payments at a closed facility.
(8) Included in the fourth quarter 2006 results is a pretax charge of $3.1 million, or $1.9 million after-tax, associated with workforce reductions and future lease payments at a closed facility.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Periods Ended December 31, 2007, October 19, 2007, December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 (in millions)

 

     Provisions for Allowances
     Balance at
Beginning
of Period
   Amount
acquired
through
acquisition
   Additions
Charged
to
Income
   
Deductions
from
Reserves
    Balance
at End
of
Period

Successor

            

Period from October 20 to December 31, 2007

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 16.0    $    $ 0.3     $ (1.5 )(A)   $ 14.8

Valuation allowance—deferred tax assets

     1.0                       1.0
 

Predecessor

            

Period from January 1 to October 19, 2007

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 15.4    $    $ 3.1     $ (2.5 )(A)   $ 16.0

Valuation allowance—deferred tax assets

     1.0                       1.0

Year ended December 31, 2006

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 21.0    $ 0.3    $ (1.1 )   $ (4.8 )(A)   $ 15.4

Valuation allowance—deferred tax assets

     1.0                       1.0

Year ended December 31, 2005

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 14.0    $ 6.1    $ 7.3     $ (6.4 )(A)   $ 21.0

Valuation allowance—deferred tax assets

     1.0           1.6       (1.6 )     1.0

NOTES:

(A) Bad debts written off during the year

 

F-49


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

(in millions, except per share data)

 

     Successor      Predecessor  
     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2008
     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2007
 

Net Sales

   $ 1,370.3      $ 1,663.2  

Cost of materials sold

     1,176.4        1,407.4  
                 

Gross Profit

     193.9        255.8  

Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative

     151.0        184.5  

Restructuring and plant closure costs

            1.7  
                 

Operating Profit

     42.9        69.6  

Other income and (expense), net

     2.6        0.1  

Interest and other expense on debt

     (31.2 )      (24.5 )
                 

Income Before Income Taxes

     14.3        45.2  

Provision For Income Taxes

     5.1        17.1  
                 

Net Income

     9.2        28.1  

Dividends On Preferred Stock

            0.1  
                 

Net Income Applicable To Common Stock

   $ 9.2      $ 28.0  
                 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-50


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)

(in millions, except share data)

 

     Successor  
     March 31,
2008
    December 31,
2007
 

ASSETS

    

Current Assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 39.4     $ 35.2  

Restricted cash

     5.6       4.5  

Receivables less provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts of $15.1 and $14.8, respectively

     716.1       601.5  

Inventories

     1,061.4       1,069.7  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     66.8       64.3  
                

Total current assets

     1,889.3       1,775.2  

Investments And Advances

     82.2       80.1  

Property, Plant And Equipment, at cost

     590.7       594.1  

Less: Accumulated Depreciation

     12.8       7.1  
                

Property, plant and equipment, net

     577.9       587.0  

Deferred Income Taxes

     11.9       14.7  

Other Intangible Assets

     14.5       14.8  

Goodwill

     68.2       68.5  

Deferred Charges And Other Assets

     35.2       36.2  
                

Total assets

   $ 2,679.2     $ 2,576.5  
                

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current Liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 421.8     $ 277.0  

Salaries, wages and commissions

     27.7       39.5  

Other accrued liabilities

     165.7       175.7  

Short-term credit facility borrowings

           29.7  

Current portion of deferred employee benefits

     17.5       17.6  
                

Total current liabilities

     632.7       539.5  

Long-term Debt

     1,210.6       1,199.1  

Deferred Employee Benefits

     317.9       323.1  

Taxes And Other Credits

     16.4       15.6  
                

Total liabilities

     2,177.6       2,077.3  

Commitments & Contingencies

    

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Common Stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized; 100 shares issued in 2008 and 2007

            

Capital In Excess Of Par Value

     500.0       500.0  

Accumulated Deficit

     (2.0 )     (11.2 )

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

     3.6       10.4  
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     501.6       499.2  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,679.2     $ 2,576.5  
                

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-51


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

(in millions)

 

     Successor      Predecessor  
     Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2008
     Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2007
 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

     

Net income

   $ 9.2      $ 28.1  
                 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

     8.3        10.1  

Stock-based compensation

            12.1  

Deferred income taxes

     2.2        2.5  

Deferred employee benefit cost

     (4.4 )      0.8  

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

            (1.2 )

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effects of acquisitions:

     

Receivables

     (118.7 )      (193.0 )

Inventories

     4.8        250.6  

Other assets

     (4.1 )      (1.5 )

Accounts payable

     112.7        33.8  

Accrued liabilities

     (19.7 )      (6.3 )

Accrued taxes payable/receivable

     (0.1 )      0.1  

Other items

     0.2        1.6  
                 

Net adjustments

     (18.8 )      109.6  
                 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (9.6 )      137.7  
                 
 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

     

Increase in restricted cash, net

     (1.1 )       

Capital expenditures

     (6.0 )      (11.6 )

Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment

     6.0        0.9  
                 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1.1 )      (10.7 )
                 
 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

     

Proceeds from credit and securitization facility borrowings

     120.0        875.0  

Repayment of credit and securitization facility borrowings

     (560.0 )      (520.0 )

Net short-term proceeds/(repayments) under credit and securitization facilities

     425.3        (516.4 )

Credit and securitization facility issuance costs

     (0.2 )      (1.8 )

Net increase in book overdrafts

     29.8        15.7  

Dividends paid

            (1.4 )

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

            2.8  

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

            1.2  
                 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     14.9        (144.9 )
                 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     4.2        (17.9 )

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

     35.2        55.1  
                 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

   $ 39.4      $ 37.2  
                 
 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES

Cash paid during the period for:

     

Interest

   $ 17.9      $ 13.2  

Income taxes, net

     4.0        16.6  

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-52


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

NOTE 1/FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Pursuant to the Merger (see Note 2) dated October 19, 2007, Ryerson Inc. (“Ryerson”), a Delaware corporation, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rhombus Holding Corporation (“Rhombus Holding”).

Ryerson conducts materials distribution operations in the United States through its wholly-owned direct subsidiary Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. (“JT Ryerson”), and its wholly-owned indirect subsidiaries and in Canada through its indirect wholly-owned subsidiary Ryerson Canada, Inc., a Canadian corporation (“Ryerson Canada”). Unless the context indicates otherwise, Ryerson, JT Ryerson, and Ryerson Canada, together with their subsidiaries, are collectively referred to herein as “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company”.

Ryerson’s operating subsidiary Lancaster Steel Service Company, Inc., a New York corporation, was merged into JT Ryerson effective July 1, 2007.

In addition to our United States and Canadian operations, we conduct materials distribution operations in Mexico through Coryer, S.A. de C.V. (“Coryer”), a joint venture with G. Collado S.A. de C.V.; in India through Tata Ryerson Limited, a joint venture with the Tata Iron & Steel Corporation, an integrated steel manufacturer in India; and in China through VSC-Ryerson China Limited, a joint venture with Van Shung Chong Holdings Limited, a Hong Kong Stock Exchange listed company.

The following table shows our percentage of sales by major product lines for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively:

 

     Successor     Predecessor  
     Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2008
    Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2007
 
Product Line     

Stainless and aluminum

   55 %   57 %

Carbon flat rolled

   23     21  

Bars, tubing and structurals

   9     9  

Fabrication and carbon plate

   10     8  

Other

   3     5  
            

Total

   100 %   100 %
            

Results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results of any other periods or for the year. The financial statements as of March 31, 2008 and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2008 (Successor) and March 31, 2007 (Predecessor) are unaudited, but in the opinion of management include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of results for such periods. The Predecessor and Successor financial results are not comparable on a period-to-period basis due to the new basis of accounting established at the date of the Merger. The year-end condensed consolidated balance sheet data contained in this report was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes contained in the Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

NOTE 2/BUSINESS COMBINATION

Platinum Acquisition

On October 19, 2007, the merger of Rhombus Merger Corporation (“Sub”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rhombus Holding Corporation (“Rhombus Holding”), with and into Ryerson (the “Merger”), was consummated in accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 24, 2007, by and among Ryerson, Rhombus Holding and Sub (the “Merger Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, each outstanding share of Ryerson common stock and Series A $2.40 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock was converted into the right to receive $34.50 in cash. Upon the closing of the Merger, Ryerson became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rhombus Holding. Rhombus Holding is owned by affiliates of Platinum Equity, LLC.

On October 19, 2007, the Sub issued $150 million Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due November 1, 2014 (“2014 Notes”) and $425 million 12% Senior Secured Notes due November 1, 2015 (“2015 Notes”) (together, the “2014 and 2015 Notes”). The Sub was formed solely for the purpose of merging with and into Ryerson. Ryerson is the surviving corporation of the Merger and assumed the obligations of the Sub. Also, on October 19, 2007, the Sub entered into a 5-year, $1.35 billion revolving credit facility agreement (“Ryerson Credit Facility”) with a maturity date of October 18, 2012. In addition to the new debt, the Sub received a $500 million capital contribution from the Platinum. The proceeds from the issuance of the 2014 and 2015 Notes, the initial borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility and the capital contribution were used to (i) finance the Merger; (ii) repay and terminate our then outstanding credit and securitization facilities; (iii) purchase our 8 1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2011 (“2011 Notes”) and pay related tender offer costs; (iv) purchase our 3.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024 (“2024 Notes”) and pay related conversion premiums; and (v) pay other costs and expenses related to the transactions.

The Merger has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated to the identifiable assets and liabilities based on estimated fair values at the acquisition date. The purchase price allocation remains preliminary and is subject to final appraisals and plans related to facility consolidations and organizational restructurings. The Sub acquired all the capital stock of Ryerson for a cash purchase price of $1,065 million, net of cash acquired, plus the assumption of $653 million of debt. Goodwill recorded in connection with the Platinum Acquisition is not deductible for income tax purposes.

A summary of the preliminary fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is as follows:

 

     At
October 19, 2007
 
     (in millions)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 29.5    

Restricted cash

     5.0    

Accounts receivable

     729.6    

Inventories

     1,068.9    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     50.7    

Investments and advances

     79.0    

Property, plant & equipment

     590.3    

Goodwill

     68.2    

Other Intangibles

     15.0    

Other assets

     16.1    
          

Total assets acquired

       2,652.3  

Current liabilities

     (539.5 )  

Long-term debt

     (652.9 )  

Deferred employee benefits and other credits

     (365.0 )  
          

Total liabilities assumed

       (1,557.4 )
          

Net assets acquired

     $ 1,094.9  
          

 

F-54


Table of Contents

The following unaudited pro forma information presents consolidated results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2007 as if the Merger on October 19, 2007 had occurred January 1, 2007:

 

     Pro Forma
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2007
     (in millions)

Net sales

   $ 1,663.2

Net income

     35.5

NOTE 3/INVENTORIES

The Company uses the last-in; first-out (LIFO) method of valuing inventory. Inventories, at stated LIFO value, were classified as follows:

 

     Successor
     March 31, 2008    December 31, 2007
     (in millions)

In process and finished products

   $ 1,061.4    $ 1,069.7

The difference between current cost of inventory as compared to the stated LIFO value was $30 million and $11 million at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Approximately 89% and 90% of inventories are accounted for under the LIFO method at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Non-LIFO inventories consist primarily of inventory at our foreign facilities accounted for by using the weighted-average cost method.

NOTE 4/LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consisted of the following at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007:

 

 

     Successor
     March 31, 2008    December 31, 2007
     (in millions)

Ryerson Credit Facility

   $ 635.0    $ 649.7

12% Senior Notes due 2015

     425.0      425.0

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014

     146.5      150.0

8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2011

     4.1      4.1
             

Total debt

     1,210.6      1,228.8

Less:

     

Short-term credit facility borrowings

          29.7
             

Total long-term debt

   $ 1,210.6    $ 1,199.1
             

Ryerson Credit Facility

On October 19, 2007, the Sub entered into a 5-year, $1.35 billion revolving credit facility agreement with a maturity date of October 18, 2012. Initial proceeds from the Ryerson Credit Facility were used to finance the Merger and pay merger related transaction costs.

At March 31, 2008, the Company had $635.0 million of outstanding borrowings, $32 million of letters of credit issued and $479 million available under the $1.35 billion Ryerson Credit Facility compared to $649.7 million of outstanding borrowings, $31 million of letters of credit issued and $392 million available at December 31, 2007. The weighted average interest rate on the borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility was 4.3 percent and 6.5 percent at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Amounts outstanding under the Ryerson Credit Facility bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the base rate (Bank of America’s prime rate) or a LIBOR rate or, for the Company’s Canadian subsidiary which is a borrower, a rate determined by reference to the Canadian base rate (Bank of America-Canada Branch’s “Base Rate” for loans in U.S. Dollars in Canada) or the BA rate (average annual rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances) or a LIBOR rate and the Canadian prime rate (Bank of America-Canada Branch’s “Prime Rate.”). The spread over the base rate and Canadian prime rate is between 0.25% and 1.00% and the spread over the LIBOR and for the bankers’ acceptances is between 1.25% and 2.00%, depending on the amount available to be borrowed. Overdue amounts and all amounts owed during the existence of a default bear interest at 2% above the rate otherwise applicable thereto.

Borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility are secured by first-priority liens on all of the inventory, accounts receivable (excluding U.S. receivables), lockbox accounts and related assets of the Company, other subsidiary borrowers and certain other U.S. subsidiaries of the Borrower that act as guarantors.

The Ryerson Credit Facility contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to the incurrence of debt, the creation of liens, transactions with affiliates, mergers and consolidations, sales of assets and acquisitions. The Ryerson Credit Facility also requires that, if availability under the Ryerson Credit Facility declines to a certain level, the Company maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio as of the end of each fiscal quarter and includes defaults upon (among other things) the occurrence of a change of control of the Company.

The lenders under the Ryerson Credit Facility have the ability to reject a borrowing request if there has occurred any event, circumstance or development that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company. If the Company, any of the other borrowers or any significant subsidiaries of the other borrowers becomes insolvent or commences bankruptcy proceedings, all amounts borrowed under the Ryerson Credit Facility will become immediately due and payable.

2014 and 2015 Notes

On October 19, 2007, the Sub issued $150 million Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due November 1, 2014 and $425 million 12% Senior Secured Notes due November 1, 2015. The floating rate 2014 Notes bear interest at a rate, reset quarterly, of LIBOR plus 7.375% per annum. The fixed rate 2015 Notes bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum. The 2014 and 2015 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by certain of our existing and future subsidiaries (including those existing and future domestic subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or guarantee obligations under our Ryerson Credit Facility).

At March 31, 2008, $425.0 million of the 2015 Notes and $146.5 million of the 2014 Notes remain outstanding. During the first quarter of 2008, $3.5 million principal amount of the 2014 Notes were repurchased and retired.

The 2014 and 2015 Notes and guarantees are secured on a second-priority basis by a lien on the assets that secure our obligations under our revolving Ryerson Credit Facility. The 2014 and 2015 Notes contain customary covenants that, among other things, limit, subject to certain exceptions, our ability, and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries, to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock, make investments, sell assets, engage in acquisitions, mergers or consolidations or create liens or use assets as security in other transactions.

The 2014 and 2015 Notes will be redeemable by the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2009 and 2011, respectively, at specified redemption prices. Additionally, on or prior to November 1, 2009 and 2010, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the outstanding 2014 and 2015 Notes, respectively, with the net proceeds of specified equity offerings at specified redemption prices. If a change of control occurs, the Company must offer to purchase the 2014 and 2015 Notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, we have agreed to file with the SEC within 270 days after the date of initial issuance of the 2014 and 2015 Notes a registration statement with respect to an offer to exchange each of the notes for a new issue of our debt securities registered under the Securities Act, with terms substantially identical to those of the 2014 and 2015 Notes and to consummate an exchange offer after filing no later than 390 days after the date of initial issuance of 2014 and 2015 Notes. If we fail to satisfy our registration obligations under the registration rights agreement, we will be required to pay additional interest to the holders of the 2014 and 2015 Notes under certain circumstances.

Proceeds from the issuance of the 2014 and 2015 Notes were used to repay the outstanding borrowings and accrued interest under our then outstanding credit and securitization facilities, repay the 2011 Notes and 2024 Notes, finance the Merger and pay other Merger related costs.

$150 Million 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2011

As a result of the Merger (see Note 2), $145.9 million principal of the 2011 Notes were repurchased between October 20, 2007 and December 31, 2007 with $4.1 million outstanding at March 31, 2008. The 2011 Notes pay interest semi-annually and mature on December 15, 2011.

The 2011 Notes contained covenants, substantially all of which were removed pursuant to an amendment of the 2011 Notes as a result of the tender offer to repurchase the notes upon the Merger.

NOTE 5/STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The following table illustrates stock-based compensation recognized in the statement of operations by category of award:

 

     Successor    Predecessor
     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2008
   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2007
     (in millions)

Stock-based compensation related to:

       

Performance awards

   $    $ 8.6

Grants of nonvested stock

          1.3

Supplemental savings plan

          1.4

Stock appreciation rights

          0.8
             

Stock-based compensation recognized in the statement of operations

   $    $ 12.1
             

There were no stock-based awards issued or outstanding after October 19, 2007. The total tax benefit realized for the tax deduction for stock-based compensation was $0.0 million and $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The stock-based compensation cost that has been recognized in the statement of operations is included in the Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative line item.

Company Plans and Directors’ Compensation Plan

The Company had various equity based plans which include the 2002 Incentive Stock Plan, the 1999 Incentive Stock Plan, the 1995 Incentive Stock Plan and the Directors’ Compensation Plan (collectively, the “Corporation Equity Plans”). Effective and upon the consummation of the Merger (see Note 2) on October 19, 2007, the Corporation Equity Plans were terminated. No new equity based compensation plans were created after October 19, 2007.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Supplemental Savings Plan

The Company’s nonqualified unfunded supplemental savings plan allows highly compensated employees who make the maximum annual 401(k) contributions allowed by the Internal Revenue Code to the savings plan to make additional contributions of their base salary exceeding the IRS-allowed limits to the nonqualified supplemental savings plan and to receive the same level of benefits (including a credit for Company matching contributions) they would have received if those IRS limits did not exist. The nonqualified supplemental savings plan allows deferred amounts to be credited with interest at the rate paid by the qualified savings plan’s most restrictive fund, the Managed Income Portfolio Fund II (or successor fund), or to be accounted for as phantom stock units. The phantom stock units were classified as liability awards. Upon the consummation of the Merger (See Note 2) on October 19, 2007, $3.0 million of the phantom stock units were converted into a deferred account to be credited with interest at the rate paid by the Managed Income Portfolio Fund II.

Summary of Activity

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $2.7 million. Upon the exercise of options, the Company issued common stock from its treasury shares. The tax benefit realized from stock options exercised during the three months ended March 31, 2007 was $1.1 million.

NOTE 6/RETIREMENT BENEFITS

The following table summarizes the components of net periodic benefit cost for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 for the Ryerson Pension Plan and postretirement benefits other than pension:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
     Successor      Predecessor     Successor    Predecessor  
     Three
Months

Ended
March 31,
2008
     Three
Months

Ended
March 31,
2007
    Three
Months

Ended
March 31,
2008
   Three
Months

Ended
March 31,
2007
 
            (in millions)       

Components of net periodic benefit cost

              

Service cost

   $ 1      $ 1     $ 1    $ 1  

Interest cost

     11        10       3      3  

Expected return on assets

     (13 )      (12 )           

Amortization of prior service cost

                       (1 )

Recognized actuarial loss

            2             
                                

Net periodic benefit cost (credit)

   $ (1 )    $ 1     $ 4    $ 3  
                                

Contributions

The Company anticipates that it will have a minimum ERISA required pension contribution funding of approximately $13 million in 2008. The Company may elect to make voluntary contributions to improve the funded ratio of the Ryerson Pension Plan.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

NOTE 7/RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

The following summarizes restructuring accrual activity for the three-month period ended March 31, 2008:

 

     Employee
related
costs
    Tenancy
and other
costs
    Total
restructuring
costs
 
     (in millions)  

Successor

      

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 38.8     $ 3.0     $ 41.8  

Cash payments

     (9.7 )     (0.6 )     (10.3 )
                        

Balance at March 31, 2008

   $ 29.1     $ 2.4     $ 31.5  
                        

2008

During the first quarter of 2008, the Company paid $10.3 million related to the exit plan liability recorded on October 19, 2007, as part of the Merger of Rhombus Merger Corporation with and into Ryerson (See Note 2). The March 31, 2008 accrual balance will be paid primarily in 2008.

2007

On October 19, 2007, as part of the Merger, the Company recorded a liability of $114.7 million for exit costs assumed in the acquisition, which were the result of a preliminary plan of facility consolidations and organizational restructuring. The liability consisted of future cash outlays for employee-related costs, including severance for 1,148 employees and employee relocation costs, totaling $53.6 million, future cash outlays for tenancy and other costs totaling $3.2 million and non-cash costs of $57.9 million for pensions and other postretirement benefits.

From January 1, 2007 through October 19, 2007, the Company recorded a charge of $5.1 million due to workforce reductions and other tenancy obligations resulting from our integration of Integris Metals, Inc. Included in the charges were future cash outlays for employee-related costs of $3.6 million, including severance for 153 employees, non-cash costs of $0.7 million for pensions and other postretirement benefits, $0.2 million for future lease payments for closed facilities and non-cash costs of $0.6 million for impairment of leased facilities.

NOTE 8/COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The following sets forth the components of comprehensive income:

 

     Successor      Predecessor  
     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2008
     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2007
 
     (in millions)  

Net income

   $ 9.2      $ 28.1  

Other comprehensive income:

       

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (6.8 )      1.9  

Benefit plan liabilities—adjustment for recognition of prior service cost and net loss, net of tax provision of $0.5 in 2007

            0.8  

Unrealized loss on derivative instruments, net of tax benefit of $0.2 in 2007

            (0.4 )
                 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 2.4      $ 30.4  
                 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Accumulated other comprehensive income included the following:

 

     March 31,
2008
    December 31,
2007
 
     (in millions)  

Foreign currency translation

   $ (9.4 )   $ (2.6 )

Benefit plan liabilities, net of tax

     13.0       13.0  
                

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

   $ 3.6     $ 10.4  
                

NOTE 9/COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is currently a defendant in antitrust litigation. The Company believes that this suit is without merit and has answered the complaint denying all claims and allegations. The trial court entered judgment on June 15, 2004 sustaining the Company’s summary judgment motion and those of the other defendants on all claims. On September 15, 2005, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit heard oral arguments on plaintiff’s appeal. On August 7, 2006, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit issued a ruling affirming in part and reversing in part the district court judgment in favor of defendants, and sent the case back to the district court for reconsideration of the summary judgment in light of guidance provided by the Tenth Circuit opinion. The Company cannot determine at this time whether any potential liability related to this litigation would materially affect its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

In 2003, Ryerson and G. Collado S.A. de C.V. formed Coryer, a joint venture that enables us to provide expanded service capability in Mexico. We guaranteed the borrowings of Coryer under Coryer’s credit facility up to a maximum of $4.8 million. At March 31, 2008, the amount of the guaranty was $3.1 million. No amounts have been recorded in the Company’s financial statements for this guaranty.

NOTE 10/CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING GUARANTOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On October 19, 2007, the Sub issued the 2014 and 2015 Notes. The Sub was formed solely for the purpose of merging with and into Ryerson. Ryerson is the surviving corporation of the merger and assumed the obligations of the Sub. The 2014 and 2015 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by certain of Ryerson’s existing and future subsidiaries (including those existing and future domestic subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or guarantee obligations under our Ryerson Credit Facility).

 

F-60


Table of Contents

The following are condensed consolidating financial information as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 (Successor) and for the three months ended March 31, 2008 (Successor) and 2007 (Predecessor):

RYERSON INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

(SUCCESSOR)

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2008

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor     Non-guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

   $     $ 1,223.5     $ 150.7     $ (3.9 )   $ 1,370.3  

Cost of materials sold

           1,055.7       124.6       (3.9 )     1,176.4  
                                        

Gross profit

           167.8       26.1             193.9  

Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative

     1.2       133.9       15.9             151.0  
                                        

Operating profit

     (1.2 )     33.9       10.2             42.9  

Other income and (expense), net

     0.7             1.9             2.6  

Interest and other expense on debt

     (28.2 )     (2.8 )     (0.2 )           (31.2 )

Intercompany transactions:

          

Interest expense on intercompany loans

     (12.7 )                 12.7        

Interest income on intercompany loans

           12.5       0.2       (12.7 )      
                                        

Income before income taxes

     (41.4 )     43.6       12.1             14.3  

Provision for income taxes

     (16.0 )     17.5       3.6             5.1  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     34.6       7.2             (41.8 )      
                                        

Net income

   $ 9.2     $ 33.3     $ 8.5     $ (41.8 )   $ 9.2  
                                        

 

F-61


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

(PREDECESSOR)

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor     Non-guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

   $     $ 1,528.0     $ 143.9     $ (8.7 )   $ 1,663.2  

Cost materials sold

           1,300.0       116.1       (8.7 )     1,407.4  
                                        

Gross profit

           228.0       27.8             255.8  

Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative

     1.6       168.2       16.4             186.2  
                                        

Operating profit

     (1.6 )     59.8       11.4             69.6  

Other income and (expense), net

     0.2             (0.1 )           0.1  

Interest and other expense on debt

     (11.8 )     (12.4 )     (0.3 )           (24.5 )

Intercompany transactions:

          

Interest expense on intercompany loans

     (20.7 )                 20.7        

Interest income on intercompany loans

           20.9       (0.2 )     (20.7 )      
                                        

Income before income taxes

     (33.9 )     68.3       10.8             45.2  

Provision for income taxes

     (12.7 )     26.4       3.4             17.1  

Equity in earnings loss of subsidiaries

     49.3       6.4             (55.7 )      
                                        

Net income

   $ 28.1     $ 48.3     $ 7.4     $ (55.7 )   $ 28.1  
                                        

 

F-62


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

(SUCCESSOR)

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2008

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor     Non-guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Operating Activities:

          

Net income

   $ 9.2     $ 33.3     $ 8.5     $ (41.8 )   $ 9.2  
                                        

Non-cash expenses

     (23.5 )     30.1       (0.3 )           6.3  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     (34.6 )     (7.2 )           41.8        

Changes in working capital

     (37.1 )     0.9       11.1             (25.1 )
                                        

Net adjustments

     (95.2 )     23.8       10.8       41.8       (18.8 )
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (86.0 )     57.1       19.3             (9.6 )
                                        

Investing Activities:

          

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1.1 )     (101.7 )     (0.4 )     102.1       (1.1 )
                                        

Financing Activities:

          

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     87.2       35.1       (5.3 )     (102.1 )     14.9  
                                        

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     0.1       (9.5 )     13.6             4.2  

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

     0.1       29.9       5.2             35.2  
                                        

Ending cash and cash equivalents

   $ 0.2     $ 20.4     $ 18.8     $     $ 39.4  
                                        

 

F-63


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

(PREDECESSOR)

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor     Non-guarantor     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Operating Activities:

          

Net income

   $ 28.1     $ 48.3     $ 7.4     $ (55.7 )   $ 28.1  
                                        

Non-cash expenses

     13.2       12.2       0.5             25.9  

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

     (49.3 )     (6.4 )           55.7        

Changes in working capital

     (41.5 )     138.0       (12.8 )           83.7  
                                        

Net adjustments

     (77.6 )     143.8       (12.3 )     55.7       109.6  
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (49.5 )     192.1       (4.9 )           137.7  
                                        

Investing Activities:

          

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

           (24.1 )     (0.4 )     13.8       (10.7 )
                                        

Financing Activities:

          

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     18.8       (155.6 )     5.7       (13.8 )     (144.9 )
                                        

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (30.7 )     12.4       0.4             (17.9 )

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

     31.7       18.2       5.2             55.1  
                                        

Ending cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1.0     $ 30.6     $ 5.6     $     $ 37.2  
                                        

 

F-64


Table of Contents

RYERSON INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED)

(SUCCESSOR)

MARCH 31, 2008

(in millions)

 

     Parent    Guarantor    Non-guarantor    Eliminations     Consolidated

Assets

             

Current Assets

   $ 333.5    $ 1,601.8    $ 226.2    $ (272.2 )   $ 1,889.3

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

          537.4      40.5            577.9

Other noncurrent assets

     2,193.5      998.4      46.8      (3,026.7 )     212.0
                                   

Total Assets

   $ 2,527.0    $ 3,137.6    $ 313.5    $ (3,298.9 )   $ 2,679.2
                                   

Liabilities And Stockholders’ Equity

             

Current liabilities

   $ 34.2    $ 759.1    $ 111.6    $ (272.2 )   $ 632.7

Noncurrent liabilities

     1,991.2      393.7      35.9      (875.9 )     1,544.9

Stockholder’s equity

     501.6      1,984.8      166.0      (2,150.8 )     501.6
                                   

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 2,527.0    $ 3,137.6    $ 313.5    $ (3,298.9 )   $ 2,679.2
                                   

RYERSON INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED)

(SUCCESSOR)

DECEMBER 31, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Parent    Guarantor    Non-guarantor    Eliminations     Consolidated

Assets

             

Current Assets

   $ 287.3    $ 1,514.5    $ 199.2    $ (225.8 )   $ 1,775.2

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

          544.7      42.3            587.0

Other noncurrent assets

     2,146.8      889.1      50.2      (2,871.8 )     214.3
                                   

Total Assets

   $ 2,434.1    $ 2,948.3    $ 291.7    $ (3,097.6 )   $ 2,576.5
                                   

Liabilities And Stockholders’ Equity

             

Current liabilities

   $ 52.7    $ 629.6    $ 83.0    $ (225.8 )   $ 539.5

Noncurrent liabilities

     1,882.2      367.2      44.4      (756.0 )     1,537.8

Stockholder’s equity

     499.2      1,951.5      164.3      (2,115.8 )     499.2
                                   

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 2,434.1    $ 2,948.3    $ 291.7    $ (3,097.6 )   $ 2,576.5
                                   

 

F-65


Table of Contents

NOTE 11/RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

SFAS 157

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurement” (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. On February 12, 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” (“FSP 157-2”) which amends SFAS 157 to delay the effective date for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for those that are recognized at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. As allowed by FSP 157-2, the Company partially adopted SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008. Accordingly, the Company has followed the SFAS 157 guidance to value its financial assets and liabilities that are routinely adjusted to fair value, predominantly derivatives. The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. The remaining assets and liabilities to which the FSP 157-2 deferral relates, will be measured at fair value as applicable beginning in fiscal 2009.

On a recurring basis we measure our derivatives at fair value, which was an asset of $0.4 million and a liability of $6.7 million at March 31, 2008. The fair value of these derivatives was determined using Level 2 inputs and the market approach valuation technique, as described in SFAS 157.

SFAS 141(R)

In December 2007, the FASB released SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141(R)”). This Statement applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. SFAS 141(R) requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize the full fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction at the acquisition date; the immediate expense recognition of transaction costs; and accounting for restructuring plans separately from the business combination among others. SFAS 141(R) fundamentally changes many aspects of existing accounting requirements for business combinations. As such, if the Company enters into any business combinations after the adoption of SFAS 141(R), a transaction may significantly impact the Company’s financial position and earnings, but not cash flows, compared to the Company’s recent acquisitions, accounted for under existing U.S. GAAP requirements, due to the reasons described above.

SFAS 160

In December 2007, the FASB released SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”) . This Statement requires entities to report noncontrolling (minority) interests as a component of shareholders’ equity on the balance sheet; include all earnings of a consolidated subsidiary in consolidated results of operations; and treat all transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interest as equity transactions between the parties. SFAS 160 is effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning 2009 and adoption is prospective only; however, presentation and disclosure requirements described above must be applied retrospectively. We are currently assessing the impact of SFAS 160 on our financial statements.

SFAS 161

On March 19, 2008 the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “ Disclosures About Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 161”). This statement is intended to improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. We are currently assessing the impact of SFAS 161 on our financial statements.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

NOTE 12/RELATED PARTIES

The Company pays an affiliate of Platinum Equity, LLC an annual monitoring fee of up to $5.0 million pursuant to a corporate advisory services agreement. The monitoring fee was $1.25 million in the first three months of 2008.

NOTE 13/SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company declared and paid a dividend of $25.0 million to Rhombus Holding in April 2008. In addition, $5.0 million principal of the 2014 Notes were repurchased and retired in April 2008.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Ryerson Inc.

All tendered initial notes, executed letters of transmittal, and other related documents should be directed to the exchange agent. Requests for assistance and for additional copies of this prospectus, the letter of transmittal and other related documents should be directed to the exchange agent.

EXCHANGE AGENT:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By Facsimile:

(612) 667-9825

Confirm by telephone:

(262) 361-4376

By Mail, Hand or Courier:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Services

MAC N9311-110

625 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

Ryerson Inc.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

Up to $141,500,000 aggregate principal amount of its Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014

registered under the Securities Act of 1933 for

any and all outstanding Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014

and

Up to $425,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015

registered under the Securities Act of 1933 for

any and all outstanding 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligations

Until             , 2008, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

            , 2008

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Pursuant to their respective organizational documents, Ryerson Inc. and each of the subsidiary guarantors provides for indemnification of directors and officers, as permitted under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized. Ryerson Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors, except Ryerson Pan-Pacific LLC, are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits and proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than action by or in the right of the corporation—a “derivative action”), if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only extends to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement, or otherwise.

Ryerson Pan-Pacific LLC is a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act provides that a Delaware limited liability company may indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

Our executive officers and certain of our officers are also a party to indemnification agreements with Ryerson Inc.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)     Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 24, 2007, by and among Rhombus Holding Corporation, Rhombus Merger Corporation and Ryerson Inc.*
3.1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ryerson Inc.*
3.2   By-Laws of Ryerson Inc., as amended*
3.3   Certificate of Incorporation of J.M. Tull Metals Company, Inc.*
3.4   By-Laws of J.M. Tull Metals Company, Inc.*
3.5   Certificate of Incorporation of New Ryerson Company (n/k/a Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc.), as amended.*
3.6   Amended and Restated By-Laws of Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc.*
3.7   Certificate of Incorporation of RCJV Holdings, Inc.*
3.8   Amended and Restated By-Laws of RCJV Holdings, Inc.*
3.9   Certificate of Incorporation of RDM Holdings, Inc.*
3.10   Amended and Restated By-Laws of RDM Holdings, Inc.*
3.11   Certificate of Incorporation of Inland Industries of China Limited (n/k/a Ryerson (China) Limited), as amended.*
3.12   Amended and Restated By-Laws of Ryerson (China) Limited.*
3.13   Certificate of Incorporation of Ryerson Tull International, Inc. (n/k/a Ryerson Americas, Inc.), as amended and the bylaws attached thereto.*
3.14   Certificate of Incorporation of Inland International Material Management Services, Inc. (n/k/a Ryerson International Material Management Services, Inc.), as amended.*
3.15   By-Laws of Ryerson International Material Management Services, Inc.*
3.16   Certificate of Incorporation of Inland International Trading, Inc. (n/k/a Ryerson International Trading, Inc.), as amended.*
3.17   Amended and Restated By-Laws of Ryerson International Trading, Inc.*
3.18   Certificate of Incorporation of ISI International, Inc. (n/k/a Ryerson International, Inc.), as amended.*
3.19   Amended and Restated By-Laws of Ryerson International, Inc.*
3.20   Certificate of Formation of Ryerson Pan-Pacific LLC.*
3.21   Limited Liability Company Agreement of Ryerson Pan-Pacific LLC.*
3.22   Certificate of Ryerson Tull Procurement Corporation (n/k/a Ryerson Procurement Corporation), as amended.*

 

II-2


Table of Contents
3.23   Amended and Restated By-Laws of Ryerson Tull Procurement Corporation.*
4.1   Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, by and among Rhombus Merger Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Wells Fargo, National Association, as the trustee.*
4.2   Form of Exchange Global 12% Senior Secured Note due 2015.†
4.3   Form of Exchange Global Floating Rate Senior Secured Note due 2014.†
4.4   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2007, by and among Rhombus Merger Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Banc of America Securities LLC, as the initial purchaser.*
4.5   Security Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2007, by and among Rhombus Merger Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the collateral agent.*
4.6   Exchange Agent Agreement, dated as of                      , 2008, by and between Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as exchange agent, and Ryerson Inc.†
4.7   Indenture, dated as of December 13, 2004, among Ryerson Inc., Ryerson Procurement Corporation and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.*
4.8   Form of 144A 8  1 / 4 % Senior Note due 2011.*
4.9   Supplemental Indenture, dated May 30, 2008, by and among Ryerson Inc., the subsidiary guarantors thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.*
5.1   Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP.*
8.1   Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP with respect to certain tax matters (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).*
10.1   Credit Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2007, by and among Rhombus Merger Corporation, Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, as sole lead arranger and book manager, Ryerson Canada, Inc., as Canadian borrower, Wachovia Capital Finance Corporation (Central), as co-documentation agents, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, General Electric Capital Corporation, as co-syndication agents, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), as Canadian agent, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders named therein.*
10.2   Guarantee and Security Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2007, by and among Rhombus Merger Corporation, the pledgors and guarantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent.*
10.3   Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2007, by and among Bank of America, N.A., as ABL collateral agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as notes collateral agent.*
10.4   General Security Agreement, dated October 19, 2007, by and between Ryerson Canada, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A., as Canadian Agent.*
10.5   Employment Agreement, dated February 28, 2007, by and between Ryerson Inc. and Stephen E. Makarewicz.* D
10.6   Employment Agreement, dated July 23, 2001, by and between Ryerson Tull, Inc. and James M. Delaney.* D
10.7   Employment Agreement, dated July 23, 2001, by and between Ryerson Tull, Inc. and Terence R. Rogers.* D
10.8   Change of Control Agreement of Terence R. Rogers, dated May 11, 2007.* D
10.9   Change of Control Agreement of Stephen E. Makarewicz dated May 11, 2007.* D

 

II-3


Table of Contents
10.10   Change of Control Agreement of James M. Delaney, dated May 11, 2007.* D
10.11   Indemnification Agreement, dated July 24, 2007, by and between Ryerson Inc. and Terence R. Rogers.* D
10.12   Indemnification Agreement, dated July 24, 2007, by and between Ryerson Inc. and James M. Delaney.* D
10.13  

Indemnification Agreement, dated July 24, 2007, by and between Ryerson Inc. and Stephen E. Makarewicz.* D

10.14   Ryerson Inc. Pension Plan.† D
10.15   Ryerson Inc. Annual Bonus Plans.† D
10.16   Ryerson Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan.† D
12.1   Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.*
21   Subsidiaries of Ryerson Inc.†
23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.*
23.2   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.*
23.3   Consent of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP (included in the opinion referred to in 5.1 above).*
24.1   Power of Attorney with respect to Ryerson Inc. and the Subsidiary Guarantors (included in the signature pages hereto).
25.1   Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1.*
99.1   Form of Letter of Transmittal.*
99.2   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.*
99.3   Form of Letter to Clients.*
99.4   Form of Letter to Nominees.*

 

* Filed herewith.
To be filed by Amendment.
D Management contract or Compensatory Plan or arrangement.

Item 22. Undertakings

Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes:

(a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(b) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Ryerson Inc., has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 2nd day of July, 2008.

 

RYERSON INC.

By:

 

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Name:   Robert Archambault
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

II-6


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Robert Archambault and Terence R. Rogers, or any of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the exchange offer and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto)), necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such Registration Statement, which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Robert Archambault

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    T ERENCE R. R OGERS        

Terence R. Rogers

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    T OM G ORES        

Tom Gores

   Director   July 2, 2008

/ S /    E VA M. K ALAWSKI        

Eva M. Kalawski

   Director   July 2, 2008

/ S /    R OBERT J. W ENTWORTH        

Robert J. Wentworth

   Director   July 2, 2008

/ S /    J ACOB K OTZUBEI        

Jacob Kotzubei

   Director   July 2, 2008

 

II-7


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc., has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 2nd day of July, 2008.

 

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.

By:

 

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Name:   Robert Archambault
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

II-8


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Robert Archambault and Terence R. Rogers, or any of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the exchange offer and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto)), necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such Registration Statement, which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Robert Archambault

   Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  July 2, 2008

/ S /    T ERENCE R. R OGERS        

Terence R. Rogers

   Vice President
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
  July 2, 2008

/ S /    E VA M. K ALAWSKI        

Eva M. Kalawski

   Director   July 2, 2008

 

II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, RCJV Holdings, Inc., has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 2nd day of July, 2008.

 

RCJV HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

 

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Name:   Robert Archambault
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

II-10


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Robert Archambault and Terence R. Rogers, or any of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the exchange offer and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto)), necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such Registration Statement, which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Robert Archambault

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    T ERENCE R. R OGERS        

Terence R. Rogers

  

Vice President

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    E VA M. K ALAWSKI        

Eva M. Kalawski

   Director   July 2, 2008

 

II-11


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, RdM Holdings, Inc., has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 2nd day of July, 2008.

 

RdM HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

 

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Name:   Robert Archambault
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

II-12


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Robert Archambault and Terence R. Rogers, or any of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the exchange offer and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto)), necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such Registration Statement, which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Robert Archambault

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    T ERENCE R. R OGERS        

Terence R. Rogers

  

Vice President

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    E VA M. K ALAWSKI        

Eva M. Kalawski

   Director   July 2, 2008

 

II-13


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Ryerson (China) Limited has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 2nd day of July, 2008.

 

RYERSON (CHINA) LIMITED

By:

 

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Name:   Robert Archambault
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

II-14


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Robert Archambault and Terence R. Rogers, or any of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the exchange offer and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto)), necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such Registration Statement, which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Robert Archambault

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    T ERENCE R. R OGERS        

Terence R. Rogers

  

Vice President

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    E VA M. K ALAWSKI        

Eva M. Kalawski

   Director   July 2, 2008

 

II-15


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Ryerson Americas, Inc., has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 2nd day of July, 2008.

 

RYERSON AMERICAS, INC.

By:

 

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Name:   Robert Archambault
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

II-16


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Robert Archambault and Robert J. Joubran, or any of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the exchange offer and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto)), necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such Registration Statement, which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Robert Archambault

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    R OBERT J. J OUBRAN        

Robert J. Joubran

  

Vice President and Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    E VA M. K ALAWSKI         

Eva M. Kalawski

   Director   July 2, 2008

 

II-17


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Ryerson International Material Management Services, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 2nd day of July, 2008.

 

RYERSON INTERNATIONAL MATERIAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.

By:

 

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Name:   Robert Archambault
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

II-18


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Robert Archambault and Terence R. Rogers, or any of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the exchange offer and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto)), necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such Registration Statement, which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Robert Archambault

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    T ERENCE R. R OGERS        

Terence R. Rogers

  

Vice President

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    E VA M. K ALAWSKI        

Eva M. Kalawski

   Director   July 2, 2008

 

II-19


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Ryerson International Trading, Inc., has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 2nd day of July, 2008.

 

RYERSON INTERNATIONAL TRADING, INC.

By:

 

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Name:   Robert Archambault
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

II-20


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Robert Archambault and Terence R. Rogers, or any of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the exchange offer and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto)), necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such Registration Statement, which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT         

Robert Archambault

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    T ERENCE R. R OGERS        

Terence R. Rogers

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    E VA M. K ALAWSKI        

Eva M. Kalawski

   Director   July 2, 2008

 

II-21


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Ryerson International, Inc., has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 2nd day of July, 2008.

 

RYERSON INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By:

 

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Name:   Robert Archambault
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

II-22


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Robert Archambault and Terence R. Rogers, or any of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the exchange offer and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto)), necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such Registration Statement, which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Robert Archambault

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    T ERENCE R. R OGERS        

Terence R. Rogers

  

Vice President

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    E VA M. K ALAWSKI        

Eva M. Kalawski

   Director   July 2, 2008

 

II-23


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Ryerson Pan-Pacific LLC, has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 2nd day of July, 2008.

 

RYERSON PAN-PACIFIC LLC

By:

 

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Name:   Robert Archambault
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

II-24


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Robert Archambault and Terence R. Rogers, or any of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the exchange offer and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto)), necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such Registration Statement, which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Robert Archambault

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    T ERENCE R. R OGERS        

Terence R. Rogers

   Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
  July 2, 2008

 

/ S /    E VA M. K ALAWSKI        

Eva M. Kalawski

   Director   July 2, 2008

 

II-25


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Ryerson Procurement Corporation has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 2nd day of July, 2008.

 

RYERSON PROCUREMENT CORPORATION

By:

 

/ S /    L ESLIE M. N ORGREN        

Name:   Leslie M. Norgren
Title:   President and Chief Procurement Officer

 

II-26


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Leslie M. Norgren and Terence R. Rogers, or any of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the exchange offer and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto)), necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such Registration Statement, which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

    

Title

 

Date

/ S /    L ESLIE M. N ORGREN        

Leslie M. Norgren

    

President and Chief Procurement Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    T ERENCE R. R OGERS        

Terence R. Rogers

    

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  July 2, 2008

 

/ S /    E VA M. K ALAWSKI        

Eva M. Kalawski

   Director   July 2, 2008

 

II-27


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, J.M. Tull Metals Company, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on the 2nd day of July, 2008.

 

J.M. TULL METALS COMPANY, INC.

By:

 

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Name:   Robert Archambault
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

II-28


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Robert Archambault and Terence R. Rogers, or any of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the exchange offer and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto)), necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such Registration Statement, which amendments may make such changes in such Registration Statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    R OBERT A RCHAMBAULT        

Robert Archambault

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 2, 2008

/ S /    T ERENCE R. R OGERS        

Terence R. Rogers

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  July 2, 2008

 

/ S /    E VA M. K ALAWSKI        

Eva M. Kalawski

   Director   July 2, 2008

 

II-29

Exhibit 2.1

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

by and among

RHOMBUS HOLDING CORPORATION,

RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION,

and

RYERSON INC.

July 24, 2007

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
   ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND TERMS   

Section 1.1

   Definitions    1

Section 1.2

   Other Definitional Provisions; Interpretation    8
   ARTICLE II THE MERGER   

Section 2.1

   The Merger    9

Section 2.2

   Effective Time    9

Section 2.3

   Closing    9

Section 2.4

   Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Surviving Corporation    10

Section 2.5

   Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation    10
   ARTICLE III CONVERSION OF SHARES   

Section 3.1

   Conversion of Shares    10

Section 3.2

   Exchange of Certificates and Book-Entry Shares Representing Common Stock    11

Section 3.3

   Stock Options and Other Equity-Based Awards    13

Section 3.4

   Shares of Dissenting Stockholders    15

Section 3.5

   Adjustments to Prevent Dilution    15
   ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY   

Section 4.1

   Organization    15

Section 4.2

   Capitalization    16

Section 4.3

   Authorization; Validity of Agreement; Company Action    17

Section 4.4

   Consents and Approvals; No Violations    18

Section 4.5

   SEC Reports    18

Section 4.6

   No Undisclosed Liabilities    19

Section 4.7

   Absence of Certain Changes    19

Section 4.8

   Employee Benefit Plans; ERISA    20

Section 4.9

   Litigation    23


Section 4.10

   Compliance with Law    23

Section 4.11

   Taxes    23

Section 4.12

   Tangible Assets    24

Section 4.13

   Intellectual Property    26

Section 4.14

   Environmental    26

Section 4.15

   Labor Matters    27

Section 4.16

   Insurance    28

Section 4.17

   Contracts    28

Section 4.18

   Interested Party Transactions    29

Section 4.19

   Proxy Statement    30

Section 4.20

   Board Vote; Company Requisite Vote; Takeover Statutes    30

Section 4.21

   Brokers or Finders    30

Section 4.22

   Opinion of Financial Advisor    30

Section 4.23

   Rights Agreement    31

Section 4.24

   No Other Representations    31
   ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND SUB   

Section 5.1

   Organization    31

Section 5.2

   Authorization; Validity of Agreement; Necessary Action    31

Section 5.3

   Consents and Approvals; No Violations    32

Section 5.4

   Absence of Certain Changes    32

Section 5.5

   Compliance with Law    32

Section 5.6

   Sub’s Operations    32

Section 5.7

   Proxy Statement    32

Section 5.8

   Brokers or Finders    33

Section 5.9

   Sufficient Funds    33

Section 5.10

   Solvency    34

Section 5.11

   Share Ownership    34

Section 5.12

   Interested Stockholder    34

Section 5.13

   Absences of Arrangements with Management    34

Section 5.14

   Investigation by Parent and Sub    34

Section 5.15

   WTO Investor Status    35

 

ii


     ARTICLE VI COVENANTS     

Section 6.1

   Interim Operations of the Company    35

Section 6.2

   Access to Information    38

Section 6.3

   Acquisition Proposals    38

Section 6.4

   Employee Benefits    40

Section 6.5

   Publicity    42

Section 6.6

   Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance and Indemnification    42

Section 6.7

   Proxy Statement    43

Section 6.8

   [Reserved]    44

Section 6.9

   Reasonable Best Efforts    44

Section 6.10

   Financing    46

Section 6.11

   Sub and Surviving Corporation    48

Section 6.12

   Convertible Notes    48

Section 6.13

   FIRPTA Certificate    48
   ARTICLE VII CONDITIONS   

Section 7.1

   Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation to Effect the Merger    48

Section 7.2

   Conditions to the Obligations of Parent and Sub    49

Section 7.3

   Conditions to the Obligations of the Company    49

Section 7.4

   Frustration of Closing Conditions    49
   ARTICLE VIII TERMINATION   

Section 8.1

   Termination    50

Section 8.2

   Effect of Termination    51
   ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 9.1

   Amendment and Modification    53

Section 9.2

   Nonsurvival of Representations and Warranties    53

Section 9.3

   Notices    54

Section 9.4

   Interpretation    55

Section 9.5

   Counterparts    55

Section 9.6

   Entire Agreement; Third-Party Beneficiaries    55

 

iii


Section 9.7

   Severability    56

Section 9.8

   Governing Law    56

Section 9.9

   Jurisdiction    56

Section 9.10

   Service of Process    56

Section 9.11

   Assignment    56

Section 9.12

   Expenses    57

Section 9.13

   Headings    57

Section 9.14

   Waivers    57

 

iv


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of July 24, 2007 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among Ryerson Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Rhombus Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), and Rhombus Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (“ Sub ”).

WHEREAS, the respective boards of directors of Parent, Sub and the Company have approved, and have determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of their respective stockholders to consummate, the acquisition of the Company by Parent and Sub upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Acquisition Proposal ” means any inquiry, offer or proposal made by any Person or group of Persons other than Parent, Sub or any Affiliate thereof, other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, relating to any direct or indirect acquisition or purchase of a business that constitutes 25% or more of the consolidated total revenues or consolidated total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock of the Company or any tender offer, exchange offer, merger, reorganization, consolidation, share exchange or other business combination that if consummated would result in any Person or group of Persons beneficially owning 25% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock of the Company.

Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Benefit Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.8(a) .

Book-Entry Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(e) .


Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or another day on which commercial banking institutions in New York are authorized or required by Law to be closed.

CBAs ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(b) .

Certificate of Merger ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .

Certificates ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(e) .

Change in Recommendation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(e) .

CIC Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b) .

Cleanup ” means all actions required to investigate, monitor, prepare reports and risk assessments, cleanup, remove, treat, remediate, encapsulate or perform other response actions relating to the Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials in accordance with Environmental Laws.

Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 .

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 .

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) .

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Company Disclosure Schedule ” means the disclosure schedules delivered by the Company to Parent simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement.

Company Equity Plans ” means the Company’s 2002 Incentive Stock Plan, 1999 Incentive Stock Plan, 1996 Incentive Stock Plan, 1995 Incentive Stock Plan and Directors’ Compensation Plan, each as amended.

Company Material Adverse Effect ” means any material adverse change in, or material adverse effect on, the business, properties, financial condition or operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , however , that the effects of changes that are generally applicable to (i) the industries and markets in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate, (ii) the United States economy or (iii) the United States securities markets shall be excluded from the determination of Company Material Adverse Effect; and provided , further , that any adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries resulting from (A) the execution of this Agreement, the announcement of this Agreement or the pendency or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (B) any acts of terrorism or war, (C) changes in any Laws or accounting regulations or principles applicable to the Company or any of its

 

2


Subsidiaries, (D) any other action required by Law, contemplated by this Agreement or taken at the request of Parent or Sub, (E) any failure by the Company or its Subsidiaries to meet analysts’ or internal earnings estimates or financial projections in and of itself, or (F) the failure of Parent to consent to any of the actions proscribed in Section 6.1 , shall also be excluded from the determination of Company Material Adverse Effect.

Company Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) .

Company Recommendation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.20 .

Company Requisite Vote ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.20 .

Company SEC Reports ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5 .

Company Special Meeting ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(a) .

Company Termination Fee ” means $25 million in cash plus the Termination Expenses, provided that if this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Article VIII by Parent or the Company either (i) during the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending at the No-Shop Period Start Time or (ii) in a circumstance in which the event giving rise to the right of termination is based on the submission to the Company of a written offer or proposal that constituted an Acquisition Proposal made during the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending at the No-Shop Period Start Time, then “Company Termination Fee” means $15 million in cash plus the Termination Expenses.

Competition Act ” means the Competition Act (Canada).

Confidentiality Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 .

Consideration Fund ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a) .

Contract ” means any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, lease, license, permit or other instrument or obligation, whether written or oral.

Convertible Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a) .

Convertible Notes Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of November 10, 2004 among the Company, Ryerson Procurement Corporation and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to the Convertible Notes.

Convertible Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c) .

Debt Commitment Letters ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9 .

Debt Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9 .

DGCL ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

 

3


Dissenting Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4 .

Effective Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .

Environmental Claim ” means any claim, notice, directive, action, cause of action, investigation, suit, demand, abatement order or other order, by a Governmental Entity or any third party, alleging liability arising out of, based on, or resulting from, (a) the presence or Release of any Hazardous Materials at a location, currently or formerly owned or operated by the Company, or at any third party location at which the Company has sent, or caused to be sent, Hazardous Materials or (b) any violation of any Environmental Law.

Environmental Laws ” means all applicable Laws relating to pollution or protection of human health, safety or the environment or natural resources, including Laws relating to Releases of Hazardous Materials and the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, Release, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials, including the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. §1251 et seq.), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. §6901 et seq.), the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. §3000(f) et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. §2601 et seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. §7401 et seq.), the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (33 U.S.C. §2701 et seq.), the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq.), (“ CERCLA ”) the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. §1531 et seq.), and other similar foreign, state and local statutes, in effect as of the date hereof, and any regulations promulgated thereto.

Equity Commitment Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9 .

Equity Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9 .

ERISA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.8(a) .

ERISA Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.8(a) .

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9 .

Financing Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.10(b) .

Financing Commitments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9 .

GAAP ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5 .

Governmental Entity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 .

Hazardous Materials ” means any hazardous substance as defined in 42 U.S.C. § 9601(14), any hazardous waste as defined by 42 U.S.C. § 6903(5), any pollutant

 

4


or contaminant as defined by 42 U.S.C. § 9601(33), any toxic substance, oil or hazardous material or other chemical or substance (including, without limitation, asbestos in any form, urea formaldehyde, perchlorate or polychlorinated biphenyls) regulated by or forming the basis of liability under any Environmental Laws and all substances defined as Hazardous Substances, Oils, Pollutants or Contaminants in the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan, 40 C.F.R. § 300.5, or defined as such by, or regulated as such under, any Environmental Law.

HSR Act ” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976.

ICA ” means the Investment Canada Act (Canada).

Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(a) .

Insured Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(b) .

Intellectual Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13 .

Investors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9 .

knowledge ” means such facts and other information that as of the date of determination are actually known to the chief executive officer, executive vice presidents, chief financial officer, chief information officer, chief accounting officer, vice president—finance, vice president - human resources, general counsel or deputy general counsel of the referenced party, in each case after reasonable inquiry.

Law ” means any federal, state, provincial, county, regional, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, regulation, judgment, order, decree, injunction, arbitration award, franchise, license, permit, agency requirement or permit of any Governmental Entity.

Leased Real Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(b).

Leases ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(b).

Lenders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9 .

Licenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10 .

Liens ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(a) .

Material Contracts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17.

Merger ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

Merger Consideration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) .

 

5


Net Debt ” means the aggregate amount of indebtedness for borrowed money (including overdrafts and funds required to cover checks-in-transit in excess of $45,000,000) net of, without duplication (i) borrowings of amounts used to actually pay tax withholding obligations on behalf of employees in connection with the settlement of stock options and restricted stock required under the CIC Plans and the Company Equity Plans, as applicable; (ii) borrowings of amounts used to actually pay performance share awards and deferred director fees required under the CIC Plans and the Company Equity Plans, as applicable; (iii) borrowings of amounts to actually fund the Amended and Restated Ryerson Change in Control Severance Trust consisting of up to $5,000,000; and (iv) cash on hand (other than any restricted cash on hand in connection with (iii) above).

No-Shop Period Start Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(a) .

Non-Union Employees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a) .

Offering Materials ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.10(d) .

Option Consideration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) .

Owned Real Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(c) .

Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Parent Disclosure Schedule ” means the disclosure schedules delivered by Parent to the Company simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement.

Parent Material Adverse Effect ” means any material adverse change in, or material adverse effect on, (i) the business, properties, financial condition or operations of Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) the ability of Parent or Sub to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

Parent Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a) .

Parent Termination Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(c) .

Paying Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a) .

Performance Award ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(c) .

Performance Award Consideration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(c) .

Permitted Encumbrances ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(a) .

Person ” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust, unincorporated organization, other entity or group (as defined in the Exchange Act).

Proxy Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(a) .

 

6


Release ” means any actual or threatened release, spill, emission, discharge, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, dispersal, leaching or migration of Hazardous Materials, including the movement of Hazardous Materials through or in the air, soil, surface water, groundwater, other subsurface media or real property.

Representatives ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 .

Restricted Stock Award ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b) .

Rights Agreement ” means the Rights Agreement, as amended and restated as of April 1, 2004, between the Company and The Bank of New York, as rights agent.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.

Sub ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Subsidiary ” means, as to any Person, any Person (i) of which such first Person directly or indirectly owns securities or other equity interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate voting power, (ii) of which such first Person possesses more than fifty percent (50%) of the right to elect directors or Persons holding similar positions, or (iii) that such first Person controls directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, where “ control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, as trustee or executor or otherwise.

Superior Proposal ” means any Acquisition Proposal involving (A) assets that generate more than 50% of the consolidated total revenue of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (B) assets that constitute more than 50% of the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (C) more than 50% of the total voting power of the equity securities of the Company, in each case that the board of directors of the Company (x) after consulting with its financial advisor and (y) after taking into account all such factors and matters deemed relevant in good faith by the board of directors of the Company, including legal (with the advice of outside counsel), financial (including the financing terms of any such proposal), regulatory, timing or other aspects of such proposal and the transactions contemplated hereby, determines in good faith is more favorable from a financial point of view to the stockholders of the Company than the transactions contemplated hereby.

Surviving Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

Tax Return ” means any report, return, document, declaration or other information or filing required to be supplied to any taxing authority or jurisdiction (foreign or domestic) with respect to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto or amendment thereof.

 

7


Taxes ” means any and all taxes, charges, fees, levies or other assessments, including, income, gross receipts, excise, real or personal property, sales, withholding, social security, employment, unemployment, severance, national insurance (or other similar contributions or payments), occupation, capital, stamp, use, service, service use, value added, windfall profits, license, net worth, payroll, franchise, estimated transfer and recording taxes, fees and charges, customs, duties or similar fees, levies or assessments imposed by the United States Internal Revenue Service or any taxing authority (whether domestic or foreign including any state, local or foreign government or any subdivision or taxing agency thereof (including a United States possession)), whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary, combined or any other basis; and such term shall include any interest, penalties, fines or additional amounts attributable to, or imposed upon, or with respect to, any such taxes, charges, fees, levies or other assessments.

Termination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(b)(i) .

Termination Expenses ” means an amount, not to exceed $5,000,000, equal to the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and expenses of outside counsel, accountants, investment bankers, financing sources, experts and consultants to Parent or Sub or any of their Affiliates) incurred by Parent or Sub or on their behalf in connection with or related to the due diligence investigation of the Company, the authorization, preparation, negotiation, execution and performance of this Agreement, the preparation of the Proxy Statement, the obtaining of financing and all other matters related to the closing of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

UBS ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.21 .

Union Employees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(c) .

Section 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions; Interpretation .

(a) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “herewith” and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and references to articles, sections, paragraphs, exhibits and schedules are to the articles, sections and paragraphs of, and exhibits and schedules to, this Agreement, unless otherwise specified.

(b) Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”

(c) Words describing the singular number shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa, words denoting any gender shall be deemed to include all genders and words denoting natural persons shall be deemed to include business entities and vice versa.

 

8


(d) When used in reference to information or documents, the phrase “made available” means that the information or documents referred to have been made available if requested by the party to which such information or documents are to be made available.

(e) The phrases “the date of this Agreement” and “the date hereof” and terms or phrases of similar import shall be deemed to refer to July 24, 2007, unless the context requires otherwise requires.

(f) References to any statute are to that statute, as amended from time to time, and to the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, in effect as of the date of this Agreement.

(g) Terms defined in the text of this Agreement have such meaning throughout this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated in this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

THE MERGER

Section 2.1 The Merger . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”), at the Effective Time, the Company and Sub shall consummate a merger (the “ Merger ”) pursuant to which (i) Sub shall merge with and into the Company and the separate corporate existence of Sub shall thereupon cease, (ii) the Company shall be the surviving corporation (the “ Surviving Corporation ”) in the Merger and shall continue to be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and (iii) the separate corporate existence of the Company with all its rights, privileges, immunities, powers and franchises shall continue unaffected by the Merger. The Merger shall have the effects set forth in the DGCL.

Section 2.2 Effective Time . Parent, Sub and the Company shall cause a certificate of merger (the “ Certificate of Merger ”) to be filed on the Closing Date (or on such other date as Parent and the Company may agree in writing) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as provided in the DGCL, and shall make all other filings or recordings required by the DGCL in connection with the Merger. The Merger shall become effective at the time at which the Certificate of Merger is duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or at such later time as is agreed upon in writing by the parties and specified in the Certificate of Merger, and such time is hereinafter referred to as the “ Effective Time .”

Section 2.3 Closing . The closing of the Merger (the “ Closing ”) will take place at 9:00 a.m., Central Time, on a date to be specified by the parties, which shall be no later than two Business Days after the later to occur of (i) the satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions set forth in Article VII hereof (other than conditions that by their terms are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions at the Closing) and (ii) October 3, 2007 or such earlier date as Parent may

 

9


designate by written notice to the Company delivered at least two Business Days prior thereto, or such other time and date as may be agreed to by the parties hereto. The Closing shall take place at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois, unless another place is agreed to in writing by the parties hereto (such date on which the Closing is to take place being the “ Closing Date ”).

Section 2.4 Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Surviving Corporation . The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation, until thereafter amended as provided by Law and such certificate of incorporation. The by-laws of the Company, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the by-laws of the Surviving Corporation, until thereafter amended as provided by Law, the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation and such by-laws.

Section 2.5 Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation . The directors of Sub at the Effective Time shall, from and after the Effective Time, be the initial directors of the Surviving Corporation until their successors shall have been duly elected or appointed or qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the Surviving Corporation’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws. The officers of the Company at the Effective Time shall, from and after the Effective Time, be the initial officers of the Surviving Corporation until their successors shall have been duly elected or appointed or qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the Surviving Corporation’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws.

ARTICLE III

CONVERSION OF SHARES

Section 3.1 Conversion of Shares .

(a) At the Effective Time, each share of the Company’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than shares of Common Stock to be cancelled pursuant to Section 3.1(d) hereof and Dissenting Shares) shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be converted into the right to receive $34.50 in cash (the “ Merger Consideration ”), without any interest thereon.

(b) Each share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Parent, be converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of the common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

 

10


(c) Each share of the Company’s Series A $2.40 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Convertible Preferred Stock ”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than shares of Convertible Preferred Stock to be cancelled pursuant to Section 3.1(d) hereof and Dissenting Shares) shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration, without any interest thereon.

(d) All shares of Common Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock that are owned by the Company as treasury stock and any shares of Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock owned by Parent, Sub or any other direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Parent or the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, at the Effective Time, be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.

(e) At the Effective Time, each share of Common Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration without any interest thereon pursuant to Section 3.1(a) and Section 3.1(c) shall be automatically cancelled and shall cease to exist, and the holders immediately prior to the Effective Time of shares of outstanding Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock not represented by certificates (“ Book-Entry Shares ”) and the holders of certificates that, immediately prior to the Effective Time, represented shares of outstanding Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Certificates ”) shall cease to have any rights with respect to such shares of Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock other than the right to receive, upon surrender of such Book-Entry Shares or Certificates in accordance with Section 3.2 , the Merger Consideration, without any interest thereon, for each such share of Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock held by them.

Section 3.2 Exchange of Certificates and Book-Entry Shares Representing Common Stock .

(a) At or prior to the Closing, Parent shall deliver or cause to be delivered, in trust, to The Bank of New York, or such other paying agent mutually acceptable to Parent and the Company (the “ Paying Agent ”), for the benefit of the holders of shares of Common Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock converted into the right to receive Merger Consideration at the Effective Time, sufficient funds for timely payment of the aggregate Merger Consideration (such cash being hereinafter referred to as the “ Consideration Fund ”) to be paid to such holders pursuant to this Section 3.2.

(b) Promptly after the Effective Time, Parent shall cause the Paying Agent to mail to each holder of record of Certificates or Book-Entry Shares whose shares were converted into the right to receive Merger Consideration pursuant to Section 3.1 (i) a letter of transmittal that shall specify that delivery of such Certificates or Book-Entry Shares shall be deemed to have occurred, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates or Book-Entry Shares, as applicable, shall pass, only upon proper delivery of the Certificates (or affidavits of loss in lieu thereof) or Book-Entry Shares to the Paying Agent and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Certificates or Book-Entry Shares in exchange for payment of the Merger Consideration, the form and

 

11


substance of which letter of transmittal and instructions shall be substantially as reasonably agreed to by the Company and Parent and prepared prior to the Closing. Upon surrender of a Book-Entry Share or a Certificate for cancellation to the Paying Agent together with such letter of transmittal, duly executed and completed in accordance with the instructions thereto, and with such other documents as may be required pursuant to such instructions, the holder of such Book-Entry Share or Certificate shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor, subject to any required withholding of Taxes, the Merger Consideration pursuant to the provisions of this Article III , and the Book-Entry Share or Certificate so surrendered shall forthwith be cancelled. No interest will be paid or accrued on the Merger Consideration payable to holders of Book-Entry Shares or Certificates. If any Merger Consideration is to be paid to a Person other than a Person in whose name the Book-Entry Share or Certificate surrendered in exchange therefor is registered, it shall be a condition of such exchange that the Person requesting such exchange shall pay to the Paying Agent any transfer or other Taxes required by reason of payment of the Merger Consideration to a Person other than the registered holder of the Book-Entry Share or Certificate surrendered, or shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Paying Agent that such Tax has been paid or is not applicable.

(c) The Consideration Fund shall be invested by the Paying Agent as directed by Parent or the Surviving Corporation; provided , however , that any such investments shall be in (i) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof and having maturities of not more than one month from the date of investment or (ii) money market mutual or similar funds having assets in excess of $1,000,000,000. Earnings on the Consideration Fund shall be the sole and exclusive property of Parent and the Surviving Corporation and shall be paid to Parent or the Surviving Corporation, as Parent directs. No investment of the Consideration Fund shall relieve Parent, the Surviving Corporation or the Paying Agent from making the payments required by this Article III , and following any losses from any such investment, Parent shall promptly provide additional funds to the Paying Agent in the amount of such losses, which additional funds will be deemed to be part of the Consideration Fund. If, at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Time, any holder of Dissenting Shares fails to perfect, or effectively withdraws or loses such holder’s right to dissent from the Merger under the DGCL, Parent shall promptly provide, or cause the Company to promptly provide, additional funds to the Paying Agent in the amount of Merger Consideration payable with respect to Dissenting Shares held by such holder. From and after the Effective Time, Parent covenants and agrees that it shall maintain sufficient cash-on-hand or availability under its credit facilities to be able to meet its obligation under this Section 3.2(c).

(d) At and after the Effective Time, there shall be no transfers on the stock transfer books of the Company of the shares of Common Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, Certificates or Book-Entry Shares are presented to the Surviving Corporation or the Paying Agent for any reason, they shall be cancelled and exchanged for the Merger Consideration pursuant to this Article III , except as otherwise provided by Law.

 

12


(e) Any portion of the Consideration Fund (including the proceeds of any investments thereof) that remains unclaimed by the former stockholders of the Company one (1) year after the Effective Time shall be delivered to the Surviving Corporation or, at Parent’s direction, Parent. Any holders of Certificates or Book-Entry Shares who have not theretofore complied with this Article III with respect to such Certificates or Book-Entry Shares shall thereafter look only to the Surviving Corporation or Parent for payment of their claim for Merger Consideration in respect thereof.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Paying Agent nor any party hereto shall be liable to any Person in respect of cash from the Consideration Fund delivered to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar Law. If any Certificate or Book-Entry Share shall not have been surrendered prior to the date on which any Merger Consideration in respect thereof would otherwise escheat to or become the property of any Governmental Entity, any such Merger Consideration in respect of such Certificate or Book-Entry Share shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, become the property of the Surviving Corporation, and any holder of such Certificate or Book-Entry Share who has not theretofore complied with this Article III with respect thereto shall thereafter look only to the Surviving Corporation for payment of its claim for Merger Consideration in respect thereof.

(g) Each of the Surviving Corporation and Parent shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable to any Person pursuant to this Article III such amounts as it is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under any applicable Law relating to the payment of Taxes.

(h) If any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact (such affidavit shall be in a form reasonably satisfactory to Parent and the Paying Agent) by the Person claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed, and, if required by the Paying Agent, the posting by such Person of a bond in customary amount as indemnity against any claim that may be made against it with respect to such Certificate, the Paying Agent shall issue in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate the Merger Consideration to which such Person is entitled in respect of such Certificate pursuant to this Article III .

(i) Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall take all steps reasonably necessary to cause the transactions contemplated hereby and any other dispositions of equity securities of the Company in connection with this Agreement by each individual who is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act to be exempt under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Section 3.3 Stock Options and Other Equity-Based Awards .

(a) Each option to purchase Common Stock issued by the Company and outstanding at the Effective Time, whether or not vested or exercisable (“ Company Option ”), will at the Effective Time be automatically cancelled, and the holder of each such Company Option will be entitled to receive from the Company as of

 

13


the Effective Time, cash, without interest, equal to the product of (a) the excess, if any, of the Merger Consideration over the exercise price per share of each such Company Option, multiplied by (b) the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such Company Option (the aggregate amount of such cash, the “ Option Consideration ”), with such payment to be subject to applicable Tax withholding.

(b) Not later than immediately prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall take all such actions as may be required to cause each restricted stock award granted under the Company’s 2002 Incentive Stock Plan or any other equity-based compensation plan (taking into account, if applicable, any such provisions with respect to such restricted stock grant as provided in the CIC Plans) and outstanding immediately before the Effective Time (each, a “ Restricted Stock Award ”) to fully vest as of the Effective Time and such Restricted Stock Award shall be canceled and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to such Restricted Stock Award shall be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration, without interest, in the same manner as other shares of Common Stock under Section 3.1 .

(c) Each performance award granted under the Company’s 2002 Incentive Stock Plan (each, a “ Performance Award ”) shall be cancelled effective as of the Closing in exchange for a cash payment to be made by the Company at the Closing in the amount provided by the applicable underlying award agreement and, if applicable, by the CIC Plans (the aggregate amount of such cash, the “ Performance Award Consideration ”), without interest, with such payment to be subject to applicable Tax withholding.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, in applying Article III of this Agreement regarding the treatment of stock options and other equity-based awards, the provisions of any award agreements and the provisions of any CIC Plans regarding a change in control shall be applied first and immediately prior in time to the application of Article III of this Agreement, and any stock options that are paid or settled in Common Stock upon a change in control under the terms of such agreements and CIC Plans shall be treated for purposes of Article III of this Agreement (including Section 3.1(a) ) as resulting in Common Stock that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

(e) Prior to the Effective Time, the Company, its Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors shall take all such actions permitted under the Company’s 2002 Incentive Stock Plan and any other Company Equity Plan, the stock option agreements, Restricted Stock Awards or Performance Awards or agreements relating thereto and otherwise, to effectuate the provisions of this Section 3.3 . The Company shall cause each of the Company Equity Plans to be terminated according to their terms, effective as of and conditioned upon, the Closing; provided that any amounts payable under the terms of such Company Equity Plans or the CIC Plans shall remain payable pursuant to such terms.

 

14


Section 3.4 Shares of Dissenting Stockholders . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, shares of Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by a holder who has properly exercised his appraisal rights in accordance with Section 262 of the DGCL (the “ Dissenting Shares ”) shall not be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration as set forth herein, unless and until the holder shall have failed to perfect, or shall have effectively withdrawn or lost, his right to dissent from the Merger under the DGCL and to receive such consideration as may be determined to be due with respect to such Dissenting Shares pursuant to and subject to the requirements of the DGCL. The Company shall give prompt notice to Parent of any demands for appraisal of any shares of Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock, and Parent shall have the opportunity to reasonably participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Parent, make any payment with respect to, or settle or offer to settle, any such demands, or agree to do any of the foregoing.

Section 3.5 Adjustments to Prevent Dilution . In the event that the Company changes the number of shares of Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock, or securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock, issued and outstanding prior to the Effective Time as a result of a reclassification, stock split (including a reverse stock split), or stock dividend or stock distribution, the Merger Consideration shall be equitably adjusted to reflect such change and as so adjusted shall, from and after the date of such event, be the Merger Consideration, subject to further adjustment in accordance with this sentence.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

Except as disclosed in the Company SEC Reports filed by the Company prior to the date of this Agreement (excluding any risk factors or “forward-looking statements”) or in the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company represents and warrants to Parent and Sub as follows:

Section 4.1 Organization . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is a corporation or other entity duly organized, validly existing and (to the extent applicable) in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization and has the requisite entity power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, except where the failure to be so existing and in good standing or to have such power and authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except where the failure to be so duly qualified, licensed and in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect. The Company has made available to Parent a copy of the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or equivalent organizational documents for the Company and each of the Company’s Subsidiaries, each of such documents is in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any provision of its respective certificate of incorporation, by-laws or equivalent organizational documents.

 

15


Section 4.2 Capitalization .

(a) As of June 30, 2007, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, 26,670,386 of which were issued and outstanding, 23,885,964 of which were held by the Company in treasury, 11,872,455 of which were reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Company’s $175 million of outstanding 3.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024 (the “ Convertible Notes ”), 74,451.5 of which were reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock, and 3,125,096 of which were reserved for issuance pursuant to the Company Equity Plans, and (ii) 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share, (A) 295,094 of which are designated as Convertible Preferred Stock, of which 74,451.5 were issued and outstanding and (B) 600,000 of which are designated as Series D Junior Participating Preferred Stock and are reserved for issuance upon exercise of the preferred stock purchase rights issued pursuant to the Rights Agreement. As of June 30, 2007, Company Options are outstanding for 1,478,356 shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock Awards are outstanding for 134,101 shares of Common Stock (all of which shares are included in the calculation of the 26,670,386 shares of Common Stock outstanding on such date) and Performance Awards are outstanding with respect to 1,220,200 Performance Awards (of which, a maximum of 715,909 Performance Awards will be entitled to receive Performance Award Consideration if the Effective Time occurs prior to December 31, 2007). As of June 30, 2007, outstanding options for 54,900 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $21.9262 had been granted in tandem with stock appreciation rights and are included in the total outstanding Company Options. As of June 30, 2007, the Company directors held an aggregate of 82,240.14 phantom stock units and employees held a total of 88,362.44196 phantom stock units. Each Company Option was issued in compliance in all material respects with the terms of the relevant Company Equity Plan and all applicable state and federal securities laws. Section 4.2(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth, as of June 30, 2007, a list of (1) for each outstanding Company Option, the optionee’s name, the date of grant, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Company Option and the exercise price, (2) for each outstanding Restricted Stock Award, the grantee’s name, the date of grant and the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Restricted Stock Award and the vesting date, (3) for each outstanding Performance Award, the grantee’s name and the date of grant, (4) for each director deferred compensation plan account, the number and value of phantom stock units and the value of the deferred cash account and (5) for each phantom stock unit held by an employee in the Ryerson Nonqualified Savings Plan, the name of the employee and the number of phantom stock units. The Company has made available to Parent a true and correct copy of the award agreement for each outstanding Performance Award. All the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive rights. As of the date hereof, other than pursuant to the Convertible Notes, the Convertible Preferred Stock, the Rights Agreement, the Company Equity Plans and the Ryerson Non-Qualified Savings Plan, there are no existing (i) options, warrants, calls, subscriptions or other rights, convertible securities, agreements or commitments of any

 

16


character obligating the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to issue, transfer or sell any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares or equity interests, (ii) stock appreciation rights, phantom stock shares or similar rights to payment based upon the performance, value or market price of the capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) contractual obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (iv) irrevocable proxies, stockholder agreements, voting trusts or similar agreements to which the Company is a party with respect to the voting of the capital stock of the Company. The issuance and sale of the shares of capital stock described in this Section 4.2(a) have been in compliance in all material respects with United States federal and state securities laws. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has agreed to register any securities under the Securities Act or under any state securities laws or granted registration rights to any Person. As of the date hereof, except for the cash dividend declared on May 11, 2007 on shares of the Common Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock and payable on August 1, 2007, no dividend or other distribution payable in cash, stock, property or otherwise has been declared in respect of the Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock. None of the Company’s Subsidiaries owns any shares of capital stock of the Company or any option or warrant to acquire capital stock of the Company.

(b) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or equivalent equity interests of each of the Company’s Subsidiaries are owned of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, by the Company free and clear of all liens, pledges, security interests or other encumbrances. The name and jurisdiction of incorporation or organization for each of the Company’s Subsidiaries is set forth in Section 4.2(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

(c) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries own any interest or investment (whether equity or debt) in any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity, other than Subsidiaries of the Company and interests set forth in Section 4.2(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any obligation or requirement to provide funds to or make any investment (in the form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise) in any such entity or any other Person.

Section 4.3 Authorization; Validity of Agreement; Company Action . The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and, subject to obtaining the approval of its stockholders, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly authorized by its board of directors and, except for, with respect to the Merger, obtaining the approval and adoption of this Agreement by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, and the filing and recordation of appropriate merger documents as required by the DGCL, no other corporate action on the part of the Company is necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by the Company

 

17


of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders (and assuming due and valid authorization, execution and delivery hereof by Parent and Sub), is a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except that (i) such enforcement may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws, now or hereafter in effect, affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and (ii) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

Section 4.4 Consents and Approvals; No Violations . Except for (a) filings pursuant to the HSR Act, the Competition Act, the ICA and any required filings or notifications under any foreign antitrust or competition laws, (b) applicable requirements of and filings with the SEC under the Exchange Act, (c) filings with the New York Stock Exchange, (d) the filing of the Certificate of Merger and (e) applicable requirements under corporation or “blue sky” laws of various states, neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by the Company nor the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will (i) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or equivalent organizational documents) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) result in a violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration) under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease, license, contract, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them or any of their properties or assets may be bound, (iii) violate any Law applicable to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets or (iv) require on the part of the Company any filing or registration with, notification to, or authorization, consent or approval of, any court, legislative, executive or regulatory authority or agency (a “ Governmental Entity ”); except in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) for such violations, breaches, defaults, terminations, cancellations or accelerations that, or filings, registrations, notifications, authorizations, consents or approvals the failure of which to make or obtain (A) would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect, or (B) would occur or be required as a result of the business or activities in which Parent or Sub is or proposes to be engaged or as a result of any acts or omissions by, or the status of any facts pertaining to, Parent or Sub.

Section 4.5 SEC Reports . The Company has filed all reports and other documents with the SEC required to be filed or furnished by the Company since December 31, 2005 (such documents, together with any current reports filed during such period by the Company with the SEC on a voluntary basis on Form 8-K, the “ Company SEC Reports ”). As of their respective filing dates, the Company SEC Reports (i) complied in all material respects with, to the extent in effect at the time of filing, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and (ii) did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Each of the financial

 

18


statements (including the related notes) of the Company included in the Company SEC Reports complied at the time it was filed as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements and the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto in effect at the time of such filing, was prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“ GAAP ”) (except, in the case of unaudited statements, as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC) applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) and fairly presented in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the respective dates thereof and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods then ended (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end adjustments). None of the Company’s Subsidiaries is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

(b) The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-14 under the Exchange Act); such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated Subsidiaries, is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others within those entities, particularly during the periods in which the periodic reports required under the Exchange Act are being prepared. There are no outstanding loans made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any executive officer (as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act) or director of the Company. Since the enactment of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has made any loans to any executive officer (as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act) or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 4.6 No Undisclosed Liabilities . Except for (a) liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business since December 31, 2006, (b) liabilities and obligations incurred in connection with the Merger or otherwise as contemplated by this Agreement, (c) liabilities and obligations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect and (d) other liabilities and obligations that are otherwise the subject of any other representation or warranty contained in this Article IV , since December 31, 2006, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any liabilities or obligations that would be required to be reflected or reserved against in a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP as applied in preparing the consolidated balance sheet in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 filed with the SEC.

Section 4.7 Absence of Certain Changes . Except as contemplated by this Agreement, since March 31, 2007 through the date hereof, (a) the Company and its Subsidiaries have conducted their business in all material respects in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and (b) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken any action that would be prohibited by Sections 6.1(a) through 6.1(o) if taken after the date hereof. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, since December 31, 2006, there has not been any change, event or occurrence which, individually or in the aggregate has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

19


Section 4.8 Employee Benefit Plans; ERISA .

(a) Section 4.8(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of each deferred compensation, bonus or other incentive compensation, stock purchase, stock option and other equity compensation plan, program, agreement or arrangement; each severance or termination pay, medical, surgical, hospitalization, drug, health, disability, life insurance and other “welfare” plan, fund or program (whether or not a “welfare plan” within the meaning of section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ ERISA ”)); each profit-sharing, stock bonus, pension, savings, retirement savings, supplemental pension or other “ employee pension” plan, fund or program (whether or not an “employee pension plan” within the meaning of section 3(2) of ERISA); each material employment, termination or severance agreement (including any such agreement with any director, officer or key employee); and each other material fringe or employee benefit plan, fund, program, agreement or arrangement, in each case, that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to or required to be contributed to by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or by any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, that together with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries would be deemed a “single employer” within the meaning of section 4001(b) of ERISA (any such trade or business, an “ ERISA Affiliate ”), or to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an ERISA Affiliate is party or has or would reasonably be expected to have any liability, whether written or oral (the “ Benefit Plans ”). The Company has made available to Parent a true and complete copy of each Benefit Plan and all amendments thereto (or in the case of any Benefit Plan that is not in writing, a written description thereof) and, to the extent applicable, (i) any related trust agreement or other funding instrument, (ii) the most recent determination letter, if any, received from the United States Internal Revenue Service, (iii) any summary plan description, (iv) in respect of any multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, any communications in the prior two years concerning the Company’s, Subsidiary’s, or ERISA Affiliate’s potential withdrawal liability or regarding the Benefit /Plan’s status as insolvent, in reorganization or endangered, (v) any material communication to or from any Governmental Entity in respect of such Benefit Plan in the prior two years and (vi) for the most recent year, if any, (A) the Form 5500 and the required attachments and schedules, (B) audited financial statements and (C) actuarial valuation reports.

(b) Each Benefit Plan is now and has been operated in all material respects in accordance with the requirements of all applicable Laws, including ERISA and the Code, and their terms.

(c) Each Benefit Plan intended to qualify under section 401(a) of the Code and each trust intended to qualify under section 501(a) of the Code has either received a favorable determination, opinion, notification or advisory letter from the United States Internal Revenue Service with respect to each such Benefit Plan as to its qualified status under the Code, or has remaining a period of time under applicable treasury regulations of the Code or IRS pronouncements in which to apply for such a

 

20


letter and make any amendments necessary to obtain a favorable determination as to the qualified status of each such Benefit Plan. There are no existing circumstances nor any events that have occurred that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the qualified status of any such Benefit Plan.

(d) With respect to each Benefit Plan that is not a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA or except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect: (i) no material liability under Title IV or section 302 of ERISA has been incurred by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate that has not been satisfied in full, (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, no condition exists that presents a material risk to the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of incurring a material liability under Title IV of ERISA, (iii) the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation has not instituted proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA to terminate any Benefit Plan and, to the knowledge of the Company, no condition exists that presents a material risk that such proceedings will be instituted, (iv) no reportable event, as described in Section 4043 of ERISA, has occurred (other than any event for which the reporting obligation has been waived) and (v) there are no existing circumstances requiring the posting of security or which may reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a lien on any assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Neither the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of its or their ERISA Affiliates has engaged in any transaction described in Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

(e) There are no material unresolved claims or disputes under the terms of, or in connection with, any Benefit Plan (other than routine undisputed claims for benefits). As of the date hereof, the Company has not received notice of the commencement of any action, legal or otherwise, with respect to any such material claim.

(f) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not, either alone or in combination with another event, (i) entitle any current or former employee, officer, or director of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate to severance pay, unemployment compensation or any other payment under a Benefit Plan or (ii) accelerate the time of payment or vesting of benefits, or materially increase the amount of compensation, due any such employee, officer or director under a Benefit Plan.

(g) Without limiting the foregoing, with respect to each Benefit Plan:

(i)(A) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any trustee or any fiduciary of any such Benefit Plans that are subject to ERISA and the Code, has engaged in any prohibited transaction within the meaning of Sections 406 or 407 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code with respect to any such Benefit Plans that could result in the imposition of any material liability on such Benefit Plan or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (B) all contributions required under ERISA and the Code to be made to any such Benefit Plan as of the date hereof (taking into account any extensions for the making of such

 

21


contributions) have been timely made in full and all such Benefit Plans are (to the extent so required by the terms of such Benefit Plan or applicable Law) fully funded; and (C) no Benefit Plan that is subject to ERISA and the Code is a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA or a “multiple employer plan” within the meaning of Section 413(c) of the Code;

(ii) no Benefit Plan that is a “defined benefit plan” subject to ERISA and the Code has an “accumulated funding deficiency”, whether or not waived, within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has an outstanding funding waiver with respect to any such Benefit Plan; and

(iii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any obligations for retiree health or life benefits under any Benefit Plan, other than coverage as may be required under Section 4980B of the Code or Part 6 of Title I of ERISA, or under the continuation of coverage provisions of the Law of any state or locality.

(h) Each Benefit Plan that is subject to Section 409A of the Code has been operated and administered in good faith compliance with such Section 409A, including with the requirements of any regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code.

(i) No Benefit Plans provide for the payment of any amount that would not be deductible under Sections 162(a)(1) or 404 of the Code or that would constitute an “excess parachute payment” pursuant to Section 280G of the Code.

(j) Any Canadian Benefit Plan which is subject to the laws of any jurisdiction in Canada (i) has been maintained in all material respects in accordance with all applicable legal requirements and with its terms; (ii) if intended to qualify for special tax treatment, meets all requirements for such treatment; (iii) is fully funded on both a going concern basis and a solvency basis and has been fully accrued for on the consolidated financial statements of the Company; and (iv) if required to be registered, has been registered with the appropriate authorities and has been maintained in good standing with the appropriate regulatory authorities. No Benefit Plan is subject to the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States or Canada.

(k) Prior to the date hereof, the Company has not contributed any funds to the Amended and Restated Ryerson Change in Control Severance Trust, other than an initial contribution of $1,000.

(l) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with respect to any Benefit Plan maintained in Canada: (i) no such plan is a multiemployer pension plan or benefit plan as such terms are understood in Canada, (ii) any conversion of such plan from a defined benefit pension plan to a defined contribution pension plan is

 

22


valid and has been duly approved by the applicable regulatory authorities, (iii) any employer pension contribution holiday taken by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any such plan is valid and (iv) there has been no withdrawal or improper use or transfer of funds from any such plan.

Section 4.9 Litigation . There is no action, claim, suit, proceeding, arbitration, mediation or governmental investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, that would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective assets or properties is or are subject to any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or award that would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect. As of the date hereof, there are no SEC inquiries or investigations or other inquiries or investigations by a Governmental Entity pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, in each case, regarding any accounting practices of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any malfeasance by any executive officer of the Company.

Section 4.10 Compliance with Law . Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (a) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of, or in default under, any Law, in each case, applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets and properties, (b) the Company and its Subsidiaries have all permits, licenses, authorizations, exemptions, orders, consents, approvals and franchises from Governmental Entities (“ Licenses ”), necessary to conduct their respective business as currently conducted and (c) the Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such Licenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 4.10 shall not apply to employee Benefit Plans, Taxes, Environmental Laws or labor matters, which are the subject exclusively of the representations and warranties in Section 4.8 , Section 4.11 , Section 4.14 , and Section 4.15 , respectively.

Section 4.11 Taxes .

(a) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has (i) timely filed all material Tax Returns required to be filed by any of them (taking into account applicable extensions) and all such returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects and (ii) timely paid or accrued (in accordance with GAAP) all material Taxes (whether or not shown on such Tax Returns) other than such Taxes as are being contested in good faith by the Company or its Subsidiaries.

(b) There are no material ongoing federal, state, local or foreign audits, examinations or proposed adjustments of any Tax Return of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any other proceedings, deficiencies or refund litigation with respect to any such Tax Return, and to the knowledge of the Company no such matters have been threatened in writing.

(c) There are no outstanding written requests, agreements, consents or waivers to extend the statutory period of limitations applicable to the assessment of any material Taxes or material deficiencies against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

23


(d) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated federal income tax return (other than a group the common parent of which was the Company), (ii) has any material liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law) as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise, or (iii) is a party to or is bound by any Tax sharing, allocation or indemnification agreement or arrangement.

(e) There are no material liens for Taxes upon the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are not provided for in the Company SEC Reports filed after December 31, 2006 and prior to the date hereof, except liens for Taxes not yet due and payable and liens for Taxes that are being contested in good faith.

(f) The Company and its Subsidiaries have (i) collected all Taxes that they are required to collect under applicable Law and have remitted or are holding and will remit on a timely basis all such Taxes that become due and payable, to the appropriate Governmental Entity and (ii) properly withheld all income, social security and similar Taxes and paid all payroll Taxes with respect to all persons properly characterized as employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries for Tax purposes.

(g) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” in a distribution of stock qualifying for Tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code in a distribution which would constitute part of a “plan” or “series of related transactions” (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) that includes the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(h) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has engaged in a transaction that the United States Internal Revenue Service has identified by regulation or other form of published guidance as a listed transaction, as set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b)(2).

(i) The use of the last-in, first-out (“ LIFO ”) method to value the inventory held by the Company and its Subsidiaries is a proper tax accounting method, and the tax basis of such LIFO inventory has been determined in all material respects in accordance with the applicable provisions under the Code.

Section 4.12 Tangible Assets .

(a) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries has good title to all the tangible properties and assets that (i) were reflected in the balance sheet included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 included in the SEC Reports as being owned by the Company or one of its

 

24


Subsidiaries (except assets sold or otherwise disposed of since the date thereof in the ordinary course of business), or (ii) were acquired by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries after the date of such balance sheet and have not been sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business, in each case, free and clear of all claims, liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever (collectively, “ Liens ”), except (A) Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or, if due, not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) mechanics’, materialmen’s, workers’, landlords’, and other statutory Liens with respect to liabilities that are not yet due and payable or, if due, are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (C) such imperfections or irregularities of title, claims, liens, charges, security interests, easements, covenants and other restrictions or encumbrances as do not materially adversely affect the value or use of the properties or assets subject thereto or affected thereby or otherwise materially impair business operations at such properties and (D) mortgages, deeds of trust, security interests or other encumbrances and liens securing, or related to, indebtedness reflected on the consolidated financial statements of the Company (the items set forth in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) collectively being referred to herein as “ Permitted Encumbrances ”).

(b) Section 4.12(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of (i) each parcel of real property occupied by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to a lease, sublease, license or similar agreement (individually or collectively, as the context may dictate, the “ Leased Real Property ”), (ii) the address for each such Leased Real Property, and (iii) an identification of the applicable lease, sublease, license or other agreement therefor and any and all amendments, modifications and side letters relating thereto (collectively, the “ Leases ”). Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (A) each Lease is in full force and effect and is valid and binding on the Company or its Subsidiary that is party thereto and, to the knowledge of the Company, each other party thereto; (B) there currently exists no uncured breach or default under any Lease by the Company or its Subsidiary that is party thereto or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto; (C) no event has occurred that with or without the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a breach or default under any Lease by the Company or its Subsidiary that is a party thereto or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto; (D) the Company or its Subsidiaries that is either the tenant or licensee, as applicable, named under each Lease has a good and valid leasehold interest in the Leased Real Property which is subject to such lease; and (E) to the knowledge of the Company, there are no pending or threatened condemnation proceedings related to any of the Leased Real Property.

(c) Section 4.12(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of all real property owned in fee by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (individually or collectively, as the context may dictate, the “ Owned Real Property ”) and the address of each such Owned Real Property. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company or one of its Subsidiaries has good title to the Owned Real Property and to all of the buildings, structures and other improvements thereon free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Encumbrances; (ii) there are no outstanding agreements, options, rights of first offer or rights of first refusal on the part of any Person to purchase any Owned Real Property; and (iii) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened condemnation proceedings related to any of the Owned Real Property.

 

25


(d) There are no leases, subleases, licenses or similar agreements granting to any Person other than the Company and its Subsidiaries the right of use or occupancy of any material portion of the Owned Real Property or the Leased Real Property. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect, to the knowledge of the Company, all of the buildings, structures and other improvements located at each parcel of the Owned Real Property and the Leased Real Property are adequate and suitable for the purposes for which they are currently being used.

Section 4.13 Intellectual Property . Section 4.13 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth, for the intellectual property registrations and applications owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a list of all U.S. and foreign: (i) patents and patent applications; (ii) trademark registrations and applications; (iii) copyright registrations and applications; and (iv) Internet domain names. As of the date of this Agreement, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (a) the Company and its Subsidiaries own, or to the knowledge of the Company have the right to use, all patents, inventions, copyrights, software, trademarks, service marks, trade names, Internet domain names, trade dress, trade secrets, know-how, proprietary information, mask work, proprietary processes, formulae, and inventions, and all other intellectual property rights of any kind or nature, together with goodwill (collectively, “ Intellectual Property ”), as are necessary for their businesses as currently conducted, (b) there is no claim pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries infringes any Intellectual Property owned by any third party, (c) to the knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is infringing any Intellectual Property owned by any third party, (d) to the knowledge of the Company, no third party is infringing any Intellectual Property owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries and (e) the Company and its Subsidiaries are not a party to any claim, suit or other action, and to the knowledge of the Company, no claim, suit or other action is threatened against any of them, that challenges the validity, enforceability or ownership of, or the right to use, sell or license, any Intellectual Property owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries.

Section 4.14 Environmental .

(a) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is in material compliance with all Environmental Laws, which compliance includes the possession and maintenance, in full force and effect, by the Company and its Subsidiaries of material permits, licenses, registrations, approvals and other governmental authorizations required for their current operations under applicable Environmental Laws and compliance with the terms and conditions thereof.

 

26


(b) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received written notice of or is subject to any proceeding with respect to, any material Environmental Claims against the Company or any Subsidiary, and to the knowledge of the Company, no such Environmental Claims have been threatened and no investigations with respect to any such Environmental Claims are pending. Except with respect to matters that have been fully resolved, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received written notice that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been identified by the United States Environmental Protection Agency as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA with respect to a site listed on the National Priorities List, 40 C.F.R. Part 300 Appendix B (1986) or with respect to any other site undergoing Cleanup at which any Hazardous Materials which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries generated, transported or disposed of have been found.

(c) To the knowledge of the Company, (i) with respect to the real property currently owned, leased or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (and, to the actual knowledge of the persons listed under the definition of “knowledge” herein, with no duty of inquiry, with respect to any real property formerly owned, leased or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), there have been no material Releases of Hazardous Materials that require a Cleanup or would otherwise result in any material liability to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any Environmental Law, (ii) no underground tank or other underground storage receptacle for Hazardous Materials is located on the real property currently owned, leased or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iii) the Company and its Subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with the requirements of Environmental Law regarding the generation, use, transportation and disposal of Hazardous Materials.

Section 4.15 Labor Matters .

(a) As of the date hereof, there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened strikes, lockouts, work stoppages or slowdowns involving employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has experienced any strike, lockout, work stoppage or slowdown involving its employees since June 1, 2003 through the date hereof. To the knowledge of the Company, as of the date hereof, there is no labor union organizing activity involving any employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(b) Section 4.15(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists all collective bargaining agreements (the “ CBAs ”) between the Company or one of its Subsidiaries and a labor union or labor organization, as of the date hereof. Copies of all such CBAs have been made available to Parent. As of the date hereof, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, or bound by, any other collective bargaining agreement, contract or other agreement or understanding with a labor union or labor organization. The Company and its Subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with their obligations in, and are not in material default under, any of the CBAs.

 

27


(c) There is no unfair labor practice charge, labor arbitration or grievance pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing against the Company or its Subsidiaries, except for any such charge, arbitration or grievance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable Laws respecting employment and employment practices, including all Laws respecting terms and conditions of employment, employment discrimination, equal opportunity and labor relations, except for noncompliance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(e) To the knowledge of the Company, as of the date hereof, no executive officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has given notice of resignation or retirement, or notice of any intent to resign or retire in connection with or following the Merger, to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 4.16 Insurance . The Company and its Subsidiaries maintain policies of insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customary in the industry in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect, all insurance policies of the Company and its Subsidiaries are in full force and effect and will not be affected by, or terminate or lapse by reason of, this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 4.17 Contracts

(a) Section 4.17 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all Material Contracts as of the date of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Material Contract “ means all Contracts to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets is bound (other than Benefit Plans) that:

(i) are required to be filed by the Company as a “material contract” pursuant to Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act;

(ii) contain covenants binding upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that materially restrict the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to compete in any business or with any Person or in any geographic area that, in each case, are material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except for Leases and any such Contract that may be canceled (and with respect to which such restrictions shall immediately be terminated in connection with such cancellation) without any penalty or other liability to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries upon notice of 60 days or less;

(iii) are a joint venture, partnership, limited liability or other similar agreement or arrangement relating to the formation, creation, operation, management or control of any partnership or joint venture that is material to the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

28


(iv) is an indenture, credit agreement or loan agreement pursuant to which any indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company of any of its Subsidiaries is outstanding or may be incurred, other than any such Contract between or among any of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries and any such Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business which relate to obligations which do not exceed $10,000,000;

(v) were entered into after December 31, 2006 or are not yet consummated for the acquisition or disposition, directly or indirectly (by merger or otherwise), of capital stock or other equity interests of another Person or of assets constituting a business for aggregate consideration in excess of $10,000,000;

(vi) which by its terms calls for aggregate payments by the Company and its Subsidiaries under such Contract of more than $25,000,000 over the remaining term of such Contract (other than this Agreement, Contracts subject to clause (iv) above, purchase orders for the purchase of inventory, services or equipment in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or Leases); or

(vii) with respect to any acquisition or divestiture of capital stock or other equity interests of another Person or of assets constituting a business pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has continuing indemnification, “earn-out” or other contingent payment obligations, in each case, that would reasonably be expected to result in payments in excess of $10,000,000.

(b)(i) Each of the Material Contracts is valid and binding on the Company and each of its Subsidiaries party thereto and, to the knowledge of the Company, each other party thereto, and is in full force and effect, in each case in all material respects, and (ii) there is no material default under any Material Contract by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and no event has occurred that with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a material default thereunder by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The Company has made available to Parent true and complete copies of each Material Contract, including any amendments or modifications thereto.

Section 4.18 Interested Party Transactions . Since December 31, 2006, no event has occurred or transaction entered into that would be required to be reported as a “certain relationship” or “related transaction” pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act.

 

29


Section 4.19 Proxy Statement . The Proxy Statement will not, at the date the Proxy Statement is first mailed to stockholders of the Company or at the time of the Company Special Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that no representation or warranty is made by the Company with respect to statements made or incorporated by reference therein based on information supplied by or on behalf of Parent or Sub for inclusion or incorporation by reference therein. The Proxy Statement will, at the time of the Company Special Meeting, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Section 4.20 Board Vote; Company Requisite Vote; Takeover Statutes . At or prior to the date hereof, the Board of Directors of the Company, at a meeting duly called and held, has, by unanimous vote of all directors present, (a) determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger, are advisable, fair to and in the best interest of the Company’s stockholders; (b) approved and adopted this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Merger; and (c) resolved to recommend that the stockholders of the Company adopt this Agreement and approve the Merger (the “ Company Recommendation “). Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Parent and Sub in Section 5.12 , (i) the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, is the only vote of holders of any class of securities of the Company which are required to adopt this Agreement (the “ Company Requisite Vote “) and (ii) the Company Board of Directors has taken all action necessary so that the restrictions on business combinations contained in Section 203 of the DGCL will not apply with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger. In connection with the Company Requisite Vote, each holder of shares of Common Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock entitled to vote at the Company Special Meeting is entitled to one vote per share. To the knowledge of the Company, no “fair price”, “moratorium”, “control share acquisition” or other similar antitakeover statute or regulation enacted under state or federal laws in the United States applicable to the Company is applicable to the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 4.21 Brokers or Finders . No investment banker, broker, finder, consultant or intermediary other than UBS Investment Bank (“ UBS “), the fees and expenses of which will be paid by the Company, is entitled to any investment banking, brokerage, finder’s or similar fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. A true and complete copy of all agreements relating to any obligations of the Company or its Subsidiaries to UBS have been provided to Parent.

Section 4.22 Opinion of Financial Advisor . The Company has received the opinion of UBS, dated as of July 24, 2007, to the effect that, as of such date, and based upon and subject to the matters set forth in the opinion, the consideration to be received by the holders of Common Stock pursuant to the Merger is fair, from a financial point of view, to such stockholders.

 

30


Section 4.23 Rights Agreement . The Company has taken all actions necessary to render the Rights Agreement inapplicable to this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement solely by reason of the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 4.24 No Other Representations . Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article IV , neither the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company nor any other Person acting on behalf of the Company or any such Subsidiary, makes any representation or warranty, express or implied.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND SUB

Parent and Sub jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

Section 5.1 Organization . Each of Parent and Sub is a corporation, partnership or other entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization and has the requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted, except where the failure to be so existing and in good standing or to have such power and authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Parent Material Adverse Effect. Each of Parent and Sub is duly qualified or licensed to do business and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the property owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except where the failure to be so duly qualified or licensed and in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Parent Material Adverse Effect. Parent has made available to the Company a copy of the articles of incorporation and bylaws or other equivalent organizational documents of Parent and Sub, as currently in effect, and neither Parent nor Sub is in violation of any provision of its articles of incorporation or bylaws or other equivalent organizational documents.

Section 5.2 Authorization; Validity of Agreement; Necessary Action . Each of Parent and Sub has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance by Parent and Sub of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Parent and Sub and no other action on the part of Parent or Sub is necessary to adopt this Agreement or to authorize the execution and delivery by Parent and Sub of this Agreement and the consummation by them of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Parent

 

31


and Sub (and assuming due and valid authorization, execution and delivery hereof by the Company) is a valid and binding obligation of each of Parent and Sub, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, except that (i) such enforcement may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws, now or hereafter in effect, affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

Section 5.3 Consents and Approvals; No Violations . Except for (a) filings pursuant to the HSR Act, the Competition Act, the ICA and any required filings or notifications under any foreign antitrust or competition laws, (b) applicable requirements under the Exchange Act, (c) the filing of the Certificate of Merger and (d) applicable requirements under corporation or “blue sky” laws of various states, neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by Parent and Sub nor the consummation by Parent and Sub of the transactions contemplated hereby will (i) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or equivalent organizational document) of Parent or Sub, (ii) result in a violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration) under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease, license, contract, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them or any of their properties or assets may be bound, (iii) violate any Law applicable to Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets or (iv) require on the part of Parent or Sub any filing or registration with, notification to, or authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity; except in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) for such violations, breaches, defaults, terminations, cancellations or accelerations that, or filings, registrations, notifications, authorizations, consents or approvals the failure of which to make or obtain would not have a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.4 Absence of Certain Changes . Since December 31, 2006, Parent has not suffered a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.5 Compliance with Law . Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Parent Material Adverse Effect, neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of, or in default under, any Law, in each case, applicable to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets and properties.

Section 5.6 Sub’s Operations . Sub was formed solely for the purpose of engaging in the transactions contemplated hereby and has not owned any assets, engaged in any business activities or conducted any operations other than in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 5.7 Proxy Statement . None of the information supplied by Parent or Sub for inclusion in the Proxy Statement will, at the date the Proxy Statement is first mailed to stockholders of the Company or at the time of the Company Special Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

32


Section 5.8 Brokers or Finders . No investment banker, broker, finder, consultant or intermediary is entitled to any investment banking, brokerage, finder’s or similar fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 5.9 Sufficient Funds . Section 5.9 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule sets forth complete and accurate copies of (a) executed commitment letters (the “ Debt Commitment Letters ”) from the lenders named therein (the “ Lenders ”), pursuant to which the Lenders have committed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to lend the amounts set forth therein to Parent for the purpose of funding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Debt Financing ”) and (b) executed commitment letter (the “ Equity Commitment Letter ” and, together with the Debt Commitment Letters, the “ Financing Commitments ”) from the investors named therein (the “ Investors ”), pursuant to which the Investors have committed to invest the amounts set forth therein, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein (the “ Equity Financing ” and, together with the Debt Financing, the “ Financing ”). The Equity Commitment Letter provides, and will continue to provide, that the Company is a third-party beneficiary thereof. As of the date hereof, and as of the Closing, the funds provided by the Financing, together with Parent’s cash on hand (as of the date hereof and as of the Effective Time), are sufficient to fully fund all of Parent’s and Sub’s obligations under this Agreement, including payment of the aggregate Merger Consideration, Option Consideration and Performance Award Consideration and payment of all fees and expenses related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any refinancing of indebtedness of Parent or the Company or their respective Subsidiaries in connection therewith. Except as set forth in the Financing Commitments, there are no conditions precedent to the respective obligations of the Lenders to fund the Debt Financing or of the Investors to fund the Equity Financing. There are no other agreements, side letters or arrangements that would permit the Lenders to reduce the amount of the Debt Financing, that would permit the Investors to reduce the amount of the Equity Financing or that could otherwise affect the availability of the Debt Financing or the Equity Financing. The Equity Commitment Letter has been duly executed and delivered by, and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of, Parent and the Investor or Investors party thereto, and each of the Debt Commitment Letters has been duly executed and delivered by, and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of, Parent and all other parties thereto. As of the date hereof, each of the Financing Commitments is in full force and effect and has not been withdrawn or terminated or otherwise amended or modified in any respect. All commitment and other fees required to be paid under the Financing Commitments on or prior to the date hereof have been paid and, as of the date hereof, to the knowledge of Parent, there is no fact or occurrence existing that would make any of the statements (including assumptions) set forth in any of the Financing Commitments inaccurate. Assuming no breach or default by the Company under this Agreement, there is no fact or occurrence known to Parent or Sub as of the date of this Agreement that would cause the conditions to funding of the Financing not to be satisfied at or before the Effective Time, and neither Parent nor Sub has reason to believe that it will be unable to satisfy on a timely basis any term or condition of closing to be satisfied by it contained in the Financing Commitments.

 

33


Section 5.10 Solvency . Immediately after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including any financing in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby), (i) none of the Surviving Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries will have incurred debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature or become due, the then present fair salable value of the assets of each of the Surviving Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries will exceed the amount that will be required to pay its respective probable liabilities (including the probable amount of all contingent liabilities) and its respective debts as they become absolute and matured, (ii) the assets of each of the Surviving Corporation and each of its Subsidiaries, in each case at a fair valuation, will exceed its respective debts (including the probable amount of all contingent liabilities) and (iii) none of the Surviving Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries will have unreasonably small capital to carry on its business as presently conducted or as proposed to be conducted. No transfer of property is being made and no obligation is being incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors of Parent, Sub, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

Section 5.11 Share Ownership . None of Parent, Sub or any of their respective Affiliates beneficially owns any Common Stock.

Section 5.12 Interested Stockholder . Prior to the Board of Directors of the Company approving this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated thereby for purposes of the applicable provisions of the DGCL, none of Parent, Sub or their respective Affiliates was at any time an “interested stockholder” (as defined in section 203 of the DGCL) with respect to the Company.

Section 5.13 Absences of Arrangements with Management . Other than this Agreement and as set forth on Section 5.13 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule, as of the date hereof, there are no contracts, undertakings, commitments, agreements or obligations or understandings between Parent or Sub or any of their Affiliates, on the one hand, and any member of the Company’s management or board of directors, on the other hand, relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the operations of the Company after the Effective Time.

Section 5.14 Investigation by Parent and Sub . Each of Parent and Sub has conducted its own independent review and analysis of the businesses, assets, condition, operations and prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries and acknowledges that each of Parent and Sub has been provided access to the properties, premises and records (including via an electronic data room) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for this purpose. In entering into this Agreement, each of Parent and Sub has relied solely upon its own investigation and analysis, and each of Parent and Sub acknowledges that, except for the representations and warranties of the Company expressly set forth in Article IV , none of the Company or its Subsidiaries nor any of their

 

34


respective Representatives makes any representation or warranty, either express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of any of the information provided or made available to Parent or Sub or any of their Representatives. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective Representatives or any other Person has made a representation or warranty to Parent or Sub with respect to (a) any projections, estimates or budgets for the Company or its Subsidiaries or (b) any material, documents or information relating to the Company or its Subsidiaries made available to each of Parent or Sub or their Representatives in the electronic data room, confidential information memorandum or otherwise, except as expressly and specifically covered by a representation or warranty set forth in Article IV .

Section 5.15 WTO Investor Status . Each of Parent and Sub is a “WTO investor” as defined in the ICA.

ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS

Section 6.1 Interim Operations of the Company . During the period from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time or the date, if any, on which this Agreement is earlier terminated pursuant to Section 8.1 , except (w) as may be required by Law, (x) with the prior written consent of Parent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, (y) as contemplated or permitted by this Agreement or (z) as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule, the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be conducted only in the ordinary and usual course of business in all material respects consistent with past practice, and, to the extent consistent therewith, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) preserve intact their current business organization and (ii) preserve their relationships with customers, suppliers and others having business dealings with them; provided , however , that no action by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to matters addressed specifically by any provision of this Section 6.1 shall be deemed a breach of this sentence unless such action would constitute a breach of such specific provision. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except (w) as may be required by Law, (x) with the prior written consent of Parent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, (y) as contemplated or permitted by this Agreement or (z) as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule, prior to the Effective Time, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will:

(a) except for Common Stock to be issued or delivered pursuant to the Company Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Convertible Notes and Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding on the date hereof or pursuant to the Company’s Equity Plans as in effect on the date hereof with respect to new hires consistent with past practice, issue, deliver, grant, sell, dispose of, pledge or otherwise encumber, or authorize or propose the issuance, grant, sale, disposition or pledge or other encumbrance of (i) any shares of capital stock of any class or any other ownership interest of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any securities or rights convertible into, exchangeable for, or evidencing the right to subscribe for any shares of capital stock or any other ownership

 

35


interest of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any rights, warrants, options, calls, commitments or any other agreements of any character to purchase or acquire any shares of capital stock or any other ownership interest of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any securities or rights convertible into, exchangeable for, or evidencing the right to subscribe for, any shares of capital stock or any other ownership interest of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any other securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of, in lieu of, or in substitution for, Common Stock outstanding on the date hereof, or (iii) any restricted stock awards or performance awards under the Company Equity Plans or any phantom stock, stock appreciation rights or similar rights;

(b) except pursuant to the Company’s Equity Plans as in effect on the date hereof, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire, or propose to redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire, any outstanding capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(c) split, combine, subdivide or reclassify any capital stock or declare, set aside for payment or pay any dividend in respect of any capital stock or otherwise make any payments to stockholders in their capacity as such, other than (i) with respect to the Company, the payment of the previously declared cash dividend on the Common Stock payable on August 1, 2007 and the declaration and payment of the required quarterly cash dividends payable with respect to the Convertible Preferred Stock (but with the understanding and agreement that no further cash dividends will be declared on the Common Stock prior to the earlier to occur of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement; provided , however , that the Company may pay a dividend of $0.05 per share on Common Stock payable on or after November 1, 2007 if the Effective Time has not occurred prior to such date, it being understood any such dividend may be declared and have a record date prior to November 1, 2007 with payment contingent on the Effective Time not occurring by November 1, 2007) and (ii) dividends by a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company;

(d) adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than the Merger;

(e) make any acquisition of (whether by merger, consolidation or acquisition of stock), make any investment in any interest in, or acquire all or substantially all the assets of, any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof, except for acquisitions, investments or assets that do not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate;

(f) sell or otherwise dispose of (whether by merger, consolidation or disposition of stock or assets or otherwise) any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof, other than sales or dispositions of less than $10,000,000 in the aggregate;

(g) other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, enter into or amend in any material respect any Material Contract; provided that nothing herein shall preclude the Company and its Subsidiaries from negotiating or entering into successor agreements to the CBAs referenced in Section 4.15(b) .

 

36


(h) except as contemplated in the Company’s capital expenditure budget for the current fiscal year previously provided to Parent, authorize, or make any commitment with respect to, any single capital expenditure which is in excess of $5,000,000 or capital expenditures which are, in the aggregate, in excess of $15,000,000;

(i) except for borrowings under the existing credit facilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries, incur any material indebtedness for borrowed money, or assume or guarantee the obligations of any Person with respect to any material indebtedness for borrowed money, or make any loans, advances or capital contributions to any other Person (other than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company), in each case, other than (i) in the ordinary course of business, pursuant to letters of credit or otherwise, or (ii) any commodity or currency sale or hedging agreements, in each case in the ordinary course of business and which can be terminated on 90 days or less notice without penalty;

(j) (A) grant any increases in the compensation or fringe benefits of any of the Company’s directors, officers or key employees, except for regular annual increases in base salary for key employees in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with past practice, (B) enter into any new employment or severance agreements with any such director, officer or key employee, (C) amend any existing employment or severance agreements with any such director, officer or key employee or (D) amend the Ryerson Severance Plan or the Amended and Restated Ryerson Change in Control Severance Trust (or any schedule or attachment thereto); provided that the Company may enter into employment and severance agreements with new hires consistent with past practice;

(k) except as may be contemplated by this Agreement, establish, adopt, terminate or amend any of its material Benefit Plans or fund or make any contribution to any Benefit Plan or any related trust or other funding vehicle, other than (i) regularly scheduled contributions to trusts funding qualified plans and (ii) as may be required to comply with applicable Law;

(l) change any of the accounting methods used by the Company unless required by GAAP or applicable Law;

(m) other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or as required by applicable Law, (i) enter into any settlement or compromise of any material Tax liability, (ii) enter into any closing agreement relating to any material Tax or (iii) surrender any right to claim a material Tax refund;

(n) settle or compromise any litigation except if the amount paid to the other party (including as reimbursement of legal fees and expenses) does not exceed $1,000,000 or, if greater, the total incurred case reserve amount for such matter, as of the date of this Agreement, maintained by the Company; or

 

37


(o) enter into any contract, agreement, commitment or arrangement to do any of the foregoing.

Section 6.2 Access to Information . Upon reasonable notice, the Company shall (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to) afford to officers, employees, counsel, investment bankers, accountants, consultants and debt financing sources and other authorized representatives (“ Representatives ”) of Parent reasonable access, in a manner not disruptive to the operations of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice throughout the period prior to the Effective Time, to the properties, books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to the officers and employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and during such period, shall (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to) furnish promptly to such Representatives all information concerning the business, properties and personnel of the Company and its Subsidiaries as may reasonably be requested; provided , however , that nothing herein shall require the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to disclose any information to Parent or Sub if such disclosure would, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, (i) violate applicable Law or the provisions of any agreement to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (provided, that at the request of Parent, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of any such party to such disclosure) or (ii) jeopardize any attorney-client or other legal privilege; provided further , however , that nothing herein shall authorize Parent or its Representatives to undertake any environmental investigations or sampling at any of the properties owned, operated or leased by the Company or its Subsidiaries. Parent agrees that it will not, and will cause its Representatives not to, use any information obtained pursuant to this Section 6.2 for any competitive or other purpose unrelated to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The confidentiality agreement, dated February 22, 2007 (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), between UBS Securities LLC, as representative of the Company, and Platinum Equity Advisors, LLC shall apply with respect to information furnished by the Company, its Subsidiaries and the Company’s officers, employees and other Representatives hereunder.

Section 6.3 Acquisition Proposals .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, during the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and continuing until 11:59 p.m. New York City time on August 18, 2007 (the “ No-Shop Period Start Time ”), the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, employees and other Representatives shall have the right to: (i) initiate, solicit and encourage, whether publicly or otherwise, Acquisition Proposals, including by way of providing access to non-public information pursuant to one or more confidentiality agreements; provided that (A) the Company shall promptly provide to Parent any material non-public information concerning the Company or its Subsidiaries that is provided to any Person given such access which was not previously provided to Parent

 

38


and (B) the Company shall not disclose (and shall not permit any of its Representatives to disclose) the terms of the Financing Commitments to any Person, except to the extent such terms are otherwise publicly available; and (ii) enter into and maintain discussions or negotiations with respect to Acquisition Proposals or otherwise cooperate with or assist or participate in, or facilitate any such inquiries, proposals, discussions or negotiations.

(b) During the period from the No-Shop Period Start Time to the Effective Time or the date, if any, on which this Agreement is earlier terminated pursuant to Section 8.1 , the Company will not, and will cause its Subsidiaries not to, and will use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ respective officers, directors, employees and other Representatives not to, (i) initiate or solicit or knowingly encourage, directly or indirectly, any inquiries with respect to, or the making of, any Acquisition Proposal or (ii) except as permitted below, (A) engage in negotiations or discussions with, or furnish access to its properties, books and records or provide any information or data to, any Person relating to an Acquisition Proposal, (B) approve, endorse or recommend, or propose publicly to approve, endorse or recommend, any Acquisition Proposal or (C) execute or enter into any letter of intent, agreement in principle, merger agreement, acquisition agreement or other similar agreement relating to any Acquisition Proposal (other than a confidentiality agreement in connection with the actions contemplated by Section 6.3(c) ). Except with respect to any written offer or proposal that constituted an Acquisition Proposal made during the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending at the No-Shop Period Start Time, from and after the No-Shop Period Start Time, the Company shall, and shall direct each of its Representatives to, immediately cease any solicitations, discussions or negotiations with any Person (other than Parent or Sub) that has made or indicated an intention to make an Acquisition Proposal.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, following the No-Shop Period Start Time and at any time prior to obtaining the Company Requisite Vote, in the event that the Company receives an unsolicited written Acquisition Proposal, the Company and its board of directors may participate in discussions or negotiations (including, as a part thereof, making any counterproposal) with, or furnish any information and access to, any Person making such Acquisition Proposal and its Representatives or potential sources of financing if the Company’s board of directors determines in good faith, after consultation with its counsel and financial advisor, that such Person is reasonably likely to submit to the Company an Acquisition Proposal that is a Superior Proposal. In addition, nothing herein shall restrict the Company from complying with its disclosure obligations with regard to any Acquisition Proposal under applicable Law.

(d) From and after the No-Shop Period Start Time, the Company will promptly (and in any event within 48 hours) notify Parent of the receipt by the Company of any Acquisition Proposal, which notice shall include the material terms of and identity of the Person(s) making such Acquisition Proposal. From and after the No-Shop Period Start Time, the Company will keep Parent reasonably informed of the status and details of any such Acquisition Proposal and of any material amendments or proposed material amendments thereto and will promptly notify Parent of any determination by the Company’s board of directors that such Acquisition Proposal constitutes a Superior Proposal.

 

39


(e) From and after the No-Shop Period Start Time, the board of directors of the Company shall not (i) approve, endorse or recommend a Superior Proposal or enter into a definitive agreement with respect to a Superior Proposal or (ii) modify or amend in a manner adverse to Parent or withdraw the Company Recommendation ((i) or (ii) above being referred to as an “ Change in Recommendation ”); provided , however , that the board of directors of the Company may, at any time prior to obtaining the Company Requisite Vote, make a Change in Recommendation if (i) the board of directors of the Company determines, in good faith (after consultation with its counsel), that the failure to take such action would be reasonably likely to violate the directors’ fiduciary duties under applicable Law or (ii) in response to a Superior Proposal.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, from and after the No-Shop Period Start Time, the Company may not make a Change in Recommendation unless (i) it notifies Parent in writing of its intention to take such action at least three (3) Business Days prior to taking such action, specifying the material terms of any applicable Superior Proposal and identifying the Person(s) making such Superior Proposal, and (ii) with respect to clause (i) of the definition of “Change in Recommendation,” Parent does not make, after being provided with reasonable opportunity to negotiate with the Company and its Representatives, within such three (3) Business Day period, an offer that the Board of Directors of the Company determines, in good faith after consultation with its counsel and financial advisors, is at least as favorable to the Company’s stockholders as such Superior Proposal.

Section 6.4 Employee Benefits .

(a) For a period of one (1) year following the Effective Time, Parent agrees to provide compensation and employee benefit plans, programs, arrangements and policies (including severance, bonus and incentive plans, programs and arrangements but not including any Company Equity Plans or any other equity-based agreements, plans or arrangements) for the benefit of employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries who are not represented by a union or labor organization (the “ Non-Union Employees ”) that in the aggregate are no less favorable to such employees than the compensation arrangements and the Benefit Plans in place at the date of this Agreement and as they may be amended consistent with this Agreement. With respect to each benefit plan, program, practice, policy or arrangement maintained by Parent or its Subsidiaries following the Effective Time adopted in replacement of any Benefit Plan and in which Non-Union Employees participate (the “ Parent Plans ”), for purposes of determining eligibility to participate, vesting and entitlement to benefits (but not for accrual of pension benefits) service with the Company and its Subsidiaries as constituted at the Effective Time (or predecessor employers to the extent the Company provides past service credit) shall be treated as service with Parent; provided however , that such service shall not be recognized to the extent that such recognition would result in a duplication of

 

40


benefits. Such service also shall apply for purposes of satisfying any waiting periods or evidence of insurability requirements. Each Parent Plan shall waive pre-existing condition limitations to the extent waived or not applicable under the applicable Benefit Plan. Non-Union Employees shall be given credit under the applicable Parent Plan for amounts paid prior to the Effective Time during the year in which the Effective Time occurs under a corresponding Benefit Plan during the same period for purposes of applying deductibles, co-payments and out-of-pocket maximums as though such amounts had been paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Parent Plan. Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.4(a) , nothing herein shall prevent the amendment or termination of any Benefit Plan or interfere with the Surviving Corporation’s right or obligation to make changes to any Benefit Plan in accordance with the terms of the Benefit Plan.

(b) As of the Effective Time, Parent shall cause the Surviving Corporation and the appropriate Subsidiaries of Parent and the Surviving Corporation to honor (promptly and without modification) in accordance with their terms those incentive, bonus, individual benefit, employment, employment termination, severance and other compensation agreements, plans and arrangements, including the Company’s change in control, general severance and retention plans, indemnification agreements with the Company’s directors and officers, director compensation plans, deferral arrangements and split-dollar life insurance policies and any “rabbi trust” or similar plan, in each case existing immediately prior to the execution of this Agreement and which are set forth in Section 4.8 of the Company Disclosure Schedule (collectively, the “ CIC Plans ”), but not including any Company Equity Plans or other equity-based agreements, plans or arrangements, other than the Director Compensation Plan’s cash and cash deferred account components (it being understood that the references to “CIC Plans” below in this Section 6.4(b) only shall not include the Company Equity Plans or other equity-based agreements, plans or arrangements, other than the Director Compensation Plan’s cash and cash deferred account components). Parent shall not, and shall cause the Surviving Corporation to not, terminate the CIC Plans or amend them in any manner without the consent of the affected officer, director or employee, except as may be otherwise authorized by any such CIC Plan for the purpose of complying with applicable Law, including Section 409A of the Code, for a period of one (1) year immediately following the Effective Time (or such longer period as may be provided under each respective CIC Plan). Parent hereby guarantees the payment and performance by the Surviving Corporation of such obligations assumed by Surviving Corporation pursuant to this Section 6.4(b) . Within one (1) business day of the Closing, the Surviving Corporation shall make, and Parent shall cause the Surviving Corporation to make, the contribution to the Amended and Restated Ryerson Change in Control Severance Trust set forth on Section 6.4(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 6.4(b) are intended to be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, each Non-Union Employee.

(c) With respect to employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries who are represented by a union or labor organization (the “ Union Employees ”), Parent agrees to assume and honor or cause to be assumed and honored all CBAs listed on Section 4.15(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule and any successor agreements thereto and provide such Union Employees with compensation and benefits as set forth in the CBAs and any successor agreements thereto.

 

41


(d) The provisions of this Section 6.4 , other than Section 6.4(b) , are solely for the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and no current or former employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including any beneficiary or dependant thereof) or any other person shall be regarded for any purpose as a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement and nothing herein shall be construed as an amendment to any Benefit Plan or Parent Plan for any purpose.

Section 6.5 Publicity . The initial press release by each of Parent and the Company with respect to the execution of this Agreement shall be reasonably acceptable to Parent and the Company. Neither the Company nor Parent (nor any of their respective Affiliates) shall issue any other press release or make any other public announcement with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior agreement of the other party, except as may be required by Law or by any listing agreement with a national securities exchange, in which case the party proposing to issue such press release or make such public announcement shall use its reasonable best efforts to consult in good faith with the other party before making any such public announcements; provided , that the Company will no longer be required to obtain the prior agreement of or consult with Parent in connection with any such press release or public announcement if the Company’s board of directors has effected any Change in Recommendation or shall have resolved to do so.

Section 6.6 Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance and Indemnification .

(a) From and after the Effective Time, Parent and the Surviving Corporation shall, and Parent shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, indemnify and hold harmless the individuals who at any time prior to the Effective Time were directors or officers of the Company or any of its present or former Subsidiaries or corporate parents (the “ Indemnified Parties ”) against any costs or expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees), judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages or liabilities in connection with actions or omissions occurring at or prior to the Effective Time (including the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) to the fullest extent permitted by Law, and Parent and the Surviving Corporation shall, and Parent shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, promptly advance expenses as incurred to the fullest extent permitted by Law. The certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the Surviving Corporation shall contain the provisions with respect to indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the Company on the date of this Agreement, which provisions shall not be amended, repealed or otherwise modified for a period of six (6) years from the Effective Time in any manner that would adversely affect the rights thereunder of the Indemnified Parties.

(b) Parent and the Surviving Corporation shall, and Parent shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, maintain in effect for not less than six (6) years from the Effective Time the current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and fiduciary liability insurance maintained by the Company and the Company’s

 

42


Subsidiaries for the Indemnified Parties and any other employees, agents or other individuals otherwise covered by such insurance policies prior to the Effective Time (collectively, the “ Insured Parties ”) with respect to matters occurring at or prior to the Effective Time (including the transactions contemplated by this Agreement); provided that Parent and the Surviving Corporation may substitute therefor policies of substantially the same coverage containing terms and conditions that are no less advantageous to the Insured Parties; provided , however , that after the Effective Time, Parent and the Surviving Corporation shall not be required to pay annual premiums in excess of 300% of the last annual premium paid by the Company prior to the date hereof in respect of the coverages required to be obtained pursuant hereto, but in such case shall purchase as much coverage as reasonably practicable for such amount. Alternatively, at Parent’s option, Parent may cause the Surviving Corporation to purchase at or after the Effective Time, or at the Company’s option, the Company may purchase prior to the Effective Time, a six-year prepaid “tail” policy on terms and conditions providing substantially equivalent benefits as the current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and fiduciary liability insurance maintained by the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to matters arising on or before the Effective Time, covering without limitation the transactions contemplated hereby. If such “tail” prepaid policy has been obtained, Parent shall cause such policy to be maintained in full force and effect, for its full term, and cause all obligations thereunder to be honored by the Surviving Corporation, and no other party shall have any further obligation to purchase or pay for insurance hereunder.

(c) Parent shall pay all reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, that may be incurred by any Indemnified Party in enforcing the indemnity and other obligations provided in this Section 6.6 .

(d) This Section 6.6 is intended to benefit the Insured Parties and the Indemnified Parties, and shall be binding on all successors and assigns of Parent, Sub, the Company and the Surviving Corporation. Parent hereby guarantees the payment and performance by the Surviving Corporation of the indemnification and other obligations pursuant to this Section 6.6 and the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the Surviving Corporation.

(e) In the event that Parent, the Surviving Corporation or any of their successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving Person of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys a majority of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that the successors, assigns and transferees of Parent or the Surviving Corporation or their respective successors or assigns, as the case may be, assume the obligations set forth in this Section 6.6 .

Section 6.7 Proxy Statement .

(a) The Company shall, in accordance with applicable Law and its certificate of incorporation and by-laws, duly call, give notice of, convene and hold a special meeting of the Company’s stockholders (including any adjournment or postponement thereof, the “ Company Special Meeting ”) as soon as practicable following

 

43


the date hereof and in no event later than 40 days (or such other date on which the parties may agree in writing) after the date on which all SEC comments to the Proxy Statement have been resolved, for the purpose of considering the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the Merger. In connection with the Company Special Meeting, as soon as practicable following the date hereof, the Company shall prepare and file with the SEC a proxy statement (together with all amendments and supplements thereto, the “ Proxy Statement ”) relating to the Merger and this Agreement and furnish the information required to be provided to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the DGCL and any other applicable Laws. The Company shall provide Parent a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on the Proxy Statement (which comments shall be reasonably considered by the Company). The Company will advise Parent promptly of any comments on the Proxy Statement by the SEC and responses thereto or requests by the SEC for additional information. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to resolve all SEC comments with respect to the Proxy Statement as promptly as practicable after receipt thereof. The Company shall consult with Parent and reasonably consider its comments prior to responding to SEC comments with respect to the Proxy Statement. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Proxy Statement shall include the Company Recommendation and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the Company Requisite Vote; provided , however that if the Company’s board of directors effects a Change in Recommendation in accordance with Section 6.3(e), the Company may cease to use such efforts. A Change in Recommendation permitted by Section 6.3(e) will not constitute a breach by the Company of this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, unless this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 8.1 , the Company, regardless of whether the board of directors has approved endorsed or recommended an Acquisition Proposal or has effected a Change in Recommendation, but in compliance with the DGCL, will call, give notice of, convene and hold the Company Special Meeting as soon as reasonably practicable following the date hereof and will submit this Agreement for adoption by the stockholders of the Company at the Company Special Meeting. Unless required by applicable Law, the Company shall not postpone the Company Special Meeting, or adjourn the Company Special Meeting if a quorum is present, without the prior written consent of Parent.

Section 6.8 [ Reserved ]

Section 6.9 Reasonable Best Efforts . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company and Parent shall each use their reasonable best efforts to promptly (i) take, or to cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or to cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other parties in doing all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Law or otherwise to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) obtain from any Governmental Entities and any third parties any actions, non-actions, clearances, waivers, consents, approvals, permits or orders required to be obtained by the Company, Parent or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; (iii) make all registrations, filings, notifications or submissions

 

44


which are necessary or advisable, and thereafter make any other required submissions, with respect to this Agreement and the Merger required under (A) any applicable federal or state securities Laws, (B) the HSR Act and any applicable competition, antitrust or investment Laws of jurisdictions other than the United States, and (C) any other applicable Law; provided , however , that the Company and Parent will cooperate with each other in connection with the making of all such filings, including providing copies of all such filings and attachments to outside counsel for the non-filing party and including the timing of the initial filings, which will be made under the HSR Act within ten days after the date of this Agreement and under any applicable competition, antitrust or investment Laws of jurisdictions other than the United States as promptly as practicable after the date of this Agreement; (iv) furnish all information required for any application or other filing to be made pursuant to any applicable Law in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (v) keep the other party informed in all material respects of any material communication received by such party from, or given by such party to, any Governmental Entity and of any material communication received or given in connection with any proceeding by a private party, in each case relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (vi) permit the other parties to review any material communication delivered to, and consulting with the other party in advance of any meeting or conference with, any Governmental Entity relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or in connection with any proceeding by a private party relating thereto, and giving the other party the opportunity to attend and participate in such meetings and conferences (to the extent permitted by such Governmental Entity or private party); (vii) avoid the entry of, or have vacated or terminated, any decree, order, or judgment that would restrain, prevent or delay the Closing, including defending any lawsuits or other legal proceedings, whether judicial or administrative, challenging this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and (viii) execute and deliver any additional instruments necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. No parties to this Agreement shall consent to any voluntary delay of the Closing at the behest of any Governmental Entity without the consent of the other parties to this Agreement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Without limiting this Section 6.9 , Parent agrees to take, or to cause to be taken, any and all steps and to make any and all undertakings necessary to avoid or eliminate each and every impediment under any antitrust, merger control, competition, or trade regulation Law that may be asserted by any Governmental Entity with respect to the Merger so as to enable the Closing to occur as soon as reasonably possible (and in any event, no later than the Termination Date), including proposing, negotiating, committing to, and effecting, by consent decree, hold separate order, or otherwise, the sale, divestiture, licensing or disposition of such assets or businesses of Parent (or its Subsidiaries) or the Company or otherwise taking or committing to take actions that limit Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ freedom of action with respect to, or their ability to retain, any of the businesses, product lines or assets of Parent (or its Subsidiaries) or the Company, in each case, as may be required in order to avoid the entry of, or to effect the dissolution of, any injunction, temporary restraining order, or other order in any suit or proceeding, which would otherwise have the effect of preventing or delaying the Closing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to use its reasonable best efforts or take any action pursuant to this Section 6.9 if in the opinion of its board of directors after consultation with its counsel such actions would be inconsistent with the directors’ fiduciary duties to the Company’s shareholders under, or otherwise violate, applicable Law.

 

45


Section 6.10 Financing .

(a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, Parent and Sub acknowledge and agree that Parent’s and Sub’s obligations hereunder are not conditioned in any manner upon Parent’s or Sub’s obtaining any financing. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, Parent and Sub acknowledge and agree that the existence of any conditions contained in the Financing Commitments or the Financing shall not constitute, nor be construed to constitute, a condition to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Parent and Sub shall use their reasonable best efforts to (i) arrange the Financing on the terms and conditions described in the Financing Commitments, (ii) enter into definitive agreements with respect thereto on the terms and conditions contained in the Financing Commitments, which agreements shall be in effect as promptly as practicable after the date hereof, but in no event later than the Closing, and (iii) consummate the Financing no later than the Closing. In the event that any portion of the Financing becomes unavailable in the manner or from the sources contemplated in the Financing Commitments, (A) Parent shall immediately notify the Company and (B) Parent and Sub shall use their reasonable best efforts to arrange to obtain any such portion from alternative sources, on terms that are no more adverse to the Company, as promptly as practicable following the occurrence of such event, including entering into definitive agreements with respect thereto (such definitive agreements entered into pursuant to the first or second sentence of this Section 6.10(b) being referred to as the “ Financing Agreements ”). Parent and Sub shall, shall cause their Affiliates to, and shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause their Representatives to, comply with the terms, and satisfy on a timely basis the conditions, of the Financing Commitments, any alternative financing commitments, the Financing Agreements and any related fee and engagement letters. Any material breach of the Financing Commitments, the Financing Agreements, any alternative financing commitment and any related fee and engagement letter by Parent or Sub shall be deemed a breach by Parent and Sub of this Section 6.10(b) . Parent shall (x) furnish to the Company complete, correct and executed copies of the Financing Agreements promptly upon their execution, (y) give the Company prompt notice of any breach by any party of any of the Financing Commitments, any alternative financing commitment or the Financing Agreements of which Parent or Sub becomes aware or any termination thereof and (z) otherwise keep the Company reasonably informed of the status of Parent’s and Sub’s efforts to arrange the Financing.

(c) The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at Parent’s sole expense, reasonably cooperate in connection with the arrangement of the Financing as may be reasonably requested by Parent (provided that such requested cooperation does not unreasonably interfere with the ongoing operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries). Such cooperation by the Company and its Subsidiaries shall include, at the reasonable request of Parent, (i) using its reasonable best efforts to cause

 

46


to be delivered such officer’s certificates as are customary in financings of such type and as are, in the good faith determination of the persons executing such officer’s certificates, accurate, (ii) agreeing to enter into such agreements as are customary in financings of such type, including lock-box, blocked account and similar agreements, and agreeing to pledge, grant security interests in, and otherwise grant liens on, the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ assets pursuant to such agreements, as may be reasonably requested, provided that no obligation of the Company or its Subsidiaries under any such agreement, pledge or grant contemplated by this clause (ii) shall be effective until the Effective Time, (iii) using its reasonable best efforts to cause its independent registered public accountants to deliver such comfort letters as are customary in financings of such type, (iv) providing financial and other information in the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ possession (including financial statements and monthly financial reports of the Company and its Subsidiaries prepared in the ordinary course of business) with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, (v) making the Company’s or Subsidiaries’ executive officers reasonably available to assist the lenders providing the Debt Financing, including customary and reasonable participation in road shows, due diligence sessions and sessions with rating agencies, assisting Parent and such lenders in developing financial projections and pro forma financial statements, and otherwise reasonably cooperating in connection with the consummation of the Financing, (vi) permitting the lenders providing the Debt Financing to conduct field audits and facility visits as part of their evaluation of the Company’s assets, cash management and accounting systems and their policies and procedures relating thereto, and (vii) assisting Parent and Merger Sub with their preparation of materials for rating agency presentations, offering documents, private placement memoranda, bank information memoranda, prospectuses and similar documents required in connection with the Financing, and (viii) providing reasonable cooperation and assistance in connection with any proposed tender offer and consent solicitation with respect to outstanding debt securities. The Company hereby consents to the use of its and its Subsidiaries’ logos in connection with the Debt Financing. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any commitment or other fee or incur any other liability or obligation or authorize any of corporate action in connection with the Financing (or any replacements thereof) prior to the Effective Time.

(d) Each of Parent and Sub acknowledges and agrees that the Company and its Affiliates and employees of the Company and its Affiliates have no responsibility for any financing that Parent or Sub may raise in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. Any rating agency presentations, offering documents, private placement memoranda, bank information memoranda, prospectuses and similar documents prepared by or on behalf of Parent or Sub or any of their Affiliates, or Parent’s or Sub’s financing sources, in connection with Parent’s or Sub’s financing activities in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (collectively, “ Offering Materials ”) which include any information provided by or on behalf of the Company and its Affiliates shall include a conspicuous disclaimer to the effect that the Company and its Affiliates and employees of the Company and its Affiliates have no responsibility for the content of such Offering Materials and disclaim all responsibility therefor and shall further include a disclaimer with respect to the Company and its Affiliates and employees of the Company and its Affiliates in any oral disclosure with respect to such financing activities.

 

47


Section 6.11 Sub and Surviving Corporation . Parent will take all actions necessary to (a) cause Sub and the Surviving Corporation to perform promptly their respective obligations under this Agreement and the Financing Commitments, (b) cause Sub to consummate the Merger on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and (c) ensure that, prior to the Effective Time, Sub shall not conduct any business, make any investments or incur or guarantee any indebtedness.

Section 6.12 Convertible Notes . At least 10 days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall send notice of the Merger to the holders of its Convertible Notes outstanding at such time in accordance with the terms of the Convertible Notes Indenture. At least two Business Days prior to the fifteenth day prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall place on its website or publicly announce the proposed Merger in accordance with the terms of the Convertible Notes Indenture.

Section 6.13 FIRPTA Certificate . Unless the Company shall have advised Parent in writing that it is a “United States real property interest” within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code, at the Closing, the Company shall deliver to Parent a certificate that an interest in the Company is not a “United States real property interest” within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code.

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS

Section 7.1 Conditions to Each Party’s Obligation to Effect the Merger . The obligations of the Company, on the one hand, and Parent and Sub, on the other hand, to consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Company, Parent and Sub, if permissible under applicable Law) of the following conditions:

(a) the Company Requisite Vote shall have been obtained;

(b) no Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over the Company, Parent or Sub shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action enjoining or otherwise prohibiting consummation of the Merger substantially on the terms contemplated by this Agreement; and

(c) all applicable waiting periods under the HSR Act and the Competition Act shall have expired or been waived or terminated.

 

48


Section 7.2 Conditions to the Obligations of Parent and Sub . The obligations of Parent and Sub to consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by Parent) of the following further conditions:

(a) each of the representations and warranties of the Company shall be true and accurate as of the Closing as if made at and as of such time (other than those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date or only with respect to a specific period of time which representations and warranties need only be true and accurate as of such date or with respect to such period), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and accurate (without giving effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “material adverse effect” set forth therein), would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect;

(b) the Company shall have performed in all material respects its obligations hereunder required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing;

(c) Parent shall have received a certificate signed by an executive officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that, to the knowledge of such officer, the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a) and Section 7.2(b) have been satisfied; and

(d) The Net Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to Closing shall not exceed (i) $845,000,000 if the Closing Date is on or prior to October 31, 2007, (ii) $815,000,000 if the Closing Date is November 1, 2007 through November 30, 2007 and (iii) $765,000,000 if the Closing Date is after November 30, 2007.

Section 7.3 Conditions to the Obligations of the Company . The obligations of the Company to consummate the Merger are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Company) of the following further conditions:

(a) each of the representations and warranties of Parent and Sub shall be true and accurate as of the Closing as if made at and as of such time (other than those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date or only with respect to a specific period of time which representations and warranties need only be true and accurate as of such date or with respect to such period), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and accurate (without giving effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “material adverse effect” set forth therein) would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Parent Material Adverse Effect;

(b) each of Parent and Sub shall have performed in all material respects all of the respective obligations hereunder required to be performed by Parent or Sub, as the case may be, at or prior to the Closing; and

(c) the Company shall have received a certificate signed by an executive officer of Parent, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that, to the knowledge of such officer, the conditions set forth in Section 7.3(a) and Section 7.3(b) have been satisfied.

Section 7.4 Frustration of Closing Conditions . None of the Company, Parent or Sub may rely on the failure of any condition set forth in Section 7.1 , Section 7.2 or Section 7.3 , as the case may be, to be satisfied if such failure was caused by such party’s failure to act in good faith or use its reasonable best efforts to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as required by and subject to Section 6.9 .

 

49


ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION

Section 8.1 Termination . Anything herein or elsewhere to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement may be terminated and the Merger contemplated herein may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time, whether before or after stockholder approval of this Agreement:

(a) by the mutual written agreement of the Company and Parent.

(b) by either the Company or Parent:

(i) if the Merger shall not have occurred on or prior to November 30, 2007 (the “ Termination Date ”); provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(b)(i) shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Merger to occur on or prior to such date;

(ii) if any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over the Company, Parent or Sub shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action, in each case permanently enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the Merger substantially as contemplated by this Agreement and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable;

(iii) if the Company Special Meeting shall have concluded without obtaining the Company Requisite Vote; or

(iv) if the Company’s board of directors shall have effected a Change in Recommendation.

(c) by the Company:

(i) upon a breach of any covenant or agreement on the part of Parent or Sub, or if any representation or warranty of Parent or Sub shall be or become untrue, in any case such that the conditions set forth in Section 7.3(a) or Section 7.3(b) would not be satisfied (assuming that the date of such determination is the Closing Date); provided that if such breach is curable by Parent and Sub within thirty (30) days through

 

50


the exercise of their reasonable best efforts during such thirty (30) day period and Parent and Sub continue to exercise such reasonable best efforts, the Company may not terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(c)(i) unless such breach is not cured within such thirty (30) day period; provided , further that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(c)(i) shall not be available to the Company if it has failed to perform in any material respect any of its obligations under or in connection with this Agreement;

(ii) if the Merger shall not have been consummated on or prior to the date set forth in Section 2.3; or

(iii) prior to obtaining the Company Requisite Vote and subject to the terms and conditions of Section 6.3(d) and (e) in order to accept a Superior Proposal.

(d) by Parent:

(i) upon a breach of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Company, or if any representation or warranty of the Company shall be or become untrue, in any case such that the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.2(b) would not be satisfied (assuming that the date of such determination is the Closing Date); provided that if such breach is curable by the Company within thirty (30) days through the exercise of its reasonable best efforts during such thirty (30) day period and the Company continues to exercise such reasonable best efforts, Parent may not terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(d) unless such breach is not cured within such thirty (30) day period; provided , further that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(d) shall not be available to Parent if it or Sub has failed to perform in any material respect any of its obligations under or in connection with this Agreement; or

(ii) if the Board of Directors of the Company shall have failed to reaffirm the Company Recommendation within five (5) Business Days after receipt of a written request to do so by Parent.

Section 8.2 Effect of Termination .

(a) In the event of the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 8.1 , written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the other party or parties specifying the provision hereof pursuant to which such termination is made, and this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void, and there shall be no liability on the part of Parent, Sub or the Company or their respective directors, officers, employees, stockholders, Representatives, agents or advisors other than, with respect to Parent, Sub and the Company, the obligations pursuant to this Section 8.2 , Article IX and the last sentence of Section 6.2 and provided that, notwithstanding anything to the

 

51


contrary contained in this Agreement, the Equity Commitment Letter and the Confidentiality Agreement shall survive any such termination in accordance with their respective terms. Nothing contained in this Section 8.2 shall relieve Parent, Sub or the Company from liability for fraud or willful breach of this Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement.

(b) If this Agreement is terminated by (i) the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(c)(iii) , (ii) either Parent or the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(iv) , (iii) Parent pursuant to Section 8.1(d)(ii) or (iv) either Parent or the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(iii) , and in the case of this clause (iv) only, (A) there has been publicly disclosed for the first time after the date of this Agreement and prior to the time of the Company Special Meeting an Acquisition Proposal which is not withdrawn prior to the time of the Company Special Meeting and (B) within six (6) months after such termination, either (1) the Company enters into a definitive agreement with respect to a transaction pursuant to such Acquisition Proposal, which transaction is later consummated with the Person that made such Acquisition Proposal, or (2) a transaction included within the definition of an Acquisition Proposal is consummated with such Person, then, in any of the cases described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv), the Company shall pay to Parent the Company Termination Fee as follows: (A) concurrently with any termination pursuant to Section 8.1(c)(iii) or Section 8.1(d)(ii) or any termination by the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(iv) , and (B) within five (5) Business Days after the consummation of the transaction contemplated in subclause (C) of the foregoing clause (iv) or any termination by Parent pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(iv) ; it being understood that in no event shall the Company be required to pay the Company Termination Fee on more than one occasion; provided , that , solely for the purposes of this Section 8.2(b) , the term “Acquisition Proposal” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.1 , except that all references in such definition to 25% shall be changed to 51%. If this Agreement is terminated by Parent pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(iii) , then the Company shall pay to Parent the Termination Expenses within five (5) Business Day after such termination; it being understood that in no event shall the Company be required to pay the Termination Expenses on more than one occasion, including as part of any Company Termination Fee payable hereunder. Upon payment of the Company Termination Fee, the Company shall have no further liability to Parent or Sub with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. The payment contemplated by this Section 8.2(b) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by Parent and shall be reduced by any amounts required to be deducted or withheld therefrom under applicable Law in respect of Taxes. In the event that the Company shall fail to pay the Company Termination Fee when due, the Company shall reimburse Parent for all reasonable costs and expenses actually incurred or accrued by Parent (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) in connection with any action (including the filing of any lawsuit) taken to collect payment of such amounts, together with interest on such unpaid amounts at the prime lending rate prevailing during such period as published in The Wall Street Journal, calculated on a daily basis from the date such amounts were required to be paid to the date of actual payment.

 

52


(c) If this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(i) (and as of the Termination Date the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 and Section 7.2 (other than Section 7.2(c) ) were satisfied), Section 8.1(c)(i) or Section 8.1(c)(ii) , then Parent shall pay to the Company a termination fee of $25 million in cash (the “ Parent Termination Fee ”) within two (2) Business Days of such termination; it being understood that in no event shall Parent be required to pay the Parent Termination Fee on more than one occasion. The payment contemplated by this Section 8.2(c) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company. In the event that Parent shall fail to pay the Parent Termination Fee when due, Parent shall reimburse the Company for all reasonable costs and expenses actually incurred or accrued by the Company (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) in connection with any action (including the filing of any lawsuit) taken to collect payment of such amounts, together with interest on such unpaid amounts at the prime lending rate prevailing during such period as published in The Wall Street Journal, calculated on a daily basis from the date such amounts were required to be paid to the date of actual payment.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1 Amendment and Modification . Subject to applicable Law, this Agreement may be amended, modified and supplemented in any and all respects, whether before or after any vote of the stockholders of the Company contemplated hereby at any time prior to the Effective Time with respect to any of the terms contained herein by written agreement of the parties hereto, by action taken by their respective boards of directors (or individuals holding similar positions); provided , however , that after the approval of this Agreement by the stockholders of the Company, no such amendment, modification or supplement shall reduce or change the Merger Consideration or adversely affect the rights of the Company’s stockholders hereunder without the approval of such stockholders.

Section 9.2 Nonsurvival of Representations and Warranties . None of the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement or in any schedule, instrument or other document delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement. This Section 9.2 shall not limit any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement that by its terms is to be performed in whole or in part after the Effective Time.

 

53


Section 9.3 Notices . All notices, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by hand delivery, by prepaid overnight courier (providing written proof of delivery), by confirmed facsimile transmission or by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested and first-class postage prepaid), addressed as follows:

 

(a)   if to Parent or Sub, to:
  c/o Platinum Equity Advisors, LLC
  360 North Crescent Drive, South Building
  Beverly Hills, CA 90210
  Telephone: (310) 712-1850
  Facsimile: (310) 712-1863
  Attention:   Eva M. Kalawski, General Counsel
  with a copy to:
  Bingham McCutchen LLP
  600 Anton Blvd., 18th Floor
  Costa Mesa, CA 92646
  Telephone: (714) 830-2026
  Facsimile: (714) 830-0726
  Attention: James W. Loss
(b)   if to the Company, to:
  Ryerson Inc.
  2621 West 15 th Place
  Chicago, Illinois 60608
  Telephone: 773-762-2121
  Facsimile: 773-788-4248
  Attention:   M. Louise Turilli, General Counsel
  with a copy to:
  Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
  333 West Wacker Drive
  Chicago, Illinois 60606
  Telephone: 312-407-0700
  Facsimile: 312-407-0411
  Attention:   Charles W. Mulaney, Jr.
    Richard C. Witzel, Jr.

or to such other address or facsimile number for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this section; provided that any notice received by facsimile transmission or otherwise at the addressee’s location on any Business Day after 5:00 P.M. (addressee’s local time) shall be deemed to have been received at 9:00 A.M. (addressee’s local time) on the next Business Day; provided further that notice of any change to the address or any of the other details specified in or pursuant to this section shall not be deemed to have been received until, and shall be deemed to have been received upon, the later of the date specified in such notice or the date that is five (5) Business Days after such notice would otherwise be deemed to have been received pursuant to this section. A party’s rejection or other refusal to accept notice hereunder or the inability of another party to deliver notice to such party because of such party’s

 

54


changed address or facsimile number of which no notice was given by such party shall be deemed to be receipt of the notice by such party as of the date of such rejection, refusal or inability to deliver. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to constitute consent to the manner or address for service of process in connection with any legal proceeding, including litigation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

Section 9.4 Interpretation . The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement. Disclosure of any fact, circumstance or information in any section of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be adequate response and disclosure of such fact, circumstance or information with respect to any representation, warranty or covenant in any section of Article IV or Article VI calling for disclosure of such fact, circumstance or information to the extent it is reasonably apparent on the face of such disclosure that is relevant to such other representation, warrant or covenant, whether or not such disclosure is specifically associated with or purports to respond to one or more or all of such representations, warranties or covenants. The inclusion of any item in the Company Disclosure Schedule shall not be deemed to be an admission or evidence of materiality of such item, nor shall it establish any standard of materiality for any purpose whatsoever.

Section 9.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, all of which shall together be considered one and the same agreement.

Section 9.6 Entire Agreement; Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement (including the Company Disclosure Schedule and the exhibits hereto, together with the other instruments referred to herein), the Confidentiality Agreement and the Equity Commitment Letter (a) constitute the entire agreement and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and (b), except as provided in Article III on and after the Effective Time and Section 6.4(b) and Section 6.6 , are not intended to confer upon any Person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, but without limiting the right of the Company to receive the Parent Termination Fee and the related costs, expenses and interest to the extent provided in Section 8.2(c) or the Equity Commitment Letter, the maximum aggregate liability of Parent, Sub and the Investors to the Company and its Affiliates and Representatives relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby under any theory shall in no event exceed the Parent Termination Fee and the related costs, expenses and interest to the extent provided in Section 8.2(c) or the Equity Commitment Letter, and upon payment of such amounts the Company shall not, directly or indirectly, recover or seek to recover under any theory any amount in excess of such aggregate amount from Parent, Sub and the Investors relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (it being understood and agreed that the obligations of each Investor are limited to the obligations of such Investor expressly provided in the Equity Commitment Letter), provided, however that nothing herein shall relieve Parent or Sub of liability to pay the Merger Consideration, Option Consideration, Performance Award Consideration and all fees and expenses related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in the event the Merger occurs.

 

55


Section 9.7 Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void, unenforceable or against its regulatory policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

Section 9.8 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely therein without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof or of any other jurisdiction.

Section 9.9 Jurisdiction . Each of the parties hereto hereby (a) expressly and irrevocably submits to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of any Federal court located in the State of Delaware or any Delaware state court in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than a Federal or state court sitting in the State of Delaware and (d) each of the parties hereto agrees that each of the other parties shall have the right to bring any action or proceeding for enforcement of a judgment entered by any Federal court located in the State of Delaware or any Delaware state court in any other court or jurisdiction.

Section 9.10 Service of Process . Each party irrevocably consents to the service of process outside the territorial jurisdiction of the courts referred to in Section 9.9 hereof in any such action or proceeding by mailing copies thereof by registered United States mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to its address as specified in or pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof. However, the foregoing shall not limit the right of a party to effect service of process on the other party by any other legally available method.

Section 9.11 Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other parties, except that Parent and/or Sub may assign all or any of their rights and obligations hereunder as collateral to any financing source or to any Affiliate of Parent after providing written notice thereof to the Company; provided , however , that no such assignment shall relieve the assigning party of its obligations hereunder. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

56


Section 9.12 Expenses . All costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Merger, this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses, whether or not the Merger or any of the transactions contemplated hereby is consummated.

Section 9.13 Headings . Headings of the articles and sections of this Agreement and the table of contents, schedules and exhibits are for convenience of the parties only and shall be given no substantive or interpretative effect whatsoever.

Section 9.14 Waivers . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any of the parties to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the party or parties entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the party expressly granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure.

[ The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank. Signature page follows. ]

 

57


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, Parent and Sub have caused this Agreement to be signed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

RYERSON INC.
By:  

/s/ Jay M. Gratz

Name:   Jay M. Gratz
Title:  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

RHOMBUS HOLDING CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Eva M. Kalawski

Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Eva M. Kalawski

Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
Title:   Vice President and Secretary


Index of Schedules*

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.1—Organization

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.2—Capitalization

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.3—Authorization; Validity of Agreement; Company Action

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.4—Consents and Approvals; No Violations

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.5—SEC Reports

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.6—No Undisclosed Liabilities

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.7—Absence of Certain Changes

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.8—Employee Benefit Plans

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.9—Litigation

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.10—Compliance With Law

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.11—Taxes

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.12—Tangible Assets

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.13—Intellectual Property

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.14—Environmental

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.15—Labor Matters

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.16—Insurance

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.17—Contracts

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.18—Interested Party Transactions

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.19—Proxy Statement

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.20—Board Vote; Company Requisite Vote; Takeover Statutes

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.21—Brokers or Finders

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.22—Opinion of Financial Advisor

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.23—Rights Agreement

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 4.24—No Other Representations

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 6.1—Interim Operations of the Company

Company Disclosure Schedule Section 6.4—Employee Benefits

Parent Disclosure Schedule Section 5.9—Financing Commitments

Parent Disclosure Schedule Section 5.13—Absences of Arrangements with Management

 

* Exhibits and Schedules to the Agreement and Plan of Merger are not being filed herewith. The Registrant undertakes to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted exhibit or schedule to the Commission upon request, pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K.

 

1

Exhibit 3.1

 

     State of Delaware
     Secretary of State
     Division of Corporations
     Delivered 01:54 PM 10/19/2007
     FILED 01:49 PM 10/19/2007
     SRV 071134720 - 2084720 FILE

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

RYERSON INC.

The undersigned corporation, organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware does hereby certify:

1. That Eva M. Kalawski is the duty elected and acting Vice President and Secretary of Ryerson Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and the date of filing of the Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was February 28, 1986 under the name Inland Steel Industries, Inc.

2. That the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation set forth below has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Pursuant to Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the stockholders have unanimously approved this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

3. That the Certificate & Incorporation of the Corporation shall be amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is Ryerson Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND: The address of the registered office or the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000), consisting of one thousand (1,000) shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share.

FIFTH: The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by and under the direction of the Board of Directors. The exact number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”).

SIXTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized:

(a) to adopt, repeal, rescind, alter or amend in any respect the Bylaws, and to confer in the Bylaws powers and authorities upon the directors of the Corporation in addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon them by statute;

(b) from time to time to set apart out of any funds or assets of the Corporation available for dividends an amount or amounts to be reserved as working capital or for any other lawful purpose and to abolish any reserve so created and to determine whether any, and, if any, what part, of the surplus of the Corporation or its net profits applicable to dividends shall be declared in dividends and paid to its stockholders, and all rights of the holders of stock of the Corporation in respect of dividends shall be subject to the power of the Board of Directors so to do;

(c) subject to the laws of the State of Delaware, from time to time to sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any part or parts of the properties of the Corporation and to cease to conduct the business connected therewith or again to resume the same, as it may deem best, and


(d) in addition to the powers and authorities hereinbefore and by the laws of the State of Delaware conferred upon the Board of Directors, to execute all such powers and to do all acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation; subject, nevertheless, to the express provisions of said laws, of the Certificate of incorporation of the Corporation and its Bylaws.

SEVENTH: Meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws provide. The books of Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision of applicable law) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or in the Bylaws.

EIGHTH: The Corporation reserves the right to adopt, repeal, rescind, alter or amend in any respect any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by applicable law, and all rights conferred on stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

NINTH: The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

TENTH: A director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under the Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended, or (iv) for any transaction for which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law hereafter is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended Delaware Corporation Law. No amendment to or repeal of this Article Tenth shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or appeal.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified led may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, aid administrators of such a person.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed this 19 th day of October, 2007.

 

/s/ Eva M. Kalawski

Eva M. Kalawski
Vice President and Secretary

 

2

Exhibit 3.2

ADOPTED ON OCTOBER 19, 2007

RYERSON INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1 . The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 2 . The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as he Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1 . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meetings or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2 . Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which the stockholders shall elect directors by a plurality vote, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 3 . Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

Section 4 . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 5 . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the


president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 6 . Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 7 . Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 8 . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30 days, or if at the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 9 . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 10 . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11 . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be take at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting for the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

2


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1 . The number of directors may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The initial number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be one (1). The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 2 . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy of any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

Section 3 . The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4 . The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 5 . The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 6 . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

Section 7 . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the president on one (1) day’s notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner an on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

 

3


Section 8 . At all meetings of the Board a majority of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except at may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 9 . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 10 . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 11 . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such person or persons constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to reference to amending the certificate of incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, removing or indemnifying directors or amending the Bylaw of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 12 . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may adopt, amend and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of a provision by the Board of Directors or a provision in the rules of such committee to the contrary, a majority of the entire authorized number of members of such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, the vote of a majority of the

 

4


members present at a meeting at the time of such vote if a quorum is then present shall be the act of such committee, and in other respects each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to Article III of these Bylaws. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Section 13 . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Section 14 . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

Section 1 . Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or sent by United States mail (addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid), or by telegram, telex or facsimile confirmed by letter, and will be deemed given, unless earlier received, if by mail, at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail, and if by telegram, telex or facsimile, on the day such confirmation letter shall be deposited in the United States mail.

Section 2 . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1 . The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a chief financial officer, one or more vice presidents and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chief executive officer, a corporate controller, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions hereof. One person may hold two or more offices. The salaries of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

5


Section 2 . The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 or Section 5 of this Article V, shall be chosen annually by the Board of Directors, and each shall hold his office until he shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise disqualified to service, or his or her successor shall be elected and qualified.

Section 3 . The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors or the president may from time to time specify, and shall hold office until he or she shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise disqualified to serve.

Section 4 . Any officer may be removed, wither with or without cause, by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or, except in case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power or removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, the chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, the president or the secretary of the corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 5 . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in the Bylaws for the regular appointments to such office.

THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Section 6 . The chief executive officer (if there is such an officer) of the corporation shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the corporation. He or she shall preside at all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors. He or she shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the chief executive officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties with respect to the administration of the business and affairs of the corporation as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or as prescribed by these Bylaws. In the absence or disability of the president, the chief executive officer, in addition to his or her assigned duties and powers, shall perform all the duties or the president and when so acting shall have all the powers and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president.

THE PRESIDENT

Section 7 . The president shall exercise and perform such powers and duties with respect to the administration of the business and affairs of the corporation as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer (unless the president is also the chief executive officer) or by the Board of Directors or as is prescribed by these Bylaws. In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the president shall perform all of the duties of the chief executive officer and when so acting shall have all of the powers and be subject to all the restrictions upon the chief executive officer.

 

6


THE VICE PRESIDENTS

Section 8 . The vice presidents shall exercise and perform such powers and duties with respect to the administration of the business and affairs of the corporation as may from time to time be assigned to each of them by the chief executive officer, the president, by the Board of Directors or as is prescribed by these Bylaws. In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer (if there is such an officer) and of the president, the vice presidents, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the vice president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all of the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all of the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president.

THE SECRETARY AND THE ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Section 9 . The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, a book of minutes at the principal office for the transaction of the business of the corporation, or such other place as the Board of Directors may order, of all meetings of directors and stockholders, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and if special, how authorized and the notice thereof given, the names of those present at directors’ meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings and the proceedings thereof.

Section 10 . The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal offices for the transaction of the business of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of the stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each; the number and date of certificates issued for the same; and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

Section 11 . The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors required by These Bylaws or by law to be given, and he or she shall keep the seal of the corporation in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. If for any reason the secretary shall fail to give notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by one or more of the persons identified in Section 7 of Article III of these Bylaws, or if he or she shall fail to give notice of any special meeting of the stockholders called by one or more of the persons identified in Section 5 of Article II of these Bylaws, then any such person or persons may give notice of any such special meeting.

THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Section 12 . The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, surplus and shares. Any surplus, including earned surplus, paid-in surplus and surplus arising from a reduction of capital, shall be classified according to source and shown in a separate account. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

 

7


The chief financial officer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the chief executive officer (if there is such an officer), to the president and to the directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Bylaws.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

Section 1 . Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman or vice chairman of the Board of Directors, or the chief executive officer, president or a vice president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the corporation.

Section 2 . Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such signature is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

LOST CERTIFICATES

Section 3 . The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

TRANSFER OF STOCK

Section 4 . Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority of transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

FIXING RECORD DATE

Section 5 . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders hall be at the close of business on

 

8


the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 6 . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Director. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 7 . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any divided or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

Section 8 . The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

9


ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

Section 1 . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

Section 2 . Before payment of any dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ANNUAL STATEMENT

Section 3 . The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

CHECKS

Section 4 . All checks for demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 5 . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SEAL

Section 6 . The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “ Corporate Seal. “ The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise.

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Section 7 . Whenever notice is required to be given by law or under any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or

 

10


these Bylaws. Unless either proper notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, has been given or else the persons entitled thereto have waived such notice (either in writing or by attendance as set forth above), any business transacted at such meeting shall be null and void.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 8 . The corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 1 . The Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted by the Stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors, if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

11

EXHIBIT 3.3

 

      State of Delaware
      Secretary of State
      Division of Corporations
      Delivered 02:05 PM 01/04/2006
      FILED 02:02 PM 01/04/2006
      SRV 060006698 - 4088874 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

J.M. TULL METALS COMPANY, INC.

1. The name of the corporation is J.M. Tull Metals Company, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

2. The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

4. The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares of common stock, at $.01 par value per share.

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

Howard L. Rosenberg

Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP

71 South Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60606

6. The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

7. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the DGCL, the board of directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

8. Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors of the Corporation or in the By-Laws of the Corporation. Elections of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

9. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change, add to or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the DGCL, and all rights conferred herein upon stockholders of the Corporation are granted subject to this reservation.


10. (a) A director of the Corporation shall have no personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, as it may from time to time be amended, or any successor provision thereto, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

(b) The Corporation shall indemnity, in accordance with and to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the DGCL, any person who is or was a party, or is or was threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation (and the Corporation, in the sole discretion of the board of directors of the Corporation, may so indemnify a person who is or was a party, or is or was threatened to be made a party, to any such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation) against any liability or expense actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect thereof; provided, however, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a director or officer of the Corporation in connection with an action, suit or proceeding initiated by such person only if such action, suit or proceeding was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation. Such indemnification is not exclusive of any other right to indemnification provided by the DGCL or otherwise. The right to indemnification conferred by this Article 10(b) shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each person referred to herein.

(c) No amendment to or repeal of these provisions shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any person for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such person occurring prior to such amendments.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the DGCL, do make this Certificate of Incorporation, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly, have hereunto set my hand this 4 th day of January, 2006.

 

/s/ Howard L. Rosenberg
Howard L. Rosenberg, Incorporator

 

2

EXHIBIT 3.4

BY-LAWS

OF

J.M. TULL METALS COMPANY, INC.

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE II.

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Time and Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation by the Board of Directors, each such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 2. Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The date of the annual meeting shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called by the President and shall be called by the Secretary at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of each meeting of the stockholders stating the place, date and time of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice of any special meeting of stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

Section 5. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law. If a quorum is not present or represented, the holders of the stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereat shall have power, by the


affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of such stock, to adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 6. Voting . At all meetings of the stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, the shares of voting stock owned by such stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vole is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 7. Informal Action By Stockholders . Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and controlled by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 2. Number, Qualification and Tenure . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) and not more than nine (9) members. Within the limits above specified, the number of Directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 3. Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office though less than a quorum, and each Director so chosen shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If there are no Directors in office, then an election of Directors may be held in the manner provided by law.

 

-2-


Section 4. Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 5. Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting, to be known as the annual meeting, immediately following each annual meeting of the stockholders. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. No notice of regular meetings need be given.

Section 6. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any Director. No notice of special meetings need be given.

Section 7. Quorum . At all meetings of the Board a majority of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8. Organization . The Chairman of the Board, if elected, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board of Directors. If a Chairman of the Board is not elected or, if elected, is not present, the President (if a member of the Board) or, in the absence of the President or, if the President is not a member of the Board, a Vice Chairman (who is also a member of the Board and, if more than one, in the order designated by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such designation, in the order of their election), if any, or if no such Vice Chairman is present, a Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman at meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 9. Executive Committee . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more Directors to constitute an Executive Committee, to serve as such, unless the resolution designating the Executive Committee is sooner amended or rescinded by the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the Board or until their respective successors are designated. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may also designate additional Directors as alternate members of the Executive Committee to serve as members of the Executive Committee in the place and stead of any regular member or members thereof who may be unable to attend a meeting or otherwise unavailable to act as a member of the Executive Committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member and all alternate members who may serve in the place and stead of such member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the

 

-3-


powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation between the meetings of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings, which shall form a part of the records of the Corporation in the custody of the Secretary, and all actions of the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at the next meeting of the Board,

Meetings of the Executive Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two of its members. No notice of meetings need be given. A majority of the members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as expressly limited by this section, the act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Executive Committee. Except as expressly provided in this Section, the Executive Committee shall fix its own rules of procedure.

Section 10. Other Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more other committees, each such committee to consist of one or more Directors. Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, any such committee shall have and may exercise such powers as the Board of Directors may determine and specify in the resolution designating such committee. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, also may designate one or more additional Directors as alternate members of any such committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and at any time may change the membership of any committee or amend or rescind the resolution designating the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member or alternate member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member, provided that the Director so appointed meets any qualifications stated in the resolution designating the committee. Each committee shall keep a record of proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors to such extent and in such form as the Board of Directors may require. Unless otherwise provided in the resolution designating a committee, a majority of all of the members of any such committee may select its Chairman, fix its rules or procedure, fix the time and place of its meetings and specify what notice of meetings, if any, shall be given.

Section 11. Action without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 12. Attendance by Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

-4-


Section 13. Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors, which may include their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. No member of a committee of the Board of Directors shall receive any separate compensation for serving on, or attendance at, such committee or meetings thereof.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 1. Enumeration . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Vice President, a Treasurer and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem appropriate. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2. Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation required by this Article shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and any vacancy in any other office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. President . The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation and shall have such functions, authority and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Vice President . The Vice President shall act under the direction of the President and in the absence or disability of the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents or may otherwise specify the order of seniority of the Vice Presidents, and, in that event, the duties and power of the President shall descend to the Vice Presidents in the specified order of seniority.

Section 5. Secretary . The Secretary shall keep a record of all proceedings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice, if any, of all meetings of the stockholders and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the President. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary any Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest such affixing of the seal.

 

-5-


Section 6. Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary.

Section 7. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Vice President.

Section 8. Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer.

Section 9. Other Officers . Any officer who is elected or appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors and whose duties are not specified in these By-Laws shall perform such duties and have such powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

ARTICLE V.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Certificates of stock in the Corporation, if any, shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Where a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, other than the Corporation or an employee of the Corporation, or by a registrar, the signatures of the President or a Vice President and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

 

-6-


Section 2. Transfer . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction on its books.

Section 3. Replacement . In case of the loss, destruction or theft of a certificate for any stock of the Corporation, a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation may be issued upon satisfactory proof of such loss, destruction or theft and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may in its discretion require the owner of the lost, destroyed or stolen certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum and in such form and with such surety or sureties as it may direct, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it with respect to a certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen.

ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 1. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was

 

-7-


a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3. To the extent that a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Section 4. Any indemnification under Sections 1 and 2 of this article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this article. Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

Section 5. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in Section 4 of this article upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this article.

Section 6. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, (i) arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or regulations promulgated thereunder, or under any other law or regulation of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or law or regulation of any state or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality of either,

 

-8-


or under the common law of any of the foregoing, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a fiduciary, disqualified person or party in interest with respect to an employee benefit plan covering employees of the Corporation or of a subsidiary corporation, or is or was serving in any other capacity with respect to such plan, or has or had any obligations or duties with respect to such plan by reason of such laws or regulations, provided that such person was or is a director or officer of the Corporation (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation), or (ii) in connection with any matter arising under federal, state or local revenue or taxation laws or regulations, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes, amounts paid in settlement and amounts paid as penalties or fines necessary to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations); provided, however, that such person did not act dishonestly or in willful or reckless violation of the provisions of the law or regulation under which such suit or proceeding arises. Unless the Board of Directors determines that under the circumstances then existing, it is probable that such director, officer, employee, agent or representative will not be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section, expenses incurred in defending such suit or proceeding, including the amount of any penalties or fines necessary to be paid to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section.

Section 7. The indemnification provided by this article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, agent or representative and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 8. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not he would be entitled to indemnity against such liability under the provisions of this article.

 

-9-


ARTICLE VII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

Section 3. Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

ARTICLE VIII.

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors. The fact that the power to amend, alter, repeal or adopt the By-Laws has been conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

-10-

Exhibit 3.5

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEW RYERSON COMPANY

–o–0–o–

FIRST. The name of the Corporation is NEW RYERSON COMPANY.

SECOND. The location of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is No. 100 West Tenth Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name and address of its resident agent is The Corporation Trust Company, No. 100 West Tenth Street, Wilmington, Delaware.

THIRD. The nature of the business and the objects and purposes for which, and for any of which, this Corporation is formed are to do any or all of the things herein set forth as fully and to the same extent as natural persons might or could do and in any part of the world, viz.:

(a) To manufacture iron, steel, copper, manganese, metals, metallic compounds, coke, lumber and other materials, and all or any articles consisting, or partly consisting, of iron, steel, copper, wood or other materials, and all or any products and by-products thereof.

(b) To acquire, own, lease, occupy, use and develop any lands containing coal, iron, manganese, ores, minerals, metals, stone or oil, and any wood lands or other lands for any purpose of this Corporation; and to take, own, hold, deal in, mortgage, and to lease, sell, exchange, transfer or in any manner whatever dispose of any such lands, and any mines, mineral rights or claims, within or without the State of Delaware.


(c) To mine or otherwise extract or remove coal, iron, ores, minerals, metals, stone, oil or timber from any lands owned, acquired, leased or occupied by this Corporation, or from any other lands.

(d) To carry on the business of mining, milling, concentrating, converting, smelting, treating, preparing for market, manufacturing or otherwise producing and dealing in ores, metals and minerals of all kinds, and the products and by-products thereof of every kind and description.

(e) To buy, sell, export, import, or otherwise to deal and traffic in iron, steel, copper, manganese, ores, minerals, metals, stone, coal, oil, coke, wood, lumber and other materials, and any of the products or by-products thereof, and any articles consisting, or partly consisting, thereof.

(f) To construct, acquire, own, lease, operate and maintain foundries, smelters, furnaces, mills, buildings, plants, works, stores, machinery, ships, boats, engines, cars and other equipment, railroads, docks, wharves, slips, elevators, water works, gas works, electrical works, hydraulic works, pipe lines, bridges, viaducts, aqueducts, reservoirs, canals and other water-ways and any other means of transportation, and to sell the same or otherwise to dispose thereof, or to maintain and operate the same, provided, however, that this Corporation shall not construct, maintain or operate any railroad or railway or public utility within the State of Delaware.


(g) To manufacture, buy, sell mid generally deal in goods, wares, merchandise, property and commodities of any and every class and description, and all article* used or useful in connection therewith, insofar as nay be permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.

(h) To subscribe for, or cause to be subscribed for, buy, own, hold, purchase, receive or otherwise acquire, and to sell, negotiate, guarantee, assign, deal in, exchange, transfer, mortgage, pledge or otherwise dispose of, shares of the capital stock, scrip, bonds, coupons, mortgages, debenture stock, securities, notes and evidences of indebtedness, issued or created by other corporations, joint stock companies or associations, whether public, private or municipal, or any corporate body, and while owner thereof to possess and to exercise in respect thereof, all the rights, powers and privileges of ownership, including the right to vote thereon; to guarantee the payment of dividends on any shares of the capital of any of the corporations, joint stock companies or associations in which this Corporation has or may have an interest and to become surety in respect of, endorse or otherwise guarantee the payment of the principal of or interest on any scrip, bonds, coupons, mortgages, debentures, securities, notes or evidences of indebtedness issued or created by any such corporations, joint stock companies or associations; to become surety for or guarantee the carrying out and performance of any and all contracts, leases and other obligations of every kind of any such corporation,


joint stock company or association, any of whose shares, bonds, securities or evidences of indebtedness are held by or for this Corporation, and to do any acts or things designed to protect, preserve, improve or enhance the value of any such shares, bonds, securities or evidences of indebtedness.

(i) To purchase, apply for, obtain, or otherwise acquire, any and all letters patent, licenses, patent rights, patented processes and similar rights granted by the United States or any other government or country, or any interest therein, or any inventions which may seem capable of being used for or in connection with any of the objects or purposes of this Corporation, and to use, exercise, develop, sell, lease, grant licensee in respect to, or other interests in the same, and otherwise turn the same to account, and to carry on any business, manufacturing or otherwise, which may be deemed to directly or indirectly effectuate these objects, or any of them.

(j) To secure, acquire, apply for, register, hold, own or otherwise dispose of any and all copyrights, trade-marks, trade names and other trade rights.

(k) To organize, or cause to be organized, under the laws of the State of Delaware, or of any other state, territory or country, or the District of Columbia, a corporation or corporations, for the purpose of accomplishing any of the objects for which this Corporation is organized, or for any other purpose or purposes, and to dissolve, wind up, liquidate, merge or consolidate any such corporation or corporations.

 

–4–


(l) To borrow money for the purposes of this Corporation, and to issue bonds, debentures, notes and other obligations, and to secure the same by pledge or mortgage of the whole, or any part of the property of this Corporation, either real or personal, or or to issue bonds, notes, debentures, or other obligations without any such security.

(m) To issue shares of stock, debentures, debenture stock, bonds, notes, and other obligations for cash, or property, or in exchange for the stock, bonds, notes or securities of any person, firm or corporation.

(n) To enter into, make, perform and carry out contracts of every kind for any lawful purpose, without limit as to amount, with any person, firm, association or corporation.

(o) To draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, warrants and other negotiable or transferable instruments.

(p) To purchase and acquire shares of the capital stock, bonds and other obligations of this Corporation, from time to time, to such extent, and in such manner and upon such terms as its Board of Directors shall determine, and from time to time to accept any such shares, bonds and obligations as security for, or in payment on account or in satisfaction of, any claim or demand of this Corporation, end to reissue the same from time to time.

(q) To have one or more offices, to carry on any or all of its operations and business, and, without

 

–5–


restriction or limit as to amount, to purchase, lease, or otherwise acquire, bold, and own, and to mortgage, sell, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of, real and personal property of every class and description, in any of the states or territories of the United States and in the District of Columbia, and in any and all foreign countries, subject to the laws of such state, district, territory or country.

(r) To do any and all things herein set forth, and in addition such other acts as are incident or conducive to the attainment of the purposes of this Corporation, or any of them, to the same extent as natural persons lawfully might or could do in any part of the world, insofar as such acts are not inconsistent with the provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware.

The foregoing clauses shall be construed both as objects and powers, and it is hereby expressly provided that the foregoing enumeration of specific powers shall not be held to limit or restrict in any manner the powers of this Corporation, and are in furtherance of, and in addition to, and not in limitation of the general powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware.

It is the intention that the purposes and powers specified in this subdivision THIRD hereof shall, except as otherwise expressly provided, in no wise be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other clause or paragraph of this certificate, and that each of the purposes and powers specified in this subdivision THIRD hereof, shall be regarded as independent purposes and powers.

 

–6–


FOURTH. The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) shares, all of which shares shall be without par value.

The shares of capital stock of the Corporation without par value may be issued by the Corporation from time to time for such consideration as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors thereof.

The minimum amount of capital with which the Corporation will commence business is One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00).

FIFTH. The names and places of residence of each of the incorporators are as follows:

 

NAMES.

 

RESIDENCES.

C. S. Peabbles

 

Wilmington, Delaware

B. R. Jones

 

Wilmington, Delaware

W. T. Hobson

 

Wilmington, Delaware

SIXTH. The existence of this Corporation is to be perpetual.

SEVENTH. The private property of the stockholders shall not be subject to the payment of corporate debts to any extent whatever.

EIGHTH. The number of directors of this Corporation shall be fixed and may be altered from time to time as may be provided in the by-laws. In case of any increase in the number of directors, the additional directors may be elected by the directors, or by the stockholders, at an annual or special meeting.

 

–7–


NINTH. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorised:

(a) To fix, determine and vary from time to time the amount to be maintained as surplus and the amount or amounts to be set apart as working capital.

(b) To make, alter, amend or repeal by-laws for this Corporation without any action on the part of the stockholders. The by-laws made by the directors may be altered or repealed by the stockholders.

(c) To designate three or more directors to constitute an executive committee, which committee shall have and exercise (except when the Board of Directors shall be in session) such powers and rights of the full Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of this Corporation as may be lawfully designated, and shall have power to authorize the seal of this corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

(d) If the by-laws of this Corporation shall so provide, the stockholders and directors shall have power to hold their meetings either within or without the State of Delaware, and to have one or more offices outside of the State of Delaware, and to keep the books and records of this Corporation outside of the State of Delaware, and at such place or places as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors.

(e) To authorize and cause to be executed mortgages and liens, without limit as to amount, upon the real and personal property of this Corporation.

 

–8–


(f) From time to time to determine whether and to what extent, at what time and place, and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of this Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to the inspection of the stockholders; and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of this Corporation except as conferred by statute or the by-laws or as authorized by a resolution of the directors or stockholders.

(g) To sell, assign, transfer, convey and otherwise dispose of a part of the property, assets and effects of this Corporation, less than the whole or substantially the whole thereof, on such terns and conditions as they shall deem advisable, without the assent of the stockholders in writing or otherwise; and also to sell, assign, transfer, convey and otherwise dispose of the whole, or substantially the whole, of the property, assets, effects, franchises and good will of this Corporation on such terms and conditions as they shall deem advisable but only with the assent in writing, or pursuant to the vote, of the holders of not less than two-thirds in interest of all the stockholders of this Corporation, but in any event not less than the amount required by law.

(h) All of the powers of this Corporation, insofar as the same lawfully may be vested by this certificate in the directors, are hereby conferred upon the said directors of this Corporation.

TENTH. The by-laws of this Corporation may prescribe that the directors of this Corporation shall be classified in respect to the time for which they shall severally hold office, into three classes, each class to consist of one-third

 

–9–


(  1 / 3 ) in number of the directors as near as nay be; the first class to be elected for a term of three (3) years; the second class to be elected for a term of two (3) years; and the third class to be elected for a term of one (1) year; and that at each annual election the successors to the class of directors whose term expires in that year shall toe elected to hold office for the term of three (3) years, so that the term of office of at least one class shall expire in each year.

ELEVENTH. This Corporation may in its by-laws fix the number (not less than the number required by law or in this certificate) of shares, the holders of which must consent to, or which must be voted in favor of, any specific act or acts by this Corporation, or its Board of Directors, and daring the period for which such number remains so fixed, such specified act or acts shall not and may not be performed or carried out by this Corporation, or its Board of Directors, without the consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least the number of shares so fixed.

TWELFTH. In the absence of fraud, no contract or transaction between this Corporation and any other corporation shall be affected by the fact that the directors of this Corporation are interested in or are directors or officers of such other corporation, and any director individually may be a party to, or may be interested in any such contract or transaction of this Corporation; and no such contract or transaction of this Corporation with any person or persons, firm or association,

 

–10–


shall be affected by the fact that any director of this Corporation is a party to, or interested in such contract or transaction, or in any way connected with such person or persons, firm, or association, provided that the interest in any such contract or transaction of any such director shall be fully disclosed, and that such contract or other transaction shall be authorized or ratified by the vote of a sufficient number of the directors of this corporation not so interested; and each and every person who may become a director in this corporation is hereby relieved from any liability that might otherwise exist from thus contracting with this Corporation for the benefit of himself or any firm, association, or corporation in which he may be in any wise interested.

THIRTEENTH. This Corporation may in its by-laws make any other provisions or requirements for the management or conduct of the business of this Corporation, provided the same be not inconsistent with the provisions of this certificate, or contrary to the laws of the State of Delaware or of the United States.

FOURTEENTH. Except where other notice is specifically required by statute written notice only of any stockholders’ meeting, given as provided in the by-laws shall be sufficient without publication or other form of notice.

FIFTEENTH. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors, or by the Executive Committee, or by the stockholders, or any member of the Executive Committee, or of any other standing committee, or any director of this Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, in such manner as shall be provided in the by-laws of this Corporation.

 

–11–


SIXTEENTH. This Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or here-after prescribed by statute and all rights conferred on officers, directors and stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

WE, THE UNDERSIGNED, being each of the incorporators hereinbefore named for the purpose of forming a corporation to do business both within and without the State of Delaware, and in pursuance of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, being Chapter 65 of the Revised Code of Delaware, and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set our hands and seals this 24th day of August, A. D. 1935.

 

In presence of:    

LOGO

   
   

LOGO

   

LOGO

   

LOGO

 

–12–


STATE OF DELAWARE,      )   
     )    ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW CASTLE,      )   

BE IT REMEMBERED, That on this 24th day of August, A. D. 1935, personally came before me, Herbert E. Latter, a Notary Public for the State of Delaware, C. S. Peabbles, B. R. Jones and W. T. Hobson, all of the parties to the foregoing certificate of incorporation, known to me personally to be such, and severally acknowledged the said certificate to be the act and deed of the signers respectively and that the facts therein stated are truly set forth.

GIVEN under my hand and seal of office the day and year aforesaid.

 

LOGO

Notary Public.


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEW RYERSON COMPANY

NEW RYERSON COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”), by its President and Secretary hereby certifies as follows:

(1) That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, at a meeting duly convened and held on the 27 th day of September, A. D. 1935, at 3 o’clock P.M., proposed an amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation, and at said meeting adopted a resolution setting forth the amendment proposed, declaring its advisability and calling a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote in respect thereof, for the consideration thereof; said amendment being as follows:

The Certificate of Incorporation of NEW RYERSON COMPANY is hereby amended by striking out all of that Article thereof designated “FIRST” and, concurrently, inserting in lieu thereof and in substitution therefor a new Article FIRST to be and read as follows:

“FIRST: The name of the corporation is

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.”

 

-14-


(2) That thereafter on the 27 th day of September, A. D. 1935, at 3:10 o’clock P.M, pursuant to such call of the Board of Directors and pursuant to a waiver of notice and consent signed by the holders of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the corporation, the said meeting of the stockholders was held, and there were present at such meeting, in person or by proxy, the holders of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation.

(3) That at said special meeting of the stockholders the amendment as aforesaid was presented for consideration and a vote of the stockholders entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, was taken by ballot for and against the proposed amendment, which vote was conducted by two Judges appointed for that purpose by the said meeting of the stockholders, which said Judges decided upon the qualifications of the voters, accepted their votes, and when the vote was completed, counted and ascertained the number of shares voted respectively for and against the amendment, and declared whether the persons or bodies corporate holding the majority of the voting stock of said corporation had voted for or against the proposed amendment and made out a certificate accordingly, stating the number of shares of capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, and the number of shares thereof voted for and the number of shares thereof voted against the amendment respectively, and subscribed and delivered said certificate to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

-15-


(4) That a certificate as aforesaid by the said Judges having been made, subscribed and delivered as aforesaid, and it appearing by said certificate of the Judges that the persons or bodies corporate holding all of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding, to wit: 10 shares, have voted in favor of the amendment, and that no shares have voted against the amendment, the said amendment was declared duly adopted and authorized.

(5) That, accordingly, the amendment of the certificate of Incorporation of NEW RYERSON COMPANY, as herein before set out, has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 26 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this certificate has been made under the corporate seal of said NEW RYERSON COMPANY, and Everett D. Graff, its President, and H. W. Treleaven, its Secretary, have hereunto severally signed their names, all this 27 th day of September, A. D. 1935.

 

NEW RYERSON COMPANY.

By

  /s/ Everett D. Graff
  President.

 

By:   /s/ H. W. Treleaven
  Secretary.

 

Attest:

/s/ H. W. Treleaven

Secretary.

 

-16-


STATE OF ILLINOIS,    )
   ) SS:
COUNTY OF COOK,    )

BE IT REMEMBERED, That on this 27 th day of September, A. D. 1935, I, Frank H. Ziebell JR, a Notary Public in and for the County and State aforesaid, do hereby certify that Everett D. Graff, President of NEW RYERSON COMPANY, personally known to me to be such, duly executed the foregoing certificate before me; that the said Everett D. Graff, President as aforesaid, duly acknowledged before me that he executed said certificate as the act and deed of said Corporation; that the signatures of the said President and the said Secretary of said Corporation, to said certificate appended, are in the handwriting of the President and Secretary of NEW RYERSON COMPANY, respectively; that the corporate seal to said certificate affixed is the common and corporate seal of said Corporation; and that said certificate was signed as aforesaid and said corporate seal was thereunto duly affixed by the authority of the Board of Directors and the stockholders of said Corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal of office the day and year aforesaid.

 

/s/ Frank H. Ziebell. JR
Notary Public.

My Commission expires:

March 26, 1937

 

-17-


LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

OF

RYERSON MERGER CORPORATION

INTO

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware,

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY;

FIRST: The name and state of incorporation of each of the Constituent Corporations are as follows:

 

Name

 

State of Incorporation

Ryerson Merger Corporation

  Delaware

Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc.

  Delaware

SECOND: A Plan and Agreement of Merger, dated as of April 22, 1986 (the “Merger Agreement”), among JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC., RYERSON MERGER CORPORATION, said two corporations being herein sometimes collectively called the “Constituent Corporations,” has been approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by each of the Constituent Corporations in accordance with the requirements of subsection (c) of Section 251 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

THIRD: The name of the Surviving Corporation of the Merger is Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc.

FOURTH: The Certificate of Incorporation of Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. as in effect on the date of filing of this certificate shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation.

FIFTH: The executed Plan and Agreement of Merger is on file at the principal place of business of the Surviving Corporation, the address of which is 2621 West 15th Place, Chicago, Illinois 60608.

SIXTH: A copy of the Plan and Agreement of Merger will be furnished by the Surviving Corporation, on request and without cost, to any stockholder of either Constituent Corporation.

SEVENTH: The Merger shall be effective at 12:02 a.m. on May 1, 1986.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed and attested to by its duly authorized officers this 22nd day of April, 1986.

 

ATTEST:     JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.

LOGO

    By:  

LOGO

Secretary       Vice President

LOGO

 

-2-


Certificate of Merger of the “RYERSON MERGER CORPORATION”, merging with and into the “JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.”, under the name of “JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.”, as received and filed in this office the thirtieth day of April, A.D. 1986, at 4:30 o’clock P.M.


LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER

MERGING

PROCESSED METALS, INC.

INTO

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.

* * * * * * * *

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the law of Delaware,

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That this corporation was incorporated on the 24th day of August, 1935, pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the provisions of which permit the merger of a subsidiary corporation of another state into a parent corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware.

SECOND: That this corporation owns all of the outstanding shares of stock of PROCESSED METALS, INC., a corporation incorporated on the llth day of November, 1981, pursuant to the Business Corporation Act of the State of Minnesota.

THIRD: That this corporation, by resolutions of its Board of Directors duly adopted by the written Consent of said Board of Directors on the 7th day of July, 1989, determined to and did merge into itself said PROCESSED METALS, INC., a true and correct copy of such resolutions being attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference.


FOURTH: Anything herein or elsewhere to the contrary notwithstanding, this merger may be amended or terminated and abandoned by the board of directors of JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC. at any time prior to the date of filing the documents with the Secretaries of State of the States of Delaware and Minnesota.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by JOHN B. FOSTER, its President, and attested by ROBERT M. LEONE, its Secretary, this 12 day of July, 1989.

 

/s/ JOHN B. FOSTER

JOHN B. FOSTER
President

ATTEST:

 

/s/ ROBERT M. LEONE

ROBERT M. LEONE
Secretary

 

– 2 –


EXHIBIT A TO

CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER

MERGING

PROCESSED METALS, INC.

INTO

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.

WHEREAS, the Directors of the Corporation deem it to be in the best interests of the Corporation that the Corporation merge with PROCESSED METALS, INC., a Minnesota corporation (“Processed Metals”), pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Plan and Agreement of Merger attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (the “Plan and Agreement”);

RESOLVED, that all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and Agreement, including without limitation the method of putting said Plan and Agreement into effect and the cancellation of the shares of Processed Metals which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, are hereby approved; and

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the President, any Vice president and the Secretary of the Corporation be, and the same hereby are, authorized and directed to execute said Plan and Agreement in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; and

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the officers of the Corporation are hereby authorized and directed to execute, acknowledge, and file such instruments and to do such other acts in the name and on behalf of the Corporation as may be necessary or proper to fully perform the terms and conditions of the Plan and Agreement and to carry out the purpose and intent of the foregoing resolutions, including without limitation the execution and filing of Articles of Merger as provided in the Delaware Business Corporation Law.


PLAN OF MERGER BETWEEN

PROCESSED METALS, INC.

(a Minnesota Corporation)

and

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.

(a Delaware Corporation)

THIS PLAN OF MERGER (the “Plan”), is dated as of the 31st day of July, 1989, by and between PROCESSED METALS, INC., a Minnesota corporation (“Processed Metals”), and JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Ryerson”), said corporations being hereinafter sometimes referred to jointly as the “Constituent Corporations.”

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Ryerson is, and on the date of filing of this Plan with the Secretary of State of Minnesota shall be, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its registered office at 2621 West 15th Place, Chicago, Illinois 60608; and

WHEREAS, Ryerson has authorized capital stock consisting of One Hundred Twenty Thousand (120,000) shares of No Dollar par value common stock, of which 116,258.5627 shares are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Plan; and

WHEREAS, Processed Metals is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Minnesota, having its registered office at 5101 Boone Avenue North, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55428; and

WHEREAS, Processed Metals has authorized capital stock consisting of Twenty-Five Thousand (25,000) shares of $.01 par value common stock, of which 781 shares are issued and outstanding and are held by Ryerson as of the date of this Plan; and


WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of each of the Constituent Corporations has deemed it advisable to merge and has approved the merger of Processed Metals into and with Ryerson (the “Merger”) pursuant to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth and in accordance with the laws of the States of Minnesota and Delaware.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, Processed Metals and Ryerson have agreed and do hereby agree, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, as follows:

ARTICLE I

The manner of carrying the Merger into effect as provided in this Plan and the manner of converting the capital stock of Processed Metals into capital stock of Ryerson shall be as follows:

The Seven Hundred Eighty-One shares (781) of $.01 par value common stock of the Processed Metals held and owned by Ryerson immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be cancelled and retired and no payment or other consideration shall be paid with respect thereto.

The authorized capital stock of Ryerson shall continue to be 120,000 shares of common stock, no par value, and all 116,258.567 shares of common stock of Ryerson outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Merger will remain outstanding and unchanged after the Merger.

ARTICLE II

This Plan may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Constituent Corporations has caused this Plan and Agreement to be signed by

 

– 2 –


its President and attested to by its Secretary and its corporate seal to be affixed hereto, all as of the date first above written.

 

    JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.
ATTEST :      
    BY:  

/s/ John B. Foster

      John B. Foster

LOGO

      President
Secretary      
[CORPORATE SEAL]      
    PROCESSED METALS, INC.
ATTEST:      
    BY:  

LOGO

LOGO

     
Secretary      
[CORPORATE SEAL]      

 

– 3 –


Certificate of Ownership of the “JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.” a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware merging “PROCESSED METALS, INC.” a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Minnesota pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of the State Delaware as received and filed in this office the 31st day of July A.D. 1989 , at 10 o’clock A.M.

And I do hereby further certify that the aforesaid Corporation shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.


 

STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 02:00 PM 12/29/1997

971450106 – 0343502

CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER

MERGING

OMNI METALS, INC.

INTO

JOSEPH T. RYERSON  & SON, INC.

(PURSUANT TO SECTION 253 OF THE

GENERAL CORPORATION LAW OF DELAWARE)

Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware,

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That the Corporation was incorporated on the 24th day of August, 1935, pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

SECOND: That the Corporation owns all of the outstanding shares of each class of the stock of Omni Metals, Inc., a corporation incorporated on the 26th day of January, 1989, pursuant to the Tennessee Business Corporation Act.

THIRD: That the Corporation, by the following resolutions of its Board of Directors, duly adopted by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board on the 15 th day of December, 1997, determined to and did merge into itself said Omni Metals, Inc.:

RESOLVED, that the Corporation merge, and it hereby does merge into itself said Omni Metals, Inc. and assumes all its obligations;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, the President and Chief Operating Officer, any President, any Vice President, any Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any other officers appointed in writing by any officer designated above (any one of the foregoing hereinafter called an “Authorized Officer”) of the Corporation are each hereby authorized, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to negotiate, execute and deliver the Merger Agreement in such form as the Authorized Officers executing the same may approve, such approval to be conclusively evidenced by the execution thereof;


FURTHER RESOLVED, that the merger shall be effective upon the date of filing with the Secretary of State of Delaware;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the proper officer of the Corporation be and he or she is hereby directed to make and execute a Certificate of Ownership and Merger setting forth a copy of the resolutions to merge said Omni Metals, Inc. and assume its liabilities and obligations, and the date of adoption thereof, and to cause the same to be filed with the Secretary of State and to do all acts and things whatsoever, whether within or without the State of Delaware, which may be in anywise necessary or proper to effect said merger; and

FURTHER RESOLVED, that any and all action heretofore or hereafter taken by each officer of the Corporation in accordance with the preceding resolutions is hereby approved, ratified and confirmed as the act and deed of the Corporation.

FOURTH: Anything herein or elsewhere to the contrary notwithstanding, this merger may be amended or terminated and abandoned by the Board of Directors of Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. at any time prior to the date of filing the merger with the Secretary of State.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. has caused this Certificate to be signed by Vicki L. Avril, its Treasurer, this 26 th day of December, 1997.

 

JOSEPTH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.

By

 

LOGO

Its

  Treasurer

 

3


STATE OF DELAWARE
SECRETARY OF STATE
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
FILED 12:01 PM 12/30/1997
971452233 – 0343502

CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER

MERGING

THYPIN STEEL CO., INC.

INTO

JOSEPH T. RYERSON  & SON, INC.

(PURSUANT TO SECTION 253 OF THE

GENERAL CORPORATION LAW OF DELAWARE)

Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware,

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That the Corporation was incorporated on the 24th day of August, 1935, pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

SECOND: That the Corporation owns all of the outstanding shares of each class of the stock of Thypin Steel Co., Inc., a corporation incorporated on the 30th day of January, 1946, pursuant to the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York.

THIRD: That the Corporation, by the following resolutions of its Board of Directors, duly adopted by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board on the 15 th day of December, 1997, determined to and did merge into itself said Thypin Steel Co., Inc.:

RESOLVED, that the Corporation merge, and it hereby does merge into itself said Thypin Steel Co., Inc. and assumes all its obligations;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, the President and Chief Operating Officer, any President, any Vice President, any Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any other officers appointed in writing by any officer designated above of the Corporation are each hereby authorized, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to negotiate, execute and deliver the Plan of Merger in such form as the above mentioned officers may approve;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the merger shall be effective at 11:59 p.m. on December 31, 1997;


FURTHER RESOLVED, that the proper officer of the Corporation be and he or she is hereby directed to make and execute a Certificate of Ownership and Merger setting forth a copy of the resolutions to merge said Thypin Steel Co., Inc. and assume its liabilities and obligations, and the date of adoption thereof, and to cause the same to be filed with the Secretary of State and to do all acts and things whatsoever, whether within or without the State of Delaware, which may be in anywise necessary or proper to effect said merger; and

FURTHER RESOLVED, that any and all action heretofore or hereafter taken by each officer of the Corporation in accordance with the preceding resolutions is hereby approved, ratified and confirmed as the act and deed of the Corporation.

FOURTH: Anything herein or elsewhere to the contrary notwithstanding, this merger may be amended or terminated and abandoned by the Board of Directors of Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. at any time prior to the date of filing the merger with the Secretary of State.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. has caused this Certificate to be signed by Vicki L. Avril, its Treasurer, this 26 th day of December, 1997.

 

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.
By  

LOGO

  TREASURER
  (Title)

 

3


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of December 1, 1999, between Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Ryerson”), and Washington Specialty Metals Corporation, an Illinois corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Ryerson (“Washington”).

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Washington and the Board of Directors of Ryerson have approved the merger of Washington with and into Ryerson (the “Merger”) in accordance with Sections 11.35 of the Illinois Business Corporation Act (the “IBCA”) and Section 252 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”);

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Washington and the Board of Directors of Ryerson have, in light of and subject to the terms of and conditions set forth herein, (i) determined that the Merger is fair to, and in the best interests of, the stockholder of Washington and the stockholder of Ryerson and (ii) adopted a resolution approving this Agreement and Plan of Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby and recommending the approval and adoption by the stockholder of Washington and the stockholder of Ryerson of this Agreement and Plan of Merger; and

WHEREAS, the sole stockholder of Washington and the sole stockholder of Ryerson have approved and adopted this Agreement and Plan of Merger and all related transactions necessary and desirable in connection therewith.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Washington and Ryerson agree as follows:

 

  1. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, and in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, the IBCA and the DGCL, Washington shall be merged with and into Ryerson at 11 :58 p.m., Eastern time, on December 31, 1999 (the “Effective Time”). Following the Merger, Ryerson shall continue to exist as the surviving corporation (the “Surviving Corporation”) and the separate corporate existence of Washington shall cease.

 

  2. The Merger shall become effective at the Effective Time.

 

  3. The Merger shall have the effects set forth in the IBCA and the DGCL.

 

  4. The certificate of incorporation of Ryerson, as in force and effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall continue to be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation, until amended as therein provided and in the manner prescribed by the provisions of the DGCL.

 

  STATE OF DELAWARE SECRETARY OF STATE DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS FILED 02:00 PM 12/29/1999 991567047 – 0343502


  5. The bylaws of Ryerson, as in force and effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall continue to be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation, until amended as therein provided.

 

  6. The directors and officers of Ryerson in office immediately prior to the Effective Time shall continue to be, respectively, the directors and officers, respectively, of the Surviving Corporation, all of whom shall hold their respective directorships and offices until the election and qualification of their respective successors or until their tenure is otherwise terminated in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

 

  7. (a) All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Washington shall, at the Effective Time, cease to exist and be canceled.

 

  (b) The issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Ryerson shall not be converted or otherwise affected by the Merger, but each said share of capital stock which is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall remain outstanding and shall continue to represent one issued and outstanding share of capital stock of the Surviving Corporation. Said shares of capital stock shall, after the Merger, constitute the only issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Surviving Corporation.

 

  8. Each of the officers of Washington and of Ryerson, respectively, is hereby authorized, empowered, and directed to do any and all acts and things, and to make, execute, deliver, file, and/or record any and all articles of merger, instruments, papers, and documents, which shall be or become necessary, proper, or convenient to carry out or put into effect any of the provisions of this Agreement and Plan of Merger or the Merger.

 

  9. At any time prior to the filing date of this Agreement and Plan of Merger, the Board of Directors of Washington, or any authorized committee thereof, or the Board of Directors of Ryerson, or any authorized committee thereof, may determine to terminate, and not to effect, this Agreement and Plan of Merger or the Merger

 

  10. The Surviving Corporation hereby agrees:

 

  a. It may be served with process in the State of Illinois in any proceeding for the enforcement of any obligation of Washington and in any proceeding for the enforcement of the rights of a dissenting shareholder of Washington against the Surviving Corporation;

 

  b. It irrevocably appoints the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois as its agent to accept service of process in any such proceeding; and

 

2


  c. It will promptly pay to the dissenting shareholders of the amount, if any, to which they shall be entitled under the provisions of the IBCA with respect to the rights of dissenting shareholders.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement and Plan of Merger as of the 1st day of December 1999.

 

WASHINGTON SPECIALTY METALS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ T. R. Rogers

Name:   T. R. Rogers
Title:   Treasurer
JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.
By:  

/s/ T. R. Rogers

Name:   T. R. Rogers
Title:   Treasurer

 

4


Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 01:58 PM 12/28/2005

FILED 01:31 PM 12/28/2005

SRV 051056340 - 0343502 FILE

       

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

OF

J & F STEEL, LLC

a Delaware Limited Liability Company

AND

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.

a Delaware Corporation

It is hereby certified that:

1. The constituent business entities participating in the merger herein certified are:

(i) J & F Steel, LLC, which is organized under the laws of the State of Delaware; and

(ii) Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.

2. An Agreement of Merger has been approved, adopted, certified, executed, and acknowledged by each of the aforesaid constituent entities in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of Section 18-209 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Law and in accordance with the provisions of subsection (c) of Section 264 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, to wit, by J & F Steel, LLC and by Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc..

3. The name of the surviving corporation in the merger herein certified is Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc., which will continue its existence as said surviving corporation under its present name upon the effective date of said merger pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

4. The Certificate of Incorporation of Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc., as now in force and effect, shall continue to be the Certificate of Incorporation of said surviving corporation until amended and changed pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

5. The executed Agreement of Merger between the aforesaid constituent business entities is on file at the principal place of business of the aforesaid surviving corporation, the address of which is 2621 West 15 th Place, Chicago, Illinois 60608.


6. A copy of the aforesaid Agreement of Merger will be furnished by the aforesaid surviving corporation, on request, and without cost, to any stockholder of the Delaware corporation or any member of the extinguishing limited liability company.

7. The effective date and time of filing is January 1, 2006 at 12:02 am.

Executed on this 16th day of December, 2005.

 

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.
By:  

/s/ Terence R. Rogers

Name:   Terence R. Rogers
Title:   Vice President & Treasurer

 

2


       

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 04:34 PM 01/03/2006

FILED 04:34 PM 01/03/2006

SRV 060003316 - 0343502 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

OF

INTEGRIS METALS, INC.

(a New York corporation)

AND

J.M. TULL METALS COMPANY, INC.

(a Georgia corporation)

AND

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

It is hereby certified that: :

1. The constituent business corporations participating in the merger herein certified are:

(i) Integris Metals, Inc., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of New York;

(ii) J.M. Tull Metals Company, Inc., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Georgia; and

(iii) Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.

2. An Agreement and Plan of Merger has been approved, adopted, certified, executed, and acknowledged by each of the aforesaid constituent corporations in accordance with the provisions of subsection (c) of Section 252 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, to wit, by (i) Integris Metals, Inc. in accordance with the laws of the State of its incorporation (ii) J.M. Tull Metals Company, Inc. in accordance with the laws of the State of its incorporation and by Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. in the same manner as is provided in Section 251 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

3. The name of the surviving corporation in the merger herein certified is Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc., which will continue its existence as said surviving corporation under its present name upon the effective date of said merger pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.


4. The Certificate of Incorporation of Joseph T. Ryerson  & Son, Inc., as now in force and effect, shall continue to be the Certificate of Incorporation of said surviving corporation until amended and changed pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

5. The executed Agreement of Merger between the aforesaid constituent corporations is on file at the principal place of business of the aforesaid surviving corporation, the address of which is as follows:

2621 West 15 th Place

Chicago, IL 60608

6. A copy of the aforesaid Agreement of Merger will be furnished by the aforesaid surviving corporation, on request, and without cost, to any stockholder of each of the aforesaid constituent corporations.

7. The authorized capital stock of Integris Metals, Inc. consists of 100,000 shares of a par value of $.01 each and the authorized capital stock of J.M. Tull Metals Company, Inc. consists of 1,000 shares of a par value of $l.00 each.

8. The effective time and date of filing shall be 12:02am on January 1, 2006. for accounting purposes only.

Executed on this 16th day of December, 2005.

 

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.
By:  

/s/ Terence R. Rogers

Name:   Terence R. Rogers
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

 

2


State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 10:20 AM 06/04/2007

FILED 10:01 AM 06/04/2007

SRV 070667242 - 0343502 FILE

 

CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER

OF

LANCASTER STEEL SERVICE COMPANY, INC.

(a New York corporation)

into

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

It is hereby certified that:

1. Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) is a business corporation of the State of Delaware.

2. The Corporation is the owner of all of the outstanding shares of stock of Lancaster Steel Service Company, Inc., which is a business corporation of the State of New York (the “ Subsidiary ”).

3. The laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Subsidiary permit the merger of a business corporation of that jurisdiction with a business corporation of another jurisdiction.

4. The Corporation hereby merges the Subsidiary into the Corporation.

5. The following is a copy of the resolutions adopted on June 1 st , 2007 by the Board of Directors of the Corporation to merge the Subsidiary into the Corporation:

RESOLVED, that Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) merge Lancaster Steel Service Company, Inc. a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation (the “ Subsidiary ”), with and into the Corporation (which shall be the surviving corporation) pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended, and Section 905 of the New York Business Corporation Act, as amended (the “ Merger ”);

FURTHER RESOLVED, that upon consummation of the Merger, the Corporation shall assume all of the Subsidiary’s liabilities and obligations;


FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Corporation hereby adopts, and approves the plan of merger, attached hereto as Exhibit A. merging the Subsidiary with and into the Corporation (the “ Plan of Merger ”):

FURTHER RESOLVED, that each of the officers of the Corporation hereby is, authorized and directed to make, execute and acknowledge, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, and to file (where appropriate) in the proper public offices including without limitation the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, a Certificate of Ownership and Merger, setting forth a copy of these resolutions, or any relevant portion hereof, and a Certificate of Merger with the Department of State of New York;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that at any time prior to the effectiveness of the Certificate of Ownership and Merger filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware and the Certificate of Merger filed with the Department of State of New York, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof, may determine not to effect the Merger;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Plan of Merger set forth hereto as Exhibit A is confirmed, approved and adopted in all respects and each of the officers of the Corporation hereby is, authorized and directed to make, execute and acknowledge the Plan of Merger, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Merger shall become effective upon the filing of a Certificate of Merger with the Department of State of New York and a Certificate of Ownership and Merger with the Secretary of State of Delaware in accordance with the Effective Date (as defined below) specified in the Certificate of Merger and the Certificate of Ownership and Merger;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that, from and after the effective time of the Merger the certificate of incorporation, as amended, of the surviving corporation shall be the Certificate of Incorporation, of the Corporation in effect immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger and said Certificate of Incorporation, shall continue in full force and effect until amended as provided under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that, from and after the effective time of the Merger the by-laws of the surviving corporation shall be the By-Laws of the Corporation in effect immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger and said By-Laws shall continue in full force and effect as provided under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware;

 

2


FURTHER RESOLVED, that, until their successors are duly elected and shall have qualified, the officers and directors of the Corporation immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger shall be the officers and directors of the surviving corporation from and after the effective time of the Merger;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that, upon the effectiveness of the Merger, all issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall remain issued and outstanding and shall be the issued and outstanding shares of the surviving corporation and all shares of stock of the Subsidiary shall no longer be outstanding, be canceled, retired and cease to exist;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that at the effective time of the Merger, the foregoing merger shall have the effects set forth in the New York Business Corporation Act and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized and directed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to execute such certificates and other documents and to take such other actions as any such officer, in his or her discretion, shall deem necessary or advisable to consummate the Merger and to effect the foregoing resolutions;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that wherever it is provided in the foregoing resolutions that the officers of the Corporation are authorized and directed to execute such certificates and other documents and to take such other actions as any such officer deems necessary or advisable to consummate the Merger, the execution of such certificates or other documents or the taking of such action, by such officer shall be conclusive evidence that such officer considered such execution, or action, to be necessary or advisable to consummate the Merger and approved the form of such certificate or document; and

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Merger shall be effective on the 1 st day of July, 2007 (the “Effective Date”).

 

3


Executed on June 1, 2007

 

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jay M. Gratz

Name:   Jay M. Gratz
Title:   President & Chief Financial Officer

 

4


Exhibit A

PLAN

OF

MERGER

* * * * * * *

FIRST: Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc., a corporation of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”) owns all of the outstanding shares of Lancaster Steel Service Company, Inc., a corporation of the State of New York (the “Subsidiary”), which was incorporated under the name Lancaster Iron & Metal Co., Inc.

SECOND: As to the Subsidiary, the designation and number of outstanding shares and the number of such shares owned by the surviving corporation are as follows:

 

Name of Subsidiary

   Designation and Number
of Outstanding Shares
   Number of Shares
Owned by Survivor

Lancaster Steel Service Company, Inc.

   480,000 Common    480,000

THIRD: The terms and conditions of the proposed merger are as follows:

1. That the Corporation merge the Subsidiary, with and into the Corporation (which shall be the surviving corporation) pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended, and Section 905 of the New York Business Corporation Act, as amended (the “ Merger ”).

2. That upon consummation of the Merger, the Corporation shall assume all of the Subsidiary’s liabilities and obligations.

3. That each of the officers of the Corporation hereby are authorized and directed to make, execute and acknowledge, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, and to file (where appropriate) in the proper public offices including without limitation the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, a Certificate of Ownership and Merger, setting forth a copy of these resolutions, or any relevant portion hereof, and a Certificate of Merger with the Department of State of New York.

4. That at any time prior to the effectiveness of the Certificate of Ownership and Merger filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware and the Certificate of Merger filed with the Department of State of New York, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof, may determine not to effect the Merger.


5. That the Merger shall become effective upon filing of a Certificate of Merger with the Department of State of New York and a Certificate of Ownership and Merger with the Secretary of State of Delaware or such other time specified in such Certificate of Merger or Certificate of Ownership and Merger.

6. That, from and after the effective time of the Merger the certificate of incorporation of the surviving corporation shall be the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Corporation in effect immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger and said Certificate of Incorporation, shall continue in full force and effect until amended as provided under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

7. That, from and after the effective time of the Merger the by-laws of the surviving corporation shall be the By-Laws of the Corporation in effect immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger and said By-Laws shall continue in full force and effect as provided under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

8. That, until their successors are duly elected and shall have qualified, the officers and directors of the Corporation immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger shall be the officers and directors of the surviving corporation from and after the effective time of the Merger.

9. That, upon the effectiveness of said Mergers, all issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall remain issued and outstanding and shall be the issued and outstanding shares of the surviving corporation and all shares of stock of the Subsidiary shall no longer be outstanding, be canceled, retired and cease to exist.

10. That at the effective time of such Merger, the foregoing Merger shall have the effects set forth in the New York Business Corporation Act and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

11. That the officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized and directed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to execute such certificates and other documents and to take such other actions as any such officer, in his or her discretion, shall deem necessary or advisable to consummate the Merger.

FOURTH: The merger shall be effective on the 1 st day of July, 2007.

The foregoing Plan of Merger was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the surviving corporation on the 1 st day of June, 2007.

 

2

EXHIBIT 3.6

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.

(effective October 28, 2005)

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE II.

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Time and Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation by the Board of Directors, each such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 2. Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The date of the annual meeting shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called by the President and shall be called by the Secretary at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of each meeting of the stockholders stating the place, date and time of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice of any special meeting of stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

Section 5. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law. If a quorum is not present or represented, the holders of the stock present in person or


represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereat shall have power, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of such stock, to adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 6. Voting . At all meetings of the stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, the shares of voting stock owned by such stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 7. Informal Action By Stockholders . Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and controlled by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 2. Number, Qualification and Tenure . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) and not more than nine (9) members. Within the limits above specified, the board of directors is hereby authorized to fix the number of directors, from time to time, by resolution without a vote of the stockholders. Notwithstanding the forgoing, upon any annual election by the stockholders of a number of directors different from that in effect immediately prior to such election, the number of the directors shall automatically be increased or decreased to the number so elected. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

-2-


Section 3. Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office though less than a quorum, and each Director so chosen shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If there are no Directors in office, then an election of Directors may be held in the manner provided by law.

Section 4. Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 5. Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting, to be known as the annual meeting, immediately following each annual meeting of the stockholders. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. No notice of regular meetings need be given.

Section 6. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any Director. No notice of special meetings need be given.

Section 7. Quorum . At all meetings of the Board a majority of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8. Organization . The Chairman of the Board, if elected, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board of Directors. If a Chairman of the Board is not elected or, if elected, is not present, the President (if a member of the Board) or, in the absence of the President or, if the President is not a member of the Board, a Vice Chairman (who is also a member of the Board and, if more than one, in the order designated by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such designation, in the order of their election), if any, or if no such Vice Chairman is present, a Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman at meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 9. Executive Committee . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more Directors to constitute an Executive Committee, to serve as such, unless the resolution designating the Executive Committee is sooner amended or rescinded by the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the Board or until their respective successors are designated. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may also designate additional Directors as alternate members of the Executive Committee to serve as members of the Executive Committee in the place and stead of any regular member or members thereof who may be unable to attend a meeting or otherwise unavailable to act as a member of the Executive Committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member and all alternate members who may serve in the place and stead of such member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

-3-


Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation between the meetings of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings, which shall form a part of the records of the Corporation in the custody of the Secretary, and all actions of the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at the next meeting of the Board.

Meetings of the Executive Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two of its members. No notice of meetings need be given. A majority of the members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as expressly limited by this section, the act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Executive Committee. Except as expressly provided in this Section, the Executive Committee shall fix its own rules of procedure.

Section 10. Other Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more other committees, each such committee to consist of one or more Directors. Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, any such committee shall have and may exercise such powers as the Board of Directors may determine and specify in the resolution designating such committee. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, also may designate one or more additional Directors as alternate members of any such committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and at any time may change the membership of any committee or amend or rescind the resolution designating the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member or alternate member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member, provided that the Director so appointed meets any qualifications stated in the resolution designating the committee. Each committee shall keep a record of proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors to such extent and in such form as the Board of Directors may require. Unless otherwise provided in the resolution designating a committee, a majority of all of the members of any such committee may select its Chairman, fix its rules or procedure, fix the time and place of its meetings and specify what notice of meetings, if any, shall be given.

Section 11. Action without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

-4-


Section 12. Attendance by Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 13. Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors, which may include their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. No member of a committee of the Board of Directors shall receive any separate compensation for serving on, or attendance at, such committee or meetings thereof.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 1. Enumeration . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Vice President, a Treasurer and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem appropriate. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2. Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation required by this Article shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and any vacancy in any other office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. President and Chief Executive Officer . The President and Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer and chief operating officer of the Corporation and shall have such functions, authority and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Vice President . The Vice President shall act under the direction of the President and in the absence or disability of the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents or may otherwise specify the order of seniority of the Vice Presidents, and, in that event, the duties and power of the President shall descend to the Vice Presidents in the specified order of seniority.

Section 5. Secretary . The Secretary shall keep a record of all proceedings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice, if any, of all meetings of the stockholders and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the President. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary any Assistant

 

-5-


Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest such affixing of the seal.

Section 6. Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary.

Section 7. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Vice President.

Section 8. Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer.

Section 9. Controller . The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. He or she shall, when proper, approve all bills for purchases, payrolls, and similar instruments providing for disbursement of money by the Corporation, for payment by the Treasurer. He or she shall be in charge of and maintain books of account and accounting records of the Corporation. He or she shall perform such other acts as are usually performed by a Controller of a corporation. He or she shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, such reports as any thereof may require.

Section 10. Other Officers . Any officer who is elected or appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors and whose duties are not specified in these By-Laws shall perform such duties and have such powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

-6-


ARTICLE V.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Certificates of stock in the Corporation, if any, shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Where a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, other than the Corporation or an employee of the Corporation, or by a registrar, the signatures of the President or a Vice President and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

Section 2. Transfer . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction on its books.

Section 3. Replacement . In case of the loss, destruction or theft of a certificate for any stock of the Corporation, a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation may be issued upon satisfactory proof of such loss, destruction or theft and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may in its discretion require the owner of the lost, destroyed or stolen certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum and in such form and with such surety or sureties as it may direct, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it with respect to a certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen.

ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 1. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in

 

-7-


any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3. To the extent that a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Section 4. Any indemnification under Sections 1 and 2 of this article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this article. Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

-8-


Section 5. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in Section 4 of this article upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this article.

Section 6. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, (i) arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or regulations promulgated thereunder, or under any other law or regulation of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or law or regulation of any state or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality of either, or under the common law of any of the foregoing, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a fiduciary, disqualified person or party in interest with respect to an employee benefit plan covering employees of the Corporation or of a subsidiary corporation, or is or was serving in any other capacity with respect to such plan, or has or had any obligations or duties with respect to such plan by reason of such laws or regulations, provided that such person was or is a director or officer of the Corporation (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation), or (ii) in connection with any matter arising under federal, state or local revenue or taxation laws or regulations, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes, amounts paid in settlement and amounts paid as penalties or fines necessary to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations); provided, however, that such person did not act dishonestly or in willful or reckless violation of the provisions of the law or regulation under which such suit or proceeding arises. Unless the Board of Directors determines that under the circumstances then existing, it is probable that such director, officer, employee, agent or representative will not be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section, expenses incurred in defending such suit or proceeding, including the amount of any penalties or fines necessary to be paid to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, shall be paid by the

 

-9-


Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section.

Section 7. The indemnification provided by this article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, agent or representative and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 8. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not he would be entitled to indemnity against such liability under the provisions of this article.

ARTICLE VII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

Section 3. Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

ARTICLE VIII.

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors. The fact that the power to amend, alter, repeal or adopt the By-Laws has been conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

-10-

EXHIBIT 3.7

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

RCJV HOLDINGS, INC.

1. The name of the corporation is RCJV Holdings, Inc.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. The nature of the business or purpose to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) common shares, at $0.01 par value per share.

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

Michael J. Perlowski

Mayer, Brown & Platt

190 South La Salle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

6. The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

7. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-laws of the corporation.

8. Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-laws may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the By-laws of the corporation. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the corporation shall so provide

9. The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 04:30 PM 07/11/2000

001351807 – 3258241


10. (A) Directors of the corporation shall have no personal liability to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except (i) for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or knowing violations of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

(B) The corporation shall indemnify, in accordance with and to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of his acting as a director or officer of the corporation (and the corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the corporation) against any liability or expense actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect thereof; provided, however, the corporation shall be required to indemnify an officer or director in connection with an action, suit or proceeding initiated by such person only if such action, suit or proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation. Such indemnification is not exclusive of any other right to indemnification provided by law or otherwise. The right to indemnification conferred by this Section (B) shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each person referred to herein.

(C) No amendment to or repeal of these provisions shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any person for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such person occurring prior to such amendments.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly, have hereunto set my hand this 11 th day of July, 2000.

Michael I. Perlowski

 

/s/ Michael J. Perlowski
Michael J. Perlowski

 

2

EXHIBIT 3.8

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

RCJV HOLDINGS, INC.

(effective October 28, 2005)

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE II.

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Time and Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation by the Board of Directors, each such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 2. Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The date of the annual meeting shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called by the President and shall be called by the Secretary at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of each meeting of the stockholders stating the place, date and time of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice of any special meeting of stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

Section 5. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law. If a quorum is not present or represented, the holders of the stock present in person or


represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereat shall have power, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of such stock, to adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 6. Voting . At all meetings of the stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, the shares of voting stock owned by such stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 7. Informal Action By Stockholders . Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and controlled by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 2. Number, Qualification and Tenure . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) and not more than nine (9) members. Within the limits above specified, the board of directors is hereby authorized to fix the number of directors, from time to time, by resolution without a vote of the stockholders. Notwithstanding the forgoing, upon any annual election by the stockholders of a number of directors different from that in effect immediately prior to such election, the number of the directors shall automatically be increased or decreased to the number so elected. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

-2-


Section 3. Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office though less than a quorum, and each Director so chosen shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If there are no Directors in office, then an election of Directors may be held in the manner provided by law.

Section 4. Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 5. Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting, to be known as the annual meeting, immediately following each annual meeting of the stockholders. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. No notice of regular meetings need be given.

Section 6. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any Director. No notice of special meetings need be given.

Section 7. Quorum . At all meetings of the Board a majority of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8. Organization . The Chairman of the Board, if elected, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board of Directors. If a Chairman of the Board is not elected or, if elected, is not present, the President (if a member of the Board) or, in the absence of the President or, if the President is not a member of the Board, a Vice Chairman (who is also a member of the Board and, if more than one, in the order designated by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such designation, in the order of their election), if any, or if no such Vice Chairman is present, a Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman at meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 9. Executive Committee . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more Directors to constitute an Executive Committee, to serve as such, unless the resolution designating the Executive Committee is sooner amended or rescinded by the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the Board or until their respective successors are designated. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may also designate additional Directors as alternate members of the Executive Committee to serve as members of the Executive Committee in the place and stead of any regular member or members thereof who may be unable to attend a meeting or otherwise unavailable to act as a member of the Executive Committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member and all alternate members who may serve in the place and stead of such member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

-3-


Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation between the meetings of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings, which shall form a part of the records of the Corporation in the custody of the Secretary, and all actions of the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at the next meeting of the Board.

Meetings of the Executive Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two of its members. No notice of meetings need be given. A majority of the members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as expressly limited by this section, the act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Executive Committee. Except as expressly provided in this Section, the Executive Committee shall fix its own rules of procedure.

Section 10. Other Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more other committees, each such committee to consist of one or more Directors. Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, any such committee shall have and may exercise such powers as the Board of Directors may determine and specify in the resolution designating such committee. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, also may designate one or more additional Directors as alternate members of any such committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and at any time may change the membership of any committee or amend or rescind the resolution designating the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member or alternate member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member, provided that the Director so appointed meets any qualifications stated in the resolution designating the committee. Each committee shall keep a record of proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors to such extent and in such form as the Board of Directors may require. Unless otherwise provided in the resolution designating a committee, a majority of all of the members of any such committee may select its Chairman, fix its rules or procedure, fix the time and place of its meetings and specify what notice of meetings, if any, shall be given.

Section 11. Action without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

-4-


Section 12. Attendance by Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 13. Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors, which may include their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. No member of a committee of the Board of Directors shall receive any separate compensation for serving on, or attendance at, such committee or meetings thereof.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 1. Enumeration . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Vice President, a Treasurer and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem appropriate. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2. Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation required by this Article shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and any vacancy in any other office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. President and Chief Executive Officer . The President and Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer and chief operating officer of the Corporation and shall have such functions, authority and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Vice President . The Vice President shall act under the direction of the President and in the absence or disability of the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents or may otherwise specify the order of seniority of the Vice Presidents, and, in that event, the duties and power of the President shall descend to the Vice Presidents in the specified order of seniority.

Section 5. Secretary . The Secretary shall keep a record of all proceedings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice, if any, of all meetings of the stockholders and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the President. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary any Assistant

 

-5-


Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest such affixing of the seal.

Section 6. Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary.

Section 7. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Vice President.

Section 8. Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer.

Section 9. Controller . The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. He or she shall, when proper, approve all bills for purchases, payrolls, and similar instruments providing for disbursement of money by the Corporation, for payment by the Treasurer. He or she shall be in charge of and maintain books of account and accounting records of the Corporation. He or she shall perform such other acts as are usually performed by a Controller of a corporation. He or she shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, such reports as any thereof may require.

Section 10. Other Officers . Any officer who is elected or appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors and whose duties are not specified in these By-Laws shall perform such duties and have such powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

-6-


ARTICLE V.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Certificates of stock in the Corporation, if any, shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Where a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, other than the Corporation or an employee of the Corporation, or by a registrar, the signatures of the President or a Vice President and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

Section 2. Transfer . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction on its books.

Section 3. Replacement . In case of the loss, destruction or theft of a certificate for any stock of the Corporation, a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation may be issued upon satisfactory proof of such loss, destruction or theft and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may in its discretion require the owner of the lost, destroyed or stolen certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum and in such form and with such surety or sureties as it may direct, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it with respect to a certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen.

ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 1. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in

 

-7-


any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3. To the extent that a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Section 4. Any indemnification under Sections 1 and 2 of this article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this article. Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

-8-


Section 5. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in Section 4 of this article upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this article.

Section 6. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, (i) arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or regulations promulgated thereunder, or under any other law or regulation of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or law or regulation of any state or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality of either, or under the common law of any of the foregoing, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a fiduciary, disqualified person or party in interest with respect to an employee benefit plan covering employees of the Corporation or of a subsidiary corporation, or is or was serving in any other capacity with respect to such plan, or has or had any obligations or duties with respect to such plan by reason of such laws or regulations, provided that such person was or is a director or officer of the Corporation (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation), or (ii) in connection with any matter arising under federal, state or local revenue or taxation laws or regulations, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes, amounts paid in settlement and amounts paid as penalties or fines necessary to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations); provided, however, that such person did not act dishonestly or in willful or reckless violation of the provisions of the law or regulation under which such suit or proceeding arises. Unless the Board of Directors determines that under the circumstances then existing, it is probable that such director, officer, employee, agent or representative will not be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section, expenses incurred in defending such suit or proceeding, including the amount of any penalties or fines necessary to be paid to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, shall be paid by the

 

-9-


Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section.

Section 7. The indemnification provided by this article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, agent or representative and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 8. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not he would be entitled to indemnity against such liability under the provisions of this article.

ARTICLE VII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

Section 3. Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

ARTICLE VIII.

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors. The fact that the power to amend, alter, repeal or adopt the By-Laws has been conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

-10-

EXHIBIT 3.9

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

RDM HOLDINGS, INC.

1. The name of the corporation is RDM Holdings, Inc.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. The nature of the business or purpose to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) common shares, at $0.01 par value per share.

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

Michael J. Perlowski

Mayer, Brown & Platt

190 South La Salle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

6. The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

7. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-laws of the corporation.

8. Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-laws may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the By-laws of the corporation. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the corporation shall so provide.

9. The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

STATE OF DELAWARE        

SECRETARY OF STATE        

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 04:30 PM 07/11/2000    

001351811 – 3258240          


10. (A) Directors of the corporation shall have no personal liability to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except (i) for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or knowing violations of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

(B) The corporation shall indemnify, in accordance with and to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of his acting as a director or officer of the corporation (and the corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the corporation) against any liability or expense actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect thereof; provided, however, the corporation shall be required to indemnify an officer or director in connection with an action, suit or proceeding initiated by such person only if such action, suit or proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation. Such indemnification is not exclusive of any other right to indemnification provided by law or otherwise. The right to indemnification conferred by this Section (B) shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each person referred to herein.

(C) No amendment to or repeal of these provisions shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any person for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such person occurring prior to such amendments.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly, have hereunto set my hand this 11 th day of July, 2000.

 

/s/ Michael J. Perlowski
Michael J. Perlowski

 

2

EXHIBIT 3.10

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

RDM HOLDINGS, INC.

(effective October 28, 2005)

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE II.

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Time and Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation by the Board of Directors, each such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 2. Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The date of the annual meeting shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called by the President and shall be called by the Secretary at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of each meeting of the stockholders stating the place, date and time of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice of any special meeting of stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

Section 5. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law. If a quorum is not present or represented, the holders of the stock present in person or


represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereat shall have power, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of such stock, to adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 6. Voting . At all meetings of the stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, the shares of voting stock owned by such stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 7. Informal Action By Stockholders . Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and controlled by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 2. Number, Qualification and Tenure . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) and not more than nine (9) members. Within the limits above specified, the board of directors is hereby authorized to fix the number of directors, from time to time, by resolution without a vote of the stockholders. Notwithstanding the forgoing, upon any annual election by the stockholders of a number of directors different from that in effect immediately prior to such election, the number of the directors shall automatically be increased or decreased to the number so elected. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

-2-


Section 3. Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office though less than a quorum, and each Director so chosen shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If there are no Directors in office, then an election of Directors may be held in the manner provided by law.

Section 4. Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 5. Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting, to be known as the annual meeting, immediately following each annual meeting of the stockholders. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. No notice of regular meetings need be given.

Section 6. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any Director. No notice of special meetings need be given.

Section 7. Quorum . At all meetings of the Board a majority of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8. Organization . The Chairman of the Board, if elected, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board of Directors. If a Chairman of the Board is not elected or, if elected, is not present, the President (if a member of the Board) or, in the absence of the President or, if the President is not a member of the Board, a Vice Chairman (who is also a member of the Board and, if more than one, in the order designated by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such designation, in the order of their election), if any, or if no such Vice Chairman is present, a Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman at meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 9. Executive Committee . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more Directors to constitute an Executive Committee, to serve as such, unless the resolution designating the Executive Committee is sooner amended or rescinded by the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the Board or until their respective successors are designated. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may also designate additional Directors as alternate members of the Executive Committee to serve as members of the Executive Committee in the place and stead of any regular member or members thereof who may be unable to attend a meeting or otherwise unavailable to act as a member of the Executive Committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member and all alternate members who may serve in the place and stead of such member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

-3-


Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation between the meetings of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings, which shall form a part of the records of the Corporation in the custody of the Secretary, and all actions of the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at the next meeting of the Board.

Meetings of the Executive Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two of its members. No notice of meetings need be given. A majority of the members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as expressly limited by this section, the act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Executive Committee. Except as expressly provided in this Section, the Executive Committee shall fix its own rules of procedure.

Section 10. Other Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more other committees, each such committee to consist of one or more Directors. Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, any such committee shall have and may exercise such powers as the Board of Directors may determine and specify in the resolution designating such committee. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, also may designate one or more additional Directors as alternate members of any such committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and at any time may change the membership of any committee or amend or rescind the resolution designating the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member or alternate member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member, provided that the Director so appointed meets any qualifications stated in the resolution designating the committee. Each committee shall keep a record of proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors to such extent and in such form as the Board of Directors may require. Unless otherwise provided in the resolution designating a committee, a majority of all of the members of any such committee may select its Chairman, fix its rules or procedure, fix the time and place of its meetings and specify what notice of meetings, if any, shall be given.

Section 11. Action without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

-4-


Section 12. Attendance by Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 13. Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors, which may include their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. No member of a committee of the Board of Directors shall receive any separate compensation for serving on, or attendance at, such committee or meetings thereof.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 1. Enumeration . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Vice President, a Treasurer and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem appropriate. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2. Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation required by this Article shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and any vacancy in any other office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. President and Chief Executive Officer . The President and Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer and chief operating officer of the Corporation and shall have such functions, authority and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Vice President . The Vice President shall act under the direction of the President and in the absence or disability of the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents or may otherwise specify the order of seniority of the Vice Presidents, and, in that event, the duties and power of the President shall descend to the Vice Presidents in the specified order of seniority.

Section 5. Secretary . The Secretary shall keep a record of all proceedings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice, if any, of all meetings of the stockholders and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the President. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary any Assistant

 

-5-


Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest such affixing of the seal.

Section 6. Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary.

Section 7. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Vice President.

Section 8. Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer.

Section 9. Controller . The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. He or she shall, when proper, approve all bills for purchases, payrolls, and similar instruments providing for disbursement of money by the Corporation, for payment by the Treasurer. He or she shall be in charge of and maintain books of account and accounting records of the Corporation. He or she shall perform such other acts as are usually performed by a Controller of a corporation. He or she shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, such reports as any thereof may require.

Section 10. Other Officers . Any officer who is elected or appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors and whose duties are not specified in these By-Laws shall perform such duties and have such powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

-6-


ARTICLE V.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Certificates of stock in the Corporation, if any, shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Where a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, other than the Corporation or an employee of the Corporation, or by a registrar, the signatures of the President or a Vice President and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

Section 2. Transfer . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction on its books.

Section 3. Replacement . In case of the loss, destruction or theft of a certificate for any stock of the Corporation, a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation may be issued upon satisfactory proof of such loss, destruction or theft and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may in its discretion require the owner of the lost, destroyed or stolen certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum and in such form and with such surety or sureties as it may direct, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it with respect to a certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen.

ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 1. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in

 

-7-


any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3. To the extent that a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Section 4. Any indemnification under Sections 1 and 2 of this article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this article. Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

-8-


Section 5. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in Section 4 of this article upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this article.

Section 6. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, (i) arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or regulations promulgated thereunder, or under any other law or regulation of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or law or regulation of any state or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality of either, or under the common law of any of the foregoing, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a fiduciary, disqualified person or party in interest with respect to an employee benefit plan covering employees of the Corporation or of a subsidiary corporation, or is or was serving in any other capacity with respect to such plan, or has or had any obligations or duties with respect to such plan by reason of such laws or regulations, provided that such person was or is a director or officer of the Corporation (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation), or (ii) in connection with any matter arising under federal, state or local revenue or taxation laws or regulations, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes, amounts paid in settlement and amounts paid as penalties or fines necessary to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations); provided, however, that such person did not act dishonestly or in willful or reckless violation of the provisions of the law or regulation under which such suit or proceeding arises. Unless the Board of Directors determines that under the circumstances then existing, it is probable that such director, officer, employee, agent or representative will not be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section, expenses incurred in defending such suit or proceeding, including the amount of any penalties or fines necessary to be paid to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, shall be paid by the

 

-9-


Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section.

Section 7. The indemnification provided by this article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, agent or representative and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 8. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not he would be entitled to indemnity against such liability under the provisions of this article.

ARTICLE VII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

Section 3. Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

ARTICLE VIII.

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors. The fact that the power to amend, alter, repeal or adopt the By-Laws has been conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

-10-

EXHIBIT 3.11

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Inland Industries of China Limited, a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation law of the State of Delaware (the “Company”) DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

First: That the board of directors of the Company, by unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the board, duly adopted resolutions proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the certificate of incorporation of the Company:

RESOLVED, that Article First of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company be and it hereby is amended to read as follows: “First , the name of the Corporation is Ryerson (China) Limited.”

Second: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the sole stockholder of the Company has given written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and said written consent was filed with the Company.

Third: that the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

In witness whereof, said Inland Industries of China Limited caused this certificate to be signed by Frank H. Beal, its President, and Leslie W. Michael, its Secretary, this 30th day of September, 1998

 

INLAND INDUSTRIES OF CHINA

LIMITED

By:   /s/ Frank H. Beal
Name:    Frank H. Beal
Title:    Chairman

 

By:   /s/ Leslie W. Michael
Name:    Leslie W. Michael
Title:    Secretary


 

STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 10:00 AM 04/18/1995

950084848 – 2499467

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INLAND INDUSTRIES OF CHINA LIMITED

1. The name of the corporation is Inland Industries of China Limited.

2. The address of its registered office in the State o f Delaware is No. 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000), all of which shares shall be without par value.

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

 

NAME

 

MAILING ADDRESS

Leslie W. Michael  

30 West Monroe Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

6. The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

7. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.

8. Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws may provide. The books of the corporation (subject to the applicable provisions of any Delaware statute) may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the corporation. Unless the by- laws of the corporation shall so provide, elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

Page 1 of 2


9. The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

10. A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 17th day of April, 1995.

 

LOGO

 

Page 2 of 2

EXHIBIT 3.12

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

RYERSON (CHINA) LIMITED

(effective October 28, 2005)

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE II.

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Time and Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation by the Board of Directors, each such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The date of the annual meeting shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called by the chief executive officer and shall be called by the Secretary at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

Notice of Meetings . Written notice of each meeting of the stockholders stating the place, date and time of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice of any special meeting of stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law. If a quorum is not present or represented, the holders of the stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereat shall have power, by the affirmative vote of the


holders of a majority of such stock, to adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Voting . At all meetings of the stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, the shares of voting stock owned by such stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Informal Action By Stockholders . Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and controlled by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Number, Qualification and Tenure . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) and not more than nine (9) members. Within the limits above specified, the board of directors is hereby authorized to fix the number of directors, from time to time, by resolution without a vote of the stockholders. Notwithstanding the forgoing, upon any annual election by the stockholders of a number of directors different from that in effect immediately prior to such election, the number of the directors shall automatically be increased or decreased to the number so elected. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office though less than a quorum, and each Director so chosen shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If there are no Directors in office, then an election of Directors may be held in the manner provided by law.

 

-2-


Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting, to be known as the annual meeting, immediately following each annual meeting of the stockholders. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. No notice of regular meetings need be given.

Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the chief executive officer. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any Director. No notice of special meetings need be given.

Quorum . At all meetings of the Board a majority of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Organization . The Chairman of the Board, if elected, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board of Directors. If a Chairman of the Board is not elected or, if elected, is not present, the President (if a member of the Board) or, in the absence of the President or, if the President is not a member of the Board, a Vice Chairman (who is also a member of the Board and, if more than one, in the order designated by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such designation, in the order of their election), if any, or if no such Vice Chairman is present, a Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman at meetings of the Board of Directors.

Executive Committee . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more Directors to constitute an Executive Committee, to serve as such, unless the resolution designating the Executive Committee is sooner amended or rescinded by the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the Board or until their respective successors are designated. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may also designate additional Directors as alternate members of the Executive Committee to serve as members of the Executive Committee in the place and stead of any regular member or members thereof who may be unable to attend a meeting or otherwise unavailable to act as a member of the Executive Committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member and all alternate members who may serve in the place and stead of such member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation between the meetings of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee shall

 

-3-


keep a record of its acts and proceedings, which shall form a part of the records of the Corporation in the custody of the Secretary, and all actions of the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at the next meeting of the Board.

Meetings of the Executive Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two of its members. No notice of meetings need be given. A majority of the members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as expressly limited by this section, the act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Executive Committee. Except as expressly provided in this Section, the Executive Committee shall fix its own rules of procedure.

Other Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more other committees, each such committee to consist of one or more Directors. Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, any such committee shall have and may exercise such powers as the Board of Directors may determine and specify in the resolution designating such committee. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, also may designate one or more additional Directors as alternate members of any such committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and at any time may change the membership of any committee or amend or rescind the resolution designating the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member or alternate member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member, provided that the Director so appointed meets any qualifications stated in the resolution designating the committee. Each committee shall keep a record of proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors to such extent and in such form as the Board of Directors may require. Unless otherwise provided in the resolution designating a committee, a majority of all of the members of any such committee may select its Chairman, fix its rules or procedure, fix the time and place of its meetings and specify what notice of meetings, if any, shall be given.

Action without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Attendance by Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors, which may include their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. No member of a committee of the Board of Directors shall receive any separate compensation for serving on, or attendance at, such committee or meetings thereof.

 

-4-


ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 1. Enumeration . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also elect a Chairman of the Board, a Managing Director, a Controller, one or more Vice Presidents and one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem appropriate. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2. Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are elected, or appointed, and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation required by this Article shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and any vacancy in any other office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, when elected, shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and, as such, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall preside at meetings of stockholders and shall have such other functions, authority and duties as customarily appertain to the office of the chief executive of a business corporation or as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. President. During any period when there shall be a Chairman of the Board, the President shall be the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation and shall have such functions, authority and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board. During any period when there shall not be a Chairman of the board, the President shall be the Chief Executive officer of the Corporation and, as such, shall have the functions, authority and duties provided for the office of Chairman of the Board.

Section 4. Managing Director . During any period when there shall not be a President or the President is functioning as the chief executive officer of the Corporation, the Managing Director, if elected, shall be the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation and shall have such functions, authority and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President. During any period when the President is functioning as the chief operating officer, the Managing Director shall act under the direction of the President of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chairman, the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 5. Vice President . The Vice President, if elected, shall act under the direction of the President and/or the Managing Director and in the absence or disability of the Chairman, the President and the Managing Director, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the

 

-5-


Chairman, President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents or may otherwise specify the order of seniority of the Vice Presidents, and, in that event, the duties and power of the Chairman or the President shall descend to the Vice Presidents in the specified order of seniority.

Section 6. Secretary . The Secretary shall keep a record of all proceedings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice, if any, of all meetings of the stockholders and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary any Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest such affixing of the seal.

Section 7. Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the Secretary.

Section 8. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the chief executive officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the Vice President.

Section 9. Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the Treasurer.

Section 10. Controller . The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. He or she shall, when proper, approve all bills for purchases, payrolls, and similar instruments providing for disbursement of money by the Corporation, for payment by the Treasurer. He or she shall be in charge of and maintain books of account and accounting records of the Corporation. He or she shall perform such other acts as are usually performed by a Controller of a corporation. He or she shall render to the chief executive officer and the Board of Directors, such reports as any thereof may require.

 

-6-


Section 11. Other Officers . Any officer who is elected or appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors and whose duties are not specified in these By-Laws shall perform such duties and have such powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

ARTICLE V.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Certificates of stock in the Corporation, if any, shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Where a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, other than the Corporation or an employee of the Corporation, or by a registrar, the signatures of the President or a Vice President and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

Section 2. Transfer . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction on its books.

Section 3. Replacement . In case of the loss, destruction or theft of a certificate for any stock of the Corporation, a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation may be issued upon satisfactory proof of such loss, destruction or theft and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may in its discretion require the owner of the lost, destroyed or stolen certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum and in such form and with such surety or sureties as it may direct, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it with respect to a certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen.

 

-7-


ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 1. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

-8-


To the extent that a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Any indemnification under Sections 1 and 2 of this article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this article. Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in Section 4 of this article upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this article.

The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, (i) arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or regulations promulgated thereunder, or under any other law or regulation of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or law or regulation of any state or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality of either, or under the common law of any of the foregoing, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a fiduciary, disqualified person or party in interest with respect to an employee benefit plan covering employees of the Corporation or of a subsidiary corporation, or is or was serving in any other capacity with respect to such plan, or has or had any obligations or duties with respect to such plan by reason of such laws or regulations, provided that such person was or is a director or officer of the Corporation (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation), or (ii) in connection with any matter arising under federal, state or local revenue or taxation laws or regulations, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes, amounts paid in settlement and amounts paid as penalties or fines necessary to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was

 

-9-


serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations); provided, however, that such person did not act dishonestly or in willful or reckless violation of the provisions of the law or regulation under which such suit or proceeding arises. Unless the Board of Directors determines that under the circumstances then existing, it is probable that such director, officer, employee, agent or representative will not be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section, expenses incurred in defending such suit or proceeding, including the amount of any penalties or fines necessary to be paid to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section.

The indemnification provided by this article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, agent or representative and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not he would be entitled to indemnity against such liability under the provisions of this article.

ARTICLE VII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

 

-10-


ARTICLE VIII.

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors. The fact that the power to amend, alter, repeal or adopt the By-Laws has been conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

-11-

EXHIBIT 3.13

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

RYERSON TULL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

1. The name of the corporation is Ryerson Tull International, Inc.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. The nature of the business or purpose to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) common shares, at $0.01 par value per share.

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

Michael J. Perlowski

Mayer, Brown & Platt

190 South La Salle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

6. The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

7. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-laws of the corporation.

8. Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-laws may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the By-laws of the corporation. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the corporation shall so provide.

9. The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

STATE OF DELAWARE    

SECRETARY OF STATE    

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 04:30 PM 05/25/2000

001268306 – 3234836    


10. (A) Directors of the corporation shall have no personal liability to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except (i) for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or knowing violations of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

(B) The corporation shall indemnify, in accordance with and to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of his acting as a director or officer of the corporation (and the corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the corporation) against any liability or expense actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect thereof; provided, however, the corporation shall be required to indemnify an officer or director in connection with an action, suit or proceeding initiated by such person only if such action, suit or proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation. Such indemnification is not exclusive of any other right to indemnification provided by law or otherwise. The right to indemnification conferred by this Section (8) shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each person referred to herein.

(C) No amendment to or repeal of these provisions shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any person for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such person occurring prior to such amendments.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly, have hereunto set my hand this 25 th day of May, 2000.

 

/s/ Michael J. Perlowski

Michael J. Perlowski

 

2


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

RYERSON TULL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

Adopted in accordance with the provisions

of Section 242 of the General Corporation

Law of the State of Delaware

 

 

The undersigned, being the President of Ryerson Tull International, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ GCL ”) does hereby certify:

1. That the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended by changing Article I thereof so that, as amended, said Article 1 shall read in its entirety as follows:

“1. The name of the corporation is Ryerson Americas, Inc. (the “Corporation”).”

2. That the foregoing amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation has been duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the GCL.

3. That the Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted resolutions setting forth the foregoing amendment, declaring said amendment to be advisable and referring such amendment to the sole stockholder of the Corporation for consideration thereof.

4. That the foregoing amendment has been duly approved and adopted in accordance with the provisions of the GCL by the written consent of the sole stockholder of the Corporation on December 16, 2005 in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the GCL.

5. The effective date and time of filing is January 1, 2006 at 12:01am.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Certificate to be signed this 16th day of December, 2005.

 

RYERSON TULL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:   /s/ Jay M. Gratz
Name:   Jay M. Gratz
Title:   President

 

  

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 12:17 PM 12/28/2005

FILED 12:15 PM 12/28/2005

SRV 051065842 - 3234836 FILE


AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

RYERSON TULL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

(effective October 28, 2005)

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE II.

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Time and Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation by the Board of Directors, each such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 2. Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The date of the annual meeting shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called by the President and shall be called by the Secretary at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of each meeting of the stockholders stating the place, date and time of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice of any special meeting of stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

Section 5. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law. If a quorum is not present or represented, the holders of the stock present in person or


represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereat shall have power, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of such stock, to adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 6. Voting . At all meetings of the stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, the shares of voting stock owned by such stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 7. Informal Action By Stockholders . Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and controlled by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 2. Number, Qualification and Tenure . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) and not more than nine (9) members. Within the limits above specified, the board of directors is hereby authorized to fix the number of directors, from time to time, by resolution without a vote of the stockholders. Notwithstanding the forgoing, upon any annual election by the stockholders of a number of directors different from that in effect immediately prior to such election, the number of the directors shall automatically be increased or decreased to the number so elected. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 3. Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office

 

-2-


though less than a quorum, and each Director so chosen shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If there are no Directors in office, then an election of Directors may be held in the manner provided by law.

Section 4. Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 5. Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting, to be known as the annual meeting, immediately following each annual meeting of the stockholders. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. No notice of regular meetings need be given.

Section 6. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any Director. No notice of special meetings need be given.

Section 7. Quorum . At all meetings of the Board a majority of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8. Organization . The Chairman of the Board, if elected, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board of Directors. If a Chairman of the Board is not elected or, if elected, is not present, the President (if a member of the Board) or, in the absence of the President or, if the President is not a member of the Board, a Vice Chairman (who is also a member of the Board and, if more than one, in the order designated by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such designation, in the order of their election), if any, or if no such Vice Chairman is present, a Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman at meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 9. Executive Committee . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more Directors to constitute an Executive Committee, to serve as such, unless the resolution designating the Executive Committee is sooner amended or rescinded by the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the Board or until their respective successors are designated. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may also designate additional Directors as alternate members of the Executive Committee to serve as members of the Executive Committee in the place and stead of any regular member or members thereof who may be unable to attend a meeting or otherwise unavailable to act as a member of the Executive Committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member and all alternate members who may serve in the place and stead of such member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

-3-


Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation between the meetings of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings, which shall form a part of the records of the Corporation in the custody of the Secretary, and all actions of the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at the next meeting of the Board.

Meetings of the Executive Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two of its members. No notice of meetings need be given. A majority of the members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as expressly limited by this section, the act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Executive Committee. Except as expressly provided in this Section, the Executive Committee shall fix its own rules of procedure.

Section 10. Other Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more other committees, each such committee to consist of one or more Directors. Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, any such committee shall have and may exercise such powers as the Board of Directors may determine and specify in the resolution designating such committee. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, also may designate one or more additional Directors as alternate members of any such committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and at any time may change the membership of any committee or amend or rescind the resolution designating the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member or alternate member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member, provided that the Director so appointed meets any qualifications stated in the resolution designating the committee. Each committee shall keep a record of proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors to such extent and in such form as the Board of Directors may require. Unless otherwise provided in the resolution designating a committee, a majority of all of the members of any such committee may select its Chairman, fix its rules or procedure, fix the time and place of its meetings and specify what notice of meetings, if any, shall be given.

Section 11. Action without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

-4-


Section 12. Attendance by Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 13. Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors, which may include their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. No member of a committee of the Board of Directors shall receive any separate compensation for serving on, or attendance at, such committee or meetings thereof.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 1. Enumeration . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Vice President, a Treasurer and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem appropriate. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2. Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation required by this Article shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and any vacancy in any other office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. President and Chief Executive Officer . The President and Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer and chief operating officer of the Corporation and shall have such functions, authority and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Vice President . The Vice President shall act under the direction of the President and in the absence or disability of the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents or may otherwise specify the order of seniority of the Vice Presidents, and, in that event, the duties and power of the President shall descend to the Vice Presidents in the specified order of seniority.

Section 5. Secretary . The Secretary shall keep a record of all proceedings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice, if any, of all meetings of the stockholders and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the President. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary any Assistant

 

-5-


Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest such affixing of the seal.

Section 6. Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary.

Section 7. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Vice President.

Section 8. Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer.

Section 9. Controller . The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. He or she shall, when proper, approve all bills for purchases, payrolls, and similar instruments providing for disbursement of money by the Corporation, for payment by the Treasurer. He or she shall be in charge of and maintain books of account and accounting records of the Corporation. He or she shall perform such other acts as are usually performed by a Controller of a corporation. He or she shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, such reports as any thereof may require.

Section 10. Other Officers . Any officer who is elected or appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors and whose duties are not specified in these By-Laws shall perform such duties and have such powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

-6-


ARTICLE V.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Certificates of stock in the Corporation, if any, shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Where a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, other than the Corporation or an employee of the Corporation, or by a registrar, the signatures of the President or a Vice President and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

Section 2. Transfer . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction on its books.

Section 3. Replacement . In case of the loss, destruction or theft of a certificate for any stock of the Corporation, a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation may be issued upon satisfactory proof of such loss, destruction or theft and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may in its discretion require the owner of the lost, destroyed or stolen certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum and in such form and with such surety or sureties as it may direct, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it with respect to a certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen.

ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 1. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in

 

-7-


any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3. To the extent that a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Section 4. Any indemnification under Sections 1 and 2 of this article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this article. Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

-8-


Section 5. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in Section 4 of this article upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this article.

Section 6. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, (i) arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or regulations promulgated thereunder, or under any other law or regulation of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or law or regulation of any state or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality of either, or under the common law of any of the foregoing, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a fiduciary, disqualified person or party in interest with respect to an employee benefit plan covering employees of the Corporation or of a subsidiary corporation, or is or was serving in any other capacity with respect to such plan, or has or had any obligations or duties with respect to such plan by reason of such laws or regulations, provided that such person was or is a director or officer of the Corporation (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation), or (ii) in connection with any matter arising under federal, state or local revenue or taxation laws or regulations, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes, amounts paid in settlement and amounts paid as penalties or fines necessary to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations); provided, however, that such person did not act dishonestly or in willful or reckless violation of the provisions of the law or regulation under which such suit or proceeding arises. Unless the Board of Directors determines that under the circumstances then existing, it is probable that such director, officer, employee, agent or representative will not be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section, expenses incurred in defending such suit or proceeding, including the amount of any penalties or fines necessary to be paid to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, shall be paid by the

 

-9-


Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section.

Section 7. The indemnification provided by this article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, agent or representative and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 8. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not he would be entitled to indemnity against such liability under the provisions of this article.

ARTICLE VII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

Section 3. Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

ARTICLE VIII.

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors. The fact that the power to amend, alter, repeal or adopt the By-Laws has been conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

-10-

EXHIBIT 3.14

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Inland International Material Management Services, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

First: That the board of directors of the Company, by unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the board, duly adopted resolutions proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the certificate of incorporation of the Company:

RESOLVED, that Article First of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company be and it hereby is amended to read is follows: “First , The name of the Corporation is RYERSON INTERNATIONAL MATERIAL MANAGEMENT SERVICE, INC.”

Second: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the sole stockholder of the Company has given written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and said written consent was filed with the Company.

Third: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

In witness whereof, said Inland International Material Management Services, Inc., caused this certificate to be signed by Frank H. Beal, its President, and Leslie W. Michael, its Secretary, this 30th day of September, 1998.

 

INLAND INTERNATIONAL MATERIAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.
By:   /s/ Frank H. Beal
Name:    Frank H. Beal
Title:    President

 

By:   /s/ Leslie W. Michael
Name:    Leslie W. Michael
Title:    Secretary


STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 10:00 AM 08/23/1994

944157635 - 2427923

       

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INLAND INTERNATIONAL MATERIAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.

1. The name of the corporation is Inland International Material Management Services, Inc.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is No. 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3 . The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4 . The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000), all of which shares shall be without par value.

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

 

NAME

  

MAILING ADDRESS

Edward C. McCarthy

   30 West Monroe Street
   Chicago, Illinois 60603

6. The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

7. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.

8. Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws may provide. The books of the corporation (subject to the applicable provisions of any Delaware statute) may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the corporation. Unless the by-laws of the corporation shall so provide, elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

Page 1 of 2


9. The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

10. A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 22nd day of August, 1994.

LOGO

 

Page 2 of 2

EXHIBIT 3.15

BY-LAWS

OF

RYERSON INTERNATIONAL

MATERIAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE II.

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Time and Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation by the Board of Directors, each such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 2. Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The date of the annual meeting shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called by the President and shall be called by the Secretary at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of each meeting of the stockholders stating the place, date and time of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice of any special meeting of stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

Section 5. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law. If a quorum is not present or represented, the holders of the stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereat shall have power, by the


affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of such stock, to adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 6. Voting . At all meetings of the stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, the shares of voting stock owned by such stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 7. Informal Action By Stockholders . Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and controlled by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 2. Number, Qualification and Tenure . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) and not more than nine (9) members. Within the limits above specified, the board of directors is hereby authorized to fix the number of directors, from time to time, by resolution without a vote of the stockholders. Notwithstanding the forgoing, upon any annual election by the stockholders of a number of directors different from that in effect immediately prior to such election, the number of the directors shall automatically be increased or decreased to the number so elected. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 3. Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office though less than a quorum, and each Director so chosen shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If there are no Directors in office, then an election of Directors may be held in the manner provided by law.

 

-2-


Section 4. Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 5. Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting, to be known as the annual meeting, immediately following each annual meeting of the stockholders. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. No notice of regular meetings need be given.

Section 6. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any Director. No notice of special meetings need be given.

Section 7. Quorum . At all meetings of the Board a majority of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8. Organization . The Chairman of the Board, if elected, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board of Directors. If a Chairman of the Board is not elected or, if elected, is not present, the President (if a member of the Board) or, in the absence of the President or, if the President is not a member of the Board, a Vice Chairman (who is also a member of the Board and, if more than one, in the order designated by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such designation, in the order of their election), if any, or if no such Vice Chairman is present, a Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman at meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 9. Executive Committee . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more Directors to constitute an Executive Committee, to serve as such, unless the resolution designating the Executive Committee is sooner amended or rescinded by the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the Board or until their respective successors are designated. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may also designate additional Directors as alternate members of the Executive Committee to serve as members of the Executive Committee in the place and stead of any regular member or members thereof who may be unable to attend a meeting or otherwise unavailable to act as a member of the Executive Committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member and all alternate members who may serve in the place and stead of such member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

-3-


Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation between the meetings of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings, which shall form a part of the records of the Corporation in the custody of the Secretary, and all actions of the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at the next meeting of the Board.

Meetings of the Executive Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two of its members. No notice of meetings need be given. A majority of the members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as expressly limited by this section, the act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Executive Committee. Except as expressly provided in this Section, the Executive Committee shall fix its own rules of procedure.

Section 10. Other Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more other committees, each such committee to consist of one or more Directors. Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, any such committee shall have and may exercise such powers as the Board of Directors may determine and specify in the resolution designating such committee. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, also may designate one or more additional Directors as alternate members of any such committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and at any time may change the membership of any committee or amend or rescind the resolution designating the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member or alternate member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member, provided that the Director so appointed meets any qualifications stated in the resolution designating the committee. Each committee shall keep a record of proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors to such extent and in such form as the Board of Directors may require. Unless otherwise provided in the resolution designating a committee, a majority of all of the members of any such committee may select its Chairman, fix its rules or procedure, fix the time and place of its meetings and specify what notice of meetings, if any, shall be given.

Section 11. Action without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 12. Attendance by Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

-4-


Section 13. Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors, which may include their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. No member of a committee of the Board of Directors shall receive any separate compensation for serving on, or attendance at, such committee or meetings thereof.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 1. Enumeration . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also elect a Managing Director, one or more Vice Presidents and one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem appropriate. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2. Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are elected, or appointed, and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation required by this Article shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and any vacancy in any other office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. President . The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and, as such, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall preside at meetings of stockholders and shall have such other functions, authority and duties as customarily appertain to the office of the chief executive of a business corporation or as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Managing Director . The Managing Director, if elected, shall be the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation and shall have such functions, authority and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the President. During any period when there shall not be a President, the Managing Director shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and, as such, shall have the functions, authority and duties provided for the office of President.

Section 5. Vice President . The Vice President, if elected, shall act under the direction of the President and in the absence or disability of the President and Managing Director, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents or may otherwise specify the order of seniority of the Vice Presidents, and, in that event, the duties and power of the President shall descend to the Vice Presidents in the specified order of seniority.

 

-5-


Section 6. Secretary . The Secretary shall keep a record of all proceedings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice, if any, of all meetings of the stockholders and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the President. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary any Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest such affixing of the seal.

Section 7. Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary.

Section 8. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, keeping proper records of such disbursements, and shall render to the President, the officer designated by the Board of Directors as Managing Director, if any, and the Board of Directors at their regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President, the Managing Director or the Vice President.

Section 9. Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer.

Section 10. Controller . The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. He or she shall, when proper, approve all bills for purchases, payrolls, and similar instruments providing for disbursement of money by the Corporation, for payment by the Treasurer. He or she shall be in charge of and maintain books of account and accounting records of the Corporation. He or she shall perform such other acts as are usually performed by a Controller of a corporation. He or she shall render to the President, Managing Director and the Board of Directors, such reports as any thereof may require.

 

-6-


Section 11. Other Officers . Any officer who is elected or appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors and whose duties are not specified in these By-Laws shall perform such duties and have such powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

ARTICLE V.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 1. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was

 

-7-


brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3. To the extent that a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Section 4. Any indemnification under Sections 1 and 2 of this article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this article. Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

Section 5. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in Section 4 of this article upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this article.

Section 6. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, (i) arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or regulations promulgated thereunder, or under any other law or regulation of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or law or regulation of any state or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality of either, or under the common law of any of the foregoing, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a fiduciary, disqualified person or party in interest with respect to an employee benefit plan covering employees of the Corporation or of a subsidiary corporation, or is or was serving in any other capacity with respect to such plan, or has or had any obligations or duties with respect to such plan by reason of such laws or regulations, provided that such person was or is a director or officer of the Corporation (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation), or (ii) in connection with any matter arising under federal, state or local revenue or taxation laws or regulations, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes, amounts paid in settlement and amounts paid as penalties or fines necessary to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, actually and reasonably

 

-8-


incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations); provided, however, that such person did not act dishonestly or in willful or reckless violation of the provisions of the law or regulation under which such suit or proceeding arises. Unless the Board of Directors determines that under the circumstances then existing, it is probable that such director, officer, employee, agent or representative will not be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section, expenses incurred in defending such suit or proceeding, including the amount of any penalties or fines necessary to be paid to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section.

Section 7. The indemnification provided by this article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, agent or representative and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 8. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not he would be entitled to indemnity against such liability under the provisions of this article.

ARTICLE VI.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

-9-


Section 3. Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

ARTICLE VII.

AMENDMENTS

(‘

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors. The fact that the power to amend, alter, repeal or adopt the By-Laws has been conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

-10-

EXHIBIT 3.16

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Inland International Trading, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

First: That the board of directors of the Company, by unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the board, duly adopted resolutions proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the certificate of incorporation of the Company:

RESOLVED, that Article First of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company be and it hereby is amended to read is follows: “ First . The name of the Corporation is RYERSON INTERNATIONAL TRADING. INC.”

Second: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the sole stockholder of the Company has given written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and said written consent was filed with the Company.

Third: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

In witness whereof; said Inland International Trading, Inc. caused this certificate to be signed by Frank H. Beal, its President, and Leslie W. Michael, its Secretary, this 30th day of September, 1998.

 

INLAND INTERNATIONAL TRADING, INC.,
By:   /s/ Frank H. Beal
Name:    Frank H. Beal
Title:   President
By:   /s/ Leslie W. Michael
Name:    Leslie W. Michael
Title:   Secretary

 

STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 03:00 PM 01/15/1999

991019104 – 2358915

   


STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 10:00 AM 11/10/1993

733314011 - 2358915

       

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INLAND INTERNATIONAL TRADING, INC.

FIRST. The name of the corporation is Inland International Trading, Inc.

SECOND. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is No. 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

FOURTH. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000), all of which shares shall be without par value.

FIFTH. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

 

NAME

  

MAILING ADDRESS

Edward C. McCarthy

   30 West Monroe Street
   Chicago, Illinois 60603

SIXTH. The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

SEVENTH. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.

EIGHTH. Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws may provide. The books of the corporation (subject to the applicable provisions of any Delaware statute) may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the corporation. Unless the by-laws of the corporation shall so provide, elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

NINTH. The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter,

 

Page 1 of 2


change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

TENTH. A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 9th day of November, 1993.

 

/s/ Edward C. McCarthy

Edward C. McCarthy

 

Page 2 of 2

EXHIBIT 3.17

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

RYERSON INTERNATIONAL TRADING, INC.

(effective October 28, 2005)

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE II.

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Time and Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation by the Board of Directors, each such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The date of the annual meeting shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called by the chief executive officer and shall be called by the Secretary at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

Notice of Meetings . Written notice of each meeting of the stockholders stating the place, date and time of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice of any special meeting of stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law. If a quorum is not present or represented, the holders of the stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereat shall have power, by the affirmative vote of the


holders of a majority of such stock, to adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Voting . At all meetings of the stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, the shares of voting stock owned by such stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Informal Action By Stockholders . Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and controlled by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Number, Qualification and Tenure . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) and not more than nine (9) members. Within the limits above specified, the board of directors is hereby authorized to fix the number of directors, from time to time, by resolution without a vote of the stockholders. Notwithstanding the forgoing, upon any annual election by the stockholders of a number of directors different from that in effect immediately prior to such election, the number of the directors shall automatically be increased or decreased to the number so elected. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office though less than a quorum, and each Director so chosen shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If there are no Directors in office, then an election of Directors may be held in the manner provided by law.

 

-2-


Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting, to be known as the annual meeting, immediately following each annual meeting of the stockholders. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. No notice of regular meetings need be given.

Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the chief executive officer. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any Director. No notice of special meetings need be given.

Quorum . At all meetings of the Board a majority of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Organization . The Chairman of the Board, if elected, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board of Directors. If a Chairman of the Board is not elected or, if elected, is not present, the President (if a member of the Board) or, in the absence of the President or, if the President is not a member of the Board, a Vice Chairman (who is also a member of the Board and, if more than one, in the order designated by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such designation, in the order of their election), if any, or if no such Vice Chairman is present, a Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman at meetings of the Board of Directors.

Executive Committee . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more Directors to constitute an Executive Committee, to serve as such, unless the resolution designating the Executive Committee is sooner amended or rescinded by the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the Board or until their respective successors are designated. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may also designate additional Directors as alternate members of the Executive Committee to serve as members of the Executive Committee in the place and stead of any regular member or members thereof who may be unable to attend a meeting or otherwise unavailable to act as a member of the Executive Committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member and all alternate members who may serve in the place and stead of such member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation between the meetings of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee shall

 

-3-


keep a record of its acts and proceedings, which shall form a part of the records of the Corporation in the custody of the Secretary, and all actions of the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at the next meeting of the Board.

Meetings of the Executive Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two of its members. No notice of meetings need be given. A majority of the members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as expressly limited by this section, the act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Executive Committee. Except as expressly provided in this Section, the Executive Committee shall fix its own rules of procedure.

Other Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more other committees, each such committee to consist of one or more Directors. Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, any such committee shall have and may exercise such powers as the Board of Directors may determine and specify in the resolution designating such committee. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, also may designate one or more additional Directors as alternate members of any such committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and at any time may change the membership of any committee or amend or rescind the resolution designating the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member or alternate member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member, provided that the Director so appointed meets any qualifications stated in the resolution designating the committee. Each committee shall keep a record of proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors to such extent and in such form as the Board of Directors may require. Unless otherwise provided in the resolution designating a committee, a majority of all of the members of any such committee may select its Chairman, fix its rules or procedure, fix the time and place of its meetings and specify what notice of meetings, if any, shall be given.

Action without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Attendance by Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors, which may include their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. No member of a committee of the Board of Directors shall receive any separate compensation for serving on, or attendance at, such committee or meetings thereof.

 

-4-


ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 1. Enumeration . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also elect a Chairman of the Board, a Managing Director, a Controller, one or more Vice Presidents and one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem appropriate. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2. Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are elected, or appointed, and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation required by this Article shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and any vacancy in any other office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, when elected, shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and, as such, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall preside at meetings of stockholders and shall have such other functions, authority and duties as customarily appertain to the office of the chief executive of a business corporation or as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. President . During any period when there shall be a Chairman of the Board, the President shall be the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation and shall have such functions, authority and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board. During any period when there shall not be a Chairman of the board, the President shall be the Chief Executive officer of the Corporation and, as such, shall have the functions, authority and duties provided for the office of Chairman of the Board.

Section 4. Managing Director . During any period when there shall not be a President or the President is functioning as the chief executive officer of the Corporation, the Managing Director, if elected, shall be the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation and shall have such functions, authority and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President. During any period when the President is functioning as the chief operating officer, the Managing Director shall act under the direction of the President of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chairman, the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 5. Vice President . The Vice President, if elected, shall act under the direction of the President and/or the Managing Director and in the absence or disability of the Chairman, the President and the Managing Director, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the

 

-5-


Chairman, President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents or may otherwise specify the order of seniority of the Vice Presidents, and, in that event, the duties and power of the Chairman or the President shall descend to the Vice Presidents in the specified order of seniority.

Section 6. Secretary . The Secretary shall keep a record of all proceedings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice, if any, of all meetings of the stockholders and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary any Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest such affixing of the seal.

Section 7. Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the Secretary.

Section 8. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the chief executive officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the Vice President.

Section 9. Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the Treasurer.

Section 10. Controller . The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. He or she shall, when proper, approve all bills for purchases, payrolls, and similar instruments providing for disbursement of money by the Corporation, for payment by the Treasurer. He or she shall be in charge of and maintain books of account and accounting records of the Corporation. He or she shall perform such other acts as are usually performed by a Controller of a corporation. He or she shall render to the chief executive officer and the Board of Directors, such reports as any thereof may require.

 

-6-


Section 11. Other Officers . Any officer who is elected or appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors and whose duties are not specified in these By-Laws shall perform such duties and have such powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

ARTICLE V.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section1. Form . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Certificates of stock in the Corporation, if any, shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Where a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, other than the Corporation or an employee of the Corporation, or by a registrar, the signatures of the President or a Vice President and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

Section 2. Transfer . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction on its books.

Section 3. Replacement . In case of the loss, destruction or theft of a certificate for any stock of the Corporation, a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation may be issued upon satisfactory proof of such loss, destruction or theft and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may in its discretion require the owner of the lost, destroyed or stolen certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum and in such form and with such surety or sureties as it may direct, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it with respect to a certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen.

 

-7-


ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 1. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

-8-


To the extent that a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Any indemnification under Sections 1 and 2 of this article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this article. Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in Section 4 of this article upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this article.

The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, (i) arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or regulations promulgated thereunder, or under any other law or regulation of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or law or regulation of any state or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality of either, or under the common law of any of the foregoing, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a fiduciary, disqualified person or party in interest with respect to an employee benefit plan covering employees of the Corporation or of a subsidiary corporation, or is or was serving in any other capacity with respect to such plan, or has or had any obligations or duties with respect to such plan by reason of such laws or regulations, provided that such person was or is a director or officer of the Corporation (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation), or (ii) in connection with any matter arising under federal, state or local revenue or taxation laws or regulations, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes, amounts paid in settlement and amounts paid as penalties or fines necessary to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was

 

-9-


serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations); provided, however, that such person did not act dishonestly or in willful or reckless violation of the provisions of the law or regulation under which such suit or proceeding arises. Unless the Board of Directors determines that under the circumstances then existing, it is probable that such director, officer, employee, agent or representative will not be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section, expenses incurred in defending such suit or proceeding, including the amount of any penalties or fines necessary to be paid to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section.

The indemnification provided by this article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, agent or representative and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not he would be entitled to indemnity against such liability under the provisions of this article.

ARTICLE VII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

 

-10-


ARTICLE VIII.

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors. The fact that the power to amend, alter, repeal or adopt the By-Laws has been conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

-11-

EXHIBIT 3.18

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Inland International, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

First: That the board of directors of the Company, by unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the board, duly adopted resolutions proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the certificate of incorporation of the Company:

RESOLVED, that Article First of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company be and it hereby is amended to read is follows: “ First . The name of the Corporation is RYERSON INTERNATIONAL, INC.”

Second: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the sole stockholder of the Company has given written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and said written consent was filed with the Company.

Third: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

In witness whereof, said Inland International, Inc., caused this certificate to be signed by Frank Beal, its President, and Leslie W. Michael, its Secretary, this 30th May of September, 1998.

 

INLAND INTERNATIONAL TRADING, INC.,
By:   /s/ Frank H. Beal
Name:    Frank H. Beal
Title:   President
By:   /s/ Leslie W. Michael
Name:    Leslie W. Michael
Title:   Secretary

 

   

STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 03:00 PM 01/15/1999

991019114 – 2355910


STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 10:00 AM 10/20/1993

733293003 - 2355910

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ISI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

FIRST. The name of the corporation is ISI International, Inc.

SECOND. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is No. 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

FOURTH. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000), all of which shares shall be without par value.

FIFTH. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

 

NAME

 

MAILING ADDRESS

Edward C. McCarthy   30 West Monroe Street
  Chicago, Illinois 60603

SIXTH. The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

SEVENTH. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.

EIGHTH. Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws may provide. The books of the corporation (subject to the applicable provisions of any Delaware statute) may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the corporation. Unless the by-laws of the corporation shall so provide, elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

NINTH. The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of

 

Page 1 of 2


incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

TENTH. A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 19th day of October, 1993.

 

LOGO

 

Page 2 of 2


 

STATE OF DELAWARE

SECRETARY OF STATE

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 10:00 AM 10/22/1993

733295005 – 2355910

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

BEFORE PAYMENT OF CAPITAL

OF

ISI INTERNATIONAL, INC.

I, Edward C. McCarthy, being the sole incorporator of ISI International, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

DO HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That the First Article of the Certificate of Incorporation be and it hereby is amended to read as follows:

“FIRST. The name of the corporation is Inland International, Inc.”

SECOND: That the corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock.

THIRD: That this amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 241 of the General Corporation law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate this 21st day of October, 1993.

 

LOGO

Incorporator

EXHIBIT 3.19

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

RYERSON INTERNATIONAL, INC.

(effective October 28, 2005)

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE II.

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Time and Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation by the Board of Directors, each such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 2. Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The date of the annual meeting shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called by the President and shall be called by the Secretary at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of each meeting of the stockholders stating the place, date and time of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice of any special meeting of stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

Section 5. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law. If a quorum is not present or represented, the holders of the stock present in person or


represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereat shall have power, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of such stock, to adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 6. Voting . At all meetings of the stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, the shares of voting stock owned by such stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 7. Informal Action By Stockholders . Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and controlled by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 2. Number, Qualification and Tenure . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) and not more than nine (9) members. Within the limits above specified, the board of directors is hereby authorized to fix the number of directors, from time to time, by resolution without a vote of the stockholders. Notwithstanding the forgoing, upon any annual election by the stockholders of a number of directors different from that in effect immediately prior to such election, the number of the directors shall automatically be increased or decreased to the number so elected. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

-2-


Section 3. Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office though less than a quorum, and each Director so chosen shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If there are no Directors in office, then an election of Directors may be held in the manner provided by law.

Section 4. Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 5. Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting, to be known as the annual meeting, immediately following each annual meeting of the stockholders. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. No notice of regular meetings need be given.

Section 6. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any Director. No notice of special meetings need be given.

Section 7. Quorum . At all meetings of the Board a majority of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8. Organization . The Chairman of the Board, if elected, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board of Directors. If a Chairman of the Board is not elected or, if elected, is not present, the President (if a member of the Board) or, in the absence of the President or, if the President is not a member of the Board, a Vice Chairman (who is also a member of the Board and, if more than one, in the order designated by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such designation, in the order of their election), if any, or if no such Vice Chairman is present, a Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman at meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 9. Executive Committee . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more Directors to constitute an Executive Committee, to serve as such, unless the resolution designating the Executive Committee is sooner amended or rescinded by the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the Board or until their respective successors are designated. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may also designate additional Directors as alternate members of the Executive Committee to serve as members of the Executive Committee in the place and stead of any regular member or members thereof who may be unable to attend a meeting or otherwise unavailable to act as a member of the Executive Committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member and all alternate members who may serve in the place and stead of such member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

-3-


Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation between the meetings of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings, which shall form a part of the records of the Corporation in the custody of the Secretary, and all actions of the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at the next meeting of the Board.

Meetings of the Executive Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two of its members. No notice of meetings need be given. A majority of the members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as expressly limited by this section, the act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Executive Committee. Except as expressly provided in this Section, the Executive Committee shall fix its own rules of procedure.

Section 10. Other Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more other committees, each such committee to consist of one or more Directors. Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, any such committee shall have and may exercise such powers as the Board of Directors may determine and specify in the resolution designating such committee. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, also may designate one or more additional Directors as alternate members of any such committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and at any time may change the membership of any committee or amend or rescind the resolution designating the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member or alternate member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member, provided that the Director so appointed meets any qualifications stated in the resolution designating the committee. Each committee shall keep a record of proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors to such extent and in such form as the Board of Directors may require. Unless otherwise provided in the resolution designating a committee, a majority of all of the members of any such committee may select its Chairman, fix its rules or procedure, fix the time and place of its meetings and specify what notice of meetings, if any, shall be given.

Section 11. Action without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

-4-


Section 12. Attendance by Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 13. Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors, which may include their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. No member of a committee of the Board of Directors shall receive any separate compensation for serving on, or attendance at, such committee or meetings thereof.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 1. Enumeration . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Vice President, a Treasurer and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem appropriate. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2. Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation required by this Article shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and any vacancy in any other office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. President and Chief Executive Officer . The President and Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer and chief operating officer of the Corporation and shall have such functions, authority and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Vice President . The Vice President shall act under the direction of the President and in the absence or disability of the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents or may otherwise specify the order of seniority of the Vice Presidents, and, in that event, the duties and power of the President shall descend to the Vice Presidents in the specified order of seniority.

Section 5. Secretary . The Secretary shall keep a record of all proceedings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice, if any, of all meetings of the stockholders and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the President. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary any Assistant

 

-5-


Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest such affixing of the seal.

Section 6. Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary.

Section 7. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Vice President.

Section 8. Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer.

Section 9. Controller . The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. He or she shall, when proper, approve all bills for purchases, payrolls, and similar instruments providing for disbursement of money by the Corporation, for payment by the Treasurer. He or she shall be in charge of and maintain books of account and accounting records of the Corporation. He or she shall perform such other acts as are usually performed by a Controller of a corporation. He or she shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, such reports as any thereof may require.

Section 10. Other Officers . Any officer who is elected or appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors and whose duties are not specified in these By-Laws shall perform such duties and have such powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

-6-


ARTICLE V.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Certificates of stock in the Corporation, if any, shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Where a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, other than the Corporation or an employee of the Corporation, or by a registrar, the signatures of the President or a Vice President and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

Section 2. Transfer . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction on its books.

Section 3. Replacement . In case of the loss, destruction or theft of a certificate for any stock of the Corporation, a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation may be issued upon satisfactory proof of such loss, destruction or theft and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may in its discretion require the owner of the lost, destroyed or stolen certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum and in such form and with such surety or sureties as it may direct, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it with respect to a certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen.

ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 1. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in

 

-7-


any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3. To the extent that a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Section 4. Any indemnification under Sections 1 and 2 of this article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this article. Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

-8-


Section 5. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in Section 4 of this article upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this article.

Section 6. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, (i) arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or regulations promulgated thereunder, or under any other law or regulation of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or law or regulation of any state or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality of either, or under the common law of any of the foregoing, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a fiduciary, disqualified person or party in interest with respect to an employee benefit plan covering employees of the Corporation or of a subsidiary corporation, or is or was serving in any other capacity with respect to such plan, or has or had any obligations or duties with respect to such plan by reason of such laws or regulations, provided that such person was or is a director or officer of the Corporation (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation), or (ii) in connection with any matter arising under federal, state or local revenue or taxation laws or regulations, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes, amounts paid in settlement and amounts paid as penalties or fines necessary to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations); provided, however, that such person did not act dishonestly or in willful or reckless violation of the provisions of the law or regulation under which such suit or proceeding arises. Unless the Board of Directors determines that under the circumstances then existing, it is probable that such director, officer, employee, agent or representative will not be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section, expenses incurred in defending such suit or proceeding, including the amount of any penalties or fines necessary to be paid to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, shall be paid by the

 

-9-


Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section.

Section 7. The indemnification provided by this article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, agent or representative and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 8. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not he would be entitled to indemnity against such liability under the provisions of this article.

ARTICLE VII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

Section 3. Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

ARTICLE VIII.

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors. The fact that the power to amend, alter, repeal or adopt the By-Laws has been conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

-10-

EXHIBIT 3.20

STATE of DELAWARE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

CERTIFICATE of FORMATION

This certificate of Ryerson Pan-Pacific LLC (the “Company), dated August 30, 2006, is being duly executed and filed by Virginia M Dowling, an authorized person to from a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Act, Del. Code , Tit. 6, §18-101 et seq., as amended form time to time (the “Act”).

First: Name . The name of the limited liability company is Ryerson Pan-Pacific LLC.

Second: Registered Office . The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Third: Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered agent service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

In Witness Whereof , the undersigned have executed this Certificate of Formation as of the date first above written.

 

By:   /s/ Virginia M. Dowling
Name:    Virginia M. Dowling
  Authorized Person

 

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 10:13 AM 08/30/2006

FILED 10:10 AM 08/30/2006

SRV 060806939 – 4212568 FILE

   

EXHIBIT 3.21

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF RYERSON PAN-PACIFIC LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “Agreement”) of Ryerson Pan-Pacific LLC (the “Company”) is entered into by Ryerson Inc. (“Ryerson”), a Delaware corporation, as the sole member (as defined in Schedule A , the “Member”) of the Company. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A .

Ryerson, by execution of this Agreement, hereby assumes sole membership of the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. Code § 18-101 et seq.), as amended from time to time (the “Act”), and the Member hereby agrees as follows:

SECTION 1. Name . The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is Ryerson Pan-Pacific LLC.

SECTION 2. Principal Business Office . The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 2621 West 15th Place, Chicago, Illinois 60608, or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

SECTION 3. Registered Office . The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Corporation Trust Center, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801.

SECTION 4. Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Corporation Trust Center, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801.

SECTION 5. Duration . The Company shall have a perpetual existence unless and until the Company is dissolved in accordance with the Act or this Agreement.

SECTION 6. Purpose and Powers . The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall have the power to engage in any and all acts in furtherance of, or incidental to, such purpose.

SECTION 7. Certificates . The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

SECTION 8. Qualification in Other Jurisdictions . The Member shall cause the Company to be qualified in any jurisdiction in which the Company transacts business in which such qualification is required or desirable.

SECTION 9. Title to Property and Assets Owned by the Company . All property and assets owned by the Company shall be owned by the Company as an entity and no Member shall have any ownership interest in such property and assets in its individual name, and each Member’s interest in the Company shall be personal property for all purposes.


SECTION 10. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B . The Member was admitted to the Company as a member upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.

(b) Meetings of the Member may be called at any time by the Member. All notices of meetings of the Members should be sent or otherwise given not less than five nor more than twenty days before the date of the meeting. Notice may be waived in writing or via electronic transmission by the Member, either before, during or after any meeting. The meeting notice shall specify (i) the place, date and hour of the meeting and any means of remote communications by which members may be deemed to be present in person and at such meeting, and (ii) the general nature of the business and purposes to be transacted.

(c) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or otherwise required by applicable law, whenever this Agreement requires or permits actions to be taken by the Member, the decision to take such action shall be determined by the affirmative vote of the holder of a majority of the percentage interests.

(d) Any action required or permitted to be taken by a vote of the Member may be taken without a vote if consent in writing or via electronic transmission is provided to approve such action and the writing or electronic transmission is filed with the records of the Company.

SECTION 11. Directors .

(a) The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of one or more Directors elected, appointed or designated by the Member. The Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors. The initial number of Directors shall be three. Each Director elected, designated or appointed shall hold office until a successor is elected or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. A Director need not be a member.

(b) The Board of Directors shall have the power to do any and all acts necessary, convenient or incidental to or for the furtherance of the purposes described herein, including all powers, statutory or otherwise. Subject to Section 6 , the Board of Directors has the authority to bind the Company, which authority may be delegated hereby to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

(c) Meeting of the Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside of the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President of the Company on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail or any other means of communication. Special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary of the Company in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

 

2


(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or of any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

(f) Committees of Board of Directors .

(i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

(ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member(s) thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Each committee shall have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member or the Board of Directors.

(h) To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement, the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement and unless otherwise authorized by the Board in writing, a single Director acting alone may not bind the Company.

 

3


SECTION 12. Officers .

(a) Officers . The Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Board and shall consist of at least a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board may also choose one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Board may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Board. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer elected or appointed by the Board may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company, shall preside at all meetings of the Board, shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Board shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other Officer or agent of the Company, (iii) where otherwise required by policies of the Member, or (iv) as otherwise permitted in clause (c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or if there is more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary or Assistant Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Board (including special meetings) and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there is more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board (or if there is no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

4


(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member or the Board. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the President. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there is more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board (or if there is no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Controller and Assistant Controller . The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. He or she shall be in charge of and maintain books of account and accounting records of the Corporation. The Controller shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the President. The Assistant Controller, or if there is more than one, the Assistant Controllers in the order determined by the Board (or if there is no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Controller or in the event of the Controller’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Controller and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

(g) Other Officers . Any officer who is elected or appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors and whose duties are not specified in this Agreement shall perform such duties and have such powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors and the President.

(g) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Board not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

SECTION 12. Powers . The Company, and the Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company shall have and exercise: (a) all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 6 and (b) all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

SECTION 13. Limited Liability . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and none of the Member, any Officer or any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company (including any of the Obligations) solely by reason of being a Member, Officer or Director of the Company.

SECTION 14. Capital Contributions . The Member has contributed to the Company the amounts set forth in the books and records of the Company.

 

5


SECTION 15. Additional Contributions . Additional capital contributions to the Company are not required of the Member. The Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the books and records of the Company shall be revised accordingly. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section, are intended solely to benefit the Member and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

SECTION 16. Distributions . Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Board. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law.

SECTION 17. Books and Records; Fiscal Year . (a) The Board shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The Member and any duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

(b) The Company’s fiscal year shall be the calendar year.

SECTION 18. Other Business . The Member and any Affiliate of the Member may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others, including any business venture that may compete with the business of the Company. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

SECTION 19. Exculpation and Indemnification . (a) To the extent permitted by Section 18-108 of the Act, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Member, directors, officers and any Related Party (individually, in each case, a “Covered Person”) to the fullest extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities (joint or several), expenses of any nature (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Covered Person may be involved or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, arising out of or incidental to the business or activities of or relating to the Company, regardless of whether the Covered Person continues to be a Member, director, an officer or Related Party thereof at the time any such liability or expense is paid or incurred; provided, however, that this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of the Covered Person (i) for any breach of the Covered Person’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its Member, (ii) for acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or (iii) for any transaction from which the Covered Person received any improper personal benefit.

 

6


(b) Expenses incurred by a Covered Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit, or proceeding subject to this Section 19 may, from time to time, upon request of the Covered Person, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 19.

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 19 shall be in addition to any other rights to which a Covered Person may be entitled under any agreement, or otherwise, both as to an action in the Covered Person’s capacity as a Member, a director, an officer or similar positions with any Related Party thereof, and as to an action in another capacity, and shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns, and administrators of the Covered Person.

(d) A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any Person as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to the Member might properly be paid.

(e) To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company or to any other Covered Person, a Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement or any approval or authorization granted by the Company or any other Covered Person.

(f) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, Officer, employee or agent of the Company against any liability asserted against such person or incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not such person would be entitled to indemnity against such liability under this Section.

(g) The foregoing provisions of this Section shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 20. Assignments . Subject to Section 22 , the Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. If any Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this paragraph, the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately before the transfer and, immediately after such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation, shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement.

 

7


SECTION 21. Resignation . If the Member resigns, an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 22 , upon such additional member’s execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately before the resignation and, immediately after such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

SECTION 22. Admission of Additional Members . One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company upon approval of the Board.

SECTION 23. Tax Treatment . It is the intention of the Member that, solely for purposes of federal income, state and local income, franchise and single business tax and any other taxes measured in whole or in part by income, as long as the Member is the sole Member of the Company, the Company shall be disregarded as an entity separate from the Member. If additional Members are admitted pursuant to Section 22 , or the Company is recharacterized as a separate entity (by reason of one or more of the Obligations being characterized as an equity interest in the Company rather than as debt or otherwise), it is the intent of the Member and any such additional Members that the Company shall be treated for federal income, state and local income, franchise and single business tax and any other tax measured in whole or in part by income as a partnership and that the Members shall be treated as partners in that partnership with the Obligations being debt of that partnership (unless otherwise characterized by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”)). Further, it is the intention of the Member and any additional Members admitted pursuant to this paragraph that the Obligations issued by the Company shall be treated as debt of the Company (unless otherwise characterized by the IRS).

SECTION 24. Term; Dissolution . (a) The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the written consent of the Member or Members or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member shall not cause the Member to cease to be a member of the Company and, upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of the Company shall continue without dissolution.

(c) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(d) The Company shall terminate when: (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company (including the Obligations), shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

 

8


SECTION 25. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights . Subject to Section 29 : (a) none of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member, (b) nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto and (c) this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person.

SECTION 26. Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement that are valid, enforceable and legal.

SECTION 27. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

SECTION 28. Binding Agreement . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each party hereto agrees that this Agreement constitutes its legal, valid and binding agreement, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 29. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY (AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH) THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES).

SECTION 30. Amendments . This Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended except pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the parties hereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless approved by unanimous written consent of the Board, except: (a) to cure any ambiguity or correct any mistake or (b) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other ancillary documents.

SECTION 31. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 32. Notices . Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by facsimile, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt: (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B , and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing or any other Person, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other parties hereto.

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Agreement as of the 30 day of August, 2006.

 

MEMBER:
RYERSON INC.
By:   /s/ Jay M. Gratz
  Name:   Jay M. Gratz
  Title:  

Executive Vice President

& Chief Financial Officer

 

10


SCHEDULE A

to Limited Liability Company Agreement

DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

A. Definitions . When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

“Act has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agreement” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Bankruptcy” shall have the meaning set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Covered Persons” has the meaning set forth in Section 19(a) .

“Director” means the individuals elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member. A Director is hereby designated as a “director” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

“Member” means Ryerson, as the sole member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

“Obligations” means the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this agreement or any agreement or document in effect as of any date of determination.

“Officer” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Limited Liability Company Agreement A-1


“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

“Related Party” means a Member, officer, director or other Person in question, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Person in question; if the Person in question is a corporation, any executive officer or director of the Person in question or of any corporation directly or indirectly controlling the Person in question. As used in this definition of “Related Party”, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

“Ryerson” means Ryerson Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors.

“Subsidiary” of any Person means any corporation (or similar entity) a majority of the voting stock (or similar interests) of which is owned, directly or indirectly, through one or more other entities, by such Person.

B. Rules of Construction . Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

Limited Liability Company Agreement A-2


SCHEDULE B

to Limited Liability Company Agreement

MEMBER

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

    

Ryerson Inc.

   2621 West 15th Place   
   Chicago, Illinois 60608   

Limited Liability Company Agreement B-1

EXHIBIT 3.22

STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Ryerson Tull Procurement Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), does hereby certify;

FIRST : That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company, by unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the board, duty adopted resolutions setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, declaring said amendment to be advisable the following amendment to the certificate of incorporation of the Company;

RESOLVED , that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended by changing the Article thereof numbered “1” so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows: The name of the corporation is Ryerson Procurement Corporation.

SECOND : That thereafter, in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the sole stockholder of the Company has given written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of the Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and said written consent was filed with the Company.

THIRD : That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH : That said amendment will be effective as of January 1, 2006.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , said corporation has caused this certificate to be signed this 16th day of December, 2005.

 

By:   /s/ James M. Delaney
  James M. Delaney
  President

 

   

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 01:43 PM 12/20/2005

FILED 01:04 PM 12/20/2005

SRV 051041589 – 3246040 FILE


CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

RYERSON TULL PROCUREMENT CORPORATION

1. The name of the corporation is Ryerson Tull Procurement Corporation.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. The nature of the business or purpose to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) common shares, at $0.01 par value per share.

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

Michael J. Perlowski

Mayer, Brown & Platt

190 South La Salle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60603

6. The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

7. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-laws of the corporation.

8. Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-laws may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the By-laws of the corporation. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the corporation shall so provide.

9. The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

STATE OF DELAWARE    

SECRETARY OF STATE    

DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS

FILED 04:00 PM 06/16/2000  

001308091 – 3246040      


10. (A) Directors of the corporation shall have no personal liability to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except (i) for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or knowing violations of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

(B) The corporation shall indemnify, in accordance with and to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of his acting as a director or officer of the corporation (and the corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the corporation) against any liability or expense actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect thereof; provided, however, the corporation shall be required to indemnify an officer or director in connection with an action, suit or proceeding initiated by such person only if such action, suit or proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation. Such indemnification is not exclusive of any other right to indemnification provided by law or otherwise. The right to indemnification conferred by this Section (B) shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each person referred to herein.

(C) No amendment to or repeal of these provisions shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any person for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such person occurring prior to such amendments.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly, have hereunto set my hand this 16 th day of June, 2000.

 

/s/ Michael J. Perlowski

Michael J. Perlowski

 

2

EXHIBIT 3.23

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

RYERSON TULL PROCUREMENT CORPORATION

(effective October     , 2005)

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE II.

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Time and Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation by the Board of Directors, each such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 2. Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the purpose of electing Directors and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The date of the annual meeting shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called by the President and shall be called by the Secretary at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of each meeting of the stockholders stating the place, date and time of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice of any special meeting of stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

Section 5. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law. If a quorum is not present or represented, the holders of the stock present in person or


represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereat shall have power, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of such stock, to adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 6. Voting . At all meetings of the stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, the shares of voting stock owned by such stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 7. Informal Action By Stockholders . Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and controlled by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 2. Number, Qualification and Tenure . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one (1) and not more than nine (9) members. Within the limits above specified, the board of directors is hereby authorized to fix the number of directors, from time to time, by resolution without a vote of the stockholders. Notwithstanding the forgoing, upon any annual election by the stockholders of a number of directors different from that in effect immediately prior to such election, the number of the directors shall automatically be increased or decreased to the number so elected. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 3. Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office

 

-2-


though less than a quorum, and each Director so chosen shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If there are no Directors in office, then an election of Directors may be held in the manner provided by law.

Section 4. Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 5. Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting, to be known as the annual meeting, immediately following each annual meeting of the stockholders. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. No notice of regular meetings need be given.

Section 6. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any Director. No notice of special meetings need be given.

Section 7. Quorum . At all meetings of the Board a majority of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8. Organization . The Chairman of the Board, if elected, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board of Directors. If a Chairman of the Board is not elected or, if elected, is not present, the President (if a member of the Board) or, in the absence of the President or, if the President is not a member of the Board, a Vice Chairman (who is also a member of the Board and, if more than one, in the order designated by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such designation, in the order of their election), if any, or if no such Vice Chairman is present, a Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman at meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 9. Executive Committee . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more Directors to constitute an Executive Committee, to serve as such, unless the resolution designating the Executive Committee is sooner amended or rescinded by the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the Board or until their respective successors are designated. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may also designate additional Directors as alternate members of the Executive Committee to serve as members of the Executive Committee in the place and stead of any regular member or members thereof who may be unable to attend a meeting or otherwise unavailable to act as a member of the Executive Committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member and all alternate members who may serve in the place and stead of such member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

-3-


Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation between the meetings of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings, which shall form a part of the records of the Corporation in the custody of the Secretary, and all actions of the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at the next meeting of the Board.

Meetings of the Executive Committee may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two of its members. No notice of meetings need be given. A majority of the members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as expressly limited by this section, the act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Executive Committee. Except as expressly provided in this Section, the Executive Committee shall fix its own rules of procedure.

Section 10. Other Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more other committees, each such committee to consist of one or more Directors. Except as expressly limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation, any such committee shall have and may exercise such powers as the Board of Directors may determine and specify in the resolution designating such committee. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, also may designate one or more additional Directors as alternate members of any such committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and at any time may change the membership of any committee or amend or rescind the resolution designating the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member or alternate member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member, provided that the Director so appointed meets any qualifications stated in the resolution designating the committee. Each committee shall keep a record of proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors to such extent and in such form as the Board of Directors may require. Unless otherwise provided in the resolution designating a committee, a majority of all of the members of any such committee may select its Chairman, fix its rules or procedure, fix the time and place of its meetings and specify what notice of meetings, if any, shall be given.

Section 11. Action without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

-4-


Section 12. Attendance by Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 13. Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors, which may include their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. No member of a committee of the Board of Directors shall receive any separate compensation for serving on, or attendance at, such committee or meetings thereof.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 1. Enumeration . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Vice President, a Treasurer and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents as it shall deem appropriate. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2. Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors and shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation required by this Article shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and any vacancy in any other office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. President and Chief Executive Officer . The President and Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer and chief operating officer of the Corporation and shall have such functions, authority and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Vice President . The Vice President shall act under the direction of the President and in the absence or disability of the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents or may otherwise specify the order of seniority of the Vice Presidents, and, in that event, the duties and power of the President shall descend to the Vice Presidents in the specified order of seniority.

Section 5. Secretary . The Secretary shall keep a record of all proceedings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice, if any, of all meetings of the stockholders and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the President. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary any Assistant

 

-5-


Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest such affixing of the seal.

Section 6. Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary.

Section 7. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Vice President.

Section 8. Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer.

Section 9. Controller . The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. He or she shall, when proper, approve all bills for purchases, payrolls, and similar instruments providing for disbursement of money by the Corporation, for payment by the Treasurer. He or she shall be in charge of and maintain books of account and accounting records of the Corporation. He or she shall perform such other acts as are usually performed by a Controller of a corporation. He or she shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, such reports as any thereof may require.

Section 10. Other Officers . Any officer who is elected or appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors and whose duties are not specified in these By-Laws shall perform such duties and have such powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

-6-


ARTICLE V.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Certificates of stock in the Corporation, if any, shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Where a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, other than the Corporation or an employee of the Corporation, or by a registrar, the signatures of the President or a Vice President and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

Section 2. Transfer . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction on its books.

Section 3. Replacement . In case of the loss, destruction or theft of a certificate for any stock of the Corporation, a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate therefor issued by the Corporation may be issued upon satisfactory proof of such loss, destruction or theft and upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may in its discretion require the owner of the lost, destroyed or stolen certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum and in such form and with such surety or sureties as it may direct, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it with respect to a certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen.

ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 1. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in

 

-7-


any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3. To the extent that a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Section 4. Any indemnification under Sections 1 and 2 of this article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this article. Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

-8-


Section 5. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in Section 4 of this article upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this article.

Section 6. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, (i) arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 or regulations promulgated thereunder, or under any other law or regulation of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof or law or regulation of any state or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality of either, or under the common law of any of the foregoing, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a fiduciary, disqualified person or party in interest with respect to an employee benefit plan covering employees of the Corporation or of a subsidiary corporation, or is or was serving in any other capacity with respect to such plan, or has or had any obligations or duties with respect to such plan by reason of such laws or regulations, provided that such person was or is a director or officer of the Corporation (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation), or (ii) in connection with any matter arising under federal, state or local revenue or taxation laws or regulations, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, taxes, amounts paid in settlement and amounts paid as penalties or fines necessary to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and had responsibility for or participated in activities relating to compliance with such revenue or taxation laws and regulations); provided, however, that such person did not act dishonestly or in willful or reckless violation of the provisions of the law or regulation under which such suit or proceeding arises. Unless the Board of Directors determines that under the circumstances then existing, it is probable that such director, officer, employee, agent or representative will not be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section, expenses incurred in defending such suit or proceeding, including the amount of any penalties or fines necessary to be paid to contest the imposition of such penalties or fines, shall be paid by the

 

-9-


Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee, agent or representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this section.

Section 7. The indemnification provided by this article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, agent or representative and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 8. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or representative of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not he would be entitled to indemnity against such liability under the provisions of this article.

ARTICLE VII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

Section 3. Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under law or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

ARTICLE VIII.

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors. The fact that the power to amend, alter, repeal or adopt the By-Laws has been conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

-10-

EXHIBIT 4.1

RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION

to be merged with and into

RYERSON INC.

as Issuer

and

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

 

 

FLOATING RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2014

12% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015

 

 

INDENTURE

DATED AS OF OCTOBER 19, 2007

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture
Act Section

       Section
Indenture
310    (a)(1)      7.10
   (a)(2)      7.10
   (a)(3)      N.A.
   (a)(4)      N.A.
   (a)(5)      7.10
   (b)      7.3; 7.10
   (c)      N.A.
311    (a)      7.11
   (b)      7.11
   (c)      N.A.
312    (a)      2.5
   (b)      11.3
   (c)      11.3
313    (a)      7.6
   (b)(1)      7.6
   (b)(2)      7.6; 7.7
   (c)      7.6; 11.2
   (d)      7.6
314    (a)      4.3; 11.5
   (b)      N.A.
   (c)(1)      11.4
   (c)(2)      11.4
   (c)(3)      N.A.
   (d)      9.1, 10.4, 10.5
   (e)      11.5
   (f)      N.A.
315    (a)      7.1
   (b)      1.1, 7.5; 11.2
   (c)      7.1
   (d)      7.1
   (e)      6.11
316    (a)(last sentence)      2.9
   (a)(1)(A)      6.5
   (a)(1)(B)      6.4
   (a)(2)      N.A.
   (b)      6.7
   (c)      2.13
317    (a)(1)      6.8
   (a)(2)      6.9
   (b)      2.3
318    (a)      11.1
     (b)        N.A.
   (c)      11.1

 

N.A. means not applicable.

 

* This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
     ARTICLE I     
     DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE     

SECTION 1.1

  

Definitions

   1

SECTION 1.2

  

Other Definitions

   41

SECTION 1.3

  

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

   41

SECTION 1.4

  

Rules of Construction

   42
   ARTICLE II   
   THE NOTES   

SECTION 2.1

  

Form and Dating

   42

SECTION 2.2

  

Execution and Authentication

   44

SECTION 2.3

  

Registrar; Paying Agent

   45

SECTION 2.4

  

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

   45

SECTION 2.5

  

Holder Lists

   45

SECTION 2.6

  

Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities

   46

SECTION 2.7

  

Replacement Notes

   48

SECTION 2.8

  

Outstanding Notes

   48

SECTION 2.9

  

Treasury Notes

   49

SECTION 2.10

  

Temporary Notes

   49

SECTION 2.11

  

Cancellation

   49

SECTION 2.12

  

Defaulted Interest

   49

SECTION 2.13

  

Record Date

   50

SECTION 2.14

  

Computation of Interest

   50

SECTION 2.15

  

CUSIP Number

   50

SECTION 2.16

  

Special Transfer Provisions

   50

SECTION 2.17

  

Issuance of Additional Notes

   52
   ARTICLE III   
   REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT   

SECTION 3.1

  

Notices to Trustee

   52

SECTION 3.2

  

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

   53

SECTION 3.3

  

Notice of Redemption

   53

SECTION 3.4

  

Effect of Notice of Redemption

   54

SECTION 3.5

  

Deposit of Redemption of Purchase Price

   54

SECTION 3.6

  

Notes Redeemed in Part

   55

SECTION 3.7

  

Optional Redemption

   55

SECTION 3.8

  

Mandatory Redemption

   57

SECTION 3.9

  

Offer to Purchase

   57

 

-i-


   ARTICLE IV   
   COVENANTS   

SECTION 4.1

  

Payment of Notes

   58

SECTION 4.2

  

Maintenance of Office or Agency

   58

SECTION 4.3

  

Provision of Financial Information

   59

SECTION 4.4

  

Compliance Certificate

   60

SECTION 4.5

  

Taxes

   61

SECTION 4.6

  

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

   61

SECTION 4.7

  

Limitation on Restricted Payments

   61

SECTION 4.8

  

Limitation on Dividends and Other Payments Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

   66

SECTION 4.9

  

Limitation on Incurrence of Debt

   69

SECTION 4.10

  

Limitation on Asset Sales

   70

SECTION 4.11

  

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

   72

SECTION 4.12

  

Limitation on Liens

   74

SECTION 4.13

  

Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

   75

SECTION 4.14

  

Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control

   75

SECTION 4.15

  

Corporate Existence

   76

SECTION 4.16

  

Events of Loss

   76

SECTION 4.17

  

Business Activities

   78

SECTION 4.18

  

Limitation on Activities of JV Interest Holders

   78

SECTION 4.19

  

Impairment of Security Interests

   78

SECTION 4.20

  

Additional Note Guarantees

   78

SECTION 4.21

  

Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries

   79

SECTION 4.22

  

[Reserved]

   79

SECTION 4.23

  

Further Assurances

   79

SECTION 4.24

  

Maintenance of Properties; Insurance; Books and Records

   80
   ARTICLE V   
   SUCCESSORS   

SECTION 5.1

  

Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease

   82

SECTION 5.2

  

Successor Person Substituted

   84
   ARTICLE VI   
   DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES   

SECTION 6.1

  

Events of Default

   85

SECTION 6.2

  

Acceleration

   87

SECTION 6.3

  

Other Remedies

   88

SECTION 6.4

  

Waiver of Past Defaults

   88

 

-ii-


SECTION 6.5

  

Control by Majority

   89

SECTION 6.6

  

Limitation on Suits

   89

SECTION 6.7

  

Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

   89

SECTION 6.8

  

Collection Suit by Trustee

   90

SECTION 6.9

  

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

   90

SECTION 6.10

  

Priorities

   90

SECTION 6.11

  

Undertaking for Costs

   91

SECTION 6.12

  

Appointment and Authorization of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Collateral Agent

   91
   ARTICLE VII   
   TRUSTEE   

SECTION 7.1

  

Duties of Trustee

   92

SECTION 7.2

  

Rights of Trustee

   93

SECTION 7.3

  

Individual Rights of Trustee

   94

SECTION 7.4

  

Trustee’s Disclaimer

   94

SECTION 7.5

  

Notice of Defaults

   95

SECTION 7.6

  

Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

   95

SECTION 7.7

  

Compensation and Indemnity

   95

SECTION 7.8

  

Replacement of Trustee

   96

SECTION 7.9

  

Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

   97

SECTION 7.10

  

Eligibility; Disqualification

   97

SECTION 7.11

  

S Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer

   98

SECTION 7.12

  

Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuer

   98

SECTION 7.13

  

Limitation of Liability

   98

SECTION 7.14

  

Collateral Agent

   98

SECTION 7.15

  

Co-Trustees; Separate Trustee; Collateral Agent

   99
   ARTICLE VIII   
   DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE   

SECTION 8.1

  

Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

   100

SECTION 8.2

  

Defeasance and Discharge

   100

SECTION 8.3

  

Covenant Defeasance

   102

SECTION 8.4

  

Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

   103

SECTION 8.5

  

Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

   104

SECTION 8.6

  

Repayment to Issuer

   105

SECTION 8.7

  

Reinstatement

   105

 

-iii-


   ARTICLE IX   
   AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER   

SECTION 9.1

  

Without Consent of Holders of the Notes

   106

SECTION 9.2

  

With Consent of Holders of Notes

   107

SECTION 9.3

  

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

   108

SECTION 9.4

  

Revocation and Effect of Consents

   108

SECTION 9.5

  

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

   109

SECTION 9.6

  

Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.

   109
   ARTICLE X   
   SECURITY   

SECTION 10.1

  

Security Documents; Additional Collateral

   109

SECTION 10.2

  

Recording, Registration and Opinions

   117

SECTION 10.3

  

Releases of Collateral

   118

SECTION 10.4

  

Form and Sufficiency of Release

   119

SECTION 10.5

  

Possession and Use of Collateral

   119

SECTION 10.6

  

Specified Releases of Collateral

   120

SECTION 10.7

  

Disposition of Collateral Without Release

   123

SECTION 10.8

  

Purchaser Protected

   125

SECTION 10.9

  

Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Collateral Agent Under the Security Documents

   125

SECTION 10.10

  

Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Agreement

   125

SECTION 10.11

  

Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Collateral Agent

   125
   ARTICLE XI   
   APPLICATION OF TRUST MONIES   

SECTION 11.1

  

Collateral Account

   126

SECTION 11.2

  

Withdrawal of Loss Proceeds

   126

SECTION 11.3

  

Withdrawal of Net Proceeds to Fund an Asset Sale Offer

   129

SECTION 11.4

  

Withdrawal of Trust Monies for Investment in Replacement Assets

   130

SECTION 11.5

  

Investment of Trust Monies

   132

SECTION 11.6

  

Use of Trust Monies; Retirement of Notes

   132

SECTION 11.7

  

Disposition of Notes Retired

   133
   ARTICLE XII   
   NOTE GUARANTEES   

SECTION 12.1

  

Note Guarantees

   133

SECTION 12.2

  

Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee

   135

SECTION 12.3

  

Severability

   135

SECTION 12.4

  

Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability

   135

SECTION 12.5

  

Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms

   136

SECTION 12.6

  

Releases Following Sale of Assets

   136

 

-iv-


SECTION 12.7

  

Release of a Guarantor

   137

SECTION 12.8

  

Benefits Acknowledged

   137

SECTION 12.9

  

Future Guarantors

   137
   ARTICLE XIII   
   MISCELLANEOUS   

SECTION 13.1

   Trust Indenture Act Controls    138

SECTION 13.2

   Notices    138

SECTION 13.3

   Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes    139

SECTION 13.4

   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent    139

SECTION 13.5

   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion    140

SECTION 13.6

   Rules by Trustee and Agents    140

SECTION 13.7

   No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders    140

SECTION 13.8

   Governing Law    140

SECTION 13.9

   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements    141

SECTION 13.10

   Successors    141

SECTION 13.11

   Severability    141

SECTION 13.12

   Counterpart Originals    141

SECTION 13.13

   Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.    141

SECTION 13.14

   Acts of Holders    141

EXHIBITS

     

Exhibit A-1

   FORM OF 12% SENIOR SECURED NOTE   

Exhibit A-2

   FORM OF FLOATING RATE NOTE   

Exhibit B

   FORM OF NOTATIONAL GUARANTEE   

Exhibit C

   FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO RULE 144A   

Exhibit D

   FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S   

Exhibit E

   FORM OF MORTGAGE   

ANNEXES

     

ANNEX A

  

Post-Closing Non-Material Mortgaged Properties

  

ANNEX B

   Closing Date Non-Material Mortgaged Properties   

ANNEX C

   Certain Material Mortgaged Properties   

 

-v-


This Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, is by and among Rhombus Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation that shall be merged with and into Ryerson Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the surviving corporation (the “ Company ” or the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of (i) the Issuer’s Floating Rate Senior Secured Senior Notes due 2014 issued on the date hereof that contain the restrictive legend in Exhibit A-2 (the “ Floating Rate Notes ”), (ii) the Issuer’s 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 issued on the date hereof that contain the restrictive legend in Exhibit A-1 (the “ Fixed Rate Notes ” and, together with the Floating Rate Notes, the “ Initial Notes ”) (ii) Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act without the restrictive legends in Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 (the “ Exchange Notes ”) and (iii) Additional Notes issued from time to time as either Initial Notes or Exchange Notes (together with the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes, the “ Notes ”). On or after the date hereof, Rhombus Merger Corporation shall be merged with and into Ryerson Inc. with Ryerson Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation and assuming all of the obligations of Rhombus Merger Corporation under this Indenture.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.1 Definitions .

ABL Collateral ” means:

(a) “accounts” and “payment intangibles” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC) (other than “payment intangibles” which constitute identifiable proceeds of the Notes Collateral);

(b) “inventory” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC) or documents of title for any inventory;

(c) “deposit accounts” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC) that constitute lock-box accounts and any concentration accounts related thereto (if any); provided , however , that to the extent that instruments or chattel paper constitute identifiable proceeds of the Notes Collateral or other identifiable proceeds of the Notes Collateral are deposited or held in any such deposit accounts after an Enforcement Notice, then such instruments, chattel paper or other identifiable proceeds shall be treated as Notes Collateral;

(d) “general intangibles” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC) pertaining to the other items of property included within clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition of ABL Collateral, including, without limitation, all contingent rights with respect to warranties on inventory or accounts which are not yet “payment intangibles” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC);

 

-1-


(e) “records” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC), “supporting obligations” (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC) and related letters of credit, commercial tort claims or other claims and causes of action, in each case, pertaining to the other items of property included within clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition of ABL Collateral; and

(f) substitutions, replacements, accessions, products and proceeds (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit) of any or all of the foregoing, only to the extent any of the foregoing would constitute property of the type described as ABL Collateral in clauses (a) through (e) of this definition.

For the avoidance of doubt, under no circumstances shall ABL Collateral include any Excluded Assets or Notes Collateral.

ABL Facility Collateral Agent ” means Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, its successors and/or assigns in such capacity.

ABL Liens ” means all Liens in favor of the ABL Facility Collateral Agent on ABL Collateral securing the ABL Obligations.

ABL Obligations ” means the Debt and other obligations incurred under clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Debt.”

Acquired Debt ” means Debt of a Person (including an Unrestricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest owing on the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Additional Notes ” means Notes (other than the Initial Notes on the Issue Date) issued pursuant to Article II hereof and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Additional Secured Obligations ” means Pari Passu Lien Obligations (of the Company or any Guarantor) permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and designated in writing by the Company as Debt to be secured by a Lien on the Collateral which is permitted by this Indenture and the Security Documents; provided that the representative of such Additional Secured Obligations executes a joinder agreement to the Security Documents in the form attached thereto agreeing to be bound thereby.

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings that correspond to the foregoing. For purposes of Section 4.11, any Person directly or indirectly owning 10% or more of the outstanding Capital Interests of the Company and any Person who is a Permitted Holder will be deemed an Affiliate.

 

-2-


Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, Calculation Agent (so long as Trustee serves in such capacity) or co-registrar.

Applicable Premium ” means:

(A) with respect to any Fixed Rate Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Fixed Rate Note; and

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the Redemption Price of the Fixed Rate Note at November 1, 2011 such Redemption Price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.7(a) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Fixed Rate Note through November 1, 2011 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Fixed Rate Note; and

(B) with respect to any Floating Rate Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Floating Rate Note; and

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Floating Rate Note at November 1, 2009 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.7(b)) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Floating Rate Note through November 1, 2009 (assuming the interest rate in effect on the date on which notice of redemption was given, but excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the principal amount of such Floating Rate Note.

 

-3-


Asset Acquisition ” means:

(a) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person, any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices.

Asset Sale ” means any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition (including, without limitation, dispositions pursuant to any consolidation or merger) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person (other than to the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any single transaction or series of transactions of:

(i) Capital Interests in another Person (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals pursuant to local law); or

(ii) any other property or assets (other than in the normal course of business, including any sale or other disposition of obsolete or permanently retired equipment);

provided , however , that the term “Asset Sale” shall exclude:

(a) any asset disposition permitted by Section 5.1 that constitutes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(b) any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition of property or assets, the gross proceeds of which (exclusive of indemnities) do not exceed in any one or related series of transactions $3.0 million;

(c) sales or other dispositions of cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents;

(d) sales of interests in Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(e) the sale and leaseback of any assets within 90 days of the acquisition thereof;

(f) the disposition of assets that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company are no longer used or useful in the business of such entity;

(g) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is otherwise permitted by this Indenture;

(h) any trade-in of equipment in exchange for other equipment; provided that in the good faith judgment of the Company, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives equipment having a fair market value equal to or greater than the equipment being traded in;

 

-4-


(i) the creation of a Lien (but not the sale or other disposition of the property subject to such Lien);

(j) leases or subleases in the ordinary course of business to third persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

(k) any disposition by a Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Subsidiary to a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;

(l) [Reserved];

(m) dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(n) licensing of intellectual property in accordance with industry practice in the ordinary course of business;

(o) any transfer of accounts receivable, or a fractional undivided interest therein, by a Receivable Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction; or

(p) sales of accounts receivable to a Receivable Subsidiary pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction for the Fair Market Value thereof; including cash in an amount at least equal to 75% of the Fair Market Value thereof (for the purposes of this clause (p), Purchase Money Notes will be deemed to be cash).

For purposes of this definition, any series of related transactions that, if effected as a single transaction, would constitute an Asset Sale shall be deemed to be a single Asset Sale effected when the last such transaction which is a part thereof is effected.

Asset Sale Offer ” means an Offer to Purchase required to be made by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 to all Holders.

Attributable Debt ” under this Indenture in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in such transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been or may be extended).

Average Life ” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to any Debt, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment (including any sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment requirements) of such Debt multiplied by (y) the amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

-5-


Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person,” as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition.

Board of Directors ” means (i) with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, its board of directors or any duly authorized committee thereof; (ii) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of such corporation or any duly authorized committee thereof; and (iii) with respect to any other entity, the board of directors or similar body of the general partner or managers of such entity or any duly authorized committee thereof.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors, unless the context specifically requires that such resolution be adopted by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, in which case by a majority of such Disinterested Directors, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

Calculation Agent ” means an agent, which shall initially be the Trustee, appointed by the Company to calculate LIBOR (as defined in Exhibit A-2 hereto) for purposes of this Indenture.

Canadian Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is formed or otherwise incorporated or organized in Canada or any state or province thereof.

Capital Interests ” in any Person means any and all shares, interests (including Preferred Interests), participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person and any rights (other than Debt securities convertible into an equity interest), warrants or options to acquire an equity interest in such Person.

Capital Lease Obligations ” means any obligation under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP; and the amount of Debt represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. For purposes of Section 4.12, a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed secured by a Lien on the property being leased.

Certificated Notes ” means Notes that are in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 attached hereto.

 

-6-


Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the ultimate “beneficial owner” (as such term is used in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause (a) such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Interests in the Company; or

(b) after the consummation of an initial public offering, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by the Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the equityholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the Company then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors then in office; or

(c) the Company sells, conveys, transfers or leases (either in one transaction or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of its assets to, or merges or consolidates with, a Person other than (x) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (y) a Successor Entity in which a majority or more of the voting power of the Voting Interests is held by the Permitted Holders.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Collateral Account ” means the collateral account established pursuant to this Indenture and the Security Documents.

Collateral Agent ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association or other financial institution or entity which, in the determination of the Company is acceptable and may include, without limitation, an entity affiliated with the initial purchasers, any lenders or an entity affiliated with the lenders under the Credit Agreement or an affiliate thereof.

Collateral ” shall mean all of the Pledged Collateral (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) and all other property of whatever kind or nature subject or purported to be subject from time to time to the Lien of any Security Document.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.

Common Interests ” of any Person means Capital Interests in such Person that do not rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to Capital Interests of any other class in such Person.

 

-7-


Company ” or “ Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor.

Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period:

(a) the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for such period, taken as a single accounting period, of:

(i) Consolidated Net Income;

(ii) Consolidated Non-cash Charges;

(iii) Consolidated Interest Expense to the extent the same was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income;

(iv) Consolidated Income Tax Expense (other than income tax expense (either positive or negative) attributable to extraordinary gains or losses);

(v) facility closure and severance costs and charges;

(vi) impairment charges, including the write-down of Investments;

(vii) restructuring expenses and charges;

(viii) acquisition integration expenses and charges;

(ix) systems implementation expenses related to SAP Platform;

(x) any expenses or charges related to any equity offering, Permitted Investment, recapitalization or Debt permitted to be Incurred by this Indenture (whether or not successful) or related to the offering of the Notes under the Offering Memorandum; and

(xi) the Historical Costs and Expenses; and

(b) less non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than (i) the accrual of revenue consistent with past practice, and (ii) reversals of prior accruals or reserves for cash items previously excluded in the calculation of Consolidated Non-cash Charges.

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of the aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters, treated as one period, for which financial information in respect

 

-8-


thereof is available immediately preceding the date of the transaction (the “ Transaction Date ”) giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (such four full fiscal quarter period being referred to herein as the “ Four Quarter Period ”) to the aggregate amount of Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges” and “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect (i) to the cost of any compensation, remuneration or other benefit paid or provided to any employee, consultant, Affiliate, equity owner of the entity involved in any such Asset Acquisition to the extent such costs are eliminated or reduced (or public announcement has been made of the intent to eliminate or reduce such costs) prior to the date of such calculation and not replaced; and (ii) on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation, to any Asset Sales or other dispositions or Asset Acquisitions, investments, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence or assumption of any such Acquired Debt), investment, merger, consolidation or disposed operation occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period.

For purposes of this definition, pro forma calculations shall be made in accordance with Article XI of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, except that such pro forma calculations may also include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the Asset Sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition, investment, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation (as determined in accordance with GAAP) for which pro forma effect is being given that (A) have been realized or (B) for which steps have been taken or are reasonably expected to be taken within six months of the date of such transaction and are supportable and quantifiable and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead, provided that, in either case, such adjustments are set forth in an Officers’ Certificate signed by the Company’s chief financial or similar officer that states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments and (ii) that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith belief of the Officer executing such Officers’ Certificate at the time of such execution.

Furthermore, in calculating “Consolidated Fixed Charges” for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”:

(a) interest on outstanding Debt determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Debt in effect on the Transaction Date; and

(b) if interest on any Debt actually incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the Four Quarter Period.

 

-9-


If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly Guarantees Debt of a third Person, the above clause shall give effect to the incurrence of such Guaranteed Debt as if such Person or such Subsidiary had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such Guaranteed Debt.

Consolidated Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for such period of:

(a) Consolidated Interest Expense; and

(b) the product of (i) all dividends and other distributions paid or accrued during such period in respect of Redeemable Capital Interests of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Income Tax Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, (x) if such Person is not a corporation, the permitted tax payments of such Person for such period or (y) if such Person is a corporation, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(i) the interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation:

(a) any amortization of debt discount;

(b) the net cost under Interest Rate Protection Obligations (including any amortization of discounts);

(c) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation;

(d) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptance financing or similar activities; and

(e) all accrued interest;

(ii) the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;

 

-10-


(iii) all capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; and

(iv) less interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period;

provided , however , that Consolidated Interest Expense will exclude (I) the amortization or write off of debt issuance costs and deferred financing fees, commissions, fees and expenses and (II) any expensing of interim loan commitment and other financing fees.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income, by:

(A) excluding, without duplication,

(i) all extraordinary gains or losses (net of fees and expense relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), income, expenses or charges;

(ii) the portion of net income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries allocable to minority interest in unconsolidated Persons or Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not actually been received by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iii) gains or losses in respect of any Asset Sales by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), on an after-tax basis;

(iv) the net income (loss) from any disposed or discontinued operations or any net gains or losses on disposed or discontinued operations, on an after-tax basis;

(v) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the first paragraph of Section 4.7, the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) or such Person to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders;

(vi) any gain or loss realized as a result of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

(vii) any fees and expenses paid in connection with the issuance of the Notes;

 

-11-


(viii) non-cash compensation expense incurred with any issuance of equity interests to an employee of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(ix) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of Debt;

(x) any non-cash impairment charges or asset write-off or write-down resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 or Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141; and

(xi) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133; and

(B) including, without duplication, dividends from joint ventures actually received in cash by the Company.

Consolidated Non-cash Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles) and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charges constituting an extraordinary item or loss and excluding any charges constituting an extraordinary item or loss or any charge which requires an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period).

Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Hedging Obligations and any undrawn letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business).

Consolidated Total Debt Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Total Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of determination to (b) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges for the then most recent Four Quarter Period, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Debt and Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.2 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

Credit Agreement ” means the Company’s Credit Agreement, dated on or about the Issue Date, among the Company, Ryerson Canada, Inc. and the other co-borrowers named therein and Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent and the other agents and lenders named therein,

 

-12-


together with all related notes, letters of credit, collateral documents, guarantees and any other related agreements and instruments executed and delivered in connection therewith, in each case as amended, modified, supplemented, restated, refinanced, refunded or replaced in whole or in part from time to time, including by or pursuant to any agreement or instrument that extends the maturity of any Debt thereunder, or increases the amount of available borrowings thereunder ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under clause (i) or (xv) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”) or adds Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, in each case with respect to such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of lenders, purchasers or debt holders.

Currency Hedge Obligations ” means the obligations of a Person Incurred pursuant to any foreign currency exchange agreement, option or futures contract or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against or manage such Person’s exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on Debt permitted under this Indenture.

Debt ” means at any time (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, or non-recourse, the following: (i) all indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed or for deferred purchase price of property, excluding any trade payables or other current liabilities incurred in the normal course of business; (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (iii) all obligations of such Person with respect to letters of credit (other than letters of credit that are secured by cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents), bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; (iv) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property or assets acquired by such Person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property or assets); (v) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (vi) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of Redeemable Capital Interests in such Person at the time of determination; (vii) any Swap Contracts and Currency Hedge Obligations of such Person at the time of determination; (viii) Attributable Debt with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction to which such Person is a party; and (ix) all obligations of the types referred to in clauses (i) through (viii) of this definition of another Person and all dividends and other distributions of another Person, the payment of which, in either case, (A) such Person has Guaranteed or (B) is secured by (or the holder of such Debt or the recipient of such dividends or other distributions has an existing right, whether contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon the property or other assets of such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt, dividends or other distributions. For purposes of the foregoing: (a) the maximum fixed repurchase price of any Redeemable Capital Interests that do not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital Interests as if such Redeemable Capital Interests were repurchased on any date on which Debt shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture; provided, however, that, if such Redeemable Capital Interests are not then permitted to be repurchased, the repurchase price shall be the book value of such Redeemable Capital Interests; (b) the amount outstanding at any time of any Debt issued with original issue discount is the principal amount of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP, but

 

-13-


such Debt shall be deemed Incurred only as of the date of original issuance thereof; (c) the amount of any Debt described in clause (ix)(A) above shall be the maximum liability under any such Guarantee; (d) the amount of any Debt described in clause (ix)(B) above shall be the lesser of (I) the maximum amount of the obligations so secured and (II) the Fair Market Value of such property or other assets; and (e) interest, fees, premium, and expenses and additional payments, if any, will not constitute Debt.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, the term “Debt” will exclude (x) customary indemnification obligations and (y) post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment is otherwise contingent; provided , however , that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 60 days thereafter.

The amount of Debt of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligations, of any contingent obligations at such date; provided , however , that in the case of Debt sold at a discount, the amount of such Debt at any time will be the accreted value thereof at such time.

Default ” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default.

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.3 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof, and, thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor.

Disinterested Director ” means, with respect to any proposed transaction between (i) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, and (ii) an Affiliate thereof (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, who would not be a party to, or have a financial interest in, such transaction and is not an officer, director or employee of, and does not have a financial interest in, such Affiliate. For purposes of this definition, no person would be deemed not to be a Disinterested Director solely because such person holds Capital Interests in the Company or is an employee of the Company.

Domestic Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is formed or otherwise incorporated in the United States or a State thereof or the District of Columbia or that Guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Debt of the Company.

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company (55 Water Street, New York, New York).

Eligible Bank ” means a bank or trust company that (i) is organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or Canada, or any state, territory, province or possession thereof, (ii) as of the time of the making or acquisition of an Investment in such bank or trust company, has combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and (iii) the senior Debt of which is rated at least “A-2” by Moody’s or at least “A” by Standard & Poor’s.

 

-14-


Eligible Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following Investments: (i) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof ( provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition; (ii) time deposits in and certificates of deposit of any Eligible Bank, provided that such Investments have a maturity date not more than two years after date of acquisition and that the Average Life of all such Investments is one year or less from the respective dates of acquisition; (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 180 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with any Eligible Bank; (iv) direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof, provided that such Investments mature, or are subject to tender at the option of the Holder thereof, within 365 days after the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, have a rating of at least A from Standard & Poor’s or A-2 from Moody’s (or an equivalent rating by any other nationally recognized rating agency); (v) commercial paper of any Person other than an Affiliate of the Company, provided that such Investments have one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s and mature within 180 days after the date of acquisition; (vi) overnight and demand deposits in and bankers’ acceptances of any Eligible Bank and demand deposits in any bank or trust company to the extent insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation against the Bank Insurance Fund; (vii) money market funds substantially all of the assets of which comprise Investments of the types described in clauses (i) through (vi), and (viii) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above or funds equivalent to those referred to in clause (vii) above denominated in Euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tender to those referred to in such clauses and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in jurisdictions outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction, all as determined in good faith by the Company.

Enforcement Notice ” means a written notice delivered pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, at a time when an event of default under the Credit Facility or an event of default under this Indenture has occurred and is continuing, by either the Collateral Agent or the ABL Facility Collateral Agent to the other, specifying the relevant event of default.

Event of Loss ” means, with respect to any property or asset (tangible or intangible, real or personal) constituting Collateral, any of the following:

(i) any loss, destruction or damage of such property or asset;

(ii) any institution of any proceeding for the condemnation or seizure of such property or asset or for the exercise of any right of eminent domain;

(iii) any actual condemnation, seizure or taking by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise of such property or asset, or confiscation of such property or asset or the requisition of the use of such property or asset; or

 

-15-


(iv) any settlement in lieu of clauses (ii) or (iii) above.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Exchange Offer ” means an offer that may be made by the Issuer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement to exchange Notes bearing the Restricted Notes Legend for the Exchange Notes.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning given to such term in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Excluded Assets ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital (or equivalent); and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary) of Capital Interests (other than Redeemable Capital Interests) of the Company,

in each case, designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date such capital contribution is made or such Capital Interests are sold, as the case may be, which amounts shall be excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph of Section 4.7.

Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to the consideration received or paid in any transaction or series of transactions, the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the case of a transaction between the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, on the one hand, and a Receivable Subsidiary, on the other hand, if the Board of Directors determines in its sole discretion that such determination is appropriate, a determination as to Fair Market Value may be made at the commencement of the transaction and be applicable to all dealings between the Receivable Subsidiary and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary during the course of such transaction.

Four Quarter Period ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

 

-16-


GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, as set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect as of the Issue Date.

Global Note Legend ” means the legend identified as such in Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto.

Global Notes ” means the Notes in global form that are in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto.

Guarantee ” means, as applied to any Debt of another Person, (i) a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the normal course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part or all of such Debt, (ii) any direct or indirect obligation, contingent or otherwise, of a Person guaranteeing or having the effect of guaranteeing the Debt of any other Person in any manner and (iii) an agreement of a Person, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of all or any part of such Debt of another Person (and “ Guaranteed ” and “ Guaranteeing ” shall have meanings that correspond to the foregoing).

Guarantor ” means any Person that is a signatory to this Indenture or executes a Note Guarantee or supplemental indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and their respective successors and assigns.

Hedging Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such person pursuant to any interest rate agreement, currency agreement or commodity agreement.

Historical Costs and Expenses ” means public company costs, merger and proxy related expenses, workers’ compensation reserve adjustments, legal settlements and historical costs associated with closed facilities to the extent incurred prior to the Issue Date and, in each case, on a basis consistent with the calculation of pro forma Adjusted EBITDA as set forth in the Offering Memorandum.

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

Incur ” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Debt or other obligation on the balance sheet of such Person; provided , however , that a change in GAAP that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Debt. Debt otherwise Incurred by a Person before it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed to be Incurred at the time at which such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company. “ Incurrence ,” “ Incurred ,” “ Incurrable ” and “ Incurring ” shall have meanings that correspond to the foregoing. A Guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Debt Incurred by the Company or a Restricted

 

-17-


Subsidiary, as applicable, shall not be a separate Incurrence of Debt. In addition, the following shall not be deemed a separate Incurrence of Debt:

(1) amortization of debt discount or accretion of principal with respect to a non-interest bearing or other discount security;

(2) the payment of regularly scheduled interest in the form of additional Debt of the same instrument or the payment of regularly scheduled dividends on Capital Interests in the form of additional Capital Interests of the same class and with the same terms;

(3) the obligation to pay a premium in respect of Debt arising in connection with the issuance of a notice of redemption or making of a mandatory offer to purchase such Debt; and

(4) unrealized losses or charges in respect of Hedging Obligations.

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Initial Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Initial Purchaser ” means Banc of America Securities LLC and such other initial purchasers party to the Purchase Agreement and any similar purchase agreement in connection with any Permitted Additional Note Obligations.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Issue Date by and between the ABL Facility Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent.

Interest Rate Protection Agreements ” means, with respect to any Person, any arrangement with any other Person whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements.

Interest Rate Protection Obligations ” means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Protection Agreements.

Investment ” by any Person means any direct or indirect loan, advance (or other extension of credit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property or assets to another Person or any other payments for property or services for the account or use of another Person) another Person, including, without limitation, the following: (i) the purchase or acquisition of any Capital Interest or other evidence of beneficial ownership in another Person; (ii) the purchase, acquisition or Guarantee of the Debt of another Person or the issuance of a “keep-well” with respect thereto; and (iii) the purchase or acquisition of the business or assets of another Person, but shall exclude: (a) accounts receivable and other extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices; (b) the acquisition of property and assets from suppliers and other vendors in the normal course of business; and (c) prepaid expenses and workers’ compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits in the normal course of business.

 

-18-


Issue Date ” means October 19, 2007, the date on which the initial $425.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Fixed Rate Notes and $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Floating Rate Notes are originally issued under this Indenture.

Issuer ” or “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor.

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York, the city in which the principal Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located or at a place of payment are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date in a place of payment is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

Lien ” means, with respect to any property or other asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, easement, encumbrance, preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or other asset (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Management Agreement ” means the corporate advisory services agreement by and among the Company and the Permitted Holders as in effect on the Issue Date.

Master Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Swap Contract.”

Material Mortgaged Property ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

Merger ” means the Merger of Ryerson Inc. and Rhombus Merger Corporation pursuant to the Merger Documents.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.

Merger Documents ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 24, 2007 among Ryerson Inc., Rhombus Merger Corporation and Rhombus Holding Corporation.

Mortgage ” shall mean an agreement, including, but not limited to, a mortgage, deed of trust or any other document, creating and evidencing a Lien on a Mortgaged Property, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E or other form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, in each case, with such schedules and including such provisions as shall be necessary to conform such document to applicable local or foreign law or as shall be customary under applicable local or foreign law.

 

-19-


Mortgaged Property ” means (i) those properties listed on Schedule 7(a) to the Perfection Certificate which are designated to be encumbered by a Mortgage and (ii) the Real Property that becomes subject to a Mortgage pursuant to Section 4.23, Section 10.1 and Article XI hereof.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means, with respect to Asset Sales of any Person, cash and Eligible Cash Equivalents received, net of: (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such Person incurred in connection with such a sale, including, without limitation, all legal, accounting, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred and all federal, state, foreign and local taxes arising in connection with such an Asset Sale that are paid or required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP by such Person; (ii) all payments made by such Person on any Debt that is secured by such properties or other assets in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to such properties or other assets or that must, by the terms of such Lien or such Debt, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such transaction or by applicable law, be repaid to any other Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof) in connection with such Asset Sale; and (iii) all contractually required distributions and other payments made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person as a result of such transaction; provided , however , that: (a) in the event that any consideration for an Asset Sale (which would otherwise constitute Net Cash Proceeds) is required by (I) contract to be held in escrow pending determination of whether a purchase price adjustment will be made or (II) GAAP to be reserved against other liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, such consideration (or any portion thereof) shall become Net Cash Proceeds only at such time as it is released to such Person from escrow or otherwise; and (b) any non-cash consideration received in connection with any transaction, which is subsequently converted to cash, shall become Net Cash Proceeds only at such time as it is so converted.

Net Loss Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Guarantor in respect of any Event of Loss, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or damages awarded by any judgment, net of the direct cost in recovery of such Net Loss Proceeds (including, without limitation, legal, accounting, appraisal and insurance adjuster fees and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Debt secured by any Permitted Collateral Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Event of Loss, and any taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Receivable Subsidiary.”

Note Custodian ” means the Trustee when serving as custodian for the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor entity thereto.

Note Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the Notes by any Guarantor pursuant to this Indenture.

Note Liens ” means all Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent on Collateral securing the Note Obligations, including, without limitation, any Permitted Additional Note Obligations.

Note Obligations ” means the Debt Incurred and Obligations under the Senior Secured Note Documents.

 

-20-


Notes Collateral ” shall mean all Collateral other than ABL Collateral.

Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

Obligations ” means any principal, premium, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Debt.

Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

Offer to Purchase ” means a written offer (the “ Offer ”) sent by the Company by electronic transmission or by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address appearing in the Note Register on the date of the Offer, offering to purchase up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes set forth in such Offer at the purchase price set forth in such Offer (as determined pursuant to this Indenture). Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the offer shall specify an expiration date (the “ Expiration Date ”) of the Offer to Purchase which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of mailing of such Offer and a settlement date (the “ Purchase Date ”) for purchase of Notes within five Business Days after the Expiration Date. The Company shall notify the Trustee at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Company’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Offer shall also state:

(1) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made;

(2) the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;

(3) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner by which such amount has been determined pursuant to Indenture covenants requiring the Offer to Purchase) (the “ Purchase Amount ”);

(4) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for each $2,000 principal amount of Notes (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) accepted for payment (as specified pursuant to this Indenture) (the “ Purchase Price ”);

(5) that the Holder may tender all or any portion of the Notes registered in the name of such Holder and that any portion of a Note tendered must be tendered in a minimum amount of $2,000 principal amount (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof);

 

-21-


(6) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, if applicable;

(7) that, unless the Company defaults in making such purchase, any Note accepted for purchase pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date, but that any Note not tendered or tendered but not purchased by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to accrue interest at the same rate;

(8) that, on the Purchase Date, the Purchase Price will become due and payable upon each Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;

(9) that each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender such Note or cause such Note to be surrendered at the place or places set forth in the Offer prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date (such Note being, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing);

(10) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of Notes tendered if the Company (or its paying agent) receives, not later than the close of business on the Expiration Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes the Holder tendered, the certificate number of the Note the Holder tendered and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of his tender;

(11) that (a) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the Purchase Amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company shall purchase all such Notes and (b) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Purchase Amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company shall purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 principal amount or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof shall be purchased); and

(12) if applicable, that, in the case of any Holder whose Note is purchased only in part, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in the aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes so tendered.

 

-22-


Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum related to the issuance of the Initial Notes on the Issue Date, dated October 3, 2007.

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable.

Opinion of Counsel ” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

Pari Passu Lien Obligations ” means Obligations with respect to other Debt permitted to be incurred under this Indenture which are by their terms intended to be secured equally and ratably with the Notes (including any Permitted Additional Note Obligations); provided such Lien is permitted to be incurred under this Indenture.

Pari Passu Liens ” means Liens securing Obligations ranking pari passu with the Notes which by their terms are intended to be secured equally and ratably with the Notes and are permitted pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents.

Participant ” means, with respect to DTC, a Person who has an account with DTC.

Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance, covenant defeasance or similar payment with respect to, any Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

Perfection Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

Permitted Additional Note Obligations ” means obligations under Additional Notes secured by the Note Liens; provided that the amount of such obligations does not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) an amount such that immediately after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Additional Notes and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (determined on a pro forma basis as set forth in Section 4.9 and in the definition of “ Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ”), would be equal to or less than 3.0:1.0.

Permitted Business ” means any business similar in nature to any business conducted by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business reasonably ancillary, incidental, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the business conducted by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

-23-


Permitted Collateral Liens ” means:

(i) Liens securing the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date, Refinancing Debt with respect to such Notes, the Guarantees relating thereto and any Obligations with respect to such Notes, Refinancing Debt and Guarantees;

(ii) Pari Passu Liens securing Permitted Additional Note Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Indenture which Liens are granted pursuant to the provisions of the Security Documents;

(iii) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than (x) Liens specified in clause (i) or (ii) above and (y) Liens encumbering any Mortgaged Property except to the extent that such Liens are (1) listed on Schedule B to the title insurance policy delivered to the Collateral Agent on the Issue Date and insuring the Collateral Agent’s Mortgage Lien on such Mortgaged Property, (2) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or similar restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to the ownership of their respective properties which were not incurred in connection with Debt and which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of the property affected thereby or materially impair the use of such property in the operation of the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (3) any lien for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges or levies not then due and payable (or which, if due and payable, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are being maintained to the extent required by GAAP and such proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to any such Lien); provided that the Company and Guarantors shall bond over or take any other action necessary or required by the Title Company to delete any exception to title relating to unpaid taxes and assessments, (4) other Liens (not securing Debt) incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or the ownership of their assets which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of the property effected thereby or materially impair the use of such property in the operation of the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (5) any warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, landlord’s or other similar Liens arising by law for sums not then due and payable (or which, if due and payable, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained to the extent required by GAAP and such proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to any such Lien; provided that the Company and Guarantors shall take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary or required by the Title Company to delete any exception to title relating thereto and (6) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business so long as such leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses are subordinate in all respects to the

 

-24-


Liens granted and evidenced by the Security Documents and which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Debt));

(iv) Liens described in clauses (b) (which Liens shall not be Pari Passu Liens on the Notes Collateral), (c), (d), (g) (l) (but only with respect to Obligations secured by Liens described in clause (g) referred to therein), (m), (u), (x), (y), (aa) and (bb) of the definition of Permitted Liens;

(v) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other similar restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Debt and which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of the property affected thereby or materially impair the use of such property in the operation of the business of such Person;

(vi) other Liens (not securing Debt) incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or the ownership of their assets which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of the property affected thereby or materially impair the use of such property in the operation of the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(vii) Liens on the Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent relating to Collateral Agent’s administrative expenses with respect to the Collateral.

For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) Pari Passu Lien Obligations need not be Incurred solely by reference to one category of permitted Pari Passu Lien Obligations described in clauses (i) through (vii) of this definition but are permitted to be Incurred in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that an item of Pari Passu Lien Obligations (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Pari Passu Lien Obligations described in clauses (i) through (vii) above, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify (but not reclassify) such item of Pari Passu Lien Obligations (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition and will only be required to include the amount and type of such item of Pari Passu Lien Obligations in one of the above clauses and such item of Pari Passu Lien Obligations will be treated as having been Incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses.

Permitted Debt ” means

(i) Debt Incurred pursuant to any Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,400.0 million and (y) the sum of (A) 75% of the book value calculated in accordance with GAAP of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding LIFO reserves) and (B) 90% of the book value of the accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, determined by the book value set forth on the consolidated

 

-25-


balance sheet of the Company for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date on which such Debt is Incurred for which internal financial statements are available) and, minus (A) any amounts Incurred and outstanding pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction permitted under clause (xvi) below and (B) with respect to clause (x) below, any amount used to permanently repay such Obligations (or permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto) pursuant to Section 4.10;

(ii) Debt outstanding under the Notes on the Issue Date (and any Exchange Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement) and contribution, indemnification and reimbursement obligations owed by the Company or any Guarantor to any of the other of them in respect of amounts paid or payable on such Initial Notes;

(iii) Guarantees of the Notes (and any Exchange Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement);

(iv) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding at the time of the Issue Date (other than clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above);

(v) Debt owed to and held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(vi) Guarantees Incurred by the Company of Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture;

(vii) Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt under the Credit Agreement, provided that (a) such Debt is Permitted Debt or is otherwise Incurred in accordance with Section 4.9 hereof and (b) such Guarantees are subordinated to the Notes to the same extent as the Debt being guaranteed;

(viii) Debt incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, indemnity, bid, performance, warranty, release, appeal, surety and similar bonds, letters of credit for operating purposes and completion guarantees provided or incurred (including Guarantees thereof) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) Debt under Swap Contracts and Currency Hedge Obligations;

(x) Debt owed by the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that if for any reason such Debt ceases to be held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Debt shall cease to be Permitted Debt and shall be deemed Incurred as Debt of the Company for purposes of this Indenture;

(xi) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Capital Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Debt under this clause (xi), provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Debt outstanding at any time may not exceed $75.0 million in the aggregate;

 

-26-


(xii) Debt arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, contribution, earnout, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Capital Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(xiii) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided , however , that:

(a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (xiii);

(xiv) Debt arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that such Debt is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence;

(xv) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted pursuant to this definition, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $75.0 million at any time outstanding, which Debt may be Incurred under a Credit Agreement;

(xvi) Purchase Money Notes Incurred by any Receivable Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction and Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness;

(xvii) Refinancing Debt; and

(xviii) Debt of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from customary cash management services or the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; provided , however , that such Debt is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Debt permitted under clause (i) of this definition of “Permitted Debt” shall not constitute “Refinancing Debt” under clause (xvii) of this definition of “Permitted Debt.”

 

-27-


Permitted Holders ” means Platinum Equity Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or any of its Affiliates.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(a) Investments in existence on the Issue Date;

(b) Investments required pursuant to any agreement or obligation of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, in effect on the Issue Date, to make such Investments;

(c) Eligible Cash Equivalents;

(d) Investments in property and other assets owned or used by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the normal course of business;

(e) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;

(f) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated or wound-up into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(g) Swap Contracts and Currency Hedge Obligations;

(h) non-cash consideration received in conjunction with an Asset Sale that is otherwise permitted under Section 4.10;

(i) Investments received in settlement of obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and as a result of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(j) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than in an Affiliate) not otherwise permitted under this definition, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(k) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a joint venture in an aggregate amount not to exceed $75.0 million;

(l) loans and advances (including for travel and relocation) to employees in an amount not to exceed $1.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

(m) Investments the payment for which consists solely of Capital Interests of the Company;

 

-28-


(n) any Investment in any Person to the extent such Investment represents the non-cash portion of the consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale consummated in compliance with Section 4.10 or any other disposition of property not constituting an Asset Sale;

(o) any acquisition of assets or Capital Interests solely in exchange for the issuance of Capital Interests (other than Redeemable Capital Interests) of the Company;

(p) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(q) guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) of Debt otherwise permitted by Section 4.9; and

(r) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivable Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, so long as any Investment in a Receivable Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an Investment in Capital Interests.

Permitted Liens ” means:

(a) Liens existing at the Issue Date;

(b) Liens that secure Obligations incurred pursuant to clause (i) or (xvi) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” (and any related Currency Hedge Obligations and Swap Contracts permitted under the agreement related thereto), provided that, in the case of clause (i), such Liens are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement;

(c) any Lien for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges or levies not then due and payable (or which, if due and payable, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are being maintained to the extent required by GAAP and such proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to any such Lien);

(d) any warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, landlord’s or other similar Liens arising by Law for sums not then due and payable (or which, if due and payable, are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained to the extent required by GAAP and such proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to any such Lien);

(e) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other similar restrictions as to the use of real

 

-29-


properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Debt and which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of the Company or materially impair the operation of the business of such Person;

(f) pledges or deposits (i) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of statutory obligations or the requirements of any official body, or (ii) to secure the performance of tenders, bids, surety or performance bonds, leases, purchase, construction, sales or servicing contracts and other similar obligations Incurred in the normal course of business consistent with industry practice; or (iii) to obtain or secure obligations with respect to letters of credit, Guarantees, bonds or other sureties or assurances given in connection with the activities described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, in each case not Incurred or made in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property or services or imposed by ERISA or the Code in connection with a “plan” (as defined in ERISA) or (iv) arising in connection with any attachment unless such Liens shall not be satisfied or discharged or stayed pending appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof or the expiration of any such stay;

(g) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (and not created or Incurred in anticipation of such transaction), provided that such Liens are not extended to the property and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property or assets acquired;

(h) Liens securing Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor owed to and held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor thereof;

(i) other Liens (not securing Debt) incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or the ownership of their assets which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of the Company or materially impair the operation of the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(j) [Reserved];

(k) [Reserved];

(l) Liens to secure any permitted extension, renewal, refinancing or refunding (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings), in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (g); provided that such Liens do not extend to any other property or assets and the principal amount of the obligations secured by such Liens is not increased;

(m) Liens in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

-30-


(n) licenses of intellectual property granted in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Liens to secure Capital Lease Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (xi) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”; provided that such Liens do not extend to any Collateral;

(p) Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor;

(q) [Reserved];

(r) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligation in respect of banker’s acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment, or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(s) [Reserved];

(t) Liens securing Debt Incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property, plant or equipment of such Person; provided , however , that the Lien may not extend to any Collateral or other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto and any proceeds thereof), and the Debt (other than any interest thereon) secured by the Lien may not be Incurred more than 180 days after the later of the acquisition, completion of construction, repair, improvement, addition or commencement of full operation of the property subject to the Lien;

(u) Liens on property or shares of Capital Interests of another Person at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person; provided , however , that (i) the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto) and (ii) such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Restricted Subsidiary;

(v) [Reserved];

(w) [Reserved];

(x) Liens (i) that are contractual rights of set-off (A) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Debt, (B) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations and other cash management activities incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (C) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and (ii) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (Y) encumbering

 

-31-


reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (Z) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law or pursuant to customary account agreements encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(y) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (7) of Section 6.1 of this Indenture so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(z) Deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(aa) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business so long as such leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses are subordinate in all respects to the Liens granted and evidenced by the Security Documents and which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Debt;

(bb) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) [Reserved];

(dd) Liens on the Collateral granted under the Security Documents in favor of the Collateral Agent to secure the Notes, the Guarantees and the Permitted Additional Note Obligations;

(ee) Liens not otherwise permitted under this Indenture in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100.0 million, provided that no portion of the Liens permitted pursuant to this clause (ee) may be used to encumber (x) Collateral except as provided in the definition of “Permitted Additional Note Obligations” and (y) assets or property owned by any of the Canadian Subsidiaries; and

(ff) any extensions, substitutions, replacements or renewals of the foregoing.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Pledgor ” means each of the Issuer and any Guarantor.

Preferred Interests ,” as applied to the Capital Interests in any Person, means Capital Interests in such Person of any class or classes (however designated) that rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to shares of Common Interests in such Person.

 

-32-


Purchase Agreement ” means the purchase agreement dated October 3, 2007 by and among the Company, the Initial Purchaser and the Guarantors named therein.

Purchase Amount ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

Purchase Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

Purchase Money Debt ” means Debt

(i) Incurred to finance the purchase or construction (including additions and improvements thereto) of any assets (other than Capital Interests) of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(ii) that is secured by a Lien on such assets where the lender’s sole security is to the assets so purchased or constructed,

in either case that does not exceed 100% of the cost and to the extent the purchase or construction prices for such assets are or should be included in “addition to property, plant or equipment” in accordance with GAAP.

Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of a Receivable Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which note must be repaid from cash available to the Receivable Subsidiary, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables. The repayment of a Purchase Money Note may be subordinated to the repayment of other liabilities of the Receivable Subsidiary on terms determined in good faith by the Company to be substantially consistent with market practice in connection with Qualified Receivables Transactions.

Purchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

Qualified Capital Interests ” in any Person means a class of Capital Interests other than Redeemable Capital Interests.

Qualified Equity Offering ” means (i) an underwritten public equity offering of Qualified Capital Interests pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act yielding gross proceeds to either of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, of at least $25.0 million or (ii) a private equity offering of Qualified Capital Interests of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, other than (x) any such public or private sale to an entity that is an Affiliate of the Company and (y) any public offerings registered on Form S-8; provided that, in the case of an offering or sale by a direct or indirect parent company of the Company, such parent company contributes to the capital of the Company the portion of the net cash proceeds of such offering or sale necessary to pay the aggregate Redemption Price (plus accrued interest to the redemption date) of the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.7(c).

 

-33-


Qualified Receivables Transaction ” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers to (a) a Receivable Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivable Subsidiary), or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with an accounts receivable financing transaction; provided such transaction is on market terms as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such transaction.

Real Property ” shall mean, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

Receivable Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company:

(1) that is formed solely for the purpose of, and that engages in no activities other than activities in connection with, financing accounts receivable of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) that is designated by the Board of Directors as a Receivable Subsidiary pursuant to a Board of Directors’ resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate and delivered to the Trustee;

(3) that is either (a) a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) an Unrestricted Subsidiary designated in accordance with Section 4.21;

(4) no portion of the Debt or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of which (a) is at any time Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than any Guarantee of Debt) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (b) is at any time recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any way, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (c) subjects any asset of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings (such Indebtedness, “ Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Debt ”);

 

-34-


(5) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than (a) contracts, agreements, arrangements and understandings entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, (b) fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable in connection with such a Qualified Receivables Transaction as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and (c) any Purchase Money Note issued by such Receivable Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(6) with respect to which neither the Company nor any other Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation (a) to subscribe for additional shares of Capital Interests therein or make any additional capital contribution or similar payment or transfer thereto except in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction or (b) to maintain or preserve the solvency or any balance sheet term, financial condition, level of income or results of operations thereof.

Redeemable Capital Interests ” in any Person means any equity security of such Person that by its terms (or by terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or otherwise (including the passage of time or the happening of an event), is required to be redeemed, is redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof in whole or in part (including by operation of a sinking fund), or is convertible or exchangeable for Debt of such Person at the option of the Holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided that only the portion of such equity security which is required to be redeemed, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof before such date will be deemed to be Redeemable Capital Interests. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any equity security that would constitute Redeemable Capital Interests solely because the holders of the equity security have the right to require the Company to repurchase such equity security upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Redeemable Capital Interests if the terms of such equity security provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such equity security pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.7. The amount of Redeemable Capital Interests deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Redeemable Capital Interests or portion thereof, exclusive of accrued dividends.

Redemption Price ,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

Refinancing Debt ” means Debt that refunds, refinances, renews, replaces or extends any Debt permitted to be Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, whether involving the same or any other lender or creditor or group of lenders or creditors, but only to the extent that

 

-35-


(i) the Refinancing Debt is subordinated to the Notes to at least the same extent as the Debt being refunded, refinanced or extended, if such Debt was subordinated to the Notes,

(ii) the Refinancing Debt is scheduled to mature either (a) no earlier than the Debt being refunded, refinanced or extended or (b) at least 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes,

(iii) the Refinancing Debt has a weighted average life to maturity at the time such Refinancing Debt is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the weighted average life to maturity of the Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended,

(iv) such Refinancing Debt is in an aggregate principal amount that is less than or equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal or accreted amount (in the case of any Debt issued with original issue discount, as such) then outstanding under the Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended, (b) the amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and premiums owed, if any, not in excess of preexisting prepayment provisions on such Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended and (c) the amount of reasonable and customary fees, expenses and costs related to the Incurrence of such Refinancing Debt, and

(v) such Refinancing Debt is Incurred by the same Person (or its successor) that initially Incurred the Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended, except that the Company may Incur Refinancing Debt to refund, refinance, renew, replace or extend Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, to be dated the date of this Indenture, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and any similar agreement entered into in connection with any Additional Notes.

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Notes Legend ” means the legend identified as such in Exhibit A hereto.

Restricted Payment ” is defined to mean any of the following:

(a) any dividend or other distribution declared and paid on the Capital Interests in the Company or on the Capital Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that are held by, or declared and paid to, any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than (i) dividends, distributions or payments made solely in Qualified Capital Interests in the Company) and (ii) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to other holders of Capital Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis);

 

-36-


(b) any payment made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to purchase, redeem, acquire or retire any Capital Interests in the Company (including the conversion into, or exchange for, Debt, of any Capital Interests) other than any such Capital Interests owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(c) any payment made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a payment made solely in Qualified Capital Interests in the Company) to redeem, repurchase, defease (including an in substance or legal defeasance) or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including pursuant to mandatory repurchase covenants), prior to any scheduled maturity, scheduled sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment, Debt of the Company or any Guarantor that is subordinate (whether pursuant to its terms or by operation of law) in right of payment to the Notes or Note Guarantees (excluding any Debt owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); except payments of principal and interest in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation or final maturity, in each case, within one year of the due date thereof;

(d) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in any Person, other than a Permitted Investment; and

(e) any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

provided , however , the transactions contemplated under the heading “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum shall not constitute Restricted Payments.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that has not been designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” in accordance with this Indenture.

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means any direct or indirect arrangement pursuant to which property is sold or transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and is thereafter leased back as a capital lease by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

Secured Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Security Agreement ” means the security agreement dated as of the Issue Date between the Collateral Agent, the Company and the Guarantors (and any representative of Additional Secured Obligations that may become a party thereto), as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Security Documents ” means the Security Agreement, the Mortgages, the Intercreditor Agreement and all of the security agreements, pledges, collateral assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, trust deeds or other instruments evidencing or creating or purporting to create any Security Interests in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the Holders of any Additional Secured Obligations, in all or any portion of the Collateral, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

 

-37-


Security Interests ” means the Liens on the Collateral created by the Security Documents in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes (including any Permitted Additional Note Obligations) and any Holders of any Additional Secured Obligations.

Senior Secured Note Documents ” means this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents.

Significant Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and Exchange Act, but shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, including Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any of the foregoing obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

Stated Maturity ,” when used with respect to (i) any Note or any installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which the principal amount of such Note or such installment of interest is due and payable and (ii) any other Debt or any installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in the instrument governing such Debt as the fixed date on which the principal of such Debt or such installment of interest is due and payable.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited or general partnership, trust, association or other business entity of which an aggregate of at least a majority of the outstanding Capital Interests therein is, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Successor Entity ” means a corporation or other entity that succeeds to and continues the business of Ryerson Inc.

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, any fuel price caps and fuel price collar or floor agreements and similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect against or manage fluctuations in fuel prices and any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any

 

-38-


kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on the date hereof.

Title Company ” shall mean any title insurance company as shall be retained by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

Total Assets ” means, at any time, the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such time, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Transaction Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Transfer Restricted Notes ” means Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

Treasury Rate ” means with respect to the Notes, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to November 1, 2009 with respect to the Floating Rate Notes and November 1, 2011 with respect to the Fixed Rate Notes, as applicable; provided , however , that if the period from such redemption date to November 1, 2009 with respect to the Floating Rate Notes and November 1, 2011 with respect to the Fixed Rate Notes, as applicable, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Monies ” means all cash and Eligible Cash Equivalents received by the Trustee:

(1) upon the release of Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture or the Security Documents, including all Net Cash Proceeds and Net Loss Proceeds and all moneys received in respect of the principal of all purchase money, governmental and other obligations;

(2) pursuant to the Security Documents;

(3) as proceeds of any sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Collateral by or on behalf of the Trustee or any collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation or other realization of or from all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to this Indenture or any of the Security Documents or otherwise; or

 

-39-


(4) for application as provided in the relevant provisions of this Indenture or any Security Document or which disposition is not otherwise specifically provided for in this Indenture or in any Security Document;

provided , however , that Trust Monies shall in no event include any property deposited with the Trustee for any redemption, legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of Notes, for the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or to pay the purchase price of Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and shall not include any cash received or applicable by the Trustee in payment of its fees and expenses.

Trustee ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided , however , that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary designated as such by the Board of Directors of the Company as set forth below where (a) neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) provides credit support for, or Guarantee of, any Debt of such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument evidencing such Debt, but excluding in the case of a Receivable Subsidiary any Standard Securitization Undertakings) or (ii) is directly or indirectly liable for any Debt of such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary (except in the case of a Receivable Subsidiary any Standard Securitization Undertakings), and (b) no default with respect to any Debt of such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary (including any right which the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against such Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any Holder of any other Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Debt or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its final scheduled maturity (except in the case of a Receivable Subsidiary any Standard Securitization Undertakings); and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Voting Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, securities of any class or classes of Capital Interests in such Person entitling the holders thereof generally to vote on the election of members of the Board of Directors or comparable body of such Person.

 

-40-


SECTION 1.2 Other Definitions .

 

Term

   Defined in Section

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.11

“Agent Members”

   2.6  

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.14

“Change of Control Payment”

   4.14

“covenant defeasance”

   8.3  

“Custodian”

   6.1  

“defeasance”

   8.2  

“Discharge”

   8.2  

“Event of Default”

   6.1  

“Event of Loss Offer”

   4.16

“Excess Loss Proceeds

   4.16

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.10

“Expiration Date”

   3.9  

“Note Register”

   2.3  

“Offer Amount”

   3.9  

“Purchase Date”

   3.9  

“QIB”

   2.1  

“QIB Global Note”

   2.1  

“redemption date”

   3.1  

“Registrar”

   2.3  

“Regulation S”

   2.1  

“Regulation S Global Note”

   2.1  

“Rule 144A”

   2.1  

“Subject Property”

   4.16

“Surviving Entity”

   5.1  

SECTION 1.3 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture.

The following TIA term used in this Indenture has the following meaning:

obligor ” on the Notes means the Issuer, the Guarantors and any successor obligor upon the Notes.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by the Commission rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them therein.

 

-41-


SECTION 1.4 Rules of Construction .

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(5) unless otherwise specified, any reference to a Section or an Article refers to such Section or Article of this Indenture;

(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the TIA shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time; and

(8) for the avoidance of doubt, any references to “interest” shall include any Additional Interest that may be payable.

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.1 Form and Dating .

(a) The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A -1 or -2 attached hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes initially shall be issued only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Fixed Rate Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A-1 hereto and the Floating Rate Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto and, in each case, shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee as Note Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

 

-42-


Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, redemptions and transfers of interests. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.6 hereof.

Except as set forth in Section 2.6 hereof, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor of the Depositary or its nominee.

(b) The Initial Notes are being issued by the Issuer only (i) to “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”)) (“ QIBs ”) and (ii) in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“ Regulation S ”). After such initial offers, Initial Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes may be transferred to QIBs, in reliance on Rule 144A, outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S or to the Company, in accordance with certain transfer restrictions. Initial Notes that are offered in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A -1 or -2 (the “ QIB Global Note ”) deposited with the Trustee, as Note Custodian, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Initial Notes that are offered in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 (the “ Regulation S Global Note ”) deposited with the Trustee, as Note Custodian, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The QIB Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note shall each be issued with separate CUSIP numbers. The aggregate principal amount of each Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as Note Custodian. Transfers of Notes between QIBs and to or by purchasers pursuant to Regulation S shall be represented by appropriate increases and decreases to the respective amounts of the appropriate Global Notes, as more fully provided in Section 2.16.

(c) Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

The Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 2.1(b) and this Section 2.1(c), authenticate and deliver the Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Note Custodian.

 

-43-


Participants shall have no rights either under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Note Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any Agent or other agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Participants, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of an owner of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Holder, any member of (or a participant in) DTC or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC (or its nominee) or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to the Notes. The Trustee may rely (and shall be fully protected in relying) upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any Beneficial Owners in the Notes.

(d) Notes issued in certificated form, including Global Notes, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

SECTION 2.2 Execution and Authentication .

An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer directing the Trustee to authenticate and deliver the Notes and certifying that all conditions precedent to the issuance of the Notes contained herein have been complied with, authenticate Notes for original issue up to the aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount except as provided in Section 2.17 hereof.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

 

-44-


SECTION 2.3 Registrar; Paying Agent .

The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment to a Paying Agent. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (the “ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents; provided , however , that at all times there shall be only one Note Register. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Holders of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The Issuer or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the provisions of Section 317(b) of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent.

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and initially appoints the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as the office or agency of the Company for such purposes and as the office or agency of the Company where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served and the Trustee as the agent of the Issuer to receive such notices and demands.

The Issuer initially appoints DTC to act as the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

SECTION 2.4 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon the occurrence of events specified in Section 6.1(8) hereof, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

SECTION 2.5 Holder Lists .

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with

 

-45-


TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven (7) Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, including the aggregate principal amount of the Notes held by each Holder thereof, and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

SECTION 2.6 Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities .

(a) Each Global Note shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as Note Custodian and (iii) bear legends as required by Section 2.6(e).

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

(b) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of Beneficial Owners in a Global Note may be transferred in accordance with Section 2.16 and the rules and procedures of the Depositary. In addition, Certificated Notes shall be transferred to all Beneficial Owners in exchange for their beneficial interests if (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes or the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days of such notice or (ii) an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual notice has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depositary to issue such Certificated Notes.

(c) In connection with the transfer of the entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to clause (b) of this Section, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each Beneficial Owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note an equal aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes of authorized denominations.

(d) The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interest through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(e) Each Global Note shall bear the Global Note Legend on the face thereof.

 

-46-


(f) At such time as all beneficial interests in Global Notes have been exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, all Global Notes shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction.

(g) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) (No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such stamp or transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.10, 3.6, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.5 hereto).

(iii) All Global Notes and Certificated Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Certificated Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Certificated Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(iv) The Registrar shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange Notes during a period beginning at the opening of fifteen (15) days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.2 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

(v) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and neither the Trustee, any Agent nor the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vi) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof. Except as provided in Section 2.6(b), neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall authenticate or deliver any Certificated Note in exchange for a Global Note.

(vii) Each Holder agrees to provide reasonable indemnity to the Issuer and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities law.

 

-47-


(viii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or Beneficial Owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

SECTION 2.7 Replacement Notes .

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon the written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer of the Issuer, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

SECTION 2.8 Outstanding Notes .

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.9 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.1 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

-48-


SECTION 2.9 Treasury Notes .

In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or by any Affiliate of the Issuer shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes shown on the register as being owned shall be so disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Notes that are to be acquired by the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer pursuant to an exchange offer, tender offer or other agreement shall not be deemed to be owned by such entity until legal title to such Notes passes to such entity.

SECTION 2.10 Temporary Notes .

Until Certificated Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes upon a written order of the Issuer signed by two Officers of the Issuer. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer signed by two Officers authenticate Certificated Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

SECTION 2.11 Cancellation .

The Issuer at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder or which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. All Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation. Subject to Section 2.7 hereof, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of in accordance with its customary practice, and certification of their disposal delivered to the Issuer, unless by a written order, signed by an Officer of the Issuer, the Issuer shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to it.

SECTION 2.12 Defaulted Interest .

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be at the earliest practicable date but in all events at least five (5) Business Days prior to the payment date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1 hereof. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date and shall promptly thereafter notify the Trustee of any such date. At least fifteen (15) days before the special record date, the Issuer (or the Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

-49-


SECTION 2.13 Record Date .

The record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture shall be determined as provided for in TIA § 316 (c).

SECTION 2.14 Computation of Interest .

Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

SECTION 2.15 CUSIP Number .

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” and/or ISIN or other similar number, and if it does so, the Company may use the CUSIP and/or ISIN or other similar number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP and/or ISIN or other similar number printed in the notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP and/or ISIN or other similar number.

SECTION 2.16 Special Transfer Provisions .

Unless and until a Transfer Restricted Note is transferred or exchanged pursuant to an exemption under the Securities Act or under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) Transfers to QIBs . The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (other than pursuant to Regulation S):

(i) The Registrar shall register the transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note by a Holder to a QIB if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has provided the Registrar with (a) an appropriately completed certificate of transfer in the form attached to the Note and (b) a letter substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

(ii) If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member and the Transfer Restricted Note to be transferred consists of an interest in the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the items required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the QIB Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an appropriate decrease in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note.

 

-50-


(b) Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S . The Registrar shall register the transfer of any Regulation S Global Note without requiring any additional certification. The following provisions shall apply with respect to registration of any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note pursuant to Regulation S:

(i) The Registrar shall register any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note pursuant to Regulation S by a Holder upon receipt of (a) an appropriately competed certificate of transfer in the form attached to the Note and (b) a letter substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D hereto from the proposed transferor.

(ii) If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a QIB Global Note and the Transfer Restricted Note to be transferred consists of an interest in a QIB Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the letter, if any, required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the QIB Global Note to be transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an appropriate decrease in the principal amount of the QIB Global Note.

(c) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2, the Trustee shall authenticate, one or more Global Notes not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes tendered for acceptance in accordance with the Exchange Offer and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.

(d) Concurrently with the issuance of such Global Notes, the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Transfer Restricted Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Registrar shall deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes so accepted Global Notes not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend in the appropriate principal amount.

(e) Restricted Notes Legend . Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Restricted Notes Legend unless there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

 

-51-


(f) General . By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Restricted Notes Legend and agrees that it shall transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.16.

SECTION 2.17 Issuance of Additional Notes.

The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes, which may be either Floating Rate Notes and/or Fixed Rate Notes, under this Indenture that shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price, amount of interest payable on the first interest payment date applicable thereto and any customary escrow provisions (and, if such Additional Notes shall be issued in the form of Transfer Restricted Notes, other than with respect to transfer restrictions, any Registration Rights Agreement and additional interest with respect thereto); provided that such issuance is not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including Section 4.9. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of its Board of Directors and in an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:

(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

(2) the issue price, the Issue Date, the CUSIP number of such Additional Notes, the first interest payment date and the amount of interest payable on such first interest payment date applicable thereto and the date from which interest shall accrue; and

(3) whether such Additional Notes shall be Transfer Restricted Notes.

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

SECTION 3.1 Notices to Trustee .

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.7 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least forty-five (45) days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) before a date fixed for redemption (the “ redemption date ”), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the Redemption Price.

 

-52-


If the Issuer is required to make an Offer to Purchase pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least forty-five (45) days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) before the scheduled purchase date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the section of this Indenture pursuant to which the offer to purchase shall occur, (ii) the terms of the offer, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be purchased, (iv) the purchase price and (v) the purchase date and further setting forth a statement to the effect that (a) the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries has effected an Asset Sale and there are Excess Proceeds aggregating more than $10.0 million or (b) a Change of Control has occurred, as applicable.

SECTION 3.2 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed .

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in a manner that complies with applicable requirements of the Depositary); provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption shall be sent electronically or mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. The Trustee shall make the selection from the Notes outstanding and not previously called for redemption and shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal of the Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000.

SECTION 3.3 Notice of Redemption .

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.9, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer shall send or cause to be sent by electronic transmission or by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(1) the redemption date;

(2) the Redemption Price;

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

-53-


(4) the name, telephone number and address of the Paying Agent;

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price;

(6) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided , however , that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in the notices as provided in the preceding paragraph. The notice sent in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not a Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by electronic transmission or by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note shall not affect the validity of the proceeding for the redemption of any other Note.

SECTION 3.4 Effect of Notice of Redemption .

Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to such date. A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

SECTION 3.5 Deposit of Redemption of Purchase Price .

On or before 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each redemption date or the date on which Notes must be accepted for purchase pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the Redemption Price of (including any applicable premium), and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 

-54-


If Notes called for redemption or tendered in an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer are paid or if Issuer has deposited with the Trustee or Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and unpaid and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest, if any, shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or tendered and not withdrawn in an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer (regardless of whether certificates for such securities are actually surrendered). If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case, at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1 hereof.

SECTION 3.6 Notes Redeemed in Part .

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon the written request of an Officer of the Issuer, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

SECTION 3.7 Optional Redemption .

(a) Fixed Rate Notes . (i) The Fixed Rate Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to November 1, 2011, at the option of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice sent electronically or mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Fixed Rate Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

(ii) The Fixed Rate Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Issuer, in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2011, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning November 1 of the years indicated:

 

Year

   Redemption Price  

2011

   106.000 %

2012

   103.000 %

2013 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

-55-


(iii) In addition to the optional redemption of the Fixed Rate Notes in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, prior to November 1, 2010, the Issuer may, with the net proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Fixed Rate Notes (including Additional Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes) at a Redemption Price equal to 112% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of Fixed Rate Notes then outstanding (including Additional Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering.

(b) Floating Rate Notes . (i) The Floating Rate Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to November 1, 2009, at the option of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice sent electronically or mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Floating Rate Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

(ii) In addition, the Floating Rate Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2009, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on November 1 of the years indicated:

 

Year

   Redemption Price  

2009

   106.000 %

2010

   103.000 %

2011 and thereafter

   100.000 %

In addition to the optional redemption of the Floating Rate Notes in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, prior to November 1, 2009, the Company may, with the net proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Floating Rate Notes (including Additional Notes that are Floating Rate Notes) at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a premium equal to the interest rate in effect on the Floating Rate Notes on the date for which notice of redemption is given, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of Floating Rate Notes then outstanding (including Additional Notes that are Floating Rate Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption (excluding Floating Rate Notes held by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering.

 

-56-


(c) The Issuer may, at any time and from time to time, purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise, subject to compliance with this Indenture and compliance with all applicable securities laws.

SECTION 3.8 Mandatory Redemption .

Except as set forth under Sections 3.9, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

SECTION 3.9 Offer to Purchase .

In the event that the Issuer shall be required to commence an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer, the Issuer shall follow the procedures specified below.

Unless otherwise required by applicable law, an Offer to Purchase shall specify an expiration date (the “ Expiration Date ”) of the Offer to Purchase, which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of delivering of such Offer, and a settlement date (the “ Purchase Date ”) for purchase of Notes within five Business Days after the Expiration Date. On the Purchase Date, the Company shall purchase the aggregate principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof or Section 4.14 hereof (the “ Offer Amount ”), or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to Purchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. If the Purchase Date is on or after the interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest, if any, shall be payable to the Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Company shall notify the Trustee at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the delivering of the Offer of the Company’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be sent electronically or mailed by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.

On or before 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Purchase Date, the Issuer shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer) in immediately available funds the aggregate purchase price equal to the Offer Amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to be held for payment in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.9. On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, (ii) deliver or cause the Paying Agent or depositary, as the case may be, to deliver to the Trustee Notes so accepted and (iii) deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.9. The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than three (3) Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the

 

-57-


purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, at the written request of the Issuer, shall authenticate and mail or deliver at the expense of the Issuer such new Note to such Holder, equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of such Holder’s Notes surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce in a newspaper of general circulation or in a press release provided to a nationally recognized financial wire service the results of the Offer to Purchase on the Purchase Date.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.9, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.9 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.1 through 3.6 hereof.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.1 Payment of Notes .

(a) The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid for all purposes hereunder on the date the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, holds, as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time), money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all such principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

(b) The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

SECTION 4.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency .

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

-58-


The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof.

SECTION 4.3 Provision of Financial Information .

So long as any Notes are outstanding (unless defeased in a legal defeasance), the Company will have its annual financial statements audited, and its interim financial statements reviewed, by a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants and will furnish to the Holders of Notes all quarterly and annual financial statements in the form included in the Offering Memorandum prepared in accordance with GAAP that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company was required to file those Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; provided , however , that such information and such reports shall not be required to comply with any segment reporting requirements (whether pursuant to GAAP or Regulation S-X) in greater detail than is provided in the Offering Memorandum. Any reports on Form 10-Q shall be provided within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters and annual reports on Form 10-K shall be provided within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year. To the extent that the Company does not file such information with the Commission, the Company will distribute (or cause the Trustee to distribute) such information and such reports (as well as the details regarding the conference call described below) electronically to (a) any Holder of the Notes, (b) to any beneficial owner of the Notes who provides their email address to the Company and certifies that they are a beneficial owner of Notes, (c) to any prospective investor who provides their email address to the Company and certifies that they are a Qualified Institutional Buyer (as defined in the Securities Act) or (d) any securities analyst who provides their email address to the Company and certifies that they are a securities analyst. Unless the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company will also hold a quarterly conference call for the Holders of the Notes to discuss such financial information. The conference call will not be later than five Business Days from the time that the Company distributes the financial information as set forth above.

If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then, to the extent that any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries would (but for its or their being designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or Subsidiaries) constitute a Significant Subsidiary or Subsidiaries, the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

-59-


The Company has agreed that, for so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders of the Notes and to any prospective investor that certifies that it is a Qualified Institutional Buyer, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) of the Securities Act.

Following the consummation of the Exchange Offer (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), whether or not required by the Commission, the Company will file a copy of all of the information and reports that would be required by the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Company and the Guarantors will, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

In the event that any parent of the Company becomes a Guarantor or co-obligor of the Notes, the Company may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.3 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that, if required by Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent and any of its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company, the Guarantors, if any, and the other Subsidiaries of the Company on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Holders if it or any parent of the Company has filed such reports with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available. In addition, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) by the filing with the Commission of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) and/or Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act and such registration statement and/or amendments thereto are filed at times that otherwise satisfy the time requirements set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 4.3.

SECTION 4.4 Compliance Certificate .

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether each has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture (including, with respect to any Restricted Payments made during such year, the basis upon which the calculations required by Section 4.7 hereof were computed, which calculations may be based upon the Company’s latest available financial statements), and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that, to his or her knowledge,

 

-60-


each entity is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that, to his or her knowledge, no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 4.5 Taxes .

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency all material taxes, assessments and governmental levies, except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which appropriate reserves have been taken in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 4.6 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

SECTION 4.7 Limitation on Restricted Payments .

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment unless, at the time of and after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment:

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or will occur as a consequence thereof;

(b) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro forma basis, the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt) pursuant to the provisions described in the first paragraph under Section 4.9; and

 

-61-


(c) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro forma basis, the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments made on or after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x), (xi), (xiii), (xiv), (xvi) and (xvii) of the next succeeding paragraph), shall not exceed the sum (without duplication) of

(1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income (or, if Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit) of the Company accrued on a cumulative basis during the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first full fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date occurs and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of such proposed Restricted Payment, plus

(2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including the Fair Market Value of property other than cash) received by the Company subsequent to the initial issuance of the Notes either (i) as a contribution to its common equity capital or (ii) from the issuance and sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Qualified Capital Interests, including Qualified Capital Interests issued upon the conversion of Debt or Redeemable Capital Interests of the Company, and from the exercise of options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Qualified Capital Interests (other than, in each case, (x) Capital Interests or Debt sold to a Subsidiary of the Company and (y) the Excluded Contributions), plus

(3) 100% of the net reduction in Investments (other than Permitted Investments), subsequent to the date of the initial issuance of the Notes, in any Person, resulting from payments of interest on Debt, dividends, repayments of loans or advances (but only to the extent such interest, dividends or repayments are not included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income), in each case to the Company or any Subsidiary from any Person, not to exceed in the case of any Person the amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may take the following actions, provided that, in the case of clauses (iv), (x), (xi), (xiii) or (xv) of this Section 4.7(c)(3) immediately after giving effect to such action, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing:

(i) the payment of any dividend on Capital Interests in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary within 60 days after declaration thereof if at the declaration date such payment would not have been prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.7;

(ii) the retirement of any Qualified Capital Interests of the Company by conversion into, or by or in exchange for, Qualified Capital Interests, or out of net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of other Qualified Capital Interests of the Company;

 

-62-


(iii) the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or acquisition or retirement for value of any Debt of the Company or a Guarantor that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the applicable Note Guarantee out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent issue and sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of (x) new subordinated Debt of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, Incurred in accordance with this Indenture or (y) of Qualified Capital Interests of the Company;

(iv) the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of Capital Interests in the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (or any payments to a direct or indirect parent company of the Company for the purposes of permitting any such repurchase) held by employees or former employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates) upon death, disability, retirement or termination of employment or pursuant to the terms of any agreement under which such Capital Interests were issued; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid for such purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of such Capital Interests does not exceed $1.0 million in any calendar year, provided that any unused amounts in any calendar year may be carried forward to one or more future periods; provided , further , that the aggregate amount of repurchases made pursuant to this clause (iv) may not exceed $2.0 million in any calendar year; provided , however , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (provided, however, that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by the proviso of this clause (iv) in any calendar year and, to the extent any payment described under this clause (iv) is made by delivery of Debt and not in cash, such payment shall be deemed to occur only when, and to the extent, the obligor on such Debt makes payments with respect to such Debt);

(v) repurchase of Capital Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities;

(vi) intercompany Debt, the Incurrence of which was permitted pursuant to Section 4.9;

(vii) cash payment, in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for the Capital Interests of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

-63-


(viii) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Redeemable Capital Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or Incurred in compliance with Section 4.9 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charges;

(ix) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale, the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of any subordinated Debt pursuant to provisions substantially similar to those contained in Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount thereof (in the case of a Change of Control) or at a percentage of the principal amount thereof not higher than the principal amount applicable to the Notes (in the case of an Asset Sale), plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that prior to or contemporaneously with such defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition, the Company has made an Offer to Purchase with respect to the Notes and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered for payment and not withdrawn in connection therewith;

(x) other Restricted Payments not in excess of $60.0 million in the aggregate;

(xi) the declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company required for it to pay:

(1) federal, state and local income taxes to the extent such income taxes are directly attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent directly attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that in each case, the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year if the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries had paid such taxes on a stand-alone basis;

(2) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are directly attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

-64-


(3) general corporate overhead expenses (including professional and administrative expenses) and franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence to the extent such expenses are directly attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

provided , however , that the aggregate amount of any payments made pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) above shall not exceed $1.0 million in any fiscal year;

(xii) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to fund the payment by any direct or indirect parent of the Company of dividends on such entity’s common stock) of up to 3.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Company from any public offering of common stock or contributed to the Company by any direct or indirect parent of the Company from any public offering of common stock;

(xiii) payments pursuant to the Management Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date, not in excess of $5.0 million in the aggregate in any fiscal year and reasonable related expenses;

(xiv) Restricted Payments that are made with any Excluded Contributions;

(xv) other Restricted Payments that are made with the proceeds of Asset Sales constituting Note Collateral that is real property; provided that:

(a) the Company shall have made an Offer to Purchase to all Holders of Notes with such proceeds at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus a premium equal to one-half the interest rate then in effect on the date of such Offer to Purchase (on a pro rata basis to each series of Notes), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase;

(b) on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt) under the first paragraph of Section 4.9; and

(c) the aggregate amount of all such Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (xv) does not exceed $75.0 million in the aggregate since the Issue Date;

 

-65-


(xvi) any Restricted Payments made in connection with the consummation of the transactions as described in the Offering Memorandum, including any payments or loans made to any direct or indirect parent to enable it to make such payments; and

(xvii) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

If the Company makes a Restricted Payment which, at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Company, would be permitted under the requirements of this Indenture, such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with this Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustment made in good faith to the Company’s financial statements affecting Consolidated Net Income.

If any Person in which an Investment is made, which Investment constitutes a Restricted Payment when made, thereafter becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Indenture, all such Investments previously made in such Person shall no longer be counted as Restricted Payments for purposes of calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c) of the first paragraph under this Section 4.7, in each case to the extent such Investments would otherwise be so counted.

If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers, conveys, sells, leases or otherwise disposes of an Investment in accordance with Section 4.10, which Investment was originally included in the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Restricted Payments,” the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments shall be reduced by the lesser of (i) the Net Cash Proceeds from the transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition of such Investment or (ii) the amount of the original Investment, in each case, to the extent originally included in the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Restricted Payments.”

For purposes of this Section 4.7, if a particular Restricted Payment involves a non-cash payment, including a distribution of assets, then such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the cash portion of such Restricted Payment, if any, plus an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the non-cash portion of such Restricted Payment.

By way of clarification, while payments under the Management Agreement are not prohibited by this Section 4.7, any payments made pursuant to the Management Agreement will reduce Consolidated Net Income and thereby reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c)(1) of the first paragraph under this Section 4.7.

SECTION 4.8 Limitation on Dividends and Other Payments Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, cause or suffer to exist or become effective or enter into any encumbrance or

 

-66-


restriction (other than pursuant to this Indenture, law, rules or regulation) on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Interests owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Debt or other obligation owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to the following encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a) any encumbrance or restriction in existence on the Issue Date, including those required by the Credit Agreement and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings, in the good faith judgment of the Company, are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend or other payment restrictions, than those contained in these agreements on the Issue Date or refinancings thereof;

(b) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement relating to an acquisition of property, so long as the encumbrances or restrictions in any such agreement relate solely to the property so acquired (and are not or were not created in anticipation of or in connection with the acquisition thereof);

(c) any encumbrance or restriction which exists with respect to a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges with or into a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on or after the Issue Date, which is in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, but not created in connection with or in anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, and which is not applicable to any Person or the property or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property or assets of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;

(d) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a permitted renewal, refunding, replacement, refinancing or extension of Debt issued pursuant to an agreement containing any encumbrance or restriction referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (c), so long as the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such refinancing agreement are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements governing the Debt being renewed, refunded, replaced, refinanced or extended in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company;

(e) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease, contract, or license of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or provisions in agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreement or any rights thereunder;

(f) any restriction on the sale or other disposition of assets or property securing Debt as a result of a Permitted Lien on such assets or property;

 

-67-


(g) any encumbrance or restriction by reason of applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(h) any encumbrance or restriction under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

(i) any encumbrance or restriction under the sale of assets, including, without limitation, any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

(j) restrictions on cash and other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into the ordinary course of business;

(k) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into the ordinary course of business;

(l) any instrument governing Debt or Capital Interests of a Person acquired by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Debt or Capital Interests were incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case of Debt, such Debt was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

(m) purchase money obligations (including Capital Lease Obligations) for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on that property so acquired of the nature described in clause (iii) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.8;

(n) Liens securing Debt otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture, including pursuant to Section 4.12, that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(o) customary provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements otherwise permitted by this Indenture entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements; and

(p) any Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a Receivable Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Receivable Subsidiary or the receivables and related assets described in the definition of Qualified Receivables Transaction which are subject to such Qualified Receivables Transaction.

 

-68-


Nothing contained in this Section 4.8 shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from (i) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted under Section 4.12 or (ii) restricting the sale or other disposition of property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure Debt of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in accordance with this Indenture.

SECTION 4.9 Limitation on Incurrence of Debt .

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Debt (including Acquired Debt); provided that the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Guarantor may Incur Debt (including Acquired Debt) if, immediately after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Debt and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, (a) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a pro forma basis as if any such Debt (including any other Debt being Incurred contemporaneously), and any other Debt Incurred since the beginning of the Four Quarter Period (as defined below) ( provided that any Debt Incurred under the revolving portion of a credit agreement shall be calculated (x) on an annualized basis for periods prior to the one year anniversary of the Issue Date and (y) thereafter, only on such date), had been Incurred and the proceeds thereof had been applied at the beginning of the Four Quarter Period, and any other Debt repaid since the beginning of the Four Quarter Period had been repaid at the beginning of the Four Quarter Period, would be greater than (x) on or prior to November 1, 2009, 2.50:1 and (y) thereafter, 2.75:1, and (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a consequence of the Incurrence of such Debt.

If, during the Four Quarter Period or subsequent thereto and prior to the date of determination, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have engaged in any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition, Investments, mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) or shall have designated any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges and Consolidated Interest Expense for the Four Quarter Period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition, Investments, mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations or designation, as the case may be, and the application of any proceeds therefrom as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition or designation had occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period.

If the Debt which is the subject of a determination under this provision is Acquired Debt, or Debt Incurred in connection with the simultaneous acquisition of any Person, business, property or assets, or Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary being designated as a Restricted Subsidiary, then such ratio shall be determined by giving effect (on a pro forma basis, as if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the Four Quarter Period) to the Incurrence of such Acquired Debt or such other Debt by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the inclusion, in Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges, of the Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of the acquired Person, business, property or assets or redesignated Subsidiary.

 

-69-


Notwithstanding the first paragraph above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Permitted Debt.

For purposes of determining any particular amount of Debt under this Section 4.9, (x) Debt Incurred under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date shall initially be treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Debt,” and may not later be re-classified and (y) Guarantees or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting Debt otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be included. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.9, in the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt described above, including categories of Permitted Debt and under the first paragraph of this Section 4.9, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify, and from time to time may reclassify, all or any portion of such item of Debt.

The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest on Debt in the form of additional Debt or payment of dividends on Capital Interests in the forms of additional shares of Capital Interests with the same terms will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Debt or issuance of Capital Interests for purposes of this Section 4.9.

The Company and any Guarantor will not Incur any Debt that pursuant to its terms is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Debt unless such Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Note Guarantees to the same extent; provided that Debt will not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Debt solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured to a greater or lesser extent or with greater or lower priority.

SECTION 4.10 Limitation on Asset Sales .

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Capital Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

(a) any liabilities, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary assignment and assumption agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability; and

(b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of their receipt to the extent of the cash received in that conversion;

 

-70-


(3) if such Asset Sale involves the disposition of Collateral, the Company or such Subsidiary has complied with the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents, including those described under Article X; and

(4) if such Asset Sale involves the disposition of Notes Collateral, the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be paid directly by the purchaser of the Collateral to the Collateral Agent for deposit into the Collateral Account, and, if any property other than cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents is included in such Net Cash Proceeds, such property shall be made subject to the Lien of this Indenture and the applicable Security Documents.

Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Cash Proceeds at its option:

(1) to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds constitute proceeds from the sale of ABL Collateral, to permanently repay Debt under the Credit Agreement and, if the Obligation repaid is revolving credit Debt, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Interests of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Interests, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(3) to make a capital expenditure in or that is used or useful in a Permitted Business or to make expenditures for maintenance, repair or improvement of existing properties and assets in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

(4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; or

(5) any combination of the foregoing.

Subject to the next two succeeding paragraphs, any Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph of this Section 4.10 will constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, within thirty days thereof, the Company will make an Offer to Purchase to all Holders of Notes (including any Permitted Additional Note Obligations) (on a pro rata basis to each series of Notes), and to all holders of other Debt ranking pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to assets sales, equal to the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Offer to Purchase will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer to Purchase, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Permitted Additional Note Obligations) and other

 

-71-


pari passu tendered into such Offer to Purchase exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes (including any Permitted Additional Note Obligations) to be purchased on a pro rata basis among each series. Upon completion of each Offer to Purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

With respect to any Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale that constitutes a sale of Collateral, the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary that owned the assets, as the case may be) may apply those Net Cash Proceeds to purchase other long-term assets that constitute Collateral and become subject to the first-priority Lien of this Indenture and the Security Documents (subject to no other Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens) or otherwise use such proceeds as provided in the second preceding paragraph. Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Cash Proceeds received from a sale of Collateral shall constitute Collateral under the Security Documents and this Indenture. Any Net Cash Proceeds received from a sale of Notes Collateral shall constitute Collateral under the Security Documents and this Indenture and be deposited in the Collateral Account and released therefrom in accordance with Article X.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may use up to $75.0 million of the proceeds from the sale of Notes Collateral that is real property in accordance with the provisions of clause (xv) of the second paragraph of Section 4.7.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

SECTION 4.11 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates .

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of related transactions, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2.0 million, unless:

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Subsidiary with an unaffiliated party; and

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above; and

 

-72-


(iii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, the Company must obtain a written opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking, accounting or appraisal firm (an “ Independent Financial Advisor ”) stating that the transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view.

The foregoing limitation does not limit, and shall not apply to:

(1) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of this Indenture pursuant to Section 4.7 and Permitted Investments permitted under this Indenture;

(2) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and indemnities to members of the Board of Directors of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary who are outside directors;

(3) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation and other benefits (including retirement, health, option, deferred compensation and other benefit plans) and indemnities to officers and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as determined by the Board of Directors thereof in good faith;

(4) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) the issuance of Capital Interests (other than Redeemable Capital Interests) of the Company otherwise permitted hereunder;

(6) any agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date (other than the Management Agreement) and any amendment or modification thereto so long as such amendment or modification is not more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect;

(7) transactions in which the Company delivers to the Trustee a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Company and any relevant Restricted Subsidiaries;

(8) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the

 

-73-


existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (8) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(9) the transactions described in the Offering Memorandum and the payment of all fees and expenses in connection therewith;

(10) any contribution of capital to the Company;

(11) transactions permitted by, and complying with, Section 5.1;

(12) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as determined in good faith by the Company, than those that could be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company;

(13) the payment to the Permitted Holders and any of their Affiliates of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees pursuant to the Management Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million per year, and reasonable related expenses; and

(14) transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

SECTION 4.12 Limitation on Liens .

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind, on or with respect to the Collateral other than Permitted Collateral Liens.

(b) Subject to the immediately preceding paragraph of this Section 4.12, the Company will not, and will not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to, enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, other than Permitted Liens, on or with respect to any of its property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom except the Collateral without securing the Notes and all other amounts due under this Indenture and the Security Documents (for so long as such Lien exists) equally and ratably with (or prior to) the obligation or liability secured by such Lien.

 

-74-


(c) In addition, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Canadian Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, other than Permitted Liens, on or with respect to any of its property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom without securing the Notes and all other amounts due under this Indenture and the Security Documents (for so long as such Lien exists) equally and ratably with (or prior to) the obligation or liability secured by such Lien.

SECTION 4.13 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions .

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction unless:

(i) the consideration received in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is at least equal to the fair market value of the property sold, as determined by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or by an Officers’ Certificate,

(ii) prior to and after giving effect to the Attributable Debt in respect of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary comply with Section 4.9, and

(iii) at or after such time the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary also comply with Section 4.10.

SECTION 4.14 Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control .

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer will make an Offer to Purchase (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) all of the outstanding Notes at a Purchase Price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount tendered, together with accrued interest, if any, to but not including the Purchase Date (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). For purposes of the foregoing, an Offer to Purchase shall be deemed to have been made if (i) within 30 days following the date of the consummation of a transaction or series of transactions that constitutes a Change of Control, the Issuer commences an Offer to Purchase all outstanding Notes at the Purchase Price ( provided that the running of such 30-day period shall be suspended, for up to a maximum of 30 days, during any period when the commencement of such Offer to Purchase is delayed or suspended by reason of any court’s or governmental authority’s review of or ruling on any materials being employed by the Issuer to effect such Offer to Purchase, so long as the Issuer has used and continues to use its commercial best efforts to make and conclude such Offer to Purchase promptly) and (ii) all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase are purchased on the terms of such Offer to Purchase. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of any applicable securities laws and any regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control.

On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (a) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (b) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (c) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer. The Paying Agent will promptly mail (or wire

 

-75-


transfer) to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer will announce the results of the Change of Control Offer to all Holders on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, this Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders to require that the Issuer repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth herein applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

In addition, an Offer to Purchase may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of launching the Offer to Purchase.

SECTION 4.15 Corporate Existence .

Subject to Section 4.14 and Article V hereof, as the case may be, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 4.16 Events of Loss .

In the event of an Event of Loss, the Company or the affected Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, may (and to the extent required pursuant to the terms of any lease encumbered by a mortgage shall) apply the Net Loss Proceeds from such Event of Loss to

 

-76-


the rebuilding, repair, replacement or construction of improvements to the property affected by such Event of Loss (the “ Subject Property ”), with no concurrent obligation to offer to purchase any of the Notes; provided , however , that the Company delivers to the Trustee within 90 days of such Event of Loss:

(1) a written opinion from a reputable contractor that the Subject Property can be rebuilt, repaired, replaced or constructed in, and operated in, substantially the same condition as it existed prior to the Event of Loss within 360 days of the Event of Loss; and

(2) an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the Company has available from Net Loss Proceeds or other sources sufficient funds to complete the rebuilding, repair, replacement or construction described in clause (1) above.

Any Net Loss Proceeds that are not reinvested or not permitted to be reinvested as provided in the first sentence of this covenant will be deemed “ Excess Loss Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Loss Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company will make an offer (an “ Event of Loss Offer ”) to all Holders to purchase or redeem the Notes with the proceeds from the Event of Loss in an amount equal to the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Loss Proceeds. The offer price in any Event of Loss Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Loss Proceeds remain after consummation of an Event of Loss Offer, the Company may use such Excess Loss Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture and the Security Documents; provided that any remaining Excess Loss Proceeds shall remain subject to the Lien of the Security Documents. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Event of Loss Offer exceeds the Excess Loss Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes tendered.

With respect to any Event of Loss pursuant to clause (iv) of the definition of “Event of Loss” that has a fair market value (or replacement cost, if greater) in excess of $20.0 million, the Company (or the affected Guarantor, as the case may be), shall be required to receive consideration (i) at least equal to the fair market value (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the assets subject to the Event of Loss and (ii) at least 85% of which is in the form of cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Event of Loss Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with the Event of Loss provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under the Event of Loss provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

 

-77-


SECTION 4.17 Business Activities .

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business.

SECTION 4.18 Limitation on Activities of JV Interest Holders .

The Company will not, and will not permit RCJV Holdings, Inc., Ryerson Holdings (India) Pte Ltd and Ryerson Pan-Pacific LLC (collectively, the “ JV Interest Holders ”) to engage in any activity (other than related incidental activities) other than the ownership of Coryer, S.A. de C.V., Tata Ryerson Limited and VSC-Ryerson China Limited, as applicable, and such JV Interest Holders shall at all times be the sole beneficial owner and holder of such capital stock representing the interests of the joint venture.

SECTION 4.19 Impairment of Security Interests .

The Company and the Guarantors will not, and will not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, (i) take or omit to take any action with respect to the Collateral that could reasonably be expected to have the result of affecting or impairing the security interest in the Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or (ii) grant to any Person (other than the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any other Additional Secured Obligations) any interest whatsoever in the Collateral, in each case except as provided for in this Indenture or the Security Documents.

SECTION 4.20 Additional Note Guarantees .

After the Issue Date, the Company shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries that:

(a) guarantees any Debt of the Company or any of its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(b) Incurs any Debt pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 4.9 or clause (i) or (xv) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” or not permitted by Section 4.9 to guarantee the Notes.

The Obligations of any Person that is or becomes a Guarantor after the Issue Date shall be secured equally and ratably by a second-priority Security Interest in the ABL Collateral and a first-priority Security Interest in the Notes Collateral, in each case granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes. Such Guarantor shall enter into a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement and enter into the other applicable Security Documents and take all actions necessary or advisable in the opinion of the Collateral Agent to cause the Notes Liens created by the Security Agreement and such other Security Documents to be duly perfected to the extent required by the Security Agreement and such other Security Documents in accordance with all applicable law, including the filing of financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent.

 

-78-


SECTION 4.21 Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries .

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company to be an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” as provided below, in which event such Subsidiary and each other Person that is then or thereafter becomes a Subsidiary of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Company may designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Interests of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that either:

(x) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less; or

(y) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt) pursuant to the second paragraph under Section 4.9;

provided further that the Company could make a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the greater of the Fair Market Value or book value of such Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.7 and such amount is thereafter treated as a Restricted Payment for the purpose of calculating the amount available for Restricted Payments thereunder.

An Unrestricted Subsidiary may be designated as a Restricted Subsidiary if (i) all the Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary could be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.9 and (ii) all the Liens on the property and assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary could be incurred pursuant to Section 4.12.

SECTION 4.22 [Reserved] .

SECTION 4.23 Further Assurances .

The Company shall, and shall cause each of its existing and future Restricted Subsidiaries to, execute and deliver such additional instruments, certificates or documents, and take all such actions as may be reasonably required from time to time in order to:

(1) carry out more effectively this Indenture and the purposes of the Security Documents;

(2) create, grant, perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Security Documents and the Liens created, or intended to be created, by the Security Documents; and

(3) ensure the protection and enforcement of any of the rights granted or intended to be granted to the Trustee under any other instrument executed in connection therewith.

 

-79-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be required only to use commercially reasonable efforts to create, grant, perfect, protect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any Security Document and Liens created, or intended to be created, by the Security Documents under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Upon the exercise by the Trustee or any Holder of any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Indenture or any of the Security Documents which requires any consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization of any governmental authority, the Company shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, execute and deliver all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that may be required from the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such governmental consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization.

SECTION 4.24 Maintenance of Properties; Insurance; Books and Records .

(a) Subject to, and in compliance with, the provisions of Article X and the provisions of the applicable Security Documents, the Issuer shall cause all material properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any of the Guarantors to be maintained and kept in good operating condition, repair and working order (ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss excepted) and supplied with all necessary equipment and shall cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereto; provided that the Issuer shall not be obligated to make such repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements that would not result in a material adverse effect on the ability of the Issuer and the Guarantors to satisfy their obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees, this Indenture and the Security Documents.

(b) The Issuer shall maintain, and shall cause the Guarantors to maintain, insurance with responsible carriers against such risks and in such amounts, and with such deductibles, retentions, self-insured amounts and co-insurance provisions, as are customarily carried by similar businesses or similar size in the locations which such business is conducted, including property and casualty loss, workers’ compensation and interruption of business insurance; provided that, with respect to Collateral, the Issuer will, and will cause the Restricted Subsidiaries to, maintain the following insurance policies and converges with reasonable policy limits and deductibles as the Trustee may reasonably request:

(1) physical hazard on an “all risk” basis coverage, without limitation, hazards commonly covered by such policies, in an amount equal to the full replacement cost of the Mortgaged Property and equipment,

(2) commercial general liability insurance against claims for bodily injury, death or property damage occurring on, in or about the Mortgaged Property (and any other adjoining streets, sidewalks and passageways) and other Collateral covering such matters as are customarily covered by such policies, arising out of or connected with the possession, use, leasing, operation or conditions of the Collateral;

 

-80-


(3) explosion insurance in respect of any boilers, machinery and similar apparatus located on or comprising the Mortgaged Property and equipment;

(4) if the Mortgaged Property is located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as an area having special flood hazards pursuant to the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 or the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, each as amended or any successor laws, flood insurance;

(5) workers’ compensation insurance as required by the laws of the state where the Collateral is located to protect the Pledgors against claims for injuries sustained in the course of employment on the premises of the Pledgors; and

(6) such other types of insurance, against such risks as the Trustee may from time to time reasonably require to the extent such insurance is commercially available at commercially reasonable prices and to the extent secured lenders are requiring borrowers to obtain such insurance in connection with financings of the type contemplated by this Indenture.

(c) Each insurance policy described in Section 4.24(b) shall provide that:

(1) it may not be cancelled or otherwise terminated without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Collateral Agent;

(2) the Collateral Agent is permitted to pay any premium therefor within thirty (30) days after receipt of any notice stating that such premium has not been paid when due;

(3) all losses thereunder shall be payable notwithstanding any act or negligence of the applicable Pledgor or its agents or employees which otherwise might have resulted in a forfeiture of all or a part of such insurance payments;

(4) with respect to the insurance policies described in clauses (1), (3), (4) and, to the extent applicable, (6) of Section 4.24(b), all losses payable thereunder shall be payable to the Collateral Agent, as loss payee, pursuant to a standard non-contributory New York mortgagee endorsement and shall be in an amount, at least sufficient to prevent coinsurance liability; and

(5) with respect to the insurance policies described in clauses (2), and to the extent applicable, (6) of Section 4.24(b), the Collateral Agent shall be named as an additional insured.

(d) On an annual basis and prior to the expiration of any insurance policy described in Section 4.24(b), the Pledgors shall deliver to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent an insurance policy or policies renewing or extending such expiring insurance policy or policies or renewal or extension insurance certificates or other reasonable evidence of renewal or extension providing that the insurance policies are in full force and effect.

 

-81-


(e) The Pledgors shall not purchase separate insurance policies concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with the insurance policies required to be maintained under this Section 4.24 unless the Collateral Agent is included thereon as an additional insured and, if applicable, with loss payable to the Collateral Agent under an endorsement containing the provisions described in Section 4.24(b). The Pledgors shall immediately notify the Trustee and Collateral Agent whenever any such separate insurance policy is obtained and shall promptly deliver to the Trustee and Collateral Agent the insurance policy or insurance certificate evidencing such insurance.

(f) The Pledgors may maintain coverages required by Section 4.24 under blanket policies covering the Collateral and other locations owned or operated by the Pledgors or an Affiliate of the Pledgors if the terms of such blanket policies otherwise comply with the provisions of Section 4.24(b) and contain specific coverage allocations in respect of the Premises complying with the provisions of Section 4.24(b).

(g) If there shall occur any Event of Loss that has a fair market value (or replacement cost, if greater) in excess of $10,000,000, the applicable Pledgor shall promptly send to the Trustee and Collateral Agent a written notice setting forth the nature and extent of such Event of Loss in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2.

(h) All insurance under this Section will be issued by carriers having an A.M. Best & Company, Inc. rating of A or such other rating as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, or if such carrier is not rated by A.M. Best & Company, Inc., having the financial stability and size deemed appropriate by the Issuer after consultation within a reputable insurance broker.

(i) The Issuer shall, and shall cause each Guarantor to, keep proper books of record and account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors, in accordance with GAAP.

ARTICLE V

SUCCESSORS

SECTION 5.1 Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease .

The Company will not in any transaction or series of transactions, consolidate with or merge into any other Person (other than a merger of a Restricted Subsidiary into the Company in which the Company is the continuing Person or the merger of a Restricted Subsidiary into or with another Restricted Subsidiary or another Person that as a result of such transaction becomes or merges into a Restricted Subsidiary), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis), taken as a whole, to any other Person, unless:

(i) either: (a) the Company shall be the continuing Person or (b) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged, or the Person that acquires, by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition, all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company (such Person, the “ Surviving Entity ”),

 

-82-


(1) shall be a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar entity organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States, any political subdivision thereof or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (2) shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, the due and punctual payment of all amounts due in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all the Notes and the performance of the covenants and obligations of the Company under this Indenture and (3) shall expressly assume the due and punctual performance of the covenants and obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under the Security Documents; provided that at any time the Company or its successor is not a corporation, there shall be a co-issuer of the Notes that is a corporation;

(ii) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Debt Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to any such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Debt Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions) as if such transaction or series of transactions had occurred on the first day of the determination period, the Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is not continuing) could Incur $1.00 of additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt) under the first paragraph of Section 4.9; and

(iv) the Company delivers, or causes to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition complies with the requirements of this Indenture.

(v) the Surviving Entity causes such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, delivered, filed and recorded in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien of the Security Documents on the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Surviving Entity, together with such financing statements as may be required to perfect any security interests in such Collateral which may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant states;

(vi) the Collateral owned by or transferred to the Surviving Entity shall (a) continue to constitute Collateral under this Indenture and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and (c) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Collateral Liens; and

 

-83-


(vii) the property and assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Surviving Entity, to the extent that they are property or assets of the types which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, shall be treated as after-acquired property and the Surviving Entity shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture.

The preceding clause (iii) will not prohibit:

(a) a merger between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary that is a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company; or

(b) a merger between the Company and an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of converting the Company into a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision or state thereof;

so long as, in each case, the amount of Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

For all purposes of this Indenture and the Notes, Subsidiaries of any Surviving Entity will, upon such transaction or series of transactions, become Restricted Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries as provided pursuant to this Indenture and all Debt, and all Liens on property or assets, of the Surviving Entity and its Subsidiaries that was not Debt, or were not Liens on property or assets, of the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions shall be deemed to have been Incurred upon such transaction or series of transactions.

Upon any transaction or series of transactions that are of the type described in, and are effected in accordance with, conditions described in the immediately preceding paragraphs, the Surviving Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as the Company therein; and when a Surviving Entity duly assumes all of the obligations and covenants of the Company pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all such obligations.

Nothing in this Indenture shall be deemed to prohibit the merger of Rhombus Merger Corporation with and into Ryerson Inc.

SECTION 5.2 Successor Person Substituted .

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.1 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company (and, if necessary, any co-issuer) is merged or to which such sale, assignment,

 

-84-


conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and shall exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided , however , that in the event of a transfer or lease, the predecessor shall not be released from the payment of principal and interest or other obligations on the Notes.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.1 Events of Default .

Each of the following constitutes an “ Event of Default ”:

(1) default in the payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at its maturity (whether at Stated Maturity or upon repurchase, acceleration, optional redemption or otherwise);

(2) default in the payment of any interest upon any Note when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

(3) failure to perform or comply with Section 5.1;

(4) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be, or it shall be asserted by any Guarantor or the Company not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms;

(5) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company or any Guarantor in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with in clauses (1), (2) (3) or (4) above), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

(6) a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of Debt (other than the Notes) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having, individually or in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least $10.0 million, whether such Debt now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default or defaults shall have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt prior to its express maturity or shall constitute a failure to pay at least $10.0 million of such Debt when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto;

 

-85-


(7) the entry against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary of a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $10.0 million, by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which judgments remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(8) (i) the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(a) commences a voluntary case,

(b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

(d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(e) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

(ii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(a) is for relief against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;

(b) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(c) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

(9) unless all of the Collateral has been released from the Note Liens in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, default by the Company or any Subsidiary in the performance of the Security Documents which adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the

 

-86-


Note Liens on a material portion of the Notes Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, the repudiation or disaffirmation by the Company or any Subsidiary of its material obligations under the Security Documents or the determination in a judicial proceeding that the Security Documents are unenforceable or invalid against the Company or any Subsidiary party thereto for any reason with respect to a material portion of the Collateral (which default, repudiation, disaffirmation or determination is not rescinded, stayed or waived by the Persons having such authority pursuant to the Security Documents) or otherwise cured within 60 days after the Company receives written notice thereof specifying such occurrence from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations and demanding that such default be remedied.

The term “ Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 6.2 Acceleration .

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (8) of Section 6.1 with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders); provided , however , that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in this Indenture.

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes solely because an Event of Default described in clause (6) of Section 6.1 has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) of Section 6.1 shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or waived by the holders of the relevant Debt within 20 Business Days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if the rescission and annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the payment of amounts due on the Notes.

If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) of Section 6.1 occurs with respect to the Company, the principal of and any accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any Default (except Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest) if the Trustee determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders to do so.

 

-87-


No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default and unless also the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as Trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days. Such limitations do not apply, however, to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.

SECTION 6.3 Other Remedies .

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may (i) pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture and (ii) instruct the Collateral Agent to exercise any available remedies under the Security Documents.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Pursuant to Section 4.4, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with this Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

SECTION 6.4 Waiver of Past Defaults .

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes (other than as a result of an acceleration), which shall require the consent of all of the Holders of the Notes then outstanding.

 

-88-


SECTION 6.5 Control by Majority .

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee and Collateral Agent or exercising any trust power conferred on it. However, (i) the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, and (ii) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Indenture, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holder, unless such Holder shall offer to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

SECTION 6.6 Limitation on Suits .

A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture, or the Notes or the Security Documents only if:

(a) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default or the Trustee receives such notice from the Company;

(b) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(c) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of such indemnity or security; and

(e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

SECTION 6.7 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

-89-


SECTION 6.8 Collection Suit by Trustee .

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

SECTION 6.9 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property payable or deliverable upon the conversion or exchange of the Notes or on any such claims and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.10 Priorities .

Subject to the terms of the Security Documents and Intercreditor Agreement with respect to any proceeds of Collateral, any money collected by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Article VI and any money or other property distributable in respect of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

First : to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent (including any predecessor Trustee or Collateral Agent), its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.7 hereof, including payment of all reasonable compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

-90-


Second : to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest respectively;

Third : without duplication, to the Holders for any other Obligations owing to the Holders under this Indenture and the Notes; and

Fourth : to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

SECTION 6.11 Undertaking for Costs .

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

SECTION 6.12 Appointment and Authorization of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Collateral Agent .

(a) Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is hereby designated and appointed as the Collateral Agent of the Holders under the Security Documents, and is authorized as the Collateral Agent for such Holders to execute and enter into each of the Security Documents and all other instruments relating to the Security Documents and (i) to take action and exercise such powers and use such discretion as are expressly required or permitted hereunder and under the Security Documents and all instruments relating hereto and thereto and (ii) to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are, in each case, expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof and thereof together with such other powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental hereto and thereto.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Indenture or the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein or therein or any fiduciary relationship with any Holder, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Indenture or any Security Document or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent.

 

-91-


(c) The Collateral Agent may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Security Documents in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.1 Duties of Trustee .

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and the Security Documents, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, the Security Documents and the TIA and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture, the Security Documents or the TIA and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture or the Security Documents against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture or the Security Documents. However, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the certificates and opinions specifically required to be furnished to it to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts or conclusions stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraphs (b) or (e) of this Section 7.1;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an officer of the Trustee, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

-92-


(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5 hereof or otherwise in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture or any provision of any Security Document that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (e) and (f) of this Section 7.1.

(e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

SECTION 7.2 Rights of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of the Trustee’s own choosing and the Trustee shall be fully protected from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance on the advice or opinion of such counsel or on any Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. Any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution. Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate.

 

-93-


(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company or a Guarantor shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company or such Guarantor.

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or documents, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine during normal business hours the books, records and premises of the Company or any Guarantor, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company, and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(h) The rights, privileges, protections and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Persons employed to act hereunder or under any Security Document (including, without limitation, the Collateral Agent).

(i) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

SECTION 7.3 Individual Rights of Trustee .

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest as defined in Section 310(b) of the TIA, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

SECTION 7.4 Trustee’s Disclaimer .

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, or the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral (except for the safe custody of Collateral in its possession and the accounting for Trust

 

-94-


Monies actually received) for the legality, effectiveness or sufficiency of any Security Document, or for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Note Lien, and it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer’s or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes, any statement or recital in any document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication on the Notes.

SECTION 7.5 Notice of Defaults .

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall send electronically or mail to Holders a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

SECTION 7.6 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .

Within 60 days after each June 1 beginning with the June 1, 2008, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall send to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its delivery to the Holders shall be mailed or delivered to the Company and filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Company has informed the Trustee in writing the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

SECTION 7.7 Compensation and Indemnity .

The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties will agree from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee (which for purposes of this Section 7.7 shall include its officers, directors, employees and agents) against any and all claims, damage, losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer (including this Section 7.7)

 

-95-


and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder except to the extent any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of one such counsel. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.7 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge or termination for any reason of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal or interest, if any, on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge or termination for any reason of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

In addition, and without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee under any of the provisions of this Indenture, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(8) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

Trustee ” for the purposes of this Section 7.7 shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder or under any Security Document; provided , however , that the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder.

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

SECTION 7.8 Replacement of Trustee .

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.8.

The Trustee may resign at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

-96-


(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c) a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of all outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Promptly after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided in Section 7.7 hereof, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall deliver notice of its succession to each Holder.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.7 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.9 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

If the Trustee or any Agent consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another Person, the successor Person without any further act shall be the successor Trustee or any Agent, as applicable.

SECTION 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification .

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power and that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities. The Trustee together with its affiliates shall at all times have a combined capital surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent annual report of condition.

 

-97-


This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §§ 310(a)(l), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b) including the provision in § 310(b)(1); provided that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuer or the Guarantors are outstanding if the requirements for exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.

SECTION 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer .

The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

SECTION 7.12 Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuer .

Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Issuer may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than twenty Business Days after the date any officer of the Issuer actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

SECTION 7.13 Limitation of Liability .

In no event shall the Trustee, in its capacity as such or as Collateral Agent, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent or Registrar or in any other capacity hereunder, be liable under or in connection with this Indenture for indirect, special, incidental, punitive or consequential losses or damages of any kind whatsoever, including but not limited to lost profits, whether or not foreseeable, even if the Trustee has been advised of the possibility thereof and regardless of the form of action in which such damages are sought. The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action. The provisions of this Section shall survive satisfaction and discharge or the termination for any reason of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

SECTION 7.14 Collateral Agent .

The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Collateral Agent as if the Collateral Agent were named as the Trustee herein and the Security Documents were named as the Indenture herein.

 

-98-


SECTION 7.15 Co-Trustees; Separate Trustee; Collateral Agent .

At any time or times, the Issuer, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall have power to appoint, and, upon the written request of (i) the Trustee or the Collateral Agent or (ii) the holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Notes, the Issuer shall for such purpose join with the Trustee in the execution, delivery and performance of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to appoint, one or more Persons approved by the Trustee either to act as co-trustee, jointly with the Trustee, or to act as separate trustee, co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent of any such property, in either case with such powers as may be provided in the instrument of appointment, and to vest in such Person or Persons in the capacity aforesaid, any property, title, right or power deemed necessary or desirable, subject to the other provisions of this Section 7.15. If the Issuer does not join in such appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request so to do, or in case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent alone shall have power to make such appointment.

Should any written instrument from the Issuer be requested by any co-trustee or separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent so appointed for more fully confirming to such co-trustee or separate trustee such property, title, right or power, any and all such instruments shall, on request of such co-trustee or separate trustee or separate collateral agent, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Issuer.

Any co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent shall agree in writing to be and shall be subject to the provisions of the applicable Security Documents as if it were the Trustee thereunder (and the Trustee shall continue to be so subject).

Every co-trustee or separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent shall, to the extent permitted by law, but to such extent only, be appointed subject to the following terms, namely:

(a) The Notes shall be authenticated and delivered, and all rights, powers, duties and obligations hereunder in respect of the custody of securities, cash and other personal property held by, or required to be deposited or pledged with, the Trustee hereunder, shall be exercised solely, by the Trustee.

(b) The rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby conferred or imposed upon the Trustee in respect of any property covered by such appointment shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee or by the Trustee and such co-trustee or separate trustee jointly, or by the Trustee and such co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent jointly as shall be provided in the instrument appointing such co-trustee, separate trustee or separate collateral agent, except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be performed, the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations shall be exercised and performed by such co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent.

 

-99-


(c) The Trustee at any time, by an instrument in writing executed by it, with the concurrence of the Issuer evidenced by a Board Resolution, may accept the resignation of or remove any co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent appointed under this Section 7.15, and, in case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall have power to accept the resignation of, or remove, any such co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent without the concurrence of the Issuer. Upon the written request of the Trustee, the Issuer shall join with the Trustee in the execution, delivery and performance of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to effectuate such resignation or removal. A successor to any co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent so resigned or removed may be appointed in the manner provided in this Section 7.15.

(d) No co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent hereunder shall be liable by reason of any act or omission of the Trustee, or any other such trustee, co-trustee, separate trustee, co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent hereunder.

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable by reason of any act or omission of any co-trustee, separate trustee, co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent.

(f) Any act of holders delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been delivered to each such co-trustee, separate trustee or co-collateral agent, sub-collateral agent or separate collateral agent, as the case may be.

ARTICLE VIII

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.1 Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a Board Resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.

SECTION 8.2 Defeasance and Discharge .

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding

 

-100-


Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ defeasance ”). For this purpose, defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.5 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.4(l); (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.10 and 4.2 hereof; (c) the rights, powers, trusts, benefits and immunities of the Trustee, including without limitation thereunder, under Section 7.7, 8.5 and 8.7 hereof and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; (d) the Company’s rights pursuant to Section 3.7; and (e) the provisions of this Article VIII. Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3 hereof.

The Issuer and the Guarantors may terminate the obligations under this Indenture when:

(1) either: (A) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or (B) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable or (ii) will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year (a “ Discharge ”) under irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes, not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest to the Stated Maturity or date of redemption and, with respect to the Floating Rate Notes, the Issuer may be entitled to assume that the applicable interest rate is the rate then in effect with the Issuer remaining liable for any amounts due on the Stated Maturity or date of redemption, as the case may be, in excess of the amount deposited on the initial deposit date;

(2) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and payable under this Indenture by the Issuer;

(3) the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

(4) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be; and

 

-101-


(5) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, each stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the Discharge have been complied with.

The Issuer may elect, at its option, to have its obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes. Such defeasance means that the Issuer will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, except for:

(6) the rights of Holders of such Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of and any premium and interest on such Notes when payments are due,

(7) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust,

(8) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee,

(9) the Company’s right of optional redemption, and

(10) the defeasance provisions of this Indenture.

SECTION 8.3 Covenant Defeasance .

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.3, 4.4, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.17, 4.20, 4.21 and 5.1 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ covenant defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, covenant defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, Sections 6.1(3) and (5) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

-102-


SECTION 8.4 Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

In order to exercise either defeasance or covenant defeasance:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefits of the Holders of such Notes: (A) money in an amount, or (B) U.S. government obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment, money in an amount or (C) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient without reinvestment, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, the entire indebtedness in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes on the Stated Maturity thereof or (if the Issuer has made irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) the redemption date thereof, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Notes and, with respect to the Floating Rate Notes, the Issuer may be entitled to assume that the applicable interest rate is the rate then in effect with the Issuer remaining liable for any amounts due on the Stated Maturity or date of redemption, as the case may be, in excess of the amount deposited on the initial deposit date;

(2) in the case of defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable United States federal income tax law, in either case (A) or (B) to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Notes will not recognize gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, defeasance and discharge to be effected with respect to such Notes and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge were not to occur;

(3) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such outstanding Notes will not recognize gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and covenant defeasance to be effected with respect to such Notes and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance were not to occur;

 

-103-


(4) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the outstanding Notes shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such deposit after giving effect thereto (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien to secure such borrowing);

(5) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA (assuming all Notes are in default within the meaning of the TIA);

(6) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound; and

(7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent with respect to such defeasance or covenant defeasance have been complied with.

In the event of a defeasance or a Discharge, a Holder whose taxable year straddles the deposit of funds and the distribution in redemption to such Holder would be subject to tax on any gain (whether characterized as capital gain or market discount) in the year of deposit rather than in the year of receipt. In connection with a Discharge, in the event the Issuer becomes insolvent within the applicable preference period after the date of deposit, monies held for the payment of the Notes may be part of the bankruptcy estate of the Issuer, disbursement of such monies may be subject to the automatic stay of the Bankruptcy Code and monies disbursed to Holders may be subject to disgorgement in favor of the Issuer’s estate. Similar results may apply upon the insolvency of the Issuer during the applicable preference period following the deposit of monies in connection with defeasance.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (2) above with respect to a Defeasance need not to be delivered if all Notes not therefore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable, or (y) will become due and payable at Stated Maturity within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

SECTION 8.5 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

Subject to Section 8.6 hereof, all money and non-callable U.S. government obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust, shall not be invested, and applied by the Trustee, in

 

-104-


accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or any Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable U.S. government obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the written request of the Issuer and be relieved of all liability with respect to any money or non-callable U.S. government obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent defeasance or covenant defeasance.

SECTION 8.6 Repayment to Issuer .

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for one year after such principal and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its written request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuer.

SECTION 8.7 Reinstatement .

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable U.S. government obligations in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be; provided , however , that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment `from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

-105-


ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

SECTION 9.1 Without Consent of Holders of the Notes .

Notwithstanding Section 9.2 of this Indenture, without the consent of any Holders, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Security Documents for any of the following purposes:

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company in this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and the Notes;

(2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer;

(3) to add additional Events of Default;

(4) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of the certificated Notes;

(5) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under this Indenture by a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent;

(6) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(7) to add to the Collateral securing the Notes, to add a Guarantor or to release a Guarantor in accordance with this Indenture;

(8) to cure any ambiguity, defect, omission, mistake or inconsistency;

(9) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, provided that such actions pursuant to this clause shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(10) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate stating that such text constitutes an unintended conflict with the description of the corresponding provision in the “Description of Notes”;

 

-106-


(11) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, as additional security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, in any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a Lien is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise;

(12) to release Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture and the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or this Indenture; or

(13) to secure any Additional Secured Obligations under the Security Documents.

SECTION 9.2 With Consent of Holders of Notes .

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental to this Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under this Indenture, including the definitions herein; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby:

(1) change the Stated Maturity of any Note or of any installment of interest on any Note, or reduce the amount payable in respect of the principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable thereon, or reduce the amount that would be due and payable on acceleration of the maturity thereof, or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the Redemption Price therefor,

(2) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture,

(3) modify the obligations of the Company to make Offers to Purchase upon a Change of Control or from the Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales if such modification was done after the occurrence of such Change of Control or such Asset Sale,

 

-107-


(4) subordinate, in right of payment, the Notes to any other Debt of the Company,

(5) modify any of the provisions of this paragraph or provisions relating to waiver of defaults or certain covenants, except to increase any such percentage required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, or

(6) release any Guarantees required to be maintained under this Indenture (other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture).

In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of this Indenture or any Security Document that has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes or otherwise modify the Intercreditor Agreement in any manner adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes will require the consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past default under this Indenture and its consequences, except a default:

(1) in any payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes (including any Note which is required to have been purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase which has been made by the Issuer), or

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.

SECTION 9.3 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.4 Revocation and Effect of Consents .

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. When an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms, it thereafter binds every Holder.

 

-108-


The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for determining which Holders consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver. If the Issuer fixes a record date, the record date shall be fixed at (i) the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished for the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof or (ii) such other date as the Issuer shall designate.

SECTION 9.5 Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

After any amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment, supplement or waiver. The failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.6 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc .

The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer and the Guarantors may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until their respective Boards of Directors approve it. In signing or refusing to sign any amendment or supplemental indenture the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.1 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that all conditions precedent thereto have been met or waived, that such amendment or supplemental indenture is not inconsistent herewith, and that it will be valid and binding upon the Issuer in accordance with its terms.

ARTICLE X

SECURITY

SECTION 10.1 Security Documents; Additional Collateral .

(a) Security Documents . In order to secure the due and punctual payment of the Note Obligations and any Additional Secured Obligations, in the case of the Issuer, and the Guarantees in Article XII hereof, in the case of the Guarantors, when and as the same shall be due and payable, the Company, the Guarantors, the Collateral Agent and the other parties thereto have simultaneously with the execution of this Indenture entered or, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.20, Section 4.23, this Article X and Article XI and applicable provisions of the Security Documents will enter into the Security Agreement, the Mortgages or other grants or

 

-109-


transfers of security to create the Security Interests securing such obligations and for other matters. The Issuer shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, and each Restricted Subsidiary shall, do all filings (including filings of continuation statements and amendments to UCC financing statements that may be necessary to continue the effectiveness of such UCC financing statements) and execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Collateral Agent such assignments, transfers, assurances or other instruments and do all other actions as are necessary or required by, at or prior to the times required hereby or by the Security Documents, to maintain (at the sole cost and expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) the Security Interest created by the Security Documents in the Collateral (other than with respect to any Collateral the Security Interest in which is not required to be perfected under the Security Documents) as a perfected first priority Security Interest subject only to Permitted Collateral Liens.

(b) Additional Collateral . Concurrently with (x) the acquisition by the Issuer or any Guarantor of (A) any asset or property of the type which constitutes personal property with a fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such Guarantor) in excess of $100,000 individually or $250,000 in the aggregate or (B) a fee interest in Real Property located in the United States having a book value or estimated fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such Guarantor and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee) and to the extent not an Excluded Asset and (y) the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary:

(i) the applicable Issuer or Guarantor, as the case may be, and the Collateral Agent shall enter into such amendments or supplements to the Security Documents or such additional Mortgages (in each case in registrable or recordable form) and other Security Documents, and, at or prior to the times required by this Indenture or the Security Documents, the Issuer shall cause such amendments, supplements, mortgages and other Security Documents to be filed and recorded in all such governmental offices as shall be necessary in order to grant and create a valid first priority Lien on and security interest in such after-acquired property in favor of the Collateral Agent (subject to no Liens except Permitted Collateral Liens) and the Issuer shall complete all other actions necessary to perfect the Collateral Agent’s Security Interest in such property in accordance with the provisions hereof and the provisions of the applicable Security Documents;

(ii) in the case of additional Collateral which constitutes personal property, the applicable Issuer or Guarantor, as the case may be, shall also deliver to the Trustee and Collateral Agent the following:

(A) an Opinion of Counsel required pursuant to Section 10.2 below;

(B) an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer stating that any specific Liens on such personal property are Permitted Collateral Liens;

(C) evidence of payment or a closing statement indicating payments to be made of all filing fees, recording charges, transfer taxes and other costs and expenses, including reasonable legal fees and disbursements of counsel for the Trustee and Collateral Agent (and any local counsel) that may be incurred to validly and effectively subject such personal property to the Lien of any applicable Security Document to perfect such Liens; and

 

-110-


(D) UCC, judgment, bankruptcy, tax lien and intellectual property searches confirming that such personal property is subject to no Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens;

(iii) in the case of additional Collateral which constitutes Real Property, the applicable Issuer or Guarantor, as the case may be, shall also deliver to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent the following:

(A) to the extent the value of such Real Property (1) exceeds $6,500,000, a title insurance policy or an endorsement to an existing title insurance policy, or its equivalent, and in an amount at least equal to 100% of the purchase price of such Real Property to the extent permitted by the laws of the local jurisdiction and in compliance with the Title Company’s underwriting policies (or, if such property was not purchased or such purchase price cannot be determined by the Issuer, the fair market value thereof as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee), in favor of the Collateral Agent insuring that the Lien of the Security Documents or any additional Security Documents constitutes a valid and perfected first priority Security Interest, subject to no Liens except Permitted Collateral Liens on such Real Property and containing such endorsements and other assurances of the type described in Section 5(k)(iv) of the Purchase Agreement and (2) is $6,500,000 or less, title, UCC fixture filing, judgment, bankruptcy and tax lien searches confirming that such Real Property is subject to no Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens and, in each of the cases described in clauses (1) and (2) of this clause (A), together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that any Liens on such Real Property are Liens expressly permitted by this Indenture and the applicable Security Documents;

(B) Opinions of Counsel, addressed to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent for their benefit and the benefit of the Secured Parties, from (1) counsel to the Issuer and Guarantors or other special counsel, as to the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Mortgages by the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor and (2) local counsel in each jurisdiction where such Real Property is located to the extent the value of such Real Property exceeds $6,500,000, in each of the cases described in clauses (1) and (2) of this clause (B) substantially in the form of such opinions of counsel delivered on the Issue Date;

(C) to the extent the value of such Real Property exceeds $6,500,000, a survey with respect to such Real Property to the extent necessary to cause the Title Company to issue the title insurance policy required by Section 10.1(b)(iii)(A);

(D) policies or certificates of insurances covering the property and assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors, which policies or certificates shall be substantially in the form of the policies or certificates of insurance delivered on the

 

-111-


Issue Date and reflect the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and the benefit of the Secured Parties, as additional insured and loss payee and mortgagee and shall otherwise bear endorsements of the character contained in the policies or certificates of insurance delivered on the Issue Date;

(E) evidence of payment by the Issuer of all title policy premiums, search and examination charges, escrow charges and related charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgages and fixture filings encumbering such Real Property and issuance of the title insurance policy required by Section 10.1(b)(iii)(A);

(F) proper fixture filings under the UCC on Form UCC-1 for filing under the UCC in the appropriate jurisdictions in which such Real Property is located, desirable to perfect the Security Interests purported to be created by the applicable Mortgage in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

(G) a flood hazard determination and, if the area in which any improvements located on any Mortgaged Property is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), flood insurance, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to the extent (including with respect to amounts) required in order to comply with applicable law; and

(H) with respect to such Real Property, such affidavits, certificates, information (including financial data) and instruments of indemnification (including a so-called “gap” indemnification) as shall be required to induce the Title Company to issue the title policies and endorsements required by Section 10.1(b)(iii)(A); and

(iv) the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that the documents that have been or are therewith delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 10.1(b) (including any amendments, supplements, mortgages or other Security Documents referred to in paragraph (i) above) conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) Post-Closing Collateral Matters . The Issuer shall or shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent each of the following items promptly, but in any event not later than 180 days of the Issue Date; provided that to the extent it shall be necessary for the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to initiate or defend one or more appropriate actions, suits or proceedings at law, equity or otherwise to clear or quiet title in order that valid and indefeasible title to any Real Property shall be vested of record in the Issuer or a Guarantor free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens (such action, suit or proceeding (a “Title Action”), such 180-day period shall be extended for so long as the Issuer or the appropriate Restricted Subsidiary shall, in good faith, promptly commence and diligently prosecute such Title Action;

 

-112-


(i) with respect to each Real Property described in Annex A hereto (each, a “ Post-Closing Non-Material Mortgaged Property ”),

(A) title, UCC fixture filing, judgment, bankruptcy and tax lien searches confirming that such Real Property is subject to no Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens;

(B) a Mortgage duly authorized, executed and acknowledged by the Issuer or Guarantor that is the record owner of such Real Property (as revealed in the title search described in clause (A) above) encumbering such Real Property in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, together with evidence that counterparts of such Mortgage (and any and all other affidavits, certificates or other instruments relating thereto required to record such mortgage) have been delivered to the Title Company for recording in all places necessary to effectively create a valid and enforceable first priority mortgage Lien on such Real Property in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties securing the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement) subject to no Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens, together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that any Liens on such Real Property are Liens expressly permitted by this Indenture and the applicable Security Documents; provided that to the to the extent any title search reveals (or it is otherwise revealed) that the owner of any such Real Property is a Person other than the Issuer or any Guarantor, the Issuer shall or shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to deliver to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent such deeds, certificates of merger and other instruments of transfer duly authorized, executed and acknowledged in form for filing in the appropriate jurisdiction, together with evidence that counterparts thereof (and any and all other affidavits, certificates or other instruments relating thereto required to record same) have been delivered to the Title Company for recording in all places necessary to effectively transfer, from the then record owner to the Issuer or a Guarantor, valid and indefeasible title to such Real Property; provided , further that such transfer shall not be required in the event that (1) any material adverse tax consequences shall result therefrom in relation to the value of the security to be afforded by granting a Mortgage Lien on such Real Property in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or (2) the Issuer or any appropriate Restricted Subsidiary shall have, in good faith, promptly commenced and diligently prosecuted all Title Actions to the fullest extent available at law, equity or otherwise to final, non-appealable judgment denying the validity of the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s claim; provided further that the book or fair market value of all Real Property excluded from such transfer requirement pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) of this clause (B) and pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) of Section 10.1(c)(ii)(B), shall in no event exceed $ 6,500,000 in the aggregate;

(C) proper fixture filings under the UCC on Form UCC-1 for filing in under the UCC the appropriate jurisdictions in which such Real Property is located to perfect the Security Interests purported to be created by the applicable Mortgage in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

 

-113-


(D) to the extent not delivered on or prior to the Issue Date, a flood hazard determination and, if the area in which any improvements located on such Real Property is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), flood insurance, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to the extent (including with respect to amounts) required in order to comply with applicable law;

(E) to the extent not delivered on or prior to the Issue Date, policies or certificates of insurances covering such Real Property, which policies or certificates shall be substantially in the form of the policies or certificates of insurance delivered on the Issue Date and reflect the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as additional insured and loss payee and mortgagee and shall otherwise bear endorsements of the character contained in the policies or certificates of insurance delivered on the Issue Date;

(F) evidence of payment by the Issuer of title and lien searches and examination charges, mortgage recording taxes, transfer taxes, fees, charges and all other costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgages, fixture filings and other instruments referred to above; and

(G) an Opinion of Counsel, addressed to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, of counsel to the Issuer and Guarantors, or other special counsel, as to the due authorization, execution and delivery of such Mortgage by the relevant Issuer or Guarantor;

(ii) with respect to each Real Property described in Annex B hereto (each, a “ Closing Date Non-Material Mortgaged Property ”),

(A) title, UCC fixture filing, judgment, bankruptcy and tax lien searches confirming that such Real Property is subject to no Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens;

(B) to the extent any title search reveals (or it is otherwise revealed) that the owner of any such Real Property is a Person other than the Issuer or any Guarantor, such deeds, certificates of merger and other instruments of transfer duly authorized, executed and acknowledged in form for filing in the appropriate jurisdiction, together with evidence that counterparts thereof (and any and all other affidavits, certificates, or other instruments relating thereto required to record same) have been delivered to the Title Company for recording in all places necessary to effectively transfer, from the then record owner to the Issuer or a Guarantor, valid and indefeasible title to such Real Property; provided that such transfer shall not be required in the event that (1) any material adverse tax consequences shall result therefrom in relation to the value of the security to be

 

-114-


afforded by granting a Mortgage Lien on such Real Property in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or (2) the Issuer or any appropriate Restricted Subsidiary shall have, in good faith, promptly commenced and diligently prosecuted all Title Actions to the fullest extent available at law, equity or otherwise to final, non-appealable judgment denying the validity of the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s claim; provided further that the book or fair market value of all Real Property excluded from such turnover requirement pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) of this clause (B) and pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) of Section 10.1(c)(i)(B), shall in no event exceed $ 6,500,000 in the aggregate;

(C) an amendment to the Mortgage and fixture filing delivered at Closing with respect to such Real Property (or a new Mortgage and fixture filing) duly authorized, executed and acknowledged, in recordable form for filing in the appropriate jurisdiction with respect to each Closing Date Non-Material Mortgaged Property sufficient for the Issuer or Guarantor that is the record owner of such Real Property to (x) grant to the Collateral Agent and/or confirm to the Collateral Agent its first priority Mortgage Lien on and Security Interest in such Real Property, (y) confirm and warrant that such owner has valid and indefeasible title thereto subject to no liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens and (z) confirm that the Real Property intended to be encumbered thereby is so encumbered, together with (1) evidence that counterparts thereof (and any and all other affidavits, certificates or other instruments relating thereto required to record same) have been delivered to the Title Company for recording in all places necessary to effectively create a valid and enforceable first priority mortgage Lien on such Real Property in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties securing the Secured Obligations subject to Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens and (2) an Officer’s Certificate stating that any Liens on such Real Property are expressly permitted by this Indenture and the applicable Security Documents;

(D) evidence of payment by the Issuer of title and lien searches and examination charges, mortgage recording taxes, transfer taxes, fees, charges, and all other costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgages and fixture filings (amendments thereto) and other instruments referred to above; and

(E) an Opinion of Counsel, addressed to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, of counsel to the Issuer and Guarantors, or other special counsel, as to the due authorization, execution and delivery of such amendment to Mortgage (or new Mortgage) by the relevant Issuer or Guarantor;

(iii) with respect to each Material Mortgaged Property described in Annex C hereto;

(A) a title insurance policy in an amount set forth on Annex C with respect to such Material Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent insuring

 

-115-


that the Lien of the Security Documents constitutes a valid and perfected first priority Security Interest on the fee interest of the Issuer or Guarantor granting such Mortgage Lien on such Material Mortgaged Property, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens and containing such endorsements and other assurances of the type described in Section 5(k)(iv) of the Purchase Agreement, together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that any Liens on such Material Mortgaged Property are liens expressly permitted by the Indenture and the applicable Security Documents;

(B) with respect to each such Material Mortgaged Property, such instruments of transfer, mortgage and fixture filing amendments or new Mortgages and fixture filings in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, affidavits, certificates, information (including financial data) and instruments of indemnification (including a so-called “gap” indemnification), in each case, duly authorized, executed and acknowledged and otherwise in form as shall be required to induce the Title Company to issue the policy of title insurance and endorsements required pursuant to clause (A) above indicating, among other things, that the Issuer or Guarantor constituting the Mortgagor thereunder is the fee simple owner of such Material Mortgaged Property free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens;

(C) evidence of payment by the Issuer of title and lien searches and examination charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgage and fixture filing amendments (or new Mortgages and fixture filings) and other instruments referred to in clause (B) above; and

(D) an Opinion of Counsel, addressed to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, of (i) counsel to the Issuer and Guarantors, or other special counsel, as to the due authorization, execution and delivery of such amendment to Mortgage (or new Mortgage) by the relevant Issuer or Guarantor; and (ii) local counsel in each jurisdiction where such Material Mortgaged Property is located, in each case, substantially in the form of the other opinions of such counsel delivered on the Issue Date.

(iv) with respect to each Closing Date Non-Material Mortgaged Property, Post-Closing Date Non-Material Mortgaged Property, each of the Material Mortgaged Properties described in Annex C hereto and the Material Mortgaged Properties described in Section 10.1(c)(vii) below, (A) a supplement to the Perfection Certificate duly executed and delivered by the Issuer and each Guarantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to reflect and confirm, among other things, the Issuer or Guarantor holding record ownership of each such Mortgaged Property and the county in which such Mortgaged Property is located and (B) to the extent necessary or desirable, file and record such amendments or modifications to the applicable Mortgage and fixture filing to reflect any corrections or deviations;

 

-116-


(v) with respect to all Mortgaged Property, evidence of payment by the Issuer of any and all transfer taxes (and all interest and penalties, if any, thereon) arising out of or relating to the Merger;

(vi) in the event any title search reveals (or it is otherwise revealed) that the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries owns any fee interest in Real Property located in the United States having a book value or estimated fair market value in excess of $ 1,000,000 (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such Subsidiary and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee) for purpose of this clause (vi), such Real Property shall be deemed to be Real Property acquired by the Issuer or its Subsidiary and the Issuer or applicable Subsidiary shall comply with the provisions of Section 10.1(b) with respect to such Real Property; and

(vii) with respect to the Material Mortgaged Property located at 2621 W. 15 th Place, Chicago, IL and 2558 W. 16 th Street, Chicago, IL, the Issuer or its appropriate Restricted Subsidiary shall at its sole cost and expense take any and all actions and deliver any and all documents or instruments necessary to cause the Title Company to remove any and all exceptions to coverage relating to any right, title or interest that Mount Sinai Medical Center (or any mortgagee thereof) may have in, to and under Parcel B, Tract 6, Lots 23-33 (collectively, the “Parcels”) in Title Company File No. 316882-IL 4 and otherwise cause the Title Company to issue to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a title insurance policy (or endorsement to the title insurance policy delivered to the Collateral Agent on the Issue Date with respect to such Material Mortgaged Property) insuring that the Lien of the Security Documents constitute a valid and perfected first priority Security Interest (i) on the fee interest of the Issuer or Guarantor granting such a Lien on such Parcels, free and clear of all Liens other that Permitted Collateral Liens and containing such endorsements and other assurances of the type described in Section 5(k)(iv) of the Purchase Agreement, together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that any Liens on such Parcels are Liens expressly permitted by the Indenture and the Security Documents; and

(viii) with respect to the control agreements referred to in Section 3.4(b) of the Security Agreement, fully executed copies of such control agreements.

SECTION 10.2 Recording, Registration and Opinions .

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Trustee at least thirty (30) days prior to the anniversary of the Issue Date in each year, beginning with 2008, an Opinion of Counsel, dated as of such date, either (i) (x) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording, and refiling of this Indenture or the Security Documents, as applicable, as are necessary to maintain the perfected Liens of the applicable Security Documents securing Note Obligations under applicable law other than any action as described therein to be taken and such opinion may refer to prior Opinions of Counsel, contain customary qualifications and exceptions and rely on an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, and (y) stating that on the date of such Opinion of Counsel, all financing statements, financing statement amendments and continuation statements have been or will be executed and filed that are necessary,

 

-117-


as of such date or promptly thereafter and during the succeeding 12 months, fully to maintain the perfection of the security interests of the Collateral Agent securing Note Obligations with respect to the Collateral and such Opinion of Counsel may contain customary qualifications and exceptions and may rely on an Officer’s Certificate; provided that if there is a required filing of a continuation statement or other instrument within such 12 month period and such continuation statement or amendment is not effective if filed at the time of the opinion, such opinion may so state and in that case the Issuer and the Guarantors shall cause a continuation statement or amendment to be timely filed so as to maintain such Liens and security interests securing Note Obligations or (ii) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to maintain such Liens or security interests.

SECTION 10.3 Releases of Collateral .

The Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees will, upon compliance with the conditions precedent to the release of the Collateral together with such documentation, if any, as may be required by the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture, automatically and without the need for any further action by any Person be released so long as such release is otherwise in compliance with the Trust Indenture Act:

(a) in whole or in part, as applicable, as to all or any portion of property subject to such Liens which has been taken by eminent domain, condemnation or other similar circumstances;

(b) in whole, as to all property subject to such Liens, upon:

(i) payment in full of the principal of, accrued and unpaid interest and premium on the Notes; or

(ii) satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture under Section 8.2 hereof; or

(iii) legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of this Indenture under Article VIII hereof;

(c) in part, as to any property that (i) is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by an Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction not prohibited by this Indenture, at the time of such sale, transfer or disposition, to the extent of the interest sold, transferred or disposed of or (ii) is owned or at any time acquired by a Guarantor that has been released from its Guarantee, concurrently with the release of such Guarantee;

(d) as to property that constitutes all or substantially all of the Collateral securing the Notes, with the consent of each holder of the Notes;

(e) as to property that constitutes less than all or substantially all of the Collateral securing the Notes, with the consent of the Holders at least 66  2 / 3 % in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes; or

 

-118-


(f) in part, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Issuer and the Guarantors will not be required to comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act if they determine, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that under the terms of that section and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to the released Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, certain no-action letters issued by the SEC have permitted an indenture qualified under the Trust Indenture Act to contain provisions permitting the release of collateral from Liens under such indenture in the ordinary course of the Issuer’s business without requiring the Issuer to provide certificates and other documents under Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act.

If any Collateral is released in accordance with any of the Security Documents (other than as otherwise permitted by this Indenture) and if the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor has delivered the certificates and documents required by the Security Documents, the Trustee will determine whether it has received all documentation required by Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act in connection with such release.

SECTION 10.4 Form and Sufficiency of Release .

In the event that either Issuer or any Guarantor has sold, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of or proposes to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any portion of the Collateral that, under the terms of this Indenture may be sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of by the Issuer or any Guarantor, and the Issuer or such Guarantor requests the Collateral Agent to furnish a written disclaimer, release or quitclaim of any interest in such property under this Indenture, the applicable Guarantee and the Security Documents, upon being satisfied that the Issuer or such Guarantor is selling, exchanging or otherwise disposing of the Collateral in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.3, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer or such Guarantor such an instrument in the form provided by the Issuer, and providing for release without recourse, promptly after satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein for delivery of such release and shall take such other action as the Issuer or such Guarantor may reasonably request and as necessary to effect such release. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, all purchasers and grantees of any property or rights purporting to be released shall be entitled to rely upon any release executed by the Collateral Agent hereunder as sufficient for the purpose of this Indenture and as constituting a good and valid release of the property therein described from the Lien of this Indenture and the Security Documents.

SECTION 10.5 Possession and Use of Collateral .

Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents, so long as the Trustee has not exercised rights or remedies with respect to the Collateral in connection with an Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing, the Company and the Guarantors shall have the right to remain in possession and retain exclusive control of and to exercise all rights with respect to the Collateral (other than Trust Monies held by the Trustee, other monies or Eligible Cash Equivalents deposited pursuant to Article VIII, and other than

 

-119-


as set forth in the Security Documents and this Indenture), to operate, manage, develop, lease, use, consume and enjoy the Collateral (other than Trust Monies held by the Trustee, other monies and Eligible Cash Equivalents deposited pursuant to Article VIII and other than as set forth in the Security Documents and this Indenture), to alter or repair any Collateral so long as such alterations and repairs do not in any material respect impair the Lien of the Security Documents thereon, do not otherwise allow any Liens thereon other than Permitted Collateral Liens and otherwise comply with Section 10.7 hereof, and to collect, receive, use, invest and dispose of the reversions, remainders, interest, rents, lease payments, issues, profits, revenues, proceeds and other income thereof.

SECTION 10.6 Specified Releases of Collateral .

(a) Satisfaction and Discharge; Defeasance . The Company and the Guarantors shall be entitled to obtain a full release of all of the Collateral from the Liens of this Indenture and of the Security Documents upon payment in full of all principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes and of all Obligations for the payment of money due and owing to the Trustee or the Holders, or upon compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Article VIII for legal defeasance or covenant defeasance. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such conditions precedent have been complied with (and which may be the same Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel required by Article VIII), together with such documentation, if any, as may be required by the Trustee or the TIA (including, without limitation, TIA § 314(d)) prior to the release of such Collateral, the Trustee shall forthwith take all necessary action (at the request of and the expense of the Company) to release and reconvey to the Company and the applicable Guarantors without recourse all of the Collateral, and shall deliver such Collateral in its possession to the Company and the applicable Guarantors including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of releases and satisfactions wherever required.

(b) Dispositions of Collateral in Connection with Asset Sales . The Company and each of the Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be entitled to obtain a release of, and the Trustee shall release, items of Collateral (other than Trust Monies, excluding Trust Monies constituting Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, which Trust Monies are subject to release from the Lien of the Security Documents as provided under Article XI) (the “ Released Collateral ”) subject to an Asset Sale upon compliance with the conditions precedent that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee the following:

(i) A notice from the Company requesting release of Released Collateral (a “ Company Notice ”), such Company Notice (A) specifically describing the proposed Released Collateral, (B) specifying the fair market value of such Released Collateral on a date within 60 days of the Company Notice (the “ Valuation Date ”), (C) stating that the consideration to be received is at least equal to the fair market value of the Released Collateral, (D) stating that the release of such Released Collateral shall not materially and adversely impair the value of the remaining Collateral, taken as a whole, or interfere with or impede the Trustee’s ability to realize the value of the remaining Collateral and shall not impair the maintenance and operation of the remaining Collateral, (E) confirming the sale of, or an agreement to sell, such Released Collateral in a bona fide sale to a Person

 

-120-


that is not an Affiliate of the Company or, in the event that such sale is to a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company, confirming that such sale is being made in accordance with Section 4.11, (F) certifying that such Asset Sale complies with the terms and conditions of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof, (G) in the event that there is to be a substitution of property for the Collateral subject to the Asset Sale, specifying the property intended to be substituted for the Collateral to be disposed of and (H) accompanied by a counterpart of the instruments proposed to give effect to the release fully executed and acknowledged (if applicable) by all parties thereto other than the Trustee;

(ii) An Officers’ Certificate certifying that (A) such sale covers only the Released Collateral and complies with the terms and conditions of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof, (B) all Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of any of the Released Collateral that constitutes Notes Collateral shall be deposited in the Collateral Account, and all Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of any of the Released Collateral have been or will be applied pursuant to Section 4.10, (C) there is not, and shall not be, a Default or Event of Default in effect or continuing on the date thereof, the Valuation Date or the date of such Asset Sale, (D) the release of the Released Collateral shall not result in a Default or Event of Default hereunder and (E) all conditions precedent in this Indenture and the Security Documents to such release have been complied with;

(iii) The Net Cash Proceeds and other property received as consideration from the Asset Sale shall be delivered to the Trustee, together with such instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer, if any, as may be necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to subject to the Lien of this Indenture and the Security Documents all the right, title and interest of the Company and the Guarantors in and to such property;

(iv) All documentation required by the TIA (including, without limitation, TIA § 314(d)), if any, prior to the release of Collateral by the Trustee, and, in the event there is to be a substitution of property for the Collateral subject to the Asset Sale, all documentation required by the TIA to effect the substitution of such new Collateral and to subject such new Collateral to the Lien of the relevant Security Documents, and all documents required by Section 10.1 hereof;

(v) An Opinion of Counsel stating that the documents that have been or are therewith delivered to the Trustee in connection with such release conform to the requirements of this Indenture and (i) that any obligation included in the consideration for any Released Collateral and to be received by the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.4 is a valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms subject to such customary exceptions regarding equitable principles, creditors’ rights generally and bankruptcy as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, and is effectively pledged under the Security Documents, (ii) that any Lien granted by a purchaser to secure a purchase money Obligation is a fully perfected Lien and such instrument granting such Lien is enforceable in accordance with its terms, (iii) either (x) that such instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer as have been or are then delivered to the Trustee are sufficient to subject to the Lien of the Security Documents all the right, title and interest of the

 

-121-


Company in and to any property that is included in the consideration for the Released Collateral and is to be received by the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.4, or (y) that no instruments of conveyance, assignment or transfer are necessary for such purpose, (iv) that the Company has corporate power to own all property included in the consideration for such release, and (v) that all conditions precedent herein and under any of the Security Documents relating to the release of such Collateral have been complied with; and

(vi) If the Collateral to be released is (i) only a portion of a discrete parcel of Real Property, an Opinion of Counsel confirming that after such release, the Lien of the applicable Mortgage continues unimpaired as a first priority perfected Lien upon the remaining Mortgaged Property subject only to those Liens permitted by the applicable Mortgage and Permitted Collateral Liens; and (ii) Mortgaged Property with respect to which the Issuer or the Guarantors shall have delivered a survey to the Collateral Agent on the Issue Date or otherwise in accordance with the provisions hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a survey substantially in the form of the surveys delivered on the Issue Date.

Upon compliance by the Company with the conditions precedent set forth above, the Trustee shall cause to be released and reconveyed to the Company or the applicable Guarantor the Released Collateral without recourse by executing a release in the form provided by the Company or the applicable Guarantor and reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

(c) Release of Collateral in Connection with Events of Loss . The Company and the Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be entitled to obtain a release of, and the Trustee shall release, items of Collateral (other than Trust Monies, excluding Trust Monies constituting Net Loss Proceeds from an Event of Loss, which Trust Monies are subject to release from the Lien of the Security Documents as provided under Article XI) subject to an Event of Loss, upon compliance with the conditions precedent that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee the following:

(i) an Officers’ Certificate of the Company certifying that (A) such Collateral is the subject of an Event of Loss and the amount of the Net Loss Proceeds, and (B) all conditions precedent to such release have been complied with;

(ii) the Net Loss Proceeds to be held as Trust Monies subject to the disposition thereof pursuant to Article XI;

(iii) all documentation required by the TIA (including, without limitation, TIA § 314(d)), if any, prior to the release of Collateral by the Trustee; and

(iv) an Opinion of Counsel substantially to the effect:

(1) if applicable, that such property has been taken by eminent domain, or has been sold pursuant to the exercise of a right vested in a governmental authority to purchase, or to designate a purchaser or order a sale of, such property;

 

-122-


(2) in the case of a taking by eminent domain, that the award for the property so taken has become final and that an appeal from such award is not advisable in the interests of the Company or the Holders;

(3) in the case of any such sale pursuant to the exercise of a right vested in a governmental authority referred to in subclause (1) above, that the payment with respect to the property so sold is not less than the amount to which the Company is legally entitled under the terms of such right to purchase or designate a purchaser, or under the order or orders directing such sale, as the case may be; and

(4) that the instrument or instruments and the award or payment of such Taking which have been or are therewith delivered to and deposited with the Trustee conform to the requirements of this Indenture and the applicable Security Documents and that, upon the basis of such application, the Trustee is permitted by the terms hereof and of the Security Documents to execute and deliver the release requested, and that all conditions precedent herein and in the Security Documents provided for relating to such release have been complied with.

In any proceedings for the taking of any part of the Collateral, the Trustee may be represented by counsel who may be counsel for the Company or the applicable Guarantor.

Upon compliance by the Company with the conditions precedent set forth above, the Trustee shall cause to be released and reconveyed to the Company or the applicable Guarantor without recourse the aforementioned items of Collateral which are the subject of such Event of Loss by executing a release in the form provided by the Company or the applicable Guarantor.

SECTION 10.7 Disposition of Collateral Without Release .

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.6 and subject to Sections 10.4 and 13.1 below, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Company or any Guarantors may, without any prior release or consent by the Trustee:

(i) sell or otherwise dispose in any transaction or series of related transactions of any property that may be defective or may have become worn out, defective or obsolete or is not used or useful in the operation of the Company or any Guarantor and which has an aggregate fair market value of such property of $50,000 or less which is replaced by property of substantially equivalent or greater value which shall become subject to the Lien of the Security Documents pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof;

(ii) alter, repair, replace, change the location or position of and add to its plants, structures, machinery, systems, equipment, fixtures and appurtenances; provided , however , that no change in the location of any such Collateral subject to the Lien of any of the Security Documents shall be made which (1) removes such property into a jurisdiction in which any instrument required by law to perfect the Lien of any of the relevant Security Document on such property, including all necessary instruments of further assurance,

 

-123-


has not been recorded, registered or filed in the manner required by law to continue the perfection of the Lien of any of the Security Documents on such property, (2) does not comply with the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents or (3) otherwise impairs the Lien of the Security Documents;

(iii) subject to the provisions of the Security Documents, abandon, terminate, cancel, release or make alterations in or substitutions of any leases, contracts or rights-of-way subject to the Lien of the Security Documents; provided , however , that (a) any altered or substituted leases, contracts or rights-of-way shall forthwith, without further action, be subject to the Lien of the Security Documents to the same extent as those previously existing and (b) if the Company or the relevant Guarantor shall receive any money or property in excess of the Company’s or the relevant Guarantor’s expenses in connection with such termination, cancellation, release, alteration or substitution as consideration or compensation for such termination, cancellation, release, alteration or substitution, such money or property, to the extent it exceeds $50,000 (in which case all of the money and property so received and not just the portion in excess of $50,000 shall be subject to this clause), forthwith upon its receipt by such entity, shall be deposited with the Trustee (unless otherwise required by a Permitted Lien permitted under the applicable Security Documents) as Trust Monies subject to disposition as provided in Article XI hereof or otherwise subjected to the Lien of the Security Documents;

(iv) grant a non-exclusive license of any intellectual property;

(v) abandon any intellectual property that the Company or the Guarantor, in its reasonable business judgment, concludes is no longer used or useful in any material respect in the conduct of the business of Company or the relevant Guarantor;

(vi) surrender or modify any franchise, license or permit subject to the Lien of any of the Security Documents which it may own or under which it may be operating if the Company or the relevant Guarantor in its reasonable business judgment concludes that such franchise, license or permit is no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company or the relevant Guarantor; and provided , further , that if such entity shall be entitled to receive any money or property in excess of such entity’s expenses in connection with such surrender or modification as consideration or compensation for such surrender or modification, such money or property, to the extent that it exceeds $50,000 (in which case all of the money and property so received and not just the portion in excess of $50,000 shall be subject to this clause), forthwith upon its receipt by such entity, shall be deposited with the Trustee (unless otherwise required by a Permitted Lien) as Trust Monies subject to disposition as provided in Article XI hereof, or otherwise subjected to the Lien of the Security Documents;

(vii) subject to the provisions of the Security Documents, grant leases or subleases in respect of any Real Property in the event that the Company or the relevant Guarantor determines, in its reasonable business judgment, that such Real Property is no longer useful in the conduct of such entity’s business and such leases or subleases do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries

 

-124-


and do not materially affect the value of the property subject thereto; provided , however , that any such lease or sublease shall by its terms be subject and subordinate to the Lien, and otherwise comply with the provisions, of the Mortgage affecting such Real Property; and

(viii) subject to the Security Documents, sell or otherwise dispose of inventory and modify, extend or renew, or compromise or settle any dispute or claim relating to, or sell any account, in each case in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business practice.

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 calendar days following any year, an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that all releases and withdrawals during the preceding twelve-month period undertaken by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this Section 10.7 were in the ordinary course of the Company’s business and were not prohibited hereby and that all proceeds therefrom were used by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as permitted herein.

SECTION 10.8 Purchaser Protected .

No purchaser or grantee of any property or rights purporting to be released shall be bound to ascertain the authority of the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the existence of any conditions herein prescribed for the exercise of such authority.

SECTION 10.9 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Collateral Agent Under the Security Documents .

The holders of Notes agree that the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to the rights, privileges, protections, immunities, indemnities and benefits provided to the Collateral Agent by the Security Documents. Furthermore, each holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, consents to the terms of and authorizes and directs the Trustee (in each of its capacities) and the Collateral Agent to enter into and perform the Security Documents in each of its capacities thereunder.

SECTION 10.10 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Agreement .

The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of holders distributed under the Security Documents to the Trustee, to apply such funds as provided in this Indenture and to make further distributions of such funds in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 6.10.

SECTION 10.11 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Collateral Agent .

In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article X upon the Issuer or any Guarantor, as applicable, with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as applicable, or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article X .

 

-125-


ARTICLE XI

APPLICATION OF TRUST MONIES

SECTION 11.1 Collateral Account .

On the Issue Date there shall be established and, at all times hereafter until this Indenture shall have terminated, there shall be maintained with the Collateral Agent the Collateral Account. The Collateral Account shall be established and maintained by the Collateral Agent at the Corporate Trust Office of the Collateral Agent. All Trust Monies which are received by the Collateral Agent shall be deposited in the Collateral Account and thereafter shall be held by and under the sole dominion and control of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Agreement) as a part of the Collateral and, upon any entry upon or sale or other disposition of the Collateral or any part thereof pursuant to any of the Security Documents, said Trust Monies shall be applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 6.10; but prior to any such entry, sale or other disposition, all or any part of the Trust Monies held by the Collateral Agent may be withdrawn, and shall be released, paid or applied by the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of this Article.

SECTION 11.2 Withdrawal of Loss Proceeds .

To the extent that any Trust Monies consist of Net Loss Proceeds, such Trust Monies may be withdrawn by the Issuer and shall be paid by the Collateral Agent (upon the direction of the Trustee) upon a request by the Issuer delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to reimburse the Issuer or Guarantor for expenditures made, or to pay costs incurred, by the Issuer or such Guarantor in connection with the repair, rebuilding or replacement of the Collateral destroyed, damaged or taken, upon receipt by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent of the following:

(a) An Officer’s Certificate, dated not more then 30 days prior to the date of the application for the withdrawal and payment of such Trust Monies setting forth:

(i) that expenditures have been made, or costs incurred by an Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, in a specified amount in connection with certain repairs, rebuildings and replacements of the Collateral, which shall be briefly described, and stating the fair market value thereof to the Issuer or such Guarantor at the date of the acquisition thereof by the Issuer or such Guarantor;

(ii) that no part of such expenditures or costs has been or is being made the basis for the withdrawal of any Trust Monies in any previous or then pending application pursuant to this Section 11.2;

 

-126-


(iii) that no part of such expenditures or costs has been paid out of the proceeds of insurance upon any part of the Collateral not required to be paid to the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents;

(iv) that there is no outstanding Indebtedness, other than costs for which payment is being requested, known to the Issuer, after due inquiry, for the purchase price or construction of such repairs, rebuildings or replacements, or for labor, wages, materials or supplies in connection with the making thereof, which, if unpaid, might become the subject of a vendor’s, mechanic’s, laborer’s, materialman’s, statutory or other similar Lien upon any such repairs, rebuildings or replacement, which Lien might, in the opinion of the signers of such Officer’s Certificate, materially impair the security afforded by such repairs, rebuildings or replacements;

(v) that the property to be repaired, rebuilt or replaced is necessary or desirable in the conduct of an Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s business;

(vi) that an Issuer or such Guarantor has title to such repairs, rebuildings and replacements that is substantially similar to its title to the property destroyed, damaged or taken and that any Liens upon such repairs, rebuildings and replacements are expressly permitted by this Indenture and the applicable Security Documents;

(vii) that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(viii) that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such withdrawal and payment have been complied with;

(b) All documentation, if any, required under the Trust Indenture Act (including, without limitation, Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act);

(c) (i) In case any part of such repairs, rebuildings or replacements constitutes Real Property:

(A) with respect to any such repairs, rebuildings or replacements that are not encompassed within or are not erected upon Mortgaged Property, an instrument or instruments in recordable form sufficient for the Lien of any applicable Mortgage to cover such repairs, rebuildings or replacements which, if such repairs, rebuildings or replacements include leasehold or easement interests, shall include normal and customary provisions with respect thereto and evidence of the filing of all such documents as may be necessary to perfect such Liens;

(B) with respect to each Mortgaged Property with respect to which a title insurance policy has been or is required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent on the Issue Date or otherwise in accordance with the provisions hereof, in the event such repairs, rebuildings or replacements have a fair market value in excess

 

-127-


of ten percent (10%) of the fair market value of such Mortgaged Property (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee), a policy of title insurance (or a commitment to issue title insurance) insuring that the Lien of any applicable Mortgage constitutes a valid and perfected mortgage Lien on such repairs, rebuildings or replacements to the extent that such repairs, rebuildings or replacements extend beyond the exterior configuration of any improvement (subject to no Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens) in an aggregate amount equal to the fair market value of such repairs, rebuildings or replacements or other investments, together with such endorsements and other opinions as are contemplated by Section 10.1(b), or with respect to any such repairs, rebuildings or replacements that are encompassed within or are erected upon Real Property subject to the Lien of a Mortgage, an endorsement to the title insurance policy issued to the Collateral Agent regarding the affected Real Property confirming that such repairs, rebuildings or replacements are encumbered by the Lien of the applicable Mortgage (subject to no Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens);

(C) with respect to each Mortgaged Property with respect to which a survey has been or is required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent on the Issue Date or otherwise in accordance with the provisions hereof, in the event such repairs, rebuildings or replacements have a fair market value in excess of ten percent (10%) of the fair market value of such Mortgaged Property (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee) and affect the exterior configuration of an improvement, a survey with respect thereto substantially in the form of the surveys delivered on the Issue Date; and

(D) evidence of payment or a closing statement indicating payments to be made by an Issuer or the applicable Guarantor of all title insurance premiums (where applicable), recording charges, and/or transfer taxes, if any, and other costs and expenses, including reasonable legal fees and disbursements of counsel for the Collateral Agent (and any local counsel), that may be incurred to validly and effectively subject such repairs, rebuildings or replacements to the Lien of any applicable Security Document to perfect such Lien; and

(ii) in case any part of such repairs, rebuildings or replacements constitutes personal property interests:

(A) if legally required, an instrument in recordable form sufficient for the Lien of any applicable Security Document to cover such repairs, rebuildings or replacements; and

(B) evidence of payment or a closing statement indicating payments to be made by an Issuer or the applicable Guarantor of all filing fees, recording charges and/or transfer taxes, if any, and other costs and expenses, including reasonable legal fees and disbursements of counsel for the Collateral Agent (and any local counsel), that may be incurred to validly and effectively subject such repairs, rebuildings or replacements to the Lien of any Security Document; and

 

-128-


(d) An Opinion of Counsel substantially stating:

(i) that the instruments that have been or are therewith delivered to the Trustee conform to the requirements of this Indenture and the other Security Documents, and that, upon the basis thereof and the accompanying documents specified in this Section 11.2, all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such withdrawal and payment have been complied with, and the Trust Monies whose withdrawal is then requested may be paid over under this Section 11.2;

(ii) that the relevant Security Documents create a valid, binding and enforceable Lien on and security interest in such repairs, rebuildings and replacements in favor of the Collateral Agent in favor of the Holders and, to the extent that a security interest in any such property may be perfected under the relevant UCC, a perfected security interest in such property; and

(iii) that all the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s right, title and interest in and to said repairs, rebuilding or replacements, or combination thereof, are then subject to the Lien of this Indenture and the relevant Security Documents.

Upon compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.2 and Section 11.1, the Collateral Agent shall, upon receipt of a request by the Issuer, pay an amount of Net Loss Proceeds constituting Trust Monies equal to the amount of the expenditures or costs stated in the Officer’s Certificate required by clause (i) of paragraph (a) of this Section 11.2, or the fair market value to the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor of such repairs, rebuildings and replacements stated in such Officer’s Certificate (or in an independent appraiser’s or independent financial advisor’s certificate, if required by the Trust Indenture Act), whichever is less.

SECTION 11.3 Withdrawal of Net Proceeds to Fund an Asset Sale Offer .

To the extent that any Trust Monies consist of Net Cash Proceeds received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof and an Asset Sale Offer has been made in accordance therewith, such Trust Monies may be withdrawn by the Issuer and shall be paid by the Trustee to the Paying Agent for application in accordance with Section 4.10 upon notice by the Issuer to the Trustee and upon receipt by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent of the following:

(a) An Officers’ Certificate, dated not more than three days prior to the Purchase Date, stating:

(i) that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(ii)(x) that such Trust Monies constitute Net Cash Proceeds, (y) that pursuant to and in accordance with Section 4.10, the Issuer has made an Asset Sale Offer and (z) the amount of Excess Proceeds to be applied to the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer;

 

-129-


(iii) the Purchase Date; and

(iv) that all conditions precedent and covenants herein provided for relating to such application of Trust Monies have been complied with; and

(b) All documentation, if any, required under Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act.

Upon compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.3, the Trustee shall apply the Trust Monies as directed and specified by the Issuer, subject to Section 4.10.

SECTION 11.4 Withdrawal of Trust Monies for Investment in Replacement Assets .

In the event the Issuer intends to reinvest Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale to purchase other long-term assets that constitute Collateral and become subject to the Lien of this Indenture (“ Replacement Assets ”) (the “ Released Trust Monies ”), such Net Cash Proceeds constituting Trust Monies may be withdrawn by the Issuer and shall be paid by the Collateral Agent to the Issuer upon a notice to the Trustee and upon receipt by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent of the following:

(a) A notice signed by the Issuer which shall (i) refer to this Section 11.4, (ii) contain all documents referred to below, (iii) describe with particularity the Released Trust Monies, (iv) describe with particularity the Replacement Assets to be invested in with respect to the Released Trust Monies and (v) be accompanied by a counterpart of the instruments proposed to give effect to the release fully executed and acknowledged (if applicable) by all parties thereto other than the Trustee;

(b) An Officer’s Certificate certifying that (i) such Trust Monies constitute Net Cash Proceeds, (ii) the release of the Released Trust Monies complies with the terms and conditions of this Indenture, (iii) there is no Default or Event of Default (both before and after investing in the Replacement Asset) in effect or continuing on the date thereof, (iv) the release of the Released Trust Monies shall not result in a Default or Event of Default hereunder and (v) all conditions precedent herein to such release have been complied with;

(c) All documentation, if any, required under the Trust Indenture Act (including, without limitation, Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act);

(d) If the Replacement Asset proposed for investment is Real Property, the appropriate Issuer or Guarantor shall also deliver to the Trustee:

(i) an instrument or instruments in recordable form sufficient for the Lien of any applicable Mortgage to cover such Real Property and evidence of the filing of all such financing statements and other instruments as may be necessary to perfect such Liens;

 

-130-


(ii) with respect to each Mortgaged Property with respect to which a title insurance policy has been or is required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent on the Issue Date or otherwise in accordance with the provisions hereof, a title insurance policy (or a commitment to issue title insurance) insuring that the Lien of any applicable Mortgage constitutes a valid and perfected mortgage Lien on such Real Property (subject to no Liens other than Permitted Collateral Liens) in an aggregate amount equal to the fair market value of the Real Property, together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that any specific exceptions to such title insurance are Permitted Collateral Liens, together with such endorsements and other opinions as are contemplated by Section 10.1;

(iii) with respect to each Mortgaged Property with respect to which a survey has been or is required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent on the Issue Date or otherwise in accordance with the provisions hereof, a survey with respect thereto substantially in the form of the surveys delivered on the Issue Date; and

(iv) evidence of payment or a closing statement indicating payments to be made by the Issuer or the appropriate Guarantor of all title premiums (where applicable), recording charges, and/or transfer taxes, if any, and other costs and expenses, including reasonable legal fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Collateral Agent (and any local counsel), that may be incurred to validly and effectively subject the Real Property to the Lien of any applicable Security Document to perfect such Lien;

(e) If the Replacement Asset is a personal property interest, the appropriate Issuer or Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee:

(i) if legally required, financing statements and other instruments in form sufficient to perfect the Lien of any applicable Security Document on such personal property interest;

(ii) evidence of payment or a closing statement indicating payments to be made by an Issuer or the appropriate Guarantor of all filing fees, recording charges and/or transfer taxes, if any, and other costs and expenses, including reasonable legal fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Collateral Agent (and any local counsel), that may be incurred to validly and effectively subject the Replacement Asset to the Lien of any Security Document; and

(f) An Opinion of Counsel stating:

(i) that the documents that have been or are therewith delivered to the Trustee in connection with an investment in Replacement Assets conform to the requirements of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such application of Trust Monies have been complied with; and

 

-131-


(ii) to the extent that such Replacement Assets were acquired with Net Cash Proceeds, the relevant Security Documents create a valid, binding and enforceable Lien, subject only to Permitted Liens, on and security interest in such Replacement Assets in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders and, to the extent that a security interest in any such Replacement Assets may be perfected under the relevant UCC, a perfected security interest in such property.

Upon compliance with the foregoing provisions, the Trustee shall apply the Released Trust Monies as directed and specified by the Issuer.

SECTION 11.5 Investment of Trust Monies .

So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or any part of any Trust Monies held by the Collateral Agent shall from time to time be invested or reinvested by the Collateral Agent in any Eligible Cash Equivalents pursuant to a request by the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, which shall specify the Eligible Cash Equivalents in which such Trust Monies shall be invested and shall certify that such investments constitute Eligible Cash Equivalents; and the Collateral Agent shall sell any such Eligible Cash Equivalent only upon receipt of such a request by the Issuer specifying the particular Eligible Cash Equivalent to be sold. So long as no Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, any interest or dividends accrued, earned or paid on such Eligible Cash Equivalents (in excess of any accrued interest or dividends paid at the time of purchase) that may be received by the Collateral Agent shall be forthwith paid to the Issuer. Such Eligible Cash Equivalents shall be held by the Collateral Agent as a part of the Collateral, subject to the same provisions hereof as the cash used by it to purchase such Eligible Cash Equivalents.

The Trustee and Collateral Agent shall not be liable or responsible for any loss resulting from such investments or sales except only for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct in complying with this Section 11.5.

SECTION 11.6 Use of Trust Monies; Retirement of Notes .

The Collateral Agent shall apply Trust Monies not required to be applied to fund an Asset Sale Offer or Event of Loss Offer or required to be held pending application to the acquisition of Replacement Assets from time to time to the payment of the principal of, premium, and interest on, any Notes, on any redemption date or the Maturity Date or to the redemption thereof or the purchase thereof upon tender or in the open market or at private sale or upon any exchange or in any one or more of such ways, including, without limitation, pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, as the Issuer shall request in writing, upon receipt by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent of the following:

(a) Board Resolutions of the Issuer directing the application pursuant to this Section 11.6 of a specified amount of Trust Monies and, in case any such monies are to be applied to payment, designating the Notes so to be paid and, in case any such monies are to be applied to the purchase of Notes, prescribing the method of purchase, the price or prices to be paid and the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes to be purchased and any other provisions of this Indenture governing such purchase;

 

-132-


(b) an Officer’s Certificate, dated not more than three days prior to the date of the relevant application, stating

(i) that no Default or Event of Default exists unless such Default or Event of Default would be cured thereby; and

(ii) that all conditions precedent and covenants herein provided for relating to such application of Trust Monies have been complied with; and

(c) an Opinion of Counsel stating that the documents and the cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents, if any, which have been or are therewith delivered to and deposited with the Collateral Agent conform to the requirements of this Indenture and all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such application of Trust Monies have been complied with.

Upon compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section, the Collateral Agent shall apply Trust Monies as directed and specified by such Board Resolution.

A Board Resolution expressed to be irrevocable directing the application of Trust Monies under this Section 11.6 to the payment of the principal of, premium and interest on the Notes shall for all purposes of this Indenture be deemed the equivalent of the deposit of money with the Collateral Agent in trust for such purpose. Such Trust Monies and any cash deposited with the Collateral Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 11.6 for the payment of accrued interest shall not, after compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section, be deemed to be part of the Collateral or Trust Monies.

SECTION 11.7 Disposition of Notes Retired .

All Notes received by the Trustee and for whose purchase Trust Monies are applied under Section 11.6, if not otherwise cancelled, shall be promptly delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and destruction in accordance with the Trustee’s customary procedures.

ARTICLE XII

NOTE GUARANTEES

SECTION 12.1 Note Guarantees .

(a) Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the Notes and obligations of the Issuer hereunder and thereunder, and guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, that: (i) the principal of and premium, if any and interest on the Notes shall be paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise (including, without limitation, the amount that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code), together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on any overdue interest, to the extent lawful, and all other

 

-133-


obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same shall be paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Each of the Note Guarantees shall be a guarantee of payment and not of collection.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.

(c) Each Guarantor hereby waives the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or any other Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor shall not be discharged as to any Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note and such Note Guarantee or as provided for in this Indenture. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal or premium, if any or interest on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee without first proceeding against the Company or any other Guarantor. Each Guarantor agrees that if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.

(d) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Note Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. This paragraph (d) shall remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may be taken by the Trustee or any Holder in reliance upon such amount required to be returned. This paragraph (d) shall survive the termination of this Indenture.

(e) Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI hereof for the purposes of the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such

 

-134-


acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor.

SECTION 12.2 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee .

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 12.1, each Guarantor agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. Such notation of Note Guarantee shall be signed on behalf of such Guarantor by an officer of such Guarantor (or, if an officer is not available, by a board member or director) on behalf of such Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature. In case the officer, board member or director of such Guarantor who shall have signed such notation of Note Guarantee shall cease to be such officer, board member or director before the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, such Note nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered as though the Person who signed such notation of Note Guarantee had not ceased to be such officer, board member or director.

Each Guarantor agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 12.1 shall remain in full force and effect and apply to all the Notes notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

The failure to endorse a Note Guarantee shall not affect or impair the validity thereof.

SECTION 12.3 Severability .

In case any provision of any Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 12.4 Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability .

Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law or the provisions of its local law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

-135-


SECTION 12.5 Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms .

Except as otherwise provided in Section 12.6, a Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person unless:

(1) immediately after giving effect to such transactions, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(2) either:

(A) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee; or

(B) the Net Cash Proceeds of any such sale or other disposition of a Guarantor are applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; and

(3) the Company delivers, or causes to be delivered, to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such sale, other disposition, consolidation or merger complies with the requirements of this Indenture.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Except as set forth in Articles IV and V hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (1) and (2) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Issuer or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Issuer or another Guarantor.

SECTION 12.6 Releases Following Sale of Assets .

Any Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any obligations under this Note Guarantee, (1) in connection with any sale or other disposition by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a

 

-136-


Subsidiary, if the Issuer or the Guarantor applies the Net Proceeds of that sale or other disposition in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; or (2) in connection with any sale of all of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Subsidiary, if the Issuer applies the Net Cash Proceeds of that sale in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Issuer in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under this Note Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article XII.

SECTION 12.7 Release of a Guarantor .

Any Guarantor that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture shall, at such time, be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged of its obligations under its Note Guarantee without any further action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee shall deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release upon receipt of the Company’s request for such release accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate certifying as to the compliance with this Section 12.7. Any Guarantor not so released shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes as provided in its Note Guarantee.

SECTION 12.8 Benefits Acknowledged .

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that its guarantee and waivers pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

SECTION 12.9 Future Guarantors .

Each Person that is required to become a Guarantor after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.20 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Person shall become a Guarantor. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request.

 

-137-


ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 13.1 Trust Indenture Act Controls .

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

SECTION 13.2 Notices .

Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others address:

If to the Issuer or any Guarantor:

Rhombus Merger Corporation

c/o Platinum Equity Advisors, LLC

360 North Crescent Drive, South Building

Beverly Hills, California 90210

Facsimile: (310) 712-1863

Attention: Eva M. Kalawski, Vice President and Secretary

and:

Ryerson Inc.

2621 West 15th Place

Chicago, Illinois 60608

Facsimile: (773) 788-4219

Attention: Louise Turilli, Vice President and General Counsel

With a copy to:

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Facsimile: (212) 728-9214

Attention: Cristopher Greer

If to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Services

MAC N9311-110

 

-138-


625 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

Facsimile: (612) 667-9825

Attention: Ryerson Account Manager

The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders and the Trustee) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier promising next Business Day delivery.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be sent electronically or mailed by first class mail or by overnight air courier promising next Business Day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so sent to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to send a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed or delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except in the case of notices or communications given to the Trustee, which shall be effective only upon actual receipt.

If the Issuer mails or delivers a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail or deliver a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

SECTION 13.3 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

SECTION 13.4 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture (other than the initial issuance of the Notes), the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee upon request:

(a) an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 

-139-


(b) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

SECTION 13.5 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

SECTION 13.6 Rules by Trustee and Agents .

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

SECTION 13.7 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .

No director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator, past, present or future, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as such or in such capacity, shall have any personal liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any Note Guarantee or this Indenture by reason of his, her or its status as such director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator.

SECTION 13.8 Governing Law .

THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES, IF ANY. The parties to this Indenture each hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture, and all such parties hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or federal court and

 

-140-


hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent that they may legally do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 13.9 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

SECTION 13.10 Successors .

All agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, shall bind their respective successors and assigns. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns.

SECTION 13.11 Severability .

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 13.12 Counterpart Originals .

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

SECTION 13.13 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc .

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 13.14 Acts of Holders .

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “ Act ” of Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 13.14.

 

-141-


(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such officer the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such signer’s individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such signer’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Holder list maintained under Section 2.5 hereunder.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) If the Issuer shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Issuer may, at its option, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Issuer shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date.

[Signatures on following page]

 

-142-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
 

Name: Eva M. Kalawski

Title: Vice President & Secretary

Ryerson Inc., as successor by merger to Rhombus Merger Corporation hereby confirms that it has assumed all of the obligations of Rhombus Merger Corporation. under this Indenture and the Notes
RYERSON INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
 

Name: Eva M. Kalawski

Title: Vice President & Secretary

JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
 

Name: Eva M. Kalawski

Title: Vice President & Secretary

J.M. TULL METALS COMPANY, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
 

Name: Eva M. Kalawski

Title: Vice President & Secretary

 

-1-


RYERSON PROCUREMENT CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
 

Name: Eva M. Kalawski

Title: Vice President & Secretary

RYERSON AMERICAS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
 

Name: Eva M. Kalawski

Title: Vice President & Secretary

RDM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
 

Name: Eva M. Kalawski

Title: Vice President & Secretary

RCJV HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
 

Name: Eva M. Kalawski

Title: Vice President & Secretary

RYERSON INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
 

Name: Eva M. Kalawski

Title: Vice President & Secretary

RYERSON (CHINA) LIMITED
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
 

Name: Eva M. Kalawski

Title: Vice President & Secretary

 

-2-


RYERSON INTERNATIONAL MATERIAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
 

Name: Eva M. Kalawski

Title: Vice President & Secretary

RYERSON INTERNATIONAL TRADING, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
 

Name: Eva M. Kalawski

Title: Vice President & Secretary

RYERSON PAN-PACIFIC LLC
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
 

Name: Eva M. Kalawski

Title: Vice President & Secretary

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Lynn M. Steiner
 

Name: Lynn M. Steiner

Title: Vice President

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF 12% SENIOR SECURED NOTE

(Face of 12% Senior Secured Note)

12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015

[Global Notes Legend]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OR TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUIRED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE.

[Restricted Notes Legend]

THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A

 

A-1-1


TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE COMPANY OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.

 

A-1-2


RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION

12% SENIOR SECURED NOTE DUE 2015

 

No.        

144A CUSIP: 78375P AJ6

144A ISIN: US78375PAJ66

     

REG S CUSIP: U75045 AB7

REG S ISIN: USU75045AB74

Rhombus Merger Corporation promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of              Dollars ($            ) on November 1, 2015.

Interest Payment Dates: May 1 and November 1, beginning May 1, 2008

Record Dates: April 15 and October 15

Reference is made to further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefits under this Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

A-1-3


RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the 12% Senior Secured Notes

referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

Dated: October 19, 2007

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:    
  Authorized Signatory

 

A-1-4


(Reverse of 12% Senior Secured Note)

12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015

RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) Interest.

(a) Rhombus Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or its successor (together, “ Rhombus ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note (“ 12% Senior Secured Note ” and, together with the Floating Rate Senior Secured Note, the “ Notes ”) at a fixed rate. Rhombus will pay interest in United States dollars (except as otherwise provided herein) semiannually in arrears on May 1 and November 1, commencing on May 1, 2008 or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the 12% Senior Secured Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including October 19, 2007; provided that if there is no existing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this 12% Senior Secured Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (but after October 19, 2007), interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except in the case of the original issuance of 12% Senior Secured Notes, in which case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication. Rhombus shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1%  per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the 12% Senior Secured Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. The interest rate on the Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law of general application.

[(b) Registration Rights Agreement . The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2007, among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and the Initial Purchasers.] 1

(2) Method of Payment . Rhombus will pay interest on the 12% Senior Secured Notes (except defaulted interest) on the applicable Interest Payment Date to the Persons who are

 

1

To be included only in the Initial Notes on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes that bear the Restricted Note Legend.

 

A-1-5


registered Holders of 12% Senior Secured Notes at the close of business on the May 1 and November 1 preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such 12% Senior Secured Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The 12% Senior Secured Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium and interest at the office or agency of Rhombus maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of Rhombus, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, all Global Notes and all other 12% Senior Secured Notes the Holders of which shall have provided written wire transfer instructions to Rhombus and the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Any payments of principal of and interest on this 12% Senior Secured Note prior to Stated Maturity shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. The amount due and payable at the maturity of this Note shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at an office of the Trustee or the Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes.

(3) Paying Agent and Registrar . Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. Rhombus may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. Rhombus or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

(4) Indenture . Rhombus issued the 12% Senior Secured Notes under an Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007 (the “ Indenture ”), among Rhombus, Ryerson, Inc., the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the 12% Senior Secured Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”). To the extent the provisions of this 12% Senior Secured Note are inconsistent with the provisions of the Indenture, the Indenture shall govern. The 12% Senior Secured Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. The 12% Senior Secured Notes issued on the Issue Date are senior Obligations of Rhombus limited to $425,000,000 in aggregate principal amount, plus amounts, if any, sufficient to pay premium and interest on outstanding 12% Senior Secured Notes as set forth in Paragraph 2 hereof. The Indenture permits the issuance of Additional Notes subject to compliance with certain conditions.

The payment of principal and interest on the 12% Senior Secured Notes is unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by the Guarantors.

(5) Optional Redemption .

(a) The 12% Senior Secured Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to November 1, 2011, at the option of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice sent electronically or mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered

 

A-1-6


address, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 12% Senior Secured Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

(b) The 12% Senior Secured Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2011, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning November 1 of the years indicated:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2011

   106.000 %

2012

   103.000 %

2013 and thereafter

   100.000 %

(c) In addition to the optional redemption of the 12% Senior Secured Notes in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, prior to November 1, 2010, the Company may, with the net proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 12% Senior Secured Notes (including Additional Notes that are 12% Senior Secured Notes) at a Redemption Price equal to 112% of the principal amount of thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of 12% Senior Secured Notes then outstanding (including Additional Notes that are 12% Senior Secured Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption (excluding 12% Senior Secured Notes held by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering.

(6) Mandatory Redemption . Except as set forth under Sections 3.9, 4.10 and 4.14 of the Indenture, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the 12% Senior Secured Notes.

(7) Repurchase at Option of Holder .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require Rhombus to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s 12% Senior Secured Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, Rhombus will mail or deliver a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer required by the Indenture.

 

A-1-7


(b) Upon the occurrence of certain Asset Sales, the Company may be required to offer to purchase 12% Senior Secured Notes.

(c) Holders of the 12% Senior Secured Notes that are the subject of an Offer to Purchase will receive notice of an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale or a Change of Control from Rhombus prior to any related Purchase Date and may elect to have such 12% Senior Secured Notes purchased by completing the form titled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

(8) Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption shall be delivered at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose 12% Senior Secured Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. 12% Senior Secured Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in a minimum amount of $2,000 principal amount (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof), unless all of the 12% Senior Secured Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on the 12% Senior Secured Notes or portions hereof called for redemption.

(9) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The 12% Senior Secured Notes are in registered form without coupons in initial denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of the 12% Senior Secured Notes may be registered and the 12% Senior Secured Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and Rhombus may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. Rhombus need not exchange or register the transfer of any 12% Senior Secured Note or portion of a 12% Senior Secured Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any 12% Senior Secured Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any 12% Senior Secured Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of 12% Senior Secured Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

(10) Persons Deemed Owners . The registered holder of a 12% Senior Secured Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

(11) Amendment, Supplement and Waiver . Subject to the following paragraphs, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes.

 

A-1-8


Without the consent of any Holders, Rhombus, the Guarantors and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Indenture for any of the following purposes:

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company in the Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and in the Notes;

(2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon Rhombus;

(3) to add additional Events of Default;

(4) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of the certificated Notes;

(5) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture by a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent;

(6) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

(7) to add to the Collateral Securing the Notes, to add a Guarantor or to release a Guarantor in accordance with the Indenture;

(8) to cure any ambiguity, defect, omission, mistake or inconsistency;

(9) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture, provided that such actions pursuant to this clause shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(10) to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate stating that such text constitutes an unintended conflict with the description of the corresponding provision in the “Description of Notes”;

(11) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, as additional security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, in any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a Lien is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise;

(12) to release Collateral from the Lien of the Indenture and the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Indenture; or

(13) to secure any Additional Secured Obligations under the Security Documents.

 

A-1-9


With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, Rhombus, the Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental to the Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or the Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under the Indenture, including the definitions therein; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby:

(1) change the Stated Maturity of any Note or of any installment of interest on any Note, or reduce the amount payable in respect of the principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable thereon, or reduce the amount that would be due and payable on acceleration of the maturity thereof, or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the Redemption Price therefor,

(2) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or certain defaults thereunder and their consequences) provided for in the Indenture,

(3) modify the obligations of the Company to make Offers to Purchase upon a Change of Control or from the Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales if such modification was done after the occurrence of such Change of Control or such Asset Sale,

(4) subordinate, in right of payment, the Notes to any other Debt of the Company,

(5) modify any of the provisions of this paragraph or provisions relating to waiver of defaults or certain covenants, except to increase any such percentage required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, or

(6) release any Guarantees required to be maintained under the Indenture (other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture).

In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of the Indenture or any Security Document that has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes or otherwise modifying the Intercreditor Agreement in any manner adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes will require the consent of the Holders of at least 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

A-1-10


The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default:

(1) in any payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes (including any Note which is required to have been purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase which has been made by the Issuer), or

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.

(12) Defaults and Remedies . Events of Default include:

(1) default in the payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at its maturity (whether at Stated Maturity or upon repurchase, acceleration, optional redemption or otherwise);

(2) default in the payment of any interest upon any Note when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

(3) failure to perform or comply with the Indenture provisions described under Section 5.1 thereof;

(4) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), shall for any reason cease to be, or it shall be asserted by any Guarantor or the Company not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms;

(5) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company or any Guarantor in the Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with in clauses (1), (2) (3) or (4) above), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

(6) a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of Debt (other than the Notes) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having, individually or in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least $10.0 million, whether such Debt now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default or defaults shall have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt prior to its express maturity or shall constitute a failure to pay at least $10.0 million of such Debt when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto;

 

A-1-11


(7) the entry against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary of a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $10.0 million, by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which judgments remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(8)(i) the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(a) commences a voluntary case,

(b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

(d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(e) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

or (ii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(a) is for relief against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;

(b) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(c) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

(9) unless all of the Note Collateral has been released from the Note Liens in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, default by the Company or any Subsidiary in the performance of the Security Documents which adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Note Liens on a material portion of the Note Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, the repudiation or disaffirmation by the Company or any Subsidiary of its material obligations under the Security Documents or the determination in a judicial proceeding that the Security Documents are unenforceable or invalid against the Company

 

A-1-12


or any Subsidiary party thereto for any reason with respect to a material portion of the Note Collateral (which default, repudiation, disaffirmation or determination is not rescinded, stayed, or waived by the Persons having such authority pursuant to the Security Documents) or otherwise cured within 60 days after the Company receives written notice thereof specifying such occurrence from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations and demanding that such default be remedied.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (8) above with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders); provided , however , that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture.

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes solely because an Event of Default described in clause (6) above has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or waived by the holders of the relevant Debt within 20 Business Days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if the rescission and annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the payment of amounts due on the Notes.

If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) above occurs with respect to the Company, the principal of and any accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any Default (except Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest) if the Trustee determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders to do so.

(13) Trustee Dealings with Rhombus . The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for Rhombus, the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with Rhombus, the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

(14) No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator, past, present or future, of the Company, Rhombus, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, as such or in such capacity, shall have any personal liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the 12% Senior Secured Notes, any Guarantee or the Indenture by reason of his, her or its status as such director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator.

 

A-1-13


(15) Authentication . This 12% Senior Secured Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(16) Abbreviations . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(17) CUSIP, ISIN Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the 12% Senior Secured Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the 12% Senior Secured Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

Rhombus shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

Ryerson Inc.

2621 West 15th Place

Chicago, Illinois 60608

Facsimile: (773) 788-4219

Attention: Louise Turilli, Vice President and General Counsel

 

A-1-14


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this 12% Senior Secured Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer this 12% Senior Secured Note to

_________________________

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

__________________________

__________________________

__________________________

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint _____________________________________________________________________

to transfer this 12% Senior Secured Note on the books of Rhombus. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:__________________

 

Your Signature: ____________________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this 12% Senior Secured Note)

Signature guarantee:

(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

 

A-1-15


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this 12% Senior Secured Note purchased by Rhombus pursuant to Section 4.7 (Restricted Payments), 4.10 (Asset Sale), 4.14 (Change of Control) or 4.16 (Event of Loss) of the Indenture, check the box below:

¨   Section 4.7                     ¨   Section 4.10                     ¨   Section 4.14                     ¨   Section 4.16

If you want to elect to have only part of the 12% Senior Secured Note purchased by Rhombus pursuant to Section 4.7, 4.10, 4.14 or 4.16 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $

 

Date:                                                       Your Signature:                                                                      
     

(Sign exactly as your name appears on

the 12% Senior Secured Note)

    Signature guarantee:

(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

 

A-1-16


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON

EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION

OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

Ryerson Inc.

2621 West 15th Place

Chicago, Illinois 60608

Facsimile: (773) 788-4219

Attention: Louise Turilli, Vice President and General Counsel

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee

Corporate Trust Services

MAC N9311-110

625 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Facsimile: (612) 667-9825

Attention: Ryerson Account Manager

 

  Re: Rhombus Merger Corporation 12% Senior Secured Note due 2015 CUSIP #

Reference is hereby made to that certain Indenture dated October 19, 2007 (the “ Indenture ”) among Rhombus Merger Corporation (“ Rhombus ”), Ryerson Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

This certificate relates to $                  principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)                  book-entry or                  definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned                                                   (transferor) (check one box below):

 

¨ hereby requests the Registrar to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above), in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Indenture;

 

¨ pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

 

¨ hereby requests the Trustee to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes to                                  (transferee).

 

A-1-17


In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the periods referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

(1)     ¨     to Rhombus or any of its subsidiaries; or

(2)     ¨      inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A thereunder; or

(3)     ¨      outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in compliance with Rule 904 thereunder.

 

A-1-18


Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Registrar will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof.

 

   
Signature

 

Signature Guarantee:    

(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant

in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Rule 144A”), and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

      [Name of Transferee]
Dated:            
NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer      

 

A-1-19


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF 12% SENIOR SECURED NOTES

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for other 12% Senior Secured Notes have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

   Amount of
Decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note
   Amount of
Increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note
   Principal Amount
of this Global Note
Following Such
Decrease (or
Increase)
   Signature of
Authorized Officer
of Trustee or 12%
Senior Secured
Note Custodian

 

A-1-20


EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF NOTE

(Face of Floating Rate Senior Secured Note)

Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014

[Global Notes Legend]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OR TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUIRED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE.

[Restricted Notes Legend]

THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE

 

A-2-1


SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE COMPANY OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.

 

A-2-2


RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION

FLOATING RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTE DUE 2014

 

No.        

144A CUSIP: 78375P AH0

144A ISIN: US78375PAH01

     

REG S CUSIP: U75045 AA9

REG S ISIN: USU75045AA91

Rhombus Merger Corporation promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of Dollars ($ ) on November 1, 2014.

Interest Payment Dates: February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1, beginning February 1, 2008

Record Dates: January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15

Reference is made to further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefits under this Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

A-2-3


RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

Dated: October 19, 2007

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:    
  Authorized Signatory

 

A-2-4


(Reverse of Floating Rate Senior Secured Note)

Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014

RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) Interest .

(a) Rhombus Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or its successor (together, “ Rhombus ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note (“ Floating Rate Senior Secured Note ” and, together with the Fixed Rate Notes, the “ Notes ”) at a rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 7.375%, as determined by the Calculation Agent. Rhombus will pay interest in United States dollars (except as otherwise provided herein) quarterly in arrears on each February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1, commencing on February 1, 2008 or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including October 19, 2007; provided that if there is no existing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this Floating Rate Senior Secured Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (but after October 19, 2007), interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except in the case of the original issuance of Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes, in which case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication. Rhombus shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1%  per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. The interest rate on the Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law of general application.

[(b) Registration Rights Agreement . The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2007, among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and the Initial Purchasers.] 2

 

2

To be included only in the Initial notes on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes that bear the Restricted Legend.

 

A-2-5


For purposes of this Section 1, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

Bloomberg Page BBAM1 ” means the display designated as “Page BBAM1” on the Bloomberg service (or any successor service or such other page as may replace Page BBAM1 on that service or any successor service).

Determination Date ” with respect to an Interest Period, will be the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of the Interest Period.

Interest Period ” means the period commencing on and including an interest payment date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include January 31, 2008.

LIBOR ,” with respect to an Interest Period, will be the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in United States dollars for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date that appears on Bloomberg Page BBAM1 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Determination Date. If Bloomberg Page BBAM1 does not include such a rate or is unavailable on a Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of four major banks in the London interbank market, as selected by the Company, to provide such bank’s offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in a Representative Amount in United States dollars for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two such offered quotations are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are so provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in New York City, as selected by the Company, to provide such bank’s rate (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such Determination Date, for loans in a Representative Amount in United States dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two such rates are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such rates. If fewer than two such rates are so provided, then LIBOR for the Interest Period will be LIBOR in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Period.

London Banking Day ” is any day in which dealings in United States dollars are transacted or, with respect to any future date, are expected to be transacted in the London interbank market.

Representative Amount ” means U.S. $1,000,000.

The amount of interest for each day that the Notes are outstanding ( the “ Daily Interest Amount ”) will be calculated by dividing the interest rate in effect for such day by 360 and multiplying the result by the principal amount of the Floating Rate Notes. The amount of interest to be paid on the Floating Rate Notes for each Interest Period will be calculated by adding the Daily Interest Amounts for each day in the Interest Period.

 

A-2-6


All percentages resulting from any of the above calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upwards ( e.g. , 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)) and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards).

The interest rate on the Floating Rate Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law of general application.

The Calculation Agent will, upon the request of the Holder of any Floating Rate Note, provide the interest rate then in effect with respect to the Notes. All calculations made by the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error will be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Company and the Holders of the Floating Rate Notes.

(2) Method of Payment . Rhombus will pay interest on the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes (except defaulted interest) on the applicable Interest Payment Date to the Persons who are registered Holders of Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes at the close of business on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium and interest at the office or agency of Rhombus maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of Rhombus, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, all Global Notes and all other Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes the Holders of which shall have provided written wire transfer instructions to Rhombus and the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Any payments of principal of and interest on this Floating Rate Senior Secured Note prior to Stated Maturity shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. The amount due and payable at the maturity of this Note shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at an office of the Trustee or the Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes.

(3) Paying Agent and Registrar . Initially, Wells Fargo Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. Rhombus may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. Rhombus or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

A-2-7


(4) Indenture . Rhombus issued the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes under an Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007 (the “ Indenture ”), among Rhombus Merger Corporation, Ryerson Inc., the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “ TIA ”). To the extent the provisions of this Floating Rate Senior Secured Note are inconsistent with the provisions of the Indenture, the Indenture shall govern. The Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. The Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes issued on the Issue Date are senior Obligations of Rhombus limited to $150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount, plus amounts, if any, sufficient to pay premium and interest on outstanding Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes as set forth in Paragraph 2 hereof. The Indenture permits the issuance of Additional Notes subject to compliance with certain conditions.

The payment of principal and interest on the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes is unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by the Guarantors.

(5) Optional Redemption .

(a) The Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to November 1, 2009, at the option of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice sent electronically or mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

(b) The Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2009, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning November 1 of the years indicated:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2009

   106.000 %

2010

   103.000 %

2011 and thereafter

   100.000 %

(c) In addition to the optional redemption of the Floating Rate Notes in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, prior to November 1, 2010, the Company may, with the net proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes (including Additional Notes that are Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes) at a Redemption Price equal to

 

A-2-8


100.00% of the principal amount of thereof, plus a premium equal to the interest rate in effect on the Notes on the date for which notice of redemption is given, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes then outstanding (including Additional Notes that are Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption (excluding Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes held by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering.

(6) Mandatory Redemption . Except as set forth under Sections 3.9, 4.10 and 4.14 of the Indenture, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes.

(7) Repurchase at Option of Holder .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require Rhombus to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, Rhombus will deliver a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer required by the Indenture.

(b) Upon the occurrence of certain Asset Sales, the Company may be required to offer to purchase Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes.

(c) Holders of the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes that are the subject of an Offer to Purchase will receive notice of an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale or a Change of Control from Rhombus prior to any related Purchase Date and may elect to have such Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes purchased by completing the form titled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

(8) Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption shall be sent electronically or mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in a minimum amount of $2,000 principal amount (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof), unless all of the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes or portions hereof called for redemption.

(9) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes are in registered form without coupons in initial denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes may be registered and the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate

 

A-2-9


endorsements and transfer documents and Rhombus may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. Rhombus need not exchange or register the transfer of any Floating Rate Senior Secured Note or portion of a Floating Rate Senior Secured Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Floating Rate Senior Secured Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

(10) Persons Deemed Owners . The registered holder of a Floating Rate Senior Secured Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

(11) Amendment, Supplement and Waiver . Subject to the following paragraphs, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or, tender offer or exchange offer for Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes.

Without the consent of any Holders, Rhombus, the Guarantors and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Indenture for any of the following purposes:

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company in the Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and in the Notes;

(2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon Rhombus;

(3) to add additional Events of Default;

(4) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of the certificated Notes;

(5) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture by a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent;

(6) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

(7) to add to the Collateral Securing the Notes, to add a Guarantor or to release a Guarantor in accordance with the Indenture;

(8) to cure any ambiguity, defect, omission, mistake or inconsistency;

 

A-2-10


(9) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture, provided that such actions pursuant to this clause shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(10) to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate stating that such text constitutes an unintended conflict with the description of the corresponding provision in the “Description of Notes”;

(11) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, as additional security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, in any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a Lien is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise;

(12) to release Collateral from the Lien of the Indenture and the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Indenture; or

(13) to secure any Additional Secured Obligations under the Security Documents.

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, Rhombus, the Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental to the Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or the Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under the Indenture, including the definitions therein; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby:

(1) change the Stated Maturity of any Note or of any installment of interest on any Note, or reduce the amount payable in respect of the principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable thereon, or reduce the amount that would be due and payable on acceleration of the maturity thereof, or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the Redemption Price therefor,

(2) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or certain defaults thereunder and their consequences) provided for in the Indenture,

 

A-2-11


(3) modify the obligations of the Company to make Offers to Purchase upon a Change of Control or from the Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales if such modification was done after the occurrence of such Change of Control or such Asset Sale,

(4) subordinate, in right of payment, the Notes to any other Debt of the Company,

(5) modify any of the provisions of this paragraph or provisions relating to waiver of defaults or certain covenants, except to increase any such percentage required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, or

(6) release any Guarantees required to be maintained under the Indenture (other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture).

In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of the Indenture or any Security Document that has the effect of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes or otherwise modify the Intercreditor Agreement in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes will require the consent of the Holders of at least 66-2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default:

(1) in any payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes (including any Note which is required to have been purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase which has been made by the Issuer), or

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected.

(12) Defaults and Remedies . Events of Default include:

(1) default in the payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at its maturity (whether at Stated Maturity or upon repurchase, acceleration, optional redemption or otherwise);

(2) default in the payment of any interest upon any Note when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

(3) failure to perform or comply with the Indenture provisions described under Section 5.1 thereof;

 

A-2-12


(4) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be, or it shall be asserted by any Guarantor or the Company not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms;

(5) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company or any Guarantor in the Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with in clause (1), (2) (3) or (4) above), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

(6) a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of Debt (other than the Notes) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having, individually or in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least $10.0 million, whether such Debt now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default or defaults shall have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt prior to its express maturity or shall constitute a failure to pay at least $10.0 million of such Debt when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto;

(7) the entry against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary of a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $10.0 million, by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which judgments remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(8)(i) the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(a) commences a voluntary case,

(b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

(d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(e) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

 

A-2-13


or (ii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(a) is for relief against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;

(b) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(c) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

(9) unless all of the Note Collateral has been released from the Note Liens in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, default by the Company or any Subsidiary in the performance of the Security Documents which adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Note Liens on a material portion of the Note Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, the repudiation or disaffirmation by the Company or any Subsidiary of its material obligations under the Security Documents or the determination in a judicial proceeding that the Security Documents are unenforceable or invalid against the Company or any Subsidiary party thereto for any reason with respect to a material portion of the Note Collateral (which default, repudiation, disaffirmation or determination is not rescinded, stayed, or waived by the Persons having such authority pursuant to the Security Documents) or otherwise cured within 60 days after the Company receives written notice thereof specifying such occurrence from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations and demanding that such default be remedied.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (8) above with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders); provided , however , that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture.

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes solely because an Event of Default described in clause (6) above has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or waived by the holders of the relevant

 

A-2-14


Debt within 20 Business Days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if the rescission and annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the payment of amounts due on the Notes.

If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) above occurs with respect to the Company, the principal of and any accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any Default (except Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest) if the Trustee determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders to do so.

(13) Trustee Dealings with Rhombus . The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for Rhombus, the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with Rhombus, the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

(14) No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator, past, present or future, of the Company, Rhombus, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, as such or in such capacity, shall have any personal liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes, any Guarantee or the Indenture by reason of his, her or its status as such director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator.

(15) Authentication . This Floating Rate Senior Secured Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(16) Abbreviations . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(17) CUSIP, ISIN Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

Rhombus shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

Ryerson Inc.

2621 West 15th Place

Chicago, Illinois 60608

Facsimile: (773) 788-4219

Attention: Louise Turilli, Vice President and General Counsel

 

A-2-15


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Floating Rate Senior Secured Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Floating Rate Senior Secured Note to

_______________________

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

_______________________

_______________________

_______________________

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint _____________________________________________________________________

to transfer this Floating Rate Senior Secured Note on the books of Rhombus. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ___________

 

Your Signature:    

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face

of this Floating Rate Senior Secured Note)

Signature guarantee:

(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

 

A-2-16


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Floating Rate Senior Secured Note purchased by Rhombus pursuant to Section 4.7 (Restricted Payments), 4.10 (Asset Sale), 4.14 (Change of Control) or 4.16 (Event of Loss) of the Indenture, check the box below:

¨   Section 4.7                                          ¨   Section 4.10                                          ¨   Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of the Floating Rate Senior Secured Note purchased by Rhombus pursuant to Section 4.7, 4.10, 4.14 or 4.16 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $

If you want to elect to have only part of the Floating Rate Senior Secured Note purchased by Rhombus pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $

 

   
Date:         Your Signature:    
     

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the Floating Rate Senior Secured Note)

Tax Identification No.:

      Signature guarantee:

(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

 

A-2-17


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON

EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION

OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

Ryerson Inc.

2621 West 15th Place

Chicago, Illinois 60608

Facsimile: (773) 788-4219

Attention: Louise Turilli, Vice President and General Counsel

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Services

MAC N9311-110

625 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Facsimile: (612) 667-9825

Attention: Ryerson Account Manager

 

  Re: Rhombus Merger Corporation Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014 CUSIP # [                        ]

Reference is hereby made to that certain Indenture dated October 19, 2007 (the “ Indenture ”) among Rhombus Merger Corporation (“ Rhombus ”), Ryerson Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

This certificate relates to $                      principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)              book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned                                          (transferor) (check one box below):

 

¨ hereby requests the Registrar to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above), in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Indenture;

 

¨ pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

 

¨ hereby requests the Trustee to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes to                          (transferee).

 

A-2-18


In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the periods referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

(1)      ¨      to Rhombus or any of its subsidiaries; or

(2)     ¨      inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A thereunder; or

(3)     ¨      outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in compliance with Rule 904 thereunder.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Registrar will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof.

 

 
Signature
Signature Guarantee:    

(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“ Rule 144A ”), and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

[Name of Transferee]
Dated:    

 

A-2-19


NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF FLOATING RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for other Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

   Amount of
Decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note
   Amount of
Increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note
   Principal Amount
of this Global Note
Following Such
Decrease (or
Increase)
   Signature of
Authorized Officer
of Trustee or
Floating Rate
Senior Secured
Note Custodian

 

A-2-20


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF NOTATIONAL GUARANTEE

The Guarantor listed below (hereinafter referred to as the “ Guarantor ,” which term includes any successors or assigns under that certain Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, by and among Rhombus Merger Sub (“ Rhombus ”), the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “ Indenture ”) and any additional Guarantors) has guaranteed the Notes and the obligations of Rhombus under the Indenture, which include (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes of the Company, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on any interest, if any, on the Notes, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article XII of the Indenture, (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and (iii) the payment of any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Note Guarantee or the Indenture.

The obligations of each Guarantor to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article XII of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to such Indenture for the precise terms of this Note Guarantee.

No stockholder, employee, officer, director or incorporator, as such, past, present or future of each Guarantor shall have any liability under this Note Guarantee by reason of his or its status as such stockholder, employee, officer, director or incorporator.

This is a continuing Note Guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns until full and final payment of all of Rhombus’s obligations under the Notes and Indenture or until released in accordance with the Indenture and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders, and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof. This is a Note Guarantee of payment and not of collectibility.

This Note Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Note Guarantee is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers. The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the extent necessary to insure that it does not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.

THE TERMS OF ARTICLE XII OF THE INDENTURE ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.

 

A-2-1


Capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings given in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.

Dated as of___________________

 

[NAME OF GUARANTOR]
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

  (SEAL)

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED

IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO RULE 144A]

Ryerson Inc.

2621 West 15th Place

Chicago, Illinois 60608

Facsimile: (773) 788-4219

Attention: Louise Turilli, Vice President and General Counsel

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Services

MAC N9311-110

625 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Facsimile: (612) 667-9825

Attention: Ryerson Account Manager

 

  Re: Rhombus Merger Corporation [Floating Rate][12%] Senior Secured Notes due [2014][2015] (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $                  aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes, we hereby certify that such transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we hereby further certify that the Notes are being transferred to a person that we reasonably believe is purchasing the Notes for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such person exercises sole investment discretion, and such person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Notes are being transferred in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

You and Rhombus are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

Very truly yours,
   
[Name of Transferor]

 

A-2-1


By:    
  Authorized Signature

 

C-2


Signature guarantee:    

(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED

IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS

PURSUANT TO REGULATIONS]

Ryerson Inc.

2621 West 15th Place

Chicago, Illinois 60608

Facsimile: (773) 788-4219

Attention: Louise Turilli, Vice President and General Counsel

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Services

MAC N9311-110

625 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Facsimile: (612) 667-9825

Attention: Ryerson Account Manager

 

  Re: Rhombus Merger Corporation (“Rhombus”) [Floating Rate] [12%] Senior Secured Notes due [2014][2015] (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $                      aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

(2) either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b), as the case may be.

 

A-2-1


Rhombus and you are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,
 
[Name of Transferor]
By:    
  Authorized Signature

Signature guarantee: __________________________

(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

 

D-2


ANNEX A

Post-Closing Non-Material Mortgaged Properties

 

Location Address

125 Carson Road, Birmingham, Alabama

2015 Polymer Drive, Chattanooga, Tennessee

5336 Highway Avenue, Jacksonville, Florida

6201 NW 36 Ave., Miami, Florida

7233 SW 29 th Street, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

232 Quarry Road, Pounding Mill, Virginia

2848 Charles City Road, Richmond, Virginia

2736 E. Hanna Avenue, Tampa, Florida

6434 N. Eire Street, Tulsa, Oklahoma

3779 Knight Road, Memphis, Tennessee

1440 Poplar Lane, Nashville, Tennessee

2920 Eunice Avenue, Orlando, Florida


ANNEX B

Closing Date Non-Material Mortgaged Properties

 

Location Address

3475 Spring Grove Avenue, Cincinnati, Ohio

5281 N.E. 17 th Street, Des Moines, Iowa

45 Saratoga Drive, Devens, Massachusetts

500 S. 88 th Street Milwaukee, Wisconsin

101 E. Ninth Avenue, North Kansas City, Missouri

Arch St. and Bell Ave., Pittsburg, Pennsylvania

210 S. 51 st Ave., Phoenix, Arizona

1107 E. Main St., Marshalltown, Iowa (Keelor)

4606 Singleton Boulevard, Dallas, Texas

7701 Lindsey Road, Little Rock, Arkansas (& AMP)

#1 Afco Road, West Memphis, Arkansas

6600 Center Industrial Drive, Jenison, Michigan

1211 Hook Drive, Middletown, Ohio

41-43 Century Drive, Ambridge, Pennsylvania

1520 Champion Drive, Carrollton, Texas


Location Address

1100 Shaver Road, Cedar

Rapids, Iowa

7111 Wall Street, Cleveland, Ohio

970 Ashwaubenon, Green Bay, Wisconsin

3530 South Loop East, Houston, Texas

8909 Fourche Dam, Little Rock, Arkansas

11901 Capital Way, Louisville, Kentucky

7000 Pencader Drive, Newark, Delaware

4404 South 134 th , Omaha, Nebraska

920 Old Brunerstown Road, Shelbyville, Kentucky

 

[ANNEX B - 2]


ANNEX C

Certain Material Mortgaged Properties

 

Material Mortgaged Property

  

Title Insurance Amount

1. 4400 Peachtree Industrial Blvd.
Norcross, GA

   $16,600,000

2. 600 S.W. 10th Street
Renton, WA

   $4,200,000

EXHIBIT 4.4

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION

to be merged with and into

RYERSON INC.,

The Guarantors Listed on Schedule A Hereto

and

Banc of America Securities LLC

Dated as of October 19, 2007


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of October 19, 2007, by and among Rhombus Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), to be merged with and into Ryerson Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors listed on Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Guarantors”), and Banc of America Securities LLC (the “Initial Purchaser”), which has agreed to purchase $425,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Merger Sub’s 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “Fixed Rate Notes”) and $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Merger Sub’s Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014 (the “Floating Rate Notes” and, together with the Fixed Rate Notes, the “Initial Notes”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). The Initial Notes and the Guarantees (as defined below) attached thereto are herein collectively referred to as the “Initial Securities.”

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated October 3, 2007 (the “Purchase Agreement”), among Merger Sub and the Initial Purchaser (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchaser and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Initial Securities, including the Initial Purchaser. In order to induce the Initial Purchaser to purchase the Initial Securities, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchaser as set forth in Section 5(h) of the Purchase Agreement. On or after the date hereof, Rhombus Merger Corporation shall be merged with and into Ryerson Inc. with Ryerson Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation and assuming all of the obligations of Rhombus Merger Corporation under this Agreement.

The parties hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

Additional Interest Payment Date: With respect to the Initial Securities, each Interest Payment Date.

Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.

Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies located in New York, New York are authorized or obligated to be closed.

Closing Date: The date of this Agreement.

Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission.

Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement as being


continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Offer: The registration by the Company under the Securities Act of the Exchange Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to which the Company offers the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus.

Exempt Resales: The transactions in which the Initial Purchaser proposes to sell the Initial Securities to certain “qualified institutional buyers,” as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to certain institutional “accredited investors,” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Exchange Securities: The 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 and the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014, in each case, of the same series under the Indenture as the Initial Securities, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to this Agreement.

FINRA : Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Guarantees: As defined in the Purchase Agreement.

Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.

Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof.

Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, by and among Merger Sub, the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), pursuant to which the Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Initial Purchaser: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Initial Notes: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Initial Placement: The issuance and sale by the Company of the Initial Securities to the Initial Purchaser pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

-2-


Initial Securities: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Interest Payment Date: As defined in the Indenture and the Securities.

Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus.

Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof.

Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Company relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.

Securities: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shelf Effectiveness Target Date: As defined in Section 5 hereof.

Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

Trust Indenture Act: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Initial Security, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Initial Security is exchanged in the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, (b) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement and (c) the date on which such Initial Security is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein).

Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

 

-3-


Section 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement .

(a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities.

(b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities.

Section 3. Registered Exchange Offer .

(a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), each of the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed with the Commission as soon as practicable after the Closing Date, but in no event later than 270 days after the Closing Date (or if such 270th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Securities and the Exchange Offer (the “Filing Date”), (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective at the earliest practicable time, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, file (A) all pre-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be made under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer; provided, however , that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified, or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject and (iv) upon the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Initial Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof.

(b) The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer. The Company shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on the earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has become effective, but in no event later than 390 days after the Closing Date (or if such 390th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

 

-4-


(c) The Company shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Securities that are Transfer Restricted Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company), may exchange such Initial Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Initial Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement.

Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Initial Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities.

The Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 180-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales.

Section 4. Shelf Registration .

(a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Company is not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer is not Consummated within 390 days after the Closing Date (or if such 390th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), or (iii) with respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (A) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, or (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Initial Securities acquired directly from

 

-5-


the Company or one of its affiliates, then, upon such Holder’s request, which shall be delivered to the Company no later than the 20th day following the Consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(x) cause to be filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “Shelf Registration Statement”), as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the later of (i) 270 days following the Closing Date (or if such 270th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) and (ii) 90 days after such filing obligation arises (or if such 90th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day (such date being the “Shelf Filing Deadline”)) (provided, however, that no obligation to file a Shelf Registration Statement shall accrue until after the Exchange Offer has been filed), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities as to which the Holders thereof shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; and

(y) use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or before the 180th day after such filing obligation arises (or if such 180th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Initial Securities by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of at least two years following the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (or shorter period that will terminate when all the Initial Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement).

(b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 20 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading.

Section 5. Additional Interest. If (i) any of the Registration Statements required by this Agreement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such filing in this Agreement, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness in this Agreement (the “Shelf Effectiveness Target Date”), (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated within 390

 

-6-


days of the Closing Date or (iv) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose during the periods required under this Agreement without being succeeded immediately by a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement that cures such failure and that is itself immediately declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default”), the Company hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such increase exceed 1.00% per annum. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any particular Transfer Restricted Securities, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate borne by such Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration Default occurs, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions.

All obligations of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full; provided that no obligations set forth in the preceding paragraph will continue to accrue after such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security.

Section 6. Registration Procedures .

(a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof, shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and shall comply in all material respects with the following provisions:

(i) If in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company there is a question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable law, each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company and the Guarantors to Consummate an Exchange Offer for such Initial Securities. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take commercially unreasonable action to effect a change of Commission policy. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees, however, to (A) participate in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) deliver to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by counsel to the Company setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C) diligently pursue a favorable resolution by the Commission staff of such submission.

 

-7-


(ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Company’s preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company.

(b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto each of the Company and the Guarantors will as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof.

(c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Initial Securities by Broker-Dealers), each of the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements (including, if required by the Securities Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of the Guarantors for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable); upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement, or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required

 

-8-


by this Agreement, the Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter;

(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

(iii) advise the underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, to confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time;

(iv) furnish without charge to each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and each of the underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus, which documents will

 

-9-


be subject to the reasonable review and comment of such Holders and underwriter(s) in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least three Business Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which an Initial Purchaser of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object in writing within two Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of a Holder, or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable only if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains a material misstatement or omission;

(v) promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the underwriter(s), if any, make the Company’s and the Guarantors’ representatives available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such underwriter(s), if any, reasonably may request;

(vi) make available at reasonable times for inspection by the managing underwriter(s), if any, participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by any of the underwriter(s), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of each of the Company and the Guarantors and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness and to participate in meetings with investors to the extent reasonably requested by the managing underwriter(s), if any;

(vii) if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may commercially reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(viii) cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered thereby or the underwriter(s), if any;

 

-10-


(ix) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference), which requirements shall be deemed satisfied through the filing with the Commission on EDGAR;

(x) deliver to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby consents to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

(xi) to the extent the offering under the Shelf Registration Statement is an Underwritten Registration, enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement in form, scope and substance as is customary in Underwritten Registrations of debt securities similar to the Notes, as may be appropriate under the circumstances), and make such representations and warranties, and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably requested by any Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, and each of the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(A) make such representations and warranties to each selling Holder and each underwriter with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as then conducted, and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in Underwritten Registrations of debt securities similar to the Notes, as may be appropriate under the circumstances, and confirm the same if and when reasonably required;

(B) use reasonable best efforts to obtain an opinion of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters and the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes being sold), addressed to each selling Holder and each of the underwriters covering the matters customarily covered in opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors requested in Underwritten Registrations of debt securities similar to the Notes, as may be appropriate under the circumstances, including, without limitation, a statement to the effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company and the Guarantors,

 

-11-


representatives of the independent accountants of the Company and representatives of the underwriter(s) in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement and the related prospectus and, on the basis of the foregoing, no facts came to such counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe that the applicable Registration Statement, at the time such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became effective, and, in the case of the Registration Statement, as of the date of Consummation, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they made, not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement as of its date and, in the case of the opinion dated the date of Consummation, as of the date of Consummation, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and

(C) use reasonable best efforts to obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof (which letters and updates, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters) from the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each of the underwriters, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with Underwritten Registrations of debt securities similar to the Notes, as may be appropriate under the circumstances, and such other matters as may be reasonably requested in writing by the underwriters; and

(D) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested in writing by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes being sold and the managing underwriters to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company and its subsidiaries made pursuant to clause (A) above and to evidence compliance with any conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other similar agreement entered into by the Company or any Guarantor.

(xii) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however , that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

 

-12-


(xiii) shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities surrendered to the Company by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Securities to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Securities, as the case may be; in return, the Initial Securities held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation;

(xiv) cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may request, at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such Holders or underwriter(s);

(xv) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in Section 6(c)(xii) hereof;

(xvi) if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading;

(xvii) provide a CUSIP number for all Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement covering such Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for such Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and take all other action necessary to ensure that all such Securities are eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company;

(xviii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the FINRA;

(xix) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the

 

-13-


requirements of Rule 158 (but in no event prior to the timely filing by the Company of its first Annual Report on Form 10-K required to be filed by the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act after the effective date of the Registration Statement);

(xx) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(xxi) cause all Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed if requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities or the managing underwriter(s), if any; and

(xxii) provide promptly to each Holder upon request each document filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and Section 15 of the Exchange Act, which requirement shall be deemed satisfied upon filing with the Commission on EDGAR .

Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof or shall have received the Advice; provided, however, that no such extension shall be taken into account in determining whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest, it being agreed that the period of such extension pursuant to this paragraph shall be included in determining the existence of a Registration Default for purposes of Section 5 hereof.

 

-14-


Section 7. Registration Expenses .

(a) All expenses incident to the Company’s and the Guarantor’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial Purchaser or Holder with the FINRA (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations of the FINRA)); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state securities or blue sky laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) hereof, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Securities on a securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance).

Each of the Company and the Guarantors will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company or the Guarantors.

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Initial Purchaser and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered in the Exchange Offer and/or resold pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared.

Section 8. Indemnification .

(a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “controlling person”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “Indemnified Holder”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including, without limitation, and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or

 

-15-


proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Company by any of the Holders expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or any of the Guarantors may otherwise have.

In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company or the Guarantors, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Company and the Guarantors in writing; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve any of the Company or the Guarantors of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement. Such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action and the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid, as incurred, by the Company and the Guarantors (regardless of whether it is ultimately determined that an Indemnified Holder is not entitled to indemnification hereunder). The Company and the Guarantors shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders, which firm shall be designated by the Holders. The Company and the Guarantors shall be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, and each of the Company and the Guarantors agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors shall not, without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding.

(b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors and their respective directors, officers of the Company and the Guarantors who sign a Registration Statement, and any Person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company or any of the Guarantors, and the respective officers, directors, partners,

 

-16-


employees, representatives and agents of each such Person, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against the Company, the Guarantors or their respective directors or officers or any such controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights and duties given the Company and the Guarantors, and the Company, the Guarantors, their respective directors and officers and such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder by the preceding paragraph.

(c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or (b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total gross proceeds to the Company and the Guarantors from the Initial Placement), or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnified Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Indemnified Holders, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a) hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim.

The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and its related Indemnified Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discount received by

 

-17-


such Holder with respect to the Initial Securities exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Initial Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint.

Section 9. Rule 144A. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Section 10. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

Section 11. Selection of Underwriters. The Holders of a majority of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) that will administer such offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided, however , that such investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

Section 12. Miscellaneous.

(a) Remedies. Each of the Initial Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

(b) No Inconsistent Agreements. Each of the Company and the Guarantors will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors has previously entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s or any of the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.

 

-18-


(c) Adjustments Affecting the Securities. The Company will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to the Initial Securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer.

(d) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has (i) in the case of Section 5 hereof and this Section 12(d)(i), obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding any Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Company or its Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided, however, that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective.

(e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and

(ii) if to the Company:

Ryerson Inc.

2621 West 15th Place

Chicago, Illinois 60608

Facsimile: (773) 762-2121

Attention: General Counsel

With a copy to:

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Facsimile : (212) 728-9214

Attention : Cristopher Greer

 

-19-


All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture.

(f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however , that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder.

(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile or other method of electronic transmission) and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THEREOF.

(j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

(k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

[signatures on following page]

 

-20-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

[registration rights agreement]


RYERSON INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
J.M. TULL METALS COMPANY, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
RYERSON PROCUREMENT CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
RYERSON AMERICAS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
RDM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

[registration rights agreement]


RCJV HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
RYERSON INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
RYERSON (CHINA) LIMITED
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
RYERSON INTERNATIONAL MATERIAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
RYERSON INTERNATIONAL TRADING, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary
RYERSON PAN-PACIFIC LLC
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

[registration rights agreement]


The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

 

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
By:   /s/ Michael Browne
  Managing Director

[registration rights agreement]


SCHEDULE A

Subsidiary Guarantors

Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc.

J.M. Tull Metals Company, Inc.

Ryerson Procurement Corporation

Ryerson Americas, Inc.

RdM Holdings, Inc.

RCJV Holdings, Inc.

Ryerson International, Inc.

Ryerson (China) Limited

Ryerson International Material Management Services, Inc.

Ryerson International Trading, Inc.

Ryerson Pan-Pacific LLC

EXHIBIT 4.5

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

By

RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION

(to be merged with and into Ryerson Inc.),

as Issuer

and

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Collateral Agent

 

 

Dated as of October 19, 2007

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

PREAMBLE

      1

RECITALS

      1

AGREEMENT

      2

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

SECTION 1.1.

   DEFINITIONS    2

SECTION 1.2.

   INTERPRETATION    12

SECTION 1.3.

   RESOLUTION OF DRAFTING AMBIGUITIES    13

SECTION 1.4.

   PERFECTION CERTIFICATE    13

ARTICLE II

 

GRANT OF SECURITY AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 2.1.

   GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST    13

SECTION 2.2.

   FILINGS    14

ARTICLE III

 

PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;

USE OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL

SECTION 3.1.

   DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATED SECURITIES COLLATERAL    15

SECTION 3.2.

   PERFECTION OF UNCERTIFICATED SECURITIES COLLATERAL    15

SECTION 3.3.

  

FINANCING STATEMENTS AND OTHER FILINGS;
MAINTENANCE OF PERFECTED SECURITY INTEREST

   16

SECTION 3.4.

   OTHER ACTIONS    16

SECTION 3.5.

   JOINDER OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS    20

SECTION 3.6.

   SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES    20

ARTICLE IV

 

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

SECTION 4.1.

   TITLE    21

 

-i-


          Page

SECTION 4.2.

   VALIDITY OF SECURITY INTEREST    21

SECTION 4.3.

   DEFENSE OF CLAIMS; TRANSFERABILITY OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL    21

SECTION 4.4.

   OTHER FINANCING STATEMENTS    22

SECTION 4.5.

   LOCATION OF INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT    22

SECTION 4.6.

   DUE AUTHORIZATION AND ISSUANCE    22

SECTION 4.7.

   CONSENTS, ETC    22

SECTION 4.8.

   PLEDGED COLLATERAL    22

SECTION 4.9.

   INSURANCE    23

SECTION 4.10.

   CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE; CHANGE OF NAME; JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION    23

ARTICLE V

 

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL

SECTION 5.1.

   PLEDGE OF ADDITIONAL SECURITIES COLLATERAL    23

SECTION 5.2.

   VOTING RIGHTS; DISTRIBUTIONS; ETC    24

SECTION 5.3.

   DEFAULTS, ETC    25

SECTION 5.4.

   CERTAIN AGREEMENTS OF PLEDGORS AS ISSUERS AND HOLDERS OF EQUITY INTERESTS    25

ARTICLE VI

 

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY COLLATERAL

SECTION 6.1.

   GRANT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSE    26

SECTION 6.2.

   PROTECTION OF COLLATERAL AGENT’S SECURITY    26

SECTION 6.3.

   AFTER-ACQUIRED PROPERTY    26

SECTION 6.4.

   LITIGATION    27

ARTICLE VII

 

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING RECEIVABLES

SECTION 7.1.

   MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS    28

SECTION 7.2.

   LEGEND    28

SECTION 7.3.

   MODIFICATION OF TERMS, ETC    28

SECTION 7.4.

   COLLECTION    28

 

-ii-


          Page

ARTICLE VIII

 

TRANSFERS

SECTION 8.1.

   TRANSFERS OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL    29

ARTICLE IX

 

ADDITIONAL SECURED OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 9.1.

   ADDITIONAL SECURED OBLIGATIONS    29

ARTICLE X

 

REMEDIES

ARTICLE VIII

 

TRANSFERS

SECTION 10.1.

   REMEDIES    30

SECTION 10.2.

   NOTICE OF SALE    31

SECTION 10.3.

   WAIVER OF NOTICE AND CLAIMS    32

SECTION 10.4.

   CERTAIN SALES OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL    32

SECTION 10.5.

   NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES    33

SECTION 10.6.

   CERTAIN ADDITIONAL ACTIONS REGARDING INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY    33

ARTICLE XI

 

APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

SECTION 11.1.

   APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS    34

SECTION 11.2.

   SHARING OF PROCEEDS    35

ARTICLE XII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 12.1.

   CONCERNING COLLATERAL AGENT    35

SECTION 12.2.

  

COLLATERAL AGENT MAY PERFORM;
COLLATERAL AGENT APPOINTED ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

   39

SECTION 12.3.

   CONTINUING SECURITY INTEREST; ASSIGNMENT    40

SECTION 12.4.

   TERMINATION; RELEASE    40

SECTION 12.5.

   MODIFICATION IN WRITING    41

SECTION 12.6.

   NOTICES    41

SECTION 12.7.

  

GOVERNING LAW, CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND
SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

   41

 

-iii-


          Page

SECTION 12.8.

   SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS    41

SECTION 12.9.

   EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS    42

SECTION 12.10.

   BUSINESS DAYS    42

SECTION 12.11.

   NO CREDIT FOR PAYMENT OF TAXES OR IMPOSITION    42

SECTION 12.12.

   NO CLAIMS AGAINST COLLATERAL AGENT    42

SECTION 12.13.

   NO RELEASE    42

SECTION 12.14.

   OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE    43

SECTION 12.15.

   JURY TRIAL WAIVER    43

SIGNATURES

      S-l

EXHIBIT 1

   Form of Securities Pledge Amendment   

EXHIBIT 2

   Form of Joinder Agreement   

EXHIBIT 3

   Form of Copyright Security Agreement   

EXHIBIT 4

   Form of Patent Security Agreement   

EXHIBIT 5

   Form of Trademark Security Agreement   

EXHIBIT 6

   Form of Additional Secured Party Joinder   

EXHIBIT 7

   Form of Collateral Access Agreement   

 

-iv-


SECURITY AGREEMENT

This SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of October 19, 2007 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, this “ Agreement ”) made by RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION (to be merged with and into Ryerson Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and the Guarantors from to time to time party hereto (the “ Guarantors ”), as pledgors, assignors and debtors (the Issuer, together with the Guarantors, in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Pledgors ,” and each, a “ Pledgor ”), in favor of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, solely in its capacity as collateral agent, as pledgee, assignee and secured party (in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as hereinafter defined) and acknowledged and agreed to by (i) WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION on its behalf solely in its capacity as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and on behalf of the Noteholders (as defined below) under the Indenture (as defined below) and (ii) each other Authorized Representative (as defined below), from time to time, for any Class of Additional Secured Obligations with respect to which an Additional Secured Party Joinder has been delivered to the Collateral Agent and the other Authorized Representatives in accordance with Section 9.1.

RECITALS :

A. The Issuer is issuing $425,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “ Fixed Rate Notes ”) and $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014 (the “ Floating Rate Notes ” and, together with the Fixed Rate Notes, any Exchange Notes and Additional Notes and any additional Fixed Rate Notes or Floating Rate Notes of the Issuer issued pursuant to the Indenture, the “ Notes ”) pursuant to the indenture (the “ Indenture ”) dated as of October 19, 2007 among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee on behalf of the holders of the Notes (the “ Noteholders ”).

B. From time to time after the date hereof, the Issuer may, subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Security Documents (as defined), incur additional Indebtedness (including Additional Notes issued under the Indenture), which is pari passu in right of payment to the Notes and any Additional Secured Obligations, that the Company desires to secure on a pari passu basis with the Notes and by the Pledged Collateral.

C. Each Guarantor has, pursuant to the Indenture, among other things, unconditionally guaranteed the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes and may do so under the terms of Additional Secured Obligations permitted to be incurred under the Indenture.

D. The Issuer and each Guarantor will receive substantial benefits from the execution, delivery and performance of the obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and any Additional Secured Obligations it guarantees and each is, therefore, willing to enter into this Agreement.


E. This Agreement is given by each Pledgor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the payment and performance of all of the Secured Obligations (as defined).

F. It is a condition to the issuance of the Notes that each Pledgor execute and deliver the applicable Security Documents, including this Agreement.

AGREEMENT :

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Pledgor and the Collateral Agent hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

SECTION 1.1. Definitions .

(a) Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Indenture, capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the UCC shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC; provided that in any event, the following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC:

Accounts ”; “ Bank ”; “ Chattel Paper ”; “ Commodity Account ”; “ Commodity Contract ”; “ Commodity Intermediary ”; “ Documents ”; “ Electronic Chattel Paper ”; “ Entitlement Or der”; “ Equipment ”; “ Financial Asset ”; “ Fixtures ”; “ Goods ”; “ Inventory ”; “ Letter-of-Credit Rights ”; “ Letters of Credit ”; “ Money ”; “ Payment Intangibles ”; “ Proceeds ”; “ Records ”; “ Securities Account ”; “ Securities Intermediary ”; “ Security Entitlement ”; “ Supporting Obligations ”; and “ Tangible Chattel Paper .”

(b) Terms used but not otherwise defined herein that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

(c) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

ABL Agent ” shall mean Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement and its successors and/or assigns in such capacity.

ABL Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Account Debtor ” shall mean each person who is obligated on a Receivable or Supporting Obligation related thereto.

 

-2-


Acquisition Documents ” shall mean (i) the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 24, 2007 among Rhombus Holding Corporation and Ryerson Inc. and (ii) all other documents and agreements ancillary thereto.

Additional Secured Debt Documents ” means any document or instrument executed and delivered with respect to any Additional Secured Obligations.

Additional Secured Obligations ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.1 .

Additional Secured Parties ” shall mean the holders from time to time of Additional Secured Obligations.

Additional Secured Party Joinder ” shall mean a completed additional secured party joinder in the form of Exhibit 6 hereto.

Authorized Representative ” means (i) the Trustee for so long as the Notes are Secured Obligations hereunder and (ii) any other trustee, agent or representative designated as an “Authorized Representative” for any Additional Secured Parties in an Additional Secured Party Joinder delivered to the Collateral Agent and the other Authorized Representatives in accordance with Section 9.1 for so long as the Additional Secured Obligations for which such party is serving in such capacity constitutes Secured Obligations hereunder; provided that so long as there are no Additional Secured Obligations the Trustee will be deemed to be the only Authorized Representative for the Secured Parties.

Class ” with respect to any Secured Obligations, refers to all Secured Obligations under a Secured Agreement or group of related Secured Agreements with respect to which a single Authorized Representative is acting as such hereunder.

Collateral Access Agreement ” shall be an agreement in form substantially similar to any of Exhibits 7A-7C hereto or such other form with respect to which the Collateral Agent shall have received an Officers’ Certificate stating that such other form is sufficient for its intended purpose or that is substantially similar to the form executed in favor of the ABL Agent.

Collateral Account Funds ” shall mean, collectively, the following from time to time on deposit in the Collateral Account (as defined in the Indenture): all funds (including, without limitation, all Trust Monies (as defined in the Indenture)), investments (including, without limitation, Cash Equivalents (as defined in the Indenture)) and all certificates and instruments from time to time representing or evidencing such investments; all notes, certificates of deposit, checks and other instruments from time to time hereafter delivered to or otherwise possessed by the Trustee for or on behalf of any Pledgor in substitution for, or in addition to, any or all of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property; and all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the items constituting Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property.

 

-3-


Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

Collateral Support ” shall mean all property (real or personal) assigned, hypothecated or otherwise securing any Pledged Collateral and shall include any security agreement or other agreement granting a lien or security interest in such real or personal property.

Commercial Tort Claim ” shall mean any Commercial Tort Claim, as defined in the UCC that has been asserted in judicial proceedings.

Commodity Account Control Agreement ” shall mean a control agreement establishing the Collateral Agent’s Control with respect to any Commodity Account.

Contingent Obligation ” shall mean with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person arising from any guaranty, indemnity or other assurance of payment or performance of any Debt, lease, dividend or other obligation (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including (i) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of a primary obligor, (ii) the obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments, if required, regardless of nonperformance by any other party or parties to an agreement, (iii) any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (A) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (B) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligations or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (C) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (D) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation with respect to which such Contingent Obligation is made (or, if less, the maximum amount of such primary obligation for which such Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument evidencing such Contingent Obligation) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability with respect thereto (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder), as determined by such Person in good faith.

Contracts ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, the Acquisition Documents all sale, service, performance, equipment or property lease contracts, agreements and grants and all other contracts, agreements or grants (in each case, whether written or oral, or third party or intercompany), between such Pledgor and any third party, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof.

 

-4-


Control ” shall mean (i) in the case of each Deposit Account, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 9-104 of the UCC, (ii) in the case of any Security Entitlement, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 8-106 of the UCC, and (iii) in the case of any Commodity Contract, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 9-106 of the UCC.

Control Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, the Deposit Account Control Agreement, the Securities Account Control Agreement and the Commodity Account Control Agreement.

Controlled Foreign Corporation ” shall mean “controlled foreign corporation” as defined in the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Copyrights ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all copyrights (whether statutory or common law, whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished) and all copyright registrations and applications made by such Pledgor, in each case, whether now owned or hereafter created or acquired by or assigned to such Pledgor, together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Pledgor’s use of such copyrights, (ii) reissues, renewals, continuations and extensions thereof and amendments thereto, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

Copyright Security Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 3 hereto.

Deposit Account Control Agreement ” shall mean a control agreement establishing the Collateral Agent’s Control with respect to any Deposit Account.

Deposit Accounts ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all “deposit accounts” (other than the Collateral Account and all Collateral Account Funds) as such term is defined in the UCC and in any event shall include all cash, funds, checks, notes and instruments from time to time on deposit in any of the accounts or sub-accounts thereof.

Discharge of ABL Obligations ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Distributions ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all dividends, cash, options, warrants, rights, instruments, distributions, returns of capital or principal, income, interest, profits and other property, interests (debt or equity) or proceeds, including as a result of a split, revision, reclassification or other like change of the Pledged Securities, from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed to such Pledgor in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes.

 

-5-


Event of Default ” shall mean (i) any Event of Default under the Indenture and (ii) any event of default under any Additional Secured Debt Document.

Excluded Assets ” shall mean

(a) any permit, license, contract or other asset issued by a Governmental Authority to any Pledgor or any contract or other agreement to which any Pledgor is a party, in each case, only to the extent and for so long as the terms of such permit, license, contract or other asset issued by a Governmental Authority to any Pledgor of such contract or other agreement or any Requirement of Law applicable thereto, validly prohibit the creation by such Pledgor of a security interest in such permit, license or agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent (after giving effect to Sections 9-406(d), 9-407(a), 9-408(a) or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity);

(b) assets owned by any Pledgor on the date hereof or hereafter acquired that is subject to a Lien securing Purchase Money Debt or Capital Lease Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture if the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or the documentation providing for such Purchase Money Debt or Capital Lease Obligation) validly prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such assets;

(c) any intent-to-use trademark application to the extent and for so long as creation by a Pledgor of a security interest therein would result in the loss by such Pledgor of any material rights therein;

(d) motor vehicles and other goods covered by a certificate of title;

(e) assets of the Pledgors located outside of the United States to the extent a lien in such assets cannot be created and perfected under the United States federal or state law;

(f) the issued and outstanding voting capital stock of any first tier Foreign Subsidiary in excess of 65% thereof;

(g) any leasehold interests in real property of any Pledgor as tenant;

(h) interests in joint ventures, including, in the case of Tata Ryerson Limited, interests in Ryerson Holdings (India) Pte Ltd., to the extent and for so long as the documents governing such joint venture interests prohibit the granting of a security interest therein;

(i) any collateral as to which the Collateral Agent has determined in its sole discretion that the collateral value thereof is insufficient to justify the difficulty, time and/or expense of obtaining a perfected security interest therein; provided that the

 

-6-


Collateral Agent shall not be required to make any such determination unless it has been instructed by the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes that have made such a determination; and

(j) all of the Pledgors’ right, title and interest in owned real property, other than Mortgaged Property, to the extent the book value or estimated fair market value (determined in good faith by the Pledgors) thereof does not exceed $1.0 million;

provided , however , that Excluded Assets shall not include any Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Assets referred to in clauses (a) through (j) (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute an Excluded Asset referred to in clauses (a) through (j)).

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean a Subsidiary organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

General Intangibles ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all “general intangibles,” as such term is defined in the UCC, of such Pledgor and, in any event, shall include (i) all of such Pledgor’s rights, title and interest in, to and under all Contracts and insurance policies (including all rights and remedies relating to monetary damages, including indemnification rights and remedies, and claims for damages or other relief pursuant to or in respect of any Contract), (ii) all know-how and warranties relating to any of the Pledged Collateral or the Mortgaged Property, (iii) any and all other rights, claims, choses-in-action and causes of action of such Pledgor against any other person and the benefits of any and all collateral or other security given by any other person in connection therewith, (iv) all guarantees, endorsements and indemnifications on, or of, any of the Pledged Collateral or any of the Mortgaged Property, (v) all lists, books, records, correspondence, ledgers, printouts, files (whether in printed form or stored electronically), tapes and other papers or materials containing information relating to any of the Pledged Collateral or any of the Mortgaged Property, including all customer or tenant lists, identification of suppliers, data, plans, blueprints, specifications, designs, drawings, appraisals, recorded knowledge, surveys, studies, engineering reports, test reports, manuals, standards, processing standards, performance standards, catalogs, research data, computer and automatic machinery software and programs and the like, field repair data, accounting information pertaining to such Pledgor’s operations or any of the Pledged Collateral or any of the Mortgaged Property and all media in which or on which any of the information or knowledge or data or records may be recorded or stored and all computer programs used for the compilation or printout of such information, knowledge, records or data, (vi) all licenses, consents, permits, variances, certifications, authorizations and approvals, however characterized, now or hereafter acquired or held by such Pledgor, including building permits, certificates of occupancy, environmental certificates, industrial permits or licenses and certificates of operation and (vii) all rights to reserves, deferred payments, deposits, refunds, indemnification of claims and claims for tax or other refunds against any Governmental Authority.

 

-7-


Goodwill ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, the goodwill connected with such Pledgor’s business including all goodwill connected with (i) the use of and symbolized by any Trademark or Intellectual Property License with respect to any Trademark in which such Pledgor has any interest, (ii) all know-how, trade secrets, customer and supplier lists, proprietary information, inventions, methods, procedures, formulae, descriptions, compositions, technical data, drawings, specifications, name plates, catalogs, confidential information and the right to limit the use or disclosure thereof by any person, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and proposals, consulting agreements, engineering contracts and such other assets which relate to such goodwill and (iii) all product lines of such Pledgor’s business.

Guarantors ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

Indenture ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Recital A hereof.

Instruments ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all “instruments,” as such term is defined in Article 9, rather than Article 3, of the UCC, and shall include all promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange or acceptances.

Intellectual Property Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, the Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses and Goodwill.

Intellectual Property Licenses ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all license and distribution agreements with, and covenants not to sue, any other party with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright or any other patent, trademark or copyright, whether such Pledgor is a licensor or licensee, distributor or distributee under any such license or distribution agreement, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements or violations thereof and (iv) other rights to use, exploit or practice any or all of the Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights or any other patent, trademark or copyright.

Intercompany Notes ” shall mean, with respect to each Pledgor, all intercompany notes described in Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate and intercompany notes hereafter acquired by such Pledgor and all certificates, instruments or agreements evidencing such intercompany notes, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof to the extent permitted pursuant to the terms hereof.

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of October 19, 2007 by and between the ABL Agent and the Collateral Agent.

Investment Property ” shall mean a security, whether certificated or uncertificated, Security Entitlement, Securities Account, Commodity Contract or Commodity Account, excluding, however, the Securities Collateral.

 

-8-


Issuer ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

Joinder Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 2 hereto.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean the effect of any event, condition, action, omission or circumstance, which, alone or when taken together with other events, conditions, actions, omissions or circumstances occurring or existing concurrently therewith, (i) has or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect upon the business, operations, properties (including the Pledged Collateral) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Pledgors taken as a whole; (ii) has or could be reasonably expected to have any material adverse effect upon the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Secured Agreements or the ability of any Secured Party to realize upon any of the Pledged Collateral or to enforce or collect the Obligations; or (iii) has any material adverse effect, upon the Liens of the Security Documents or the priority of any such Liens.

Material Intellectual Property Collateral ” shall mean any Intellectual Property Collateral that is material (i) to the use and operation of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or (ii) to the business, results of operations, prospects or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Pledgors taken as a whole.

Mortgaged Property ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Mortgages (as defined in the Indenture).

Noteholders ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Recital A hereof.

Ordinary Course of Business ” means with respect to any transaction involving any Person, the ordinary course of such Person’s business as undertaken by such Person in good faith and not for the purpose of evading any covenant or restriction in any Secured Agreement.

Paid in Full ” shall mean with respect to (i) any non-Contingent Obligations, the indefeasible payment in full, in cash of such Obligations, including all interest, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith, whether such interest, fees or other charges accrue or are incurred prior to or during the pendency of an insolvency proceeding and whether or not any of the same are allowed or recoverable in any bankruptcy case pursuant to Section 506 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other Bankruptcy Laws or otherwise; and (ii) any Obligations that are contingent in nature, such as a right of the Collateral Agent, the Trustee or any other person to reimbursement or indemnification by any Obligor, the depositing of cash with the Collateral Agent in an amount equal to 100% of any such Obligations that have been liquidated or, if such Obligations are unliquidated in amount and represent a claim which has been asserted against the Collateral Agent, the Trustee or any other person and for which an indemnity has been provided hereunder, in an amount that is equal to such claim or the Collateral Agent’s good faith estimate of such claim.

 

-9-


Patents ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all patents issued or assigned to, and all patent applications and registrations made by, such Pledgor (whether established or registered or recorded in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Pledgor’s use of any patents, (ii) inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (iii) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof and amendments thereto, (iv) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (vi) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

Patent Security Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 4 hereto.

Perfection Certificate ” shall mean that certain perfection certificate dated October 19, 2007, executed and delivered by each Pledgor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and each other Perfection Certificate (which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent) executed and delivered by the applicable Guarantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of each Joinder Agreement executed in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof.

Pledge Amendment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.1 hereof.

Pledged Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1 hereof.

Pledged Securities ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, (i) all issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each issuer set forth on Schedules 8(a) and 8(b) to the Perfection Certificate as being owned by such Pledgor and all options, warrants, rights, agreements and additional Equity Interests of whatever class of any such issuer acquired by such Pledgor (including by issuance), together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Pledgor relating to such Equity Interests in each such issuer or under any Organizational Document of each such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such Equity Interests and any and all interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of any financial intermediary pertaining to such Equity Interests, (ii) all Equity Interests of any issuer, which Equity Interests are hereafter acquired by such Pledgor (including by issuance) and all options, warrants, rights, agreements and additional Equity Interests of whatever class of any such issuer acquired by such Pledgor (including by issuance), together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Pledgor relating to such Equity Interests or under any Organizational Document of any such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such Equity Interests and any and all interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of any financial intermediary pertaining to such Equity Interests, from time to time acquired by such Pledgor in any

 

-10-


manner, and (iii) all Equity Interests issued in respect of the Equity Interests referred to in clause (i) or (ii) upon any consolidation or merger of any issuer of such Equity Interests; provided , however , that Pledged Securities shall not include (1) Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of a Controlled Foreign Corporation or (2) any outstanding voting capital stock of a first-tier Controlled Foreign Corporation in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such Controlled Foreign Corporation.

Pledgor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

Quarterly Update Date ” means the date of delivery of quarterly financial statements pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Indenture with respect to the first three fiscal quarters, and a day within 45 days after the end of the last fiscal quarter of every year.

Receivables ” shall mean all (i) Accounts, (ii) Chattel Paper, (iii) Payment Intangibles, (iv) General Intangibles, (v) Instruments and (vi) all other rights to payment, whether or not earned by performance, for goods or other property sold, leased, licensed, assigned or otherwise disposed of, or services rendered or to be rendered, together with all of Pledgors’ rights, if any, in any goods or other property giving rise to such right to payment and all Collateral Support and Supporting Obligations related thereto and all Records relating thereto.

Secured Agreements ” shall mean (i) this Agreement, the Indenture, the Notes and the other Security Documents and (ii) Additional Secured Debt Documents and, in each case of clause (i) and (ii) above, all other documents, certificates and instruments relating to, arising out of, or in any way connected therewith.

Secured Obligations ” shall mean (i) all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness (including, without limitation, principal, premium, interest (including, without limitation, all interest that accrues after the commencement of any case, proceeding or other action relating to the bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding of any Pledgor at the rate provided for in the respective documentation, whether or not such claim for post-petition interest is allowed in any such proceeding)) owing to the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the holders under the Notes, the Indenture and the Security Documents and the due performance and compliance by the Pledgors with all of the terms, conditions and agreements contained in the Notes, the Indenture and in Security Documents; (ii) any and all sums advanced by the Collateral Agent in accordance with the Indenture or any of the Security Documents in order to preserve the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or preserve its security interest in, or Lien on, the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property; (iii) in the event of any proceedings for the collection or enforcement of any indebtedness, obligations, or liabilities of the Pledgors referred to in clause (i) above, the reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale or lease, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property, or of any exercise by the Collateral Agent of its rights hereunder, or under any other Security Document, together with reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs; and (iv) if any Additional Secured Obligations are incurred, all obligations, liabilities and indebtedness (including, without limitation, principal, premium, interest (including, without limitation, all interest that accrues after the commencement of any case, proceeding or other action relating to the bankruptcy, insolvency,

 

-11-


reorganization or similar proceeding of any Pledgor at the rate provided for in the respective documentation, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowed in any such proceeding)) owing to any holder of Additional Secured Obligations (that has been designated as Additional Secured Obligations pursuant to Section 9.1 ) under any Additional Secured Debt Documents.

Secured Parties ” shall mean, collectively, the Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Noteholders, Additional Secured Parties and their Authorized Representatives; provided that such Additional Secured Parties and their Authorized Representatives comply with Section 9.1 hereof and execute an Additional Secured Party Joinder.

Securities Account Control Agreement ” shall mean a control agreement in a establishing the Collateral Agent’s Control with respect to any Securities Account.

Securities Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, the Pledged Securities, the Intercompany Notes and the Distributions.

Trademarks ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all trademarks (including service marks), slogans, logos, certification marks, trade dress, uniform resource locations (URL’s), domain names, corporate names and trade names, whether registered or unregistered, owned by or assigned to such Pledgor and all registrations and applications for the foregoing (whether statutory or common law and whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Pledgor’s use of any trademarks, (ii) reissues, continuations, extensions and renewals thereof and amendments thereto, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto, including damages, claims and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof.

Trademark Security Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 5 hereto.

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided , however , that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ security interest in any item or portion of the Pledged Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

SECTION 1.2. Interpretation . The rules of interpretation specified in the Indenture (including Section 1.4 thereof) shall be applicable to this Agreement.

 

-12-


SECTION 1.3. Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities . Each Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that it was represented by counsel in connection with the execution and delivery hereof, that it and its counsel reviewed and participated in the preparation and negotiation hereof and that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party ( i.e ., the Collateral Agent) shall not be employed in the interpretation hereof.

SECTION 1.4. Perfection Certificate . The Collateral Agent and each Secured Party agree that the Perfection Certificate and all descriptions of Pledged Collateral, schedules, amendments and supplements thereto are and shall at all times remain a part of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

GRANT OF SECURITY AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 2.1. Grant of Security Interest . As collateral security for the payment and performance in full of all the Secured Obligations, each Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in all of the right, title and interest of such Pledgor in, to and under the following property, wherever located, and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired from time to time (collectively, the “ Pledged Collateral ”):

 

  (i) all Accounts;

 

  (ii) all Equipment, Goods, Inventory and Fixtures;

 

  (iii) all Documents, Instruments and Chattel Paper;

 

  (iv) all Letters of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights;

 

  (v) all Securities Collateral;

 

  (vi) all Investment Property;

 

  (vii) all Intellectual Property Collateral;

 

  (viii) the Commercial Tort Claims described on Schedule 12 to the Perfection Certificate;

 

  (ix) all General Intangibles;

 

  (x) all Money and all Deposit Accounts;

 

  (xi) all Supporting Obligations;

 

-13-


  (xii) all books and records relating to the Pledged Collateral

 

  (xiii) the Collateral Account and all Collateral Account Funds; and

 

  (xiv) to the extent not covered by clauses (i) through (xiii) of this sentence, all other personal property of such Pledgor, whether tangible or intangible, and all Proceeds and products of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of, each of the foregoing, any and all Proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to such Pledgor from time to time with respect to any of the foregoing;

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clauses (i) through (xiv) above, the security interest created by this Agreement shall not extend to, and the term “Pledged Collateral” shall not include, any Excluded Assets. Further notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations the lien and security interest in the ABL Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement shall be subordinate to the Lien granted to the ABL Agent and security interest in such collateral and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder with respect to such collateral is subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.

SECTION 2.2. Filings . (a) Each Pledgor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements (including fixture filings) and amendments thereto that contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment relating to the Pledged Collateral, including (i) whether such Pledgor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Pledgor, (ii) any financing or continuation statements or other documents without the signature of such Pledgor where permitted by law, including the filing of a financing statement describing the Pledged Collateral as “all assets now owned or hereafter acquired by the Pledgor or in which Pledgor otherwise has rights” and (iii) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing or covering Pledged Collateral constituting minerals or the like to be extracted or timber to be cut, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Pledged Collateral relates. Each Pledgor agrees to provide all information described in the immediately preceding sentence to the Collateral Agent promptly upon request by the Collateral Agent. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to make any filings of financing statements, filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or otherwise except to the extent such filings are delivered to the Collateral Agent in proper form for recording, and the filing thereof is specified in the Perfection Certificate or in a written direction to the Collateral Agent from the Trustee or a Pledgor.

 

-14-


(b) Each Pledgor hereby ratifies its authorization for the Collateral Agent to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements relating to the Pledged Collateral if filed prior to the date hereof.

(c) Each Pledgor hereby further authorizes the Collateral Agent to file filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office), including this Agreement, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Patent Security Agreement and the Trademark Security Agreement, or other documents for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest granted by such Pledgor hereunder, without the signature of such Pledgor, and naming such Pledgor, as debtor, and the Collateral Agent, as secured party.

ARTICLE III

PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;

USE OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL

SECTION 3.1. Delivery of Certificated Securities Collateral . Each Pledgor represents and warrants that all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing the Securities Collateral in existence on the date hereof have been delivered to the Collateral Agent in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank and that the Collateral Agent has a perfected first priority security interest therein under United States law subject to Permitted Liens. Each Pledgor hereby agrees that all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing Securities Collateral acquired by such Pledgor after the date hereof shall, on or before the first Quarterly Update Date following the receipt thereof by such Pledgor, be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto; provided , however , that all certificates representing or evidencing Equity Interests of any Subsidiary shall be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto within thirty days after receipt thereof by such Pledgor. All certificated Securities Collateral shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank. The Collateral Agent shall have the right, at any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to endorse, assign or otherwise transfer to or to register in the name of the Collateral Agent or any of its nominees or endorse for negotiation any or all of the Securities Collateral, without any indication that such Securities Collateral is subject to the security interest hereunder. In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time to exchange certificates representing or evidencing Securities Collateral for certificates of smaller or larger denominations.

SECTION 3.2. Perfection of Uncertificated Securities Collateral . Each Pledgor represents and warrants that the Collateral Agent has a perfected first priority security interest in all uncertificated Pledged Securities pledged by it hereunder that are in existence on the date hereof subject to Permitted Liens. Each Pledgor hereby agrees that if any of the Pledged Securities

 

-15-


are at any time not evidenced by certificates of ownership, then each applicable Pledgor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (i) after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon request by the Collateral Agent, cause the issuer to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent an acknowledgment of the pledge of such Pledged Securities substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 hereto, (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon request by the Collateral Agent, if necessary or desirable to perfect a security interest in such Pledged Securities, cause such pledge to be recorded on the equity-holder register or the books of the issuer, execute pledge forms or other documents necessary or appropriate to complete the pledge and give the Collateral Agent the right to transfer such Pledged Securities under the terms hereof, and (iii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon request by the Collateral Agent, (A) cause the Organizational Documents of each such issuer that is a Subsidiary of the Issuer to be amended to provide that such Pledged Securities shall be treated as “securities” for purposes of the UCC and (B) cause such Pledged Securities to become certificated and delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1 .

SECTION 3.3. Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest . Each Pledgor represents and warrants that all financing statements, agreements, instruments and other documents necessary to perfect the security interest granted by it to the Collateral Agent in respect of the Pledged Collateral have been delivered to the Collateral Agent in completed and, to the extent necessary or appropriate, duly executed form for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate. Each Pledgor agrees that at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, such Pledgor will maintain the security interest created by this Agreement in the Pledged Collateral as a perfected first priority security interest subject only to Permitted Liens and in terms of priority only, to the Lien of the ABL Agent in the ABL Collateral until the Discharge of ABL Obligations. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, perfection of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in Money shall not be required other than to the extent it is (i) perfected as proceeds of collateral or (ii) deposited in a Deposit Account subject to a Control of the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 3.4. Other Actions . In order to further ensure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Collateral Agent to enforce, the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Pledged Collateral, each Pledgor represents and warrants (as to itself) as follows and agrees, in each case at such Pledgor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Pledged Collateral:

(a) Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper . As of the date hereof, no amounts payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral are evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper other than such Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper listed in Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate. Each Instrument and each item of Tangible Chattel Paper listed in Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate has been properly endorsed, assigned and delivered to the Collateral Agent, accompanied by instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank. If any amount then payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral shall be evidenced by any

 

-16-


Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper, and such amount, together with all amounts payable evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper not previously delivered to the Collateral Agent exceeds $5,000,000 individually or $10,000,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors, the Pledgor acquiring such Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper shall on or before the first Quarterly Update Date following the receipt thereof by such Pledgor endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Collateral Agent may from time to time specify.

(b) Deposit Accounts . As of the date hereof, no Pledgor has any Deposit Accounts other than the accounts listed in Schedule 13 to the Perfection Certificate. The Collateral Agent has a first priority security interest in each such Deposit Account, subject as to priority only to Permitted Liens (including with respect to the ABL Collateral the Liens of the ABL Agent until the Discharge of ABL Obligations), which security interest shall promptly be perfected by Control but in any event within 180 days of the date hereof. No Pledgor shall hereafter establish and maintain any Deposit Account unless(1) it shall give the Collateral Agent prompt written notice that such new Deposit Account has been established with a Bank and (2) such Bank, such Pledgor and the Collateral Agent shall within sixty (60) days of the date of acquisition of such Deposit Account have duly executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent a Deposit Account Control Agreement with respect to such Deposit Account, such time to be extended by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent agrees with each Pledgor that the Collateral Agent shall not give any instructions directing the disposition of funds from time to time credited to any Deposit Account or withhold any withdrawal rights from such Pledgor with respect to funds from time to time credited to any Deposit Account unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The provisions of this Section 3.4(b) shall not apply to Deposit Accounts (i) for which the Collateral Agent is the Bank, (ii) for which all of the funds on deposit are used for funding (w) payroll, (x) 401(K) and other retirement plans and employee benefits, including rabbi trusts for deferred compensation, (y) health care benefits and (z) escrow arrangements (e.g., environmental indemnity accounts), (iii) (not already subject to the provisions of this paragraph) with an aggregate average daily balance of all funds in all such other deposit accounts for all Loan Parties not in excess of $10,000,000 at any time and (iv) located outside of the United States. No Pledgor shall grant Control of any Deposit Account to any person other than the Collateral Agent and, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the ABL Agent.

(c) Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts . (i) As of the date hereof, no Pledgor has any Securities Accounts or Commodity Accounts other than those listed in Schedule 13 to the Perfection Certificate. The Collateral Agent has a first priority security interest in each such Securities Account and Commodity Account, which security interest shall promptly be perfected by Control but in any event within 180 days of the date hereof. No Pledgor shall hereafter establish and maintain any Securities Account or Commodity Account with any Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary

 

-17-


unless (1) it shall give the Collateral Agent prompt written notice that such new Securities Account or Commodity Account has been established and (2) such Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, as the case may be, such Pledgor and the Collateral Agent shall within sixty (60) days of the date of the acquisition of such Securities Account or Commodity Account have duly executed and delivered a Control Agreement with respect to such Securities Account or Commodity Account. Each Pledgor shall accept any cash and Investment Property in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and shall promptly deposit any and all cash and Investment Property received by it into a Deposit Account or Securities Account subject to Collateral Agent’s Control. The Collateral Agent agrees with each Pledgor that the Collateral Agent shall not give any Entitlement Orders or instructions or directions to any issuer of uncertificated securities, Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary, and shall not withhold its consent to the exercise of any withdrawal or dealing rights by such Pledgor, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or, after giving effect to any such investment and withdrawal rights, would occur. The provisions of this Section 3.4(c) shall not apply to any Financial Assets credited to a Securities Account for which the Collateral Agent is the Securities Intermediary. No Pledgor shall grant Control over any Investment Property to any person other than the Collateral Agent.

(ii) As between the Collateral Agent and the Pledgors, the Pledgors shall bear the investment risk with respect to the Investment Property and Pledged Securities, and the risk of loss of, damage to, or the destruction of the Investment Property and Pledged Securities, whether in the possession of, or maintained as a Security Entitlement or deposit by, or subject to the Control of, the Collateral Agent, a Securities Intermediary, a Commodity Intermediary, any Pledgor or any other person.

(d) Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records . As of the date hereof, no amount under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral is evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any “transferable record” (as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction) other than such Electronic Chattel Paper and transferable records listed in Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral shall be evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any transferable record, the Pledgor acquiring such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record shall on or before the first Quarterly Update Date following the receipt thereof by such Pledgor notify the Collateral Agent thereof and shall take such action as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to vest in the Collateral Agent control of such Electronic Chattel Paper under Section 9-105 of the UCC or control under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record. The requirement in the preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that such amount, together with all amounts payable evidenced by Electronic Chattel Paper or any transferable record in which the Collateral Agent has not

 

-18-


been vested control within the meaning of the statutes described in the immediately preceding sentence, does not exceed $5,000,000 individually or $10,000,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors. The Collateral Agent agrees with such Pledgor that the Collateral Agent will arrange, pursuant to procedures satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and so long as the Collateral Agent has been provided an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Collateral Agent that such procedures will not result in the Collateral Agent’s loss of control, for the Pledgor to make alterations to the Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record permitted under Section 9-105 of the UCC or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to allow without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Pledgor with respect to such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record.

(e) Letter-of-Credit Rights . If any Pledgor is at any time a beneficiary under a Letter of Credit now or hereafter issued, such Pledgor shall on or before the first Quarterly Update Date following the receipt thereof by such Pledgor notify the Collateral Agent thereof and such Pledgor shall, at the request of the Collateral Agent, pursuant to an agreement in customary and appropriate form and substance, either (i) arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such Letter of Credit to consent to an assignment to the Collateral Agent of the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit or (ii) arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the transferee beneficiary of such Letter of Credit, with the Collateral Agent agreeing, in each case, that the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit are to be applied as provided in the Indenture. The actions in the preceding sentence shall not be required to the extent that the amount of any such Letter of Credit, together with the aggregate amount of all other Letters of Credit for which the actions described above in clause (i) and (ii) have not been taken, does not exceed $5,000,000 individually or $10,000,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors.

(f) Commercial Tort Claims . As of the date hereof, each Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that it holds no Commercial Tort Claims other than those listed in Schedule 12 to the Perfection Certificate. If any Pledgor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim, such Pledgor shall immediately notify the Collateral Agent in writing signed by such Pledgor of the brief details thereof and grant to the Collateral Agent in such writing a security interest therein and in the Proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement. The requirement in the preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that the amount of such Commercial Tort Claim, together with the amount of all other Commercial Tort Claims held by any Pledgor in which the Collateral Agent does not have a security interest, does not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors.

(g) Collateral Access Agreements . Each Pledgor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain as soon as practicable after the date hereof with respect to each location where such Pledgor maintains Pledged Collateral, a Collateral Access Agreement, as applicable, and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Collateral

 

-19-


Access Agreement and/or landlord’s lien waiver, as applicable, from all landlords, who from time to time have possession of any Pledged Collateral if reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Pledgor shall not be required to seek to obtain a Collateral Access Agreement and/or landlord’s lien waiver, as applicable, at any locations if the value of the Pledged Collateral maintained at such location is less than $1,000,000 in the aggregate, provided , further , however , a Collateral Access Agreement and/or landlord’s lien waiver, as applicable, shall be required by the Collateral Agent for each location for which the ABL Agent has received a landlord access agreement and/or landlord’s lien waiver.

SECTION 3.5. Joinder of Additional Guarantors . The Pledgors shall cause each Subsidiary of the Issuer which, from time to time, after the date hereof shall be required to pledge any assets to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture or any Additional Secured Debt Documents, to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent (a) a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 2 hereto and (b) a Perfection Certificate, in each case, within thirty (30) days of the date on which it was acquired or created, and upon such execution and delivery, such Subsidiary shall constitute a “Guarantor” and a “Pledgor” for all purposes hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor and Pledgor herein. The execution and delivery of such Joinder Agreement shall not require the consent of any Pledgor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor and Pledgor as a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 3.6. Supplements; Further Assurances . Each Pledgor shall take such further actions, and execute and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent such additional financing statements, amendments, assignments, agreements, supplements, powers and instruments, as the Collateral Agent may request based on a written instruction from the Trustee or a Pledgor or as required in a perfection opinion delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Indenture in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or appropriate in order to create, perfect, preserve and protect the security interest in the Pledged Collateral as provided herein and the rights and interests granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder, to carry into effect the purposes hereof or better to assure and confirm the validity, enforceability and priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Pledged Collateral or permit the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights, powers and remedies hereunder with respect to any Pledged Collateral, including the filing of financing statements, continuation statements and other documents (including this Agreement) under the Uniform Commercial Code (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interest created hereby and the execution and delivery of Control Agreements, all in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and in such offices (including the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office) wherever required by law to perfect, continue and maintain the validity, enforceability and priority of the security interest in the Pledged Collateral as provided herein and to preserve the other rights and interests granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder, as against third parties, with respect to the Pledged Collateral. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Collateral Agent may institute and maintain, in its own name or in the name of any Pledgor, such suits and

 

-20-


proceedings as the Collateral Agent may be instructed by the Trustee to commence pursuant to (and subject to the requirements of) the Indenture to prevent any impairment of the security interest in or the perfection thereof in the Pledged Collateral. All of the foregoing shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

Each Pledgor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

SECTION 4.1. Title . Except for the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement and Permitted Liens, such Pledgor owns and has rights and, as to Pledged Collateral acquired by it from time to time after the date hereof, will own and have rights in each item of Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens or claims of others.

SECTION 4.2. Validity of Security Interest . The security interest in and Lien on the Pledged Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties hereunder constitutes (a) a legal and valid security interest in all the Pledged Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, and (b) subject to the filings and other actions described in Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate (to the extent required to be listed on the schedules to the Perfection Certificate as of the date this representation is made or deemed made) being duly made, a perfected security interest in all the Pledged Collateral, except as otherwise provided herein. The security interest and Lien granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement in and on the Pledged Collateral will at all times constitute a perfected, continuing security interest therein, prior to all other Liens on the Pledged Collateral except for Permitted Liens including, with respect to the ABL Collateral, Liens granted to the ABL Agent until the Discharge of ABL Obligations.

SECTION 4.3. Defense of Claims; Transferability of Pledged Collateral . Each Pledgor shall, at its own cost and expense, defend title to the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder and the security interest therein and Lien thereon granted to the Collateral Agent and the priority thereof against all material claims and demands of all persons, at its own cost and expense, at any time claiming any interest therein adverse to the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party other than Permitted Liens. There is no agreement, order, judgment or decree, and no Pledgor shall enter into any agreement or take any other action, that would restrict the transferability of any of the Pledged Collateral or otherwise impair or conflict with such Pledgor’s obligations or the rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder to the extent reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and after giving effect to Sections 9-406(d), 9-407(a), 9-408(a) or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity.

 

-21-


SECTION 4.4. Other Financing Statements . Such Pledgor has not filed, nor authorized any third party to file (nor will there be), any valid or effective financing statement (or similar statement, instrument of registration or public notice under the law of any jurisdiction) covering or purporting to cover any interest of any kind in the Pledged Collateral, except such as have been filed in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or in favor of any holder of a Permitted Lien with respect to such Permitted Lien or financing statements or public notices relating to the termination statements listed on Schedule 8 to the Perfection Certificate. No Pledgor shall execute, authorize or permit to be filed in any public office any financing statement (or similar statement, instrument of registration or public notice under the law of any jurisdiction) relating to any Pledged Collateral, except financing statements and other statements and instruments filed or to be filed in respect of and covering the security interests granted by such Pledgor to the Collateral Agent and the holders of the Permitted Liens.

SECTION 4.5. Location of Inventory and Equipment . Except as in accordance with the Indenture, in no event shall any Equipment or Inventory be moved to any location outside of the United States.

SECTION 4.6. Due Authorization and Issuance . All of the Pledged Securities existing on the date hereof have been, and to the extent any Pledged Securities are hereafter issued, such Pledged Securities will be, upon such issuance, duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable (except as such rights may arise under mandatory provisions of applicable statutory law that may not be waived or otherwise agreed and not as a result of any rights contained in any organizational document) to the extent applicable. There is no amount or other obligation owing by any Pledgor to any issuer of the Pledged Securities in exchange for or in connection with the issuance of the Pledged Securities or any Pledgor’s status as a partner or a member of any issuer of the Pledged Securities to the extent reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 4.7. Consents, etc . In the event that the Collateral Agent desires to exercise any remedies, voting or consensual rights or attorney-in-fact powers set forth in this Agreement and determines it necessary to obtain any approvals or consents of any Governmental Authority or any other person therefor, then, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, such Pledgor agrees to use its best efforts to assist and aid the Collateral Agent to obtain as soon as practicable any necessary approvals or consents for the exercise of any such remedies, rights and powers.

SECTION 4.8. Pledged Collateral . All information set forth herein, including the schedules hereto, and all information contained in any documents, schedules and lists heretofore delivered to any Secured Party, including the Perfection Certificate and the schedules thereto, in connection with this Agreement, in each case, relating to the Pledged Collateral, is accurate and complete in all material respects. The Pledged Collateral described on the schedules to the Perfection Certificate constitutes all of the property of such type of Pledged Collateral owned or held by the Pledgors.

 

-22-


SECTION 4.9. Insurance . In the event that the proceeds of any insurance claim are paid to any Pledgor after the Collateral Agent has exercised its right to foreclose after an Event of Default, such Net Cash Proceeds shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and immediately after receipt thereof shall be paid to the Collateral Agent for application in accordance with the Indenture.

SECTION 4.10. Chief Executive Office; Change of Name; Jurisdiction of Organization .

(a) Such Pledgor will not effect any change (i) to its legal name, (ii) in its identity or organizational structure, (iii) in its organizational identification number, if any, or (iv) in its jurisdiction of organization (in each case, including by merging with or into any other entity, reorganizing, dissolving, liquidating, reorganizing or organizing in any other jurisdiction), unless (A) it shall have given the Collateral Agent promptly but in any event within 30 days after such change, written notice clearly describing such change and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (B) it shall have taken or will promptly take all action necessary to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Pledged Collateral.

(b) The Collateral Agent shall have no duty to inquire about any of the changes described in clause (a) above, the parties acknowledging and agreeing that each Pledgor is solely responsible to take all action described in Section 4.10(a)(B) above.

ARTICLE V

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL

SECTION 5.1. Pledge of Additional Securities Collateral . Each Pledgor shall, upon obtaining any Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes of any person, accept the same in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and shall, on or before the first Quarterly Update Date following the receipt thereof by such Pledgor, deliver to the Collateral Agent a pledge amendment, duly executed by such Pledgor, in substantially the form of Exhibit 1 hereto (each, a “ Pledge Amendment ”), and the certificates and other documents required under Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 hereof in respect of the additional Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes which are to be pledged pursuant to this Agreement; provided , however , that all certificates representing or evidencing Equity Interests of any Subsidiary shall be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto within thirty days after receipt thereof by such Pledgor. Each Pledgor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to attach each Pledge Amendment to this Agreement and agrees that all Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes listed on any Pledge Amendment delivered to the Collateral Agent shall for all purposes hereunder be considered Pledged Collateral.

 

-23-


SECTION 5.2. Voting Rights; Distributions; etc .

(a) So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(i) Each Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Securities Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not in violation with the terms or purposes hereof, the Indenture or any Additional Secured Debt Documents.

(ii) Each Pledgor shall be entitled to receive and retain, and to utilize free and clear of the Lien hereof, any and all Distributions, but only if and to the extent made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; provided , however , that any and all such Distributions consisting of rights or interests in the form of securities shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent to hold as Pledged Collateral and shall, if received by any Pledgor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, on or before the first Quarterly Update Date following the receipt thereof by such Pledgor delivered to the Collateral Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

(b) So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall be deemed without further action or formality to have granted to each Pledgor all necessary consents relating to voting rights and shall, if necessary, upon written request of any Pledgor and at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, from time to time execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to such Pledgor all such instruments as such Pledgor may reasonably request in order to permit such Pledgor to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(i) hereof and to receive the Distributions which it is authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(ii) hereof.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default:

(i) All rights of each Pledgor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(i) hereof shall immediately cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which, to the extent permitted by law, shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights.

(ii) All rights of each Pledgor to receive Distributions which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(ii) hereof shall immediately cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to receive and hold as Pledged Collateral such Distributions.

(d) Each Pledgor shall, at its sole cost and expense, from time to time execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent appropriate instruments as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to permit the Collateral Agent to exercise the voting and other rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(c)(i) hereof and to receive all Distributions which it may be entitled to receive under Section 5.2(c)(ii) hereof.

 

-24-


(e) All Distributions which are received by any Pledgor contrary to the provisions of Section 5.2(a)(ii) hereof shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, and shall immediately be paid over to the Collateral Agent as Pledged Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

SECTION 5.3. Defaults, etc . Other than to the extent not reasonably likely to cause a Material Adverse Effect, each Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that (i) such Pledgor is not in default in the payment of any portion of any mandatory capital contribution, if any, required to be made under any agreement to which such Pledgor is a party relating to the Pledged Securities pledged by it, and such Pledgor is not in violation of any other provisions of any such agreement to which such Pledgor is a party, or otherwise in default or violation thereunder, (ii) no Securities Collateral pledged by such Pledgor is subject to any defense, offset or counterclaim, nor have any of the foregoing been asserted or alleged against such Pledgor by any person with respect thereto, and (iii) as of the date hereof, there are no certificates, instruments, documents or other writings (other than the Organizational Documents and certificates representing such Pledged Securities that have been delivered to the Collateral Agent) which evidence any Pledged Securities of such Pledgor.

SECTION 5.4. Certain Agreements of Pledgors as Issuers and Holders of Equity Interests .

(a) In the case of each Pledgor which is an issuer of Securities Collateral, such Pledgor agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Securities Collateral issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it.

(b) In the case of each Pledgor which is a partner, shareholder or member, as the case may be, in a partnership, limited liability company or other entity, such Pledgor hereby consents to the extent required by the applicable Organizational Document to the pledge by each other Pledgor, pursuant to the terms hereof, of the Pledged Securities in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to the transfer of such Pledged Securities to the Collateral Agent or its nominee and to the substitution of the Collateral Agent or its nominee as a substituted partner, shareholder or member in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity with all the rights, powers and duties of a general partner, limited partner, shareholder or member, as the case may be.

 

-25-


ARTICLE VI

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL

PROPERTY COLLATERAL

SECTION 6.1. Grant of Intellectual Property License . For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent, during the continuance of an Event of Default, to exercise rights and remedies under Article X hereof at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, and for no other purpose, each Pledgor shall grant to the Collateral Agent, to the extent assignable, a non-exclusive license to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by such Pledgor, wherever the same may be located. Such license shall include access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout hereof.

SECTION 6.2. Protection of Collateral Agent’s Security . On a continuing basis, each Pledgor shall, at its sole cost and expense, (i) on or before the first Quarterly Update Date following its becoming aware thereof, notify the Collateral Agent of any adverse determination in any proceeding or the institution of any proceeding in any federal, state or local court or administrative body or in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office regarding any Material Intellectual Property Collateral, (ii) not permit to lapse or become abandoned any Material Intellectual Property Collateral, and not settle or compromise any pending or future litigation or administrative proceeding with respect to any such Material Intellectual Property Collateral, in either case except as shall be consistent with commercially reasonable business judgment, (iii) on or before the first Quarterly Update Date following obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Collateral Agent in writing of any event which may be reasonably expected to materially and adversely affect the value or utility of any Material Intellectual Property Collateral or the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent in relation thereto including a levy or threat of levy or any legal process against any Material Intellectual Property Collateral, (iv) except in each case as could not have resulted in a Material Adverse Effect, not license any Intellectual Property Collateral other than licenses entered into by such Pledgor in, or incidental to, the prudent conduct of business, or amend or permit the amendment of any of the licenses in a manner that materially and adversely affects the right to receive payments thereunder, or in any manner that would materially impair the value of any Intellectual Property Collateral or the Lien on and security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral created therein hereby and (v) furnish to the Collateral Agent from time to time reasonably detailed statements and amended schedules further identifying and describing the Intellectual Property Collateral and such other materials evidencing or reports pertaining to any Intellectual Property Collateral as the Collateral Agent may from time to time request pursuant to an instruction from the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

SECTION 6.3. After-Acquired Property . If any Pledgor shall at any time after the date hereof (i) obtain any rights to any additional Intellectual Property Collateral or (ii) become entitled to the benefit of any additional Intellectual Property Collateral or any

 

-26-


renewal or extension thereof, including any reissue, division, continuation, or continuation-in-part of any Intellectual Property Collateral, or any improvement on any Intellectual Property Collateral, or if any intent-to use trademark application is no longer subject to clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Assets, the provisions hereof shall automatically apply thereto and any such item enumerated in the preceding clause (i) or (ii) shall automatically constitute Intellectual Property Collateral as if such would have constituted Intellectual Property Collateral at the time of execution hereof and be subject to the Lien and security interest created by this Agreement without further action by any party. Each Pledgor shall promptly on or before the first Quarterly Update Date provide to the Collateral Agent written notice of any of the foregoing and confirm the attachment of the Lien and security interest created by this Agreement to any rights described in clauses (i) and (ii) above by execution of an instrument in form of Exhibit 3 , Exhibit 4 or Exhibit 5 , as the case may be, and file such instruments with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be. Further, each Pledgor authorizes the Collateral Agent to modify this Agreement by amending Schedules 11(a)  and 11(b) to the Perfection Certificate to include any Intellectual Property Collateral of such Pledgor acquired or arising after the date hereof.

SECTION 6.4. Litigation . Unless there shall occur and be continuing any Event of Default, each Pledgor shall have the right to commence and prosecute in its own name, as the party in interest, for its own benefit and at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, such suits, proceedings or other actions to prevent the infringement, counterfeiting, unfair competition, dilution, diminution in value or other damage as are necessary to protect the Intellectual Property Collateral. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall have the right but shall in no way be obligated to bring suit in the name of any Pledgor, the Collateral Agent or the Secured Parties to enforce the Intellectual Property Collateral and any license thereunder. In the event of such suit, each Pledgor shall, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all documents requested by the Collateral Agent in aid of such enforcement and the Pledgors shall promptly reimburse and indemnify the Collateral Agent for all costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Agent in the exercise of its rights under this Section 6.4 in accordance with Section 7.7 of the Indenture. In the event that the Collateral Agent shall elect not to bring suit to enforce the Intellectual Property Collateral, each Pledgor agrees, at the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent where such Pledgor deems prudent, to take all commercially reasonable actions necessary, whether by suit, proceeding or other action, to prevent the infringement, counterfeiting, unfair competition, dilution, diminution in value of or other damage to any of the Intellectual Property Collateral by any person.

 

-27-


ARTICLE VII

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING RECEIVABLES

SECTION 7.1. Maintenance of Records . Each Pledgor shall keep and maintain at its own cost and expense complete records of each Receivable, in a manner consistent with

prudent business practice. Each Pledgor shall, at such Pledgor’s sole cost and expense, upon the Collateral Agent’s demand made at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, deliver all tangible evidence of Receivables, including all documents evidencing Receivables and any books and records relating thereto to the Collateral Agent or to its representatives (copies of which evidence and books and records may be retained by such Pledgor). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Collateral Agent may transfer a full and complete copy of any Pledgor’s books, records, credit information, reports, memoranda and all other writings relating to the Receivables to and for the use by any person that has acquired or is contemplating acquisition of an interest in the Receivables or the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein without the consent of any Pledgor.

SECTION 7.2. Legend . After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and upon the request of the Collateral Agent, each Pledgor shall legend, at the request of the Collateral Agent and in form and manner satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, in each case upon instruction from the Trustee, the Receivables and the other books, records and documents of such Pledgor evidencing or pertaining to the Receivables with an appropriate reference to the fact that the Receivables have been assigned to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that the Collateral Agent has a security interest therein.

SECTION 7.3. Modification of Terms, etc . No Pledgor shall rescind or cancel any obligations evidenced by any Receivable or modify any term thereof or make any adjustment with respect thereto except consistent with prudent business practice, or extend or renew any such obligations except consistent with prudent business practice or compromise or settle any dispute, claim, suit or legal proceeding relating thereto or sell any Receivable or interest therein except consistent with such Pledgor’s commercial judgment. Each Pledgor shall in all material respects timely fulfill all obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or in connection with the Receivables consistent with prudent business practice.

SECTION 7.4. Collection . Each Pledgor shall cause to be collected from the Account Debtor of each of the Receivables, as and when due and consistent with prudent business practice (including Receivables that are delinquent to the extent deemed appropriate in the commercial judgment of such Pledgor exercised in the Ordinary Course of Business, any and all amounts owing under or on account of such Receivable, and apply forthwith upon receipt thereof all such amounts as are so collected to the outstanding balance of such Receivable, except that any Pledgor may, with respect to a Receivable, allow in the Ordinary Course of Business (i) a refund or credit due as a result of returned or damaged or defective merchandise or otherwise in such Pledgor’s commercial judgment and (ii) such extensions of time to pay amounts due in respect of Receivables and such other modifications of payment terms or settlements in respect of Receivables as shall be commercially reasonable in the circumstances, all in accordance with the Ordinary Course of Business. The costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) of collection, in any case, whether incurred by any Pledgor, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party, shall be paid by the Pledgors.

 

-28-


ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFERS

SECTION 8.1. Transfers of Pledged Collateral . No Pledgor shall sell, convey, assign or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder except as permitted by the Indenture.

ARTICLE IX

ADDITIONAL SECURED OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 9.1. Additional Secured Obligations . On or after the Issue Date the Issuers may from time to time designate additional Pari Passu Lien Obligations (as defined in the Indenture) of the Issuers or any Guarantor permitted to be Incurred under the Indenture and to be secured by a Lien on the Collateral (as defined in the Indenture) permitted by the Indenture as additional Secured Obligations hereunder (“ Additional Secured Obligations ”) by delivering to the Collateral Agent and each Authorized Representative (a) a certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Issuers (i) identifying the Class of obligations so designated and the aggregate principal amount or face amount thereof, stating that such Class of obligations is designated as an Additional Secured Obligation for purposes hereof, (ii) representing that such designation of such Class of obligations as an Additional Secured Obligation complies with the terms of each of the Secured Agreements and (iii) specifying the name and address of the Authorized Representative for such Class of obligations, (b) a fully executed Additional Secured Party Joinder (in the form attached as Exhibit 6 ); and (c) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the designation of such Class of obligations as “Additional Secured Obligations” is in compliance with the terms of the Indenture. Each Authorized Representative agrees that upon the satisfaction of all conditions set forth in the preceding sentence, the Collateral Agent shall act as agent under and subject to the terms of this Agreement for the benefit of all Secured Parties, including without limitation, any Secured Parties that hold any such Additional Secured Obligations, and each Authorized Representative agrees to the appointment, and acceptance of the appointment, of the Collateral Agent as agent for the holders of such Additional Secured Obligations as set forth in each Additional Secured Party Joinder and agrees, on behalf of itself and each Additional Secured Party it represents, to be bound by this Agreement.

 

-29-


ARTICLE X

REMEDIES

SECTION 10.1. Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Collateral Agent may from time to time exercise in respect of the Pledged Collateral, in addition to the other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, the following remedies, in each case with respect to the ABL Collateral subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement:

(i) Personally, or by agents or attorneys, immediately take possession of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, from any Pledgor or any other person who then has possession of any part thereof with or without notice or process of law, and for that purpose may enter upon any Pledgor’s premises where any of the Pledged Collateral is located, remove such Pledged Collateral, remain present at such premises to receive copies of all communications and remittances relating to the Pledged Collateral and use in connection with such removal and possession any and all services, supplies, aids and other facilities of any Pledgor;

(ii) Demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable in respect of the Pledged Collateral including instructing the obligor or obligors on any agreement, instrument or other obligation constituting part of the Pledged Collateral to make any payment required by the terms of such agreement, instrument or other obligation directly to the Collateral Agent, and in connection with any of the foregoing, compromise, settle, extend the time for payment and make other modifications with respect thereto; provided , however , that in the event that any such payments are made directly to any Pledgor, prior to receipt by any such obligor of such instruction, such Pledgor shall hold all amounts received pursuant thereto in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and shall promptly (but in no event later than one (1) Business Day after receipt thereof) pay such amounts to the Collateral Agent;

(iii) Sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, or direct any Pledgor to sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, any and all investments made in whole or in part with the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, and take possession of the proceeds of any such sale, assignment, license or liquidation;

(iv) Take possession of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, by directing any Pledgor in writing to deliver the same to the Collateral Agent at any place or places so designated by the Collateral Agent, in which event such Pledgor shall at its own expense: (A) forthwith cause the same to be moved to the place or places designated by the Collateral Agent and therewith delivered to the Collateral Agent, (B) store and keep any Pledged Collateral so delivered to the Collateral Agent at such place or places pending further action by the Collateral Agent and (C) while the Pledged Collateral shall be so stored and kept, provide such security and maintenance services as shall be necessary to protect the same and to preserve and maintain them in good condition. Each Pledgor’s obligation to deliver the Pledged Collateral as contemplated in this Section 10.1(iv) is of the essence hereof. Upon application to a court of equity having jurisdiction, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to a decree requiring specific performance by any Pledgor of such obligation;

(v) Withdraw all moneys, instruments, securities and other property in any bank, financial securities, deposit or other account of any Pledgor constituting Pledged Collateral for application to the Secured Obligations as provided in Article XI hereof;

 

-30-


(vi) Retain and apply the Distributions to the Secured Obligations as provided in Article XI hereof;

(vii) Exercise any and all rights as beneficial and legal owner of the Pledged Collateral, including perfecting assignment of and exercising any and all voting, consensual and other rights and powers with respect to any Pledged Collateral; and

(viii) Exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the UCC, and the Collateral Agent may also in its sole discretion, based upon a direction from the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture, without notice except as specified in Section 10.2 hereof, sell, assign or grant a license to use the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or at any of the Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the Collateral Agent may determine (which determination may be based on the advice of counsel) to be commercially reasonable. To the extent permitted by law, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party or any of their respective Affiliates may be the purchaser, licensee, assignee or recipient of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof at any such sale and shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Pledged Collateral sold, assigned or licensed at such sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations owed to such person as a credit on account of the purchase price of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof payable by such person at such sale. Each purchaser, assignee, licensee or recipient at any such sale shall acquire the property sold, assigned or licensed absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Pledgor, and each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof may have been sold, assigned or licensed at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Pledged Collateral to more than one offeree.

SECTION 10.2. Notice of Sale . Each Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent notice of sale or other disposition of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof shall be required by law, ten (10) days’ prior notice to such Pledgor of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to take place shall be commercially reasonable notification of such matters. No notification need be given to any Pledgor if it has signed, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, a statement renouncing or modifying any right to notification of sale or other intended disposition.

 

-31-


SECTION 10.3. Waiver of Notice and Claims . Each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, notice or judicial hearing in connection with the Collateral Agent’s taking possession or the Collateral Agent’s disposition of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, including any and all prior notice and hearing for any prejudgment remedy or remedies and any such right which such Pledgor would otherwise have under law, and each Pledgor hereby further waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) all damages occasioned by such taking of possession, (ii) all other requirements as to the time, place and terms of sale or other requirements with respect to the enforcement of the Collateral Agent’s rights hereunder and (iii) all rights of redemption, appraisal, valuation, stay, extension or moratorium now or hereafter in force under any applicable law. The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any incorrect or improper payment made pursuant to this Article X in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Collateral Agent. Any sale of, or the grant of options to purchase, or any other realization upon, any Pledged Collateral shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand, either at law or in equity, of the applicable Pledgor therein and thereto, and shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against such Pledgor and against any and all persons claiming or attempting to claim the Pledged Collateral so sold, optioned or realized upon, or any part thereof, from, through or under such Pledgor.

SECTION 10.4. Certain Sales of Pledged Collateral .

(a) Each Pledgor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in law, rules, regulations or orders of any Governmental Authority, the Collateral Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, to limit purchasers to those who meet the requirements of such Governmental Authority. Each Pledgor acknowledges that any such sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Collateral Agent than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions, and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such restricted sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that, except as may be required by applicable law, the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales.

(b) Each Pledgor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws, the Collateral Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Securities Collateral and Investment Property, to limit purchasers to persons who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Securities Collateral or Investment Property for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Pledgor acknowledges that any such private sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Collateral Agent than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions (including a public offering made pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act), and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Securities Collateral or Investment Property for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register it for a form of public sale requiring registration under the Securities Act or under applicable state securities laws, even if such issuer would agree to do so.

 

-32-


(c) Intentionally omitted.

(d) If the Collateral Agent determines to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Securities Collateral or Investment Property, upon written request, the applicable Pledgor shall from time to time furnish to the Collateral Agent all such information as the Collateral Agent may request in order to determine the number of securities included in the Securities Collateral or Investment Property which may be sold by the Collateral Agent as exempt transactions under the Securities Act and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as the same are from time to time in effect.

(e) Each Pledgor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 10.4 will cause irreparable injury to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, that the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section 10.4 shall be specifically enforceable against such Pledgor, and such Pledgor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

SECTION 10.5. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

(a) No failure on the part of the Collateral Agent to exercise, no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay on the part of the Collateral Agent in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power, privilege or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, privilege or remedy; nor shall the Collateral Agent be required to look first to, enforce or exhaust any other security, collateral or guaranties. All rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law or otherwise available.

(b) In the event that the Collateral Agent shall have instituted any proceeding to enforce any right, power, privilege or remedy under this Agreement or any other Security Document by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceeding shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Collateral Agent, then and in every such case, the Pledgors, the Collateral Agent and each other Secured Party shall be restored to their respective former positions and rights hereunder with respect to the Pledged Collateral, and all rights, remedies, privileges and powers of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall continue as if no such proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 10.6. Certain Additional Actions Regarding Intellectual Property . If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon the written demand of the Collateral Agent, each Pledgor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent an assignment or assignments of the registered Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights and Goodwill and such other documents as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purposes hereof. Within five (5) Business Days of written notice thereafter from the Collateral Agent, each Pledgor shall make available to the Collateral Agent, to the extent within such Pledgor’s power

 

-33-


and authority, such personnel in such Pledgor’s employ on the date of the Event of Default as the Collateral Agent may reasonably designate to permit such Pledgor to continue, directly or indirectly, to produce, advertise and sell the products and services sold by such Pledgor under the registered Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights, and such persons shall be available to perform their prior functions on the Collateral Agent’s behalf.

ARTICLE XI

APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

SECTION 11.1. Application of Proceeds .

(a) Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to the ABL Collateral, the proceeds received by the Collateral Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property pursuant to the exercise by the Collateral Agent of its remedies under the Security Documents shall be applied, together with any other sums then held by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or the other Security Documents, by the Collateral Agent as follows:

(i) First , to the payment of all reasonable costs and expenses, fees, commissions and taxes of such sale, collection or other realization including compensation to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee and its agents and counsel, and all expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Collateral Agent and the Trustee in connection therewith and all indemnities and other amounts for which each of the Collateral Agent and the Trustee is entitled pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture, any other Security Document or this Agreement;

(ii) Second , to reimburse any Secured Party for any indemnification amounts paid to the Collateral Agent in connection with any costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Agent;

(iii) Third , to the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest owing in respect of the Secured Obligations on a pro rata basis in accordance with the respective amounts of all interest owed in respect of the Secured Obligations to Secured Parties;

(iv) Fourth , to the payment of all of all amounts of principal (or, in the case of discount notes, unpaid accreted value) owing in respect of the Secured Obligations on a pro rata basis in accordance with the respective amounts of all principal (or, in the case of discount notes, unpaid accreted value) owed in respect of the Secured Obligations to Secured Parties;

(v) Fifth , to all other amounts then owing in respect of the Secured Obligations; and

 

-34-


(vi) Sixth , the balance, if any, to the Issuers or Guarantors or such other persons as are entitled thereto.

All applications of proceeds pursuant to clauses (ii) though (v) above shall be allocated among the Secured Parties on a pro rata basis according to the principal (or, in the case of discount notes, accreted value), interest and other amounts owing in respect of the Secured Obligations at the time of the distribution. In the event that any such proceeds are insufficient to pay in full the items described in clauses (i) through (iv) of this Section 11.1 , the Pledgors shall remain liable, jointly and severally, for any deficiency.

(b) Upon the request of the Collateral Agent prior to any distribution under this Section 11.1 , each Secured Party or their Authorized Representative shall provide to the Collateral Agent certificates, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, setting forth the respective amounts referred to in Section 11.1 (a) , that each such Secured Party or their Authorized Representative believes it is entitled to receive, and the Collateral Agent shall be fully entitled to rely on such certificates.

SECTION 11.2. Sharing of Proceeds . If, despite the provisions of this Agreement, any Secured Party shall receive any payment or other recovery in excess of its portion of payments on account of the Secured Obligations to which it is then entitled in accordance with this Agreement, such Secured Party shall hold such payment or recovery in trust for the benefit of all Secured Parties for distribution in accordance with Section 11.1 .

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 12.1. Concerning Collateral Agent .

(a) Each Secured Party hereby appoints Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, to serve as Collateral Agent and representative of the Secured Parties under each of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to act as agent for the Secured Parties for the purpose of executing and delivering, on behalf of all the Secured Parties, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and any other documents or instruments related thereto or necessary or, as determined by the Collateral Agent, desirable to perfect the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent thereunder and, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, for the purpose of enforcing the Secured Parties’ rights in respect of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property and the obligations of the Pledgors under the Security Documents, and for the purpose of, or in connection with, releasing the obligations of the Pledgors under the Security Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent is further hereby appointed as agent for each of the Secured Parties to hold the Liens on the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property granted pursuant to the Security Documents with sole authority (subject to the Indenture) to exercise remedies under the Security

 

-35-


Documents. The Collateral Agent shall have the right hereunder to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking action (including the release or substitution of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property), in accordance with the Secured Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreement. The Collateral Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact in connection herewith and shall not be liable for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith. The Collateral Agent may resign and a successor Collateral Agent may be appointed in the manner provided in Section 12.3 . Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Collateral Agent by a successor Collateral Agent, that successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Collateral Agent under the Secured Agreements, and the retiring Collateral Agent shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Secured Agreements. After any retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation, the provisions hereof shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under the Secured Agreements while it was the Collateral Agent.

(b) The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property in its possession if such Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property is accorded treatment substantially equivalent to that which the Collateral Agent, in its individual capacity, accords its own property consisting of similar instruments or interests, it being understood that neither the Collateral Agent nor any of the Secured Parties shall have responsibility for (i) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relating to any Securities Collateral, whether or not the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters or (ii) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any person with respect to any Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property.

(c) The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any written notice, statement, certificate, order or other document or any telephone message believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper person, and, with respect to all matters pertaining to the Secured Agreements and its duties thereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by it (who may be counsel to one or more Pledgors). The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have actual, constructive, direct or indirect knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless and until the Collateral Agent has received written notice from a Secured Party or the Company referring to the applicable Secured Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that it is a “notice of default” or a “notice of event of default”, setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances thereof and stating that the Collateral Agent may rely on such notice without further inquiry. The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation or duty prior to or after receiving any such notice to inquire whether a Default or Event of Default has in fact occurred and shall be entitled to conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any such notice furnished to it.

(d) If any item of Pledged Collateral also constitutes collateral granted to the Collateral Agent under any other deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type, in the event of any conflict between the provisions hereof and the provisions of such other deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type in respect of such collateral, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

 

-36-


(e) The Collateral Agent may rely on advice of counsel as to whether any or all UCC financing statements of the Pledgors need to be amended as a result of any of the changes described in Section 10.1 of the Indenture. If any Pledgor fails to direct the Collateral Agent to make an additional filing or take other action in respect of any such change, the Collateral Agent shall not be liable or responsible to any party for any failure to maintain a perfected security interest in such Pledgor’s property constituting Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property for which the Collateral Agent needed to have information relating to such changes. The Collateral Agent shall have no duty to inquire about such changes and the parties acknowledge and agree that it would not be feasible or practical for the Collateral Agent to search for information on such changes.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any Security Document, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to take or refrain from taking, and shall have no liability to any Secured Party for taking or refraining from taking, any action (i) that exposes or, in the good faith judgment of the Collateral Agent may expose, the Collateral Agent or its officers, directors, agents or employees to personal liability, unless the Collateral Agent and such officers, directors, agents or employees shall be indemnified in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, or (ii) that is, or in the good faith judgment of the Collateral Agent may be, contrary to any Security Document, any other Secured Agreement or applicable law. Upon receipt of such indemnity, however, the Collateral Agent shall act upon the specific instructions of the Authorized Representatives provided in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, except for any instructions that in the good faith judgment of the Collateral Agent may be contrary to any Security Document, any other Secured Agreement or applicable law.

(g) For purposes of this Agreement and the other Security Documents, each Secured Party shall appoint a Person as its Authorized Representative for the purpose of giving or delivering any notices or instructions hereunder and thereunder. Any instructions given by the Authorized Representatives on behalf of the applicable Secured Parties to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents shall be in writing signed by the Authorized Representative(s) of the applicable Secured Parties with respect to such instructions and such instructions shall certify to and for the benefit of the Collateral Agent the outstanding aggregate principal amount (or, in the case of discount notes, accreted value) of all Secured Obligations that the Secured Parties authorizing such instructions hold. In determining whether the applicable Secured Parties have consented to any action under the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely on each Authorized Representative as to the amount of Secured Obligations held by holders represented by such Authorized Representative. The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely conclusively and absolutely on such instructions and certifications as to the identity of the applicable Secured Parties with respect to such instructions, and the Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action, and shall not be liable to any Secured Party for failing or refusing to act, pursuant to any instructions which are not given or delivered by the Authorized Representatives of various Secured Parties comprising the applicable Secured Parties as required by Section 10.1. The parties hereto acknowledge that the Authorized Representative of each of the Secured Parties shall be (x) the Trustee, in the case of the Noteholders, and (y) as set forth in the applicable Additional Secured Party Joinder with respect to any Additional Secured Obligations.

 

-37-


(h) Each Pledgor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken or not taken by the Collateral Agent or the exercise or nonexercise by the Collateral Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, be governed by the provisions of this Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Collateral Agent and the Pledgors, the Collateral Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Pledgor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

(i) Subject to clause (f)  of this Section 12.1 , neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to monitor, to preserve the value of or to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property upon the request of any Pledgor or any other person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect the interests of the Collateral Agent in the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property and, subject to clause (f)  of this Section 12.1 , shall not impose any duty upon the Collateral Agent to exercise any such powers. The Collateral Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither it nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall have any duty or liability or be responsible to any Pledgor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Collateral Agent shall have no duty or liability as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve or protect the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or to preserve rights against prior parties. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Collateral Agent, and the Collateral Agent shall not be required or obligated, to (i) present or file any claim or notice or take any action with respect to any Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or in connection therewith or (ii) notify any Pledgor of any decline in the value of any Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property. The Collateral Agent shall have no duty as to the collection of any Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or nominee of the Collateral Agent, or any income thereon or any other rights pertaining thereto.

(j) The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest granted to it under the Secured Agreements or for filing, refiling, recording, re-recording or continuing any document, financing statement, notice or instrument in any public office at any time or times and shall not be responsible for seeing to the provision of insurance on or the payment of any taxes with respect to any property subject to the Secured Agreements.

 

-38-


(k) No provision of the Secured Agreements shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Collateral Agent to perform any act or acts, receive or obtain any interest in property or exercise any interest in property, or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Collateral Agent shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, to receive or obtain any such interest in property or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation; and no permissive or discretionary power or authority available to the Collateral Agent shall be construed to be a duty. Subject to clause (f)  of this Section 12.1 , no permissive or discretionary power or authority available to the Collateral Agent hereunder, including any right to approve forms of filings, documents or instruments and rights to grant extensions of time, shall be construed to require the Collateral Agent to exercise such power or authority and the Collateral Agent shall be permitted, before exercising such power or authority, to require a written direction from the Trustee under the Indenture, an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer or such other supporting documentation as the Collateral Agent may request.

(l) The Collateral Agent shall have the right hereunder to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking action (including without limitation, the release or substitution of Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property), in each case in accordance with the Secured Agreements and the Indenture.

(m) Upon resignation of the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Secured Agreements. Following the resignation of the Collateral Agent, the provisions of the Secured Agreements shall continue to inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under the Secured Agreements while it was the Collateral Agent.

(n) The Collateral Agent shall not have any liability hereunder except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct and under no circumstances shall the Collateral Agent be liable for any special, punitive, exemplary or consequential damages.

(o) The Collateral Agent shall be vested with all of the rights, powers, benefits, privileges and protections of the Collateral Agent set forth in the Indenture, all of which are incorporated herein and shall apply to all of the Secured Documents.

SECTION 12.2. Collateral Agent May Perform; Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, if any Pledgor shall fail to perform any covenants contained in this Agreement (including such Pledgor’s covenants to (i) pay the premiums in respect of all required insurance policies hereunder, (ii) pay and discharge any taxes, assessments and special assessments, levies, fees and governmental charges imposed upon or assessed against, and landlords’, carriers’, mechanics’, workmen’s, repairmen’s, laborers’, materialmen’s, suppliers’ and warehousemen’s Liens and other claims arising by operation of law against, all or any portion of the Pledged Collateral or

 

-39-


Mortgaged Property, (iii) make repairs, (iv) discharge Liens or (v) pay or perform any obligations of such Pledgor under any Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property) or if any representation or warranty on the part of any Pledgor contained herein shall be breached, the Collateral Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) do the same or cause it to be done or remedy any such breach, and may expend funds for such purpose; provided , however , that the Collateral Agent shall in no event be bound to inquire into the validity of any tax, Lien, imposition or other obligation which such Pledgor fails to pay or perform as and when required hereby and which such Pledgor does not contest in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. Any and all amounts so expended by the Collateral Agent shall be paid by the Pledgors in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.7 of the Indenture. Neither the provisions of this Section 12.2 nor any action taken by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Section 12.2 shall prevent any such failure to observe any covenant contained in this Agreement nor any breach of representation or warranty from constituting an Event of Default. Each Pledgor hereby appoints the Collateral Agent its attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in the place and stead of such Pledgor and in the name of such Pledgor, or otherwise, from time to time in the Collateral Agent’s discretion to, after the continuance of an Event of Default, take any action and to execute any instrument consistent with the terms of the Indenture, the Notes, this Agreement and the other Security Documents which the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof (but the Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to and shall have no liability to such Pledgor or any third party for failure to so do or take action). The foregoing grant of authority is a power of attorney coupled with an interest and such appointment shall be irrevocable for the term hereof. Each Pledgor hereby ratifies all that such attorney shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

SECTION 12.3. Continuing Security Interest; Assignment . This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property and shall (i) be binding upon the Pledgors, their respective successors and assigns and (ii) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and each of their respective successors, transferees and assigns. No other persons (including any other creditor of any Pledgor) shall have any interest herein or any right or benefit with respect hereto (other than Permitted Liens). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (ii), any Secured Party may assign or otherwise transfer any indebtedness held by it secured by this Agreement to any other person, and such other person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Secured Party, herein or otherwise, subject however, to the provisions of the Indenture. Each of the Pledgors agrees that its obligations hereunder and the security interest created hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as applicable, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of all or any part of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Pledgor or otherwise.

SECTION 12.4. Termination; Release . When all the Secured Obligations have been Paid in Full and no commitments remain under Additional Secured Debt Documents, this Agreement shall terminate. Upon termination of this Agreement the Pledged Collateral and Mortgaged Property shall be released from the Lien of the Security Documents. In addition, the

 

-40-


Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or any portion thereof shall be released from the Lien of this Agreement pursuant to the Indenture. Upon such release, the Collateral Agent shall, upon the request and at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, assign, transfer and deliver to Pledgor, against receipt and without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent except as to the fact that the Collateral Agent has not encumbered the released assets, such of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or any part thereof to be released (in the case of a release) as may be in possession of the Collateral Agent and as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to the terms hereof, and, with respect to any other Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property proper documents and instruments (including UCC-3 termination financing statements or releases, terminations of Control Agreements, Collateral Access Agreements, Intellectual Property Collateral filings and mortgages, as applicable) acknowledging the termination hereof or the release of such Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property as the case may be.

SECTION 12.5. Modification in Writing . Except as permitted by Section 9.1 of the Indenture, no amendment, modification, supplement, termination or waiver of or to any provision hereof, nor consent to any departure by any Pledgor therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and unless in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent. Any amendment, modification or supplement of or to any provision hereof, any waiver of any provision hereof and any consent to any departure by any Pledgor from the terms of any provision hereof in each case shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given. Except where notice is specifically required by this Agreement or any other document evidencing the Secured Obligations, no notice to or demand on any Pledgor in any case shall entitle any Pledgor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

SECTION 12.6. Notices . Unless otherwise provided herein or in the Indenture, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be given in the manner and become effective as set forth in the Indenture, as to any Pledgor, addressed to it at the address of the Issuer set forth in the Indenture, as to any Additional Secured Party, addressed to it at the address set forth in the applicable Additional Secured Party Joinder, and as to the Collateral Agent, addressed to it at the address set forth in the Indenture, or in each case at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section 11.6 .

SECTION 12.7. Governing Law, Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial . Section 13.8 of the Indenture are incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis, as if apart hereof.

SECTION 12.8. Severability of Provisions . Any provision hereof which is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

-41-


SECTION 12.9. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 12.10. Business Days . In the event any time period or any date provided in this Agreement ends or falls on a day other than a Business Day, then such time period shall be deemed to end and such date shall be deemed to fall on the next succeeding Business Day, and performance herein may be made on such Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on such other day.

SECTION 12.11. No Credit for Payment of Taxes or Imposition . Such Pledgor shall not be entitled to any credit against the principal, premium, if any, or interest payable under the Indenture, and such Pledgor shall not be entitled to any credit against any other sums which may become payable under the terms thereof or hereof, by reason of the payment of any Tax on the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or any part thereof.

SECTION 12.12. No Claims Against Collateral Agent . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall constitute any consent or request by the Collateral Agent, express or implied, for the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or any part thereof, nor as giving any Pledgor any right, power or authority to contract for or permit the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in such fashion as would permit the making of any claim against the Collateral Agent in respect thereof or any claim that any Lien based on the performance of such labor or services or the furnishing of any such materials or other property is prior to the Lien hereof.

SECTION 12.13. No Release . Nothing set forth in this Agreement or any other Security Document, nor the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of the rights or remedies hereunder, shall relieve any Pledgor from the performance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Pledgor’s part to be performed or observed under or in respect of any of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or from any liability to any person under or in respect of any of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or shall impose any obligation on the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to perform or observe any such term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Pledgor’s part to be so performed or observed or shall impose any liability on the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for any act or omission on the part of such Pledgor relating thereto or for any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of such Pledgor contained in this Agreement, the Indenture or the other Security Documents, or under or in respect of the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property or made in connection herewith or therewith. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any contracts, agreements and other documents included in the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property by reason of this Agreement, nor shall the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Pledgor thereunder or to take any action to collect or

 

-42-


enforce any such contract, agreement or other document included in the Pledged Collateral or Mortgaged Property hereunder. The obligations of each Pledgor contained in this Section 12.13 shall survive the termination hereof and the discharge of such Pledgor’s other obligations under this Agreement, the Indenture and the other Security Documents.

SECTION 12.14. Obligations Absolute . All obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(i) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of any other Pledgor;

(ii) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or any other Security Document, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Indenture or any other Security Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iv) any pledge, exchange, release or non-perfection of any other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Secured Obligations;

(v) any exercise, non-exercise or waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect hereof, the Indenture or any other Security Document except as specifically set forth in a waiver granted pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.5 hereof; or

(vi) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Pledgor.

SECTION 12.15. Jury Trial Waiver . Each of the Pledgors and the Secured Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any litigation based on, arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

-43-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Pledgor and the Collateral Agent have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva M. Kalawski
  Title: Vice President and Secretary
Ryerson Inc., as successor by merger to Rhombus Merger Corporation hereby confirms that it has assumed all of the obligations of Rhombus Merger Corporation under this Security Agreement
RYERSON INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva M. Kalawski
  Title: Vice President and Secretary
JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva M. Kalawski
  Title: Vice President and Secretary
J.M. TULL METALS COMPANY, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva M. Kalawski
  Title: Vice President and Secretary

 

S-1


RYERSON PROCUREMENT CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva M. Kalawski
  Title: Vice President and Secretary
RYERSON AMERICAS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva M. Kalawski
  Title: Vice President and Secretary
RDM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva M. Kalawski
  Title: Vice President and Secretary
RCJV HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva M. Kalawski
  Title: Vice President and Secretary
RYERSON INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva M. Kalawski
  Title: Vice President and Secretary

 

S-2


RYERSON (CHINA) LIMITED
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva M. Kalawski
  Title: Vice President and Secretary
RYERSON INTERNATIONAL MATERIAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva M. Kalawski
  Title: Vice President and Secretary
RYERSON INTERNATIONAL TRADING, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva M. Kalawski
  Title: Vice President and Secretary
RYERSON PAN PACIFIC LLC
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva M. Kalawski
  Title: Vice President and Secretary

 

S-3


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Collateral Agent

By:   /s/ Lynn M. Steiner
 

Name: Lynn M. Steiner

Title: Vice President

 

[Senior Secured Notes Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT 1

[Form of]

SECURITIES PLEDGE AMENDMENT

This Securities Pledge Amendment, dated as of [                    ], is delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement), dated as of October 19, 2007, made by RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors party thereto and WELLS FARGO BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as collateral agent (in such capacity and together with any successors in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”). The undersigned hereby agrees that this Securities Pledge Amendment may be attached to the Security Agreement and that the Pledged Securities and/or Intercompany Notes listed on this Securities Pledge Amendment shall be deemed to be and shall become part of the Pledged Collateral and shall secure all Secured Obligations.

PLEDGED SECURITIES

 

ISSUER

   CLASS OF
STOCK OR
INTERESTS
   PAR
VALUE
   CERTIFICATE
NO(S).
   NUMBER OF
SHARES OR
INTERESTS
   PERCENTAGE OF
ALL ISSUED CAPITAL
OR OTHER EQUITY
INTERESTS OF
ISSUER


INTERCOMPANY NOTES

 

ISSUER

   PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT
   DATE OF
ISSUANCE
   INTEREST
RATE
   MATURITY
DATE

 

[                                                                 ],

as Pledgor

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

 

WELLS FARGO BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Collateral Agent

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

-2-


EXHIBIT 2

[Form of]

JOINDER AGREEMENT

[Name of New Pledgor]

[Address of New Pledgor]

[Date]

_____________________________

_____________________________

_____________________________

_____________________________

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement), dated as of October 19, 2007, made by RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors party thereto and WELLS FARGO BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as collateral agent (in such capacity and together with any successors in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

This Joinder Agreement supplements the Security Agreement and is delivered by the undersigned, [                         ] (the “ New Pledgor ”), pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Security Agreement. The New Pledgor hereby agrees to be bound as a Guarantor and as a Pledgor party to the Security Agreement by all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Security Agreement to the same extent that it would have been bound if it had been a signatory to the Security Agreement on the date of the Security Agreement. The New Pledgor also hereby agrees to be bound as a party by all of the terms, covenants and conditions applicable to it set forth in Articles V , VI and VII of the Indenture to the same extent that it would have been bound if it had been a signatory to the Indenture on the execution date of the Indenture. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the New Pledgor hereby grants and pledges to the Collateral Agent, as collateral security for the full, prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations, a Lien on and security interest in, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Pledged Collateral


(other than Excluded Assets) and expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor and Pledgor thereunder. The New Pledgor hereby makes each of the representations and warranties and agrees to each of the covenants applicable to the Pledgors contained in the Security Agreement and Article III of the Indenture.

Annexed hereto are supplements to each of the schedules to the Security Agreement and the Indenture, as applicable, with respect to the New Pledgor. Such supplements shall be deemed to be part of the Security Agreement or the Indenture, as applicable.

This Joinder Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Pledgor has caused this Joinder Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

[NEW PLEDGOR]
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

 

WELLS FARGO BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Collateral Agent

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

[Schedules to be attached]

 

-3-


EXHIBIT 3

[Form of]

Copyright Security Agreement

Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of [                  ], by [                  ] and [                  ] (individually, a “Pledgor”, and, collectively, the “ Pledgors ”), in favor of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Indenture (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

W ITNESSETH :

W HEREAS , the Pledgors are party to a Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Pledgors are required to execute and deliver this Copyright Security Agreement;

Now, T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Indenture, the Pledgors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Copyright Collateral . Each Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of such Pledgor:

 

 

(a)

Copyrights of such Pledgor listed on Schedule I 1 attached hereto; and

 

  (b) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Assets).

 

1

Should include same Copyrights listed on Schedule 11(b) of the Perfection Certificate.


SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Pledgors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Copyrights made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Copyright Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Collateral Agent shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgors an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Copyrights under this Copyright Security Agreement.

SECTION 5. Counterparts . This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Copyright Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

[signature page follows]

 

-2-


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each Pledgor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

Very truly yours,

 

[PLEDGORS] 2

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Collateral Agent

By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

2

This document needs only to be executed by the Borrower and/or any Guarantor which owns a pledged Copyright.

 

-3-


SCHEDULE I

to

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS AND COPYRIGHT APPLICATIONS

Copyright Registrations:

 

OWNER

   REGISTRATION
NUMBER
   TITLE
     

Copyright Applications:

 

OWNER

   TITLE
  

 

-4-


EXHIBIT 4

[Form of]

Patent Security Agreement

Patent Security Agreement, dated as of [              ], by [              ] and [              ] (individually, a “ Pledgor ”, and, collectively, the “ Pledgors ”), in favor of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Indenture (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

W ITNESSETH :

W HEREAS , the Pledgors are party to a Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Pledgors are required to execute and deliver this Patent Security Agreement;

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Indenture, the Pledgors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Patent Collateral . Each Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of such Pledgor:

 

 

(a)

Patents of such Pledgor listed on Schedule I 3 attached hereto; and

 

  (b) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Assets).

 

3

Should include same Patents listed on Schedule 11(a) of the Perfection Certificate.


SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Pledgors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patents made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Patent Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Collateral Agent shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgors an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Patents under this Patent Security Agreement.

SECTION 5. Counterparts . This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Patent Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

[signature page follows]

 

-2-


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each Pledgor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

Very truly yours,

 

[PLEDGORS] 4

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Accepted and Agreed:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Collateral Agent

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

4

This document needs only to be executed by the Borrower and/or any Guarantor which owns a pledged Patent.

 

-3-


SCHEDULE I

to

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

PATENT REGISTRATIONS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS

Patent Registrations:

 

OWNER

   REGISTRATION
NUMBER
   NAME
     

Patent Applications:

 

OWNER

   APPLICATION
NUMBER
   NAME
     

 

-4-


EXHIBIT 5

[Form of]

Trademark Security Agreement

Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of [              ], by [              ] and [              ] (individually, a “ Pledgor ”, and, collectively, the “Pledgors”), in favor of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Indenture (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

W HEREAS , the Pledgors are party to a Security Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Pledgors are required to execute and deliver this Trademark Security Agreement;

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Indenture, the Pledgors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Collateral . Each Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of such Pledgor:

(a) Trademarks of such Pledgor listed on Schedule I 5 attached hereto;

(b) all Goodwill associated with such Trademarks; and

 

5

Should include same Trademarks listed on Schedule 11(a) of the Perfection Certificate.


(c) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (in each case other than Excluded Assets).

SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Pledgors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademarks made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Trademark Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Collateral Agent shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgors an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Trademarks under this Trademark Security Agreement.

SECTION 5. Counterparts . This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Trademark Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

[signature page follows]

 

-2-


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each Pledgor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

Very truly yours,

 

[PLEDGORS] 6

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Accepted and Agreed:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Collateral Agent

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

6

This document needs only to be executed by the Borrower and/or any Guarantor which owns a pledged Trademark.

 

-3-


SCHEDULE I

to

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS AND TRADEMARK APPLICATIONS

Trademark Registrations:

 

OWNER

 

REGISTRATION NUMBER

 

TRADEMARK

Trademark Applications:

 

OWNER

 

APPLICATION NUMBER

 

TRADEMARK

 

-4-


EXHIBIT 6

[Form of]

ADDITIONAL SECURED PARTY JOINDER

[Name of Additional Secured Creditor]

[Address of Additional Secured Creditor]

[Date]

_________________________

_________________________

_________________________

_________________________

The undersigned is the agent (the “Authorized Representative”) for Persons wishing to become “Additional Secured Parties” (the “ New Secured Parties ”) under the Security Agreement dated as of dated as of October 19, 2007 (as heretofore amended and/or supplemented, the “ Security Agreement ” (terms used without definition herein have the meanings assigned to such term by the Security Agreement)) among Rhombus Merger Corporation, the other Pledgors party thereto and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”).

In consideration of the foregoing, the undersigned hereby:

(i) represents that the Authorized Representative has been authorized by the New Secured Parties to become a party to the Security Agreement on behalf of the New Secured Parties under that [DESCRIBE OPERATIVE AGREEMENT] (the “ New Secured Obligation ”) and to act as the Authorized Representative for the New Secured Parties;

(ii) acknowledges that the New Secured Parties has received a copy of the Security Agreement and the Indenture;

(iii) appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and on behalf of all other Secured Parties and to exercise such powers under the Security Agreement as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms thereof, together with all such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and


(iv) accepts and acknowledges the terms of the Security Agreement applicable to it and the New Secured Parties and agrees to serve as Authorized Representative for the New Secured Parties with respect to the New Secured Obligations and agrees on its own behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties to be bound by the terms thereof applicable to holders of Additional Secured Obligations, with all the rights and obligations of an Additional Secured Party thereunder and bound by all the provisions thereof as fully as if it had been an Additional Secured Party on the effective date of the Security Agreement.

The Collateral Agent, by acknowledging and agreeing to this Additional Secured Creditor Consent, accepts the appointment set forth in clause (ii) above.

The name and address of the representative for purposes of Section 12.9 of the Security Agreement are as follows:

[name and address of Authorized Representative]

Each Pledgor hereby grants and pledges to the Collateral Agent, as collateral security for the full, prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations, a Lien on and security interest in, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Pledged Collateral. Each Pledgor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements (including fixture filings), amendments thereto and terminations thereof that contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment relating to the Pledged Collateral, including (i) whether such Pledgor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Pledgor, (ii) any financing or continuation statements or other documents without the signature of such Pledgor where permitted by law, including the filing of a financing statement describing the Pledged Collateral as “all assets now owned or hereafter acquired by the Pledgor or in which Pledgor otherwise has rights” and (iii) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing or covering Pledged Collateral constituting minerals or the like to be extracted or timber to be cut, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Pledged Collateral relates. Each Pledgor agrees to provide all information described in the immediately preceding sentence to the Collateral Agent promptly upon request by the Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest granted to it under the Secured Agreements or for filing, refiling, recording, re-recording or continuing any document, financing statement, notice or instrument in any public office at any time or times and shall not be responsible for seeing to the provision of insurance on or the payment of any taxes with respect to any property subject to the Secured Agreements.

THIS ADDITIONAL SECURED PARTY JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Additional Secured Party Joinder to be duly executed by its authorized officer as of the                  day of 20      .

 

[NAME OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Acknowledged and Agreed

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent

By:    
  Name:
  Title:
RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION
[                                ] a [                                ]
[                                ] a [                                ]
each as Pledgor
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

-3-


EXHIBIT 7

Form of Collateral Access Agreement

LANDLORD

ADDRESS

Ladies and Gentlemen:

As part of a financing transaction, Ryerson Tull, Inc. and Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc., (the “ Tenant ”) has pledged and granted to Bank of America, N.A., as Agent for certain secured parties (together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Credit Agreement Agent ”), a continuing general lien upon and security interest in its present and future merchandise, inventory and goods (“ Inventory ”), including the Inventory located at each of the addresses listed on Schedule 1 hereto (each a “ Property ” and together, the “ Properties ”) and (ii) Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent for certain secured parties (together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Note Agent ” and, together with the Credit Agreement Agent, the “ Agents ”), a continuing general lien upon and second priority security interest in its Inventory, including the Inventory located at each of the addresses and a first priority security interest in all other personal property of Tenant.

We would therefore like to confirm with you, and by your execution and return of the enclosed copy of this letter you hereby confirm and acknowledge, that:

1. You are the landlord under the leases listed in Schedule 1 hereto (each a “ Lease ” and together, the “ Leases ”) executed by Tenant. The Leases are in full force and effect and have not been modified or amended except as described in Schedule 1, no other person has notified you regarding security interest in the Inventory and, to the best of your knowledge, Tenant is not in default under the Leases.

2. The Tenant’s grant of a security interest in the Inventory in favor of the Agents does not constitute a default under the Leases, and, to the extent (if any) that the Leases require your consent to such security interest, you hereby consent.

3. You do not have title to any of the Inventory, nor do you have any claims to or lien upon any of the Inventory [except as set forth in paragraph 5]. 7

 

7

See note 12.


4. You will allow us, our auditors or our other designees access to each of the Properties, upon reasonable prior notice, during ordinary business hours in order to inspect the Inventory and verify the types and quantify thereof. In addition, if either Agent elects to remove the Inventory from a Property pursuant to paragraph 5 below, you will grant such Agent access to such Property, upon reasonable prior notice, during ordinary business hours to do so and will not hinder such Agent’s actions in removing the Inventory, but we shall have no obligation to remove any Inventory from a Property or, having commenced such removal, to complete such removal. We will not interfere with your business operations and all costs and expenses of inspection, verification and removal shall be for such Agent’s account.

5. Subject to any requirements of law, if either Agent certifies to you in writing that an event of default exists under one of our financing or security documents, then, without any responsibility on your part to verify the existence of such default, you will permit the Agent to enter the Property and remove the Inventory to such Agent on written demand [provided that such Agent has cured any monetary defaults under the Lease of which such Agent has been given written notice of in accordance with paragraph 7 below]. 8

6. You agree to send the Agents, by certified mail or by overnight courier, a copy of any notice of any material default under any of the Leases sent by you to the Tenant or any notice received by you relating to any alleged material breach or default by the Tenant under any mortgage or other instrument that may affect any of the Leases or the Properties.

7. If the Tenant defaults under a Lease, you agree not to exercise any remedy under such Lease or applicable law or in equity unless you have provided the Agents written notice of such default within 30 days of the occurrence thereof and given the Agents 20 business days to cure a monetary default and 60 business day to cure a nonmonetary default and during such time, you will allow the Agent to enter the Property subject to such Lease and remove the Inventory as set forth in paragraphs 4 and 5 above. If any default is cured during the applicable period, you agree to rescind the notice of default, but the Agents shall have no obligation to cure any default of the Tenant or, having commenced such cure, to complete such cure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, your failure to provide such notice will not render you liable to the Agents in any manner or diminish or otherwise affect your rights under any Lease.

 

8

The Tenant agrees to use its best efforts to obtain an executed Collateral Access Agreement from each landlord that does not include the language in brackets in paragraphs 3 and 5; provided that if a landlord refuses to execute a Collateral Access Agreement without the bracketed language notwithstanding the best efforts of the Tenant, the Tenant may deliver a Collateral Access Agreement to the Agent executed by such landlord that contains the language set forth in the brackets in paragraphs 3 and 5.

 

-2-


8. The Agreement shall run with the land and shall bind and benefit the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

9. Neither Agent shall be liable under this letter agreement for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that such Agent’s conduct does not constitute wilful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

The arrangement or instructions outlined herein shall become effective upon our receipt of your executed counterpart of this letter and shall continue without any change or modification until the Tenant and/or the Agents have given written notification to the contrary to you at the above address, which notification need be signed by the Tenant or an Agent. Upon delivery of any such written notification, you agree to take our instructions as to any processing, holding or delivery of the Inventory. If you receive inconsistent instructions from each of us, the instructions from an Agent will control until such time as the Inventory financing has terminated.

Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to limit, diminish or reduce any of the Tenant’s obligations under any agreement it has with you or your rights and remedies thereunder (other than as expressly set forth herein) or require us to perform any obligations under any such agreements.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND NOT THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

The Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

-3-


Very truly yours,
RYERSON TULL, INC.
By:    
Title:     

Notice Address:

Ryerson, Inc.

2621 W. 15 th Place

Chicago, IL 60608

Attn: Brian Jay

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Credit Agreement Agent
By:    
Title:     

Notice Address:

Bank of America, N.A.

55 South Lake Avenue, Suite 900

Pasadena, CA 91101

ATTN: Stephen King

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Note Agent
By:    
Title:     

 

Title:
Notice Address:
 
 
 
Attn:     

 

-4-


Acknowledged and Agreed to as
of the              date of              , 20      .
[LANDLORD]
   
Title:

 

-5-


SCHEDULE 1

LEASES

Property Address:

Lease:

Amendments (if any):

 

-6-

Exhibit 4.7

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

RYERSON TULL, INC.,

RYERSON TULL PROCUREMENT CORPORATION, AS SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR

AND

THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

AS TRUSTEE

8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2011

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of December 13, 2004

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

     Page

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.1. Definitions

   1

SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions

   33

SECTION 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

   34

SECTION 1.4. Rules of Construction

   35

ARTICLE II

THE SECURITIES

SECTION 2.1. Form, Dating and Terms

   36

SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication

   44

SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent

   45

SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

   45

SECTION 2.5. Securityholder Lists

   46

SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange

   46

SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to IAIs

   49

SECTION 2.8. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S

   51

SECTION 2.9. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities

   52

SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Securities

   53

SECTION 2.11. Temporary Securities

   54

SECTION 2.12. Cancellation

   54

SECTION 2.13. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest

   54

SECTION 2.14. Computation of Interest

   56

SECTION 2.15. CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers

   56

ARTICLE III

COVENANTS

SECTION 3.1. Payment of Securities

   56

SECTION 3.2. Effectiveness of Covenants

   57

SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Indebtedness

   57

SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restricted Payments

   62

SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries

   66

SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

   69

SECTION 3.7. Limitation on Liens

   72

SECTION 3.8. Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions

   72

SECTION 3.9. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions

   73

SECTION 3.10. Limitation on Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries

   75

 

i


SECTION 3.11. Change of Control

   75

SECTION 3.12. SEC Reports

   77

SECTION 3.13. Future Subsidiary Guarantors

   78

SECTION 3.14. Maintenance of Office or Agency

   79

SECTION 3.15. Corporate Existence

   79

SECTION 3.16. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

   79

SECTION 3.17. Payments for Consent

   80

SECTION 3.18. Compliance Certificate

   80

SECTION 3.19. Further Instruments and Acts

   80

SECTION 3.20. Limitation on Lines of Business

   80

SECTION 3.21. Statement by Officers as to Default

   80

SECTION 3.22. Additional Interest Notice

   80

ARTICLE IV

SUCCESSOR COMPANY

SECTION 4.1. Merger and Consolidation

   81

ARTICLE V

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 5.1. Redemption

   82

SECTION 5.2. Applicability of Article

   82

SECTION 5.3. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

   82

SECTION 5.4. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed

   82

SECTION 5.5. Notice of Redemption

   83

SECTION 5.6. Deposit of Redemption Price

   84

SECTION 5.7. Securities Payable on Redemption Date

   84

SECTION 5.8. Securities Redeemed in Part

   84

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.1. Events of Default

   85

SECTION 6.2. Acceleration

   88

SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies

   88

SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults

   88

SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority

   89

SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits

   89

SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

   90

SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee

   90

SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

   90

SECTION 6.10. Priorities

   90

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs

   90

 

ii


ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee

   91

SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee

   92

SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee

   93

SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer

   94

SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults

   94

SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders

   94

SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity

   94

SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee

   95

SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger

   96

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification

   96

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company

   96

SECTION 7.12. Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Company

   96

SECTION 7.13. Paying Agents

   97

ARTICLE VIII

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Securities; Defeasance

   97

SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance

   99

SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money

   100

SECTION 8.4. Repayment to the Company

   100

SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations

   100

SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement

   100

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders

   101

SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders

   102

SECTION 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

   103

SECTION 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers

   103

SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Securities

   104

SECTION 9.6. Trustee To Sign Amendments

   104

ARTICLE X

SECURITIES GUARANTEE

SECTION 10.1. Subsidiary Guarantee

   104

SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge

   106

SECTION 10.3. Right of Contribution

   107

SECTION 10.4. Delay of Subrogation

   108

 

iii


ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls

   108

SECTION 11.2. Notices

   108

SECTION 11.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders

   109

SECTION 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

   109

SECTION 11.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

   110

SECTION 11.6. When Securities Disregarded

   110

SECTION 11.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar

   110

SECTION 11.8. Legal Holidays

   110

SECTION 11.9. GOVERNING LAW

   110

SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others

   110

SECTION 11.11. Successors

   111

SECTION 11.12. Multiple Originals

   111

SECTION 11.13. Qualification of Indenture

   111

SECTION 11.14. Table of Contents; Headings

   111

SECTION 11.15. Force Majeure

   111

 

ANNEX 3.5

  Agreements Containing Permitted Encumbrances

ANNEX 3.9

  Permitted Agreements With Affiliates

EXHIBIT A

  Form of the Series A Note

EXHIBIT B

  Form of the Series B Note

EXHIBIT C

  Form of Indenture Supplement to Add Subsidiary Guarantors

 

iv


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

TIA

Section

  

Indenture

Section

310

  (a)(1)    7.10
  (a)(2)    7.10
  (a)(3)    N.A.
  (a)(4)    N.A.
  (a)(5)    7.10
  (b)    7.3; 7.8; 7.10
  (c)    N.A.

311

  (a)    7.11
  (b)    7.11
  (c)    N.A.

312

  (a)    2.5
  (b)    11.3
  (c)    11.3

313

  (a)    7.6
  (b)(1)    N.A.
  (b)(2)    7.6
  (c)    7.6
  (d)    7.6

314

  (a)    3.12; 3.18; 11.5
  (b)    N.A.
  (c)(1)    11.4
  (c)(2)    11.4
  (c)(3)    N.A.
  (d)    N.A.
  (e)    11.5

315

  (a)    7.1
  (b)    7.5; 11.2
  (c)    7.1
  (d)    7.1
  (e)    6.11

316

  (a)(last sentence)    11.6
  (a)(1)(A)    6.5
  (a)(1)(B)    6.4
  (a)(2)    N.A.
  (b)    6.7
  (c)    6.5

317

  (a)(1)    6.8
  (a)(2)    6.9
  (b)    2.4

318

  (a)    11.1

N.A. means Not Applicable.

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

v


INDENTURE dated as of December 13, 2004, among RYERSON TULL, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company” ), RYERSON TULL PROCUREMENT CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, in its capacity as Subsidiary Guarantor (as defined herein), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A., a national banking association (the “ Trustee ”), as Trustee.

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, each party hereto covenants and agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders of (i) the Company’s 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series A, due 2011 issued on the date hereof (the “ Initial Securities ”), (ii) if and when issued, an unlimited principal amount of additional 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series A, due 2011 in a non-registered offering or 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series B, due 2011 in a registered offering of the Company that may be offered from time to time subsequent to the Issue Date (the “ Additional Securities ”) and (iii) if and when issued, the Company’s 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series B, due 2011 that may be issued from time to time in exchange for Initial Securities or any Additional Securities in an offer registered under the Securities Act as provided in a Registration Rights Agreement (as hereinafter defined) (the “ Exchange Securities ,” and together with the Initial Securities and Additional Securities, the “ Securities ”).

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.1. Definitions .

3.50% Converts ” means the 3.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024 issued under the Indenture dated as of November 10, 2004 among Ryerson Tull, Inc., Ryerson Tull Procurement Corporation and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (i) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (i) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.

Additional Assets ” means:

 

  (1) any property, plant or equipment (including, without limitation, maintenance capital expenditures) to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business;

 

  (2) an aggregate of $40.0 million of inventory;


  (3) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

  (4) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary;

provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (3) and (4), such Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Related Business.

Additional Securities ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided that for purposes of Section 3.9 beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control.

Asset Disposition ” means any direct or indirect sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan, of shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or pursuant to foreign ownership laws), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:

(1) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity); provided that in the case of a sale by a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary, the Company directly or indirectly owns an equal or greater percentage of the Common Stock of the transferee than of the transferor;

(2) the sale of Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business;

(3) a disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(4) a disposition of obsolete or worn out equipment or equipment that is no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that is disposed of in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

2


(5) the exchange of real property for other similar real property structured on a tax-free like-kind basis in accordance with § 1031 of the Code;

(6) transactions permitted pursuant to Section 4.1 ;

(7) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

(8) for purposes of Section 3.6 only, the making of a Permitted Investment (other than a Permitted Investment to the extent such transaction results in the receipt of cash or Cash Equivalents by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries) or a Restricted Payment made in accordance with Section 3.4 ;

(9) transfers of Receivables and related assets or an interest therein of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” to a Receivables Entity;

(10) dispositions of assets with an aggregate fair market value since the Issue Date of less than $10.0 million;

(11) the creation of any Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

(12) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

(13) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock that is permitted by Section 3.3 ;

(14) any sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (with the exception of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to clause (12) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”);

(15) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property; and

(16) foreclosure on assets.

Attributable Indebtedness ” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the Securities, compounded semi-annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended); provided that if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction results in a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capitalized Lease Obligation.”

 

3


Average Life ” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments.

Bank Indebtedness ” means any and all amounts, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or Incurred after the Issue Date, payable by the Company under or in respect of the Senior Credit Facility and any related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees and any Interest Rate Agreement entered into in connection with the Senior Credit Facility, including principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company at the rate specified therein whether or not a claim for post filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors ” means, as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of a Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

Borrowing Base ” means, as of the date of determination, an amount equal to the Borrowing Base determined in accordance with the Senior Credit Facility and set forth in a Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the administrative agent under the Senior Credit Facility, and in the event the dollar amount of extensions of credit under the Senior Credit Facility is not determined by means of a borrowing base formula that calculates available receivables and available inventory on a domestic consolidated basis, then the Borrowing Base will equal the sum, without duplication of (1) 85% of the net book value of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ accounts receivable at such date and (2) 65% of the net book value of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ inventories at such date. Net book value shall be determined in accordance with GAAP and shall be that reflected on the most recent available balance sheet (it being understood that the accounts receivable and inventories of an acquired business may be included if such acquisition has been completed on or prior to the date of determination).

Business Day ” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participation or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

 

4


Capitalized Lease Obligations ” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States ( provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;

(2) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition of the United States ( provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) and, at the time of acquisition, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank the long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and having combined capital and surplus in excess of $500 million;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof; and

(6) investments in shares of money market funds registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, with a rating of at least AAAm or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Aaa or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments.

 

5


Change of Control ” means:

(1) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), except that such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company (or its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of its assets) (for the purposes of this clause, such person or group shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of the Company held by a parent entity, if such person or group “beneficially owns” (as defined above), directly or indirectly, more than 35% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent entity); or

(2) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors; or

(3) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries); or

(4) the adoption by the stockholders of the Company of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(5) a or fundamental change with respect to the 3.50% Converts.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commodity Agreement ” means any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary designed to protect the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in the price of commodities actually used in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Common Stock ” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

Company ” means Ryerson Tull, Inc. or its successors and assigns.

 

6


Consolidated Coverage Ratio ” means as of any date of determination, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements are in existence to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters, provided, however, that:

 

  (1) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

  (a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed to be (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (ii) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation) and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or

 

  (b) has repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

 

  (2) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is such an Asset Disposition:

 

  (a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset Disposition for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period; and

 

7


  (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary if the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale);

 

  (3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

 

  (4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness, made any Asset Disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (including pro forma expense and cost reductions

 

8


calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act), except that such pro forma calculations may include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the transaction which is being given pro forma effect that have been realized or for which the steps necessary for realization have been taken or are reasonably expected to be taken within six months following any such transaction (which operating expense reductions are reasonably expected to be sustainable), provided that, such adjustments are set forth in an Officers’ Certificate signed by the Company’s chief financial officer and another Officer which states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments, (ii) that such adjustment or adjustment are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the Officers executing such Officers’ Certificate at the time of such execution and (iii) that any related incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to the Indenture. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of the Company, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by the Company.

Consolidated EBITDA ” for any period means, without duplication, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

 

  (1) Consolidated Interest Expense;

 

  (2) Consolidated Income Taxes;

 

  (3) consolidated depreciation expense;

 

  (4) consolidated amortization expense or impairment charges recorded in connection with the application of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangibles” and Financial Accounting Standard No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long Lived Assets;”

 

  (5) other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period not included in the calculation).

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, clauses (2) through (5) relating to amounts of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of such Person only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income (loss) of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and, to the extent the amounts set forth in clauses (2) through (5) are in excess of those necessary to offset a net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary or if such Restricted Subsidiary has net income for such period included in Consolidated Net Income, only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

 

9


Consolidated Income Taxes ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any governmental authority which taxes or other payments are calculated by reference to the income or profits of such Person or such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period), regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, plus, to the extent not included in such interest expense (without duplication):

 

  (1) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and the interest portion of rent expense associated with Attributable Indebtedness in respect of the relevant lease giving rise thereto, determined as if such lease were a capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP and the interest component of any deferred payment obligations;

 

  (2) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost ( provided that any amortization of bond premium will be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such amortization of bond premium has otherwise reduced Consolidated Interest Expense);

 

  (3) non-cash interest expense;

 

  (4) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;

 

  (5) interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (6) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period;

 

  (7) the product of (a) all dividends paid or payable, in cash, Cash Equivalents or Indebtedness or accrued during such period on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or on Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries payable to a party other than the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP;

 

10


  (8) Receivable Fees; and

 

  (9) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust.

For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Coverage Ratio in connection with the Incurrence of any Indebtedness described in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness,” the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense shall include all interest expense (including any amounts described in clauses (1) through (9) above) relating to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary described in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness.”

For purposes of the foregoing, total interest expense will be determined (i) after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements and (ii) exclusive of amounts classified as other comprehensive income in the balance sheet of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred in connection with any transaction pursuant to which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer or grant a security interest in any accounts receivable or related assets shall be included in Consolidated Interest Expense.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

 

  (1) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that:

 

  (a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3) through (8) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below); and

 

  (b) the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (2) any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that:

 

  (a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3) through (8) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary (excluding the effect of restrictions relating to the Senior Credit Facility permitted pursuant to clauses (i) and (iii) of the second paragraph of Section 3.5 ) during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and

 

11


  (b) the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

 

  (3) any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any property, plant or equipment of the Company or its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;

 

  (4) amortization or writeoff of debt issuance costs or debt discount;

 

  (5) any noncash compensation charges arising from the grant of or issuance or repricing of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards or any amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such stock, stock options or other equity-based awards;

 

  (6) inventory purchase accounting adjustments and amortization and impairment charges resulting from other purchase accounting adjustments with respect to any acquisition transaction;

 

  (7) any extraordinary gain or loss; and

 

  (8) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.

Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who: (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election.

 

12


Credit Facility ” means, with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Senior Credit Facility) or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other lenders and whether provided under the original Senior Credit Facility or any other credit or other agreement or indenture).

Currency Agreement ” means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Securities ” means certificated Securities.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

 

  (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

 

  (2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary); or

 

  (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

in each case on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the earlier of the date (a) of the Stated Maturity of the Securities or (b) on which there are no Securities outstanding, provided that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (each defined in a substantially identical manner to the corresponding definitions in this Indenture) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by the Company with the provisions of this Indenture described under Section 3.6 and Section 3.11 and such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 3.4 .

 

13


Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns, or such other depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Company.

Equity Offering ” means a primary public or private sale for cash by the Company of its Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights with respect to its Common Stock, other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights, registered on Form S-4 or S-8.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Exchange Securities ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the date of this Indenture, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP.

Guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

  (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

14


  (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor Subordinated Obligation ” means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinate in right of payment to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.

Hedging Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodity Agreement.

Holder ” or “ Securityholder ” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar’s books.

IAI ” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

Incur ” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

 

  (1) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

 

  (2) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

  (3) the principal component of all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a trade payable and such obligation is satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

 

  (4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto;

 

15


  (5) Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person;

 

  (6) the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

 

  (7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

 

  (8) the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

 

  (9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time).

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date.

In addition, “Indebtedness” of any Person shall include Indebtedness described in the preceding paragraph that would not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person if:

 

  (1) such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership or joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (a “ Joint Venture ”);

 

  (2) such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a “ General Partner ”); and

 

  (3) there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; and then such Indebtedness shall be included in an amount not to exceed:

 

  (a) the lesser of (i) the net assets of the General Partner and (ii) the amount of such obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or

 

16


  (b) if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount.

Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Initial Purchasers ” means, together, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, with respect to the Initial Securities.

Initial Securities ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

Interest Rate Agreement ” means with respect to any Person any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers in the ordinary course of business) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that none of the following will be deemed to be an Investment:

 

  (1) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with this Indenture;

 

  (2) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (3) an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Company or a Subsidiary for consideration to the extent such consideration consists of Common Stock of the Company.

For purposes of Section 3.4 :

 

  (1)

“Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an

 

17


 

Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and BBB- (or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

Issue Date ” means the closing date for the sale and issuance of the Initial Securities.

Legal Holiday ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 11.8 .

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

Net Available Cash ” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

 

  (1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred (including expenses incurred for environmental remediation relating to such Asset Disposition), and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

 

  (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

 

18


  (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

 

  (4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed (including escrows relating to environmental remediation) of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.

Net Cash Proceeds ,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness of a Person:

 

  (1) as to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any Guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise);

 

  (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and

 

  (3) the explicit terms of which provide there is no recourse against any of the assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, except that Standard Securitization Undertakings shall not be considered recourse.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S).

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company. Officer of any Subsidiary Guarantor has a correlative meaning.

 

19


Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness that ranks equally in right of payment to the Securities.

Permitted Investment ” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in:

 

  (1) the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) or a Person which will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity); provided, however, that the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Related Business;

 

  (2) another Person if as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity); provided, however, that such Person’s primary business is a Related Business;

 

  (3) cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

  (4) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

 

  (5) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (6) loans or advances to employees (other than executive officers) made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith that would be applicable to an issuer with debt securities registered under the Securities Act relating to such loans and advances;

 

  (7) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

 

20


  (8) Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 3.6 ;

 

  (9) Investments in existence on the Issue Date;

 

  (10) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 3.3 ;

 

  (11) Investments by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Receivables Entity or any Investment by a Receivables Entity in any other Person, in each case, in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, provided, however, that any Investment in any such Person is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, or any equity interest in a Receivables Entity or interests in Receivables and related assets generated by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and transferred to any Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction or any such Person owning such Receivables;

 

  (12) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (12), in an aggregate amount at the time of such Investment not to exceed $35.0 million outstanding at any one time (with the fair market value of such Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and

 

  (13) Guarantees issued in accordance with Section 3.3 .

Permitted Joint Venture ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership) of which 50% or less of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof and any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which 50% or less of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Restricted Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise.

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) Liens securing Indebtedness under a Credit Facility to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted under clause (1) of Section 3.3 and the Indebtedness under such Credit Facility does not relate to a Subordinated Obligation or a Guarantor Subordinated Obligation;

 

21


  (2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness), warranty obligations or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if a reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof;

 

  (4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;

 

  (5) Liens in favor of issuers of surety or performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that such letters of credit do not constitute Indebtedness;

 

  (6) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

  (7) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

 

  (8) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

22


  (9) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as (i) any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired, (ii) such judgment Liens do not secure obligations in an aggregate amount exceeding $25,000,000 and (iii) such judgment Liens do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the Company’s assets or materially impair the use of the operation of the Company’s business; provided that clauses (ii) and (iii) shall not be applicable if such judgment Lien is adequately bonded;

 

  (10) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease Obligations, purchase money obligations or other payments Incurred to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that:

 

  (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed; and

 

  (b) such Liens are created within 180 days of construction or acquisition of such assets or property and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;

 

  (11) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that:

 

  (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; and

 

  (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution;

 

  (12) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

23


  (13) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

 

  (14) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however , that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (15) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (16) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity);

 

  (17) Liens securing the Securities and Subsidiary Guarantees;

 

  (18) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness (or Refinancing Indebtedness)(other than Indebtedness that is secured by Liens permitted under clauses (1), (21) and (22)) that was previously so secured, provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

  (19) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease;

 

  (20) Liens on assets transferred to a Receivables Entity or on assets of a Receivables Entity, in either case Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

  (21) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (11) of the second paragraph of Section 3.3 ;

 

  (22) Liens securing Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations and Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $25.0 million.

 

24


  (23) Liens arising out of consignments or similar arrangements for the sale of goods in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (24) Liens securing Hedging Obligations related to Currency Agreements or Commodity Agreements entered into to protect against fluctuations in exchange rates and commodity prices in the ordinary course of business.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of a Receivables Entity evidencing the deferred purchase price of Receivables (and related assets) and a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction with a Receivables Entity, which deferred purchase price or line is repayable from cash available to the Receivables Entity, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated Receivables.

QIB ” means any “qualified institutional buyer” as such term is defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified Receivables Transaction ” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (1) a Receivables Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and (2) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity), or may grant a security interest in, any Receivables (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Receivables, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Receivables, the proceeds of such Receivables and other assets which are customarily transferred, or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted, in connection with asset securitizations involving Receivables.

Ratings Agency ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. and Moody’s Investors Service Inc. or if Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both shall not make a rating on the Securities publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both, as the case may be.

 

25


Receivable ” means a right to receive payment arising from a sale or lease of goods or the performance of services by a Person pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay for goods or services under terms that permit the purchase of such goods and services on credit and shall include, in any event, any items of property that would be classified as an “account,” “chattel paper,” “payment intangible” or “instrument” under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York and any “supporting obligations” as so defined.

Receivables Entity ” means a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (or another Person in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary transfers Receivables and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Receivables and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Entity:

 

  (1) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which:

 

  (a) is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (which is not a Receivables Entity) (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);

 

  (b) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (which is not a Receivables Entity) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or

 

  (c) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (which is not a Receivables Entity), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

 

  (2) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (except in connection with a Purchase Money Note or Qualified Receivables Transaction) other than on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing Receivables; and

 

  (3) to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (which is not a Receivables Entity) has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

 

26


Receivable Fees ” means any fees or interest paid to purchasers or lenders providing the financing in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, a factoring agreement or other similar agreement, including any such amounts paid by discounting the face amount of Receivables or participations therein transferred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, factoring agreement or other similar arrangement, regardless of whether any such transaction is structured as on balance sheet or off-balance sheet or through a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Redemption Date ” means, with respect to any redemption of Securities, the date of redemption with respect thereto.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, “refinance,” “refinances,” and “refinanced” shall have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the date of this Indenture or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness, provided, however, that:

 

  (1) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Securities, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is later than the Stated Maturity of the Securities, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Securities;

 

  (2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

  (3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness and fees Incurred in connection therewith); and

 

  (4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or a Subsidiary Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, on terms at least as favorable to the holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

 

27


Registered Exchange Offer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means that certain registration rights agreement dated as of the date of this Indenture by and among the Company, Ryerson Tull Procurement Corporation, as a Subsidiary Guarantor, and the initial purchasers set forth therein and, with respect to any Additional Securities, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreements may be amended from time to time.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Related Business ” means any business which is the same as or related, ancillary or complementary to any of the businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of this Indenture.

Restricted Investment ” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Period ”, with respect to any Securities, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (A) the day on which the Securities are first offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S), notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Company to the Trustee, and (B) the issue date with respect to such Securities.

Restricted Securities Legend ” means the Private Placement Legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(A) or the Regulation S Legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(B) , as applicable.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77a-77aa), as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

28


Securities Custodian ” means the custodian with respect to the Global Securities (as appointed by DTC), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

Securities Register ” means the register of Securities, maintained by the Registrar, pursuant to Section 2.3 .

Senior Credit Facility ” means the Credit Facility among the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent and the lenders parties thereto from time to time, dated as of December 22, 2002, as amended, as the same may be further amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (including, without limitation, (x) the proposed $1,100,000,000 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement being entered into in connection with the Company’s acquisition of Integris Metals, Inc. and (y) increasing the amount loaned thereunder provided that such additional Indebtedness is Incurred in accordance with the covenant described under Section 3.3 ); provided that a Senior Credit Facility shall not (x) include Indebtedness issued, created or Incurred pursuant to a registered offering of securities under the Securities Act or a private placement of securities (including under Rule 144A or Regulations S) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or (y) relate to Indebtedness that does not consist exclusively or Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness.

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which are reasonably customary in securitization of Receivables transactions (including servicing obligations).

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Obligation ” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Securities pursuant to a written agreement.

Subsidiary ” of any Person means (a) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof (or persons performing similar functions) or (b) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar business entity of which more than 50% of the

 

29


capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (1) such Person, (2) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (3) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of the Company.

Subsidiary Guarantee ” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Securities and Exchange Securities issued in a registered exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement by a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto (including pursuant to Exhibit C ), and, collectively, all such Guarantees. Each such Subsidiary Guarantee will be in the form prescribed by this Indenture.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means Ryerson Tull Procurement Corporation and any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) that provides a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture; provided that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person shall cease to be a Subsidiary Guarantor.

TIA ” or “ Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

Trust Officer ” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

 

  (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and

 

  (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

 

  (1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

30


  (2) all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation, and will at all times thereafter, consist of Non Recourse Debt;

 

  (3) such designation and the Investment of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with Section 3.4 ;

 

  (4) such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (5) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:

 

  (a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or

 

  (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

 

  (6) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to the Company than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such date.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the first paragraph of Section 3.3 on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

U.S. Government Obligations ” means securities that are (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally

 

31


guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt.

Voting Stock ” of a corporation means all classes of Capital Stock of such corporation then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares required to be held by third persons pursuant to foreign ownership laws) is owned by the Company or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

 

32


SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions.

 

Term

   Defined in
Section

“Additional Restricted Securities”

   2.1(b)

“Affiliate Transaction”

   3.9

“Agent”

   3.14

“Agent Members”

   2.1(e)

“Asset Disposition Offer”

   3.6

“Asset Disposition Offer Amount”

   3.6

“Asset Disposition Offer Period”

   3.6

“Asset Disposition Purchase Date”

   3.6

“Authenticating Agent”

   2.2

“Change of Control Offer”

   3.11

“Change of Control Payment”

   3.11

“Change of Control Payment Date”

   3.11

“Company Order”

   2.2

“covenant defeasance option”

   8.1(b)

“cross acceleration provision”

   6.1(6)(b)

“Defaulted Interest”

   2.13

“Event of Default”

   6.1

“Excess Proceeds”

   3.6

“Exchange Global Note”

   2.1(b)

“Guarantor Obligations”

   10.1

“Global Securities”

   2.1(b)

“Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”

   2.1(b)

 

33


Term

   Defined in
Section

“Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”

   2.1(b)

“legal defeasance option”

   8.1(b)

“Pari Passu Notes”

   3.6

“payment default”

   6.1(6)(a)

“Paying Agent”

   2.3

“Private Placement Legend”

   2.1(d)

“protected purchaser”

   2.9

“Registrar”

   2.3

“Regulation S Global Note”

   2.1(b)

“Regulation S Legend”

   2.1(d)

“Regulation S Notes”

   2.1(b)

“Resale Restriction Termination Date”

   2.6(a)

“Restricted Payment”

   3.4

“Restricted Securities”

   2.1(a)

“Rule 144A Global Note”

   2.1(b)

“Rule 144A Notes”

   2.1(b)

“Special Interest Payment Date”

   2.13(a)

“Special Record Date”

   2.13(a)

“Successor Company”

   4.1

SECTION 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

“Commission” means the SEC.

“indenture securities” means the Securities.

 

34


“indenture security holder” means a Securityholder. “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

SECTION 1.4. Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

(4) “including” means including without limitation;

(5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(6) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(7) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;

(8) all amounts expressed in this Indenture or in any of the Securities in terms of money refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America; and

(9) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

 

35


ARTICLE II

THE SECURITIES

SECTION 2.1. Form, Dating and Terms .

(a) The aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Securities issued on the date hereof will be in an aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000. In addition, the Company may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, Additional Securities and Exchange Securities. Furthermore, Securities may be authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer, or in lieu of, other Securities pursuant to Section 2.6 , 2.9 , 2.11 or 9.5 or in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer pursuant to Section 3.6 or a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 3.11 .

The Initial Securities shall be known and designated as “8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series A, due 2011” of the Company. Additional Securities issued as securities bearing one of the restrictive legends described in Section 2.1(d) (“ Restricted Securities ”) shall be known and designated as “8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series A, due 2011” of the Company. Additional Securities issued other than as Restricted Securities shall be known and designated as “8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series B, due 2011” of the Company, and Exchange Securities shall be known and designated as “8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series B, due 2011” of the Company.

With respect to any Additional Securities, the Company shall set forth in (a) a Board Resolution of the Company and (b) (i) an Officers’ Certificate or (ii) one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information:

(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Securities to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

(2) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Securities, including the date from which interest thereon shall accrue; and

(3) whether such Additional Securities shall be Restricted Securities issued in the form of Exhibit A hereto and/or shall be issued in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

The Initial Securities, the Additional Securities and the Exchange Securities shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture. Holders of the Initial Securities, the Additional Securities and the Exchange Securities will vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of the Holders of the Initial Securities, the Additional Securities or the Exchange Securities shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent.

If any of the terms of any Additional Securities are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Company, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Securities.

 

36


(b) The Initial Securities are being offered and sold by the Company pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated December 8, 2004, among the Company, Ryerson Tull Procurement Corporation, in its capacity as a Subsidiary Guarantor, and the Initial Purchasers. The Initial Securities and any Additional Securities (if issued as Restricted Securities) (the “ Additional Restricted Securities ”) will be resold initially only to (A) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (B) Non-U.S. Persons in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Securities and Additional Restricted Securities may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and IAIs in accordance with Rule 501 of the Securities Act, in each case, in accordance with the procedure described herein. Additional Securities offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Company from time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law.

Initial Securities and Additional Restricted Securities offered and sold to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (the “ Rule 144A Notes ” ) shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Security, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A , which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “ Rule 144A Global Note ”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the Rule 144A Global Note and on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

Initial Securities and Additional Securities offered and sold outside the United States of America (the “ Regulation S Notes ”) in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Security, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “ Regulation S Global Note ” ). The Regulation S Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. During the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be transferred to Non-U.S. Persons pursuant to Regulation S or to QIBs and IAIs in accordance with this Indenture.

The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the Regulation S Global Note and on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

Initial Securities and Additional Securities resold to IAIs (the “ Institutional Accredited Investor Notes ” ) in the United States of America shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Security, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A

 

37


including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “ Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note ”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the Institutional Accredited Investor Note and on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

Exchange Securities exchanged for interests in the Rule 144A Notes, the Regulation S Notes and the Institutional Accredited Investor Notes will be issued in the form of a permanent global Security, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit B , which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, deposited with the Trustee as hereinafter provided, including the appropriate legend set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “ Exchange Global Note ”). The Exchange Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate.

The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “ Global Securities .”

The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, State of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 ; provided, however, that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Securities Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee. Payments in respect of Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC. Payments in respect of Securities represented by Definitive Securities (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities represented by Definitive Securities will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B and in Section 2.1(d) . The Company and the Trustee shall approve the forms of the Securities and any notation, endorsement or legend on them. Each Security shall be dated the date of its

 

38


authentication. The terms of the Securities set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms.

(c) Denominations . The Securities shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without interest coupons, and only in denominations of $1,000 and an integral multiple thereof.

(d) Restrictive Legends . Unless and until (i) an Initial Security is sold under an effective registration statement or (ii) an Initial Security is exchanged for an Exchange Security in connection with an effective registration statement, in each case pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement,

(A) the Rule 144A Global Note and the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note shall bear the following legend (the “ Private Placement Legend ”) on the face thereof:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL

 

39


AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT EITHER (A) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE AND HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), ANY PLAN, ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (COLLECTIVELY, “SIMILAR LAWS”) (EACH, A “PLAN”) OR ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN OR (B) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY BY YOU WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAW.

(B) the Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following legend (the “ Regulation S Legend ”) on the face thereof:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE

 

40


OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT EITHER (A) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE AND HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), ANY PLAN, ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (COLLECTIVELY, “SIMILAR LAWS”) (EACH, A “PLAN”) OR ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN OR (B) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY BY YOU WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAW.

 

41


(C) Each Global Security, whether or not an Initial Security, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL IN AS MUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

(e) Book-Entry Provisions .

(i) This Section 2.1(e) shall apply only to Global Securities deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC.

(ii) Each Global Security initially shall (x) be registered in the name of DTC for such Global Security or the nominee of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for DTC and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) .

(iii) Members of, or participants in, DTC (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by DTC or by the Trustee as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Security, and DTC may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Security.

(iv) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Security pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section 2.1 to beneficial owners who are

 

42


required to hold Definitive Securities, the Securities Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Security in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Security to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Definitive Securities of like tenor and amount.

(v) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Security to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section 2.1 , such Global Security shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Securities of authorized denominations.

(vi) The registered Holder of a Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities.

(vii) Any Holder of a Global Security shall, by acceptance of such Global Security, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Security may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Security (or its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Security, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Security shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

(f) Definitive Securities . (i) Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Securities will not be entitled to receive Definitive Securities. If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Securities in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Security upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the Registrar’s procedures. In addition, Definitive Securities shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Security if (A) DTC notifies the Company at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Security or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or, (B) the Company in its sole discretion executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Global Security shall be so exchangeable or (C) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from DTC. In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in clause (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence, the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Securities in fully registered form without interest coupons.

(ii) Any Definitive Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Security pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(iv) or (v)  shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(c) , bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Security set forth in Section 2.1(d) .

 

43


(iii) In connection with the exchange of a portion of a Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in a Global Security, the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Security, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Security representing the principal amount not so transferred.

SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication . One Officer shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless.

A Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates the Security. The signature of the Trustee on a Security shall be conclusive evidence that such Security has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) Initial Securities for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000 (2) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Securities for original issue in an unlimited principal amount and (3) Exchange Securities for issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer or upon resale under an effective Shelf Registration Statement, and only in exchange for Initial Securities or Additional Securities of an equal principal amount, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company (the “ Company Order ”). Such Company Order shall specify whether the Securities will be in the form of Definitive Securities or Global Securities, the amount of the Securities to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated and whether the Securities are to be Initial Securities, Additional Securities or Exchange Securities.

The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “ Authenticating Agent ”) reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Securities. Any such instrument shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Company. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

In case the Company, pursuant to Article IV , shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV , any of the Securities authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Securities executed in the name of the successor

 

44


Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Securities surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Company Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and make available for delivery Securities as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Securities shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Securities, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Securities at the time outstanding for Securities authenticated and delivered in such new name.

SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent . The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Securities may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”). The Company shall cause each of the Registrar and the Paying Agent to maintain an office or agency in New York, New York. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange (the “ Securities Register ”). The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent and the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar.

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7 . Any of the Company’s Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries organized in the United States may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Securities. The Company may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and the Trustee.

SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security is due and payable, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest when due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Securityholders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, of or interest on the Securities (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Company or other obligors on the Securities) and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company

 

45


or any Subsidiary Guarantor in making any such payment. If a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds or assets disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent (if other than a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Securities.

SECTION 2.5. Securityholder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, or to the extent otherwise required under the TIA, the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Securityholders and the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange .

(a) The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note prior to the date which is two years after the later of the date of its original issue and the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Securities (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”):

(i) a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment as set forth on the reverse of the Security, that it is purchasing the Security for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

(ii) a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.7 from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the receipt by the Trustee or its agent of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and

 

46


(iii) a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.8 from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them.

(b) The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation S Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period:

(i) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment as set forth on the reverse of the Security, that it is purchasing the Security for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

(ii) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.7 from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and

(iii) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.8 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, receipt by the Trustee or its agent of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them.

After the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Note may be transferred in accordance with applicable law without requiring the certifications set forth in Section 2.7 or 2.8 or any additional certification.

(c) Restricted Securities Legend . Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Securities not bearing a Restricted Securities Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Securities that do not bear a Restricted Securities Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Securities bearing a Restricted Securities Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Securities that bear a Restricted Securities Legend unless (i) Initial Securities are being exchanged for Exchange Securities in a Registered Exchange Offer in which case the Exchange Securities shall not bear a Restricted Securities Legend, (ii) an Initial Security is being transferred pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or other effective registration statement or (iii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional Securities sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Securities Legend.

 

47


(d) The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6 . The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar.

(e) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Securities .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II , execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Securities and Global Securities at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require the Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessment, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to this Section 2.6 or Section 9.5 ).

(iii) The Company (and the Registrar) shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Security for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Securities and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Security, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, including without limitation the transfer or exchange of such Security, whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(v) Any Definitive Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Security pursuant to Section 2.1(e) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(c) , bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Security set forth in Section 2.1(d) .

(vi) All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(f) No Obligation of the Trustee .

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Security, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the

 

48


accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Securities or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Securities (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Securities. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Securities shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Security). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Security shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or among DTC participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

Neither the Trustee nor any of its agents shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by DTC.

SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to IAIs .

[Date]

The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.

2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

  Re: Ryerson Tull, Inc.

8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series A, due 2011

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $ [              ] principal amount of the 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series A, due 2011 (the “ Securities ”) of Ryerson Tull, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

 

49


Upon transfer, the Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

Name:                                                                                 

Address:                                                                             

Taxpayer ID Number:                                                        

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Securities, and we are acquiring the Securities not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of our investment in the Securities and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Securities in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Securities to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Securities prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Securities (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only (a) to the Company, (b) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person we reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” under Rule 144A of the Securities Act (a “ QIB ”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Securities of $250,000, for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”),

 

50


which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and that it is acquiring such Securities for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Securities pursuant to clause (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

The Trustee and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

TRANSFEREE:  

 

BY:  

 

cc: Ryerson Tull, Inc.

SECTION 2.8. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S .

[Date]

The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.

2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

  Re: Ryerson Tull, Inc.

8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series A, due 2011

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $ [              ] aggregate principal amount of the 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series A, due 2011 (the “ Securities ”) of Ryerson Tull, Inc. (the “ Company ”), we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

(a) the offer of the Securities was not made to a person in the United States;

(b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

51


(c) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

(d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.

The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,
[Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

 

Authorized Signature

cc: Ryerson Tull, Inc.

SECTION 2.9. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities . If a mutilated Security is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Securityholder (a) satisfies the Company or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Securityholder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar has not registered a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Company or the Trustee prior to the Security being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “ protected purchaser ”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and, upon

 

52


receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Security or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require that such Holder pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee) in connection therewith.

Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor (if applicable) and any other obligor upon the Securities, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Securities . Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Security does not cease to be outstanding in the event the Company or any Affiliate of the Company holds the Security, provided, however, that (i) for purposes of determining which are outstanding for consent or voting purposes hereunder, the provisions of Section 11.6 shall apply and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Securities are present at a meeting of Holders of Securities for quorum purposes or have consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Securities which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be held by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company shall not be considered outstanding.

If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.9 (other than a mutilated Security surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Security is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Security ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Security and replacement pursuant to Section 2.9 .

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a Redemption Date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal,

 

53


premium, if any, and accrued interest payable on that date with respect to the Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Securityholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.11. Temporary Securities . In the event that Definitive Securities are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights, of Definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Securities. After the preparation of Definitive Securities, the temporary Securities shall be exchangeable for Definitive Securities upon surrender of the temporary Securities at any office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Securities representing an equal principal amount of Securities. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of Definitive Securities.

SECTION 2.12. Cancellation . The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and dispose of such Securities in accordance with its internal policies and customary procedures and shall deliver canceled Securities to the Company pursuant to written direction by an Officer of the Company. If the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor acquires any of the Securities, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.12 . The Company may not issue new Securities to replace Securities it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange.

At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Security have either been exchanged for Definitive Securities, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Security shall be returned by DTC to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is exchanged for Definitive Securities, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Security, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Securities represented by such Global Security shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Securities Custodian for such Global Security) with respect to such Global Security, by the Trustee or the Securities Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

SECTION 2.13. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest . Interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such payment at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 .

 

54


Any interest on any Security which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Securities (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “ Defaulted Interest ” ) shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

(a) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “ Special Interest Payment Date ”), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a record date (the “ Special Record Date ”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which date shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 11.2 , not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b).

(b) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

 

55


SECTION 2.14. Computation of Interest . Interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

SECTION 2.15. CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers . The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP,” “Common Code” or “ISIN” numbers and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP,” “Common Code” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption or purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN number. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN number.

ARTICLE III

COVENANTS

SECTION 3.1. Payment of Securities . The Company shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture immediately available funds sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Securityholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will pay any present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery, enforcement or registration of the Securities, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Indenture or any other document or instrument in relation thereof, or the receipt of any payments with respect to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees, excluding such taxes, charges or similar levies imposed by any jurisdiction outside of the United States, the jurisdiction of incorporation of any successor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any jurisdiction in which a paying agent is located, other than those resulting from, or required to be paid in connection with, the enforcement of the Securities, the Subsidiary Guarantees or any other such document or instrument following the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Securities. The Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors will agree to indemnify the Holders for any such taxes paid by such Holders.

 

56


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal, premium or interest payments hereunder.

SECTION 3.2. Effectiveness of Covenants . Following the first day after:

 

  (1) the Securities have an Investment Grade Rating from both the Ratings Agencies; and

 

  (2) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture;

the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the provisions of this Indenture summarized under Sections 3.3 , 3.4 , 3.5 , 3.6 , 3.9 , 3.10 , 3.20 and clause (3) of Section 4.1 (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). If at any time the Securities’ credit rating is downgraded from an Investment Grade Rating, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Securities subsequently attain an Investment Grade Rating (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Securities maintain an Investment Grade Rating); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring after the Securities attain an Investment Grade Rating and before any reinstatement of such Suspended Covenants as provided above, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to such reinstatement, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period.

SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Indebtedness . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness if on the date thereof:

 

  (1) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is at least 2.00 to 1.00; and

 

  (2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or would occur as a consequence of Incurring the Indebtedness or transactions relating to such Incurrence.

The first paragraph of this covenant shall not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:

 

  (1)

Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred pursuant to a Credit Facility, together with obligations outstanding under Qualified Receivables Transactions, in an aggregate amount up to the

 

57


 

greater of (a) the Borrowing Base and (b) $1,200,000,000, less the aggregate principal amount of all principal repayments with the proceeds from Asset Dispositions utilized in accordance with clause 3(a) of Section 3.6 that permanently reduce the commitments thereunder;

 

  (2) Guarantees by the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed is a Subordinated Obligation or a Guarantor Subordinated Obligation, then the related Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be;

 

  (3) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (including any Purchase Money Note) owing to and held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity); provided, however,

 

  (a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Securities;

 

  (b) if a Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor is not the obligee, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantees of such Subsidiary Guarantor; and

 

  (c) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) of the Company; and

(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) of the Company;

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be;

 

  (4) Indebtedness represented by (a) the Securities issued on the Issue Date, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the related exchange notes and exchange guarantees issued in a registered exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, (b) any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (3), (6), (8), (9) and (10)) outstanding on the Issue Date and (c) any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (4) or clause (5) or Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant;

 

58


  (5) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred (a) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or (b) otherwise in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition); provided, however, that at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company, the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (5);

 

  (6) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes) (a) for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness Incurred without violation of the Indenture; (b) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (c) for the purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodities;

 

  (7) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations, Attributable Indebtedness, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations with respect to assets other than Capital Stock or other Investments, in each case Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvements of property used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (7), not to exceed $30.0 million at any time outstanding;

 

  (8) Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bid, performance, surety, appeal and similar bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (9) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (A)) and (B) the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

59


  (10) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business and Indebtedness arising from automated clearing house transactions pursuant to agreements or overdrafts, controlled disbursement accounts and other electronic funds transfer in the ordinary course of business, provided, however, that in any such instance such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence;

 

  (11) Indebtedness of a Permitted Joint Venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25.0 million at any time outstanding as calculated pursuant to the third paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness”; and

 

  (12) In addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (11) above, Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (12) and then outstanding, will not exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding.

The Company shall not Incur any Indebtedness under the preceding paragraph if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Subordinated Obligations of the Company unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the Securities to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations. No Subsidiary Guarantor shall Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee to at least the same extent as such Guarantor Subordinated Obligations. No Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor may Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds are used to refinance Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor.

For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this covenant:

 

  (1) subject to clause (2) below, in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described above, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of Incurrence and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses;

 

  (2) all Indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Indenture under the Senior Credit Facility shall be deemed initially Incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of the second paragraph of this covenant and not the first paragraph or clause (4) of the second paragraph of this covenant;

 

60


  (3) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

 

  (4) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph above and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;

 

  (5) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, shall be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

 

  (6) Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness; and

 

  (7) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (ii) the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

In addition, the Company shall not permit any of its Unrestricted Subsidiaries to Incur any Indebtedness or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock, other than Non-Recourse Debt. If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 3.3 , the Company shall be in Default of this covenant).

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term

 

61


Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-dominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-dominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced; provided further that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a Currency Agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such Currency Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restricted Payments . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

 

  (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) on or in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) except:

 

  (a) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Company; and

 

  (b) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to its other holders of common Capital Stock on a pro rata basis);

 

  (2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock));

 

  (3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations (other than the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement); or

 

62


  (4) make any Restricted Investment in any Person;

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (4) shall be referred to herein as a “ Restricted Payment ”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

 

  (a) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom); or

 

  (b) the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph under Section 3.3 after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or

 

  (c) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date (excluding the Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (6), (7) and (8) below) would exceed the sum of:

 

  (i) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the date of this Indenture to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which financial statements are in existence (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit);

 

  (ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions subsequent to the Issue Date (other than (x) Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination and (y) Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock to the extent used to redeem Notes in compliance with the provisions of the second paragraph of “Optional redemption”);

 

  (iii)

the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Company’s balance sheet

 

63


 

upon the conversion (other than the 3.50% Converts outstanding on the Issue Date) or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of any other property, distributed by the Company upon such conversion or exchange); and

 

  (iv) the amount equal to the net reduction in Restricted Investments made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Person resulting from:

 

  (A) repurchases or redemptions of such Restricted Investments by such Person, proceeds realized upon the sale of such Restricted Investment to an unaffiliated purchaser, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets (including by way of dividend or distribution) by such Person to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than for reimbursement of tax payments); or

 

  (B) the redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”) not to exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary,

which amount in each case under this clause (iv) was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; provided, however, that no amount will be included under this clause (iv) to the extent it is already included in Consolidated Net Income.

The provisions of the preceding paragraph shall not prohibit:

 

  (1) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations of the Company or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); provided, however, that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale of Capital Stock will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph;

 

64


  (2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations of the Company or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Obligations of the Company or any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3 and that in each case constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

  (3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Disqualified Stock of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3 and that in each case constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

  (4) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under Section 3.6 below;

 

  (5) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with this provision;

 

  (6) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense”;

 

  (7) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof;

 

  (8)

the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Obligation (i) at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Obligation in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar to Section 3.11 or (ii) at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount thereof in accordance with provisions similar to Section 3.6 ; provided that, prior to or simultaneously with such

 

65


 

purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company has made the Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, as provided in such covenant with respect to the Securities and has completed the repurchase or redemption of all Securities validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer;

 

  (9) the declaration and payment of dividends on (A) the Company’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the “Ryerson Tull Common Stock”) in an amount not to exceed $0.30 per share in any fiscal year, which amount will be reduced to reflect any subdivision of the Ryerson Tull Common Stock by means of a stock split, stock dividend or otherwise and (B) the Company’s Series A preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share; provided that the aggregate of the dividends permitted by clauses (A) and (B) shall not exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate in any fiscal year, and the dividends permitted by clause (B) shall not exceed $200,000 in any fiscal year; provided further that at the time of declaration of such dividend permitted under clause (A) (x) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) the Company is able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 3.3 ; and

 

  (10) Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $25.0 million; provided that the amount on such Restricted Payments will be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount and any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee, such determination to be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if such fair market value is estimated in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company to exceed $25.0 million.

SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

  (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock);

 

66


  (2) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or

 

  (3) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause (1) or (2) above).

The provisions of the preceding paragraph shall not prohibit:

 

  (i) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect at or entered into on the date of this Indenture, including, without limitation, this Indenture, the Securities, the Exchange Securities, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Senior Credit Facility in effect on such date;

 

  (ii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary on or before the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or in contemplation of the transaction) and outstanding on such date, provided , that any such encumbrance or restriction shall not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets and property so acquired;

 

  (iii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement effecting a refunding, replacement or refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph or this clause (iii) or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph or this clause (iii); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders of the Securities (as determined by the Company in its good faith judgment) than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such agreements referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) of this paragraph on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary, whichever is applicable;

 

67


  (iv) in the case of clause (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant, any Permitted Lien and encumbrance or restriction:

 

  (a) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any such lease, license or other contract; or

 

  (b) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (v) any encumbrance or restriction relating to a Purchase Money Note or other Indebtedness or contractual requirements Incurred with respect to a Qualified Receivables Transaction relating exclusively to a Receivables Entity that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors, are customary to effect such Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

  (vi) (a) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and (b) Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant on the property so acquired;

 

  (vii) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or other disposition of Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

 

  (viii) net worth provisions in leases and other agreements entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (ix) any customary provisions in joint venture agreements relating to joint ventures that are not Restricted Subsidiaries and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (x) encumbrances or restrictions contained in indentures or debt instruments or other debt arrangements Incurred by Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with Section 3.3 , that are not more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those applicable to the Company in the Indenture (which results in encumbrances or restrictions comparable to those applicable to the Company at a Restricted Subsidiary level);

 

68


  (xi) encumbrances or restrictions with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors, that are Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to clause (12) of the second paragraph of Section 3.3 , by Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that after giving effect to such Incurrence of Indebtedness, the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 3.3 ; and

 

  (xii) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order.

SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless :

 

  (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition;

 

  (2) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and

 

  (3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be:

 

  (a) to prepay, repay or purchase secured Indebtedness of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) or secured Indebtedness of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor) (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) within 360 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided, however, that, in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (a), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased; and

 

69


  (b) to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after any application in accordance with clause (a), to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in Additional Assets within 360 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash or pursuant to arrangements in place within the 360 day period (to the extent such arrangements are completed within 90 days after execution of such arrangement);

provided that pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (a) or clause (b) above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested (or under arrangement for investment as provided in clause (b) above) as provided in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” On the 361st day after an Asset Disposition (or such later date, if applicable, after giving effect to arrangements for investment in clause (b) above), if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall be required to make an offer (“ Asset Disposition Offer ”) to all Holders of Securities and to the extent required by the terms of other Pari Passu Indebtedness, to all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness outstanding with similar provisions requiring the Company to make an offer to purchase such Pari Passu Indebtedness with the proceeds from any Asset Disposition (“ Pari Passu Notes ”), to purchase the maximum principal amount of Securities and any such Pari Passu Notes to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities and Pari Passu Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes, as applicable, in each case in integral multiples of $1,000. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Securities and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Securities surrendered by Holders thereof and other Pari Passu Notes surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Securities and Pari Passu Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Securities and Pari Passu Notes. Upon completion of such Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

The Asset Disposition Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Asset Disposition Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “ Asset Disposition Purchase Date ”), the Company will purchase the principal amount of Securities and Pari Passu Notes required to be purchased pursuant to this covenant (the “ Asset Disposition Offer Amount ”) or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been so validly tendered, all Securities and Pari Passu Notes validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer.

 

70


If the Asset Disposition Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Security is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Securities pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer.

On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Securities and Pari Passu Notes or portions of Securities and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Securities and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, in each case in integral multiples of $1,000. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Securities or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this covenant and, in addition, the Company shall deliver all certificates and notes required, if any, by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes. The Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder of Securities or holder or lender of Pari Passu Notes, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Securities or Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Security, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an Officers’ Certificate from the Company, shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Security to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Security surrendered; provided that each such new Security will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. In addition, the Company shall take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes. Any Security not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Disposition Offer on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date.

For the purposes of this covenant, the following shall be deemed to be cash:

 

  (1) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations or Disqualified Stock) of the Company or Indebtedness of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than Guarantor Subordinated Obligations or Disqualified Stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor) and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition (in which case the Company will, without further action, be deemed to have applied such deemed cash to Indebtedness in accordance with clause (a) above); and

 

71


  (2) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are promptly converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash.

The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to this Indenture. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of any conflict.

SECTION 3.7. Limitation on Liens . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries), whether owned on the date of this Indenture or acquired after that date, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously with the Incurrence of such Liens effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under this Indenture and the Securities or, in respect of Liens on any Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets, any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, equally and ratably with (or prior to in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, as the case may be) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured.

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Lien on other Indebtedness giving rise to the obligation to grant an equal and ratable Lien securing the Securities.

SECTION 3.8. Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale/Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property unless :

 

  (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Sale/Leaseback Transaction at least equal to the fair market value (as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company) of the property subject to such transaction;

 

  (2) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have Incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Indebtedness in respect of such Sale/Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 3.3 ;

 

  (3) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted to create a Lien on the property subject to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction without securing the Securities pursuant to Section 3.7 ; and

 

  (4) the Sale/Leaseback Transaction is treated as an Asset Disposition and all of the conditions of this Indenture described in Section 3.6 (including the provisions concerning the application of Net Available Cash) are satisfied with respect to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction, treating all of the consideration received in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction as Net Available Cash for purposes of such covenant.

 

72


SECTION 3.9. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) unless:

 

  (1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arm’s-length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate;

 

  (2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company and by a majority of the members of such Board of Directors having no personal stake in such transaction, if any (and such majority or majorities, as the case may be, determines that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in clause (1) above); and

 

  (3) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $20.0 million, the Company has received a written opinion from an independent investment banking, accounting or appraisal firm of nationally recognized standing that such Affiliate Transaction is fair, from a financial standpoint, to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or is not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate.

The preceding paragraph shall not apply to:

 

  (1) any Restricted Payment (other than a Restricted Investment) permitted to be made pursuant to Section 3.4 ;

 

  (2) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements and other compensation arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits plans provided on behalf of officers and employees approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

73


  (3) loans or advances to employees, officers or directors in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but in any event not to exceed $3.0 million in the aggregate outstanding (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan) at any one time with respect to all loans or advances made since the Issue Date; provided, however, that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith that would be applicable to an issuer with debt securities registered under the Securities Act relating to such loans and advances;

 

  (4) any transaction between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) or between Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Entity) and Guarantees issued by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with Section 3.3 ;

 

  (5) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to directors, and indemnity provided on behalf of, directors, officers and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (6) the performance of obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party as of or on the Issue Date and identified in an annex to this Indenture on the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time; provided, however, that any future amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal entered into after the Issue Date shall be permitted to the extent that its terms are not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Securities than the terms of the agreements in effect on the Issue Date;

 

  (7) sales or other transfers or dispositions of Receivables and other related assets to a Receivables Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction, and Permitted Investments made in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

  (8) transactions in the ordinary course of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such transactions are on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated person; and

 

  (9) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Company.

 

74


SECTION 3.10. Limitation on Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Voting Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary or, with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary, to issue any of its Voting Stock (other than, if necessary, shares of its Voting Stock constituting directors’ qualifying shares or to third parties in order to comply with foreign stock ownership laws) to any Person except:

 

  (1) to the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary; or

 

  (2) in compliance with Section 3.6 and immediately after giving effect to such issuance or sale, such Restricted Subsidiary would continue to be a Restricted Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may sell all the Voting Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary as long as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary complies with the terms of Section 3.6 .

SECTION 3.11. Change of Control . Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Securities pursuant to Article V , each Holder of Securities shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Securities plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Securities pursuant to Article V , the Company shall mail a notice (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:

 

  (1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase such holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Securities plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date) (the “ Change of Control Payment ”);

 

  (2) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”); and

 

  (3) the procedures determined by the Company, consistent with this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Securities repurchased.

 

75


On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

 

  (1) accept for payment all Securities or portions of Securities (in integral multiples of $1,000) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

  (2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Securities or portions of Securities so tendered; and

 

  (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Securities so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Securities or portions of Securities being purchased by the Company.

The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Securities so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Securities, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Security equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Security shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Security is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.

Prior to mailing a Change of Control Offer, and as a condition to such mailing (i) the requisite holders of each issue of Indebtedness issued under an indenture or other agreement that may be violated by such payment shall have consented to such Change of Control Offer being made and waived the event of default, if any, caused by the Change of Control, or (ii) the Company shall repay all outstanding Indebtedness issued under an indenture or other agreement that may be violated by a payment to the Holders of Securities under a Change of Control Offer or (iii) the Company must offer to repay all such Indebtedness, and make payment to the holders of such Indebtedness that accept such offer, and obtain waivers of any event of default from the remaining holders of such Indebtedness. The Company covenants to effect such repayment or obtain such consent within 30 days following any Change of Control, it being a default of the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture if the Company fails to comply with such covenant.

The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue of the conflict.

 

76


SECTION 3.12. SEC Reports . The Company shall file with the SEC, and make available to the Trustee and the registered holders of the Securities, the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein or in the relevant forms. In the event that the Company is not permitted to file such reports, documents and information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Company shall nevertheless make available such Exchange Act information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities as if the Company were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein.

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information and documents shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

In addition, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors have agreed that they will make available to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon the request of such Holders, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Securities are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. For purposes of this covenant, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have furnished the reports to the Trustee and the Holders of Securities as required by this covenant if it has filed such reports with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available.

The filing requirements set forth above for the applicable period shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the Commission of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and/or Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act; provided that this paragraph shall not supercede or in any manner suspend or delay the Company’s reporting obligations set forth in this covenant.

 

77


SECTION 3.13. Future Subsidiary Guarantors . (a) The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to Guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Indebtedness of any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary guaranteeing the Indebtedness of any other Foreign Subsidiary) unless (i) such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Securities on a senior basis and all other obligations under this Indenture except that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or a Subsidiary Guarantee, any Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Restricted Subsidiary’s Subsidiary Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Securities or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be; (ii) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and (iii) such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (A) such Subsidiary Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized and (B) such Subsidiary Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and general principles of equity; provided that this paragraph (a) shall not be applicable to any Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary (x) that (A) existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and (B) was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or (y) that Guarantees the payment of obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under the Senior Credit Facility; provided, further that such Senior Credit Facility does not include Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to a registered offering of securities under the Securities Act or a private placement of securities (including under Rule 144A or Regulation S) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing and the other provisions of this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged in the event a Subsidiary Guarantor is sold or disposed of if: (i) the sale or other disposition is in compliance with the Indenture, including Section 3.6 , Section 3.10 and Section 10.2 ; and (ii) all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guarantee which resulted in the issuance of such Subsidiary Guarantee terminate upon consummation of such transaction. In addition, a Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from its obligations under the Indenture, its Subsidiary Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement if: (i) the Guarantee which resulted in the issuance of such Subsidiary Guarantee is released and discharged in full so long as such Restricted Subsidiary has not Incurred any Indebtedness in reliance on its status as a Subsidiary Guarantor or issued any other Guarantees (other than Guarantees described in the first proviso of paragraph (a) above), (ii) the Company designates such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation complies with the other applicable provisions of the Indenture or (iii) in connection with any legal defeasance of the Notes in connection with the terms of the Indenture.

 

78


SECTION 3.14. Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Company shall maintain an office or agency where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served. The agency of The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (the “Agent”) currently located at 2 North La Salle Street, Suite 1020, Chicago, Illinois 60602 shall be such office or agency of the Company, unless the Company shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Agent of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

SECTION 3.15. Corporate Existence . Except as otherwise provided in this Article III , Article IV and Section 10.2(b) , the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with their respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) and the material rights (charter and statutory) licenses and franchises of the Company and each such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise or the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any Subsidiary Guarantor if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not, and will not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders; provided, further, that the foregoing shall not prohibit a sale, transfer, or conveyance of a Restricted Subsidiary or any of its assets in compliance with the terms of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.16. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims . The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies, which, if unpaid, might by law become a material liability or lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Company), are being maintained in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment will not be disadvantageous to the Holders.

 

79


SECTION 3.17. Payments for Consent . Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fees or otherwise, to any Holder of any Securities for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Securities unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the Securities that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment.

SECTION 3.18. Compliance Certificate . The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate signed by at least one of the Company’s chief executive officer, chief financial offer or principal accounting officer stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the previous fiscal year. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and the action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with TIA § 314(a)(4).

SECTION 3.19. Further Instruments and Acts . Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.20. Limitation on Lines of Business . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Related Business.

SECTION 3.21. Statement by Officers as to Default . The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the occurrence of any Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default, its status and the actions which the Company are taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 3.22. Additional Interest Notice . In the event that the Company is required to pay Additional Interest to Securityholders pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will provide written notice (“Additional Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the proposed payment date for the Additional Interest, and the Additional Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of Additional Interest to be paid by the Company on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any holder of Securities to determine the Additional Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of Additional Interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Additional Interest.

 

80


ARTICLE IV

SUCCESSOR COMPANY

SECTION 4.1. Merger and Consolidation . The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless :

 

  (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Company ”) will be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Securities, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

  (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

  (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and any related financing, the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 3.3 ;

 

  (4) each Subsidiary Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions above, in which case clause (1) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Securities and its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement shall continue to be in effect; and

 

  (5) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

For purposes of this Section 4.1 , the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

 

81


The predecessor company shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor Company shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Securities.

Notwithstanding the preceding clause (3), (x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company and (y) the Company may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction to realize tax benefits; provided that, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that merges into the Company, the Company shall not be required to comply with the preceding clause (5).

ARTICLE V

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 5.1. Redemption . The Securities may be redeemed, as a whole or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices specified in paragraph 5 of the form of Securities set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date.

SECTION 5.2. Applicability of Article . Redemption of Securities at the election of the Company or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article.

SECTION 5.3. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee . The election of the Company to redeem any Securities pursuant to Section 5.1 shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution of the Company. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company, the Company shall, upon not later than the earlier of the date that is 30 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company or the date on which notice is given to the Holders (except as provided in Section 5.5 or unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Securities to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.4 . Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.

SECTION 5.4. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed . If fewer than all the Securities are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to an optional redemption, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Securities are listed, or, if such Securities are not so listed, on a pro rata basis among the classes of Securities, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem fair

 

82


and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements) and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of the Securities; provided, however, that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Security not redeemed to less than $1,000.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the method it has chosen for the selection of Securities and the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed.

SECTION 5.5. Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided for in Section 11.2 not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed. At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided , however , that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at least 35 days, but no more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice at the Company’s expense and the form of notice that shall include the following items.

All notices of redemption shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date,

(2) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.7 , if any,

(3) if fewer than all outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Securities (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be outstanding after such partial redemption,

(4) in case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Security shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, the Holder will receive, without charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

(5) that on the Redemption Date the redemption price (and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.7 ) will become due and payable upon each such Security, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, that interest on Securities called for redemption (or the portion thereof) will cease to accrue on and after said date,

 

83


(6) the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price and accrued interest, if any,

(7) the name and address of the Paying Agent,

(8) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price,

(9) the CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities, and

(10) the paragraph of the Securities pursuant to which the Securities are to be redeemed.

SECTION 5.6. Deposit of Redemption Price . Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.4 ) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date, other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption that are beneficially owned by the Company and have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 5.7. Securities Payable on Redemption Date . Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities or portions of Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the redemption price therein specified (together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), and on and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the redemption price and accrued interest) such Securities shall cease to bear interest and the only right of the Holders thereof will be to receive payment of the redemption price and, subject to the next sentence, unpaid interest on such Securities to the Redemption Date. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the redemption price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the unpaid principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Securities.

SECTION 5.8. Securities Redeemed in Part . Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article) shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 3.14 (with, if the Company or the Trustee so require, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Security at the expense

 

84


of the Company, a new Security or Securities, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered, provided, that each such new Security will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiple thereof.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.1. Events of Default . Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ”:

 

  (1) default in any payment of interest or additional interest (as required by the Registration Rights Agreement) on any Security when due, continued for 30 days;

 

  (2) default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Security when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon acceleration or otherwise;

 

  (3) failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Section 4.1 or clause (b) of Section 10.2 , respectively;

 

  (4) failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice with any of its obligations under Section 3.3 through Section 3.13 inclusive, Section 3.17 and Section 3.20 (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Securities which will constitute an Event of Default under clause (2) above);

 

  (5) failure by the Company to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in this Indenture;

 

  (6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, which default:

 

  (a) is caused by a failure to pay when due principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of any applicable grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“ payment default ”); or

 

  (b)

results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its final Stated Maturity (the “ cross acceleration provision ”);

 

85


 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more;

 

  (7) (a) the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

  (i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

 

  (ii) consents to the entry of judgment, decree or order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding;

 

  (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property;

 

  (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (v) consents to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding against it;

 

  (vi) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing; or

 

  (vii) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; or

 

  (b) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

  (i) is for relief in an involuntary case against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law;

 

  (ii) appoints a Custodian for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law; or

 

86


  (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law; and

 

  (iv) in each case the order, decree or relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

 

  (8) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $15.0 million (net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; or

 

  (9) any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of this Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee.

However, a default under clauses (4) and (5) of this paragraph will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Company of the default and the Company does not cure such default in writing within the time specified in clauses (4) and (5) of this paragraph after receipt of such notice.

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Securities pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of this Indenture or was required to repurchase the Securities, an equivalent premium shall also become and be

 

87


immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Securities. If an Event of Default occurs prior to December 15, 2008 by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Securities prior to December 15, 2008, the premium specified in this Indenture shall also become immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Securities.

SECTION 6.2. Acceleration . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.1 ) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Securities to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable immediately.

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Securities because an Event of Default described in clause (6) of Section 6.1 has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Securities shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) of Section 6.1 shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Securities would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the Securities that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Securities, have been cured or waived.

If an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Securities shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are, to the extent permitted by applicable law, cumulative.

SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults . The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee may (a) waive, by their consent (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Securities), an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences,

 

88


except a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on a Security, and (b) rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Securities and its consequences if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right.

SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority . The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 , that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Securityholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits . Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities unless :

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holders have offered the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

A Securityholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Securityholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Securityholder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Securityholders).

 

89


SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 6.6 ), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Securities held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Securities, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7 .

SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Securityholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its Subsidiaries or its or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 .

SECTION 6.10. Priorities . If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI , it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.7 ;

SECOND: to Securityholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Company.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Securityholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Company shall mail to each Securityholder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the

 

90


suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Securities.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee . (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, without investigation, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates, opinions or orders furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5 .

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

 

91


(e) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(f) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA.

(h) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(i) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it, in its sole discretion, against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee . Subject to Section 7.1 :

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting on any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Company as provided herein, but shall have no duty to review or analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance under covenants or other obligations of the Company.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, unless the Trustee’s conduct constitutes willful misconduct or negligence.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Securities shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

92


(f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the corporate trust office of the Trustee specified in Section 11.2 , and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.

(g) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any fact or matter unless such fact or matter is known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee.

(i) Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may request, and in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel.

(j) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the related books and records of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(k) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company, Subsidiary Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11 . In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Company; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, as defined in TIA § 310(b), the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign.

 

93


SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities, shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee or any money paid to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities or in the Securities other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults . If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof, the Trustee shall mail by first class mail to each Securityholder at the address set forth in the Securities Register notice of the Default or Event of Default within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security (including payments pursuant to the optional redemption or required repurchase provisions of such Security, if any), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as its board of directors, a committee of its board of directors or a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Securityholders.

SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders . As promptly as practicable after each December 31 following the date of this Indenture beginning December 31, 2005, and in any event prior to March 15 in each year (excluding calendar year 2005), the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder a brief report dated as of such mail date that complies with TIA § 313(a) if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b) and TIA § 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Securityholders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Securities are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 313(d).

SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity . The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Securityholders and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel retained by the Trustee, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, damages, claims or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.7 ) and of defending itself

 

94


against any claims (whether asserted by any Securityholder, the Company or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Company’s expense in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel, provided that the Company shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if they assume the Trustee’s defense, and, in the reasonable judgment of outside counsel to the Trustee, there is no conflict of interest between the Company and the Trustee in connection with such defense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense which is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

The Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or clause (8) of Section 6.1 with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee . The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the removed Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Company’s written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 ;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting as trustee hereunder.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee as described in the preceding paragraph, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Securityholders. The retiring Trustee, upon payment of its charges hereunder, shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7 .

 

95


If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Securities may petition, at the Company’s expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 , unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in TIA § 310(b), any Securityholder, who has been a bona fide holder of a Security for at least six months, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall only apply to its successor or successors by merger, consolidation or conversion.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification . This Indenture shall always have a Trustee that satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) in every respect. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company . The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

SECTION 7.12. Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Company . Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be

 

96


effective. Subject to Section 7.1 , the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days after the date any officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

SECTION 7.13. Paying Agents . The Company shall cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to it and the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 7.13 :

(1) that it will hold all sums held by it as agent for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Securities (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any obligor on the Securities) in trust for the benefit of Holders of the Securities or the Trustee;

(2) that it will at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon written request from the Trustee, deliver to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by it together with a full accounting thereof; and

(3) that it will give the Trustee written notice within three Business Days of any failure of the Company (or by any obligor on the Securities) in the payment of any installment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Securities when the same shall be due and payable.

ARTICLE VIII

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Securities; Defeasance . (a) Subject to Section 8.1(c) , when (i)(x) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Securities (other than Securities replaced pursuant to Section 2.9 ) for cancellation or (y) all outstanding Securities not theretofore delivered for cancellation have become due and payable, whether at maturity or upon redemption or will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption pursuant to Article V hereof and the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders money in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Subsidiary

 

97


Guarantor is bound; (iii) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable under this Indenture and the Securities; and (iv) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Securities at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be, then upon demand of the Company (accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent specified herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with) this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to the Securities and the Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, at the cost and expense of the Company.

(b) Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.2 , the Company at any time may terminate (i) all its obligations under the Securities and this Indenture (“ legal defeasance option ”), and after giving effect to such legal defeasance, any omission to comply with such obligations shall no longer constitute a Default or Event of Default or (ii) its obligations under Sections 3.3 , 3.4 , 3.5 , 3.6 , 3.7 , 3.8 , 3.9 , 3.10 , 3.11 , 3.12 , 3.13 , 3.17 , 3.20 and 4.1(3) , and the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply with such covenants shall no longer constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Sections 6.1(3) (only with respect to Section 4.1(3) ), 6.1(4) , 6.1(5) , 6.1(6) , 6.1(7) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries) and 6.1(8) , and the events specified in such Sections shall no longer constitute an Event of Default (clause (ii) being referred to as the “ covenant defeasance option ”), but except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and the Securities shall be unaffected thereby. The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option.

If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default and the Subsidiary Guarantees in effect at such time shall terminate. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.1(3) (only with respect to Section 4.1(3) ), 6.1(4) , 6.1(5) , 6.1(6) , 6.1(7) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries) or 6.1(8) .

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 8.1(a) and (b) , the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.2 , 2.3 , 2.4 , 2.5 , 2.6 , 2.9 , 2.10 , 2.11 , 2.12 , 3.1 , 3.14 , 3.15 , 3.16 , 3.18 , 3.19 , 3.21 , 6.7 , 7.7 and 7.8 and in this Article VIII shall survive until the Securities have been paid in full. After the Securities have been paid in full, the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.7 , 8.4 and 8.5 shall survive.

 

98


SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance . The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

 

  (1) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders money in U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, the principal of and interest (without reinvestment) on which will be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

  (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all the Securities to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

  (3) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, with respect to certain bankruptcy or insolvency Events of Default, on the later of (i) the 91st day after such date of deposit or (ii) the day ending on the day following the expiration of the longest preference period under any bankruptcy law applicable to the Company in respect of such deposit;

 

  (4) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

 

  (5) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the effect that (A) the Securities and (B) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and that no Holder of the Securities is an insider of the Company, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds, will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;

 

  (6) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

  (7)

in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) in the United States stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to

 

99


 

the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Securityholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and legal defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and legal defeasance had not occurred;

 

  (8) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) in the United States to the effect that the Securityholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance had not occurred; and

 

  (9) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to either the legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as the case may be, as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied with.

SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money . The Trustee shall hold in trust all money or U.S. Government Obligations (including proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII . It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture and the Securities to the Holders of the Securities of all sums due in respect of the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Securities.

SECTION 8.4. Repayment to the Company . The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess money, U.S. Government Obligations or securities held by them upon payment of all the obligations under this Indenture.

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Securities that remains unclaimed by the Holders thereof for two years, and, thereafter, Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as unsecured general creditors.

SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations . The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the

 

100


Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII ; provided, however, that, if the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors have made any payment of principal, premium, if any, interest on or principal of any Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, (a) the Company or Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent and (b) unless otherwise required by any legal proceeding or any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall return an amount of money and/or U.S. Government Obligations to the Company equal to the payments made by the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantor after receiving a written request therefor at any time, if such reinstatement of the Company’s obligations has occurred and continues to be in effect.

The Trustee’s rights under this Article VIII shall survive termination of this Indenture.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders . The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities without notice to or consent of any Securityholder:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Company or the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture;

(3) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities; provided, however, that the uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Securities are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

(4) to add Guarantees with respect to the Securities or release a Subsidiary Guarantor upon its designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the designation is in accord with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(5) to secure the Securities;

(6) to add to the covenants of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company;

 

101


(7) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

(8) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

(9) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Securities which will have terms substantially identical in all respects to the Initial Securities or the Additional Securities, as the case may be (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Securities or the Additional Securities, if any, shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate), and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Securities or Additional Securities, as a single class of securities;

(10) to release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; or

(11) to provide for the appointment of a successor trustee, provided that the successor trustee be otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture.

After an amendment or supplement under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Securityholders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Securityholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section.

SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders . The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities without notice to any Securityholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Securities). Any past default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Securities). However, without the consent of each Securityholder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any Securities held by a non-consenting Holder of Securities):

(1) reduce the principal amount of Securities outstanding whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(2) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest or additional interest on any Security;

(3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Security;

(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Security or change the time at which any Security may or shall be redeemed or

 

102


repurchased as described under Section 3.6 or 3.11 (including an amendment to the definition of “Change of Control”) or Article V or any similar provision, whether through an amendment or waiver of Section 3.6 or 3.11 or Article V , definitions (with the exception of the defined term “Asset Disposition”) or otherwise;

(5) make any Security payable in money other than that stated in the Security;

(6) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of, principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Holder’s Securities on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Securities;

(7) make any change to the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or to the waiver provisions; or

(8) modify the Subsidiary Guarantees in any manner adverse to the Holders.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder of the Securities given in connection with a tender or exchange of such Holder’s Securities will not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange.

After an amendment or supplement under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Securityholders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Securityholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section.

SECTION 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act . Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Securities shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers . A consent to an amendment, supplement or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. Any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective or otherwise in accordance with any related solicitation documents. After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Securityholder unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (8) of Section 9.2 , in which case the amendment, supplement, waiver or other action shall bind each Securityholder who has consented to it and every subsequent Securityholder that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Securities. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of written consents under Section 9.1 or 9.2 as applicable.

 

103


The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Securityholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Securityholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall become valid or effective more than 120 days after such record date.

SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Securities . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determine, the Company in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of such amendment.

SECTION 9.6. Trustee To Sign Amendments . The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment, supplement or waiver the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to be provided with, and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 ) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.3 ).

ARTICLE X

SECURITIES GUARANTEE

SECTION 10.1. Subsidiary Guarantee . Subject to the provisions of this Article X , each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Subsidiary Guarantor, to each Holder of the Securities and the Trustee, the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities and all other obligations and liabilities of the Company under this Indenture (including without limitation interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding and the obligations under Section 7.7 ) (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guarantor Obligations ”). Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that the Guarantor Obligations will rank equally in right of payment with other Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, except to the extent such other

 

104


Indebtedness is subordinate to the Guarantor Obligations. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Guarantor Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guarantor Obligation.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guarantor Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Securities or the Guarantor Obligations.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guarantor Obligations.

Except as set forth in Section 10.2 , the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guarantor Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guarantor Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other person under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guarantor Obligations or any of them; (e) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Subsidiary Guarantor, or (f) any change in the ownership of the Company; (g) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guarantor Obligations; or (h) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Subsidiary Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the defense of full payment).

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.13 , each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guarantor Obligations or such Subsidiary Guarantor is released from its Subsidiary Guarantee upon the merger or the sale of all the Capital Stock or assets of the Subsidiary Guarantor in compliance with Section 10.2 . Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any of the Guarantor Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

 

105


In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Subsidiary Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Guarantor Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guarantor Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guarantor Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law).

Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Subsidiary Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guarantor Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Subsidiary Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guarantor Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guarantor Obligations, such Guarantor Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantor for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section.

SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge .

(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including, without limitation, any guarantees under the Senior Credit Facility) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

(b) In addition, the Company shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with or merge with or into any person (other than another Subsidiary Guarantor) and shall not permit the conveyance, transfer or lease of substantially all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor unless :

 

  (1)

(x) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person shall be a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia and such Person (if not such Subsidiary Guarantor) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee; (y) immediately after giving

 

106


 

effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the resulting, surviving or transferee Person or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by such Person or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (z) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture; or

 

  (2) the transaction is made in compliance with Sections 3.6 , 3.10 and 4.1 , to the extent such sections apply thereto.

Upon the sale or disposition of a Subsidiary Guarantor (by merger, consolidation, the sale of its Capital Stock or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than by lease)) and whether or not the Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation in such transaction to a Person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically released from all its obligations under this Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement and such Subsidiary Guarantee will terminate; provided, however, that (x) the sale or other disposition is in compliance with this Indenture, including Sections 3.6 , 3.10 and 4.1 , to the extent applicable, and (y) all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under all Credit Facilities and related documentation and any other obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor relating to any other Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries terminate upon consummation of such transaction.

(c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be deemed released from all its obligations under this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall terminate upon the legal defeasance of the Securities pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII hereof.

(d) Each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture, its Subsidiary Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement if the Company designates such Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation complies with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture.

(e) If the conditions to any release referred to in clause (b), (c) or (d) above have been satisfied, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in order to evidence the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

SECTION 10.3. Right of Contribution . Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against the Company, or any other Subsidiary Guarantor that has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

 

107


SECTION 10.4. Delay of Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, no Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Guarantor Obligations, nor shall any Subsidiary Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Company on account of the Guarantor Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Subsidiary Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Guarantor Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Subsidiary Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Subsidiary Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Subsidiary Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Subsidiary Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guarantor Obligations.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls . If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control. Each Subsidiary Guarantor in addition to performing its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall perform such other obligations as may be imposed upon it with respect to this Indenture under the TIA.

SECTION 11.2. Notices . Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person, sent by facsimile, delivered by commercial courier service or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

if to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor:

Ryerson Tull, Inc.

2621 West 15 th Place

Chicago, Illinois 60608

Attention: Vice President – Finance and

Treasurer

 

108


if to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.

2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1020

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

The Company or the Trustee by written notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication to the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and five calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee).

Any notice or communication mailed to a registered Securityholder shall be mailed to the Securityholder at the Securityholder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Securityholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Securityholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt.

SECTION 11.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders . Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

SECTION 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with.

 

109


SECTION 11.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officers’ Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

SECTION 11.6. When Securities Disregarded . In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Affiliate of them shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

SECTION 11.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or at meetings of, Securityholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

SECTION 11.8. Legal Holidays . A “ Legal Holiday ” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

SECTION 11.9. GOVERNING LAW . THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES.

SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any

 

110


liability for any obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Securities, this Indenture or a Subsidiary Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Securities by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability to the extent permitted by applicable law. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Securities.

SECTION 11.11. Successors . All agreements of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 11.12. Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

SECTION 11.13. Qualification of Indenture . The Company shall qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Company, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Securities and printing this Indenture and the Securities. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

SECTION 11.14. Table of Contents; Headings . The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 11.15. Force Majeure . In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

111


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

RYERSON TULL, INC.
By  

/s/ Jay Gratz

Name:   Jay Gratz
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
RYERSON TULL PROCUREMENT CORPORATION
By  

/s/ James M. Delaney

Name:   James M. Delaney
Title:   President


THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
By  

/s/ Carolyn Potter

Name:   Carolyn Potter
Title:   Assistant Vice President


ANNEX 3.5

AGREEMENTS CONTAINING PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES

1. The Indenture.

2. The Senior Credit Facility.

3. The Indenture governing the Company’s 3.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2024.

4. The Indenture governing the Company’s 9  1 / 8  % Notes due 2006.


ANNEX 3.9

PERMITTED AGREEMENTS WITH AFFILIATES

 

1) Collado Ryerson JV

 

  a) Guarantee of GE Capital loan up to $5.0 million

 

  b) Supply of metal products to JV to service U.S. customers in Mexico

 

  c) Commercial and financial arrangements under a Commercial Relationship Agreement between the Company and Grupo Collado, S.A. de C.V. relating to the JV, including servicing of accounts and payment of sales commissions.

 

2) Tata Ryerson JV

Obligation to make additional capital contributions to JV to support the Faridabad project (approximately $625,000 - $700,000 depending on exchange rates).


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF SERIES A NOTE]

[Applicable Restricted Securities Legend]

[Depository Legend, if applicable]

 

No. [       ]        

Principal Amount $[              ], as

revised by the Schedule of Increases and

Decreases in Global Security attached hereto

      CUSIP NO.   

 

      ISIN:   

 

RYERSON TULL, INC.

8  1 / 4 % Senior Note, Series A, due 2011

Ryerson Tull, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [              ] DOLLARS, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Security attached hereto, on December 15, 2011.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing on June 15, 2005

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1

Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

 

RYERSON TULL, INC.
By:  

 

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A. as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Securities referred to in the Indenture.
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

Date:                   , 20       

 

A-1


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF SERIES A NOTE]

RYERSON TULL, INC.

8  1 / 4 % Senior Note, Series A, due 2011

1. Interest

Ryerson Tull, Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above.

The Company will pay interest semi-annually on June 15 and December 15, commencing on June 15, 2005. Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Securities or, if no interest has been paid, from December 13, 2004. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal, and on overdue premium, if any (plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful), at the rate borne by the Securities to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

If an exchange offer (the “ Exchange Offer ”) registered under the Securities Act is not consummated or a shelf registration statement (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) under the Securities Act with respect to resales of the Securities is not declared effective by the SEC on or before the date that is 210 days after the Issue Date (the “ Target Registration Date ”) in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement dated December 13, 2004 among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers, the annual interest rate borne by the Securities shall be increased from the rate shown above by (i) 0.50% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the Target Registration Date and (ii) an additional 0.50% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until the Exchange Offer is completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required, is declared effective by the SEC or the Securities become freely tradable under the Securities Act, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum of additional interest. If the Company receives a request (a “ Shelf Request ”) from an Initial Purchaser requesting that a Shelf Registration Statement be filed due to an unsold allotment of Securities held by such Initial Purchaser, and the Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC by the later of (x) 180 days after the Issue Date and (y) 90 days after the delivery of such Shelf Request (the “ Shelf Additional Interest Date ”), the annual interest rate borne by the Securities shall be increased from the rate shown above by (i) 0.50% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the Shelf Additional Interest Date and (ii) an additional 0.50% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum of additional interest. The Holder of this Security is entitled to the benefits of such Registration Rights Agreement.

 

A-2


2. Method of Payment

By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Securities at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. The Company will make all payments in respect of a Definitive Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (the “ Trustee ”) will act as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Securityholder. Any of the domestically organized Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4. Indenture

The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of December 13, 2004 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ Act ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.

The Securities are general unsecured, senior obligations of the Company. The aggregate principal amount of securities that may be authenticated and delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Security is one of the 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series A, due 2011 referred to in the Indenture. The Securities include (i) $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount

 

A-3


of the Company’s 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series A, due 2011 issued under the Indenture on December 13, 2004 (herein called “ Initial Securities ”), (ii) if and when issued, additional 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series A, due 2011 or 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series B, due 2011 of the Company that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to December 13, 2004 (herein called “ Additional Securities ”) and (iii) if and when issued, the Company’s 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series B, due 2011 that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture in exchange for Initial Securities or Additional Securities in an offer registered under the Securities Act as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (herein called “ Exchange Securities ”). The Initial Securities, Additional Securities and Exchange Securities are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, the making of restricted payments, the sale of assets and subsidiary stock, the incurrence of certain liens, sale-leaseback transactions, affiliate transactions, the sale of capital stock of restricted subsidiaries, the making of payments for consents, the entering into of agreements that restrict distributions from restricted subsidiaries and the consummation of mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also imposes requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of guarantees of the Securities by certain subsidiaries.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Securities and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Securities when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Securities and the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantors have fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guaranteed (and future guarantors, together with the Subsidiary Guarantors on the Issue Date, will fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee), jointly and severally, to each Holder of the Securities and the Trustee the Guarantor Obligations pursuant to Article X of the Indenture on a senior basis.

5. Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Securities will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to December 15, 2008. On and after such date, the Securities will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, from time to time, at any time upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15 of the years set forth below:

 

Period

   Percentage  

2008

   104.125 %

2009

   102.063 %

2010 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

A-4


In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to December 15, 2007, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original principal amount of the Securities (after giving effect to any future issuance of Additional Securities) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 108.25%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that at least 65% of the original principal amount of the Securities (after giving effect to issuances of Additional Securities) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; provided further , that each such redemption occurs within 60 days of the date of closing of such Equity Offering.

If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Security is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Securities will be subject to redemption by the Company.

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Securities for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed or, if the Securities are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Securities of $1,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. Any such notice to the Trustee may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. If any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Security in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Security. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Securities or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price pursuant to the Indenture.

6. Repurchase Provisions

If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Securities as described under paragraph 5 of the Securities, then such Change of Control shall constitute a triggering event which shall trigger the obligation of the Company to offer to repurchase from each Holder all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

7. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange

 

A-5


Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange (i) any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of Securities to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing or (ii) any Securities for a period beginning 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

8. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

9. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another person and not to the Trustee for payment.

 

10. Defeasance

Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

11. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture and the Securities may be amended or supplemented by the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities and (ii) any default (other than with respect to nonpayment or in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each Securityholder affected) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Securityholder, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities, to comply with Article IV or Section 10.2 in respect of the assumption by a Successor Company of an obligation of the Company or the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, to add Guarantees with respect to the Securities or release a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the Indenture, to secure the Securities, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Securities or

 

A-6


surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or that does not adversely affect the rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with any requirement of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Securities or to provide for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

12. Defaults and Remedies

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (each of which are more specifically described in the Indenture) (i) default for 30 days in payment of interest or additional interest (as required by the Registration Rights Agreement) when due on the Securities; (ii) default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, on the Securities at Stated Maturity, upon required repurchase or upon optional redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities, upon acceleration or otherwise; (iii) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Article IV or Section 10.2(b) of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice with any of its obligations under the covenants described under Sections 3.3 through 3.13 inclusive, Section 3.17 and Section 3.20 of the Indenture (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Securities when required under the Indenture, which failure shall constitute an Event of Default under clause (ii) above); (v) the failure by the Company to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Indenture; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay when due principal of or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness within the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“ payment default ”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its final Stated Maturity (the “ cross acceleration provision ”) and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more; (vii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (the “ bankruptcy provisions ”); (viii) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $15.0 million (net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days (the “ judgment default provision ”); or (ix) any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together as of the latest audited financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or a group of Subsidiary Guarantors that taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a

 

A-7


Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee. However, a default under clauses (iv) and (v) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Company of the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (iv) and (v) hereof after receipt of such notice.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in (vii) hereof) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may declare all the Securities to be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default described in (vii) hereof occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Securities will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

Securityholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Securityholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

13. Trustee Dealings with the Company

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

14. No Recourse Against Others

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Securities, this Indenture or a Subsidiary Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Securities by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability to the extent permitted by applicable law. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Securities. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

15. Authentication

This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

 

A-8


16. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Securityholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

17. CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers

The Company has caused CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Securities and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

18. Governing Law

This Security shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

The Company will furnish to any Securityholder upon written request and without charge to the Securityholder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

Ryerson Tull, Inc.

2621 West 15 th Place

Chicago, Illinois 60608

Attention: Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

 

A-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to:

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

Date:

 

 

    Your Signature:  

 

 

Signature Guarantee:  

 

  (Signature must be guaranteed)

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issuance of such Securities and the last date, if any, on which such Securities were owned by the Company, or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Securities are being:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

 

1

¨

   acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or

2

¨

   transferred to the Company; or

3

¨

   transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”); or

4

¨

   transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or

5

¨

   transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

 

A-10


6

¨

   transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Section 2.7 of the Indenture); or

7

¨

   transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee or the Company may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Securities, in its sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Trustee or the Company may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

 

   

 

    Signature
Signature Guarantee:    

 

   

 

(Signature must be guaranteed)     Signature

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Security for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

 

Dated:

 

A-11


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES AND DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The following increases and decreases in this Global Security have been made:

 

Date of

Decrease
or

Increase

  Amount of decrease in Principal
Amount of this Global Security
  Amount of increase in Principal
Amount of this Global Security
  Principal Amount of this Global
Security following such
decrease or increase
  Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities Custodian
       

 

A-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you elect to have this Security purchased by the Company Pursuant to Section 3.6 or 3.11 of the Indenture, check either box:

¨          ¨

3.6        3.11

If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.6 or Section 3.11 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be integral multiple of $1,000): $             

 

Date:

                           Your Signature   

 

     

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Security)

Signature Guarantee:

  

 

   (Signature must be guaranteed)

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

 

A-13


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF FACE OF SERIES B NOTE]

[Depository Legend, if applicable]

 

No. [              ]   Principal Amount $[                      ], as
  revised by the Schedule of Increases and
  Decreases in Global Security attached hereto
  CUSIP NO.                                                          
  ISIN:                                                              

RYERSON TULL, INC.

% Senior Note, Series B, due 2011

Ryerson Tull, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [                      ] DOLLARS, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Security attached hereto, on December 15, 2011.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing on June 15, 2005 Record Dates: June 1 and December 1

Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

 

RYERSON TULL, INC.

By:

 

 

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION    
THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.    
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Securities referred to in the Indenture.    

By:

 

 

   
 

Authorized Signatory

    Date:                   , 20     

 

B-1


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF SERIES B NOTE]

RYERSON TULL, INC.

8  1 / 4 % Senior Note, Series B, due 2011

1. Interest

Ryerson Tull, Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above.

The Company will pay interest semi-annually on June 15 and December 15, commencing on June 15, 2005. Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Securities or, if no interest has been paid, from December 13, 2004. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal, and on overdue premium, if any (plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful), at the rate borne by the Securities to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

2. Method of Payment

By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Securities at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. The Company will make all payments in respect of a Definitive Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

B-2


3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (the “Trustee”) will act as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Securityholder. Any of the domestically organized Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4. Indenture

The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of December 13, 2004 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ Act ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.

The Securities are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company. The aggregate principal amount of securities that may be authenticated and delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Security is one of the 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series B, due 2011 referred to in the Indenture. The Securities include (i) $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series A, due 2011 issued under the Indenture on December 13, 2004 (herein called “ Initial Securities ”), (ii) if and when issued, additional 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series A, due 2011 or 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series B, due 2011 of the Company that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to December 13, 2004 (herein called “ Additional Securities ”) and (iii) if and when issued, the Company’s 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series B, due 2011 that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture in exchange for Initial Securities or Additional Securities in an offer registered under the Securities Act as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (herein called “ Exchange Securities ”). The Initial Securities, Additional Securities and Exchange Securities are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, the making of restricted payments, the sale of assets and subsidiary stock, the incurrence of certain liens, sale-leaseback transactions, affiliate transactions, the sale of capital stock of restricted subsidiaries, the making of payments for consents, the entering into of agreements that restrict distributions from restricted subsidiaries and the consummation of mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also imposes requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of guarantees of the Securities by certain subsidiaries.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Securities and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Securities when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Securities and the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantors have fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guaranteed (and future guarantors, together with the Subsidiary Guarantors on the Issue Date, will fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee), jointly and severally, to each Holder of the Securities and the Trustee the Guarantor Obligations pursuant to Article X of the Indenture on a senior basis.

 

B-3


5. Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Securities will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to December 15, 2008. On and after such date, the Securities will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, from time to time, at any time upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15 of the years set forth below:

 

Period

   Percentage  

2008

   104.125 %

2009

   102.063 %

2010 and thereafter

   100.000 %

In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to December 15, 2007, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original principal amount of the Securities (after giving effect to any future issuance of Additional Securities) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 108.25%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that at least 65% of the original principal amount of the Securities (after giving effect to issuances of Additional Securities) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; provided further , that each such redemption occurs within 60 days of the date of closing of such Equity Offering.

If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Security is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Securities will be subject to redemption by the Company.

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Securities for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed or, if the Securities are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Securities of $1,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. Any such notice to the Trustee may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no

 

B-4


effect. If any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Security in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Security. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Securities or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price pursuant to the Indenture.

6. Repurchase Provisions

If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Securities as described under paragraph 5 of the Securities, then such Change of Control shall constitute a triggering event which shall trigger the obligation of the Company to offer to repurchase from each Holder all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

7. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange (i) any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of Securities to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing or (ii) any Securities for a period beginning 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

8. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

9. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another person and not to the Trustee for payment.

 

B-5


10. Defeasance

Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

11. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture and the Securities may be amended or supplemented by the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities and (ii) any default (other than with respect to nonpayment or in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each Securityholder affected) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Securityholder, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities, to comply with Article IV or Section 10.2 in respect of the assumption by a Successor Company of an obligation of the Company or the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, to add Guarantees with respect to the Securities or release a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the Indenture, to secure the Securities, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Securities or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or that does not adversely affect the rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with any requirement of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Securities or to provide for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

12. Defaults and Remedies

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (each of which are more specifically described in the Indenture) (i) default for 30 days in payment of interest when due on the Securities; (ii) default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, on the Securities at Stated Maturity, upon required repurchase or upon optional redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities, upon acceleration or otherwise; (iii) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Article IV or Section 10.2(b) of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice with any of its obligations under the covenants described under Sections 3.3 through 3.13 inclusive, Section 3.17 and Section 3.20 of the Indenture (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Securities when required under the Indenture, which failure shall constitute an Event of Default under clause (ii) above); (v) the failure by the Company to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Indenture or under the Securities; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its

 

B-6


Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay when due principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness within the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“ payment default ”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its final Stated Maturity (the “ cross acceleration provision ”) and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more; (vii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (the “ bankruptcy provisions ”); (viii) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $15.0 million (net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days (the “ judgment default provision ”); or (ix) any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together as of the latest audited financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or a group of Subsidiary Guarantors that taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee. However, a default under clauses (iv) and (v) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Company of the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (iv) and (v) hereof after receipt of such notice.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in (vii) hereof) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may declare all the Securities to be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default described in (vii) hereof occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Securities will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

Securityholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Securityholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

B-7


13. Trustee Dealings with the Company

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

14. No Recourse Against Others

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Securities, this Indenture or a Subsidiary Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Securities by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability to the extent permitted by applicable law. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Securities. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

15. Authentication

This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

16. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Securityholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

17. CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers

The Company has caused CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Securities and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

18. Governing Law

This Security shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

B-8


The Company will furnish to any Securityholder upon written request and without charge to the Securityholder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

Ryerson Tull, Inc.

2621 West 15 th Place

Chicago, Illinois 60608

Attention: Vice President – Finance and Treasurer

 

B-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to:

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

Date:  

 

    Your Signature  

 

 

Signature Guarantee:  

 

  (Signature must be guaranteed)

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

 

B-10


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES AND DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The following increases and decreases in this Global Security have been made:

 

Date of Decrease or Increase

  

Amount of decrease in Principal
Amount of this Global Security

  

Amount of increase in Principal

Amount of this Global Security

  

Principal Amount of this Global
Security following such
decrease or increase

  

Signature of authorized

signatory of Trustee or

Securities Custodian

           
           
           

 

B-11


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you elect to have this Security purchased by the Company Pursuant to Section 3.6 or 3.11 of the Indenture, check either box:

¨          ¨

3.6    3.11

If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.6 or Section 3.11 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be integral multiple of $1,000): $                      

 

Date:                        Your Signature:  

 

    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Security)

 

Signature Guarantee:  

 

  (Signature must be guaranteed)

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

 

B-12


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT TO ADD SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

This Supplemental Indenture, dated as of [                   ], 20      (this “ Supplemental Indenture ” or “ Guarantee ”), among [ name of future Subsidiary Guarantor ] (the “ Guarantor ”), Ryerson Tull, Inc. (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Company ”), each other then existing Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of                     , 2004 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2011 of the Company (the “ Securities ”);

WHEREAS, Section 3.13(a) of the Indenture provides that the Company is required to cause each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary guaranteeing the Indebtedness of any other Foreign Subsidiary) to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis with the other Subsidiary Guarantors, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities on a senior basis; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend or supplement the Indenture, without the consent of any Securityholder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor, the Company, the other Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.1 Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “ Holders ” in this Guarantee shall refer to the term “ Holders ” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf or for the benefit of such Holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.


ARTICLE II

Agreement to be Bound; Guarantee

SECTION 2.1 Agreement to be Bound . The Guarantor hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture. The Guarantor agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Indenture applicable to a Subsidiary Guarantor and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture.

SECTION 2.2 Guarantee . The Guarantor agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Subsidiary Guarantors, to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Securities and the Trustee the Guarantor Obligations pursuant to Article X of the Indenture on a senior basis.

ARTICLE III

Miscellaneous

SECTION 3.1 Notices . All notices and other communications to the Guarantor shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the Guarantor, at its address set forth below, with a copy to the Company as provided in the Indenture for notices to the Company.

SECTION 3.2 Parties . Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained.

SECTION 3.3 Governing Law . This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 3.4 Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 3.5 Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 3.6 Headings . The headings of the Articles and the Sections in this Guarantee are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

C-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR],

as a Guarantor

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[Address]
THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
RYERSON TULL, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
RYERSON TULL PROCUREMENT CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Exhibit 4.8

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT EITHER (A) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE AND HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT TO


TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), ANY PLAN, ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (COLLECTIVELY, “SIMILAR LAWS”) (EACH, A “PLAN”) OR ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN OR (B) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY BY YOU WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAW.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.


No. 1

 

Principal Amount $145,500,000, as

revised by the Schedule of Increases and

Decreases in Global Security attached hereto

CUSIP NO. 78375PAE7

ISIN: US78375PAE79

RYERSON TULL, INC.

8  1 / 4 % Senior Note, Series A, due 2011

Ryerson Tull, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of ONE HUNDRED FORTY-FIVE MILLION, FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Security attached hereto, on December 15, 2011.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing on June 15, 2005

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1

Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

 

RYERSON TULL, INC.

By:

 

/s/ J AY G RATZ

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

as Trustee, certifies

that this is one of

the Securities referred

to in the Indenture.

   

By:

 

/s/ C AROLYN P OTTER

   
  Authorized Signatory     Date: December 13, 2004


RYERSON TULL, INC.

8  1 / 4 % Senior Note, Series A, due 2011

 

1. Interest

Ryerson Tull, Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above.

The Company will pay interest semi-annually on June 15 and December 15, commencing on June 15, 2005. Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Securities or, if no interest has been paid, from December 13, 2004. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal, and on overdue premium, if any (plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful), at the rate borne by the Securities to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

If an exchange offer (the “ Exchange Offer ”) registered under the Securities Act is not consummated or a shelf registration statement (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) under the Securities Act with respect to resales of the Securities is not declared effective by the SEC on or before the date that is 210 days after the Issue Date (the “ Target Registration Date ”) in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement dated December 13, 2004 among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers, the annual interest rate borne by the Securities shall be increased from the rate shown above by (i) 0.50% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the Target Registration Date and (ii) an additional 0.50% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until the Exchange Offer is completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required, is declared effective by the SEC or the Securities become freely tradable under the Securities Act, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum of additional interest. If the Company receives a request (a “ Shelf Request ”) from an Initial Purchaser requesting that a Shelf Registration Statement be filed due to an unsold allotment of Securities held by such Initial Purchaser, and the Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC by the later of (x) 180 days after the Issue Date and (y) 90 days after the delivery of such Shelf Request (the “ Shelf Additional Interest Date ”), the annual interest rate borne by the Securities shall be increased from the rate shown above by (i) 0.50% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the Shelf Additional Interest Date and (ii) an additional 0.50% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum of additional interest. The Holder of this Security is entitled to the benefits of such Registration Rights Agreement.

 

2. Method of Payment

By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal,


premium, if any, and/or interest. The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Securities at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. The Company will make all payments in respect of a Definitive Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (the Trustee ”) will act as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Securityholder. Any of the domestically organized Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

 

4. Indenture

The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of December 13, 2004 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ Act ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.

The Securities are general unsecured, senior obligations of the Company. The aggregate principal amount of securities that may be authenticated and delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Security is one of the 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series A, due 2011 referred to in the Indenture. The Securities include (i) $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series A, due 2011 issued under the Indenture on December 13, 2004 (herein called “ Initial Securities ”), (ii) if and when issued, additional 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series A, due 2011 or 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes, Series B, due 2011 of the Company that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to December 13, 2004 (herein called “ Additional Securities ”) and (iii) if and when issued, the Company’s 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes,


Series B, due 2011 that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture in exchange for Initial Securities or Additional Securities in an offer registered under the Securities Act as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (herein called “ Exchange Securities ”). The Initial Securities, Additional Securities and Exchange Securities are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, the making of restricted payments, the sale of assets and subsidiary stock, the incurrence of certain liens, sale-leaseback transactions, affiliate transactions, the sale of capital stock of restricted subsidiaries, the making of payments for consents, the entering into of agreements that restrict distributions from restricted subsidiaries and the consummation of mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also imposes requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of guarantees of the Securities by certain subsidiaries.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Securities and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Securities when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Securities and the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantors have fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guaranteed (and future guarantors, together with the Subsidiary Guarantors on the Issue Date, will fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee), jointly and severally, to each Holder of the Securities and the Trustee the Guarantor Obligations pursuant to Article X of the Indenture on a senior basis.

 

5. Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Securities will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to December 15, 2008. On and after such date, the Securities will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, from time to time, at any time upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on December 15 of the years set forth below:

 

Period

   Percentage  

2008

   104.125 %

2009

   102.063 %

2010 and thereafter

   100.000 %

In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to December 15, 2007, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original principal amount of the Securities (after giving effect to any future issuance of Additional Securities) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 108.25%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the


relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that at least 65% of the original principal amount of the Securities (after giving effect to issuances of Additional Securities) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; provided further, that each such redemption occurs within 60 days of the date of closing of such Equity Offering.

If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Security is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Securities will be subject to redemption by the Company.

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Securities for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed or, if the Securities are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Securities of $1,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. Any such notice to the Trustee may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. If any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Security in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Security. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Securities or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price pursuant to the Indenture.

 

6. Repurchase Provisions

If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Securities as described under paragraph 5 of the Securities, then such Change of Control shall constitute a triggering event which shall trigger the obligation of the Company to offer to repurchase from each Holder all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

 

7. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange (i) any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of Securities to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing or (ii) any Securities for a period beginning 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.


8. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

9. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another person and not to the Trustee for payment.

 

10. Defeasance

Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

11. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture and the Securities may be amended or supplemented by the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities and (ii) any default (other than with respect to nonpayment or in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each Securityholder affected) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Securityholder, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities, to comply with Article IV or Section 10.2 in respect of the assumption by a Successor Company of an obligation of the Company or the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, to add Guarantees with respect to the Securities or release a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the Indenture, to secure the Securities, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Securities or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or that does not adversely affect the rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with any requirement of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Securities or to provide for the appointment of a successor Trustee.


12. Defaults and Remedies

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (each of which are more specifically described in the Indenture) (i) default for 30 days in payment of interest or additional interest (as required by the Registration Rights Agreement) when due on the Securities; (ii) default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, on the Securities at Stated Maturity, upon required repurchase or upon optional redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities, upon acceleration or otherwise; (iii) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Article IV or Section 10.2(b) of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice with any of its obligations under the covenants described under Sections 3.3 through 3.13 inclusive, Section 3.17 and Section 3.20 of the Indenture (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Securities when required under the Indenture, which failure shall constitute an Event of Default under clause (ii) above); (v) the failure by the Company to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Indenture; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay when due principal of or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness within the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“ payment default ”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its final Stated Maturity (the “ cross acceleration provision ”) and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more; (vii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (the “ bankruptcy provisions ”); (viii) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $15.0 million (net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days (the “ judgment default provision ”); or (ix) any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together as of the latest audited financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or a group of Subsidiary Guarantors that taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee. However, a default under clauses (iv) and (v) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Company of the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (iv) and (v) hereof after receipt of such notice.


If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in (vii) hereof) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may declare all the Securities to be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default described in (vii) hereof occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Securities will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

Securityholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Securityholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

13. Trustee Dealings with the Company

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

14. No Recourse Against Others

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Securities, this Indenture or a Subsidiary Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Securities by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability to the extent permitted by applicable law. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Securities. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

15. Authentication

This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

 

16. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Securityholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act).


17. CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers

The Company has caused CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Securities and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

18. Governing Law

This Security shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

The Company will furnish to any Securityholder upon written request and without charge to the Securityholder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

Ryerson Tull, Inc.

2621 West 15 th Place

Chicago, Illinois 60608

Attention: Vice President – Finance and Treasurer


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to:

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 

 

  Your Signature:  

 

 

Signature Guarantee:   

 

   (Signature must be guaranteed)

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issuance of such Securities and the last date, if any, on which such Securities were owned by the Company, or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Securities are being:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

 

1    ¨    acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or
2    ¨    transferred to the Company; or
3    ¨    transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”); or
4    ¨    transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or
5    ¨    transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or


6    ¨    transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Section 2.7 of the Indenture); or
7    ¨    transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee or the Company may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Securities, in its sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Trustee or the Company may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

 

   

 

    Signature

Signature Guarantee:

   

 

   

 

(Signature must be guaranteed)

    Signature

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Security for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

 

Dated:


SCHEDULE OF INCREASES AND DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The following increases and decreases in this Global Security have been made:

 

Date of

Decrease or Increase

   Amount of decrease in Principal
Amount of this Global Security
   Amount of increase in Principal
Amount of this Global Security
   Principal Amount of this Global
Security following such
decrease or increase
   Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities Custodian


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you elect to have this Security purchased by the Company Pursuant to Section 3.6 or 3.11 of the Indenture, check either box:

¨      ¨

3.6     3.11

If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.6 or Section 3.11 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be integral multiple of $ 1,000): $                     

 

Date:                     

    Your Signature  

 

      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Security)

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

  (Signature must be guaranteed)

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

Exhibit 4.9

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of May 30, 2008, among RYERSON INC., a Delaware corporation and successor by merger to RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, with and into RYERSON INC. (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors (as that term is defined in the Indenture) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS the Issuer and the Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as of October 19, 2007, providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 and Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014 (the “ Notes ”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $575,000,000;

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture, the Issuer (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale, within 360 days after the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, to, among other things, acquire assets or Capital Interests, or make capital expenditures in or that are used or useful in a Permitted Business or make expenditures for maintenance, repair or improvement of existing properties and assets in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, or to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds constitute proceeds from the sale of ABL Collateral, repay Debt under the Credit Agreement, in accordance with the provisions of such Section 4.10;

WHEREAS Section 4.10 of the Indenture provides that the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale involving the disposition of Notes Collateral shall be paid directly by the purchaser of the Collateral to the Collateral Agent for deposit into the Collateral Account;

WHEREAS the definition of Trust Monies under the Indenture includes Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture, the Issuer may apply Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale that constitutes a sale of Collateral, within the period provided for in such Section, to temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture, the Issuer may also use up to $75.0 million from the proceeds from the sale of Notes Collateral that is real property in accordance with the provisions of clause (xv) of the second paragraph of Section 4.7 of the Indenture;

WHEREAS the limitations of Article XI of the Indenture are inconsistent with the permitted uses of Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale under Section 4.10 of the Indenture and with the permitted temporary uses of such Net Cash Proceeds under such Section;


WHEREAS, such inconsistencies may prevent the Issuer from using and applying Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales in ways expressly permitted by the provisions of the Indenture relating to Asset Sales because Article XI of the Indenture, relating to Trust Monies and the Collateral Account into which Trust Monies are deposited, does not expressly permit the Issuer to request the withdrawal of Trust Monies for such uses and applications;

WHEREAS, the Issuer has determined that such inconsistencies constitute mistakes, defects and inconsistencies within the meaning of Section 9.1(8) of the Indenture;

WHEREAS Section 9.1 of the Indenture permits the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee to enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Indenture to cure, among other things, any defects, mistakes and inconsistencies;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recitals hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. (a) Amendment to Section 4.10 . Section 4.10 is amended by changing the words “Article X” appearing at the end of the fourth paragraph thereof to the words “applicable provisions of Articles X and XI.”

(b) Amendment to Section 11.4 . The caption to and introductory paragraph of Section 11.4 of the Indenture shall be amended and restated as follows:

Withdrawal of Trust Monies for Investment in Replacement Assets and for Certain Other Purposes .

In the event the Issuer intends to reinvest or use Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale (“Released Trust Monies”) (i) to purchase other long-term assets that constitute Collateral and become subject to the Lien of this Indenture or (ii) in any other manner permitted under Section 4.10 of this Indenture (including to repay Debt under the Credit Agreement, to make capital expenditures, or expenditures for maintenance, repair or improvement of properties and assets, or to acquire other assets or Capital Interests, all as provided in such Section 4.10) (such replacement assets, assets represented by such capital or other expenditures, Capital Interests and other assets so acquired being referred to as “ Replacement Assets”), or to reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest Net Cash Proceeds as provided in Section 4.10, or to use proceeds in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 4.7 of the Indenture), such Net Cash Proceeds constituting Trust Monies may be withdrawn by the Issuer and shall be paid by the Collateral Agent to the Issuer upon a notice to the Trustee and upon receipt by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, in the case of an investment in Replacement Assets, of the documents

 

2


and items specified in paragraphs (a) through (f) below, and, in the case of a use of Net Cash Proceeds to repay Debt under the Credit Agreement, to reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in accordance with such Section 4.10 or to use such proceeds in accordance with the applicable provisions of such Section 4.7, a direction by the Issuer specifying such use and an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such use conforms to the requirements of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent herein provided for or relating to such application of Trust Monies have been complied with.”

(c) Amendment to Section 11.6 . Section 11.6 of the Indenture is amended by adding to the introductory paragraph thereof, after the words “Replacement Assets”, the words “or to any of the other applications or uses permitted by the introductory paragraph of Section 11.4,”.

3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

4. Governing Law . THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES. The parties to this Supplemental Indenture each hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the Note Guarantees, this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture, and all such parties hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or federal court and hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent that they may legally do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

5. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. The recitals and statements herein are deemed to be those of the Issuer and Guarantors and not those of the Trustee, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness.

6. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

3


7. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof.

8. Severability . In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

9. Trust Indenture Act Controls . If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision that is required to be included in this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in force at the date that this Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provisions required by said Act shall control.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

RYERSON INC.
By:  

/s/ Terence R. Rogers

Name:   Terence R. Rogers
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laurie H. Beaudet

Name   Laurie H. Beaudet
Title:   Assistant Treasurer
J.M. TULL METALS COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laurie H. Beaudet

Name:   Laurie H. Beaudet
Title:   Assistant Treasurer
RYERSON PROCUREMENT CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Laurie H. Beaudet

Name:   Laurie H. Beaudet
Title:   Assistant Treasurer
RYERSON AMERICAS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laurie H. Beaudet

Name:   Laurie H. Beaudet
Title:   Assistant Treasurer

 

5


RDM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laurie H. Beaudet

Name:   Laurie H. Beaudet
Title:   Assistant Treasurer
RCJV HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laurie H. Beaudet

Name:   Laurie H. Beaudet
Title:   Assistant Treasurer
RYERSON INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laurie H. Beaudet

Name:   Laurie H. Beaudet
Title:   Assistant Treasurer
RYERSON (CHINA) LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Laurie H. Beaudet

Name:   Laurie H. Beaudet
Title:   Assistant Treasurer
RYERSON INTERNATIONAL MATERIAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laurie H. Beaudet

Name:   Laurie H. Beaudet
Title:   Assistant Treasurer

 

6


RYERSON INTERNATIONAL TRADING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laurie H. Beaudet

Name:   Laurie H. Beaudet
Title:   Assistant Treasurer
RYERSON PAN-PACIFIC LLC
By:  

/s/ Laurie H. Beaudet

Name:   Laurie H. Beaudet
Title:   Assistant Treasurer

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By:  

/s/ Lynn M. Steiner

Name:   Lynn M. Steiner
Title:   Vice President

 

7

Exhibit 5.1

July 2 , 2008

Ryerson Inc.

on behalf of the Registrants (defined below)

2621 W. 15th Place

Chicago, IL 60608

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-4

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are counsel for:

(a) Ryerson Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”); and

(b) J.M. Tull Metals Company, Inc., Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc., RCJV Holdings, Inc., RdM Holdings, Inc., Ryerson (China) Limited, Ryerson Americas, Inc., Ryerson International Material Management Services, Inc., Ryerson International Trading, Inc., Ryerson International, Inc., Ryerson Pan-Pacific LLC, and Ryerson Procurement Corporation (collectively, the “ Subsidiaries ”),

and have acted as such in connection with various legal matters relating to the filing, on the date hereof, of a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “ Registration Statement ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), covering up to $141,500,000 in principal amount of the Company’s Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014 (the “ Floating Rate Exchange Notes ”) offered in exchange for all of the outstanding Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014 and up to $425,000,000 in principal amount of the Company’s 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “ Fixed Rate Exchange Notes ” and, together with the Floating Rate Exchange Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”) offered in exchange for all of the outstanding 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015. Both the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes and 12% Senior Secured Notes were originally issued and sold in reliance upon an exemption from registration under the Securities Act (the “ Original Notes ”).

The Original Notes were issued under, and the Exchange Notes are to be issued under, the Indenture, dated as of October 19, 2007, among the Company, the Guarantors named therein (the “ Guarantors ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). The exchange will be made pursuant to an exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Statement (the “ Exchange Offer ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Registration Statement. As used herein, the term “ Registrants ” refers to the Company and the Subsidiaries.


Ryerson Inc.

July 2 , 2008

Page 2

 

In so acting, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the Indenture and the respective certificates of incorporation and by-laws, or other organizational documents, as amended, of the Registrants and such other documents, corporate records, certificates and other instruments as in our judgment were necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinions expressed below. As to certain factual matters, we have relied (without independent verification) upon certificates of public officials, certificates and statements (including representations and warranties as to facts set forth in any of the documents and agreements referred to herein) of officers of the Registrants, and such other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate in respect of the opinions expressed herein. In such examinations, we have assumed:

 

  (i) the genuineness of all signatures of all parties other than the signatures of the Registrants;

 

  (ii) the authenticity of all company and corporate records, agreements, documents, instruments and certificates submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents and agreements of all documents and agreements submitted to us as conformed, certified or photostatic copies thereof and the authenticity of the originals of such conformed, certified or photostatic copies;

 

  (iii) the due authorization, execution and delivery of all documents and agreements by all parties other than the Registrants; and

 

  (iv) the corporate power and authority of all parties other than the Registrants under all applicable laws and regulations to enter into, execute and deliver all documents and agreements.

Our opinion is also based on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, regulations under such code, judicial authority and current administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date of this letter, and all of which may change at any time.

Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

1. The execution and delivery of the Indenture has been duly authorized by the Registrants, and the Indenture was validly executed by the Registrants and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Registrants enforceable against the Registrants in accordance with the terms thereof, except insofar as enforceability thereof may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, or (b) general principles of equity.

2. The Exchange Notes and the guarantees thereof by the Registrants (other than the Company) pursuant to the terms of the Indenture have been duly authorized by the Company and the other Registrants, respectively, and when the Exchange Notes are duly executed by the proper officers of the Company, duly authenticated by the Trustee and issued by the Company in accordance with the


Ryerson Inc.

July 2 , 2008

Page 3

 

terms of the Indenture and the Exchange Offer, the Exchange Notes and the guarantees thereof by the Registrants (other than the Company) pursuant to the terms of the Indenture will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company and the other Registrants, respectively, will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and will be enforceable against the Company and the other Registrants, respectively, in accordance with their terms, except insofar as enforceability thereof may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or (b) general principles of equity.

3. As stated in the section entitled “Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” contained in the Registration Statement, the exchange of Original Notes for Exchange Notes by holders should not be a taxable exchange for federal income tax purposes, and holders should not recognize any taxable gain or loss or any interest income as a result of such exchange.

The opinions expressed herein are limited to the matters stated herein and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated. We do not express an opinion as to matters arising under the laws of any jurisdiction, other than the laws of the State of New York, the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and the Federal laws of the United States. The opinions expressed herein are expressed as of the date hereof and we undertake no duty or obligation to update such opinions.

We hereby consent to being named as counsel for the Company and the other Registrants in the Registration Statement and under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto. In giving such consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

Exhibit 10.1

Execution Version

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated: October 19, 2007

among

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO,

as Lenders,

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent,

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), as Canadian Agent,

and

ABN AMRO Bank N.V.

and

General Electric Capital Corporation,

as Co-Syndication Agents,

and

Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC

and

Wachovia Capital Finance Corporation (Central),

as Co-Documentation Agents,

and

RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION

(to be merged with and into RYERSON INC.) and

JOSEPH T. RYERSON  & SON, INC.,

as U.S. Borrowers,

and

RYERSON CANADA, INC.,

as Canadian Borrower,

and

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,

as Sole Lead Arranger and Book Manager

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page
SECTION 1.    GENERAL DEFINITIONS    1
   1.1.    Defined Terms    1
   1.2.    Accounting Terms    48
   1.3.    Other Terms    49
   1.4.    Certain Matters of Construction    49
   1.5.    Currency Equivalents Generally    50
SECTION 2.    THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS    50
   2.1.    The Loans    50
   2.2.    Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans    51
   2.3.    Letters of Credit    54
   2.4.    Swing Line Loans    62
   2.5.    Out-of-Formula Loans    68
   2.6.    Use of Proceeds    68
   2.7.    [Reserved]    68
   2.8.    Administrative Agent Advances    68
   2.9.    Increase in Commitments    69
   2.10.    Evidence of Debt    70
SECTION 3.    INTEREST, FEES AND CHARGES    70
   3.1.    Interest    70
   3.2.    Fees    71
   3.3.    Reimbursement Obligations    72
   3.4.    Bank Charges    73
   3.5.    Illegality    73
   3.6.    Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy    74
   3.7.    Mitigation    75
   3.8.    Funding Losses    75
   3.9.    Maximum Interest    75
   3.10.    Computation of Interest and Fees    76
   3.11.    Replacement of Lenders    76
SECTION 4.    LOAN ADMINISTRATION    77
   4.1.    Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback    77
   4.2.    Defaulting Lender    79
   4.3.    Special Provisions Governing LIBOR Loans    79
   4.4.    Borrower Agent    79
   4.5.    U.S. Revolver Loans to Constitute One Obligation    80
SECTION 5.    PAYMENTS    80
   5.1.    General Payment Provisions    80
   5.2.    Repayment of Loans    80
   5.3.    Termination or Reduction of Commitments    83
   5.4.    Payment of Other Obligations    84
   5.5.    Marshaling; Payments Set Aside    85
   5.6.    Post-Default Allocation of Payments and Collections    85

 

i


               Page
   5.7.    Application of Payments and Collateral Proceeds    86
   5.8.    Loan Accounts; the Register; Account Stated    86
   5.9.    Gross Up for Taxes    87
   5.10.    Foreign Lenders    87
   5.11.    Nature and Extent of Each Borrower’s Liability    88
SECTION 6.    TERM AND TERMINATION OF COMMITMENTS    90
   6.1.    Term Date of Commitments    90
   6.2.    Termination    90
SECTION 7.    [RESERVED]    91
SECTION 8.    COLLATERAL ADMINISTRATION    91
   8.1.    General Provisions    91
   8.2.    Administration of Accounts    92
   8.3.    Administration of Inventory    94
   8.4.    Borrowing Base Certificates    95
SECTION 9.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    95
   9.1.    General Representations and Warranties    95
   9.2.    Reaffirmation of Representations and Warranties    103
   9.3.    Survival of Representations and Warranties    103
SECTION 10.    COVENANTS AND CONTINUING AGREEMENTS    103
   10.1.    Affirmative Covenants    103
   10.2.    Negative Covenants    109
   10.3.    Financial Covenants    116
SECTION 11.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT    117
   11.1.    Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extensions    117
   11.2.    Conditions Precedent to All Credit Extensions    119
   11.3.    Inapplicability of Conditions    119
   11.4.    Limited Waiver of Conditions Precedent    120
SECTION 12.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT    120
   12.1.    Events of Default    120
   12.2.    Acceleration of Obligations; Termination of Commitments    123
   12.3.    Other Remedies    123
   12.4.    Setoff    125
   12.5.    Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver    125
SECTION 13.    AGENTS    126
   13.1.    Appointment, Authority and Duties of Agents    126
   13.2.    Agreements Regarding Collateral and Field Examination Reports    128
   13.3.    Reliance by Agent    129
   13.4.    Action upon Default    129
   13.5.    Ratable Sharing    129
   13.6.    Indemnification of Agent Indemnitees    130
   13.7.    Limitation on Responsibilities of Agent    130
   13.8.    Successor Agent and Co-Agents    131

 

ii


               Page
   13.9.    Consents, Amendments and Waivers; Out-of-Formula Loans    132
   13.10.    Due Diligence and Non-Reliance    133
   13.11.    Representations and Warranties of Lenders    134
   13.12.    The Required Lenders    134
   13.13.    Several Obligations    134
   13.14.    Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity    134
   13.15.    No Third Party Beneficiaries    135
   13.16.    Notice of Transfer    135
   13.17.    Replacement of Certain Lenders    135
   13.18.    Remittance of Payments and Collections    135
   13.19.    No Reliance on Agents’ Customer Identification Program    136
   13.20.    USA PATRIOT Act    136
   13.21.    Hedging Arrangements    136
SECTION 14.    BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS    136
   14.1.    Successors and Assigns    136
   14.2.    Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality    140
SECTION 15.    MISCELLANEOUS    141
   15.1.    Power of Attorney    141
   15.2.    General Indemnity    142
   15.3.    Survival of All Indemnities    142
   15.4.    [Reserved]    143
   15.5.    Severability    143
   15.6.    Cumulative Effect; Conflict of Terms    143
   15.7.    Execution in Counterparts    143
   15.8.    Consent    143
   15.9.    Notices    143
   15.10.    Performance of Borrowers’ Obligations    143
   15.11.    Credit Inquiries    144
   15.12.    Time of Essence    144
   15.13.    Indulgences Not Waivers    144
   15.14.    Entire Agreement; Exhibits and Schedules    144
   15.15.    Interpretation    144
   15.16.    Obligations of Lenders Several    144
   15.17.    Advertising and Publicity    145
   15.18.    Disclosure    145
   15.19.    Governing Law; Consent to Forum    145
   15.20.    Waivers by Borrowers    146
   15.21.    Waiver of Consumer Rights    146
   15.22.    Limitation of Liability    147
   15.23.    No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility    147
   15.24.    Judgment Currency    147
   15.25.    USA Patriot Act Notice    148
   15.26.    Effectiveness of the Acquisition    148

 

iii


LIST OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

Exhibit A    Form of U.S. Revolver Note
Exhibit B    Form of Canadian Revolver Note
Exhibit C    [Reserved]
Exhibit D    Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit E    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit F    Opinion Letter Requirements
Exhibit G    Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit H    [Reserved]
Exhibit I    [Reserved]
Exhibit J    [Reserved]
Exhibit K    Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit L    [Reserved]
Exhibit M-l    Form of U.S. Guarantee and Security Agreement
Exhibit M-2    Form of Canadian Guarantee and Security Agreement
Exhibit N    Form of Intercreditor Agreement
Schedule 1    Commitments
Schedule 2    Notice Addresses
Schedule 3    Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Fixed Charges
Schedule 4    Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 5    Joint Ventures Constituting Permitted Affiliates
Schedule 6    Hedging Agreements
Schedule 8.1.1    Borrowers’ Business Locations
Schedule 8.1.2    Borrowers’ Insurance
Schedule 9.1.1    Jurisdictions in which Borrowers and each Subsidiary is Authorized to do Business
Schedule 9.1.4    Capital Structure of Borrowers
Schedule 9.1.5    Filing Offices
Schedule 9.1.12    Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses
Schedule 9.1.15    Contracts Restricting Borrowers’ Right to Incur Debts
Schedule 9.1.16    Litigation
Schedule 9.1.18    Capitalized and Operating Leases
Schedule 9.1.22    Environmental Matters
Schedule 9.1.24    Bank Accounts
Schedule 9.1.27    Canadian Pension Plans
Schedule 9.1.28    Insurance Exceptions
Schedule 10.1.3    Certain Financial Statements
Schedule 10.1.11    Post Closing Matters
Schedule 10.2.3(viii)    Permitted Debt
Schedule 10.2.3(xiv)    Certain Letters of Credit
Schedule 10.2.4    Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 10.2.5    Permitted Liens
Schedule 10.2.12    Investments

 

iv


CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreements ”) is made on October 19, 2007, by and among RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”) (to be merged with and into RYERSON INC., a Delaware corporation (individually “ Ryerson ” and, in its capacity as the representative of the other Borrowers pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof, “ Borrower Agent ”)), JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Ryerson & Son ”), and RYERSON CANADA, INC., a Canadian corporation (“ Ryerson Canada ”); the various financial institutions listed on the signature pages hereof and their respective successors and permitted assigns which become “Lenders” as provided herein; BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders pursuant to Section 13 hereof (together with its successors in such capacity, “ Administrative Agent ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association, acting through its Canada branch (together with its successors in such capacity, “ Canadian Agent ” and, collectively with Administrative; Agent, the “ Agents ”), ABN AMRO BANK N.V. and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, in their capacity as co-syndication agents for the Lenders pursuant to Section 13 hereof (together with their respective successors in such capacity, “ Co-Syndication Agents ”), and WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC and WACHOVIA CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION (CENTRAL), in their capacity as co-documentation agents for the Lenders pursuant to Section 13 hereof (together with their respective successors in such capacity, “ Co-Documentation Agents ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS; Ryerson, Rhombus Holding Corporation (“ Parent ”) and Merger Sub have entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of July 24, 2007 (including the schedules of exhibits thereto, the “ Merger Agreement ”) pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into Ryerson, with Ryerson being the surviving corporation after giving effect to such merger, and with Ryerson thereafter being a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (the “ Acquisition ”);

WHEREAS, immediately prior to or substantially concurrently with the consummation of the Acquisition, (a) Platinum will contribute cash to Parent in an aggregate amount of at least $500.0 million (the “ Equity Contributions ”), and Parent will contribute such amount to Merger Sub;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby severally acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GENERAL DEFINITIONS

1.1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the following respective meanings (unless otherwise defined herein):

Account – shall have the meaning ascribed to “account” in the UCC (or, with respect to any Account of a Canadian Loan Party, the PPSA), and shall include any and all rights of an Obligor to payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered that are hot evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel Paper, whether or not they have been earned by performance.

Account Debtor – means a Person who is or becomes obligated under or on account of an Account.


Accounts Formula Amount – means, on any date of determination thereof, (a) with respect to any U.S. Borrower, an amount equal to 85% of the net amount of Eligible Accounts for such U.S. Borrower on such date and (b) with respect to Canadian Borrower, an amount equal to 85% of the net amount of Eligible Accounts for Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors on such date. As used herein, the phrase “net amount of Eligible Accounts” shall mean the value of such Eligible Accounts on any date less, without duplication, (x) at all times any and all returns, rebates, discounts (which may, at Administrative Agent’s option, be calculated on shortest terms), credits, allowances or Taxes (including, sales, excise or other Taxes but excluding franchise and other Taxes imposed on, or measured by reference to, income) at any time issued, owing, claimed by Account Debtors, granted, outstanding or payable in connection with, or any interest accrued on the amount of, such Accounts at such date (calculated without duplication of (1) deductions taken pursuant to the exclusion of “Ineligible Accounts” as described in the definition of “Eligible Accounts” or (2) items included within the Dilution Reserve) and (y) at Administrative Agent’s discretion solely after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event, the aggregate amount of all cash received in respect of such Accounts (excluding, to the extent it can be traced as such, cash received and identifiable with respect to Ineligible Accounts) but not yet applied to reduce the amount of such Accounts.

Acquired Accounts Eligibility Requirement – means, with respect to any Accounts acquired in connection with, a Business Acquisition, the requirement that (i) a collateral review of the acquired Accounts shall have been performed by Administrative Agent or its representatives (the fees and expenses associated with such review to be paid by Borrowers in accordance with Section 3.2.2) ) and (ii) Administrative Agent shall have notified Borrower Agent that it is satisfied in its reasonable Credit Judgment with the scope and results of such collateral review; it being understood that each of Borrower Agent and Administrative Agent will use reasonable efforts to satisfy the Acquired Accounts Eligibility Requirement as promptly as reasonably practicable following consummation of the relevant Business Acquisition.

Acquired Inventory Eligibility Requirement – means, with respect to any Inventory acquired in connection with a Business Acquisition, the requirement that (i) a collateral review of such acquired Inventory shall have been performed by Administrative Agent or its representatives (the fees and expenses associated with such review to be paid by Borrowers in accordance with Section 3.2.2) , (ii) Administrative Agent shall have received an appraisal prepared by an independent third party of such acquired Inventory (the fees and expenses associated with such appraisal to be paid by Borrowers in accordance with Section 3.2.2) , and (iii) Administrative Agent shall have notified the Borrower Agent that it is satisfied in its reasonable Credit Judgment with the scope and results of such collateral review and such appraisal; it being understood that each of Borrower Agent and Administrative Agent will use reasonable efforts to satisfy the Acquired Inventory Eligibility Requirement as promptly as reasonably practicable following consummation of the relevant Business Acquisition.

Acquisition – has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Adjusted LIBOR Rate – means for any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Loan, the per annum rate of interest (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest  1 / 100 th of 1%), determined by Administrative Agent at approximately. 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to commencement of such Interest Period, for a term comparable to such Interest Period, equal to (a) the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source designated by Administrative Agent); or (b) if BBA LIBOR is not available for any reason, the interest rate at which U.S. Dollar deposits in the approximate amount of the LIBOR Loan would be offered by Bank of America’s London branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market. If the Board of Governors imposes a Reserve Percentage with respect to LIBOR deposits, then the Adjusted LIBOR Rate shall be the foregoing rate, divided by 1 minus the Reserve Percentage.

 

2


Administrative Agent – means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Credit Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Agent’s Office – means Administrative Agent’s addresses (including the address of Canadian Agent) and, as appropriate, accounts as set forth on Schedule 2 , or such other addresses or accounts as Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrowers and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire – means an Administrative Questionnaire in a Form supplied by Administrative Agent.

Affiliate – means a Person: (i) which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person; (ii) which beneficially owns or holds 10% or more of the Voting Securities of a Person; or (iii) 10% or more of the Voting Securities of which are beneficially owned or held by another Person or a Subsidiary of another Person. For purposes hereof, (i) “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Securities, by contract or otherwise, and (ii) for avoidance of doubt, Parent, its Subsidiaries and the Joint Ventures constitute Affiliates of each Borrower.

Affiliate Loan – means a loan or other extension of credit from a Borrower to a Permitted Affiliate (including the guarantee of any Debt of such Permitted Affiliate) at any time the Affiliate Loan Conditions are satisfied and that is for the sole purpose of working capital, capital expenditures or other general corporate purposes (other than acquisitions or Investments by such Permitted Affiliate) consistent with past practice of such Permitted Affiliate but not for the purpose of a loan, investment or distribution by such Permitted Affiliate to another Person.

Affiliate Loan Conditions – means the following conditions, the satisfaction of each of which is a condition to the authority of a Borrower to make an Affiliate Loan: (i) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom and (ii) after giving effect to the Affiliate Loan and all other Affiliate Loans made during the most recently ended twelve-month period pursuant to Section 10.2.12(i) , the aggregate principal amount of such Affiliate Loans made during such twelve-month period would not exceed $35,000,000.

Agent Advances – has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8 .

Agent Indemnitees – means Administrative Agent in its capacity as collateral and administrative agent for the Lenders under the Credit Documents and all of Administrative Agent’s affiliates and current and future officers, directors and agents; Co-Syndication Agents in their capacity as cosyndication agents for the Lenders under the Credit Documents and all of Co-Syndication Agents’ respective affiliates and current and future officers, directors and agents; Co-Documentation Agents in their capacity as co-documentation agent for the Lenders under the Credit Documents and all of Co-Documentation Agents’ respective affiliates and current and future officers, directors and agents; and Canadian Agent in its capacity as Canadian Agent and all of Canadian Agent’s affiliates and current and future officers, directors and agents.

 

3


Agent Professionals – means attorneys, accountants, appraisers, business valuation experts, environmental engineers or consultants, turnaround consultants and other professionals or experts retained by each Agent or BAS:

Agents – has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement and “ Agent ” means any one of them.

Agreement – means this Agreement and all Exhibits and Schedules hereto as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Applicable Law – means all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Person, conduct, transaction, covenant, Credit Document or Material Contract in question, including all applicable common law and equitable principles; all provisions of all applicable state, provincial, territorial, federal and foreign constitutions, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances and orders of Governmental Authorities; and all orders, judgments and decrees of all courts and arbitrators.

Applicable Margin – means a percentage equal to 0.50% with respect to U.S. Base Rate Loans, 1.50% with respect to U.S. LIBOR Loans, 0.50% with respect to Canadian Base Rate Loans, 0.50% with respect to Canadian Prime Rate Loans and 1.50% with respect to BA Rate Loans and Canadian LIBOR Loans; provided that, commencing April 1, 2008, the Applicable Margin shall be increased or (if no Default or Event of Default exists) decreased on such date and the first calendar day of each subsequent Fiscal Quarter based upon the Average Availability for the immediately preceding Fiscal Quarter, as follows:

 

[ILLEGIBLE]
I   Less than $100,000,000   1.00%   2.00%   1.00%   2.00%   1.00%
II   If equal to or greater than
$100,000,000 but less than
$350,000,000
  0.75%   1.75%   0.75%   1.75%   0.75%
III   If equal to or greater than

$350,000,000 but less than
$650,000,000

  0.50%   1.50%   0.50%   1.50%   0.50%
IV   If equal to or greater than
$650,000,000
  0.25%   1.25%   0.25%   1.25%   0.25%

Average Availability shall be calculated by the Administrative Agent based on the Administrative Agent’s records. If the financial statements and the Borrowing Base Certificate of Borrowers are not received by Administrative Agent by the date required pursuant to Section 8.4 of this Agreement, the Applicable Margin shall be determined as if the Average Availability for the immediately preceding Fiscal Quarter is at Level I until such time as such financial statements and Borrowing Base Certificate are received and any Event of Default resulting from a failure to timely deliver such financial statements or Borrowing Base Certificate is waived in writing by the Required Lenders.

 

4


Applicable Percentage – means (a) in respect of the U.S. Revolver Commitment, with respect to any U.S. Revolver Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the aggregate U.S. Revolver Commitment represented by such U.S. Revolver Lender’s U.S. Revolver Commitment at such time, and (b) in respect of the Canadian Revolver Commitment, with respect to any Canadian Revolver Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the aggregate Canadian Revolver Commitment represented by that Lender’s Canadian Revolver Commitment at such time. If the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the Issuing Bank to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 12.2 , or if the Commitments have otherwise expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender in respect of the applicable Facility shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of that Lender in respect of such Facility most recently in effect prior to such termination or expiration, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender in respect of each Facility is set forth opposite the name of that Lender on Schedule 1 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which that Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

Applicable Test Period – means, as of the last day of each calendar month, the immediately preceding twelve calendar month period.

Applicable Unused Line Fee Margin – means 0.30% for the period from the Closing Date through April 1, 2008 and with respect to each fiscal quarter thereafter (or such shorter period pursuant to Section 3.2.1 ), (a) 0.25% per annum, if the Average Revolver Balance during the immediately preceding three month period is greater than 66% of the average daily aggregate amount of the Commitments outstanding during such period, (b) 0.30% per annum, if the Average Revolver Balance during the immediately preceding three month period is less than or equal to 66% and greater than 33% of the average daily aggregate amount of the Commitments outstanding during such period, or (c) 0.35%, if the Average Revolver Balance during the immediately preceding three month period is less than or equal to 33% of the average daily aggregate amount of the Commitments outstanding during such period.

Approved Fund – means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate or branch of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate or branch of an entity that administers or manages a Lender and, in the case of an Approved Fund that becomes or is to become a Canadian Revolver Lender or a U.S. Revolver Lender, has the capability to fund revolving loans.

Assignee Group – means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

Assignment and Acceptance – means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee and accepted by Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit G .

Authorized Employee – means (i) a Senior Officer or (ii) any other person designated as an Authorized Employee in writing to the Administrative Agent by a Senior Officer.

Availability – determined as of any date, means the sum of U.S. Availability and Canadian Availability.

Availability Reserve – means on any date of determination thereof and with respect to the U.S. Borrowing Base or Canadian Borrowing Base, as the case may be, an amount equal to the sum of the following (without duplication): (i) the Inventory Reserves; (ii) all amounts of past due rent, fees or other charges owing at such time by U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, (a) to any landlord of any premises where any of the Collateral is located or (b) to any repairman, mechanic or other Person (other than a landlord, Outside Processor or Third-Party

 

5


Warehouseman) who is in possession of any Collateral or has asserted any Lien or claim thereto; (iii) any amounts which U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, are obligated to pay pursuant to the provisions of any of the Credit Documents that Administrative Agent or any Lender elects to pay for the account of U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, in accordance with authority contained in any of the Credit Documents; (iv) the aggregate amount of reserves established by Administrative Agent in its reasonable Credit Judgment in respect of Bank Product Debt (other than Cash Management Services); (v) the aggregate amount of all liabilities and obligations that are secured by Liens upon any of the Collateral that are senior in priority to the applicable, Agent’s Liens if such Liens are not Permitted Liens ( provided that the imposition of a reserve hereunder on account of such Liens shall not be deemed Waiver of the Event of Default that arises from the existence of such Liens); (vi) the Dilution Reserve; (vii) Canadian Priority Payables Reserve; (viii) at any time, the amount that Ryerson may become obligated to pay at such time pursuant to the indenture governing or otherwise in respect of the Ryerson Convertible Notes (excluding interest or other fees that have not yet accrued) and (ix) such additional reserves, in such amounts and with respect to such matters, as Administrative Agent in its reasonable Credit Judgment may elect to impose from time to time.

Average Availability – means on any date of determination, the amount of Availability during a stipulated consecutive Business Day period, calendar day period or Fiscal Quarter period divided by the number of Business Days or calendar days, as the case may be, in such period.

Average Revolver Balance – means for any period, the amount obtained by adding the aggregate of the unpaid balance of Loans and L/C Obligations at the end of each day for the period in question and by dividing such sum by the number of days in such period.

BA Rate – means, for the Interest Period of each BA Rate Loan, the rate of interest per annum equal to the average annual rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances having an identical or comparable term as the proposed BA Rate Loan displayed and identified as such on the display referred to as the “CDOR Page” (or any display substituted therefor) of Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service as at approximately 10:00 a.m. Toronto time on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, as of 10:00 a.m. Toronto time on the immediately preceding Business Day), plus five (5) basis points; provided that if such rate does not appear on the CDOR Page at such time on such date, the rate for such date will be the annual discount rate (rounded upward to the nearest whole multiple of  1 / 100 of 1%) as of 10:00 a.m. Toronto time on such day at which a Canadian chartered bank listed on Schedule 1 of the Bank Act (Canada) as selected by Administrative Agent is then offering to purchase Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances accepted by it having such specified term (or a term as closely as possible comparable to such specified term), plus five (5) basis points.

BA Rate Loan – means any Canadian Revolver Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the BA Rate.

Bank Indemnitees – means Bank of America and all of its affiliates and current and future officers, directors and agents.

Bank of America – means Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association, and its successors and assigns.

Bank of America-Canada Branch – means Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch).

 

6


Bank Product Debt – means Debt and other obligations of an Obligor relating to Bank Products.

Bank Products – means any of the following products, services or facilities extended to any Borrower or Subsidiary by Bank of America, any Lender or any other Person who at the date of entering into such products, services or facilities was an Affiliate or branch of Bank of America or a Lender, as applicable: (a) Cash Management Services; (b) products under Hedging Agreements; provided that the Hedging Agreements on Schedule 6 hereto shall be deemed to be “Bank Products” for purposes of this Agreement and the U.S. Security Documents; (c) commercial credit card and merchant card services; and (d) other banking products or services as may be requested by any Borrower or Subsidiary, other than Letters of Credit.

Bankruptcy Code – means title 11 of the United States Code.

BAS – means Banc of America Securities LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and assigns.

BIA – means the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada).

Board of Governors – means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Borrower Agent – has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement.

Borrowers – means U.S. Borrowers and Canadian Borrower; each a “ Borrower .”

Borrowing – means a borrowing consisting of Loans of one Type made on the same day by Lenders or a conversion of a Loan or Loans of one Type from Lenders on the same day.

Borrowing Base Certificate – means a certificate, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K or in a form otherwise requested by Administrative Agent from time to time, by which Borrowers shall certify to Administrative Agent and Lenders, with such frequency as Administrative Agent may request, the amount of the U.S. Borrowing Base and the Canadian Borrowing Base, in each case, as of the date of the certificate and the calculation of such amount.

Business Acquisition – means (a) an Investment by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in Equity Interests (including warrants, options or other rights to acquire such equity interests) of any Person (other than a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) an acquisition by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the property and assets of any Person (other than a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) that constitute all or substantially all the assets of such Person or any division or other business unit of such Person; provided that neither of the following shall be considered a Business Acquisition: (i) an acquisition of real property or (ii) an acquisition of a Person if all or substantially all of such Person’s assets are real property. As used in clause (a) of this definition, the phrase “a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries” shall refer to each Borrower and all of its Subsidiaries, including any such Subsidiary created and invested in by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date.

Business Day – means

(a) in respect of transactions not involving the Canadian Revolver, any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, Charlotte, North Carolina, Los Angeles, California, Chicago, Illinois or New York, New York;

 

7


(b) in respect of transactions involving the Canadian Revolver, any day that is both (x) described in clause (a) above and (y) upon which Canadian Agent’s head office in the province of Ontario is open for business; and

(c) in either event, in respect of transactions involving any LIBOR Loan, a day of the type described in clause (a) or clause (b), as the case may be, which is also a day on which dealings in U.S. Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Canadian Availability – means on any date, the U.S. Dollar Equivalent Amount of the amount that Canadian Borrower is entitled to borrow as Canadian Revolver Loans on such date, such amount being the difference derived when the aggregate principal amount of Canadian Revolver Outstandings (including any amounts that Canadian Agent or Canadian Revolver Lenders may have paid for the account of Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to any of the Credit Documents and that have not been reimbursed by Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors) is subtracted from the lesser of (x) the aggregate Canadian Revolver Commitment then in effect and (y) the Canadian Borrowing Base on such date. If the amount outstanding is equal to or greater than the lesser of (x) the aggregate Canadian Revolver Commitment then in effect and (y) the Canadian Borrowing Base on such date, Canadian Availability is zero.

Canadian Base Rate – means, for any day, the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America-Canada Branch as its “Base Rate” for loans in U.S. Dollars in Canada. The “Canadian Base Rate” is a rate set by Bank of America-Canada Branch based upon various factors including Bank of America-Canada Branch’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate: Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America-Canada Branch shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Canadian Base Rate Loan – means any Canadian Revolver Loan denominated in U.S. Dollars bearing interest computed by reference to the Canadian Base Rate.

Canadian Benefit Plans – means all employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements of any nature or kind whatsoever that are not Canadian Pension Plans and are maintained or contributed to by, or to which there is or may be an obligation to contribute by, any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in respect of its employees or former employees in Canada.

Canadian Borrower – means Ryerson Canada,

Canadian Borrowing Base – means, on any date of determination thereof, an amount equal to (i) the sum of the Accounts Formula Amount attributable to Canadian Borrower plus the Inventory Formula Amount attributable to Canadian Borrower on such date minus (ii) the Availability Reserve to the extent attributable to Canadian Borrower in Administrative Agent’s discretion on such date ( provided that after the Closing Date, Administrative Agent may adjust the apportionment of the Availability Reserve between the U.S. Revolver and the Canadian Revolver in its discretion).

Canadian Dollar or Cdn$ – means Canadian dollars, the lawful currency of Canada.

Canadian L/C Obligations – means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Canadian Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all amounts owing by Canadian Borrower for any drawings under Canadian Letters of Credit, including all L/C

 

8


Borrowings relating to Canadian Letters of Credit. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any outstanding Canadian Letter of Credit, the amount of such Canadian Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.5 . For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Canadian Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Canadian Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

Canadian L/C Sublimit – means an amount equal to $50,000,000. The Canadian L/C Sub-limit is part of, and not in addition to, the Canadian Revolver.

Canadian Letter of Credit – means a Letter of Credit issued hereunder by the Issuing Bank for the account of Canadian Borrower.

Canadian LIBOR Loan – means a Canadian Revolver Loan denominated in U.S. Dollars, bearing interest computed by reference to the applicable Adjusted LIBOR Rate.

Canadian Loan Parties – means the Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors.

Canadian Obligations – means all (a) principal of and premium, if any, on the Canadian Revolver Loans and Canadian Swingline Loans, (b) Canadian L/C Obligations and other obligations of Canadian Loan Parties with respect to Canadian Letters of Credit, (c) interest, expenses, fees and other sums payable by Canadian Loan Parties under Credit Documents in connection with the foregoing, (d) obligations of Canadian Loan Parties under any indemnity for Claims relating to the foregoing, (e) Extraordinary Expenses relating to the foregoing, (f) Bank Product Debt of the Canadian Borrower or and Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors and (g) other Debts, obligations and liabilities of any kind relating to the foregoing owing by Canadian Loan Parties pursuant to the Credit Documents, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether evidenced by a note or other writing, whether allowed in any Insolvency Proceeding, whether arising from an extension of credit, issuance of a letter of credit, acceptance, loan, guaranty, indemnification or otherwise, and whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, primary or secondary, or joint or several.

Canadian Obligors – means the Canadian Loan Parties and the U.S. Obligors.

Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition – has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.2 of this Agreement.

Canadian Out-of-Formula Loan – means a Canadian Revolver Loan made or existing when a Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition exists or the amount of any Canadian Revolver Loan which, when funded, results in a Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition.

Canadian Payment Account – means the Canadian Dollar account and the U.S. Dollar account maintained by Canadian Agent to which all monies from time to time deposited to a Dominion Account constituting proceeds of Collateral considered in calculating the Canadian Borrowing Base are forwarded.

Canadian Pension Plans – means each plan, program or arrangement which is required to be registered as a pension plan under any applicable pension benefits standards or tax statute or regulation in Canada (or any province or territory thereof) maintained or contributed to by, or to which there is or may be an obligation to contribute by, any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in respect of its Canadian employees or former employees.

 

9


Canadian Prime Rate – means, for any day, a fluctuating rate of interest per annum equal to the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America-Canada Branch as its “Prime Rate.” The “Canadian Prime Rate” is a rate set by Bank of America-Canada Branch based upon various factors including Bank of America-Canada Branch’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America-Canada Branch shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Canadian Prime Rate Loan – means any Canadian Revolver Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars bearing interest computed by reference to the Canadian Prime Rate.

Canadian Priority Payables – means, at any time, with respect to Canadian Borrower:

(a) the amount past due and owing by Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, or the accrued amount for which each of Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors has an obligation to remit to a Governmental Authority or other Person pursuant to any applicable law, rule or regulation, in respect of (i) pension fund obligations; (ii) unemployment insurance; (iii) goods and services taxes, sales taxes, employee income taxes and other taxes payable or to be remitted or withheld; (iv) workers’ compensation; (v) vacation pay; and (vi) other like charges and demands; in each case, in respect of which any Governmental Authority or other Person may claim a security interest, hypothec, prior claim, lien, trust or other claim ranking or capable of ranking in priority to or pari passu with one or more of the Liens granted in the Security Documents; and

(b) the aggregate amount of any other liabilities of Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors (i) in respect of which a trust has been or may be imposed on any Collateral to provide for payment or (ii) which are secured by a security interest, hypothec, prior claim, pledge, lien, charge, right or claim on any Collateral, in each case, pursuant to any applicable law, rule or regulation and which trust, security interest, hypothec, prior claim, pledge, lien, charge, right or claim ranks or is capable of ranking in priority to or pari passu with one or more of the Liens granted in the Security Documents.

Canadian Priority Payables Reserve – means, on any date of determination for Canadian Borrower, a reserve established from time to time by Administrative Agent in its reasonable Credit Judgment in such amount as Administrative Agent may determine reflects the unpaid or unremitted Canadian Priority Payables by Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, which would give rise to a Lien with priority under Applicable Law over the Lien of Agents for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Canadian Resident – means a Person that is (i) resident in Canada for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada), or (ii) an “authorized foreign bank” as defined in section 2 of the Bank Act (Canada) and in subsection 248(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada), that is not subject to the restrictions and requirements referred to in subsection 524(2) of the Bank Act (Canada) and that will receive all amounts paid or credited to it under its Canadian Revolver Loans, Canadian LC Obligations and under the Credit Documents relating to Canadian Revolver Loans or Canadian L/C Obligations in respect of its “Canadian banking business” as defined in subsection 248(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) for the purposes of paragraph 212(13.3)(a) of the Income Tax Act (Canada).

Canadian Revolver – means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Canadian Revolver Commitments at such time.

 

10


Canadian Revolver Borrowing – means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Canadian Revolver Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Canadian LIBOR Loans and BA Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Canadian Revolver Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.2 .

Canadian Revolver Commitment – means, as to each Canadian Revolver Lender, its obligation to (a) make Canadian Revolver Loans to Canadian Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1.2 , (b) purchase participations in Canadian L/C Obligations and (c) purchase participations in Canadian Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount in U.S. Dollars set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 under the caption “Canadian Revolver Commitment” or opposite such caption in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which that Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount in U.S. Dollars may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate Canadian Revolver Commitment on the Closing Date is $150,000,000.

Canadian Revolver Lender – means a branch or an Affiliate of a U.S. Revolver Lender which (i) also has a Canadian Revolver Commitment and (ii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and remains continuing, is a Canadian Resident.

Canadian Revolver Loan – has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.2 and shall include any Canadian Out-of-Formula Loan, unless the context otherwise requires.

Canadian Revolver Note – means a Canadian Revolver Note to be executed by Canadian Borrower in favor of each Canadian Revolver Lender in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, which shall be in the face amount of such Canadian Revolver Lender’s Canadian Revolver Commitment and which shall evidence all Canadian Revolver Loans made by such Canadian Revolver Lender to Canadian Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

Canadian Revolver Outstandings – means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Canadian Revolver Loans (including any Canadian Out-of-Formula Loans), Canadian L/C Obligations and. Canadian Swing Line Loans.

Canadian Revolver Percentage – means with respect to any Canadian Revolver Lender at any time, such Canadian Revolver Lender’s Applicable Percentage in respect of the Canadian Revolver at such time.

Canadian Secured Parties – means Canadian Agent, Canadian Revolver Lenders, Issuing Bank, as the issuer of Canadian Letters of Credit, and any Canadian Revolver Lender or any of their branches or Affiliates as the obligee with respect to any Bank Product Debt.

Canadian Security Agreement – means the general security agreement and guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit M-2 executed and delivered by each Canadian Loan Party and Canadian Agent on or before the Closing Date as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

Canadian Security Documents – means the Canadian Security Agreement and each other security agreement, deed of hypothec, instrument or other document executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement or any other Credit Document by Canadian Obligors in favor of Canadian Agent or Canadian Revolver Lenders to secure the Canadian Obligations or any guarantee thereof.

Canadian Subsidiary – shall mean any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Parent which is incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof.

 

11


Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor – means each Canadian Subsidiary (other than Canadian Borrower) and each Person that shall, at any time after the date hereof, become a Canadian Subsidiary; it being understood none of Canadian Borrower or any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors shall guarantee any of the U.S. Obligations.

Canadian Swing Line – means the revolving credit facility made available by the Swing Line Lender to Canadian Borrower pursuant to Section 2.4.2 .

Canadian Swing Line Borrowing – means a borrowing of a Canadian Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section. 2.4.2 .

Canadian Swing Line Loan – has the meaning specified in Section 2.4.2 .

Canadian Swing Line Sublimit – means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $20,000,000 and (b) the aggregate Canadian Revolver Commitment. The Canadian Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Canadian Revolver.

Capital Expenditures – means expenditures made or liabilities incurred for the acquisition of any assets or improvements, replacements, substitutions or additions thereto which have a useful life of more than one (1) year, including the total principal portion of Capitalized Lease Obligations.

Capitalized Lease Obligation – means any obligations under a lease to the extent the same are required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Collateral – means cash or Cash Equivalents, and any interest earned thereon, that are deposited with Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement for the Pro Rata benefit of U.S. Revolver Lenders or Canadian Revolver Lenders as security for the U.S. Obligations or Canadian Obligations, as the case may be.

Cash Collateral Account – means a demand deposit, money market or other account established by Administrative Agent at such financial institution as Administrative Agent may select in its reasonable Credit Judgment, which account shall be in Administrative Agent’s name and subject to Administrative Agent’s Liens for the Pro Rata benefit of the applicable Lenders.

Cash Collateralize – means the delivery of cash to the applicable Agent, as security for the payment of Obligations, in an amount equal to (a) with respect to U.S. L/C Obligations and Canadian L/C Obligations, 105% of the aggregate U.S. L/C Obligations and Canadian L/C Obligations, and (b) with respect to any inchoate or contingent Obligations (including Obligations arising under Bank Products) arising from claims that have been asserted, Administrative Agent’s good faith estimate of the amount due or to become due, including all fees and other amounts relating to such Obligations. “ Cash Collateralization ” has a correlative meaning.

Cash Dominion Event – means the period commencing on the day that (x) an Event of Default occurs or (y) a Trigger Event occurs and in each case Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as the case may be, provides notice of the occurrence of any such event to each bank at which a Dominion Account is maintained (with a copy to Borrower Agent) and ending on the first day after the commencement of such Cash Dominion Event that Availability has been greater than $150,000,000 on each day during the immediately preceding 45 consecutive days.

 

12


Cash Equivalents – means

(a) any investment in direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or, in the case of a Canadian Subsidiary, of Canada or any province or territory thereof;

(b) investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued by (i) any Lender or a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, Canada, any State, province or territory thereof or any other foreign country recognized by the United States of America and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $500,000,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long-term debt is rated “A” (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) or (ii) any money market fund sponsored by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor;

(c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered into with a Lender or a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (b) above;

(d) investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 90 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of a Borrower) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America, Canada (or any province or territory thereof) or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America, which commercial paper has a rating at any time as of which any investment therein is made of “P-l” (or higher) by Moody’s or “A-l” (or higher) by S&P;

(e) investments in securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by the United States of America or any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America or, in the case of a Canadian Subsidiary, Canada or any province or territory of Canada, or, in each case by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A” by S&P or “A” by Moody’s;

(f) overnight investments with banks rated “B” or better by Fitch, Inc.; and

(g) investments in money market funds investing substantially all their assets in investments permitted under clauses (a) through (f) above.

Cash Management Services – means any services provided from time to time by Bank of America, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates or branches to any Borrower or Subsidiary in connection with operating, collections, payroll, trust, or other depository or disbursement accounts, including automated clearinghouse, e-payable, electronic funds transfer, wire transfer, controlled disbursement, overdraft, depository, information reporting, lockbox and stop payment services.

CCAA – means the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), as amended or otherwise modified from time to time and any rule or regulation issued thereunder.

CERCLA – means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq ., and its implementing regulations.

 

13


Change of Control – means the occurrence of one of the following events:

(a) at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, Platinum ceases to own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, at least 50% of the then outstanding Voting Securities of Parent;

(b) on or after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, any “person,” or “group,” as such term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (other than an underwriter temporarily holding Voting Securities of Parent pursuant to an offering of such securities) (an “ Acquiring Person ”), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of the outstanding Voting Securities of Parent; provided that the occurrence of any of the foregoing events in this clause (b) shall not constitute a “Change of Control” if (i) the percentage of Voting Securities held by such Acquiring Person is less than the percentage of the outstanding Voting Securities of Parent directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, then beneficially owned by Platinum and Platinum has the right to appoint at least a majority of the board of directors of Parent or (ii) Platinum directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, then beneficially owns at least 50% of the Voting Securities of Parent; or

(c) individuals who constitute the board of directors of Parent on the date of this Agreement (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date of this Agreement whose election, or nomination for election by Parent’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least three fourths of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board of Parent (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of Parent in which such person is named as a nominee for directors, without objection to such nomination) shall be, for the purpose of this clause (c), considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board of Parent.

Change in Law – the occurrence, after the date hereof, of (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty; (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority; or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority.

Chattel Paper – shall have the meaning given to “chattel paper” in the UCC or, with respect to any Chattel Paper of a Canadian Loan Party, the PPSA.

Claims – means all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, proceedings, interest, costs and expenses of any kind (including remedial response costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees and Extraordinary Expenses) at any time (including after Full Payment of the Obligations, resignation or replacement of Administrative Agent, Canadian Agent, or replacement of any Lender) incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee in any way relating to (a) any Loans, Letters of Credit, Credit Documents, or the use thereof or transactions relating thereto, (b) any action taken or omitted to be taken by any Indemnitee in connection with any Credit Documents, (c) the existence or perfection of any Liens, or realization upon any Collateral, (d) exercise of any rights or remedies under any Credit Documents or Applicable Law, or (e) failure by any Obligor to perform or observe any terms of any Credit Document, in each case including all costs and expenses relating to any investigation, litigation, arbitration or other proceeding (including an Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceedings), whether or not the applicable Indemnitee is a party thereto.

 

14


Closing Date – means the date on which all of the conditions precedent in Section 11 of this Agreement are satisfied and the initial Loans are made under this Agreement.

Co-Documentation Agents – has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Co-Syndication Agents – has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Code – means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral – means all Property described in the U.S. Security Agreement and the Canadian Security Agreement as security for the payment or performance of any of the Obligations; and all other Property and interests in Property that now or hereafter secure (or are intended to secure) the payment and performance of any of the Obligations.

Commitment – means the U.S. Revolver Commitments and Canadian Revolver Commitments and each U.S. Lender’s commitment to acquire participations in any Agent Advances.

Commitment Maturity Date – means the date that is the soonest to occur of (i) the Maturity Date; (ii) as to a Facility, the date on which either Borrowers or Administrative Agent terminates the U.S. Revolver Commitments or Canadian Revolver Commitments, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 6.2 of this Agreement; or (iii) the date on which the commitments of the Lenders to make Loans and the obligation of the Issuing Bank to make L/C Credit Extensions are terminated pursuant to Section 12.2 of this Agreement.

Compliance Certificate – means a Compliance Certificate to be provided by Borrowers to Administrative Agent in accordance with, and in the form annexed as Exhibit E to, this Agreement, and the supporting schedules to be annexed thereto.

Consolidated – means the consolidation in accordance with GAAP of the accounts or other items as to which such term applies.

Consolidated Adjusted Net Earnings – means with respect to any fiscal period, the net income (or loss) for such fiscal period of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, all as reflected on the financial statement of Borrowers supplied to Administrative Agent and Lenders pursuant to Section 10.1.3 hereof, but excluding (without duplication and to the extent otherwise included in such net income (or loss)): (i) any gain or loss arising from the sale of fixed assets; (ii) any gain arising from any write-up (or loss arising from any write-down) of fixed assets, Investments or general intangibles during such period; (iii) net earnings of a Joint Venture or any other entity in which a Borrower or a Subsidiary has an ownership interest except to the extent actually distributed to Borrowers or their Subsidiaries in cash; (iv) any portion of the net earnings of any Subsidiary which for any reason is unavailable for payment of Distributions in cash to a Borrower or its Subsidiary; (v) the earnings of any Person to which any assets of a Borrower or its Subsidiary shall have been sold, transferred or disposed of, or into which a Borrower or its Subsidiary shall have merged, or been a party to any consolidation or other form of reorganization, prior to the date, of such transaction; (vi) management fees paid or payable to Platinum or its Affiliates, not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year; (vii) any gain arising from the acquisition of any securities of a Borrower or its Subsidiary; (viii) any non-cash gain or non-cash loss arising from extraordinary or non-recurring items net of any Taxes (without duplication); (ix) facility closure and severance costs and charges in Fiscal Year 2007 and in Fiscal Year 2008; (x) restructuring expenses and charges in Fiscal Year 2007 and in Fiscal Year 2008; (xi) acquisition integration expenses and charges in Fiscal Year 2007 and in Fiscal Year 2008; (xii) systems implementation expenses related to Ryerson’s SAP platform in Fiscal Year 2007 and in Fiscal Year 2008; provided that the aggregate amount excluded from net income

 

15


pursuant to clauses (ix) through (xii) in calculating Consolidated Adjusted Net Earnings shall not exceed $45,000,000 in the aggregate during the period from the Closing Date through Fiscal Year 2008; (xiii) public company costs, merger and proxy related expenses, workers compensation reserve adjustments, legal settlements (including amounts paid in Fiscal Year 2007 (a) with respect to the shareholders class action proceedings relating to the Acquisition and (b) the Champagne Metals litigation; provided that the aggregate amount excluded from net income pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) do not exceed $5,000,000) and other historical costs associated with closed facilities, in each case, to the extent such costs were incurred prior to the Closing Date; and (xiv) any non-cash items of income or expense resulting from the application of purchase price accounting by reason of the consummation of the Acquisition, including amortization of any such items over several periods, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA – means for any fiscal period of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, on a Consolidated basis (without duplication), an amount equal to the sum for such fiscal period of (i) Consolidated Adjusted Net Earnings, plus (ii) provision for taxes based on or determined by reference to income, plus (iii) Consolidated Interest Expense, plus (iv) depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges (other than any such other non-cash charges that represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period), plus (v) cash distributions received by Borrowers or their Subsidiaries from a Joint Venture or any other entity in which a Borrower has an ownership interest in excess of the net income of such entity otherwise included in Consolidated Adjusted Net Earnings; in the case of each of clauses (ii) through (v) to the extent deducted in calculating net income (loss) in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein and subject to adjustment as provided in the second paragraph under “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” with respect to Business Acquisitions, dispositions of assets and incurrence and permanent repayment of Debt in each case consummated after the Closing Date, Consolidated EBITDA shall be the amounts set forth on Schedule 3 hereto for the periods shown therein.

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio – means for any period of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, on a Consolidated basis, the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA for such period minus Unfinanced Capital Expenditures for such period to (ii) (without duplication of any items subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA in clause (i) of this definition) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated to give pro forma effect ((i) in accordance with GAAP and Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (ii) to give effect to operating expense reductions resulting from the Business Acquisition or disposition of assets for which pro forma effect is being given to the extent all steps have been completed to effect such cost savings and such cost savings are quantifiable or (iii) as otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent) to give effect to any Business Acquisition, disposition of assets (other than those expressly permitted under Sections 10.2.9(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi)  and (vii)), incurrence of Debt (other than Debt incurred hereunder) and permanent repayment of Debt, in each case consummated at any time on or after the first day of the Applicable Test Period and prior to the date of determination as if each such Business Acquisition, incurrence or permanent repayment of Debt had been effected on the first day of such period and as if each such disposition of assets had been consummated on the day prior to the first day of such period.

Consolidated Fixed Charges – means for any fiscal period of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, on a Consolidated basis, the sum of Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ (i) cash interest expense in respect of their Funded Debt, plus (ii) scheduled payments of principal on their Funded Debt paid during such period (excluding the Loans), plus (iii) cash income taxes paid plus (iv) Distributions.

 

16


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein and subject to adjustment as provided in the second paragraph under “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” with respect to Business Acquisitions, dispositions of assets and incurrence and permanent repayment of Debt in each case consummated after the Closing Date, Consolidated Fixed Charges shall be the amounts set forth on Schedule 3 hereto for the periods shown therein.

Consolidated Interest Expense – means for any period, the total interest expense of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries during such period, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Contingent Obligation – means with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person arising from any guaranty, indemnity or other assurance of payment or performance of any Debt, lease, dividend or other obligation (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including (i) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (other than for collection or deposit in the Ordinary Course of Business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of a primary obligor, (ii) the obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments, if required, regardless of nonperformance by any other party or parties to an agreement, (iii) any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (A) to purchase any such primary obligation or any Property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (B) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligations or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (C) to purchase Property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (D) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation with respect to which such Contingent Obligation is made (or, if less, the maximum amount of such primary obligation for which such Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument evidencing such Contingent Obligation) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability with respect thereto (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder), as determined by such Person in good faith.

Controlled Investment Affiliates – means funds or partnerships managed by Platinum Equity Advisors, LLC but not including any of their operating portfolio companies.

Credit Documents – means this Agreement, the Other Agreements and the Security Documents.

Credit Judgment – means Administrative Agent’s judgment exercised in good faith, based upon its consideration of any factor that it believes (a) could adversely affect the quantity, quality, mix or value of Collateral (including any Applicable Law that may inhibit collection of an Account), the enforceability or priority of Administrative Agent’s Liens, or the amount that Administrative Agent and Lenders could receive in liquidation of any Collateral; (b) suggests that any collateral report or financial information delivered by any Obligor is incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; (c) materially increases the likelihood of any Insolvency Proceeding involving an Obligor; or (d) creates or could reasonably be expected to result in a Default or Event of Default. In exercising such judgment, Administrative Agent may consider any factors that could increase the credit risk of lending to Borrowers or the security of the Collateral.

Current – means with respect to applicable accounts payable of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, means such payables are current in accordance with Borrowers’ past payment practices as determined by Administrative Agent in its reasonable Credit Judgment.

 

17


Current Assets – means at any date, the amount at which all of the current assets of a Person would be properly classified as current assets shown on a balance sheet at such date in accordance with GAAP except that amounts due from Affiliates and investments in Affiliates shall be excluded there-from.

CWA – means the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et seq .)

Debt – means, as applied to a Person, without duplication, debt (i) arising from the lending of money by any other Person to such Person; (ii) whether or not in any such case arising from the lending of money by another Person to such Person, (A) which is represented by notes payable or drafts accepted that evidence extensions of credit, (B) which constitutes obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, or (C) upon which interest charges are customarily paid (other than accounts payable) or that was issued or assumed as full or partial payment for Property (other than accounts payable); (iii) that constitutes a Capitalized Lease Obligation; (iv) reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit of guaranties of letters of credit; and (v) obligations of such Borrower under any guaranty of obligations that would constitute Debt under clauses (i) through (iii) hereof, if owed directly by such Person. The Debt of a Person shall include any recourse Debt of any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or joint venturer.

Debtor Relief Laws – means the Bankruptcy Code, the BIA, the CCAA, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, winding up, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States, Canada or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default – means an event or condition the occurrence of which would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, become an Event of Default.

Default Rate – means on any date, a rate per annum that is equal to (i) in the case of each U.S. Revolver Loan or U.S. L/C Obligation outstanding on such date, two percent (2%) in excess of the rate otherwise applicable to such U.S. Revolver Loan or U.S. L/C Obligation on such date, (ii) in the case of each Canadian Revolver Loan or Canadian L/C Obligation outstanding on such date, two percent (2%) in excess of the rate otherwise applicable to such Canadian Revolver Loan or Canadian L/C Obligations on such date and (iii) in the case of any of the other Obligations outstanding on such date, two percent (2%) in excess of the highest Applicable Margin for (A) with respect to Obligations denominated in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Revolver Loans that are U.S. Base Rate Loans plus the U.S. Base Rate in effect on such date and (B) with respect to Obligations denominated in Canadian Dollars, Canadian Revolver Loans that are Canadian Prime Rate Loans plus the Canadian Prime Rate in effect on such date.

Defaulting Lender – means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the U.S. Revolver Loans, the Canadian Revolver Loans, participations in U.S. L/C Obligations or Canadian L/C Obligations, participations in U.S. Out-of-Formula Loans or Canadian Out-of-Formula Loans, participations in Canadian Swing Line Loans or U.S. Swing Line Loans or participations in Agent Advances required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to Administrative Agent, Canadian Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

 

18


Dilution Percentage – means, at any time:

(a) with respect to any U.S. Borrower, an amount (expressed as a percentage) equal to (i) the sum (without duplication) of all deductions, credit memos, returns, adjustments, allowances, bad-debt write-offs and other non-cash credits which are recorded (or should be recorded in the reasonable determination of Administrative Agent) by all U.S. Borrowers to reduce their accounts receivable, divided by (ii) the sum of aggregate gross billings of all U.S. Borrowers, in each case for the 12 fiscal months of Borrower Agent then most recently ended as shown in the monthly Borrowing Base Certificate most recently delivered pursuant to Section 8.4 ; and

(b) with respect to Canadian Borrower, an amount (expressed as a percentage) equal to (i) the sum (without duplication) of all deductions, credit memos, returns, adjustments, allowances, bad-debt write-offs and other non-cash credits which are recorded (or should be recorded in the reasonable determination of Administrative Agent) by Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors to reduce its accounts receivable, divided by (ii) the aggregate gross billings of Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, in each case for the 12 fiscal months of Borrower Agent then most recently ended as shown in the monthly Borrowing Base Certificate most recently delivered pursuant to Section 8.4 .

Dilution Reserve – of U.S. Borrowers together, or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors together, at any time means an amount equal to the product of (a) the positive result, if any, of the Dilution Percentage for the U.S. Borrowers together, or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors together, as applicable, at such time minus 5% multiplied by (b) the Eligible Accounts of the U.S. Borrowers together, or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors together, as applicable, at such time.

Distribution – means in respect of any entity. (i) any direct or indirect payment of any dividends or other distributions on Equity Interests of the entity (except distributions in such Equity Interests); (ii) any purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the entity or any Affiliate of the entity unless made contemporaneously from the net proceeds of the sale of Equity Interests; (iii) any other direct or indirect distribution, advance or repayment of Debt to a holder of Equity Interests; and (iv) payment by any Borrower of management fees to Platinum.

Domestic In-Transit Inventory – means Inventory that has been purchased by an Obligor and that is in-transit to or from (a) in the case of a U.S. Borrower, (i) a Vendor from a location within the continental United States to a U.S. Borrower or a location designated by a U.S. Borrower that is in the continental United States or (ii) between two facilities operated by any U.S. Borrower in the continental United States and (b) in the case of Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, (i) a Vendor from a location within Canada to Canadian Borrower or any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor or a location designated by Canadian Borrower or any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor that is in Canada or (ii) between two facilities operated by Canadian Borrower or any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor in Canada.

Dominion Account – means a special account established by Borrowers at Bank of America or Bank of America – Canada Branch, and over which Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as applicable, shall have sole and exclusive access and control for withdrawal purposes.

Eligible Account – means at any date of determination thereof (a) with respect to any U.S. Borrower, the aggregate value (determined on a basis consistent with GAAP and Borrower Agent’s current and historical accounting practices) of all Qualified Accounts of the U.S. Borrowers at such date; and (b) with respect to Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, the aggregate value (determined on a basis consistent with GAAP and Borrower Agent’s current and historical accounting

 

19


practices) of all Qualified Accounts of Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors at such date, in each case adjusted on any date of determination to exclude, without duplication, the amount of Ineligible Accounts of the U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors (as applicable) (calculated in accordance with the definition of “Ineligible Accounts” herein or in the revised definition of “Ineligible Accounts” then most recently furnished to Borrower Agent by Administrative Agent in writing).

Eligible Assignee – means a Person that is a Lender or a United States based Affiliate of a Lender; a commercial bank, finance company, insurance company or other financial institution, in each case that is organized under the laws of the United States or any state, has total assets in excess of $2,500,000,000, extends credit of the type contemplated herein in the ordinary course of its business and whose becoming an assignee would not constitute a prohibited transaction under Section 4975 of ERISA or any other Applicable Law ( provided that no Canadian Revolver Lender may assign its rights or obligations hereunder to a Lender or Approved Fund that is not a Canadian Revolver Lender) and is acceptable to Administrative Agent in its reasonable Credit Judgment and, unless a Default or an Event of Default pursuant to Section 12.1.1 or 12.1.10 exists, Borrower Agent (such approval by Borrower Agent, when required, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and to be deemed given by Borrower Agent if no objection is received by the assigning Lender and Administrative Agent from Borrower Agent within five (5) Business Days after notice of such proposed assignment has been provided by the assigning Lender as set forth in Section 14.1 of this Agreement); and, at any time that an Event of Default exists, any other Person acceptable to Administrative Agent in its reasonable Credit Judgment.

Eligible In-Transit Inventory – means, on any date, In-Transit Inventory that meets the requirements of clause (a)(ii) or (b)(ii) of the definition of “Domestic In-Transit Inventory.”

Eligible Inventory – means, at any date of determination thereof, an amount equal to:

(a) with respect to any U.S. Borrower, the aggregate Value (as reflected on the perpetual inventory system of the applicable Borrower) at such date of all Qualified Inventory owned by such U.S. Borrower and located in any jurisdiction in the United States of America in which the Lien on such Qualified Inventory granted to Agents would be perfected by appropriate UCC financing statements that have been filed (or delivered to Administrative Agent for filing pursuant to Section 11.1.3 or 10.1.13) naming such Borrower as “debtor” and Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the U.S. Secured Parties as “secured party”; and

(b) with respect to Canadian Borrower and Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, the aggregate Value (as reflected on the perpetual inventory system of Canadian Borrower and, if applicable, Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors) at such date of all Qualified Inventory owned by Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors and located in any jurisdiction in Canada as to which Qualified Inventory appropriate personal property security filings have been made (or delivered to Canadian Agent for filing pursuant to Section 11.1.3 or 10.1.13) ,

in each case, adjusted on any date of determination to exclude, without duplication, the amount of Ineligible Inventory of the U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors (as applicable) (calculated in accordance with the definition of “Ineligible Inventory” herein or in the revised definition of “Ineligible Inventory” then most recently furnished to the Borrower Agent by Administrative Agent in writing).

End Date – means the first day where Availability on each day during the immediately preceding 45 consecutive days was at least $150,000,000.

 

20


Enforcement Action – means any action to enforce any Obligations or Credit. Documents or to realize upon any Collateral (whether by judicial action, self-help, notification of Account Debtors, exercise of setoff or recoupment, or otherwise).

Environment – means ambient air, indoor air, surface water and groundwater (including potable water), the land surface or subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

Environmental Claim – means any claim, notice, demand, order, action, suit or proceeding alleging actual or potential liability for investigation, Response or corrective action, damages to natural resources, personal injury, property damage, fines, penalties or other costs resulting from or arising out of (i) the presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Material at any Property or (ii) any violation of Environmental Law, and shall include any claim seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief resulting from or arising out of the presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Material of alleged injury or threat of injury to health (to the extent related to Hazardous Material) or the Environment.

Environmental Laws – means the common law and all federal, state, provincial, territorial, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, judgments and consent decrees, now or hereafter in effect, that relate to the protection or pollution of the Environment or human health (to the extent related to exposure to Hazardous Materials), including those relating to the use, recycling, manufacture, distribution, handling, storage, treatment, transport, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, whether now or hereafter in effect, including the CERCLA, the RCRA and the CWA.

Environmental Notice – means a written notice from any Governmental Authority or any other Person of an alleged noncompliance with or liability under any Environmental Laws, including any complaints, citations, demands or request from any Governmental Authority for correction or remediation of any asserted violation of any Environmental Laws or any investigations concerning any asserted violation of any Environmental Laws.

Equipment – means all of U.S. Borrowers’ or Canadian Borrower’s and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors’ (as applicable) machinery, apparatus, equipment, fittings, furniture, fixtures, motor vehicles and other tangible personal Property (other than Inventory) of every kind and description, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the applicable U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors and wherever located, and all parts, accessories and special tools therefor, all accessions thereto, and all substitutions and replacements thereof.

Equity Contributions – has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Equity Interest – means the interest of (i) a shareholder in a corporation, (ii) a partner (whether general or limited) in a partnership (whether general, limited or limited liability), (iii) a member in a limited liability company, or (iv) any other Person having any other form of equity security or ownership interest.

Equivalent Amount – has the meaning set forth in Section 1.5 .

ERISA – means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and all rules and regulations from time to time promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Event – means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan, (b) a complete or partial withdrawal by any Borrower, or by any Person for which any Borrower may have any

 

21


direct or indirect liability from a Plan, or a cessation of operations which is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA, (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by any Borrower, or by any Person for which any Borrower may have any direct or indirect liability from a Multi-employer Plan, the receipt by any Borrower, or by any Person for which any Borrower may have any direct or indirect liability of any notice concerning the imposition of withdrawal liability (as defined in Part 1 of Subtitle E of Title N of ERISA) or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multi-employer Plan (provided that, with respect to any such Multi-employer Plan, the Borrower, or any Person for which any Borrower may have any direct or indirect liability has received written notice of such action or proceeding), (e) the occurrence of an event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan, (f) with respect to a Pension Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, (g) the failure to make by its due date a required contribution under Section 412(m) of the Code (or Section 430(j) of the Code, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006) with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan, (h) the filing pursuant to Section 412 of the Code of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Pension Plan, (i) the occurrence of a nonexempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which could result in liability to the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or (j) the incurrence of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Borrower or any Person for which any Borrower may have a direct or indirect obligation to pay such liability.

Event of Default – has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1 of this Agreement.

Excluded Taxes – with respect to Administrative Agent, Canadian Agent, any Lender, Issuing Bank or any other recipient of a payment to be made by or on account of any Obligation, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by reference to its overall net income (however denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of overall net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable Lending Office is located; and (b) in the case of a Foreign Lender, (x) any United States federal withholding tax that (i) is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender by or on account of any obligation of a Borrower that is organized in the United States of America to the extent imposed at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 5.9 or (ii) is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 5.10 (i.e., failure to deliver a form that it is legally entitled to deliver) or (y) except when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any Canadian federal withholding tax that (i) is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender by or on account of any obligation of a Borrower that is organized in Canada to the extent imposed at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Leading Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from such Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 5.9 , or (ii) is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 5.10 (i.e., failure to deliver a form that it is legally entitled to deliver).

Existing Letters of Credit – means the letters of credit set forth on Schedule 4 .

 

22


Extraordinary Expenses – means all costs, expenses, fees (including fees incurred to Agent Professionals) or advances that Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent may suffer or incur, whether prior to or after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, and whether prior to, after or during the pendency of an Insolvency Proceeding of a Borrower, on account of or in connection with (i) the audit, inspection, repossession, storage, repair, appraisal, insuring, completion of the fabrication of, preparing for sale, advertising for sale, selling, collecting or otherwise preserving or realizing upon any Collateral; (ii) the defense of Administrative Agent’s and Canadian Agent’s Lien upon any Collateral or the priority thereof or any adverse claim with respect to the Loans, any Letter of Credit, the Credit Documents or the Collateral asserted by any Obligor, any receiver, interim receiver or trustee for any Borrower or any creditor or representative of creditors of any Obligor; (iii) the settlement or satisfaction of any Liens upon any Collateral (whether or not such Liens are Permitted Liens); (iv) the collection or enforcement of any of the Obligations; (v) the negotiation, documentation, and closing of any restructuring or forbearance agreement with respect to the Credit Documents or Obligations; (vi) the enforcement of any of the provisions of any of the Credit Documents; (vii) the preparation, negotiation, syndication and execution of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable fees and expenses of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP and local and foreign counsel in each relevant jurisdiction or (viii) any payment under a guaranty, indemnity or other payment agreement provided by an Agent or (with Administrative Agent’s consent) any Lender, which is reimbursable to an Agent or such Lender by Obligors pursuant to Section 3.8 of this Agreement. Such costs, expenses and advances may include transfer fees, taxes, storage fees, insurance costs, permit fees, utility reservation and standby fees, legal fees, appraisal fees, brokers’ fees and commissions, auctioneers’ fees and commissions, accountants’ fees, environmental study fees, wages and salaries paid to employees of any Borrower or independent contractors in liquidating any Collateral, travel expenses, all other fees and expenses payable or reimbursable by Obligors under any of the Credit Documents, and all other fees and expenses associated with the enforcement of rights or remedies under any of the Credit Documents, but excluding compensation paid to employees (including inside legal counsel who are employees) of an Agent.

Facility – means the aggregate U.S. Revolver or the Canadian Revolver, as the context may require.

Federal Funds Rate – means for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each date during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) in Atlanta, Georgia by the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, or if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by Administrative Agent from three (3) federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by Administrative Agent.

Fee Letter – means the Fee Letter dated July 21, 2007 among Bank of America, BAS and Parent.

Financed Capital Expenditures – means Capital Expenditures that are (i) funded with the proceeds of Permitted Purchase Money Debt and those represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations, (ii) any additions to property and equipment and other capital expenditures made, with the proceeds of any equity securities issued or capital contributions received by any Obligor, (iii) expenditures made in connection with the replacement, substitution, restoration or repair of assets to the extent financed with (A) insurance proceeds paid on account of the loss of or damage to the assets being replaced, substituted,

 

23


restored or repaired, or (B) awards of compensation arising from the taking by eminent domain or condemnation of the assets being replaced or substituted, (iv) the purchase price of equipment that is purchased simultaneously with the trade-in of existing equipment to the extent that the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted by. the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time, (v) the purchase or improvement of property, plant or equipment to the extent paid for with the proceeds of dispositions permitted by Section 10.2.9 that are not required to be applied to prepay the Obligations or the Senior Secured Notes, (vi) expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures by Parent or any Subsidiary and that actually are paid for by a Person other than Parent or any Subsidiary to the extent neither Parent nor any Subsidiary has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation to such Person or any other Person (whether before, during or after such period), (vii) any expenditures which are contractually required to be, and are, advanced or reimbursed to the Obligors in cash by a third party (including landlords) during such period of calculation, (viii) the book value of any asset owned by Parent or any Subsidiary prior to or during such period to the extent that such book value is included as a Capital Expenditure during such period as a result of such Person reusing or beginning to reuse such asset during such period without a corresponding expenditure actually having been made in such period; provided that (A) any expenditure necessary in order to permit such asset to be reused shall be included as a Capital Expenditure during the period in which such expenditure actually is made and (B) such book value shall have been included in Capital Expenditures when such asset was originally acquired, (ix) expenditures that constitute Investments constituting a Business Acquisition otherwise permitted hereunder or (x) that portion of interest on Debt incurred for Capital Expenditures which is paid in cash and capitalized in accordance with GAAP.

Fiscal Quarter – means three (3) months ended March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each Fiscal Year.

Fiscal Year – means the fiscal year of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for accounting and tax purposes, which ends on December 31 of each year.

Floor Test – has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.1 of this Agreement.

FLSA – means the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938.

Foreign In-Transit Inventory – means Inventory of a Borrower that is in-transit from a Vendor of Borrower from a location outside the continental United States (in the case of a U.S. Borrower) or Canada (in the case of Canadian Borrower) to such Borrower or a location designated by such Borrower that is in the continental United States (in the case of a U.S. Borrower) or Canada (in the case of Canadian Borrower).

Foreign Lender – means (i) with respect to a Loan to U.S. Borrowers, any Lender that is not treated as a United States person under Section 7701 (a)(30) of the Code or (ii) in the case of a Lender to Canadian Borrower with respect to a Loan to Canadian Borrower, any Lender that is not a Canadian Resident.

Foreign Plan – means any employee benefit plan or arrangement (a) maintained or contributed to by any Obligor or Subsidiary that is not subject to the laws of the United States; or (b) mandated by a government other than the United States for employees of any Obligor or Subsidiary.

Fund – means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

 

24


Funded Debt – means collectively but without duplication (a) the aggregate principal amount of Debt (including Subordinated Debt) which would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified as long-term debt, together with the current maturities thereof and the face amount of all outstanding letters of credit; (b) all Debt outstanding under any revolving credit, line of credit or renewals thereof, notwithstanding that any such Debt is created within one (1) year of the expiration of such agreement; and (c) all Capitalized Lease Obligations.

GAAP – means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect from time to time.

Governmental Approvals – means all authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses and exemptions of, registrations and filings with, and reports to, all Governmental Authorities.”

Governmental Authority – means any federal, state, provincial, territorial, municipal, national, foreign or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof, in each case whether associated with the United States, Canada, a state, province, district or territory thereof, or any foreign entity or government.

Guarantor – means Parent, each U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor and each Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, collectively.

Hazardous Materials – means (a) petroleum or petroleum products, by-products or breakdown products, radioactive materials, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, mold, polychlorinated biphenyls and radon gas and (b) any other chemicals, materials, substances, wastes, pollutants, contaminants, compounds or constituents in any form regulated, or which can give rise to liability, under any Environmental Law.

Hedging Agreement – means any Interest Rate Contract, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

Increase Effective Date – has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9.2 of this Agreement.

Indemnified Claim – means any and all claims, demands, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, awards, costs (including costs of Responses or corrective actions to Address Hazardous Materials), expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including reasonable attorneys’, accountants’, consultants’ or paralegals’ fees and expenses), whether arising under or in connection with the Credit Documents, any Applicable Law (including any Environmental Laws) or otherwise, that may now or hereafter be instituted or asserted against any Indemnitee and whether instituted or asserted in or as a result of any investigation, litigation, arbitration or other judicial or non-judicial proceeding or any appeals related thereto.

Indemnified Taxes – means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitees – means the Agent Indemnitees, the Lender Indemnitees, the Bank Indemnitees and the Issuing Bank Indemnitees.

Ineligible Accounts – means, with respect to U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, at any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate value of all Qualified Accounts of U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, described in one or more of the following clauses, without duplication:

(a) Qualified Accounts to which U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, do not have sole and absolute title; or

 

25


(b) Qualified Accounts that arise out of a sale made by U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, to an employee, officer, director or Affiliate of U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable; or

(c) Qualified Accounts in respect of which the Account Debtor (i) is a creditor of U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, (ii) has or has asserted a right of setoff against U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, including co-op advertising (unless such Account Debtor has entered into a written agreement reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent to waive such setoff rights) or (iii) has disputed its liability (whether by chargeback or otherwise) or made any claim with respect to such Qualified Accounts or any other Qualified Accounts which has not been resolved, in each case to the extent of the amount owed by U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, to the Account Debtor, the amount of such actual or asserted right of setoff, or the amount of such dispute or claim, as the case may be; or

(d) Qualified Accounts from Account Debtors whose credit standing is not satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its reasonable Credit Judgment, including, without limitation, bankrupt or insolvent Account Debtors or against whom U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, are not able to bring suit or otherwise enforce its remedies through judicial process; or

(e) (i) in the case of Qualified Accounts of U.S. Borrowers, Qualified Accounts that are not payable in U.S. Dollars, or Qualified Accounts in respect of which the Account Debtor either (x) is not incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof, (y) is located outside the United States and Canada or (z) has its principal place of business or substantially all of its assets outside the United States and Canada, other than Qualified Accounts covered under a letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance on terms acceptable to Administrative Agent (it being understood that no representation or certification by a Borrower as to the matters described in the foregoing clauses (y) or (z) shall be deemed to be false or misleading in any material respect so long as the relevant Borrower has exercised its customary care in making any determination as to the matters described in such clauses); or (ii) in the case of Qualified Accounts of Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, such Qualified Account is not payable in Canadian Dollars or U.S. Dollars or the Account Debtor either (x) is not incorporated under the laws of Canada, or any province or territory thereof, or the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (y) is located outside Canada and the United States of America or (z) has its principal place of business (or domicile for the purposes of the Quebec Civil Code) or substantially all of its assets outside Canada and the United States of America, other than Qualified Accounts covered under a letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance on terms acceptable to Administrative Agent (it being understood that no representation or certification by Canadian Borrower or any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor as to the matters described in the foregoing clause (y) or (z) shall be deemed to be false or misleading in any material respect so long as the relevant Borrower has exercised its customary care in making any determination as to the matters described in such clauses); or

 

26


(f) (i) Qualified Accounts resulting from sales that are guaranteed sales, sale-and-returns, ship-and-returns or sales on approval or (ii) Qualified Accounts that are sold on terms in excess of 90 days; or

(g) Qualified Accounts in respect of goods that have not been shipped or title to which has not passed to the applicable Account Debtors (including sales on consignment), or Qualified Accounts that represent Progress-Billings or otherwise do not represent completed sales. For purposes hereof, an Account represents a “Progress-Billing” if, and to the extent that, the Account Debtor’s obligation to pay the invoice giving rise to such Account is conditioned upon such Borrower’s completion of any further performance under the contract or agreement; or

(h) Qualified Accounts that do not comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Applicable Laws including without limitation the Federal Consumer Credit Protection Act and the Federal Truth in Lending Act; or

(i) Qualified Accounts that are unpaid more than (i) 60 days from the original due date or (ii) 90 days from the original date of invoice; or

(j) Qualified Accounts that are not paid in full and for which U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, create new receivables for the unpaid portion of such Accounts, including without limitation chargebacks, debit memos and other adjustments for unauthorized deductions; or

(k) all Qualified Accounts with respect to a single Account Debtor if 50% or greater in aggregate value of the Qualified Accounts of such Account Debtor are ineligible other than as a result of this clause (k) (it being understood that in determining the aggregate amount of Qualified Accounts from a single Account Debtor that are unpaid more than 60 days from the due date or more than 90 days from the original date of invoice under clause (i) above, there shall be excluded the amount of any net credit balances relating to the Qualified Accounts of such Account Debtor which are more than 60 days from the due date or 90 days from the original date of invoice); or

(1) Qualified Accounts that (x) are not subject to a valid and perfected first priority Lien in favor of Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, subject to no other Liens other than Permitted Liens described in Sections 10.2.5(i), (ii), (iii), (vi ) and (xiv)  or (y) do not otherwise conform to the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Documents relating to Accounts; or

(m) Qualified Accounts for which a check, promissory note, draft, trade acceptance or other instrument for the payment of money has been received as payment for all or any part of such Qualified Accounts, presented for payment and returned uncollected for any reason; or

(n) Qualified Accounts that have been written off the books of U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, or have otherwise been designated as uncollectible; or

(o) (i) Qualified Accounts that are non-trade Accounts or notes receivable, (ii) Qualified Accounts that are subject to any adverse security deposit, retainage or other similar advance

 

27


made by or for the benefit of the applicable Account Debtors, (iii) Qualified Accounts that represent or relate to payments of interest, or (iv) Qualified Accounts that are subject to off-set from customer overpayments, in each case to the extent thereof; or

(p) Qualified Accounts in respect of which the Account Debtor is the United States of America or Canada or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, unless: (i) in the case of U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, holding a Qualified Account in respect of which the Account Debtor is the United States of America or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, duly assign the rights to payment of such Qualified Accounts to the applicable Agent pursuant to the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended, which assignment and related documents and filings shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent or (ii) in the case of U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, holding a Qualified Account in respect of which the Account Debtor is Canada or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, the provision of the Financial Administration Act (Canada) or similar provincial or territorial legislation or municipal ordinance of similar purpose has been complied with; or

(q) Qualified Accounts that are subject to a cash rebate, to the extent of the amount of such cash rebate that is accrued and unpaid; or

(r) Qualified Accounts due from any Account Debtor if the aggregate value of Qualified Accounts due from such Account Debtor, plus the aggregate value of Qualified Accounts of such Account Debtor’s Affiliates (in each case, which Qualified Accounts would otherwise be Eligible Accounts), exceeds 15% of the total amount of Eligible Accounts at the time of any determination, to the extent of such excess over such limit; or

(s) such other Qualified Accounts as may be deemed ineligible by Administrative Agent from time to time in the reasonable exercise of its reasonable Credit Judgment; or

(t) such Qualified Account is of an Account Debtor that is located in a jurisdiction requiring the filing of a notice of business activities report or similar report in order to permit such Borrower or any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, to seek judicial enforcement in such jurisdiction of payment of such Account, unless U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, has qualified to do business in such jurisdiction or has filed a notice of business activities report or equivalent report for the then current year or if such failure to file and inability to seek judicial enforcement is capable of being remedied without any material delay or material cost.

Ineligible Inventory – means, with respect to U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the following, without duplication:

(a) 100% of the Value of Qualified Inventory that is not subject to a perfected first priority Lien in favor of Administrative Agent; or

(b) 100% of the Value of Qualified Inventory that consists of maintenance spare parts, stores supplies, cleaning mixtures and lubricants, as determined in accordance with the ac counting policies of Ryerson to be classified as supplies; or

 

28


(c) with respect to U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, (1) 50% of the Value of Slow Moving Inventory of the types described in clause (a) of the definition thereof and (2) 100% of the Value of Slow Moving Inventory of the types described in clause (b) of the definition thereof; or

(d) 100% of the Value of (i) Qualified Inventory that is not located at property that is owned or leased by such Borrower and is not Eligible In-Transit Inventory and (ii) Qualified Inventory that is located at or in transit to or from any Third-Party Location to property that is either owned or leased by U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable; provided that the Value of Qualified Inventory located at or in transit to or from a Third-Party Location shall not be included in calculating “Ineligible Inventory” pursuant to this clause (d) on any date of determination if (x) the Value of such Qualified Inventory on such date of determination (as reflected on the perpetual inventory system of Ryerson and consistent with Ryerson’s current and historical accounting practices) is greater than $150,000, and (y) such Borrower or the Borrowers’ Agent shall have delivered to Administrative Agent a Lien Waiver with respect to such Third-Party Location or an Inventory Reserve has been established in respect thereof; or

(e) 100% of the Value of Qualified Inventory that (i) in the case of a U.S. Borrower, is not located in the United States or (ii) in the case of a Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, is not located in Canada; or

(f) 100% of the Value of Qualified Inventory considered non-conforming, which shall mean, on any date, all inventory classified as “non-prime,” “scrap” or other “off-spec” such as non-conforming (“ NCR ”), seconds or thirds, damaged, defective, discontinued, rejects, obsolete, unmerchantable, not in good condition, marked “return to vendor” or otherwise unsaleable in the ordinary course of business; or

(g) 100% of the Value of Qualified Inventory that does not otherwise conform to the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Documents; or

(h) 100% of the Value of Qualified Inventory located on the premises of joint ventures, unless (i) a joint venture agreement reasonably acceptable to each of Administrative Agent has been executed and (ii) such Qualified Inventory is reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent; or

(i) 100% of the Value of Qualified Inventory that is subject to a negotiable document of title (as defined in the UCC or the PPSA, as applicable) unless such negotiable document of title has been delivered to the applicable Agent; or

(j) the Value of Qualified Inventory to the extent such Value includes tolling costs or processing costs incurred by U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, for processing customer-owned Inventory; or

(k) the Value of Qualified Inventory to the extent such Value includes prepaid Inventory or relates to advance payments made to vendors for merchandise not yet received; or

(1) without duplication of any calculation pursuant to clause (d) of the definition of Inventory Valuation Reserves, the Value of Qualified Inventory that is subject to vendor credits representing price allowances, rebates and credits that have been allocated by U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, to reduce Inventory costs, to the extent of such credits; or

 

29


(m) 50% of the Value of Shorts Inventory; or

(n) the Value of such other Qualified Inventory as may be deemed ineligible by Administrative Agent from time to time in the exercise of its reasonable Credit Judgment; or

(o) the Value of In-Transit Inventory except Eligible In-Transit Inventory.

Insolvency Proceeding – means any action, case, filing or proceeding commenced by or against a Person under any state, federal or foreign law, or any agreement of such Person, for (i) the entry of an order for relief under any Debtor Relief Laws, (ii) the appointment of a receiver (or administrative receiver), interim receiver, monitor, trustee, liquidator administrator, conservator or other custodian for such Person or any part of its Property, (iii) an assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors of such Person, or (iv) the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of such Person.

Instrument – shall have the meaning ascribed to the term “instrument” in the UCC (or, with respect to any instrument of a Canadian Loan Party, the PPSA).

Intellectual Property – means all intellectual and similar Property of a Person of every kind and description, including inventions, designs, patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, mask works, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary information, know how, software and databases and all embodiments or fixations thereof and related documentation, registrations and franchises, all books and records describing or Used in connection with the foregoing and all licenses, or other rights to use any of the foregoing.

Intellectual Property Claim – means the assertion by any Person of a claim (whether asserted in writing, by action, suit or proceeding or otherwise) that any Borrower’s ownership, use, marketing, sale or distribution of any Inventory, Equipment, Intellectual Property or other Property is violative of any ownership or right to use any Intellectual Property of such Person.

Intercreditor Agreement – means an Intercreditor Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit N , by and between Administrative Agent, Canadian Agent and the Trustee party to the Senior Secured Notes Indenture.

Interest Period – means, as to each LIBOR Loan or BA Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such LIBOR Loan or BA Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a LIBOR Loan or BA Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six or, if available to all Lenders, nine or twelve months thereafter, as selected by the applicable Borrower in its Notice of Borrowing; provided that:

(a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

 

30


(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.

Interest Rate Contract – means any interest rate agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate swap agreement, or other agreement or arrangement at any time entered into by any or all Borrowers with Bank of America, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates or branches that is designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates.

In-Transit Inventory – means Inventory of a Borrower that is either Domestic In-Transit Inventory or Foreign In-Transit Inventory.

Inventory – shall have the meaning ascribed to the term “inventory” in the UCC or the PPSA, as applicable, and shall include all goods intended for sale or lease by a Borrower, or for display or demonstration; all work in process, all raw materials, and other materials and supplies of every nature and description used or which might be used in connection with the manufacture, printing, packing, shipping, advertising, selling, leasing or furnishing such goods or otherwise used or consumed in such Borrower’s business (but excluding Equipment).

Inventory Formula Amount – means on any date of determination thereof, an amount equal to the lesser of;

(x) 70% of the Value of Eligible Inventory on such date; or

(y) 85% of the NOLV Percentage of the Value of the Inventory of such Borrower (and, for purposes of this clause (y), to the extent that the NOLV Percentage accounts for the slow moving nature or aged status of Inventory of such Borrower, such slow moving nature or aged status as in existence on the date of the most recent Qualified Appraisal shall not be used as a basis to exclude Inventory from eligibility nor used as a basis for the institution of an Inventory Reserve).

Inventory Reserves – means, with respect to any Borrower, an amount equal to the sum of (i) “landlord reserves,” calculated (x) in the case of a U.S. Borrower, as three months’ rent expense for each U.S. Borrower’s leased facilities at which Eligible Inventory is located for which a Lien Waiver has not been obtained and (y) in the case of Canadian Borrower, as three months’ rent expense for each of Canadian Borrower’s and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor’s, as applicable, leased facilities at which Eligible Inventory is located for which a Lien Waiver has not been obtained; provided that such “landlord reserves” shall not be applicable until the date that is 90 days following the Closing Date, (ii) “third party liability reserves,” calculated as any liability owed to any Outside Processor, customer, vendor or Third-Party Warehouseman holding Eligible Inventory from whom a Lien Waiver has not been obtained, not to exceed, for any location, the lesser of (x) the amount owing to such Outside Processor, customer, vendor or Third-Party Warehouseman or (y) the Value of the Eligible Inventory balance at such location; provided that such “third party liability reserves” shall not be applicable until the date that is 90 days following the Closing Date, (iii) such other reserves as may be deemed appropriate by Administrative Agent from time to time in the exercise of its reasonable Credit Judgment, and (iv) Inventory Valuation Reserves.

Inventory Valuation Reserves – means an amount equal to the sum of the following:

(a) a purchase price variance reserve, calculated as the aggregate of the most current four months’ purchase price variance, as recorded on Ryerson’s income statements’ variance reports; provided that such aggregate amount represents a favorable purchase price variance ( i.e ., where the Value exceeds the actual cost of such Inventory);

 

31


(b) a conversion cost reserve calculated as the amount by which (i) the sum of the most current four months’ reclass variance exceeds (ii) 5% of Value at such date of determination;

(c) a vendor discount reserve, equal to the product of (i) vendor discounts earned, expressed as a percentage of cost of sales during the most current two year period, multiplied by (ii) Value at such date of determination;

(d) a lower of cost or market reserve for Inventory that is sold, or valued by the relevant Borrower or as deemed appropriate by Administrative Agent in its reasonable Credit Judgment, for less than the actual cost to produce or acquire; provided that such a reserve shall only be imposed when the price of relevant metals (including aluminum, stainless steel and carbon) on the London Metal Exchange has dropped at least 5% since the delivery of the immediately prior Borrowing Base Certificate and shall be extinguished upon delivery of the next Borrowing Base Certificate;

(e) a reserve for estimated scrap losses related to custom plates in an amount determined in a manner consistent with the relevant Borrower’s or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor’s, as applicable, past accounting practices;

(f) a reserve in the amount of general ledger adjustments reflecting changes in Value of Qualified Inventory based on the results of a physical inventory to the extent such adjustments have not also been made to the applicable Borrower’s or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor’s, as applicable, perpetual inventory system; and

(g) such other reserves as may reasonably be deemed appropriate by Administrative Agent in its reasonable Credit Judgment.

Investment – means any investment in any Person, whether by means of share purchase, capital or other contribution, loan or other extension of credit, guaranty, time deposit or otherwise; provided that (a) the term “Investment” shall not include accounts receivable resulting from the sale of goods or provision of services in the ordinary course of business and (b) the amount of Investments at any time which constitute Debt, an account receivable or other obligation shall be the outstanding amount thereof at such time.

IRS – means the Internal Revenue Service and any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under the Code.

Issuer Documents – means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the Issuing Bank and the applicable Borrower (or any Subsidiary of a Borrower) or in favor the Issuing Bank and relating to such Letter of Credit.

Issuing Bank – means (i) Bank of America or an Affiliate of Bank of America regarding Letters of Credit in favor of U.S. Borrowers and Bank of America-Canada Branch regarding Canadian Letters of Credit in favor of Canadian Borrower, (ii) any other Lender that becomes an Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.3.13 in their capacity as issuers of Letters of Credit, and their successors in such capacity as provided by Section 2.3.14 ; provided that such Lender (x) executes and delivers an instrument satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent accepting the benefits and agreeing to perform the obligations of an Issuing Bank hereunder and (y) if such Lender will be an Issuing Bank with respect to any Canadian Letters of Credit, except when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, is a Canadian Resident and (iii) solely with respect to the applicable Existing Letters of Credit listed on Schedule 4, US Bank, N.A.

 

32


Issuing Bank Indemnitees – means Issuing Bank and its affiliates and current and future officers, directors, employees, affiliates, agents and attorneys.

ISP – means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law and Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Joint Ventures – means Coryer, S.A. de C.V., Tata Ryerson Limited, VSC-Ryerson China Limited, Irons Metals Processing LLC and any other joint business arrangement or undertaking by a Borrower with a third party (other than another Borrower or a Guarantor) involving a sharing of profits and liabilities by the parties, whether constituting under Applicable Law a partnership, joint venture or other legal status.

L/C Advance – means, with respect to each U.S. Revolver Lender or Canadian Revolver Lender, as applicable, that Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its U.S. Revolver Percentage or Canadian Revolver Percentage, as applicable.

L/C Borrowing – means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a U.S. Revolver Borrowing or Canadian Revolver Borrowing, as applicable.

L/C Credit Extension – means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or an amendment to or increase of the amount thereof.

L/C Obligations – means, collectively, the U.S. L/C Obligations and the Canadian L/C Obligations.

Lender Indemnitee – means a Lender in its capacity as a lender under this Agreement and its respective affiliates and current and future officers, directors and agents.

Lenders – means the Canadian Revolver Lenders and the U.S. Revolver Lenders and as the context requires, includes the Swing Line Lender.

Lending Office – means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of that Lender described as such in that Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrowers and Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit – means any letter of credit issued hereunder and shall include the Existing Letters of Credit. A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit or a standby letter of credit.

Letter of Credit Application – means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the Issuing Bank.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date – means the day that is seven days prior to the Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

Letter of Credit Fee – has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.9.

 

33


LIBOR Lending Office – means with respect to a U.S. Revolver Lender, the office designated as a LIBOR Lending Office for such U.S. Revolver Lender on Schedule 2 hereof (or on any Assignment and Acceptance, in the case of an assignee) and such other office of such U.S. Revolver Lender or any of its Affiliates that is hereafter designated by written notice to Administrative Agent.

LIBOR Loan – means a Canadian LIBOR Loan or a U.S. LIBOR Loan.

Lien – means any interest in Property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the Property, whether such interest is based on common law, statute or contract. The term “Lien” shall also include security interests, hypothecations, security assignments, pledges, statutory trusts, deemed trusts, reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights-of-way, servitudes, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases pursuant to which the owner of the Property is the lessor, and other title exceptions and encumbrances affecting Property. For the purpose of this Agreement, a Borrower shall be deemed to be the owner of any Property which it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the Property has been retained by or vested in some other Person for security purposes.

Lien Waiver – means an agreement duly executed in favor of Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as applicable, in form and content acceptable to Administrative Agent, by which (i) for locations leased by a Borrower and at which any Collateral is located, an owner of premises upon which any Collateral of a Borrower is located agrees to waive or subordinate any Lien it may have with respect to such Collateral in favor of Administrative Agent’s or Canadian Agent’s, as applicable, Lien therein and to permit Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as applicable, to enter upon such premises and remove such Collateral or to use such premises to store or dispose of such Collateral for up to 60 days upon continued payment of rent and other charges, or (ii) for locations at which any Borrower places Inventory with a warehouseman or a processor, such warehouseman or processor agrees to waive or subordinate any Lien it may have with respect to such Collateral in favor of Administrative Agent’s Lien or Canadian Agent’s Lien, as applicable, therein and to permit Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as applicable, to enter upon such premises and remove such Collateral or to use such premises to store or dispose of such Collateral for up to 60 days upon continued payment of rent and other charges.

Loan – means an extension of credit by a Lender to a Borrower under Section 2 in the form of a U.S. Revolver Loan, a Canadian Revolver Loan, a Canadian Swing Line Loan, a U.S. Swing Line Loan or an Agent Advance.

Loan Account – means the loan account established by each Lender on its books pursuant to Section 5.8 of this Agreement.

Margin Stock – shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Regulation U and by the Board of Governors.

Material Adverse Effect – means the effect of any event, condition, action, omission or circumstance, which, alone or when taken together with other events, conditions, actions, omissions or circumstances occurring or existing concurrently therewith, (i) has or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect upon the business, operations, Properties (including the Collateral) or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrowers taken as a whole; (ii) has or could be reasonably expected to have any material adverse effect upon the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or the ability of Administrative Agent, Canadian Agent or any Lender to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce or collect the Obligations; or (iii) has any material adverse effect, upon the Liens of Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent with respect to the Collateral or the priority of any such Liens.

 

34


Material Contract – means an agreement to which a Borrower is a party (other than the Credit Documents) (i) which is deemed to be a material contract as provided in Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933 or (ii) for which breach, termination, cancellation, nonperformance or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Maturity Date – means October 18, 2012.

Merger Agreement – has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Merger Sub – has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Moody’s – means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the business of such company in the rating of securities.

Multi-employer Plan – means a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA which is or was at any time during the current year or the immediately preceding six (6) years contributed to or required to be contributed to by any Borrower, or any Person for which any Borrower may have any direct or indirect liability or with respect to which any Borrower or Subsidiary could incur liability. For greater certainty, “Multi-employer Plan” does not include any Canadian Pension Plan.

NOLV Percentage – means the net orderly liquidation value of Inventory, expressed as a percentage of the Value of Borrowers’ Inventory, expected to be realized at an orderly, negotiated sale held within a reasonable period of time, net of all liquidation expenses, as determined from the most recent Qualified Appraisal of Borrowers’ Inventory performed by a Qualified Appraiser.

Non-U.S. Subsidiary – means a Subsidiary of Parent (which may be a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other legal entity) organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States and conducting substantially all its operations outside the United States.

Note – means a Note to be executed by the relevant Borrowers) in favor of a Lender in the form of Exhibit A or Exhibit B, as the case may be, in each case attached hereto, which shall be in the face amount of such Lender’s U.S. Commitment or Canadian Commitment, as the case may be, and which shall evidence all Loans made by such Lenders to a Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

Notice of Borrowing – means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit D signed by an Authorized Employee of the applicable Borrower.

Obligations – means all (a) principal of and premium, if any, on the Loans, (b) L/C Obligations and other obligations of Obligors with respect to Letters of Credit, (c) interest, expenses, fees and other sums payable by Obligors under Credit Documents, (d) obligations of Obligors under any indemnity for Claims, (e) Extraordinary Expenses, (f) Bank Product Debt, and (g) other Debts, obligations and liabilities of any kind owing by Obligors pursuant to the Credit Documents, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether evidenced by a note or other writing, whether allowed in any Insolvency Proceeding, whether arising from an extension of credit, issuance of a letter of credit, acceptance, loan, guaranty, indemnification or otherwise, and whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, primary or secondary, or joint or several.

Obligor – means each Borrower, each Guarantor, and any other Person that is at any time contractually liable for the payment of the whole or any part of any of the Obligations or that has granted in favor of Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent a Lien upon any of such Person’s assets to secure payment of any of the Obligations.

 

35


Ordinary Course of Business – means with respect to any transaction involving any Person, the ordinary course of such Person’s business as undertaken by such Person in good faith and not for the purpose of evading any covenant or restriction in any Credit Document.

Organization Documents – means with respect to any Person, its charter, certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws, articles of organization, operating agreement, members agreement, partnership agreement, voting trust, or similar agreement or instrument governing the formation or operation of such Person.

OSHA – means the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970.

Other Agreements – means the Intercreditor Agreement and each Note, the Fee Letter, Lien Waivers, Interest Rate Contracts or other Hedging Agreements with Bank of America, any Lender or any of their respective branches or Affiliates and any and all agreements, instruments and documents (other than this Agreement and the Security Documents) heretofore, now or hereafter executed by any Obligor or any other Person and delivered to any Agent or any Lender in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Other Taxes – means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made under any Credit Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Credit Document.

Out-of-Formula Condition – means a Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition or a U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition, as applicable.

Out-of-Formula Loan – means a Canadian Out-of-Formula Loan or a U.S. Out-of-Formula Loan, as applicable.

Outside Processor – means any Person that provides processing services with respect to Qualified Inventory owned by a Borrower and on whose premises Qualified Inventory is located, which premises are neither owned nor leased by an Obligor.

Outstanding Amount – means (a) with respect to the U.S. Revolver Loans, the Canadian Revolver Loans, the Canadian Swing Line Loans, the U.S. Swing Line Loans and Agent Advances on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of the U.S. Revolver Loans, the Canadian Revolver Loans, the Canadian Swing Line Loans, the U.S. Swing Line Loans or Agent Advances, as the case may be, occurring on such date; (b) with respect to any U.S. L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such U.S. L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any related L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the U.S. L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by a U.S. Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts with respect to any U.S. Letter of Credit; and (c) with respect to any Canadian L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such Canadian L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any related L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the Canadian L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by a Canadian Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts with respect to any Canadian Letter of Credit.

Parent – has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

36


Participant – has the meaning specified in Section 14.1(d) .

Participating Lender – means each Lender that has an undivided interest and participation in an L/C Obligation.

Payment Conditions – means each of the following conditions precedent, the satisfaction of each of which, as determined by Administrative Agent, shall be required before specified Distributions, Permitted Investments or repurchases, redemptions or repayments of Subordinated Debt may be made by an Obligor:

(a) no Default or Event of Default exists at such time or would result from such Distribution, Permitted Investments or repurchases, redemptions or repayments of Subordinated Debt;

(b) Pro Forma Excess Availability after giving effect to such Distribution, Permitted Investments or repurchases, redemptions or repayments of Subordinated Debt is not less than $175,000,000 or, if Pro Forma Excess Availability after giving effect to such Distribution, Permitted Investments or repurchases, redemptions or repayments of Subordinated Debt is less than $175,000,000, each of the following conditions is satisfied:. (1) Pro Forma Excess Availability is not less than $135,000,000 and (2) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as calculated and presented to Administrative Agent on the most recent Compliance Certificate required pursuant to Section 10.1.3 is not less than 1.1 to 1.0; and

(c) Borrowers, taken as a whole, are Current in their accounts payable.

Payment in Full or Full Payment or Paid in Full – means with respect to (i) any non-Contingent Obligations, the indefeasible payment in full, in cash (in U.S. Dollars in the case of Obligations under the U.S. Revolver and in U.S. Dollars or Canadian Dollars in the case of Obligations under the Canadian Revolver), of such Obligations, including all interest, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith under any of the Credit Documents, whether such interest, fees or other charges accrue or are incurred prior to or during the pendency of an Insolvency Proceeding and whether or not any of the same are allowed or recoverable in any bankruptcy case pursuant to Section 506 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other Debtor Relief Laws or otherwise; with respect to any L/C Obligations represented by undrawn Letters of Credit and Bank Product Debt (including Debt arising under Hedging Agreements), the Cash Collateralization with respect thereto; and (ii) any Obligations that are contingent in nature (other than Obligations consisting of L/C Obligations or Bank Product Debt), such as a right of Administrative Agent, Canadian Agent or a Lender to reimbursement or indemnification by any Obligor, the depositing of cash with Agents in an amount equal to 100% of any such Obligations that have been liquidated or, if such Obligations are unliquidated in amount and represent a claim which has been asserted against Administrative Agent, Canadian Agent or a Lender and for which an indemnity has been provided by Borrowers in any of the Credit Documents, in an amount that is equal to such claim or Administrative Agent’s good faith estimate of such claim. None of the Loans shall be deemed to have been paid in full until all Commitments related to such Loans have expired or been terminated.

Payment Items – means all checks, drafts, or other items of payment payable to a Borrower, including proceeds of any of the Collateral.

PBGC – means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any Governmental Authority succeeding to the functions thereof.

 

37


Pension Plan – means a pension plan other than a Multi-employer Plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA which is maintained, sponsored, contributed to or required to be contributed to by a Borrower or any Person for which any Borrower may have any direct or indirect liability for contributions, or with respect to which a Borrower or Subsidiary could incur liability. For greater certainty, “Pension Plan” does not include any Canadian Pension Plan.

Permitted Affiliates – means the Joint Ventures existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 5 hereto attached hereto and any Joint Ventures created or acquired after the date hereof and permitted pursuant to the terms of the Credit Documents.

Permitted Contingent Obligations – means Contingent Obligations arising from endorsements of Payment Items for collection or deposit in the Ordinary Course of Business; Contingent Obligations of any Borrower and its Subsidiaries existing as of the Closing Date that have been disclosed to Administrative Agent, including extensions and renewals thereof that do not increase the amount of such Contingent Obligations as of the date of such extension or renewal; Contingent Obligations arising under indemnity agreements to title insurers to cause such title insurers to issue to Administrative Agent title insurance policies; Contingent Obligations arising under customary indemnity provisions included in contracts entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business; Contingent Obligations consisting of reimbursement obligations from time to time owing by any Borrower to the Issuing Bank with respect to Letters of Credit (but in no event to include, reimbursement obligations at any time owing by a Borrower to any other Person that may issue letters of credit for the account of Borrowers); and other Contingent Obligations not to exceed $75,000,000 in the aggregate at any time.

Permitted Distributions – means payments by Ryerson of, or Distributions by Ryerson to Parent to be used by Parent to pay (without duplication) (i) Permitted Platinum Payments, (ii) ordinary operating expenses of Parent (excluding, in any event, any payment in respect of Debt except as expressly permitted herein), (iii) to the extent actually used by Parent to pay such taxes, costs and expenses, payments by Borrowers to or on behalf of Parent in an amount sufficient to pay franchise taxes and other fees required to maintain the legal existence of Parent, (iv) Permitted Tax Distributions by Borrowers to Parent, so long as Parent uses such distributions to pay its Taxes and (v) repurchases of stock options and other equity interests from present and former employees, officers and directors not to exceed (i) $2,000,000 in any Fiscal Year and (ii) $10,000,000 in the aggregate since the Closing Date.

Permitted Investment – has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10.2.12 of this Agreement.

Permitted Lien – has the meaning provided in Section 10.2.5 of this Agreement.

Permitted Platinum Payments – means payments of management fees and reasonable expense reimbursements by Ryerson or Parent to Platinum or one of its Affiliates pursuant to a management fee agreement satisfactory to Administrative Agent and BAS; provided that (i) such fees shall be due and payable on a quarterly basis, (ii) the amount of such fees shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate per Fiscal Year of Borrower Agent and (iii) no Distribution in respect of such fees shall be permitted after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Default or Event of Default; provided that any such fees that are suspended, including pursuant to this clause (iii), shall only be deferred and may be paid when no Default or Event of Default exists, notwithstanding the limitation set forth in clause (ii) of this definition.

Permitted Purchase Money Debt – means Purchase Money Debt of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries which is incurred after the date of this Agreement and that is secured by no Lien or only by a Purchase Money Lien; provided that the aggregate amount of Purchase Money Debt outstanding at any time does not exceed $50,000,000. For the purposes of this definition, the principal amount of any Purchase Money Debt, consisting of capitalized leases shall be computed as a Capitalized Lease Obligation.

 

38


Permitted Tax Distributions – means Distributions by Borrowers to Parent in order to pay consolidated or combined federal, state or local income taxes attributable to the income of Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries that are not payable directly by Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries, which Distribution shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the tax liabilities that would have been payable by Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis and (ii) the actual consolidated or combined income tax liabilities of the Parent group (in each case, reduced by any such Taxes paid directly by Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries).

Person – means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint stock company, land trust, business trust, or unincorporated organization, or a Governmental Authority.

Plan – means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is maintained or contributed to by a Borrower or any Subsidiary (or with respect to an employee benefit plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, a Borrower, or any Person for which any Borrower may have any direct or indirect liability) or with respect to which a Borrower or a Subsidiary could incur liability, other than a Canadian Benefit Plan. For greater certainty, “Plan” does not include any Canadian Benefit Plan or Canadian Pension Plan.

Platinum – means Platinum Equity Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its Controlled Investment Affiliates.

PPSA – means the Personal Property Security Act of Ontario (or any successor statute) or similar legislation (including, without limitation, the Civil Code of Quebec) of any other jurisdiction, the laws of which are required by such legislation to be applied in connection with the issue, perfection, enforcement, validity or effect of security interests.

Pro Forma Excess Availability – means, on any date of determination, Availability after giving pro forma effect to the payment of any Distribution or other payment by a Borrower.

Pro Rata – means a share of or in all Loans, participations in L/C Obligations, liabilities, payments, proceeds, collections, Collateral and Extraordinary Expenses, which share for any Lender on any date shall be a percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) arrived at by (a) while any Commitments are outstanding dividing the amount of the Commitment of such Lender on such date by the aggregate amount of the Commitments of all Lenders on such date and (b) at any other time, dividing the amount of such Lender’s Loans and L/C Obligations by the aggregate amount of all outstanding Loans and L/C Obligations.

Projections – means (i) prior to the Closing Date and thereafter until Administrative Agent and Lenders receive new projections pursuant to Section 10.1.5 hereof, the projections of Borrowers’ financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and projected Availability, prepared on a quarterly basis for the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2008, and on an annual basis thereafter through December 31, 2010 as most recently delivered to Administrative Agent on or before the Closing Date; and (ii) thereafter, the projections most recently received by Administrative Agent and Lenders pursuant to and as required by Section 10.1.5 hereof.

Properly Contested – means in the case of any obligation of a Borrower for Taxes or other governmental assessments or claims that could result in a Lien, which is not paid as and when due

 

39


or payable by reason of such Borrower’s bona fide dispute concerning its liability to pay same or concerning the amount thereof, (i) such obligation is being properly contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; (ii) such Borrower has established appropriate reserves as shall be required in conformity with GAAP; (iii) the non-payment of such obligation, individually or in the aggregate with other non-payment of obligations due and payable, will not have a Material Adverse Effect and will not result in a forfeiture of any assets of such Borrower, (iv) no Lien is imposed upon any of such Borrower’s assets with respect to such obligation unless such Lien is at all times junior and subordinate in priority to the Liens in favor of Administrative Agent and Canadian Agent (except only with respect to property taxes that have priority as a matter of applicable state law and with respect to Liens securing obligations that do not exceed in the aggregate with respect to all such obligations $1,000,000 per Fiscal Year, unless otherwise consented to by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) or enforcement of such Lien is stayed (or if such obligation is fully bonded, no enforcement action has been commenced against any of the Collateral) during the period prior to the final resolution or disposition of such dispute; (v) if the obligation results from, or is determined by the entry, rendition or issuance against a Borrower or any of its assets of, a judgment, writ, order or decree, enforcement of such judgment, writ, order or decree is stayed pending a timely appeal or other judicial review or if such obligation is fully bonded, no enforcement action has been commenced against any of the Collateral; and (vi) if such contest is abandoned, settled or determined adversely (in whole or in part) to such Borrower, such Borrower forthwith pays such obligation and all penalties, interest and other amounts due in connection therewith.

Property – means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible.

Purchase Money Debt – means and includes (i) Debt (other than the Obligations but including Capitalized Lease Obligations) for the payment of all or any part of the purchase price, or the cost of construction or improvement, of any fixed assets, (ii) any Debt (other than the Obligations but including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred at the time of or within one hundred eighty (180) days prior to or after the acquisition or completion of construction or improvement of any property, plant or equipment, as applicable, for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost thereof, and (iii) any renewals, extensions or refinancings (but not any increases in the principal amounts) thereof outstanding at the time.

Purchase Money Lien – means a Lien upon property, plant or equipment, which secures Purchase Money Debt, but only if such Lien shall at all times be confined solely to the property, plant or equipment (and the proceeds thereof) acquired through the incurrence of the Purchase Money Debt secured by such Lien.

Qualified Accounts – means, with respect to any Borrower, all Accounts that are directly created by such Borrower in the Ordinary Course of Business arising out of the sale of goods or rendition of services by such Borrower and for which an invoice has been sent to the applicable Account Debtor; provided that no Accounts acquired in connection with a Business Acquisition shall be considered for inclusion as Qualified Accounts until the Acquired Accounts Eligibility Requirement with respect to such Accounts shall have been satisfied.

Qualified Appraisal – means for the purpose of determining the net orderly liquidation value of Eligible Inventory on any date, a written appraisal that is prepared by a Qualified Appraiser, that sets forth the Qualified Appraiser’s estimate of the net orderly liquidation value (net of, among other things, liquidation expenses) of the Eligible Inventory that is the subject of the appraisal and that provides an evaluation opinion as of the date that is no earlier than ninety (90) days prior to the date on which such appraisal is delivered.

 

40


Qualified Appraiser – means a Person (other than an officer, agent, director, employee or Affiliate of a Borrower) who has sufficient qualifications, experience and credentials to give an evaluation opinion with respect to Collateral and who is otherwise satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its reasonable Credit Judgment.

Qualified Inventory – means, with respect to any Borrower, all Inventory that is owned solely by such Borrower and as to which such Borrower has good, valid and marketable and (subject to the immediately succeeding sentence) unencumbered title; provided that no Inventory acquired in connection with a Business Acquisition shall be considered for inclusion as Qualified Inventory until the Acquired Inventory Eligibility Requirement with respect to such Inventory shall have been satisfied. For the avoidance of doubt, “Qualified Inventory” (a) excludes Inventory in which any Person other than the owner Borrower has any direct or indirect ownership interest or title and (b) excludes Inventory that is subject to any Lien other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 10.2.5(i), (ii), (iii), (v), (vi)  and (viii).

Qualifying IPO – means the issuance by Parent or any direct or indirect parent of Parent of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

RCRA – means the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 6991-699li) and all rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

Real Estate – means all right, title and interest of Borrowers (whether as owner, lessor or lessee) at any time or times held by Borrowers in any real Property or any buildings, structures, parking areas or other improvements thereon (but excluding office leases for locations that do not involve manufacturing, warehousing or distribution activities or do not have any Inventory or Equipment (other than office equipment) at such locations).

Refinancing Conditions – means the following conditions for Refinancing Debt: (a) it is in an aggregate principal amount that does not exceed the principal amount of the Debt being extended, renewed or refinanced (plus accrued and unpaid interest, any premium and associated reasonable expenses); (b) it has a final maturity no sooner than, a weighted average life no less than, and an interest rate no greater than, the Debt being extended, renewed or refinanced; (c) it is subordinated to the Obligations at least to the same extent as the Debt being extended, renewed or refinanced; (d) no additional Lien is granted to secure it except in the case of refinancings, other Liens covering the property and assets that were subject to Liens permitted hereunder securing the Debt being refinanced; (e) no additional Person is obligated on such Debt; and (f) upon giving effect to it, no Default or Event of Default exists.

Refinancing Debt – means Borrowed Money that is the result of an extension, renewal or refinancing of Debt permitted under Section 10.2.3(ii)(a), (vi), (vii)  or (viii).

Register – means the register maintained by Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 5.8.2 of this Agreement.

Related Parties – means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Release – means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing or migrating of any Hazardous Material in, into, onto or through the Environment.

 

41


Reportable Event – means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA.

Required Canadian Revolver Lenders – means, as of any date of determination, Canadian Revolver Lenders holding more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Canadian Revolver Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Canadian Revolver Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Canadian Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Canadian Revolver Lender for purposes of this definition) and (b) aggregate unused Canadian Revolver Commitments; provided that the unused Canadian Revolver Commitment of, and the portion of the Canadian Revolver Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Canadian Revolver Lenders.

Required Lenders – means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more than 50% of the sum of the (a) U.S. Revolver Outstandings and Canadian Revolver Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each U.S. Revolver Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in U.S. L/C Obligations, U.S. Swing Line Loans and Agent Advances being deemed “held” by such U.S. Revolver Lender for purposes of this definition and with the aggregate amount of each Canadian Revolver Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Canadian Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Canadian Revolver Lender for purposes of this definition) and (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate unused U.S. Revolver Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate unused Canadian Revolver Commitments; provided that the unused U.S. Revolver Commitment and the unused Canadian Revolver (Commitment of, and the portion of the U.S. Revolver Outstandings and Canadian Revolver Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Required U.S. Revolver Lenders – means, as of any date of determination, U.S. Revolver Lenders holding more than 50% of the sum of the (a) U.S. Revolver Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each U.S. Revolver Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in U.S. L/C Obligations, U.S. Swing Line Loans and Agent Advances being deemed “held” by such U.S. Revolver Lender for purposes of this definition) and (b) aggregate unused U.S. Revolver Commitments; provided that the unused U.S. Revolver Commitment of, and the portion of the U.S. Revolver Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required U.S. Revolver Lenders.

Reserve Percentage – means the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded upward to the nearest l/8th of 1%) applicable to member banks under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities”).

Response – means (a) “response” as such term is defined in CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. § 9601(24), and (b) all other actions required by any Governmental Authority or voluntarily undertaken to (i) investigate, clean up, remove, treat, abate, monitor or in any other way address any Hazardous Material in the Environment; (ii) prevent the Release or threat of Release, or minimize the further Release, of any Hazardous Material; or (iii) perform studies and investigations in connection with, or as a precondition to, clause (i) or (ii) above.

Restricted Investment – means any acquisition of Property by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in exchange for cash or other Property, whether in the form of an acquisition of Equity Interests or Debt, or the purchase or acquisition by such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any other Property, or a loan, advance, capital contribution or subscription, except acquisitions of the following: (i) assets to be used in the Ordinary Course of Business of such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries so

 

42


long as the acquisition costs thereof constitute Capital Expenditures permitted hereunder; (ii) inventory held for sale or lease or to be used in the manufacture of goods or the provision of services by such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the Ordinary Course of Business; (iii) Current Assets arising from the sale or lease of goods or the rendition of services in the Ordinary Course of Business of such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iv) Cash Equivalents to the extent they are not subject to rights of offset in favor of any Person other than an Agent or a Lender.

Restrictive Agreement – means an agreement (other than any of the Credit Documents) that, if and for so long as a Borrower or any Subsidiary of such Borrower is a party thereto, would prohibit, condition or restrict such Borrower’s or Subsidiary’s right to incur or repay Debt (including any of the Obligations); grant Liens upon any of such Borrower’s or Subsidiary’s assets (including Liens granted in favor of Administrative Agent and Canadian Agent pursuant to the Credit Documents); declare or make Distributions or other Upstream Payments; amend, modify, extend or renew any agreement evidencing Debt (including any of the Credit Documents); or repay any Debt owed to another Borrower.

Ryerson – has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Ryerson Canada – has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Ryerson Convertible Notes – means Ryerson’s $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.5% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014.

Ryerson & Son – has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

S&P – means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc., or any successor to the business of such division in the rating of securities.

Schedule of Accounts – has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.1 of this Agreement.

SEC – means Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Parties – means the Canadian Secured Parties and the U.S. Secured Parties.

Security Documents – means the U.S. Security Documents and the Canadian Security Documents.

Senior Officer – means the chairman of the board of directors, the president or the chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, controller or treasurer of, or in-house legal counsel to, a Borrower.

Senior Secured Notes – means $575,000,000 of Senior Secured Notes issued by Ryerson pursuant to the Senior Secured Notes Indenture.

Senior Secured Notes Indenture – means the indenture under which the Senior Secured Notes are issued.

Shorts Inventory – means, with respect to any Borrower, Qualified Inventory classified by such Borrower as partial Inventory pieces, on the basis that the Inventory has been cut below sales lengths customary for such Borrower’s Qualified Inventory.

 

43


Significant Subsidiary – means any Subsidiary which, at the time of determination, is a “significant subsidiary,” as such term is defined on the date of this Agreement in Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission, except that “5 percent” shall be substituted for “10 percent” in each place where it appears in such definition of “significant subsidiary.”

Slow Moving Inventory – means, with respect to any Borrower, (a) an amount equal to the Value of such Borrower’s Qualified Inventory (i) that (A) is classified by such Borrower as stock Inventory and (B) has turnover which is calculated to be less than once during any Fiscal Year using such Borrower’s historical and current accounting practices, or that has not sold or been processed within a one-year period or (ii) of which there is more than a one-year supply based upon the immediately preceding 12 months’ purchases (measured on a stock keeping unit by stock keeping unit basis) and (b) upon full implementation of SAP as determined by Administrative Agent in consultation with Borrower Agent, an amount equal to the Value of such Borrower’s Qualified Inventory equal to the amount by which current Value of Inventory exceeds purchases of Inventory for the immediately preceding 12-month period, measured on a stock keeping unit by stock keeping unit basis.

Solvent – means as to any Person, such Person (i) owns Property whose fair saleable value is greater than the amount required to pay all of such Person’s Debts (including contingent Debts), (ii) is able to pay all of its Debts as such Debts mature, (iii) has capital sufficient to carry on its business and transactions and all business and transactions in which it is about to engage, and (iv) is not “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 101(32) of the Bankruptcy Code or, with respect to Canadian Borrower or and Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, is not an “insolvent person” within the meaning of the BIA.

SPC – has the meaning set forth in Section 14.1(h) of this Agreement.

Specified Equity Contribution – has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.1 to this Agreement.

Subordinated Debt – means unsecured Debt incurred by an Obligor that is expressly subordinated and made junior to the payment and performance in full of the Obligations and contains terms and conditions (including terms relating to interest, fees, repayment and subordination) satisfactory to Administrative Agent and BAS.

Subordination Agreements – means collectively any and all other debt subordination agreements or lien subordination agreements executed in favor of Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent.

Subsidiary – means any Person in which more than 50% of its outstanding Voting Stock or more than 50% of all of its Equity Interests are owned directly or indirectly by a Borrower, by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Borrower or by a Borrower and one or more other Subsidiaries (other than Joint Ventures).

Swing Line Lender – means, as applicable, (i) Bank of America in its capacity as the provider of U.S. Swing Line Loans or (ii) Bank of America-Canada Branch in its capacity as the provider of Canadian Swing Line Loans, or any successor provider of U.S. Swing Line Loans or Canadian Swing Line Loans (which shall at all times be a Canadian Resident, except when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), as applicable, hereunder.

 

44


Taxes – means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Third-Party Location – means any property that is either owned or leased by (w) a Third-Party Warehouseman, (x) an Outside Processor, (y) a customer or (z) a Vendor.

Third-Party Warehouseman – means any Person on whose premises Qualified Inventory is located, which premises are neither owned nor leased by an Obligor, any customer of or Vendor to a Borrower, or an Outside Processor.

Total Borrowing Base – means the sum of the U.S. Borrowing Base and the Canadian Borrowing Base.

Transactions – means the Acquisition, the issuance of the Senior Secured Notes on the Closing Date pursuant to the Senior Secured Notes Indenture, the entering into and Borrowing under this Agreement, the entry into the other Credit Documents, the Equity Contributions, and the payment of fees, commissions and expenses related to each of the foregoing.

Trigger Event – has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.1 of this Agreement.

Type – means any type of a Loan (i.e. U.S. Base Rate Loan, Canadian Prime Rate Loan, Canadian Base Rate Loan, BA Rate Loan, Canadian LIBOR Loan or U.S. LIBOR Loan) that is denominated in the same currency, has the same interest option and, in the case of LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans, the same Interest Period.

UCC – means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor statute) as adopted and in force in the State of New York or, when the laws of any other state govern the method or manner of the perfection or enforcement of any security interest in any of the Collateral, the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor statute) of such state.

Unfinanced Capital Expenditures – means Capital Expenditures that are not Financed Capital Expenditures.

Unreimbursed Amounts – has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.3 .

Upstream Payment – means a payment or distribution of cash or other Property by a Subsidiary of a Borrower to such Borrower, whether in repayment of Debt owed by such Subsidiary to such Borrower, as a dividend or distribution on account of such Borrower’s ownership of Equity Interests or otherwise.

U.S. Availability – means on any date, the amount that U.S. Borrowers are entitled to borrow as U.S. Revolver Loans on such date, such amount being the difference derived when the aggregate principal amount of U.S. Revolver Outstandings (including any amounts that Administrative Agent or U.S. Revolver Lenders may have paid for the account of U.S. Borrowers pursuant to any of the Credit Documents and that have not been reimbursed by U.S. Borrowers) is subtracted from the lesser of (x) the aggregate U.S. Revolver Commitment then in effect and (y) the U.S. Borrowing Base on such date. If the amount outstanding is equal to or greater than the lesser of (x) the aggregate U.S. Revolver Commitment then in effect and (y) the U.S. Borrowing Base, on such date U.S. Availability is zero.

 

45


U.S. Base Rate – means the rate of interest announced by Bank of America from time to time as its prime rate. Such rate is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including its costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

U.S. Base Rate Loan – means a U.S. Revolver Loan that bears interest based on the U.S. Base Rate.

U.S. Borrower – means Ryerson, Ryerson & Son and each U.S. Subsidiary that becomes a “Borrower” hereunder after the Closing Date, as the context may require.

U.S. Borrowing Base – means on any date of determination thereof, an amount equal to (i) the sum of the Accounts Formula Amount attributable to all U.S. Borrowers plus the Inventory Formula Amount attributable to all U.S. Borrowers on such date minus (ii) the Availability Reserve to the extent attributable to U.S. Borrowers in Administrative Agent’s reasonable Credit Judgment on such date; provided that after the Closing Date, Administrative Agent may adjust the apportionment of the Availability Reserve between the U.S. Revolver and the Canadian Revolver in its discretion.

U.S. Dollars and the sign $ – mean lawful money of the United States of America.

U.S. L/C Obligations – means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding U.S. Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts relating to U.S. Letters of Credit, including all L/C Borrowings relating to U.S. Letters of Credit. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a U.S. Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such U.S. Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

U.S. L/C Sublimit – means an amount equal to $200,000,000. The U.S. L/C Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the U.S. Revolver.

U.S. Letter of Credit – means a Letter of Credit issued hereunder by the Issuing Bank for the account of U.S. Borrowers.

U.S. LIBOR Loan – means a U.S. Revolver Loan, or portion thereof, during any period in which it bears interest at a rate based upon the applicable Adjusted LIBOR Rate.

U.S. Obligations – means all (a) principal of and premium, if any, on the U.S. Revolver Loans, U.S. Swingline Loans and Agent Advances, (b) U.S. L/C Obligations and other obligations of U.S. Obligors with respect to U.S. Letters of Credit, (c) interest, expenses, fees and other sums payable by U.S. Obligors under Credit Documents in respect of the foregoing, (d) obligations of U.S. Obligors under any indemnity for Claims arising from the foregoing, (e) Extraordinary Expenses in respect of the foregoing, (f) Bank Product Debt of U.S. Borrowers and any U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors, and (g) other Debts, obligations and liabilities of any kind owing by U.S. Obligors pursuant to the Credit Documents in respect of the foregoing, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether evidenced by a note or other writing, whether allowed in any Insolvency Proceeding, whether arising from an extension of credit, issuance of a letter of credit, acceptance, loan, guaranty, indemnification or otherwise, and whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, primary or secondary, or joint or several.

 

46


U.S. Obligors – means Parent, the U.S. Borrowers and the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors.

U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition – has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.1 of this Agreement.

U.S. Out-of-Formula Loan – means a U.S. Revolver Loan made or existing when U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition exists or the amount of any U.S. Revolver Loan which, when funded, results in U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition.

U.S. Payment Account – means an account maintained by Administrative Agent to which all monies from time to time deposited to a Dominion Account constituting proceeds of Collateral considered in calculating the U.S. Borrowing Base shall be transferred and all other payments shall be sent in immediately available federal funds.

U.S. Revolver – means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the U.S. Revolver Commitments at such time.

U.S. Revolver Borrowing – means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous U.S. Revolver Loans of the same Type and, in the case of U.S. LIBOR Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the U.S. Revolver Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.

U.S. Revolver Commitment – means at any date for any U.S. Revolver Lender, its obligation (a) to make U.S. Revolver Loans to U.S. Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.1.1 , (b) to purchase participations in U.S. L/C Obligations, (c) to purchase participations in U.S. Swing Line Loans and (d) to purchase participations in Agent Advances, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount in U.S. Dollars set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 under the caption “U.S. Revolver Commitment” or opposite such caption in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which that Lender becomes party hereto, as applicable, as such amount in U.S. Dollars may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate U.S. Revolver Commitment on the Closing Date is $1,200,000,000.

U.S. Revolver Lender – means, at any time, any financial institution from time to time party hereto as a “Lender” that has a U.S. Revolver Commitment at such time.

U.S. Revolver Loan – has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.1 and shall include any U.S. Out-of-Formula Loan unless the context otherwise requires.

U.S. Revolver Note – means a U.S. Revolver Note to be executed by U.S. Borrowers in favor of each U.S. Revolver Lender in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, which shall be in the face amount of such U.S. Revolver Lender’s U.S. Revolver Commitment and which shall evidence all U.S. Revolver Loans made by such U.S. Revolver Lender to U.S. Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement.

U.S. Revolver Outstandings – means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all U.S. Revolver Loans (including any U.S. Out-of-Formula Loans), U.S. Swing Line Loans, Agent Advances and U.S. L/C Obligations.

U.S. Revolver Percentage – means with respect to any U.S. Revolver Lender at any time, such U.S. Revolver Lender’s Applicable Percentage in respect of the U.S. Revolver at such time.

 

47


U.S. Secured Parties – means Administrative Agent, U.S. Revolver Lenders, Issuing Bank as the issuer of U.S. Letters of Credit or and Bank of America, any Lender or any of their Affiliates as the obligee with respect to any Bank Product Debt.

U.S. Security Agreement – means the U.S. Guarantee and Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit M-l.

U.S. Security Documents – means the U.S. Security Agreement and each other security agreement, instrument or other document executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement or any other Credit Document by a U.S. Borrower in favor of Administrative Agent or a Lender to secure the Obligations.

U.S. Subsidiary – means each Subsidiary of Parent, other than any Non-U.S. Subsidiary.

U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor – means each U.S. Subsidiary that is listed on the signature pages of the U.S. Security Agreement under the caption “Subsidiary Guarantors” and each U.S. Subsidiary that shall, at any time after the date hereof, become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 3.5 of the U.S. Security Agreement.

U.S. Swing Line – means the revolving credit facility made available by the Swing Line Lender to U.S. Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.4.1 .

U.S. Swing Line Borrowing – means a borrowing of a U.S. Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.4.1 .

U.S. Swing Line Loan – has the meaning specified in Section 2.4.1 .

U.S. Swing Line Sublimit – means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $100,000,000 and (b) the U.S. Revolver. The U.S. Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the U.S. Revolver.

USA PATRIOT Act – means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. No. 107-56,115 Stat. 272 (2001), as the same has been, or shall hereafter be, renewed, extended, amended or replaced.

Value – means with reference to the value of Inventory, value as shown in the applicable Borrower’s or Subsidiary Guarantor’s perpetual inventory system, consistent with past practice.

Vendor – means a Person that sells Inventory to a Borrower.

Voting Securities – means Equity Interests of any class or classes of a corporation or other entity the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote to elect a majority of the corporate directors or Persons performing similar functions.

1.2. Accounting Terms . Unless otherwise specified herein, all terms of an accounting character used in this Agreement shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations under this Agreement shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered under this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a basis consistent with the most recent audited Consolidated financial statements of Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries heretofore delivered to Agents and Lenders and using the same method for inventory valuation as used in such audited financial statements, except for any change required by GAAP; provided that if there occurs after the date of this Agreement any change in GAAP that affects in any respect the calculation of the financial covenant contained in this

 

48


Agreement, Administrative Agent and Borrower Agent shall negotiate in good faith amendments to the provisions of this Agreement that relate to the calculation of such covenant with the intent of having the respective positions of the Lenders and Borrowers after such change in GAAP conform as nearly as possible to their respective positions as of the date of this Agreement and, until any such amendments have been agreed upon in writing by Administrative Agent and Borrowers, the applicable covenant shall be calculated as if no such change in GAAP has occurred.

1.3. Other Terms . All other terms contained in this Agreement shall have, when the context so indicates, the meanings provided for by the UCC to the extent the same are used or defined therein. For purposes of any Collateral located in the Province of Québec or charged by any deed of hypothec (or any other Credit Document) and for all other purposes pursuant to which the interpretation or construction of a Credit Document may be subject to the laws of the Province of Québec or a court or tribunal exercising jurisdiction in the Province of Québec, (i) “personal property” shall be deemed to include “movable property,” (ii) “real property” shall be deemed to include “immovable property” and an “easement” shall be deemed to include a “servitude,” (iii) “tangible property” shall be deemed to include “corporeal property,” (iv) “intangible property” shall be deemed to include “incorporeal property,” (v) “security interest” and “mortgage” shall be deemed to include a “hypothec,” (vi) all references to filing, registering or recording financing statements or other required documents under the UCC or the PPSA shall be deemed to include publication under the Civil Code of Quebec, and all references to releasing any Lien shall be deemed to include a release, discharge and mainlevee of a hypothec, (vii) all references to “perfection” of or “perfected” Liens shall be deemed to include a reference to the “opposability” of such Liens to third parties, (viii) any “right of offset,” “right of setoff” or similar expression shall be deemed to include a “right of compensation,” (ix) “goods” shall be deemed to include “corporeal movable property” other than chattel paper, documents of title, instruments, money and securities, and (x) an “agent” shall be deemed to include a “mandatary.”

1.4. Certain Matters of Construction . The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, paragraph or subdivision. Any pronoun used shall be deemed to cover all genders. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding.” The section titles, table of contents and list of exhibits appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All references (a) to laws or statutes include related rules, interpretations, regulations and amendments of same and any successor provisions; (b) to any agreement, instrument or other documents (including any of the Credit Documents) shall include any and all modifications and supplements thereto and any and all restatements, extensions or renewals thereof to the extent such modifications, supplements, restatements, extensions or renewals of any such documents are permitted by the terms thereof; (c) to any Person shall mean and include the successors and permitted assigns of such Person; (d) to “including” and “include” shall be understood to mean “including, without limitation” (and, for purposes of this Agreement and each other Credit Document, the parties agree that the rule of ejusdem generis shall not be applicable to limit a general statement, which is followed by or referable to an enumeration of specific matters to matters similar to the matters specifically mentioned); (e) to the time of day shall mean the time of day on the day in question in Los Angeles, California, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement; (f) to any section mean, unless the context otherwise requires, a section of this Agreement; or (g) to any exhibits or schedules mean, unless the context otherwise requires, exhibits and schedules attached hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference. A Default or an Event of Default shall be deemed to exist at all times during the period commencing on the date that such Default or Event of Default occurs to the date on which such Default or Event of Default is waived in writing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or, in the case of a Default, is cured within any period of cure expressly provided in this Agreement; and an Event of Default shall “continue” or be “continuing” until such Event of

 

49


Default has been waived in writing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement All calculations of Value shall be in U.S. Dollars, all U.S. Revolver Loans, U.S. Swing Line Loans and Agent Advances shall be funded in U.S. Dollars, all U.S. Obligations shall be repaid in U.S. Dollars, all Canadian Revolver Loans and Canadian Swing Line Loans may be funded only in U.S. Dollars or Canadian Dollars and all Canadian Obligations shall be repaid in the currency in which they were funded or otherwise in U.S. Dollars. Unless the context otherwise requires, all determinations (including calculations of the U.S. Borrowing Base, the Canadian Borrowing Base and financial covenant) made from time to time under the Credit Documents shall be made in light of the circumstances existing at such time. Borrowing Base calculations shall be consistent with historical methods of valuation and calculation, and otherwise satisfactory to Administrative Agent in its reasonable Credit Judgment (and not necessarily calculated in accordance with GAAP). Borrowers shall have the burden of establishing any alleged negligence, misconduct or lack of good faith by Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or any Lender under any Credit Documents. Whenever the phrase “to the best of a Borrower’s knowledge” or words of similar import relating to the knowledge or the awareness of a Borrower are used in this Agreement or other Credit Documents, such phrase shall mean and refer to the actual or constructive knowledge of a Senior Officer of any Borrower. Any Lien referred to in this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents as having been created in favor of Administrative Agent, any agreement entered into by Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, any payment made by or to, or funds received by, Administrative Agent pursuant to or as contemplated by any of the Credit Documents, or any other act taken or omitted to be taken by Administrative Agent shall, unless otherwise expressly provided, be created, entered into, made or received, or taken or omitted for the benefit or account of Administrative Agent and the applicable Secured Parties.

1.5. Currency Equivalents Generally . Any amount specified for payment in this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents to be in U.S. Dollars shall also include the equivalent of such amount in any currency other than U.S. Dollars and any amount specified for payment in this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents to be in Canadian Dollars shall also include the equivalent of such amount in any currency other than Canadian Dollars (in each case, the “ Equivalent Amount ”), such Equivalent Amount thereof in the applicable currency to be determined by Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (as defined below) for the purchase of such currency with U.S. Dollars or Canadian Dollars, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 1.5 , the “ Spot Rate ” for a currency means the rate determined by Administrative Agent to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 8:00 a.m. on the date one Business Day prior to the date of such determination; provided that Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by Administrative Agent if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.

SECTION 2. THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

2.1. The Loans .

2.1.1. U.S. Revolver Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (including the provisions of Section 2.5.1), each U.S. Revolver Lender severally agrees to make loans in U.S. Dollars (each such loan, a “U.S. Revolver Loan ”) to U.S. Borrowers from time to time, on any Business Day during the period from the date hereof through the Commitment Maturity Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of that U.S. Revolver Lender’s Applicable Percentage of U.S. Availability; provided , however , that after giving effect to any Borrowing of U.S. Revolver Loans:

(i) the U.S. Revolver Outstandings shall not exceed the U.S. Borrowing Base;

 

50


(ii) the sum of (A) the U.S. Revolver Outstandings plus (B) the Canadian Revolver Outstandings shall not exceed the Total Borrowing Base, and

(iii) the sum of (A) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the U.S. Revolver Loans of any U.S. Revolver Lender plus (B) that Lender’s U.S. Revolver Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all U.S. Swing Line Loans, U.S. L/C Obligations and Agent Advances shall not exceed that Lender’s U.S. Revolver Commitment.

Within the limits of each U.S. Revolver Lender’s U.S. Revolver Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, U.S. Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.1.1 , prepay under Section 5 , and reborrow under this Section 2.1.1 . U.S. Revolver Loans (other than U.S. Out-of-Formula Loans that shall be U.S. Base Rate Loans only) may be U.S. Base Rate Loans or U.S. LIBOR Loans, as further provided herein.

2.1.2. Canadian Revolver Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (including the provisions of Section 2.5), each Canadian Revolver Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “ Canadian Revolver Loan ”) in Canadian Dollars or U.S. Dollars (as requested by Borrower Agent) to Canadian Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day during the period commencing on the Closing Date through the Commitment Maturity Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of that Canadian Revolver Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Canadian Availability; provided , however , that after giving effect to any Borrowing of Canadian Revolver Loans:

(i) the Canadian Revolver Outstandings shall not exceed the Canadian Borrowing Base;

(ii) the sum of (A) the Canadian Revolver Outstandings, plus (B) the U.S. Revolver Outstandings shall not exceed the Total Borrowing Base; and

(iii) the sum of (A) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Canadian Revolver Loans of any Canadian Revolver Lender, (B) that Lender’s Canadian Revolver Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian L/C Obligations and (C) that Lender’s Canadian Revolver Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian Swing Line Loans shall not exceed that Lender’s Canadian Revolver Commitment.

Within the limits of each Canadian Revolver Lender’s Canadian Revolver Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, Canadian Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.1.2 , prepay under Section 5 , and reborrow under this Section 2.1.2 . Canadian Revolver Loans denominated in U.S. Dollars may be Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian LIBOR Loans, and Canadian Revolver Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars may be BA Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, in each case as further provided herein; provided that Canadian Out-of-Formula Loans may be Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans only.

2.2. Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans .

2.2.1. Each Borrowing (other than U.S. Swing Line Loans, Canadian Swing Line Loans and Agent Advances), each conversion of U.S. Revolver Loans or Canadian Revolver Loans from one Type to another, and each continuation of LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans shall be made upon the applicable Borrower’s irrevocable notice to Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m.:

(i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of U.S. LIBOR Loans, Canadian LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans, or of any conversion of Canadian LIBOR Loans or U.S. LIBOR Loans to Canadian Base Rate Loans or U.S. Base Rate Loans, as the case may be, or any conversion of BA Rate Loans to Canadian Prime Rate Loans; and

 

51


(ii) one Business Day prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of U.S. Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans:

Each telephonic notice by the applicable Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.2.1 must be confirmed promptly by delivery to Administrative Agent of a written Notice of Borrowing, appropriately completed and signed by an Authorized Employee of such Borrower.

Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of U.S. LIBOR Loans or Canadian LIBOR Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of BA Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of Cdn$l,000,000 or a whole multiple of Cdn$500,000 in excess thereof. Except for Agent Advances and as provided in Sections 2.3.3 and 2.4.1(c) , each Borrowing of or conversion to U.S. Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.3.3 and 2.4.2(c) , (i) each Borrowing of or conversion to Canadian Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, and (ii) each Borrowing of or conversion to Canadian Prime Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of Cdn$500,000 or a whole multiple of Cdn$100,000 in excess thereof.

Each Notice of Borrowing (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the applicable Borrower is requesting a U.S. Revolver Borrowing, a Canadian Revolver Borrowing, a conversion of U.S. Revolver Loans or Canadian Revolver Loans from one Type to another, or a continuation of U.S. LIBOR Loans, Canadian LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing U.S. Revolver Loans or Canadian Revolver Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the applicable Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Notice of Borrowing or if such Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable U.S. Revolver Loans shall be made as, or converted to, U.S. Base Rate Loans or the applicable Canadian Revolver Loans (i) if denominated in Canadian Dollars, shall be made as, or converted to, Canadian Prime Rate Loans, or (ii) if denominated in U.S. Dollars, shall be made as, or converted to, Canadian Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to U.S. Base Rate Loans, Canadian Prime Rate Loans or Canadian Base Rate Loans, as applicable, shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable U.S. LIBOR Loans, Canadian LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans. If the applicable Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of U.S. LIBOR Loans, Canadian LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans in any such Notice of Borrowing, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Canadian Swing Line Loan nor any U.S. Swing Line Loan may be converted to a U.S. LIBOR Loan, Canadian LIBOR Loan or a BA Rate Loan.

2.2.2. Following receipt of a Notice of Borrowing, Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each, relevant Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata share of the applicable U.S. Revolver Loans or Canadian Revolver Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by

 

52


the applicable Borrower, Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to U.S. Base Rate Loans, Canadian Prime Rate Loans or Canadian Base Rate Loans, as applicable, described in Section 2.2.1 . In the case of a Borrowing of U.S. Revolver Loans or a Borrowing of Canadian Revolver Loans, each relevant Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the applicable Agent in immediately available funds at the appropriate Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 11:00 a.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Notice of Borrowing. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 11.2 (and; if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 11.1) , the applicable Agent shall make all funds so received available to the applicable Borrower in like funds as received by the applicable Agent either by (i) crediting the account of such Borrower on the books of Bank of America or Bank of America-Canada Branch, as applicable, with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the applicable Agent by such Borrower; provided , however , that (x) if, on the date a Notice of Borrowing with respect to a U.S. Revolver Borrowing is given by U.S. Borrowers, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding which relate to U.S. Letters of Credit, then the proceeds of such U.S. Revolver Borrowing, first , shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second , shall be made available to U.S. Borrowers as provided above or (y) if, on the date a Notice of Borrowing with respect to a Canadian Revolver Borrowing is given by Canadian Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding which relate to the Canadian Letters of Credit, then the proceeds of such Canadian Revolver Borrowing, first , shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second , shall be made available to Canadian Borrower as provided above.

2.2.3. Except as otherwise provided herein, a U.S. LIBOR Loan, Canadian LIBOR Loan or BA Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such U.S. LIBOR Loan, Canadian LIBOR Loan or BA Rate Loan, as the case may be. During the existence of a Default or Event of Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as U.S. LIBOR Loans without the consent of the Required U.S. Revolver Lenders. During the existence of a Default or Event of Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Canadian LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Canadian Revolver Lenders.

2.2.4. The applicable Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for U.S. LIBOR Loans, Canadian LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that U.S. Base Rate Loans are outstanding, Administrative Agent shall notify U.S. Borrowers and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the U.S. Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change. At any time that Canadian Base Rate Loans are outstanding, Canadian Agent shall notify Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Revolver Lenders of any change in Bank of America-Canada Branch’s base rate used in determining the Canadian Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change. At any time that Canadian Prime Rate Loans are outstanding, Canadian Agent shall notify Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Revolver Lenders of any change in the Canadian Prime Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

2.2.5. After giving effect to all U.S. Revolver Borrowings, all conversions of U.S. Revolver Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of U.S. Revolver Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than twenty (20) Interest Periods in effect in respect of the U.S. Revolver. After giving effect to all Canadian Revolver Borrowings, all conversions of Canadian Revolver Loans from one Type to another, and all continuations of Canadian Revolver Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than five (5) Interest Periods in effect in respect of the Canadian Revolver.

 

53


2.3. Letters of Credit .

2.3.1. Letter of Credit Commitments .

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein:

(a) the Issuing Bank agrees, in reliance upon the respective agreements of the U.S. Revolver Lenders and the Canadian Revolver Lenders set forth in this Section 2.3 , (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue U.S. Letters of Credit and Canadian Letters of Credit, and to amend or extend U.S. Letters of Credit or Canadian Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.3.2 , and (2) to honor drawings under such Letters of Credit;

(b) the U.S. Revolver Lenders severally agree to participate in U.S. Letters of Credit and any drawings thereunder based on their Applicable Percentage;

(c) after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any U.S. Letter of Credit:

(w) the U.S. Revolver Outstandings shall not exceed the U.S. Borrowing Base;

(x) the sum of (1) the U.S. Revolver Outstandings plus (2) the Canadian Revolver Outstandings shall not exceed the Total Borrowing Base,

(y) the sum of (1) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the U.S. Revolver Loans of any U.S. Revolver Lender plus (2) that Lender’s U.S. Revolver Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all U.S. L/C Obligations plus (3) that Lender’s U.S. Revolver Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all U.S. Swing Line Loans and Agent Advances shall not exceed that Lender’s U.S. Revolver Commitment, and

(z) the Outstanding Amount of the U.S. L/C Obligations shall not exceed the U.S. L/C Sublimit;

(d) the Canadian Revolver Lenders severally agree to participate in Canadian Letters of Credit and any drawings thereunder based on their Applicable Percentage; and

(e) after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Canadian Letter of Credit:

(w) the Canadian Revolver Outstandings shall not exceed the Canadian Borrowing Base;

(x) the sum of (1) the Canadian Revolver Outstandings plus (2) the U.S. Revolver Outstandings shall not exceed the Total Borrowing Base,

(y) the sum of (1) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Canadian Revolver Loans of any Canadian Revolver Lender plus (2) that Lender’s Canadian Revolver Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian L/C Obligations plus (3) that Lender’s Canadian Revolver Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian Swing Line Loans shall not exceed that Lender’s Canadian Revolver Commitment, and

 

54


(z) the Outstanding Amount of the Canadian L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Canadian L/C Sublimit.

Each request by a Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by such Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the ability of the respective Borrowers to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrowers may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed. All Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant hereto, and from and after the Closing Date shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions hereof.

(ii) The Issuing Bank shall not issue any Letter of Credit if:

(a) subject to Section 2.3.2(iii) , the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required U.S. Revolver Lenders or the Required Canadian Revolver Lenders, as applicable, have approved such expiry date; or

(b) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the U.S. Revolver Lenders or all the Canadian Revolver Lenders, as applicable, have approved such expiry date.

(iii) The Issuing Bank shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(a) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator binding on the Issuing Bank shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Bank shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Bank refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date;

(b) such Letter of Credit, if a U.S. Letter of Credit, is to be denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars or such Letter of Credit, if a Canadian Letter of Credit, is to be de nominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars or Canadian Dollars;

(c) such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder; or

(d) the form of the proposed Letter of Credit is not satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank in their reasonable discretion.

(iv) The Issuing Bank shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the Issuing Bank would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

 

55


(v) The Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(vi) The Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the U.S. Revolver Lenders or the Canadian Revolver Lenders, as applicable, with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the Issuing Bank shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to Administrative Agent in Section 9 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Section 13 included the Issuing Bank with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the Issuing Bank.

2.3.2. Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit: Auto-Extension Letters of Credit .

(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the applicable Borrower delivered to the Issuing Bank (with a copy to Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by an Authorized Employee of such Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the Issuing Bank and Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify inform and detail satisfactory to the Issuing Bank: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as the Issuing Bank may reasonably require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the Issuing Bank (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the Issuing Bank may reasonably require. Additionally, the applicable Borrower shall furnish to the Issuing Bank and Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the Issuing Bank or Administrative Agent may require.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the Issuing Bank will confirm with Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the applicable Borrower and, if not, the Issuing Bank will provide Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the Issuing Bank has received written notice from any U.S. Revolver Lender or Canadian Revolver Lender, as applicable, Administrative Agent or any Obligor, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Section 11.2 shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Bank shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the applicable Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the Issuing Bank’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each U.S. Revolver Lender or Canadian Revolver Lender, as applicable, shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase

 

56


from the Issuing Bank a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Revolver Lender’s Applicable Percentage or such Canadian. Revolver Lender’s Applicable Percentage, as applicable, times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(iii) If a Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the Issuing Bank to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelvemonth period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelvemonth period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the Issuing Bank, such Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the Issuing Bank for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Revolver Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the Issuing Bank to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided , however , that the Issuing Bank shall not permit any such extension if (A) the Issuing Bank has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation on the Non-Extension Notice Date to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.3.1 or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date from Administrative Agent, any U.S. Revolver Lender or Borrower Agent, or any Canadian Revolver Lender or Canadian Borrower, as applicable, that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 11.2 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the Issuing Bank not to permit such extension.

(iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the Issuing Bank will also deliver to the applicable Borrower and Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

2.3.3. Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall notify the applicable Borrower and Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the applicable Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing Bank through the applicable Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing, or if the applicable Borrower fails to so reimburse the Issuing Bank by such time, Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each U.S. Revolver Lender or Canadian Revolver Lender, as applicable, of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such U.S. Revolver Lender’s U.S. Revolver Percentage or Canadian Revolver Lender’s Canadian Revolver Percentage, as applicable, thereof. In such event, the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of U.S. Base Rate Loans or a Borrowing of Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the time at which notices are required to be delivered or the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.2 for the principal amount of U.S. Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the U.S. Revolver Commitments or Canadian Revolver Commitments, as applicable. Any notice given by the Issuing Bank or Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.3.3 may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

 

57


(ii) Each U.S. Revolver Lender or Canadian Revolver Lender, as applicable, shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.3.3 make funds available to the applicable Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank at the appropriate Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its U.S. Revolver Percentage or Canadian Revolver Percentage, as applicable, of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 11:00 a.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3.3(iii) , each U.S. Revolver Lender or Canadian Revolver Lender, as applicable, that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a U.S. Base Rate Loan to U.S. Borrowers or a Canadian Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan to Canadian Borrower, as applicable, in such amount. The applicable Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Issuing Bank.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Borrowing of U.S. Base Rate Loans or a Borrowing of Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the Issuing Bank an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each U.S. Revolver Lender’s or Canadian Revolver Lender’s, as applicable, payment to the applicable Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.3.3(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from that Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.3.

(iv) Until each U.S. Revolver Lender or Canadian Revolver Lender funds its U.S. Revolver Loan or Canadian Revolver Loan, respectively, or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.3.3 to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of that Lender’s U.S. Revolver Percentage or Canadian Revolver Percentage, as applicable, of such amount shall be solely for the account of the Issuing Bank.

(v) Each U.S. Revolver Lender’s or Canadian Revolver Lender’s obligation to make U.S. Revolver Loans or Canadian Revolver Loans, as applicable, or L/C Advances to reimburse the Issuing Bank for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.3.3 , shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which that Lender may have against the Issuing Bank, the applicable Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the applicable Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Bank for the amount of any payment made by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any U.S. Revolver Lender or Canadian Revolver Lender, as applicable, fails to make available to the applicable Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank any amount required to be paid by that Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.3.3 by the time specified in Section 2.3.3(ii) , the Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover from that Lender (acting through the applicable Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Issuing Bank at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate (or, in respect of any Letters of Credit under the Canadian Revolver, the Canadian Prime Rate) and a rate determined by the Issuing Bank in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Issuing Bank in connection with the foregoing. If that Lender pays such amount

 

58


(with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute that Lender’s Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of the Issuing Bank submitted to any U.S. Revolver Lender or Canadian Revolver Lender, as applicable (through the applicable Agent), with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.3.3(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

2.3.4. Repayment of Participations .

(i) At any time after the Issuing Bank has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any U.S. Revolver Lender or Canadian Revolver Lender, as applicable, that Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.3.3 , if the applicable Agent receives for the account of the Issuing Bank any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the applicable Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the applicable Agent), the applicable Agent will distribute to that Lender its U.S. Revolver Percentage or Canadian Revolver Percentage, as applicable, thereof in the same funds as those received by the applicable Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the applicable Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.3.3(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 12.4 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Issuing Bank in its discretion), each U.S. Revolver Lender or Canadian Revolver Lender, as applicable, shall pay to the applicable Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank its U.S. Revolver Percentage or Canadian Revolver Percentage, as applicable, thereof on demand of the applicable Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by that Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate (or, in respect of any Letters of Credit denominated in Canadian Dollars, the Canadian Prime Rate) from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

2.3.5. Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the applicable Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Bank for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Credit Document;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that such Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Issuing Bank or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by the Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be

 

59


a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or

(v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

The applicable Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with such Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, such Borrower will promptly notify the Issuing Bank. The applicable Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the Issuing Bank and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

2.3.6. Role of Issuing Bank . Each Lender and the applicable Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the Issuing Bank, any Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the Issuing Bank shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the U.S. Revolver Lenders or the Canadian Revolver Lenders, as applicable, or the Required U.S. Revolver Lenders or Required Canadian Revolver Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The applicable Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude such Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the Issuing Bank, any Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the Issuing Bank shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.3.5 ; provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the applicable Borrower may have a claim against the Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank may be liable to such Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by such Borrower which such Borrower proves were caused by the Issuing Bank’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the Issuing Bank’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and, except in the case of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, the Issuing Bank shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

2.3.7. Cash Collateral . Upon the request of Administrative Agent if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any U.S. L/C Obligation or Canadian L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the applicable Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all such U.S. L/C Obligations or Canadian L/C Obligations. Sections 2.5 and 12.3.7 set forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder. For purposes of this

 

60


Section 2.3, Section 2.5 and Section 12.3.7, each Borrower hereby grants to the applicable Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Issuing Bank and Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America or Bank of America-Canada Branch, as applicable. If at any time Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the applicable Agent or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all U.S. L/C Obligations or Canadian L/C Obligations, the applicable Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by Administrative Agent, pay to the applicable Agent, as additional funds to be deposited as Cash Collateral, an amount equal to the excess of (x) such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (y) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that Administrative Agent determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Laws, to reimburse the Issuing Bank.

2.3.8. Applicability of ISP and UCP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Bank and the applicable Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

2.3.9. Letter of Credit Fees . U.S. Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each U.S. Revolver Lender in accordance with its U.S. Revolver Percentage and Canadian Borrower shall pay to Canadian Agent for the account of each Canadian Revolver Lender in accordance with its Canadian Revolver Percentage, a Letter of Credit fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) for each U.S. Letter of Credit or Canadian Letter of Credit, as applicable, equal to the Applicable Margin in effect for LIBOR or BA Rate Loans, respectively, times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.5. Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. If there is any change in the Applicable Margin during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each standby Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Margin separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Margin was in effect.

2.3.10. Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to Issuing Bank . U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower, as applicable, shall pay directly to the applicable Issuing Bank for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each U.S. Letter of Credit or Canadian Letter of Credit, as applicable, at a rate equal to 0.125% per annum on the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit. Such fronting fee shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears, on the first Business Day of each Fiscal Quarter, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. In addition, the applicable Borrower shall pay directly to the Issuing Bank for its own account, all customary charges associated with the issuance, amending, negotiating, payment, processing, transfer and administration of Letters of Credit, which charges shall be paid as and when incurred.

2.3.11. Conflict with Issuer Documents . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

2.3.12. Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, one of

 

61


its Subsidiaries, U.S. Borrowers or Canadian Borrower, as applicable, shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of one of its Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of such Borrower, and that such Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of its Subsidiaries.

2.3.13. Replacement of Issuing Lender . An Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the applicable Borrower, the applicable Agent and the successor Issuing Bank. Such Agent shall notify the applicable Lenders of any such replacement At the time any such replacement becomes effective, the applicable Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Sections 2.3.9 and 2.3.10. On and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank will have all the rights and obligations of the replaced Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued by it thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” will be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After an Issuing Bank is replaced, it will remain a party hereto and will continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it before such replacement, but will not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

2.3.14. Additional Issuing Banks . The Agent Borrower may, at any time and from time to time with the consent of the applicable Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and such Lender, designate one or more additional Lenders (subject to the satisfaction of the conditions with respect thereto set forth in the definition of “Issuing Bank”) to act as an Issuing Bank; provided that the total number of Lenders so designated at any time shall not exceed five. Any Lender designated as an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.3.14 shall be deemed to be an “Issuing Bank” for the purposes of this Agreement (in addition to being a Lender) with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such. Lender.

2.4. Swing Line Loans .

2.4.1. U.S. Swing Line Loans .

(a) The U.S. Swing Line . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other U.S. Revolver Lenders set forth in this Section 2.4 , to make loans (each such loan, a “ U.S. Swing Line Loan ”) to U.S. Borrowers from time to time on any Business Day during the period commencing on the date hereof through the Commitment Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the U.S. Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such U.S. Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the sum of the Outstanding Amount of U.S. Revolver Loans of such Lender acting as Swing Line Lender and such Lender’s U.S. Revolver Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all U.S. L/C Obligations, may exceed the amount of that Lender’s U.S. Revolver Commitment; provided , however, that after giving effect to any U.S. Swing Line Loan, (i) the U.S. Revolver Outstandings shall not exceed the U.S. Borrowing Base at such time, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the U.S. Revolver Loans of any U.S. Revolver Lender at such time, plus such U.S. Revolver Lender’s U.S. Revolver Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all U.S. L/C Obligations at such time, plus such U.S. Revolver Lender’s U.S. Revolver Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all U.S. Swing Line Loans and Agent Advances at such, time shall not exceed that Lender’s U.S. Revolver Commitment. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, U.S. Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.4 , prepay under Section 5.2.3 , and reborrow under this Section 2.4 ; provided that U.S. Borrowers shall not use the proceeds of any U.S. Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding U.S. Swing Line Loan. Each

 

62


U.S. Swing Line Loan shall bear interest only at a rate based on the U.S. Base Rate. Immediately upon the making of a U.S. Swing Line Loan, each U.S. Revolver Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such U.S. Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such U.S. Revolver Lender’s U.S. Revolver Percentage times the amount of such U.S. Swing Line Loan.

(b) Borrowing Procedures . Each U.S. Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon U.S. Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent of a written Notice of Borrowing, appropriately completed and signed by an Authorized Employee of U.S. Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Notice of Borrowing, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that Administrative Agent has also received such Notice of Borrowing and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from Administrative Agent (including at the request of any U.S. Revolver Lender) prior to 11:00 a.m. on the date of the proposed U.S. Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such U.S. Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.4.1(a) , or (B)  that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 11.2 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, promptly on the borrowing date specified in such Notice of Borrowing, make the amount of its U.S. Swing Line Loan available to U.S. Borrower at its office by crediting the account of U.S. Borrower on the books of the Swing Line Lender in immediately available funds.

(c) Refinancing of U.S. Swing Line Loans .

(i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of U.S. Borrower which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf, that each U.S. Revolver Lender make a U.S. Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to that Lender’s U.S. Revolver Percentage of the amount of U.S. Swing Line Loans then outstanding; provided that the Swing Line Lender shall be deemed to have made such a request as of the Wednesday of each week ( provided that if such day is not a Business Day, such request shall be deemed to have been made as of the next succeeding Business Day) unless the Swing Line Lender shall otherwise notify the U.S. Revolver Lenders. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Notice of Borrowing for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.2 , without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of U.S. Base Rate Loans or the time for borrowing, but subject to the unutilized portion of the U.S. Revolver and the conditions set forth in Section 11.2 . The Swing Line Lender shall furnish U.S. Borrower with a copy of the applicable Notice of Borrowing promptly after delivering such notice to Administrative Agent. Each U.S. Revolver Lender shall make an amount equal to its U.S. Revolver Percentage of the amount specified in such Notice of Borrowing available to Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at Bank of America not later than 12:00 noon on the day specified in such Notice of Borrowing, whereupon, subject to Section 2.4(c)(ii) , each U.S. Revolver Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a U.S. Base Rate Loan to U.S. Borrower in such amount. Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

 

63


(ii). If for any reason any U.S. Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a U.S. Revolver Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.4(c)(i), the request for U.S. Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the U.S. Revolver Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant U.S. Swing Line Loan and each U.S. Revolver Lender’s payment to Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.4(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any U.S. Revolver Lender fails to make available to Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by that Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4(c) by the time specified in Section 2.4(c)(i) , the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from that Lender (acting through Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If that Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute that Lender’s Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant U.S. Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each U.S. Revolver Lender’s obligation to make U.S. Revolver Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in U.S. Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.4(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which that Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, U.S. Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of U.S. Borrower to repay U.S. Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) At any time after any U.S. Revolver Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a U.S. Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of the applicable U.S. Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will promptly distribute to such U.S. Revolver Lender its U.S. Revolver Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any U.S. Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 5.5 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each U.S. Revolver Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its U.S. Revolver Percentage thereof on demand of Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing U.S. Borrower for interest on U.S. Swing Line Loans. Until each U.S. Revolver Leader funds its U.S. Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.4 to refinance such U.S. Revolver Lender’s U.S. Revolver Percentage of any U.S. Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such U.S. Revolver Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

 

64


(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . U.S. Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the U.S. Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

(g) Repayment of U.S. Swing Line Loans . To the extent not previously refinanced under Section 2.4.1(c) , U.S. Borrowers shall repay each U.S. Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Commitment Maturity Date.

2.4.2. Canadian Swing Line Loans .

(a) The Canadian Swing Line . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Canadian Revolver Lenders set forth in this Section 2.4.2 , to make loans in Canadian Dollars or U.S. Dollars (as requested by Borrower Agent) (each such loan, a “ Canadian Swing Line Loan ”) to Canadian Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period commencing on the Closing Date through the Commitment Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Canadian Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Canadian Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the sum of the Outstanding Amount of Canadian Revolver Loans of such Lender acting as Swing Line Lender and such Lender’s Canadian Revolver Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian L/C Obligations, may exceed the amount of that Lender’s Canadian Revolver Commitment; provided , however , that after giving effect to any Canadian Swing Line Loan, (i) the sum of (A) the Canadian Revolver Outstandings and (B) the U.S. Revolver Outstandings shall not exceed the Total Borrowing Base at such time, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Canadian Revolver Loans of any Canadian Revolver Lender at such time, plus such Canadian Revolver Lender’s Canadian Revolver Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian L/C Obligations at such time, plus such Canadian Revolver Lender’s Canadian Revolver Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian Swing Line Loans at such time shall not exceed that Lender’s Canadian Revolver Commitment, and provided further that Canadian Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Canadian Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Canadian Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, Canadian Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.4.2 , prepay under Section 5.2.3, and reborrow under this Section 2.4.2 . Each Canadian Swing Line Loan shall bear interest only at a rate based on either the Canadian Base Rate or the Canadian Prime Rate. Immediately upon the making of a Canadian Swing Line Loan, each Canadian Revolver Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Canadian Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Canadian Revolver Lender’s Canadian Revolver Percentage times the amount of such Canadian Swing Line Loan.

(b) Borrowing Procedures . Each Canadian Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon Canadian Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000 or Cdn$100,000, (ii) whether such amount is requested in Canadian Dollars or U.S. Dollars, and (iii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent of a written Notice of Borrowing, appropriately completed and signed by an Authorized Employee of Canadian Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Notice of Borrowing, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that Administrative Agent has also received such Notice of Borrowing and, if not,

 

65


the Swing Line Lender will notify Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Canadian Revolver Lender) prior to 11:00 a.m. on the date of the proposed Canadian Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Canadian Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.4(B) , or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 11.2 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, promptly on the borrowing date specified in such Notice of Borrowing, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to Canadian Borrower at its office either by crediting the account of Canadian Borrower on the books of the Swing Line Lender in immediately available funds or by forwarding immediately available funds in such amount as Canadian Borrower otherwise directs.

(c) Refinancing of Canadian Swine Line Loans .

(i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of Canadian Borrower which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Canadian Revolver Lender make a Canadian Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, as applicable, in an amount equal to that Lender’s Canadian Revolver Percentage of the amount of Canadian Swing Line Loans then outstanding; provided that the Swing Line Lender shall be deemed to have made such a request as of the Wednesday of each week (provided that if such day is not a Business Day, such request shall be deemed to have been made as of the next succeeding Business Day) unless the Swing Line Lender shall otherwise notify the Canadian Revolver Lenders. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Notice of Borrowing for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.2 , without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, or the time for borrowing, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Canadian Revolver and the conditions set forth in Section 11.2 . The Swing Line Lender shall furnish Canadian Borrower with a copy of the applicable Notice of Borrowing promptly after delivering such notice to Administrative Agent. Each Canadian Revolver Lender shall make an amount equal to its Canadian Revolver Percentage of the amount specified in such Notice of Borrowing available to Canadian Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at Bank of America-Canada Branch’s office not later than 12:00 noon on the day specified in such Notice of Borrowing, whereupon, subject to Section 2.4.2(c)(ii) , each Canadian Revolver Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Canadian Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, as applicable, to Canadian Borrower in such amount. Canadian Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Canadian Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Canadian Revolver Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.4.2(c)(i) , the request for Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Canadian Revolver Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Canadian Swing Line Loan and each Canadian Revolver Lender’s payment to Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.4.2(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Canadian Revolver Lender fails to make available to Canadian Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by that Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4.2(c) by the time specified in Section 2.4.2(c)(i) , the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from that Lender (acting through Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the

 

66


greater of the Canadian Prime Rate and a rate determined by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If that Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute that Lender’s Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Canadian Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Canadian Revolver Lender’s obligation to make Canadian Revolver Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Canadian Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.4.2(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which that Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, Canadian Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of Canadian Borrower to repay Canadian Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) At any time after any Canadian Revolver Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Canadian Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of the applicable Canadian Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Canadian Revolver Lender its Canadian Revolver Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Canadian Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 5.5 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Canadian Revolver Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Canadian Revolver Percentage thereof on demand of Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Canadian Prime Rate. Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing Canadian Borrower for interest on Canadian Swing Line Loans. Until each Canadian Revolver Lender funds its Canadian Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, as applicable, or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.4(e) to refinance such Canadian Revolver Lender’s Canadian Revolver Percentage of any Canadian Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Canadian Revolver Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . Canadian Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Canadian Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

(g) Canadian Swing Line Loans . To the extent not previously refinanced under Section 2.4.2(c) , Canadian Borrower shall repay each Canadian Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Commitment Maturity Date.

 

67


2.5. Out-of-Formula Loans .

2.5.1. U.S. Out-of-Formula Loans . If the U.S. Revolver Outstandings at any time should exceed the U.S. Borrowing Base at such time (a “ U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition ”), such U.S. Revolver Loans shall nevertheless constitute U.S. Obligations that are secured by the U.S. Collateral and entitled to all of the benefits of the Credit Documents. In the event that U.S. Revolver Lenders are willing in their sole and absolute discretion to make U.S. Out-of-Formula Loans or are required to do so by Section 2.8 or 13.9.4 hereof, such U.S. Out-of-Formula Loans shall be payable on demand and shall bear interest at the Default Rate.

2.5.2. Canadian Out-of-Formula Loans . If the Canadian Revolver Outstandings at any time should exceed the Canadian Borrowing Base at such time (a “ Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition ”), such Canadian Revolver Loans shall nevertheless constitute Obligations that are secured by the Canadian Collateral and entitled to all of the benefits of the Credit Documents. In the event that Canadian Revolver Lenders are willing in their sole and absolute discretion to make Canadian Out-of-Formula Loans or are required to do so by Section 13.9.5 hereof, such Canadian Out-of-Formula Loans shall be payable on demand and shall bear interest at the Default Rate.

2.6. Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Loans shall be used by Borrowers solely for one or more of the following purposes: (i) to pay the fees and transaction expenses associated with the closing of the transactions described herein; (ii) to pay any of the Obligations; (iii) to finance the acquisition of Ryerson by Parent and associated debt refinancings on the Closing Date (and in respect of the Ryerson Convertible Notes); (iv) to issue standby or commercial letters or credit; (v) to finance the ongoing general corporate (including working capital and capital expenditure) needs of Borrowers; and (vi) to make expenditures for other lawful corporate purposes of Borrowers to the extent such expenditures are not prohibited by this Agreement or Applicable Law. In no event may any Loan proceeds be used by any Borrower to make a contribution to the equity of any Subsidiary, to purchase or to carry, or to reduce, retire or refinance any Debt incurred to purchase or carry, any Margin Stock or for any related purpose, in each case, that violates the provisions of Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors.

2.7. [ Reserved ].

2.8. Administrative Agent Advances . Administrative Agent shall be authorized by Borrowers and Lenders, from time to time in Administrative Agent’s sole and absolute discretion, at any time that a Default or Event of Default exists or any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 11 hereof have not been satisfied, to make U.S. Revolver Loans to U.S. Borrowers on behalf of U.S. Revolver. Lenders in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed 5% of the U.S. Borrowing Base (“ Agent Advances ”), but the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding U.S. Revolver Loans shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the U.S. Commitments (and to the extent that an Out-of-Formula Condition occurs as a result thereof, subject to Section 13.9.4 hereof), but only to the extent that Administrative Agent deems the funding of such Agent Advances to be necessary or desirable (i) to preserve or protect the Collateral or any portion thereof, (ii) to enhance the likelihood of or the amount of repayment of the Obligations or (iii) to pay any other amount chargeable to Borrowers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including costs, fees and expenses, all of which Loans advanced by Administrative Agent shall be deemed part of the Obligations and secured by the Collateral; provided , however , that the Required U.S. Revolver Lenders may at any time revoke Administrative Agent’s authorization to make any such Agent Advances to U.S. Borrowers by written notice to Administrative Agent, which shall become effective upon and after Administrative Agent’s receipt thereof. Absent such revocation, Administrative Agent’s determination that funding an Agent Advance is appropriate shall be conclusive. Each U.S. Revolver Lender shall participate in each Agent Advance on a Pro Rata basis.

 

68


2.9. Increase in Commitments .

2.9.1. So long as no Default or Event of Default exists, Borrowers may request that the Commitments be increased and, upon such request, Administrative Agent shall use reasonable efforts in light of then current market conditions to solicit additional financial institutions to become Lenders for purposes of this Agreement, or to encourage any Lender to increase its Commitment; provided that (a) each Lender which is a party to this Agreement immediately prior to such increase shall have the first option, and may elect, to fund its Pro Rata share of the amount of the increase in the Commitment (or any such greater amount in the event that one or more Lenders does not elect to fund its respective Pro Rata share of the amount of the increase in the Commitment), thereby increasing its Commitment hereunder, but no Lender shall have any obligation to do so; (b) in the event that it becomes necessary to include a new financial institution to fund the amount of the requested increase in the Commitment, each such financial institution shall be an Eligible Assignee and each such financial institution shall become a Lender hereunder and agree to become party to, and shall assume and agree to be bound by, this Agreement, subject to all terms and conditions hereof; (c) no Lender shall have an obligation to Borrowers, Agents or any other Lender to increase its Commitment or its Pro Rata share of the Commitments, which decision shall be made in the sole discretion of each Lender; and (d) in no event shall the addition of any Lender or Lenders or the increase in the Commitment of any Lender under this Section 2.9.1 increase the aggregate Commitments (i) in any single instance by less than $100,000,000 or (ii) by an aggregate amount greater than $400,000,000 less the amount of any voluntary reductions under Section 5.3 hereof. Upon the addition of any Lender, or the increase in the Commitment of any Lender, Schedule 1 shall be amended by Administrative Agent and Borrowers to reflect such addition or such increase, and Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Lenders, Agents and Borrowers copies of such amended Schedule 1. Borrowers shall not be required to pay to the applicable Agent, for its own account, an administrative or arrangement fee for the foregoing increase in the Commitments even if such fee requires the processing of any new Lender. Lenders shall be entitled to receive and Borrowers shall be obligated to pay a mutually agreeable amendment fee to the applicable Agent for the Pro Rata benefit of those Lenders who increase their Commitment and any new Lenders, such fee to be based upon the increase in their Commitments only and not on their aggregate Commitments after giving effect to such increase.

2.9.2. If any requested increase in the Commitments is agreed to in accordance with Section 2.9.1 above, Administrative Agent and Borrowers shall determine the effective date of such increase (the “ Increase Effective Date ”). Administrative Agent, with the consent and approval of Borrowers, shall promptly confirm in writing to the Lenders the final allocation of such increase as of the Increase Effective Date, and each new Lender and each existing Lender that has increased its Commitment shall purchase Loans and L/C Obligations from each other Lender in an amount such that, after such purchase or purchases, the amount of outstanding Loans and L/C Obligations from each Lender shall equal such Lender’s respective Pro Rata share of the U.S. Revolver Commitments and Canadian Revolver Commitments, as applicable, as modified to give effect to such increase, multiplied by the aggregate amount of Loans outstanding and L/C Obligations from all Lenders. As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of such increase, Borrowers shall deliver to Administrative Agent a certificate dated as of the Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Senior Officer of Borrower Agent on behalf of Borrowers, including a Compliance Certificate demonstrating compliance with the terms of this Agreement and certification that, before and after giving effect to such increase, the representations and warranties contained in Section 9 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Increase Effective Date (except to the extent any such representation or warranty is stated to relate solely to an earlier date) and no Default or Event of Default exists. Upon the request of any Lender, Borrowers shall deliver a new or amended U.S. Revolver Note or Canadian Revolver Note, as applicable, reflecting the new or increased Commitment of each new or affected Lender, as of the Increase Effective Date.

 

69


2.10. Evidence of Debt .

2.10.1. The Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by that Lender and by Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the Lenders to Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through Administrative Agent, the applicable Borrowers shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the applicable Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans to such Borrower in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

2.10.2. In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 3.12.1 , each Leader and Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by that Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Canadian Swing Line Loans or U.S. Swing Line Loans, as applicable. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

SECTION 3. INTEREST, FEES AND CHARGES

3.1. Interest .

3.1.1. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1.2 , (i) each U.S. LIBOR Loan under the U.S. Revolver shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin; (ii) each Canadian LIBOR Loan under the Canadian Revolver shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin (iii) each BA Rate Loan under the Canadian Revolver shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the BA Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin; (iv) each U.S. Base Rate Loan under the U.S. Revolver shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the U.S. Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin; (v) each Canadian Base Rate Loan under the Canadian Revolver shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Canadian Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin; (vi) each Canadian Prime Rate Loan under the Canadian Revolver shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Canadian Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin; (vii) each Canadian Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to (A) the Canadian Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin applicable to Canadian Base Rate Loans or (B) the Canadian Prime Rate plus the Applicable Margin applicable to Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable; and (viii) each U.S. Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the U.S. Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin applicable to U.S. Base Rate Loans.

 

70


3.1.2. (a) If any amount payable by a Borrower under any Credit Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law.

(b) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

3.2. Fees . In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.3.9 and 2.3.10 :

3.2.1. Unused Line Fee . U.S. Borrowers shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay to Administrative Agent for the Pro Rata benefit of U.S. Revolver Lenders a fee equal to the Applicable Unused Line Fee Margin for the unused line divided by three hundred sixty (360) days and multiplied by the number of days in the month and then multiplied by the amount, if any, by which the Average Revolver Balance with respect to the U.S. Revolver for such month (or portion thereof that the U.S. Revolver Commitments are in effect) is less than the aggregate amount of the U.S. Revolver Commitments, such fee to be paid on the first day of the following month; but if the U.S. Revolver Commitments are terminated on a day other than the first day of a month, then any such fee payable for the month in which termination shall occur shall be paid on the effective date of such termination and shall be based upon the number of days that have elapsed during such period. Canadian Borrower shall be obligated to pay to Canadian Agent for the Pro Rata benefit of Canadian Revolver Lenders a fee equal to the Applicable Unused Line Fee Margin for the unused line divided by three hundred sixty-five (365) days and multiplied by the number of days in the month and then multiplied by the amount, if any, by which the Average Revolver Balance with respect to the Canadian Revolver for such month (or portion thereof that the Canadian Revolver Commitments are in effect) is less than the aggregate amount of the Canadian Revolver Commitments, such fee to be paid on the first day of the following month; but if the Canadian Revolver Commitments are terminated on a day other than the first day of a month, then any such fee payable for the month in which termination shall occur shall be paid on the effective date of such termination and shall be based upon the number of days that have elapsed during such period.

3.2.2. Audit and Appraisal Fees . Borrowers shall reimburse the applicable Agent for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by such Agent in connection with (i) examinations and reviews of any Borrower’s or any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor’s, as applicable, books and records and such other matters pertaining to such Borrower or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, or any Collateral as Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate in the exercise of its reasonable Credit Judgment and, in each case, shall pay to the applicable Agent the standard amount charged by the applicable Agent ($850 per person per day as of the Closing Date) for each day that an employee or agent of such Agent shall be engaged in an examination or review of such Borrower’s or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor’s books and records, and (ii) appraisals of Inventory, at such times as may be determined by Administrative Agent; provided , however , that Borrowers shall not be obligated to reimburse the applicable Agent for more than the number of all field examinations and all appraisals of Collateral specified to be paid by Borrowers conducted as provided in Section 10.1.1 and in connection with satisfying the Acquired Accounts Eligibility Requirement or the Acquired Inventory Eligibility Requirement.

3.2.3. Administrative Agent’s Fee . In consideration of Bank of America’s service as Administrative Agent hereunder, U.S. Borrowers shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay to Bank of America an Administrative Agent’s fee in the amounts and on the dates provided in the Fee Letter.

3.2.4. Arrangement Fee . In consideration of Bank of America’s and BAS’s arrangement of the credit facility referenced herein, U.S. Borrowers shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay Bank of America and BAS an arrangement fee as provided in the Fee Letter.

 

71


3.2.5. General Provisions . All fees shall be fully earned by the identified recipient thereof pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Agreement and the Fee Letter on the due date thereof (and, in the case of Letters of Credit, upon each issuance, renewal or extension of such Letters of Credit) and, except as otherwise set forth herein or required by Applicable Law, shall not be subject to rebate, refund or proration. All fees provided for in this Section 3.2 are and shall be deemed to be compensation for services and are not, and shall not be deemed to be, interest or any other charge for the use, forbearance or detention of money.

3.3. Reimbursement Obligations .

3.3.1. Borrowers shall reimburse the applicable Agent (and during any period that an Event of Default exists, each Lender) for:

(i) all reasonable legal, accounting, appraisal, consulting and other fees and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Agent (and during any period that an Event of Default exists, any Lender) in connection with (a) the negotiation and preparation of any of the Credit Documents or any amendment or modification thereto; (b) the administration of the Credit Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby, subject to Section 3.2.2 hereof; and (c) any inspection of or audits conducted with respect to such Borrower’s or any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor’s, as applicable, books and records or any of the Collateral, subject to Section 3.2.2 hereof; and

(ii) all legal, accounting, appraisal, consulting and other fees and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the applicable Agent (and during any period that an Event of Default exists, any Lender) in connection with: (a) any effort to verify, protect, appraise (subject to Section 3.2.2 hereof), preserve, or restore any of the Collateral or to collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of or realize upon any of the Collateral; (b) any litigation, contest, dispute, suit, proceeding or action (whether instituted by or against such Agent, any applicable Lender, any applicable Borrower or any other Person) in any way arising out of or relating to any of the Collateral (or the validity, perfection or priority of such Agent’s Liens thereon), any of the Credit Documents or the validity, allowance or amount of any of the Obligations (unless such litigation is between Borrowers and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors and/or Agents and/or Lenders and a court having jurisdiction renders a final, non appealable judgment against Agents and/or Lenders, in which event Borrowers shall not be liable for, as applicable, Agents’ or Lenders’ costs of such litigation); (c) the protection or enforcement of any rights or remedies of such Agent or any applicable Lender in any Insolvency Proceeding; (d) any other action taken by such Agent or any applicable Lender to enforce any of the rights or remedies of such Agent or such Lender against any Borrower or any Account Debtors to enforce collection of any of the Obligations or payments with respect to any of the Collateral; (e) any waiver of any Default or Event of Default under any of the Credit Documents, or any restructuring or forbearance with respect thereto; and (f) any action taken to perfect or maintain the perfection or priority of the applicable Agent’s Liens with respect to any of the Collateral. All amounts chargeable to Borrowers under this Section 3.3 shall constitute Obligations that are secured by all of the applicable Collateral and shall be payable on demand to the applicable Agent. Borrowers also shall reimburse the applicable Agent for expenses incurred by such Agent in its administration of any of the Collateral to the extent and in the manner provided in Section 8 hereof or in any of the other Credit Documents. The foregoing shall be in addition to, and shall not be construed to limit, any other provision of any of the Credit Documents regarding the reimbursement by Obligors of costs, expenses or liabilities suffered or incurred by any Agent or any Lender.

 

72


3.3.2. If at any time, in connection with the administration of the Credit Documents or the normal day-to-day operations and maintenance of the Loans, Administrative Agent or (with the consent of Administrative Agent) BAS or any Lender shall agree to indemnify any Person (including Bank of America or Bank of America-Canada Branch) against losses or damages that such Person may suffer or incur in its dealings or transactions with Borrowers and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, or shall guarantee or provide assurance of payment or performance of any liability or obligation of Borrowers or any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor to such Person, including with respect to Bank Product Debt, then the Contingent Obligation of any Agent or any Lender providing any such indemnity, guaranty or other assurance of payment or performance, together with any payment made or liability incurred by any Agent or any Lender in connection therewith, shall constitute Obligations that are secured by the Collateral and Borrowers shall repay, on demand, any amount so paid or any liability incurred by any Agent or any Lender in connection with any such indemnity, guaranty or assurance, except that repayment pursuant to Section 2.3.3(i) shall be due as set forth in that Section. Nothing herein shall be construed to impose upon any Agent or any Lender any obligation to provide any such indemnity, guaranty or assurance except to the extent provided in Section 2.3 hereof. Administrative Agent shall use reasonable efforts to notify Borrower Agent of such indemnity, guaranty or assurance to the extent that such indemnity, guaranty or assurance has not otherwise been expressly requested by Borrowers.

3.3.3. In the event that any financial statement or Borrowing Base Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 10.1.3 or 8.4 is shown to be inaccurate (regardless of whether this Agreement or the Commitments are in effect when such inaccuracy is discovered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected would have led to a higher Applicable Margin for any period (an “ Applicable Period ”) than the Applicable Margin applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) Borrowers shall immediately deliver to Administrative Agent correct financial statements and a correct Borrowing Base Certificate for such Applicable Period, (ii) the Applicable Margin shall be determined by reference to the correct financial statements and . corrected Borrowing Base Certificate (but in no event shall Lenders owe any amounts to Borrowers), and (iii) Borrowers shall immediately pay to the applicable Agent the additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by the applicable Agent in accordance with the terms hereof. This Section 3.3.3 shall not limit the rights of any Agent and Lenders hereunder.

3.4. Bank Charges . Borrowers shall pay to the applicable Agent, on demand, any and all fees, costs or expenses which such Agent or any Lender pays to a bank or other similar institution (including any fees paid by any Agent or any Lender to any Participant) arising out of or in connection with (i) the forwarding to a Borrower or any other Person on behalf of Borrower by any Agent or any Lender of proceeds of Loans made by Lenders to a Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) the depositing for collection by any Agent or any Lender of any Payment Item received or delivered to any Agent or any Lender on account of the Obligations. Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that any Agent may charge such costs, fees and expenses to Borrowers based upon such Agent’s good faith estimate of such costs, fees and expenses as they are incurred by such Agent or any Lender.

3.5. Illegality . If any Lender determines that any Applicable Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates. based upon the Adjusted LIBOR Rate or the BA Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, U.S. Dollars in the London interbank market or the position of such Lender in such Lender in such market in respect of Adjusted LIBOR determination or other circumstance affecting the determination of the BA Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans or to convert U.S. Base Rate Loans to U.S. LIBOR Loans, Canadian Base Rate

 

73


Loans to Canadian LIBOR Loans or Canadian Prime Rate loans to BA Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies Agent that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon delivery of such notice, Borrowers shall prepay or, if applicable, convert all U.S. LIBOR Loans, Canadian LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans of such Lender to U.S. Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, Borrowers shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

3.6. Increased Costs: Capital Adequacy .

3.6.1. Change in Law . If any Change in Law shall:

(a) impose modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in Adjusted LIBOR Rate or BA Rate) or Issuing Bank;

(b) subject any Lender or Issuing Bank to any Tax with respect to any Loan, Credit Document, Letter of Credit or participation in L/C Obligations, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or Issuing Bank in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 5.9 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Taxes payable by such Lender or Issuing Bank); or

(c) impose on any Lender or Issuing Bank or the London interbank market or the Lender’s position in such market any other condition, cost or expense affecting any Loan, Credit Document, Letter of Credit or participation in L/C Obligations;

and the result thereof shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any LIBOR Loan or BA Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or Issuing Bank, the applicable Borrowers will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

3.6.2. Capital Adequacy . If any Lender or Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or Issuing Bank or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s, Issuing Bank’s or holding company’s capital as a consequence of this Agreement, or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or participations in L/C Obligations, to a level below that which such Lender, Issuing Bank or holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s, Issuing Bank’s and holding company’s policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the applicable Borrowers will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate it or its holding company for any such reduction suffered.

3.6.3. Compensation . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of its right to demand such

 

74


compensation, but Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Bank for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that the Lender or Issuing Bank notifies Borrower Agent of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

3.7. Mitigation . If any Lender gives a notice under Section 3.5 or requests compensation under Section 3.6 , or if Borrowers are required to pay additional amounts with respect to a Lender under Section 5.9 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (a) would eliminate the need for such notice or reduce amounts payable in the future, as applicable; and (b) in each case, would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. Borrowers agree to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

3.8. Funding Losses . If for any reason (other than default by a Lender) (a) any Borrowing of, or conversion to or continuation of, a LIBOR Loan or BA Rate Loan does not occur on the date specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation (whether or not withdrawn), (b) any repayment or conversion of a LIBOR Loan or a BA Rate Loan occurs on a day other than the end of its Interest Period, or (c) Borrowers fail to repay a LIBOR Loan or BA Rate Loan when required hereunder, then the applicable Borrowers shall pay to the applicable Agent its customary administrative charge and to each Lender all losses and expenses that it sustains as a consequence thereof, including loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from liquidation or redeployment of funds or from fees payable to terminate deposits of matching funds. Lenders shall not be required to purchase U.S. Dollar deposits in the London interbank market or any other offshore U.S. Dollar market to fund any LIBOR Loan or purchase any bankers’ acceptances to fund any BA Rate Loan, but the provisions hereof shall be deemed to apply as if each Lender had purchased such deposits or bankers’ acceptances, as applicable, to fund its LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans, as applicable.

3.9. Maximum Interest .

3.9.1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Credit Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Credit Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of nonusurious interest permitted by Applicable Law (the “ maximum rate ”). If Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the maximum rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Obligations or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to Borrowers. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged or received by Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the maximum rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee or premium rather than interest; (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof; and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

3.9.2. Without limiting the generality of Section 3.9.1 , if any provision of any of the Credit Documents would obligate Canadian Obligors to make any payment of interest with respect to the Canadian Obligations in an amount or calculated at a rate which would be prohibited by Applicable Law or would result in the receipt of interest with respect to the Canadian Obligations at a criminal rate (as such terms are construed under the Criminal Code (Canada)), then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rates shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or

 

75


rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by law or so result in a receipt by the applicable recipient of interest with respect to the Canadian Obligations at a criminal rate, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, as follows: (i) first, by reducing the amount or rates of interest required to be paid to the applicable recipient under the Credit Documents; and (ii) thereafter, by reducing any fees; commissions, premiums and other amounts required to be paid to the applicable recipient which would constitute interest with respect to the Canadian Obligations for purposes of Section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada). Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if the applicable recipient shall have received an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by that section of the Criminal Code (Canada), then Canadian Obligors shall be entitled, by notice in writing to Canadian Agent, to obtain reimbursement from the applicable recipient in an amount equal to such excess, and pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by the applicable recipient to the applicable Canadian Obligor. Any amount or rate of interest with respect to the Canadian Obligations referred to in this Section 3.9.2 shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted actuarial practices and principles as an effective annual rate of interest over the term that any Canadian Revolver Loans to Canadian Borrower remain outstanding on the assumption that any charges, fees or expenses that fall within the meaning of “interest” (as defined in the Criminal Code (Canada)) shall, if they relate to a specific period of time, be prorated over that period of time and otherwise be prorated over the period from the Closing Date to the date of Full Payment of the Canadian Obligations, and, in the event of a dispute, a certificate of a Fellow of the Canadian Institute of Actuaries appointed by Canadian Agent shall be conclusive for the purposes of such determination.

3.10. Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of interest for (i) U.S. Base Rate Loans when the U.S. Base Rate is determined by the Prime Rate, (ii) Canadian Base Rate Loans when the Canadian Base Rate is determined by Bank of America-Canada Branch’s “base rate,” (iii) Canadian Prime Rate Loans when the Canadian Prime Rate is determined by Bank of America-Canada Branch’s “prime rate” and (iv) BA Rate Loans shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 3.13.1, bear interest for one day. Each determination by Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), (i) whenever any interest under this Agreement or any other Credit Document is calculated using a rate based on a year of 360 days, the rate determined pursuant to such calculation, when expressed as an annual rate, is equivalent to (x) the applicable rate, (y) multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the period for which such interest is payable (or compounded) ends, and (z) divided by 360, (ii) the principle of deemed reinvestment of interest does not apply to any interest calculation under this Agreement, and (iii) the rates of interest stipulated in this Agreement are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates or yields.

3.11. Replacement of Lenders . Borrower Agent shall be permitted to replace any Lender that requests reimbursement for any amount reimbursable by Borrowers pursuant to any of Sections 3.6.1, 3.6.2 or 5.9; provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Applicable Law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) if applicable, prior to any such replacement, such Lender shall not have taken appropriate action under Section 3.7 so as to eliminate the continued need for payment of such amounts, (iv) Borrowers shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 3.8 if any LIBOR Loan or BA Rate Loan owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating, thereto, (v) the replacement financial institution, if not already a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, (vi) the

 

76


transfer shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.1 ( provided that the applicable Borrowers shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein) and by its execution of this Agreement each Lender hereby authorizes Agents to act as its agent in executing any documents to replace such Lender in accordance with this Section 3.11 , and (vii) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that Borrowers, Agents or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

SECTION 4. LOAN ADMINISTRATION

4.1. Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback .

4.1.1. General . All payments to be made by Borrowers shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the applicable Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the appropriate Administrative Agent’s Office in U.S. Dollars or Canadian Dollars, as applicable, and in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date specified herein. The applicable Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata share in respect of the relevant Facility (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to that Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the applicable Agent after 11:00 a.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by a Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected on computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

4.1.2. (a) Funding by Lenders: Presumption by Administrative Agent . Unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of U.S. Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, prior to 11:00 a.m. on the date of such Borrowing) that that Lender will not make available to the applicable Agent that Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the applicable Agent may assume that that Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.2 (or, in the case of a Borrowing of U.S. Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, that that Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.2 ) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the applicable Agent, then the applicable Lender and the applicable Borrower severally agree to pay to the applicable Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to such Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the applicable Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by that Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate (or, in respect of any payments under the Canadian Revolver, the Canadian Prime Rate) and a rate determined by Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the applicable Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by a Borrower, the interest rate applicable to U.S. Base Rate Loans, or if such payment relates to Canadian Revolver Loans, the interest rate applicable to Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans (as applicable). If such Borrower and that Lender shall pay such interest to the applicable Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the applicable Agent shall promptly remit to such Borrower the amount of such interest paid by such Borrower for such period. If that Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the applicable Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute that Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by a Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim such Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the applicable Agent.

 

77


(b) Payments by Borrowers: Presumptions by Administrative Agent . Unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Borrower prior to the time at which any payment is due to the applicable Agent for the account of Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that such Borrower will not make such payment, the applicable Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the relevant Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if such Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the relevant Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the applicable Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to that Lender or the Issuing Bank, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the applicable Agent, at the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate, with respect to payment in respect of the U.S. Revolver or the Canadian Prime Rate, with respect to payment in respect of the Canadian Revolver and (ii) a rate determined by the applicable Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

A notice of Administrative Agent to any Lender or a Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

4.1.3. Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent . If any Lender makes available to the applicable Agent funds for any Loan to be made by that Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of Section 2 and Section 3 , and such funds are not made available to the applicable Borrower by the applicable Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Section 11.2 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the applicable Agent promptly shall return such funds (in like funds as received from that Lender) to that Lender, without interest.

4.1.4. Obligations of Lenders Several . The obligations of Lenders hereunder to make the U.S. Revolver Loans and the Canadian Revolver Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit, Canadian Swing Line Loans and U.S. Swing Line Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 15.2 are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 15.2 on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 15.2.

4.1.5. Funding Source . Subject to the definition of “Canadian Revolver Lender,” nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

4.1.6. Insufficient Funds . If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to Agents to pay fully all amounts of principal, L/C Borrowings, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i)  first , toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii)  second, toward payment of principal and L/C Borrowings then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and L/C Borrowings then due to such parties.

 

78


4.2. Defaulting Lender . If any Lender shall, at any time, fail to make any payment to the applicable Agent or Bank of America or Bank of America-Canada Branch that is required hereunder, the applicable Agent may, but shall not be required to, retain payments that would otherwise be made to such defaulting Lender hereunder and apply such payments to such defaulting Lender’s defaulted obligations hereunder, at such time, and in such order, as the applicable Agent may elect in its sole discretion. With respect to the payment of any funds from the applicable Agent to a Lender or from a Lender to the applicable Agent, the party failing to make the full payment when due pursuant to the terms hereof shall, upon demand by the other party, pay such amount together with interest on such amount at the Federal Funds Rate, with respect to payment owing to or from a U.S. Revolver Lender or the Canadian Prime Rate, with respect to payments owing to or from a Canadian Revolver Lender. The failure of any Lender to fund its portion of any Loan or payment in respect of a L/C Obligation shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, to fund its portion of the Loan or payment in respect of a L/C Obligation on the date of Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan or payment in respect of a L/C Obligation to be made by such Lender on the date of any Borrowing. Solely as among the Lenders and solely for purposes of voting or consenting to matters with respect to any of the Credit Documents, Collateral or any Obligations (other than matters described in Section 13.9.1(c) ) and determining a defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata share of payments and proceeds of Collateral pending such defaulting Lender’s cure of its defaults hereunder, a defaulting Lender shall not be deemed to be a “Lender” and such Lender’s Commitment shall be deemed to be zero (0). The provisions of this Section 4.2 shall be solely for the benefit of Administrative Agent, Canadian Agent and Lenders and may not be enforced by Borrowers.

4.3. Special Provisions Governing LIBOR Loans .

4.3.1. [Reserved]

4.3.2. [Reserved ]

4.3.3. LIBOR Lending Office . Each Lender’s initial LIBOR Lending Office is set forth on Schedule 2 hereof. Each Lender shall have the right at any time and from time to time to designate a different office of itself or of any Affiliate as such Lender’s LIBOR Lending Office, and to transfer, any outstanding LIBOR Loans to such LIBOR Lending Office. No such designation or transfer shall result in any liability on the part of Borrowers for increased costs or expenses resulting solely from such designation or transfer. Provided that a change in Applicable Law was not in effect at the time of such designation or transfer, increased costs for expenses resulting from such change in Applicable Law occurring subsequent to any such designation or transfer shall be deemed not to result solely from such designation or transfer.

4.4. Borrower Agent . Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Ryerson, and Ryerson agrees to act under this Agreement, as the agent and representative of itself and each other Borrower for all purposes under this Agreement, including requesting Borrowings, selecting whether any Loan or portion thereof is to bear interest as a U.S. Base Rate Loan, a U.S. LIBOR Loan, a Canadian LIBOR Loan a Canadian Base Rate Loan, a Canadian Prime Rate Loan or a BA Rate Loan, and receiving account statements and other notices and communications to Borrowers (or any of them) from Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent may rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, on any Notice of Borrowing, Notice of Conversion/Continuation, disbursement instructions, reports, information, Borrowing Base Certificate or any other notice or communication made or given by Borrower Agent, whether in its own name, on behalf of any Borrower or on behalf of “the Borrowers,” and Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to make any inquiry or request any confirmation from or on behalf of any other Borrower as to the binding effect on such Borrower of any such Notice of Borrowing, instruction, report, information,

 

79


Borrowing Base Certificate or other notice or communication from Borrower Agent, nor shall any joint and several character of Borrowers’ liability for the Obligations be affected. Administrative Agent may maintain a Loan Account in the name of “Ryerson Group, Inc.” hereunder with respect to the U.S. Revolver and a Loan Account in the name of “Ryerson Canada, Inc.” with respect to the Canadian Revolver, and each Borrower expressly agrees to such arrangement and confirms that such arrangement shall have no effect on any joint and several character of such Borrower’s liability for the Obligations.

4.5. U.S. Revolver Loans to Constitute One Obligation . The U.S. Revolver Loans shall constitute one general obligation of U.S. Borrowers and (unless otherwise expressly provided in any Security Document) shall be secured by Administrative Agent’s Lien upon all of the Collateral attributable to U.S. Borrowers; provided , however, that each Agent and each U.S. Revolver Lender shall be deemed to be a creditor of each U.S. Borrower and the holder of a separate claim against each U.S. Borrower to the extent of any Obligations jointly and severally owed by U.S. Borrowers to such Agent or such U.S. Revolver Lender.

SECTION 5. PAYMENTS

5.1. General Payment Provisions . All payments (including all prepayments) of principal of and interest on the Loans, L/C Obligations and other Obligations that are payable to any Agent or any Lender shall be made (a) to Administrative Agent with respect to the U.S. Revolver Loans, in U.S. Dollars, and (b) to Canadian Agent with respect to the Canadian Revolver Loans, in Canadian Dollars or U.S. Dollars, as applicable, in each case, without any offset or counterclaim and free and clear of (and without deduction for) any present or future Taxes, and, with respect to payments made other than by application of balances in the Payment Account, in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. on the due date (and payment made after such time on the due date to be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day). All payments received by the applicable Agent shall be distributed by the applicable Agent in accordance with Section 5.7 hereof, subject to the rights of offset that the applicable Agent may have as to amounts otherwise to be remitted to a particular Lender by reason of amounts due the applicable Agent from such Lender under any of the Credit Documents.

5.2. Repayment of Loans .

5.2.1. Payment of Principal . The outstanding principal amounts with respect to the Loans shall be repaid as follows:

(i) Any U.S. Base Rate Loans shall be paid by the U.S. Borrowers to Administrative Agent, for the Pro Rata benefit of U.S. Revolver Lenders unless timely converted to a U.S. LIBOR Loan in accordance with this Agreement, immediately upon the Commitment Maturity Date.

(ii) Any Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans shall be paid by Canadian Borrower to Canadian Agent, for the Pro Rata benefit of Canadian Revolver Lenders unless timely converted to a BA Rate Loan or Canadian LIBOR Loan in accordance with this Agreement, immediately upon the Commitment Maturity Date.

(iii) Any U.S. LIBOR Loans shall be paid by the applicable Borrower to Administrative Agent, for the Pro Rata benefit of U.S. Revolver Lenders, unless converted to a U.S. Base Rate Loan or continued as a U.S. LIBOR Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, immediately upon (a) the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and (b) the Commitment Maturity Date. In no event shall Borrowers be authorized to make a voluntary prepayment with respect to any U.S. LIBOR Loan prior to the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto

 

80


unless Borrowers pay to Administrative Agent, for the Pro Rata benefit of Lenders, concurrently with any prepayment of a U.S. LIBOR Loan, any amount due Administrative Agent and Lenders under Section 3.8 hereof as a consequence of such prepayment.

(iv) Any Canadian LIBOR Loans shall be paid by Canadian Borrower to Canadian Agent, for the Pro Rata benefit of Canadian Revolver Lenders, unless converted to a Canadian Base Rate Loan or continued as a Canadian LIBOR Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, immediately upon (a) the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and (b) the Commitment Maturity Date. In no event shall Canadian Borrower be authorized to make a voluntary prepayment with respect to any Canadian LIBOR Loan prior to the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto unless Canadian Borrower pays to Canadian Agent, for the Pro Rata benefit of Canadian Lenders, concurrently with any prepayment of a Canadian LIBOR Loan, any amount due Canadian Agent and Canadian Lenders under Section 3.8 hereof as a consequence of such prepayment.

(v) Any BA Rate Loans shall be paid by Canadian Borrower to Canadian Agent, for the Pro Rata benefit of Canadian Revolver Lenders, unless converted to a Canadian Prime Rate Loan or continued as a BA Rate Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, immediately upon (a) the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and (b) the Maturity Date. In no event shall Canadian Borrower be authorized to make a voluntary prepayment with respect to any Canadian Revolver Loan outstanding as a BA Rate Loan prior to the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto unless Canadian Borrower pays to Canadian Agent, for the Pro Rata benefit of Canadian Revolver Lenders, concurrently with any prepayment of a BA Rate Loan, any amount due Canadian Agent and Lenders under Section 3.8 hereof as a consequence of such prepayment.

(vi) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement (but subject to Section 13.9.4 ), if a U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition shall exist, U.S. Borrowers shall, on the sooner to occur of Administrative Agent’s demand or the first Business Day after any U.S. Borrower has obtained knowledge of such U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition, repay outstanding U.S. Base Rate Loans in an amount sufficient to reduce the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all U.S. Revolver Loans by an amount sufficient to cure the U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition; and, if such payment of U.S. Base Rate Loans is not sufficient to eliminate the U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition, then U.S. Borrowers shall immediately deposit with Administrative Agent, for the Pro Rata benefit of U.S. Revolver Lenders, for application to any outstanding U.S. Revolver Loans bearing interest as U.S. LIBOR Loans as the same become due and payable (whether at the end of the applicable Interest Periods or on the Commitment Maturity Date) cash in an amount sufficient to eliminate such U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition, and Administrative Agent may (a) hold such deposit as cash security pending disbursement of same to U.S. Revolver Lenders for application to the U.S. Obligations, or (b) if a Default or Event of Default exists, immediately apply such proceeds to the payment of the U.S. Obligations, including the U.S. LIBOR Loans (in which event U.S. Borrowers shall also pay to Administrative Agent for the Pro Rata benefit of U.S. Revolver Lenders any amounts required by Section 3.8 to be paid by reason of the prepayment of a U.S. LIBOR Loan prior to the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto).

(vii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement (but subject to Section 13.9.5 ), if a Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition shall exist, Canadian Borrower shall, on the sooner to occur of Canadian Agent’s demand or the first Business Day after Canadian Borrower has obtained knowledge of such Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition, repay outstanding Canadian Base Rate Loans and Canadian Prime Rate Loans in an amount

 

81


sufficient to reduce the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Canadian Revolver Loans by an amount sufficient to cure the Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition; and, if such payment of Canadian Base Rate Loans and Canadian Prime Rate Loans is not sufficient to eliminate the Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition, then Canadian Borrower shall immediately deposit with Canadian Agent, for the Pro Rata benefit of Canadian Revolver Lenders, for application to any outstanding Canadian LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans as the same become due and payable (whether at the end of the applicable Interest Periods or on the Commitment Maturity Date, cash in an amount sufficient to eliminate such Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition, and Canadian Agent may (a) hold such deposit as cash security pending disbursement of same to Canadian Revolver Lenders for application to the Canadian Obligations, or (b) if a Default or Event of Default exists, immediately apply such proceeds to the payment of the Canadian Obligations, including the Canadian LIBOR Loans and BA Rate Loans (in which event Canadian Borrower shall also pay to Canadian Agent for the Pro Rata benefit of Canadian Revolver Lenders any amounts required by Section 3.8 to be paid by reason of the prepayment of a Canadian LIBOR Loan or BA Rate Loan prior to the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto).

5.2.2. Payment of Interest . Interest accrued on the U.S. Revolver Loans shall be due and payable on (i) the first day of each month (for the immediately preceding month), computed through the last day of the preceding month, with respect to any U.S. Revolver Loan (that is a U.S. Base Rate Loan), (ii) with respect to any U.S. LIBOR Loan with an interest period longer than three months, at the end of each three-month period such U.S. LIBOR Loan is outstanding and (iii) the last day of the applicable Interest Period in the case of any U.S. LIBOR Loan. Accrued interest shall also be paid by Borrowers on the Commitment Maturity Date. With respect to any U.S. Base Rate Loan converted into a U.S. LIBOR Loan pursuant to Section 2.2.1 on a day when interest would not otherwise have been payable with respect to such U.S. Base Rate Loan, accrued interest to the date of such conversion on the amount of such U.S. Base Rate Loan so converted shall be paid on the conversion date. Interest accrued on the Canadian Revolver Loans shall be due and payable on (i) the first day of each month (for the immediately preceding month), computed through the last day of the preceding month, with respect to any Canadian Revolver Loan (that is a Canadian Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan) and (ii) with respect to any Canadian LIBOR Loan or BA Rate Loan with an interest period longer than three months, at the end of each three-month period such Canadian LIBOR Loan or BA Rate Loan is outstanding and (iii) the last day of the applicable Interest Period in the case of a Canadian LIBOR Loan or a BA Rate Loan. Accrued interest shall also be paid by Borrowers on the Commitment Maturity Date. With respect to any Canadian Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan converted into a Canadian LIBOR Loan or BA Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.2.1 on a day when interest would not otherwise have been payable with respect to such Canadian Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, accrued interest to the date of such conversion on the amount of such Canadian Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan so converted shall be paid on the conversion date.

5.2.3. Optional Prepayments .

(i) Any Borrower may, upon notice to Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay the Loans owed by that Borrower in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that:

(A) such notice must be received by Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (x) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans and (y) one Business Day prior to the prepayment of U.S. Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans;

 

82


(B) each prepayment of LIBOR Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof;

(C) each prepayment of U.S. Base Rate Loans or Canadian Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding.

(D) each prepayment of BA Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of Cdn$l,000,000 or a whole multiple of Cdn$500,000 in excess thereof; and

(E) each prepayment of Canadian Prime Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of Cdn$500,000 or a whole multiple of Cdn$100,000 in excess thereof

or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if LIBOR Loans or BA Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of that Lender’s ratable portion of such prepayment (based on that Lender’s Applicable Percentage in respect of the relevant Facility). Any prepayment of a LIBOR Loan or BA Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.8.

(ii) U.S. Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay U.S. Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (A) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (B) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by U.S. Borrower, U.S. Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

(iii) Canadian Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Canadian Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (A) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (B) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or Cdn$100,000. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by Canadian Borrower, Canadian Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

5.3. Termination or Reduction of Commitments .

5.3.1. Optional . The Borrowers may, upon notice to Administrative Agent, terminate the U.S. Revolver Commitment, the Canadian Revolver Commitment, the U.S. L/C Sublimit, the Canadian L/C Sublimit, the Canadian Swing Line Sublimit or the U.S. Swing Line Sublimit, or from time to time permanently reduce the U.S. Revolver Commitment, the Canadian Revolver Commitment, the U.S. L/C Sublimit, the Canadian L/C Sublimit, the Canadian Swing Line Sublimit or the U.S. Swing Line Sublimit; provided that:

(i) any such notice shall be received by Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. five Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction;

 

83


(ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or any whole multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the entire remaining amount of the applicable Commitment;

(iii) the Borrowers shall not terminate or reduce the U.S. Revolver Commitment if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the U.S. Revolver Outstandings would exceed the U.S. Revolver Commitment;

(iv) the Borrowers shall not terminate or reduce the Canadian Revolver Commitment if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Canadian Revolver Outstandings would exceed the Canadian Revolver Commitment;

(v) the Borrowers shall not terminate or reduce the U.S. L/C Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of U.S. L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the U.S. L/C Sublimit;

(vi) the Borrowers shall not terminate or reduce the Canadian L/C Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of Canadian L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Canadian L/C Sublimit;

(vii) the Borrowers shall not terminate or reduce the Canadian Swing Line Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Outstanding Amount of Canadian Swing Line Loans would exceed the Canadian Swing Line Sublimit; and

(viii) the Borrowers shall not terminate or reduce the U.S. Swing Line Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Outstanding Amount of U.S. Swing Line Loans would exceed the U.S. Swing Line Sublimit.

5.3.2. Application of Commitment Reductions: Payment of Fees .

(i) Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of the U.S. L/C Sublimit, the U.S. Swing Line Sublimit or the U.S. Revolver Commitment under this Section 5.3 . Upon any reduction of the U.S. Revolver Commitments, the U.S. Revolver Commitment of each U.S. Revolver Lender shall be reduced by that Lender’s U.S. Revolver Percentage of such reduction amount. All fees in respect of the U.S. Revolver accrued until the effective date of any termination of the U.S. Revolver shall be paid to the U.S. Revolver Lenders on the effective date of such termination.

(ii) Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Canadian Revolver Lenders of any termination or reduction of the Canadian L/C Sublimit, the Canadian Swing Line Sublimit or the Canadian Revolver Commitment under this Section 5.3 . Upon any reduction of the Canadian Revolver Commitments, the Canadian Revolver Commitment of each Canadian Revolver Lender shall be reduced by that Lender’s Canadian Revolver Percentage of such reduction amount. All fees in respect of the Canadian Revolver accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Canadian Revolver shall be paid to the Canadian Revolver Lenders on the effective date of such termination.

5.4. Payment of Other Obligations . The balance of the Obligations requiring the payment of money, including the L/C Obligations and Extraordinary Expenses incurred by any Agent or any Lender, shall be repaid by Borrowers to Administrative Agent for allocation among Agents and Lenders as provided in the Credit Documents, or, if no date of payment is otherwise specified in the Credit Documents, on demand.

 

84


5.5. Marshaling: Payments Set Aside . Neither any Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of Borrowers or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. To the extent that Borrowers make a payment or payments to any Agent or Lenders or any of such Persons receives payment from the proceeds of any Collateral or exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other Person, then to the extent of any loss by Agents or Lenders, the Obligations or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or proceeds had not been made or received and any such enforcement or setoff had not occurred. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 5.5 shall survive any termination of the Commitments and Payment in Full of the Obligations.

5.6. Post-Default Allocation of Payments and Collections . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, during an Event of Default, all monies to be applied to the Obligations, whether arising from payments by Obligors, realization on Collateral, setoff or otherwise, shall be allocated among the applicable Agent and such of the Lenders as are entitled thereto (and, with respect to monies allocated to Lenders, on a Pro Rata basis unless otherwise provided herein): (i)  FIRST , to the applicable Agent to pay principal and accrued interest on Agent Advances and any other portion of the Loans which the applicable Agent may have advanced on behalf of any Lender and for which the applicable Agent has not been reimbursed by such Lender or Borrowers; (ii)  SECOND , to the extent that Issuing Bank has not received from any Participating Lender a payment as required by Section 2.3.3 hereof, to Issuing Bank to pay all such required payments from each Participating Lender and to the extent Swing Line Lender has not received payment from any Lender as required herein, to pay all such required payments; (iii)  THIRD , to the applicable Agent to pay the amount of Extraordinary Expenses and amounts owing to the applicable Agent pursuant to Section 15.10 hereof that have not been reimbursed to the applicable Agent by Borrowers or Lenders, together with interest accrued thereon at the rate applicable to U.S. Revolver Loans that are U.S. Base Rate Loans or Canadian Revolver Loans that are Canadian Base Rate Loans; (iv)  FOURTH , to the applicable Agent to pay any amount with respect to Indemnified Claims that has not been paid to the applicable Agent in its capacity as such by Borrowers or Lenders, together with interest accrued thereon at the rate applicable to U.S. Revolver Loans that are U.S. Base Rate Loans or Canadian Revolver Loans that are Canadian Base Rate Loans; (v)  FIFTH , to the applicable Agent to pay any fees due and payable to the applicable Agent in its capacity as such; (vi)  SIXTH , to each Lender for any amount with respect to Indemnified Claims that such Lender has paid to the applicable Agent and any Extraordinary Expenses that such Lender has reimbursed to such Agent or such Lender has incurred, to the extent that such Lender has not been reimbursed by Borrowers therefor; (vii)  SEVENTH , to Issuing Bank to pay principal and interest with respect to L/C Obligations (or to the extent any of the L/C Obligations are contingent and an Event of Default then exists, deposited in the Cash Collateral Account to provide security for the payment of the L/C Obligations), which payment shall be shared with the Participating Lenders in accordance with Section 2.3.3 hereof; (viii)  EIGHTH , to Lenders in payment of the unpaid principal and accrued interest in respect of the Loans; (ix)  NINTH , to the payment of the Hedging Obligations; (x)  TENTH , to the payment of any other Obligations then outstanding (excluding any Bank Product Debt other than Hedging Obligations); and (xi)  ELEVENTH , to the payment of any Bank Product Debt other than Hedging Obligations. Amounts shall be applied to each category of Obligations set forth above until full payment thereof and then to the next category. If amounts are insufficient to satisfy a category, they shall be applied on a Pro Rata basis among the Obligations in the category. The allocations set forth in this Section 5.6 are solely to determine the rights and priorities of the Agents and Lenders as among themselves and may be changed by the Agents and Lenders without notice to or the consent or approval of any Borrower or any other Person.

 

85


5.7. Application of Payments and Collateral Proceeds . All Payment Items received by the applicable Agent by. 11:00 a.m. on any Business Day shall be deemed received on that Business Day. All Payment Items received by the applicable Agent after 12:00 noon, on any Business Day shall be deemed received on the following Business Day. Each Borrower irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments and Collateral proceeds at any time or times hereafter received by any Agent or any Lender from or on behalf of Borrowers, and each Borrower does hereby irrevocably agree that any Agent shall have the continuing exclusive right to apply and reapply any and all such payments and Collateral proceeds received at any time or times hereafter by any Agent against the Obligations, in such manner as Administrative Agent may deem advisable in accordance with this Agreement, notwithstanding any entry by Administrative Agent upon any of its books and records; provided , however , that Administrative Agent will apply (i) any proceeds of Collateral of Canadian Borrower to the Canadian Obligations and (ii) any proceeds of Collateral of U.S. Borrowers to the Obligations (other than the Canadian Obligations). If, as the result of Administrative Agent’s collection of proceeds of Accounts and other Collateral as authorized by Section 8.2.6 a credit balance exists, such credit balance shall not accrue interest in favor of Borrowers, but shall be available to Borrowers at any time or times for so long as no Default or Event of Default exists. U.S. Revolver Lenders may, at their option, apply such credit balance against any of the Obligations upon and after the occurrence of an Event of Default.

5.8. Loan Accounts; the Register: Account Stated .

5.8.1. Loan Accounts . Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual and customary practices an account or accounts (a “ Loan Account ”) evidencing the Debt of Borrowers to such Lender resulting from each Loan owing to such Lender from time to time, including the amount of principal and interest payable to such Lender from time to time hereunder and under each Note payable to such Lender. Any failure of a Lender to record in the Loan Account, or any error in doing so, shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of Borrowers hereunder (or under any Note) to pay any amount owing hereunder to such Lender.

5.8.2. The Register . Administrative Agent shall maintain a register (the “ Register ”) which shall include a master account and a subsidiary account for each Lender and in which accounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the date and amount of each Borrowing made hereunder, the Type of each Loan comprising such Borrowing and any Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the effective date and amount of each Assi g nment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and the parties thereto, (iii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due, and payable from Borrowers to each Lender hereunder or under the Notes, and (iv) the amount of any sum received by Administrative Agent from Borrowers and each Lender’s share thereof. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrowers or any Lender at the offices of Administrative Agent at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Any failure of Administrative Agent to record in the Register, or any error in doing so, shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of Borrowers hereunder (or under any Note) to pay any amount owing with respect to the Loans or provide the basis for any claim against Administrative Agent.

5.8.3. Entries Binding . The entries made in the Register and each Loan Account shall constitute rebuttably presumptive evidence of the information contained therein; provided , however, that if a copy of information contained in the Register or any Loan Account is provided to any Person, or any Person inspects the Register or any Loan Account, at any time or from time to time, then the information contained in the Register or the Loan Account, as applicable, shall be conclusive and binding on such Person for all purposes absent manifest error, unless such Person notifies Administrative Agent in writing within thirty (30) days after such Person’s receipt of such copy or such Person’s inspection of the Register or Loan Account of its intention to dispute the information contained therein.

 

86


5.9. Gross Up for Taxes .

5.9.1. Payment Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by any Obligor on account of any Obligations shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if an Obligor or Administrative Agent shall be required by Applicable Law to deduct or withhold any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from such payments, then (a) the sum payable by the Obligor shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) each Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made; (b) the Obligor or Administrative Agent shall make such deductions; and (c) the Obligor or Administrative Agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law. Without limiting the foregoing, Borrowers shall timely pay all Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authorities.

5.9.2. Indemnification . Borrowers shall indemnify, hold harmless and reimburse Administrative Agent, Lenders and Issuing Bank, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable by Administrative Agent, any Lender or Issuing Bank with respect to any Obligations, Letters of Credit or Credit Documents, and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower Agent by a Lender or Issuing Bank (with a copy to Administrative Agent), or by Administrative Agent showing in reasonable detail the method of calculation thereof, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by a Borrower, Borrower Agent shall deliver to Administrative Agent a receipt issued by the Governmental Authority evidencing such payment or other evidence of payment satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

5.9.3. Refunds . If any Agent or Lender reasonably determines that it is entitled to claim a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes to which it has been indemnified by any Borrower or with respect to which any Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5.9., it shall promptly notify such Borrower of the availability of such refund claim and shall make such refund claim to such taxation authority for such refund at such Borrower’s expense. If a Lender or any Agent receives a refund (including pursuant to a claim for refund made pursuant to the preceding sentence), it shall pay over such refund to such Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Borrower under this Section 5.9. with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than interest paid by the relevant taxing authority); provided that each Borrower, upon the request of such Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Agent or such Lender in the event such Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This subsection 5.9.3 shall not be construed to require any Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to such Borrower or any other Person.

5.10. Foreign Lenders .

5.10.1. Exemption . Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which an Obligor is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under any Credit Document

 

87


shall, to the extent that it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Administrative Agent and Borrower Agent, at the time or times prescribed by Applicable Law or reasonably requested by Administrative Agent or Borrower Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by Applicable Law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if requested by Administrative Agent or Borrower Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Applicable Law or reasonably requested by Administrative Agent or Borrower Agent as will enable Administrative Agent and Borrower Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.

5.10.2. Documentation . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if a Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States, a Foreign Lender shall, if it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Administrative Agent and Borrower Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender hereunder (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of Administrative Agent or Borrower Agent), (a) duly completed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party; (b) duly completed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI; (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 88l(c) of the Code, (i) a certificate to the effect that (A) such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) such Foreign Lender is not a “10 percent shareholder” of any Obligor within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, (C) any interest payment received by such Foreign Lender under this Agreement or any other Credit Document is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States and (D) such Foreign Lender is not a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (ii) duly completed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN; or (d) any other form prescribed by Applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal withholding tax, duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by Applicable Law to permit Borrowers to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made. For the avoidance of doubt, none of Canadian Borrower or any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors shall be liable for any of the U.S. Obligations.

5.10.3. Notification . Each Foreign Lender shall promptly notify Borrower Agent and Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any previously claimed exemption or reduction pursuant to Sections 5.10.1. and 5.10.2.

5.11. Nature and Extent of Each Borrower’s Liability .

5.11.1. Joint and Several Liability . Each U.S. Borrower shall be liable for, on a joint and several basis, and hereby guarantees the timely payment by all other Borrowers of, all of the Loans and other Obligations, regardless of which Borrower actually may have received the proceeds of any Loans or other extensions of credit hereunder or the amount of such Loans received or the manner in which any Agent or any Lender accounts for such Loans or other extensions of credit on its books and records, it being acknowledged and agreed that Loans to any Borrower inure to the mutual benefit of all Borrowers and that Agents and Lenders are relying on the joint and several liability of Borrowers in extending the Loans and other financial accommodations hereunder. Each U.S. Borrower hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that upon default in the payment when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of any principal of, or interest owed on any of the Loans or other Obligations, such U.S. Borrower shall forthwith pay the same, without notice or demand.

5.11.2. Unconditional Nature of Liability . Each U.S. Borrower’s joint and several liability hereunder with respect to, and guaranty of, the Loans and other Obligations shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, be unconditional irrespective of (i) the validity, enforceability,

 

88


avoidance or subordination of any of the Obligations or of any promissory note or other document evidencing all or any part of the Obligations, (ii) the absence of any attempt to collect any of the Obligations from any other Obligor or any Collateral or other security therefor, or the absence of any other action to enforce the same, (iii) the waiver, consent, extension, forbearance or granting of any indulgence by any Agent or any Lender with respect to any provision of any instrument evidencing or securing the payment of any of the Obligations, or any other agreement now or hereafter executed by any other Borrower and delivered to any Agent or any Lender, (iv) the failure by any Agent to take any steps to perfect or maintain the perfected status of its security interest in or Lien upon, or to preserve its rights to, any of the Collateral or other security for the payment or performance of any of the Obligations or any Agent’s release of any Collateral or of its Liens upon any Collateral, (v) Agents’ or Lenders’ election, in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Code, for the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code or similar provision under another Debtor Relief Law, (vi) any borrowing or grant of a security interest by any other Borrower, as debtor-in-possession under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or similar provision under another Debtor Relief Law, (vii) the release or compromise, in whole or in part, of the liability of any Obligor for the payment of any of the Obligations, (viii) any amendment or modification of any of the Credit Documents or any waiver of a Default or Event of Default, (ix) any increase in the amount of the Obligations beyond any limits imposed herein or in the amount of any interest, fees or other charges payable in connection therewith, or any decrease in the same, (x) the disallowance of all or any portion of any Agent’s or any Lender’s claims against any other Obligor for the repayment of any of the Obligations under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code or similar provision under another Debtor Relief Law, or (xi) any other circumstance that might constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of any Borrower. After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agents may proceed directly and at once, without notice to any U.S. Borrower, against any or all of U.S. Borrowers to collect and recover all or any part of the Obligations, without first proceeding against any other Borrower or against any Collateral or other security for the payment or performance of any of the Obligations, and each U.S. Borrower waives any provision under Applicable Law that might otherwise require the Agents to pursue or exhaust their remedies against any Collateral or Borrower before pursuing another U.S. Borrower. Each U.S. Borrower consents and agrees that the Agents shall be under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Borrower or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations.

5.11.3. No Reduction in Liability for Obligations . No payment or payments made by a Borrower or received or collected by Administrative Agent from a Borrower or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any setoff or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Obligations shall be deemed to modify, release or otherwise affect the liability of any U.S. Borrower under this Agreement, each of whom shall remain jointly and severally liable for the payment and performance of all Loans and other Obligations until the Obligations are Paid in Full and this Agreement is terminated.

5.11.4. Contribution . Each U.S. Borrower is unconditionally obligated to repay the Obligations on a joint and several basis under this Agreement. If, as of any date, the aggregate amount of payments made by a U.S. Borrower on account of the Obligations and proceeds of such U.S. Borrower’s Collateral that are applied to the Obligations exceeds the aggregate amount of Loan proceeds actually used by such U.S. Borrower in its business (such excess amount being referred to as an “ Accommodation Payment ”), then each of the other U.S. Borrowers (each such U.S. Borrower being referred to as a “ Contributing Borrower ”) shall be obligated to make contribution to such U.S. Borrower (the “ Paying Borrower ”) in an amount equal to (A) the product derived by multiplying the sum of each Accommodation Payment of each U.S. Borrower by the Allocable Percentage of U.S. Borrower from whom contribution is sought less (B) the amount, if any, of the then outstanding Accommodation. Payment of such Contributing Borrower (such last mentioned amount which is to be subtracted from the aforesaid product to be increased by any amounts theretofore paid by such Contributing Borrower by way of contribution

 

89


hereunder, and to be decreased by any amounts theretofore received by such Contributing Borrower by way of contribution hereunder); provided , however , that a Paying Borrower’s recovery of contribution hereunder from the other U.S. Borrowers shall be limited to that amount paid by the Paying Borrower in excess of its Allocable Percentage of all Accommodation Payments then outstanding of all Borrowers. As used herein, the term “ Allocable Percentage ” shall mean, on any date of determination thereof, a fraction the denominator, of which shall be equal to the number of U.S. Borrowers who are parties to this Agreement on such date and the numerator of which shall be the aggregate amount of Obligations; provided , however , that such percentages shall be modified in the event that contribution from a U.S. Borrower is not possible by reason of insolvency, bankruptcy or otherwise by reducing such U.S. Borrower’s Allocable Percentage equitably and by adjusting the Allocable Percentage of the other U.S. Borrowers proportionately so that the Allocable Percentages of all U.S. Borrowers at all times equals 100%.

5.11.5. Subordination . Each Borrower hereby subordinates any claims, including any right of payment, subrogation, contribution and indemnity, that it may have from or against any other Borrower, and any successor or assign of any other Borrower, including any trustee, receiver or debtor-in-possession, howsoever arising, due or owing or whether heretofore, now or hereafter existing, to the Payment in Full of all of the Obligations.

SECTION 6. TERM AND TERMINATION OF COMMITMENTS

6.1. Term Date of Commitments . Subject to each Lender’s right to cease making Loans and other extensions of credit to Borrowers when any Default or Event of Default exists or upon termination of the Commitments as provided in Section 6.2 hereof, the Revolver Commitments shall be in effect for a period of five (5) years from the date hereof through the close of business on October 18, 2012 (the “ Maturity Date ”).

6.2. Termination .

6.2.1. Termination by Administrative Agent .

(i) Administrative Agent may (and upon the direction of the Required Lenders, shall) terminate the Commitments without notice at any time that an Event of Default exists.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing the Commitments shall automatically terminate as provided in Section 12.2 hereof.

6.2.2. Termination by Borrowers . Upon at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Administrative Agent, Borrower Agent (on behalf of Borrowers) may, at its option, terminate the Commitments; provided , however , that no such termination by Borrowers shall be effective until Payment in Full of the Obligations. Any notice of termination given by Borrowers shall be irrevocable unless Administrative Agent otherwise agrees in writing. Borrowers may elect to terminate the Commitments in their entirety only; provided that nothing contained herein shall affect Borrowers’ right to voluntarily reduce the Commitments as provided in Section 5.3.1 of this Agreement. No section of this Agreement, Type of Loan available hereunder or Commitment may be terminated by Borrowers singly.

6.2.3. Reserved .

6.2.4. Effect of Termination . On the effective date of termination of the Commitments by Administrative Agent or by Borrowers, all of the Obligations shall be immediately due and payable and Lenders shall have no obligation to make any Loans and Issuing Bank shall have no obligation to procure any Letters of Credit. All undertakings, agreements, covenants, warranties and representations

 

90


of Borrowers contained in the Credit Documents shall survive any such termination and each Agent shall retain its Liens on the Collateral and all of its rights and remedies under the Credit Documents notwithstanding such termination until Payment in Full of the Obligations. Upon Payment in Full of the Obligations, each Agent shall release such Liens on the Collateral by filing Uniform Commercial Code or PPSA termination statements and as the Borrowers may reasonably request, any other documentation necessary to release such Liens. Notwithstanding the Payment in Full of the Obligations, no Agent shall be required to terminate its security interests in any of the Collateral unless, with respect to any loss or damage such Agent may incur as a result of the dishonor or return of any Payment Items applied to the Obligations, such Agent shall have received either (i) a written agreement, executed by the applicable Borrowers and any Person deemed financially responsible by Administrative Agent whose loans or other advances to the applicable Borrowers are used in whole or in part to satisfy the Obligations, indemnifying Agents and Lenders from any such loss or damage; or (ii) such monetary reserves and Liens on the Collateral for such period of time as such Agent, in its reasonable Credit Judgment, may deem necessary to protect such Agent from any such loss or damage. The provisions of Sections 3.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 5.5, 5.9 and this Section 6.2.4 and all obligations of Borrowers to indemnify any Agent or any Lender pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents shall in all events survive any termination of the Commitments and Payment in Full of the Obligations.

SECTION 7. [RESERVED]

SECTION 8. COLLATERAL ADMINISTRATION

8.1. General Provisions .

8.1.1. Location of Collateral . All tangible items of Collateral, other than In-Transit Inventory, shall at all times be kept by Borrowers and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors (i) at one or more of the business locations of Borrowers and Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors set forth in Schedule 8.1.1 hereto, (ii) at a location owned or leased by an Obligor in the United States or Canada other than those shown on Schedule 8.1.1 hereto so long as (x) Borrowers have given Administrative Agent notice of such new location at the time the next Borrowing Base Certificate is required to be delivered following the start of use of such new location and (y) prior to moving any Inventory to a new location any Borrower leases, either (A) the landlord has executed in favor of the applicable Agent a Lien Waiver or (B) a rent reserve has been established as contemplated in clause (i) of the definition of “Inventory Reserve,” or (iii) if the Collateral consists of Inventory, at a Third-Party Location where either (A) the applicable Agent has either received from such third party an acceptable Lien Waiver or (B) a reserve has been established as contemplated by clause (ii) of the definition of “Inventory Reserve.”

8.1.2. Insurance of Collateral; Condemnation Proceeds .

(i) Each Borrower and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, shall maintain and pay for insurance upon all Collateral, wherever located, covering casualty, hazard, public liability, theft, malicious mischief, and such other risks in such amounts and with such insurance companies as are reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent. Schedule 8.1.2 describes all such insurance of Borrowers and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors in effect on the date hereof, which the Lenders acknowledge are satisfactory as of the date hereof. All proceeds payable to Borrowers or the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, under each such policy shall be payable to the applicable Agent for application to the Obligations, except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 8.1.2(ii) hereof. Each policy of insurance or endorsement shall contain a clause requiring the insurer to give not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice (or if not available in the case of non-payment of premium, ten (10) days’) to the applicable Agent in the event of cancellation of the policy for any reason whatsoever and a clause specifying that the interest of the applicable Agent shall not be impaired or invalidated by any act or

 

91


neglect of any Borrower or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, or the owner of the Property or by the occupation of the premises for purposes more hazardous than are permitted by said policy. If any Borrower or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, fails to provide and pay for such insurance, the applicable Agent may, at its option, but shall not be required to, procure the same and charge Borrowers therefor. Each Borrower agrees to deliver to the applicable Agent, upon the request of such Agent, true copies of all material reports made in any reporting forms to insurance companies. As long as no Event of Default exists, each Borrower and any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor shall have the right to settle, adjust and compromise any claim with respect to any insurance maintained by such Borrower; provided that all proceeds thereof are applied in the manner specified in this Agreement, and the applicable Agent agrees promptly to provide any necessary endorsement to any checks or drafts issued in payment of any such claim. At any time that an Event of Default exists, only the applicable Agent shall be authorized to settle, adjust and compromise such claims, and such Agent shall have all rights and remedies with respect to such policies of insurance as are provided for in this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

(ii) If a Cash Dominion Event has occurred and is continuing, any proceeds of insurance referred to in this Section 8.1.2 and any condemnation or expropriation awards in connection with a condemnation or expropriation of any of the Collateral shall be paid to the applicable Agent in an amount equal to the pro rata portion of such proceeds based on the relative Value of the Collateral subject to the applicable loss, condemnation or expropriation as compared to the value of all other assets of the Borrowers and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, subject to such loss, condemnation or expropriation (measured as of the date of such event) and applied to the payment of the U.S. Revolver Loans or Canadian Revolver Loans, as applicable, and then to any other Obligations outstanding; provided , however , that if an Event of Default exists on the date of the applicable Agent’s receipt thereof, the applicable Agent may apply such proceeds to the Obligations in such order of application that is not inconsistent with Section 5.6 .

8.1.3. Protection of Collateral . All expenses of protecting, storing, warehousing, insuring, handling, maintaining and shipping any Collateral, all Taxes imposed under any Applicable Law on any of the Collateral or in respect of the sale thereof, and all other payments required to be made by the applicable Agent to any Person to realize upon any Collateral shall be borne and paid by the applicable Borrowers and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable. Neither Agent shall be liable or responsible in any way for the safekeeping of any of the Collateral or for any loss or damage thereto (except for reasonable care in the custody thereof while any Collateral is in such Agent’s actual possession or control) or for any diminution in the value thereof, or for any act or default of any warehouseman, carrier, forwarding agency, or other Person whomsoever, but the same shall be at Borrowers’ or the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors’, as applicable, sole risk.

8.1.4. Defense of Title to Collateral . Each Borrower and each Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor shall at all times defend such Borrower’s or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor’s, as applicable, title to the Collateral and Administrative Agent’s Liens therein against all Persons and all claims and demands whatsoever other than Permitted Liens.

8.2. Administration of Accounts .

8.2.1. Records and Schedules of Accounts . Each Borrower and Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor shall keep accurate and complete records of its Accounts and all payments and collections thereon and shall submit to Administrative Agent on a quarterly basis (or if a Default or Event of Default exists or Average Availability for the preceding 30 consecutive day period is less than $150,000,000, once a month) a sales and collections report for the preceding period, in form satisfactory to Administrative Agent. If Average Availability for the preceding calendar month is less than $150,000,000, each

 

92


Borrower and Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor shall also provide to Administrative Agent on or before the twentieth day of each month, a detailed aged trial balance of all Accounts existing as of the last day of the preceding month, specifying the face value and due dates for each Account and each Account Debtor obligated on an Account so listed (“ Schedule of Accounts ”) and upon Administrative Agent’s request therefor, copies of reports relating to such other matters and information as Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

8.2.2. Discounts. Disputes and Returns . If any Borrower or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, grants any discounts, allowances or credits that are not shown on the face of the invoice for the Account involved, such Borrower or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, shall report such discounts, allowances or credits, as the case may be to Administrative Agent as, part of the next required Schedule of Accounts. If any amounts due and owing in excess of $1,000,000 are in dispute between any Borrower or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, and any Account Debtor, or if any returns are made in excess of $1,000,000 with respect to any Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, such Borrower or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, shall provide Administrative Agent with written notice thereof at the time of submission of the next Schedule of Accounts, explaining in detail the reason for the dispute or return, all claims related thereto and the amount in controversy. At any time an Event of Default exists, Administrative Agent shall have the right to settle or adjust all disputes and claims directly with the Account Debtor and to compromise the amount or extend the time for payment of any Accounts comprising a part of the Collateral upon such terms and conditions as Administrative Agent may deem advisable, and to charge the deficiencies, costs and expenses thereof, including attorneys’ fees, to the applicable Borrowers and Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors.

8.2.3. Taxes . If an Account of any Borrower or any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, includes a charge for any Taxes payable to any Governmental Authority, subject to a Borrower’s or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor’s right to Properly Contest the same pursuant to Section 10.1.6 hereof, the applicable Agent is authorized, in its sole discretion, to pay the amount thereof to the proper taxing authority for the account of such Borrower or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor and to charge Borrowers therefor; provided , however, that neither Agents nor Lenders shall be liable for any Taxes that may be due by Borrowers.

8.2.4. Account Verification . Whether or not a Default or an Event of Default exists, Agent shall have the right at any time, in the name of Administrative Agent, any designee of Administrative Agent, any Borrower or any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to any Accounts of such Borrower by mail, telephone, telegraph or otherwise. Borrowers and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors shall cooperate fully with Administrative Agent in an effort to facilitate and promptly conclude any such verification process. Unless a Default or Event of Default exists, such verifications shall be done in the name of a fictitious company.

8.2.5. Maintenance of Dominion Account . Borrowers and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors shall maintain one or more Dominion Accounts, each pursuant to a lockbox or other arrangement acceptable to Administrative Agent, with such bank as may be selected by Borrowers or the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, and be acceptable to Administrative Agent. Borrowers and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors shall issue to each such lockbox bank an irrevocable letter of instruction directing such bank to deposit all payments or other remittances received in the lockbox to the related Dominion Account. Borrowers and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, shall enter into agreements, in form satisfactory to Administrative Agent, with each bank at which a Dominion Account is maintained by which such bank shall, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event, immediately transfer to the U.S. Payment Account all monies deposited to a Dominion Account constituting proceeds of Collateral considered in calculating the U.S. Borrowing Base and to the

 

93


Canadian Payment Account all monies deposited to a Dominion Account constituting proceeds of Collateral considered in calculating the Canadian Borrowing Base. All funds deposited in each Dominion Account shall be subject to the applicable Agent’s Lien. Borrowers and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors shall obtain the agreement (in favor of and in form and content satisfactory to Agents) by each bank at which a Dominion Account is maintained to waive any offset rights against the funds deposited into such Dominion Account, except offset rights in respect of charges incurred in the administration of such Dominion Account. Neither Agents nor Lenders assume any responsibility to Borrowers or the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors for such lockbox arrangement or, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event, any Dominion Account, including any claim of accord and satisfaction or release with respect to deposits accepted by any bank thereunder.

8.2.6. Collection of Accounts and Proceeds of Collateral . All Payment Items received by any Borrower or any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, in respect of its Accounts, together with the proceeds of any other Collateral, shall be held by such Borrower or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, as trustee of an express trust for the applicable Agent’s benefit; such Borrower or such Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, shall immediately deposit same in kind in a Dominion Account for application to the applicable Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Each Agent retains the right at all times that a Default or an Event of Default exists to notify Account Debtors of any Borrower or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor that Accounts have been assigned to Agents and to collect Accounts directly in its own name and to charge to Borrowers or the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, the collection costs and expenses incurred by the applicable Agent or Lenders, including reasonable attorneys’ fees. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event, all monies properly deposited in the U.S: Payment Account shall be deemed to be voluntary prepayments of U.S. Revolver Loans and applied in accordance with Section 5.6 to reduce outstanding U.S. Revolver Loans and all monies properly deposited in the Canadian Payment Account shall be deemed to be voluntary prepayments of Canadian Revolver Loans and applied in accordance with Section 5.6 to reduce outstanding Canadian Revolver Loans.

8.3. Administration of Inventory .

8.3.1. Records and Reports of Inventory . Each Borrower and Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor shall keep accurate and complete records of its Inventory and shall furnish Agents and Lenders inventory reports respecting such Inventory in form and detail satisfactory to Agents and Lenders at such times as Agents and applicable Lenders may request, but so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, no more frequently than once each month. Each Borrower and each Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor shall, at its own expense, conduct a physical inventory no less frequently than annually and periodic cycle counts consistent with such Borrower’s or such Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor’s historical practices and shall provide to Agents and Lenders a report based on each such physical inventory and cycle count promptly after completion thereof, together with such supporting information as Administrative Agent shall request. Administrative Agent may participate in and observe each physical count or inventory, which participation shall be at Borrowers’ expense at any time that an Event of Default exists.

8.3.2. Returns of Inventory . No Borrower or any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor shall return any of its Inventory to a supplier or vendor thereof, or any other Person, whether for cash, credit against future purchases or then existing payables, or otherwise, unless (i) such return is in the Ordinary Course of Business of such Borrower or such Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, and such Person; (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom; (iii) the return of such Inventory will not result in an Out-of-Formula Condition; (iv) such Borrower or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, promptly notifies Administrative Agent thereof if the aggregate Value of all Inventory returned in any month exceeds $25,000,000; and (v) when a Cash Dominion Event has occurred

 

94


and is continuing, any payments received by such Borrower or such Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, in connection with any such return are promptly turned over to Administrative Agent for application to the Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

8.4. Borrowing Base Certificates . On the Closing Date and on or before the twentieth day of each month (as of the close of the previous month), Borrowers shall deliver to Administrative Agent (and Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver to Lenders and to Canadian Agent) a Borrowing Base Certificate prepared as of the close of business of the previous month, and at such other times as Administrative Agent may request in its reasonable discretion; provided that the first Borrowing Base Certificate delivered after the Closing Date shall not be required to be delivered until October 31, 2007. All calculations of Availability in connection with any Borrowing Base Certificate originally shall be made by Borrowers and certified by a Senior Officer to Administrative Agent and Lenders; provided that Administrative Agent shall have the right to review and adjust, in the exercise of its reasonable Credit Judgment, any such calculation (i) to reflect its reasonable estimate of declines in value of any of the Collateral described therein and (ii) to the extent that such calculation is not in accordance with this Agreement or does not accurately reflect the amount of the applicable Availability Reserve. In no event shall (a) the U.S. Borrowing Base on any date be deemed to exceed the amount of the U.S. Borrowing Base or (b) Canadian Borrowing Base on any date be deemed to exceed the amount of the Canadian Borrowing Base, in each case shown on the Borrowing Base Certificate last received by Administrative Agent prior to such date, as such Borrowing Base Certificate may be adjusted from time to time by Administrative Agent as herein authorized; provided further that if on the first day of any month it is determined that during the immediately preceding calendar month Average Availability was less than $200,000,000, then on each Wednesday of such month (beginning with the Wednesday occurring during the first full calendar week of such month), Borrower Agent shall deliver to Administrative Agent a Borrowing Base Certificate, updated as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately preceding calendar week (it being understood that inventory amounts shown in such Borrowing Base Certificate will be based on the inventory amount for the most recently ended month) unless Administrative Agent otherwise agrees (or if Wednesday is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day).

SECTION 9. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

9.1. General Representations and Warranties . To induce Agents and Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make available the Commitments, each Borrower warrants and represents to Agents and Lenders that:

9.1.1. Organization and Qualification . Each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization. Each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each state or jurisdiction listed on Schedule 9.1.1 hereto and in all other states and jurisdictions in which the failure of such Borrower or any of such Subsidiaries to be so qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.1.2. Power and Authority . Each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is duly authorized and empowered to enter into, execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and each of the other Credit Documents to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each of the other Credit Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on behalf of the Borrowers and any of their Subsidiaries party thereto and do not and will not (i) require any consent or approval of any of the holders of the Equity Interests of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries other than those obtained on or prior to the date hereof; (ii) contravene the Organization Documents of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

95


(iii) violate, or cause any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to be in default under, any provision of any Applicable Law, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award in effect having applicability to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (iv) result in a breach of or constitute a default under any indenture or loan or credit agreement or any other material agreement, lease or instrument to which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or its Properties may be bound or affected; or (v) result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon or with respect to any of the Properties now owned or hereafter acquired by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

9.1.3. Legally Enforceable Agreement . This Agreement is, and each of the other Credit Documents when delivered will be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries signatories thereto enforceable against them in accordance with the respective terms of such Credit Documents, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and by general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or equity).

9.1.4. Capital Structure . As of the date of this Agreement, after giving effect to the Acquisition, Schedule 9.1.4 hereto states (i)  the correct name of each Borrower and Subsidiary, its jurisdiction of incorporation and the percentage of its Equity Interests having voting powers owned by each Person and (ii) the number of authorized and issued Equity Interests (and treasury shares) of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries. Each Borrower has good title to all of the shares it purports to own of the Equity Interests of each of its Subsidiaries, free and clear in each case of any Lien other than Permitted Liens. All such Equity Interests have been duly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. Except as set forth on Schedule 9.1.4 hereto, there are no outstanding options to purchase, or any rights or warrants to subscribe for, or any commitments or agreements to issue or sell, or any Equity Interests or obligations convertible into, or any powers of attorney relating to, shares of the capital stock of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Schedule 9.1.4 hereto, there are no outstanding agreements or instruments binding upon the holders of any Borrower’s Equity Interests relating to the ownership of its Equity Interests.

9.1.5. Title to Properties: Priority of Liens . Each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has good title to all of its personal Property, including all Property reflected in the financial statements referred to in Section 9.1.7 or delivered pursuant to Section 10.1.3 (other than any Property sold in the Ordinary Course of Business after the date of such financial statements), in each case free and clear of all Liens except Permitted Liens. The Liens granted to Administrative Agent pursuant to the U.S. Security Documents for the benefit of the Secured Parties (i) have been validly created, (ii) will attach to each item of Collateral owned by U.S. Borrowers on the Closing Date and (iii) when so attached, will secure all the Obligations. When the UCC financing statements describing the Collateral owned by U.S. Borrowers have been filed in the offices as specified on Schedule 9.1.5 hereto, the Liens granted to Administrative Agent will constitute perfected security interests to the extent that a security interest therein may be perfected by filing pursuant to the UCC, prior to all Liens and rights of others therein. The Liens granted to Canadian Agent pursuant to the Canadian Security Documents for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties (i) have been validly created, (ii) will attach to each item of Collateral on the Closing Date and (iii) when so attached, will secure all the Canadian Obligations owing by the Canadian Obligor granting such Lien. When the PPSA financing statements describing the Collateral owned by Canadian Borrower have been filed in the offices as specified on Schedule 9.1.5 hereto, the Liens granted to Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties will constitute

 

96


perfected security interests to the extent that a security interest therein may be perfected by filing pursuant to the PPSA, prior to all Liens (other than Liens permitted by Sections 10.2.5(ii), (iii)  and (xi) ) and rights of others therein.

9.1.6. Accounts . Administrative Agent may rely, in determining which Accounts are Eligible Accounts, on all statements and representations made by Borrowers with respect to any Account. Unless otherwise indicated in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate or otherwise in writing to Administrative Agent, with respect to each Account, each Borrower warrants that:

(i) It is genuine and in all respects what it purports to be, and it is not evidenced by a judgment;

(ii) It arises out of a completed, bona fide sale and delivery of goods or rendition of services by a Borrower in the Ordinary Course of Business and substantially in accordance with the terms and conditions, of all purchase orders, contracts or other documents relating thereto and forming a part of the contract between a Borrower and the Account Debtor;

(iii) It is for a sum certain maturing as stated in the invoice covering such sale or rendition of services (subject to adjustment in the Ordinary Course of Business), a copy of which is available to Administrative Agent on request;

(iv) To the best of Borrowers’ knowledge, such Account, and the applicable Agent’s security interest therein, is not, and will not (by voluntary act or omission of a Borrower) be in the future, subject to any offset, Lien, deduction, defense, dispute, counterclaim or any other adverse condition except for disputes resulting in returned goods where the amount in controversy is immaterial, and each such Account is absolutely owing to a Borrower and is not contingent in any respect or for any reason;

(v) Such Borrower has not made any agreement with any Account Debtor thereunder for any extension, compromise, settlement or modification of any such Account or any deduction therefrom, except discounts or allowances which are granted by a Borrower in the Ordinary Course of Business and which are promptly thereafter reflected in the calculation of the net amount of each respective invoice related thereto, and are reflected in the Schedules of Accounts next submitted to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.2.1 hereof;

(vi) To the best of such Borrower’s knowledge, there are no facts, events or occurrences which are reasonably likely to impair the validity or enforceability of such Account or reduce the amount payable thereunder from the face amount of the invoice and statements delivered to Administrative Agent with respect thereto;

(vii) To the best of such Borrower’s knowledge, (1) the Account Debtor thereunder had the capacity to contract at the time any contract or other document giving rise to the Account was executed and (2) no Account Debtor with more than $5,000,000 of unpaid Accounts is party to any Insolvency Proceeding;

(viii) To the best of such Borrower’s knowledge, there are no proceedings or actions which are threatened or pending against any Account Debtor whose Accounts comprise more than 1% of the Value of the Accounts of all Account Debtors thereunder and which are reasonably likely to result in any material adverse change in such Account Debtor’s financial condition or the collectibility of such Account; and

 

97


(ix) In the ordinary course of its business, each Borrower processes its accounts receivable in a manner such that each payment received by such Borrower in respect of accounts receivable is allocated to a specifically identified invoice, which invoice corresponds to a particular account receivable owing to such Borrower.

9.1.7. Financial Statements Fiscal Year .

(a) The Consolidated balance sheets of Borrowers and such other Persons described therein (including the accounts of all Subsidiaries of Borrowers for the respective periods during which a Subsidiary relationship existed) as of December 31,2006, and the related statements of income, changes in stockholder’s equity, and changes in financial position for the periods ended on such dates, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, and present fairly the financial positions of Borrowers and such Persons at such dates and the results of Borrowers’ operations for such periods. Since December 31, 2006, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of Borrowers and such other Persons described therein (including the accounts of all Subsidiaries of Borrowers for the respective periods during which a Subsidiary relationship existed) as of June 30,2007 and the related unaudited consolidated statements of operations and reinvested earnings and of cash flows for the fiscal quarter then ended and the six months then ended, set forth in Ryerson’s quarterly report for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007 as filed with the SEC on Form 10-Q, a copy of which has been delivered to each of the Lenders, fairly present, in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the financial statements referred to in Section 9.1.7(a), the consolidated financial position of Borrowers and such other Persons as of such date and their consolidated results of operations and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and such six-month period (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes).

9.1.8. Full Disclosure . The financial statements referred to in Section 9.1.7 hereof do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and do not omit to state any information necessary to make the statements required to be made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and neither this Agreement nor any other written statement (other than any projections and budgets) provided to the Agents or Lenders by a Borrower contains an untrue statement or omits any material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not materially misleading. With respect to any projections or budgets delivered to the Agents or Lenders by a Borrower, such projections and budgets were prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions believed by Borrowers to be reasonable at the time of the preparation thereof.

9.1.9. Solvent Financial Condition . Borrowers and their Subsidiaries together, on a consolidated basis, are now Solvent and, after giving effect to the Loans to be made hereunder, the Letters of Credit to be issued in connection herewith and the consummation of the other transactions described in the Credit Documents, will be Solvent.

9.1.10. Taxes . Each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has filed all material federal, state, provincial, territorial, local and foreign tax returns and other material reports it is required by law to file, has paid, or made adequate provision for the payment of, all Taxes upon it, its income and Properties as and when such Taxes are due and payable, and has satisfied all of its respective Tax withholding obligations except to the extent being Properly Contested. The provision for Taxes on the books of each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is adequate for all years not closed by applicable statutes, and for its current Fiscal Year.

 

98


9.1.11. [ Reserved ].

9.1.12. Intellectual Property . Each Borrower and Subsidiary owns or has the lawful right to use all Intellectual Property necessary for the present and planned future conduct of its business without any conflict with the rights of others; there is no objection to, or pending (or, to Borrower’s knowledge, threatened) Intellectual Property Claim with respect to, any Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s right to use any such Intellectual Property and such Borrower and Subsidiary are not aware of any grounds for challenge or objection thereto; and, except as may be disclosed on Schedule 9.1.12 hereto, no Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries pays any royalty or other compensation to any Person for the right to use any Intellectual Property. All such patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and other similar rights are listed on Schedule 9.1.12 hereto, to the extent they are registered under any Applicable Law or are otherwise material to any Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ business.

9.1.13. Governmental Approvals . Each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has, and is in good standing with respect to, all Governmental Approvals necessary to continue to conduct its business as heretofore or proposed to be conducted by it and to own or lease and operate its Properties as now owned or leased by it, except where the failure to have, or be in good standing with respect to, any necessary Government Approvals could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All necessary import, export or other licenses, permits or certificates for the import or handling of any goods or other Collateral have been procured and are in effect, and Borrowers and Subsidiaries have complied with all foreign and domestic laws with respect to the shipment and importation of any goods or Collateral, except where noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.1.14. Compliance with Laws . Each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has duly complied with, and its Properties, business operations and leaseholds are in compliance in all material respects with, the provisions of all Applicable Law (except to the extent that any such noncompliance with Applicable Law could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect) and there have been no citations, notices or orders of noncompliance issued to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under any such law, rule or regulation, which could result in a Material Adverse Effect.

9.1.15. Burdensome Contracts . No Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party or subject to any contract, agreement, or charter or other corporate restriction, which has or could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party or subject to any Restrictive Agreements, except as set forth on Schedule 9.1.15 hereto, none of which prohibit the execution or delivery of any of the Credit Documents by any Borrower or the performance by any Borrower of its obligations under any of the Credit Documents to which it is a party, in accordance with the terms of such Credit Documents.

9.1.16. Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 9.1.16 hereto, there are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened on the date hereof against or affecting any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or the business, operations, Properties, prospects, profits or condition of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (i) which relate to any of the Credit Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby or (ii) which, if determined adversely to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of each Borrower, no Bor-

 

99


nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default on the date hereof with respect to any order, writ, injunction, judgment, decree or rule of any court, Governmental Authority or arbitration board or tribunal, which default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

9.1.17. No Defaults . No event has occurred and no condition exists which would, upon or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Borrower’s performance here under, constitute a Default or an Event of Default. No Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default, and no event has occurred and no condition exists which constitutes or which with, the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default, by a Borrower under any Material Contract or in the payment of any Debt of a Borrower or a Subsidiary to any Person for Debt.

9.1.18. Leases . Schedule 9.1.18 hereto is a complete listing of each capitalized and operating lease of each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries on the date hereof that constitutes a Material Contract. Each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is in substantial compliance with all of the terms of each of its respective capitalized and operating leases and to the best of Borrowers’ knowledge, there is no basis upon which the lessors under any such, leases could terminate same or declare any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in default thereunder, the termination of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.1.19. Labor Relations . On the Closing Date, there are no material grievances, disputes or controversies with any union or any other organization of any Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s employees, or, to any Borrower’s knowledge, any threats of strikes, work stoppages or any asserted pending demands for collective bargaining by any union or organization, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.1.20. Not a Regulated Entity . No Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is (i) an “in vestment company” or “controlled by” an “investment company” within the meaning of the In vestment Company Act of 1940; or (ii) subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act, any public utilities code or any other Applicable Law regarding its authority to incur Debt.

9.1.21. Margin Stock . No Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock.

9.1.22. Environmental Matters .

(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 9.1.22 hereto and except as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect:

(i) Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their businesses, operations and Property are in compliance with, and Borrower and its Subsidiaries have no liability under, applicable Environmental Law;

(ii) Borrower and its Subsidiaries have obtained, or have applied in a timely manner for, all permits, approvals and authorizations required for the conduct of their businesses and operations, and the ownership, operation and use of their Property, under Environmental Law (“ Environmental Permits ”), and all such Environmental Permits are valid and in good standing;

 

100


(iii) There has been no Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any Real Property or facility presently or to the knowledge of Borrower formerly owned, leased or operated by Borrower and its Subsidiaries or their predecessors in interest that could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Borrower or any Subsidiary under or non compliance by Borrower or any Subsidiary with any Environmental Law;

(iv) There is no Environmental Claim pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, threatened against Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or relating to any Borrower Property currently or to the knowledge of Borrower formerly owned, leased or operated by Borrower and its Subsidiaries or relating to the operations of Holdings and the Subsidiaries, and there . are no actions, activities, circumstances, conditions, events or incidents that could reasonably be expected to form the basis of such an Environmental Claim;

(v) Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is obligated to perform, any action or otherwise incur any expense under Environmental Law pursuant to any order, decree, judgment or agreement by which it is bound or has assumed by contract or agreement, and none of them is conducting or financing, in whole or in part, any Response required by any Environmental Law at any location; and

(vi) No Real Property or facility owned, operated or leased by Holdings or any Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of the Holdings and the Subsidiaries, no Real Property or facility formerly owned, operated or leased by Holdings or any Subsidiary or any of their predecessors in interest is (i) listed or formally proposed for listing on the National Priorities List promulgated pursuant to CERCLA or (ii) listed on the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System promulgated pursuant to CERCLA or (iii) included on any similar list maintained by any Governmental Authority including any such list relating to petroleum or petroleum products.

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 9.1.22 hereto, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not re quire any notification, registration, filing, reporting, disclosure, investigation or Response pursuant to any Environmental Law.

9.1.23. ERISA Compliance .

(i) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and other federal or state law. Each Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401 (a) of the Internal Revenue Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS (or has timely filed an application for a determination letter that is under review by the IRS) and to the best knowledge of Borrowers, nothing has occurred which would cause the loss of such qualification.

(ii) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of any Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no nonexempt prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(iii) (a) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that when taken together with all other such ERISA Events has or could reasonably be expected to have a

 

101


Material Adverse Effect; (b) neither any Borrower nor any Person for which any Borrower may have a direct or indirect liability under ERISA has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any ,liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA) that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (c) neither any Borrower nor any Person for which any Borrower may have a direct or indirect liability under ERISA has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multi-employer Plan that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (d) no Borrower has engaged in a transaction that could reasonably be expected to be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA; and (e) no other Person for which any Borrower may have any direct or indirect liability under ERISA has engaged in a transaction that could reasonably be expected to be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

9.1.24. Bank Accounts . Schedule 9.1.24 hereto contains as of the Closing Date a complete and accurate list of all bank accounts maintained by Borrowers with any bank or other financial institution, each of which is a Dominion Account, other than accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes, employee benefits and deferred compensation or escrow accounts or an account not containing more than $25,000 at any time.

9.1.25. [ Reserved ].

9.1.26. [ Reserved ].

9.1.27. Canadian Pension Plans . The Canadian Pension Plans are duly registered under the Income Tax Act (Canada) and all other applicable laws which require registration and no event has occurred which is reasonably likely to cause the loss of such registered status. All material obligations of each Obligor (including fiduciary, funding, investment and administration obligations) required to be performed in connection with the Canadian Pension Plans and Canadian Benefit Plans and any funding agreements therefor have been performed in a timely fashion, except where (i) the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) no Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) is created thereby. There have been no improper withdrawals or applications of the assets of the Canadian Pension Plans or the Canadian Benefit Plans by any Obligor or its Affiliates except where such withdrawals or applications could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no material outstanding disputes involving any Obligor or its Affiliates concerning the assets of the Canadian. Pension Plans or the Canadian Benefit Plans except where such disputes could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in Schedule 9.1.27 hereto based on the most recent actuarial valuations filed with Government Authorities, each of the Canadian Pension Plans was fully funded on a solvency basis as of the date of such actuarial valuations.

9.1.28. Insurance . Except as set forth in Schedule 9.1.28 hereto, the Properties of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of any Borrower, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where any Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary operates.

9.1.29. Casualty, Etc . Neither the businesses nor the properties of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance) that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

102


9.1.30. Transaction Documents . Ryerson and Parent have delivered to Administrative Agent a complete and correct copy of the Merger Agreement (including all schedules, exhibits, amendments, supplements and modifications thereto). The Merger Agreement complies in all material respects with all Applicable Law.

9.2. Reaffirmation of Representations and Warranties . Each representation and warranty contained in this Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be deemed to be reaffirmed by each Borrower on each day that Borrowers request or are deemed to have requested an extension of credit hereunder, except for changes in the nature of a Borrower’s or, if applicable, any of its Subsidiaries’ business or operations that may occur after the date hereof in the Ordinary Course of Business so long as Administrative Agent has consented to such changes or such changes are not violative of any provision of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, representations and warranties which by their terms are applicable only to a specific date shall be deemed made only at and as of such date.

9.3. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties of Borrowers contained in this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents shall survive the execution, delivery and acceptance thereof by Agents, Lenders and the parties thereto and the closing of the transactions described therein or related thereto.

SECTION 10. COVENANTS AND CONTINUING AGREEMENTS

10.1. Affirmative Covenants . For so long as there are any Commitments outstanding and thereafter until Payment in Full of the Obligations, each Borrower covenants that, unless the Required Lenders have otherwise consented in writing, it shall and shall cause each Subsidiary to:

10.1.1. Visits, Inspections and Appraisals .

(a) Permit representatives of Administrative Agent and Canadian Agent, from time to time, as often as may be reasonably requested, but only during normal business hours and (except when a Default or Event of Default exists) upon reasonable prior notice to a Borrower, to visit and inspect the Properties of such Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, inspect, audit and make extracts from such Borrower’s and each Subsidiary’s books and records, and discuss with its officers, its employees and its independent accountants (not to exceed five (5) billable hours for such accountants unless an Event of Default exists), such Borrower’s and each Subsidiary’s business, financial condition, business prospects and results of operations; provided that representatives of Borrower Agent shall be given notice of, and the opportunity to participate in, any discussion with Borrowers’ independent accountants. Representatives of each Lender shall be authorized to accompany Agents on each such visit and inspection and to participate with Agents therein, or in any such discussion with the accountants, but at their own expense, unless a Default or Event of Default exists. Neither any Agent nor any Lender shall have any duty to make any such inspection and shall not incur any liability by reason of its failure to conduct or delay in conducting any such inspection.

(b) Independently, or in connection with the visits and inspections provided for in clause (a) above, but not more than twice in any year (or three times in any year when the Floor Test is not met or Availability is below $125,0 million for each day during an immediately pre ceding thirty consecutive day period), permit representatives of Administrative Agent during normal business hours and after reasonable notice (except when a Default or Event of Default

 

103


exists), to conduct commercial finance examinations and other evaluations, including without limitation, (i) of Borrowers’ practices in computation of the U.S. Borrowing Base and the Canadian Borrowing Base, (ii) inspecting and verifying and auditing the Collateral and (iii) conducting inventory appraisals; provided that only one (or two in any year the Floor Test is not met or Avail ability is below $125.0 million for each day during an immediately preceding thirty consecutive day period) inventory appraisal will be conducted in any year; provided that during the existence and continuation of an Event of Default, the foregoing limitations on the number of examinations, evaluations and appraisals shall not apply. Borrowers shall be responsible for all reasonable fees and expenses incurred by Administrative Agent (i) in connection with such field examinations, evaluations and appraisals conducted in accordance with the previous sentence and (ii) in connection with the collateral review conducted in connection with any Acquired Receivables Eligibility Requirement and the collateral review conducted in connection with any Acquire Inventory Eligibility Requirement. This work shall be in addition to any evaluation and reviews conducted in connection with a Business Acquisition.

10.1.2. Notices . Notify Administrative Agent and Lenders in writing, promptly after a Borrower’s obtaining knowledge thereof, of any of the following that affects an Obligor: (a) the threat or commencement of any litigation, proceeding or investigation, whether or not covered by insurance, if an adverse determination could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) any pending or threatened labor dispute, strike or walkout, or the expiration (without renewal) of any material labor contract, in each case, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (c) any event of default under or termination of a Material Contract, in each case, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (d) the existence of any Default or Event of Default; (e) any judgment entered against any Obligor in an amount exceeding $10,000,000; (f) the assertion of any Intellectual Property Claim, if an adverse resolution could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (g) any violation or asserted violation of any Applicable Law (including ERISA, OSHA, FLSA or any Environmental Laws), if an adverse resolution could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (h) any Release of Hazardous Materials by an Obligor or on, at, under or from any Property owned, leased or occupied by an Obligor; or receipt of any Environmental Notice, in each case where the Release or matter could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (i) the occurrence of any ERISA Event or similar occurrence in respect of Canadian Pension Plans; (j) the discharge of or any withdrawal or resignation by Borrowers’ independent accountants.

10.1.3. Financial and Other Information . Keep adequate records and books of account with respect to its business activities and ensure that proper entries are made reflecting all its financial transactions in accordance with sound business practices sufficient to allow the preparation based thereon of financial statements in accordance with GAAP; and cause to be prepared and to be furnished to Agents and Lenders the following (all to be prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis):

(i) as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred (100) days after the close of each Fiscal Year, audited balance sheets of Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the related statements of income, Shareholders’ equity and cash flow, on a Consolidated basis, certified without material qualification by a firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing selected by Borrowers (except for a qualification for a change in accounting principles with which the accountant concurs), and setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding Consolidated figures for the preceding Fiscal Year;

 

104


(ii) as soon as available, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each of the first two calendar months of each of Borrowers’ Fiscal Quarters, un audited consolidated balance sheets of Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries as of the end of such month and the related consolidated statements of operations and rein vested earnings and of cash flows for such month and for the portion of Borrowers’ Fiscal Year ended at the end of such month, on a Consolidated basis and consistent with the financial information prepared for Ryerson’s management, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding Fiscal Year: provided that so long as Availability for each day during a Fiscal Quarter is at least $300,000,000, the foregoing monthly financial statements in respect of each calendar month of such Fiscal’ Quarter shall be furnished to Administrative Agent within 30 days after the end of such Fiscal Quarter;

(iii) as soon as available, and in any event within forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year, unaudited balance sheets of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related unaudited statements of income and cash flow for such Fiscal Quarter and for the portion of Borrowers’ Fiscal Year then elapsed, on a Consolidated basis, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding Fiscal Year and certified by the principal financial officer of Borrower Agent as prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly presenting the Consolidated financial position and results of operations of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter and period subject only to changes from audit and year-end adjustments and except that such statements need not contain notes;

(iv) concurrently with the delivery of each Borrowing Base Certificate pursuant to Section 8.4 , a summary of all of each Borrower’s trade payables as of the last Business Day of each month, specifying the name of and balance due each trade creditor, and, at Administrative Agent’s or any Lender’s request, monthly detailed trade payable agings in form acceptable to Administrative Agent; provided that as long as Availability for each day during a Fiscal Quarter is at least $150,000,000, such summary may be furnished quarterly within 30 days after the end of such Fiscal Quarter; provided further that such summary information shall not be required to be delivered until following the full implementation of SAP by Borrower;

(v) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of any proxy statements; copies of any regular, periodic and special reports or registration statements or prospectuses that any Borrower files with the SEC or any other Governmental Authority, or any securities exchange; and copies of any press releases or other statements made available by a Borrower to the public concerning material changes to or developments in the business of such Borrower; and

(vi) such other reports and information (financial or otherwise) as any Agent may reasonably request from time to time in connection with any Collateral or any Borrower’s, Subsidiary’s or other Obligor’s financial condition or business.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any financial statements that include all or any portion of October 2007, it is understood and agreed that such financial statements will be pre pared on a basis consistent with Schedule 10.1.3 . Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 10.1.3 or more frequently, if

 

105


requested by any Agent or any Lender during any period that an Event of Default exists, Borrowers shall cause to be prepared and furnished to Administrative Agent and Lenders a Compliance Certificate executed by the chief financial officer of Borrower Agent; provided that as long as Avail ability for each day during a Fiscal Quarter is at least. $150,000,000 and no Event of Default exists, such Compliance Certificate need only be furnished concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements described in clauses (i) and (iii) of this Section 10.1.3 .

Promptly after the sending or filing thereof, Borrowers shall also provide to Administrative Agent copies of any annual report to be filed in accordance with each Plan, each annual in formation return to be filed in accordance with the applicable pension standards legislation in connection with each Canadian Pension Plan, all notices received by a Borrower, Subsidiary or any Person for which any Borrower may have any direct or indirect liability from a Multi-employer Plan or any governmental agency regarding an ERISA Event and such other data and information (financial and otherwise) as Administrative Agent, from time to time, may reasonably request, bearing upon or related to the Collateral or any Borrower’s and any of its Subsidiaries’ financial condition or results of operations and, to the extent not already provided to Administrative Agent and Lenders, copies of all financial statements or reports that any Obligor has delivered to the trustee under the Senior Secured Notes Indenture at the time such financial statements or reports are so delivered to the trustee or any holder of Senior Secured Notes.

Promptly following any request therefor, on and after the effectiveness of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, Borrowers shall also provide copies of (i) any documents described in Section 101 (k) of ERISA that any Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Person for which any Borrower may have any direct or indirect liability may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan and (ii) any notices described in Section 101(1) of ERISA that any Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Person for which any Borrower may have any direct or indirect liability may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if such Person has not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, the applicable Person shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof.

10.1.4. Landlord and Storage Agreements . Upon the request of Administrative Agent, provide Administrative Agent with copies of all existing agreements, and promptly after execution thereof provide Administrative Agent with copies of all future agreements, between any Borrower and any landlord, warehouseman or bailee which owns any premises at which any Collateral in excess of $150,000 of value may, from time to time, be kept.

10.1.5. Projections . No later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Borrowers, deliver to Administrative Agent and Lenders the Projections of Borrowers for the forthcoming Fiscal Year, month by month and on an annual basis for the second and third fiscal years thereafter.

10.1.6. Taxes and Liabilities . Pay and discharge all Taxes and other liabilities prior to the date on which such Taxes or other liabilities become delinquent or penalties attach thereto and the imposition of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) would result therefrom, except and to the extent only that such Taxes or other liabilities are being Properly Contested.

10.1.7. Compliance with Laws . Comply with all Applicable Law, including ERISA, FLSA, OSHA, and all laws, statutes, regulations and ordinances regarding the collection, payment and deposit of Taxes, and obtain and keep in force any and all Governmental Approvals

 

106


necessary to the ownership or operation of its Properties or to the conduct of its business, to the extent that any such failure to comply, obtain or keep in force could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

10.1.8. Insurance . (a) Borrowers will maintain, at their sole cost and expense, the policies of insurance as in effect on the date hereof or otherwise with coverages, and in amounts customary for comparable businesses in the industries in which Borrowers operate and with insurers reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent. Such policies of insurance (or the loss . payable and additional insured endorsements delivered to the applicable Agent) shall contain provisions pursuant to which the insurer agrees to provide 30 days’ (or, with respect to non-payment of premium, 10 days’) prior written notice to the applicable Agent in the event of any nonrenewal, cancellation or amendment of any such insurance policy. If any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at any time or times hereafter shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required above or to pay all premiums relating thereto, the applicable Agent may at any time or times thereafter obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premiums and take any other action with respect thereto that the applicable Agent deems advisable. The applicable Agent shall have no obligation to obtain insurance for any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or to pay any premiums therefor. By doing so, the applicable Agent shall not be deemed to have waived any Default arising from failure of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to maintain such insurance or to pay any premiums therefor. All sums so disbursed, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs and other charges related thereto, shall be payable on demand by the applicable Borrower to the applicable Agent and shall be additional obligations hereunder secured by the Collateral. Administrative Agent reserves the right at any time upon any change in the Borrowers’ risk profile to require additional coverages and limits of insurance to, in the Agents’ reasonable opinion, adequately protect Agents’ and Lenders’ interests in all or any portion of the Collateral. If reasonably requested by Administrative Agent, each Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent from time to time the most current AmBest rating of each insurer, with respect to the insurance policies.

(b) Each Borrower shall deliver to the applicable Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Agent, endorsements to (i) all “All Risk” insurance naming the applicable Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Lenders, as loss payee, and (ii) all general liability policies naming the applicable Agent, on behalf of itself and the applicable Lenders, as additional insureds. Each Borrower irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the applicable Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by such Agent), so long as any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, as such Borrower’s true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact for the purpose of making, settling and adjusting claims under such “All Risk” policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Borrower on any check or other item of payment for the proceeds of such “All Risk” policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect to such “All Risk” policies of insurance. Administrative Agent shall have no duty to exercise any rights or powers granted to it pursuant to the foregoing power-of-attorney.

10.1.9. [ Reserved ]

10.1.10. Compliance with Environmental Laws .

(a) Comply, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all lessees and other Persons occupying Real Property of any-Loan Party to comply in all material respects with all Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits applicable to its operations and Real Property;

 

107


obtain and renew all material Environmental Permits applicable to its operations and Real Property; and conduct all Responses required by, and in accordance with, Environmental Laws; provided that neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall be required to undertake any Response to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.

(b) If a Default caused by reason of a breach of Section 9.1.22 or Section 10.1.10(a) shall have occurred and be continuing for more than 30 days without Borrower and its Subsidiaries commencing activities reasonably likely to cure such Default in accordance with Environmental Laws, at the written request of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, provide to the Lenders within 60 days after such request, at the sole expense of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, an environmental assessment report regarding the matters which are the subject of such Default, including, where appropriate, soil and/or groundwater sampling, prepared by an environmental consulting firm and, in the form and substance, reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or Required Lenders making the request and indicating the presence or absence of Hazardous Materials and the estimated cost of any compliance or Response to address them as required by applicable Environmental Laws.

10.1.11. Post Closing Matters . Each Borrower will execute and deliver the documents set forth on Schedule 10.1.11 within thirty days of the date hereof unless extended by Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

10.1.12. Conduct of Business; Maintenance of Existence .

(a) Each Borrower and its Subsidiaries will continue to engage in business of the same general type as now conducted by them which shall, taken as a whole, principally be the business (both domestic and international) of (i) selling, distributing and processing steel, other metals and industrial products, (ii) managing such materials for customers and (iii) providing other services and products incidental, ancillary or related to any of the foregoing.

(b) Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its respective existence and its respective rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business; provided that nothing in this Section shall prohibit (i) the merger of a Subsidiary with and into a Borrower or (ii) the dissolution of any Subsidiary if the relevant Borrower in good faith determines that such dissolution is in the best interest of such Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to Lenders.

10.1.13. Further Assurances . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, execute and deliver any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents), that may be required under any Applicable Law, or that Administrative Agent, Canadian Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request to cause the Lien securing the Obligations to be perfected first priority liens (subject only to Permitted Liens) in favor of Administrative Agent, Canadian Agent and the agreement and Obligation of each Obligor to remain in full force and effect, all at the applicable Borrower’s expense. Borrowers will provide to Administrative Agent, from time to time upon request, evidence reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, Canadian Agent as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

 

108


10.2. Negative Covenants . For so long as there are any Commitments outstanding and thereafter until Payment in Full of the Obligations, each Borrower covenants that, unless the Required Lenders have otherwise consented in writing, it shall not and shall not permit any Subsidiary to:

10.2.1. Fundamental Changes . Merge, reorganize, consolidate or amalgamate with any Person, or liquidate, wind up its affairs or dissolve itself, in each case whether in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, unless (i) (a) either (x) such Borrower (or, in the case of a merger or consolidation between a U.S. Borrower and another U.S. Borrower, either of such U.S. Borrowers) is the Person surviving such transaction or (y) if such Borrower is not the Person surviving such transaction, (A) such Borrower shall have notified the Lenders in writing of the identity of the surviving Person and the Required Lenders shall not have objected thereto in writing within 15 Business Days of such notice, (B) if the Borrower that is a party to such transaction is organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, the Person surviving such transaction shall be organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, (C) if the Borrower that is party to such transaction is organized under the laws of Canada or one of its provinces or territories, the Person surviving such transaction shall be organized under the laws of Canada or one of its provinces or territories, (D) the Person surviving such transaction shall have (I) expressly assumed all of the rights and obligations of such Borrower under the Credit Documents in a manner satisfactory to Administrative Agent and (II) made representations and delivered opinions of counsel (unless Administrative Agent shall have indicated that no such opinion of counsel is required), in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, as to the valid existence of such Person, as to the power and authorization of such Person to assume such rights and obligations and as to the validity and binding nature of the Credit Documents on such Person and (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or (ii) with respect to any Subsidiary, unless (AA) the Person surviving such transaction is such Borrower or a Subsidiary of a Borrower, (BB) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (CC) if the Subsidiary of a Borrower that is party to such transaction is a Guarantor, the Person surviving such transaction shall be a Borrower or a Guarantor, (DD) if the Subsidiary of a Borrower that is a party to such transaction is organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, the Person surviving such transaction shall be organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and (EE) if the Subsidiary of a Borrower that is party to such transaction is organized under the laws of Canada or one of its provinces or territories, the Person surviving such transaction shall be organized under the laws of Canada or one of its provinces or territories ( provided that if such Subsidiary is Canadian Borrower or a Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, its guarantee under the applicable Security Document shall not become void, unenforceable or otherwise limited by financial assistance or other applicable provisions of corporate law or other Applicable Laws).

10.2.2. [Reserved ].

10.2.3. Permitted Debt . Create, incur, assume, guarantee or suffer to exist any Debt except:

(i) the Obligations;

(ii) (a) the Senior Secured Notes and (b) the Ryerson Convertible Notes;

(iii) Permitted Purchase Money Debt;

 

109


(iv) Permitted Contingent Obligations;

(v) Debt permitted by Section 10.2.12;

(vi) Debt that is not included in any of the other paragraphs of this Section 10.2.3 not secured by a Lien (unless such Lien is a Permitted Lien) and not to exceed $200,000,000 at any time outstanding as to all Borrowers and Subsidiary Guarantors;

(vii) Debt that is not included in any of the other paragraphs of this Section 10.2.3, has a stated maturity that is at least one hundred eighty (180) days after the Maturity Date, does not require any payments of principal prior to the Maturity Date, has covenants no more restrictive than those contained in this Agreement;

(viii) Debt (other than the Debt permitted pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) above) outstanding on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 10.2.3(viii) hereto;

(ix) Refinancing Debt so long as each Refinancing Condition is satisfied;

(x) Bank Product Debt; provided that any Hedging Agreements are permitted under Section 10.2.18;

(xi) Debt secured by Liens permitted by Section 10.2.5(xv);

(xii) Debt assumed in connection with a Business Acquisition that is permitted under Section 10.2.12; provided that (x) such Debt exists at the time of such Business Acquisition and is not created in contemplation thereof or in connection therewith, (y) the aggregate principal amount of Debt permitted by this clause (xii) shall not exceed $100,000,000 at any time outstanding and (z) such Debt is unsecured except for Liens permitted by Section 10.2.5;

(xiii) reimbursement obligations incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business in respect of trade letters of credit issued to support the purchase of Inventory in transit to a property owned or leased by an Obligor; provided that such reimbursement obligations are secured only by the Inventory in respect of which the applicable letter of credit has been issued; and provided further that such letters of credit shall be payable only against sight drafts (and not time drafts); and

(xiv) reimbursement obligations in respect of the standby letters of credit listed on Schedule 10.2.3(xiv) hereto.

None of the provisions of this Section 10.2.3 that authorize any Borrower to incur any Debt shall be deemed to override, modify or waive any of the provisions of Section 10.3, which shall constitute an independent and separate covenant and obligation of each Borrower.

10.2.4. Affiliate Transactions . Enter into, or be a party to, any transaction with any Affiliate or stockholder, except: (i) the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents; (ii) payment of reasonable compensation to officers and employees for services actually rendered to Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries; (iii) payment of customary directors’ fees and indemnities; (iv) transactions with Affiliates listed on Schedule 10.2.4 that have been disclosed to Agents prior to the Closing Date; (v) Affiliate Loans; (vi) Permitted Investments; (vii) Distributions permitted under Section 10.2.7 hereof; (viii) transactions solely among U.S. Obligors;

 

110


(ix) transactions solely among Canadian Loan Parties; (x) transactions with Affiliates in the Ordinary Course of Business and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of such Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to such Borrower or such Subsidiary than such Borrower or such Subsidiary would obtain in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate or stockholder of such Borrower or such Subsidiary and if requested by Administrative Agent, the terms of which are disclosed to Administrative Agent in writing; and (xi) transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and related documents, including payments to employees or directors in connection with the Acquisition.

10.2.5. Limitation on Liens . Create or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property, income or profits, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except the following (collectively, “ Permitted Liens ”):

(i) Liens at any time granted in favor of Agents;

(ii) Liens for Taxes not yet delinquent or which are being Properly Contested;

(iii) statutory Liens (other than Liens for Taxes or imposed pursuant to any of the provisions of ERISA) arising in the Ordinary Course of Business of a Borrower or a Subsidiary, but only if and for so long as (x) payment in respect of any such Lien is not required or the Debt secured by any such Lien is being Properly Contested and (y) such Liens do not materially detract from the value of the Property of such Borrower or such Subsidiary and do not materially impair the use thereof in the operation of such Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s business;

(iv) Purchase Money Liens securing Permitted Purchase Money Debt;

(v) Liens securing Debt of a Subsidiary of a Borrower or a Borrower, in each case to another Borrower;

(vi) Liens arising by virtue of the rendition, entry or issuance against such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Property of such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, of any judgment, writ, order or decree for so long as each such Lien does not give rise to an Event of Default under Section 12.1.15;

(vii) servitudes, easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, covenants or other agreements of record and other similar charges or encumbrances on Real Property of such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that do not secure any monetary obligation and do not interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of such Borrower or such Subsidiary;

(viii) normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash in favor of banks and other depository institutions and Liens of a collecting bank arising under the UCC on Payment Items in the course of collection;

(ix) the filing of UCC or PPSA financing statements solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases;

 

111


(x) such other Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 10.2.5 hereto, to the extent provided therein;

(xi) Liens incurred or deposits made in the Ordinary Course of Business to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, contracts (other than for the repayment of Debt), statutory obligations, obligations to customs brokers and other similar obligations arising as a result of progress payments under government contracts;

(xii) Leases of Real Estate among Borrowers in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(xiii) Liens securing the Senior Secured Notes and any Refinancing Debt related thereto; provided that the Liens thereon relating to Collateral are junior in priority to Liens thereon in favor of Agents pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement;

(xiv) any Lien existing on any asset of any Person immediately before such Person becomes a Subsidiary of any Borrower or is merged or consolidated with or into any Borrower and not created in contemplation of such event; provided that such Liens do not extend to Property not subject to such Liens at the time of acquisition;

(xv) Liens not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses of this Section securing Debt in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $20,000,000;

(xvi) (a) Liens securing trade letters of credit permitted under Section 10.2.3(xiii) and (b) Liens securing standby letters of credit permitted under Section 10.2.3(xiv);

(xvii) Liens securing additional notes issued under the Senior Secured Notes Indenture after the Closing Date; provided that the Liens thereon relating to Collateral are of the same priority as the Liens securing the Senior Secured Notes issued on the Closing Date; and

(xviii) (a) other Liens on real property subject to a mortgage in favor of the trustee under the Senior Secured Notes Indenture as approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion and (b) such other Liens as Agents and the Required Lenders in their sole discretion may hereafter approve in writing.

The foregoing negative pledge shall not apply to any Margin Stock to the extent that the application of such negative pledge to such Margin Stock would require filings or other actions by any Lender under Regulation U or other regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, or otherwise result in a violation of any such regulations.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrowers will not and will not permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any Collateral other than (i) Liens securing the Obligations, (ii) Liens otherwise permitted by Sections 10.2.5(ii), (iii), (vi), (viii), (xi), (xiii), (xiv), (xvi), (xvii)  and (xviii)  to the extent so approved (in the case of clause (xviii)) and (iii) additional Liens permitted hereunder pursuant to Section 10.2.5 attaching to Collateral having an aggregate fair value not to exceed $1,000,000.

 

112


10.2.6. Other Debt . (a) Make any payment, directly or indirectly, of all or any part of any Debt or take any other action or omit to take any other action in respect of any Debt, except (i) regularly scheduled payments of principal, interest and fees and other payments made in accordance with the agreements governing such Debt, (ii) prepayments of the Senior Secured Notes as required by Section 4.10 or Section 4.16 of the Senior Secured Notes Indenture, (iii) refinancing of such Debt permitted by Section 10.2.3(ix) , (iv) any repayment of the Obligations, (v) prepayments of Purchase Money Debt or Capitalized Lease Obligations with the net cash proceeds of assets relating to such Debt, (vi) mandatory prepayments of Ryerson’s 8  1 / 4 % Senior Notes Due 2011 required by the indenture governing such notes, (vii) mandatory prepayments of the Ryerson Convertible Notes required by the indenture governing such notes and (viii) any payments so long as each of the Payment Conditions is satisfied as determined by Administrative Agent; or (b) amend or modify the terms of any agreement applicable to any Debt, other than (i) to extend the time of payment thereof, (ii) to reduce the rate of interest payable in connection therewith, (iii) to make any other change that is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect or (iv) to amend this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as permitted by Section 13.9. To the extent that any payment (other than scheduled payments of interest thereunder that are due on the same day of each month and that are known in amount and frequency to Administrative Agent) is permitted to be made with respect to any Debt pursuant to the provisions of the agreement governing such Debt, as a condition precedent to Borrowers’ authorization make any such payment, Borrowers shall provide to Administrative Agent, not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the scheduled payment, a certificate from a Senior Officer of Borrower Agent stating that no Default or Event of Default is in existence as of the date of the certificate or will be in existence as of the date of such payment (both with and without giving effect to the making of such payment), and specifying the amount of principal and interest to be paid.

10.2.7. Distributions . Declare or make any Distributions, except for:

(i) Upstream Payments;

(ii) Permitted Distributions;

(iii) payments made in respect of dissenting shares and in respect of Ryerson’s incentive stock or other equity based benefit plans, Director’s Compensation Plan and Nonqualified Savings Plan, including deferred accounts therein denominated in stock units in each case made in connection with the Acquisition; and

(iv) Distributions so long as each of the Payment Conditions is satisfied.

10.2.8. [ Reserved ].

10.2.9. Disposition of Assets . Sell, assign, lease, license, transfer, consign or otherwise dispose of any of its Properties or any interest therein, including any disposition of Property as part of a sale and leaseback or synthetic lease transaction, to or in favor of any Person, except (i) sales of Inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business, (ii) a transfer of Property to a Borrower by another Borrower or a Subsidiary (subject to Section 10.2.12(vi) ), (iii) non-exclusive licenses of technology and other Intellectual Property by and among any Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, (iv) dispositions of Property that is not necessary to the business of Borrowers, not to exceed $ 10,000,000 in the aggregate per Fiscal Year, so long as Borrowers have either reinvested the proceeds thereof in other assets to be used in the business of such entity within one hundred eighty (180) days after such disposition or remitted proceeds thereof (a) in the case of Property subject to Liens permitted by Section 10.2.5(iv) , for application to the Debt secured thereby or

 

113


(b) in the case of Property securing the obligations under the Senior Secured Notes Indenture (other than the Collateral), to the trustee under the Senior Secured Notes Indenture for application in accordance with the terms thereof, (v) the sale or other disposition of Real Estate of Borrowers so long as no Event of Default exists or results therefrom, (vi) the sale of any Property covered by a Capitalized Lease Obligation in connection with the termination of such Capitalized Lease Obligations, (vii) dispositions of cash or Cash Equivalents, (viii) other dispositions so long as each of the Payment Conditions is satisfied as determined by Administrative Agent and (ix) dispositions of receivables for which the obligor is The Stanley Works Co. in connection with a “fast-pay” program related thereto not to exceed $2,750,000 in any calendar year.

10.2.10. Subsidiaries . Form or acquire any Subsidiary after the Closing Date except in connection with an Investment permitted under Section 10.2.12(x) or (xi); provided that such Subsidiary becomes a U.S. Borrower or a Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, or permit any existing Subsidiary to issue any additional Equity Interests except director’s qualifying shares.

10.2.11. Bill-and-Hold Sales and Consignments . Make a sale to any customer on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale and return, sale on approval or consignment basis, or any sale on a repurchase or return basis except for sales on consignment not to exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate.

10.2.12. Restricted Investments . Make or acquire any Restricted Investment other than (collectively “ Permitted Investments ”),

(i) Affiliate Loans;

(ii) investments existing on the Closing Date in Subsidiaries and Permitted Affiliates listed on Schedule 10.2.12;

(iii) loans or other advances of money to an officer or employee of a Borrower or a Subsidiary for salary, travel advances, advances against commissions and other similar advances not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(iv) [reserved];

(v) the prepayment of operating expenses or deposits made in connection therewith in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(vi) Investments (i) by any U.S. Borrower or U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor in another U.S. Borrower or any U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) by Canadian Borrower or any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor in another Borrower or U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor or Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor, (iii) by any U.S. Borrower or any U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor in Canadian Borrower, any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor or a Permitted Affiliate; provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments pursuant to this subclause (iii) shall not exceed $35,000,000 at any one time outstanding (it being understood that any Investments made pursuant to Section 10.2.12(i) shall not reduce the amount of Investments that are available to be made pursuant to this subclause (iii)), and (iv) by a Subsidiary that is not a Borrower or a Guarantor in any other Subsidiary that is not a Borrower or a Guarantor; provided that any Investment in the form of a loan or advance shall be evidenced by a subordinated intercompany note and, in the case of a loan or advance by an Obligor, pledged by such Obligor as Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents;

 

114


(vii) Parent may consummate the Acquisition on the Closing Date;

(viii) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers in the ordinary course of business received upon foreclosure or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or liquidation or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers;

(ix) the $8.5 million contribution to the Ryerson Change in Control Severance Trust specified by the Merger Agreement;

(x) other Investments (including acquisitions) not permitted under the other provisions of this Section 10.2.12 up to $30,000,000 at any time outstanding; and

(xi) other Investments so long as each of the Payment Conditions is satisfied as determined by Administrative Agent.

10.2.13. [Reserved]

10.2.14. Tax Consolidation . File or consent to the filing of any consolidated income tax return with any Person other than a Subsidiary, Merger Sub and Parent.

10.2.15. Accounting Changes . Make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as may be required by GAAP, or except as set forth on Schedule 10.1.3 hereto, establish a fiscal year different from the Fiscal Year.

10.2.16. Organization Documents . Amend, modify or otherwise change any of the terms or provisions in any of its Organization Documents as in effect on the date hereof, except for changes that do not affect in any way such Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ rights and obligations to enter into and perform the Credit Documents to which it is a party and to pay all of the Obligations and that do not otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect.

10.2.17. Restrictive Agreements . Enter into or become a party to any Restrictive Agreement; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to (i) Restrictive Agreements existing on the Closing Date and identified on Schedule 9.1.15 (but shall apply to any amendment or modification expanding the scope of any restriction or condition contained in any such Restrictive Agreement), (ii) the Senior Secured Notes Indenture as in effect on the Closing Date, (iii) restrictions or conditions imposed by any Restrictive Agreement evidencing or governing secured Debt that is permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the Properties securing such Debt (and the proceeds thereof) and otherwise permit the Liens securing the Obligations, (iv) customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, (v) provisions in agreements relating to assets to be sold in transactions permitted by this Agreement restricting the transfer thereof or the grant of liens therein pending the closing of such transactions and (vi) restrictions on Upstream Payments (a) pursuant to the Credit Documents and (b) existing under Applicable Law.

10.2.18. Hedging Agreements . Enter into any Hedging Agreement, other than Hedging Agreements entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business to hedge or mitigate risks to which any Borrower or any Subsidiary is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities and not for any speculative purpose.

 

115


10.2.19. Cancellation of Claim . Cancel any claim or debt owing to it involving an amount in excess of $5,000,000, except for any claim or debt (a) canceled for reasonable consideration negotiated on an arm’s-length basis and (b) compromised or written off in the Ordinary Course of Business.

10.3. Financial Covenants . For so long as there are any Commitments outstanding and thereafter until Payment in Full of the Obligations, Borrowers covenant that, unless otherwise consented to by the Required Lenders in writing, they shall:

10.3.1. Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Maintain a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be tested and applicable as follows:

(i) Covenant Testing . If a Trigger Event occurs then until an End Date occurs thereafter, Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall be required to maintain a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.1 to 1.0, calculated as of the last day of the most recent calendar month for which Borrowers were required to deliver financial statements under the terms of this Agreement, for the Applicable Test Period.

(ii) Trigger Events . A Trigger Event shall occur if either of the following events occurs (each a Trigger Event ):

(a) if Average Availability during a consecutive five (5) Business Day period is less than the greater of: (A) $125,000,000 or (B) ten percent (10%) of the Total Borrowing Base then in effect, or

(b) if Availability is less than $ 100,000,000 at the close of business on any Business Day (the “ Floor Test ”).

(iii) Cure .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 10.3, in the event that a Trigger Event occurs, the End Date has not yet occurred and the Borrowers fail to comply with Section 10.3.1, Parent shall have the right within ten days after the occurrence of such Event of Default to issue common equity interests to Platinum for cash to the common capital of Parent (which shall be invested in U.S. Borrower) (a “ Specified Equity Contribution ”) and upon receipt of such cash (the “ Cure Amount ”) by U.S. Borrower, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be recalculated such that Consolidated EBITDA will be increased, solely for the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Section 10.3.1 and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by the Cure Amount. If after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, the Borrowers are in compliance with Section 10.3.1, then no Default or Event of Default shall have been deemed to occur. No Cure Amount shall exceed the amount required for the Borrowers to be in compliance with Section 10.3.1

(b) If such Specified Equity Contribution is to be funded by Platinum from capital calls on its partners, then Platinum shall provide written evidence to Administrative Agent of such capital calls no later than two (2) Business Days after the occurrence of such Event of Default.

 

116


(c) Limitation on Number of Specified Equity Contributions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (a) Specified Equity Contributions shall not be permitted more than two (2) times during any period of six consecutive calendar months and (b) there shall not be more than ten (10) Specified Equity Contributions for all periods prior to the Maturity Date.

Upon Administrative Agent’s receipt of a notice from Platinum that it or one of its Affiliates intends to make a Specified Equity Contribution (a “ Notice of Intent to Cure ”), until the 10th day following the date of required delivery of the related Compliance Certificate to which such Notice of Intent to Cure relates, none of Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank nor any Lender shall exercise the right to accelerate the Loans or terminate the Commitments and no Agent, nor any other Lender or Secured Party shall exercise any right to foreclose on or take possession of the Collateral solely on the basis of an Event of Default having occurred and being continuing under this Section 10.3.1.

SECTION 11. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

11.1. Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extensions . Lenders shall not be required to fund any Loan requested by Borrowers or otherwise extend credit to Borrowers, and Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue any Letter of Credit, unless, on or before November 30, 2007, each of the following conditions has been satisfied:

11.1.1. Credit Documents . Each of the Credit Documents shall have been duly executed and delivered to Administrative Agent by each of the signatories thereto (and, with the exception of the Notes, in sufficient counterparts for each Lender) and accepted by Agents and Lenders and each Obligor shall be in compliance with all of the terms thereof.

11.1.2. Availability . Immediately after Lenders have made the initial Loans to be made on the Closing Date, Issuing Bank has issued the Letters of Credit to be issued on the Closing Date and Borrowers have paid (or made provision for payment of) all closing costs incurred in connection with the Commitments, Availability shall be not less than $275,000,000.

11.1.3. Evidence of Perfection and Priority of Liens . Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed copies of all filings and notices necessary to perfect the Liens of Agents on the Collateral such that upon filing or recordation thereof such Liens will constitute valid and perfected security interests and Liens. Administrative Agent shall be satisfied that, upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, there shall be no other Liens upon any Collateral except for Permitted Liens.

11.1.4. Organization Documents . Administrative Agent shall have received copies of the Organization Documents of each Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries, and all amendments thereto, certified by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of the jurisdiction of organization of such Obligor or its Subsidiary.

11.1.5. Good Standing Certificates . Administrative Agent shall have received good standing certificates for each Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries, issued by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of the jurisdiction of organization of such Obligor or Subsidiary and each jurisdiction where the conduct of such Obligor’s or Subsidiary’s business activities or ownership of its Property necessitates qualification.

 

117


11.1.6. Opinion Letters . Administrative Agent and Canadian Agent, as applicable, shall have received a favorable, written opinion of Bingham McCutchen LLP, Blake, Cassels and Graydon LLP, Eva Kalawski, the general counsel to Platinum, and the respective local counsel to Obligors and Administrative Agent, covering, to Administrative Agent’s reasonable satisfaction, the matters set forth on Exhibit F attached hereto.

11.1.7. Insurance . Administrative Agent shall have received certificates of insurance with respect to all property and casualty insurance policies of Obligors with respect to the Collateral, and certificates of insurance with respect to such policies in form acceptable to Administrative Agent, and loss payable endorsements on each Agent’s standard form of loss payee endorsement naming the applicable Agent as lender’s loss payee and mortgagee with respect to each such policy and certified copies of Obligors’ liability insurance policies, including product liability coverage, together with endorsements naming the applicable Agent as an additional insured, all as required by the Credit Documents.

11.1.8. Lockbox; Dominion and Concentration Accounts . Administrative Agent shall have received the duly executed agreements establishing the lockbox and each Dominion Account, in each case with the applicable Agent for the collection or servicing of the Accounts.

11.1.9. Solvency Certificates . Administrative Agent and Lenders shall have received certificates satisfactory to them from one or more knowledgeable Senior Officers of Borrowers and Parent that, after giving effect to the financing under this Agreement and the issuance of the Letters of Credit, Borrowers and Parent are Solvent.

11.1.10. Compliance with Laws and Other Agreements . Administrative Agent shall have determined or received assurances satisfactory to them that none of the Credit Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby violate Regulation U of the Board of Governors.

11.1.11. No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2006, there shall have been no material adverse change in, or material adverse effect on, the business, properties, financial condition or operations of Ryerson and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the ability of Ryerson to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (a “ Closing Material Adverse Effect ”); provided , however , that the effects of changes that are generally applicable to (i) the industries and markets in which Ryerson and its Subsidiaries operate, (ii) the United States economy or (iii) the United States securities markets shall be excluded from the determination of Closing Material Adverse Effect; and provided , further , that any adverse effect on Ryerson and its Subsidiaries resulting from (A) the execution of the Merger Agreement, the announcement of the Merger Agreement or the pendency or consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (B) any acts of terrorism or war, (C) changes in any Laws (as defined in the Merger Agreement) or accounting regulations or principles applicable to Ryerson or any of its Subsidiaries, (D) any other action required by Law, contemplated by the Merger Agreement or taken at the request of Parent or Merger Sub, (E) any failure by Ryerson or its Subsidiaries to meet analysts’ or internal earnings estimates or financial projections in and of itself, or (F) the failure of Parent to consent to any of the actions proscribed in Section 6.1 of the Merger Agreement, shall also be excluded from the determination of Material Adverse Effect.

 

118


11.1.12. Debt . Borrowers shall have no Debt outstanding other than the Obligations, the Senior Secured Notes and the Debt listed on Schedule 10.2.3 and other Debt permitted under Section 10.2.3.

11.1.13. Payment of Fees . Borrowers shall have paid, or made provision for the payment on the Closing Date of, all fees and expenses (to the extent invoiced) to be paid hereunder to Agents and Lenders on the Closing Date.

11.1.14. Acquisition by Platinum . The agreements, instruments and documents relating to each aspect of the Transactions, including the Merger Agreement, shall not be altered, amended or otherwise changed or supplemented or any condition therein waived, in each case in any material respect in any manner adverse to the Lenders, without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent. The Acquisition shall have been consummated substantially simultaneously with the Closing Date in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement and in compliance with Applicable Law and regulatory approvals.

11.1.15. Administrative Agent shall have received reasonably satisfactory evidence with respect to the Equity Contribution.

11.1.16. Financial Information . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received: (i) unaudited management accounts of Ryerson and its Subsidiaries for any interim quarterly periods which have ended since the December 31, 2006 audited financial statements and for which at least 45 days have passed as of the Closing Date and, with respect to the unaudited management accounts of Ryerson and its Subsidiaries for the interim quarterly period ended June 30, 2007, such unaudited management accounts will not be materially inconsistent with the financial statements for such period previous delivered to Bank of America and (ii) pro forma financial statements giving effect to the Transaction for the period commencing with the end of the most recently completed fiscal year and ending with the most recently completed quarter (for which at least 45 days have passed as of the Closing Date).

11.2. Conditions Precedent to All Credit Extensions . Lenders shall not be required to fund any Loans or otherwise extend any credit to or for the benefit of Borrowers, and Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue any Letter of Credit, unless and until each of the following conditions has been and continues to be satisfied, or waived by Agents and Lenders in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.9 hereof:

11.2.1. No Defaults . No Default or Event of Default exists at the time, or would result from the funding, of any Loan or other extension of credit.

11.2.2. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of each Obligor in the Credit Documents shall be true and correct on the date of, and upon giving effect to, such funding, issuance or grant (except for representations and warranties that expressly relate to an earlier date).

11.3. Inapplicability of Conditions . None of the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 11.1 or 11.2 shall be conditions to the obligation of (i) each Participating Lender to make payments to Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.3.3, (ii) each Lender to deposit with Administrative Agent such Lender’s Pro Rata share of a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.2.2, (iii) each Lender to pay any amount payable to the applicable Agent or any other Lender pursuant to this Agreement, (iv) Administrative Agent to pay any amount payable to any Lender pursuant to this Agreement or (v) each U.S. Revolver Lender to make payments to Administrative Agent in connection with Agent Advances pursuant to Section 2.8.

 

119


11.4. Limited Waiver of Conditions Precedent . If Lenders shall make any Loan, procure any Letter of Credit, or otherwise extend any credit to Borrowers under this Agreement at a time when any of the foregoing conditions precedent are not satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 13.9 hereof (regardless of whether the failure of satisfaction of any such conditions precedent was known or unknown to Agents or Lenders), the funding of such Loan shall not operate as a waiver of the right of Agent and Lenders to insist upon the satisfaction of all conditions precedent with respect to each subsequent Borrowing requested by Borrowers or a waiver of any Default or Event of Default as a consequence of the failure of any such conditions to be satisfied, unless Administrative Agent, with the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, in writing waives the satisfaction of any condition precedent, in which event such waiver shall only be applicable for the specific instance given and only to the extent and for the period of time expressly stated in such written waiver.

SECTION 12. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT

12.1. Events of Default . The occurrence or existence of any one or more of the following events or conditions shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” (each of which Events of Default shall be deemed to exist unless and until waived by Administrative Agent and Lenders in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.9 hereof):

12.1.1. Payment of Obligations . Borrowers shall fail to pay (or shall fail to have had paid on its behalf) any of the Obligations on the due date thereof (whether due at stated maturity, on demand, upon acceleration or otherwise).

12.1.2. Misrepresentations . Any representation, warranty or other written statement to any Agent or any Lender by or on behalf of any Obligor, whether made in or furnished in compliance with or in reference to any of the Credit Documents (including any representation made in any Borrowing Base Certificate), proves to have been false or misleading in any material respect when made or furnished or when reaffirmed pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof.

12.1.3. Breach of Specific Covenants . Any Obligor shall fail or neglect to perform, keep or observe (i) any covenant contained in Section 8.1.1, 8.2.4, 8.2.5, 8.2.6, 8.4, 10.1.1, 10.2 or 10.3 hereof on the date that such Obligor is required to perform, keep or observe such covenant, (ii) any covenant contained in Section 10.1.3 hereof within five (5) days after the date that such Obligor is required to perform, keep and observe, and (hi) any covenant contained in Section 10.1.6 within three (3) Business Days after the date that such Obligor is required to perform, keep and observe.

12.1.4. Breach of Other Covenants . Any Obligor shall fail or neglect to perform, keep or observe any covenant contained in this Agreement (other than a covenant which is dealt with specifically elsewhere in Section 12.1 hereof) and the breach of such other covenant is not cured within thirty (30) days after the sooner to occur of any Senior Officer’s receipt of notice of such breach from Administrative Agent or the date on which such failure or neglect first becomes known to any Senior Officer; provided , however , that such notice and opportunity to cure shall not apply in the case of any failure to perform, keep or observe any covenant which is not capable of being cured at all or within such 30-day period or which is a willful and knowing breach by any Obligor.

 

120


12.1.5. Default Under Security Documents/Other Agreements . Any Obligor shall default in the due and punctual observance or performance (after the expiration of any applicable grace period) of any liability or obligation to be observed or performed by it under any of the Other Agreements or Security Documents.

12.1.6. Other Defaults . There shall occur any default or event of default on the part of any Obligor (other than Parent) or any Subsidiary under any agreement, document or instrument to which such Obligor (other than Parent) or such Subsidiary is a party or by which such Obligor (other than Parent) or such Subsidiary or any of their respective Properties is bound, creating or relating to any Debt (other than the Obligations) in excess of $15,000,000 if the payment or maturity of such Debt may be accelerated in consequence of such event of default or demand for payment of such Debt may be made; or there shall occur any default or event of default on the part of Parent under any agreement, document or instrument to which Parent is a party or by which Parent or any of its Property is bound, creating or relating to Debt (other than the Obligations) in excess of $15,000,000; and the holder of such Debt shall have commenced any enforcement action against Parent to collect such Debt.

12.1.7. Uninsured Losses . Any loss, theft, damage or destruction of any of the Collateral (excluding Accounts) not fully covered (subject to such deductibles as Administrative Agent shall have permitted) by insurance if the amount not covered by insurance exceeds $20,000,000.

12.1.8. Material Adverse Effect . There shall occur any event or condition that has a Material Adverse Effect.

12.1.9. Solvency . Borrower Agent shall cease to be Solvent (on a Consolidated Basis).

12.1.10. Insolvency Proceedings . Any Insolvency Proceeding shall be commenced by any Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would meet the definition of “Significant Subsidiary”); an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against any Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Subsidiaries, that when taken together, would meet the definition of “Significant Subsidiary”) and any of the following events occur: such Borrower or such Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would meet the definition of “Significant Subsidiary”) consents to the institution of the Insolvency Proceeding against it, the petition commencing the Insolvency Proceeding is not timely controverted by such Borrower or such Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would meet the definition of “Significant Subsidiary”), the petition commencing the Insolvency Proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the date of the filing thereof (provided that, in any event, during the pendency of any such period, Lenders shall be relieved from their obligation to make Loans or otherwise extend credit to or for the benefit of Borrowers hereunder), a trustee or receiver (on an interim or permanent basis) or similar official is appointed to take possession of all or a substantial portion of the Properties of such Borrower or such Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would meet the definition of “Significant Subsidiary”) or to operate all or any substantial portion of the business of such Borrower or such Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would meet the definition of “Significant Subsidiary”) or an order for relief shall have been issued or entered in connection with such Insolvency Proceeding; or any Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would meet the definition of “Significant Subsidiary”) shall make an offer of settlement extension or composition to its unsecured creditors generally.

 

121


12.1.11. Business Disruption Condemnation . There shall occur a cessation of a substantial part of the business of any Obligor for a period which may be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or any Obligor shall suffer the loss or revocation of any license or permit now held or hereafter acquired by such Obligor which is necessary to the continued or lawful operation of its business; or any Obligor shall be enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by court, governmental or administrative order from conducting all or any material part of its business affairs; or any material lease or agreement pursuant to which any Obligor leases or occupies any premises on which any Collateral is located shall be canceled or terminated prior to the expiration of its stated term and such cancellation or termination has a Material Adverse Effect or results in an Out-of-Formula Condition; or any material part of the Collateral shall be taken through condemnation or the value of such Collateral shall be materially impaired through condemnation.

12.1.12. Change of Ownership . (i) A Change of Control shall occur; (ii) Parent shall cease to own beneficially and of record at least 100% of the Equity Interest of Ryerson; (iii) any “change of control” (as defined in the indenture or other agreement governing the Debt incurred under Section 10.2.3(vii)) shall occur; or (iv) any “change of control” (as defined in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture) shall occur.

12.1.13. ERISA . An ERISA Event or any similar event shall occur with respect to a Pension Plan, Canadian Pension Plan or Multi-employer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or result in a Lien on a portion of the Collateral having a value greater than $5,000,000 (other than in respect of contributions not yet due to a Canadian Pension Plan).

12.1.14. Challenge to Credit Documents . Any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall challenge or contest in any action, suit or proceeding the validity or enforceability of any of the Credit Documents, the legality or enforceability of any of the Obligations or the perfection or priority of any Lien granted to Agents, or any of the Credit Documents ceases to be in full force or effect for any reason other than-a full or partial waiver or release by Agents and Lenders in accordance with the terms thereof.

12.1.15. Judgment . (i) One or more judgments or orders for the payment of money in an amount that exceeds, individually or in the aggregate, $15,000,000 (net of any insurance coverage applicable thereto acknowledged by the insurer) shall be entered against any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, shall be entered against any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and, in either case, (x) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, (y) there shall be any period of thirty (30) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect or (z) results in the creation or imposition of a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is not a Permitted Lien.

12.1.16. Repudiation of or Default Under Guaranty . Any Guarantor shall revoke or attempt to revoke its guarantee of the Obligations, shall repudiate such Guarantor’s liability thereunder, or shall be in default under the terms thereof, or shall fail to confirm in writing, promptly after receipt of Administrative Agent’s written request therefor, such Guarantor’s ongoing liability under the U.S. Security Agreement or Canadian Security Agreement, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

122


12.1.17. Criminal Forfeiture . Any Obligor shall be convicted under any criminal law that could lead to a forfeiture of any Property of such Obligor or there is filed against any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries any action, suit or proceeding under any federal or state racketeering statute (including the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organization Act of 1970), in each case, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

12.2. Acceleration of Obligations; Termination of Commitments . Without in any way limiting the right of Administrative Agent to demand payment of any portion of the Obligations payable on demand in accordance with this Agreement:

12.2.1. Upon or at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default (other than pursuant to Section 12.1.10 hereof) and for so long as such Event of Default shall exist, Administrative Agent may in its discretion (and, upon receipt of written instructions to do so from the Required Lenders, shall) (a) declare the principal of and any accrued interest on the Loans and all other Obligations owing under any of the Credit Documents to be, whereupon the same shall become without further notice or demand (all of which notice and demand each Borrower expressly waives), forthwith due and payable and Borrowers shall forthwith pay to Administrative Agent the entire principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and other Obligations plus reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs if such principal and interest are collected by or through an attorney at law and (b) terminate the Commitments.

12.2.2. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 12.1.10 hereof, all of the Obligations shall become automatically due and payable without declaration, notice or demand by Administrative Agent to or upon any Borrower and the Commitments all automatically terminate as if terminated by Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.2.1 hereof and with the effects specified in Section 6.2.4 hereof; provided , however , that, if Agents or Lenders shall continue to make Loans or otherwise extend credit to Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement after an automatic termination of the Commitments by reason of the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding by or against Borrowers, such Loans and other credit shall nevertheless be governed by this Agreement and enforceable against and recoverable from each Borrower as if such Insolvency Proceeding had never been instituted.

12.3. Other Remedies . Upon and after the occurrence of an Event of Default and for so long as such Event of Default shall exist, each Agent may in its discretion (and, upon receipt of written direction of the Required Lenders, shall) exercise from time to time the following rights and remedies (without prejudice to the rights of any Agent or any Lender to enforce its claim against any or all Borrowers):

12.3.1. All of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC, PPSA, BIA or CCAA or under other Applicable Law, and all other legal and equitable rights to which Agents may be entitled under any of the Credit Documents, all of which rights and remedies shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other rights or remedies contained in this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, and none of which shall be exclusive.

12.3.2. The right to collect all amounts at any time payable to a Borrower from any Account Debtor or other Person at any time indebted to such Borrower.

12.3.3. The right to take immediate possession of any of the Collateral, and to (i) require Borrowers to assemble the Collateral, at Borrowers’ expense, and make it available to the applicable Agent at a place designated by the applicable Agent which is reasonably convenient to both parties, and (ii) enter any premises where any of the Collateral shall be located and to keep and store the Collateral on said premises until sold (and if said premises be the Property of a Borrower, then such Borrower agrees not to charge the applicable Agent for storage thereof).

 

123


12.3.4. The right to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any Collateral in its then condition, or after any further manufacturing or processing thereof at public or private sale or sales, with such notice as may be required by Applicable Law, in lots or in bulk, for cash or on credit, all as Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, may deem advisable. Each Borrower agrees that any requirement of notice to any Borrower of any proposed public or private sale or other disposition of Collateral by the applicable Agent shall be deemed reasonable notice thereof if given at least ten (10) days prior thereto, and such sale may be at such locations as the applicable Agent may designate in said notice, the applicable Agent shall have the right to conduct such sales on any applicable Borrower’s premises, without charge therefor, and such sales may be adjourned from time to time in accordance with Applicable Law. The applicable Agent shall have the right to sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the Collateral, or any part thereof, for cash, credit or any combination thereof, and the applicable Agent may purchase all or any part of the Collateral at public or, if permitted by law, private sale and, in lieu of actual payment of such purchase price, may set off the amount of such price against the Obligations. The proceeds realized from the sale or other disposition of any Collateral may be applied, after allowing two (2) Business Days for collection in accordance with Section 5.6. If any deficiency shall arise, U.S. Borrowers shall remain jointly and severally liable to Agents and Lenders therefor.

12.3.5. The right to the appointment of a receiver (on an interim or permanent basis), without notice of any kind whatsoever, to take possession of all or any portion of the Collateral and to exercise such rights and powers as the court appointing such receiver shall confer upon such receiver.

12.3.6. [Reserved].

12.3.7. The right to require Borrowers to Cash Collateralize the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations and, if Borrowers fail promptly to make such deposit, Lenders may (and shall upon the direction of the Required U.S. Revolver Lenders or Required Canadian Revolver Lenders, as applicable) advance such amount as a U.S. Revolver Loan or Canadian Revolver Loan, as the case may be, (whether or not an Out-of-Formula Condition exists or is created thereby). Any such deposit or advance shall be held by the applicable Agent as a reserve to fund future payments on any Letter of Credit. At such time as all Letters of Credit have been drawn upon or expired, any amounts remaining in such reserve shall be applied against any outstanding Obligations, or, after full and final payment of all Obligations have been Paid in Full, returned to Borrowers.

12.3.8. With respect to each arrangement contemplated by this paragraph to the extent of any Borrower’s interest therein, and to the extent the same may be granted under such Borrower’s license or other right to use the same if not owned by such Borrower, each Agent is hereby granted an irrevocable, non-exclusive license or other right to use, license or sub license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to any Borrower or any other Person) any or all of each Borrower’s Intellectual Property and all of each Borrower’s computer hardware and software trade secrets, brochures, customer lists, promotional and advertising materials, labels, and packaging materials, and any Property of a similar nature, in advertising for sale, marketing, selling and collecting and in completing the manufacturing of any Collateral, and each Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Administrative Agent’s benefit.

 

124


12.4. Setoff . In addition to any Liens granted under any of the Credit Documents and any rights now or hereafter available under Applicable Law, each Agent and each Lender (and, each of their respective Affiliates) is hereby authorized by Borrowers at any time that an Event of Default exists, without notice to Borrowers or any other Person (any such notice being hereby expressly waived), to set off and to appropriate and apply any and all deposits, general or special (including Debt evidenced by certificates of deposit whether matured or unmatured (but not including trust accounts, tax accounts, employee benefit or payroll accounts)) and any other Debt at any time held or owing by such Lender or any of their Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower against and on account of the Obligations of Borrowers arising under the Credit Documents to such Agent, such Lender or any of their Affiliates, including all Loans and L/C Obligations and all claims of any nature or description arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, irrespective of whether or not (i) such Agent or such Lender shall have made any demand hereunder, (ii) Administrative Agent, at the request or with the consent of the Required Lenders, shall have declared the principal of and interest on the Loans and other amounts due hereunder to be due and payable as permitted by this Agreement and even though such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or (iii) the Collateral for the Obligations is adequate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of Agents and Lenders agree with each other that it shall not, without the express consent of the Required Lenders, exercise its setoff rights hereunder against any accounts of any Borrower now or hereafter maintained with such Agent, such Lender or any Affiliate of any of them, but no Borrower shall have any claim or cause of action against any Agent or any Lender for any setoff made without the consent of the Required Lenders and the validity of any such setoff shall not be impaired by the absence of such consent. If any party (or its Affiliate) exercises the right of setoff provided for hereunder, such party shall be obligated to share any such setoff in the manner and to the extent required by Section 13.5.

12.5. Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver .

12.5.1. All covenants, conditions, provisions, warranties, guaranties, indemnities, and other undertakings of Borrowers contained in this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, or in any document referred to herein or contained in any agreement supplementary hereto or in any schedule given to any Agent or any Lender or contained in any other agreement between any Agent or any Lender and Borrowers, heretofore, concurrently, or hereafter entered into, shall be deemed cumulative to and not in derogation or substitution of any of the terms, covenants, conditions, or agreements of Borrowers herein contained. The rights and remedies of Agents and Lenders under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies that any Agent or any Lender would otherwise have. The rights and remedies of Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents also shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies that Borrowers would otherwise have.

12.5.2. The failure or delay of any Agent or any Lender to require strict performance by Borrowers of any provision of any of the Credit Documents or to exercise or enforce any rights, Liens, powers or remedies under any of the Credit Documents or with respect to any Collateral shall not operate as a waiver of such performance, Liens, rights, powers and remedies, but all such requirements, Liens, rights, powers, and remedies shall continue in full force and effect until all Loans and all other Obligations, owing or to become owing from Borrowers to Agents and Lenders shall have been fully satisfied. None of the undertakings, agreements, warranties, covenants and representations of Borrowers contained in this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents and no Event of Default by any Borrower under this Agreement or any other Credit Documents shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by any Agent or any Lender, unless such suspension or waiver is by an instrument in writing specifying such suspension or waiver and is signed by a duly authorized representative of such Agent or such Lender and directed to Borrowers. The failure or delay of Borrowers to require strict performance by any Agent or any Lender of any provision of any of the Credit Documents or to exercise or enforce any rights, powers or remedies under any of the Credit Documents or at Applicable Law shall not operate as a waiver of such rights, powers and remedies.

 

125


12.5.3. If any Agent or any Lender shall accept performance by a Borrower, in whole or in part, of any obligation that a Borrower is required by any of the Credit Documents to perform only when a Default or Event of Default exists, or if any Agent or any Lender shall exercise any right or remedy under any of the Credit Documents that may not be exercised other than when a Default or Event of Default exists, such Agent’s or Lender’s acceptance of such performance by a Borrower or such Agent’s or Lender’s exercise of any such right or remedy shall not operate to waive any such Event of Default or to preclude the exercise by any Agent or any Lender of any other right or remedy, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by such Agent or such Lender, as the case may be.

SECTION 13. AGENTS

13.1. Appointment, Authority and Duties of Agents .

13.1.1. Appointment and Authority .

(a) Each Lender appoints and designates Bank of America as Administrative Agent hereunder. Administrative Agent may, and each Lender authorizes Administrative Agent to, enter into all Credit Documents to which Administrative Agent is intended to be a party and accept all Security Documents, for Administrative Agent’s benefit and the Pro Rata benefit of Lenders. Each Lender agrees that any action taken by Administrative Agent or Required Lenders in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents, and the exercise by Administrative Agent or Required Lenders of any rights or remedies set forth therein, together with all other powers reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized by and binding upon all Lenders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Administrative Agent shall have the sole and exclusive authority to (a) act as the disbursing and collecting agent for the Lenders with respect to all payments and collections with respect to the U.S. Obligors arising in connection with the Obligations under the Credit Documents; (b) execute and deliver as Administrative Agent each Credit Document, including any intercreditor or subordination agreement, and accept delivery of each Loan Document from any Obligor or other Person; (c) act as collateral agent for the Secured Parties for purposes of perfecting and administering Liens granted by the U.S. Obligors securing the Obligations under the Credit Documents, and for all other purposes stated therein; (d) manage, supervise or otherwise deal with Collateral of U.S. Obligors securing the Obligations; and (e) take any Enforcement Action or otherwise exercise any rights or remedies with respect to any Collateral of U.S. Obligors securing the Obligations under the Credit Documents, Applicable Law or otherwise. The duties of Administrative Agent shall be ministerial and administrative in nature, and Administrative Agent shall not have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender, Secured Party, Participant or other Person, by reason of any Loan Document or any transaction relating thereto. Administrative Agent alone shall be authorized to determine whether any Accounts or Inventory constitute Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory, or whether to impose or release any reserve, and to exercise its Credit Judgment in connection therewith, which determinations and judgments, if exercised in good faith, shall exonerate Administrative Agent from liability to any Lender or other Person for any error in judgment.

(b) Each Canadian Revolver Lender appoints and designates Bank of America-Canada Branch as Canadian Agent hereunder. Canadian Agent may, and each Canadian Revolver Lender authorizes Canadian Agent to, enter into all Credit Documents to which Canadian Agent is intended to be a party and accept all Security Documents, for Canadian Agent’s benefit and the Pro Rata Benefit of Canadian Lenders and the Secured Parties. Each Canadian Revolver Lender agrees that any action taken by Canadian Agent, Required Canadian Revolver Lenders or Required Lenders in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents, and the exercise by Canadian Agent, Required Canadian Revolver

 

126


Lenders or Required Lenders of any rights or remedies set forth therein, together with all other powers reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all Canadian Revolver Lenders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing (but subject to Section 13.1.1(a) , Canadian Agent shall have the sole and exclusive authority to (a) act as the disbursing and collecting agent for Canadian Revolver Lenders with respect to all payments and collections arising in connection with the Canadian Obligations under the Credit Documents; (b) execute and deliver as Canadian Agent each Credit Document, including any intercreditor or subordination agreement, and accept delivery of each Credit Document from any Obligor or other Person; (c) act as collateral agent for Secured Parties for purposes of perfecting and administering all Liens granted to it and securing the Canadian Obligations under the Credit Documents, and for all other purposes stated therein; (d) manage, supervise or otherwise deal with Collateral of Canadian Loan Parties; and (e) take any Enforcement Action or otherwise exercise any rights and remedies given to Canadian Agent with respect to any Collateral of Canadian Loan Parties under the Credit Documents, Applicable Law or otherwise; The duties of Canadian Agent shall be ministerial and administrative in nature, and Canadian Agent shall not have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender, Secured Party, Participant or other Person, by reason of any Credit Document or any transaction relating thereto. Administrative Agent. and Canadian Agent will coordinate and cooperate with respect to U.S. Obligors and their Collateral in their capacity as Canadian Obligors.

(c) For the purposes of creating a solidarité active in accordance with Article 1541 of the Civil Code of Québec between each Secured Party, taken individually, on the one hand, and Canadian Agent, on the other hand, each Obligor and each such Secured Party acknowledges and agrees with Canadian Agent that such Secured Party and Canadian Agent are hereby conferred the legal status of solidary creditors of each such Obligor in respect of all Obligations owed by each such Obligor to Canadian Agent and such Secured Party hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (collectively, the “ Solidary Claim ”) and that, accordingly, but subject (for the avoidance of doubt) to Articles 1542 and 1543 of the Civil Code of Québec, each such Obligor is irrevocably bound towards Canadian Agent and each Secured Party in respect of the entire Solidary Claim of Canadian Agent and such Secured Party. As a result of the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge that Canadian Agent and each Secured Party shall at all times have a valid and effective right of action for the entire Solidary Claim of Canadian Agent and such Secured Party and the right to give full acquittance for it. Accordingly, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Canadian Agent, as solidary creditor with each Secured Party, shall at all times have a valid and effective right of action in respect of the Solidary Claim and the right to give a full acquittance for same. By its execution of the Credit Documents to which it is a party, each such Obligor not a party hereto shall also be deemed to have accepted the stipulations hereinabove provided. The parties further agree and acknowledge that such Liens (hypothecs) under the Security Documents and the other Credit Documents shall be granted to Canadian Agent, for its own benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as solidary creditor as hereinabove set forth.

13.1.2. Duties . No Agent shall have any duties except those expressly set forth in the Credit Documents. The conferral upon any Agent of any right shall not imply a duty on such Agent’s part to exercise such right, unless instructed to do so by Required Lenders in accordance with this Agreement.

13.1.3. Agent Professionals . Each Agent may perform its duties through agents and employees. Each Agent may consult with and employ Agent Professionals, and shall be entitled to act upon, and shall be fully protected in any action taken in good faith reliance upon, any advice given by an Agent Professional. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents, employees or Agent Professionals selected by it with reasonable care.

 

127


13.1.4. Instructions of Required Lenders . The rights and remedies conferred upon each Agent under the Credit Documents may be exercised without the necessity of joinder of any other party, unless required by Applicable Law. Each Agent may request instructions from Required Lenders with respect to any act (including the failure to act) in connection with any Credit Documents, and may seek assurances to its satisfaction from Lenders of their indemnification obligations under Section 3.6 against all Claims that could be incurred by any Agent in connection with any act Each Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act until it has received such instructions or assurances, and no Agent shall incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining. Instructions of Required Lenders shall be binding upon all Lenders, and no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any Agent as a result of such Agent acting or refraining from acting in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, instructions by and consent of all Lenders shall be required in the circumstances described in Section 13.9 , and in no event shall Required Lenders, without the prior written consent of each Lender, direct any Agent to accelerate and demand payment of Loans held by one Lender without accelerating and demanding payment of all other Loans, nor to terminate the Commitments of one Lender without terminating the Commitments of all Lenders. In no event shall any Agent be required to take any action that, in its opinion, is contrary to Applicable Law or any Credit Documents or could subject any Agent Indemnitee to personal liability.

13.1.5. Withholding Tax . To the extent required by any Applicable Law, any Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that any Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not property executed, or because such Lender failed to notify such Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless such Agent (to the extent that such Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of any Borrower to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by such Agent as tax or otherwise, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties thereto, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such tax were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Government Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

13.2. Agreements Regarding Collateral and Field Examination Reports .

13.2.1. Lien Releases; Care of Collateral . Lenders authorize each Agent to release any Lien with respect to any Collateral (a) upon Full Payment of the Obligations; (b) that is the subject of an Asset Disposition which Borrowers certify in writing to Administrative Agent is permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or a Lien which Borrowers certify is a Permitted Lien entitled to priority over any Agent’s Liens (and each Agent may rely conclusively on any such certificate without further inquiry); (c) that does not constitute a material part of the Collateral; or (d) with the written consent of all Lenders. No Agent shall have any obligation whatsoever to any Lenders to assure that any Collateral exists or is owned by a Borrower, or is cared for, protected, insured or encumbered, nor to assure that such Agent’s Liens have been properly created, perfected or enforced, or are entitled to any particular priority, nor to exercise any duty of care with respect to any Collateral.

13.2.2. Possession of Collateral . Agents and Lenders appoint each other Lender as agent (for the benefit of Secured Parties) for the purpose of perfecting Liens in any Collateral held by such Lender, to the extent such Liens are perfected by possession. If any Lender obtains possession of any Collateral, it shall notify Administrative Agent thereof and, promptly upon Administrative Agent’s request, deliver such Collateral to the applicable Agent or otherwise deal with it in accordance with Administrative Agent’s instructions.

 

128


13.2.3. Reports . Administrative Agent shall promptly, upon receipt thereof, forward to each Lender copies of the results of any field audit, examination or appraisal prepared by or on behalf of Administrative Agent with respect to any Obligor or Collateral (“ Report ”). Each Lender agrees (a) that neither Bank of America, Administrative Agent, Bank of America-Canada Branch nor Canadian Agent makes any representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any Report, and shall not be liable for any information contained in or omitted from any Report; (b) that the Reports are not intended to be comprehensive audits or examinations, and that Agents or any other Person performing any audit or examination will, inspect only specific information regarding Obligations or the Collateral and will rely significantly upon Borrowers’ books and records as well as upon representations of Borrowers’ officers and employees; and (c) to keep all Reports confidential and strictly for such Lender’s internal use, and not to distribute any Report (or the contents thereof) to any Person (except to such Lender’s Participants, attorneys and accountants) or use any Report in any manner other than administration of the Loans and other Obligations. Each Lender agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Agents and any other Person preparing a Report from any action such Lender may take as a result of or any conclusion it may draw from any Report, as well as any Claims arising in connection with the any third parties that obtain any part or contents of a Report through such Lender.

13.3. Reliance by Agent . Agents shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any certification, notice or other communication (including those by telephone, telex, telegram, telecopy or e-mail) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person, and upon the advice and statements of Agent Professionals. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting hereunder and thereunder in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders, and such instructions of the Required Lenders and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon Lenders.

13.4. Action upon Default . Agents shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless it has received written notice from a Lender or Borrower specifying the occurrence and nature thereof. If any Lender acquires knowledge of a Default or Event of Default, it shall promptly notify Administrative Agent and the other Lenders thereof in writing. Each Lender agrees that, except as otherwise provided in any Credit Documents or with the written consent of Administrative Agent and Required Lenders, it will not take any Enforcement Action, accelerate Obligations under any Credit Documents, or exercise any right that it might otherwise have under Applicable Law to credit bid at foreclosure sales, UCC or PPSA sales or other similar dispositions of Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, a Lender may take action to preserve or enforce its rights against an Obligor where a deadline or limitation period is applicable that would, absent such action, bar enforcement of Obligations held by such Lender, including the filing of proofs of claim in an Insolvency Proceeding.

13.5. Ratable Sharing . If any Lender shall obtain any payment or reduction of any Obligation, whether through setoff or otherwise, in excess of its share of such Obligation, determined on a Pro Rata basis or in accordance with Section 5.6 , as applicable, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the applicable Agent, Issuing Bank and the other Lenders such participations in the affected Obligation as are necessary to cause the purchasing Lender to share the excess payment or reduction on a Pro Rata basis or in accordance with Section 5.6 , as applicable. If any of such payment or reduction is thereafter recovered from, the purchasing Lender, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. No Lender shall set off against any Dominion Account without the prior consent of Administrative Agent.

 

129


13.6. Indemnification of Agent Indemnitees .

13.6.1. Each Lender agrees to indemnify and defend the Agent Indemnitees acting in their capacities as Agent Indemnitees (to the extent not reimbursed by Borrowers under this Agreement, but without limiting the indemnification obligation of Borrowers under this Agreement), on a Pro Rata basis, and to hold each of the Agent Indemnitees harmless from and against, any and all Indemnified Claims which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any of the Agent Indemnitees in any way related to or arising out of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or any other document contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the costs and expenses which Borrowers are obligated to pay under Section 15.2 hereof or amounts any Agent may be called upon to pay in connection with any lockbox or Dominion Account arrangement contemplated hereby or under any indemnity, guaranty or other assurance of payment or performance given by any Agent with respect to Letters of Credit) or the enforcement of any of the terms hereof or thereof or of any such other documents; provided that no Lender shall be liable to an Agent Indemnitee for any of the foregoing to the extent that they result from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Agent Indemnitee.

13.6.2. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 13.6 , if an Agent should be sued by any receiver, interim receiver, trustee, debtor in possession, monitor or other Person on account of any alleged preference or fraudulent transfer received, or alleged to have been received from any Borrower as the result of any transaction under the Credit Documents, then in such event any monies paid by such Agent in settlement or satisfaction of such suit, together with all Extraordinary Expenses incurred by such Agent in the defense of same, shall be promptly reimbursed to such Agent by Lenders to the extent of each Lender’s Pro Rata share.

13.6.3. Without limiting the generality off the foregoing provisions of this Section 13.6 , if at any time (whether prior to or after the Commitment Maturity Date) any action or proceeding shall be brought against any of the Agent Indemnitees by a Borrower or by any other Person claiming by, through or under a Borrower, to recover damages for any act taken or, omitted by any Agent under any of the Credit Documents or in the performance of any rights, powers or remedies of any Agent against any Borrower, any Account Debtor, the Collateral or with respect to any Loans, or to obtain any other relief of any kind on account of any transaction involving any Agent Indemnitees under or in relation to any of the Credit Documents, each Lender agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Agent Indemnitees harmless with respect thereto and to pay to the Agent Indemnitees such Lender’s Pro Rata share of such amount as any of the Agent Indemnitees shall be required to pay by reason of a judgment, decree, or other order entered in such action or proceeding or by reason of any compromise or settlement agreed to by the Agent Indemnitees, including all interest and costs assessed against any of the Agent Indemnitees in defending . or compromising such action, together with attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses paid or incurred by the Agent Indemnitees in connection therewith; provided , however , that no Lender shall be liable to any Agent Indemnitee for any of the foregoing to the extent that they arise from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Agent Indemnitee. In Administrative Agent’s discretion, Administrative Agent may also reserve for or satisfy any such judgment, decree or order from proceeds of Collateral prior to any distributions therefrom to or for the account of Lenders.

13.7. Limitation on Responsibilities of Agent . No Agent shall be liable to Lenders for any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Credit Documents, except for losses caused by such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. No Agent assumes any responsibility for any failure or delay in performance or any breach by any Obligor or Lender of any obligations under the Credit Documents. No Agent makes to Lenders any express or implied warranty, representation or guarantee with respect to any Obligations, Collateral, Credit Documents or Obligor. No Agent Indemnitee shall be responsible to

 

130


Lenders for any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties contained in any Credit Documents; the execution, validity, genuineness, effectiveness or enforceability of any Credit Documents, the genuineness, enforceability, collectibility, value, sufficiency, location or existence of any Collateral, or the validity, extent, perfection or priority of any Lien therein; the validity, enforceability or collectibility of any Obligations; or the assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations, business, creditworthiness or legal status of any Obligor or Account Debtor. No Agent Indemnitee shall have any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or inquire into the existence of any Default or Event of Default, the observance or performance by any Obligor of any terms of the Credit Documents, or the satisfaction of any conditions precedent contained in any Credit Documents.

13.8. Successor Agent and Co-Agents .

13.8.1. Resignation; Successor Administrative Agent . Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent as provided below, Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent may resign at any time by giving at least 30 days written notice thereof to Lenders and Borrowers. Upon receipt of such notice, Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as the case may be, which shall be (provided no Default or Event of Default exists) reasonably acceptable to Borrower Agent. If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as the case may be, then Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as the case may be, may appoint a successor agent from among the applicable Lenders. Upon acceptance by a successor Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as the case may be, of an appointment to serve as Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as the case may be, hereunder, such successor Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as the case may be, shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as the case may be, without further act, and the retiring Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent, as the case may be, shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder but shall continue to have the benefits of the indemnification set forth in Sections 13 and 15. Notwithstanding any Administrative Agent’s or Canadian Agent’s resignation, the provisions of this Section 13 shall continue in effect for its benefit with respect to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent. Any successor to Bank of America or Bank of America-Canada Branch by merger, amalgamation or acquisition of stock or this loan shall continue to be Administrative Agent and Canadian Agent hereunder, respectively, without further act on the part of the parties hereto, unless such successor resigns as provided above.

13.8.2. Separate Collateral Administrative Agent . It is the intent of the parties that there shall be no violation of any Applicable Law denying or restricting the right of financial institutions to transact business in any jurisdiction. If any Agent believes that it may be limited in the exercise of any rights or remedies under the Credit Documents due to any Applicable Law, such Agent may appoint an additional Person who is not so limited, as a separate collateral agent or co-collateral agent. If any Agent so appoints a collateral agent or co-collateral agent, each right and remedy intended to be available to such Agent under the Credit Documents shall also be vested in such separate agent. Every covenant and obligation necessary to the exercise thereof by such agent shall run to and be enforceable by it as well as such Agent. Lenders shall execute and deliver such documents as each Agent deems appropriate to vest any rights or remedies in such agent. If any collateral agent or co-collateral agent shall die or dissolve, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, then all the rights and remedies of such agent, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, shall vest in and be exercised by the applicable Agent until appointment of a new agent.

 

131


13.9. Consents, Amendments and Waivers; Out-of-Formula Loans .

13.9.1. Amendment . No modification of any Credit Document, including any extension or amendment of a Credit Document or any waiver of a Default or Event of Default, shall be effective without the prior written agreement of Administrative Agent (with the Consent of, and at the direction of, Required Lenders) and each Obligor party to such Credit Document; provided , however , that

(a) without the prior written consent of the applicable Agent (in addition to the Required Lenders), no modification shall be effective with respect to any provision in a Credit Document or provision of this Agreement that relates to any rights, duties or discretion of such Agent;

(b) without the prior written consent of Issuing Bank, no modification shall be effective with respect to any L/C Obligations or Section 2.3;

(c) without the prior written consent of each affected Lender, no modification shall be effective that would (i) increase the Commitment of such Lender; or (ii) reduce the amount of, or waive or delay payment of, any principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable to such Lender; and

(d) without the prior written consent of all Lenders (except a defaulting Lender as provided in Section 4.2 ), no modification shall be effective that would (i) extend the Commitment Maturity Date; (ii) alter Section 5.6 or 13.9.1; (iii) amend the definitions of “Total Borrowing Base,” “U.S. Borrowing Base” or “Canadian Borrowing Base” (and the denned terms used in such definitions), “Applicable Percentage,” “Pro Rata,” “Required Lenders,” “Required U.S. Revolver Lenders” or “Required Canadian Revolver Lenders”; (iv) increase any advance rate or increase total Commitments; (vi) other than in connection with a transaction permitted by Section 10.2.9 release a material portion of the Collateral; (vii) release any Solvent (at the time of the release) Obligor from liability for any Obligations other than in connection with a transaction permitted by Section 10.2.1 or 10.2.9 or (viii) subordinate the Obligations to any other obligation.

13.9.2. Limitations . The agreement of Borrowers shall not be necessary to the effectiveness of any modification of a Credit Document that deals solely with the rights and duties of Lenders, Administrative Agent, Canadian Agent and/or Issuing Bank as among themselves. Only the consent of the parties to the Fee Letter or any agreement relating to a Bank Product shall be required for any modification of such agreement, and no Affiliate or branch of a Lender that is party to a Bank Product agreement shall have any other right to consent to or participate in any manner in modification of any other Credit Document. The making of any Loans during the existence of a Default or Event of Default shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of such Default or Event of Default, nor to establish a course of dealing. Any waiver or consent granted by Lenders hereunder shall be effective only if in writing, and then only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it is given.

13.9.3. Payment for Consents . No Borrower will, directly or indirectly, pay any remuneration or other thing of value, whether by way of additional interest, fee or otherwise, to any Lender (in its capacity as a Lender hereunder) as consideration for agreement by such Lender with any modification of any Credit Documents, unless such remuneration or value is concurrently paid, on the same terms, on a Pro Rata basis to all Lenders providing their consent.

13.9.4. Unless otherwise directed in writing by the Required U.S. Revolver Lenders, Administrative Agent may require U.S. Revolver Lenders to honor requests by Borrower for U.S. Out-of-Formula Loans (in which event, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement,

 

132


U.S. Revolver Lenders shall continue to make U.S. Revolver Loans up to their Pro Rata share of the U.S. Revolver Commitments) and to forbear from requiring Borrowers to cure a U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition, (1) when no Event of Default exists (or if an Event of Default exists, when the existence of such Event of Default is not known by Administrative Agent), if and for so long as (i) such U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition does not continue for a period of more than thirty (30) consecutive days, following which no U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition exists for at least fifteen (15) consecutive days before another Out-of-Formula Condition exists, (ii) the amount of the U.S. Revolver Loans outstanding at any time does not exceed the aggregate of the U.S. Revolver Commitments at such time, and (iii) the U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition is not known by Administrative Agent at the time in question to exceed 10% of the U.S. Borrowing Base and (2) regardless of whether or not an Event of Default exists, if Administrative Agent discovers the existence of a U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition not previously known by it to exist, but U.S. Revolver Lenders shall be obligated to continue making such U.S. Revolver Loans as directed by Administrative Agent only (A) if the amount of the U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition is not increased by more than $10,000,000 above the amount determined by Administrative Agent to exist on the date of discovery thereof and (B) for a period not to exceed thirty (30) days and (C) the amount of the U.S. Revolver Loans outstanding at any time does not exceed the aggregate of the U.S. Revolver Commitments at such time. In no event shall any Borrower be deemed to be a beneficiary of this Section 13.9.4 or authorized to enforce any of the provisions of this Section 13.9.4 . Any funding of a U.S. Out-of-Formula Loan or a sufferance of a U.S. Out-of-Formula Condition shall not constitute a waiver by Administrative Agent or U.S. Revolver Lenders of the Event of Default caused thereby.

13.9.5. Unless otherwise directed in writing by the Required Canadian Revolver Lenders, Canadian Agent may require Canadian Revolver Lenders to honor requests by Canadian Borrower for Canadian Out-of-Formula Loans (in which event, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, Canadian Revolver Lenders shall continue to make Canadian Revolver Loans up to their Pro Rata share of the Canadian Revolver Commitments) and to forbear from requiring Canadian Borrower to cure a Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition, (1) when no Event of Default exists (or if an Event of Default exists, when the existence of such Event of Default is not known by Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent), if and for so long as (i) such Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition does not continue for a period of more than thirty (30) consecutive days, following which no Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition exists for at least fifteen (15) consecutive days before another Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition exists, (ii) the amount of the Canadian Revolver Loans outstanding at any time does not exceed the aggregate of the Canadian Revolver Commitments at such time, and (iii) the Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition is not known by Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent at the time in question to exceed 10% of the Canadian Borrowing Base and (2) regardless of whether or not an Event of Default exists, if Administrative Agent or Canadian Agent discovers the existence of a Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition not previously known by it to exist, but Canadian Revolver Lenders shall be obligated to continue making such Canadian Revolver Loans as directed by Canadian Agent only (A) if the amount of the Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition is not increased by more than $2,000,000 above the amount determined by Canadian Agent to exist on the date of discovery thereof and (B) for a period not to exceed thirty (30) days and (C) the amount of the Canadian Revolver Loans outstanding at any time does not exceed the aggregate of the Canadian Revolver Commitments at such time. In no event shall any Borrower be deemed to be a beneficiary of this Section 13.9.5 or authorized to enforce any of the provisions of this Section 13.9.5 . Any funding of a Canadian Out-of-Formula Loan or a sufferance of a Canadian Out-of-Formula Condition shall not constitute a waiver by Administrative Agent or Canadian Revolver Lenders of the Event of Default caused thereby.

13.10. Due Diligence and Non-Reliance . Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lenders, and based upon such documents, information and analyses as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of each Obligor and

 

133


its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to fund Loans and participate in L/C Obligations hereunder. Each Lender has made such inquiries concerning the Credit Documents, the Collateral and each Obligor as such Lender feels necessary. Each Lender further acknowledges and agrees that the other Lenders and Agents have made no representations or warranties concerning any Obligor, any Collateral or the legality, validity, sufficiency or enforceability of any Credit Documents or Obligations. Each Lender will, independently and without reliance upon the other Lenders or Agents, and based upon such financial statements, documents and information as it deems appropriate at the time, continue to make and rely upon its own credit decisions in making Loans and participating in L/C Obligations, and in taking or refraining from any action under any Credit Documents. Except for notices, reports and other information expressly requested by a Lender or that an Agent has expressly agreed to provide Lenders herein, no Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any notices, reports or certificates furnished to such Agent by any Obligor or any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition, business or Properties of any Obligor (or any of its Affiliates) which may come into possession of such Agent or any of such Agent’s Affiliates or branches.

13.11. Representations and Warranties of Lenders . By its execution of this Agreement, each Lender hereby represents and warrants to each Borrower and the other Lenders that it has the power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and that it has taken all necessary and appropriate action to authorize its execution and performance of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, each of which will be binding upon it and the obligations imposed upon it herein or therein will be enforceable against it in accordance with the respective terms of such documents.

13.12. The Required Lenders . As to any provisions of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents under which action may or is required to be taken upon direction or approval of the Required Lenders, the Required U.S. Revolver Lenders or Required Canadian Revolver Lenders, as applicable, the direction or approval of the Required Lenders shall be binding upon each Lender to the same extent and with the same effect as if each Lender had joined therein.

13.13. Several Obligations . The obligations and commitments of each Lender under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents are several and neither any Agent nor any Lender shall be responsible for the performance by the other Lenders of its obligations or commitments hereunder or thereunder. Notwithstanding any liability of Lenders stated to be joint and several to third Persons under any of the Credit Documents, such liability shall be shared, as among Lenders, Pro Rata according to the respective Commitments of Lenders.

13.14. Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity . As a Lender, Bank of America and Bank of America-Canada Branch shall each have the same rights and remedies under the other Credit Documents as any other Lender, and the terms “Lenders,” “Required Lenders,” “Required U.S. Revolver Lenders” or “Required Canadian Revolver Lenders” or any similar term shall include Bank of America and Bank of America-Canada Branch in their capacities as a Lender, as applicable. Each of Bank of America and Bank of America-Canada Branch and its Affiliates and branches may accept deposits from, maintain deposits or credit balances for, invest in, lend money to, provide Bank Products to, act as trustee under indentures of, serve as financial or other advisor to, and generally engage in any kind of business with, Obligors and their Affiliates, as if Bank of America and Bank of America-Canada Branch were any other bank, without any duty to account therefor (including any fees or other consideration received in connection therewith) to the other Lenders. In their individual capacity, Bank of America and Bank of America-Canada Branch and their Affiliates and branches may receive information regarding Obligors, their Affiliates and their Account Debtors (including information subject to confidentiality obligations), and each Lender agrees that Bank of America and Bank of America-Canada Branch and their Affiliates and branches shall be under no obligation to provide such information to Lenders, if acquired in such individual capacity and not as an Agent hereunder.

 

134


13.15. No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except for Borrowers as provided in the first and second sentences of Section 13.8.1 and in Section 13.9.1, this Section 13 is an agreement solely among Lenders and Agents, and shall survive Full Payment of the Obligations. This Section 13 does not confer any rights or benefits upon Borrowers or any other Person. As between Borrowers and Agents, any action that any Agent may take under any Credit Documents or with respect to any Obligations shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized and directed by Lenders.

13.16. Notice of Transfer . Each Agent may deem and treat a Lender party to this Agreement as the owner of such Lender’s portion of the Loans for all purposes, unless and until a written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof executed by such Lender has been received by Administrative Agent.

13.17. Replacement of Certain Lenders . If a Lender (a) fails to fund its Pro Rata share of any Loan or L/C Obligation hereunder, and such failure is not cured within two Business Days, (b) defaults in performing any of its obligations under the Credit Documents, or (c) fails to give its consent to any amendment, waiver or action for which consent of all Lenders was required and Required Lenders consented, then, in addition to any other rights and remedies that any Person may have, Administrative Agent may, by notice to such Lender within 120 days after such event, require such Lender to assign all of its rights and obligations under the Credit Documents to Eligible Assignee(s) specified by Administrative Agent, pursuant to appropriate Assignment and Acceptance(s) and within 20 days after Administrative Agent’s notice. Administrative Agent is irrevocably appointed as attorney-in-fact to execute any such Assignment and Acceptance if the Lender fails to execute same. Such Lender shall be entitled to receive, in cash, concurrently with such assignment, all amounts owed to it under the Credit Documents, including all principal, interest and fees through the date of assignment (but excluding any prepayment charge).

13.18. Remittance of Payments and Collections .

13.18.1. Remittances Generally . All payments by any Lender to the applicable Agent shall be made by the time and on the day set forth in this Agreement, in immediately available funds. If no time for payment is specified or if payment is due on demand by the applicable Agent and request for payment is made by the applicable Agent by 8:00 a.m. on a Business Day, payment shall be made by Lender not later than 11:00 a.m. on such day, and if request is made after 8:00 a.m., then payment shall be made by 8:00 a.m. on the next Business Day. Payment by the applicable Agent to any Lender shall be made by wire transfer, in the type of funds received by the applicable Agent. Any such payment shall be subject to the applicable Agent’s right of offset for any amounts due from such Lender under the Credit Documents.

13.18.2. Failure to Pay . If any Lender fails to pay any amount when due by it to the applicable Agent pursuant to the terms hereof, such amount shall bear interest from the due date until paid at the rate determined by such Agent as customary in the banking industry for interbank compensation. In no event shall Borrowers be entitled to receive credit for any interest paid by a Lender to the applicable Agent.

13.18.3. Recovery of Payments . If any Agent pays any amount to a Lender in the expectation that a related payment will be received by such Agent from an Obligor and such related payment is not received, then the applicable Agent may recover such amount from each Lender that received it. If the applicable Agent determines at any time that an amount received under any Loan Document must be returned to an Obligor or paid to any other Person pursuant to Applicable Law or otherwise, then, notwithstanding any other term of any Loan Document, the applicable Agent shall not be required to

 

135


distribute such amount to any Lender. If any amounts received and applied by the applicable Agent to any Obligations are later required to be returned by the applicable Agent pursuant to Applicable Law, each Lender shall pay to the applicable Agent, on demand, such Lender’s Pro Rata share of the amounts required to be returned.

13.19. No Reliance on Agents’ Customer Identification Program . Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that neither such Lender, nor any of its Affiliates, Participants, Transferees or assignees; may rely on any Agent to carry out such Lender’s, Affiliate’s, Participant’s, Transferee’s or assignee’s customer identification program, or other obligations required or imposed under or pursuant to the USA PATRIOT Act or the, regulations thereunder, including the regulations contained in 31 CFR 103.121 (as hereafter amended or replaced, the “ CIP Regulations ”), or any other Anti-Terrorism Law, including any programs involving any of the following items relating to or in connection with any Borrower, its Subsidiaries, Affiliates or its agents, the Credit Documents or the transactions hereunder: (1) any identity verification procedures, (2) any recordkeeping, (3) any comparisons with government lists, (4) any customer notices or (5) any other procedures required under the CIP Regulations or such other laws.

13.20. USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender or Transferee or Participant or assignee of a U.S. Revolver Lender that is not incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof (and is not excepted from the certification requirement contained in Section 313 of the USA PATRIOT Act and the applicable regulations because it is both (i) an affiliate of a depository institution or foreign bank that maintains a physical presence in the United States or foreign country, and (ii) subject to supervision by a banking authority regulating such affiliated depository institution or foreign bank) shall deliver to Administrative Agent the certification, or, if applicable, recertification, certifying that such U.S. Revolver Lender is not a “shell” and certifying to other matters as required by Section 313 of the USA PATRIOT Act and the applicable regulations: (1) within ten (10) days after the Closing Date and (2) at such other times as are required under the USA PATRIOT Act.

13.21. Hedging Arrangements . Each Lender shall notify Administrative Agent if such U.S. Revolver Lender or any of its Affiliates enters into a Hedging Agreement with any Borrower within 5 Business Days after consummation of such transaction, and at Administrative Agent’s request from time to time, shall provide such information as Administrative Agent may request regarding such Hedging Agreement, including a mark to market value on each hedging arrangement. If any Lender shall fail to notify Administrative Agent of its Hedging Agreement or if requested by Administrative Agent, its mark to market value on such hedging arrangement, then amounts owing to such Lender or its Affiliate under such Hedging Agreement shall be paid last in order under Section 5.7.1 .

SECTION 14. BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS

14.1. Successors and Assigns .

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that other than as permitted by Section 10.2.1 the Borrowers may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.1(b) , (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.1(d) , or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 14.1(f) , or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.1(h)  (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall-be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted

 

136


hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement. For greater certainty, a successor or assign of a Borrower hereunder shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 6 and 5.11 as if it were the Borrower from which it acquired its rights or obligations.

(b) Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment(s) and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 14.1(b), participations in L/C Obligations, Canadian Swing Line Loans and U.S. Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts .

(a) In the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment under any Facility and the Loans at the time owing to it under such Facility or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(b) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Acceptance, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of either the U.S. Revolver or the Canadian Revolver, unless each of Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default under Section 12.1.1, 12.1.9 or 12.1.10 has occurred and is continuing, each of the Borrowers otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met;

(ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not (A) apply to the Swing Line Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Canadian Swing Line Loans or U.S. Swing Line Loans, as applicable, or (B) prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations under the U.S. Revolver and the Canadian Revolver.

(iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(b) of this Section and, in addition:

(a) the consent of each of the Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default under Section 12.1.1, 12.1.9 or 12.1.10 has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund (provided that no Canadian Revolver Lender may assign its rights or obligations hereunder to a Lender or an Approved Fund if such assignee would not satisfy the definition of “Canadian Revolver Lender”);

 

137


(b) the consent of Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of any U.S. Revolver Commitment or Canadian Revolver Commitment if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment in respect of the applicable Facility, an Affiliate or branch of that Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to that Lender;

(c) the consent of the Issuing Bank (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding); and

(d) the consent of the Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment in respect of the U.S. Revolver or Canadian Revolver Commitment.

(iv) Assignment and Acceptance . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the applicable Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided , however , that such Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

(v) No Assignment to a Borrower . No such assignment shall be made to a Borrower or any of the Affiliates or Subsidiary of a Borrower.

(vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons . No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, that Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.6, 3.8, 5.9 and 15.2 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, the applicable Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by that Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 14.1(d) .

(c) Register . Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at Administrative Agent’s Office in the U.S. a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it or Canadian Agent and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). Any assignment of any Loan, whether or not evidenced by a note, shall be effective only upon appropriate entries with respect thereto being made in the Register. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrowers, Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

138


(d) Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrowers or Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or a Borrower or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of a Borrower) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of that Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including that Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations, Canadian Swing Line Loans, and/or U.S. Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) that Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) that Lender shall remain, solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, Agents, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank shall continue to deal solely and directly with that Lender in connection with that Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that that Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that that Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 13.9.1 that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.6, 3.8 and 5.9 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 14.1(b) (but subject in each case to any limitations upon the benefits provided by those Sections including the requirement to comply with Section 5.10 which would be imposed upon the participant were it a Lender), To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 14.2 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 3.12 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such Loan, or other obligation hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(e) Limitations upon Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.6 or 5.9 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the prior written consent of each of the Borrowers (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Nothing in Section 14.1(d) or Section 14.1(e) shall obligate the Borrowers to make duplicative payments to the Participant and to the Lender from which the Participant purchased its participation.

(f) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of that Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release that Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for that Lender as a party hereto.

(g) Electronic Execution of Assignments . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping

 

139


system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or similar foreign laws.

(h) Special Purpose Funding Vehicles . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (an “SPC”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) each SPC shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.6, 3.8 and 5.9 (subject to the requirements or limitations therein) to the same extent as if it were a Lender; provided that neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement (unless the grant or the exercise was made with the relevant Borrower’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) or result in any payment obligations under Section 3.6 , (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable (with the granting Lender remaining obligated for such obligations), and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Credit Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior debt of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, or liquidation proceeding under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or of Canada or any province or territory thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Borrowers and Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee in the amount of $3,500 to the applicable Agent, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any nonpublic information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(i) For greater certainty, an assignment or participation of a Canadian Revolver Loan, Canadian Letter of Credit or any other Canadian Obligation shall be assigned or participated to, as the case may be, an assignee or participant that is a Canadian Resident unless any Event of Default has occurred and remains continuing.

14.2. Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality . Each Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and branches and to its and its Affiliates’ and branches’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection

 

140


with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Credit Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to a Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of each of the Borrowers or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to any Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any of their respective Affiliates or branches on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than a Borrower or any of its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Agents and Lenders may issue and disseminate to the public general information describing this credit facility, including the names and addresses of Borrowers and a general description of Borrowers’ businesses, and may use Borrowers’ names in advertising and other promotional materials.

For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof relating to any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to any Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof; provided that, in the case of information received from a Obligor or any such Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Each Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning a Obligor or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States federal, state, Canadian federal and provincial securities Laws.

SECTION 15. MISCELLANEOUS

15.1. Power of Attorney . Each Borrower hereby irrevocably designates, makes, constitutes and appoints the applicable Agent (and all Persons designated by such Agent) as such Borrower’s true and lawful attorney (and agent in fact) and such Agent, or such Agent’s designee, may, without notice to such Borrower and in either such Borrower’s or such Agent’s name, but at the cost and expense of Borrowers:

15.1.1. At such time or times as such Agent or designee may determine, endorse such Borrower’s name on any Payment Item or proceeds of the Collateral which come into the possession of such Agent or under such Agent’s control and deposit the same for application to the Obligations as set forth and only under the circumstances and to the extent provided in this Agreement.

15.1.2. At any time that an Event of Default exists: (i) demand payment of the Accounts from the Account Debtors, enforce payment of the Accounts by legal proceedings or otherwise, and generally exercise all of such Borrower’s rights and remedies with respect to the collection of the Accounts; (ii) settle, adjust, compromise, discharge or release any of the Accounts or other Collateral or any legal proceedings brought to collect any of the Accounts or other Collateral; (iii) sell or assign any of the Accounts and other Collateral upon such terms, for such amounts and at such time or times as the applicable Agent deems advisable; (iv) take control, in

 

141


any manner, of any item of payment or proceeds relating to any Collateral; (v) prepare, file and sign such Borrower’s name to a proof of claim in bankruptcy or similar document against any Account Debtor or to any notice of Lien, assignment or satisfaction of Lien or similar document in connection with any of the Collateral; (vi) receive, open and deal with all mail addressed to such Borrower; (vii) endorse the name of such Borrower upon any of the items of payment or proceeds relating to any Collateral and deposit the same, to the account of the applicable Agent on account of the Obligations; (viii) endorse the name of such Borrower upon any chattel paper, document, instrument, invoice, freight bill, bill of lading or similar document or agreement relating to any Accounts or Inventory of any Borrower and any other Collateral; (ix) use such Borrower’s stationery and sign the name of such Borrower to verifications of the Accounts and notices thereof to Account Debtors; (x) use the information recorded on or contained in any data processing equipment and computer hardware and software relating to the Accounts, Inventory, Equipment or any other Collateral; (xi) make and adjust claims under policies of insurance; (xii) sign the name of such Borrower on any proof of claim in. bankruptcy against Account Debtors and on notices of Liens, claims of mechanic’s Liens or assignments or releases of mechanic’s Liens securing any Accounts; (xiii) take all action as may be necessary to obtain the payment of any letter of credit or banker’s acceptance of which such Borrower is a beneficiary; and (xiv) do all other acts and things necessary, in the applicable Agent’s determination, to fulfill such Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement.

15.2. General Indemnity . Each Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify and defend the Indemnitees against and to hold the Indemnitees harmless from any Indemnified Claim that may be instituted or asserted against any of the indemnitees and that either (i) arises out of or relates to this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents (including any transactions entered into pursuant to any of the Credit Documents, Administrative Agent’s Lien upon the Collateral, or the performance by Agents or Lenders of their duties or the exercise of any of their rights or remedies under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents), or (ii) results from a Borrower’s failure to observe, perform or discharge any of such Borrower’s covenants or duties hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this indemnity shall extend to any Indemnified Claims instituted or asserted against the Indemnitees by any Person relating to the actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, under or from any Property now or formerly owned or operated by Borrower, or any Environmental Claim relating to Borrower. Additionally, without duplication of Section 3.6 , if any Taxes (excluding Taxes imposed upon or measured solely by the net income of Agents and Lenders, but including any intangibles tax, stamp tax, recording tax or franchise tax) shall be payable by any Agent or any Borrower on account of the extension of the Loans and other Obligations by Agent or any Lender or the repayment of any of the Obligations hereunder or the granting of a Lien in favor of Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, by reason of any Applicable Law now or hereafter in effect, Borrowers will pay (or will promptly reimburse Agents and Lenders for the payment of) all such Taxes, including any interest and penalties thereon, and will indemnify and hold Indemnitees harmless from and against all liability in connection therewith. The foregoing indemnities shall not apply to Indemnified Claims incurred by any Indemnitee as a result of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct or that arise solely out of any disputes between Lenders or Lenders and Agents. The foregoing indemnity shall not extend to or preclude any claim, demand, suit, allegation or other proceeding by any Borrower against any Indemnitee on account of any damages, losses, liabilities and expenses that may be suffered or incurred by any Borrower by a breach of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents by any Indemnified Party.

15.3. Survival of All Indemnities . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, the obligation of each Borrower and each Lender with respect to each indemnity given by it in this Agreement, whether given by any or all Borrowers to Agent Indemnitees, Lender Indemnitees or Bank Indemnitees or by any Lender to any Agent Indemnitees or Bank Indemnitees, shall survive the Payment in Full of the Obligations and the termination of any of the Commitments.

 

142


15.4. [Reserved ].

15.5. Severabilitv . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under Applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under Applicable Law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

15.6. Cumulative Effect; Conflict of Terms . The provisions of the Other Agreements and tlie Security Documents are hereby made cumulative with the provisions of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that this Agreement and the other Credit Documents may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters and that such limitations, tests and measures are cumulative and each must be performed, except as may be expressly stated to the contrary in this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in any of the other Credit Documents by specific reference to the applicable provision of this Agreement, if any provision contained in this Agreement is indirect conflict with, or in consistent with, any provision in any of the other Credit Documents, the provision contained in this Agreement shall govern and control.

15.7. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement and any amendments hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

15.8. Consent . Whenever an Agent’s, Lenders’ or Required Lenders’ consent is required to be obtained under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents as a condition to any action, inaction, condition or event, each Agent and each Lender shall be authorized to give or withhold its consent in its sole and absolute discretion and to condition its consent upon the giving of additional collateral security for the Obligations, the payment of money or any other matter; provided, that when an Agent’s consent alone is required, such Agent may give or withhold its consent in its reasonable discretion.

15.9. Notices . All notices, requests and demands to or upon a party hereto shall be in writing and shall be sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, personal delivery against receipt or by telecopier or other facsimile transmission and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered when delivered against receipt or, in the case of facsimile transmission, when received (if on a Business Day and, if not received on a Business Day, then on the next Business Day after receipt) at the office where the noticed party’s telecopier is located, in each case addressed to the noticed party at the address shown for such party on the signature page hereof or on Schedule 2 hereof, or in the case of a Person who becomes a Lender after the date hereof, at the address shown on the Assignment and Acceptance by which such person became a Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no notice to or upon Administrative Agent pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.9 or 6.2 shall be effective until after actually received by the individual to whose attention at such Agent such notice is required to be sent. Any written notice, request or demand that is not sent in conformity with the provisions hereof shall nevertheless be effective on the date that such notice, request or demand is actually received by the individual to whose attention at the noticed party such notice, request or demand is required to be sent.

15.10. Performance of Borrowers’ Obligations . If any Borrower shall fail to discharge any covenant, duty or obligation hereunder or under any of the other Credit Documents, the applicable Agent may, in its sole discretion at any time or from time to time, for such Borrower’s account and at

 

143


Borrowers’ expense, pay any amount or do any act required of Borrowers hereunder or under any of the other Credit Documents or otherwise lawfully requested by the applicable Agent to (i) enforce any of the Credit Documents or collect any of the Obligations, (ii) preserve, protect, insure or maintain or realize upon any of the Collateral, or (iii) preserve, defend, protect or maintain the validity or priority of the applicable Agent’s Liens on any of the Collateral, including the payment of any judgment against any Borrower, any insurance premium, any warehouse charge, any finishing or processing charge, any landlord claim, any other Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral (whether or not a Permitted Lien). All payments that the applicable Agent may make under this Section and all out of pocket costs and expenses (including Extraordinary Expenses) that the applicable Agent pays or incurs in connection with any action taken by it hereunder shall be reimbursed to the applicable Agent by the applicable Borrowers on demand with interest from the date such payment is made or such costs or expenses are incurred to the date of payment thereof at the Default Rate applicable for U.S. Base Rate Loans or Canadian Revolver Loans that are Canadian Base Rate Loans. Any payment made or other action taken by the applicable Agent under this Section shall be without prejudice to any right to assort, and without waiver of, an Event of Default hereunder and to without prejudice to the applicable Agent’s right proceed thereafter as provided herein or in any of the other Credit Documents.

15.11. Credit Inquiries . Each Borrower hereby authorizes and permits Agents and Lenders (but Agents and Lenders shall have no obligation) to respond to usual and customary credit inquiries from third parties concerning such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

15.12. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence of this Agreement, the Other Agreements and the Security Documents.

15.13. Indulgences Not Waivers . Any party’s failure at any time or times hereafter, to require strict performance of any provision of this Agreement shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of such party thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance therewith.

15.14. Entire Agreement; Exhibits and Schedules . This Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with all other instruments, agreements and certificates executed by the parties in connection therewith or with reference thereto, embody the entire understanding and agreement between the parties hereto and thereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings and inducements, whether express or implied, or all or written. Each of the Exhibits and each of the Schedules attached hereto are incorporated into this Agreement and by this reference made a part hereof.

15.15. Interpretation . No provision of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents shall be construed against or interpreted to the disadvantage of any party hereto by any court or other governmental or judicial authority by reason of such party having, or being deemed to have, structured, drafted or dictated such provision.

15.16. Obligations of Lenders Several . The obligations of each Lender hereunder are several, and no Lender shall be responsible for the obligations or Commitment of any other Lender. Nothing contained in this Agreement and no action taken by Lenders pursuant hereto shall be deemed to constitute the Lenders to be a partnership, association, joint venture or any other kind of entity. The amounts payable at any time hereunder to each Lender shall be a separate and independent debt, and each Lender shall be entitled, to the extent not otherwise restricted hereunder, to protect and enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement and any of the other Credit Documents and it shall not be necessary for any Agent or any other Lender to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

 

144


15.17. Advertising and Publicity . On or after the Closing Date, with the prior consent of Borrowers (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), Administrative Agent, on behalf of Lenders, may issue and disseminate to the public (by advertisement or otherwise) information describing the credit accommodations made available by Lenders pursuant to this Agreement, including the name and address of each Borrower, the amount and security for the credit accommodations and the general nature of each Borrower’s business; provided that detail regarding terms (such as interest rate) may be provided only to industry publications, such as the “LPC Gold Sheets.”

15.18. Disclosure . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any party subject to confidentiality obligations hereunder or under any other related document (and any employee, representative or other agent of such party) may disclose to any Governmental Authority, without limitation of any kind, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the U.S. federal income tax structure of the transactions contemplated herein and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to it relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. Borrowers acknowledge that one or more of the Lenders may treat its Loans as part of a transaction that is subject to Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4 or Section 301.6112-1, and each Agent and such Lender or Lenders, as applicable, may file such IRS forms or maintain such lists and other records as they may determine is required by such Treasury Regulations.

15.19. Governing Law; Consent to Forum . This Agreement has been negotiated, executed and delivered at and shall be deemed to have been made in New York, New York. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof); provided , however , that, if any of the Collateral shall be located in any jurisdiction other than New York, the laws of such jurisdiction shall govern the method, manner and procedure for foreclosure of the applicable Agent’s Lien upon such Collateral and the enforcement of such Agent’s other remedies in respect of such Collateral to the extent that the laws of such jurisdiction are different from or inconsistent with the laws of the State of New York. As part of the consideration for new value received, and regardless of any present or future domicile or principal place off business of any Borrower, any Lender or any Agent, each Borrower hereby consents and agrees that the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York located in New York County (the “ Southern District ) shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any claims or disputes among any or all Borrowers, Agents and Lenders pertaining to this Agreement or to any matter arising out of or related to this Agreement. Each Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced, in any such Court, and each Borrower hereby waives any objection that such Borrower may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such Court. Each Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaint and other process issued in any such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaint and other process may be made by certified mail addressed to such Borrower at the address set forth in this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier of such Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or four (4) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or operate to affect the right of Administrative Agent to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law, or to preclude the enforcement by Administrative Agent of any judgment or order obtained in such forum or the taking of any action under this Agreement to enforce same in any other appropriate forum or jurisdiction.

Each Canadian Loan Party hereby agrees to irrevocably and unconditionally appoint an agent for service of process located in The City of New York (the “ New York Process Agent ”). reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, as its agent to receive on behalf of such Canadian Loan Party and its property service of copies of the summons and complaint and any other process which may be served in any action or proceeding in the Southern District described in paragraph, (a) of this subsection

 

145


11.13(f) and agrees promptly to appoint a successor New York Process Agent in The City of New York (which successor New York Process Agent shall accept such appointment in a writing reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent) prior to the termination for any reason of the appointment of the initial New York Process Agent. CT Corporation, a WoltersKluwer Company, located at 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, NY 10011, telephone: 212-590-9310, facsimile: 212-590-9190, has been appointed as the initial New York Process Agent. In any action or proceeding in the Southern District, service may be made on a Canadian Loan Party by delivering a copy of such process to such Canadian Loan Party in care of the New York Process Agent at the New York Process Agent’s address and by depositing a copy of such process in the mails by certified or registered air mail, addressed to such Canadian Loan Party at its address specified in subsection 11.2 with (if applicable) a copy to the Borrower Agent (such service to be effective upon such receipt by the New York Process Agent and the depositing of such process in the mails as aforesaid). Each Canadian Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally authorizes and directs the New York Process Agent to accept such service on its behalf. As an alternate method of service, each Canadian Loan Party irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding in the Southern District by mailing of copies of such process to such Canadian Loan Party by certified or registered air mail at its address specified in Section 15.9 . Each Canadian Loan Party agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

To the extent that a Canadian Loan Party has or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from setoff or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise) with respect to itself or any of its property, such Canadian Loan Party hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Agreement and any Credit Document.

15.20. Waivers by Borrowers . To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Borrower waives (1) the right to trial by jury (which each Agent and each Lender hereby also waives) in any action, suit, proceeding or counterclaim of any kind arising out of or related to any of the Credit Documents, the Obligations or the Collateral; (ii) presentment, demand and protest and notice of presentment, protest, default, non payment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any or all commercial paper, accounts, contract rights, documents, instruments, chattel paper and guaranties at any time held by any Agent on which such Borrower may in any way be liable and hereby ratifies and confirms whatever any Agent may do in this regard; (iii) notice prior to taking possession or control of the Collateral or any bond or security which might be required by any court prior to allowing any Agent to exercise any of such Agent’s remedies; (iv) the benefit of all valuation, appraisement and exemption laws; and (v) notice of acceptance hereof. Each Borrower acknowledges that the foregoing waivers are a material inducement to Agents’ and Lenders’ entering into this Agreement and that Agents and Lenders are relying upon the foregoing waivers in its future dealings with Borrowers. Each Borrower warrants and represents that it has reviewed the foregoing waivers with its legal counsel and has knowingly and voluntarily waived its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the Court.

15.21. Waiver of Consumer Rights . Each Borrower waives its rights under the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Consumer Protection Act, Section 17.41 et seq ., Business & Commerce Code, a law that gives consumers special rights and protections. After consultation with an attorney of each Borrower’s selection, each Borrower voluntarily consents to this waiver.

 

146


15.22. Limitation of Liability . NO CLAIM MAY BE MADE BY ANY AGENT, ANY BORROWER, ANY LENDER OR OTHER PERSON AGAINST ANY AGENT, ANY BORROWER, ANY LENDER, OR THE AFFILIATES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, COUNSEL, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT OF ANY OF THEM FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT, OR ANY ACT, OMISSION OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, AND EACH BORROWER, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES AND AGREES NOT TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.

15.23. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the credit facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrowers and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and Agents and Arranger, on the other hand, and each Borrower is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Credit Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, Agents and Arranger each is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Borrowers or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) no Agent or Arranger has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrowers with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document (irrespective of whether such Agent or Arranger has advised or is currently advising the Borrowers or any of their respective Affiliates on other matters) and no Agent or Arranger has any obligation to the Borrowers or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in tie other Credit Documents; (iv) any Agent and Arranger and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrowers and their respective Affiliates, and no Agent or Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) no Agent or Arranger has provided nor will it provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) and each of the Borrowers has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. Each of the Borrowers hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against any Agent or Arranger with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty.

15.24. Judgment Currency . If for me purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert an amount due hereunder in the currency in which it is due (the “ Original Currency ”) into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”), the rate of exchange applied shall be that at which, in accordance with normal banking procedures, Administrative Agent could purchase in the New York foreign exchange market, the Original Currency with the Second Currency on the date two (2) Business Days preceding that on which judgment is given. Each Borrower agrees that its obligation in respect of any Original Currency due from it hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment or payment in such other currency, be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day following the date Administrative

 

147


Agent receives payment of any sum so adjudged to be due hereunder in the Second Currency, Administrative Agent may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase, in the New York foreign exchange market, the Original Currency with the amount of the Second Currency so paid; and if the amount of the Original Currency so purchased or could have been so purchased is less than the amount originally due in the Original Currency, each Borrower agrees as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such payment or judgment to indemnify Administrative Agent against such loss. The term “rate of exchange” in this Section 15.24 means the spot rate at which Administrative Agent, in accordance with normal practices, is able on the relevant date to purchase the Original Currency with the Second Currency, and includes any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with such purchase.

15.25. USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Administrative Agent and Lenders hereby notify Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, Administrative Agent and Lenders are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Borrower, including its legal name, address, tax ID number and other information that will allow Administrative Agent and Lenders to identify it in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act. Administrative Agent and Lenders will also require information regarding each personal guarantor, if any, and may require information regarding Borrowers’ management and owners, such as legal name, address, social security number and date of birth.

15.26. Effectiveness of the Acquisition . Ryerson, Ryerson & Son and Ryerson Canada shall have no rights, liabilities or obligations hereunder until the consummation of the Acquisition and any representations and warranties of Ryerson, Ryerson & Son and Ryerson Canada hereunder shall not become effective until such time. Upon consummation of the Acquisition, Ryerson, Ryerson & Son and Ryerson Canada shall succeed to all the rights and obligations of Rhombus Merger Corporation under this Agreement and all representations and warranties of Ryerson, Ryerson & Son and Ryerson Canada shall become effective as of the date hereof, without any further action by any Person.

 

148


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

 

RYERSON INC., as a Borrower and Borrower Agent
By:  

/s/ Eva M. Kalawski

Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON INC., as a Borrower
By:  

/s/ Eva M. Kalawski

Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
RYERSON CANADA, INC., as Canadian Borrower
By:  

/s/ Eva M. Kalawski

Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

Ryerson Credit Agreement


BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent and a Lender

By:  

/s/ Stephen King

Name:   Stephen King
Title:   Vice President

BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(acting through its Canada branch) as Canadian Agent and a Lender

By:  

/s/ Medina Sales de Andrade

Name:   Medina Sales de Andrade
Title:   Vice President

Ryerson Credit Agreement


GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION as Co-Syndication Agent, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Michael R. Todorow

Name:   Michael R. Todorow
Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


GE CANADA FINANCE HOLDING COMPANY, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ ITALO FORTINO

Name:   ITALO FORTINO
Title:   DULY AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


ABN AMRO Bank, N.V., as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Ece Bennett

Name:   Ece Bennett
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Allen R. Broyles

Name:   Allen R. Broyles
Title:   Director

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


Wachovia Capital Finance Corporation (Central), as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Brian Hynds

Name:   Brian Hynds
Title:   Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, as Co-Documentation

Agent and a U.S. Revolver Lender

By:  

/s/ Mark Bradford

Name:   Mark Bradford
Title:   Vice-President

Wells Fargo Foothill, ULC, as a

Canadian Revolver Lender

By:  

/s/ Mark Bradford

Name:   Mark Bradford
Title:   Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ James Ramage

Name:   James Ramage
Title:   Managing Director

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Toronto branch, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Muhammad Hasan

Name:   Muhammad Hasan
Title:   Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


ING Capital LLC, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ William C. Beddingfield

Name:   William C. Beddingfield
Title:   Managing Director

Ryerson Credit Agreement


Allied Irish Banks p.l.c., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Albert D. Perez

Name:   Albert D. Perez
Title:   Vice President
By:  

/s/ Eanna P. Mulkere

Name:   Eanna P. Mulkere
Title:   Assistant Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Jang Kim

Name:   Jang Kim
Title:   VP

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


CIT Business Credit Canada Inc., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Donald Rogers

Name:   Donald Rogers
Title:   Senior Vice President
By:  

/s/ NICK BASSI

Name:   NICK BASSI
Title:   Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


RBS Business Capital, a division of RBS Asset Finance, Inc. as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Cyril Prince

Name:   Cyril Prince
Title:   Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


U.S. Bank National Association, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey A. Kessler

Name:   Jeffrey A. Kessler
Title:   Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


U.S. Bank National Association, Canada Branch, as

a Lender

By:  

/s/ Kevin Jephcott

Name:   Kevin Jephcott
Title:   Principal Officer

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


Union Bank of California, N.A.

as Lender

By:  

/s/ Brent Housteau

Name:   Brent Housteau
Title:   Vice President

Union Bank of California, Canada Branch

as Lender

By:  

 

Name:   Phillip Taylor
Title:   Senior Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


Union Bank of California, N.A.

as Lender

By:  

 

Name:   Brent Housteau
Title:   Vice President

Union Bank of California, Canada Branch

as Lender

By:  

/s/ Phil Taylor

Name:   Phil Taylor
Title:   Senior Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


Citibank, N.A., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ DAVID JAFFE

Name:   DAVID JAFFE
Title:   Director/Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


Citizens Bank, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Timothy D. Hanchett

Name:   Timothy D. Hanchett
Title:   Senior Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

 

NATIONAL CITY BUSINESS CREDIT INC
By:  

/s/ ROBERT [ILLEGIBLE]

Name:   ROBERT [ILLEGIBLE]
Title:   Director

Ryerson Inc. Loan Agreement October 2007


Siemens Financial Services, Inc.

                                                              , as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Mark Picillo

Name:

  Mark Picillo

Title:

  Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ David B. Julie

Name:

  David B. Julie

Title:

  Associate Director

By:

 

/s/ Mary E. Evans

Name:

  Mary E. Evans

Title:

  Associate Director

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


FIFTH THIRD BANK, as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Joseph A. Wemhoff

Name:

  Joseph A. Wemhoff

Title:

  Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


HSBC Business Credit (USA) Inc., as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Jimmy Schwartz

Name:

  Jimmy Schwartz

Title:

  Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


The Bank of Nova Scotia, as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ J.F. Todd

Name:

  J.F. Todd

Title:

  Managing Director

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


BMO CAPITAL MARKETS FINANCING, INC.,

as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Craig Thistlethwaite

Name:

  Craig Thistlethwaite

Title:

  Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


BANK OF MONTREAL, as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Ben Ciallella

Name:

  Ben Ciallella

Title:

  Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


Lloyds TSB Commercial Finance Limited,

as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Jeremy Harrison

Name:

  Jeremy Harrison

Title:

  Director - ABL

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


Natixis, as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Carla Sweet

Name:

  Carla Sweet

Title:

  Director

By:

 

/s/ VINCENT LAURAS

Name:

  VINCENT LAURAS

Title:

  MANAGING DIRECTOR

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


BAYERISCHE LANDESBANK, as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Christopher Dowd

Name:

  Christopher Dowd

Title:

  Vice President

By:

 

/s/ George J. Schnepf

Name:

  George J. Schnepf

Title:

  Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


North Fork Business Capital Corporation, as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Michael S. Burns

Name:

  Michael S. Burns

Title:

  Senior Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


PNC Bank National Association, as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Peter Redington

Name:

  Peter Redington

Title:

  A.V.P.

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


  Regions Bank, as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Barry S. Renow

Name:

  Barry S. Renow

Title:

  Attorney-In-Fact

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


UPS Capital Corporation, as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ John P. Holloway

Name:

  John P. Holloway

Title:

  Director of Portfolio Management

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


ISRAEL DISCOUNT BANK OF NEWYORK, as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey S. Ackerman

Name:

  Jeffrey S. Ackerman

Title:

  Senior Vice President

By:

 

/s/ Neal [ILLEGIBLE]

Name:

  Neal [ILLEGIBLE]

Title:

  VP

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT


WEBSTER BUSINESS CREDIT CORPORATION, as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Alan F. McKay

Name:

  Alan F. McKay

Title:

  Vice President

RYERSON CREDIT AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT 10.2

Execution Version

 

 

 

GUARANTEE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

By

RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION

(to be merged with and into Ryerson Inc.)

and

THE PLEDGORS AND GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

Dated as of October 19, 2007

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

PREAMBLE

      1

RECITALS

      1

AGREEMENT

      2
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

SECTION 1.1.

   Definitions    2

SECTION 1.2.

   Interpretation    6

SECTION 1.3.

   Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities    6

SECTION 1.4.

   Perfection Certificate    7
ARTICLE II
GRANT OF SECURITY AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 2.1.

   Grant of Security Interest    7

SECTION 2.2.

   Filings    8
ARTICLE III

PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER

ASSURANCES; USE OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL

SECTION 3.1

  

[Reserved]

   8

SECTION 3.2.

  

[Reserved]

   8

SECTION 3.3.

  

Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest

   8

SECTION 3.4.

  

Other Actions

   9

SECTION 3 5.

  

Joinder of Additional Guarantors

   11

SECTION 3.6.

  

Supplements; Further Assurances

   12
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

SECTION 4.1.

   Title    12

SECTION 4.2.

   Validity of Security Interest    13

 

-i-


          Page

SECTION 4.3.

   Defense of Claims; Transferability of Pledged Collateral    13

SECTION 4.4.

   Other Financing Statements    13

SECTION 4.5.

   Location of Inventory and Equipment    14

SECTION 4.6.

   [Reserved]    14

SECTION 4.7.

   Consents, etc.    14

SECTION 4.8.

   Pledged Collateral    14

SECTION 4.9.

   Insurance    14

SECTION 4.10.

   Chief Executive Office; Change of Name; Jurisdiction of Organization    14
ARTICLE V
GUARANTEE

SECTION 5.1.

   Guarantee    15

SECTION 5.2.

   Guarantee of Payment    15

SECTION 5.3.

   No Limitations    15

SECTION 5.4.

   Reinstatement    16

SECTION 5.5.

   Agreement To Pay; Subrogation    16

SECTION 5.6.

   Information    16

SECTION 5.7.

   Right of Contribution    17

SECTION 5.8.

   General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations    17
ARTICLE VI
[RESERVED]
ARTICLE VII
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING RECEIVABLES

SECTION 7.1.

   Maintenance of Records    17

SECTION 7.2.

   Legend    18

SECTION 7.3.

   Modification of Terms, etc.    18

SECTION 7.4.

   Collection    18
   ARTICLE VIII   
   TRANSFERS   

SECTION 8.1.

   Transfers of Pledged Collateral    18

 

-ii-


          Page
ARTICLE IX
[RESERVED]
ARTICLE X
REMEDIES

SECTION 10.1.

   Remedies    19

SECTION 10.2.

   Notice of Sale    21

SECTION 10.3.

   Waiver of Notice and Claims    21

SECTION 10.4.

   [Reserved]    21

SECTION 10.5.

   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies    21
ARTICLE XI
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

SECTION 11.1.

   Application of Proceeds    22
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 12.1.

   Concerning Administrative Agent    22

SECTION 12.2.

   Administrative Agent May Perform; Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact    26

SECTION 12.3.

   Continuing Security Interest; Assignment    26

SECTION 12.4.

   Termination; Release    27

SECTION 12.5.

   Modification in Writing    27

SECTION 12.6.

   Notices    28

SECTION 12.7.

   Governing Law, Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial    28

SECTION 12.8.

   Severability of Provisions    28

SECTION 12.9.

   Execution in Counterparts    28

SECTION 12.10.

   Business Days    28

SECTION 12.11.

   No Credit for Payment of Taxes or Imposition    28

SECTION 12.12.

   No Claims Against Administrative Agent    28

SECTION 12.13.

   No Release    29

SECTION 12.14.

   Obligations Absolute    29

SECTION 12.15.

   Jury Trial Waiver    30

SIGNATURES

      S-l

 

-iii-


          Page

EXHIBIT 1

   Form of Joinder Agreement   

Schedule 1

   Commercial Tort Claims   

 

-iv-


GUARANTEE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This GUARANTEE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of October 19, 2007 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, this “ Agreement ”) made by RHOMBUS HOLDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”) (to be merged with and into RYERSON INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Ryerson ”)), and the U.S. Subsidiaries of Ryerson from to time to time party hereto in their capacities as pledgors, assignors and debtors hereunder (together with any successors in such capacities, (such U.S. Subsidiaries, the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”) in favor of BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative Agent, as pledgee, assignee and secured party (in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as hereinafter defined). The Subsidiary Guarantors, together with Holdings, are referred to herein as the “Guarantors”, and the Subsidiary Guarantors, together with Merger Sub and Ryerson, are referred to herein as the “ Pledgors.

R E C I T A L S :

A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 19, 2007 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Merger Sub, Ryerson, the other Subsidiaries of Ryerson party thereto as Borrowers (the “ Borrowers ”), and each lender from time to time party thereto. The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement.

B. Each of the Pledgors and Guarantors will receive substantial benefits from the execution, delivery and performance of the obligations under the Credit Agreement and each is, therefore, willing to enter into this Agreement.

C. This Agreement is given by each Pledgor in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to guaranty and to secure, and by Holdings to guaranty, the payment and performance of all of the Secured Obligations (as defined).

D. It is a condition to the initial extensions under the Credit Agreement that each Pledgor execute and deliver the applicable Security Documents, including this Agreement.


A G R E E M E N T :

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Holdings, each Pledgor and the Administrative Agent hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

SECTION 1.1. Definitions .

(a) Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement, capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the UCC shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC; provided that in any event, the following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC:

Bank ”; “ Chattel Paper ”; “ Documents ”; “ Electronic Chattel Paper ”; “ Inventory ”; “ Letter-of-Credit Rights ”; “ Money ”; “ Payment Intangibles ”; “ Proceeds ”; “ Records ”; “ Supporting Obligations ”; and “ Tangible Chattel Paper.

(b) Terms used but not otherwise defined herein that are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

(c) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

Account Debtor ” shall mean each person who is obligated on a Receivable or Supporting Obligation related thereto.

Accounts ” shall mean all accounts (as defined in the UCC), other than any such Accounts resulting from the sale or disposition of Notes Collateral.

Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

Collateral Support ” shall mean all property (real or personal) assigned, hypothecated or otherwise securing any Pledged Collateral and shall include any security agreement or other agreement granting a lien or security interest in such real or personal property.

Commercial Tort Claim ” shall mean any Commercial Tort Claim, as defined in the UCC that has been asserted in judicial proceedings.

Control ” shall mean in the case of each Deposit Account, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 9-104 of the UCC.

Credit Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Recital A hereof.

Deposit Account Control Agreement ” shall mean a control agreement in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent establishing the Administrative Agent’s Control with respect to any Deposit Account.

 

-2-


Deposit Accounts ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all “deposit accounts” as such term is defined in the UCC and in any event shall include all cash, funds, checks, notes and instruments from time to time on deposit in any of the accounts or subaccounts thereof.

Event of Default ” shall mean any Event of Default under the Credit Agreement.

Excluded Assets ” shall mean

(a) any permit, license, contract or other asset issued by a Governmental Authority to any Pledgor or any contract or other agreement to which any Pledgor is a party, in each case, only to the extent and for so long as the terms of such permit, license, contract or other asset issued by a Governmental Authority to any Pledgor of such contract or other agreement or any Requirement of Law applicable thereto, validly prohibit the creation by such Pledgor of a security interest in such permit, license or agreement in favor of the Administrative Agent (after giving effect to Sections 9-406(d), 9-407(a), 9-408(a) or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity);

(b) assets of the Pledgors located outside of the United States to the extent a lien in such assets cannot be created and perfected under United States federal or state law;

(c) any collateral as to which the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion that the collateral value thereof is insufficient to justify the difficulty, time and/or expense of obtaining a perfected security interest therein;

(d) the Collateral Account (as such term is defined in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture); and

(e) any Receivables resulting from the sale or disposition of Notes Collateral;

provided, however, that Excluded Assets shall not include any Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Assets referred to in clauses (a) through (e) (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute an Excluded Asset referred to in clauses (a) through (e)).

General Intangibles ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all “general intangibles,” as such term is defined in the UCC, of such Pledgor and, in any event, shall include (i) all of such Pledgor’s rights, title and interest in, to and under all Contracts and insurance policies (including all rights and remedies relating to monetary damages, including indemnification rights and remedies, and claims for damages or other relief pursuant to or in respect of any Contract), (ii) all know-how and warranties relating to any of the Pledged Collateral, (iii) any and all other rights, claims, choses-in-action and causes of action of such Pledgor against any other person and the benefits of any and all collateral or other security given by any

 

-3-


other person in connection therewith, (iv) all guarantees, endorsements and indemnifications on, or of, any of the Pledged Collateral, (v) all lists, books, records, correspondence, ledgers, printouts, files (whether in printed form or stored electronically), tapes and other papers or materials containing information relating to any of the Pledged Collateral, including all customer or tenant lists, identification of suppliers, data, plans, blueprints, specifications, designs, drawings, appraisals, recorded knowledge, surveys, studies, engineering reports, test reports, manuals, standards, processing standards, performance standards, catalogs, research data, computer and automatic machinery software and programs and the like, field repair data, accounting information pertaining to such Pledgor’s operations or any of the Pledged Collateral and all media in which or on which any of the information or knowledge or data or records may be recorded or stored and all computer programs used for the compilation or printout of such information, knowledge, records or data, (vi) all licenses, consents, permits, variances, certifications, authorizations and approvals, however characterized, now or hereafter acquired or held by such Pledgor, including building permits, certificates of occupancy, environmental certificates, industrial permits or licenses and certificates of operation and (vii) all rights to reserves, deferred payments, deposits, refunds, indemnification of claims and claims for tax or other refunds against any Governmental Authority.

Guarantors ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

Holdings ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

Instruments ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all “instruments,” as such term is defined in Article 9, rather than Article 3, of the UCC, and shall include all promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange or acceptances.

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of October 19, 2007 by and between Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

Joinder Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 hereto.

Notes Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Notes Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “Non-Intercreditor Collateral” in the Intercreditor Agreement.

paid in full ” shall mean with respect to (i) any non-Contingent Obligations, the indefeasible payment in full, in cash, of such Obligations, including all interest, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith, whether such interest, fees or other charges accrue or are incurred prior to or during the pendency of an Insolvency Proceeding and whether or not any of the same are allowed or recoverable in any bankruptcy case pursuant to Section 506 of the

 

-4-


Bankruptcy Code or any other Debtor Relief Laws or otherwise; (ii) any L/C Obligations represented by undrawn Letters of Credit and Bank Product Debt (including Debt arising under Hedging Agreements), the Cash Collateralization with respect thereto; and (iii) any Obligations that are contingent in nature, such as a right of Administrative Agent or a Lender to reimbursement or indemnification by any Obligor, the depositing of cash with the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to 100% of any such Obligations that have been liquidated or, if such Obligations are unliquidated in amount and represent a claim which has been asserted against the Administrative Agent or a Lender and for which an indemnity has been provided hereunder, in an amount that is equal to such claim or the Administrative Agent’s good faith estimate of such claim.

Perfection Certificate ” shall mean that certain perfection certificate dated October 19, 2007 executed and delivered by each Pledgor in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and each other Perfection Certificate (which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) executed and delivered by the applicable Guarantor in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of each Joinder Agreement executed in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof.

Pledged Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1 hereof.

Pledgor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

Quarterly Update Date ” shall mean the date of delivery of quarterly financial statements pursuant to Section 10.1.3(iii) of the Credit Agreement.

Receivables ” shall mean all (i) Accounts, (ii) Chattel Paper, (iii) Payment Intangibles, (iv) General Intangibles, (v) Instruments and (vi) all other rights to payment, whether or not earned by performance, for goods or other property sold, leased, licensed, assigned or otherwise disposed of, or services rendered or to be rendered, together with all of Pledgors’ rights, if any, in any goods or other property giving rise to such right to payment and all Collateral Support and Supporting Obligations related thereto and all Records relating thereto.

Requirements of Law ” shall mean, collectively, any and all requirements of any Governmental Authority including any and all laws, judgments, orders, decrees, ordinances, rules, regulations, statutes or case law.

Secured Agreements ” shall mean (i) this Agreement and the Credit Agreement and (ii) any agreements governing Bank Products that are designated in writing by Borrower Agent to the Administrative Agent as “Secured Agreements” within the meaning hereof and, in each case of clause (i) and (ii) above, all other documents, certificates and instruments relating to, arising out of, or in any way connected therewith.

 

-5-


Secured Obligations ” shall mean all (a) principal of and premium, if any, on the U.S. Revolver Loans, Canadian Revolver Loans, U.S. Swingline Loans, Canadian Swingline Loans and Agent Advances, (b) L/C Obligations and other obligations of Obligors with respect to Letters of Credit, (c) interest, expenses, fees and other sums payable by Obligors under Credit Documents, (d) obligations of Obligors under any indemnity for Claims, (e) Extraordinary Expenses, (f) Bank Product Debt (other than any Hedging Agreement); provided that such Bank Product Debt has been designated in writing by Borrower Agent to the Administrative Agent as “Secured Obligations” within the meaning hereof, (g) Hedging Agreements that constitute “Bank Product Debt” and (h) other Debts, obligations and liabilities of any kind owing by Obligors pursuant to the Credit Documents, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether evidenced by a note or other writing, whether allowed in any Insolvency Proceeding, whether arising from an extension of credit, issuance of a letter of credit, acceptance, loan, guaranty, indemnification or otherwise, and whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, primary or secondary, or joint or several.

Secured Parties ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Lenders, (iii) any Lender or any other Person who at the date of entering into any agreement governing Bank Products (other than any Hedging Agreement) was an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or a Lender; provided that such Lender or Person has been designated in writing by Borrower Agent to the Administrative Agent as a “Secured Party” within the meaning hereof with respect to such Bank Product Debt and (iv) any Lender or any other Person who at the date of entering into any agreement governing Hedging Agreement was an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or a Lender; provided further that the counterparties to each Hedging Agreements on Schedule 6 to the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be “Secured Parties” within the meaning hereof.

Senior Secured Notes Indenture ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement.

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ security interest in any item or portion of the Pledged Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

SECTION 1.2. Interpretation . The rules of interpretation specified in the Credit Agreement (including Sections 1.2 through 1.4 thereof) shall be applicable to this Agreement.

SECTION 1.3. Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities . Each Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that it was represented by counsel in connection with the execution and delivery hereof, that it and its counsel reviewed and participated in the preparation and negotiation hereof and that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party (i.e., the Administrative Agent) shall not be employed in the interpretation hereof.

 

-6-


SECTION 1.4. Perfection Certificate . The Administrative Agent and each Secured Party agree that the Perfection Certificate and all descriptions of Pledged Collateral, schedules, amendments and supplements thereto are and shall at all times remain apart of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

GRANT OF SECURITY AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 2.1. Grant of Security Interest . As collateral security for the payment and performance in full of all the Secured Obligations, each Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in all of the right, title and interest of such Pledgor in, to and under the following property, wherever located, and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired from time to time (collectively, the “ Pledged Collateral ”):

 

  (i) (a) all Accounts and (b) other rights to payment for Inventory or related services to the extent evidenced by Chattel Paper or Instruments, and Payment Intangibles (other than Payment Intangibles which constitute identifiable proceeds of the Notes Collateral);

 

  (ii) all Inventory or Documents for any Inventory;

 

  (iii) all Money and all Deposit Accounts; provided that to the extent that Instruments or Chattel Paper constitute identifiable proceeds of the Notes Collateral or other identifiable proceeds of the Notes Collateral are deposited or held in any such Deposit Accounts, then such Instruments, Chattel Paper or other identifiable proceeds shall not constitute “Pledged Collateral”;

 

  (iv) all General Intangibles pertaining to the items referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) above, including, without limitation, all contingent rights with respect to warranties on Inventory or Accounts which are not yet Payment Intangibles;

 

  (v) all Records, Supporting Obligations and related Letters of Credit and Letter of Credit Rights, pertaining to the items referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) above, Commercial Tort Claims (including Commercial Tort Claims described on Schedule 1 hereto) or other claims and causes of action, in each case, pertaining to the items referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) above;

 

-7-


  (vi) all books and records relating to the items referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above; and

 

  (vii) substitutions, replacements, accessions, products and proceeds (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit) of any or all of the foregoing, only to the extent any of the foregoing would constitute property of the type described in clauses (i) through (vi) above.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clauses (i) through (vii) above, the security interest created by this shall not extend to, and the term “Pledged Collateral” shall not include, any Excluded Assets.

SECTION 2.2. Filings .

(a) Each Pledgor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent (i) at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements (including fixture filings) and amendments thereto that contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment relating to the Pledged Collateral, including (A) whether such Pledgor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Pledgor and (B) any financing or continuation statements or other documents without the signature of such Pledgor where permitted by law and (ii) to file termination statements relating to existing liens that are being terminated on the Closing Date. Each Pledgor agrees to provide all information described in the immediately preceding sentence to the Administrative Agent promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent

(b) Each Pledgor hereby ratifies its authorization for the Administrative Agent to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements relating to the Pledged Collateral if filed prior to the date hereof.

ARTICLE III

PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER

ASSURANCES; USE OF PLEDGED COLLATERAL

SECTION 3.1. [Reserved] .

SECTION 3.2. [Reserved] .

SECTION 3.3. Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest . Each Pledgor represents and warrants that all financing statements, agreements, instruments and other documents necessary to perfect the security interest granted by it to the Administrative Agent in respect of the Pledged Collateral have been delivered to the

 

-8-


Administrative Agent in completed and, to the extent necessary or appropriate, duly executed form for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate. Each Pledgor agrees that at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, such Pledgor will maintain the security interest created by this Agreement in the Pledged Collateral as a perfected first priority security interest subject only to Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, perfection of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in Money shall not be required other than to the extent it is (i) perfected as proceeds of collateral or (ii) deposited in a Deposit Account subject to a Control of the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 3.4. Other Actions . In order to further ensure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce, the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Pledged Collateral, each Pledgor represents and warrants (as to itself) as follows and agrees, in each case at such Pledgor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Pledged Collateral:

(a) Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper . As of the date hereof, no amounts payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral are evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper other man such Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper listed in Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate. Each Instrument and each item of Tangible Chattel Paper evidencing any of the Pledged Collateral listed in Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate has been properly endorsed, assigned and delivered to the Administrative Agent, accompanied by instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank. If any amount then payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral shall be evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper, and such amount, together with all amounts payable evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper evidencing any of the Pledged Collateral not previously delivered to the Administrative Agent exceeds $5,000,000 individually or $10,000,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors, the Pledgor acquiring such Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper shall on or before the first Quarterly Update Date following the receipt thereof by such Pledgor endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify.

(b) Deposit Accounts . As of the date hereof, no Pledgor has any Deposit Accounts other than the accounts listed in Schedule 13 to the Perfection Certificate. The Administrative Agent has a first priority security interest in each such Deposit Account other than the Collateral Account (as such term is defined in the Senior Secured Notes Indenture), subject as to priority only to Permitted Liens. No Pledgor shall hereafter establish and maintain any Deposit Account unless (1) it shall give the Administrative Agent prompt written notice that such new Deposit Account has been established with a Bank and (2) such Bank, such Pledgor and the Administrative Agent shall within thirty (30) days of the date of acquisition of such Deposit Account have duly executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent a Deposit Account Control Agreement with respect to such Deposit Account, such time to be extended in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable sole discretion. The Administrative Agent agrees with each Pledgor that the Administrative

 

-9-


Agent shall not give any instructions directing the disposition of funds from time to time credited to any Deposit Account or withhold any withdrawal rights from such Pledgor with respect to funds from time to time credited to any Deposit Account unless a Cash Dominion Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The provisions of this Section 3.4(b) shall not apply to Deposit Accounts (i) for which the Administrative Agent is the Bank, (ii) for which all of the funds on deposit are used for funding (w) payroll, (x) 401(K) and other retirement plans and employee benefits, including rabbi trusts for deferred compensation, (y) health care benefits and (z) escrow arrangements (e.g., environmental indemnity accounts), (iii) (not already subject to the provisions of this paragraph) with an aggregate average daily balance of all funds in all such other deposit accounts for all U.S. Borrowers and U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors not in excess of $10,000,000 at any time and (iv) located outside of the United States. No Pledgor shall grant Control of any Deposit Account to any person other than the Administrative Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent.

(c) [ Reserved ]

(d) Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records . As of the date hereof, no amount under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral is evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any “transferable record” (as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction) other than such Electronic Chattel Paper and transferable records listed in Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Pledged Collateral shall be evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any transferable record, the Pledgor acquiring such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record shall on or before the first Quarterly Update Date following the receipt thereof by such Pledgor notify the Administrative Agent thereof and shall take such action as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to vest in the Administrative Agent control of such Electronic Chattel Paper under Section 9-105 of the UCC or control under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record. The requirement in the preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that such amount, together with all amounts payable evidenced by Electronic Chattel Paper or any transferable record in which the Administrative Agent has not been vested control within the meaning of the statutes described in the immediately preceding sentence, does not exceed $5,000,000 individually and $10,000,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors. The Administrative Agent agrees with such Pledgor that the Administrative Agent will arrange, pursuant to procedures satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and so long as such procedures will not result in the Administrative Agent’s loss of control, for the Pledgor to make alterations to the Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record permitted under Section 9-105 of the UCC or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a

 

-10-


party in control to allow without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Pledgor with respect to such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record.

(e) Letter-of-Credit Rights. If any Pledgor is at any time a beneficiary under a Letter of Credit relating to the Pledged Collateral now or hereafter issued, such Pledgor shall on or before the first Quarterly Update Date following the receipt thereof by such Pledgor notify the Administrative Agent thereof and such Pledgor shall, at the request of the Administrative Agent, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, either (i) arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such Letter of Credit to consent to an assignment to the Administrative Agent of the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit relating to the Pledged Collateral or (ii) arrange for the Administrative Agent to become the transferee beneficiary of such Letter of Credit, with the Administrative Agent agreeing, in each case, that the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit are to be applied as provided in the Credit Agreement. The actions in the preceding sentence shall not be required to the extent that the amount of any such Letter of Credit, together with the aggregate amount of all other Letters of Credit relating to the Pledged Collateral for which the actions described above in clause (i) and (ii) have not been taken, does not exceed $5,000,000 individually and $10,000,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors.

(f) Commercial Tort Claims . As of the date hereof, each Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that it holds no Commercial Tort Claims other than those listed in Schedule 12 to the Perfection Certificate. If any Pledgor shall at any tune hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim relating to the Pledged Collateral, such Pledgor shall immediately notify the Administrative Agent in writing signed by such Pledgor of the brief details thereof and grant to the Administrative Agent in such writing a security interest therein and in the Proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The requirement in the preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that the amount of such Commercial Tort Claim, together with the amount of all other Commercial Tort Claims relating to the Pledged Collateral held by any Pledgor in which the Administrative Agent does not have a security interest, does not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate for all Pledgors.

SECTION 3.5. Joinder of Additional Guarantors . The Pledgors shall cause each U.S. Subsidiary of Ryerson which, from time to time, after the date hereof shall be required to pledge any assets to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent (a) a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 2 hereto and (b) a Perfection Certificate, in each case, within thirty (30) days of the date, such time to be extended in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, not to be unreasonably withheld, on which it was acquired or created, and upon such execution and delivery, such U.S. Subsidiary shall constitute a “Guarantor” and a “Pledgor” for all purposes hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor and Pledgor herein. The execution and delivery of such Joinder Agreement shall

 

-11-


not require the consent of any Pledgor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor and Pledgor as a party to this Agreement

SECTION 3.6. Supplements; Further Assurances . Each Pledgor shall take such further actions, and execute and/or deliver to the Administrative Agent such additional financing statements, amendments, assignments, agreements, supplements, powers and instruments, as the Administrative Agent may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or appropriate in order to create, perfect, preserve and protect the security interest in the Pledged Collateral as provided herein and the rights and interests granted to the Administrative Agent hereunder, to carry into effect the purposes hereof or better to assure and confirm the validity, enforceability and priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Pledged Collateral or permit the Administrative Agent to exercise and enforce its rights, powers and remedies hereunder with respect to any Pledged Collateral, including the filing of financing statements, continuation statements and other documents (including this Agreement) under the Uniform Commercial Code (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interest created hereby and the execution and delivery of Deposit Account Control Agreements, all in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in such offices wherever required by law to perfect, continue and maintain the validity, enforceability and priority of the security interest in the Pledged Collateral as provided herein and to preserve the other rights and interests granted to the Administrative Agent hereunder, as against third parties, with respect to the Pledged Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Pledgor shall make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file or refile and/or deliver to the Administrative Agent from time to time upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent such lists, schedules, descriptions and designations of the Pledged Collateral, copies of warehouse receipts, receipts in the nature of warehouse receipts, bills of lading, documents of title, vouchers, invoices, schedules, confirmatory assignments, supplements, additional security agreements, conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney, certificates, reports and other assurances or instruments as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may institute and maintain, in its own name or in the name of any Pledgor, such suits and proceedings as the Administrative Agent may be advised by counsel shall be necessary or expedient to prevent any impairment of the security interest in or the perfection thereof in the Pledged Collateral. All of the foregoing shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

Each Pledgor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

SECTION 4.1. Title . Except for the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement and Permitted Liens,

 

-12-


such Pledgor owns and has rights and, as to Pledged Collateral acquired by it from time to time after the date hereof, will own and have rights in each item of Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens or claims of others.

SECTION 4.2. Validity of Security Interest . The security interest in and Lien on the Pledged Collateral granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties hereunder constitutes (a) a legal and valid security interest in all the Pledged Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, and (b) subject to the filings and other actions described in Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate (to the extent required to be listed on the schedules to the Perfection Certificate as of the date this representation is made or deemed made) being duly made, a perfected security interest in all the Pledged Collateral, except as otherwise provided herein. The security interest and Lien granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement in and on the Pledged Collateral will at all times constitute a perfected, continuing security interest therein, prior to all other Liens on the Pledged Collateral except for Permitted Liens.

SECTION 4.3. Defense of Claims; Transferability of Pledged Collateral . Each Pledgor shall, at its own cost and expense, defend title to the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder and the security interest therein and Lien thereon granted to the Administrative Agent and the priority thereof against all material claims and demands of all persons, at its own cost and expense, at any time claiming any interest therein adverse to the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party other than Permitted Liens. There is no agreement, order, judgment or decree, and no Pledgor shall enter into any agreement or take any other action, that would restrict the transferability of any of the Pledged Collateral or otherwise impair or conflict with such Pledgor’s obligations or the rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder to the extent reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and after giving effect to Sections 9-406(d), 9-407(a), 9-408(a) or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity.

SECTION 4.4. Other Financing Statements . It has not filed, nor authorized any third party to file (nor will there be), any valid or effective financing statement (or similar statement, instrument of registration or public notice under the law of any jurisdiction) covering or purporting to cover any interest of any kind in the Pledged Collateral, except such as have been filed in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement or in favor of any holder of a Permitted Lien with respect to such Permitted Lien or financing statements or public notices relating to the termination statements listed on Schedule 8 to the Perfection Certificate. No Pledgor shall execute, authorize or permit to be filed in any public office any financing statement (or similar statement, instrument of registration or public notice under the law of any jurisdiction) relating to any Pledged Collateral, except financing statements and other statements and instruments filed or to be filed in respect of and covering the security interests granted by such Pledgor to the Administrative Agent and the holders of the Permitted Liens.

 

-13-


SECTION 4.5. Location of Inventory and Equipment . Except as in accordance with the Credit Agreement, in no event shall any Inventory of a Pledgor be moved to any location outside of the United States.

SECTION 4.6. [Reserved ].

SECTION 4.7. Consents, etc . In the event that the Administrative Agent desires to exercise any remedies, voting or consensual rights or attorney-in-fact powers set forth in this Agreement and determines it necessary to obtain any approvals or consents of any Governmental Authority or any other person therefor, then, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, such Pledgor agrees to use its best efforts to assist and aid the Administrative Agent to obtain as soon as practicable any necessary approvals or consents for the exercise of any such remedies, rights and powers.

SECTION 4.8. Pledged Collateral . All information set forth herein, including the schedules hereto, and all information contained in any documents, schedules and lists heretofore delivered to any Secured Party, including the Perfection Certificate and the schedules thereto, in connection with this Agreement, in each case, relating to the Pledged Collateral, is accurate and complete in all material respects.

SECTION 4.9. Insurance . In the event that the proceeds of any insurance claim with respect to any of the Pledged Collateral are paid to any Pledgor after the Administrative Agent has exercised its right to foreclose after an Event of Default, such net cash Proceeds shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and immediately after receipt thereof shall be paid to the Administrative Agent in the amount and for application in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4.10. Chief Executive Office; Change of Name; Jurisdiction of Organization .

(a) It will not effect any change (i) to its legal name, (ii) in its identity or organizational structure, (iii) in its organizational identification number, if any, or (iv) in its jurisdiction of organization (in each case, including by merging with or into any other entity, reorganizing, dissolving, liquidating, reorganizing or organizing in any other jurisdiction), unless (A) it shall have given the Administrative Agent promptly but in any event within 30 days after such change, written notice clearly describing such change and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (B) it shall have taken or will promptly take all action necessary to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Pledged Collateral.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have no duty to inquire about any of the changes described in clause (a) above, the parties acknowledging and agreeing that each Pledgor is solely responsible to take all action described in Section 4.10(a)(B) above.

 

-14-


ARTICLE V

GUARANTEE

SECTION 5.1. Guarantee . Each Guarantor unconditionally guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that the Secured Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, or amended or modified, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension, renewal, amendment or modification of the Secured Obligations. Each Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to Borrower Agent or any other Obligor of the Secured Obligations and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment.

SECTION 5.2. Guarantee of Payment . Each Guarantor further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Secured Obligations or to any balance of any Deposit Account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of Borrower Agent or any other Person.

SECTION 5.3. No Limitations . (i) Except for termination of a Guarantor’s Secured Obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 12.4, the Secured Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Secured Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Secured Obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Credit Document or otherwise; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement; (iii) the release of, impairment of or failure to perfect any Lien held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations or any of them; (iv) any default, failure or delay, wilful or otherwise, in the performance of the Secured Obligations; or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations). Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Administrative Agent (i) to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, (ii) to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), (iii) to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in its sole discretion or

 

-15-


(iv) to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Secured Obligations, all without affecting the Secured Obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.

(ii) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of Borrower Agent or any other Obligor or the unenforceability of the Secured Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of Borrower Agent or any other Obligor, other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Secured Obligations. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Secured Obligations, make any other accommodation with Borrower Agent or any other Obligor or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against Borrower Agent or any other Obligor, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Secured Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against Borrower Agent or any other Obligor, as applicable, or any security.

SECTION 5.4. Reinstatement . Each of the Guarantors agrees that its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as applicable, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of Borrower Agent, any other Obligor or otherwise.

SECTION 5.5. Agreement To Pay; Subrogation . In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of Borrower Agent or any other Obligor to pay any non-contingent Secured Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the applicable Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid non-contingent Secured Obligation.

SECTION 5.6. Information . Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s and each other Obligor’s financial condition and assets and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Secured Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder and agrees that none of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

SECTION 5.7. Right of Contribution . Each U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate

 

-16-


share of any payment made hereunder, such U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment Each U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 5.3. The provisions of this Section 5.7 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, the U.S Issuing Bank, the U.S. Swingline Lender and the U.S. Lenders, and each U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent, the U.S. Issuing Bank, the U.S. Swingline Lender and the U.S. Lenders for the full amount guaranteed by such U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

SECTION 5.8. General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations . In any action or proceeding involving any state corporate limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 5.1 would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 5.1, then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, any Obligor or any other person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 5.7) that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE VII

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING RECEIVABLES

SECTION 7.1. Maintenance of Records . Each Pledgor shall keep and maintain at its own cost and expense complete records of each Receivable, in a manner consistent with prudent business practice. Each Pledgor shall, at such Pledgor’s sole cost and expense, upon the Administrative Agent’s demand made at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, deliver all tangible evidence of Receivables, including all documents evidencing Receivables and any books and records relating thereto to the Administrative Agent or to its representatives (copies of which evidence and books and records may be retained by such Pledgor). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may transfer a full and complete copy of any Pledgor’s books, records, credit information, reports, memoranda and all other writings relating to the Receivables to and for the use by any person that has acquired or is contemplating acquisition of an interest in the Receivables or the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein without the consent of any Pledgor.

SECTION 7.2. Legend . After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and upon the request of the Administrative Agent, each Pledgor shall legend, at

 

-17-


the request of the Administrative Agent and in form and manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Receivables and the other books, records and documents of such Pledgor evidencing or pertaining to the Receivables with an appropriate reference to the fact that the Receivables have been assigned to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that the Administrative Agent has a security interest therein.

SECTION 7.3. Modification of Terms, etc . No Pledgor shall rescind or cancel any obligations evidenced by any Receivable or modify any term thereof or make any adjustment with respect thereto except consistent with such Pledgor’s commercial judgment in the Ordinary Course of Business, or extend or renew any such obligations except consistent with such Pledgor’s commercial judgment in the Ordinary Course of Business or compromise or settle any dispute, claim, suit or legal proceeding relating thereto or sell any Receivable or interest therein except consistent with such Pledgor’s commercial judgment. Each Pledgor shall in all material respects timely fulfill all obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or in connection with the Receivables consistent with such Pledgor’s commercial judgment in the Ordinary Course of Business.

SECTION 7.4. Collection . Each Pledgor shall cause to be collected from the Account Debtor of each of the Receivables, as and when due and consistent with prudent business practice (including Receivables that are delinquent to the extent deemed appropriate in the commercial judgment of such Pledgor exercised in the Ordinary Course of Business, any and all amounts owing under or on account of such Receivable, and apply forthwith upon receipt thereof all such amounts as are so collected to the outstanding balance of such Receivable, except that any Pledgor may, with respect to a Receivable, allow in the Ordinary Course of Business (i) a refund or credit due as a result of returned or damaged or defective merchandise or otherwise in such Pledgor’s commercial judgment and (ii) such extensions of time to pay amounts due in respect of Receivables and such other modifications of payment terms or settlements in respect of Receivables as shall be commercially reasonable in the circumstances, all in the Ordinary Course of Business as in effect from time to time. The costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) of collection, in any case, whether incurred by any Pledgor, the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party, shall be paid by the Pledgors.

ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFERS

SECTION 8.1. Transfers of Pledged Collateral . No Pledgor shall sell, convey, assign or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder except as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

-18-


ARTICLE IX

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE X

REMEDIES

SECTION 10.1. Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may from time to time exercise in respect of the Pledged Collateral, in addition to the other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, the following remedies:

(i) Personally, or by agents or attorneys, immediately take possession of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, from any Pledgor or any other person who then has possession of any part thereof with or without notice or process of law, and for that purpose may enter upon any Pledgor’s premises where any of the Pledged Collateral is located, remove such Pledged Collateral, remain present at such premises to receive copies of all communications and remittances relating to the Pledged Collateral and use in connection with such removal and possession any and all services, supplies, aids and other facilities of any Pledgor;

(ii) Demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable in respect of the Pledged Collateral including instructing the obligor or obligors on any agreement, instrument or other obligation constituting part of the Pledged Collateral to make any payment required by the terms of such agreement, instrument or other obligation directly to the Administrative Agent, and in connection with any of the foregoing, compromise, settle, extend the time for payment and make other modifications with respect thereto; provided , however , that in the event that any such payments are made directly to any Pledgor, prior to receipt by any such obligor of such instruction, such Pledgor shall hold all amounts received pursuant thereto in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and shall promptly (but in no event later than one (1) Business Day after receipt thereof) pay such amounts to the Administrative Agent;

(iii) Sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, or direct any Pledgor to sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, any and all investments made in whole or in part with the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, and take possession of the proceeds of any such sale, assignment, license or liquidation;

(iv) Take possession of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, by directing any Pledgor in writing to deliver the same to the Administrative Agent at any place or places so designated by the Administrative Agent, in which event such Pledgor shall at its own expense: (A) forthwith cause the same to be moved to the place or places designated by the Administrative Agent and therewith delivered to the Administrative Agent,

 

-19-


(B) store and keep any Pledged Collateral so delivered to the Administrative Agent at such place or places pending further action by the Administrative Agent and (C) while the Pledged Collateral shall be so stored and kept, provide such security and maintenance services as shall be necessary to protect the same and to preserve and maintain them in good condition. Each Pledgor’s obligation to deliver the Pledged Collateral as contemplated in this Section 10.1(iv) is of the essence hereof. Upon application to a court of equity having jurisdiction, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to a decree requiring specific performance by any Pledgor of such obligation;

(v) Withdraw all moneys, instruments, securities and other property in any bank, financial securities, deposit or other account of any Pledgor constituting Pledged Collateral for application to the Secured Obligations as provided in Article XI hereof;

(vi) [Reserved];

(vii) Exercise any and all rights as beneficial and legal owner of the Pledged Collateral, including perfecting assignment of and exercising any and all voting, consensual and other rights and powers with respect to any Pledged Collateral; and

(viii) Exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the UCC, and the Administrative Agent may also in its sole discretion, without notice except as specified in Section 10.2 hereof, sell, assign or grant a license to use the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or at any of the Administrative Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the Administrative Agent may deem commercially reasonable. To the extent permitted by law, the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party or any of their respective Affiliates may be the purchaser, licensee, assignee or recipient of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof at any such sale and shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Pledged Collateral sold, assigned or licensed at such sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations owed to such person as a credit on account of the purchase price of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof payable by such person at such sale. Each purchaser, assignee, licensee or recipient at any such sale shall acquire the property sold, assigned or licensed absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Pledgor, and each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Administrative Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims against the Administrative Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof may have been sold, assigned or

 

-20-


licensed at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Administrative Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Pledged Collateral to more than one offeree.

SECTION 10.2. Notice of Sale . Each Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent notice of sale or other disposition of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof shall be required by law, ten (10) days’ prior notice to such Pledgor of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to take place shall be commercially reasonable notification of such matters. No notification need be given to any Pledgor if it has signed, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, a statement renouncing or modifying any right to notification of sale or other intended disposition.

SECTION 10.3. Waiver of Notice and Claims . Each Pledgor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, notice or judicial hearing in connection with the Administrative Agent’s taking possession or the Administrative Agent’s disposition of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, including any and all prior notice and hearing for any pre-judgment remedy or remedies and any such right which such Pledgor would otherwise have under law, and each Pledgor hereby further waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) all damages occasioned by such taking of possession, (ii) all other requirements as to the time, place and terms of sale or other requirements with respect to the enforcement of the Administrative Agent’s rights hereunder and (iii) all rights of redemption, appraisal, valuation, stay, extension or moratorium now or hereafter in force under any applicable law. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any incorrect or improper payment made pursuant to this Article X in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Administrative Agent Any sale of, or the grant of options to purchase, or any other realization upon, any Pledged Collateral shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand, either at law or in equity, of the applicable Pledgor therein and thereto, and shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against such Pledgor and against any and all persons claiming or attempting to claim the Pledged Collateral so sold, optioned or realized upon, or any part thereof, from, through or under such Pledgor.

SECTION 10.4. [Reserved].

SECTION 10.5. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

(a) No failure on the part of the Administrative Agent to exercise, no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay on the part of the Administrative Agent in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power, privilege or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, privilege or remedy; nor shall the Administrative Agent be required to look first to, enforce or exhaust any other security, collateral or guaranties. All rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law or otherwise available.

 

-21-


(b) In the event that the Administrative Agent shall have instituted any proceeding to enforce any right, power, privilege or remedy under this Agreement or any other U.S. Security Document by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceeding shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Administrative Agent, then and in every such case, the Pledgors, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party shall be restored to their respective former positions and rights hereunder with respect to the Pledged Collateral, and all rights, remedies, privileges and powers of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall continue as if no such proceeding had been instituted.

ARTICLE XI

APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

SECTION 11.1. Application of Proceeds . The proceeds received by the Administrative Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Pledged Collateral pursuant to the exercise by the Administrative Agent of its remedies shall be applied, together with any other sums then held by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement, in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 12.1. Concerning Administrative Agent .

(a) Each Secured Party hereby appoints Bank of America, N.A., to serve as Administrative Agent and representative of the Secured Parties under each of the U.S. Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as agent for the Secured Parties for the purpose of executing and delivering, on behalf of all the Secured Parties, the U.S. Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and any other documents or instruments related thereto or necessary or, as determined by the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent thereunder and, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, for the purpose of enforcing the Secured Parties’ rights in respect of the Pledged Collateral and the obligations of the Pledgors under the U.S. Security Documents, and for the purpose of, or in connection with, releasing the obligations of the Pledgors under the U.S. Security Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent is further hereby appointed as agent for each of the Secured Parties to hold the Liens on the Pledged Collateral granted pursuant to the U.S. Security Documents with sole authority to exercise remedies under the U.S. Security Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have the right hereunder to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking action (including the release or

 

-22-


substitution of the Pledged Collateral), in accordance with the Secured Agreements and the Intercreditor Agreement. The Administrative Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact in connection herewith and shall not be liable for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith. The Administrative Agent may resign and a successor Administrative Agent may be appointed in the manner provided in Section 12.3 . Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Agent by a successor Administrative Agent, that successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent under the Secured Agreements, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Secured Agreements. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation, the provisions hereof shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under the Secured Agreements while it was the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Pledged Collateral in its possession if such Pledged Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equivalent to that which the Administrative Agent, in its individual capacity, accords its own property consisting of similar instruments or interests, it being understood that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of the Secured Parties shall have responsibility for (i) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any person with respect to any Pledged Collateral.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any written notice, statement, certificate, order or other document or any telephone message believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper person, and, with respect to all matters pertaining to the Secured Agreements and its duties thereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by it (who may be counsel to one or more Pledgors). The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have actual, constructive, direct or indirect knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless and until the Administrative Agent has received written notice from a Secured Party or the Company referring to the applicable Secured Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that it is a “notice of default” or a “notice of event of default”, setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances thereof and stating that the Administrative Agent may rely on such notice without further inquiry. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation or duty prior to or after receiving any such notice to inquire whether a Default or Event of Default has in fact occurred and shall be entitled to conclusively rely, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any such notice furnished to it,

(d) If any item of Pledged Collateral also constitutes collateral granted to the Administrative Agent under any other deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type, in the event of any conflict between the provisions hereof and the provisions of such other deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type in respect of such collateral, the terms of this Agreement shall apply.

 

-23-


(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Administrative Agent may rely on advice of counsel as to whether any or all UCC financing statements of the Pledgors need to be amended as a result of any of the changes described in Section 10.1.2 or 10.2.16 of the Credit Agreement. If any Pledgor fails to provide information to the Administrative Agent about such changes on a timely basis, the Administrative Agent shall not be liable or responsible to any party for any failure to maintain a perfected security interest in such Pledgor’s property constituting Pledged Collateral for which the Administrative Agent needed to have information relating to such changes. The Administrative Agent shall have no duty to inquire about such changes if any Pledgor does not inform the Administrative Agent of such changes, the parties acknowledging and agreeing that it would not be feasible or practical for the Administrative Agent to search for information on such changes if such information is not provided by any Pledgor.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take or refrain from taking, and shall have no liability to any Secured Party for taking or refraining from taking, any action that exposes or, in the good faith judgment of the Administrative Agent may expose, the Administrative Agent or its officers, directors, agents or employees to personal liability, unless the Administrative Agent shall be adequately indemnified, or that is, or in the good faith judgment of the Administrative Agent may be, contrary to any U.S. Security Document, any other Secured Agreement or applicable law. Upon receipt of such indemnity, however, the Administrative Agent shall act upon the specific instructions of the Authorized Representatives provided in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, except for any instructions that in the good faith judgment of the Administrative Agent may be contrary to any Secured Agreement or applicable law.

(g) [Reserved].

(h) Each Pledgor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Administrative Agent or the exercise or nonexercise by the Administrative Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, be governed by the provisions of this Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Administrative Agent and the Pledgors, the Administrative Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Pledgor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

(i) Subject to clause (f) of this Section 12.1 , neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Pledged Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Pledged Collateral upon the request of any Pledgor or any other person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Administrative Agent hereunder are solely to

 

-24-


protect the interests of the Administrative Agent in the Pledged Collateral and, subject to clause (f) of this Section 12.1 shall not impose any duty upon the Administrative Agent to exercise any such powers. The Administrative Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither it nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall have any duty or liability or be responsible to any Pledgor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall have no duty or liability as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve or protect the Pledged Collateral or to preserve rights against prior parties. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall not be required or obligated, to (i) present or file any claim or notice or take any action with respect to any Pledged Collateral or in connection therewith or (ii) notify any Pledgor of any decline in the value of any Pledged Collateral. The Administrative Agent shall have no duty as to the collection of any Pledged Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or nominee of the Administrative Agent, or any income thereon or any other rights pertaining thereto.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest granted to it under the Secured Agreements or for filing, refiling, recording, re-recording or continuing any document, financing statement, notice or instrument in any public office at any time or times and shall not be responsible for seeing to the provision of insurance on or the payment of any taxes with respect to any property subject to the Secured Agreements.

(k) No provision of the Secured Agreements shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Administrative Agent to perform any act or acts, receive or obtain any interest in property or exercise any interest in property, or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Administrative Agent shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, to receive or obtain any such interest in property or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation; and no permissive or discretionary power or authority available to the Administrative Agent shall be construed to be a duty.

(l) The Administrative Agent shall have the right hereunder to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking action (including without limitation, the release or substitution of Pledged Collateral), in each case in accordance with the Secured Agreements and the Credit Agreement.

(m) Upon resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Secured Agreements. Following the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the provisions of the Secured Agreements shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under the Secured Agreements while it was the Administrative Agent.

 

-25-


(n) The Administrative Agent shall not have any liability hereunder except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct and under no circumstances shall the Administrative Agent be liable for any special, punitive, exemplary or consequential damages.

(o) The Administrative Agent shall be vested with all of the rights, powers, benefits, privileges and protections of the Administrative Agent set forth in the Credit Agreement, all of which are incorporated herein and shall apply to all of the Secured Documents.

SECTION 12.2. Administrative Agent May Perform; Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, if any Pledgor shall fail to perform any covenants contained in this Agreement (including such Pledgor’s covenants to (i) pay the premiums in respect of all required insurance policies hereunder, (ii) pay and discharge any taxes, assessments and special assessments, levies, fees and governmental charges imposed upon or assessed against, and landlords’, carriers’, mechanics’, workmen’s, repairmen’s, laborers’, materialmen’s, suppliers’ and warehousemen’s Liens and other claims arising by operation of law against, all or any portion of the Pledged Collateral, (iii) make repairs, (iv) discharge Liens or (v) pay or perform any obligations of such Pledgor under any Pledged Collateral) or if any representation or warranty on the part of any Pledgor contained herein shall be breached, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) do the same or cause it to be done or remedy any such breach, and may expend funds for such purpose; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent shall in no event be bound to inquire into the validity of any tax, Lien, imposition or other obligation which such Pledgor fails to pay or perform as and when required hereby and which such Pledgor does not contest in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. Any and all amounts so expended by the Administrative Agent shall be paid by the Pledgors in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4 of the Credit Agreement. Neither the provisions of this Section 12.2 nor any action taken by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Section 12.2 shall prevent any such failure to observe any covenant contained in this Agreement nor any breach of representation or warranty from constituting an Event of Default. Each Pledgor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent its attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in the place and stead of such Pledgor and in the name of such Pledgor, or otherwise, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, take any action and to execute any instrument consistent with the terms of the Credit Agreement and this Agreement which the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof (but the Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to and shall have no liability to such Pledgor or any third party for failure to so do or take action). The foregoing grant of authority is a power of attorney coupled with an interest and such appointment shall be irrevocable for the term hereof. Each Pledgor hereby ratifies all that such attorney shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

SECTION 12.3. Continuing Security Interest: Assignment . This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Pledged Collateral and shall (i) be binding upon the Pledgors, their respective successors and assigns and (ii) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and each of their respective successors, transferees and assigns. No

 

-26-


other persons (including any other creditor of any Pledgor) shall have any interest herein or any right or benefit with respect hereto (other than Permitted Liens). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (ii), any Secured Party may assign or otherwise transfer any indebtedness held by it secured by this Agreement to any other person, and such other person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Secured Party, herein or otherwise, subject however, to the provisions of the Credit Agreement. Each of the Pledgors agrees that its obligations hereunder and the security interest created hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as applicable, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of all or any part of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Pledgor or otherwise.

SECTION 12.4. Termination: Release . When all the Secured Obligations have been paid in full and no commitments remain under the Credit Agreement, this Agreement shall terminate. Upon termination of this Agreement the Pledged Collateral shall be released from the Lien of this Agreement. In addition, the Pledged Collateral or any portion thereof shall be released from the Lien of this Agreement pursuant to the Credit Agreement. Upon such release, the Administrative Agent shall, upon the request and at the sole cost and expense of the Pledgors, assign, transfer and deliver to Pledgor, against receipt and without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent except as to the fact that the Administrative Agent has not encumbered the released assets, such of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof to be released (in the case of a release) as may be in possession of the Administrative Agent and as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to the terms hereof, and, with respect to any other Pledged Collateral proper documents and instruments (including UCC-3 termination financing statements or releases, terminations of Deposit Account Control Agreements acknowledging the termination hereof or the release of such Pledged Collateral as the case may be.

If, in compliance with the terms and provisions of the Credit Documents, all or substantially all of the Equity Interests or property of any Guarantor are sold or otherwise transferred (a “ Transferred Guarantor ”) to a person or persons, none of which is a U.S. Borrower or a Subsidiary, such Transferred Guarantor shall, upon the consummation of such sale or transfer, be automatically released from its obligations under this Agreement and its obligations to pledge and grant any Pledged Collateral owned by it and, so long as Borrower shall have provided the Administrative Agent such certifications or documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, the Administrative Agent shall take such actions as are necessary to effect each release described in this Section 12.4 in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Credit Documents, so long as Pledgors shall have provided the Administrative Agent such certifications or documents as Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in order to demonstrate compliance with this Agreement.

SECTION 12.5. Modification in Writing . Except as permitted by Section 13.9.1 of the Credit Agreement, no amendment, modification, supplement, termination or waiver of or to any provision hereof, nor consent to any departure by any Pledgor therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent. Any amendment, modification or supplement of or to any provision hereof, any waiver of any provision hereof and any consent to

 

-27-


any departure by any Pledgor from the terms of any provision hereof in each case shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given. Except where notice is specifically required by this Agreement or any other document evidencing the Secured Obligations, no notice to or demand on any Pledgor in any case shall entitle any Pledgor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

SECTION 12.6. Notices. Unless otherwise provided herein or in the Credit Agreement, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be given in the manner and become effective as set forth in the Credit Agreement, as to any Pledgor, addressed to it at the address of the Issuer set forth in the Credit Agreement, and as to the Administrative Agent, addressed to it at the address set forth in the Credit Agreement, or in each case at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section 11.6 .

SECTION 12.7. Governing Law, Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial . Sections 15.19 and 15.20 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein, mutatis mutandis, as if a part hereof.

SECTION 12.8. Severability of Provisions . Any provision hereof which is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 12.9. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 12.10. Business Days . In the event any time period or any date provided in this Agreement ends or falls on a day other than a Business Day, then such time period shall be deemed to end and such date shall be deemed to fall on the next succeeding Business Day, and performance herein may be made on such Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on such other day.

SECTION 12.11. No Credit for Payment of Taxes or Imposition . No Pledgor or Guarantor shall be entitled to any credit against the principal, premium, if any, or interest payable under the Credit Agreement, and such Pledgor shall not be entitled to any credit against any other sums which may become payable under the terms thereof or hereof, by reason of the payment of any Tax on the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof.

SECTION 12.12. No Claims Against Administrative Agent . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall constitute any consent or request by the Administrative Agent, express or implied, for the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other

 

-28-


property in respect of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, nor as giving any Pledgor any right, power or authority to contract for or permit the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in such fashion as would permit the making of any claim against the Administrative Agent in respect thereof or any claim that any Lien based on the performance of such labor or services or the furnishing of any such materials or other property is prior to the Lien hereof.

SECTION 12.13. No Release . Nothing set forth in this Agreement or any other U.S. Security Document, nor the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any of the rights or remedies hereunder, shall relieve any Pledgor from the performance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Pledgor’s part to be performed or observed under or in respect of any of the Pledged Collateral or from any liability to any person under or in respect of any of the Pledged Collateral or shall impose any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to perform or observe any such term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Pledgor’s part to be so performed or observed or shall impose any liability on the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for any act or omission on the part of such Pledgor relating thereto or for any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of such Pledgor contained in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or the other U.S. Security Documents, or under or in respect of the Pledged Collateral or made in connection herewith or therewith. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any contracts, agreements and other documents included in the Pledged Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Pledgor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any such contract, agreement or other document included in the Pledged Collateral hereunder. The obligations of each Pledgor contained in this Section 12.13 shall survive the termination hereof and the discharge of such Pledgor’s other obligations under this Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 12.14. Obligations Absolute . All obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(i) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of any other Pledgor;

(ii) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, the Notes or any other U.S. Security Document, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement or any other U.S. Security Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

 

-29-


(iv) any pledge, exchange, release or non-perfection of any other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Secured Obligations;

(v) any exercise, non-exercise or waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect hereof or the Credit. Agreement except as specifically set forth in a waiver granted pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.5 hereof; or

(vi) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Pledgor.

SECTION 12.15. Jury Trial Waiver . Each of the Pledgors and the Secured Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any litigation based on, arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

-30-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Holdings, each Pledgor and the Administrative Agent have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

PLEDGORS:
RYERSON INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary
RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary
GUARANTOR:
RHOMBUS HOLDING CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary

Signature Page to Ryerson U.S. Guarantee & Security Agreement


PLEDGORS AND GUARANTORS:
JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary
J.M. TULL METALS COMPANY, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary
RCJV HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary
RDM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary
RYERSON (CHINA) LIMITED
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary
RYERSON AMERICAS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary

Signature Page to Ryerson U.S. Guarantee & Security Agreement


PLEDGORS AND GUARANTORS : (continued)

RYERSON INTERNATIONAL MATERIAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.

By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary
RYERSON INTERNATIONAL TRADING, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary
RYERSON INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary
RYERSON PAN-PACIFIC LLC
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary
RYERSON PROCUREMENT CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
  Title:   Vice President and Secretary

Signature Page to Ryerson U.S. Guarantee & Security Agreement


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

By:   /s/ Stephen King
Name:   Stephen King
Title:   Vice President

Ryerson U. S. Security Agreement


Schedule 1

Commercial Tort Claims

 

Case Name

  

Type/Description

  

Jurisdiction

  

Amount

  

Ryerson’s
Counsel

  

Status

ACEMCO v. RCP (RT North)

RT File #400-6300-11849 Filed 3/1/02

   Breach of Contract ACEMCO claims RTCP did not supply pursuant to Supply Agreement. RTCP claims ACEMCO owes $1.5 million for unpaid shipments.    Circuit Court of Mus-kegon, MI    ACMCO claims damages of $2.9 million. RTCP counterclaim is for $1.5 million.    Bill Rohn    RCP motion for summary judgment denied. ACEMCO offered to settle for $200,000. JTR rejected offer and has appealed ruling. JTR’s motion for leave to appeal was granted. Appellate court ruling not expected until September 2007.

Ryerson v. Raytheon Engineers & Constructors, Inc. (RT)

RT File#250-l250-11392 Accident date: 7-3-98 File date: 6/30/00

   Subrogation claim/RT claims Raytheon disregarded Inland’s electrical specs NOT to ground a temporary construction transformer it had connected to Inland’s electrical system while performing work for SunCoal. This caused Inland’s backup transformer to fail during a severe storm that disrupted electrical power to Inland on 7/3/98. RT is attempting to recover loss of production.    Lake County Circuit Court, Indiana    $29, 894,998 in Damages + atty. fees + costs    Alan Martin MBR&M    Raytheon’s parent filed Chapter 11. Sept.’02 Raytheon brought in electrical subcontractor as co-defendant. In February 2003, Raytheon advised Ryerson that they intend to substitute new counsel. Fact discovery cutoff date set at 2/27/04 and status conference set for 3/10/04. Court set fact discovery cutoff at 2/27/04. A. Mediation meeting in July 04 failed to generate a solution. Started depositions with 20 to 25 more to come as of 6/3/05. On 9/14/05, comprehensive briefs on Substantive Issues filed. Depositions taken 8/06. As of 9-26-07, no movement since 11-06.


Ryerson vs. Wausau Employers Insurance & Illinois National

RT File#250-6300-11559 Date filed

   Breach of Contract/RT is seeking monetary relief for settlement and attorney costs for Wausau’s and Illinois National’s failure to defend RT in the Blacklad matter.    Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois    Approximately $18,000,000    Alan Martin MBR&M    Settled with Wausau for $6,550,000 on 11/12/2004. Litigation against Illinois National continuing. Ryerson filed motion for Partial Judgment & Illinois National filed Memo of Law in Opposition 6/20/05. Clerks status set for 7/11/05. Illinois National introduced Little affidavit 7/15/05. On 2/16/06 Court granted IL National’s motion for summary judgment on counts II and II of the complaint. 3/16/06, Ryerson filed a motion to reconsider the Court’s 2/16/06 order. Illinois National filed motion for extension of time 6-12-07.

JTR vs. Kasgro

RT File 321-1100-11991 Date filed: 07/06/2006

   Breach of Contract/Failure to pay.    US District Court for Western District of PA    Approximately $800,000    Stuart Gaul    JTR filed suit 7/6/06. Discovery proceeding. Mediation scheduled for 1/10/07. No resolution reached. Discovery ongoing

 

-2-


EXHIBIT 1

[Form of]

JOINDER AGREEMENT

[Name of New Pledgor]

[Address of New Pledgor]

[Date]

_____________________

_____________________

_____________________

_____________________

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”; capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement), dated as of October 19, 2007, made by RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors party thereto and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity and together with any successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

This Joinder Agreement supplements the Security Agreement and is delivered by the undersigned, [                     ] (the “ New Pledgor ”). pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Security Agreement. The New Pledgor hereby agrees to be bound as a Guarantor and as a Pledgor party to the Security Agreement by all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Security Agreement to the same extent that it would have been bound if it had been a signatory to the Security Agreement on the date of the Security Agreement. The New Pledgor also hereby agrees to be bound as a party by all of the terms, covenants and conditions applicable to it set forth in Articles V, VI and VII of the Credit Agreement to the same extent that it would have been bound if it had been a signatory to the Credit Agreement on the execution date of the Credit Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the New Pledgor hereby grants and pledges to the Administrative Agent, as collateral security for the full, prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations, a Lien on and security interest in, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Pledged Collateral (other than Excluded Assets) and expressly assumes all obligations and


liabilities of a Guarantor and Pledgor thereunder. The New Pledgor hereby makes each of the representations and warranties and agrees to each of the covenants applicable to the Pledgors contained in the Security Agreement and Section 9 of the Credit Agreement.

Annexed hereto are supplements to each of the schedules to the Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement, as applicable, with respect to the New Pledgor. Such supplements shall be deemed to be part of the Security Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable.

This Joinder Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Pledgor has caused this Joinder Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

[NEW PLEDGOR]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

[Schedules to be attached]

 

-3-

EXHIBIT 10.3

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

by and between

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as ABL Collateral Agent

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Notes Collateral Agent

Dated as of October 19, 2007


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page No.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1

  

Definitions

   1

Section 1.2

  

Rules of Construction

   7

ARTICLE 2

LIEN PRIORITY

Section 2.1

  

Priority of Liens

   8

Section 2.2

  

Waiver of Right to Contest Liens

   9

Section 2.3

  

Remedies Standstill

   9

Section 2.4

  

Exercise of Rights

   11

Section 2.5

  

No New Liens

   12

Section 2.6

  

Waiver of Marshalling

   12

ARTICLE 3

ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES

Section 3.1

  

Certain Actions Permitted

   12

Section 3.2

  

Agent for Perfection

   13

Section 3.3

  

Inspection and Access Rights

   13

Section 3.4

  

Exercise of Remedies – Set-Off and Tracing of and Priorities in Proceeds

   14

ARTICLE 4

APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

Section 4.1

  

Application of Proceeds

   14

Section 4.2

  

Specific Performance

   16

ARTICLE 5

INTERCREDITOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND WAIVERS

Section 5.1

  

Notice of Acceptance and Other Waivers

   16

Section 5.2

  

Modifications to ABL Documents and Notes Documents

   17

Section 5.3

  

Reinstatement and Continuation of Agreement

   18

ARTICLE 6

INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS

Section 6.1

  

DIP Financing

   19

Section 6.2

  

Relief from Stay

   20

 

-i-


          Page No.

Section 6.3

  

No Contest; Adequate Protection

   20

Section 6.4

  

Asset Sales

   21

Section 6.5

  

Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification

   21

Section 6.6

  

Enforceability

   21

Section 6.7

  

ABL Obligations and Notes Obligations Unconditional

   21

ARTICLE 7

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1

  

Rights of Subrogation

   22

Section 7.2

  

Further Assurances

   22

Section 7.3

  

Representations

   23

Section 7.4

  

Amendments

   23

Section 7.5

  

Addresses for Notices

   23

Section 7.6

  

No Waiver, Remedies

   24

Section 7.7

  

Continuing Agreement, Transfer of Secured Obligations

   24

Section 7.8

  

Governing Law; Entire Agreement

   24

Section 7.9

  

Counterparts

   24

Section 7.10

  

No Third Party Beneficiaries

   24

Section 7.11

  

Headings

   25

Section 7.12

  

Severability

   25

Section 7.13

  

Attorneys’ Fees

   25

Section 7.14

  

VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER

   25

Section 7.15

  

Intercreditor Agreement

   25

Section 7.16

  

Effectiveness

   25

Section 7.17

  

Collateral Agents

   26

Section 7.18

  

No Warranties or Liability

   27

Section 7.19

  

Conflicts

   27

Section 7.20

  

Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Credit Parties

   27

Section 7.21

  

Acknowledgement

   27

 

-ii-


INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

THIS INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof, this Agreement ) is entered into as of October 19, 2007 between BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (“ Bank of America ”) , in its capacity as collateral agent for the ABL Secured Parties (as defined below), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Notes Secured Parties (as defined below).

RECITALS

A. RYERSON, INC., a Delaware corporation (the Company ”) , is party to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 19, 2007 (as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, Refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (including without limitation to add new loans thereunder or increase the amount of loans thereunder), the ABL Credit Agreement ”) , among the Company, the several Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other parties named therein.

B. The Company is party to an indenture dated as of October 19, 2007 (as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, Refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, the Indenture ”) , among the Company, the Subsidiaries identified therein as guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

Accordingly, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and obligations herein set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . Unless the context otherwise requires, all capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement or the Indenture, as applicable, in each case as in effect on the Closing Date. In addition, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

ABL Collateral Agent shall mean Bank of America, in its capacity as collateral agent for the ABL Secured Parties under the ABL Credit Agreement and the other ABL Documents entered into pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement, together with its successors and permitted assigns under the ABL Credit Agreement exercising substantially the same rights and powers; and in each case provided that if such ABL Collateral Agent is not Bank of America, such ABL Collateral Agent shall have become a party to this Agreement and the other applicable ABL Security Documents.

ABL Controlled Accounts shall mean (i) all Deposit Accounts and all accounts and sub-accounts relating to any of the foregoing accounts and (ii) all cash, funds, checks, notes, “securities entitlements” (as such terms are defined in the UCC) and instruments from time to time on deposit in any of the accounts or sub-accounts described in clause (i) of this definition, in each case, of any Grantor and which are subject to a control agreement in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent.


ABL Credit Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals to this Agreement.

ABL Documents shall mean the credit, guaranty and security documents governing the ABL Obligations, including, without limitation, the ABL Credit Agreement and the ABL Security Documents and documentation entered into by any Grantor relating to Bank Products (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof).

ABL Obligations shall mean all “Obligations” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Notes Obligations shall not constitute ABL Obligations.

ABL Recovery shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.

ABL Secured Parties shall mean the “Secured Parties” as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement.

ABL Security Agreement shall mean the U. S. Security Agreement (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement).

ABL Security Documents shall mean the ABL Security Agreement and the other U.S. Security Documents (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted securing ABL Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed.

Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement.

Bank of America shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to this Agreement.

Bankruptcy Code shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code.

Bankruptcy Law shall mean the Bankruptcy Code and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Collateral Agent(s) shall mean individually the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent and collectively means the ABL Collateral Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent.

Company has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

-2-


Comparable Notes Security Document shall mean, in relation to any Intercreditor Collateral subject to any Lien created under any ABL Document, those Notes Security Documents that create a Lien on the same Intercreditor Collateral (but only to the extent relating to such Intercreditor Collateral), granted by the same Grantor or Grantors.

Credit Documents shall mean the ABL Documents and the Notes Documents.

Deposit Account shall have the meaning set forth in the UCC.

DIP Financing shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 (a).

Discharge of ABL Obligations shall mean, except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 5.3, with respect to (i) any ABL Obligations that are non-Contingent Obligations, payment in full in cash of all ABL Obligations and, with respect to letters of credit or letter of credit guaranties outstanding under the ABL Documents, delivery of cash collateral or backstop letters of credit in respect thereof in a manner consistent with the ABL Credit Agreement, in each case after or concurrently with the termination of all commitments to extend credit thereunder, and the termination of all commitments of ABL Secured Parties under ABL Documents; and (ii) any ABL Obligations that are contingent in nature (other than ABL Obligations consisting of L/C Obligations or Bank Product Debt of a Borrower or Guarantor), the depositing of cash with ABL Collateral Agent in an amount equal to 100% of any such ABL Obligations that have been liquidated or, if such ABL Obligations are unliquidated in amount and represent a claim which has been asserted against Administrative Agent or a U.S. Lender and for which an indemnity has been provided by U.S. Borrowers in any of the Credit Documents, in an amount that is equal to such claim or Administrative Agent’s good faith estimate of such claim; provided that the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall not be deemed to have occurred if such payments are made with the proceeds of other ABL Obligations that constitute an exchange or replacement for or a Refinancing of such ABL Obligations. In the event the ABL Obligations are modified and the ABL Obligations are paid over time or otherwise modified pursuant to Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, the ABL Obligations shall be deemed to be discharged when the final payment is made, in cash, in respect of such indebtedness and any obligations pursuant to such new indebtedness shall have been satisfied.

Disposition shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

Event of Default shall mean an Event of Default under the ABL Credit Agreement or the Indenture as the context requires.

Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies or Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies shall mean, except as otherwise provided in the final sentence of this definition:

(a) the taking by any Secured Party of any action to enforce or realize upon any Lien on Intercreditor Collateral, including the institution of any foreclosure proceedings or the noticing of any public or private sale pursuant to Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code;

 

-3-


(b) the exercise by any Secured Party of any right or remedy provided to a secured creditor on account of a Lien on Intercreditor Collateral under any of the Credit Documents, under applicable law, in an Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, including the election to retain any of the Intercreditor Collateral in satisfaction of a Lien;

(c) the taking of any action by any Secured Party or the exercise of any right or remedy by any Secured Party in respect of the collection on, set-off against, marshalling of, injunction respecting or foreclosure on the Intercreditor Collateral or the Proceeds thereof;

(d) the appointment on the application of a Secured Party, of a receiver, receiver and manager or interim receiver of all or part of the Intercreditor Collateral;

(e) the sale, lease, license, or other disposition of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral by private or public sale conducted by a Secured Party or any other means at the direction of a Secured Party permissible under applicable law; or

(f) the exercise of any other right of a secured creditor under Part 6 of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code in respect of Intercreditor Collateral.

For the avoidance of doubt, none of the following shall be deemed to constitute an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies: (i) the filing of a proof of claim in bankruptcy court or seeking adequate protection, (ii) the exercise of rights by the ABL Collateral Agent upon the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement), including, without limitation, the notification of account debtors, depository institutions or any other Person to deliver proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral to the ABL Collateral Agent (unless and until the Lenders under the ABL Credit Agreement cease to extend credit to the Borrowers thereunder, in which event an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies shall be deemed to have occurred), (iii) the consent by a Secured Party to a sale or other disposition by any Grantor of any of its assets or properties, (iv) the acceleration of all or a portion of the ABL Obligations or the Notes Obligations, (v) the reduction of the borrowing base, advance rates or sub-limits by the Administrative Agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, the ABL Collateral Agent and the Lenders under the ABL Credit Agreement, (vi) the imposition of reserves by the ABL Collateral Agent, (vii) an account or item of inventory ceasing to be an “eligible account” or “eligible inventory” under the ABL Credit Agreement, (viii) any action taken by any Notes Secured Party in respect of Non-Intercreditor Collateral or (ix) any of the actions permitted by Sections 2.3(b), 2.4(a) and 3.1.

Governmental Authority shall mean any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

Grantors shall mean the Company and each Subsidiary that is party to an ABL Security Document or a Notes Security Document.

Indebtedness shall have the meaning provided in the ABL Credit Agreement and the Indenture as in effect on the date hereof.

 

-4-


Indenture shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Insolvency Proceeding shall mean:

(1) any case commenced by or against the Company or any other Grantor under any Bankruptcy Law, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Company or any other Grantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Company or any other Grantor or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Company or any other Grantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;

(2) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Company or any other Grantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or

(3) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Company or any other Grantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.

Intercreditor Collateral shall mean all “Pledged Collateral” (or equivalent term) as defined in the ABL Security Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

Lien means any interest in Property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the Property, whether such interest is based on common law, statute or contract. The term “Lien” shall also include security interests, hypothecations, security assignments, pledges, statutory trusts, deemed trusts, reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights-of-way, servitudes, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases pursuant to which the owner of the Property is the lessor, and other title exceptions and encumbrances affecting Property. For the purpose of this Agreement, a Borrower shall be deemed to be the owner of any Property which it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the Property has been retained by or vested in some other Person for security purposes.

Lien Priority shall mean with respect to any Lien of the ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Secured Parties, the Notes Collateral Agent or the Notes Secured Parties on the Intercreditor Collateral, the order of priority of such Lien as specified in Section 2.1.

Non-Intercreditor Collateral shall mean all “Collateral” (or equivalent term) as defined in any Notes Security Document or the Indenture but excluding all Intercreditor Collateral.

Notes shall mean (a) (i) the initial $425,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 and (ii) the initial $150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014, each issued by the Company pursuant to the Indenture, (b) the exchange notes issued in exchange therefor as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 19, 2007, among the Company, the Guarantors identified therein and the initial purchasers party thereto and (c) any additional notes issued under the Indenture by the Company, to the extent permitted by the Indenture and the ABL Credit Agreement.

 

-5-


Notes Collateral Agent shall mean (i) so long as the obligations are outstanding under the Indenture, the Trustee in its capacity as collateral agent for the Notes Secured Parties, and (ii) at any time thereafter, such agent or trustee as is designated “Notes Collateral Agent” by Notes Secured Parties holding a majority in principal amount of the Notes Obligations then outstanding or pursuant to such other arrangements as agreed to among the holders of the Notes Obligations; it being understood that as of the date of this Agreement, the Trustee shall be the Notes Collateral Agent.

Notes Documents shall mean the indenture, Notes and security documents governing the Notes Obligations, including, without limitation, the Indenture and the related Notes Security Documents.

Notes Obligations shall mean “Secured Obligations” (as defined in the Security Agreement (as such term is defined in the Indenture)).

Notes Secured Parties shall mean (i) so long as the Notes are outstanding, the Trustee and the holders of the Notes (including any additional Notes subsequently issued under and in compliance with the terms of the Indenture), (ii) the Notes Collateral Agent and (iii) the holders from time to time of any other Notes Obligations.

Notes Security Documents shall mean (a) so long as the Notes are outstanding, the Security Documents (as defined in the Indenture) and (b) thereafter any agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted securing Notes Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed, which in each case may include intercreditor and/or subordination agreements or arrangements among various Notes Secured Parties.

Obligations shall mean any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Party shall mean the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent, and Parties shall mean collectively the ABL Collateral Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent.

Proceeds shall mean (a) all “proceeds,” as defined in Article 9 of the UCC, with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral, and (b) whatever is recoverable or recovered when any Intercreditor Collateral is sold, exchanged, collected or disposed of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.

 

-6-


Property shall mean any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

Refinance shall mean, in respect of any indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, defease, amend, increase, modify, supplement, restructure, refund, replace or repay, or to issue other indebtedness or enter alternative financing arrangements, in exchange or replacement for such indebtedness, including by adding or replacing lenders, creditors, agents, borrowers and/or guarantors, and including in each case, but not limited to, after the original instrument giving rise to such indebtedness has been terminated. Refinanced and Refinancing have correlative meanings.

Secured Parties shall mean the ABL Secured Parties and the Notes Secured Parties.

Subsidiary shall have the meaning given such term by the ABL Credit Agreement and the Indenture, each as in effect on the date hereof.

Trustee shall mean Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as trustee under the Indenture and as collateral agent on behalf of the Notes Secured Parties, and its permitted successors.

Uniform Commercial Code or UCC shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may, from time to time, be in effect in the State of New York; provided that to the extent that the Uniform Commercial Code is used to define any term in any security document and such term is defined differently in differing Articles of the Uniform Commercial Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 shall govern; provided , further , that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, publication or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Liens of any Party are governed by the Uniform Commercial Code or foreign personal property security laws as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” will mean the Uniform Commercial Code or such foreign personal property security laws as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, publication, priority or remedies and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

Section 1.2 Rules of Construction . Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the term “including” is not limiting and shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Article, section, subsection, clause, schedule and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, restatements, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, restatements, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein to any Person

 

-7-


shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any reference herein to the repayment in full of an obligation shall mean the payment in full in cash of such obligation, or in such other manner as may be approved in writing by the requisite holders or representatives in respect of such obligation, or in such other manner as may be approved by the requisite holders or representatives in respect of such obligation.

ARTICLE 2

LIEN PRIORITY

Section 2.1 Priority of Liens .

(a) Notwithstanding (i) the date, time, method, manner, or order of grant, attachment, or perfection of any Liens granted to the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties in respect of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral or of any Liens granted to the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Parties in respect of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral, and regardless of how any such Lien was acquired (whether by grant, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise), (ii) the order or time of filing or recordation of any document or instrument for perfecting the Liens in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent (or the ABL Secured Parties or the Notes Secured Parties) on any Intercreditor Collateral, (iii) any provision of the Uniform Commercial Code, the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable law, or of any of the ABL Documents or any of the Notes Documents, or (iv) whether the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent, in each case, either directly or through agents, holds possession of, or has control over, all or any part of the Intercreditor Collateral, the ABL Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, and the Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself the Notes Secured Parties, hereby agree that:

(1) any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party that secures all or any portion of the Notes Obligations shall in all respects be junior and subordinate to all Liens granted to the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties on the Intercreditor Collateral; and

(2) any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party that secures all or any portion of the ABL Obligations shall in all respects be senior and prior to all Liens granted to the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party on the Intercreditor Collateral.

The Notes Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and each applicable Notes Secured Party, expressly agrees that any Lien purported to be granted on any Intercreditor Collateral as security for the ABL Obligations shall be deemed to be and shall be deemed to remain senior in all respects and prior to all Liens on the Intercreditor Collateral securing any Notes Obligations for all purposes regardless of whether the Lien purported to be granted is found to be improperly granted, improperly perfected, preferential, a fraudulent conveyance or legally or otherwise deficient in any manner.

 

-8-


(b) The ABL Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, acknowledges and agrees that, concurrently herewith, the Notes Collateral Agent, for the benefit of itself and the Notes Secured Parties, has been granted Liens upon all of the Intercreditor Collateral in which the ABL Collateral Agent has been granted Liens and the ABL Collateral Agent hereby consents thereto. The subordination of Liens by the Notes Collateral Agent in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent as set forth herein shall not be deemed to subordinate the Liens of the Notes Collateral Agent or the Notes Secured Parties to Liens securing any other Obligations other than the ABL Obligations.

Section 2.2 Waiver of Right to Contest Liens .

(a) The Notes Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Notes Se cured Parties, agrees that it shall not (and hereby waives any right to) take any action to contest or challenge (or assist or support any other Person in contesting or challenging), directly or indirectly, whether or not in any proceeding (including in any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, priority, enforceability, or perfection of the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties in respect of Intercreditor Collateral or the provisions of this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Notes Secured Parties, agrees that it will not take any action that would interfere with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies undertaken by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party under the ABL Documents with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral. Except to the extent expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Notes Secured Parties, hereby waives any and all rights it may have as a junior lien creditor or otherwise to contest, protest, object to, or interfere with the manner in which the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party seeks to enforce its Liens in any Intercreditor Collateral.

(b) The ABL Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that it and they shall not (and hereby waives any right to) take any action to contest or challenge (or assist or support any other Person in contesting or challenging), directly or indirectly, whether or not in any proceeding (including in any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, priority, enforceability, or perfection of the respective Liens of the Notes Collateral Agent or the Notes Secured Parties in respect of the Intercreditor Collateral or the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 2.3 Remedies Standstill .

(a) The Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the Notes Secured Parties, agrees that, from the date hereof until the date upon which the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred, neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor any Notes Secured Party will Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any Intercreditor Collateral without the prior written consent of the ABL Collateral Agent, and (i) will not take, receive or accept any Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral or (ii) in the event such Proceeds were received by the Notes Collateral Agent, it will apply them in accordance with Section 4.1(c). From and after the date upon which the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred, the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party may Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies under the Notes Documents or applicable law as to any Intercreditor Collateral.

 

-9-


(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.3(a) or any other provision of this Agreement, nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent any Collateral Agent or any Secured Party from (i) filing a claim or statement of interest with respect to the ABL Obligations or Notes Obligations owed to it in any Insolvency Proceeding commenced by or against any Grantor, (ii) taking any action (not adverse to the priority status of the Liens of the other Collateral Agent or other Secured Parties on the Intercreditor Collateral in which such other Collateral Agent or other Secured Parties have a priority Lien or the rights of the other Collateral Agent or any of the other Secured Parties to exercise remedies in respect thereof) in order to create, perfect, preserve or protect (but not enforce) its Lien on any Intercreditor Collateral, (iii) filing any necessary or responsive pleadings in opposition to any motion, adversary proceeding or other pleading filed by any Person objecting to or otherwise seeking disallowance of the claim or Lien of such Collateral Agent or Secured Party, (iv) filing any pleadings, objections, motions, or agreements which assert rights available to unsecured creditors of the Grantors arising under any Insolvency Proceeding or applicable non-bankruptcy law, (v) voting on any plan of reorganization or filing any proof of claim in any Insolvency Proceeding of any Grantor, or (vi) objecting to the proposed retention of collateral by the other Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party in full or partial satisfaction of any ABL Obligations or Notes Obligations due to the other Collateral Agent or such other Secured Party, in each case (i) through (vi) above to the extent not in consistent with, or could not result in a resolution inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement.

(c) Subject to Section 2.3(b), (i) the Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Notes Secured Parties, agrees that neither it nor any Notes Secured Party will take any action that would hinder any exercise of remedies undertaken by the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral, including any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of Intercreditor Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise, and (ii) the Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Notes Secured Parties, hereby waives any and all rights it or any such Notes Secured Party may have as a junior lien creditor or otherwise to object to the manner in which the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties seek to enforce or collect the ABL Obligations or the Liens granted in any of the Intercreditor Collateral, regardless of whether any action or failure to act by or on behalf of the ABL Collateral Agent or ABL Secured Parties is adverse to the interests of the Notes Secured Parties.

(d) The Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Notes Secured Parties, hereby acknowledges and agrees that no covenant, agreement or restriction contained in any Notes Document shall be deemed to restrict in any way the rights and remedies of the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral as set forth in this Agreement and the ABL Documents.

(e) Subject to Section 2.3(b), the Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Notes Secured Parties, agrees that, unless and until the Discharge of ABL Obligations has occurred, it will not commence, or join with any Person (other than the ABL Secured Parties and the ABL Collateral Agent upon the request thereof) in commencing, any enforcement, collection, execution, levy or foreclosure action or proceeding with respect to any Lien held by it in the Intercreditor Collateral.

 

-10-


Section 2.4 Exercise of Rights .

(a) No Other Restrictions , Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 2.1 (a), Section 2.2(a), Section 2.3, Section 3.5 and Article 6 of this Agreement, the Notes Collateral Agent and each Notes Secured Party may exercise rights and remedies as an unsecured creditor and as a secured creditor with respect to the Non-Intercreditor Collateral against the Company or any Subsidiary that has guaranteed the Notes Obligations in accordance with the terms of the applicable Notes Documents and applicable laws. Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the receipt by the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party of the required payments of interest and principal so long as such receipt is not the direct or indirect result of the exercise by the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party of rights or remedies as a secured creditor in respect of Intercreditor Collateral or enforcement in contravention of this Agreement of any Lien on the Intercreditor Collateral in respect of Notes Obligations held by any of them or in any Insolvency Proceeding. In the event the Notes Collateral Agent or Notes Secured Party becomes a judgment lien creditor or other secured creditor in respect of Intercreditor Collateral as a result of its enforcement of its rights as an unsecured creditor in respect of Notes Obligations or otherwise, such judgment or other Lien shall be subordinated to the Liens securing ABL Obligations on the same basis as the other Liens securing the Notes Obligations are so subordinated to such Liens securing ABL Obligations under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement impairs or otherwise adversely affects any rights or remedies the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties may have with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral. Furthermore, subject to Section 3.3 hereof, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall restrict any right any Notes Secured Party may have (secured or otherwise) in any property or asset of any Grantor that does not constitute Intercreditor Collateral.

(b) Release of Liens . If, at any time any Grantor or any ABL Secured Party delivers notice to the Notes Collateral Agent with respect to any specified Intercreditor Collateral that:

(A) such specified Intercreditor Collateral is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of (a Disposition ) by the owner of such Intercreditor Collateral in a transaction permitted under the ABL Credit Agreement and the Indenture; or

(B) the ABL Secured Parties are releasing or have released their Liens on such Intercreditor Collateral in connection with a Disposition in connection with an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to such Intercreditor Collateral,

then the Liens upon such Intercreditor Collateral securing Notes Obligations will automatically be released and discharged as and when, but only to the extent, such Liens on such Intercreditor Collateral securing ABL Obligations are released and discharged ( provided that in the case of clause (B) of this Section 2.4(b), the Liens on any Intercreditor Collateral disposed of in connection with an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies shall be automatically released but any proceeds thereof not applied to repay ABL Obligations shall be subject to the respective Liens securing Notes Obligations and shall be applied pursuant to Section 4.1). Upon delivery to the Notes Collateral Agent of a notice from the ABL Collateral Agent stating that any such release of Liens securing or supporting the ABL Obligations has become effective (or shall become effective upon the Notes Collateral Agent releasing its Liens on such collateral), together with the

 

-11-


instruments, releases, termination statements or other documents effecting or evidencing such release (which instruments, releases and termination statements shall be substantially identical to the comparable instruments, releases and termination statements executed by the ABL Collateral Agent in connection with such release), the Notes Collateral Agent shall, at the Company’s expense, promptly execute and deliver such instruments, releases, termination statements or other documents.

Section 2.5 No New Liens . Until the date upon which the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred, the parties hereto agree that no Notes Secured Party shall acquire or hold any Lien on any accounts receivable or inventory of any Grantor, the proceeds thereof or any deposit or other accounts of any Grantor in which accounts receivable or proceeds of inventory or accounts receivable are held or deposited, in each case of the type that would constitute Intercreditor Collateral as described in the definition thereof, whether in the form of accounts receivable, inventory or otherwise, securing any Notes Obligation, if such accounts receivable, inventory or proceeds are not also subject to the Lien of the ABL Collateral Agent under the ABL Documents (and subject to the Lien Priorities contemplated herein). If any Notes Secured Party shall (nonetheless and in breach hereof) acquire or hold any Lien on any such accounts receivable, inventory or proceeds securing any Notes Obligation, which accounts receivable, inventory or proceeds are not also subject to the Lien of the ABL Collateral Agent under the ABL Documents, subject to the Lien Priority set forth herein, then the Notes Collateral Agent (or the applicable Notes Secured Party) shall, without the need for any further consent of any other Notes Secured Party and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other Notes Document, be deemed to also hold and have held such Lien as agent or bailee for the benefit of the ABL Collateral Agent as security for the ABL Obligations (subject to the Lien Priority and other terms hereof) and shall use its best efforts to promptly notify the ABL Collateral Agent in writing of the existence of such Lien.

Section 2.6 Waiver of Marshalling . Until the Discharge of the ABL Obligations, the Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the Notes Secured Parties, agrees not to assert and hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right to demand, request, plead or otherwise assert or otherwise claim the benefit of any marshalling, appraisal, valuation or other similar right that may otherwise be available under applicable law with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral or any other similar rights a junior secured creditor may have under applicable law.

ARTICLE 3

ACTIONS OF THE PARTIES

Section 3.1 Certain Actions Permitted . The Notes Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent may make such demands or file such claims in respect of the Notes Obligations or the ABL Obligations, as applicable, as are necessary to prevent the waiver or bar of such claims under applicable statutes of limitations or other statutes, court orders, or rules of procedure at any time. Except as provided in Section 5.2, nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the receipt by the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party of the required payments of interest, principal and other amounts owed in respect of the Notes Obligations so long as such receipt is not the direct or indirect result of the exercise by the Notes Collateral Agent or

 

-12-


any Notes Secured Party of rights or remedies as a secured creditor with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral (including set-off with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral) or enforcement in contravention of this Agreement of any Lien held by any of them on the Intercreditor Collateral.

Section 3.2 Agent for Perfection . The Notes Collateral Agent appoints the ABL Collateral Agent, and the ABL Collateral Agent expressly accepts such appointment, to act as agent of the Notes Collateral Agent and each Notes Secured Party under each control agreement with respect to all ABL Controlled Accounts for the purpose of perfecting the respective security interests granted under the Notes Security Documents. None of the ABL Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party, the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party, as applicable, shall have any obligation whatsoever to the others to assure that the Intercreditor Collateral is genuine or owned by the Company, any Grantor or any other Person or to preserve rights or benefits of any Person. The duties or responsibilities of the ABL Collateral Agent under this Section 3.2 are and shall be limited solely to holding or maintaining control of the Intercreditor Collateral as agent for the Notes Secured Parties for purposes of perfecting the respective Liens held by the Notes Secured Parties. The ABL Collateral Agent is not and shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary of any kind for the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party, or any other Person. The Notes Collateral Agent is not and shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary of any kind for any other Notes Secured Party, or any other Person. Prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, in the event that the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party receives any Intercreditor Collateral or Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral in violation of the terms of this Agreement, then the Notes Collateral Agent or such Notes Secured Party, as the case may be, shall promptly pay over such Proceeds or Intercreditor Collateral to the ABL Collateral Agent in the same form as received with any necessary endorsements, for application in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

Section 3.3 Inspection and Access Rights . Without limiting any rights the ABL Collateral Agent or any other ABL Secured Party may otherwise have under applicable law or by agreement, in the event of any liquidation of any Intercreditor Collateral (or any other Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by the ABL Collateral Agent) and whether or not the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party has commenced and is continuing to Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies of any Notes Secured Party, the ABL Collateral Agent shall have the right (a) during normal business hours on any business day, to access Intercreditor Collateral that is stored or located in or on Non-Intercreditor Collateral, and (b) to reasonably use the Non-Intercreditor Collateral (including, without limitation, equipment, computers, software, intellectual property, real property and books and records) in order to inspect, copy or download information stored on, take actions to perfect its Lien on, or otherwise deal with the Intercreditor Collateral, in each case with a prior written notice to, but without the involvement of or interference by, the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party and without liability to any Notes Secured Party; provided , however , if the Notes Collateral Agent takes actual possession of any Non-Intercreditor Collateral in contemplation of a sale of such Non-Intercreditor Collateral or is otherwise exercising a remedy with respect to Non-Intercreditor Collateral, the Notes Collateral Agent shall (i) either give the ABL Collateral Agent an opportunity during the 120 day period immediately following a notice from the Notes Collateral Agent prior to the Notes Collateral Agent’s sale of any such Non-Intercreditor Collateral to access Intercreditor Collateral as contemplated in (a) and (b) above or (ii) have the purchaser of such Non-Intercreditor Collateral

 

-13-


agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of clause (i) of this sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 3.3 governs the rights of access, use and inspection as between the ABL Secured Parties on the one hand and the Notes Secured Parties on the other (and not as between the Secured Parties and the Grantors, which rights are set forth in and governed by the applicable Credit Documents and are not affected by this Section 3.3).

Section 3.4 Insurance . Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral include insurance proceeds and, therefore, the Lien Priority shall govern the ultimate disposition of insurance proceeds to the extent such insurance insures Intercreditor Collateral. Prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the ABL Collateral Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right, as against the Notes Collateral Agent, to the extent permitted by the ABL Documents and subject to the rights of the Grantors thereunder, to adjust settlement of insurance claims to the extent such insurance insures Intercreditor Collateral in the event of any covered loss, theft or destruction of Intercreditor Collateral. Prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, all proceeds of such insurance with respect to Intercreditor Collateral shall be remitted for application in accordance with Section 4.1 hereof.

Section 3.5 Exercise of Remedies – Set-Off and Tracing of and Priorities in Proceeds . The Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Notes Secured Parties, acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party exercises its rights of set-off against any Grantor’s Deposit Accounts to the extent constituting or containing Intercreditor Collateral or proceeds thereof, the amount of such set-off shall be deemed to be Intercreditor Collateral to be held and distributed pursuant to Section 4.1. In addition, unless and until the Discharge of ABL Obligations occurs, the Notes Collateral Agent and each Notes Secured Party hereby consents to the application of cash or other proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral deposited under control agreements to the repayment of ABL Obligations pursuant to the ABL Documents.

ARTICLE 4

APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

Section 4.1 Application of Proceeds .

(a) Revolving Nature of ABL Obligations . The Notes Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Notes Secured Parties, expressly acknowledges and agrees that (i) the ABL Credit Agreement includes a revolving commitment, that in the ordinary course of business the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties will apply payments and make advances thereunder, and that no application of any Intercreditor Collateral or the release of any Lien by the ABL Collateral Agent upon any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral in connection with a permitted disposition by the Grantors under the ABL Credit Agreement shall constitute an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies under this Agreement; (ii) subject to the limitations set forth in clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” in the Indenture (as in effect on the date hereof) or such additional amounts as consented to by the holders of the Notes Obligations (in accordance with the provisions thereof), the amount of the ABL Obligations that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed, and that the terms of the ABL Obligations may be modified, extended or amended from time to time, and that the aggregate amount of the ABL Obligations may be increased, replaced

 

-14-


or Refinanced, in each event, without notice to or consent by the Notes Secured Parties and without affecting the provisions hereof; and (iii) all Intercreditor Collateral received by the ABL Collateral Agent may be applied, reversed, reapplied, credited, or reborrowed, in whole or in part, to the ABL Obligations at any time. The Lien Priority shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any such amendment, modification, supplement, extension, repayment, reborrowing, increase, replacement, renewal, restatement or Refinancing of either the ABL Obligations or any Notes Obligations, or any portion thereof.

(b) Application of Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral . The ABL Collateral Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent hereby agree that all Intercreditor Collateral and all Proceeds thereof received by any of them in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to the Intercreditor Collateral shall be applied, first to the payment of costs and expenses of the ABL Collateral Agent in connection with such Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies, and second , to the payment of the ABL Obligations in accordance with the ABL Documents until the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred.

(c) Payments Over . Any Intercreditor Collateral or Proceeds thereof received by the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including set-off or credit bid) or in any Insolvency Proceeding relating to the Intercreditor Collateral prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations and not expressly permitted by this Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust for the benefit of and forthwith paid over to the ABL Collateral Agent (and/or its designees) for the benefit of the ABL Secured Parties in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. The ABL Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to make any such endorsements as agent for the Notes Collateral Agent and each Notes Secured Party. This authorization is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

(d) Limited Obligation or Liability . In exercising remedies, whether as a secured creditor or otherwise, the ABL Collateral Agent shall have no obligation or liability to the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party regarding the adequacy of any proceeds realized on any collateral or for any action or omission, save and except solely for an action or omission that breaches the express obligations undertaken by each Party under the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, none of the Parties hereto waives any claim that it may have against a Secured Party on the grounds that any sale, transfer or other disposition by the Secured Party was not commercially reasonable in every respect as required by the UCC.

(e) Turnover of Collateral After Discharge . Upon the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the ABL Collateral Agent shall (a) notify the Notes Collateral Agent in writing of the occurrence of such Discharge of ABL Obligations and (b) at the Company’s expense, deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent or execute such documents as the Notes Collateral Agent may reasonably request (including assignment of control agreements with respect to ABL Controlled Accounts) in order to effect a transfer of control to the Notes Collateral Agent over any and all ABL Controlled Accounts in the same form as received with any necessary endorsements, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

 

-15-


Section 4.2 Specific Performance . Each of the ABL Collateral Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to demand specific performance of this Agreement, whether or not the Company or any Grantor shall have complied with any of the provisions of any of the Credit Documents, at any time when the other Party shall have failed to comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to it. Each of the ABL Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, and the Notes Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Notes Secured Parties, hereby irrevocably waives any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law that might be asserted as a bar to such remedy of specific performance.

ARTICLE 5

INTERCREDITOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND WAIVERS

Section 5.1 Notice of Acceptance and Other Waivers .

(a) All ABL Obligations at any time made or incurred by the Company or any Grantor shall be deemed to have been made or incurred in reliance upon this Agreement, and the Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the Notes Secured Parties, hereby waives notice of acceptance, or proof of reliance by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party of this Agreement, and notice of the existence, increase, renewal, extension, accrual, creation, or non-payment of all or any part of the ABL Obligations. All Notes Obligations at any time made or incurred by the Company or any Grantor shall be deemed to have been made or incurred in reliance upon this Agreement, and the ABL Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, hereby waives notice of acceptance, or proof of reliance, by the Notes Collateral Agent or any such Notes Secured Party of this Agreement, and notice of the existence, increase, renewal, extension, accrual, creation, or non-payment of all or any part of the Notes Obligations.

(b) None of the ABL Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party or any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Intercreditor Collateral or any Proceeds thereof, or for any delay in doing so, or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Intercreditor Collateral or Proceeds thereof or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Intercreditor Collateral or any part or Proceeds thereof, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. If the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party honors (or fails to honor) a request by any Borrower under the ABL Credit Agreement for an extension of credit pursuant to any ABL Credit Agreement or any of the other ABL Documents, whether the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party has knowledge that the honoring of (or failure to honor) any such request would constitute a default under the terms of any Notes Document (but not a default under this Agreement) or an act, condition, or event that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default, or if the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party otherwise should exercise any of its contractual rights or remedies under any ABL Documents (subject to the express terms and conditions hereof), neither the ABL Collateral Agent nor any ABL Secured Party shall have any liability whatsoever to the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party as a result of such action, omission, or exercise (so long as any such exercise does not breach the express terms and provisions of this Agreement). The ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties shall be entitled to manage and supervise their

 

-16-


loans and extensions of credit under any ABL Credit Agreement and any of the other ABL Documents as they may, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate, and may manage their loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests that the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party have in the Intercreditor Collateral, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement. The Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the Notes Secured Parties, agrees that neither the ABL Collateral Agent nor any ABL Secured Party shall incur any liability as a result of a sale, lease, license, application, or other disposition of all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral or Proceeds thereof, pursuant to the ABL Documents, so long as such disposition is conducted in accordance with mandatory provisions of applicable law and does not breach the provisions of this Agreement. The Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Secured Parties shall be entitled to manage and supervise the Non-Intercreditor Collateral, hold their second lien on the Intercreditor Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof and manage and supervise the extensions of credit under the Notes Documents as provided in the Indenture and the Notes Security Documents, in each case without regard to any rights or interests of the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Parties, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement.

Section 5.2 Modifications to ABL Documents and Notes Documents .

(a) In the event that the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties enter into any amendment, waiver or consent in respect of, or replace any of the ABL Security Documents for the purpose of adding to, or deleting from, or waiving or consenting to any departures from any provisions of, any ABL Security Document or changing in any manner the rights of the ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Secured Parties, the Company or any other Grantor there under (excluding the release of any Liens in Intercreditor Collateral except in accordance with Section 2.4(b)), then such amendment, waiver or consent, to the extent related to Intercreditor Collateral, shall upon delivery of written notice of such amendment, waiver or consent to the Notes Collateral Agent together with a conforming amendment of the Comparable Notes Security Document, apply automatically to any comparable provision (but only to the extent as such provision relates to Intercreditor Collateral) of each Comparable Notes Security Document without the consent of the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party and without any action by the Notes Collateral Agent, any Notes Secured Party, the Company or any other Grantor; provided , however , that such amendment, waiver or consent does not materially adversely affect the rights of the Notes Secured Parties or the interests of the Notes Secured Parties in the Intercreditor Collateral in a manner materially different from that affecting the rights of the ABL Secured Parties thereunder or therein. For the avoidance of doubt, no such amendment, modification or waiver shall apply to or otherwise affect (a) any Non-Intercreditor Collateral or (b) any document, agreement or instrument which neither grants nor purports to grant a Lien on, nor governs nor purports to govern any rights or remedies in respect of, Intercreditor Collateral. The Notes Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver any conforming amendment, waiver or consent complying with this Section 5.2(a) with respect to the Notes Security Documents promptly after receipt thereof.

(b) So long as the Discharge of ABL Obligations has not occurred, without the prior written consent of the ABL Collateral Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent shall not consent to amend, supplement or otherwise modify any, or enter into any new, Notes Security

 

-17-


Document relating to Intercreditor Collateral to the extent such amendment, supplement or modification, or the terms of such new Notes Security Document, would be prohibited by or inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement. The Notes Collateral Agent agrees that each Notes Security Document relating to Intercreditor Collateral shall include the following language (or language to similar effect approved by the ABL Collateral Agent):

“Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association hereunder are subject to the limitations and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2007 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Intercreditor Agreement ”), among Bank of America, N.A., as ABL Collateral Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Notes Collateral Agent, and certain other persons party or that may become party thereto from time to time, and consented to by the Grantors identified therein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.”

(c) No consent furnished by the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 5.2(a) or 5.2(b) hereof shall be deemed to constitute the modification or waiver of any provisions of the ABL Documents or any of the Notes Documents, each of which remain in full force and effect as written.

(d) The ABL Obligations and the several Notes Obligations may be Refinanced, in whole or in part, in each case, without notice to, or the consent (except to the extent a consent is required to permit the refinancing transaction under any ABL Document or any Notes Document) of, the ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Secured Parties, the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Parties, as the case may be, provided such Refinancing does not affect the relative Lien Priorities provided for herein or directly alter the other provisions hereof to the extent relating to the relative rights, obligations and priorities of the ABL Secured Parties on the one hand and the Notes Secured Parties on the other.

Section 5.3 Reinstatement and Continuation of Agreement .

If the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party is required in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to turn over or otherwise pay to the estate of the Company, any Grantor, or any other Person any payment made in satisfaction of all or any portion of the ABL Obligations (an ABL Recovery ), then the ABL Obligations shall be reinstated to the extent of such ABL Recovery. If this Agreement shall have been terminated prior to such ABL Recovery, this Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect in the event of such ABL Recovery, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair, or otherwise affect the obligations of the Parties from such date of reinstatement. The ABL Collateral Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to give written notice to the Notes Collateral Agent of the occurrence of any such ABL Recovery (provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the ABL Collateral Agent’s rights hereunder, except it being understood that the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be charged with knowledge of such ABL Recovery or required to take any actions based on such ABL Recovery until it has received such written notice of the occurrence of such ABL Recovery).

 

-18-


All rights, interests, agreements, and obligations of the ABL Collateral Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent, the ABL Secured Parties and the Notes Secured Parties under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue irrespective of the commencement of, or any discharge, confirmation, conversion, or dismissal of, any Insolvency Proceeding by or against the Company or any Grantor or any other circumstance which otherwise might constitute a defense (other than a defense that such obligations have in-fact been repaid) available to, or a discharge of the Company or any Grantor in respect of the ABL Obligations or the Notes Obligations. No priority or right of the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party shall at any time be prejudiced or impaired in any way by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or any Grantor or by the noncompliance by any Person with the terms, provisions, or covenants of any of the ABL Documents, regardless of any knowledge thereof which the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party may have.

ARTICLE 6

INSOLVENCY PROCEEDINGS

Section 6.1 DIP Financing .

(a) If the Company or any Grantor shall be subject to any Insolvency Proceeding at any time prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations, and the ABL Collateral Agent or the ABL Secured Parties shall seek to provide the Company or any Grantor with, or consent to a third party providing, any financing under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or consent to any order for the use of cash collateral constituting Intercreditor Collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (each, a DIP Financing ”), with such DIP Financing to be secured by all or any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral (including assets that, but for the application of Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code, would be Intercreditor Collateral) but not any other asset or any Non-Intercreditor Collateral, then the Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the Notes Secured Parties, agrees that it will raise no objection and will not support any objection to such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral or to the Liens securing the same on the grounds of a failure to provide “adequate protection” for the Liens of the Notes Collateral Agent securing the Notes Obligations or on any other grounds (and will not request any adequate protection solely as a result of such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral that is Intercreditor Collateral, except as permitted by Section 6.3(b)), so long as (i) the Notes Collateral Agent retains its Lien on the Intercreditor Collateral to secure the Notes Obligations (in each case, including Proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of the case under the Bankruptcy Code); (ii) the terms of the DIP Financing do not compel the applicable Grantor to seek confirmation of a specific plan of reorganization for which all or substantially all of the material terms of such plan are set forth in the DIP Financing documentation or related document; (iii) all Liens on Intercreditor Collateral securing any such DIP Financing shall be senior to or on a parity with the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties securing the ABL Obligations on Intercreditor Collateral and (iv) no Notes Secured Party is required (without its consent) to lend or incur any monetary obligation in connection with such DIP Financing; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit or restrict the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes

 

-19-


Secured Party from raising any objection or supporting any objection to such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral or to the Liens securing the same on the grounds of a failure to provide “adequate protection” for the Liens of the Notes Collateral Agent on Non-Intercreditor Collateral securing the Notes Obligations.

(b) All Liens granted to the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent in any Insolvency Proceeding, whether as adequate protection or otherwise, are intended by the Parties to be and shall be deemed to be subject to the Lien Priority and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Section 6.2 Relief from Stay . The Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the Notes Secured Parties, agrees not to seek relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of any portion of the Intercreditor Collateral without the ABL Collateral Agent’s express written consent.

Section 6.3 No Contest; Adequate Protection .

(a) The Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the Notes Secured Parties, agrees that it shall not contest (or support any other Person contesting) (x) any request by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party for adequate protection of its interest in the Intercreditor Collateral, (y) any objection by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party to any motion, relief, action, or proceeding based on a claim by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party that its interests in the Intercreditor Collateral are not adequately protected (or any other similar request under any law applicable to an Insolvency Proceeding), so long as any Liens granted to the ABL Collateral Agent as adequate protection of its interests are subject to this Agreement or (z) any lawful exercise by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party of the right to credit bid ABL Obligations at any sale of Intercreditor Collateral or Intercreditor Collateral; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit or restrict the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party from contesting or challenging (or support any other Person contesting or challenging) any request by the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party for “adequate protection” (or the grant of any such “adequate protection”) to the extent such “adequate protection” is in the form of a Lien on any Non-Intercreditor Collateral.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions in this Section 6.3, in any Insolvency Proceeding, if the ABL Secured Parties (or any subset thereof) are granted adequate protection with respect to Intercreditor Collateral in the form of additional collateral (even if such collateral is not of a type which would otherwise have constituted Intercreditor Collateral), then the ABL Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties, agrees that the Notes Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and/or any of the Notes Secured Parties, may seek or request (and the ABL Secured Parties will not oppose such request) adequate protection with respect to its interests in such Intercreditor Collateral in the form of a Lien on the same additional collateral, which Lien will be subordinated to the Liens securing the ABL Obligations on the same basis as the other Liens of the Notes Collateral Agent on the Intercreditor Collateral (it being understood that to the extent that any such additional collateral constituted Non-Intercreditor Collateral at the time it was granted to the ABL Secured Parties, the Lien thereon in favor of the ABL Secured Parties shall be subordinate in all respects to the Liens thereon in favor of the Notes Secured Parties).

 

-20-


Section  6.4 Asset Sales . The Notes Collateral Agent agrees, on behalf of itself and the Notes Secured Parties, that it will not oppose any sale consented to by the ABL Collateral Agent of any Intercreditor Collateral pursuant to Section 363(f) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision under the law applicable to any Insolvency Proceeding) so long as the proceeds of such sale are applied in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 6.5 Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classification . The Notes Collateral Agent, each Notes Secured Party, each ABL Secured Party and the ABL Collateral Agent each acknowledge and agree that (i) the grants of Liens pursuant to the ABL Security Documents on the one hand and the Notes Security Documents on the other hand constitute separate and distinct grants of Liens and the Notes Secured Parties’ claims against the Company and/or any Grantor in respect of Intercreditor Collateral constitute junior claims separate and apart (and of a different class) from the senior claims of the ABL Secured Parties against the Company and the Grantors in respect of Intercreditor Collateral and (ii) because of, among other things, their differing rights in the Intercreditor Collateral, the Notes Obligations are fundamentally different from the ABL Obligations and must be separately classified in any plan of reorganization proposed or adopted in an Insolvency Proceeding. To further effectuate the intent of the parties as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, if it is held that the claims of the ABL Secured Parties and any Notes Secured Parties in respect of the Intercreditor Collateral constitute only one secured claim (rather than separate classes of senior and junior secured claims), then the ABL Secured Parties and the Notes Secured Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that all distributions in respect of or from the Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral shall be made as if there were separate classes of ABL Obligation claims and Notes Obligation claims against the Grantors (with the effect being that, to the extent that the aggregate value of the Intercreditor Collateral is sufficient (for this purpose ignoring all claims held by the Notes Secured Parties), the ABL Secured Parties shall be entitled to receive, in addition to amounts distributed to them in respect of principal, pre-petition interest and other claims, all amounts owing in respect of post-petition interest at the relevant contract rate, before any distribution is made in respect of the claims held by the Notes Secured Parties from such Intercreditor Collateral), with the Notes Secured Parties hereby acknowledging and agreeing to turn over to the ABL Secured Parties amounts otherwise received or receivable by them in respect of or from the Proceeds of Intercreditor Collateral to the extent necessary to effectuate the intent of this sentence, even if such turnover has the effect of reducing the aggregate recoveries.

Section 6.6 Enforceability . The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be and shall be enforceable under Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Section 6.7 ABL Obligations and Notes Obligations Unconditional . All rights, interests, agreements and obligations of the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties, and the Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Secured Parties, respectively, hereunder shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any ABL Documents or any Notes Documents;

 

-21-


(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other terms of, all or any of the ABL Obligations or Notes Obligations, or any amendment or waiver or other modification, including any increase in the amount thereof, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, of the terms of the ABL Credit Agreement or any other ABL Document or of the terms of the Indenture or any other Notes Document;

(c) any exchange of any security interest in any Intercreditor Collateral or any other collateral, or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether in writing or by course of conduct or otherwise, of all or any of the ABL Obligations or Notes Obligations or any guarantee thereof;

(d) the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of the Company or any other Grantor; or

(e) any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense (other than a defense that such obligations have in fact been repaid) available to, or a discharge of, the Company or any other Grantor in respect of ABL Obligations or Notes Obligations in respect of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 7

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Rights of Subrogation . The Notes Collateral Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Notes Secured Parties, agrees that no payment to the ABL Collateral Agent or any ABL Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall entitle the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party to exercise any rights of subrogation in respect thereof until the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred. Following the Discharge of ABL Obligations, the ABL Collateral Agent agrees to execute such documents, agreements, and instruments as the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party may reasonably request, at the Company’s expense, to evidence the transfer by subrogation to any such Person of an interest in the ABL Obligations resulting from payments to the ABL Collateral Agent by such Person.

Section 7.2 Further Assurances . The Parties will, at their own expense and at any time and from time to time, promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or desirable, or that any Party may reasonably request, in order to protect any right or interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder; provided , however , that no Party shall be required to pay over any payment or distribution, execute any instruments or documents, or take any other action referred to in this Section 7.2, to the extent that such action would contravene any law, order or other legal requirement or any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement, and in the event of a controversy or dispute, such Party may interplead any payment or distribution in any court of competent jurisdiction, without further responsibility in respect of such payment or distribution under this Section 7.2.

 

-22-


Section 7.3 Representations . The Notes Collateral Agent represents and warrants (for itself and solely in its capacity as Notes Collateral Agent) to the ABL Collateral Agent that it has the requisite power and authority under the Notes Documents to enter into, execute, deliver, and carry out the terms of this Agreement on behalf of itself and the Notes Secured Parties and that this Agreement shall be binding obligations of the Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Secured Parties, enforceable against the Notes Collateral Agent and Notes Secured Parties in accordance with its terms. The ABL Collateral Agent represents and warrants to the Notes Collateral Agent that it has the requisite power and authority under the ABL Documents to enter into, execute, deliver, and carry out the terms of this Agreement on behalf of itself and the ABL Secured Parties and that this Agreement shall be binding obligations of the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties, enforceable against the ABL Collateral Agent and the ABL Secured Parties in accordance with its terms.

Section 7.4 Amendments . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by any Party hereto shall be effective unless it is in a written agreement executed by the Notes Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent, and consented to in writing by the Company, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 7.4 to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended from time to time at the request of the Company, at the Company’s expense, and without the consent of the ABL Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party, the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party to (i) provide for a replacement ABL Collateral Agent in accordance with the ABL Documents, provide for a replacement Notes Collateral Agent in accordance with the applicable Notes Documents (including for the avoidance of doubt to provide for a replacement Notes Collateral Agent assuming such role in connection with any Refinancing of the Notes Documents permitted here-under) and/or secure additional extensions of credit or add other parties holding ABL Obligations or Notes Obligations to the extent such Indebtedness does not expressly violate the ABL Credit Agreement or the Indenture and (ii) in the case of such additional Notes Obligations, (a) establish that the Lien on the Intercreditor Collateral securing such Notes Obligations shall be junior and subordinate in all respects to all Liens on the Intercreditor Collateral securing any ABL Obligations (at least to the same extent as (taken together as a whole) the Liens on Intercreditor Collateral in favor of the Notes Obligations are junior and subordinate to the Liens on Intercreditor Collateral in favor of the ABL Obligations pursuant to this Agreement immediately prior to the incurrence of such additional Notes Obligations) and (b) provide to the holders of such Notes Obligations (or any agent or trustee thereof) the comparable rights and benefits (including any improved rights and benefits that have been consented to by the ABL Collateral Agent) as are provided to the Notes Secured Parties under this Agreement.

Section 7.5 Addresses for Notices . All notices to the ABL Secured Parties and the Notes Secured Parties permitted or required under this Agreement may be sent to the applicable Collateral Agent for such Secured Party, respectively, as provided in the applicable Credit Document. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and may be personally served, telecopied, electronically mailed or sent by courier service or U.S. mail and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service, upon receipt of a telecopy or electronic mail or upon receipt via U.S. mail (registered or certified, with postage prepaid and properly addressed).

 

-23-


Section 7.6 No Waiver, Remedies . No failure on the part of any Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

Section 7.7 Continuing Agreement, Transfer of Secured Obligations . This Agreement is a continuing agreement and shall (a) subject to Section 5.3, remain in full force and effect until the Discharge of ABL Obligations shall have occurred, (b) be binding upon the Parties and their successors and assigns, and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors, transferees and assigns. Nothing herein is intended, or shall be construed to give, any other Person any right, remedy or claim under, to or in respect of this Agreement or any Intercreditor Collateral. All references to any Grantor shall include any Grantor as debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Grantor in any Insolvency Proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), the ABL Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party, the Notes Collateral Agent and any Notes Secured Party may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of the ABL Obligations or the Notes Obligations, as applicable, to any other Person (other than the Company, any Grantor or any Affiliate of the Company or any Grantor and any Subsidiary of the Company or any Grantor), and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the rights and obligations in respect thereof granted to the ABL Collateral Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent, any ABL Secured Party, or any applicable Notes Secured Party, as the case may be, herein or otherwise. The ABL Secured Parties and the Notes Secured Parties may continue, at any time and without notice to the other parties hereto, to extend credit and other financial accommodations, lend monies and provide Indebtedness to, or for the benefit of, any Grantor on the faith hereof.

Section 7.8 Governing Law; Entire Agreement . The validity, performance, and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

Section 7.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, including by means of facsimile or “pdf” file thereof, and it is not necessary that the signatures of all Parties be contained on any one counterpart hereof, each counterpart will be deemed to be an original, and all together shall constitute one and the same document.

Section 7.10 No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except for the Company to the extent provided in Section 7.4, this Agreement is solely for the benefit of the ABL Collateral Agent, the ABL Secured Parties, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Notes Secured Parties. No other Person (including except to the extent provided in Section 7.4, the Company, any Grantor or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Company or any Grantor) shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

 

-24-


Section 7.11 Headings . The headings of the articles and sections of this Agreement are inserted for purposes of convenience only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

Section 7.12 Severability . If any of the provisions in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement and shall not invalidate the Lien Priority or the application of Proceeds and other priorities set forth in this Agreement.

Section 7.13 Attorneys’ Fees . The Parties agree that if any dispute, arbitration, litigation, or other proceeding is brought with respect to the enforcement of this Agreement or any provision hereof, the prevailing party in such dispute, arbitration, litigation, or other proceeding shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other costs and expenses incurred in the enforcement of this Agreement, irrespective of whether suit is brought.

Section 7.14 VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER . The parties hereto consent to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court located in New York, New York, and consent that all service of process may be made by registered mail directed to such party as provided in Section 7.5 for such party. Service so made shall be deemed to be completed three days after the same shall be posted as aforesaid. The parties hereto waive any objection to any action instituted hereunder in any such court based on forum non conveniens, and any objection to the venue of any action instituted hereunder in any such court. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED ON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, VERBAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENT OR ACTION OF ANY PARTY HERETO IN CONNECTION WITH THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF.

(a) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 7.5. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

Section 7.15 Intercreditor Agreement . This Agreement is the Intercreditor Agreement referred to in the ABL Documents and the Notes Documents. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to subordinate the obligations due to (i) any ABL Secured Party to the obligations due to any Notes Secured Party or (ii) any Notes Secured Party to the obligations due to any ABL Secured Party (in each case, whether before or after the occurrence of an Insolvency Proceeding), it being the intent of the Parties that this Agreement shall effectuate a subordination of Liens but not a subordination of Indebtedness.

Section 7.16 Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective when executed and delivered by the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be effective both before and after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding.

 

-25-


Section 7.17 Collateral Agents . It is understood and agreed that (a) Bank of America is entering into this Agreement in its capacity as collateral agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, and the provisions of Section 13 of the ABL Credit Agreement applicable to the administrative agent and collateral agent thereunder shall also apply to the ABL Collateral Agent hereunder, and (b) Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is entering into this Agreement in its capacity as collateral agent under the Indenture, and the provisions of Article VII of the Indenture applicable to the Trustee and collateral agent thereunder shall also apply to the Notes Collateral Agent hereunder.

The Notes Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of, or the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Intercreditor Collateral or Non-Intercreditor Collateral, for the legality, effectiveness or sufficiency of any Notes Security Document or ABL Security Document, or for the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any Lien (except, without degradation, as otherwise expressly provided herein), and it shall not be responsible for any statement with respect to any other party or recital herein or any statement in the Indenture or the Notes, any statement or recital in any document in connection with this Agreement. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, the Notes Collateral Agent shall have no liability to any other Secured Party as a consequence of its performance or non-performance hereunder, except for gross negligence, willful misconduct and willful breach hereof. The Notes Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein or therein or any fiduciary relationship with any party hereto, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into the Indenture or any Security Document or otherwise exist against the Notes Collateral Agent. The Notes Collateral Agent may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law (including the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended) shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Security Documents in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. The Notes Collateral Agent shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action. The Notes Collateral Agent may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Notes Collateral Agent need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document. The provisions of this Section shall survive satisfaction and discharge or the termination for any reason of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Notes Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Section 7.14 of the Indenture is hereby incorporated herein as if full set forth herein.

In no event shall any party hereto be liable under or in connection with this Agreement for indirect, special, incidental, punitive or consequential losses or damages of any kind whatsoever, including but not limited to lost profits, whether or not foreseeable, even if such party has been advised of the possibility thereof and regardless of the form of action in which such damages are sought.

 

-26-


Section 7.18 No Warranties or Liability . Each of the ABL Collateral Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent acknowledges and agrees that none of the other has made any representation or warranty with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectability or enforceability of any other ABL Document or Notes Document, as the case may be.

Section 7.19 Conflicts . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any Credit Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

Section 7.20 Information Concerning Financial Condition of the Credit Parties . Each of the Notes Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent hereby assumes responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of the Grantors and all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the ABL Obligations or the Notes Obligations. The ABL Collateral Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent each hereby agree that no party shall have any duty to advise any other party of information known to it regarding such condition or any such circumstances. In the event either the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any information to any other party to this Agreement, (a) it shall be under no obligation (i) to provide any such information to any other party or any other party on any subsequent occasion, (ii) to undertake any investigation not a part of its regular business routine, or (iii) to disclose any other information, and (b) it makes no representation as to the accuracy or completeness of any such information and shall not be liable for any information contained therein, and (c) the Party receiving such information hereby agrees to hold the other Party harmless from any action the receiving Party may take or conclusion the receiving Party may reach or draw from any such information, as well as from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses to which such receiving Party may become subject arising out of or in connection with the use of such information.

Section 7.21 Acknowledgement . The ABL Collateral Agent hereby acknowledges for itself and on behalf of each ABL Secured Party that there are assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (including Grantors) which are subject to Liens in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent or other creditors but which do not constitute Intercreditor Collateral and nothing in this Agreement shall grant or imply the grant of any Lien or other security interest in such assets in favor of the ABL Collateral Agent to secure any ABL Obligations and nothing in this Agreement shall affect or limit the rights of the Notes Collateral Agent or any Notes Secured Party in any Non-Intercreditor Collateral or any other assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Intercreditor Collateral) securing any Notes Obligations.

[Signature pages follow]

 

-27-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as ABL Collateral Agent
By:   /s/ Stephen King
  Name:   Stephen King
  Title:   Vice President
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Notes Collateral Agent
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

Ryerson Intercreditor Agreement


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,
as Notes Collateral Agent
By:   /s/ Lynn M. Steiner
  Name: Lynn M. Steiner
  Title: Vice President

[Intercreditor Agreement]


CONSENT OF COMPANY AND GRANTORS

Dated: October 19, 2007

Reference is made to the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof between Bank of America, N.A., as ABL Collateral Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Notes Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, waived, or otherwise modified from time to time (the Intercreditor Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Each of the undersigned Grantors has read the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement and consents thereto. Each of the undersigned Grantors agrees not to take any action that would be contrary to the express provisions of the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it, agrees to abide by the requirements expressly applicable to it under the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement and agrees that, except as otherwise provided therein, no ABL Secured Party or Notes Secured Party shall have any liability to any Grantor for acting in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement provided that such party has not acted in violation of the ABL Security Documents, Notes Security Documents or applicable Credit Documents. Each Grantor understands that the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement is for the sole benefit of the ABL Secured Parties and the Notes Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, and that such Grantor is not an intended beneficiary or third party beneficiary thereof except to the extent otherwise expressly provided therein.

Without limitation to the foregoing, each Grantor agrees to take such further action and shall execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments (in recordable form, if requested) as the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent (or any of their respective agents or representatives) may reasonably request to effectuate the terms of and the lien priorities contemplated by the Intercreditor Agreement.

This Consent shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. Notices delivered to any Grantor pursuant to this Consent shall be delivered in accordance with the notice provisions set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Consent is hereby executed by each of the Grantors as of the date first written above.

 

RHOMBUS MERGER CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva Kalawski
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
Ryerson Inc., as successor by merger to Rhombus Merger Corporation hereby confirms that it has assumed all of the obligations of Rhombus Merger Corporation under this Security Agreement
RYERSON INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva Kalawski
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
JOSEPH T. RYERSON & SON, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva Kalawski
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
J.M. TULL METALS COMPANY, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva Kalawski
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
RYERSON PROCUREMENT CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva Kalawski
  Title: Vice President & Secretary

[intercreditor consent]


RYERSON AMERICAS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva Kalawski
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
RDM HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva Kalawski
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
RCJV HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva Kalawski
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
RYERSON INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva Kalawski
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
RYERSON (CHINA) LIMITED
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva Kalawski
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
RYERSON INTERNATIONAL MATERIAL
MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva Kalawski
  Title: Vice President & Secretary

[intercreditor consent]


RYERSON INTERNATIONAL TRADING, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva Kalawski
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
RYERSON PAN-PACIFIC LLC
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva Kalawski
  Title: Vice President & Secretary
RYERSON CANADA, INC.
By:   /s/ Eva M. Kalawski
  Name: Eva Kalawski
  Title: Vice President & Secretary

[intercreditor consent]

Exhibit 10.4

Execution Copy

RYERSON CANADA, INC.

as Grantor

- and -

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch)

as Canadian Agent

 

 

GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

 

Dated as of October 19, 2007


Execution Copy

GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

General security agreement dated as of October 19, 2007 between Ryerson Canada, Inc. (the “ Grantor ”) and Bank of America, NA. (acting through its Canada branch), in its capacity as Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties (in such capacity together with any successor in such capacity, the “ Canadian Agent ”).

WHEREAS the Lenders have agreed to make certain Loans available to the Grantor upon the terms and conditions contained in a credit agreement among, inter alia , the Grantor, as Canadian Borrower, Rhombus Merger Corporation (to be merged with and into Ryerson Inc.) and Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc., as U.S. Borrowers, the financial institutions party thereto, as Lenders, Bank of America, NA., as Administrative Agent and the Canadian Agent dated as of the date hereof (such credit agreement as it may at any time or from time to time, be amended, supplemented, restated or replaced, the “ Credit Agreement ”);

AND WHEREAS the Grantor has agreed to execute and deliver this security agreement to and in favour of the Canadian Agent as security for the payment and performance of the Grantor’s obligations to the Canadian Agent and the other Canadian Secured Parties under or in connection with the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which the Grantor is a party;

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged by the parties, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

SECURITY

Section 1.01 Terms Incorporated by Reference.

In this security agreement, “ PPSA ” shall mean the Personal Property Security Act as in effect from time to time in the Province of Ontario; provided that, if validity, perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of the security interest granted by the Grantor in any collateral and the rights and remedies of the Canadian Agent are governed by the PPSA or other similar legislation as in effect in a jurisdiction other than Ontario, then “ PPSA ” shall mean the Personal Property Security Act or other similar legislation as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such validity, perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority and to such rights and remedies. As used herein the following term shall have the meaning specified in the section of the PPSA set forth in the column beside it below:

 

Term

  

PPSA

Control    1(2)


Other terms defined in the PPSA and used in this security agreement shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meaning as ascribed to such terms in the PPSA.

The Canadian Agent and each Canadian Secured Party agree that the Perfection Certificate and all descriptions of Collateral, schedules, amendments and supplements thereto are and shall at all times remain a part of this security agreement. For the purposes hereof; “ Perfection Certificate ” shall mean that certain perfection certificate dated on or about the date hereof executed and delivered by the Grantor in favour of the Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties.

Section 1.02 Grant of Security.

Subject to Section 1.05, as collateral security for the payment and performance in full of its Obligations (as hereinafter defined), the Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the following property, wherever located, and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired from time to time (collectively, the “ Collateral ”):

 

  (1) (a) all accounts and (b) other rights to payment for inventory or related services to the extent evidenced by chattel paper or instruments;

 

  (ii) all inventory or documents of title for any inventory;

 

  (iii) all money and all deposit accounts;

 

  (iv) all intangibles pertaining to the items referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) above, including, without limitation, all contingent rights with respect to warranties on inventory or accounts;

 

  (v) all records, supporting obligations and related Letters of Credit and rights under Letters of Credit, pertaining to the items referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above, commercial tort claims (including commercial tort claims described on Schedule 12 of the Perfection Certificate) or other claims and causes of action, in each case, pertaining to the items referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above;

 

  (vi) all books and records relating to the Collateral referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above; and

 

  (vii) substitutions, replacements, accessions, products and proceeds (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit) of any or all of the foregoing, only to the extent any of the foregoing would constitute property of the type described in clauses (i) through (vi) above.

Section 1.03 Obligations Secured.

(1) The security interest granted hereby (the “ Security Interest ”) secures the payment and performance of all of the Canadian Obligations (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) of the Grantor (collectively, the “ Obligations ”).

 

- 2 -


Section 1.04 Attachment.

(1) The Grantor acknowledges that (i) value has been given, (ii) it has rights in the Collateral (other than after-acquired Collateral) or the power to transfer rights in the Collateral (other than after-acquired Collateral) to the Canadian Agent, (iii) it has not agreed to postpone the time of attachment of the Security Interest, and (iv) it has received a duplicate original copy of this security agreement.

Section 1.05 Scope of Security Interest.

(1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 1.02, the Security Interest created hereunder shall not extend to, and the term “Collateral” shall not include, the following assets (collectively, the “ Excluded Assets ” and each, an “ Excluded Asset ”):

(a) any permit, license, contract or other asset issued by a Governmental Authority to the Grantor or any contract or other agreement to which the Grantor is a party, in each case, only to the extent and for so long as the terms of such permit, license, contract or other asset issued by a Governmental Authority to the Grantor of such contract or other agreement or any provision of law applicable thereto, validly prohibit the creation by the Grantor of a security interest in such permit, license or agreement in favour of the Canadian Agent (after giving effect to the PPSA, any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada)) or principles of equity); and

(b) all accounts resulting from the sale or disposition of all property of the Grantor other than the Collateral and all supporting obligations and books and records relating thereto,

provided , however , that Excluded Assets shall not include any proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Assets referred to in clauses (a) and (b) (unless such proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute an Excluded Asset referred to in clauses (a) and (b).

(2) The Security Interest shall not extend to consumer goods.

(3) The Security Interest shall not extend or apply to the last day of the term of any lease or sublease or any agreement for a lease or sublease, now held or hereafter acquired by the Grantor in respect of real property, but the Grantor shall stand possessed of any such last day upon trust to assign and dispose of it as the Canadian Agent may direct.

Section 1.06 Care and Custody of Collateral.

(1) The Canadian Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is treated substantially equivalent to that which the Canadian Agent, its individual capacity, accords its own property consisting of similar instruments, it being understood that neither the Canadian Agent nor any of the Canadian Secured Parties shall have responsibility for taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any person with respect to any Collateral.

 

- 3 -


(2) The Canadian Agent may, after the Security Interest shall have become enforceable, (i) notify any person obligated on an account or on chattel paper or any obligor on an instrument to make payments to the Canadian Agent whether or not the Grantor was previously making collections on such accounts, chattel paper or instruments, and (ii) assume control of any proceeds arising from the Collateral.

Section 1.07 Perfection; Other Actions

(1) Financing Statements and Other Filings: Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest . The Grantor represents and warrants that all financing statements, agreements, instruments and other documents necessary to perfect the Security Interest granted by it to the Canadian Agent in respect of the Collateral have been delivered to the Canadian Agent in completed and, to the extent necessary or appropriate, duly executed form for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate. The Grantor agrees that at the sole cost and expense of the Grantor, the Grantor will maintain the Security Interest created hereunder in the Collateral as a perfected first priority security interest subject only to Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, perfection of the Canadian Agent’s security interest in money shall not be required other than to the extent it is (1) perfected as proceeds of collateral or (ii) deposited in a deposit account subject to a Control of the Canadian Agent.

(2) Other Actions . In order to further ensure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Canadian Agent to enforce, the Canadian Agent’s Security Interest in the Collateral, the Grantor represents and warrants as follows and agrees, at the Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Collateral:

 

  (a) Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper . As of the date hereof, no amounts payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral are evidenced by any instrument or tangible chattel paper other than such instruments and tangible chattel paper listed in Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate. Each instrument and each item of tangible chattel paper evidencing any of the Collateral listed in Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate has been properly endorsed, assigned and delivered to the Canadian Agent, accompanied by instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank. If any amount then payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be evidenced by any instrument or tangible chattel paper, and such amount, together with all amounts payable evidenced by any instrument or tangible chattel paper evidencing any of the Collateral not previously delivered to the Canadian Agent exceeds $5,000,000 individually or $10,000,000 in the aggregate for the Grantor and all Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors, the Grantor acquiring such instrument or tangible chattel paper shall on or before the first date of delivery of quarterly financial statements pursuant to Section 10.1.3(iii) of the Credit Agreement (the “ Quarterly Update Date ”) following the receipt thereof by the Grantor endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Canadian Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Canadian Agent may from time to time specify.

 

- 4 -


  (b) Deposit Accounts . As of the date hereof, the Grantor does not have any deposit accounts other than the accounts listed in Schedule 13 to the Perfection Certificate. The Canadian Agent has a first priority security interest in each such deposit account subject as to priority only to Permitted Liens. The Grantor shall not hereafter establish and maintain any deposit account unless (1) it shall give the Canadian Agent prompt written notice that such new deposit account has been established with a bank and (2) such bank, the Grantor and the Canadian Agent shall within thirty (30) days of the date of acquisition of such deposit account have duly executed and delivered to the Canadian Agent a deposit account control agreement or a blocked account agreement with respect to such deposit account, such time to be extended in the Canadian Agent’s reasonable sole discretion. The Canadian Agent agrees with the Grantor that the Canadian Agent shall not give any instructions directing the disposition of finds from time to time credited to any deposit account or withhold any withdrawal rights from the Grantor with respect to funds from time to time credited to any deposit account unless a Cash Dominion Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The provisions of this Section 1.07(2)(b) shall not apply to deposit accounts (i) for which the Canadian Agent is the bank, (ii) for which all of the funds on deposit are used for funding (w) payroll, (x) retirement plans and employee benefits, including rabbi trusts for deferred compensation, (y) health care benefits and (z) escrow arrangements ( e.g ., environmental indemnity accounts), (iii) (not already subject to the provisions of this paragraph) with an aggregate avenge daily balance of all funds in all such other deposit accounts for the Grantor and all Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors not in excess of $10,000,000 at any time and (iv) located outside of Canada. The Grantor shall not grant Control of any deposit account to any person other than the Canadian Agent.

 

  (c) Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records . As of the date hereof, no amount under or in connection with any of the Collateral is evidenced by any electronic chattel paper other than such electronic chattel paper and transferable records listed in Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be evidenced by any electronic chattel paper or transferable record, the Grantor shall on or before the first Quarterly Update Date following the receipt thereof by the Grantor notify the Canadian Agent thereof and shall take such action as the Canadian Agent may reasonably request to vest in the Canadian Agent Control of such electronic chattel paper or transferable record under the PPSA. The requirement in the preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that such amount, together with all amounts payable evidenced by electronic chattel paper or transferable record in which the Canadian Agent has not been vested Control within the meaning of the PPSA, does not exceed $5,000,000 individually or $10,000,000 in the aggregate for the Grantor and all Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors. The Canadian Agent agrees with the Grantor that the Canadian Agent will arrange, pursuant to procedures satisfactory to the Canadian Agent and so long as such procedures will not result in the Canadian Agent’s loss of Control, for the Grantor to make alterations to the electronic chattel paper or transferable record permitted under the PPSA for a party in control to allow without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by the Grantor with respect to such electronic chattel paper or transferable record.

 

- 5 -


  (d) Letter-of-Credit Rights . If the Grantor is at any time a beneficiary under a letter of credit relating to the Collateral now or hereafter issued, the Grantor shall on or before the first Quarterly Update Date following the receipt thereof by the Grantor notify the Canadian Agent thereof and the Grantor shall, at the request of the Canadian Agent, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Canadian Agent, either (i) arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such letter of credit to consent to an assignment to the Canadian Agent of the proceeds of any drawing under the letter of credit relating to the Collateral or (ii) arrange for the Canadian Agent to become the transferee beneficiary of such letter of credit, with the Canadian Agent agreeing, in each case, that the proceeds of any drawing under the letter of credit are to be applied as provided in the Credit Agreement. The actions in the preceding sentence shall not be required to the extent that the amount of any such letter of credit, together with the aggregate amount of all other letters of credit relating to the Collateral for which the actions described above in clause (i) and (ii) have not been taken, does not exceed $5,000,000 individually or $10,000,000 in the aggregate for the Grantor and all Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

  (e) Commercial Tort Claims . As of the date hereof, the Grantor hereby represents and warrants that it holds no commercial tort claims other than those listed in Schedule 12 to the Perfection Certificate. If the Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire a commercial tort claim relating to the Collateral, the Grantor shall immediately notify the Canadian Agent in writing signed by the Grantor of the brief details thereof and grant to the Canadian Agent in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this security agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Canadian Agent The requirement in the preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that the amount of such commercial tort claim, together with the amount of all other commercial tort claims relating to the Collateral held by the Grantor and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors in which the Canadian Agent does not have a security interest, does not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate for the Grantor and all Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors.

Section 1.08 Representations and Covenants.

The Grantor represents and warrants to the Canadian Agent, acknowledging and confirming that the Canadian Agent is relying thereon without independent inquiry, that:

(1) Title . Except for the security interest granted to the Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties pursuant to this security agreement and Permitted Liens, the Grantor owns and has rights and, as to Collateral acquired by it from time to time after the date hereof, will own and have rights in each item of Collateral pledged by it hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens or claims of others.

(2) Validity of Security Interest . The Security Interest in and Lien on the Collateral granted to the Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties

 

- 6 -


hereunder constitutes (a) a legal and valid security interest in all the Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Obligations, and (b) subject to the filings and other actions described in Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate (to the extent required to be listed on the schedules to the Perfection Certificate as of the date this representation is made or deemed made) being duly made, a perfected security interest in all the Collateral, except as otherwise provided herein. The Security Interest and Lien granted to the Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties pursuant to this security agreement in and on the Collateral will at all times constitute a perfected, continuing security interest therein, prior to all other Liens on the Collateral except for Permitted Liens.

(3) Defense of Claims: Transferability of Collateral . The Grantor shall, at its own cost and expense, defend title to the Collateral pledged by it hereunder and the security interest therein and Lien thereon granted to the Canadian Agent and the priority thereof against all material claims and demands of all persons, at its own cost and expense, at any time claiming any interest therein adverse to the Canadian Agent or any other Canadian Secured Party other than Permitted Liens. There is no agreement, order, judgment or decree, and the Grantor shall not enter into any agreement or take any other action, that would restrict the transferability of any of the Collateral or otherwise impair or conflict with the Grantor’s obligations or the rights of the Canadian Agent hereunder to the extent reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and after giving effect to the PPSA, any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada)) or principles of equity.

(4) Other Financing Statements . The Grantor has not filed, nor authorized any third party to file (nor will there be), any valid or effective financing statement (or similar statement, instrument of registration or public notice under the law of any jurisdiction) covering or purporting to cover any interest of any kind in the Collateral, except such as have been filed in favour of the Canadian Agent pursuant to this security agreement or in favour of any holder of a Permitted Lien with respect to such Permitted Lien or financing statements or public notices relating to the termination statements listed on Schedule 8 to the Perfection Certificate. The Grantor shall not execute, authorize or permit to be filed in any public office any financing statement (or similar statement, instrument of registration or public notice under the law of any jurisdiction) relating to any Collateral, except financing statements and other statements and instruments filed or to be filed in respect of and covering the security interests granted by the Grantor to the Canadian Agent and the holders of the Permitted Liens.

(5) Location of Inventory . In no event shall any inventory of the Grantor be moved to any location except in accordance with the Credit Agreement and in particular, Section 8.1.1 thereof.

(6) Consents . In the event that the Canadian Agent desires to exercise any remedies, voting or consensual rights or attorney-in-fact powers set forth in this security agreement and determines it necessary to obtain any approvals or consents of any Governmental Authority or any other person therefor, then, upon the reasonable request of the Canadian Agent, the Grantor agrees to use its best efforts to assist and aid the Canadian Agent to obtain as soon as practicable any necessary approvals or consents for the exercise of any such remedies, rights and powers.

 

- 7 -


(7) Collateral . All information set forth herein, including the schedules hereto, and all information contained in any documents, schedules and lists heretofore delivered to any Canadian Secured Party, including the Perfection Certificate and the schedules thereto, in connection with this security agreement, in each case, relating to the Collateral, is accurate and complete in all material respects.

(8) Insurance . In the event that the proceeds of any insurance claim with respect to any of the Collateral are paid to the Grantor after the Canadian Agent has exercised its right to foreclose after an Event of Default, such net cash proceeds shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Canadian Agent and immediately after receipt thereof shall be paid to the Canadian Agent in the amount and for application in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

(9) Chief Executive Office; Change of Name; Jurisdiction of Organization . The Grantor will not effect any change (i) to its legal name, (ii) in its identity or organizational structure, (iii) in its organizational identification number, if any, or (iv) in its jurisdiction of organization (in each case, including by merging with or into any other entity, reorganizing, dissolving, liquidating, reorganizing or organizing in any other jurisdiction), unless (A) it shall have given the Canadian Agent promptly but in any event within 30 days after such change, written notice clearly describing such change and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Canadian Agent may reasonably request and (B) it shall have taken or will promptly take all action necessary to maintain the perfection and priority of the Security Interest of the Canadian Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties in the Collateral. The Canadian Agent shall have no duty to inquire about any of the changes described in clauses (i) through (iv) inclusively, the parties acknowledging and agreeing that the Grantor is solely responsible to take all action described in Section 1.08(9)(B) above.

(10) Transfer of Collateral . The Grantor shall not sell, convey, assign or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Collateral pledged or charged by it hereunder except as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

ENFORCEMENT

Section 2.01 Enforcement.

(1) The Security Interest shall be and become enforceable against the Grantor upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

Section 2.02 Remedies.

Whenever the Security Interest has become enforceable, the Canadian Agent, for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, may realize upon the Collateral and enforce the rights of the Canadian Agent by:

 

  (a) entry onto any premises where the Collateral consisting of tangible personal property may be located;

 

  (b) entry into possession of the Collateral by any method permitted by law;

 

- 8 -


  (c) sale or lease of all or any part of the Collateral;

 

  (d) collection of any proceeds arising in respect of the Collateral;

 

  (e) collection, realization or sale of; or other dealing with, the accounts;

 

  (f) appointment by instrument in writing of a receiver (which term as used in this security agreement includes a receiver and manager) or agent of all or any part of the Collateral and removal or replacement from time to time of any receiver or agent;

 

  (g) institution of proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a receiver of all or any part of the Collateral;

 

  (h) institution of proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction for sale or foreclosure of all or any part of the Collateral;

 

  (i) filing of proofs of claim and other documents to establish claims to the Collateral in any proceeding relating to the Grantor; and

 

  (j) any other remedy or proceeding authorized or permitted under the PPSA or otherwise by law or equity.

Such remedies may be exercised from time to time separately or in combination and are in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other rights of the Canadian Agent however created. The Canadian Agent shall not be bound to exercise any right or remedy, and the exercise of rights and remedies shall be without prejudice to any other rights of the Canadian Agent in respect of the Obligations including the right to claim for any deficiency. The taking of any action or proceeding or refraining from doing so, or any other dealings with any other security for the Obligations secured by this security agreement shall not release or affect the Collateral or the Security Interest.

Section 2.03 Additional Rights.

In addition to the remedies set forth in Section 2.02, the Canadian Agent, for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, may, whenever the Security Interest has become enforceable:

 

  (a) require the Grantor, at the Grantor’s expense, to assemble the Collateral at a place or places designated by notice in writing and the Grantor agrees to so assemble the Collateral;

 

  (b) require the Grantor, by notice in writing, to disclose to the Canadian Agent the location or locations of the Collateral and the Grantor agrees to make such disclosure when so required;

 

  (c) repair, process, modify, complete or otherwise deal with the Collateral and prepare for the disposition of the Collateral, whether on the premises of the Grantor or otherwise;

 

- 9 -


  (d) carry on all or any part of the business of the Grantor and, to the exclusion of all others including the Grantor, enter upon, occupy and use all or any of the premises, buildings, and other property of or used by the Grantor for such time as the Canadian Agent sees fit, free of charge, and the Canadian Agent shall not be liable to the Grantor for any act, omission or negligence in so doing or for any rent charges, depreciation or damages incurred in connection with or resulting from such action;

 

  (e) borrow for the purpose of carrying on the business of the Grantor or for the maintenance, preservation or protection of the Collateral and mortgage, grant or charge a security interest in the Collateral, whether or not in priority to the Security interest, to secure repayment; and

 

  (f) commence, continue or defend any judicial or administrative proceedings for the purpose of protecting, seizing, collecting, realizing or obtaining possession or payment of the Collateral, and give good and valid receipts and discharges in respect of the Collateral and compromise or give time for the payment or performance of all or any part of the accounts or any other obligation of any third party to the Grantor.

Section 2.04 Concerning the Receiver.

(1) Any receiver appointed by the Canadian Agent shall be vested with the rights and remedies which could have been exercised by the Canadian Agent in respect of the Grantor or the Collateral and such other powers and discretions as are granted in the instrument of appointment and any supplemental instruments. The identity of the receiver, its replacement and its remuneration shall be within the sole and unfettered discretion of the Canadian Agent.

(2) Any receiver appointed by the Canadian Agent shall act as agent for the Canadian Agent for the purposes of taking possession of the Collateral, but otherwise and for all other purposes (except as provided below), as agent for the Grantor. The receiver may sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of Collateral as agent for the Grantor or as agent for the Canadian Agent as the Canadian Agent may determine in its discretion. The Grantor agrees to ratify and confirm all actions of the receiver acting as agent for the. Grantor, and to release and indemnify the receiver in respect of all such actions.

(3) The Canadian Agent, in appointing or refraining from appointing any receiver, shall not incur liability to the receiver, the Grantor or otherwise and shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence of such receiver.

Section 2.05 Appointment of Attorney.

The Grantor irrevocably appoints the Canadian Agent (and any of its officers) as attorney of the Grantor (with full power of substitution), whenever the Security Interest has become enforceable, to do, make and execute, in the name of and on behalf of the Grantor, all such further acts, documents, matters and things which the Canadian Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this security agreement including the execution, endorsement and delivery of documents and any notices, receipts, assignments or verifications of

 

- 10 -


the accounts and the delivery and transfer of any Collateral to the Canadian Agent to its nominees or transferees. The powers of attorney herein granted is in addition to, and not in substitution for any transfer power of attorney delivered by the Grantor and such power of attorney may be relied upon by the Canadian Agent severally or in combination. All acts of the attorney are ratified and approved, and the attorney shall not be liable for any act, failure to act or any other matter or thing, except for its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

Section 2.06 Dealing with the Collateral.

(1) The Canadian Agent shall not be obliged to exhaust its recourse against the Grantor or any other Person or against any other security it may hold in respect of the Obligations before realizing upon or otherwise dealing with the Collateral in such manner as the Canadian Agent may consider desirable.

(2) The Canadian Agent may grant extensions or other indulgences, take and give up securities, accept compositions, grant releases and discharges and otherwise deal with the Grantor and with other Persons, sureties or securities as it may see fit without prejudice to the Obligations, the liability of the Grantor or the rights of the Canadian Agent in respect of the Collateral.

(3) The Canadian Agent shall not be (i) liable or accountable for any failure to collect realize or obtain payment in respect of the Collateral, (ii) bound to institute proceedings for the purpose of collecting, enforcing, realizing or obtaining payment of the Collateral or for the purpose of preserving any rights of any Persons in respect of the Collateral, (iii) responsible for any loss occasioned by any sale or other dealing with the Collateral or by the retention of or failure to sell or otherwise deal with the Collateral, or (iv) bound to protect the Collateral from depreciating in value or becoming worthless.

Section 2.07 Standards of Sale.

Without prejudice to the ability of the Canadian Agent to dispose of the Collateral in any manner which is commercially reasonable, the Grantor acknowledges that a disposition of Collateral by the Canadian Agent which takes place substantially in accordance with the following provisions shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable:

 

  (a) the Collateral may be disposed of in whole or in part;

 

  (b) the Collateral may be disposed of by public auction, public tender or private contract, with or without advertising and without any other formality;

 

  (c) any assignee of such Collateral may be the Canadian Agent or a customer of the Canadian Agent;

 

  (d) any sale conducted by the Canadian Agent shall be at such time and place, on such notice and in accordance with such procedures as the Canadian Agent, in its sole discretion, may deem advantageous;

 

- 11 -


  (e) a disposition of Collateral may be on such terms and conditions as to credit or otherwise as the Canadian Agent in its sole discretion, may deem advantageous; and

 

  (f) the Canadian Agent may establish an upset or reserve bid or price in respect of any Collateral.

Section 2.08 Application of Proceeds.

The proceeds received by the Canadian Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to the exercise by the Canadian Agent of its remedies shall be applied, together with any other sums then held by the Canadian Agent pursuant to this security agreement, in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

Section 2.09 Dealings by Third Parties.

(1) No Person dealing with the Canadian Agent or an agent or receiver shall be required to determine (i) whether the Security Interest has become enforceable, (ii) whether the powers which such Person is purporting to exercise have become exercisable, (iii) whether any money remains due to the Canadian Agent by the Grantor, (iv) the necessity or expediency of the stipulations and conditions subject to which any sale or lease is made, (v) the propriety or regularity of any sale or other dealing by the Canadian Agent with the Collateral, or (vi) how any money paid to the Canadian Agent has been applied.

ARTICLE 3

GENERAL

Section 3.01 Notices, etc.

Any notice, direction, demand or other communication required or permitted to be given under this security agreement shall be given in the same manner as provided in the Credit Agreement.

Section 3.02 Defined Terms.

Capitalized terms used in this security agreement and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings attributed to them in the Credit Agreement.

Section 3.03 Discharge.

When all the Obligations have been paid in full and no commitments remain under the Credit Agreement, this security agreement shall terminate. Upon termination of this security agreement the Collateral shall be released from the Lien of this security agreement. In addition, the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be released from the Lien of this security agreement pursuant to the Credit Agreement. Upon such release, the Canadian Agent shall, upon the request and at the sole cost and expense of the Grantor, assign, transfer and deliver to the Grantor, against receipt and without recourse to or warranty by the Canadian Agent except as to the fact that the Canadian Agent has not encumbered the released assets, such of the Collateral or any part thereof to be released (in the case of a release) as may be in possession of the Canadian

 

- 12 -


Agent and as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to the terms hereof, and, with respect to any other Collateral proper documents and instruments (including termination financing statements or releases, terminations of deposit account control agreements acknowledging the termination hereof or the release of such Collateral as the case may be).

Section 3.04 No Merger.

This security agreement shall not operate by way of merger of any of the Obligations and no judgment recovered by the Canadian Agent shall operate by way of merger of, or in any way affect, the Security Interest, which is in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other security now or hereafter held by the Canadian Agent in respect of the Obligations.

Section 3.05 Further Assurances.

The Grantor shall take such further actions, and execute and/or deliver to the Canadian Agent such additional financing statements, amendments, assignments, agreements, supplements, powers and instruments, as the Canadian Agent may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary or appropriate in order to create, perfect, preserve and protect the Security Interest in the Collateral as provided herein and the rights and interests granted to the Canadian Agent hereunder, to carry into effect the purposes hereof or better to assure and confirm the validity, enforceability and priority of the Canadian Agent’s Security Interest in the Collateral or permit the Canadian Agent to exercise and enforce its rights, powers and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral, including the filing of financing statements, continuation statements and other documents (including this security agreement) under the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario) or other similar laws in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the Security Interest created hereby and the execution and delivery of deposit account control agreements, all in form reasonably satisfactory to the Canadian Agent and in such offices wherever required by law to perfect, continue and maintain the validity, enforceability and priority of the security interest in the Collateral as provided herein and to preserve the other rights and interests granted to the Canadian Agent hereunder, as against third parties, with respect to the Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Grantor shall make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file or refile and/or deliver to the Canadian Agent from time to time upon reasonable request by the Canadian Agent such lists, schedules, descriptions and designations of the Collateral, copies of warehouse receipts, receipts in the nature of warehouse receipts, bills of lading, documents of title, vouchers, invoices, schedules, confirmatory assignments, supplements, additional security agreements, conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney, certificates, reports and other assurances or instruments as the Canadian Agent shall reasonably request. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Canadian Agent may institute and maintain, in its own name or in the name of the Grantor, such suits and proceedings as the Canadian Agent may be advised by counsel shall be necessary or expedient to prevent any impairment of the Security Interest in or the perfection thereof in the Collateral, All of the foregoing shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Grantor.

Section 3.06 Supplemental Security.

This security agreement is in addition to and without prejudice to all other security now held or which may hereafter be held by the Canadian Agent.

 

- 13 -


Section 3.07 Successors and Assigns.

This security agreement shall be binding upon the Grantor, its successors and assigns, and shall enure to the benefit of the Canadian Agent and its successors and assigns. All rights of the Canadian Agent shall be assignable and in any action brought by an assignee to enforce any of those rights.

Section 3.08 Headings, etc.

The division of this security agreement into articles, sections and subsections and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or construction of this security agreement.

Section 3.09 Gender and Number.

Any reference in this security agreement to gender shall include all genders and words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa.

Section 3.10 Severability.

If any provision of this security agreement shall be deemed by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or void, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 3.11 Governing Law.

(1) This security agreement shall be governed by and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

(2) The Grantor hereby (i) irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any court sitting in the Province of Ontario over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this security agreement; (ii) irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of any suit, action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such court; and (iii) irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may have or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Grantor agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this section shall affect the right of the Canadian Agent to serve process in any manner permitted by law or limit the rights of the Canadian Agent to bring proceedings against the Grantor in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

(3) The Grantor hereby consents generally in respect of any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this security agreement to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with such action or proceedings, including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution against the Grantor of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such action or proceedings.

 

- 14 -


(4) To the extent that the Grantor has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in the aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its assets, the Grantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, such immunity in respect of its obligations under this security agreement.

Section 3.12 Counterparts.

This security agreement may be executed in counterparts (including by way of facsimile) and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

- 15 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have caused this security agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

RYERSON CANADA, INC.,
as Grantor
Per:  

/s/ Eva M. Kalawski

Name:   Eva M. Kalawski
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch),

as Canadian Agent

Per:  

/s/ Medina Sales De Andrade

Name:   MEDINA SALES DE ANDRADE
Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

Signature Page- General Security Agreement (Ryerson Canada, Inc.)

Exhibit 10.5

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), by and between Ryerson Inc. (the “Corporation”) and Stephen E. Makarewicz (the “Executive”) effective as of February 28, 2007 (the “Effective Date”).

The Corporation desires to appoint the Executive to the position of President Ryerson South Business Unit and Chicago Division, and the Executive desires to accept such appointment. In that employment the Executive will be entrusted with knowledge of the Corporation’s business and operational methods. The Corporation wishes to protect its business and operational methods through the restrictions and covenants specified herein. The Executive recognizes that the Corporation’s business and operational methods require protection, and the Executive is willing to protect the Corporation’s business and operational methods through the restrictions and covenants specified herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , the Executive and the Corporation hereby agree as follows.

1. Position and Duties . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Executive will serve as President Ryerson South Business Unit and Chicago Division and in such capacity shall have such duties and responsibilities as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Corporation. The Executive shall have such authorities and powers as are inherent to the undertaking of this position and necessary to carry out these responsibilities and duties. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions of this Agreement, the Executive and the Corporation understand and agree that the responsibilities and duties of the Executive, in the capacity of President Ryerson South Business Unit and Chicago Division of the Corporation, may change from time to time due to changes in the nature, structure or needs of the Corporation’s business and that any such changes in the Executive’s duties and responsibilities that are consistent with such changes in the Corporation’s business shall not constitute a reduction or increase in the Executive’s duties and responsibilities for purposes of this Agreement.

The Executive shall devote his or her best efforts and full business time and attention (except for permitted vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) to the business and affairs of the Corporation and its affiliated companies. The Executive shall perform all assigned duties to the best of his or her abilities in a diligent, trustworthy, businesslike and efficient manner.

2. Compensation . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, while the Executive is employed by the Corporation under this Agreement, the Executive shall be compensated for services as follows:

 

  (A) Effective January 29, 2007, the Executive’s annual base salary shall be $335,000 (“Annual Base Salary”), payable in bi-weekly installments under the Corporation’s general payroll practices, subject to customary withholding.

 

-1-


  (B) The Executive will be eligible for an incentive bonus payment from the Corporation each calendar year or applicable performance period (the “Performance Bonus”) in accordance with the Corporation’s Annual Incentive Plan (or successor plan) of the Corporation as in effect from time to time. The Target Bonus Percentage shall be 60% of Annual Base Salary. The Corporation reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate or modify the Annual Incentive Plan or to change the target bonus percentage.

 

  (C) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Executive shall be provided with health, welfare and other benefits to the same extent and on the same terms as those benefits are provided by the Corporation from time to time to other similarly situated executives of the Corporation. Nothing in this Agreement precludes the Corporation from amending or terminating any plans or programs generally applicable to salaried employees or executives, as the case may be.

 

  (D) The Executive shall be reimbursed by the Corporation, on terms and conditions that are applicable to other similarly situated executives of the Corporation, for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for entertainment, travel, meals, lodging and similar items, consistent with the Corporation’s expense reimbursement policy in effect at the time. Nothing in this Agreement precludes the Corporation from amending or terminating its expense reimbursement policy.

 

  (E) The Corporation shall pay or shall reimburse the Executive for the amount of the monthly lease payment for the automobile approved by the Corporation for the Executive’s business; provided however, that the Corporation shall report as income to the Executive any amounts required by law or the policies of the Corporation for the Executive’s personal use of such automobile.

 

  (F) The Corporation shall grant the Executive 5,000 shares of restricted stock of the Corporation, pursuant and subject in all respects to the provisions of the Ryerson Tull, 2002 Incentive Stock Plan. Each of the 5,000 shares of restricted stock would have a three-year cliff vesting, subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Corporation (or an affiliate) from the date of the grant through the applicable vesting date.

 

-2-


  (G) The Company shall pay or shall reimburse the Executive for his or her monthly dues and assessments at one country club approved by the Company in Atlanta plus one dinner club in Chicago.

3. Rights and Payments Upon Termination . The Executive’s right to benefits and payments, if any, for periods after the date the Executive’s employment with the Corporation terminates for any reason (the “Termination Date”) shall be determined in accordance with this Paragraph 3:

 

  (A) Termination by the Corporation for Reasons Other Than Cause; Termination by the Executive for Good Reason . If the Corporation terminates the Executive’s employment for reasons other than Cause or as a result of termination by the Executive for Good Reason, then for the period (the “Benefit Period”) commencing on the Executive’s Termination Date and ending on the earliest of:

 

  (i) the twenty fourth month after the Termination Date (less the period attributable to any pay in lieu of notice in accordance with the final sentence of Paragraph 4 of this Agreement);

 

  (ii) the date the Executive violates or initiates any legal challenge to the provisions of Paragraphs 4, 5 or 6 of this Agreement; or

 

  (iii) the date of the Executive’s death or the date the Executive is determined to be eligible for benefits under the Corporation’s Long Term Disability Plan;

The Executive shall continue to receive from the Corporation bi-weekly payments based on his or her Annual Base Salary, a Bonus (as defined below), and certain other benefits in effect as of the Termination Date.

Such continued bi-weekly base salary payments shall be made on the regularly scheduled pay dates following the Executive’s Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 3 (A), if the Executive is a “specified person” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,) on the Termination Date and payments under this Agreement are not exempt from the any of the exceptions to Code Section 409A exceptions, then the first payment of continued Annual Base Salary shall not be made until the first regularly scheduled pay date that is six months after the Termination Date. Such pay shall consist of (a) an initial payment equal to the sum of (1) the total bi-weekly payments the Executive would have been entitled to receive during the first

 

-3-


six month following the Termination Date, if the Executive were not a specified person , plus (2) the first be-weekly payment due in the seventh month following the Termination Date, and (b) subsequent to the initial payment, bi-weekly payments based on his or her Annual Base Salary, to the extent not paid with the initial payment.

Benefits provided under the terms of this Paragraph 3(A) are medical and dental coverage only [unless the Executive is eligible for retiree medical benefits on the Termination Date, in which case only dental coverage is offered under this Paragraph 3(A)]. All other benefits shall be terminated on the Termination Date. To retain eligibility for medical and dental benefit coverage, the Executive must pay premiums equivalent to the amounts required of active employee participants in these benefit plans.

“Bonus” shall mean two payments of the average annual amount of the Performance Bonus paid to the Executive under the Annual Incentive Plan or successor plan based on the last three or fewer Bonus payments paid to the Executive immediately preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs. If the Executive’s period of employment with the Corporation is less than one year, the Bonus payment shall be based on the Target bonus Percentage established for the Executive under the Corporation’s Annual Incentive Plan (or successor plan). For purposes of calculating the average annual amount of the Performance Bonus, where no Performance Bonus is paid in any of the three or fewer years preceding the Termination Date used in the calculation described herein, any such year or years will be included in the average calculation as zero. This bonus payment is payable on the later to occur of (1) date in the first quarter of the year following the year in which the Executive’s termination occurs or (2) if the Executive is a specified person (within the meaning of Code Section 409A), a date which is at least six months after the Executive’s Termination Date.

In addition to the Performance Bonus described above, provided that the Executive has not violated any of the provisions of Paragraphs 4, 5 or 6 of this Agreement, the Executive may be entitled to an additional Final Bonus (as defined below) for the year in which the Termination Date occurs. “Final Bonus” means an amount equal to the product of (1) the Executive’s Annual Base Salary multiplied by (2) the most recent Target Bonus Percentage established for the Executive under the Corporation’s Annual Incentive Plan (or successor plan); (3) multiplied by the percent attainment of the applicable performance measures, and multiplied by (4) a proration factor which is a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of whole

 

-4-


months determined under (a) or (b) below, and the denominator of which is the number of whole months in the applicable bonus performance period. The valuation date for purposes of determining the proration factor is:

 

  (a) the last day of the month preceding the Termination Date if the Termination Date occurs from the 1st through the 15th of the month, or

 

  (b) the last day of the month in which the Termination Date occurs if the Termination Date occurs from the 16th through the last day of the month.

The percent attainment of the applicable performance measure is not prorated and is determined at the end of the bonus performance period as defined in accordance with the Corporation’s Annual Incentive Plan (or successor plan). The final bonus payment is payable in the first quarter of the year following the year in which the Executive’s termination occurs.

Annual Base Salary payments to the Executive during the Benefit Period shall not preclude the Executive’s eligibility for cash severance payments under the Corporation Severance Plan, provided, however, that any benefit continuation period under this Agreement shall run concurrently with the applicable benefit period under such Severance Plan and thus (i) the Executive shall not be eligible for noncash benefits under the Severance Plan during the Benefit Period, and (ii) cash payments due under the Severance Plan shall be reduced by the amount of cash payments made under this Agreement.

All payments to the Executive subsequent to a termination of the Executive by the Corporation for reasons other than cause or termination by the Executive for Good Reason are subject to and conditioned on the Executive signing and not revoking a Release of Claims in the form attached hereto subsequent to the Executive’s termination of employment. Additionally, none of the payments to the Executive subsequent to a termination of the Executive by the Corporation for reasons other than cause or termination by the Executive for Good Reason which are provided for in this Agreement will be paid unless and until the Executive has signed the attached Release of Claims and the time period for the Executive to consider and not revoke the attached Release of Claims has passed.

Twenty-four months of additional age and service credit will be provided to the Executive=s RT Pension and the RT Supplemental Plan using the methodology

 

-5-


described in the Executive=s Change in Control Agreement except that any lump sum payment will be made twenty-four months after the Executive=s Termination Date and only if the Executive has not violated the Confidentiality, Nonsolicitation and Noncompetition provisions of this Agreement.

 

  (B) Termination By Corporation for Cause . If the Corporation terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause, then except as agreed in writing between the Executive and the Corporation, the Executive shall be entitled to receive only compensation and benefits earned up to the Date of Termination. The Executive shall not be entitled to receive any payments or benefits under this Agreement with respect to the period after the Executive’s Termination Date and the Corporation shall have no obligation to make any additional payments or provide any other benefits with respect to the period after the Executive’s Termination Date.

 

  (C) Termination for Death or Disability . If the Executive’s termination is caused by the Executive’s death or permanent disability (as that term is defined under the Corporation’s Long Term Disability Plan), then the Executive (or in the event of his or her death, his or her estate) shall be entitled to continued payments of Annual Base Salary for the period commencing on the Termination Date and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the calendar month in which his or her Termination Date occurs; (ii) the date on which the Executive violates the provisions of Paragraphs 4, 5 or 6 of this Agreement; (iii) the date of the Executive’s death; or (iv) the date of the Executive’s permanent disability.

 

  (D) Termination for Voluntary Resignation, Mutual Agreement or Other Reasons . If the Executive’s termination occurs on account of his or her voluntary resignation, mutual agreement of the parties, or any reason other than those specified in Paragraphs (A), (B) or (C) above, then, except as agreed in writing between the Executive and the Corporation, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any payments or benefits under this Agreement with respect to the period after the Executive’s Termination Date and the Corporation shall have no obligation to make any additional payments or provide any additional benefits with respect to the period after the Executive’s Termination Date. The Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason shall not be treated as a voluntary resignation for purposes of this Agreement.

 

  (E) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

 

  (i) The term “Cause” shall mean:

 

  (a) the performance by the Executive of his or her duties under this Agreement in a manner that is inconsistent with past, acceptable performance or in a way that has a demonstrably negative impact on business results of the Corporation, its subsidiaries or affiliates, as determined by the Corporation in its sole discretion; or

 

-6-


  (b) the willful engaging by the Executive in conduct which is materially injurious to the Corporation or its affiliates, monetarily or otherwise, as determined by the Corporation in its sole discretion; or

 

  (c) conduct by the Executive that involves a material and substantial violation of Corporation Policy, a violation of criminal law, illegal harassment of other employees, theft, fraud or dishonesty; or

 

  (d) the Executive’s violation of the provisions of Paragraphs 4, 5 or 6 hereof.

 

  (ii) The term “Good Reason” means:

 

  (a) the assignment to the Executive of duties which are materially inconsistent with the Executive’s position and duties under this Agreement, including, without limitation, a material diminution or reduction in title, office or responsibilities or a reduction in Annual Base Salary, if such assignment is not changed by the Corporation, after written notice by the Executive to the Corporation of such diminution or reduction giving the Corporation reasonable opportunity to cure; or

 

  (b) the involuntary relocation of the Executive to a location that is not within the Atlanta metropolitan area; or

 

  (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall limit the ability of the Corporation to change the job duties of the Executive consistent with Paragraph 1 of this Agreement.

In order to assert a termination for Good Reason, Executive must give the written notice required in Paragraph 4 within thirty (30) days after an event described in Paragraph 3 E (ii) occurs. This time requirement may only be amended or waived by written agreement of the parties pursuant to Paragraph 23 of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, upon the Executive’s termination for any reason, the Executive shall automatically cease to be an employee of the Corporation and its affiliates as of his or her Termination Date and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any and all monies that the Executive owes to the Corporation shall be repaid before any post-termination payments are made to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

-7-


4. Termination by Executive or Corporation with Notice . Subject to the payment obligations and rights set forth in Paragraph 3 above, the Corporation and the Executive agree that either party may terminate the Executive’s employment under this Agreement for any or no reason. Each party is obligated to give the other thirty (30) days written notice (the “Notice Period”) before terminating the Executive’s employment relationship, except that no such notice shall be required in the case of the death of the Executive or the Corporation’s termination of the Executive’s employment for Cause or if the Corporation and the Executive otherwise agree in writing.

During the Notice Period, the Executive shall (i) meet with the Executive Vice President or his or her designee to wind up any pending work and provide an orderly transfer to other employees of the duties, responsibilities, accounts, customers and clients for which the Executive has been responsible; (ii) work with the Corporation to identify key Confidential Information (as defined in Paragraph 5 below) likely to be in the Executive’s possession and provide it to the Corporation as instructed; (iii) disclose and discuss the Executive’s future employment plans in light of the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement; (iv) deliver to the Corporation all property belonging to the Corporation, including any duplicates, copies or abstracts thereof; and (v) devote full time and attention to these obligations and the Executive’s other responsibilities as directed by the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may, in its sole discretion, terminate the duties of the Executive at any time during the Notice Period providing that the Corporation continues to pay the Executive any Base Salary that may be due to the Executive for any portion of such thirty (30) days Notice Period remaining after the Corporation terminates the duties of the Executive.

5. Confidentiality and Ownership . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Confidential Information (as defined in Paragraph 5(A) below) is the property of the Corporation, its subsidiaries and affiliates. Accordingly, the Executive agrees as follows:

 

  (A)

Confidential Information . Except as may be required by applicable law or the lawful order of a court or regulatory body, or except to the extent that the Executive has express authorization in writing from the Corporation to do otherwise, the Executive will keep secret and confidential, during the Executive’s employment and at all times thereafter, all Confidential Information and not disclose such Confidential Information, either directly or indirectly, to any other person, firm or business entity, or to use it in any way. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means all non-public information, observations or data relating to the Corporation, its subsidiaries or affiliates, its customers and/or vendors and suppliers, which the Executive has learned or will

 

-8-


 

learn during his or her employment with the Corporation, its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether or not a trade secret within the meaning of applicable law, including but not limited to: (i) new products and new product development; (ii) marketing strategies and plans, market experience with products, and market research; (iii) manufacturing processes, technologies and production plans and methods; (iv) formulas, research in progress and unpublished manuals or know how, devices, methods, techniques, processes and inventions; (v) regulatory filings and communications; (vi) identity of and relationship with licensees, licensors or suppliers; (vi) finances, financial information, and financial management systems; (vii) technological and engineering data; (viii) identities of and information concerning customers, vendors and suppliers and prospective customers, vendors and suppliers; (ix) development, expansion and business strategies, pricing strategies, plans and techniques; (x) computer programs; (xi) research and development activities; (xii) litigation and pending litigation; (xiii) personnel information; and (xiv) any other information or documents which the Executive is told or reasonably ought to know the Corporation, its subsidiaries or affiliates regard as proprietary or confidential.

 

  (B) Upon the Executive’s Termination Date or at the Corporation’s earlier request, the Executive will promptly return to the Corporation any and all records, documents, data, memoranda, reports, physical property, information, computer disks, tapes or software or other materials, and all copies thereof, relating to the business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and affiliates obtained by the Executive during his or her employment with the Corporation, its subsidiaries or affiliates. The Executive further agrees to deliver to the Corporation, at its request, any computer(s) in the Executive’s possession or control, regardless of who owns the computer, on which is stored, in any way, any Confidential Information for the purpose of ensuring that all Confidential Information stored on the computer(s) has been delivered to the Corporation.

 

  (C)

The Executive agrees that all inventions, innovations, discoveries, improvements, developments, trade secrets, processes, procedures, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, and all similar or related information which relates to the Corporation’s or any of its subsidiaries’ or affiliates’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made, in whole or in part, by the Executive while employed by the Corporation or its subsidiaries or affiliates (“Work Product”) belong to the Corporation or such subsidiary or affiliate. The Executive shall promptly inform the Corporation of such Work Product, and shall execute such

 

-9-


 

assignments as may be necessary to transfer to the Corporation or its affiliates the benefits of the Work Product. This Paragraph applies to any Work Product which the Executive may do for or at the request of the Corporation, whether alone or with others, whether conceived by the Executive while at work, on the Executive’s non-work time or off the premises of the Corporation, including such of the foregoing items conceived during the course of employment which are developed or perfected after the Executive’s Termination Date. The Executive shall assist the Corporation or its nominee, to obtain patents, trademarks and service marks and the Executive agrees to execute all documents and to take all other actions which are necessary or appropriate to secure to the Corporation and its subsidiaries and affiliates the benefits thereof. Such patents, trademarks and service marks shall become the property of the Corporation and its affiliates. The Executive shall deliver to the Corporation all sketches, drawings, models, figures, plans, outlines, descriptions or other information with respect thereto.

 

  (D) To the extent that any court or agency seeks to have the Executive disclose Confidential Information, the Executive shall immediately inform the Corporation, and the Executive shall take such reasonable steps to prevent disclosure of Confidential Information until the Corporation has been informed of such requested disclosure. To the extent that the Executive obtains information on behalf of the Corporation or any of its affiliates that may be subject to attorney-client privilege as to the Corporation’s attorneys, the Executive shall take reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to preserve such privilege.

 

  (E) Nothing in the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 5 shall be construed so as to prevent the Executive from using, after the Executive’s termination of employment with the Corporation, in connection with his or her employment for himself or an employer other than the Corporation or any of its affiliates, knowledge which was acquired by him or her during the course of his or her employment with the Corporation and its affiliates, and which is generally known to persons of his or her experience in other companies in the same industry.

6. Noncompetition/Nonsolicitation . The Executive acknowledges that the industry in which the Corporation is engaged is an international business which is highly competitive and that the Executive is a key executive of the Corporation. The Executive further acknowledges that as a result of his or her senior position within the Corporation, he/she has acquired and will acquire extensive Confidential Information and knowledge of the Corporation’s business and the industry in which it operates and will develop relationships with and knowledge of customers, employees, vendors and

 

-10-


suppliers of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that during the time the Executive is employed by the Corporation, its subsidiaries or affiliates (the “Employment Period”) and for a period of 12 (twelve) months after the Termination Date (the “Restricted Period”):

 

  (A) The Executive will not directly or indirectly, own, operate, manage, control, participate, consult with, advise, or have any financial interest (whether for himself or for any other person and whether as proprietor, principal, stockholder, partner, agent, director, officer, employee, consultant, independent contractor or in any other capacity), in any Competitor of the Corporation, or in any manner engage in the start-up of a business (including by himself or in association with any person, firm, corporate or other business organization through any other entity) in competition with the Corporation’s business provided that this shall not prevent the Executive from ownership of 1% or less of the outstanding stock of any corporation listed on the New York or American Stock Exchange or included in the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System or ownership of securities in any entity affiliated with the Corporation. “Competitor” refers to a person or entity, including metals-related Internet marketplaces, engaged in the metal service center processing and/or distribution business.

 

  (B) The Executive will not directly or indirectly contact, call upon, solicit business from, or sell any products sold or distributed by the Corporation to any customer or prospective customer of the Corporation with whom employees of the Corporation had contact during the Employment Period.

 

  (C) The Executive will not directly or indirectly either alone or in cooperation with others, encourage any employees of the Corporation to seek or accept an employment or business relationship with a person or entity other than the Corporation, or in any way interfere with the relationship of the Corporation and any subsidiary or affiliate and any employee thereof, including without limitation, to hire, solicit for hire, or discuss or encourage the employment of, any of the employees of the Corporation who were employed by the Corporation during the Employment Period; provided however, this shall not apply to an employee whose employment was terminated by the Corporation before the Termination Date, if such termination was not caused by any direct or indirect involvement of the Executive or a subsequent employer of the Executive.

 

  (D)

The Executive will not directly or indirectly either alone or in cooperation with others, encourage any supplier, distributor, franchisee, licensee, or other business

 

-11-


 

relation of the Corporation, any subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation to cease or curtail doing business with the Corporation, any subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, distributor, franchisee, licensee or business relation and the Corporation or subsidiary or affiliate.

If any restriction set forth in this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unreasonable or unenforceable with respect to scope, time, geographical, customer or other coverage under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that (a) the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated duration, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law, so as to provide the maximum legally enforceable protection of the Corporation’s interests as described in this Agreement, without negating or impairing any other restrictions or agreements set forth herein, and (b) the Benefit Period shall be reduced so as not to exceed any revised Restricted Period.

7. No Conflict . The Executive represents that the Executive is not a party to any agreement with any third party containing a non-competition provision, non-solicitation provision, confidentiality provision or any other restriction that would prohibit or restrict the Executive’s employment with the Corporation or any part of the services which the Executive provides to the Corporation or its clients. Moreover, the Executive represents that the Executive is not limited by any court order or other legal obligation from performing any assigned duties for the Corporation and that the Executive has no rights which may conflict with the interests of the Corporation or with the Executive’s obligations hereunder. The Executive represents that the Executive does not possess any documents or material containing confidential information from any prior employer and, to the extent the Executive knows or possesses any such confidential information, the Executive agrees not to disclose it to the Corporation. Finally, the Executive states that he/she has disclosed to the Corporation all prior confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-compete agreements which he/she has entered into with his prior employers.

8. Change of Title, Duties . The Executive agrees that if, at any time, the Executive’s title or duties is changed by the Corporation consistent with Paragraph 1 of this Agreement, the Executive nevertheless will continue to be bound in all particulars to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

9. Validity . If any one or more of the provisions contained in the Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be constructed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

-12-


10. Reasonableness of Restrictions/Injunctive Relief .

 

  (A) The Executive acknowledges that his or her rights to compete and disclose Confidential Information and trade secrets are limited hereby only to the extent necessary to protect the Corporation against unfair competition and that, in the event the Executive’s employment with the Corporation terminates for any reason, the Executive will be able to earn a livelihood without violating the foregoing restrictions. The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions cited herein are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Corporation’s legitimate business interests.

 

  (B) The Executive acknowledges that the services to be rendered by the Executive as the President Ryerson South Business Unit and Chicago Division are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and, in connection with such services, the Executive will, by virtue of his/her senior position with the Corporation, have access to confidential information vital to the Corporation’s business. The Executive consents and agrees that if the Executive violates any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Corporation would sustain irreparable harm and, therefore, in addition to any other remedies which the Corporation may have under this Agreement or otherwise, the Corporation shall be entitled to an injunction from any court of competent jurisdiction restraining the Executive from committing or continuing any such violation of this Agreement, including, without limitation, restraining the Executive from disclosing, using for any purpose, selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of, in whole or in part, any trade secrets, Confidential Information, proprietary information, client or customer lists or other information pertaining to the financial condition, business, manner of operation, affairs, plans or prospects of the Corporation. The Executive acknowledges that damages at law would not be an adequate remedy for violation of this Agreement, and the Executive therefore agrees that the provisions may be specifically enforced against the Executive in any court of competent jurisdiction. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Corporation from pursuing any other remedies available to it for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages.

 

  (C) The parties agree that money damages would be inadequate for any breaches of Paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 of this Agreement. Therefore, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of Paragraphs 4, 5 or 6, the Corporation, or its successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive or other relief, to enforce, or prevent any violation of, the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security).

 

-13-


  (D) The Executive agrees that: (i) the covenants set forth in Paragraph 6 are reasonable, (ii) the Corporation would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants of the Executive contained in Paragraph 6, and (iii) the covenants contained in Paragraph 6 have been made in order to induce the Corporation to enter into this Agreement.

11. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the Corporation and its successors and assigns and any person acquiring, whether by merger, reorganization, consolidation, or by purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation. The Executive agrees that the Corporation may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Executive, without regard to the duration of his employment by the Corporation or reasons for the cessation of such employment, and inure to the benefit of his administrators, executors, and heirs, although the obligations of the Executive are personal and may be performed only by the Executive. The interests of the Executive under this Agreement may not be voluntarily assigned, alienated or encumbered by the Executive or his successors in interest, and any attempt to do so shall be void and of no effect.

12. Notification . The Executive shall notify all future employers of the existence of Paragraphs 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 17 and 18 of this Agreement and the terms thereof. The Executive will also provide the Corporation with information the Corporation may from time to time request to determine the Executive’s compliance with the terms of this Agreement. The Executive hereby authorizes the Corporation to contact the Executive’s future employers and other parties with whom the Executive has engaged or may engage in any business relationship to determine the Executive’s compliance with this Agreement and to communicate the contents of this Agreement to such employers and parties.

13. Cooperation in Certain Matters . The Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and after the Termination Date, the Executive will cooperate with the Corporation in any current or future or potential legal, business, or other matters in any reasonable manner as the Corporation may request, including but not limited to meeting with and fully answering the questions of the Corporation or its representatives or agents, and in any legal matter testifying and preparing to testify at any deposition or trial. The Corporation agrees to compensate the Executive for any reasonable expenses incurred as a result of such cooperation.

14. Captions . The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

15. No Mitigation . In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and, except as specifically provided in Paragraph 3(A) hereof, the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation or benefits earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer.

 

-14-


16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

17. Governing Law . In the event of any dispute arising under this Agreement, it is agreed that the law of the State of Illinois shall govern the interpretation, validity, and effect of this Agreement without regard to the place of performance or execution thereof.

18. Enforcement . The Corporation and the Executive hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of any state or federal court located within Cook County, Illinois for resolution of any and all claims, causes of action or disputes arising out of, related to or concerning this Agreement and agree that services by registered mail to the addresses set forth below shall constitute sufficient service of process for any such action. The parties further agree that venue for all disputes between them, including those related to this Agreement, shall be with a state or federal court located within Cook County, Illinois. If the Corporation is required to seek enforcement of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Corporation will be entitled to recover from the Executive its reasonable attorneys’ fees plus costs and expenses as to any issues on which it prevails.

19. Notices . Notices provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly received when delivered in person or sent by facsimile transmission, on the first business day after it is sent by air express courier service or on the third business day following deposit in the United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed, in the case of the Corporation to the following address:

Ryerson Inc.

2621 W. 15th Place

Chicago, IL 60608

Attention: William Korda

or to the Executive:

Stephen E. Makarewicz

740 Vista Bluff Drive

Duluth, GA 30097

or such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that a notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt.

 

-15-


20. Waiver of Breach . The waiver by either the Corporation or the Executive of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate as or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach by either the Corporation or the Executive. Continuation of payments hereunder by the Corporation following a breach by the Executive of any provision of this Agreement shall not preclude the Corporation from thereafter terminating said payments based upon the same violation.

21. Survival of Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties to this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Corporation.

22. Acknowledgment by Executive . The Executive represents to the Corporation that he/she is knowledgeable and sophisticated as to business matters, including the subject matter of this Agreement, that he/she has read this Agreement and that he/she understands its terms. The Executive acknowledges that, before assenting to the terms of this Agreement, the Executive has been given a reasonable time to review it, to consult with counsel of choice, and to negotiate at arm’s-length with the Corporation as to the contents.

23. Other Agreements and Modification . This Agreement may be amended or cancelled only by written mutual Agreement executed by the parties. This Agreement constitutes the sole and complete Agreement between the Corporation and the Executive and supersedes all other agreements, both oral and written, between the Corporation and the Executive with respect to the matters contained herein; provided, however, that this Agreement does not supersede any Change in Control Agreement or Severance Plan, except as specifically addressed in this Agreement. The parties acknowledge that other than what is contained in this Agreement, no verbal or other statements, inducements, or representations have been made to or relied upon by the Executive. The parties each represent to the other that they have read and understand this Agreement.

24. Ambiguities . This Agreement has been negotiated at arms-length between persons knowledgeable in the matters dealt with herein. In addition, each party has been represented by experienced and knowledgeable legal counsel. Accordingly, the parties agree that neither the Corporation nor the Executive is the drafting party and that any rule of law or any other statutes, legal decisions or common law principles of similar effect that require interpretation of any ambiguities in this Agreement against the party that has drafted it is of no application and is hereby expressly waived. The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a reasonable manner to give effect to the intentions of the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Executive has hereunto set his or her hand, and the Corporation has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, as of the date above first written.

 

-16-


    RYERSON INC.
Dated:   3/6/2007  

/s/ William Korda

  William Korda
  Vice President Human Resources
Dated:   3/6/2007  

/s/ Stephen E. Makarewicz

  Stephen E. Makarewicz
  President Ryerson South Business Unit and Chicago Division

 

-17-

Exhibit 10.6

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT , by and between Ryerson Tull, Inc. (the “Company”) and James M. Delaney (the “Executive”) effective as of July 23, 2001 (the “Effective Date”).

The Company desires to appoint Executive to the position of President Customer Solutions Team, CCO & CPO, and Executive desires to accept such appointment. In that employment the Executive will be entrusted with knowledge of the Company’s business and operational methods. The Company wishes to protect its business and operational methods through the restrictions and covenants specified herein. The Executive recognizes that the Company’s business and operational methods require protection, and Executive is willing to protect the Company’s business and operational methods through the restrictions and covenants specified herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , Executive and the Company hereby agree as follows.

1. Position and Duties . The Executive will serve as President Customer Solutions Team, CCO & CPO and in such capacity shall have such duties and responsibilities as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Company. The Executive shall have such authorities and powers as are inherent to the undertaking of this position and necessary to carry out these responsibilities and duties. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions of this Agreement, the Executive and the Company understand and agree that the responsibilities and duties of the Executive, in the capacity of President Customer Solutions Team, CCO & CPO of the Company, may change from time to time due to changes in the nature, structure or needs of the Company’s business and that any such changes in the Executive’s duties and responsibilities that are consistent with such changes in the Company’s business shall not constitute a reduction or increase in the Executive’s duties and responsibilities for purposes of this Agreement.

The Executive shall devote his or her best efforts and full business time and attention (except for permitted vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) to the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliated companies. The Executive shall perform all assigned duties to the best of his or her abilities in a diligent, trustworthy, businesslike and efficient manner.

2. Compensation . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, while the Executive is employed by the Company under this Agreement, Executive shall be compensated for services as follows:

 

  (A) Effective July 23, 2001 the Executive’s annual base salary shall be $239,000 (“Annual Base Salary”), payable in installments under the Company’s general payroll practices, subject to customary withholding. The Executive’s rate of Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed annually beginning January 2002.

 

1


  (B) The Executive will be eligible for an incentive bonus payment from the Company each calendar year or applicable performance period (the “Performance Bonus”) in accordance with the bonus plans of the Company as in effect from time to time. The Executive’s target bonus award payment is 36% of Annual Base Salary.

 

  (C) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Executive shall be provided with health, welfare and other fringe benefits to the same extent and on the same terms as those benefits are provided by the Company from time to time to other similarly situated executives of the Company, provided that, nothing in the Agreement will preclude the Company from amending or terminating any plans or programs generally applicable to salaried employees or executives, as the case may be.

 

  (D) The Executive shall be reimbursed by the Company, on terms and conditions that are substantially similar to those applicable to other similarly situated executives of the Company, for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for entertainment, travel, meals, lodging and similar items, consistent with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy, actually incurred by the Executive in the promotion of the Company’s business.

 

  (E) The Company shall pay or shall reimburse the Executive for his monthly country club dues and assessments; provided, however, that such payment or reimbursement, as applicable, shall apply only to one club at any given point in time.

 

  (F) The Company shall pay or shall reimburse the Executive for the amount of the monthly lease payment for the automobile approved by the Company for the Executive’s business; provided however, that the Company shall report as income to the Executive any amounts required by law or the policies of the Company for the Executive’s personal use of such automobile.

 

  (G) The Executive shall be recommended for stock options in the same manner as may be in effect from time to time for other similarly situated executives of the Company.

 

  (H) The Company shall provide a two year Change in Control Agreement.

 

2


3. Rights and Payments Upon Termination . The Executive’s right to benefits and payments, if any, for periods after the date the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason (the “Termination Date”) shall be determined in accordance with this Section 3:

 

  (A) Termination by the Company for Reasons Other Than Cause; Termination by the Executive for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for reasons other than Cause or as a result of termination by the Executive for Good Reason, then for the period commencing on the Executive’s Termination Date and ending on the earliest of:

 

  (i) the twenty-fourth month after the Termination Date;

 

  (ii) the date the Executive violates any of the provisions of Sections 4, 5 or 6 of this Agreement; or

 

  (iii) the date of the Executive’s death or the date the Executive is determined to be eligible for benefits under the Company’s Long Term Disability Plan (the “Benefit Period”)

the Executive shall receive from the Company the Annual Base Salary, Bonus (as defined below), and benefits in effect as of the Termination Date.

Continuing benefits will include medical and dental insurance, basic life insurance, any optional life insurance and any optional accidental death and dismemberment insurance (unless the Executive is eligible for retiree benefits on the Termination Date). “Bonus” shall mean two payment(s) of the average annual amount of the Performance Bonus paid to the Executive under the Annual Incentive Plan or successor plan for the three years immediately preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs.

In addition, the Executive may be entitled to a Final Bonus (as defined below) in the year in which the Termination Date occurs. “Final Bonus” means an amount equal to the product of (1) the Executive’s Annual Base Salary multiplied by (2) the most recent target percentage established for the Executive under the Annual Incentive Plan (or successor plan); (3) multiplied by the percent attainment of the applicable performance measures, and multiplied by (4) a proration factor which is a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of whole months determined under (a) and (b) below, and the denominator of which is the number of whole months in the applicable Bonus performance period. The valuation date for purposes of determining the percent attainment and the proration factor is:

 

 

(a)

the last day of the month preceding the Termination Date if the Termination Date occurs from the 1 st through the 15 th of the month, and

 

3


 

(b)

the last day of the month in which the Termination Date occurs if the Termination Date occurs from the 16 th through the last day of the month.

Annual Base Salary payments to the Executive during the Benefit Period shall not preclude the Executive’s eligibility for payments under the Company Severance Plan, provided, however, that any benefit continuation period under this Agreement shall run concurrently with the applicable benefit period under the Severance Plan.

 

4


Twenty-four months of additional age and service credit will be provided to the Executive’s RT Pension and the RT Supplemental Plan using the methodology described in the Executive’s Change in Control Agreement except that any lump sum payment will be made twenty-four months after the Executive’s Termination Date and only if the Executive has not violated the Confidentiality, Nonsolicitation and Noncompetition provisions of this Agreement.

 

  (B) Termination By Company for Cause . If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause, then except as agreed in writing between the Executive and the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to receive only compensation and benefits earned up to the Date of Termination. The Executive shall not be entitled to receive any payments or benefits under this Agreement after the Executive’s Termination Date and the Company shall have no obligation to make any additional payments or provide any other benefits after the Executive’s Termination Date.

 

  (C) Termination for Death or Disability . If the Executive’s termination is caused by the Executive’s death or permanent disability (as that term is defined under the Company’s Long Term Disability Plan), then the Executive (or in the event of his or her death, his or her estate) shall be entitled to continued payments of Annual Base Salary for the period commencing on the Termination Date and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the calendar month in which his Termination Date occurs; (ii) the date on which the Executive violates the provisions of Sections 4, 5 or 6 of this Agreement; (iii) the date of the Executive’s death; or (iv) the date of the Executive’s permanent disability.

 

  (D) Termination for Voluntary Resignation, Mutual Agreement or Other Reasons . If the Executive’s termination occurs on account of his voluntary resignation, mutual agreement of the parties, or any reason other than those specified in Paragraphs (A), (B) or (C) above, then, except as agreed in writing between the Executive and the Company, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any payments or benefits under this Agreement after the Executive’s Termination Date and the Company shall have no obligation to make any additional payments or provide any additional benefits after the Executive’s Termination Date. The Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason shall not be treated as a voluntary resignation for purposes of this Agreement.

 

  (E) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

 

  (i) The term “Cause” shall mean:

 

  (a) the continuous performance of his duties (under this Agreement) in a manner that is inconsistent with past, acceptable performance over a normal business cycle; or in a way that has a demonstrable negative impact on the results of the business unit. The Executive Vice President must provide a notice of unsatisfactory performance and a reasonable corrective action period. The Chairman and CEO must review and approve the action; or

 

5


  (b) the willful engaging by the Executive in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company or its affiliates, monetarily or otherwise, as determined by the Executive Vice President; or

 

  (c) conduct by the Executive that involves theft, fraud or dishonesty; or

 

  (d) the Executive’s violation of the provisions of Sections 4, 5 or 6 hereof.

 

  (ii) The term “Good Reason” means (a) the assignment to the Executive of duties which are materially inconsistent with the Position and Duties under this Agreement, including, without limitation, a material diminution or reduction in title, office or responsibilities or a reduction in Annual Base Salary, if such assignment is not changed by the Company, after written notice by the Executive to the Company of such diminution or reduction giving the Company reasonable opportunity to cure, or (b) the involuntary relocation of the Executive to a location that is not within the Chicago metropolitan area.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Executive shall automatically cease to be an employee of the Company and its affiliates as of his Termination Date and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any and all monies that the Executive owes to the Company shall be repaid before any post-termination payments are made to the Executive under this Agreement.

4. Termination by Executive or Company with Notice . Subject to the payment obligations and rights set forth in Section 3 above, the Company and Executive agree that either party may terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement for any or no reason. Provided that, except in the case of the death of the Executive, or mutual written agreement of

 

6


termination, or the Company’s termination of the Executive’s employment for Cause, each party is obligated to give the other sixty (60) days written notice (the “Notice Period”) before terminating the Executive’s employment relationship for any reason.

During the Notice Period, the Executive shall (i) meet with Executive Vice President or his designee to wind up any pending work and provide an orderly transfer to other employees of the duties, responsibilities, accounts, customers and clients for which the Executive has been responsible; (ii) work with the Company to identify key Confidential Information (as defined in Section 5 below) likely to be in the Executive’s possession and provide it to the Company as instructed; (iii) disclose and discuss the Executive’s future employment plans in light of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement; (iv) deliver to the Company all property belonging to the Company, including any duplicates, copies or abstracts thereof; (v) devote full time and attention to these obligations and Executive’s other responsibilities as directed by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, in its sole discretion, terminate the Executive at any time during the Notice Period, in which event Executive’s employment terminates effective with written notice by the Company to the Executive of this decision, provided that, if the Executive has given notice of his intent to terminate his employment under this Agreement, then, unless the Executive dies, the parties mutually agree otherwise in writing, or the Company terminates the Executive for Cause, the Company will pay to the Executive, in lieu of notice, any Annual Base Salary and benefits that may be due to the Executive for any portion of such sixty (60) days Notice Period remaining after the Termination Date.

5. Confidentiality and Ownership . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Confidential Information (as defined in Section 5(A) below) is the property of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates. Accordingly, except as may be required by applicable law or the lawful order of a court or regulatory body, or except to the extent that the Executive has express authorization from the Company to do otherwise, Executive will:

 

  (A)

Confidential Information . Keep secret and confidential indefinitely all Confidential Information and not disclose such Confidential Information, either directly or indirectly, to any other person, firm or business entity, or to use it in any way. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means all non-public information, observations or data relating to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates which the Executive has learned or will learn during his employment with the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether or not a trade secret within the meaning of applicable law, including but not limited to: (i) new products and new product development; (ii) marketing strategies and plans, market experience with products, and market research; (iii) manufacturing processes, technologies and production plans and methods; (iv) formulas, research in progress and unpublished manuals or know how devices, methods, techniques, processes and inventions; (v) regulatory filings and communications; (vi) identity

 

7


 

of and relationship with licensees, licensers or suppliers; (vi) finances, financial information, and financial management systems; (vii) technological and engineering data; (viii) identities of and information concerning customers, vendors and suppliers and prospective customers, vendors and suppliers; (ix) development, expansion and business strategies, plans and techniques; (x) computer programs; (xi) research and development activities; and (xii) litigation and pending litigation.

 

  (B) Upon the Executive’s Termination Date or at the Company’s earlier request, the Executive will promptly return to the Company any and all records, documents, data, memoranda, reports, physical property, information, computer disks, tapes or software or other materials, and all copies thereof, relating to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates obtained by the Executive during his or her employment with the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates. The Executive further agrees to deliver to the Company, at its request, any computer in the Executive’s possession or control which has contained any Confidential Information for the purpose of ensuring that all Confidential Information stored on the computer has been delivered to the Company. The Company will also promptly return to the Executive any and all personal property on Company premises.

 

  (C)

The Executive agrees that all inventions, innovations, discoveries, improvements, developments, trade secrets, processes, procedures, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, and all similar or related information which relates to the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ or affiliates’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by the Executive while employed by the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates (“Work Product”) belong to the Company or such subsidiary or affiliate. The Executive shall promptly inform the Company of such Work Product, and shall execute such assignments as may be necessary to transfer to the Company or its affiliates the benefits of the Work Product, in whole or in part, or conceived by the Executive either alone or with others, which result from any work which the Executive may do for or at the request of the Company, whether or not conceived by the Executive while on holiday, on vacation, or off the premises of the Company, including such of the foregoing items conceived during the course of employment which are developed or perfected after the Executive’s Termination Date. The Executive shall assist the Company or its nominee, to obtain patents, trademarks and service marks and the Executive agrees to execute all documents and to take all other actions which are necessary or appropriate to secure to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates the benefits thereof. Such patents, trademarks and service marks

 

8


 

shall become the property of the Company and its affiliates. The Executive shall deliver to the Company all sketches, drawings, models, figures, plans, outlines, descriptions or other information with respect thereto.

 

  (D) To the extent that any court or agency seeks to have the Executive disclose Confidential Information, the Executive shall promptly inform the Company, and the Executive shall take such reasonable steps to prevent disclosure of Confidential Information until the Company has been informed of such requested disclosure. To the extent that the Executive obtains information on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates that may be subject to attorney-client privilege as to the Company’s attorneys, the Executive shall take reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to preserve such privilege.

 

  (E) Nothing in the foregoing provisions of this Section 5 shall be construed so as to prevent the Executive from using, in connection with his or her employment for himself or an employer other than the Company or any of its affiliates, knowledge which was acquired by him during the course of his employment with the Company and its affiliates, and which is generally known to persons of his experience in other companies in the same industry through Executive’s acts or omission to act.

6. Noncompetition/Nonsolicitation . The Executive acknowledges that the industry in which the Company is engaged is a highly competitive business, and that the Executive is a key executive of the Company. The Executive further acknowledges that as a result of his senior position within the Company, he has acquired and will acquire extensive Confidential Information and knowledge of the Company’s business and the industry in which it operates and will develop relationships with and knowledge of customers, employees, vendors and suppliers of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that during the time the Executive is employed by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates (the “Employment Period”) and for a period of twenty-four months after the Termination Date (the “Severance Period”), the Executive agrees as follows:

 

  (A)

The Executive will not directly or indirectly, own, operate, manage, control, participate or have any financial interest in, consult with, advise, engage in services for (whether for himself or for any other person and whether as proprietor, principal, stockholder, partner, agent, director, officer, employee, consultant, independent contractor or in any other capacity), any Competitor of the Company, or in any manner engage in the start-up of a business (including by himself or in association with any person, firm, corporate or other business organization through any other entity) in Competition with the Company, provided that, this shall not prevent the Executive from ownership of 1% or less of the

 

9


 

outstanding stock of any corporation listed on the New York or American Stock Exchange or included in the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System or ownership of securities in any entity affiliated with the Company. “Competitor” or “in Competition” refers to a person or entity, including metals-related Internet marketplaces, engaged in the metal service center processing and/or distribution business.

 

  (B) Executive will not directly or indirectly contact, call upon, solicit business from, sell or render services to, any customer of the Company with respect to the provision of services identical or similar to any service provided by the Company during the Employment Period or in the process of being provided as of the Termination Date, for which Executive had any responsibility or about which Executive had any Confidential Information during the Employment Period; or

 

  (C) Executive will not directly or indirectly either alone or in cooperation with others, encourage any employees of the Company to seek or accept an employment or business relationship with a person or entity other than the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship of the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate and any employee thereof, including without limitation, to hire, solicit for hire, or discuss or encourage the employment of, any of the employees of the Company who were employed by the Company during the Employment Period; provided however, this shall not apply to an employee whose employment was terminated by the Company before the Termination Date, if such termination was not caused by any direct or indirect involvement of the Executive or a subsequent employer of Executive.

 

  (D) Executive will not directly or indirectly either alone or in cooperation with others, encourage any supplier, distributor, franchisee, licensee, or other business relation of the Company, any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company to cease or curtail doing business with the Company, any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, distributor, franchisee, licensee or business relation and the Company or subsidiary or affiliate.

 

  (E) The parties agree that money damages would be inadequate for any breaches of paragraphs 4, 5 and this paragraph 6. Therefore, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of paragraphs 4, 5 or 6, the Company, or its successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive or other relief, to enforce, or prevent any violation of, the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security).

 

10


  (F) The Executive agrees that: (i) the covenants set forth in this Section are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects, (ii) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants of the Executive contained herein and (iii) the covenants contained herein have been made in order to induce the Company to enter into this Agreement.

7. No Conflict . The Executive represents that the Executive is not a party to any agreement with any third party containing a non-competition provision or other restriction, which would prohibit or restrict the Executive’s employment with the Company or any part of the services which the Executive provides to the Company or its clients. Moreover, the Executive represents that the Executive is not limited by any court order or other legal obligation from performing any assigned duties for the Company and the Executive has no rights which may conflict with the interests of the Company or with the Executive’s obligations hereunder.

8. Change of Title, Duties . The Executive agrees that if, at any time, the Executive’s title or duties is changed by the Company the Executive will continue to be bound in all particulars to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. This provision does not limit the Executive’s or Company’s rights under Section 1 and Section 3 of this Agreement.

9. Validity . If any one or more of the provisions contained in the Agreement shall, for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be constructed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

If any restriction set forth in this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unreasonable or unenforceable with respect to scope, time, geographical, customer or other coverage under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated duration, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law, so as to provide the maximum legally enforceable protection of the Company’s interests as described in this Agreement, without negating or impairing any other restrictions or agreements set forth herein.

 

11


10. Reasonableness of Restrictions/Injunctive Relief .

 

  (A) The Executive acknowledges that his rights to compete and disclose Confidential Information and trade secrets are limited hereby only to the extent necessary to protect the Company and that, in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason, the Executive will be able to earn a livelihood without violating the foregoing restrictions. The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions cited herein are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company’s legitimate business interests.

 

  (B) The Executive acknowledges that the services to be rendered by the Executive are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and, in connection with such services, the Executive will have access to confidential information vital to the Company’s businesses. By reason of this, the Executive consents and agrees that if the Executive violates any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Company would sustain irreparable harm and, therefore, in addition to any other remedies which the Company may have under this Agreement or otherwise, the Company shall be entitled to an injunction from any court of competent jurisdiction restraining the Executive from committing or continuing any such violation of this Agreement, including, without limitation, restraining the Executive from disclosing, using for any purpose, selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of, in whole or in part, any trade secrets, Confidential Information, proprietary information, client or customer lists or other information pertaining to the financial condition, business, manner of operation, affairs, plans or prospects of the Company. The Executive acknowledges that damages at law would not be an adequate remedy for violation of this Agreement, and the Executive therefore agrees that the provisions may be specifically enforced against the Executive in any court of competent jurisdiction. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to it for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages.

11. Withholding . All compensation payable under this Agreement shall be subject to customary withholding taxes and other employment taxes as required with respect to compensation paid by a corporation to an employee and the amount of compensation payable hereunder shall be reduced appropriately to reflect the amount of any required withholding. The Company shall have no obligation to make any payments to the Executive or to make the Executive whole for the amount of any required taxes.

12. Successors . This Agreement shall be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns and any person acquiring, whether by merger, reorganization, consolidation, by purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. The Executive agrees that the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

12


13. Nonalienation . The interests of the Executive and the Company under this Agreement are not subject to the claims of their creditors, other than the Company, and may not otherwise be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned, alienated or encumbered.

14. Notification . The Executive shall notify all future employers of the existence of Sections 4, 5 and 6 of this Agreement and the terms thereof. The Executive will also provide the Company with information the Company may from time to time request to determine the Executive’s compliance with the terms of this Agreement. The Executive hereby authorizes the Company to contact the Executive’s future employers and other parties with whom the Executive has engaged or may engage in any business relationship to determine the Executive’s compliance with this Agreement and to communicate the contents of this Agreement to such employers and parties.

15. Cooperation in Certain Matters . The Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and after the Termination Date until the expiration of the severance period, the Executive will cooperate with the Company in any current or future or potential legal, business, or other matters in any reasonable manner as the Company may request, including but not limited to meeting with and fully answering the questions of the Company or its representatives or agents, and in any legal matter testifying and preparing to testify at any deposition or trial. The Company agrees to compensate the Executive for any reasonable expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, incurred as a result of such cooperation.

16. Governing Law . In the event of any dispute arising under this Agreement, it is agreed that the law of the State of Illinois shall govern the interpretation, validity, and effect of this Agreement without regard to the place of performance or execution thereof.

17. Enforcement . The Company and the Executive hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of any state or federal court located within Cook County, Illinois for resolution of any and all claims, causes of action or disputes arising out of, related to or concerning this Agreement. The parties further agree that venue for all disputes between them, including those related to this Agreement, shall be with a state or federal court located within Cook County, Illinois. If the Company is required to seek enforcement of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Company will be entitled to recover from the Executive its reasonable attorneys’ fees plus costs and expenses as to any issues on which it prevails. If the Executive prevails in any action taken by the Company relative to the enforcement provisions of this Agreement, the Executive will be entitled to recover from the Company its reasonable attorney’s fees plus costs and expenses as to any issues on which he prevails.

 

13


18. Notices . Notices provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly received when delivered in person or sent by facsimile transmission, on the first business day after it is sent by air express courier service or on the second business day following deposit in the United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed, in the case of the Company to the following address:

Ryerson Tull, Inc.

2621 W. 15 th Place

Chicago, IL 60608

Attention: William Korda

or to the Executive:

James M. Delaney

122 South Bruner

Hinsdale, IL 60521

or such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that a notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt.

19. Waiver of Breach . The waiver by either the Company or the Executive of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate as or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach by either the Company or the Executive. Continuation of payments hereunder by the Company following a breach by the Executive of any provision of this Agreement shall not preclude the Company from thereafter terminating said payments based upon the same violation.

20. Survival of Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties to this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

21. Acknowledgment by Executive . The Executive represents to the Company that he is knowledgeable and sophisticated as to business matters, including the subject matter of this Agreement, that he has read this Agreement and that he understands its terms. The Executive acknowledges that, before assenting to the terms of this Agreement, the Executive has been given a reasonable time to review it, to consult with counsel of choice, and to negotiate at arm’s-length with the Company as to the contents.

22. Other Agreements and Modification . This Agreement may only be amended or cancelled by written mutual Agreement executed by the parties. This Agreement constitutes the sole and complete Agreement between the Company and the Executive and supersedes all other agreements, both oral and written, between the Company and the Executive with respect to the matters contained herein; provided, however, that this Agreement does not supersede any

 

14


Change in Control Agreement or Severance Plan, except as specifically addressed in this Agreement. No verbal or other statements, inducements, or representations have been made to or relied upon by the Executive. The parties have read and understand this Agreement.

23. Ambiguities . This Agreement has been negotiated at arms-length between persons knowledgeable in the matters dealt with herein. In addition, each party has been represented by experienced and knowledgeable legal counsel. Accordingly, the parties agree that neither the Company nor the Executive is the drafting party and that any rule of law or any other statutes, legal decisions or common law principles of similar effect that require interpretation of any ambiguities in this Agreement against the party that has drafted it is of no application and is hereby expressly waived. The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a reasonable manner to give effect to the intentions of the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set his or her hand, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, as of the date above first written.

 

  RYERSON TULL, INC.
Dated: 12/4/01  

/s/ William Korda

  William Korda
  Vice President — Human Resources
Dated: 12/4/01  

/s/ James M. Delaney

  James M. Delaney
  President Customer Solutions Team, CCO & CPO

 

15

Exhibit 10.7

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT , by and between Ryerson Tull, Inc. (the “Company”) and Terence R. Rogers (the “Executive”) effective as of July 23, 2001 (the “Effective Date”).

The Company desires to appoint Executive to the position of Vice President Finance and Treasurer, and Executive desires to accept such appointment. In that employment the Executive will be entrusted with knowledge of the Company’s business and operational methods. The Company wishes to protect its business and operational methods through the restrictions and covenants specified herein. The Executive recognizes that the Company’s business and operational methods require protection, and Executive is willing to protect the Company’s business and operational methods through the restrictions and covenants specified herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , Executive and the Company hereby agree as follows.

1. Position and Duties . The Executive will serve as Vice President Finance and Treasurer and in such capacity shall have such duties and responsibilities as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Company. The Executive shall have such authorities and powers as are inherent to the undertaking of this position and necessary to carry out these responsibilities and duties. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions of this Agreement, the Executive and the Company understand and agree that the responsibilities and duties of the Executive, in the capacity of Vice President Finance and Treasurer of the Company, may change from time to time due to changes in the nature, structure or needs of the Company’s business and that any such changes in the Executive’s duties and responsibilities that are consistent with such changes in the Company’s business shall not constitute a reduction or increase in the Executive’s duties and responsibilities for purposes of this Agreement.

The Executive shall devote his or her best efforts and full business time and attention (except for permitted vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity) to the business and affairs of the Company and its affiliated companies. The Executive shall perform all assigned duties to the best of his or her abilities in a diligent, trustworthy, businesslike and efficient manner.

2. Compensation . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, while the Executive is employed by the Company under this Agreement, Executive shall be compensated for services as follows:

 

  (A) Effective July 23, 2001 the Executive’s annual base salary shall be $205,000 (“Annual Base Salary”), payable in installments under the Company’s general payroll practices, subject to customary withholding. The Executive’s rate of Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed annually beginning January, 2002.

 

1


  (B) The Executive will be eligible for an incentive bonus payment from the Company each calendar year or applicable performance period (the “Performance Bonus”) in accordance with the bonus plans of the Company as in effect from time to time. The Executive’s target bonus award payment is 36% of Annual Base Salary.

 

  (C) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Executive shall be provided with health, welfare and other fringe benefits to the same extent and on the same terms as those benefits are provided by the Company from time to time to other similarly situated executives of the Company, provided that, nothing in the Agreement will preclude the Company from amending or terminating any plans or programs generally applicable to salaried employees or executives, as the case may be.

 

  (D) The Executive shall be reimbursed by the Company, on terms and conditions that are substantially similar to those applicable to other similarly situated executives of the Company, for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for entertainment, travel, meals, lodging and similar items, consistent with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy, actually incurred by the Executive in the promotion of the Company’s business.

 

  (E) The Company shall pay or shall reimburse the Executive for the amount of the monthly lease payment for the automobile approved by the Company for the Executive’s business; provided however, that the Company shall report as income to the Executive any amounts required by law or the policies of the Company for the Executive’s personal use of such automobile.

 

  (F) The Executive shall be recommended for stock options in the same manner as may be in effect from time to time for other similarly situated executives of the Company.

3. Rights and Payments Upon Termination . The Executive’s right to benefits and payments, if any, for periods after the date the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason (the “Termination Date”) shall be determined in accordance with this Section 3:

 

  (A) Termination by the Company for Reasons Other Than Cause; Termination by the Executive for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for reasons other than Cause or as a result of termination by the Executive for Good Reason, then for the period commencing on the Executive’s Termination Date and ending on the earliest of:

 

  (i) the twenty-fourth month after the Termination Date;

 

2


  (ii) the date the Executive violates any of the provisions of Sections 4, 5 or 6 of this Agreement; or

 

  (iii) the date of the Executive’s death or the date the Executive is determined to be eligible for benefits under the Company’s Long Term Disability Plan (the “Benefit Period”)

the Executive shall receive from the Company the Annual Base Salary, Bonus (as defined below), and benefits in effect as of the Termination Date.

Continuing benefits will include medical and dental insurance (unless the Executive is eligible for retiree benefits on the Termination Date). “Bonus” shall mean two payment(s) of the average annual amount of the Performance Bonus paid to the Executive under the Annual Incentive Plan or successor plan for the three years immediately preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs.

In addition, the Executive may be entitled to a Final Bonus (as defined below) in the year in which the Termination Date occurs. “Final Bonus” means an amount equal to the product of (1) the Executive’s Annual Base Salary multiplied by (2) the most recent target percentage established for the Executive under the Annual Incentive Plan (or successor plan); (3) multiplied by the percent attainment of the applicable performance measures, and multiplied by (4) a proration factor which is a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of whole months determined under (a) and (b) below, and the denominator of which is the number of whole months in the applicable Bonus performance period. The valuation date for purposes of determining the percent attainment and the proration factor is:

 

 

(a)

the last day of the month preceding the Termination Date if the Termination Date occurs from the 1 st through the 15 th of the month, and

 

3


 

(b)

the last day of the month in which the Termination Date occurs if the Termination Date occurs from the 16 th through the last day of the month.

Annual Base Salary payments to the Executive during the Benefit Period shall not preclude the Executive’s eligibility for payments under the Company Severance Plan, provided, however, that any benefit continuation period under this Agreement shall run concurrently with and shall not exceed (but may be less) than the applicable benefit period under the Severance Plan.

 

  (B) Termination By Company for Cause . If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause, then except as agreed in writing between the Executive and the Company, the Executive shall be entitled to receive only compensation and benefits earned up to the Date of Termination. The Executive shall not be entitled to receive any payments or benefits under this Agreement after the Executive’s Termination Date and the Company shall have no obligation to make any additional payments or provide any other benefits after the Executive’s Termination Date.

 

  (C) Termination for Death or Disability . If the Executive’s termination is caused by the Executive’s death or permanent disability (as that term is defined under the Company’s Long Term Disability Plan), then the Executive (or in the event of his or her death, his or her estate) shall be entitled to continued payments of Annual Base Salary for the period commencing on the Termination Date and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the calendar month in which his Termination Date occurs; (ii) the date on which the Executive violates the provisions of Sections 4, 5 or 6 of this Agreement; (iii) the date of the Executive’s death; or (iv) the date of the Executive’s permanent disability.

 

  (D) Termination for Voluntary Resignation, Mutual Agreement or Other Reasons . If the Executive’s termination occurs on account of his voluntary resignation, mutual agreement of the parties, or any reason other than those specified in Paragraphs (A), (B) or (C) above, then, except as agreed in writing between the Executive and the Company, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any payments or benefits under this Agreement after the Executive’s Termination Date and the Company shall have no obligation to make any additional payments or provide any additional benefits after the Executive’s Termination Date. The Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason shall not be treated as a voluntary resignation for purposes of this Agreement.

 

4


  (E) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

 

  (i) The term “Cause” shall mean:

 

  (a) the continuous performance by the Executive of his duties under this Agreement in a manner that is inconsistent with past, acceptable performance or in a way that has a demonstrable negative impact on business results of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, as determined by the Company; or

 

  (b) the willful engaging by the Executive in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company or its affiliates, monetarily or otherwise, as determined by the Company; or

 

  (c) conduct by the Executive that involves theft, fraud or dishonesty; or

 

  (d) the Executive’s violation of the provisions of Sections 4, 5 or 6 hereof.

 

  (ii) The term “Good Reason” means (a) the assignment to the Executive of duties which are materially inconsistent with the Position and Duties under this Agreement, including, without limitation, a material diminution or reduction in title, office or responsibilities or a reduction in Annual Base Salary, if such assignment is not changed by the Company, after written notice by the Executive to the Company of such diminution or reduction giving the Company reasonable opportunity to cure, or (b) the involuntary relocation of the Executive to a location that is not within the Chicago metropolitan area.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Executive shall automatically cease to be an employee of the Company and its affiliates as of his Termination Date and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any and all monies that the Executive owes to the Company shall be repaid before any post-termination payments are made to the Executive under this Agreement.

 

5


4. Termination by Executive or Company with Notice . Subject to the payment obligations and rights set forth in Section 3 above, the Company and Executive agree that either party may terminate Executive’s employment under this Agreement for any or no reason. Provided that, except in the case of the death of the Executive, or mutual written agreement of termination, or the Company’s termination of the Executive’s employment for Cause, each party is obligated to give the other sixty (60) days written notice (the “Notice Period”) before terminating the Executive’s employment relationship for any reason.

During the Notice Period, the Executive shall (i) meet with Executive Vice President & CFO or his designee to wind up any pending work and provide an orderly transfer to other employees of the duties, responsibilities, accounts, customers and clients for which the Executive has been responsible; (ii) work with the Company to identify key Confidential Information (as defined in Section 5 below) likely to be in the Executive’s possession and provide it to the Company as instructed; (iii) disclose and discuss the Executive’s future employment plans in light of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement; (iv) deliver to the Company all property belonging to the Company, including any duplicates, copies or abstracts thereof; (v) devote full time and attention to these obligations and Executive’s other responsibilities as directed by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, in its sole discretion, terminate the Executive at any time during the Notice Period, in which event Executive’s employment terminates effective with written notice by the Company to the Executive of this decision, provided that, if the Executive has given notice of his intent to terminate his employment under this Agreement, then, unless the Executive dies, the parties mutually agree otherwise in writing, or the Company terminates the Executive for Cause, the Company will pay to the Executive, in lieu of notice, any Annual Base Salary and benefits that may be due to the Executive for any portion of such sixty (60) days Notice Period remaining after the Termination Date.

5. Confidentiality and Ownership . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Confidential Information (as defined in Section 5(A) below) is the property of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates. Accordingly, except as may be required by applicable law or the lawful order of a court or regulatory body, or except to the extent that the Executive has express authorization from the Company to do otherwise, Executive will:

 

  (A)

Confidential Information . Keep secret and confidential indefinitely all Confidential Information and not disclose such Confidential Information, either directly or indirectly, to any other person, firm or business entity, or to use it in any way. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means all non-public information, observations or data relating to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates which the Executive has learned or will learn during his employment

 

6


 

with the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether or not a trade secret within the meaning of applicable law, including but not limited to: (i) new products and new product development; (ii) marketing strategies and plans, market experience with products, and market research; (iii) manufacturing processes, technologies and production plans and methods; (iv) formulas, research in progress and unpublished manuals or know how devices, methods, techniques, processes and inventions; (v) regulatory filings and communications; (vi) identity of and relationship with licensees, licensers or suppliers; (vi) finances, financial information, and financial management systems; (vii) technological and engineering data; (viii) identities of and information concerning customers, vendors and suppliers and prospective customers, vendors and suppliers; (ix) development, expansion and business strategies, plans and techniques; (x) computer programs; (xi) research and development activities; (xii) litigation and pending litigation; and (xiii) any other information or documents which the Executive is told or reasonably ought to know the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates regard as proprietary or confidential.

 

  (B) Upon the Executive’s Termination Date or at the Company’s earlier request, the Executive will promptly return to the Company any and all records, documents, data, memoranda, reports, physical property, information, computer disks, tapes or software or other materials, and all copies thereof, relating to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates obtained by the Executive during his or her employment with the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates. The Executive further agrees to deliver to the Company, at its request, any computer in the Executive’s possession or control which has contained any Confidential Information for the purpose of ensuring that all Confidential Information stored on the computer has been delivered to the Company.

 

  (C)

The Executive agrees that all inventions, innovations, discoveries, improvements, developments, trade secrets, processes, procedures, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, and all similar or related information which relates to the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ or affiliates’ actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by the Executive while employed by the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates (“Work Product”) belong to the Company or such subsidiary or affiliate. The Executive shall promptly inform the Company of such Work Product, and shall execute such assignments as may be necessary to transfer to the Company or its affiliates the benefits of the Work Product, in whole or in part, or conceived by the Executive either alone or with others, which result from any work which the Executive may do for or at the

 

7


 

request of the Company, whether or not conceived by the Executive while on holiday, on vacation, or off the premises of the Company, including such of the foregoing items conceived during the course of employment which are developed or perfected after the Executive’s Termination Date. The Executive shall assist the Company or its nominee, to obtain patents, trademarks and service marks and the Executive agrees to execute all documents and to take all other actions which are necessary or appropriate to secure to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates the benefits thereof. Such patents, trademarks and service marks shall become the property of the Company and its affiliates. The Executive shall deliver to the Company all sketches, drawings, models, figures, plans, outlines, descriptions or other information with respect thereto.

 

  (D) To the extent that any court or agency seeks to have the Executive disclose Confidential Information, the Executive shall promptly inform the Company, and the Executive shall take such reasonable steps to prevent disclosure of Confidential Information until the Company has been informed of such requested disclosure. To the extent that the Executive obtains information on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates that may be subject to attorney-client privilege as to the Company’s attorneys, the Executive shall take reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to preserve such privilege.

 

  (E) Nothing in the foregoing provisions of this Section 5 shall be construed so as to prevent the Executive from using, in connection with his or her employment for himself or an employer other than the Company or any of its affiliates, knowledge which was acquired by him during the course of his employment with the Company and its affiliates, and which is generally known to persons of his experience in other companies in the same industry through Executive’s acts or omission to act.

6. Noncompetition/Nonsolicitation . The Executive acknowledges that the industry in which the Company is engaged is a highly competitive business, and that the Executive is a key executive of the Company. The Executive further acknowledges that as a result of his senior position within the Company, he has acquired and will acquire extensive Confidential Information and knowledge of the Company’s business and the industry in which it operates and will develop relationships with and knowledge of customers, employees, vendors and suppliers of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that during the time the Executive is employed by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates (the “Employment Period”) and for a period of twenty-four months after the Termination Date (the “Severance Period”), the Executive agrees as follows:

 

  (A) The Executive will not directly or indirectly, own, operate, manage, control, participate or have any financial interest in, consult with, advise, engage in services for (whether for himself or for any other person and whether as proprietor, principal, stockholder, partner, agent, director, officer, employee, consultant, independent contractor or in any other capacity), any Competitor of the Company, or in any manner engage in the start-up of a business (including by himself or in association with any person, firm, corporate or other business organization through any other entity) in Competition with the Company, provided that, this shall not prevent the Executive from ownership of 1% or less of the outstanding stock of any corporation listed on the New York or American Stock Exchange or included in the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System or ownership of securities in any entity affiliated with the Company. “Competitor” or “in Competition” refers to a person or entity, including metals-related Internet marketplaces, engaged in the metal service center processing and/or distribution business.

 

8


  (B) Executive will not directly or indirectly contact, call upon, solicit business from, sell or render services to, any customer of the Company with respect to the provision of services identical or similar to any service provided by the Company during the Employment Period or in the process of being provided as of the Termination Date, for which Executive had any responsibility or about which Executive had any Confidential Information during the Employment Period; or

 

  (C) Executive will not directly or indirectly either alone or in cooperation with others, encourage any employees of the Company to seek or accept an employment or business relationship with a person or entity other than the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship of the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate and any employee thereof, including without limitation, to hire, solicit for hire, or discuss or encourage the employment of, any of the employees of the Company who were employed by the Company during the Employment Period; provided however, this shall not apply to an employee whose employment was terminated by the Company before the Termination Date, if such termination was not caused by any direct or indirect involvement of the Executive or a subsequent employer of Executive.

 

  (D) Executive will not directly or indirectly either alone or in cooperation with others, encourage any supplier, distributor, franchisee, licensee, or other business relation of the Company, any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company to cease or curtail doing business with the Company, any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, distributor, franchisee, licensee or business relation and the Company or subsidiary or affiliate.

 

9


  (E) The parties agree that money damages would be inadequate for any breaches of paragraphs 4, 5 and this paragraph 6. Therefore, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of paragraphs 4, 5 or 6, the Company, or its successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive or other relief, to enforce, or prevent any violation of, the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security).

 

  (F) The Executive agrees that: (i) the covenants set forth in this Section are reasonable in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects, (ii) the Company would not have entered into this Agreement but for the covenants of the Executive contained herein and (iii) the covenants contained herein have been made in order to induce the Company to enter into this Agreement.

7. No Conflict . The Executive represents that the Executive is not a party to any agreement with any third party containing a non-competition provision or other restriction, which would prohibit or restrict the Executive’s employment with the Company or any part of the services which the Executive provides to the Company or its clients. Moreover, the Executive represents that the Executive is not limited by any court order or other legal obligation from performing any assigned duties for the Company and the Executive has no rights which may conflict with the interests of the Company or with the Executive’s obligations hereunder.

8. Change of Title, Duties . The Executive agrees that if, at any time, the Executive’s title or duties is changed by the Company the Executive will continue to be bound in all particulars to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

9. Validity . If any one or more of the provisions contained in the Agreement shall, for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be constructed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

If any restriction set forth in this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unreasonable or unenforceable with respect to scope, time, geographical, customer or other coverage under circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the maximum duration, scope or area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for

 

10


the stated duration, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by law, so as to provide the maximum legally enforceable protection of the Company’s interests as described in this Agreement, without negating or impairing any other restrictions or agreements set forth herein.

10. Reasonableness of Restrictions/Injunctive Relief .

 

  (A) The Executive acknowledges that his rights to compete and disclose Confidential Information and trade secrets are limited hereby only to the extent necessary to protect the Company and that, in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason, the Executive will be able to earn a livelihood without violating the foregoing restrictions. The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions cited herein are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company’s legitimate business interests.

 

  (B) The Executive acknowledges that the services to be rendered by the Executive are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and, in connection with such services, the Executive will have access to confidential information vital to the Company’s businesses. By reason of this, the Executive consents and agrees that if the Executive violates any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Company would sustain irreparable harm and, therefore, in addition to any other remedies which the Company may have under this Agreement or otherwise, the Company shall be entitled to an injunction from any court of competent jurisdiction restraining the Executive from committing or continuing any such violation of this Agreement, including, without limitation, restraining the Executive from disclosing, using for any purpose, selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of, in whole or in part, any trade secrets, Confidential Information, proprietary information, client or customer lists or other information pertaining to the financial condition, business, manner of operation, affairs, plans or prospects of the Company. The Executive acknowledges that damages at law would not be an adequate remedy for violation of this Agreement, and the Executive therefore agrees that the provisions may be specifically enforced against the Executive in any court of competent jurisdiction. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to it for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages.

11. Withholding . All compensation payable under this Agreement shall be subject to customary withholding taxes and other employment taxes as required with respect to compensation paid by a corporation to an employee and the amount of compensation payable

 

11


hereunder shall be reduced appropriately to reflect the amount of any required withholding. The Company shall have no obligation to make any payments to the Executive or to make the Executive whole for the amount of any required taxes.

12. Successors . This Agreement shall be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the Company and its successors and assigns and any person acquiring, whether by merger, reorganization, consolidation, by purchase of assets or otherwise, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. The Executive agrees that the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement.

13. Nonalienation . The interests of the Executive under this Agreement are not subject to the claims of his or her creditors, other than the Company, and may not otherwise be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned, alienated or encumbered.

14. Notification . The Executive shall notify all future employers of the existence of Sections 4, 5 and 6 of this Agreement and the terms thereof. The Executive will also provide the Company with information the Company may from time to time request to determine the Executive’s compliance with the terms of this Agreement. The Executive hereby authorizes the Company to contact the Executive’s future employers and other parties with whom the Executive has engaged or may engage in any business relationship to determine the Executive’s compliance with this Agreement and to communicate the contents of this Agreement to such employers and parties.

15. Cooperation in Certain Matters . The Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and after the Termination Date, the Executive will cooperate with the Company in any current or future or potential legal, business, or other matters in any reasonable manner as the Company may request, including but not limited to meeting with and fully answering the questions of the Company or its representatives or agents, and in any legal matter testifying and preparing to testify at any deposition or trial. The Company agrees to compensate the Executive for any reasonable expenses incurred as a result of such cooperation.

16. Governing Law . In the event of any dispute arising under this Agreement, it is agreed that the law of the State of Illinois shall govern the interpretation, validity, and effect of this Agreement without regard to the place of performance or execution thereof.

17. Enforcement . The Company and the Executive hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of any state or federal court located within Cook County, Illinois for resolution of any and all claims, causes of action or disputes arising out of, related to or concerning this Agreement and agree that services by registered mail to the addresses set forth below shall constitute sufficient service of process for any such action. The parties further agree that venue

 

12


for all disputes between them, including those related to this Agreement, shall be with a state or federal court located within Cook County, Illinois. If the Company is required to seek enforcement of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Company will be entitled to recover from the Executive its reasonable attorneys’ fees plus costs and expenses as to any issues on which it prevails.

18. Notices . Notices provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly received when delivered in person or sent by facsimile transmission, on the first business day after it is sent by air express courier service or on the second business day following deposit in the United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed, in the case of the Company to the following address:

Ryerson Tull, Inc.

2621 W. 15 th Place

Chicago, IL 60608

Attention: William Korda

or to the Executive:

Terence R. Rogers

734 S. Forest Drive

Barrington, IL 60010

or such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that a notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt.

19. Waiver of Breach . The waiver by either the Company or the Executive of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate as or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach by either the Company or the Executive. Continuation of payments hereunder by the Company following a breach by the Executive of any provision of this Agreement shall not preclude the Company from thereafter terminating said payments based upon the same violation.

20. Survival of Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties to this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

21. Acknowledgment by Executive . The Executive represents to the Company that he is knowledgeable and sophisticated as to business matters, including the subject matter of this Agreement, that he has read this Agreement and that he understands its terms. The Executive acknowledges that, before assenting to the terms of this Agreement, the Executive has been given a reasonable time to review it, to consult with counsel of choice, and to negotiate at arm’s-length with the Company as to the contents.

 

13


22. Other Agreements and Modification . This Agreement may only be amended or cancelled by written mutual Agreement executed by the parties. This Agreement constitutes the sole and complete Agreement between the Company and the Executive and supersedes all other agreements, both oral and written, between the Company and the Executive with respect to the matters contained herein; provided, however, that this Agreement does not supersede any Change in Control Agreement or Severance Plan, except as specifically addressed in this Agreement. No verbal or other statements, inducements, or representations have been made to or relied upon by the Executive. The parties have read and understand this Agreement.

23. Ambiguities . This Agreement has been negotiated at arms-length between persons knowledgeable in the matters dealt with herein. In addition, each party has been represented by experienced and knowledgeable legal counsel. Accordingly, the parties agree that neither the Company nor the Executive is the drafting party and that any rule of law or any other statutes, legal decisions or common law principles of similar effect that require interpretation of any ambiguities in this Agreement against the party that has drafted it is of no application and is hereby expressly waived. The provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a reasonable manner to give effect to the intentions of the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set his or her hand, and the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name and on its behalf, as of the date above first written.

 

  RYERSON TULL, INC.
Dated: 7/23/01  

/s/ William Korda

  William Korda
  Vice President -- Human Resources
Dated: 9/28/01  

/s/ Terence R. Rogers

  Terence R. Rogers
  Vice President Finance and Treasurer

 

14

Exhibit 10.8

May 11, 2007

TERRY ROGERS

VP FINANCE & TREASURER

734 S FOREST DRIVE

BARRINGTON, IL 60010

Dear Terry:

Ryerson Inc. (“RYERSON”) considers it essential to the best interests of its stockholders to foster the continuous employment of key management personnel of RYERSON and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). In this connection, the Board of Directors of RYERSON (the “Board”) recognizes that, as is the case with many publicly held corporations, the possibility of a change in control may exist and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of RYERSON and its stockholders.

The Board has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s management, including yourself, to their assigned duties without distraction in the face of potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Company. In order to induce you to remain in the employ of the Company, RYERSON agrees that you shall receive the severance benefits set forth in this letter agreement (“Agreement”) in the event your employment with the Company is terminated subsequent to a “change in control of the Company” or a “potential change in control of the Company” (as such terms are defined in Section 2 hereof) under the circumstances described below (or, in certain circumstances described below, in advance of such a change in control or potential change in control of the Company). This Agreement shall constitute an amendment and restatement of and shall supersede any prior agreement entered into between you and RYERSON with respect to these matters. In the event that you receive severance benefits hereunder, such benefits shall be in lieu of, and you shall not be entitled to receive, any benefits or payments under any other severance plan or policy of the Company or any agreement with the Company, and the provisions of Sections 7 through 9 hereof shall supersede any provisions relating to comparable matters under such other severance plan or policy or such other agreement. In addition, if you are or become entitled to benefits from the Company pursuant to another agreement providing for benefits on account of a change in control or the law of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or territory thereof as a result of an event for which benefits are payable to you pursuant to this Agreement, the benefits paid to you pursuant to this Agreement shall be reduced by the amount paid to you pursuant to such other agreement or law.


1. Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue in effect until the first anniversary of the date on which RYERSON gives you a written notice of termination of the Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if a change in control of the Company or a potential change in control of the Company shall have occurred during the original or extended term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of twenty-four (24) months beyond the month in which such change in control of the Company or potential change in control of the Company occurred.

2. Definitions: Change in Control; Potential Change in Control .

(i) Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “change in control of the Company” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(A) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than (w) the Company, (x) a trustee or other fiduciary holding voting securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, (y) an underwriter temporarily holding voting securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (z) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the security holders of RYERSON in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of voting securities of RYERSON, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of voting securities of RYERSON (not including in the voting securities beneficially owned by such person any voting securities acquired directly from RYERSON or its affiliates) representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of RYERSON’s then outstanding voting securities;

(B) during any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by RYERSON’s security holders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (collectively, “Continuing Directors”), cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; provided, however, that any director who assumes office in connection with an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clauses (A), (C) or (D) of this Subsection 2(i) or any new director who assumes office in connection with or as a result of an actual or threatened proxy or other election contest of the Board shall never be (at any time) a Continuing Director for purposes of this Subsection 2(i)(B), and the nomination or election of such person shall never constitute, or be deemed to constitute, an approval by the Continuing Directors for purposes of this Subsection 2(i)(B) (provided that for the purposes of funding any rabbi trust or similar escrow

 

2


agreement, any change in control of the Company under this Subsection 2(i)(B) shall be deemed to occur at the beginning of the day of the stockholders’ meeting at which the stockholders are asked to vote on a slate of directors that could result in Continuing Directors ceasing to constitute a majority of the Board);

(C) there occurs a merger or consolidation of RYERSON with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of RYERSON outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or the direct or indirect parent thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding voting securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of RYERSON or such surviving entity or the direct or indirect parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of RYERSON (or similar transaction) in which no person acquires more than 40% of the combined voting power of RYERSON’s then outstanding voting securities;

(D) the holders of voting securities of RYERSON approve a plan of complete liquidation of RYERSON or an agreement for the sale or disposition by RYERSON of all or substantially all of RYERSON’s assets; or

(E) there occurs any other event that the Board deems to be a change in control of the Company.

(ii) Potential Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “potential change in control of the Company” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(A) RYERSON enters into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a change in control of the Company;

(B) any person (including RYERSON) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which if consummated would constitute a change in control of the Company;

(C) any person, other than (w) the Company, (x) a trustee or other fiduciary holding voting securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, (y) an underwriter temporarily holding voting securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (z) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the security holders of RYERSON in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of voting securities

 

3


of RYERSON, who is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of voting securities of RYERSON representing 9.5% or more of the combined voting power of RYERSON’s then outstanding voting securities, increases his beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such person on the date hereof; or

(D) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a potential change in control of the Company has occurred.

3. Definitions: Disability; Retirement; Cause; Good Reason; Notice of Termination; Date of Termination .

(i) Disability; Retirement . If you cannot perform your full-time duties with the Company due to physical or mental incapacity and have exhausted all of your short-term disability plan benefits, your employment may be terminated for “Disability”. Termination of your employment based on “Retirement” shall mean voluntary retirement entitling you to a pension benefit afforded by the Company’s defined benefit pension plan applicable to its salaried employees or in accordance with any retirement arrangement established with your consent with respect to you.

(ii) Cause . Termination by the Company of your employment for “Cause” shall mean termination upon (A) the willful and continued failure by you to substantially perform your duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from your incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or anticipated failure after the issuance of a Notice of Termination by you for Good Reason as defined in Subsections 3(iv) and 3(iii), respectively) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that you have not substantially performed your duties, or (B) the willful engaging by you in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise. For purposes of this Subsection 3(ii), no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by you not in good faith and without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters (3/4) of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to you and an opportunity for you, together with your counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board you were guilty of conduct set forth above in clauses (A) or (B) of the first sentence of this Subsection 3(ii) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail; provided that, in the event of a dispute concerning the application of this provision, no claim by the Company that Cause exists shall be given effect unless the Company establishes in a legal proceeding by clear and convincing evidence that Cause exists.

 

4


(iii) Good Reason . You shall be entitled to terminate your employment for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean: without your express written consent, the occurrence after a change in control or after a potential change in control of the Company of any of the following circumstances unless, in the case of paragraphs (A), (E), (F), (G) or (H), such circumstances are fully corrected prior to the Date of Termination specified in the Notice of Termination, as defined in Subsections 3(v) and 3(iv), respectively, given in respect thereof:

(A) the assignment to you of any duties materially inconsistent with your status as an executive officer of the Company, or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature or status of your responsibilities from those in effect immediately prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company; provided, however, that a change in the Company’s status from a public company to a private company does not in and of itself constitute a substantial adverse alteration unless such change results in a material diminution in your authority, duties or responsibilities;

(B) a reduction by the Company in your annual base salary as in effect on the date of the change in control or potential change in control of the Company;

(C) the Company’s requiring that your principal place of business be at an office located more than 50 miles from where your principal place of business is located immediately prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with your business travel obligations immediately prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company;

(D) the failure by the Company, without your consent, to pay to you any portion of your current compensation, or to pay to you any portion of an installment of deferred compensation under any deferred compensation program of the Company, within seven (7) days of the date such compensation is due;

(E) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any compensation plan in which you participate immediately prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company which is material to your total compensation, including but not limited to the Ryerson Annual Incentive Plan (the “Annual Incentive Plan”), Ryerson 2002 Incentive Stock Plan and any predecessor or successor thereto (collectively, the “Incentive Stock Plans”), Ryerson Nonqualified Savings

 

5


Plan (the “Nonqualified Savings Plan”), or the Ryerson Savings Plan (the “Savings Plan”) or any substitute or alternative plans adopted prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company, unless an equitable arrangement (embodied in an ongoing substitute or alternative plan) has been made with respect to such plan, or the failure by the Company to continue your participation therein (or in such substitute or alternative plan) on a basis not materially less favorable, including, but not limited to, in terms of the amount of benefits provided, the level of your participation relative to other participants, and benefit opportunities, as existed at the time of the change in control or potential change in control of the Company;

(F) the failure by the Company to continue to provide you with benefits substantially similar to those enjoyed by you under any of the Company’s defined contribution plans, life insurance, medical, dental, or short-term and long term disability plans or programs in which you were participating at the time of the change in control or potential change in control of the Company, the taking of any action by the Company which would directly or indirectly materially reduce any of such benefits or deprive you of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by you at the time of the change in control or potential change in control of the Company, or the failure by the Company to provide you with the number of paid vacation days to which you are entitled on the basis of years of service with the Company in accordance with the Company’s normal vacation policy in effect at the time of the change in control or potential change in control of the Company;

(G) the failure of RYERSON to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as contemplated in Section 10 hereof; or

(H) any purported termination of your employment which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the requirements of Subsection 3(iv) below (and, if applicable, the requirements of Subsection 3(ii) above); for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

Your right to terminate your employment pursuant to this Section 3 shall not be affected by your incapacity due to physical or mental illness. Your continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any circumstance constituting Good Reason hereunder. For purposes of any determination regarding the existence of Good Reason, any claim by you that Good Reason exists shall be presumed to be correct unless the Company establishes in a legal proceeding by clear and convincing evidence that Good Reason does not exist.

(iv) Notice of Termination . Any purported termination of your employment by the Company or by you shall be communicated by written Notice

 

6


of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 11 hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of your employment under the provision so indicated.

(v) Date of Termination, Etc. “Date of Termination” shall mean (A) if your employment is terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that you shall not have returned to the full-time performance of your duties during such thirty (30) day period), and (B) if your employment is terminated pursuant to Subsection 3(ii) or 3(iii) above or for any other reason (other than Disability), the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a termination pursuant to Subsection 3(ii) above shall not be less than thirty (30) days, and in the case of a termination pursuant to Subsection 3(iii) above shall not be less than fifteen (15) nor more than sixty (60) days, respectively, from the date such Notice of Termination is given); provided that if within fifteen (15) days after any Notice of Termination is given, or, if later, prior to the Date of Termination (as determined without regard to this proviso), the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by a binding arbitration award, or by a final judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction (which is not appealable or with respect to which the time for appeal therefrom has expired and no appeal has been perfected) but shall be deemed to be within the twenty-four (24) month period following a change in control or potential change in control of the Company; provided further that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of dispute only if such notice is given in good faith and the party giving such notice pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Company will continue to pay you your full compensation in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, base salary) and continue you as a participant in all compensation, benefit and insurance plans and programs in which you were participating when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given, until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Subsection 3(v). Amounts paid under this Subsection 3(v) are in addition to all other amounts due under this Agreement and shall not be offset against or reduce any other amounts due under this Agreement.

4. Compensation Upon and Following a Change in Control or Potential Change in Control .

(i) Entitlements Upon a Change in Control . If you are employed by the Company at the time of a change in control of the Company, you shall be entitled to the following benefits:

 

7


(A) Stock Option Change in Control Payment . You shall receive an amount equal to the product of (x) the amount, if any, by which the Change in Control Price, as defined below, exceeds the closing price of a share of common stock of RYERSON as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares, as defined below, are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a share of common stock of RYERSON on such other established securities market on which the common stock of RYERSON is traded) on the last trading date prior to the change in control of the Company and (y) the number of shares of RYERSON common stock covered by all stock options granted to you under RYERSON’s stock option plans (“Options”) that you hold on the date of the change in control of the Company. The Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether the amount provided by this Subsection 4(i)(A) is to be paid to you in cash or in shares of common stock of Ryerson. Where the Compensation Committee determines that you are to be paid in Ryerson common stock, you shall receive the whole number of shares of Ryerson common stock obtained by dividing the amount provided by this Subsection 4(i)(A) by the closing price of a share of common stock of RYERSON as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a share of common stock of RYERSON on such other established securities market on which the common stock of RYERSON is traded) on the last trading date prior to the change in control of the Company (plus cash in lieu of any fractional share).

For purposes of this Agreement, the “Change in Control Price” means: (1) with respect to a merger or consolidation of RYERSON described in Subsection 2(i)(C) in which the consideration per share of RYERSON’s common stock to be paid for the acquisition of shares of common stock specified in the agreement of merger or consolidation is all in cash, the highest such consideration per share; (2) with respect to a change in control of the Company by reason of an acquisition of voting securities described in Subsection 2(i)(A), the highest price per share for any share of RYERSON’s common stock paid by any holder of any of the securities representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of RYERSON giving rise to the change in control of the Company; and (3) with respect to a change in control of the Company by reason of a merger or consolidation of RYERSON (other than a merger or consolidation described in clause (1) next above), stockholder approval of an agreement or plan described in Subsection 2(i)(D) or a change in the composition of the Board described in Subsection 2(i)(B), the average of the closing prices per share of common stock of Ryerson reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, if such shares are not traded on the New York Stock Exchange, such other established securities market on which such shares are traded) for the sixty (60) day period ending on the date immediately prior to the date such change in control of the Company occurs.

(B) Stock Options: Vesting and Rollover or Settlement . Notwithstanding anything in the Company’s stock option plans or any

 

8


stock option agreements thereunder to the contrary, all of your Options shall vest, whether or not otherwise exercisable. At your election, the Options shall remain outstanding (unless otherwise prohibited by the terms of the documents governing the change in control of the Company), or shall be settled in either shares of common stock of RYERSON (such shares along with, where applicable, shares of common stock of any successor to RYERSON are referred to herein as “RYERSON Shares”) or cash, as provided below. The Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether Options are to be settled in RYERSON Shares or cash.

(a) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in cash, you shall receive: an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the excess of (x) the closing price of a RYERSON Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a RYERSON Share reported on such other established securities market on which RYERSON Shares are traded) on the last trading date prior to the change in control of the Company, over (y) the per share exercise price of each Option then held by you (whether or not then fully exercisable), and (ii) the number of RYERSON Shares covered by your Options; and

(b) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in RYERSON Shares, you shall receive a whole number of RYERSON Shares equal to: the quotient of (x) the amount of cash determined pursuant to subparagraph (a) above, divided by (y) the closing price of a RYERSON Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a RYERSON Share reported on such other established securities market on which RYERSON Shares are traded) on the last trading date prior to the change in control of the Company; plus cash in lieu of any fractional share;

(C) Restricted Stock . To the extent not otherwise vested in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Incentive Stock Plans, you shall be fully vested in any restricted shares issued thereunder.

(D) Performance Share Awards . Any performance award that has not been settled prior to or as of the effective date of the change in control of the Company will be cashed out and you will be paid an amount

 

9


equal to (i) the Change in Control Price, multiplied by (ii) the number of Performance Share Units based on the greater of 100% of target performance measure attainment and actual performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by (iii) a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of months in the performance cycle, and the numerator of which is the number of whole months (rounded up, if not a multiple of 12, to the number that is the number of months that is the next highest multiple of 12) of the performance cycle elapsed prior to the date of the change in control of the Company; provided, however, that if the Company’s market capitalization as of the date of the change in control of the Company is less than $250 million, clause (ii) above shall provide “(ii) the number of performance share units based on 30% of target performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by”. In determining whether target or actual performance measure attainments are greater, calculations of actual performance measure attainments for any year of the performance cycle that has not yet then concluded, if applicable, shall be determined based on the average actual performance in respect of those full months that have elapsed during the then-current year of the performance cycle as of the effective date of the change in control of the Company; provided that if the change in control of the Company occurs in the first calendar quarter of a year, the actual performance measure attainment for such year shall be deemed to be the actual performance measure attainment for the immediately preceding year. Notwithstanding the forgoing, any payments with respect to any performance award that you elected to defer pursuant to the terms of the 2002 Incentive Stock Plan shall not be accelerated by this Subsection 4(i)(D).

(ii) Termination Other Than For Cause; Termination by You for Good Reason . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation, Sections 6 through 9 hereof, in the event (x) a change in control of the Company or potential change in control of the Company, each as defined in Section 2 hereof, shall have occurred, and your employment is subsequently terminated during the term of this Agreement by the Company (other than for Cause, Disability, death or Retirement) or by you for Good Reason or (y) your employment is terminated by the Company (other than for Cause, Disability, death or Retirement) during the term of this Agreement prior to a change in control of the Company or potential change in control of the Company at the request of any person as part of or in connection with a proposed transaction that could constitute a potential change in control of the Company or a change in control of the Company, provided that in the case of (y) there occurs either a change in control of the Company or potential change in control of the Company within 12 months following such termination, you shall be entitled to the following benefits:

(A) Base Salary . The Company shall pay you your full base salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time

 

10


Notice of Termination is given, plus all other amounts to which you are entitled under any compensation plan or program of the Company, at the time such payments are due, except as otherwise provided below.

(B) Severance . In lieu of any further salary payments to you for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay as severance pay to you an amount equal to two times the sum of (x) your annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the circumstance giving rise to the Notice of Termination given in respect thereof, and (y) the greater of (I) your target award under the Annual Incentive Plan or similar successor plan for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, or (II) the average annual amount of the Award paid to you pursuant to the Annual Incentive Plan or similar successor plan with respect to the five years immediately preceding that in which the Date of Termination occurs, such average annual amount being calculated by aggregating all such Awards paid with respect to such five years and dividing such aggregate amount by the number of years for which such an Award was actually paid to you.

(C) Annual Incentive Plan . Notwithstanding any provision of the Annual Incentive Plan, and solely to the extent not already provided to you under such plan, the Company shall pay to you a lump sum amount under that plan at least equal to the sum of (x) any incentive compensation under the Annual Incentive Plan which has been allocated or awarded to you for a completed fiscal year or other measuring period preceding the Date of Termination but has not yet been paid, and (y) a pro rata portion to the Date of Termination for the current fiscal year or other measuring period of the amount equal to the target award percentage applicable to you under the Annual Incentive Plan or similar successor plan on the Date of Termination times your annual base salary then in effect.

(D) Stock Options .

(1) Settlement where Date of Termination follows Change in Control . Where your Date of Termination follows a change in control of the Company, notwithstanding anything in the Company’s stock option plans or any stock option agreements thereunder to the contrary, any Options granted to you subsequent to the change in control of the Company and Options, if any, not settled at the time of a change in control of the Company, whether or not vested , shall be fully vested, whether or not then exercisable, and shall be settled in either RYERSON Shares or cash as provided below. The Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether options are to be settled in RYERSON Shares or cash.

 

11


(a) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in cash, you shall receive an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the excess of (x) the “Date of Termination Fair Market Value”, as defined below, of a RYERSON Share, over (y) the per share exercise price of each Option then held by you (whether or not then fully exercisable), and (ii) the number of RYERSON Shares covered by your Options.

(b) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in shares, you shall receive a whole number of shares equal to the quotient of (x) the amount of cash determined pursuant to paragraph (a) above, divided by (y) the “Date of Termination Fair Market Value”, as defined below, of a RYERSON Share; and you shall receive cash in lieu of any fractional share.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination Fair Market Value” shall mean (i) where RYERSON Shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a RYERSON Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions on the last trading date preceding the Date of Termination; (ii) where RYERSON Shares are no longer traded on the New York Stock Exchange but are traded on another established securities market, the closing price of a RYERSON Share on the last trading date preceding the Date of Termination, and (iii) if RYERSON Shares are no longer traded on any established securities market, a value determined by the Board based on a reasonable application of a “reasonable valuation method” as defined in Treasury Regulations under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”).

(2) Vesting and Settlement where Date of Termination follows Potential Change in Control . Where your Date of Termination follows a potential change in control of the Company but precedes a change in control of the Company, notwithstanding anything in the Company’s stock option plans or any stock option agreements thereunder to the contrary, all of your Options, to the extent unvested, shall vest on your Date of Termination and shall be settled in either RYERSON Shares or cash as provided below. The Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether options are to be settled in RYERSON Shares or cash.

(a) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in cash, you shall receive an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the excess of (x) the Date of Termination Fair Market Value over (y) the per share exercise price of each Option then held by you (whether or not then fully exercisable), and (ii) the number of RYERSON Shares covered by your Options.

 

12


(b) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in shares, you shall receive a whole number of shares equal to the quotient of (x) the amount of cash determined pursuant to paragraph (a) above, divided by (y) the Date of Termination Fair Market Value; and you shall receive cash in lieu of any fractional share.

(3) Vesting and Settlement in an Acquirer-Motivated Termination where Date of Termination precedes Change in Control or Potential Change in Control and Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Occurs Within 12 Months . Where you are terminated prior to a change in control or potential change in control of the Company at the request of any person as part of or in connection with a proposed transaction that could constitute a potential change in control of the Company or a change in control of the Company, Options you hold as of your Date of Termination shall not expire or lapse except as provided below in this Subsection 4(ii)(D)(3). Any vested Options you hold on the Date of Termination shall remain exercisable for the periods after termination provided by the terms of the Option grants. Any unvested Options you hold on the Date of Termination shall not be exercisable unless a change in control or potential change in control of the Company follows within 12 months of the Date of Termination.

(a) If the first applicable event to occur within 12 months following your Date of Termination is a change in control of the Company, settlement (or rollover) of vested Options you held on the Date of Termination, to the extent not subsequently exercised, as well as any unvested Options you held on the Date of Termination, shall occur pursuant to Subsections 4(i)(A) and (B) as if you were employed by the Company at the time of the change in control of the Company.

(b) If the first applicable event to occur within 12 months following your Date of Termination is a potential change in control of the Company, vested Options you held on the Date of Termination, to the extent not subsequently exercised, as well as any unvested Options you held on the Date of Termination, shall be settled in either RYERSON Shares or cash as provided below. The Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether options are to be settled in RYERSON Shares or cash.

i. If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in cash, you shall

 

13


receive an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the excess of (x) the closing price of a RYERSON Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a RYERSON Share reported on such other established securities market on which RYERSON Shares are traded) on the last trading date preceding the potential change in control over (y) the per share exercise price of each Option then held by you (whether or not then fully exercisable), and (ii) the number of RYERSON Shares covered by your Options.

ii. If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in shares, you shall receive a whole number of shares equal to the quotient of (x) the amount of cash determined pursuant to paragraph i. above, divided by (y) the closing price of a RYERSON Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a RYERSON Share reported on such other established securities market on which RYERSON Shares are traded) on the last trading date preceding the potential change in control; and you shall receive cash in lieu of any fractional share.

If no change in control or potential change in control of the Company occurs within the 12-month period following the Date of Termination, your Options shall expire according to the terms of the Option grants.

(E) Restricted Stock .

(1) Where your Date of Termination follows a change in control or potential change in control of the Company, to the extent not otherwise vested in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Incentive Stock Plans, you shall be fully vested in any restricted shares issued thereunder.

(2) In an acquirer-motivated termination, where you are terminated prior to a change in control or potential change in control of the Company at the request of any person as part of or in connection with a proposed transaction that could constitute a potential change in control of the Company or a change in control of the Company, and a change in control or potential change in

 

14


control of the Company follows within 12 months of your Date of Termination (such period between the Date of Termination and the change in control or potential change in control of the Company hereinafter referred to as the “interim period”), to the extent you held unvested, restricted shares on your Date of Termination, such shares shall remain outstanding but restricted and unvested during the interim period, and at the time of the subsequent change in control or potential change in control of the Company, shall vest; if no change in control or potential change in control of the Company follows within 12 months of your Date of Termination, restricted shares you held on your Date of Termination shall be cancelled.

(F) Performance Share Awards .

(1) Payment where Date of Termination follows Change in Control . Where your Date of Termination follows a change in control of the Company, with respect to any performance share award granted under the Incentive Stock Plans that was outstanding on your Date of Termination, any performance award that was not settled prior to or as of the effective date of the Change in Control of the Company will be cashed out, and you will be paid an amount equal to (i) Date of Termination Fair Market Value, multiplied by (ii) the number of Performance Share Units based on the greater of 100% of target performance measure attainment and actual performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by (iii) a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of months in the performance cycle, and the numerator of which is the number of whole months (rounded up, if not a multiple of 12, to the number that is the number of months that is the next highest multiple of 12) of the performance cycle elapsed prior to the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the Company’s market capitalization as of the date of the change in control of the Company is less than $250 million, clause (ii) above shall provide “(ii) the number of performance share units based on 30% of target performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by”. In determining whether target or actual performance measure attainments are greater, calculations of actual performance measure attainments for any year of the performance cycle that has not yet then concluded, if applicable, shall be determined based on the average actual performance in respect of those full months that have elapsed during the then-current year of the performance cycle as of the Date of Termination; provided that if the Date of Termination occurs in the first calendar quarter of a year, the actual performance measure attainment for such year shall be deemed to be the actual performance measure attainment for the immediately preceding year. Notwithstanding the forgoing, any payments with

 

15


respect to any performance award that you elected to defer pursuant to the terms of the 2002 Incentive Stock Plan shall not be accelerated by this Subsection 4(ii)(F)(1).

(2) Settlement where Date of Termination follows Potential Change in Control . Where your Date of Termination follows a potential change in control of the Company but precedes a change in control of the Company, with respect to each performance share award granted under the Incentive Stock Plans that was outstanding on your Date of Termination, you shall receive:

(a) an amount in cash equal to (i) the Date of Termination Fair Market Value, multiplied by (ii) the number of performance share units based on the greater of 100% of target performance measure attainment and actual performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by (iii) a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of months in the performance cycle and the numerator of which is the number of whole months (rounded up, if not a multiple of 12, to the number that is the number of months that is the next highest multiple of 12) of the performance cycle elapsed prior to the date of the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the Company’s market capitalization as of the date of the change in control is less than $250 million, clause (ii) above shall be “(ii) the number of performance share units based on 30% of target performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by”; in determining whether target or actual performance measure attainments are greater, calculations of actual performance measure attainments for any year of the performance cycle that has not yet then concluded, if applicable, shall be determined based on the average actual performance in respect of those full months that have elapsed during the then-current year of the performance cycle as of the Date of Termination; provided that if the Date of Termination occurs in the first calendar quarter of a year, the actual performance measure attainment for such year shall be deemed to be the actual performance measure attainment for the immediately preceding year; and

(b) if, during the term of this Agreement, a change in control of the Company occurs, an additional amount (payable in cash) equal to the amount by which the amount determined under subparagraph (a) above based on the Date of Termination Fair Market Value is less than the amount determined under subparagraph (a) based on the Change of Control Price.

 

16


Notwithstanding the forgoing, any payments with respect to any performance award that you elected to defer pursuant to the terms of the 2002 Incentive Stock Plan shall not be accelerated by this Subsection 4(ii)(F)(2).

(3) Settlement in an Acquirer-Motivated Transaction where Date of Termination precedes Change in Control or Potential Change in Control and Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Occurs Within 12 Months . Where you are terminated prior to a change in control or potential change in control of the Company at the request of any person as part of or in connection with a proposed transaction that could constitute a potential change in control of the Company or a change in control of the Company, and a change in control or potential change in control of the Company follows within 12 months of your Date of Termination:

(a) if the first applicable event to occur within 12 months following your Date of Termination is a change in control of the Company, you shall be entitled to receive: (x) with respect to performance share units issued for any performance period that ended prior to the Date of Termination, the payments provided pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Stock Plans; and (y) with respect to performance share units issuable for performance periods that did not end prior to the Date of Termination, i.e., performance share units that would be prorated under the terms of the Incentive Stock Plans, a payment equal to (i) the Change in Control Price, multiplied by (ii) the number of performance share units based on the greater of 100% of target performance measure attainment and actual performance measure attainment at the Date of Termination, and further multiplied by (iii) a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of months in the performance cycle and the numerator of which is the number of whole months (rounded up, if not a multiple of 12, to the number that is the number of months that is the next highest multiple of 12) of the performance cycle elapsed prior to the date of the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the Company’s market capitalization as of the date of the change in control is less than $250 million, clause (ii) above shall be “(ii) the number of performance share units based on 30% of target performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by”. In determining whether target or actual performance measure attainments are greater, calculations of actual

 

17


performance measure attainments for any year of the performance cycle that has not yet then concluded, if applicable, shall be determined based on the average actual performance in respect of those full months that have elapsed during the then-current year of the performance cycle as of the Date of Termination; provided that if the Date of Termination occurs in the first calendar quarter of a year, the actual performance measure attainment for such year shall be deemed to be the actual performance measure attainment for the immediately preceding year.

(b) if the first applicable event to occur within 12 months following your Date of Termination is a potential change in control of the Company, you shall be entitled to receive: (x) with respect to performance share units issued for any performance period that ended prior to the Date of Termination, the payments provided pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Stock Plans; and (y) with respect to performance share units issuable for performance periods that did not end prior to the Date of Termination, i.e., performance share units that would be prorated under the terms of the Incentive Stock Plans, payment equal to (i) the Date of Termination Fair Market Value, multiplied by (ii) the number of performance share units based on the greater of 100% of target performance measure attainment and actual performance measure attainment at the Date of Termination, and further multiplied by (iii) a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of months in the performance cycle and the numerator of which is the number of whole months (rounded up, if not a multiple of 12, to the number that is the number of months that is the next highest multiple of 12) of the performance cycle elapsed prior to the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the Company’s market capitalization as of the date of the change in control is less than $250 million, clause (ii) above shall be “(ii) the number of performance share units based on 30% of target performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by”. In determining whether target or actual performance measure attainments are greater, calculations of actual performance measure attainments for any year of the performance cycle that has not yet then concluded, if applicable, shall be determined based on the average actual performance in respect of those full months that have elapsed during the then-current year of the performance cycle as of the Date of Termination; provided that if the Date of Termination occurs in the first calendar quarter of a year, the actual performance measure

 

18


attainment for such year shall be deemed to be the actual performance measure attainment for the immediately preceding year.

(c) if the first applicable event to occur within 12 months following your Date of Termination is a potential change in control of the Company and within 12 months of your Date of Termination there is an actual change in control of the Company, then you shall be entitled to an additional amount (payable in cash) equal to the amount by which the amount determined under subparagraph (b) above based on the Date of Termination Fair Market Value is less than the amount determined under subparagraph (a) above based on the Change of Control Price.

Notwithstanding the forgoing, any payments with respect to any performance award that you elected to defer pursuant to the terms of the 2002 Incentive Stock Plan shall not be accelerated by this Subsection 4(ii)(F)(3).

(G) Welfare Benefits, Financial Advisory Services, and Outplacement Services . If your Date of Termination follows a change in control or potential change in control of the Company, then you shall be entitled to the benefits listed under this paragraph (G) for a period of twenty-four (24) months commencing on your Date of Termination. If your Date of Termination precedes a change in control or potential change in control of the Company and a change in control or potential change in control of the Company follows within 12 months, then you shall be entitled to the benefits listed under this paragraph (G) for a period of twenty-four (24) months commencing on the first to occur of a change in control or potential change in control of the Company succeeding your Date of Termination. The benefits to which you shall be entitled in either case are as follows:

(1) life insurance and long-term disability, medical and dental benefits substantially similar to those which you were receiving immediately prior to the Notice of Termination;

(2) financial advisory services similar to those provided currently to executives of the Company, if any; and

(3) outplacement services, including office services, appropriate to your management level.

Benefits otherwise receivable by you pursuant to this Subsection 4(ii)(G) shall be reduced to the extent comparable benefits are actually received by you during the applicable twenty-four (24) month period, and any such benefits actually received by you during such applicable twenty-four (24) month period shall be reported to the Company. Any rights that you have to continuation of

 

19


life, disability, accident or health coverage under this Agreement shall be credited toward, and shall not be in addition to, any rights to continuation of life, disability or health coverage you may have under applicable state or federal law. To retain eligibility under Subsection 4(ii)(G)(1) you must pay premiums equivalent to the amounts required of active employee participants. Any reimbursements of costs incurred by you for the benefits provided by this Subsection 4(ii)(G) shall be made to you promptly but in any event by the end of your taxable year following the year in which you incurred such costs.

(H) Additional Pension Plan and Supplemental Plan Amounts . In addition to the retirement benefits to which you are entitled under the Pension Plan and Supplemental Plan or any successor plans thereto, if you are terminated following a change in control or potential change in control of the Company, or if you are terminated prior to a change in control of the Company or potential change in control of the Company at the request of any person as part of or in connection with a proposed transaction that could constitute a potential change in control of the Company or a change in control of the Company and a change in control or potential change in control of the Company subsequently occurs within 12 months of your Date of Termination, the Company shall pay you in cash, a lump sum equal to the excess of (x) the actuarial equivalent of the retirement pension (taking into account any early retirement subsidy associated therewith and determined as a straight life annuity commencing at age sixty-five (65) or any earlier date, but in no event earlier than the second anniversary of the Date of Termination whichever annuity yields a greater benefit) which you would have accrued under the terms of the Pension Plan and Supplemental Plan (without regard to any amendments to any such plans made subsequent to a change in control or potential change in control of the Company, as the case may be, and on or prior to the Date of Termination, which amendment adversely affects in any manner the computation of retirement benefits thereunder), determined as if you were fully vested thereunder and had accumulated (after the Date of Termination) twenty-four (24) additional months of age and service credit thereunder at the higher of the rate of average compensation during the twelve (12) months prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company or the rate of average compensation used to calculate your benefits under such plans immediately preceding the Date of Termination (and in any event at the rate of average compensation used to calculate your benefits under such plans immediately preceding the Date of Termination if such date precedes the potential change in control or date of the change in control of the Company, as the case may be), over (y) the actuarial equivalent of the retirement pension (taking into account any early retirement subsidy associated therewith and determined as a straight life annuity commencing at age sixty-five (65) or any earlier date, but in no event earlier than the Date of Termination whichever annuity yields a greater benefit) which you had then accrued pursuant to the provisions of the Pension Plan and the Supplemental Plan. For purposes of this

 

20


Subsection 4(ii)(4), “actuarial equivalent” shall be determined using the same assumptions utilized under the Pension Plan for purposes of determining alternative forms of benefits immediately prior to the change in control of the Company (or, if earlier, immediately prior to the Date of Termination). In addition, determination of your post-retirement health and life insurance benefits will be calculated as if you were credited with twenty-four (24) additional months of age and service credit for purposes of determining eligibility for and the value of such benefits under the applicable post-retirement health and life insurance plans.

(iii) Incapacity due to Physical or Mental Illness . Following a change in control of the Company or a potential change in control of the Company, during any period that you fail to perform your full-time duties with the Company as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, you shall continue to receive your base salary at the rate in effect at the commencement of any such period, together with all compensation payable to you under the Pension Plan, Supplemental Plan, Annual Incentive Plan, Savings Plan and Nonqualified Savings Plan during such period, until you are terminated for Disability or Retirement as defined in Subsection 3(i). Thereafter, in the event your employment shall be terminated, your benefits shall be determined under the Company’s retirement, insurance and other compensation plans and programs then in effect in accordance with the terms of such plans and programs, and the Company shall have no further obligations to you under this Agreement.

(iv) Legal Fees . Commencing with the month in which there occurs any potential change in control of the Company (or, if earlier, a change in control of the Company), at the end of each month the Company shall pay to you an amount equal to all legal fees and expenses incurred by you during the preceding month as a result of your termination (including all such fees and expenses, if any, incurred in contesting or disputing any such termination or in seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement or in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to the extent attributable to the application of Section 409A or Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) to any payment or benefit provided hereunder or provided under any other agreement, plan, program or arrangement with the Company). Such payments shall be made within five (5) days (or, if later, the earliest date permitted under Section 409A) after your request for payment accompanied with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may require. You shall be entitled to select your legal counsel, and your rights to payment pursuant to this Subsection 4(iv) shall not be affected by the final outcome of any dispute with the Company.

(v) Termination for Cause, Disability, Death or Retirement . Following a change in control of the Company or a potential change in control of the Company, if your employment shall be terminated by the Company for Cause, Disability, death or Retirement, or by you other than for Good Reason, the Company shall pay you your full base salary through the Date of Termination at

 

21


the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given, plus all other amounts to which you are entitled under any compensation plan of the Company at the time such payments are due, and the Company shall have no further obligations to you under this Agreement.

(vi) No Mitigation . You shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 4 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor, except as expressly provided in Subsection 4(ii)(G), shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Section 4 be reduced by any compensation earned by you as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by you to the Company, or otherwise.

(vii) No Diminution of Benefits Under Other Plans; No Duplication of Benefits . In addition to all other amounts payable to you under this Section 4, you shall be entitled to receive all benefits payable to you under the Pension Plan, the Savings Plan, the Supplemental Plan, the Nonqualified Savings Plan, the Annual Incentive Plan, the Incentive Stock Plan and any other plan, agreement, program or arrangement relating to retirement benefits, incentive compensation or welfare benefits (but you shall not be entitled to any severance benefits provided under the Severance Plan); provided, however, that nothing in this Section 4 shall entitle you to any duplication of any payment, benefit or acceleration thereof otherwise available under any such plan, agreement, program or arrangement.

(viii) Time of Payment . All cash payments to which you become entitled under the terms of this Agreement shall be paid to you in a lump sum within five days following the occurrence of the event, i.e., change in control of the Company, potential change in control of the Company, or termination, that triggers your rights to such payment. Any termination shall be deemed to have occurred on the Date of Termination. If the amounts of such payments cannot be finally determined on or before the date payments are to be made, then on the payment date the Company shall pay to you an estimate, as determined in good faith by the Company, of the minimum amount of such payments and shall pay the remainder of such payments (together with interest at a rate equal to 120 percent of the applicable Federal rate determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, compounded semi-annually) as soon as the amount thereof can be determined but in no event later than the thirtieth day after the Date of Termination. In the event that the amount of the estimated payments exceeds the amount subsequently determined to have been due, you shall promptly repay to the Company the amount of such excess (together with interest at a rate equal to 120 percent of the applicable Federal rate determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, compounded semi-annually).

(ix) 409A .

(A) Interpretation of and Modifications to Agreement to Avoid Additional Section 409A Tax . The provisions of this Agreement shall be

 

22


interpreted in a manner to the maximum extent possible to comply in good faith with Section 409A. To the extent you would be subject to the additional tax imposed on certain deferred compensation arrangements pursuant to Section 409A of the Code as a result of any provision of this Agreement, you agree to cooperate with the Company to execute any amendment to the provisions hereof reasonably necessary to avoid the imposition of such tax but only (i) to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such tax and (ii) to the extent that you would not, as a result, suffer any reduction in the amounts otherwise payable to you under this Agreement.

(B) Six Month Delay in Certain Payments to Specified Employees . To the extent you otherwise would be entitled under this Agreement to a payment or benefit during the six months beginning on the Date of Termination that would be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A (because of your status as “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A on your Date of Termination) such payment or benefit shall be made or provided to you as soon as administratively practicable after (but in no event more than five (5) days after) the earliest date that will not result in the imposition of any tax under Section 409A.

(C) Gross-Up for Additional Taxes Imposed Under Section 409A . In the event you are subject to additional taxes imposed by Section 409A with respect to any payments or benefits due to you under this Agreement, the Company will pay you an additional amount such that the net amount retained by you, after deduction of any additional taxes imposed under 409A on such payments or benefits and any federal, state and local income and other payroll taxes and additional taxes imposed under Section 409A upon the payment provided for by this Subsection 4(viii)(C), shall be equal to the payments or benefits under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall not be entitled to any additional amounts pursuant to this Subsection 4(ix)C) if and to the extent that the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A is the direct or indirect result of your breach of any provision of this Agreement, including any failure to cooperate with the Company to amend this Agreement pursuant to Subsection 4(ix)(A) above.

5. Gross Up for Parachute Payment Excise Tax . This Section 5 applies in the event that (i) you become entitled to any payments or benefits under this Agreement (the “Contract Payments”) or under any other agreement, plan, program or arrangement with the Company or any person whose actions result in a change in control or any person affiliated with the Company or such person (together with the Contract Payments, the “Total Payments”), and (ii) the aggregate present value of such payments (calculated in accordance with Section 280G of the Code) exceeds by fifteen percent or more the threshold amount at which you become subject to the tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, i.e., such present value exceeds by fifteen percent

 

23


or more an amount equal to three times your “base amount” determined under Section 280G of the Code. In that case, the Company shall pay to you, no later than the fifth day following the event triggering the Excise Tax (or, if you are a specified employee within the meaning of Section 409A on such date, the earliest date that payment can be made to you in accordance with Section 409A), an additional amount (the “Gross-Up Payment”) such that the net amount retained by you, after deduction of any Excise Tax on the Contract Payments and such other Total Payments and any federal and state and local income and other payroll taxes and Excise Tax upon the payment provided for by this Section 5, shall be equal to the Contract Payments and such other Total Payments.

For purposes of determining whether any of the payments will be subject to the Excise Tax, the amount of such Excise Tax, whether you are entitled to a Gross-Up Payment in accordance with this Section 5, and whether your Total Payments will be reduced pursuant to Section 6 below and the amount of such reduction, (i) any other payments or benefits received or to be received by you in connection with a change in control of the Company or your termination of employment (whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any person whose actions result in a change in control or any person affiliated with the Company or such person) payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any person whose actions result in a change in control or any person affiliated with the Company or such person (together with the Contract Payments, the “Total Payments”), shall be treated as “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code and all “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(l) of the Code shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax unless in the opinion of tax counsel selected by RYERSON’s independent auditors and reasonably acceptable to you, it is more likely than not that such other payments or benefits (in whole or in part) do not constitute parachute payments, including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code or such excess parachute payments (in whole or in part) represent reasonable compensation for services actually rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code in excess of the base amount allocable to such reasonable compensation within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code, or are otherwise not subject to the Excise Tax, (ii) the amount of the Total Payments which shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax shall be equal to the lesser of (A) the amount of the Total Payments or (B) the amount of excess parachute payments within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(l) of the Code (after applying clause (i) above), and (iii) the value of any noncash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by RYERSON’s independent auditors in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code. For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, you shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation in the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation in the state and locality of your residence on the Date of Termination, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

In the event that the Excise Tax is subsequently determined to be less than the amount

 

24


taken into account hereunder at the time of termination of your employment, you shall repay to the Company at the time that the amount of such reduction in Excise Tax is finally determined the portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to such reduction (plus the portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to the Excise Tax and federal and state and local income tax imposed on the Gross-Up Payment being repaid by you if such repayment results in a reduction in Excise Tax and/or a federal and state and local income tax deduction) plus interest on the amount of such repayment at a rate equal to 120 percent of the applicable Federal rate determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, compounded semi-annually. In the event that the Excise Tax is determined to exceed the amount taken into account hereunder at the time of the termination of your employment (including by reason of any payment the existence or amount of which cannot be determined at the time of the Gross-Up Payment), the Company shall make an additional gross-up payment in respect of such excess (plus any interest payable with respect to such excess) at the time that the amount of such excess is finally determined.

The Gross-Up payment provided by this Section 5 shall be paid to you promptly upon determination but in any event by the end of your taxable year following the year in which you were required to pay the Excise Tax.

6. Reduction in Contract Payments Where Contract Payments Exceed the Threshold Amount by Less Than 15% . In the event that you become entitled to any payments or benefits under this Agreement, but you are not entitled to a Gross-Up Payment under Section 5, above, the amount of payments and benefits to which you are entitled under this Agreement shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary such that no part of your Total Payments (after such reduction) constitutes an excess parachute payment within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(i) of the Code. You will be entitled to elect by written notice to the Company which payments or benefits are to be reduced; provided, however, that if you do not make such an election within ten days after receiving from the Company a written summary prepared by its independent auditors of the value of the payments and benefits for purposes of Section 280G of the Code, the reduction shall be made first from the amounts payable to you as severance and, then, as the Company may determine in its discretion, from the amounts payable to you on account of the Annual Incentive Plan, Options, and the Incentive Stock Plans. In the event that the amount of the reduction calculated under this Section 6 is subsequently determined to be too little to avoid an excess parachute payment or is greater than required to avoid an excess parachute payment, you shall promptly repay to the Company (if too little) or receive from the Company (if too great) an amount equal to the difference together with interest at a rate equal to 120 percent of the applicable Federal rate determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, compounded semi-annually.

7. Confidentiality and Ownership . You acknowledge and agree that the Confidential Information (as defined in paragraph (A) below) is the property of the Company. Accordingly, except as may be required by applicable law or the lawful order of a court or regulatory body, or except to the extent that you have express authorization from the Company to do otherwise, you will:

 

25


(A) Confidential Information. Keep secret and confidential indefinitely all Confidential Information and not disclose such Confidential Information, either directly or indirectly, to any other person, firm or business entity, or to use it in any way. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means all non-public information, observations or data relating to the Company which you have learned during your employment with the Company, whether or not a trade secret within the meaning of applicable law, including but not limited to: (i) new products and new product development; (ii) marketing strategies and plans, market experience with products, and market research; (iii) manufacturing processes, technologies and production plans and methods; (iv) formulas, research in progress and unpublished manuals or know how devices, methods, techniques, processes and inventions; (v) regulatory filings and communications; (vi) identity of and relationship with licensees, licensers or suppliers; (vi) finances, financial information, and financial management systems; (vii) technological and engineering data; (viii) identities of and information concerning customers, vendors and suppliers and prospective customers, vendors and suppliers; (ix) development, expansion and business strategies, plans and techniques; (x) computer programs; (xi) research and development activities; (xii) litigation and pending litigation; and (xiii) any other information or documents which you are told or reasonably ought to know the Company regards as proprietary or confidential.

(B) On your Date of Termination or at the Company’s earlier request, you will promptly return to the Company any and all records, documents, data, memoranda, reports, physical property, information, computer disks, tapes or software or other materials, and all copies thereof, relating to the business of the Company obtained by you during your employment with the Company. You further agree to deliver to the Company, at its request, any computer in your possession or control which has contained any Confidential Information for the purpose of ensuring that all Confidential Information stored on the computer has been delivered to the Company.

(C) You agree that all inventions, innovations, discoveries, improvements, developments, trade secrets, processes, procedures, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, and all similar or related information which relates to the Company’s actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by you while employed by the Company (“Work Product”) belong to the Company. You shall promptly inform the Company of such Work Product, and shall execute such assignments as may be necessary to transfer to the Company the benefits of the Work Product, in whole or in part, or conceived by you either alone or with others, which result from any work which you may do for or at the request of the Company, whether or not conceived by you while on

 

26


holiday, on vacation, or off the premises of the Company, including such of the foregoing items conceived during the course of employment which are developed or perfected after your Date of Termination. You shall assist the Company or its nominee, to obtain patents, trademarks and service marks and agree to execute all documents and to take all other actions which are necessary or appropriate to secure to the Company the benefits thereof. Such patents, trademarks and service marks shall become the property of the Company. You shall deliver to the Company all sketches, drawings, models, figures, plans, outlines, descriptions or other information with respect thereto.

(D) To the extent that any court or agency seeks to have you disclose Confidential Information, you shall promptly inform the Company, and you shall take such reasonable steps to prevent disclosure of Confidential Information until the Company has been informed of such requested disclosure. To the extent that you obtain information on behalf of the Company that may be subject to attorney-client privilege as to the Company’s attorneys, you shall take reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to preserve such privilege.

(E) Nothing in the foregoing provisions of this Section 7 shall be construed so as to prevent you from using, in connection with your employment for yourself or an employer other than the Company, knowledge which was acquired by you during the course of your employment with the Company, and which is generally known to persons of your experience in other companies in the same industry other than through your acts or omission to act.

8. Noncompetition/Nonsolicitation . You acknowledge that the industry in which the Company is engaged is a highly competitive business, and that you are a key executive of the Company. You further acknowledge that as a result of your senior position within the Company, you have acquired and will acquire extensive Confidential Information and knowledge of the Company’s business and the industry in which it operates and will develop relationships with and knowledge of customers, employees, vendors and suppliers of the Company and affiliates. Accordingly, you agree that during the time you are employed by the Company (the “Employment Period”) and for a period of twenty-four (24) months after your Date of Termination, you agree as follows:

(A) You will not directly or indirectly, own, operate, manage, control, participate or have any financial interest in, consult with, advise, engage in services for (whether for yourself or for any other person and whether as proprietor, principal, stockholder, partner, agent, director, officer, employee, consultant, independent contractor or in any other capacity), any Competitor of the Company, or in any manner engage in the start-up of a business (including by yourself or in association with any person, firm, corporate or other business organization through any other

 

27


entity) in Competition with the Company, provided that, this shall not prevent you from ownership of 1% or less of the outstanding stock of any corporation listed on the New York or American Stock Exchange or included in the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System or ownership of securities in any entity affiliated with the Company. “Competitor” or “in Competition” refers to a person or entity, including metals-related internet marketplaces, engaged in the metal service center processing and/or distribution business.

(B) You will not directly or indirectly contact, call upon, solicit business from, sell or render services to, any customer of the Company with respect to the provision of services identical to or similar to any service provided by the Company during the Employment Period or in the process of being provided as of your Date of Termination, for which you had any responsibility or about which you had any Confidential Information during the Employment Period.

(C) You will not directly or indirectly either alone or in cooperation with others, encourage any employees of the Company to seek or accept an employment or business relationship with a person or entity other than the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship of the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate and any employee thereof, including without limitation, to hire, solicit for hire, or discuss or encourage the employment of, any of the employees of the Company who were employed by the Company during the Employment Period; provided however, this shall not apply to an employee whose employment was terminated by the Company before your Date of Termination, if such termination was not caused by any direct or indirect involvement of you or your subsequent employer.

(D) You will not directly or indirectly either alone or in cooperation with others, encourage any supplier, distributor, franchisee, licensee, or other business relation of the Company, cease or curtail doing business with the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, distributor, franchisee, licensee or business relation and the Company.

9. Reasonableness of Restrictions, Injunctive Relief and Remedies .

(A) You acknowledge that your rights to compete and disclose Confidential Information and trade secrets are limited hereby only to the extent necessary to protect the Company and that, in the event that your employment with the Company terminates for any reason, you will be able to earn a livelihood without violating the foregoing restrictions. You acknowledge that the restrictions cited herein are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company’s legitimate business interests.

 

28


(B) You acknowledge that the services to be rendered by you are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and, in connection with such services, you will have access to confidential information vital to the Company’s businesses. By reason of this, you consent and agree that if you violate any of the provisions of Section 7 or 8 above, the Company would sustain irreparable harm and, therefore, in addition to any other remedies which the Company may have under this Agreement or otherwise, you shall immediately forfeit all remaining payments and benefits to which you are entitled under this Agreement and the Company shall be entitled to an injunction from any court of competent jurisdiction restraining you from committing or continuing any such violation of this Agreement, including, without limitation, restraining you from disclosing, using for any purpose, selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of, in whole or in part, any trade secrets, Confidential Information, proprietary information, client or customer lists or other information pertaining to the financial condition, business, manner of operation, affairs, plans or prospects of the Company. You acknowledge that damages at law would not be an adequate remedy for violation of Section 7 or 8, and you therefore agree that the provisions may be specifically enforced against you in any court of competent jurisdiction. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to it for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages.

10. Successors; Binding Agreement .

(i) RYERSON will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of RYERSON to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that RYERSON or the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of RYERSON to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle you to compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as you would be entitled to hereunder if you terminate your employment for Good Reason following a change in control of the Company, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination. In the event a successor of RYERSON assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise, the term “RYERSON”, as used in this Agreement, shall mean such successor and the term “Company” shall mean, collectively, such successor and the affiliates of such successor.

(ii) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by your personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If you should die while any amount would still be payable to you hereunder if you had continued to live, all such amounts,

 

29


unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to your devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there is no such designee, to your estate.

11. Notice . For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth on the first page of this Agreement, provided that all notice to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Board with a copy to the Secretary of RYERSON, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

12. Miscellaneous . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois. All references to sections of the Exchange Act or the Code shall be deemed also to refer to any successor provisions to such sections. Any payments provided for hereunder, whether in cash or in kind, shall be paid net of any applicable withholding required under federal, state or local law. The obligations of RYERSON and the Company under this Agreement shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement.

13. Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

15. Settlement of Disputes; Arbitration . All claims by you for benefits under this Agreement shall be directed to and determined by the Board and shall be in writing. Any denial by the Board of a claim for benefits under this Agreement shall be delivered to you in writing and shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial and the specific provisions of this Agreement relied upon. The Board shall afford a reasonable opportunity to you for a review of the decision denying a claim and shall further allow you to appeal to the Board a decision of the Board within sixty (60) days after notification by the Board that your claim has been denied. Except as provided in Section 9 above, any further dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this

 

30


Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Chicago, Illinois, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, provided, however, that the evidentiary standards set forth in this Agreement shall apply. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that you shall be entitled to seek specific performance of your right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

 

31


If this letter sets forth our agreement on the subject matter hereof, kindly sign and return to RYERSON the enclosed copy of this letter which will then constitute our agreement on this subject.

 

Sincerely,
RYERSON INC.
By  

/s/ William Korda

  Vice President - Human Resources

 

Agreed to this 29th day of May, 2007

/s/ Terence R. Rogers

(Signature)

 

32

Exhibit 10.9

May 11, 2007

STEVE MAKAREWICZ

PRESIDENT RYI SOUTH & VP CHICAGO DIVISION

740 VISTA BLUFF DRIVE

DULUTH, GA 30097

Dear Steve:

Ryerson Inc. (“RYERSON”) considers it essential to the best interests of its stockholders to foster the continuous employment of key management personnel of RYERSON and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). In this connection, the Board of Directors of RYERSON (the “Board”) recognizes that, as is the case with many publicly held corporations, the possibility of a change in control may exist and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of RYERSON and its stockholders.

The Board has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s management, including yourself, to their assigned duties without distraction in the face of potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Company. In order to induce you to remain in the employ of the Company, RYERSON agrees that you shall receive the severance benefits set forth in this letter agreement (“Agreement”) in the event your employment with the Company is terminated subsequent to a “change in control of the Company” or a “potential change in control of the Company” (as such terms are defined in Section 2 hereof) under the circumstances described below (or, in certain circumstances described below, in advance of such a change in control or potential change in control of the Company). This Agreement shall constitute an amendment and restatement of and shall supersede any prior agreement entered into between you and RYERSON with respect to these matters. In the event that you receive severance benefits hereunder, such benefits shall be in lieu of, and you shall not be entitled to receive, any benefits or payments under any other severance plan or policy of the Company or any agreement with the Company, and the provisions of Sections 7 through 9 hereof shall supersede any provisions relating to comparable matters under such other severance plan or policy or such other agreement. In addition, if you are or become entitled to benefits from the Company pursuant to another agreement providing for benefits on account of a change in control or the law of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or territory thereof as a result of an event for which benefits are payable to you pursuant to this Agreement, the benefits paid to you pursuant to this Agreement shall be reduced by the amount paid to you pursuant to such other agreement or law.


1. Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue in effect until the first anniversary of the date on which RYERSON gives you a written notice of termination of the Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if a change in control of the Company or a potential change in control of the Company shall have occurred during the original or extended term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of twenty-four (24) months beyond the month in which such change in control of the Company or potential change in control of the Company occurred.

2. Definitions: Change in Control; Potential Change in Control .

(i) Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “change in control of the Company” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(A) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than (w) the Company, (x) a trustee or other fiduciary holding voting securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, (y) an underwriter temporarily holding voting securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (z) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the security holders of RYERSON in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of voting securities of RYERSON, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of voting securities of RYERSON (not including in the voting securities beneficially owned by such person any voting securities acquired directly from RYERSON or its affiliates) representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of RYERSON’s then outstanding voting securities;

(B) during any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by RYERSON’s security holders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (collectively, “Continuing Directors”), cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; provided, however, that any director who assumes office in connection with an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clauses (A), (C) or (D) of this Subsection 2(i) or any new director who assumes office in connection with or as a result of an actual or threatened proxy or other election contest of the Board shall never be (at any time) a Continuing Director for purposes of this Subsection 2(i)(B), and the nomination or election of such person shall never constitute, or be deemed to constitute, an approval by the Continuing Directors for purposes of this Subsection 2(i)(B) (provided that for the purposes of funding any rabbi trust or similar escrow

 

2


agreement, any change in control of the Company under this Subsection 2(i)(B) shall be deemed to occur at the beginning of the day of the stockholders’ meeting at which the stockholders are asked to vote on a slate of directors that could result in Continuing Directors ceasing to constitute a majority of the Board);

(C) there occurs a merger or consolidation of RYERSON with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of RYERSON outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or the direct or indirect parent thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding voting securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of RYERSON or such surviving entity or the direct or indirect parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of RYERSON (or similar transaction) in which no person acquires more than 40% of the combined voting power of RYERSON’s then outstanding voting securities;

(D) the holders of voting securities of RYERSON approve a plan of complete liquidation of RYERSON or an agreement for the sale or disposition by RYERSON of all or substantially all of RYERSON’s assets; or

(E) there occurs any other event that the Board deems to be a change in control of the Company.

(ii) Potential Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “potential change in control of the Company” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(A) RYERSON enters into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a change in control of the Company;

(B) any person (including RYERSON) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which if consummated would constitute a change in control of the Company;

(C) any person, other than (w) the Company, (x) a trustee or other fiduciary holding voting securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, (y) an underwriter temporarily holding voting securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (z) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the security holders of RYERSON in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of voting securities

 

3


of RYERSON, who is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of voting securities of RYERSON representing 9.5% or more of the combined voting power of RYERSON’s then outstanding voting securities, increases his beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such person on the date hereof; or

(D) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a potential change in control of the Company has occurred.

3. Definitions: Disability; Retirement; Cause; Good Reason; Notice of Termination; Date of Termination .

(i) Disability; Retirement . If you cannot perform your full-time duties with the Company due to physical or mental incapacity and have exhausted all of your short-term disability plan benefits, your employment may be terminated for “Disability”. Termination of your employment based on “Retirement” shall mean voluntary retirement entitling you to a pension benefit afforded by the Company’s defined benefit pension plan applicable to its salaried employees or in accordance with any retirement arrangement established with your consent with respect to you.

(ii) Cause . Termination by the Company of your employment for “Cause” shall mean termination upon (A) the willful and continued failure by you to substantially perform your duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from your incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or anticipated failure after the issuance of a Notice of Termination by you for Good Reason as defined in Subsections 3(iv) and 3(iii), respectively) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that you have not substantially performed your duties, or (B) the willful engaging by you in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise. For purposes of this Subsection 3(ii), no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by you not in good faith and without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters (  3 / 4 ) of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to you and an opportunity for you, together with your counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board you were guilty of conduct set forth above in clauses (A) or (B) of the first sentence of this Subsection 3(ii) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail; provided that, in the event of a dispute concerning the application of this provision, no claim by the Company that Cause exists shall be given effect unless the Company establishes in a legal proceeding by clear and convincing evidence that Cause exists.

 

4


(iii) Good Reason . You shall be entitled to terminate your employment for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean: without your express written consent, the occurrence after a change in control or after a potential change in control of the Company of any of the following circumstances unless, in the case of paragraphs (A), (E), (F), (G) or (H), such circumstances are fully corrected prior to the Date of Termination specified in the Notice of Termination, as defined in Subsections 3(v) and 3(iv), respectively, given in respect thereof:

(A) the assignment to you of any duties materially inconsistent with your status as an executive officer of the Company, or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature or status of your responsibilities from those in effect immediately prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company; provided, however, that a change in the Company’s status from a public company to a private company does not in and of itself constitute a substantial adverse alteration unless such change results in a material diminution in your authority, duties or responsibilities;

(B) a reduction by the Company in your annual base salary as in effect on the date of the change in control or potential change in control of the Company;

(C) the Company’s requiring that your principal place of business be at an office located more than 50 miles from where your principal place of business is located immediately prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with your business travel obligations immediately prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company;

(D) the failure by the Company, without your consent, to pay to you any portion of your current compensation, or to pay to you any portion of an installment of deferred compensation under any deferred compensation program of the Company, within seven (7) days of the date such compensation is due;

(E) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any compensation plan in which you participate immediately prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company which is material to your total compensation, including but not limited to the Ryerson Annual Incentive Plan (the “Annual Incentive Plan”), Ryerson 2002 Incentive Stock Plan and any predecessor or successor thereto (collectively, the “Incentive Stock Plans”), Ryerson Nonqualified Savings

 

5


Plan (the “Nonqualified Savings Plan”), or the Ryerson Savings Plan (the “Savings Plan”) or any substitute or alternative plans adopted prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company, unless an equitable arrangement (embodied in an ongoing substitute or alternative plan) has been made with respect to such plan, or the failure by the Company to continue your participation therein (or in such substitute or alternative plan) on a basis not materially less favorable, including, but not limited to, in terms of the amount of benefits provided, the level of your participation relative to other participants, and benefit opportunities, as existed at the time of the change in control or potential change in control of the Company;

(F) the failure by the Company to continue to provide you with benefits substantially similar to those enjoyed by you under any of the Company’s defined contribution plans, life insurance, medical, dental, or short-term and long term disability plans or programs in which you were participating at the time of the change in control or potential change in control of the Company, the taking of any action by the Company which would directly or indirectly materially reduce any of such benefits or deprive you of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by you at the time of the change in control or potential change in control of the Company, or the failure by the Company to provide you with the number of paid vacation days to which you are entitled on the basis of years of service with the Company in accordance with the Company’s normal vacation policy in effect at the time of the change in control or potential change in control of the Company;

(G) the failure of RYERSON to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as contemplated in Section 10 hereof; or

(H) any purported termination of your employment which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the requirements of Subsection 3(iv) below (and, if applicable, the requirements of Subsection 3(ii) above); for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

Your right to terminate your employment pursuant to this Section 3 shall not be affected by your incapacity due to physical or mental illness. Your continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any circumstance constituting Good Reason hereunder. For purposes of any determination regarding the existence of Good Reason, any claim by you that Good Reason exists shall be presumed to be correct unless the Company establishes in a legal proceeding by clear and convincing evidence that Good Reason does not exist.

(iv) Notice of Termination . Any purported termination of your employment by the Company or by you shall be communicated by written Notice

 

6


of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 11 hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of your employment under the provision so indicated.

(v) Date of Termination, Etc. “Date of Termination” shall mean (A) if your employment is terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that you shall not have returned to the full-time performance of your duties during such thirty (30) day period), and (B) if your employment is terminated pursuant to Subsection 3(ii) or 3(iii) above or for any other reason (other than Disability), the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a termination pursuant to Subsection 3(ii) above shall not be less than thirty (30) days, and in the case of a termination pursuant to Subsection 3(iii) above shall not be less than fifteen (15) nor more than sixty (60) days, respectively, from the date such Notice of Termination is given); provided that if within fifteen (15) days after any Notice of Termination is given, or, if later, prior to the Date of Termination (as determined without regard to this proviso), the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by a binding arbitration award, or by a final judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction (which is not appealable or with respect to which the time for appeal therefrom has expired and no appeal has been perfected) but shall be deemed to be within the twenty-four (24) month period following a change in control or potential change in control of the Company; provided further that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of dispute only if such notice is given in good faith and the party giving such notice pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Company will continue to pay you your full compensation in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, base salary) and continue you as a participant in all compensation, benefit and insurance plans and programs in which you were participating when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given, until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Subsection 3(v). Amounts paid under this Subsection 3(v) are in addition to all other amounts due under this Agreement and shall not be offset against or reduce any other amounts due under this Agreement.

4. Compensation Upon and Following a Change in Control or Potential Change in Control .

(i) Entitlements Upon a Change in Control . If you are employed by the Company at the time of a change in control of the Company, you shall be entitled to the following benefits:

 

7


(A) Stock Option Change in Control Payment . You shall receive an amount equal to the product of (x) the amount, if any, by which the Change in Control Price, as defined below, exceeds the closing price of a share of common stock of RYERSON as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares, as defined below, are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a share of common stock of RYERSON on such other established securities market on which the common stock of RYERSON is traded) on the last trading date prior to the change in control of the Company and (y) the number of shares of RYERSON common stock covered by all stock options granted to you under RYERSON’s stock option plans (“Options”) that you hold on the date of the change in control of the Company. The Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether the amount provided by this Subsection 4(i)(A) is to be paid to you in cash or in shares of common stock of Ryerson. Where the Compensation Committee determines that you are to be paid in Ryerson common stock, you shall receive the whole number of shares of Ryerson common stock obtained by dividing the amount provided by this Subsection 4(i)(A) by the closing price of a share of common stock of RYERSON as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a share of common stock of RYERSON on such other established securities market on which the common stock of RYERSON is traded) on the last trading date prior to the change in control of the Company (plus cash in lieu of any fractional share).

For purposes of this Agreement, the “Change in Control Price” means: (1) with respect to a merger or consolidation of RYERSON described in Subsection 2(i)(C) in which the consideration per share of RYERSON’s common stock to be paid for the acquisition of shares of common stock specified in the agreement of merger or consolidation is all in cash, the highest such consideration per share; (2) with respect to a change in control of the Company by reason of an acquisition of voting securities described in Subsection 2(i)(A), the highest price per share for any share of RYERSON’s common stock paid by any holder of any of the securities representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of RYERSON giving rise to the change in control of the Company; and (3) with respect to a change in control of the Company by reason of a merger or consolidation of RYERSON (other than a merger or consolidation described in clause (1) next above), stockholder approval of an agreement or plan described in Subsection 2(i)(D) or a change in the composition of the Board described in Subsection 2(i)(B), the average of the closing prices per share of common stock of Ryerson reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, if such shares are not traded on the New York Stock Exchange, such other established securities market on which such shares are traded) for the sixty (60) day period ending on the date immediately prior to the date such change in control of the Company occurs.

(B) Stock Options: Vesting and Rollover or Settlement . Notwithstanding anything in the Company’s stock option plans or any

 

8


stock option agreements thereunder to the contrary, all of your Options shall vest, whether or not otherwise exercisable. At your election, the Options shall remain outstanding (unless otherwise prohibited by the terms of the documents governing the change in control of the Company), or shall be settled in either shares of common stock of RYERSON (such shares along with, where applicable, shares of common stock of any successor to RYERSON are referred to herein as “RYERSON Shares”) or cash, as provided below. The Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether Options are to be settled in RYERSON Shares or cash.

(a) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in cash, you shall receive: an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the excess of (x) the closing price of a RYERSON Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a RYERSON Share reported on such other established securities market on which RYERSON Shares are traded) on the last trading date prior to the change in control of the Company, over (y) the per share exercise price of each Option then held by you (whether or not then fully exercisable), and (ii) the number of RYERSON Shares covered by your Options; and

(b) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in RYERSON Shares, you shall receive a whole number of RYERSON Shares equal to: the quotient of (x) the amount of cash determined pursuant to subparagraph (a) above, divided by (y) the closing price of a RYERSON Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a RYERSON Share reported on such other established securities market on which RYERSON Shares are traded) on the last trading date prior to the change in control of the Company; plus cash in lieu of any fractional share;

(C) Restricted Stock . To the extent not otherwise vested in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Incentive Stock Plans, you shall be fully vested in any restricted shares issued thereunder.

(D) Performance Share Awards . Any performance award that has not been settled prior to or as of the effective date of the change in control of the Company will be cashed out and you will be paid an amount

 

9


equal to (i) the Change in Control Price, multiplied by (ii) the number of Performance Share Units based on the greater of 100% of target performance measure attainment and actual performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by (iii) a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of months in the performance cycle, and the numerator of which is the number of whole months (rounded up, if not a multiple of 12, to the number that is the number of months that is the next highest multiple of 12) of the performance cycle elapsed prior to the date of the change in control of the Company; provided, however, that if the Company’s market capitalization as of the date of the change in control of the Company is less than $250 million, clause (ii) above shall provide “(ii) the number of performance share units based on 30% of target performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by”. In determining whether target or actual performance measure attainments are greater, calculations of actual performance measure attainments for any year of the performance cycle that has not yet then concluded, if applicable, shall be determined based on the average actual performance in respect of those full months that have elapsed during the then-current year of the performance cycle as of the effective date of the change in control of the Company; provided that if the change in control of the Company occurs in the first calendar quarter of a year, the actual performance measure attainment for such year shall be deemed to be the actual performance measure attainment for the immediately preceding year. Notwithstanding the forgoing, any payments with respect to any performance award that you elected to defer pursuant to the terms of the 2002 Incentive Stock Plan shall not be accelerated by this Subsection 4(i)(D).

(ii) Termination Other Than For Cause; Termination by You for Good Reason . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation, Sections 6 through 9 hereof, in the event (x) a change in control of the Company or potential change in control of the Company, each as defined in Section 2 hereof, shall have occurred, and your employment is subsequently terminated during the term of this Agreement by the Company (other than for Cause, Disability, death or Retirement) or by you for Good Reason or (y) your employment is terminated by the Company (other than for Cause, Disability, death or Retirement) during the term of this Agreement prior to a change in control of the Company or potential change in control of the Company at the request of any person as part of or in connection with a proposed transaction that could constitute a potential change in control of the Company or a change in control of the Company, provided that in the case of (y) there occurs either a change in control of the Company or potential change in control of the Company within 12 months following such termination, you shall be entitled to the following benefits:

(A) Base Salary . The Company shall pay you your full base salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time

 

10


Notice of Termination is given, plus all other amounts to which you are entitled under any compensation plan or program of the Company, at the time such payments are due, except as otherwise provided below.

(B) Severance . In lieu of any further salary payments to you for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay as severance pay to you an amount equal to two times the sum of (x) your annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the circumstance giving rise to the Notice of Termination given in respect thereof, and (y) the greater of (I) your target award under the Annual Incentive Plan or similar successor plan for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, or (II) the average annual amount of the Award paid to you pursuant to the Annual Incentive Plan or similar successor plan with respect to the five years immediately preceding that in which the Date of Termination occurs, such average annual amount being calculated by aggregating all such Awards paid with respect to such five years and dividing such aggregate amount by the number of years for which such an Award was actually paid to you.

(C) Annual Incentive Plan . Notwithstanding any provision of the Annual Incentive Plan, and solely to the extent not already provided to you under such plan, the Company shall pay to you a lump sum amount under that plan at least equal to the sum of (x) any incentive compensation under the Annual Incentive Plan which has been allocated or awarded to you for a completed fiscal year or other measuring period preceding the Date of Termination but has not yet been paid, and (y) a pro rata portion to the Date of Termination for the current fiscal year or other measuring period of the amount equal to the target award percentage applicable to you under the Annual Incentive Plan or similar successor plan on the Date of Termination times your annual base salary then in effect.

(D) Stock Options .

(1) Settlement where Date of Termination follows Change in Control . Where your Date of Termination follows a change in control of the Company, notwithstanding anything in the Company’s stock option plans or any stock option agreements thereunder to the contrary, any Options granted to you subsequent to the change in control of the Company and Options, if any, not settled at the time of a change in control of the Company, whether or not vested , shall be fully vested, whether or not then exercisable, and shall be settled in either RYERSON Shares or cash as provided below. The Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether options are to be settled in RYERSON Shares or cash.

 

11


(a) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in cash, you shall receive an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the excess of (x) the “Date of Termination Fair Market Value”, as defined below, of a RYERSON Share, over (y) the per share exercise price of each Option then held by you (whether or not then fully exercisable), and (ii) the number of RYERSON Shares covered by your Options.

(b) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in shares, you shall receive a whole number of shares equal to the quotient of (x) the amount of cash determined pursuant to paragraph (a) above, divided by (y) the “Date of Termination Fair Market Value”, as defined below, of a RYERSON Share; and you shall receive cash in lieu of any fractional share.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination Fair Market Value” shall mean (i) where RYERSON Shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a RYERSON Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions on the last trading date preceding the Date of Termination; (ii) where RYERSON Shares are no longer traded on the New York Stock Exchange but are traded on another established securities market, the closing price of a RYERSON Share on the last trading date preceding the Date of Termination, and (iii) if RYERSON Shares are no longer traded on any established securities market, a value determined by the Board based on a reasonable application of a “reasonable valuation method” as defined in Treasury Regulations under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”).

(2) Vesting and Settlement where Date of Termination follows Potential Change in Control . Where your Date of Termination follows a potential change in control of the Company but precedes a change in control of the Company, notwithstanding anything in the Company’s stock option plans or any stock option agreements thereunder to the contrary, all of your Options, to the extent unvested, shall vest on your Date of Termination and shall be settled in either RYERSON Shares or cash as provided below. The Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether options are to be settled in RYERSON Shares or cash.

(a) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in cash, you shall receive an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the excess of (x) the Date of Termination Fair Market Value over (y) the per share exercise price of each Option then held by you (whether or not then fully exercisable), and (ii) the number of RYERSON Shares covered by your Options.

 

12


(b) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in shares, you shall receive a whole number of shares equal to the quotient of (x) the amount of cash determined pursuant to paragraph (a) above, divided by (y) the Date of Termination Fair Market Value; and you shall receive cash in lieu of any fractional share.

(3) Vesting and Settlement in an Acquirer-Motivated Termination where Date of Termination precedes Change in Control or Potential Change in Control and Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Occurs Within 12 Months . Where you are terminated prior to a change in control or potential change in control of the Company at the request of any person as part of or in connection with a proposed transaction that could constitute a potential change in control of the Company or a change in control of the Company, Options you hold as of your Date of Termination shall not expire or lapse except as provided below in this Subsection 4(ii)(D)(3). Any vested Options you hold on the Date of Termination shall remain exercisable for the periods after termination provided by the terms of the Option grants. Any unvested Options you hold on the Date of Termination shall not be exercisable unless a change in control or potential change in control of the Company follows within 12 months of the Date of Termination.

(a) If the first applicable event to occur within 12 months following your Date of Termination is a change in control of the Company, settlement (or rollover) of vested Options you held on the Date of Termination, to the extent not subsequently exercised, as well as any unvested Options you held on the Date of Termination, shall occur pursuant to Subsections 4(i)(A) and (B) as if you were employed by the Company at the time of the change in control of the Company.

(b) If the first applicable event to occur within 12 months following your Date of Termination is a potential change in control of the Company, vested Options you held on the Date of Termination, to the extent not subsequently exercised, as well as any unvested Options you held on the Date of Termination, shall be settled in either RYERSON Shares or cash as provided below. The Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether options are to be settled in RYERSON Shares or cash.

i. If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in cash, you shall

 

13


receive an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the excess of (x) the closing price of a RYERSON Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a RYERSON Share reported on such other established securities market on which RYERSON Shares are traded) on the last trading date preceding the potential change in control over (y) the per share exercise price of each Option then held by you (whether or not then fully exercisable), and (ii) the number of RYERSON Shares covered by your Options.

ii. If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in shares, you shall receive a whole number of shares equal to the quotient of (x) the amount of cash determined pursuant to paragraph i. above, divided by (y) the closing price of a RYERSON Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a RYERSON Share reported on such other established securities market on which RYERSON Shares are traded) on the last trading date preceding the potential change in control; and you shall receive cash in lieu of any fractional share.

If no change in control or potential change in control of the Company occurs within the 12-month period following the Date of Termination, your Options shall expire according to the terms of the Option grants.

(E) Restricted Stock .

(1) Where your Date of Termination follows a change in control or potential change in control of the Company, to the extent not otherwise vested in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Incentive Stock Plans, you shall be fully vested in any restricted shares issued thereunder.

(2) In an acquirer-motivated termination, where you are terminated prior to a change in control or potential change in control of the Company at the request of any person as part of or in connection with a proposed transaction that could constitute a potential change in control of the Company or a change in control of the Company, and a change in control or potential change in

 

14


control of the Company follows within 12 months of your Date of Termination (such period between the Date of Termination and the change in control or potential change in control of the Company hereinafter referred to as the “interim period”), to the extent you held unvested, restricted shares on your Date of Termination, such shares shall remain outstanding but restricted and unvested during the interim period, and at the time of the subsequent change in control or potential change in control of the Company, shall vest; if no change in control or potential change in control of the Company follows within 12 months of your Date of Termination, restricted shares you held on your Date of Termination shall be cancelled.

(F) Performance Share Awards .

(1) Payment where Date of Termination follows Change in Control . Where your Date of Termination follows a change in control of the Company, with respect to any performance share award granted under the Incentive Stock Plans that was outstanding on your Date of Termination, any performance award that was not settled prior to or as of the effective date of the Change in Control of the Company will be cashed out, and you will be paid an amount equal to (i) Date of Termination Fair Market Value, multiplied by (ii) the number of Performance Share Units based on the greater of 100% of target performance measure attainment and actual performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by (iii) a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of months in the performance cycle, and the numerator of which is the number of whole months (rounded up, if not a multiple of 12, to the number that is the number of months that is the next highest multiple of 12) of the performance cycle elapsed prior to the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the Company’s market capitalization as of the date of the change in control of the Company is less than $250 million, clause (ii) above shall provide “(ii) the number of performance share units based on 30% of target performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by”. In determining whether target or actual performance measure attainments are greater, calculations of actual performance measure attainments for any year of the performance cycle that has not yet then concluded, if applicable, shall be determined based on the average actual performance in respect of those full months that have elapsed during the then-current year of the performance cycle as of the Date of Termination; provided that if the Date of Termination occurs in the first calendar quarter of a year, the actual performance measure attainment for such year shall be deemed to be the actual performance measure attainment for the immediately preceding year. Notwithstanding the forgoing, any payments with

 

15


respect to any performance award that you elected to defer pursuant to the terms of the 2002 Incentive Stock Plan shall not be accelerated by this Subsection 4(ii)(F)(1).

(2) Settlement where Date of Termination follows Potential Change in Control . Where your Date of Termination follows a potential change in control of the Company but precedes a change in control of the Company, with respect to each performance share award granted under the Incentive Stock Plans that was outstanding on your Date of Termination, you shall receive:

(a) an amount in cash equal to (i) the Date of Termination Fair Market Value, multiplied by (ii) the number of performance share units based on the greater of 100% of target performance measure attainment and actual performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by (iii) a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of months in the performance cycle and the numerator of which is the number of whole months (rounded up, if not a multiple of 12, to the number that is the number of months that is the next highest multiple of 12) of the performance cycle elapsed prior to the date of the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the Company’s market capitalization as of the date of the change in control is less than $250 million, clause (ii) above shall be “(ii) the number of performance share units based on 30% of target performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by”; in determining whether target or actual performance measure attainments are greater, calculations of actual performance measure attainments for any year of the performance cycle that has not yet then concluded, if applicable, shall be determined based on the average actual performance in respect of those full months that have elapsed during the then-current year of the performance cycle as of the Date of Termination; provided that if the Date of Termination occurs in the first calendar quarter of a year, the actual performance measure attainment for such year shall be deemed to be the actual performance measure attainment for the immediately preceding year; and

(b) if, during the term of this Agreement, a change in control of the Company occurs, an additional amount (payable in cash) equal to the amount by which the amount determined under subparagraph (a) above based on the Date of Termination Fair Market Value is less than the amount determined under subparagraph (a) based on the Change of Control Price.

 

16


Notwithstanding the forgoing, any payments with respect to any performance award that you elected to defer pursuant to the terms of the 2002 Incentive Stock Plan shall not be accelerated by this Subsection 4(ii)(F)(2).

(3) Settlement in an Acquirer-Motivated Transaction where Date of Termination precedes Change in Control or Potential Change in Control and Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Occurs Within 12 Months . Where you are terminated prior to a change in control or potential change in control of the Company at the request of any person as part of or in connection with a proposed transaction that could constitute a potential change in control of the Company or a change in control of the Company, and a change in control or potential change in control of the Company follows within 12 months of your Date of Termination:

(a) if the first applicable event to occur within 12 months following your Date of Termination is a change in control of the Company, you shall be entitled to receive: (x) with respect to performance share units issued for any performance period that ended prior to the Date of Termination, the payments provided pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Stock Plans; and (y) with respect to performance share units issuable for performance periods that did not end prior to the Date of Termination, i.e., performance share units that would be prorated under the terms of the Incentive Stock Plans, a payment equal to (i) the Change in Control Price, multiplied by (ii) the number of performance share units based on the greater of 100% of target performance measure attainment and actual performance measure attainment at the Date of Termination, and further multiplied by (iii) a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of months in the performance cycle and the numerator of which is the number of whole months (rounded up, if not a multiple of 12, to the number that is the number of months that is the next highest multiple of 12) of the performance cycle elapsed prior to the date of the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the Company’s market capitalization as of the date of the change in control is less than $250 million, clause (ii) above shall be “(ii) the number of performance share units based on 30% of target performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by”. In determining whether target or actual performance measure attainments are greater, calculations of actual

 

17


performance measure attainments for any year of the performance cycle that has not yet then concluded, if applicable, shall be determined based on the average actual performance in respect of those full months that have elapsed during the then-current year of the performance cycle as of the Date of Termination; provided that if the Date of Termination occurs in the first calendar quarter of a year, the actual performance measure attainment for such year shall be deemed to be the actual performance measure attainment for the immediately preceding year.

(b) if the first applicable event to occur within 12 months following your Date of Termination is a potential change in control of the Company, you shall be entitled to receive: (x) with respect to performance share units issued for any performance period that ended prior to the Date of Termination, the payments provided pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Stock Plans; and (y) with respect to performance share units issuable for performance periods that did not end prior to the Date of Termination, i.e., performance share units that would be prorated under the terms of the Incentive Stock Plans, payment equal to (i) the Date of Termination Fair Market Value, multiplied by (ii) the number of performance share units based on the greater of 100% of target performance measure attainment and actual performance measure attainment at the Date of Termination, and further multiplied by (iii) a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of months in the performance cycle and the numerator of which is the number of whole months (rounded up, if not a multiple of 12, to the number that is the number of months that is the next highest multiple of 12) of the performance cycle elapsed prior to the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the Company’s market capitalization as of the date of the change in control is less than $250 million, clause (ii) above shall be “(ii) the number of performance share units based on 30% of target performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by”. In determining whether target or actual performance measure attainments are greater, calculations of actual performance measure attainments for any year of the performance cycle that has not yet then concluded, if applicable, shall be determined based on the average actual performance in respect of those full months that have elapsed during the then-current year of the performance cycle as of the Date of Termination; provided that if the Date of Termination occurs in the first calendar quarter of a year, the actual performance measure

 

18


attainment for such year shall be deemed to be the actual performance measure attainment for the immediately preceding year.

(c) if the first applicable event to occur within 12 months following your Date of Termination is a potential change in control of the Company and within 12 months of your Date of Termination there is an actual change in control of the Company, then you shall be entitled to an additional amount (payable in cash) equal to the amount by which the amount determined under subparagraph (b) above based on the Date of Termination Fair Market Value is less than the amount determined under subparagraph (a) above based on the Change of Control Price.

Notwithstanding the forgoing, any payments with respect to any performance award that you elected to defer pursuant to the terms of the 2002 Incentive Stock Plan shall not be accelerated by this Subsection 4(ii)(F)(3).

(G) Welfare Benefits, Financial Advisory Services, and Outplacement Services . If your Date of Termination follows a change in control or potential change in control of the Company, then you shall be entitled to the benefits listed under this paragraph (G) for a period of twenty-four (24) months commencing on your Date of Termination. If your Date of Termination precedes a change in control or potential change in control of the Company and a change in control or potential change in control of the Company follows within 12 months, then you shall be entitled to the benefits listed under this paragraph (G) for a period of twenty-four (24) months commencing on the first to occur of a change in control or potential change in control of the Company succeeding your Date of Termination. The benefits to which you shall be entitled in either case are as follows:

(1) life insurance and long-term disability, medical and dental benefits substantially similar to those which you were receiving immediately prior to the Notice of Termination;

(2) financial advisory services similar to those provided currently to executives of the Company, if any; and

(3) outplacement services, including office services, appropriate to your management level.

Benefits otherwise receivable by you pursuant to this Subsection 4(ii)(G) shall be reduced to the extent comparable benefits are actually received by you during the applicable twenty-four (24) month period, and any such benefits actually received by you during such applicable twenty-four (24) month period shall be reported to the Company. Any rights that you have to continuation of

 

19


life, disability, accident or health coverage under this Agreement shall be credited toward, and shall not be in addition to, any rights to continuation of life, disability or health coverage you may have under applicable state or federal law. To retain eligibility under Subsection 4(ii)(G)(1) you must pay premiums equivalent to the amounts required of active employee participants. Any reimbursements of costs incurred by you for the benefits provided by this Subsection 4(ii)(G) shall be made to you promptly but in any event by the end of your taxable year following the year in which you incurred such costs.

(H) Additional Pension Plan and Supplemental Plan Amounts . In addition to the retirement benefits to which you are entitled under the Pension Plan and Supplemental Plan or any successor plans thereto, if you are terminated following a change in control or potential change in control of the Company, or if you are terminated prior to a change in control of the Company or potential change in control of the Company at the request of any person as part of or in connection with a proposed transaction that could constitute a potential change in control of the Company or a change in control of the Company and a change in control or potential change in control of the Company subsequently occurs within 12 months of your Date of Termination, the Company shall pay you in cash, a lump sum equal to the excess of (x) the actuarial equivalent of the retirement pension (taking into account any early retirement subsidy associated therewith and determined as a straight life annuity commencing at age sixty-five (65) or any earlier date, but in no event earlier than the second anniversary of the Date of Termination whichever annuity yields a greater benefit) which you would have accrued under the terms of the Pension Plan and Supplemental Plan (without regard to any amendments to any such plans made subsequent to a change in control or potential change in control of the Company, as the case may be, and on or prior to the Date of Termination, which amendment adversely affects in any manner the computation of retirement benefits thereunder), determined as if you were fully vested thereunder and had accumulated (after the Date of Termination) twenty-four (24) additional months of age and service credit thereunder at the higher of the rate of average compensation during the twelve (12) months prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company or the rate of average compensation used to calculate your benefits under such plans immediately preceding the Date of Termination (and in any event at the rate of average compensation used to calculate your benefits under such plans immediately preceding the Date of Termination if such date precedes the potential change in control or date of the change in control of the Company, as the case may be), over (y) the actuarial equivalent of the retirement pension (taking into account any early retirement subsidy associated therewith and determined as a straight life annuity commencing at age sixty-five (65) or any earlier date, but in no event earlier than the Date of Termination whichever annuity yields a greater benefit) which you had then accrued pursuant to the provisions of the Pension Plan and the Supplemental Plan. For purposes of this

 

20


Subsection 4(ii)(4), “actuarial equivalent” shall be determined using the same assumptions utilized under the Pension Plan for purposes of determining alternative forms of benefits immediately prior to the change in control of the Company (or, if earlier, immediately prior to the Date of Termination). In addition, determination of your post-retirement health and life insurance benefits will be calculated as if you were credited with twenty-four (24) additional months of age and service credit for purposes of determining eligibility for and the value of such benefits under the applicable post-retirement health and life insurance plans.

(iii) Incapacity due to Physical or Mental Illness . Following a change in control of the Company or a potential change in control of the Company, during any period that you fail to perform your full-time duties with the Company as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, you shall continue to receive your base salary at the rate in effect at the commencement of any such period, together with all compensation payable to you under the Pension Plan, Supplemental Plan, Annual Incentive Plan, Savings Plan and Nonqualified Savings Plan during such period, until you are terminated for Disability or Retirement as defined in Subsection 3(i). Thereafter, in the event your employment shall be terminated, your benefits shall be determined under the Company’s retirement, insurance and other compensation plans and programs then in effect in accordance with the terms of such plans and programs, and the Company shall have no further obligations to you under this Agreement.

(iv) Legal Fees . Commencing with the month in which there occurs any potential change in control of the Company (or, if earlier, a change in control of the Company), at the end of each month the Company shall pay to you an amount equal to all legal fees and expenses incurred by you during the preceding month as a result of your termination (including all such fees and expenses, if any, incurred in contesting or disputing any such termination or in seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement or in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to the extent attributable to the application of Section 409A or Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) to any payment or benefit provided hereunder or provided under any other agreement, plan, program or arrangement with the Company). Such payments shall be made within five (5) days (or, if later, the earliest date permitted under Section 409A) after your request for payment accompanied with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may require. You shall be entitled to select your legal counsel, and your rights to payment pursuant to this Subsection 4(iv) shall not be affected by the final outcome of any dispute with the Company.

(v) Termination for Cause, Disability, Death or Retirement . Following a change in control of the Company or a potential change in control of the Company, if your employment shall be terminated by the Company for Cause, Disability, death or Retirement, or by you other than for Good Reason, the Company shall pay you your full base salary through the Date of Termination at

 

21


the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given, plus all other amounts to which you are entitled under any compensation plan of the Company at the time such payments are due, and the Company shall have no further obligations to you under this Agreement.

(vi) No Mitigation . You shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 4 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor, except as expressly provided in Subsection 4(ii)(G), shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Section 4 be reduced by any compensation earned by you as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by you to the Company, or otherwise.

(vii) No Diminution of Benefits Under Other Plans; No Duplication of Benefits . In addition to all other amounts payable to you under this Section 4, you shall be entitled to receive all benefits payable to you under the Pension Plan, the Savings Plan, the Supplemental Plan, the Nonqualified Savings Plan, the Annual Incentive Plan, the Incentive Stock Plan and any other plan, agreement, program or arrangement relating to retirement benefits, incentive compensation or welfare benefits (but you shall not be entitled to any severance benefits provided under the Severance Plan); provided, however, that nothing in this Section 4 shall entitle you to any duplication of any payment, benefit or acceleration thereof otherwise available under any such plan, agreement, program or arrangement.

(viii) Time of Payment . All cash payments to which you become entitled under the terms of this Agreement shall be paid to you in a lump sum within five days following the occurrence of the event, i.e., change in control of the Company, potential change in control of the Company, or termination, that triggers your rights to such payment. Any termination shall be deemed to have occurred on the Date of Termination. If the amounts of such payments cannot be finally determined on or before the date payments are to be made, then on the payment date the Company shall pay to you an estimate, as determined in good faith by the Company, of the minimum amount of such payments and shall pay the remainder of such payments (together with interest at a rate equal to 120 percent of the applicable Federal rate determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, compounded semi-annually) as soon as the amount thereof can be determined but in no event later than the thirtieth day after the Date of Termination. In the event that the amount of the estimated payments exceeds the amount subsequently determined to have been due, you shall promptly repay to the Company the amount of such excess (together with interest at a rate equal to 120 percent of the applicable Federal rate determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, compounded semi-annually).

(ix) 409A .

(A) Interpretation of and Modifications to Agreement to Avoid Additional Section 409A Tax . The provisions of this Agreement shall be

 

22


interpreted in a manner to the maximum extent possible to comply in good faith with Section 409A. To the extent you would be subject to the additional tax imposed on certain deferred compensation arrangements pursuant to Section 409A of the Code as a result of any provision of this Agreement, you agree to cooperate with the Company to execute any amendment to the provisions hereof reasonably necessary to avoid the imposition of such tax but only (i) to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such tax and (ii) to the extent that you would not, as a result, suffer any reduction in the amounts otherwise payable to you under this Agreement.

(B) Six Month Delay in Certain Payments to Specified Employees . To the extent you otherwise would be entitled under this Agreement to a payment or benefit during the six months beginning on the Date of Termination that would be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A (because of your status as “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A on your Date of Termination) such payment or benefit shall be made or provided to you as soon as administratively practicable after (but in no event more than five (5) days after) the earliest date that will not result in the imposition of any tax under Section 409A.

(C) Gross-Up for Additional Taxes Imposed Under Section 409A . In the event you are subject to additional taxes imposed by Section 409A with respect to any payments or benefits due to you under this Agreement, the Company will pay you an additional amount such that the net amount retained by you, after deduction of any additional taxes imposed under 409A on such payments or benefits and any federal, state and local income and other payroll taxes and additional taxes imposed under Section 409A upon the payment provided for by this Subsection 4(viii)(C), shall be equal to the payments or benefits under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall not be entitled to any additional amounts pursuant to this Subsection 4(ix)C) if and to the extent that the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A is the direct or indirect result of your breach of any provision of this Agreement, including any failure to cooperate with the Company to amend this Agreement pursuant to Subsection 4(ix)(A) above.

5. Gross Up for Parachute Payment Excise Tax . This Section 5 applies in the event that (i) you become entitled to any payments or benefits under this Agreement (the “Contract Payments”) or under any other agreement, plan, program or arrangement with the Company or any person whose actions result in a change in control or any person affiliated with the Company or such person (together with the Contract Payments, the “Total Payments”), and (ii) the aggregate present value of such payments (calculated in accordance with Section 280G of the Code) exceeds by fifteen percent or more the threshold amount at which you become subject to the tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, i.e., such present value exceeds by fifteen percent

 

23


or more an amount equal to three times your “base amount” determined under Section 280G of the Code. In that case, the Company shall pay to you, no later than the fifth day following the event triggering the Excise Tax (or, if you are a specified employee within the meaning of Section 409A on such date, the earliest date that payment can be made to you in accordance with Section 409A), an additional amount (the “Gross-Up Payment”) such that the net amount retained by you, after deduction of any Excise Tax on the Contract Payments and such other Total Payments and any federal and state and local income and other payroll taxes and Excise Tax upon the payment provided for by this Section 5, shall be equal to the Contract Payments and such other Total Payments.

For purposes of determining whether any of the payments will be subject to the Excise Tax, the amount of such Excise Tax, whether you are entitled to a Gross-Up Payment in accordance with this Section 5, and whether your Total Payments will be reduced pursuant to Section 6 below and the amount of such reduction, (i) any other payments or benefits received or to be received by you in connection with a change in control of the Company or your termination of employment (whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any person whose actions result in a change in control or any person affiliated with the Company or such person) payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any person whose actions result in a change in control or any person affiliated with the Company or such person (together with the Contract Payments, the “Total Payments”), shall be treated as “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code and all “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(l) of the Code shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax unless in the opinion of tax counsel selected by RYERSON’s independent auditors and reasonably acceptable to you, it is more likely than not that such other payments or benefits (in whole or in part) do not constitute parachute payments, including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code or such excess parachute payments (in whole or in part) represent reasonable compensation for services actually rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code in excess of the base amount allocable to such reasonable compensation within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code, or are otherwise not subject to the Excise Tax, (ii) the amount of the Total Payments which shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax shall be equal to the lesser of (A) the amount of the Total Payments or (B) the amount of excess parachute payments within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(l) of the Code (after applying clause (i) above), and (iii) the value of any noncash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by RYERSON’s independent auditors in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code. For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, you shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation in the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation in the state and locality of your residence on the Date of Termination, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

In the event that the Excise Tax is subsequently determined to be less than the amount

 

24


taken into account hereunder at the time of termination of your employment, you shall repay to the Company at the time that the amount of such reduction in Excise Tax is finally determined the portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to such reduction (plus the portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to the Excise Tax and federal and state and local income tax imposed on the Gross-Up Payment being repaid by you if such repayment results in a reduction in Excise Tax and/or a federal and state and local income tax deduction) plus interest on the amount of such repayment at a rate equal to 120 percent of the applicable Federal rate determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, compounded semi-annually. In the event that the Excise Tax is determined to exceed the amount taken into account hereunder at the time of the termination of your employment (including by reason of any payment the existence or amount of which cannot be determined at the time of the Gross-Up Payment), the Company shall make an additional gross-up payment in respect of such excess (plus any interest payable with respect to such excess) at the time that the amount of such excess is finally determined.

The Gross-Up payment provided by this Section 5 shall be paid to you promptly upon determination but in any event by the end of your taxable year following the year in which you were required to pay the Excise Tax.

6. Reduction in Contract Payments Where Contract Payments Exceed the Threshold Amount by Less Than 15% . In the event that you become entitled to any payments or benefits under this Agreement, but you are not entitled to a Gross-Up Payment under Section 5, above, the amount of payments and benefits to which you are entitled under this Agreement shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary such that no part of your Total Payments (after such reduction) constitutes an excess parachute payment within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(i) of the Code. You will be entitled to elect by written notice to the Company which payments or benefits are to be reduced; provided, however, that if you do not make such an election within ten days after receiving from the Company a written summary prepared by its independent auditors of the value of the payments and benefits for purposes of Section 280G of the Code, the reduction shall be made first from the amounts payable to you as severance and, then, as the Company may determine in its discretion, from the amounts payable to you on account of the Annual Incentive Plan, Options, and the Incentive Stock Plans. In the event that the amount of the reduction calculated under this Section 6 is subsequently determined to be too little to avoid an excess parachute payment or is greater than required to avoid an excess parachute payment, you shall promptly repay to the Company (if too little) or receive from the Company (if too great) an amount equal to the difference together with interest at a rate equal to 120 percent of the applicable Federal rate determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, compounded semi-annually.

7. Confidentiality and Ownership . You acknowledge and agree that the Confidential Information (as defined in paragraph (A) below) is the property of the Company. Accordingly, except as may be required by applicable law or the lawful order of a court or regulatory body, or except to the extent that you have express authorization from the Company to do otherwise, you will:

(A) Confidential Information. Keep secret and confidential indefinitely all Confidential Information and not disclose such Confidential Information, either directly or indirectly, to any other person, firm or business entity, or to use it in any way. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means all non-public information, observations or data relating to the Company which you have learned during your employment with the Company, whether or not a trade secret within the meaning of applicable law, including but not limited to: (i) new products and new product development; (ii) marketing strategies and plans, market experience with products, and market research; (iii) manufacturing processes, technologies and production plans and methods; (iv) formulas, research in progress and unpublished manuals or know how devices, methods, techniques, processes and inventions; (v) regulatory filings and communications; (vi) identity of and relationship with licensees, licensers or suppliers; (vi) finances, financial information, and financial management systems; (vii) technological and engineering data; (viii) identities of and information concerning customers, vendors and suppliers and prospective customers, vendors and suppliers; (ix) development, expansion and business strategies, plans and techniques; (x) computer programs; (xi) research and development activities; (xii) litigation and pending litigation; and (xiii) any other information or documents which you are told or reasonably ought to know the Company regards as proprietary or confidential.

 

25


(B) On your Date of Termination or at the Company’s earlier request, you will promptly return to the Company any and all records, documents, data, memoranda, reports, physical property, information, computer disks, tapes or software or other materials, and all copies thereof, relating to the business of the Company obtained by you during your employment with the Company. You further agree to deliver to the Company, at its request, any computer in your possession or control which has contained any Confidential Information for the purpose of ensuring that all Confidential Information stored on the computer has been delivered to the Company.

(C) You agree that all inventions, innovations, discoveries, improvements, developments, trade secrets, processes, procedures, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, and all similar or related information which relates to the Company’s actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by you while employed by the Company (“Work Product”) belong to the Company. You shall promptly inform the Company of such Work Product, and shall execute such assignments as may be necessary to transfer to the Company the benefits of the Work Product, in whole or in part, or conceived by you either alone or with others, which result from any work which you may do for or at the request of the Company, whether or not conceived by you while on

 

26


holiday, on vacation, or off the premises of the Company, including such of the foregoing items conceived during the course of employment which are developed or perfected after your Date of Termination. You shall assist the Company or its nominee, to obtain patents, trademarks and service marks and agree to execute all documents and to take all other actions which are necessary or appropriate to secure to the Company the benefits thereof. Such patents, trademarks and service marks shall become the property of the Company. You shall deliver to the Company all sketches, drawings, models, figures, plans, outlines, descriptions or other information with respect thereto.

(D) To the extent that any court or agency seeks to have you disclose Confidential Information, you shall promptly inform the Company, and you shall take such reasonable steps to prevent disclosure of Confidential Information until the Company has been informed of such requested disclosure. To the extent that you obtain information on behalf of the Company that may be subject to attorney-client privilege as to the Company’s attorneys, you shall take reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to preserve such privilege.

(E) Nothing in the foregoing provisions of this Section 7 shall be construed so as to prevent you from using, in connection with your employment for yourself or an employer other than the Company, knowledge which was acquired by you during the course of your employment with the Company, and which is generally known to persons of your experience in other companies in the same industry other than through your acts or omission to act.

8. Noncompetition/Nonsolicitation . You acknowledge that the industry in which the Company is engaged is a highly competitive business, and that you are a key executive of the Company. You further acknowledge that as a result of your senior position within the Company, you have acquired and will acquire extensive Confidential Information and knowledge of the Company’s business and the industry in which it operates and will develop relationships with and knowledge of customers, employees, vendors and suppliers of the Company and affiliates. Accordingly, you agree that during the time you are employed by the Company (the “Employment Period”) and for a period of twenty-four (24) months after your Date of Termination, you agree as follows:

(A) You will not directly or indirectly, own, operate, manage, control, participate or have any financial interest in, consult with, advise, engage in services for (whether for yourself or for any other person and whether as proprietor, principal, stockholder, partner, agent, director, officer, employee, consultant, independent contractor or in any other capacity), any Competitor of the Company, or in any manner engage in the start-up of a business (including by yourself or in association with any person, firm, corporate or other business organization through any other

 

27


entity) in Competition with the Company, provided that, this shall not prevent you from ownership of 1% or less of the outstanding stock of any corporation listed on the New York or American Stock Exchange or included in the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System or ownership of securities in any entity affiliated with the Company. “Competitor” or “in Competition” refers to a person or entity, including metals-related internet marketplaces, engaged in the metal service center processing and/or distribution business.

(B) You will not directly or indirectly contact, call upon, solicit business from, sell or render services to, any customer of the Company with respect to the provision of services identical to or similar to any service provided by the Company during the Employment Period or in the process of being provided as of your Date of Termination, for which you had any responsibility or about which you had any Confidential Information during the Employment Period.

(C) You will not directly or indirectly either alone or in cooperation with others, encourage any employees of the Company to seek or accept an employment or business relationship with a person or entity other than the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship of the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate and any employee thereof, including without limitation, to hire, solicit for hire, or discuss or encourage the employment of, any of the employees of the Company who were employed by the Company during the Employment Period; provided however, this shall not apply to an employee whose employment was terminated by the Company before your Date of Termination, if such termination was not caused by any direct or indirect involvement of you or your subsequent employer.

(D) You will not directly or indirectly either alone or in cooperation with others, encourage any supplier, distributor, franchisee, licensee, or other business relation of the Company, cease or curtail doing business with the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, distributor, franchisee, licensee or business relation and the Company.

9. Reasonableness of Restrictions, Injunctive Relief and Remedies .

(A) You acknowledge that your rights to compete and disclose Confidential Information and trade secrets are limited hereby only to the extent necessary to protect the Company and that, in the event that your employment with the Company terminates for any reason, you will be able to earn a livelihood without violating the foregoing restrictions. You acknowledge that the restrictions cited herein are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company’s legitimate business interests.

 

28


(B) You acknowledge that the services to be rendered by you are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and, in connection with such services, you will have access to confidential information vital to the Company’s businesses. By reason of this, you consent and agree that if you violate any of the provisions of Section 7 or 8 above, the Company would sustain irreparable harm and, therefore, in addition to any other remedies which the Company may have under this Agreement or otherwise, you shall immediately forfeit all remaining payments and benefits to which you are entitled under this Agreement and the Company shall be entitled to an injunction from any court of competent jurisdiction restraining you from committing or continuing any such violation of this Agreement, including, without limitation, restraining you from disclosing, using for any purpose, selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of, in whole or in part, any trade secrets, Confidential Information, proprietary information, client or customer lists or other information pertaining to the financial condition, business, manner of operation, affairs, plans or prospects of the Company. You acknowledge that damages at law would not be an adequate remedy for violation of Section 7 or 8, and you therefore agree that the provisions may be specifically enforced against you in any court of competent jurisdiction. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to it for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages.

10. Successors; Binding Agreement .

(i) RYERSON will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of RYERSON to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that RYERSON or the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of RYERSON to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle you to compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as you would be entitled to hereunder if you terminate your employment for Good Reason following a change in control of the Company, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination. In the event a successor of RYERSON assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise, the term “RYERSON”, as used in this Agreement, shall mean such successor and the term “Company” shall mean, collectively, such successor and the affiliates of such successor.

(ii) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by your personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If you should die while any amount would still be payable to you hereunder if you had continued to live, all such amounts,

 

29


unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to your devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there is no such designee, to your estate.

11. Notice . For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth on the first page of this Agreement, provided that all notice to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Board with a copy to the Secretary of RYERSON, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

12. Miscellaneous . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois. All references to sections of the Exchange Act or the Code shall be deemed also to refer to any successor provisions to such sections. Any payments provided for hereunder, whether in cash or in kind, shall be paid net of any applicable withholding required under federal, state or local law. The obligations of RYERSON and the Company under this Agreement shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement.

13. Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

15. Settlement of Disputes; Arbitration . All claims by you for benefits under this Agreement shall be directed to and determined by the Board and shall be in writing. Any denial by the Board of a claim for benefits under this Agreement shall be delivered to you in writing and shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial and the specific provisions of this Agreement relied upon. The Board shall afford a reasonable opportunity to you for a review of the decision denying a claim and shall further allow you to appeal to the Board a decision of the Board within sixty (60) days after notification by the Board that your claim has been denied. Except as provided in Section 9 above, any further dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this

 

30


Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Chicago, Illinois, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, provided, however, that the evidentiary standards set forth in this Agreement shall apply. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that you shall be entitled to seek specific performance of your right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

 

31


If this letter sets forth our agreement on the subject matter hereof, kindly sign and return to RYERSON the enclosed copy of this letter which will then constitute our agreement on this subject.

 

Sincerely,
RYERSON INC.
By  

/s/ William Korda

  Vice President - Human Resources

 

Agreed to this 21 st day of May, 2007

/s/ Stephen E. Makarewicz

(Signature)

 

32

Exhibit 10.10

May 11, 2007

JIM DELANEY

PRESIDENT GLOBAL ACCOUNTS

122 S. BRUNER

HINSDALE, IL 60521

Dear Jim:

Ryerson Inc. (“RYERSON”) considers it essential to the best interests of its stockholders to foster the continuous employment of key management personnel of RYERSON and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). In this connection, the Board of Directors of RYERSON (the “Board”) recognizes that, as is the case with many publicly held corporations, the possibility of a change in control may exist and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of RYERSON and its stockholders.

The Board has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s management, including yourself, to their assigned duties without distraction in the face of potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Company. In order to induce you to remain in the employ of the Company, RYERSON agrees that you shall receive the severance benefits set forth in this letter agreement (“Agreement”) in the event your employment with the Company is terminated subsequent to a “change in control of the Company” or a “potential change in control of the Company” (as such terms are defined in Section 2 hereof) under the circumstances described below (or, in certain circumstances described below, in advance of such a change in control or potential change in control of the Company). This Agreement shall constitute an amendment and restatement of and shall supersede any prior agreement entered into between you and RYERSON with respect to these matters. In the event that you receive severance benefits hereunder, such benefits shall be in lieu of, and you shall not be entitled to receive, any benefits or payments under any other severance plan or policy of the Company or any agreement with the Company, and the provisions of Sections 7 through 9 hereof shall supersede any provisions relating to comparable matters under such other severance plan or policy or such other agreement. In addition, if you are or become entitled to benefits from the Company pursuant to another agreement providing for benefits on account of a change in control or the law of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or territory thereof as a result of an event for which benefits are payable to you pursuant to this Agreement, the benefits paid to you pursuant to this Agreement shall be reduced by the amount paid to you pursuant to such other agreement or law.


1. Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue in effect until the first anniversary of the date on which RYERSON gives you a written notice of termination of the Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if a change in control of the Company or a potential change in control of the Company shall have occurred during the original or extended term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of twenty-four (24) months beyond the month in which such change in control of the Company or potential change in control of the Company occurred.

2. Definitions: Change in Control; Potential Change in Control .

(i) Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “change in control of the Company” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(A) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than (w) the Company, (x) a trustee or other fiduciary holding voting securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, (y) an underwriter temporarily holding voting securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (z) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the security holders of RYERSON in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of voting securities of RYERSON, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of voting securities of RYERSON (not including in the voting securities beneficially owned by such person any voting securities acquired directly from RYERSON or its affiliates) representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of RYERSON’s then outstanding voting securities;

(B) during any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by RYERSON’s security holders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (collectively, “Continuing Directors”), cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; provided, however, that any director who assumes office in connection with an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clauses (A), (C) or (D) of this Subsection 2(i) or any new director who assumes office in connection with or as a result of an actual or threatened proxy or other election contest of the Board shall never be (at any time) a Continuing Director for purposes of this Subsection 2(i)(B), and the nomination or election of such person shall never constitute, or be deemed to constitute, an approval by the Continuing Directors for purposes of this Subsection 2(i)(B) (provided that for the purposes of funding any rabbi trust or similar escrow

 

2


agreement, any change in control of the Company under this Subsection 2(i)(B) shall be deemed to occur at the beginning of the day of the stockholders’ meeting at which the stockholders are asked to vote on a slate of directors that could result in Continuing Directors ceasing to constitute a majority of the Board);

(C) there occurs a merger or consolidation of RYERSON with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of RYERSON outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or the direct or indirect parent thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding voting securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of RYERSON or such surviving entity or the direct or indirect parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of RYERSON (or similar transaction) in which no person acquires more than 40% of the combined voting power of RYERSON’s then outstanding voting securities;

(D) the holders of voting securities of RYERSON approve a plan of complete liquidation of RYERSON or an agreement for the sale or disposition by RYERSON of all or substantially all of RYERSON’s assets; or

(E) there occurs any other event that the Board deems to be a change in control of the Company.

(ii) Potential Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “potential change in control of the Company” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(A) RYERSON enters into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a change in control of the Company;

(B) any person (including RYERSON) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which if consummated would constitute a change in control of the Company;

(C) any person, other than (w) the Company, (x) a trustee or other fiduciary holding voting securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, (y) an underwriter temporarily holding voting securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (z) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the security holders of RYERSON in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of voting securities

 

3


of RYERSON, who is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of voting securities of RYERSON representing 9.5% or more of the combined voting power of RYERSON’s then outstanding voting securities, increases his beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such person on the date hereof; or

(D) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a potential change in control of the Company has occurred.

3. Definitions: Disability; Retirement; Cause; Good Reason; Notice of Termination; Date of Termination .

(i) Disability; Retirement . If you cannot perform your full-time duties with the Company due to physical or mental incapacity and have exhausted all of your short-term disability plan benefits, your employment may be terminated for “Disability”. Termination of your employment based on “Retirement” shall mean voluntary retirement entitling you to a pension benefit afforded by the Company’s defined benefit pension plan applicable to its salaried employees or in accordance with any retirement arrangement established with your consent with respect to you.

(ii) Cause . Termination by the Company of your employment for “Cause” shall mean termination upon (A) the willful and continued failure by you to substantially perform your duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from your incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or anticipated failure after the issuance of a Notice of Termination by you for Good Reason as defined in Subsections 3(iv) and 3(iii), respectively) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that you have not substantially performed your duties, or (B) the willful engaging by you in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise. For purposes of this Subsection 3(ii), no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by you not in good faith and without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters (  3 / 4 ) of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to you and an opportunity for you, together with your counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board you were guilty of conduct set forth above in clauses (A) or (B) of the first sentence of this Subsection 3(ii) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail; provided that, in the event of a dispute concerning the application of this provision, no claim by the Company that Cause exists shall be given effect unless the Company establishes in a legal proceeding by clear and convincing evidence that Cause exists.

 

4


(iii) Good Reason . You shall be entitled to terminate your employment for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean: without your express written consent, the occurrence after a change in control or after a potential change in control of the Company of any of the following circumstances unless, in the case of paragraphs (A), (E), (F), (G) or (H), such circumstances are fully corrected prior to the Date of Termination specified in the Notice of Termination, as defined in Subsections 3(v) and 3(iv), respectively, given in respect thereof:

(A) the assignment to you of any duties materially inconsistent with your status as an executive officer of the Company, or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature or status of your responsibilities from those in effect immediately prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company; provided, however, that a change in the Company’s status from a public company to a private company does not in and of itself constitute a substantial adverse alteration unless such change results in a material diminution in your authority, duties or responsibilities;

(B) a reduction by the Company in your annual base salary as in effect on the date of the change in control or potential change in control of the Company;

(C) the Company’s requiring that your principal place of business be at an office located more than 50 miles from where your principal place of business is located immediately prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with your business travel obligations immediately prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company;

(D) the failure by the Company, without your consent, to pay to you any portion of your current compensation, or to pay to you any portion of an installment of deferred compensation under any deferred compensation program of the Company, within seven (7) days of the date such compensation is due;

(E) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any compensation plan in which you participate immediately prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company which is material to your total compensation, including but not limited to the Ryerson Annual Incentive Plan (the “Annual Incentive Plan”), Ryerson 2002 Incentive Stock Plan and any predecessor or successor thereto (collectively, the “Incentive Stock Plans”), Ryerson Nonqualified Savings

 

5


Plan (the “Nonqualified Savings Plan”), or the Ryerson Savings Plan (the “Savings Plan”) or any substitute or alternative plans adopted prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company, unless an equitable arrangement (embodied in an ongoing substitute or alternative plan) has been made with respect to such plan, or the failure by the Company to continue your participation therein (or in such substitute or alternative plan) on a basis not materially less favorable, including, but not limited to, in terms of the amount of benefits provided, the level of your participation relative to other participants, and benefit opportunities, as existed at the time of the change in control or potential change in control of the Company;

(F) the failure by the Company to continue to provide you with benefits substantially similar to those enjoyed by you under any of the Company’s defined contribution plans, life insurance, medical, dental, or short-term and long term disability plans or programs in which you were participating at the time of the change in control or potential change in control of the Company, the taking of any action by the Company which would directly or indirectly materially reduce any of such benefits or deprive you of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by you at the time of the change in control or potential change in control of the Company, or the failure by the Company to provide you with the number of paid vacation days to which you are entitled on the basis of years of service with the Company in accordance with the Company’s normal vacation policy in effect at the time of the change in control or potential change in control of the Company;

(G) the failure of RYERSON to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as contemplated in Section 10 hereof; or

(H) any purported termination of your employment which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the requirements of Subsection 3(iv) below (and, if applicable, the requirements of Subsection 3(ii) above); for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

Your right to terminate your employment pursuant to this Section 3 shall not be affected by your incapacity due to physical or mental illness. Your continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any circumstance constituting Good Reason hereunder. For purposes of any determination regarding the existence of Good Reason, any claim by you that Good Reason exists shall be presumed to be correct unless the Company establishes in a legal proceeding by clear and convincing evidence that Good Reason does not exist.

(iv) Notice of Termination . Any purported termination of your employment by the Company or by you shall be communicated by written Notice

 

6


of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 11 hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of your employment under the provision so indicated.

(v) Date of Termination, Etc. “Date of Termination” shall mean (A) if your employment is terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that you shall not have returned to the full-time performance of your duties during such thirty (30) day period), and (B) if your employment is terminated pursuant to Subsection 3(ii) or 3(iii) above or for any other reason (other than Disability), the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a termination pursuant to Subsection 3(ii) above shall not be less than thirty (30) days, and in the case of a termination pursuant to Subsection 3(iii) above shall not be less than fifteen (15) nor more than sixty (60) days, respectively, from the date such Notice of Termination is given); provided that if within fifteen (15) days after any Notice of Termination is given, or, if later, prior to the Date of Termination (as determined without regard to this proviso), the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is finally determined, either by mutual written agreement of the parties, by a binding arbitration award, or by a final judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction (which is not appealable or with respect to which the time for appeal therefrom has expired and no appeal has been perfected) but shall be deemed to be within the twenty-four (24) month period following a change in control or potential change in control of the Company; provided further that the Date of Termination shall be extended by a notice of dispute only if such notice is given in good faith and the party giving such notice pursues the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Company will continue to pay you your full compensation in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, base salary) and continue you as a participant in all compensation, benefit and insurance plans and programs in which you were participating when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given, until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Subsection 3(v). Amounts paid under this Subsection 3(v) are in addition to all other amounts due under this Agreement and shall not be offset against or reduce any other amounts due under this Agreement.

4. Compensation Upon and Following a Change in Control or Potential Change in Control .

(i) Entitlements Upon a Change in Control . If you are employed by the Company at the time of a change in control of the Company, you shall be entitled to the following benefits:

 

7


(A) Stock Option Change in Control Payment . You shall receive an amount equal to the product of (x) the amount, if any, by which the Change in Control Price, as defined below, exceeds the closing price of a share of common stock of RYERSON as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares, as defined below, are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a share of common stock of RYERSON on such other established securities market on which the common stock of RYERSON is traded) on the last trading date prior to the change in control of the Company and (y) the number of shares of RYERSON common stock covered by all stock options granted to you under RYERSON’s stock option plans (“Options”) that you hold on the date of the change in control of the Company. The Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether the amount provided by this Subsection 4(i)(A) is to be paid to you in cash or in shares of common stock of Ryerson. Where the Compensation Committee determines that you are to be paid in Ryerson common stock, you shall receive the whole number of shares of Ryerson common stock obtained by dividing the amount provided by this Subsection 4(i)(A) by the closing price of a share of common stock of RYERSON as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a share of common stock of RYERSON on such other established securities market on which the common stock of RYERSON is traded) on the last trading date prior to the change in control of the Company (plus cash in lieu of any fractional share).

For purposes of this Agreement, the “Change in Control Price” means: (1) with respect to a merger or consolidation of RYERSON described in Subsection 2(i)(C) in which the consideration per share of RYERSON’s common stock to be paid for the acquisition of shares of common stock specified in the agreement of merger or consolidation is all in cash, the highest such consideration per share; (2) with respect to a change in control of the Company by reason of an acquisition of voting securities described in Subsection 2(i)(A), the highest price per share for any share of RYERSON’s common stock paid by any holder of any of the securities representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of RYERSON giving rise to the change in control of the Company; and (3) with respect to a change in control of the Company by reason of a merger or consolidation of RYERSON (other than a merger or consolidation described in clause (1) next above), stockholder approval of an agreement or plan described in Subsection 2(i)(D) or a change in the composition of the Board described in Subsection 2(i)(B), the average of the closing prices per share of common stock of Ryerson reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, if such shares are not traded on the New York Stock Exchange, such other established securities market on which such shares are traded) for the sixty (60) day period ending on the date immediately prior to the date such change in control of the Company occurs.

(B) Stock Options: Vesting and Rollover or Settlement . Notwithstanding anything in the Company’s stock option plans or any

 

8


stock option agreements thereunder to the contrary, all of your Options shall vest, whether or not otherwise exercisable. At your election, the Options shall remain outstanding (unless otherwise prohibited by the terms of the documents governing the change in control of the Company), or shall be settled in either shares of common stock of RYERSON (such shares along with, where applicable, shares of common stock of any successor to RYERSON are referred to herein as “RYERSON Shares”) or cash, as provided below. The Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether Options are to be settled in RYERSON Shares or cash.

(a) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in cash, you shall receive: an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the excess of (x) the closing price of a RYERSON Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a RYERSON Share reported on such other established securities market on which RYERSON Shares are traded) on the last trading date prior to the change in control of the Company, over (y) the per share exercise price of each Option then held by you (whether or not then fully exercisable), and (ii) the number of RYERSON Shares covered by your Options; and

(b) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in RYERSON Shares, you shall receive a whole number of RYERSON Shares equal to: the quotient of (x) the amount of cash determined pursuant to subparagraph (a) above, divided by (y) the closing price of a RYERSON Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a RYERSON Share reported on such other established securities market on which RYERSON Shares are traded) on the last trading date prior to the change in control of the Company; plus cash in lieu of any fractional share;

(C) Restricted Stock . To the extent not otherwise vested in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Incentive Stock Plans, you shall be fully vested in any restricted shares issued thereunder.

(D) Performance Share Awards . Any performance award that has not been settled prior to or as of the effective date of the change in control of the Company will be cashed out and you will be paid an amount

 

9


equal to (i) the Change in Control Price, multiplied by (ii) the number of Performance Share Units based on the greater of 100% of target performance measure attainment and actual performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by (iii) a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of months in the performance cycle, and the numerator of which is the number of whole months (rounded up, if not a multiple of 12, to the number that is the number of months that is the next highest multiple of 12) of the performance cycle elapsed prior to the date of the change in control of the Company; provided, however, that if the Company’s market capitalization as of the date of the change in control of the Company is less than $250 million, clause (ii) above shall provide “(ii) the number of performance share units based on 30% of target performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by”. In determining whether target or actual performance measure attainments are greater, calculations of actual performance measure attainments for any year of the performance cycle that has not yet then concluded, if applicable, shall be determined based on the average actual performance in respect of those full months that have elapsed during the then-current year of the performance cycle as of the effective date of the change in control of the Company; provided that if the change in control of the Company occurs in the first calendar quarter of a year, the actual performance measure attainment for such year shall be deemed to be the actual performance measure attainment for the immediately preceding year. Notwithstanding the forgoing, any payments with respect to any performance award that you elected to defer pursuant to the terms of the 2002 Incentive Stock Plan shall not be accelerated by this Subsection 4(i)(D).

(ii) Termination Other Than For Cause; Termination by You for Good Reason . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation, Sections 6 through 9 hereof, in the event (x) a change in control of the Company or potential change in control of the Company, each as defined in Section 2 hereof, shall have occurred, and your employment is subsequently terminated during the term of this Agreement by the Company (other than for Cause, Disability, death or Retirement) or by you for Good Reason or (y) your employment is terminated by the Company (other than for Cause, Disability, death or Retirement) during the term of this Agreement prior to a change in control of the Company or potential change in control of the Company at the request of any person as part of or in connection with a proposed transaction that could constitute a potential change in control of the Company or a change in control of the Company, provided that in the case of (y) there occurs either a change in control of the Company or potential change in control of the Company within 12 months following such termination, you shall be entitled to the following benefits:

(A) Base Salary . The Company shall pay you your full base salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time

 

10


Notice of Termination is given, plus all other amounts to which you are entitled under any compensation plan or program of the Company, at the time such payments are due, except as otherwise provided below.

(B) Severance . In lieu of any further salary payments to you for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay as severance pay to you an amount equal to two times the sum of (x) your annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the circumstance giving rise to the Notice of Termination given in respect thereof, and (y) the greater of (I) your target award under the Annual Incentive Plan or similar successor plan for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, or (II) the average annual amount of the Award paid to you pursuant to the Annual Incentive Plan or similar successor plan with respect to the five years immediately preceding that in which the Date of Termination occurs, such average annual amount being calculated by aggregating all such Awards paid with respect to such five years and dividing such aggregate amount by the number of years for which such an Award was actually paid to you.

(C) Annual Incentive Plan . Notwithstanding any provision of the Annual Incentive Plan, and solely to the extent not already provided to you under such plan, the Company shall pay to you a lump sum amount under that plan at least equal to the sum of (x) any incentive compensation under the Annual Incentive Plan which has been allocated or awarded to you for a completed fiscal year or other measuring period preceding the Date of Termination but has not yet been paid, and (y) a pro rata portion to the Date of Termination for the current fiscal year or other measuring period of the amount equal to the target award percentage applicable to you under the Annual Incentive Plan or similar successor plan on the Date of Termination times your annual base salary then in effect.

(D) Stock Options .

(1) Settlement where Date of Termination follows Change in Control . Where your Date of Termination follows a change in control of the Company, notwithstanding anything in the Company’s stock option plans or any stock option agreements thereunder to the contrary, any Options granted to you subsequent to the change in control of the Company and Options, if any, not settled at the time of a change in control of the Company, whether or not vested , shall be fully vested, whether or not then exercisable, and shall be settled in either RYERSON Shares or cash as provided below. The Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether options are to be settled in RYERSON Shares or cash.

 

11


(a) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in cash, you shall receive an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the excess of (x) the “Date of Termination Fair Market Value”, as defined below, of a RYERSON Share, over (y) the per share exercise price of each Option then held by you (whether or not then fully exercisable), and (ii) the number of RYERSON Shares covered by your Options.

(b) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in shares, you shall receive a whole number of shares equal to the quotient of (x) the amount of cash determined pursuant to paragraph (a) above, divided by (y) the “Date of Termination Fair Market Value”, as defined below, of a RYERSON Share; and you shall receive cash in lieu of any fractional share.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination Fair Market Value” shall mean (i) where RYERSON Shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a RYERSON Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions on the last trading date preceding the Date of Termination; (ii) where RYERSON Shares are no longer traded on the New York Stock Exchange but are traded on another established securities market, the closing price of a RYERSON Share on the last trading date preceding the Date of Termination, and (iii) if RYERSON Shares are no longer traded on any established securities market, a value determined by the Board based on a reasonable application of a “reasonable valuation method” as defined in Treasury Regulations under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”).

(2) Vesting and Settlement where Date of Termination follows Potential Change in Control . Where your Date of Termination follows a potential change in control of the Company but precedes a change in control of the Company, notwithstanding anything in the Company’s stock option plans or any stock option agreements thereunder to the contrary, all of your Options, to the extent unvested, shall vest on your Date of Termination and shall be settled in either RYERSON Shares or cash as provided below. The Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether options are to be settled in RYERSON Shares or cash.

(a) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in cash, you shall receive an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the excess of (x) the Date of Termination Fair Market Value over (y) the per share exercise price of each Option then held by you (whether or not then fully exercisable), and (ii) the number of RYERSON Shares covered by your Options.

 

12


(b) If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in shares, you shall receive a whole number of shares equal to the quotient of (x) the amount of cash determined pursuant to paragraph (a) above, divided by (y) the Date of Termination Fair Market Value; and you shall receive cash in lieu of any fractional share.

(3) Vesting and Settlement in an Acquirer-Motivated Termination where Date of Termination precedes Change in Control or Potential Change in Control and Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Occurs Within 12 Months . Where you are terminated prior to a change in control or potential change in control of the Company at the request of any person as part of or in connection with a proposed transaction that could constitute a potential change in control of the Company or a change in control of the Company, Options you hold as of your Date of Termination shall not expire or lapse except as provided below in this Subsection 4(ii)(D)(3). Any vested Options you hold on the Date of Termination shall remain exercisable for the periods after termination provided by the terms of the Option grants. Any unvested Options you hold on the Date of Termination shall not be exercisable unless a change in control or potential change in control of the Company follows within 12 months of the Date of Termination.

(a) If the first applicable event to occur within 12 months following your Date of Termination is a change in control of the Company, settlement (or rollover) of vested Options you held on the Date of Termination, to the extent not subsequently exercised, as well as any unvested Options you held on the Date of Termination, shall occur pursuant to Subsections 4(i)(A) and (B) as if you were employed by the Company at the time of the change in control of the Company.

(b) If the first applicable event to occur within 12 months following your Date of Termination is a potential change in control of the Company, vested Options you held on the Date of Termination, to the extent not subsequently exercised, as well as any unvested Options you held on the Date of Termination, shall be settled in either RYERSON Shares or cash as provided below. The Compensation Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether options are to be settled in RYERSON Shares or cash.

i. If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in cash, you shall

 

13


receive an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the excess of (x) the closing price of a RYERSON Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a RYERSON Share reported on such other established securities market on which RYERSON Shares are traded) on the last trading date preceding the potential change in control over (y) the per share exercise price of each Option then held by you (whether or not then fully exercisable), and (ii) the number of RYERSON Shares covered by your Options.

ii. If the Compensation Committee determines to settle your Options in shares, you shall receive a whole number of shares equal to the quotient of (x) the amount of cash determined pursuant to paragraph i. above, divided by (y) the closing price of a RYERSON Share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions (or, where RYERSON Shares are no longer listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing price of a RYERSON Share reported on such other established securities market on which RYERSON Shares are traded) on the last trading date preceding the potential change in control; and you shall receive cash in lieu of any fractional share.

If no change in control or potential change in control of the Company occurs within the 12-month period following the Date of Termination, your Options shall expire according to the terms of the Option grants.

(E) Restricted Stock .

(1) Where your Date of Termination follows a change in control or potential change in control of the Company, to the extent not otherwise vested in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Incentive Stock Plans, you shall be fully vested in any restricted shares issued thereunder.

(2) In an acquirer-motivated termination, where you are terminated prior to a change in control or potential change in control of the Company at the request of any person as part of or in connection with a proposed transaction that could constitute a potential change in control of the Company or a change in control of the Company, and a change in control or potential change in

 

14


control of the Company follows within 12 months of your Date of Termination (such period between the Date of Termination and the change in control or potential change in control of the Company hereinafter referred to as the “interim period”), to the extent you held unvested, restricted shares on your Date of Termination, such shares shall remain outstanding but restricted and unvested during the interim period, and at the time of the subsequent change in control or potential change in control of the Company, shall vest; if no change in control or potential change in control of the Company follows within 12 months of your Date of Termination, restricted shares you held on your Date of Termination shall be cancelled.

(F) Performance Share Awards .

(1) Payment where Date of Termination follows Change in Control . Where your Date of Termination follows a change in control of the Company, with respect to any performance share award granted under the Incentive Stock Plans that was outstanding on your Date of Termination, any performance award that was not settled prior to or as of the effective date of the Change in Control of the Company will be cashed out, and you will be paid an amount equal to (i) Date of Termination Fair Market Value, multiplied by (ii) the number of Performance Share Units based on the greater of 100% of target performance measure attainment and actual performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by (iii) a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of months in the performance cycle, and the numerator of which is the number of whole months (rounded up, if not a multiple of 12, to the number that is the number of months that is the next highest multiple of 12) of the performance cycle elapsed prior to the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the Company’s market capitalization as of the date of the change in control of the Company is less than $250 million, clause (ii) above shall provide “(ii) the number of performance share units based on 30% of target performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by”. In determining whether target or actual performance measure attainments are greater, calculations of actual performance measure attainments for any year of the performance cycle that has not yet then concluded, if applicable, shall be determined based on the average actual performance in respect of those full months that have elapsed during the then-current year of the performance cycle as of the Date of Termination; provided that if the Date of Termination occurs in the first calendar quarter of a year, the actual performance measure attainment for such year shall be deemed to be the actual performance measure attainment for the immediately preceding year. Notwithstanding the forgoing, any payments with

 

15


respect to any performance award that you elected to defer pursuant to the terms of the 2002 Incentive Stock Plan shall not be accelerated by this Subsection 4(ii)(F)(1).

(2) Settlement where Date of Termination follows Potential Change in Control . Where your Date of Termination follows a potential change in control of the Company but precedes a change in control of the Company, with respect to each performance share award granted under the Incentive Stock Plans that was outstanding on your Date of Termination, you shall receive:

(a) an amount in cash equal to (i) the Date of Termination Fair Market Value, multiplied by (ii) the number of performance share units based on the greater of 100% of target performance measure attainment and actual performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by (iii) a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of months in the performance cycle and the numerator of which is the number of whole months (rounded up, if not a multiple of 12, to the number that is the number of months that is the next highest multiple of 12) of the performance cycle elapsed prior to the date of the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the Company’s market capitalization as of the date of the change in control is less than $250 million, clause (ii) above shall be “(ii) the number of performance share units based on 30% of target performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by”; in determining whether target or actual performance measure attainments are greater, calculations of actual performance measure attainments for any year of the performance cycle that has not yet then concluded, if applicable, shall be determined based on the average actual performance in respect of those full months that have elapsed during the then-current year of the performance cycle as of the Date of Termination; provided that if the Date of Termination occurs in the first calendar quarter of a year, the actual performance measure attainment for such year shall be deemed to be the actual performance measure attainment for the immediately preceding year; and

(b) if, during the term of this Agreement, a change in control of the Company occurs, an additional amount (payable in cash) equal to the amount by which the amount determined under subparagraph (a) above based on the Date of Termination Fair Market Value is less than the amount determined under subparagraph (a) based on the Change of Control Price.

 

16


Notwithstanding the forgoing, any payments with respect to any performance award that you elected to defer pursuant to the terms of the 2002 Incentive Stock Plan shall not be accelerated by this Subsection 4(ii)(F)(2).

(3) Settlement in an Acquirer-Motivated Transaction where Date of Termination precedes Change in Control or Potential Change in Control and Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Occurs Within 12 Months . Where you are terminated prior to a change in control or potential change in control of the Company at the request of any person as part of or in connection with a proposed transaction that could constitute a potential change in control of the Company or a change in control of the Company, and a change in control or potential change in control of the Company follows within 12 months of your Date of Termination:

(a) if the first applicable event to occur within 12 months following your Date of Termination is a change in control of the Company, you shall be entitled to receive: (x) with respect to performance share units issued for any performance period that ended prior to the Date of Termination, the payments provided pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Stock Plans; and (y) with respect to performance share units issuable for performance periods that did not end prior to the Date of Termination, i.e., performance share units that would be prorated under the terms of the Incentive Stock Plans, a payment equal to (i) the Change in Control Price, multiplied by (ii) the number of performance share units based on the greater of 100% of target performance measure attainment and actual performance measure attainment at the Date of Termination, and further multiplied by (iii) a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of months in the performance cycle and the numerator of which is the number of whole months (rounded up, if not a multiple of 12, to the number that is the number of months that is the next highest multiple of 12) of the performance cycle elapsed prior to the date of the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the Company’s market capitalization as of the date of the change in control is less than $250 million, clause (ii) above shall be “(ii) the number of performance share units based on 30% of target performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by”. In determining whether target or actual performance measure attainments are greater, calculations of actual

 

17


performance measure attainments for any year of the performance cycle that has not yet then concluded, if applicable, shall be determined based on the average actual performance in respect of those full months that have elapsed during the then-current year of the performance cycle as of the Date of Termination; provided that if the Date of Termination occurs in the first calendar quarter of a year, the actual performance measure attainment for such year shall be deemed to be the actual performance measure attainment for the immediately preceding year.

(b) if the first applicable event to occur within 12 months following your Date of Termination is a potential change in control of the Company, you shall be entitled to receive: (x) with respect to performance share units issued for any performance period that ended prior to the Date of Termination, the payments provided pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Stock Plans; and (y) with respect to performance share units issuable for performance periods that did not end prior to the Date of Termination, i.e., performance share units that would be prorated under the terms of the Incentive Stock Plans, payment equal to (i) the Date of Termination Fair Market Value, multiplied by (ii) the number of performance share units based on the greater of 100% of target performance measure attainment and actual performance measure attainment at the Date of Termination, and further multiplied by (iii) a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of months in the performance cycle and the numerator of which is the number of whole months (rounded up, if not a multiple of 12, to the number that is the number of months that is the next highest multiple of 12) of the performance cycle elapsed prior to the Date of Termination; provided, however, that if the Company’s market capitalization as of the date of the change in control is less than $250 million, clause (ii) above shall be “(ii) the number of performance share units based on 30% of target performance measure attainment, and further multiplied by”. In determining whether target or actual performance measure attainments are greater, calculations of actual performance measure attainments for any year of the performance cycle that has not yet then concluded, if applicable, shall be determined based on the average actual performance in respect of those full months that have elapsed during the then-current year of the performance cycle as of the Date of Termination; provided that if the Date of Termination occurs in the first calendar quarter of a year, the actual performance measure

 

18


attainment for such year shall be deemed to be the actual performance measure attainment for the immediately preceding year.

(c) if the first applicable event to occur within 12 months following your Date of Termination is a potential change in control of the Company and within 12 months of your Date of Termination there is an actual change in control of the Company, then you shall be entitled to an additional amount (payable in cash) equal to the amount by which the amount determined under subparagraph (b) above based on the Date of Termination Fair Market Value is less than the amount determined under subparagraph (a) above based on the Change of Control Price.

Notwithstanding the forgoing, any payments with respect to any performance award that you elected to defer pursuant to the terms of the 2002 Incentive Stock Plan shall not be accelerated by this Subsection 4(ii)(F)(3).

(G) Welfare Benefits, Financial Advisory Services, and Outplacement Services . If your Date of Termination follows a change in control or potential change in control of the Company, then you shall be entitled to the benefits listed under this paragraph (G) for a period of twenty-four (24) months commencing on your Date of Termination. If your Date of Termination precedes a change in control or potential change in control of the Company and a change in control or potential change in control of the Company follows within 12 months, then you shall be entitled to the benefits listed under this paragraph (G) for a period of twenty-four (24) months commencing on the first to occur of a change in control or potential change in control of the Company succeeding your Date of Termination. The benefits to which you shall be entitled in either case are as follows:

(1) life insurance and long-term disability, medical and dental benefits substantially similar to those which you were receiving immediately prior to the Notice of Termination;

(2) financial advisory services similar to those provided currently to executives of the Company, if any; and

(3) outplacement services, including office services, appropriate to your management level.

Benefits otherwise receivable by you pursuant to this Subsection 4(ii)(G) shall be reduced to the extent comparable benefits are actually received by you during the applicable twenty-four (24) month period, and any such benefits actually received by you during such applicable twenty-four (24) month period shall be reported to the Company. Any rights that you have to continuation of

 

19


life, disability, accident or health coverage under this Agreement shall be credited toward, and shall not be in addition to, any rights to continuation of life, disability or health coverage you may have under applicable state or federal law. To retain eligibility under Subsection 4(ii)(G)(1) you must pay premiums equivalent to the amounts required of active employee participants. Any reimbursements of costs incurred by you for the benefits provided by this Subsection 4(ii)(G) shall be made to you promptly but in any event by the end of your taxable year following the year in which you incurred such costs.

(H) Additional Pension Plan and Supplemental Plan Amounts . In addition to the retirement benefits to which you are entitled under the Pension Plan and Supplemental Plan or any successor plans thereto, if you are terminated following a change in control or potential change in control of the Company, or if you are terminated prior to a change in control of the Company or potential change in control of the Company at the request of any person as part of or in connection with a proposed transaction that could constitute a potential change in control of the Company or a change in control of the Company and a change in control or potential change in control of the Company subsequently occurs within 12 months of your Date of Termination, the Company shall pay you in cash, a lump sum equal to the excess of (x) the actuarial equivalent of the retirement pension (taking into account any early retirement subsidy associated therewith and determined as a straight life annuity commencing at age sixty-five (65) or any earlier date, but in no event earlier than the second anniversary of the Date of Termination whichever annuity yields a greater benefit) which you would have accrued under the terms of the Pension Plan and Supplemental Plan (without regard to any amendments to any such plans made subsequent to a change in control or potential change in control of the Company, as the case may be, and on or prior to the Date of Termination, which amendment adversely affects in any manner the computation of retirement benefits thereunder), determined as if you were fully vested thereunder and had accumulated (after the Date of Termination) twenty-four (24) additional months of age and service credit thereunder at the higher of the rate of average compensation during the twelve (12) months prior to the change in control or potential change in control of the Company or the rate of average compensation used to calculate your benefits under such plans immediately preceding the Date of Termination (and in any event at the rate of average compensation used to calculate your benefits under such plans immediately preceding the Date of Termination if such date precedes the potential change in control or date of the change in control of the Company, as the case may be), over (y) the actuarial equivalent of the retirement pension (taking into account any early retirement subsidy associated therewith and determined as a straight life annuity commencing at age sixty-five (65) or any earlier date, but in no event earlier than the Date of Termination whichever annuity yields a greater benefit) which you had then accrued pursuant to the provisions of the Pension Plan and the Supplemental Plan. For purposes of this

 

20


Subsection 4(ii)(4), “actuarial equivalent” shall be determined using the same assumptions utilized under the Pension Plan for purposes of determining alternative forms of benefits immediately prior to the change in control of the Company (or, if earlier, immediately prior to the Date of Termination). In addition, determination of your post-retirement health and life insurance benefits will be calculated as if you were credited with twenty-four (24) additional months of age and service credit for purposes of determining eligibility for and the value of such benefits under the applicable post-retirement health and life insurance plans.

(iii) Incapacity due to Physical or Mental Illness . Following a change in control of the Company or a potential change in control of the Company, during any period that you fail to perform your full-time duties with the Company as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, you shall continue to receive your base salary at the rate in effect at the commencement of any such period, together with all compensation payable to you under the Pension Plan, Supplemental Plan, Annual Incentive Plan, Savings Plan and Nonqualified Savings Plan during such period, until you are terminated for Disability or Retirement as defined in Subsection 3(i). Thereafter, in the event your employment shall be terminated, your benefits shall be determined under the Company’s retirement, insurance and other compensation plans and programs then in effect in accordance with the terms of such plans and programs, and the Company shall have no further obligations to you under this Agreement.

(iv) Legal Fees . Commencing with the month in which there occurs any potential change in control of the Company (or, if earlier, a change in control of the Company), at the end of each month the Company shall pay to you an amount equal to all legal fees and expenses incurred by you during the preceding month as a result of your termination (including all such fees and expenses, if any, incurred in contesting or disputing any such termination or in seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement or in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to the extent attributable to the application of Section 409A or Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) to any payment or benefit provided hereunder or provided under any other agreement, plan, program or arrangement with the Company). Such payments shall be made within five (5) days (or, if later, the earliest date permitted under Section 409A) after your request for payment accompanied with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may require. You shall be entitled to select your legal counsel, and your rights to payment pursuant to this Subsection 4(iv) shall not be affected by the final outcome of any dispute with the Company.

(v) Termination for Cause, Disability, Death or Retirement . Following a change in control of the Company or a potential change in control of the Company, if your employment shall be terminated by the Company for Cause, Disability, death or Retirement, or by you other than for Good Reason, the Company shall pay you your full base salary through the Date of Termination at

 

21


the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given, plus all other amounts to which you are entitled under any compensation plan of the Company at the time such payments are due, and the Company shall have no further obligations to you under this Agreement.

(vi) No Mitigation . You shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 4 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor, except as expressly provided in Subsection 4(ii)(G), shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Section 4 be reduced by any compensation earned by you as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by you to the Company, or otherwise.

(vii) No Diminution of Benefits Under Other Plans; No Duplication of Benefits . In addition to all other amounts payable to you under this Section 4, you shall be entitled to receive all benefits payable to you under the Pension Plan, the Savings Plan, the Supplemental Plan, the Nonqualified Savings Plan, the Annual Incentive Plan, the Incentive Stock Plan and any other plan, agreement, program or arrangement relating to retirement benefits, incentive compensation or welfare benefits (but you shall not be entitled to any severance benefits provided under the Severance Plan); provided, however, that nothing in this Section 4 shall entitle you to any duplication of any payment, benefit or acceleration thereof otherwise available under any such plan, agreement, program or arrangement.

(viii) Time of Payment . All cash payments to which you become entitled under the terms of this Agreement shall be paid to you in a lump sum within five days following the occurrence of the event, i.e., change in control of the Company, potential change in control of the Company, or termination, that triggers your rights to such payment. Any termination shall be deemed to have occurred on the Date of Termination. If the amounts of such payments cannot be finally determined on or before the date payments are to be made, then on the payment date the Company shall pay to you an estimate, as determined in good faith by the Company, of the minimum amount of such payments and shall pay the remainder of such payments (together with interest at a rate equal to 120 percent of the applicable Federal rate determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, compounded semi-annually) as soon as the amount thereof can be determined but in no event later than the thirtieth day after the Date of Termination. In the event that the amount of the estimated payments exceeds the amount subsequently determined to have been due, you shall promptly repay to the Company the amount of such excess (together with interest at a rate equal to 120 percent of the applicable Federal rate determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, compounded semi-annually).

(ix) 409A .

(A) Interpretation of and Modifications to Agreement to Avoid Additional Section 409A Tax . The provisions of this Agreement shall be

 

22


interpreted in a manner to the maximum extent possible to comply in good faith with Section 409A. To the extent you would be subject to the additional tax imposed on certain deferred compensation arrangements pursuant to Section 409A of the Code as a result of any provision of this Agreement, you agree to cooperate with the Company to execute any amendment to the provisions hereof reasonably necessary to avoid the imposition of such tax but only (i) to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such tax and (ii) to the extent that you would not, as a result, suffer any reduction in the amounts otherwise payable to you under this Agreement.

(B) Six Month Delay in Certain Payments to Specified Employees . To the extent you otherwise would be entitled under this Agreement to a payment or benefit during the six months beginning on the Date of Termination that would be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A (because of your status as “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A on your Date of Termination) such payment or benefit shall be made or provided to you as soon as administratively practicable after (but in no event more than five (5) days after) the earliest date that will not result in the imposition of any tax under Section 409A.

(C) Gross-Up for Additional Taxes Imposed Under Section 409A . In the event you are subject to additional taxes imposed by Section 409A with respect to any payments or benefits due to you under this Agreement, the Company will pay you an additional amount such that the net amount retained by you, after deduction of any additional taxes imposed under 409A on such payments or benefits and any federal, state and local income and other payroll taxes and additional taxes imposed under Section 409A upon the payment provided for by this Subsection 4(viii)(C), shall be equal to the payments or benefits under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you shall not be entitled to any additional amounts pursuant to this Subsection 4(ix)C) if and to the extent that the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A is the direct or indirect result of your breach of any provision of this Agreement, including any failure to cooperate with the Company to amend this Agreement pursuant to Subsection 4(ix)(A) above.

5. Gross Up for Parachute Payment Excise Tax . This Section 5 applies in the event that (i) you become entitled to any payments or benefits under this Agreement (the “Contract Payments”) or under any other agreement, plan, program or arrangement with the Company or any person whose actions result in a change in control or any person affiliated with the Company or such person (together with the Contract Payments, the “Total Payments”), and (ii) the aggregate present value of such payments (calculated in accordance with Section 280G of the Code) exceeds by fifteen percent or more the threshold amount at which you become subject to the tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, i.e., such present value exceeds by fifteen percent

 

23


or more an amount equal to three times your “base amount” determined under Section 280G of the Code. In that case, the Company shall pay to you, no later than the fifth day following the event triggering the Excise Tax (or, if you are a specified employee within the meaning of Section 409A on such date, the earliest date that payment can be made to you in accordance with Section 409A), an additional amount (the “Gross-Up Payment”) such that the net amount retained by you, after deduction of any Excise Tax on the Contract Payments and such other Total Payments and any federal and state and local income and other payroll taxes and Excise Tax upon the payment provided for by this Section 5, shall be equal to the Contract Payments and such other Total Payments.

For purposes of determining whether any of the payments will be subject to the Excise Tax, the amount of such Excise Tax, whether you are entitled to a Gross-Up Payment in accordance with this Section 5, and whether your Total Payments will be reduced pursuant to Section 6 below and the amount of such reduction, (i) any other payments or benefits received or to be received by you in connection with a change in control of the Company or your termination of employment (whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any person whose actions result in a change in control or any person affiliated with the Company or such person) payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any person whose actions result in a change in control or any person affiliated with the Company or such person (together with the Contract Payments, the “Total Payments”), shall be treated as “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code and all “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(l) of the Code shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax unless in the opinion of tax counsel selected by RYERSON’s independent auditors and reasonably acceptable to you, it is more likely than not that such other payments or benefits (in whole or in part) do not constitute parachute payments, including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code or such excess parachute payments (in whole or in part) represent reasonable compensation for services actually rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code in excess of the base amount allocable to such reasonable compensation within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code, or are otherwise not subject to the Excise Tax, (ii) the amount of the Total Payments which shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax shall be equal to the lesser of (A) the amount of the Total Payments or (B) the amount of excess parachute payments within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(l) of the Code (after applying clause (i) above), and (iii) the value of any noncash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by RYERSON’s independent auditors in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code. For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, you shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation in the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation in the state and locality of your residence on the Date of Termination, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

In the event that the Excise Tax is subsequently determined to be less than the amount

 

24


taken into account hereunder at the time of termination of your employment, you shall repay to the Company at the time that the amount of such reduction in Excise Tax is finally determined the portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to such reduction (plus the portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to the Excise Tax and federal and state and local income tax imposed on the Gross-Up Payment being repaid by you if such repayment results in a reduction in Excise Tax and/or a federal and state and local income tax deduction) plus interest on the amount of such repayment at a rate equal to 120 percent of the applicable Federal rate determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, compounded semi-annually. In the event that the Excise Tax is determined to exceed the amount taken into account hereunder at the time of the termination of your employment (including by reason of any payment the existence or amount of which cannot be determined at the time of the Gross-Up Payment), the Company shall make an additional gross-up payment in respect of such excess (plus any interest payable with respect to such excess) at the time that the amount of such excess is finally determined.

The Gross-Up payment provided by this Section 5 shall be paid to you promptly upon determination but in any event by the end of your taxable year following the year in which you were required to pay the Excise Tax.

6. Reduction in Contract Payments Where Contract Payments Exceed the Threshold Amount by Less Than 15% . In the event that you become entitled to any payments or benefits under this Agreement, but you are not entitled to a Gross-Up Payment under Section 5, above, the amount of payments and benefits to which you are entitled under this Agreement shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary such that no part of your Total Payments (after such reduction) constitutes an excess parachute payment within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(i) of the Code. You will be entitled to elect by written notice to the Company which payments or benefits are to be reduced; provided, however, that if you do not make such an election within ten days after receiving from the Company a written summary prepared by its independent auditors of the value of the payments and benefits for purposes of Section 280G of the Code, the reduction shall be made first from the amounts payable to you as severance and, then, as the Company may determine in its discretion, from the amounts payable to you on account of the Annual Incentive Plan, Options, and the Incentive Stock Plans. In the event that the amount of the reduction calculated under this Section 6 is subsequently determined to be too little to avoid an excess parachute payment or is greater than required to avoid an excess parachute payment, you shall promptly repay to the Company (if too little) or receive from the Company (if too great) an amount equal to the difference together with interest at a rate equal to 120 percent of the applicable Federal rate determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, compounded semi-annually.

 

25


7. Confidentiality and Ownership . You acknowledge and agree that the Confidential Information (as defined in paragraph (A) below) is the property of the Company. Accordingly, except as may be required by applicable law or the lawful order of a court or regulatory body, or except to the extent that you have express authorization from the Company to do otherwise, you will:

(A) Confidential Information. Keep secret and confidential indefinitely all Confidential Information and not disclose such Confidential Information, either directly or indirectly, to any other person, firm or business entity, or to use it in any way. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means all non-public information, observations or data relating to the Company which you have learned during your employment with the Company, whether or not a trade secret within the meaning of applicable law, including but not limited to: (i) new products and new product development; (ii) marketing strategies and plans, market experience with products, and market research; (iii) manufacturing processes, technologies and production plans and methods; (iv) formulas, research in progress and unpublished manuals or know how devices, methods, techniques, processes and inventions; (v) regulatory filings and communications; (vi) identity of and relationship with licensees, licensers or suppliers; (vi) finances, financial information, and financial management systems; (vii) technological and engineering data; (viii) identities of and information concerning customers, vendors and suppliers and prospective customers, vendors and suppliers; (ix) development, expansion and business strategies, plans and techniques; (x) computer programs; (xi) research and development activities; (xii) litigation and pending litigation; and (xiii) any other information or documents which you are told or reasonably ought to know the Company regards as proprietary or confidential.

(B) On your Date of Termination or at the Company’s earlier request, you will promptly return to the Company any and all records, documents, data, memoranda, reports, physical property, information, computer disks, tapes or software or other materials, and all copies thereof, relating to the business of the Company obtained by you during your employment with the Company. You further agree to deliver to the Company, at its request, any computer in your possession or control which has contained any Confidential Information for the purpose of ensuring that all Confidential Information stored on the computer has been delivered to the Company.

(C) You agree that all inventions, innovations, discoveries, improvements, developments, trade secrets, processes, procedures, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, and all similar or related information which relates to the Company’s actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which are conceived, developed or made by you while employed by the Company (“Work Product”) belong to the Company. You shall promptly inform the Company of such Work Product, and shall execute such assignments as may be necessary to transfer to the Company the benefits of the Work Product, in whole or in part, or conceived by you either alone or with others, which result from any work which you may do for or at the request of the Company, whether or not conceived by you while on

 

26


holiday, on vacation, or off the premises of the Company, including such of the foregoing items conceived during the course of employment which are developed or perfected after your Date of Termination. You shall assist the Company or its nominee, to obtain patents, trademarks and service marks and agree to execute all documents and to take all other actions which are necessary or appropriate to secure to the Company the benefits thereof. Such patents, trademarks and service marks shall become the property of the Company. You shall deliver to the Company all sketches, drawings, models, figures, plans, outlines, descriptions or other information with respect thereto.

(D) To the extent that any court or agency seeks to have you disclose Confidential Information, you shall promptly inform the Company, and you shall take such reasonable steps to prevent disclosure of Confidential Information until the Company has been informed of such requested disclosure. To the extent that you obtain information on behalf of the Company that may be subject to attorney-client privilege as to the Company’s attorneys, you shall take reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to preserve such privilege.

(E) Nothing in the foregoing provisions of this Section 7 shall be construed so as to prevent you from using, in connection with your employment for yourself or an employer other than the Company, knowledge which was acquired by you during the course of your employment with the Company, and which is generally known to persons of your experience in other companies in the same industry other than through your acts or omission to act.

8. Noncompetition/Nonsolicitation . You acknowledge that the industry in which the Company is engaged is a highly competitive business, and that you are a key executive of the Company. You further acknowledge that as a result of your senior position within the Company, you have acquired and will acquire extensive Confidential Information and knowledge of the Company’s business and the industry in which it operates and will develop relationships with and knowledge of customers, employees, vendors and suppliers of the Company and affiliates. Accordingly, you agree that during the time you are employed by the Company (the “Employment Period”) and for a period of twenty-four (24) months after your Date of Termination, you agree as follows:

(A) You will not directly or indirectly, own, operate, manage, control, participate or have any financial interest in, consult with, advise, engage in services for (whether for yourself or for any other person and whether as proprietor, principal, stockholder, partner, agent, director, officer, employee, consultant, independent contractor or in any other capacity), any Competitor of the Company, or in any manner engage in the start-up of a business (including by yourself or in association with any person, firm, corporate or other business organization through any other

 

27


entity) in Competition with the Company, provided that, this shall not prevent you from ownership of 1% or less of the outstanding stock of any corporation listed on the New York or American Stock Exchange or included in the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System or ownership of securities in any entity affiliated with the Company. “Competitor” or “in Competition” refers to a person or entity, including metals-related internet marketplaces, engaged in the metal service center processing and/or distribution business.

(B) You will not directly or indirectly contact, call upon, solicit business from, sell or render services to, any customer of the Company with respect to the provision of services identical to or similar to any service provided by the Company during the Employment Period or in the process of being provided as of your Date of Termination, for which you had any responsibility or about which you had any Confidential Information during the Employment Period.

(C) You will not directly or indirectly either alone or in cooperation with others, encourage any employees of the Company to seek or accept an employment or business relationship with a person or entity other than the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship of the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate and any employee thereof, including without limitation, to hire, solicit for hire, or discuss or encourage the employment of, any of the employees of the Company who were employed by the Company during the Employment Period; provided however, this shall not apply to an employee whose employment was terminated by the Company before your Date of Termination, if such termination was not caused by any direct or indirect involvement of you or your subsequent employer.

(D) You will not directly or indirectly either alone or in cooperation with others, encourage any supplier, distributor, franchisee, licensee, or other business relation of the Company, cease or curtail doing business with the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, distributor, franchisee, licensee or business relation and the Company.

9. Reasonableness of Restrictions, Injunctive Relief and Remedies .

(A) You acknowledge that your rights to compete and disclose Confidential Information and trade secrets are limited hereby only to the extent necessary to protect the Company and that, in the event that your employment with the Company terminates for any reason, you will be able to earn a livelihood without violating the foregoing restrictions. You acknowledge that the restrictions cited herein are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company’s legitimate business interests.

 

28


(B) You acknowledge that the services to be rendered by you are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and, in connection with such services, you will have access to confidential information vital to the Company’s businesses. By reason of this, you consent and agree that if you violate any of the provisions of Section 7 or 8 above, the Company would sustain irreparable harm and, therefore, in addition to any other remedies which the Company may have under this Agreement or otherwise, you shall immediately forfeit all remaining payments and benefits to which you are entitled under this Agreement and the Company shall be entitled to an injunction from any court of competent jurisdiction restraining you from committing or continuing any such violation of this Agreement, including, without limitation, restraining you from disclosing, using for any purpose, selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of, in whole or in part, any trade secrets, Confidential Information, proprietary information, client or customer lists or other information pertaining to the financial condition, business, manner of operation, affairs, plans or prospects of the Company. You acknowledge that damages at law would not be an adequate remedy for violation of Section 7 or 8, and you therefore agree that the provisions may be specifically enforced against you in any court of competent jurisdiction. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to it for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages.

10. Successors; Binding Agreement .

(i) RYERSON will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of RYERSON to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that RYERSON or the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of RYERSON to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle you to compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as you would be entitled to hereunder if you terminate your employment for Good Reason following a change in control of the Company, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination. In the event a successor of RYERSON assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise, the term “RYERSON”, as used in this Agreement, shall mean such successor and the term “Company” shall mean, collectively, such successor and the affiliates of such successor.

(ii) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by your personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If you should die while any amount would still be payable to you hereunder if you had continued to live, all such amounts,

 

29


unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to your devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there is no such designee, to your estate.

11. Notice . For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth on the first page of this Agreement, provided that all notice to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Board with a copy to the Secretary of RYERSON, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

12. Miscellaneous . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois. All references to sections of the Exchange Act or the Code shall be deemed also to refer to any successor provisions to such sections. Any payments provided for hereunder, whether in cash or in kind, shall be paid net of any applicable withholding required under federal, state or local law. The obligations of RYERSON and the Company under this Agreement shall survive the expiration of the term of this Agreement.

13. Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

15. Settlement of Disputes; Arbitration . All claims by you for benefits under this Agreement shall be directed to and determined by the Board and shall be in writing. Any denial by the Board of a claim for benefits under this Agreement shall be delivered to you in writing and shall set forth the specific reasons for the denial and the specific provisions of this Agreement relied upon. The Board shall afford a reasonable opportunity to you for a review of the decision denying a claim and shall further allow you to appeal to the Board a decision of the Board within sixty (60) days after notification by the Board that your claim has been denied. Except as provided in Section 9 above, any further dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this

 

30


Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in Chicago, Illinois, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, provided, however, that the evidentiary standards set forth in this Agreement shall apply. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that you shall be entitled to seek specific performance of your right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

 

31


If this letter sets forth our agreement on the subject matter hereof, kindly sign and return to RYERSON the enclosed copy of this letter which will then constitute our agreement on this subject.

 

Sincerely,
RYERSON INC.
By  

/s/ William Korda

  Vice President - Human Resources

 

Agreed to this 18 day of May, 2007

/s/ James M. Delaney

(Signature)

 

32

Exhibit 10.11

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of July 24, 2007 by and between Ryerson Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Terence R. Rogers (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly held corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the corporation or business enterprise itself. The By-laws of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). The By-laws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the By-laws of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee there under;

 

Rogers   Page 1 of 9


WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s By-laws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company as an officer and/or director, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions

In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement:

(a) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than (w) the Company, (x) a trustee or other fiduciary holding voting securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, (y) an underwriter temporarily holding voting securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (z) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the security holders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of voting securities of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d 3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of voting securities of the Company (not including in the voting securities beneficially owned by such person any voting securities acquired directly from the Company or its affiliates) representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities;

(ii) during any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s security holders was approved by a vote of at least two thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (collectively, “Continuing Directors”), cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; provided, however, that any director who assumes office in connection with an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clauses (i), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 1(a) or any new director who assumes office in connection with or as a result of an actual or threatened proxy or other election contest of the Board shall never be (at any time) a Continuing Director for purposes of this Section 1(a)(ii), and the nomination or election of such person shall never constitute, or be deemed to constitute, an approval by the Continuing Directors for purposes of this Section 1(a)(ii);

(iii) there occurs a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or the direct or indirect parent

 

Rogers   Page 2 of 9


thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding voting securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or the direct or indirect parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no person acquires more than 40% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities;

(iv) the holders of voting securities of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(v) there occurs any other event that the Board of Directors deems to be a change in control of the Company.

(c) “Indemnifiable Amounts” means any and all Indemnifiable Expenses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Indemnifiable Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes or amounts paid in settlement) arising out of or resulting from any Proceeding.

(c) “Indemnifiable Expenses” means all expenses, costs and liabilities paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to investigate, defend, be a witness in or participate in, any Proceeding, including, without limitation, counsel fees and disbursements, experts’ fees, investigators’ fees, court costs, retainers, transcript fees and duplicating costs, witness fees, travel expenses, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, cost bonds, supersedes bonds, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.

(d) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or a witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or her or of any action on his or her part while acting as director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, prior to a Change in Control, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement under this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee unless (i) the Company has joined in or Company’s Board of Directors has authorized or consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce or defend Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. After a Change in Control, Indemnitee shall be so entitled.

 

Rogers   Page 3 of 9


Section 2. Indemnification

In the event that the Indemnitee was, is or becomes subject to, a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made subject to, a party to or witness or other participant in, any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law in effect on the date hereof and as amended from time to time; provided , however , that no change in Delaware law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to the Indemnitee hereunder based on Delaware law as in effect on the date hereof or as such benefits may improve for the Indemnitee as a result of amendments after the date hereof. The Company shall pay all Indemnifiable Amounts and any other amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Agreement as soon as practicable but in any event no later than thirty (30) days after written demand is presented to the Company.

Section 3. Advancement of Expenses

If so requested by Indemnitee in writing, the Company shall advance within five (5) business days of such request any and all Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”). The Company shall, in accordance with such request, either (i) pay such Indemnifiable Expenses on behalf of the Indemnitee, or (ii) reimburse the Indemnitee for such Indemnifiable Expenses. Indemnitee undertakes and agrees to repay such Expense Advances if and only to the extent that it shall ultimately be determined by final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for the corresponding Indemnifiable Expenses. This undertaking to repay such Expense Advances shall be unsecured and interest-free. The Company’s obligation to make Expense Advances shall be absolute and without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses or ultimate entitlement to indemnification.

Section 4. Remedies of Indemnitee

(a) In addition to Indemnitee’s right to seek a judicial determination of his or her entitlement to indemnification or advancement under this Agreement, and in addition to all other rights or remedies Indemnitee may have at law or in equity, Indemnitee may, at his or her option, seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, in which event the Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In connection with any determination as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the court or arbitrator shall presume that the Indemnitee has satisfied any necessary standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company or its representative to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, that the Indemnitee is not so entitled.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. In addition, neither the failure

 

Rogers   Page 4 of 9


of the Company (including, without limitation, the Board of Directors, any committee of the Board of Directors, legal counsel or the stockholders) to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Company (including, without limitation, by the Board of Directors, any committee of the Board of Directors, legal counsel or the stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification or advancement under this Agreement or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief.

Section 5. Indemnification for Actions to Enforce Rights

The Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for any and all Indemnifiable Expenses (and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall advance such Indemnifiable Expenses to the Indemnitee in accordance with Section 3), which Indemnitee incurs in connection with any action brought by the Indemnitee to enforce or defend any right of the Indemnitee under (i) this Agreement; or (ii) any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

Section 6. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation

(a) The rights provided in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s By-laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s By-laws and this Agreement, Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. The Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether the Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer and/or director of the Company. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies, provided that after a Change of Control of the type described in Section 1(a)(ii), the Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained for the benefit of Indemnitee, the same policy or policies of liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership,

 

Rogers   Page 5 of 9


joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company that existed for the benefit of Indemnitee prior to the Change of Control (or a policy or policies no less favorable to the Indemnitee) for as long as (i) the Indemnitee remains as director and/or officer of the Company and (ii) the Company has a class of equity securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who, to the extent requested by the Company, shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

Section 7. Period of Limitations

No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against the Indemnitee, the Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action such shorter period shall govern.

Section 8. Severability

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

Rogers   Page 6 of 9


Section 9. Entire Agreement

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company. The Company further confirms and agrees that any breach by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement shall constitute for the Indemnitee “good reason” for any termination or other provision under any applicable employment or severance agreement or arrangement or other benefit plan to which Indemnitee is a party or which is otherwise applicable to Indemnitee.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, the By-laws of the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee there under. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators.

Section 10. Modification and Waiver

No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 11. Notices

All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

(b) If to the Company to

      Ryerson Inc.

      2621 W. 15 th Place

      Chicago, IL 60608

      Attn: Corporate Secretary

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

Rogers   Page 7 of 9


Section 12. Contribution

To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee as a matter of law or public policy, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Indemnifiable Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such events and/or transactions.

Section 13. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other court in the United States of America or in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably RL&F Service Corp., One Rodney Square, 10th Floor, 10th and King Streets, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 15. Identical Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 16. Miscellaneous

The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

Rogers   Page 8 of 9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

RYERSON INC.     INDEMNITEE
By:  

/s/ William Korda

   

/s/ Terence R. Rogers

Name:   William Korda     Name:   Terence R. Rogers
Title:   Vice President-Human Resources     Address:  

734 South Forest Drive

Barrington, IL 60010

 

  Page 9 of 9

Exhibit 10.12

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of July 24, 2007 by and between Ryerson Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and James M. Delaney (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly held corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the corporation or business enterprise itself. The By-laws of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). The By-laws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the By-laws of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee there under;

 

Delaney   Page 1 of 9


WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s By-laws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company as an officer and/or director, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions

In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement:

(a) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than (w) the Company, (x) a trustee or other fiduciary holding voting securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, (y) an underwriter temporarily holding voting securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (z) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the security holders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of voting securities of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d 3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of voting securities of the Company (not including in the voting securities beneficially owned by such person any voting securities acquired directly from the Company or its affiliates) representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities;

(ii) during any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s security holders was approved by a vote of at least two thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (collectively, “Continuing Directors”), cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; provided, however, that any director who assumes office in connection with an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clauses (i), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 1(a) or any new director who assumes office in connection with or as a result of an actual or threatened proxy or other election contest of the Board shall never be (at any time) a Continuing Director for purposes of this Section 1(a)(ii), and the nomination or election of such person shall never constitute, or be deemed to constitute, an approval by the Continuing Directors for purposes of this Section 1(a)(ii);

(iii) there occurs a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or the direct or indirect parent

 

Delaney   Page 2 of 9


thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding voting securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or the direct or indirect parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no person acquires more than 40% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities;

(iv) the holders of voting securities of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(v) there occurs any other event that the Board of Directors deems to be a change in control of the Company.

(c) “Indemnifiable Amounts” means any and all Indemnifiable Expenses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Indemnifiable Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes or amounts paid in settlement) arising out of or resulting from any Proceeding.

(c) “Indemnifiable Expenses” means all expenses, costs and liabilities paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to investigate, defend, be a witness in or participate in, any Proceeding, including, without limitation, counsel fees and disbursements, experts’ fees, investigators’ fees, court costs, retainers, transcript fees and duplicating costs, witness fees, travel expenses, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, cost bonds, supersedes bonds, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.

(d) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or a witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or her or of any action on his or her part while acting as director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, prior to a Change in Control, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement under this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee unless (i) the Company has joined in or Company’s Board of Directors has authorized or consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce or defend Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. After a Change in Control, Indemnitee shall be so entitled.

 

Delaney   Page 3 of 9


Section 2. Indemnification

In the event that the Indemnitee was, is or becomes subject to, a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made subject to, a party to or witness or other participant in, any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law in effect on the date hereof and as amended from time to time; provided , however , that no change in Delaware law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to the Indemnitee hereunder based on Delaware law as in effect on the date hereof or as such benefits may improve for the Indemnitee as a result of amendments after the date hereof. The Company shall pay all Indemnifiable Amounts and any other amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Agreement as soon as practicable but in any event no later than thirty (30) days after written demand is presented to the Company.

Section 3. Advancement of Expenses

If so requested by Indemnitee in writing, the Company shall advance within five (5) business days of such request any and all Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”). The Company shall, in accordance with such request, either (i) pay such Indemnifiable Expenses on behalf of the Indemnitee, or (ii) reimburse the Indemnitee for such Indemnifiable Expenses. Indemnitee undertakes and agrees to repay such Expense Advances if and only to the extent that it shall ultimately be determined by final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for the corresponding Indemnifiable Expenses. This undertaking to repay such Expense Advances shall be unsecured and interest-free. The Company’s obligation to make Expense Advances shall be absolute and without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses or ultimate entitlement to indemnification.

Section 4. Remedies of Indemnitee

(a) In addition to Indemnitee’s right to seek a judicial determination of his or her entitlement to indemnification or advancement under this Agreement, and in addition to all other rights or remedies Indemnitee may have at law or in equity, Indemnitee may, at his or her option, seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, in which event the Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In connection with any determination as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the court or arbitrator shall presume that the Indemnitee has satisfied any necessary standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company or its representative to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, that the Indemnitee is not so entitled.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. In addition, neither the failure

 

Delaney   Page 4 of 9


of the Company (including, without limitation, the Board of Directors, any committee of the Board of Directors, legal counsel or the stockholders) to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Company (including, without limitation, by the Board of Directors, any committee of the Board of Directors, legal counsel or the stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification or advancement under this Agreement or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief.

Section 5. Indemnification for Actions to Enforce Rights

The Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for any and all Indemnifiable Expenses (and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall advance such Indemnifiable Expenses to the Indemnitee in accordance with Section 3), which Indemnitee incurs in connection with any action brought by the Indemnitee to enforce or defend any right of the Indemnitee under (i) this Agreement; or (ii) any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

Section 6. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation

(a) The rights provided in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s By-laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s By-laws and this Agreement, Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. The Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether the Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer and/or director of the Company. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies, provided that after a Change of Control of the type described in Section 1(a)(ii), the Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained for the benefit of Indemnitee, the same policy or policies of liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership,

 

Delaney   Page 5 of 9


joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company that existed for the benefit of Indemnitee prior to the Change of Control (or a policy or policies no less favorable to the Indemnitee) for as long as (i) the Indemnitee remains as director and/or officer of the Company and (ii) the Company has a class of equity securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who, to the extent requested by the Company, shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

Section 7. Period of Limitations

No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against the Indemnitee, the Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action such shorter period shall govern.

Section 8. Severability

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

Delaney   Page 6 of 9


Section 9. Entire Agreement

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company. The Company further confirms and agrees that any breach by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement shall constitute for the Indemnitee “good reason” for any termination or other provision under any applicable employment or severance agreement or arrangement or other benefit plan to which Indemnitee is a party or which is otherwise applicable to Indemnitee.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, the By-laws of the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee there under. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators.

Section 10. Modification and Waiver

No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 11. Notices

All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

(b) If to the Company to

      Ryerson Inc.

      2621 W. 15 th Place

      Chicago, IL 60608

      Attn: Corporate Secretary

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

Delaney   Page 7 of 9


Section 12. Contribution

To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee as a matter of law or public policy, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Indemnifiable Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such events and/or transactions.

Section 13. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other court in the United States of America or in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably RL&F Service Corp., One Rodney Square, 10th Floor, 10th and King Streets, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 15. Identical Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 16. Miscellaneous

The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

Delaney   Page 8 of 9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

RYERSON INC.     INDEMNITEE
By:  

/s/ William Korda

   

/s/ James M. Delaney

Name:   William Korda     Name:   James M. Delaney
Title:   Vice President-Human Resources     Address:  

122 South Bruner Street

Hinsdale, IL 60521

 

  Page 9 of 9

Exhibit 10.13

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of July 24, 2007 by and between Ryerson Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Stephen E. Makarewicz (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly held corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the corporation or business enterprise itself. The By-laws of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). The By-laws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the By-laws of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee there under;

 

Makarewicz   Page 1 of 9


WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s By-laws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company as an officer and/or director, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions

In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement:

(a) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than (w) the Company, (x) a trustee or other fiduciary holding voting securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, (y) an underwriter temporarily holding voting securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (z) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the security holders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of voting securities of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d 3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of voting securities of the Company (not including in the voting securities beneficially owned by such person any voting securities acquired directly from the Company or its affiliates) representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities;

(ii) during any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s security holders was approved by a vote of at least two thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (collectively, “Continuing Directors”), cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; provided, however, that any director who assumes office in connection with an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clauses (i), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 1(a) or any new director who assumes office in connection with or as a result of an actual or threatened proxy or other election contest of the Board shall never be (at any time) a Continuing Director for purposes of this Section 1(a)(ii), and the nomination or election of such person shall never constitute, or be deemed to constitute, an approval by the Continuing Directors for purposes of this Section 1(a)(ii);

(iii) there occurs a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or the direct or indirect parent

 

Makarewicz   Page 2 of 9


thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding voting securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or the direct or indirect parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no person acquires more than 40% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities;

(iv) the holders of voting securities of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(v) there occurs any other event that the Board of Directors deems to be a change in control of the Company.

(c) “Indemnifiable Amounts” means any and all Indemnifiable Expenses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Indemnifiable Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes or amounts paid in settlement) arising out of or resulting from any Proceeding.

(c) “Indemnifiable Expenses” means all expenses, costs and liabilities paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to investigate, defend, be a witness in or participate in, any Proceeding, including, without limitation, counsel fees and disbursements, experts’ fees, investigators’ fees, court costs, retainers, transcript fees and duplicating costs, witness fees, travel expenses, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, cost bonds, supersedes bonds, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.

(d) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or a witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or her or of any action on his or her part while acting as director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, prior to a Change in Control, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement under this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee unless (i) the Company has joined in or Company’s Board of Directors has authorized or consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce or defend Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. After a Change in Control, Indemnitee shall be so entitled.

 

Makarewicz   Page 3 of 9


Section 2. Indemnification

In the event that the Indemnitee was, is or becomes subject to, a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made subject to, a party to or witness or other participant in, any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law in effect on the date hereof and as amended from time to time; provided , however , that no change in Delaware law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to the Indemnitee hereunder based on Delaware law as in effect on the date hereof or as such benefits may improve for the Indemnitee as a result of amendments after the date hereof. The Company shall pay all Indemnifiable Amounts and any other amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Agreement as soon as practicable but in any event no later than thirty (30) days after written demand is presented to the Company.

Section 3. Advancement of Expenses

If so requested by Indemnitee in writing, the Company shall advance within five (5) business days of such request any and all Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”). The Company shall, in accordance with such request, either (i) pay such Indemnifiable Expenses on behalf of the Indemnitee, or (ii) reimburse the Indemnitee for such Indemnifiable Expenses. Indemnitee undertakes and agrees to repay such Expense Advances if and only to the extent that it shall ultimately be determined by final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for the corresponding Indemnifiable Expenses. This undertaking to repay such Expense Advances shall be unsecured and interest-free. The Company’s obligation to make Expense Advances shall be absolute and without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses or ultimate entitlement to indemnification.

Section 4. Remedies of Indemnitee

(a) In addition to Indemnitee’s right to seek a judicial determination of his or her entitlement to indemnification or advancement under this Agreement, and in addition to all other rights or remedies Indemnitee may have at law or in equity, Indemnitee may, at his or her option, seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, in which event the Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In connection with any determination as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the court or arbitrator shall presume that the Indemnitee has satisfied any necessary standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company or its representative to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, that the Indemnitee is not so entitled.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. In addition, neither the failure

 

Makarewicz   Page 4 of 9


of the Company (including, without limitation, the Board of Directors, any committee of the Board of Directors, legal counsel or the stockholders) to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Company (including, without limitation, by the Board of Directors, any committee of the Board of Directors, legal counsel or the stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification or advancement under this Agreement or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief.

Section 5. Indemnification for Actions to Enforce Rights

The Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for any and all Indemnifiable Expenses (and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall advance such Indemnifiable Expenses to the Indemnitee in accordance with Section 3), which Indemnitee incurs in connection with any action brought by the Indemnitee to enforce or defend any right of the Indemnitee under (i) this Agreement; or (ii) any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

Section 6. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation

(a) The rights provided in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s By-laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s By-laws and this Agreement, Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. The Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether the Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer and/or director of the Company. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies, provided that after a Change of Control of the type described in Section 1(a)(ii), the Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained for the benefit of Indemnitee, the same policy or policies of liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership,

 

Makarewicz   Page 5 of 9


joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company that existed for the benefit of Indemnitee prior to the Change of Control (or a policy or policies no less favorable to the Indemnitee) for as long as (i) the Indemnitee remains as director and/or officer of the Company and (ii) the Company has a class of equity securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who, to the extent requested by the Company, shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

Section 7. Period of Limitations

No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against the Indemnitee, the Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action such shorter period shall govern.

Section 8. Severability

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

Makarewicz   Page 6 of 9


Section 9. Entire Agreement

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company. The Company further confirms and agrees that any breach by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement shall constitute for the Indemnitee “good reason” for any termination or other provision under any applicable employment or severance agreement or arrangement or other benefit plan to which Indemnitee is a party or which is otherwise applicable to Indemnitee.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, the By-laws of the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee there under. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators.

Section 10. Modification and Waiver

No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 11. Notices

All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

(b) If to the Company to

      Ryerson Inc.

      2621 W. 15 th Place

      Chicago, IL 60608

      Attn: Corporate Secretary

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

Makarewicz   Page 7 of 9


Section 12. Contribution

To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee as a matter of law or public policy, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Indemnifiable Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such events and/or transactions.

Section 13. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other court in the United States of America or in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably RL&F Service Corp., One Rodney Square, 10th Floor, 10th and King Streets, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 15. Identical Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 16. Miscellaneous

The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

Makarewicz   Page 8 of 9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

RYERSON INC.     INDEMNITEE
By:  

/s/ William Korda

   

/s/ Stephen E. Makarewicz

Name:   William Korda     Name:   Stephen E. Makarewicz
Title:   Vice President-Human Resources     Address:  

740 Vista Bluff Drive

Duluth, GA 30097

 

  Page 9 of 9

Exhibit 12.1

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

(In millions)

 

     Predecessor    Successor
     2003     2004    2005    2006    Three
months
ended
March 31,
2007
   January 1
to
October 19,
2007
   October 20 to
December 31,
2007
    Three
months
ended
March 31,
2008

Pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations before income or loss from equity investees

   $ (16.5 )   $ 73.6    $ 156.6    $ 109.8    $ 44.4    $ 104.2    $ (19.0 )   $ 13.6
                                                         

Fixed charges:

                     

Interest expense

     18.8       24.0      76.0      70.7      24.5      55.1      30.8       31.2

Rentals, primarily buildings

     5.5       5.4      10.2      10.7      2.5      7.8      2.2       2.7
                                                         

Total fixed charges

   $ 24.3     $ 29.4    $ 86.2    $ 81.4    $ 27.0    $ 62.9    $ 33.0     $ 33.9

Pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations before income or loss from equity investees plus fixed charges

   $ 7.8     $ 103.0    $ 242.8    $ 191.2    $ 71.4    $ 167.1    $ 14.0     $ 47.5
                                                         

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(1)

     —         3.5      2.8      2.3      2.6      2.7      —         1.4
                                                         

Earnings deficiency

   $ 16.5                    $ 19.0    

 

(1) The Company accounts for interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of income tax expense, and therefore, these charges are not included as a component of interest expense within fixed charges.

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 13, 2008, except for the amounts in Note 17 as of December 31, 2006 and for the period from January 1, 2007 through October 19, 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2006 as to which the date is July 2, 2008, in the Registration Statement (Form S-4) and related Prospectus of Ryerson Inc. for the registration of its Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014 and its 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

July 2 , 2008

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our report dated March 30, 2006, except for Note 17, as to which the date is July 2, 2008, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Ryerson Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois

July 2, 2008

Exhibit 25.1

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

 

x CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b) (2)

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

A National Banking Association   94-1347393

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or

organization if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

101 North Phillips Avenue  
Sioux Falls, South Dakota   57104
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

Wells Fargo & Company

Law Department, Trust Section

MAC N9305-175

Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, 17 th Floor

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

(612) 667-4608

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

 

Ryerson, Inc.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

New York   36-3425828

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

2621 West 15 th Place  
Chicago, IL   60608
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 

 

Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014

12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

 

 


Item 1. General Information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency

Treasury Department

Washington, D.C.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Washington, D.C.

Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco

San Francisco, California 94120

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor. If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None with respect to the trustee.

No responses are included for Items 3-14 of this Form T-1 because the obligor is not in default as provided under Item 13.

 

Item 15. Foreign Trustee. Not applicable.

 

Item 16. List of Exhibits. List below all exhibits filed as a part of this Statement of Eligibility.

 

Exhibit 1.    A copy of the Articles of Association of the trustee now in effect.*
Exhibit 2.    A copy of the Comptroller of the Currency Certificate of Corporate Existence and Fiduciary Powers for Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated February 4, 2004.**
Exhibit 3.    See Exhibit 2
Exhibit 4.    Copy of By-laws of the trustee as now in effect.***
Exhibit 5.    Not applicable.
Exhibit 6.    The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.
Exhibit 7.    A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.
Exhibit 8.    Not applicable.
Exhibit 9.    Not applicable.


 

* Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated December 30, 2005 of file number 333-130784-06.
** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form T-3 dated March 3, 2004 of file number 022-28721.
*** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated May 26, 2005 of file number 333-125274.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on this 3 rd day of June, 2008.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

/s/ Lynn M. Steiner

Lynn M. Steiner
Vice President


EXHIBIT 6

June 3, 2008

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

Gentlemen:

In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned made by Federal, State, Territorial, or District authorities authorized to make such examination may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.

 

Very truly yours,
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

/s/ Lynn M. Steiner

Lynn M. Steiner
Vice President


EXHIBIT 7

Consolidated Report of Condition of

Wells Fargo Bank National Association

of 101 North Phillips Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD 57104

And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

at the close of business March 31, 2008, filed in accordance with 12 U.S.C. §161 for National Banks.

 

          Dollar Amounts
In Millions

ASSETS

     

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

     

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

      $ 13,130

Interest-bearing balances

        1,737

Securities:

     

Held-to-maturity securities

        0

Available-for-sale securities

        71,525

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:

     

Federal funds sold in domestic offices

        15,459

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

        808

Loans and lease financing receivables:

     

Loans and leases held for sale

        22,172

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

   296,289   

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

   4,058   

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

        292,231

Trading Assets

        8,299

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

        4,268

Other real estate owned

        981

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

        448

Intangible assets

     

Goodwill

        10,521

Other intangible assets

        16,116

Other assets

        29,191
         

Total assets

      $ 486,886
         

LIABILITIES

     

Deposits:

     

In domestic offices

      $ 286,525

Noninterest-bearing

   72,696   

Interest-bearing

   213,829   

In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs

        68,490

Noninterest-bearing

   4   

Interest-bearing

   68,486   

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

     

Federal funds purchased in domestic offices

        9,611

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

        6,371


     Dollar Amounts
In Millions

Trading liabilities

     5,025

Other borrowed money

  

(includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)

     36,217

Subordinated notes and debentures

     10,865

Other liabilities

     20,317
      

Total liabilities

   $ 443,421

Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries

     153

EQUITY CAPITAL

  

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

     0

Common stock

     520

Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)

     27,134

Retained earnings

     14,988

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     670

Other equity capital components

     0
      

Total equity capital

     43,312
      

Total liabilities, minority interest, and equity capital

   $ 486,886
      

I, Howard I. Atkins, EVP & CFO of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

 

  Howard I. Atkins
    EVP & CFO

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct.

 

Michael Loughlin  
John Stumpf   Directors
Carrie Tolstedt  

Exhibit 99.1

RYERSON INC.

2621 West 15 th Place

Chicago, Illinois 60608

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

FOR FLOATING RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2014

AND

12% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT          P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     , 2008, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO          P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE

Exchange Agent:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

By Facsimile:

(612) 667-9825

Confirm by telephone:

(262) 361-4376

By Mail, Hand or Courier:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Services

MAC N9311-110

625 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.


The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated                     , 2008 (the “Prospectus”) of Ryerson Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and this Letter of Transmittal which may be amended from time to time (this “Letter”), which together constitute the Company’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange:

 

   

for each $1,000 in principal amount of its outstanding Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014 (“ Initial Floating Rate Notes ”), issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, $1,000 in principal amount of its Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014 (the “ Floating Rate Exchange Notes ”); provided that no notes of $2,000 or less shall be accepted in part; and

 

   

for each $1,000 in principal amount of its outstanding 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “ Initial Fixed Rate Notes ” and, together with the Initial Floating Rate Notes, the “ Initial Notes ”), issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act, $1,000 in principal amount of its 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “ Fixed Rate Exchange Notes ” and, together with the Floating Rate Exchange Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”); provided that no notes of $2,000 or less shall be accepted in part;

The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this Letter to indicate the action he, she or it desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.

All holders of Initial Notes who wish to tender their Initial Notes must, prior to the Expiration Date: (1) complete, sign, date and mail or otherwise deliver this Letter to the Exchange Agent, in person or to the address set forth above; and (2) tender his or her Initial Notes or, if a tender of Initial Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (the “Book-Entry Transfer Facility”), confirm such book-entry transfer (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”), in each case in accordance with the procedures for tendering described in the Instructions to this Letter. Holders of Initial Notes whose certificates are not immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their certificates or Book-Entry Confirmation and all other documents required by this Letter to be delivered to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, must tender their Initial Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under the caption “The Exchange Offer—How to Tender” in the Prospectus. (See Instruction 1).

The Instructions included with this Letter must be followed in their entirety. Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter may be directed to the Exchange Agent, at the address listed above.

HOLDERS WHO WISH TO TENDER MORE THAN ONE SERIES OF INITIAL NOTES USING THIS LETTER SHOULD COMPLETE A SEPARATE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, ONE FOR EACH OF THE INITIAL FLOATING RATE NOTES AND THE INITIAL FIXED RATE NOTES.

 

2


PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, INCLUDING THE INSTRUCTIONS TO THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW

Capitalized terms used in this Letter and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

List in Box 1 below the Initial Notes of which you are the holder. If the space provided in Box 1 is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and principal amount of Initial Notes on a separate SIGNED schedule and affix that schedule to this Letter. Holders who wish to tender more than one series of Initial Notes should complete a separate letter of transmittal for each series.

BOX 1 TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS

 

 

(Circle One):

Initial Floating Rate Notes

OR

Initial Fixed Rate Notes

 

Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)

(Please Fill in if Blank)

   Certificate
Number(s)(1)
   Principal
Amount of
Initial Notes
  

Principal

Amount of

Initial Notes

Tendered(2)

              
              
              
              
     Totals:
(1) Need not be completed if Initial Notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer.
(2) Unless otherwise indicated, the entire principal amount of Initial Notes represented by a certificate or Book-Entry Confirmation delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered. In addition, no notes of $2,000 or less shall be accepted in part.

 

3


Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned tenders to the Company the principal amount of Initial Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Initial Notes tendered with this Letter, the undersigned exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to the Initial Notes tendered.

The undersigned constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as his, her or its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Company) with respect to the tendered Initial Notes, with full power of substitution, to: (a) deliver certificates for such Initial Notes; (b) deliver Initial Notes and all accompanying evidence of transfer and authenticity to or upon the order of the Company upon receipt by the Exchange Agent, as the undersigned’s agent, of the Exchange Notes to which the undersigned is entitled upon the acceptance by the Company of the Initial Notes tendered under the Exchange Offer; and (c) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of the Initial Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that he, she or it has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Initial Notes tendered hereby and that the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim. The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the assignment and transfer of the Initial Notes tendered.

The undersigned agrees that acceptance of any tendered Initial Notes by the Company and the issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Company of its obligations under the registration rights agreement (as described in the Prospectus) and that, upon the issuance of the Exchange Notes, the Company will have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder (except in certain limited circumstances set forth therein). By tendering Initial Notes, the undersigned certifies that (i) any Exchange Notes received by the undersigned will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) at the time of commencement of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned had no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Initial Notes or the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) the undersigned is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company or if it is an affiliate, the undersigned will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Notes, and (v) if the undersigned is a broker-dealer, it will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Initial Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER WHO ACQUIRED THE INITIAL NOTES FOR YOUR OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET MAKING ACTIVITIES OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE NOT SUCH A BROKER-DEALER BUT ARE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR OTHERWISE RECEIVED THE INITIAL SECURITIES IN A TRANSACTION OR SERIES OF TRANSACTIONS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

 

4


Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                                  

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

 

The undersigned understands that the Company may accept the undersigned’s tender by delivering written notice of acceptance to the Exchange Agent, at which time the undersigned’s right to withdraw such tender will terminate.

All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned under this Letter shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns. Tenders may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Instructions contained in this Letter.

Unless otherwise indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions” below, the Exchange Agent will deliver Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, a certificate for any Initial Notes not tendered but represented by a certificate also encompassing Initial Notes which are tendered) to the undersigned at the address set forth in Box 1.

The undersigned acknowledges that the Exchange Offer is subject to the more detailed terms set forth in the Prospectus and, in case of any conflict between the terms of the Prospectus and this Letter, the Prospectus shall prevail.

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED INITIAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH A BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                                 

Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                            

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                                          

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED INITIAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name(s) of Registered Owner(s):                                                                                                                                                             

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                                       

Window Ticket Number (if available):                                                                                                                                                   

Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                                                

 

5


PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

BOX 2

 

 

PLEASE SIGN HERE

WHETHER OR NOT INITIAL NOTES ARE BEING

PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY

 

X   

 

  

 

X   

 

  

 

  

(SIGNATURE(S) OF OWNER(S)

OR AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY)

   (DATE)

 

Area Code and Telephone Number:

  

 

This box must be signed by registered holder(s) of Initial Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for Initial Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted with this Letter. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below. (See Instruction 3)

Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                            

(PLEASE PRINT)

Capacity:                                                                                                                                                                                                            

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                             

(INCLUDE ZIP CODE)

Signature(s) Guaranteed by

an Eligible Institution:

(If required by Instruction 3)                                                                                                                                                                       

(AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE)

  

 

(TITLE)

  

 

(NAME OF FIRM)

  

 

 

6


BOX 3

 

 

PAYOR’S NAME: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

 

 

SUBSTITUTE

FORM W-9

 

PAYEE INFORMATION (please print or type)

Individual or business name:

 

REQUEST FOR

TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER AND CERTIFICATION

  Check appropriate box:      
  ¨   Individual/Sole Proprietor            ¨   Corporation   ¨   Partnership  
  ¨   Other                                   ¨   Exempt from backup withholding  
 

 

DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY INTERNAL

REVENUE

SERVICE

 

Address (number, street and apt. or suite no.):

 

City, state and ZIP code:

 

                                                                                                                               

 

 

  PART I: TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (“TIN”)
  Enter your TIN below. For individuals, your TIN is your social security number. Sole proprietors may enter either their social security number or their employer identification number. If you are a limited liability company that is disregarded as an entity separate from your owner, enter your owner’s social security number or employer identification number, as applicable. For other entities, your TIN is your employer identification number.
 

Social security number:

¨   ¨   ¨  -  ¨   ¨  - ¨   ¨   ¨

  
  OR   
 

Employer identification number:

¨   ¨  - ¨   ¨   ¨   ¨   ¨   ¨   ¨

  
 

¨         Applied For

 

  PART II: CERTIFICATION   
  Certification Instructions: You must cross out item 2 below if you have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that you are currently subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding you received another notification from the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item 2.

 

7


  Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
 

1.      The number shown on this form is my correct TIN or a TIN has not been issued to me and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a TIN to the appropriate IRS Center or Social Security Administration Office, or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide my TIN to the payor, a portion of all reportable payments made to me by the payor will be withheld until I provide my TIN to the payor and that, if I do not provide my TIN to the payor within 60 days of submitting this Substitute Form W-9, such retained amounts shall be remitted to the IRS as backup withholding.

 

2.      I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, (b) I have not been notified by the IRS that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding.

 

3.      I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

 

 

THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE DOES NOT REQUIRE YOUR CONSENT TO ANY PROVISION OF THIS DOCUMENT OTHER THAN THE CERTIFICATIONS REQUIRED TO AVOID BACKUP WITHHOLDING.

 

Signature:

 

                                               

      

Date:

 

                                               

 

 

 

8


BOX 4

 

 

SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 3 and 4)

(Circle One):

Initial Floating Rate Notes

OR

Initial Fixed Rate Notes

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Initial Notes in a principal amount not exchanged, or Exchange Notes, are to be issued in the name of someone other than the person whose signature appears in Box 2, or if Initial Notes delivered by book-entry transfer which are not accepted for exchange are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility other than the account indicated above.

Issue and deliver:

(check appropriate boxes)

 

¨ Initial Notes not tendered

 

¨ Exchange Notes, to:

Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                            

(PLEASE PRINT)

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                             

Please complete the Substitute Form W-9 at Box 3

Tax I.D. or Social Security Number:                                                                                                                                                       

 

 

 

 

 

9


BOX 5

 

 

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 3 and 4)

(Circle One):

Initial Floating Rate Notes

OR

Initial Fixed Rate Notes

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Initial Notes in a principal amount not exchanged, or Exchange Notes, are to be sent to someone other than the person whose signature appears in Box 2 or to an address other than shown in Box 1.

Deliver:

(check appropriate boxes)

 

¨ Initial Notes not tendered

 

¨ Exchange Notes, to:

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                                  

(PLEASE PRINT)

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

 

 

10


INSTRUCTIONS

Forming Part of the Terms and Conditions of the Exchange Offer

1. Delivery of this Letter and Certificates.  Certificates for Initial Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter and any other documents required by this Letter, must be received by the Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth herein on or before the expiration of the Exchange Offer on the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this Letter, certificates for Initial Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and any other required documents is at the election and risk of the tendering holder, but except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be deemed made when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, the use of registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is suggested.

Holders whose Initial Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Initial Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or before the Expiration Date may tender their Initial Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedure: (i) tender must be made by or through an Eligible Institution (as defined in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—How to Tender”); (ii) prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer on the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have received from the Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) (x) setting forth the name and address of the holder, the description of the Initial Notes and the principal amount of Initial Notes tendered, (y) stating that the tender is being made thereby and (z) guaranteeing that, within three business days after the date of execution of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, this Letter together with the certificates representing the Initial Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and any other documents required by this Letter will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and (iii) this Letter, the certificates for all tendered Initial Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, as well as all other documents required by this Letter, must be received by the Exchange Agent within three business days after the date of execution of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, all as provided in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—How to Tender.”

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Initial Notes will be determined by the Company, whose determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any or all tenders that are not in proper form or the acceptance of which, in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, would be unlawful. The Company also reserves the right to waive any irregularities or defects or conditions of tender as to particular Initial Notes. All tendering holders, by execution of this Letter, waive any right to receive notice of acceptance of their Initial Notes.

Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be obligated to give notice of defects or irregularities in any tender, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.

2. Partial Tenders; Withdrawals.  If less than the entire principal amount of any Initial Note evidenced by a submitted certificate or by a Book-Entry Confirmation is tendered, the tendering holder must fill in the principal amount tendered in the fourth column of Box 1 above, provided, however, that no notes of $2,000 or less shall be accepted in part. All of the Initial Notes represented by a certificate or by a Book-Entry Confirmation delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. A certificate for Initial Notes not tendered will be sent to the holder, unless otherwise provided in Box 5, as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date, in the event that less than the entire principal amount of Initial Notes represented by a submitted certificate is tendered (or, in the case of Initial Notes tendered by book-entry transfer, such non-exchanged Initial Notes will be credited to an account maintained by the holder with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility).

If not yet accepted, a tender pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date; or for Book-Entry Transfer Facility participants, each holder wishing to withdraw a tender must comply with the

 

11


Book-Entry Transfer Facility’s operating procedures for electronic tenders and the Exchange Agent must receive an electronic notice of withdrawal from the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, as the case may be. To be effective with respect to the tender of Initial Notes, a written or facsimile transmission of notice of withdrawal must: (i) be received by the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above before the Company notifies the Exchange Agent that it has accepted the tender of Initial Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; (ii) specify the name of the person named in this Letter as having tendered the Initial Notes; (iii) contain a description of the Initial Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate numbers shown on the particular certificates evidencing such Initial Notes and the principal amount, which must be an authorized denomination, of Initial Notes represented by such certificates or, in the case of Initial Notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited); (iv) a statement that such holder is withdrawing his, her or its election to have such Initial Notes exchanged; (v) the name of the registered holder of such Initial Notes; and (vi) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on this Letter (including any required signature guarantee) or be accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Company that the person withdrawing the tender has succeeded to the beneficial ownership of the Initial Notes being withdrawn.

3. Signatures on this Letter; Assignments; Guarantee of Signatures.  If this Letter is signed by the holder(s) of Initial Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the certificate(s) for such Initial Notes, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

If any of the Initial Notes tendered hereby are owned by two or more joint owners, all owners must sign this Letter. If any tendered Initial Notes are held in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter as there are names in which certificates are held.

If this Letter is signed by the holder of record and (i) the entire principal amount of the holder’s Initial Notes are tendered and/or (ii) untendered Initial Notes, if any, are to be issued to the holder of record, then the holder of record need not endorse any certificates for tendered Initial Notes, nor provide a separate bond power. In any other case, the holder of record must transmit a separate bond power with this Letter.

If this Letter or any certificate or assignment is signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be submitted, unless waived by the Company.

Signatures on this Letter must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution, unless Initial Notes are tendered: (i) by a holder who has not completed the Box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter; or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution. In the event that the signatures in this Letter or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantees must be by an eligible guarantor institution which is a member of The Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), The New York Stock Exchanges Medallion Signature Program (MSP) or The Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (SEMP) (collectively, “Eligible Institutions”). If Initial Notes are registered in the name of a person other than the signer of this Letter, the Initial Notes surrendered for exchange must be endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder with the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

4. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.  Tendering holders should indicate, in Box 4 or 5, as applicable, the name and address to which the Exchange Notes or certificates for Initial Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this Letter. In the case of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer identification number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders tendering Initial Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Initial Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility as such holder may designate.

 

12


5. Taxpayer Identification Number. Under U.S. federal income tax laws, payments made by the Company on account of Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be subject to back-up withholding (currently at a rate of 28%). In order to prevent back-up withholding, each tendering holder must provide the Exchange Agent with his or her correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), which, in the case of a holder who is an individual, is his or her social security number. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct TIN, the holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). In addition, each tendering holder must complete the “Substitute Form W-9” in Box 3 certifying that the TIN provided is correct (or that the holder is awaiting a TIN) and that: (i) the holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that he or she is subject to back-up withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends; (ii) the IRS has notified the holder that he or she is no longer subject to back-up withholding; or (iii) certify in accordance with the “Substitute Form W-9” that such holder is exempt from back-up withholding.

Certain holders (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are exempt from these back-up withholding and reporting requirements. To prevent possible erroneous back-up withholding, an exempt U.S. holder must check the appropriate box under “Payee Information,” enter its correct TIN in Part I of the Substitute Form W-9, and sign and date the form. See the Substitute Form W-9 in Box 3 for additional instructions. In order for a nonresident alien or foreign entity to qualify as exempt, such person must submit a completed IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable IRS form), signed under penalties of perjury attesting to such exempt status. Such forms may be obtained from the Exchange Agent.

If you do not have a TIN, check the box “Applied For” in Part I of the Substitute Form W-9 and sign and date the form. If you do not provide your TIN to the payor within 60 days, back-up withholding will begin and continue until you furnish your TIN to the payor. Note: Checking the “Applied For” box in Part I of the Substitute Form W-9 indicates that you have already applied for a TIN or that you intend to apply for one in the near future.

If you have any questions concerning the Substitute Form W-9 or any information required therein, please contact the Exchange Agent, as payor.

6. Transfer Taxes.  The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer of Initial Notes to it or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, the Exchange Notes or certificates for Initial Notes not exchanged are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the record holder, or if tendered certificates are recorded in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter, or if a transfer tax is imposed by any reason other than the transfer of Initial Notes to the Company or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the record holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of taxes or exemption from taxes is not submitted with this Letter, the amount of transfer taxes will be billed directly to the tendering holder.

Except as provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the certificates listed in this Letter.

7. Waiver of Conditions.  The Company reserves the absolute right to amend or waive, in whole or in part at any time, or from time to time, prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer, other than the receipt of necessary governmental approvals which may be waived after the expiration of the Exchange Offer, any of the specified conditions in the Exchange Offer in the case of any Initial Notes tendered.

8. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.  Any holder whose certificates for Initial Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above, for further instructions.

9. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.  Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter, may be directed to the Exchange Agent.

 

13


Important:  This Letter (together with certificates representing tendered Initial Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation and all other required documents) must be received by the Exchange Agent, or the guaranteed delivery procedures must be complied with, on or before the Expiration Date (as defined in the Prospectus).

 

14

Exhibit 99.2

RYERSON INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

UP TO $141,500,000 IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF

FLOATING RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2014

FOR

ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING

FLOATING RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2014 ISSUED AND

SOLD IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

AND

UP TO $425,000,000 IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF

12% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015

FOR

ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING

12% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015 ISSUED AND

SOLD IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

As set forth in the Prospectus, dated                     , 2008 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Prospectus ”) of Ryerson Inc. (the “ Company ”) under the heading “The Exchange Offer—How to tender — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” and in the Letter of Transmittal (the “ Letter of Transmittal ”) relating to the offer (the “ Exchange Offer ”) by the Company to exchange:

 

   

up to $141,500,000 in principal amount of its Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014 (the “ Floating Rate Exchange Notes ”) for all of its outstanding Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014, issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Initial Floating Rate Notes ”); and

 

   

up to $425,000,000 in principal amount of its 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “ Fixed Rate Exchange Notes ” and, together with the Floating Rate Exchange Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”) for all of its outstanding 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015, issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Initial Fixed Rate Notes ” and, together with the Initial Floating Rate Notes, the “ Initial Notes ”).

 


This form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the Exchange Offer of the Company if the certificates for the Initial Notes and all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal cannot be delivered to the Exchange Agent (as defined below) on or prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in the Prospectus) or compliance with book-entry transfer procedures cannot be effected on a timely basis. Such form may be delivered by hand or telegram or transmitted by facsimile transmission, mail or courier to the Exchange Agent.

To:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, (the “ Exchange Agent ”)

By Facsimile:

(612) 667- 9825

Confirm by telephone:

(262) 361-4376

By Mail, Hand or Courier:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Services

MAC N9311-110

625 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMITTAL OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

Holders who wish to tender more than one series of Initial Notes using the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal should complete separate Notices of Guaranteed Delivery for each of the Floating Rate Initial Notes and Fixed Rate Initial Notes.

 

2


Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the principal amount of Initial Notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure described in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

 

Principal Amount of Initial Notes

Tendered:                                                                                       

 

Certificate Nos.

(if available):                                                                                

 

Total Principal Amount

Represented by Initial Notes

Certificate(s):                                                                               

 

If Initial Notes will be delivered
by book-entry transfer at the
Depository Trust Company, insert:

 

Account Number:                                                                            

 

Dated:                    ,      2008

  

Sign Here

 

Signature(s):                                                                                

 

                                                                                                         

 

Please Print the Following Information

 

Name(s):                                                                                        

 

Address:                                                                                         

 

                                                                                                         

 

Area Code and Tel. No(s):                                                      

 

                                                                                                         

 

 

 

3


GUARANTEE

The undersigned, a member of a recognized signature guarantee medallion program within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby guarantees that delivery to the Exchange Agent of certificates tendered hereby, in proper form for transfer, or delivery of such certificates pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer, in either case with delivery of a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) and any other required documents, is being made within three business days after the date of execution of a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery of the above-named person.

 

Name of Firm:                                                                                                                                                                                                 
Authorized Signature:                                                                                                                                                                                   

Number and Street or P.O. Box:                                                                                                                                                               

 

City:                                                               State:                                                                Zip Code:                                                          

Area Code and Tel. No.:                                                                                                                                                                               

Dated:                     , 2008

 

4

Exhibit 99.3

RYERSON INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

UP TO $141,500,000 IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF

FLOATING RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2014

FOR

ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING

FLOATING RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2014 ISSUED AND

SOLD IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

AND

UP TO $425,000,000 IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF

12% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015

FOR

ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING

12% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015 ISSUED AND

SOLD IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

To Our Clients:

Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus dated                 , 2008 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Prospectus ”) and a form of Letter of Transmittal (the “ Letter of Transmittal ”) relating to the offer (the “ Exchange Offer ”) by Ryerson Inc. (the “ Company ”) to exchange:

 

   

up to $141,500,000 in principal amount of its Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014 (the “ Floating Rate Exchange Notes ”) for all of its outstanding Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014, issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Initial Floating Rate Notes ”); and

 

   

up to $425,000,000 in principal amount of its 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “ Fixed Rate Exchange Notes ” and, together with the Floating Rate Exchange Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”) for all of its outstanding 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015, issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Initial Fixed Rate Notes ” and, together with the Initial Floating Rate Notes, the “ Initial Notes ”).

The material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of Initial Notes carried by us for your account or benefit but not registered in your name. A tender of any Initial Notes may be made only by us as the registered holder and pursuant to your instructions. The accompanying Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for informational purposes only and may not be used by you to exchange Initial Notes held by us and registered in our name for your account or benefit. Therefore, the Company urges beneficial owners of Initial Notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to contact such registered holder promptly if they wish to tender Initial Notes in the Exchange Offer.

Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender any or all of your Initial Notes, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. We urge you to read carefully the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal before instructing us to tender your Initial Notes.


YOUR INSTRUCTIONS TO US SHOULD BE FORWARDED AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE IN ORDER TO PERMIT US TO TENDER INITIAL NOTES ON YOUR BEHALF IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER. The Exchange Offer will expire at              p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2008, unless extended (the “ Expiration Date ”). The Initial Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn, subject to the procedures described in the Prospectus, at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

If you wish to have us tender any or all of your Initial Notes held by us for your account or benefit, please so instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form that is attached hereto. Again, please note that the accompanying Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for informational purposes only and may not be used by you to exchange the Initial Notes held by us and registered in our name for your account or benefit.

 

2


INSTRUCTIONS

The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed material referred to therein relating to the Exchange Offer of Ryerson Inc.

THIS WILL INSTRUCT YOU TO TENDER THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF INITIAL NOTES INDICATED BELOW HELD BY YOU FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF THE UNDERSIGNED, PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE PROSPECTUS AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

Check the appropriate box below:

 

¨ Please tender all of my Initial Floating Rate Notes held by you for my account or benefit. I have identified on a signed schedule attached hereto the principal amount of Initial Floating Rate Notes to be tendered if I wish to tender less than all of my Initial Floating Rate Notes.

 

¨ Please tender all of my Initial Fixed Rate Notes held by you for my account or benefit. I have identified on a signed schedule attached hereto the principal amount of Initial Fixed Rate Notes to be tendered if I wish to tender less than all of my Initial Fixed Rate Notes.

 

¨ Please do not tender any Initial Notes held by you for my account or benefit.

Signature(s):

Please Print Name(s) Here:

Address(es):

Zip Code(s):

Area Code(s) and Telephone No.(s):

Tax Identification or Social Security No.(s):

My Account Number With You:

Date:

Unless a specific contrary instruction is given in the signed Schedule attached hereto, your signature(s) hereon shall constitute an instruction to us to tender all of your Initial Notes.

 

3


SCHEDULE

Please tender my Initial Notes held by you for my account or benefit as indicated below:

 

SERIES OF INITIAL NOTES

(please specify one or more series of Initial Notes you are tendering by checking the applicable box(es))

   AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF INITIAL NOTES TENDERED

 

¨ Initial Floating Rate Notes

 

¨ Initial Fixed Rate Notes

Signature(s):

Please Print Name(s) Here:

Address(es):

Zip Code(s):

Area Code(s) and Telephone No.(s):

Tax Identification or Social Security No.(s):

My Account Number With You:

Date:

 

4

Exhibit 99.4

RYERSON INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

UP TO $141,500,000 IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF

FLOATING RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2014

FOR

ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING

FLOATING RATE SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2014 ISSUED AND

SOLD IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

AND

UP TO $425,000,000 IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF

12% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015

FOR

ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING

12% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015 ISSUED AND

SOLD IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

To Brokers, Securities Dealers, Commercial Banks

Trust Companies And Other Nominees:

Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus dated                     , 2008 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Prospectus ”) and a form of Letter of Transmittal (the “ Letter of Transmittal ”) relating to the offer (the “ Exchange Offer ”) by Ryerson Inc. (the “ Company ”) to exchange:

 

   

up to $141,500,000 in principal amount of its Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014 (the “ Floating Rate Exchange Notes ”) for all of its outstanding Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014, issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Initial Floating Rate Notes ”); and

 

   

up to $425,000,000 in principal amount of its 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “ Fixed Rate Exchange Notes ” and, together with the Floating Rate Exchange Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”) for all of its outstanding 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015, issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Initial Fixed Rate Notes ” and, together with the Initial Floating Rate Notes, the “ Initial Notes ”); and

We are asking you to contact your clients for whom you hold Initial Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee. In addition, we ask you to contact your clients who, to your knowledge, hold Initial Notes registered in their own name. The Company will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker, dealer or other person in connection with the solicitation of tenders pursuant to the Exchange Offer. You will, however, be reimbursed by the Company for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by you in forwarding any of the enclosed materials to your clients. The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the tender of Initial Notes to it or its order, except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

Enclosed are copies of the following documents:

1. The Prospectus;

2. A Letter of Transmittal for your use in connection with the tender of Initial Notes and for the information of your clients;

3. A form of letter that may be sent to your clients for whose accounts you hold Initial Notes registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining the clients’ instructions with regard to the Exchange Offer; and


4. A form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

Your prompt action is requested. The Exchange Offer will expire at              p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2008, unless extended (the “ Expiration Date ”). Initial Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn, subject to the procedures described in the Prospectus, at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

To tender Initial Notes, certificates for Initial Notes or a book-entry confirmation, a duly executed and properly completed Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile thereof, and any other required documents, must be received by the Exchange Agent as provided in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

Additional copies of the enclosed material may be obtained from Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Exchange Agent, by calling                 .

Very truly yours,

Ryerson Inc.

NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN THE PROSPECTUS AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

 

2